[opensuse-translation-commit] r93092 - in branches/SLE12-SP1/yast: . mr mr/package mr/po

Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that process).<br><br> <b>Severity Level:</b> Select the lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the reports.<br><br> <b>Detail:</b> A source to which the profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles.<br><br> <b>Mode:</b> The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute)<br><br> <b>Access Type:</b> The access type describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING.<br><br> <b>CSV or HTML:</b> Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values) or ht ml file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full pathname in the field provided.</p>" +#~ msgstr "रिपोर्ट कॉन्फिगरेशन डायलॉग आपणास आधीच्या स्क्रीनवरुन निवडलेला जुना रिपोर्ट फिल्टर करु देतो.<b>डेट रेंज</b>ने फिल्टर करण्यासाठी<br><br> <ol> <li> <b>फिल्टर बाय डेट रेंज</b> वर क्लिक करा. याने फील्ड्स उघडतील. <li> अहवालाच्या सुरूवातीची आणि षेवटली तारीखलिहा. <li>फिल्टरिंगसाठी इतर माहिती लिहा. इतर माहितीच्यापरिभाशेसाठी खाली बघा.</ol> खालील परिभाशांने आपल्यालाफिल्टरिंगसाठी इतर माहिती लिहीण्यास मदत मिळेल.संरचनेचा डायलॉगः<br><br> <b>प्रोग्रॅमच्या नांवाची पद्धतः</b> जेव्हा आपणत्या प्रोग्रॅमचे नांव द्याल ज्याचे नांव त्या बायनरी प्रोग्रॅमच्या नांवाषी जुळेल ज्यालाआपण षोधता आहांत, तेव्हा अहवालात त्या प्रोग्रॅमवर झालेल्या सुरक्षा घटनांचा समावेषहोईल.<br><br> <b>पाश्र्वचित्राच्या नांवाची पद्धतः</b> आपण पाश्र्वचित्राचे नांवलिहील्यावर त्यावर झालेल्या सुरक्षा घटनांचा अहवाल प्रदर्ष ित होईल. आपण याद्वारे पाहूषकता की त्या पाश्र्वचित्रात काय सीमित आहे.<br><br><b>PID क्रमांकरू</b>प्रक्रियेचा ओळख क्रमांक एका विषिश्ट प्रक्रियेला किंवा चालू प्रोग्रॅमलाओळखण्याच्या कामास येतो (हा क्रमांक ती प्रक्रिया सुरू असतांनाच वैधअसतो).<br><br><b>गंभीरतेचा स्तररू</b>आपल्याला अहवालात हव्या असलेल्या पैकी निम्नतम स्तराला निवडा.निवडलेल्या स्तरासकट त्यापेक्षा वरचे स्तर अहवालात सामील करण्� �ात येतील.<br><br> <b>वर्णनः</b> पाश्र्वचित्राला प्रवेष नाही करू देणारे स्त्रोत. यातक्षमता आणि फाइल्स सामील आहेत. या फील्डद्वारे आपण कुठल्या पाश्र्वचित्रांनाकुठल्या साधनांवर प्रवेष नाही ते माहीत करून घेऊ षकता.<br><br> <b>प्रकाररू</b>प्रकार म्हणजे पाश्र्वचित्राला प्रोग्रॅम किंवा प्रक्रियेसाठी दिलेली परवानगी होय. यातीलविकल्प आहेतः r (वाचा), w (लिहा), l (लिंक), x (कार्य).<br><br> <b>प्रवेषाचा प्रकाररू</b>प� �रवेषाच्या प्रकाराने त्या सुरक्षा घटनेमध्ये नक्की काय होत आहे ते कळते.विकल्प आहेतः परवानगी दिली, नाकारली किंवा तपासणी.<br><br><b>CSV किंवा HTML:</b> याने आपण CSV किंवा HTML पद्धतीचा अहवाल निर्माण करू षकता.CSV प्रकारात माहितीची विभागणी मानक प्रारूपात स्वल्पविरामाने केलेली असतेज्याने त्याला तालिका रूपी प्रोग्रॅममध्ये उघडले जाऊ षकते. आपण आपल्याअहवालासाठी पाथ लिहू षकता."

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-10-01 16:25:26 +0200 (Thu, 01 Oct 2015) New Revision: 93092 Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/COPYING branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/MAINTAINER branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/Makefile.am branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/Makefile.cvs branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/README branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/RPMNAME branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/SUBDIRS branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/VERSION branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/configure.ac branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/configure.in.in branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/package/ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/package/.svnignore branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/package/yast2-trans-mr.changes branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/Makefile.am branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/add-on-creator.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/add-on.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/audit-laf.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/auth-client.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/auth-server.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/autoinst.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/base.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/bootloader.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ca-management.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/cio.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/cluster.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/control-center.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/control.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/country.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/crowbar.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/dhcp-server.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/dns-server.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/docker.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/drbd.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/fcoe-client.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/firewall-services.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/firewall.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/firstboot.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/fonts.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ftp-server.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/geo-cluster.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/gtk.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/http-server.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/inetd.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/installation.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/instserver.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/iplb.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/iscsi-client.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/iscsi-lio-server.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/isns.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/journal.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/kdump.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/languages_db.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ldap-client.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ldap.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/live-installer.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/mail.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/multipath.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ncurses-pkg.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ncurses.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/network.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/nfs.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/nfs_server.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/nis.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/nis_server.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ntp-client.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/oneclickinstall.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/online-update-configuration.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/online-update.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/opensuse_mirror.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/packager.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/pam.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/pkg-bindings.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/printer.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/product-creator.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/proxy.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/qt-pkg.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/qt.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/rdp.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/rear.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/registration.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/reipl.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/relocation-server.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/rpm-groups.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/samba-client.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/samba-server.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/samba-users.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/scanner.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/security.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/services-manager.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/slp-server.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/snapper.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/sound.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/squid.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/sshd.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/storage.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/sudo.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/support.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/sysconfig.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/tftp-server.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/timezone_db.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/tune.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/update.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/users.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/vm.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/vpn.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/wol.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/yast2-apparmor.mr.po branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/yast2-trans-mr.spec.in Log: from Factory Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/COPYING =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/COPYING (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/COPYING 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along + with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/MAINTAINER =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/MAINTAINER (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/MAINTAINER 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +Karl Eichwalder Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/Makefile.am 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Toplevel Makefile.am for a YaST2 subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# (Edit ./SUBDIRS instead) +# + +#where devtools are +Y2TOOL = $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/bin/y2tool + +VERSION = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/VERSION) +RPMNAME = $(shell cat $(srcdir)/RPMNAME) +SUBDIRS_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/SUBDIRS && echo SUBDIRS) +ACINCLUDE_FILE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/acinclude.m4 && echo acinclude.m4) + +HAS_YAST_LICENSE = $(shell test -e $(srcdir)/YAST_LICENSE && echo YAST_LICENSE) + +# do we do Makefile.am for devtools? It is a little special... +IS_DEVTOOLS = $(findstring yast2-devtools,$(RPMNAME)) + +DEVTOOLS_DIR = $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),$(srcdir)/devtools,$(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/YaST2/data/devtools) +LEGALESE_DIR = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE),$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/yast,$(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/copyright/gpl) + +COPYRIGHT_files_gpl = README COPYING + +COPYRIGHT_files_yast = YAST_LICENSE README COPYING COPYRIGHT.english \ + COPYRIGHT.french COPYRIGHT.german COPYRIGHT.spanish + +extra_COPYRIGHT_files = $(if $(HAS_YAST_LICENSE), $(COPYRIGHT_files_yast), $(COPYRIGHT_files_gpl)) + +# less strict; prefer bzip2 +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign dist-bzip2 no-dist-gzip +# where devtools install m4 snippets +# argh, executed literally +#ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I $(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX)/share/aclocal +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I . -I `if test -d ./devtools/admin; then echo ./devtools/admin; else pkg-config --print-errors --variable=datadir yast2-devtools; fi`/aclocal + +Makefile.am.common: $(DEVTOOLS_DIR)/admin/Makefile.am.common + cmp -s $< $@ || cp -f $< $@ + +# create bzip2ed tar and make some sanity checks +$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2: checkpo dist-bzip2 + @if [ `bunzip2 -c $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 | wc --bytes` = 0 ] ; then \ + echo "Error: created tar is empty" ; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi + +CLEANFILES = +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = package/$(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/$(RPMNAME).spec + +POT_DST = $(shell find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot") + +EXTRA_DIST = \ + VERSION RPMNAME MAINTAINER configure.in.in \ + $(SUBDIRS_FILE) $(ACINCLUDE_FILE) \ + $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),Makefile.am.common,$(POT_DST)) + +show-extra-dist: + @echo $(EXTRA_DIST) + +# info '(automake)Conditionals' +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG +# create the file here instead of by configure +# because the prerequisite is made here (not anymore!) +# and we don't want any paths in y2autoconf +# info '(autoconf)config.status Invocation' +$(RPMNAME).pc: $(RPMNAME).pc.in config.status + ./config.status --file=$@:$< + +if CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH +pkgconfigdata_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +else +pkgconfig_DATA = $(RPMNAME).pc +endif + +EXTRA_DIST += $(RPMNAME).pc.in +endif + +dist-hook: + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $$LEGALESE_DIR/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "cp $$EX $(distdir)" ; \ + cp $$EX "$(distdir)" ; \ + done + +pot: + $(Y2TOOL) y2makepot -s $(srcdir) + +install-pot: pot + @POT_DST=`find -type d -name testsuite -prune , \ + -type f -name "*.pot"` ; \ + if [ -n "$$POT_DST" ] ; then \ + echo "mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + list="$$POT_DST"; \ + for I in $$list ; \ + do \ + echo $$I ; \ + if [ "$$I" == "pot" ] ; then \ + continue ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$I $(DESTDIR)$(potdir) ; \ + done ; \ + fi + +spellcheck: pot + $(Y2TOOL) pot-spellcheck + +# all-local: $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) + +install-data-local: # $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,install-pot) + mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + @for I in $(extra_COPYRIGHT_files) ; \ + do \ + EX="" ; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(srcdir)/$$I ; \ + elif test -f $(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; then \ + EX=$(LEGALESE_DIR)/$$I ; \ + else \ + echo "Error: No file $$I in $(srcdir)/ or in $(LEGALESE_DIR)/"; \ + exit 1 ; \ + fi ; \ + echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" ; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$EX $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) ; \ + done + +package-local: check-parse $(if $(IS_DEVTOOLS),,$(POT_DST)) $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 + rm -f package/$(RPMNAME)-*.tar.bz2 + rm -f package/*~ + rm -f package/*.bak + rm -f package/*.auto + mv $(RPMNAME)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 package/ + if ! test -x $(Y2TOOL); then \ + echo "$(Y2TOOL): not found."; \ + echo "You have to install yast2-devtools to making a package"; \ + false; \ + fi + here=`pwd`; \ + cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(RPMNAME)*.spec.in; do \ + newname="`echo "$$i" | sed "s/\.in$$//g"`"; \ + $(Y2TOOL) create-spec < $$i > $$here/package/$${newname} ; \ + done + +package: check-up-to-date check-tagversion check-textdomain package-local + +TAGVERSION = $(Y2TOOL) tagversion + +# check if there is no modified files and all commits were pushed +check-up-to-date: + if [ `git status --short --branch | sed '/##[^[]*$/d;/^??/d' | wc -l` -gt 0 ]; then \ + (echo "ERROR: Source is not commited and pushed. See `git status`"; false) \ + fi + +check-tagversion: + cd $(srcdir) && $(TAGVERSION) --check >/dev/null; \ + [ $$? = 0 ] || ( echo "ERROR: Please run 'tagversion' first"; false ) + +check-parse-old: + @if [ `find -type f -name "*.ycp" | wc -l` -gt 0 -a "$(RPMNAME)" != "yast2-core" ] ; then \ + echo "Running parseycp..." ; \ + parseycp -q -R ; \ + else \ + echo "Not running parseycp." ; \ + fi + +check-parse: + @echo "Not running parseycp." + +check-textdomain: + $(Y2TOOL) check-textdomain $(srcdir) + +stable: checkin-stable + +checkin-stable: package + $(Y2TOOL) checkin-stable + + +# For po/ modules +checkpo: + test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo +# test ! -f $(srcdir)/po/Makefile || $(MAKE) -C po checkpo make-pox +# Contents of ./SUBDIRS +SUBDIRS = po Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/Makefile.cvs =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/Makefile.cvs (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/Makefile.cvs 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +# +# Makefile.cvs for y2t_mr +# +configure: all + ./configure + +all: + y2tool y2autoconf + y2tool y2automake + autoreconf --force --install + +install: configure + make + make install + +reconf: all + ./config.status --recheck + ./config.status Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/README =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/README (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/README 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +This program/library is part of YaST2 +See the file COPYING for license terms Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/RPMNAME =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/RPMNAME (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/RPMNAME 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +yast2-trans-mr Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/SUBDIRS =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/SUBDIRS (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/SUBDIRS 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +po Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/VERSION =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/VERSION (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/VERSION 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +3.1.0 Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/configure.ac =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/configure.ac (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/configure.ac 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +dnl configure.ac for yast2-trans-mr +dnl +dnl -- This file is generated by y2autoconf 3.0.5 - DO NOT EDIT! -- +dnl (edit configure.ac.in or configure.in.in instead) + +AC_INIT(yast2-trans-mr, 3.1.0, http://bugs.opensuse.org/, yast2-trans-mr) +dnl Check for presence of file 'RPMNAME' +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([RPMNAME]) + +dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc. +AC_CANONICAL_TARGET +dnl Perform program name transformation +AC_ARG_PROGRAM + +AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(/usr) + +dnl long filenames; we use GNU Make extensions and that's ok +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tar-ustar -Wno-portability) + +dnl Important YaST2 variables +VERSION="3.1.0" +RPMNAME="yast2-trans-mr" +MAINTAINER="Karl Eichwalder " + +dnl pkgconfig honors lib64 +pkgconfigdir=\${libdir}/pkgconfig +pkgconfigdatadir=\${datadir}/pkgconfig +yast2dir=\${prefix}/share/YaST2 + +ybindir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2/bin +# FIXME duplicates execcompdir +ystartupdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +plugindir=\${libdir}/YaST2/plugin +includedir=\${prefix}/include/YaST2 +potdir=\${docdir}/pot + +docdir=\${prefix}/share/doc/packages/$RPMNAME +mandir=\${prefix}/share/man + +execcompdir=\${prefix}/lib/YaST2 +agentdir=${execcompdir}/servers_non_y2 + +ydatadir=${yast2dir}/data +imagedir=${yast2dir}/images +themedir=${yast2dir}/theme +localedir=${yast2dir}/locale +clientdir=${yast2dir}/clients +moduledir=${yast2dir}/modules +yncludedir=${yast2dir}/include +schemadir=${yast2dir}/schema +scrconfdir=${yast2dir}/scrconf +desktopdir=\${prefix}/share/applications/YaST2 + +AC_SUBST(VERSION) +AC_SUBST(RPMNAME) +AC_SUBST(MAINTAINER) + +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdir) +AC_SUBST(pkgconfigdatadir) + +AC_SUBST(yast2dir) + +AC_SUBST(ybindir) +AC_SUBST(ystartupdir) +AC_SUBST(plugindir) +AC_SUBST(includedir) +AC_SUBST(potdir) +AC_SUBST(execcompdir) + +AC_SUBST(docdir) +AC_SUBST(mandir) + +AC_SUBST(ydatadir) +AC_SUBST(imagedir) +AC_SUBST(themedir) +AC_SUBST(localedir) +AC_SUBST(clientdir) +AC_SUBST(moduledir) +AC_SUBST(yncludedir) +AC_SUBST(schemadir) +AC_SUBST(scrconfdir) +AC_SUBST(agentdir) +AC_SUBST(desktopdir) + +fillupdir_d="/var/adm/fillup-templates" +AC_ARG_WITH(fillupdir, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fillupdir=DIR], + [where to place fillup templates (default $fillupdir_d.]), + [ fillupdir="$withval" ], + [ fillupdir="$fillupdir_d" ]) +AC_SUBST(fillupdir) + +LL=${RPMNAME##*-} +AC_SUBST(LL) +ISO639=${LL%_*} +AC_SUBST(ISO639) + +AC_ARG_WITH(own_compendium, + AS_HELP_STRING([--with-own_compendium=FILE], + [Location of compendium file]), + y2compendium=yes, y2compendium=no) +if test "x$with_own_compendium" = "x" ; then + if test -d ../50-memory ; then + COMPENDIUM='../../50-memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + else + COMPENDIUM='../../memory/yast2.$(LL).po' + fi +else + COMPENDIUM=${with_own_compendium} +fi +AC_SUBST(COMPENDIUM) +if test -d ../50-pot ; then + POTDIR=../../50-pot +else + POTDIR=../../pot/pot +fi +AC_SUBST(POTDIR) + + +dnl Checks for programs. +AC_PROG_INSTALL +dnl The YCP interpreter checks whether dependent ybc files are older +dnl so we must preserve their timestamps +INSTALL="${INSTALL} -p" +AC_PROG_LN_S +AC_PROG_MAKE_SET + +dnl pkgconfig +AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [where to search for pkg-config files]) +dnl devtools +dnl ... + +dnl no need for AC_ARG_VAR +AC_PATH_PROG(XGETTEXT, xgettext) +if test -z "$XGETTEXT" ; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(xgettext is missing; please install gettext-tools.) +fi + +Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=prefix yast2-devtools` +AC_SUBST(Y2DEVTOOLS_PREFIX) +devtools_ybindir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=ybindir yast2-devtools` +devtools_yast2dir=`pkg-config --print-errors --variable=yast2dir yast2-devtools` + +dnl producing pkg-config for others? +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" != x) +AM_CONDITIONAL(CREATE_PKGCONFIG_NOARCH, test "x${CREATE_PKGCONFIG}" = xnoarch) + +dbdir=${devtools_yast2dir}/data/docbook +STYLESHEET_HTML=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-html.xsl +STYLESHEET_PDF=${dbdir}/stylesheets/customize-fo.xsl +STYLESHEET_CSS=${dbdir}/css/yast2docs.css +STYLESHEET_YDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ydoc.xsl +STYLESHEET_YCPDOC=${dbdir}/stylesheets/ycpdoc.xsl +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_HTML) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_PDF) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_CSS) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YDOC) +AC_SUBST(STYLESHEET_YCPDOC) + + +dnl searches for some needed programs +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGFMT, msgfmt, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGFMT != x"/usr/bin/msgfmt"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgfmt is missing; please install gettext.) +fi +AC_PATH_PROGS(MSGCAT, msgcat pmsgcat, no) +if test x$MSGCAT = xno; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgcat is missing; please install gettext-0.11pre or better.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGMERGE != x"/usr/bin/msgmerge"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgmerge is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + +AC_PATH_PROG(MSGCONV, msgconv, no, /usr/bin) +if test x$MSGCONV != x"/usr/bin/msgconv"; then + AC_MSG_ERROR(msgconv is missing; please install gettext.) +fi + + +AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile po/Makefile) +AC_OUTPUT + Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/configure.in.in =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/configure.in.in (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/configure.in.in 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +## YCP module configure.in.in + +## Initialize +@YAST2-INIT-COMMON@ +@YAST2-INIT-PO@ + +## some common checks +@YAST2-CHECKS-COMMON@ +@YAST2-CHECKS-PO@ + +## and generate the output... +@YAST2-OUTPUT@ Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/package/.svnignore =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/package/.svnignore (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/package/.svnignore 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +*.spec +*.tar.bz2 Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/package/yast2-trans-mr.changes =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/package/yast2-trans-mr.changes (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/package/yast2-trans-mr.changes 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Fri Sep 19 17:24:45 CEST 2008 - ke@suse.de + +- Update to version 2.17.2. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Fri Jul 18 15:19:06 CEST 2008 - ke@suse.de + +- Update to version 2.17.1. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Fri Jun 06 17:33:50 CEST 2008 - ke@suse.de + +- Update to version 2.16.3. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Mon Mar 17 13:11:11 2008 - ke@suse.de + +- Update to version 2.16.2. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Tue Feb 19 14:51:21 2008 - ke@suse.de + +- Update to version 2.16.1. +- remove COPYRIGHT.english from files list; #299144. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Fri Oct 26 14:50:17 2007 - ke@suse.de + +- Update to version 2.15.5. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Mon Sep 24 14:01:23 2007 - ke@suse.de + +- Update to version 2.15.4. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Fri Aug 17 18:30:14 2007 - ke@suse.de + +- Update to version 2.15.3. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Mon Jul 30 13:30:26 2007 - ke@suse.de + +- Update to version 2.15.2. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Fri Jul 20 15:43:13 2007 - ke@suse.de + +- Update to version 2.15.1. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Thu Jan 25 16:43:00 2007 - ke@suse.de + +- Update to version 2.14.3. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Mon Jan 8 16:43:16 2007 - ke@suse.de + +- Update to version 2.14.2. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Thu Dec 14 17:11:41 2006 - ke@suse.de + +- Update to version 2.14.1. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +Fri Dec 8 10:24:34 2006 - ke@suse.de + +- initial version + Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/Makefile.am =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/Makefile.am (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/Makefile.am 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# +# Makefile.am for a YaST2 translation (po/) subproject +# +# -- This file is generated by y2automake - DO NOT EDIT! -- +# +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.top --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +LL = @LL@ +#POTDIR = ../../50-pot +POTDIR = @POTDIR@ +POTFILES = $(wildcard $(POTDIR)/*.pot) +GENERATED = $(MOFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(GENERATED) +POFILES = $(wildcard *.po) +ALL_TEXTDOMAINS = $(basename $(notdir $(POTFILES))) +BPOTFILES = $(shell source ../../50-tools/build.conf && echo $$business) +WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS = $(filter-out $(BPOTFILES), $(ALL_TEXTDOMAINS)) +WANTED_POFILES = $(addsuffix .$(LL).po, $(WANTED_TEXTDOMAINS)) +MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo) +INST_MOFILES = $(MOFILES:.$(LL).mo=.mo) +POXFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.pox) +EXTRA_DIST = $(WANTED_POFILES) $(stat) +localedir=@localedir@ +locale_lang_msg_dir=$(localedir)/$(LL)/LC_MESSAGES +compendium = @COMPENDIUM@ +with_compendium = + +stat=status.txt +PO_STATS= grep -v warning: | @ybindir@/po-stats + +MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ --no-wrap --force-po --previous +MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ +MSGCAT = @MSGCAT@ --no-wrap --force-po +MSGCONV = @MSGCONV@ --no-wrap --force-po +XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ --no-wrap + +SUFFIXES = .po .pox .gmo .mo + +all-local: $(GENERATED) + +make-pox pox: Makefile $(POXFILES) +$(POXFILES): %.pox: %.po + -[ -f $@ ] && mv --backup=numbered $@ $@.bak; \ + pot=$$(echo $< | sed "s:$(LL).po:pot:"); \ + compendium=$(compendium); \ + [ -f $$compendium ] || compendium=/dev/null ; \ + $(MSGMERGE) -C $$compendium -o $@ $< $(POTDIR)/$$pot + +# update or init PO file +update-po: Makefile $(POTFILES) + for p in $(POTFILES); do \ + q=$${p##*/}; \ + po=$${q%pot}$(LL).po; \ + echo $$po; \ + if [ -f $$po ]; then \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp $(with_compendium) $$po $$p; \ + else \ + $(MSGMERGE) -o $$po.tmp -C $(compendium) \ + --verbose /dev/null $$p; \ + fi || { echo "$(MSGMERGE) for \"$$po\" failed" ; \ + rm -f $$po.tmp ; }; \ + if cmp $$po.tmp $$po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -vf $$po.tmp; \ + else \ + mv -vf $$po.tmp $$po; \ + fi; \ + done + $(MAKE) $(stat) + +$(stat): $(WANTED_POFILES) + if [ -f $(stat) ]; then \ + cp --backup=numbered $(stat) $(stat).bak; \ + :> $(stat); \ + fi + { for f in $(WANTED_POFILES); do \ + LANG=C msgfmt -o /dev/null -c -v --statistics $$f 2>&1; \ + done ; } | $(PO_STATS) | head -n 6 | tee $(stat) + +update-po-with-compendium: + $(MAKE) update-po with_compendium="-C $(compendium)" + +update-mo: $(MOFILES) + @: + +%.mo: %.po + file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.mo \ + && rm -f $$file \ + && $(MSGCONV) --to UTF-8 $< \ + | $(MSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $$file - + +showpo: + echo $(POFILES) + +showmo: + echo $(MOFILES) + +checkpo: + for f in $(POFILES); do \ + mypot=$(POTDIR)/$${f/$(LL).po/pot}; echo $$f $$mypot; \ + [ -f $$mypot ] && { LANG=C $(MSGMERGE) --verbose --output=/dev/null $$f $$mypot || exit 1; }; \ + LANG=C $(MSGFMT) --output=/dev/null --check --statistics --verbose $$f \ + || exit 1; \ + done + +# Try to checkin a .pox file +# FIXME make sure msgcat doesn't weird things with "" and comments +checkin: + p=$(MODULE).$(ci_ll); \ + cp --backup=numbered $(ci_opt) $$p.po $$p.po.bak; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n update $$p.po | grep -q -v '^[UPMC]'; \ + else \ + LC_ALL=C svn status --show-updates --quiet $$p.po| grep -v '^Status against revision'; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ]; then \ + echo "CVS/Subversion mismatch; trying to merge..."; \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "Then try again to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + else \ + cp $(ci_opt) $$p.pox $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -n ci $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn --dry-run commit $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + if [ $$? = 0 ] ; then \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs ci -m "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn commit --message "$(ci_msg)" $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + else \ + rm -f $$p.po; \ + if [ -d CVS ]; then \ + cvs -q update $$p.po; \ + else \ + svn update $$p.po; \ + fi; \ + cp $$p.pox $$p.pox.new; \ + $(MSGCAT) $$p.po $$p.pox.new -o $$p.pox; \ + echo -e "\nCheck \"$$p.pox\" for fuzzy entries. Status:"; \ + $(MSGFMT) --check --statistics $$p.pox; \ + echo "Then try to checkin \"$$p.pox\"."; \ + fi; \ + fi + +install-data-local: $(MOFILES) $(stat) + D=$(DESTDIR)$(locale_lang_msg_dir); \ + [ -d $$D ] || install -d -m 755 $$D; \ + for l in $(MOFILES); do \ + m=$${l/$(LL).mo/mo}; \ + install -m 644 $$l $$D/$$m; \ + done + install -d -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(stat) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir) +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.center --- +# --- START lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- +# Emacs: -*- makefile -*- + +## po/Makefile.am.bottom ends here +# --- END lines from /usr/share/YaST2/data/devtools/admin/po/Makefile.am.bottom --- Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/add-on-creator.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/add-on-creator.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/add-on-creator.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,2279 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54 +msgid "Creator for add-on products" +msgstr "अड-ऑन उत्पादनांसाठी निर्माता" + +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create and build a new add-on product." +msgstr "अड-ऑन उत्पादनावर स्वाक्षरी करत आहे" + +#. command line help text for 'clone' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create and build a new add-on product based on an existing one." +msgstr "&सध्याच्या अड-ऑनच्या आधारे अड-ऑन निर्माण करा." + +#. command line help text for 'sign' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 +msgid "Sign unsigned Add-On Product" +msgstr "स्वाक्षरी नसलेल्या ऍड-ऑन उत्पादनावर स्वाक्षरी करा" + +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97 +#, fuzzy +msgid "List available add-on product configurations." +msgstr "कमीत कमी एक वर्ग संरचना निवडा.\n" + +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Build an add-on product from the selected configuration." +msgstr "स्थापनेकरता अधिक वस्तू निवडल्या नाहीत" + +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Delete the selected add-on product configuration." +msgstr "कमीत कमी एक वर्ग संरचना निवडा.\n" + +#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125 +msgid "Path to directory with packages" +msgstr "पॅकेजेससहित डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ" + +#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name) +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132 +msgid "Path to content file" +msgstr "मजकुराच्या फाईलचा पाथ" + +#. command line help text for 'existing' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139 +msgid "Path to directory with existing Add-On Product" +msgstr "अस्तित्वातील ऍड-ऑनसहित डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ" + +#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146 +msgid "Generate new package descriptions (do not copy)" +msgstr "नवी पॅकेज वर्णने तयार करा (प्रत करु नका)" + +#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152 +msgid "Path to directory with package descriptions" +msgstr "पॅकेज वर्णनांसहित डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ" + +#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159 +msgid "Path to directory with patterns definitions" +msgstr "नमुन्यांच्या व्याख्यांसहित डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ" + +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166 +msgid "Path to the output directory" +msgstr "आऊटपुट डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ" + +#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173 +msgid "Create the ISO image" +msgstr "ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा" + +#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:179 +msgid "Name of the output ISO image" +msgstr "आऊटपुट ISO प्रतिमेचे नाव" + +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186 +msgid "Path to the output directory for ISO image" +msgstr "ISO प्रतिमेसाठी आऊटपुट डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ" + +#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193 +msgid "Do not sign the product" +msgstr "उत्पादनावर स्वाक्षरी करु नका" + +#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199 +msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" +msgstr "उत्पादनावर स्वाक्षरी करण्यासाठी वापरलेली GPG की आयडी" + +#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206 +msgid "Passphrase to unlock GPG key" +msgstr "GPG की अनलॉक करण्यासाठी पासफ्रेज" + +#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213 +msgid "Path to file with the passphrase for GPG key" +msgstr "फाईलसाठी GPG की च्या पासफ्रेजसह पाथ" + +#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220 +msgid "Resign all packages with selected key." +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'workflow' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226 +msgid "Path to workflow definition file (installation.xml)" +msgstr "कार्यप्रवाहाच्या व्याख्येच्या फाईलसाठी(installation.xml) पाथ" + +#. command line help text for 'y2update' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 +msgid "Path to workflow dialogs archive (y2update.tgz)" +msgstr "कार्यप्रवाहाच्या संवादाच्या संग्रहासाठी (y2update.tgz) पाथ" + +#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 +msgid "Path to directory with YaST packages to form the workflow" +msgstr "कार्यप्रवाह निर्मितीसाठी YaST पॅकेजेससह डिरेक्टरीसाठी पाथ" + +#. command line help text for 'license' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 +msgid "Path to file with license texts (license.zip or license.tar.gz)" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'info' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 +msgid "Path to file with 'info' text (media.1/info.txt)" +msgstr "‘माहिती’ मजकुराच्या (media.1/info.txt) फाईलसाठी पाथ " + +#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261 +msgid "Path to file with additional dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)" +msgstr "अतिरिक्त अवलंबित्वाच्या (EXTRA_PROV)फाईलसाठी पाथ" + +#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268 +msgid "Path to directory with Add-On Product" +msgstr "ऍड-ऑन उत्पादनाच्या डिरेक्टरीसाठी पाथ" + +#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not build the product, only save new configuration." +msgstr "आधी संग्रहीत केलेली संरचना वाचा" + +#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 +msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)." +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'changelog' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Generate a Changelog file." +msgstr " कंटेंट फाईल तयार करत आहे..." + +#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not generate the release package." +msgstr "कृपया काही पॅकेजसची निवड करू नका." + +#. command line help text for 'product_file' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Path to file with the product description (*.prod)" +msgstr "पॅकेज वर्णनांसहित डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ" + +#. error message, %1 is path +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398 +msgid "File %1 does not exist." +msgstr "फाईल %1 अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#. error message, %1 is path +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:405 +msgid "Directory %1 does not exist." +msgstr "संचिका %1 अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#. question on command line +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454 +msgid "Passphrase for key %1:" +msgstr "की %1 साठी पासफ्रेज:" + +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475 +msgid "Path to output directory is missing." +msgstr "आऊटपुट डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ गायब आहे" + +#. error message, missing tool +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609 +msgid "/usr/bin/unzip does not exists" +msgstr "/usr/bin/unzip अस्तित्वात नाही" + +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733 +msgid "Path to directory with packages is missing." +msgstr "पॅकेजेससहित डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ गायब आहे" + +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742 +msgid "Path to content file is missing." +msgstr "मजकुराच्या फाईलचा पाथ गायब आहे." + +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756 +msgid "Path to existing Add-On is missing." +msgstr "अस्तित्वातील ऍड-ऑनचा पाथ गायब आहे" + +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774 +msgid "Path to directory with Add-On is missing." +msgstr "ऍड-ऑनसहित डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ गायब आहे" + +#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813 +#, fuzzy +msgid "(%1) Product Name: %2" +msgstr "प्रॉडक्ट नाव: %1" + +#. command line summary +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821 +#, fuzzy +msgid "\tVersion: %1" +msgstr "आवृत्ती: %1" + +#. command line summary +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:828 +#, fuzzy +msgid "\tInput directory: %1" +msgstr "इनपुट डिरेक्टरी" + +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:834 +#, fuzzy +msgid "\tOutput directory: %1" +msgstr "आऊटपुट डिरेक्टरी" + +#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842 +#, fuzzy +msgid "\tPatterns: %1" +msgstr "नमुने" + +#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 +#, fuzzy +msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgstr "ही फाईल संचारीत फाईल आहे." + +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Specify the add-on product to build." +msgstr "प्रकिया परवानगी द्यायची आहे का ते ठरवा." + +#. command line message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917 +#, fuzzy +msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present." +msgstr "ही फाईल संचारीत फाईल आहे." + +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Specify the add-on product configuration that should be deleted." +msgstr "प्रकिया परवानगी द्यायची आहे का ते ठरवा." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add-on Creator Configuration Overview" +msgstr "मॉडेम कॉनफिग्युरेशन ओव्हरव्हयू" + +#. summary item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Input directory: %1<br>" +msgstr "इनपुट डिरेक्टरी" + +#. summary item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Output directory: %1<br>" +msgstr "आऊटपुट डिरेक्टरी" + +#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Patterns: %1" +msgstr "नमुने" + +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<b>Launch</b> निवडून एका विशिष्ट प्लग-इनची विस्तृत संरचनासुरू करा.</p>" + +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>टिचकी मारत आहे <b>पुढचे</b> संरचना पूर्ण करा.</p>" + +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Delete the selected configuration using <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<b>Launch</b> निवडून एका विशिष्ट प्लग-इनची विस्तृत संरचनासुरू करा.</p>" + +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with <b>Build</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<b>Launch</b> निवडून एका विशिष्ट प्लग-इनची विस्तृत संरचनासुरू करा.</p>" + +#. table header item +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:178 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2476 +msgid "Product Name" +msgstr "उत्पादनाचे नांव" + +#. table header item +#. input field label +#. desctiption of pattern keys +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "आवृत्ती" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Build" +msgstr "इमारत" + +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Really delete configuration \"%1\"?" +msgstr "भाग %1 खरोखर कमी करावा?" + +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450 +msgid "Add-On Product Creator" +msgstr "अड-ऑन उत्पादन निर्माता" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313 +msgid "Create an Add-On &from the Beginning" +msgstr "अड-ऑन निर्माण करा आणि सुरुवातीपासून" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322 +msgid "Create an Add-On Based on an &Existing Add-On" +msgstr "&सध्याच्या अड-ऑनच्या आधारे अड-ऑन निर्माण करा." + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332 +msgid "&Path to Directory of the Existing Add-On Product" +msgstr "&सध्याच्या अड-ऑन उत्पादनाच्या पुस्तिकेकडील & पाथ" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343 +msgid "&Generate Package Descriptions" +msgstr "&पॅकेजची वर्णन निर्माण करा" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Add-On Product Label" +msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू माध्यमावर अधिक करा" + +#. textentry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:464 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "आवृत्त्या" + +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:468 +msgid "Required Product" +msgstr "आवश्यक उत्पादन" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 11" +msgstr "सुझे लीनक्स &एन्टरप्राीईझ सर्व्हर १०" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 11" +msgstr "सुझे लीनक्स एन्टरप्राीईझ &डेस्कटॉप १०" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501 +#, fuzzy +msgid "S&USE Linux Enterprise 11" +msgstr "सुझे लीनक्स &एन्टरप्राीईझ सर्व्हर १०" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "S&USE Linux Enterprise 10 SP1" +msgid "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3" +msgstr "एसयूएसई लायनक्स एंटरप्राईज 10 SP1" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519 +msgid "openSUSE 12.&3" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528 +msgid "openSUSE 13.1" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538 +msgid "&Other" +msgstr "& अन्य" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556 +msgid "&Path to Directory with Add-On Packages" +msgstr "&अड-ऑन पॅकेजेससहित पुस्तिकेकडील & पाथ" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566 +msgid "Path to Directory with Re&quired Product Packages" +msgstr "आवश्यक उत्पादन पॅकेजेससहित पुस्तिकेकडील पाथ" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:639 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:647 +msgid "Directory %1 is not accessible." +msgstr "%1 पुस्तिका (डिरेक्टरी) पहाता येत नाही." + +#. error popup (input validation failed) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The value of NAME may contain only\n" +"letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\"." +msgstr "" +" DISTPRODUCT च्या मूल्यात फक्त अक्षरे, आकडे \n" +"व चिन्हांचा समावेश असेल \".~_-\"." + +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756 +#, fuzzy +msgid "LABEL" +msgstr "&लेबल" + +#. combo label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:758 +msgid "La&nguage Code" +msgstr "भाषेचा कोड" + +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:760 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1546 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:172 +msgid "&Value" +msgstr "&मूल्य" + +#. Heading for help popup window +#. Heading for help popup window +#. Heading for help popup window +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:779 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1454 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:246 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "मदत" + +#. dialog caption - 'content' is file name +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:804 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Product Definition" +msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू निवड" + +#. label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Content File" +msgstr "मजकुराच्या फाईलचा पाथ" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "कळ" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header 2/2 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:904 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:943 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1766 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:355 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "मूल्य" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. label for 'Des' pattern key +#. label for 'Des' key +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:906 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:945 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:351 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:579 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "वर्णन" + +#. push button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:914 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:730 +msgid "Im&port" +msgstr "आयात" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:920 +msgid "Show &Only Required Keywords" +msgstr "फक्त आवश्यक कीवर्ड दाखवा" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Generate Release Package" +msgstr "कृपया काही पॅकेजसची निवड करू नका." + +#. label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Product File" +msgstr "वस्तू" + +#. push button label +#. push button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:952 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1590 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1744 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:342 +msgid "I&mport" +msgstr "& आयात" + +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1024 +msgid "Choose the Existing Content File" +msgstr "अस्तित्वात असलेली कंटेंट फाईल निवडा" + +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1071 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Choose the Existing Product File" +msgstr "अस्तित्वात असलेली कंटेंट फाईल निवडा" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090 +msgid "" +"Enter the values for these items:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"त्या आयटेम्सः \n" +"%1 साठी मूल्य प्रविष्ट करा " + +#. table item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "होय" + +#. table item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1150 +msgid "No" +msgstr "नाही" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1171 +msgid "Value of \"%1\"" +msgstr "\"%1\" चे मूल्य" + +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1262 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1282 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Flag" +msgstr "फ्लॅग्ज" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1285 +msgid "Equal" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287 +msgid "Greater than" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lower than" +msgstr "लोहर सॉर्बीयान" + +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322 +msgid "Release" +msgstr "रिलीज करा" + +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310 +msgid "Flavor" +msgstr "" + +#. input field label +#. table item label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Patch level" +msgstr "ठिगळाचा स्तर" + +#. MultiSelectionBox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414 +msgid "&Packages" +msgstr "& पॅकेजेस" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417 +msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgstr "सर्व निवडा किंवा निवडू नका" + +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Choose the file with the text to be imported." +msgstr "आयात करण्याची फाईल निवडा" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633 +msgid "Package Descriptions" +msgstr "पॅकेजची वर्णने" + +#. combobox label +#. combobox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731 +msgid "Description File &Language Code" +msgstr "वर्णन फाईल &भाषा कोड " + +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1704 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1741 +msgid "Add Lan&guage" +msgstr "भाषा घाला" + +#. table header +#. label for 'Pkg' key +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575 +msgid "Package" +msgstr "पॅकेज" + +#. table header 1/2 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353 +msgid "Attribute" +msgstr "गुणधर्म" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Location of the File with Additional &Dependencies" +msgstr " वर्कफ्लो वर्णनासहित फाईलचे ठिकाण " + +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896 +msgid "Choose the New Package Description File" +msgstr "नवीन पॅकेज वर्णन फाईल निवडा" + +#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*') +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909 +msgid "" +"The package description file is named incorrectly.\n" +"Choose another one." +msgstr "" +"पॅकेज वर्णन फाईलला चुकीचे नांव दिले गेले आहे. \n" +"दुसरे एखादे निवडा." + +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Choose the Path to EXTRA_PROV File" +msgstr " y2update.tgz फाईलकडील पाथ निवडा " + +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The file '%1' does not exist.\n" +"Choose another one." +msgstr "" +"संचिका अस्तित्वात '%1' नाही.\n" +"ती निर्माण करायची आहे का?" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090 +msgid "Key Type" +msgstr "की टाईप" + +#. radiobutton label (key type) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2104 +msgid "&DSA" +msgstr "&DSA " + +#. radiobutton label (key type) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2109 +msgid "&RSA" +msgstr "&RSA " + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2119 +msgid "Key &Size" +msgstr "कळीचा (की) आकार" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2124 +msgid "E&xpiration Date" +msgstr "मुदत समाप्तीची तारीख" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2127 +msgid "&Name" +msgstr "&नांव" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2129 +msgid "Commen&t" +msgstr "टिप्पणी" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2134 +msgid "E-&Mail Address" +msgstr "ई-मेल पत्ता" + +#. password widget label +#. password entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251 +msgid "&Passphrase" +msgstr "&पासफ्रेज" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144 +msgid "New GPG Key" +msgstr "नवीन GPG कळ " + +#. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\n" +"You must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\n" +msgstr "" +"नांव, टिप्पणी व ई-मेल पत्ता यांचे मूल्य रिकामे आहे. \n" +"उपभोक्त्याची ओळख देण्यासाठी आपण यापैकी किमान एक प्रविष्ट करणे आवश्यक आहे.\n" + +#. feedback popup headline +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 +msgid "Generating Primary Key Pair" +msgstr "प्राथमिक कळ जोडी निर्माण करत आहे." + +#. feedback message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199 +msgid "" +"If it takes too long, do some other work to give\n" +"the OS a chance to collect more entropy.\n" +msgstr "" +"यासाठी जर खूप जास्त वेळ लागात असेल, तर \n" +" OS ला आणखी एन्ट्रॉपी एकत्र करण्यासाठी संधी देण्याकरिता दुसरे काहीतरी काम करा. \n" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217 +msgid "Signing the Add-On Product" +msgstr "अड-ऑन उत्पादनावर स्वाक्षरी करत आहे" + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237 +msgid "GPG &Key ID" +msgstr " GPG व कळ यांचा आयडी" + +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244 +msgid "&Create..." +msgstr "& निर्माण करा..." + +#. password entry label (verification) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Passphrase Verification" +msgstr "&पासफ्रेज" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265 +msgid "Re&sign all packages with selected key." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302 +msgid "Passwords do not match. Try again." +msgstr "" +"परवलीशब्द जुळत नाहीत.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2334 +msgid "Output Settings" +msgstr "आऊटपुट सेटिंग्ज" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2358 +msgid "P&ath to Output Directory" +msgstr "आऊटपुट डिरेक्टरीकडील पाथ" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2364 +msgid "Create &ISO Image" +msgstr "&ISO प्रतिमा निर्माण करा" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371 +msgid "Image File Name" +msgstr "प्रतिमेच्या फाईलचे नांव" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Generate Changelog" +msgstr "बदल आता लिहा" + +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382 +msgid "&Configure Workflow..." +msgstr "&वर्कफ्लोचा आकृतीबंध बनवा... " + +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384 +msgid "O&ptional Files..." +msgstr "पर्यायी फाईल्स..." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429 +msgid "Enter the path to the directory for the add-on." +msgstr "अड-ऑनसाठी डिरेक्टरीत पाथ प्रविष्ट करा." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "ओव्हरव्ह्यू" + +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480 +msgid "Patterns" +msgstr "नमुने" + +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488 +msgid "Input Directory" +msgstr "इनपुट डिरेक्टरी" + +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2495 +msgid "Output Directory" +msgstr "आऊटपुट डिरेक्टरी" + +#. summary line +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2505 +msgid "Creating an ISO image in the output directory" +msgstr "आऊटपुट डिरेक्टरीत ISO प्रतिमा निर्माण करत आहे." + +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79 +msgid "" +"A file with this name already exists.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" +".या नावाची फाईल आधीपासूनच आहे.\n" +"दुसरे एखादे निवडा." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98 +msgid "Expert Settings" +msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज" + +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:136 +msgid "&info.txt File" +msgstr "&info.txt फाईल" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:141 +msgid "&License Files" +msgstr "परवाना फाईल्स" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "README Files" +msgstr " README फाईल्स" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:241 +msgid "&Name of the New README File" +msgstr " नवीन README फाईलचे नांव " + +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:258 +msgid "Choose the New README File" +msgstr " नवीन README फाईल निवडा" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:300 +msgid "&Language for the New License File" +msgstr "नवीन परवाना फाईल निवडा" + +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:320 +msgid "Choose the New License File" +msgstr "नवीन परवाना फाईल निवडा" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:401 +msgid "Expert Settings, Part 2" +msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज, भाग-२" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445 +msgid "©ING Files" +msgstr "फाईल्स कॉपी करत आहे" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472 +msgid "COPY&RIGHT Files" +msgstr "कॉपीराईट फाईल्स" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:541 +msgid "&Language for the New COPYRIGHT File" +msgstr "नवीन कॉपीराईट फाईल्ससाठी भाषा" + +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:560 +msgid "Choose the New COPYRIGHT File" +msgstr "नवीन कॉपीराईट फाइल निवडा" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "&Language for the New COPYING File" +msgstr "नवीन कॉपीराईट फाईलसाठी भाषा" + +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624 +msgid "Choose the New COPYING File" +msgstr "नवीन कॉपीराईट फाईल निवडा" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701 +msgid "Expert Settings, Part 3" +msgstr " एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज, भाग 3" + +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:715 +msgid "products" +msgstr " उत्पादने " + +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:721 +msgid "patches" +msgstr " पॅचेस " + +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:724 +msgid "&Import" +msgstr " आयात " + +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727 +msgid "media" +msgstr " माध्यम " + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769 +msgid "Workflow Configuration" +msgstr " वर्कफ्लो आकृतीबंध " + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792 +msgid "&Location of the File with the Workflow Description" +msgstr " वर्कफ्लो वर्णनासहित फाईलचे ठिकाण " + +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806 +msgid "&No Additional YaST Modules" +msgstr " अतिरिक्त YaST मॉडयुल्स नाहीत " + +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:815 +msgid "&Path to y2update.tgz" +msgstr " y2update.tgz कडील पाथ " + +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:823 +msgid "&Browse" +msgstr " ब्राऊझ करा " + +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830 +msgid "&Import the Packages" +msgstr " पॅकेजेस आयात करा" + +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840 +msgid "YaST Module Package" +msgstr " YaST मॉडयुल पॅकेज " + +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:892 +msgid "Choose the installation.xml File" +msgstr " स्थापना installation.xmlफाईल निवडा" + +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:911 +msgid "Choose the Path to the y2update.tgz File" +msgstr " y2update.tgz फाईलकडील पाथ निवडा " + +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:922 +msgid "Choose the YaST Module Package" +msgstr " YaST मॉडयुल पॅकेज निवडा " + +#. Build dialog help +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> अड-ऑन निर्माण करत आहे </big></b><br>\n" +" कृपया थांबा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>Writing the add-on configurations<br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>CASA आकृतीबंध जतन करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. help text for start menu +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 +msgid "<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p>T हे मॉडयुल अड-ऑन उत्पादनाच्या निर्मितीसाठी मार्गदर्शन देऊ करते.</p>" + +#. help text for start menu, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 +msgid "<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>" +msgstr "<p> नवीन अड-ऑन उत्पादन कसे निर्माण करावे ते निवडा. आपण ते सुरुवातीपासून निर्माण करु शकता किंवा सध्याच्या उत्पादनाचा आधार घेऊ शकता.</p>" + +#. help text for start menu, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 +msgid "<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product.</p>" +msgstr "<p> नवीन किंवा सध्याच्या उत्पादनाचा आधार घेतांना सध्याच्या उत्पादनातील पॅकेजेसची <b> नवीन वर्णने निर्माण करण्यासाठी</b> पॅकेज वर्णन निर्माण करा तपासा.</p>" + +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p><b>Name and Version</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>मेनू विभाग</b></p>" + +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Enter the name and version of add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p> या ठिकाणी, अड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टसाठी नमुने निर्माण व संपादित करा.</p>" + +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62 +msgid "<p><b>Required Product</b></p>" +msgstr " <p><b>आवश्यक उत्पादन </b></p>" + +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 +msgid "<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" +msgstr "<p> ज्याच्याशी नवीन अड-ऑन उत्पादन लागू करता येते अशा उत्पादनाची निवड करा. <b>REQUIRES</b> या निवडीमुळे <tt> कंटेंटचे </tt> मूल्य तयार होते. </p>" + +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 +msgid "<p><b>Add-On Packages</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b> अड-ऑन पॅकेजेस </b></p>" + +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 +msgid "<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p> डिरेक्टरीसाठी RPM पॅकेजेसचा समावेश असलेला पाथ निवडा जे आपले अड-ऑन उत्पादन असेल.</p>" + +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 +msgid "<p><b>Required Product Packages</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b> आवश्यक उत्पादन पॅकेजेस.</b></p>" + +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 +msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow.</p>" +msgstr "<p> पर्यायाने, डिरेक्टरीसाठी पाथ निवडा, ज्यात उत्पादनातील RPM पॅकेजेसचा समावेश असेल ज्यावर अड-ऑन उत्पादन आधारलेले असेल. ही पॅकेजेस अड-ऑन उत्पादनात समाविष्ट नसतील, परंतु नंतर वर्कफ्लोमधे नमुने निर्माण करण्यासाठी ती वापरली जाऊ शकतात.</p>" + +#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 +msgid "<p>Here, edit the values of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" +msgstr "<p> या ठिकाणी, <tt> कंटेंट </tt> फाईलचे मूल्य संपादित करा.</p>" + +#. help text for content file editor, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 +msgid "<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect <b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" +msgstr "<p> अड-ऑन उत्पादन ओळखण्यासाठीची आवश्यक माहिती प्रविष्ट करा. कंटेट फाईल्सचे सर्व <b> गुणधर्म पहाण्यासाठी फक्त </b> आवश्यक कीवर्ड दाखवा ची <tt> निवड </tt> करु नका.</p>" + +#. help text for content file editor, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Import</b> to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file.</p>" +msgstr "<p> सध्याची <b> कंटेंट </b> फाईल आयात करण्यासाठी <tt> आयात </tt> वापरा.</p>" + +#. help text for package description files +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here.</p>" +msgstr "<p> या ठिकाणी, पॅकेजेसची भाषा विशिष्ट वर्णने संपादित करा (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files).</p>" + +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p> नवीन <b> भाषेसाठी वर्णन </b> फाईल घालण्यासाठी भाषा घाला वापरा. उपलब्ध भाषांची सूची कंटेंट फाईलच्या <b>LINGUAS</b> मूल्यावरुन वाचता येते. <tt> आयात च्या सहाय्याने </tt> पॅकेजच्या वर्णनासहितची सध्याची फाईल आयात करा.<b> च्या सहाय्याने t</b>. वर्णनाची फाईल पुसून <b> टाका.</b>.</p>" + +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package.</p>" +msgstr "<p> निवडलेल्या पॅकेजसाठी वर्णन नोंदीत बदल करण्यासाठी दुसर्‍या तक्त्यातील <b>Add</b> आणि <b>Edit</b> चा वापर करा.</p>" + +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for patterns +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Create and edit the patterns for the add-on product here.</p>" +msgstr "<p> या ठिकाणी, अड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टसाठी नमुने निर्माण व संपादित करा.</p>" + +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 +msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an existing one.</p>" +msgstr "<p> नवीन <b> नमुना </b> तयार करण्यासाठी नवीन वापरा किंवा <b> सध्याचाच </b> नमुना आयात करण्यासाठी आयात वापरा.</p>" + +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern attributes.</p>" +msgstr "<p> नमुन्याच्या गुणधर्मांत बदल करण्यासाठी दुसर्‍या तक्त्यातील <b>Add</b> आणि <b>Edit</b> वापरा. </p>" + +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 +msgid "" +"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 +msgid "<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p> डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ नमूद करा ज्यामधे अड-ऑन उत्पादन तयार करायचे आहे. आऊटपुट डिरेक्टरीमधे उत्पादनाची <b> ISO प्रतिमा बनवण्यासाठी </b> ISO प्रतिमा बनवा निवडा.</p>" + +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 +msgid "<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values.</p>" +msgstr "<p> वर्कफ्लोचा आकृतीबंध </b> च्या सहाय्याने अड-ऑन उत्पादनाचा <b> वर्कफ्लो स्वीकारा. <tt>README</tt> फाईली, परवाने व इतर पर्यायी मूल्ये यांच्या पाठ्या आकृतीबंध </p>. बनवण्यासाठी <b> पर्यायी </b> फाईल्स वापरा. " + +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 +msgid "<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow.</p>" +msgstr "<p> या ठिकाणी, आपल्या मागणीनुसार आपला अड-ऑन उत्पादन वर्कफ्लो बनवण्यासाठी आवश्यक फाईल्स आपण प्रविष्ट करु शकता.</p>" + +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 +msgid "<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p> वर्कफ्लो वर्णनाने फाईलचे ठिकाण प्रविष्ट करा. ही फाईल <tt>control.xml</tt> ला पर्यायी असून, ती अड-ऑन उत्पादनाच्या मूळ डिरेक्टरीत <tt>installation.xml</tt> म्हणून जतन करता येते.</p>" + +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p> अड-ऑन उत्पादनाच्या स्थापनेदरम्यान कस्टम YaST मॉडयुल्स वापरण्यासाठी, <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> पुरातत्व कडील पाथ प्रविष्ट करा, जेथे ही मॉडयुल्स जतन केलेली आहेत, किंवा <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> मधील पॅकेजेस नमूद करुन YaST RPM च्या <b> कंटेंटचा आकृतीबंध बनवा.</b>.</p>" + +#. help text for expert dialog 1 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 +msgid "<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>" +msgstr "<p> पर्यायी <tt>info.txt</tt> फाईल अड-ऑन विषयीची माहिती देते जी <b>OK</b> बटणाने पॉप अप विंडोवर प्रदर्शित झाली पाहिजे. </p>" + +#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 +msgid "<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and <b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p> स्थापना सुरु होण्यापूर्वी <b>Agree</b> आणि <b>Disagree</b> बटणांनी विंडोमधे परवान्याचे पाठय दर्शवले जाते. विविध भाषांमधील परवाना पाठयाच्या फाईली <tt>license.zip</tt> पुरातत्वमधे दाबल्या जाऊन (कॉम्प्रेस) <tt>media.1</tt> डिरेक्टरीत जतन होतात.</p>" + +#. help text for expert dialog 2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 +msgid "<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p> <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> आणि <tt>COPYING</tt> फाईल्समधे भाषांमधील विविध बदल असू शकतात व त्या अड-ऑन उत्पादनाच्या मूळ डिरेक्टरीत जतल होतात.</p>" + +#. help text for signing dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 +msgid "<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p> या ठिकाणी, अड-ऑन उत्पादनाच्या स्वाक्षरीचा आकृतीबंध बनवा. उपलब्ध कीज (कळ) च्या सूचीतून गुप्त कळ निवडा किंवा <b> च्या सहाय्याने नवीन निवडा.</b>.</p>" + +#. help text for signing dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 +msgid "<p>Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key.</p>" +msgstr "<p> गुप्त कळ उघडण्यासाठी आशयक असलेली पासफ्रेज प्रविष्ट करा.</p>" + +#. help text for signing dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 +msgid "<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for generating new key dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 +msgid "<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>" +msgstr "<p> नवीन प्राथमिक कळ जोडी निर्माण करण्यासाठी आवश्यक मूल्ये प्रविष्ट करा.</p>" + +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 +msgid "<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long.</p>" +msgstr "<p> DSA कळीचा (की) डिफॉल्ट आकार 1024 बाईट्स आहे. RSA कीज (कळ) 1024 व 4096 बाईट्स लांबीच्या दरम्यान असतील.</p>" + +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 +msgid "<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires.</p>" +msgstr "<p> <b> प्रमाणे,</b>, दिवसांची संख्या प्रविष्ट करा, जेवढया दिवसांनंतर की (कळ) ची मुदत संपते. जर संख्या <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, किंवा <tt>y</tt>, च्याआधी येत असेल तर ती आठवडे, महिने व वर्षांची संख्या दर्शवते. कधीही मुदत न संपणारी कळ असेल त्यासाठीची नोंद रिकामी ठेवा.</p>" + +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>" +msgstr "<p>उपभोक्त्याची ओळख देण्यासाठी<b>Name</b>,<b>Comment</b>,व<b>E-Mail Address</b>to चा वापर करा, ज्याच्याशी नवीन की (कळ) चा संबंध जोडायचा आहे.</p>" + +#. help text for overview dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 +msgid "<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>" +msgstr "<p> या ठिकाणी, अड-ऑन उत्पादन निर्माण करण्यासाठी माहितीचा ओव्हरव्ह्यू पहा.</p>" + +#. help text for overview dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 +msgid "<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p> आऊटपुट डिरेक्टरीत अड-ऑन उत्पादन निर्माण करण्यासाठी <b>Finish</b> दाबा. </p>" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 +msgid "&Name of the New Pattern" +msgstr "& नवीन नमुन्याचे नांव " + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "निर्मिती (आर्किटेक्चर)" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Release" +msgstr "रिलीज करा" + +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Such a pattern already exists.\n" +"Choose a different name or architecture.\n" +msgstr "" +" या नावाचा नमुना आधीच अस्तित्वात आहे. \n" +" दुसरा एखादा वेगळा निवडा." + +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198 +msgid "&Description" +msgstr " वर्णन " + +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:202 +msgid "&Summary" +msgstr " सारांश " + +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203 +msgid "Ca&tegory" +msgstr " विभाग " + +#. combo label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213 +msgid "&Language Code" +msgstr " भाषेचा कोड " + +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257 +msgid "" +"A key with this name already exists.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" +" या नावाची कळ आधीपासूनच अस्तित्वात आहे.\n" +" दुसरी एखादी वेगळी निवडा." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319 +msgid "Editor for Patterns" +msgstr " नमुन्यांसाठी एडिटर " + +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332 +msgid "Name of the Pattern" +msgstr " नमुन्याचे नांव " + +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334 +msgid "Full Name" +msgstr " संपूर्ण नांव " + +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369 +#, fuzzy +msgid "R&equired Pattern" +msgstr "आवश्यक नमुने (पॅटर्न्स)" + +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445 +msgid "Existing Pattern" +msgstr " सध्याचा नमुना " + +#. error message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Such a pattern already exists.\n" +"Choose a different architecture.\n" +msgstr "" +" या नावाचा नमुना आधीच अस्तित्वात आहे. \n" +" दुसरा एखादा वेगळा निवडा." + +#. busy message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53 +msgid "Importing product..." +msgstr " उत्पादन आयात करत आहे." + +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Content file style" +msgstr "फाईल यंत्रणा माऊंट करू शकत नाही." + +#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Must be the first tag of the content file." +msgstr "कंटेंट फाईल लिहा" + +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150 +msgid "Product name" +msgstr "प्रॉडक्टचे नाव" + +#. help text for content file 'NAME' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 +msgid "For internal usage. Same restrictions as for package names apply." +msgstr "" + +#. label of content file BASEARCHS key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Product architectures" +msgstr "अनुमती असलेली निर्मिती" + +#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " +msgstr "<tt>base</tt>साठी अनुमती असलेल्या निर्मितीची मोकळ्या जागा देऊन विभागलेली सूची." + +#. label of content file 'VERSION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 +msgid "Product version and release" +msgstr "उत्पादन आवृत्ती व रिलीज" + +#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 +msgid "Product version and release as in RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>." +msgstr "RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt> मधीलप्रमाणे उत्पादन आवृत्ती व रिलीज" + +#. table item label +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Release number" +msgstr "मूल्य: %1 संख्या असली पाहिजे" + +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Distribution name" +msgstr "वितरण आधान" + +#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 +msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." +msgstr "" + +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 +msgid "Package description directory" +msgstr "पॅकेजच्या वर्णनाची पुस्तिका" + +#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 +msgid "Package description directory (relative to product directory)." +msgstr "पॅकेजच्या वर्णनाची (उत्पादन पुस्तिकेशी संबंधित)" + +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 +msgid "Package data directory" +msgstr "पॅकेजच्या माहितीची पुस्तिका" + +#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216 +msgid "Package data directory (relative to product directory)." +msgstr " पॅकेजच्या माहितीची पुस्तिका (उत्पादन पुस्तिकेशी संबंधित)." + +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225 +msgid "Label" +msgstr "लेबल" + +#. help text for content file '' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 +msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no default language can be determined." +msgstr "UTF-8 सांकेतिक लेबल. <b>LINGUAS</b> वगळल्यास किंवा डिफॉल्टची कोणतीही भाषा ठरवलेली नसल्यास त्यावेळचे डिफॉल्ट लेबल. " + +#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 +msgid "Languages" +msgstr "भाषा" + +#. help text for content file 'LINGUAS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:236 +msgid "ISO language code or language code_country code." +msgstr " ISO भाषा कोड किंवा भाषा कोड - देशाचा कोड" + +#. label of content file 'LANGUAGE' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:243 +msgid "Default language" +msgstr "डिफॉल्ट भाषा" + +#. help text for content file 'LANGUAGE' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:247 +msgid "Default language code." +msgstr "डिफॉल्ट भाषेचा कोड" + +#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Preselected patterns" +msgstr "निवडलेले साचे" + +#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260 +msgid "List of patterns preselected by the product." +msgstr "उत्पादनाने निवडलेल्या पॅटर्नसची सूची" + +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267 +msgid "Vendor name" +msgstr "विक्रेत्याचे नांव" + +#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269 +msgid "Vendor name (free form)." +msgstr " विक्रेत्याचे नांव (मुक्त स्वरुपात)" + +#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277 +msgid "Release notes URL" +msgstr "रिलीज नोट्स URL" + +#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281 +msgid "URL from which to fetch release notes." +msgstr "रिलीज नोट्स ज्यावरुन आणायच्या ती URL" + +#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288 +msgid "Update URL" +msgstr "URL अपडेट करा " + +#. help text for content file 'UPDATEURLS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:290 +msgid "URL of the update source." +msgstr " अपडेट स्रोताची URL" + +#. label of content file LABEL.lang key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:300 +msgid "Language-specific label" +msgstr "भाषा - विशिष्ट लेबल" + +#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 +msgid "UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the <b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching <b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected." +msgstr "UTF-8-ने सांकेतिक केलेले <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> मधे तीच रचना असते जी <b>LINGUAS</b> मूल्यांची असते. <b>LINGUAS</b>, a मधील प्रत्येक भाषेसाठी, जुळणारे <b>LABEL.lang</b> अपेक्षित आहे." + +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "निर्मिती (आर्किटेक्चर)" + +#. label for 'Sum' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "सारांश" + +#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340 +msgid "One line label in the default language" +msgstr "डिफॉल्ट भाषेतील एका ओळीचे लेबल" + +#. help text for 'Sum.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:344 +msgid "One line language-specific label." +msgstr "एका ओळीतील भाषा - विशिष्ट लेबल" + +#. help text for 'Des' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354 +msgid "Multiple line description in the default language" +msgstr "डिफॉल्ट भाषेतील जास्त ओळींमधील वर्णन" + +#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Multiple line description, language-specific." +msgstr "जास्त ओळींमधील वर्णन, भाषा विशिष्ट" + +#. label for 'Cat' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "विभाग" + +#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 +msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgstr " नमुन्याचे समुह करण्यासाठी वापरलेल्या डिफॉल्ट भाषेतील एका ओळीचा विभाग.उपभोक्त्यांसाठी विभाग केलेले असून, मुक्तपणे त्यांचे तपशीलवार वर्णन करता येऊ शकते. " + +#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 +msgid "Language-specific version of the category." +msgstr "विभागाची भाषा-विशिष्ट आवृत्ती" + +#. label for 'Vis' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377 +msgid "Visibility" +msgstr "दृष्यमानता" + +#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379 +msgid "Set whether the pattern should be visible in the user interface." +msgstr "उपभोक्त्याच्या इंटरफेसमधे नमुना दिसायला पाहिजे की नाही ते निश्चित करा." + +#. label for 'Prq' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "पॅकेजेस" + +#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390 +msgid "List of packages to install." +msgstr "स्थापित करण्याच्या पॅकेजेसची सूची." + +#. label for 'Prc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398 +msgid "Recommended packages" +msgstr "शिफारस करण्यात आलेली पॅकेजस" + +#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 +msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +msgstr "ही पॅकेजेस डिफॉल्टने स्थापित झाली आहेत, परंतु कोणत्याही तक्रारिशिवाय ती काढून टाकता येऊ शकतात." + +#. label for 'Prs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 +msgid "Suggested packages" +msgstr "सुचवण्यात आलेली पॅकेजेस" + +#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key +#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key +#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 +msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." +msgstr "अप्लिकेशनसाठी या फकत सूचना आहेत व डिपेन्डन्सी रिझोल्यूशनच्या वेळी त्या हाताळल्या जात नाहीत." + +#. label for 'Ico' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 +msgid "Icon filename" +msgstr "आयकॉन फाईलचे नांव" + +#. help text for 'Ico' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 +msgid "" +"If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +msgstr "" +"निर्दिष्ट नसल्यास, नमुन्याचे नांव त्याएवजी वापरले जाते \n" +" (नावातील मोकळ्या जागी अंडरस्कोअर घातले जाते). फाईलच्या नांवात जर.png किंवा .jpg समाविष्ट नसेल तर .png जोडले जाते. कोणताही निर्दिष्ट पाथ नसेल तर थीम आयकॉन पाथ मधल्यासाठी आयकॉन्स शोधले जाता.(first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). अटीविरहित व सापेक्ष पाथना (/usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) अनुमती आहे." + +#. label for 'Ord' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 +msgid "Pattern Order" +msgstr "नमुन्यांचा क्रम" + +#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 +msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgstr "या तीन अंकी संख्येचे मूल्य नमुन्यांच्या क्रमाची व्याख्या करते, जेव्हा उपभोक्ताच्या इन्टरफेसमधे अनेक नमुने सूचीबद्ध असतात." + +#. label for 'Req' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 +msgid "Required patterns" +msgstr "आवश्यक नमुने (पॅटर्न्स)" + +#. help text for 'Req' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443 +msgid "Patterns that need to be installed together with this pattern." +msgstr "या नमुन्याबरोबर एकत्रितपणे स्थापन करण्याची गरज असलेले नमुने." + +#. label for 'Prv' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451 +msgid "Provided patterns" +msgstr "पुरवण्यात आलेले नमुने" + +#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 +msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgstr "हा नमुना पुरवत असलेल्या क्षमता. इतरांकडून<b>REQUIRES</b> जुळवण्यासाठी त्यांचा वापर केला जाऊ शकतो. प्रत्येक रिझॉल्व्हेबलमधे आपले स्वतःचे नांव व आवृत्ती यांची तरतूद असते. उदाहरणार्थ, पॅकेज <i>bar-1.42-1</i> हे<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>ही क्षमता पुरवते." + +#. label for 'Con' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 +msgid "Conflicting patterns" +msgstr "विवादास्पद नमुने" + +#. help text for 'Con' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 +msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "निर्दिष्ट रिझॉल्व्हेबल किंवा क्षमता पुरवणारे रिझॉल्व्हेबल स्थापित असेल, तर हा नमुना स्थापित होऊ शकत नाही. " + +#. label for 'Obs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 +msgid "Patterns made obsolete" +msgstr "अप्रचलित नमुने" + +#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473 +msgid "" +"When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \n" +"other patterns marked as obsolete here." +msgstr "" +"जेव्हा हा नमुना स्थापित होईल, तेव्हा तो येथे अप्रचलित म्हणून खूण केलेला \n" +"दुसरा कोणताही नमुना विस्थापित करतो." + +#. label for 'Rec' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481 +msgid "Recommended patterns" +msgstr "शिफारस केलेले नमुने" + +#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 +msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." +msgstr " REQUIRESची दुर्बल आवृत्ती. शिफारस केलेले नमुने स्थापित होऊ शकत नसतील तर, चूक दर्शवली जाणार नाही " + +#. label for 'Sup' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 +msgid "Supplemented patterns" +msgstr "पूरक नमुने" + +#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 +msgid "A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgstr "उलटा <b>Rec</b>. हा नमुना तेव्हाच स्थापित होईल जर स्थापित रिझॉल्व्हेबलने निर्दिष्ट क्षमता पुरवली असेल. डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर तो स्थापित करतो. त्याचे विस्थापन मूकपणे स्वीकारले जाते." + +#. label for 'Sug' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 +msgid "Suggested patterns" +msgstr "सुचवलेले नमुने" + +#. label for 'Fre' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511 +msgid "Freshen" +msgstr "नवीन" + +#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." +msgstr "स्थापनेसाठी विचारात घेतलेला सध्याचा एकमेव नमुना म्हणजे येथे स्थापन केलेला निर्दिष्ट नमुना" + +#. label for 'Ext' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extends" +msgstr "दृश्यकारके" + +#. label for 'Inc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:529 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Includes" +msgstr "&Include फाईल" + +#. label for 'Exnh pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enhanced patterns" +msgstr "व्यापक रिझॉव्हेबल्स" + +#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Conflicting packages" +msgstr "विवादास्पद नमुने" + +#. label for 'Pob' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Obsolete packages" +msgstr "निवडलेली पॅकेजेस कॉपी करा" + +#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Freshened packages" +msgstr "शिफारस करण्यात आलेली पॅकेजस" + +#. label for 'Psp' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Supplemented packages" +msgstr "पूरक नमुने" + +#. label for 'Pen' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enhanced packages" +msgstr "गरज असलेले पॅकेज तपासा" + +#. help text for 'Des' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581 +msgid "Multiple line package description." +msgstr "अनेक ओळींमधील पॅकेजचे वर्णन." + +#. help text for 'Sum' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591 +msgid "The package summary (label), a one line description of the package." +msgstr "पॅकेजचा सारांश (लेबल), पॅकेजचे एका ओळीत वर्णन." + +#. label for 'Ins' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599 +msgid "Installation Notification" +msgstr "स्थापनेची सूचना" + +#. help text for 'Ins' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." +msgstr "पॅकेजची निवड केल्यास उपभोक्त्याला दर्शवलेला अनौपचारिक संदेश, जसे पाठ्य आवृत्तीचा इशारा किंवा व्यावसायिक परवाना." + +#. label for 'Del' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 +msgid "Deletion Notification" +msgstr "सूचना पुसून टाकणे" + +#. help text for 'Del' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgstr "पुसून टाकण्याची पॅकेजची निवड केल्यास उपभोक्त्याला दर्शवलेला अनौपचारिक संदेश, जसे पॅकेजशिवाय प्रणाली वापरता न येऊ शकण्याचा इशारा." + +#. label for 'Eul' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 +msgid "EULA" +msgstr "EULA" + +#. help text for 'Eul' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgstr " EULAचे पाठ्य. हे पाठ्य पॅकेज स्थापित होण्यापूर्वी प्रदर्शित होते. उपभोक्त्याने EULAन स्वीकारल्यास, पॅकेजस्थापित होत नाही." + +#. label of key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Products that must be installed" +msgstr "रिझॉल्व्हेबल्स, जे स्थापित करणे आवश्यक आहे." + +#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements.</p>" +msgstr "रिझॉल्व्हेबल्स जे हे उत्पादन स्थापित करण्यापूर्वी प्रणालीवर स्थापित करणे आवश्यक आहे. त्याच्या रचनेचे नियम <b>REQUIRES</b>." + +#. label of PROVIDES key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Provided products" +msgstr "पुरवण्यात आलेले नमुने" + +#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 +msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires</b> from others." +msgstr "" + +#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Conflicting products" +msgstr "विवादास्पद नमुने" + +#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 +msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "निर्दिष्ट रिझॉल्व्हेबल किंवा क्षमता पुरवणारे रिझॉल्व्हेबल स्थापित असेल तर हे रिझॉल्व्हेबल स्थापित होऊ शकत नाही." + +#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Products made obsolete" +msgstr "अप्रचलित नमुने" + +#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 +msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." +msgstr "जेव्हा हे रिझॉल्व्हेबल स्थापित होईल, तेव्हा ते या कीवर्डशी मिळत्याजुळत्या नावाचे दुसरेएखादे रिझॉल्व्हेबल स्थापित करते. " + +#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Recommended products" +msgstr "शिफारस करण्यात आलेली पॅकेजस" + +#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 +#, fuzzy +msgid "A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill <b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgstr "<b>REQUIRES</b>ची दुर्बल आवृत्ती. <b>RECOMMENDS</b>,पूर्ण करण्याचा प्रयत्न करण्यात आलेला आहे, परंतु त्याच्याशी काहीच जुळणे शक्य नसेल तर त्याकडे मूकपणे दुर्लक्ष होईल." + +#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Suggested products" +msgstr "सुचवण्यात आलेली पॅकेजेस" + +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The URL for release notes RPM" +msgstr "रिलीज नोट्स URL" + +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Product description" +msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू निवड" + +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:740 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Product summary" +msgstr "वस्तू" + +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Product line" +msgstr "प्रॉडक्टचे नाव" + +#. help text for 'productline' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 +msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." +msgstr "" + +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Update repository key" +msgstr "पॅकेज रिपॉझिटरी" + +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Type of media" +msgstr "अॅडाप्टरचा प्रकार." + +#. help text for media type +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 +msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgstr "" + +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Product flavor" +msgstr "वस्तू" + +#. help text for media type +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 +msgid "Description of the flavor or variant of a product, e.g. DVD, FTP, Live" +msgstr "" + +#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Generating Product Data" +msgstr "प्राथमिक कळ जोडी निर्माण करत आहे." + +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Find package directories" +msgstr "प्रतिमा संचिका:" + +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Looking for package directories..." +msgstr " %1 ह्या करता आवश्यक पॅकेजेसची तपासणी होत आहे..." + +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Check package architectures" +msgstr "पॅकेज आर्काइव्ह निर्माण करा" + +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Generate content file defaults" +msgstr " कंटेंट फाईल तयार करत आहे..." + +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Checking package architectures..." +msgstr "पॅकेज आर्काइव्ह निर्माण करत आहे..." + +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Generating content file defaults..." +msgstr " कंटेंट फाईल तयार करत आहे..." + +#. Progress stage +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Generate package descriptions" +msgstr "&पॅकेजची वर्णन निर्माण करा" + +#. help text +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<b>Wait while generating data for add-on...</b><br/>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> अड-ऑन निर्माण करत आहे </big></b><br>\n" +" कृपया थांबा...<br></p>\n" + +#. error report +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 +msgid "" +"Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\n" +"Release package will not be generated." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Build of release package failed with\n" +"'%1'." +msgstr "" +"पॅकेज डेटाबेसची पुर्ननिर्मीत करताना चूक:\n" +"%1" + +#. error label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283 +msgid "Signing of the product failed." +msgstr "उत्पादनावर स्वाक्षरी करणे असफल." + +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301 +msgid "Try again with different passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Enter passphrase for GPG key %1\n" +"(%2)" +msgstr "GPG की %1 साठी &पासफ्रेज" + +#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879 +msgid "Creating the Add-On" +msgstr "अड-ऑन निर्माण करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883 +msgid "Write the content file" +msgstr "कंटेंट फाईल लिहा" + +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885 +msgid "Create the structure of the add-on" +msgstr "अड-ऑनची बांधणी करा" + +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887 +msgid "Write the patterns" +msgstr "नमुने लिहा" + +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889 +msgid "Copy the packages" +msgstr "पॅकेजेसची प्रत काढा" + +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Generate the release package" +msgstr "कृपया काही पॅकेजसची निवड करू नका." + +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893 +msgid "Create MD5 sums" +msgstr " MD5 सम्स तयार करा" + +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3895 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Sign resulting product" +msgstr " उत्पादन आयात करत आहे." + +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3899 +msgid "Writing the content file..." +msgstr "कंटेंट फाईल लिहित आहे..." + +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901 +msgid "Creating the structure of the add-on..." +msgstr "अड-ऑनची बांधणी तयार करत आहे..." + +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903 +msgid "Writing the patterns..." +msgstr "नमुने लिहित आहे..." + +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905 +msgid "Copying the packages..." +msgstr "पॅकेजेसच्या प्रती काढत आहे..." + +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Generating the release package..." +msgstr "मूळ पॅकेजेसची खात्री करीत आहोत..." + +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909 +msgid "Creating MD5 sums..." +msgstr " MD5सम्स तयार करत आहे..." + +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3911 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Signing resulting product..." +msgstr " उत्पादन आयात करत आहे." + +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3916 +msgid "Create ISO image" +msgstr " ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा" + +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3918 +msgid "Creating ISO image..." +msgstr " ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3921 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "समाप्त झाले" + +#. Error message (do not translate 'content' +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3957 +msgid "Cannot write content file." +msgstr "कंटेंट फाइल लिहू शकत नाही." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978 +msgid "Cannot create the output directory structure." +msgstr "आऊटपुट पुस्तिका बांधणी तयार करु शकत नाही." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet the needs of this product.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>This is a space-separated list of names or <tt>kind:name</tt> pairs optionally followed by version constraints. Just a name denotes a dependency to a package, such as <tt>sles-release</tt> or <tt>sles-release-10</tt>. The kind can be package, pattern, or product, such as <tt>pattern:basesystem</tt>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>या उत्पादनाच्या गरजा पूर्ण करण्यासाठीचे रिझॉल्व्हेबल्स जेप्रणालीवर स्थापित करणे आवश्यक आहे. </p>\n" +#~ "<p>ही मोकळ्या जागांद्वारे बेगळी केलेली नावांची सूची <tt>kind:name</tt> किंवा जोड्या आहेत व त्यानंतर पर्यायी आवृत्ती मर्यादा आहे. केवळ नांवच पॅकेजवर अवलंबून असल्याचे दर्शवते, जसे <tt>sles-release</tt> किंवा <tt>sles-release-10</tt>. हा प्रकार म्हणजे पॅकेज, प्रकार, किंवा उत्पादन असू शकते, जसे <tt>pattern:basesystem</tt>.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Resolvables needed before installation" +#~ msgstr "स्थापनेपूर्वी आवश्यक रिझॉल्व्हेबल्स" + +#~ msgid "Resolvables provided" +#~ msgstr "रिझॉल्व्हेबल्सची तरतूद" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</b> from others. Every resolvable has a provides by default- its own name and edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +#~ msgstr "हे उत्पादन पुरवत असलेल्या क्षमता. इतरांकडून <b>REQUIRES</b> जुळवण्यासाठी त्या वापरल्या जाऊ शकतात. प्रत्येक रिझॉल्व्हेबल मधे डिफॉल्टकडून आपले स्वतःचे नांव व आवृत्ती यांची तरतूद असते. उदाहरणार्थ, पॅकेज <i>bar-1.42-1</i> <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>क्षमता पुरवते." + +#~ msgid "Conflicting resolvables" +#~ msgstr "विवादास्पद रिझॉल्व्हेबल्स" + +#~ msgid "Resolvables made obsolete" +#~ msgstr "अप्रचलित रिझॉल्व्हेबल्स" + +#~ msgid "Recommended resolvables" +#~ msgstr "शिफारस करण्यात आलेले रिझॉल्व्हेबल्स" + +#~ msgid "Suggested resolvables" +#~ msgstr "सुचवण्यात आलेले रिझॉल्वेबल्स" + +#~ msgid "Supplemented resolvables" +#~ msgstr "पूरक रिझॉव्हेबल्स" + +#~ msgid "A reverse <b>RECOMMENDS</b>. This product is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +#~ msgstr "उलट्या <b>RECOMMENDS</b>स्थापित रिझॉल्व्हेबलने निर्दिष्ट क्षमता पुरवल्यास हे उत्पादन स्थापित होईल. डिपेडन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर ते स्थापित करते. त्याचे विस्थापन मूकपणे स्वीकारले जाते. " + +#~ msgid "Enhanced resolvables" +#~ msgstr "व्यापक रिझॉव्हेबल्स" + +#~ msgid "A reverse <b>SUGGESTS</b>. This product can be installed if this capability is provided by an installed resolvable. It is just a hint for an application. For example, <i>SuSEplugger</i> can suggest packages for installation if specific hardware is found." +#~ msgstr "उलट्या <b>SUGGESTS</b>स्थापित रिझॉल्व्हेबलने ही क्षमता पुरवल्यास स्थापित करता येऊ शकेल. अप्लिकेशनसाठी ही फक्त सूचना आहे. उदाहरणार्थ, <i>SuSEplugger</i> स्थापनेसाठी पॅकेजेस सुचवू शकते, जर विशिष्ट हार्डवेअर आढळले." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2" +#~ msgstr "सुझे लीनक्स &एन्टरप्राीईझ सर्व्हर १०" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 10 SP2" +#~ msgstr "सुझे लीनक्स एन्टरप्राीईझ &डेस्कटॉप १०" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "S&USE Linux Enterprise 10 SP2" +#~ msgstr "सुझे लीनक्स &एन्टरप्राीईझ सर्व्हर १०" + +#~ msgid "Product Definition (content File)" +#~ msgstr "उत्पादनाची व्याख्या (कंटेंट फाइल)" + +#~ msgid "Name of the add-on product" +#~ msgstr "जास्तीच्या उत्पादनाचे नांव" + +#~ msgid "Product-specific capabilities." +#~ msgstr "उत्पादन - विशिष्ट क्षमता" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Short label" +#~ msgstr "लहान" + +#~ msgid "Distribution ID" +#~ msgstr "वितरण आयडी (ओळख)" + +#~ msgid "Distribution ID (vendor specific). The value of the keyword must not contain spaces. Only letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\" are allowed." +#~ msgstr "वितरण आयडी (विक्रेता विशिष्ट). कीवर्ड (प्रमुख शब्द) च्या मूल्यात मोकळ्या जागा असता कामा नयेत.फक्त अक्षरे, आकडे व चिन्हे यांनाच \".~_-\" अनुमती आहे. " + +#~ msgid "Distribution version" +#~ msgstr "वितरण आवृत्ती (विक्रेता विशिष्ट)" + +#~ msgid "Distribution version (vendor specific)." +#~ msgstr "विक्रेत्याचे नांव" + +#~ msgid "Minimum architecture base supported" +#~ msgstr "किमान निर्मिती तळाचे समर्थन" + +#~ msgid "Minimum architecture base supported by this product. The default is the base architecture if no matching <b>ARCH.base</b> is found." +#~ msgstr "या उत्पादनाद्वारे किमान निर्मिती तळाचे समर्थन. तिच्याशी जुळणारे काहीही न आढळल्यास डिफॉल्ट हीच प्रारंभिक <b>ARCH.base</b> निर्मिती आहे. " + +#~ msgid "&ARCH" +#~ msgstr "&ARCH " + +#~ msgid "&Base Architecture" +#~ msgstr "& प्राथमिक निर्मिती" + +#~ msgid "SUSE Linux &Enterprise Server 10" +#~ msgstr "सुझे लीनक्स &एन्टरप्राीईझ सर्व्हर १०" + +#~ msgid "SUSE Linux Enterprise &Desktop 10" +#~ msgstr "सुझे लीनक्स एन्टरप्राीईझ &डेस्कटॉप १०" + +#~ msgid "Add-On Creator" +#~ msgstr "अड-ऑन निर्माता" + +#~ msgid "&Add-On Creator" +#~ msgstr "&अड-ऑन निर्माता" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +#~ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big> जतन केलेली पद्धत अयशस्वी करा.</big></b><br>\n" +#~ " <b>Abort</b> दाबून.अतिरिक्त संभाषणावरुन असे करणे सुरक्षित \n" +#~ " आहे की नाही ते सांगितले जाते. \n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "Enter the path to the directory with packages." +#~ msgstr " पॅकेजेससहित पुस्तिकेत पाथ प्रविष्ट करा " Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/add-on.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/add-on.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/add-on.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,597 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-11 20:27+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Ameya Palande <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Add-on Module Help\n" +"------------------\n" +"\n" +"To add a new add-on product via the command-line, use this syntax:\n" +" /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n" +"URL is the path to the add-on source.\n" +"\n" +"Examples of URL:\n" +"http://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\n" +"ftp://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\n" +"nfs://server.name/directory/SDK1-SLE-i386/\n" +"disk://dev/sda5/directory/Product/CD1/\n" +"cd://\n" +"dvd://\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile= command line option." +msgstr "लक्ष्य फाईल नाव('एक्सएमएलफाईल' विकल्प) हरवले आहे. एक्सएमएलफाईल =<लक्ष्य_एक्सएमएल_फाईल> सूचना ओळ विकल्प वापरा." + +#. dialog caption +#. this is a heading +#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +msgid "Add-On Products" +msgstr "ऍ़ड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टस" + +#. busy message (dialog) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." + +#. help +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 +msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>" +msgstr "फॉन्टस सुरु होत आहे..." + +#. Create a summary +#. return string +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70 +msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" +msgstr "<li>मिडीया: %1, मार्ग: %2, वस्तू: %3</li>\n" + +#. error report +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185 +msgid "Failed to add add-on product." +msgstr "अधिक वस्तू मिळवण्याचे अयशस्वी झाले." + +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 +msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." +msgstr "" + +#. placeholder for unknown path +#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media +#. placeholder for unknown directory +#. place holder for unknown URL +#. placeholder for unknown path +#. placeholder for unknown URL +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#. summary string +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:47 +msgid "No add-on product selected for installation" +msgstr "स्थापनेकरता अधिक वस्तू निवडल्या नाहीत" + +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add-&on Products" +msgstr "ऍ़ड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टस" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:114 +msgid "Installation of the Language Extension has been finished." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. main screen heading +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 +msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +msgstr "अॅड-आॅन प्राॅडक्ट इनस्टॉलेशन" + +#. TRANSLATORS:: multi-selection box +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Select Language Extensions to Be Installed" +msgstr "निवडलेली ती पॅकेजेस स्थापित केली जातील." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>" +msgstr "निवडलेली ती पॅकेजेस स्थापित केली जातील." + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the add-on product installation?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 +msgid "" +"There are no selected languages to be installed.\n" +"Are you sure you want to abort the installation?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: multiselection box item, %1 stands for 'ar', 'mk', 'zh_TW' +#. it used only as a fallback +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:329 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Language %1" +msgstr "भाषा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:34 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "ह्या मॉड्यूलकरता वापरकर्ता पडदा अनुपलब्ध आहे." + +#. VENDOR: main screen heading +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:64 +msgid "Vendor Driver CD" +msgstr "व्हेन्डर ड्रायव्हर CD" + +#. VENDOR: cant mount /dev/cdrom popup +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:84 +msgid "Please insert the vendor CD-ROM" +msgstr "व्हेन्डरची CD-ROM आत पद्धत" + +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:130 src/clients/vendor.rb:145 +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:202 +msgid "" +"Could not find driver data on the CD-ROM.\n" +"Aborting now." +msgstr "" +"CD-ROM वर ड्रायवहर माहिती मिळू शकली नाही.\n" +" आता त्यातून बाहेर येत आहे." + +#. VENDOR: vendor cd doesn't contain data for current system and linux version +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:177 +msgid "" +"The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\n" +"Aborting now.\n" +msgstr "" +" CD-ROM डाटा लायनक्स प्रणालीशी जुळत नाही.\n" +"आता सोडून देत आहे.\n" + +#. VENDOR: dialog heading +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:262 +msgid "Installing driver..." +msgstr "ड्रायवर स्थापित होत आहे..." + +#. VENDOR: popup if installation of driver failed +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:273 +msgid "" +"The installation failed.\n" +"Contact the address on the CD-ROM.\n" +msgstr "" +"स्थापना अयशस्वी.\n" +"CD-ROM वरील पत्त्यावर संपर्क साधा.\n" + +#. VENDOR: message box with number of drivers installed +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:287 +msgid "Installed %1 drivers from CD" +msgstr "%1 तून चालक स्थापित केल" + +#. VENDOR: message box with error text +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:292 +msgid "" +"No driver data found on the CD-ROM.\n" +"Aborting now." +msgstr "" +"CD-ROM ड्रायव्हर माहिती मिळू शकला नाही.\n" +"आता बाहेर येत आहे." + +#. table cell +#. table cell +#. List of all selected repositories +#. +#. +#. **Structure:** +#. +#. add_on_products = [ +#. $[ +#. "media" : 4, // ID of the source +#. "product_dir" : "/", +#. "product" : "openSUSE version XX.Y", +#. "autoyast_product" : "'PRODUCT' tag for AutoYaST Export", +#. "media_url" : "Zypp URL of the product", +#. ], +#. ... +#. ] +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No product found in the repository." +msgstr "नामावली उत्पादवस्तू सापडली नाही" + +#. error report +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No software repository found on medium." +msgstr "मध्यम नामावली सापडत नाही." + +#. busy message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 +msgid "Initializing new source..." +msgstr "फॉन्टस सुरु होत आहे..." + +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 +msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" +msgstr "युआरएल: %1, संचिका: %2" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Software Repository Selection" +msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर निड करा" + +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n" +"Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" +"Select the repository to use.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>कॅटलॉगची निवड</b></big><br>\n" +"निवडलेल्या माध्यमावर अनेक कॅटलॉग आढलले.\n" +"वापरण्यासाठी कॅटलॉग निवडा.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Repositories &Found" +msgstr "कुठली नोंद सापडली नाही" + +#. if (Stage::initial()) +#. { +#. if (Popup::ConfirmAbort (`painless)) +#. break; +#. } +#. else +#. { +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 +msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" +msgstr "खरोखरच जास्तीच्या वस्तूंची स्थापनेतून बाहेर पडायचे का?" + +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select a repository." +msgstr "नोंद निवडा" + +#. message popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 +msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." +msgstr "जास्तीच्या वस्तूच्या अवारंवीता पूर्ण होऊ शकत नाहीत." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 +msgid "Product Selection" +msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू निवड" + +#. multi selection list +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 +msgid "Available Products" +msgstr "उपलब्ध उत्पादवस्तू" + +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n" +"Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" +"to install.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>उत्पादनाची निवड</big></b><br>\n" +"कॅटलॉगमधे अनेक उत्पादने आढळली. स्थापित करण्यासाठी\n" +"उत्पादन निवडा.</p>\n" + +#. message popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 +msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." +msgstr "निवडलेल्या जास्तीच्या वस्तूंच्या अवलंबिता पूर्ण होऊ शकत नाहीत." + +#. Help for add-on products +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big></br>\n" +#| "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" +#| "To add a new product, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an already added one,\n" +#| "select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\n" +"Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" +"To add a new product, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an already added one,\n" +"select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>अड-ऑन उत्पादनाची स्थापना</b></big></br>\n" +"येथे स्थापनेसाठी निवडलेली सर्व अड-ऑन उत्पादने पहा.\n" +"नवीन उत्पादन घालण्यासाठी<b>Add</b>. वर क्लिक कराआधीच\n" +"घातलेले काढून टाकण्यासाठी, ते निवडा व <b>Delete</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>" + +#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 +#, fuzzy +msgid "%1, Directory: %2" +msgstr "युआरएल: %1, संचिका: %2" + +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 +msgid "Product" +msgstr "प्रॉडक्ट" + +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "माध्यम" + +#. message report +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 +msgid "Select a product to delete." +msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू काढून टाकण्यासाठी निवडा." + +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 +msgid "Removing selected add-on..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installed Add-on Products" +msgstr "ऍ़ड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टस" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add-on Product" +msgstr "ऍ़ड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टस" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 +msgid "URL" +msgstr "यूआरएल" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Run &Software Manager..." +msgstr "पॅकेज मॅनेजर" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>" +msgstr "<p> नवीन <b> नमुना </b> तयार करण्यासाठी नवीन वापरा किंवा <b> सध्याचाच </b> नमुना आयात करण्यासाठी आयात वापरा.</p>" + +#. no items +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>" +msgstr "<b>सारांश:</b> %1<br>" + +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unknown vendor" +msgstr "अज्ञात विक्रेता" + +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>" +msgstr "<b>आवृत्ती: </b>" + +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unknown version" +msgstr "अपरिचित चूक" + +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>" +msgstr "<b>सारांश:</b> %1<br>" + +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unknown repository URL" +msgstr "अज्ञात प्रोसेसर" + +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>" +msgstr "<b>सारांश:</b> %1<br>" + +#. Removes the currently selected Add-On +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unknown product" +msgstr "अज्ञात प्रोसेसर" + +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unknown URL" +msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 +msgid "" +"Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" +"installed from this add-on.\n" +"\n" +"Are sure you want to delete it?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Removing product dependencies..." +msgstr "कर्नेल मॉडयुल अवलंबीता सुधारत आहेत..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up headline +#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:72 +msgid "Warning: Not enough memory!" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question +#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:74 +msgid "" +"Your system does not seem to have enough memory to use add-on products\n" +"during installation. You can enable add-on products later when the\n" +"system is running.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to skip using add-on products?" +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading packages available at the installation repositories..." +#~ msgstr "स्थापन स्त्रोतावरती उपलब्ध पॅकेज वाचत आहेत..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Failed to initialize the software repository." +#~ msgstr "नामावली कार्यान्वयन करण्यात अयशस्वी." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The product on the media is already installed\n" +#~ "or selected for installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "मिडीयावरील सव्तू आधीच स्थापित झाली आहे\n" +#~ "स्थापनेसाठी निवडली आहे." + +#~ msgid "Add-On &Products" +#~ msgstr "जास्तीत जास्त" + +#~ msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." +#~ msgstr "SLP वापरुन छाननी करा..." + +#~ msgid "&FTP..." +#~ msgstr "FTP..." + +#~ msgid "&HTTP..." +#~ msgstr "HTTP..." + +#~ msgid "HTT&PS..." +#~ msgstr "HTTPS..." + +#~ msgid "&SMB/CIFS" +#~ msgstr "SMB/CIFS" + +#~ msgid "&NFS..." +#~ msgstr "NFS..." + +#~ msgid "&CD..." +#~ msgstr "CD..." + +#~ msgid "&DVD..." +#~ msgstr "DVD..." + +#~ msgid "&Local Directory..." +#~ msgstr "स्थानिक संचिका..." + +#~ msgid "Specify &URL..." +#~ msgstr "युआरएल दर्शवा..." + +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Media" +#~ msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू माध्यमावर अधिक करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><big><b>Software Repository</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "Add-on products can be installed from CD, over a\n" +#~ "network, or from the hard disk.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><big><b>कॅटलॉग मीडीया</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "अड-ऑन उत्पादने सीडीवरुन, नेटवर्कवरुन किंवा हार्ड\n" +#~ "डिस्कवरुन स्थापित करता येऊ शकतात.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "To install add-on product from <b>CD</b>,\n" +#~ "have the product CD set or the DVD available.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ " <b>CD</b>वरुन अड-ऑन उत्पादन स्थापित करण्यासाठी\n" +#~ "उत्पादन सीडी सेट करा किंवा डीव्हीडी उपलब्ध करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" +#~ "Insert the path where the first\n" +#~ "CD is located, for example, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n" +#~ "Only the base path is required if all CDs are copied\n" +#~ "into one directory.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "उत्पादन सीडी हार्ड डिस्कवर कॉपी करता येऊ शकतात.\n" +#~ "जेथे पहिली सीडी आहे त्या स्थळाचा\n" +#~ "पाथ सरकावा उदाहरणार्थ, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n" +#~ "सर्व सीडी एकाच डिरेक्टरीत कॉपी केल्या असतील तर\n" +#~ "फकत मूळ पाथ आवशयक आहे.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" +#~ "Specify the directory where the packages from\n" +#~ "the first CD are located, such as /data1/CD1.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "नेटवर्क स्थापनेसाठी चालू नेटवर्क कनेक्शन आवश्यक आहे.\n" +#~ "जेथे पहिली सीडी आहे तिथल्या पॅकेजेसची \n" +#~ "डिरेक्टरी नमूद करा जसे /data1/CD1.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" +#~ msgstr "जास्तीच्या वस्तूंची CD आत घाला" + +#~ msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" +#~ msgstr "जास्तीच्या वस्तूंची DVD आत घाला" + +#~ msgid "Catalog Selection" +#~ msgstr "नामावली निवड" + +#~ msgid "&Found Catalogs" +#~ msgstr "&आढळलेले कॅकलॉग" + +#~ msgid "Select a catalog." +#~ msgstr "नामावली निवडा." + +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "नविन भाषांचे इनस्टॉलेशन" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/audit-laf.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/audit-laf.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/audit-laf.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,1016 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the audit-laf module +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:55 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:180 +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:228 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuration of Linux Audit Framework (LAF)" +msgstr "लायन्क्स युजर मेनेजंमेंटचे कोन्फिगरेशन" + +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Show information about audit settings" +msgstr "निवडलेल्या वापरकर्त्यांची माहिती दाखवा" + +#. translators: command line help text for set action +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Set the specified option" +msgstr "ठराविक विकल्पाची किंमत ठरविणे" + +#. translators: command line help text for 'show logfile' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Show log file settings" +msgstr "सध्याची मांडणी दाखवा" + +#. translators: command line help text for 'show diskspace' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Show disk space settings" +msgstr "सध्याची मांडणी दाखवा" + +#. translators: command line help text for 'show dispatcher' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Show dispatcher settings" +msgstr "सध्याची मांडणी दाखवा" + +#. translators: command line help text for log_file option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:107 +msgid "Name of the log file (full path name)" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: command line help text for log_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Log format" +msgstr "फॉरमट करू &नका" + +#. translators: command line help text for flush option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:122 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to write data to disk" +msgstr "तबकडीवरून सेवासंगणकाची यादी लिहीता येत नाही." + +#. translators: command line help text for frequency option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 +msgid "How many records to write before a flush to disk is issued" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 +msgid "Maximal size (in MByte) of the log file" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:144 +msgid "Action if max_log_file is reached" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: command line help text for num_logs option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Number of log files to keep" +msgstr " &FATsची संख्या" + +#. translators: command line help text for name_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Computer name format" +msgstr "फाईल पध्दती निवडा" + +#. translators: command line help text for name_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:167 +msgid "Computer name (used if format is set to USER)" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: command line help text for space_left option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 +msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 +msgid "Action if space_left is reached" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 +msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if space_left is reached" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 +msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 +msgid "Action if admin_space_left is reached" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 +msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 +msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for disk_full_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 +msgid "Action to perform if disk is full" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:247 +msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if disk is full" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for disk_error_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:254 +msgid "Action to perform on disk error" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 +msgid "Script to execute (full path name) on disk error" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for communication control option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 +msgid "How to communicate between dispatcher and the audit daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for dispatcher option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Dispatcher program (full path name)" +msgstr "प्रणालीच्या नावाप्रमाणे चाळणी करा" + +#. Rich text title for AuditLaf in proposals +#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "AuditLaf" +msgstr "तपासा" + +#. Menu title for AuditLaf in proposals +#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&AuditLaf" +msgstr "तपासा" + +#. Handle actions of log file dialog (button 'Select file') +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select the log file" +msgstr "PPD फाईल निवडा" + +#. Store all values in SETTINGS +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:178 +msgid "" +"The 'User Defined Name' is NOT set although\n" +"the 'Computer Name Format' is set to 'USER'.\n" +"Setting the format to 'NONE' (default)." +msgstr "" + +#. Handle actions of dispatcher dialog (button 'Select file') +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select the dispatcher program" +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्राचा प्रकार निवडा." + +#. Second part of an error message: the value won't be changed because of previous error +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:338 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Value of '%1' remains unchanged." +msgstr "%1ची किंमत अयोग्य आहे." + +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:342 +#, fuzzy +msgid "%1 doesn't exist.\n" +msgstr "फाईल %1 अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348 +msgid "%1 is not a regular file.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355 +msgid "%1 not owned by root.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. check permissions +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:371 +msgid "File permissions of %1 NOT set to -rwxr-x---.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:461 +msgid "" +"The rules are already locked, a reset is impossible.\n" +"\n" +"If you want to unlock, set the enabled flag accordingly and\n" +"finish the configuration. Afterwards a reboot is required." +msgstr "" + +#. Report success +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Rules successfully restored" +msgstr "यशस्वीपणे परिक्षण केले %1" + +#. Report error - error during reset +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot reset rules. Check /etc/audit/audit.rules." +msgstr "रीलीज नोटस लोड करु शकत नाही." + +#. Handle actions of rules dialog +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 +msgid "" +"The rules are already locked.\n" +"\n" +"A test is impossible because sending new rules\n" +"will cause an error.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573 +msgid "" +"Lock is set in audit.rules (-e 2).\n" +"\n" +"It makes no sense to continue, because the rules will\n" +"be locked until next boot.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 +msgid "Success" +msgstr "यशस्वी" + +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:609 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot create tmp file for rules." +msgstr "वापरकर्त्याकरिता अकाऊंट तयार करू शकत नाही %1." + +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select an example" +msgstr "नोंद निवडा" + +#. Called if 'Abort' button is pressed in main dialog. +#. If the rules are changed by a syntax check the changes will be reseted. +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:666 +msgid "Lock set" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:667 +msgid "" +"The audit configuration is locked (option -e 2).\n" +"This means the rules are locked until next boot!\n" +"If you really want this, make sure '-e 2' is the last entry\n" +"in the rules file. If not, either enable or disable auditing.\n" +"To check or change the rules, go back to the rules editor.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Frame label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:69 +msgid "General Settings" +msgstr "साधारण जुळणी" + +#. InputField label +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Log File" +msgstr "&स्थानिक फाईल" + +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:79 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "Select Fi&le" +msgstr "फाईल निवडा" + +#. ComboBox label - select format of logging +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:90 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "&फॉरमॅट" + +#. ComboBox label - select how to flush data on disk +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:103 +msgid "Fl&ush" +msgstr "" + +#. InputField label - enter how many records to write before flush data to disk +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Fre&quency (Number of Records)" +msgstr "" + +#. Frame label - data regarding size of log file and action to perform +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:132 +msgid "Size and Action" +msgstr "" + +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:137 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Ma&x File Size (MB)" +msgstr "फाईलचा आकार" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:145 +#, fuzzy +msgid "M&aximum File Size Action" +msgstr "धारिकेची निवड" + +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Number of Log Files" +msgstr " &FATsची संख्या" + +#. Frame label - data regarding how to write computer names to the log file +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Computer Names" +msgstr "कंटेनर &नाव" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:181 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Computer Name Format" +msgstr "फाईल पध्दती निवडा" + +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +msgid "User Defined Name" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांनी ठरवलेले टिव्ही कार्ड" + +#. Frame label - settings of the dispatcher program +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:208 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Dispatcher Settings" +msgstr "इतर स्थापिते" + +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Dispatcher Program" +msgstr "प्रणालीच्या नावाप्रमाणे चाळणी करा" + +#. ComboBox label - communication between the audit daemon and the dispatcher program +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +msgid "C&ommunication" +msgstr "दळणवळण नियंत्रक" + +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:252 +msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Starting to Run Low" +msgstr "" + +#. InputField label - space on disk is starting to run low if the entered value is reached +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&Space Left on Disk (MB)" +msgstr "" + +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is low +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:266 +msgid "&Action" +msgstr "कृती" + +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:305 +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:332 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Path to Script" +msgstr "फाईलचा पाथ" + +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:281 +msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Running Low" +msgstr "" + +#. InputField label - space on disk is running low if the entered value is reached +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:286 +msgid "&Admin Space Left (MB) " +msgstr "" + +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is running low +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:295 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Ac&tion" +msgstr "कार्य" + +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:311 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Action Mail Account" +msgstr "व्हीस्कॅन खाते" + +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:315 +msgid "Action on Error or Disk Full" +msgstr "" + +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if disk is full +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Disk &Full Action" +msgstr "तबकडी" + +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed on error +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:342 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Disk &Error Action" +msgstr "तबकडी" + +#. label of a combo box with the possibilitiy to enable/disable auditing or lock the rules +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:374 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Set Enabled Flag" +msgstr "ग्राहक कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Auditing enabled" +msgstr "नोंदी कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:379 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Auditing disabled" +msgstr "नोंदी अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:381 +msgid "Rules are locked (until next boot)" +msgstr "" + +#. Label - describes what can be done in the editor +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:393 +msgid "Edit the rules for the audit subsystem here:" +msgstr "" + +#. label of a push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:401 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Check Syntax" +msgstr "मूळ नमुना:" + +#. label of push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:404 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Restore 'audit.rules'" +msgstr "फाईल्सची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे:" + +#. label of push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +msgid "R&estore and Reset" +msgstr "विकल्प पुन्हा आणा" + +#. label of a push button +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:410 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Load " +msgstr "अद्ययावत करा" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध प्रारंभित करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रारंभ निष्फळ करत आहेः</big></b><br>\n" +"आता <b>Abort</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध उपयोगिता सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>xinetd आकृतीबंध जतन करत आहे </big></b><br>\n" +" कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> जतनाचे कार्य निष्फळ करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>Abort</b> दाबून जतनाची प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करा.\n" +"अतिरिक्त डायलॉग आपणास असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही ते सांगतो.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n" +"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches).</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><मोठे>नवीन शेअर मिळवा</b><br>\n" +"येथे, मिळवण्याच्या शेअरबाबतची प्राथमिक माहिती घाला.</p>\n" + +#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Log File</b>: Enter the full path name to the log file\n" +"(or use <b>Select File</b>.)</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"data sent to the dispatcher).</p> " +msgstr "" + +#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to <i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n" +"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: keep data portion synced,\n" +"<i>SYNC</i>: keep data and meta-data fully synced.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 +msgid "" +"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" +"value is reached via <b>Size and Action</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 +msgid "" +"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records to\n" +"disk. <i>IGNORE</i> means do nothing, <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> is similar\n" +"to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to the\n" +"log file. If <i>USER</i> is set, the <b>User Defined Name</b> is\n" +"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully qualified\n" +"domain name.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" +"('man auditd.conf').</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><मोठे>नवीन शेअर मिळवा</b><br>\n" +"येथे, मिळवण्याच्या शेअरबाबतची प्राथमिक माहिती घाला.</p>\n" + +#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" +"gets all audit events on stdin.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want a blocking/lossless\n" +"communication.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 +msgid "" +"<p>The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf').</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Note:</b> The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" +" file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. disk space dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"The settings made here refer to disk space on log partition.\n" +"For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><मोठे>नवीन शेअर मिळवा</b><br>\n" +"येथे, मिळवण्याच्या शेअरबाबतची प्राथमिक माहिती घाला.</p>\n" + +#. disk space dialog help 2/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an <b>Action</b> because\n" +"the system is starting to run low on space.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. disk space dialog help 3/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 +msgid "" +"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The system <b>is running\n" +"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</b> will be performed.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. disk space dialog hep 4/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 +msgid "" +"<p>If an action is set to <i>EMAIL</i>, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" +"account specified in <b>Action Mail Account</b>.<br> <i>SYSLOG</i> means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. <i>IGNORE</i> means\n" +"do nothing. <i>EXEC</i> runs the script specified in <b>Path to\n" +"Script</b>. <i>SUSPEND</i> stops writing records to disk. <i>SINGLE</i>\n" +"switches the system to single user mode. <i>HALT</i> shuts down the\n" +"system.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. disk space dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 +msgid "" +"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" +"Available actions are the same as above (except for <i>EMAIL</i>).</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. disk space dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Note:</b> All scripts specified for <i>EXEC</i> must be owned\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. rules dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Rules for auditctl</big></b><br>\n" +"This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" +"auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" +"The selected flag from <b>Set Enabled Flag</b> will be added to the rules.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. rules dialog help 2/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 +msgid "<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. rules dialog help 3/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 +msgid "" +"<p>Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" +" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).</p> " +msgstr "" + +#. rules dialog help 4/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 +msgid "" +"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users.<br>\n" +"For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. rules dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 +msgid "<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. rules dialog help 6/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 +msgid "" +"<p>Click <b>Restore and Reset</b> to restore the rules and reset\n" +"the changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling <i>auditctl</i>.<br>\n" +"Click <b>Load</b> to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\n" +"an example rules file.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Dispatcher" +msgstr " पॅचेस " + +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Disk &Space" +msgstr "तबकडी जागा इशारा " + +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. (auditctl is a program which sends the rules to the audit subsystem) +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Rules for 'auditctl'" +msgstr "फाईल्सची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे:" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:230 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." + +#. Do not check UI when running in CommandLine mode +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The rules for auditctl are locked." +msgstr "लक्ष्य अगोदरच जोडलेले आहे." + +#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgid "<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>iSCSI initiator कॉनफिग्युगर, द <b>%1</b> पॅकेज स्थापित केले पाहिजे.</p>" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 +msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" +msgstr "<p>आता स्थापा ?</p>" + +#. additionally save initial settings +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:357 +msgid "" +"Cannot start the audit daemon.\n" +"Please check /var/log/messages for auditd errors.\n" +"You can use the module 'System Log' from group\n" +"'Miscellaneous' in YaST Control Center." +msgstr "" + +#. AuditLaf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:376 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing Audit Configuration" +msgstr "इनऐटेड कॉनफिग्युरेशन सुरु होत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check installed packages" +msgid "Check for installed packages" +msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजेस तपासा" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:393 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read the configuration of auditd" +msgstr "संरचनेचा प्रकार वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:395 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read the rules file" +msgstr "आधीची सेटिंग्ज वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:397 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Check status of auditd" +msgstr "मुद्रणाचा डेटाबेस तपासा" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:401 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking packages..." +msgid "Checking for packages..." +msgstr "पॅकेज तपासत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:403 +msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading the rules file..." +msgstr "कॉंफिग फाइल वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 4/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Checking status..." +msgstr "एफएसटॅब प्रवेश तपासत आहोत..." + +#. Report error +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot read auditd.conf." +msgstr "संदर्भ वाचले जात आहे." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:444 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." +msgstr "संदर्भ वाचले जात आहे." + +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you want to skip Registration?" +msgid "" +"Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +"or only start the daemon for now?" +msgstr "अपरिचित चूक" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 +msgid "" +"The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" +"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" +"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound Daemons" +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "ध्वनीप्रक्रिया" + +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +msgid "Start and &Enable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "सुरू" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not install" +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr " स्थापन करू नका" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करू शकत नाही." + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +msgid "" +"The rules may be locked.\n" +"Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" +"the 'Enabled Flag', but to activate the change\n" +"a reboot is required afterwards.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Auditd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" +msgstr "इनऐटेड कॉनफिग्युरेशन साठवले जात आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Write the rules" +msgstr "नमुने लिहा" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing the rules..." +msgstr "नमुने लिहित आहे..." + +#. check first whether rules are already locked +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The rules are already locked." +msgstr "लक्ष्य अगोदरच जोडलेले आहे." + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +msgid "" +"Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" +"If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +"Reboot the system afterwards for the change to take effect.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." +msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू करण्यात अपयश" + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." +msgstr "सेटिंग्स %1वर नाही लिहू शकत." + +#. Error message, rules cannot be set +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 +msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." +msgstr "सेटिंग्स %1वर नाही लिहू शकत." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Log file" +msgstr "&स्थानिक फाईल" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#~ msgstr "इशाराः क्झेंड चालू नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unknown option" +#~ msgstr "अनोळखी पर्याय: %1" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Really exit?\n" +#~ "All changes will be lost." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "खरंच बंद करू?\n" +#~ "सर्व बदल नाहीसे होतील." + +#~ msgid "Configuration summary..." +#~ msgstr "सारांश संरचना..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuration of audit-laf" +#~ msgstr "मेलची संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Disk &Space on Log Partion" +#~ msgstr "तबकडी जागा इशारा " Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/auth-client.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/auth-client.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/auth-client.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,1191 @@ +# Marathi translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2014 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2014. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 +msgid "Authentication client configuration module" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: command line help text for summary action +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56 +msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: command line help text for summary action +#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61 +msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "None" +msgid "None." +msgstr "कोणी नाही" + +#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modem Parameters" +msgid "Mandatory Parameters" +msgstr "मोडेम पॅरामिटर्स" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional Parameter File" +msgid "Optional Parameters" +msgstr "पर्यायी निकष फाईल" + +#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set +#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication Method" +msgid "Authentication Client Config" +msgstr "विश्वसनियता निर्वारण पद्धत" + +#. Overview of all config sections +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "हया मशीनच्या होम सूची" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" +msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम कार्यान्वित करा." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selections" +msgid "Sections" +msgstr "निवड" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Service" +msgid "New Service/Domain" +msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवा" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create Service" +msgid "Delete Service/Domain" +msgstr "सेवा तयार करा" + +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "Customisation - %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "मूल्य" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "वर्णन" + +#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modem Parameters" +msgid "More Parameters" +msgstr "मोडेम पॅरामिटर्स" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter:" +msgid "Name filter:" +msgstr "चाळणी:" + +#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:167 +msgid "" +"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" +"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" +"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:177 +msgid "" +"Your system is configured as OES client.\n" +"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" +"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete section %1?" +msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." +msgstr "भाग %1 खरोखर कमी करावा?" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" +msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" +msgstr "आपल्याला खरोखरच विभाजन काढून टाकायचे आहे काय %1?" + +#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:267 +msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." +msgstr "" + +#. Warn against removal of important parameters +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modem Parameter Details" +msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " +msgstr "मॉडेम पॅरामिटर डीटेल्स" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 +msgid "" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" +"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" +"Do you still wish to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. Save settings - validate +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Logging enabled" +msgid "No domain enabled" +msgstr "नोंदी कार्यान्वित करा" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 +msgid "" +"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" +"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +"Do you still wish to proceed?" +msgstr "" + +#. user must correct the mistake +#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:321 +msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" +msgstr "" + +#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Would you like to open this profile in editing mode?" +msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" +msgstr "ही अभिव्यक्ती संपादन पर्यायात उघडू इच्छिता का?" + +#. New service +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "सेवा" + +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Domain" +msgstr "क्षेत्र" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 +msgid "Domain name (example.com):" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Identification:" +msgid "Identification provider:" +msgstr "ओळख:" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Authentication Mode" +msgid "Authentication provider:" +msgstr "ऑथेंन्टीकेशन मोड" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Activate Domain" +msgstr "" + +#. Create new service +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "These services will be enabled" +msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." +msgstr "ह्या सेवा कार्यान्वित होईल" + +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile." +msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." +msgstr "नवीन ओळखीसाठी नाव लिहा." + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This domain is already defined." +msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +msgstr "हा डोमेन आधीच ठरवण्यात आला आहे" + +#. Define Global Parameters +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108 +msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 +msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 +msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 +msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 +msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 +msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 +msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 +msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." +msgstr "" + +#. Define Global Services Parameters +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 +msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 +msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164 +msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169 +msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 +msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 +msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 +msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgstr "" + +#. NSS configuration options +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 +msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219 +msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 +msgid "Override the login shell for all users." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240 +msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244 +msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." +msgstr "" + +#. PAM configuration options +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "" + +#. The kerberos domain section +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073 +msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." +msgstr "" + +#. SUDO configuration options +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "" + +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" + +#. SSH configuration options +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." +msgstr "" + +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 +msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 +msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 +msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 +msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426 +msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 +msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443 +msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449 +msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455 +msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461 +msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 +msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495 +msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgstr "" + +#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 +msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" + +#. The local domain section +#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 +msgid "The mail spool directory." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559 +msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." +msgstr "" + +#. The ldap domain section +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568 +msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574 +msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password for LDAP server" +msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" +msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकासाठी परवलीशब्द" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgid "LDAP schema type" +msgstr " सुरक्षित एलडिएपि पोर्ट " + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608 +msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614 +msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618 +msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623 +msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 +msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 +msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 +msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 +msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 +msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 +msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 +msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966 +msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971 +msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 +msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990 +msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995 +msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 +msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 +msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 +msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 +msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 +msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060 +msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 +msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 +msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 +msgid "Directory to store credential caches." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106 +msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 +msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 +msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 +msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." +msgstr "" + +#. The Active Directory domain section +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 +msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169 +msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 +msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 +msgid "Override the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 +msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208 +msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212 +msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "" + +#. The Active Directory domain section +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 +msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234 +msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 +msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n" +msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." +msgstr "ऑटोमाऊंटर पॅकेज स्थापित केले जाईल.\n" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 +msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgstr "" + +#. autofs may only start after sssd is started +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 +msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 +msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." +msgstr "" + +#. end Export +#. ################################################################ +#. ################################################################ +#. Summary() +#. returns html formated configuration summary +#. @return summary +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 +msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 +msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354 +msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357 +msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cancel" +#~ msgstr "रद्द करा" + +#~ msgid "OK" +#~ msgstr "ठीक आहे" + +#~ msgid "Help" +#~ msgstr "मदत" + +#~ msgid "New" +#~ msgstr "नवीन" + +#~ msgid "Add" +#~ msgstr "जोडा" + +#~ msgid "Edit" +#~ msgstr "संपादन" + +#~ msgid "Delete" +#~ msgstr "हटवा" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/auth-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/auth-server.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/auth-server.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,3234 @@ +# Marathi translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2014 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2014. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:37 +msgid "Configuration of Authentication server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49 +msgid "Enable/Disable the service" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:53 +msgid "Add a new database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60 +msgid "Show a list of currently available databases" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:64 +msgid "Show a list of currently configured schemas" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:68 +msgid "Add a schema to the list" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 +msgid "Enable the service" +msgstr "सुविधा कार्यान्वित करा" + +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 +msgid "Disable the service" +msgstr "सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 +msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:79 +msgid "Base DN for the database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:83 +msgid "DN for the administrator login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:87 +msgid "Administrator password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:95 +msgid "Directory for the database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 +msgid "File" +msgstr "धारिका" + +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 +msgid "Position" +msgstr "" + +#. map edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase(); +#. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb); +#. +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:192 +msgid "No base DN provided\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 +msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); +#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 +msgid "Error while adding the database" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "" + +#. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 +msgid "[root password]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 +msgid "[manually set]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 +msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:114 +msgid "Setting up standalone LDAP Server:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121 +msgid "Base DN: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125 +msgid "Root DN: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 +msgid "LDAP Password: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135 +msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Provider: " +msgstr "" + +#. all known interfaces for testing +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 +msgid "Open Port in Firewall" +msgstr "फायरवॉलमध्ये ठिकाण उघडा" + +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 +msgid "YES" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204 +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 +msgid "NO" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 +msgid "Firewall is disabled" +msgstr "फायरवॉल अकार्यान्वित आहे" + +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 +msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 +msgid "Start LDAP Server: " +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 +msgid "OpenLDAP Server" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "Open&LDAP Server" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:280 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:53 +msgid "" +"The package '%1' is not available.\n" +"YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" +"without installing the package." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:291 +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:64 +msgid "" +"YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" +"without installing the required packages." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 +msgid "" +"OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n" +"StartTLS is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module +#: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36 +msgid "Configuration of OpenLDAP MirrorMode replication" +msgstr "" + +#. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106 +msgid "Existing configuration detected." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 +msgid "" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" +"want to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 +msgid "Restart" +msgstr "पुन्हा सुरू करा" + +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 +msgid "New Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit existing configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "सध्याचा आकृतीबंध संपादित करा" + +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 +msgid "" +"Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" +"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. YaST only supports the dynamic configuration\n" +"database of OpenLDAP (back-config). Do you want to migrate your existing\n" +"configuration to the configuration database?\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148 +msgid "Migrate existing configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151 +msgid "Create a new configuration from scratch" +msgstr "" + +#. LdapServer summary dialog caption +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231 +msgid "Authentication Server Configuration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for all dialogs +#. FIXME: adapt to your needs +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:32 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:52 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:122 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:205 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:298 +msgid "Authentication Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. ********************* +#. * dialog functions ** +#. ******************** +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 +msgid "General Settings" +msgstr "साधारण जुळणी" + +#. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database +#. dialogs +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40 +msgid "&Start LDAP Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59 +msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +msgid "Firewall Settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल मांडणी" + +#. create new item +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 +msgid "The LDAP Server is not running." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "" + +#. get helps page +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227 +msgid "help page for item <b>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:228 +msgid "</b> not available" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Server Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:338 +msgid "Stand-alone server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:346 +msgid "Master server in a replication setup" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:354 +msgid "Replica (slave) server.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386 +msgid "" +"YaST was not able to determine the fully qualified hostname of this\n" +"computer. \n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:389 +msgid "Setting up a replication master is currently not possible." +msgstr "" + +#. Button text +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452 +msgid "&Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "Kerberos Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:467 +msgid "&Enable Kerberos Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" +msgstr "मूलभूत कर्बेरॉस सेटिंग्ज" + +#. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. +#. Please think twice please before you translate this, +#. and check with kerberos.pot how it is translated there. +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:502 +msgid "R&ealm" +msgstr "" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:563 +msgid "" +"The package '%1' is not available.\n" +"YaST2 cannot enable Kerberos\n" +"without installing the package." +msgstr "" + +#. caption +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "Advanced Kerberos Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. tree widget label +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623 +msgid "Advanced &Options" +msgstr "" + +#. label widget +#. header label +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 +msgid "Current Selection: " +msgstr "सध्याच निवड:" + +#. tree widget headline +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#. ############## input handler ################ +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 +msgid "LDAP Authentication failed. Try again?\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:914 +msgid "Error message: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:946 +msgid "Create new account in the first database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:960 +msgid "User Id" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:967 +msgid "Container Object" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 +msgid "Generate a Random Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:992 +msgid "Use the \"cn=config\" Account for Replication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1007 +msgid "Configure Account for Replication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 +msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "गुप्तशब्द" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 +msgid "Validate Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1093 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1565 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:910 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:424 +msgid "Enter a password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1101 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1570 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:916 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:435 +msgid "The passwords you have entered do not match. Try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1131 +msgid "Provider Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 +msgid "Protocol" +msgstr "शिष्टाचार" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 +msgid "Provider Hostname" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624 +msgid "Use StartTLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1162 +msgid "Administration Password for the \"cn=config\" Database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261 +msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 +msgid "Bro&wse..." +msgstr "संचार करा..." + +#. file selection headline +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567 +msgid "Select CA Certificate File" +msgstr "" + +#. **************************** +#. * tls handlers +#. *************************** +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1237 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:458 +msgid "Select a Valid CA Certificate File" +msgstr "" + +#. Doing these checks during installation will +#. most probably fail +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 +msgid "" +"Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n" +"\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 +msgid "The following error messages were returned:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1302 +msgid "An error occurred while verifying the TLS/SSL configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314 +msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?" +msgstr "" + +#. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325 +msgid "The replication configuration on the provider server is missing.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1328 +msgid "Click Continue to create it now." +msgstr "" + +#. this test needs only be done in a non-MirrorMode setup +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1380 +msgid "" +"The replication configuration on the master server indicates that\n" +"it is already acting as a replication consumer.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgstr "" + +#. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 +msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1424 +msgid "Click \"Continue\" to correct this now." +msgstr "" + +#. ReplicatonSummary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1519 +msgid "Replication Master setup" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1522 +msgid "" +"To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" +"to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "" +"\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" +"LDAP Connections.)\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532 +msgid "Enter new &Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1537 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:964 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1006 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:406 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 +msgid "&Validate Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 +msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" +msgstr "" + +#. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17 +msgid "<h3>Startup Configuration</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:20 +msgid "<h4>Start LDAP Server</h4>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" +"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 +msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 +msgid "<p>Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 +msgid "" +"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<p><b>LDAPI</b> enables the \"LDAP over IPC\" interface for accessing the\n" +"LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n" +"as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 +msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42 +msgid "" +"<p>Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related\n" +"network ports or not.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. First part of the Add Database Widget +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "<h3>Basic Database Settings</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 +msgid "" +"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n" +"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" +"supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n" +"<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n" +"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Base DN</b> option specifies the name of the root entry \n" +"of the database being created.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the \n" +"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" +"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" +"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n" +"entered earlier in the installation process.</p> " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 +msgid "" +"<p>To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" +"(e.g. ldapsearch), check <b>Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" +"clients</b>. This will result in the hostname \"localhost\" and the above \n" +"entered <b>Base DN</b> being written to the OpenLDAP client configuration \n" +"file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n" +"when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 +msgid "" +"YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" +"change any configuration settings here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 +msgid "" +"<p>To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" +"for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" +"authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" +"using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 +msgid "" +"<p>To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" +"click <b>Change Password</b>. \n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" +"<b>Password Encryption</b>. \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" +"set in the configuration.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "<p>Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" +"with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 +msgid "" +"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 +msgid "" +"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" +"thumbs).</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 +msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 +msgid "" +"<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" +"<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 +msgid "" +"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" +"to manage passwords.</p> " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 +msgid "" +"<p>If <b>Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status</b> is enabled, users trying to\n" +"authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" +"locked. This notification might provide useful information to an\n" +"attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" +"option.</p> \n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 +msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 +msgid "" +"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n" +"be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" +"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 +msgid "<p>Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 +msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 +msgid "" +"<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" +"types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" +"of indexes.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" +"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n" +"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" +"<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n" +"indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 +msgid "" +"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" +"indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" +"information for the database.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 +msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 +msgid "" +"<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" +"currently configured for the selected database</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 +msgid "" +"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" +"detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" +"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n" +"delete an access control rule.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 +msgid "" +"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" +"definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" +"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 +msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 +msgid "" +"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n" +"be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 +msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 +msgid "" +"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" +"only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" +"a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" +"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 +msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 +msgid "" +"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 +msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 +msgid "" +"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n" +"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 +msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 +msgid "" +"Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" +"server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n" +"enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" +"use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" +"ldap ports.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 +msgid "<p>OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 +msgid "" +"<p><b>refreshOnly</b>: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" +"connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" +"interval how often this synchronization happens can be configured via the\n" +"<b>Replication Interval</b> setting.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 +msgid "" +"<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: The slave server will open a persistent\n" +"connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" +"master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 +msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 +msgid "" +"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 +msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 +msgid "" +"<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" +"operations with an LDAP referral. \n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" +"slave server is as slave server too. </p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 +msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रारंभ सोडून देत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"आकृतीबंधाचे साधन <b>Abort</b> दाबून आता सुरक्षितपणे सोडून द्या.</p>" + +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 +msgid "<p><b><big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p> \n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog\n" +"informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 +msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 +msgid "" +"<p>This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" +"created. Click <b>Finish</b> to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" +"Server module.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configuration Wizard Step 1 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 +msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 +msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 +msgid "" +"<p>If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" +"for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configuration Wizard Step 2 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 +msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" +"no preparations for replication.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Master server in a replication setup</b>: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" +"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" +"including configuration, from a master server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Configuration Wizard Step 3 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 +msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 +msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 +msgid "" +"<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the <b>Enabled TLS</b>\n" +"checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" +"to use.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 +msgid "" +"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n" +"to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 +msgid "" +"<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n" +"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 +msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 +msgid "" +"<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n" +"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding\n" +"textfields.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 +msgid "" +"<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" +"clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 +msgid "<p>Below this item, configure some global parameters.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 +msgid "" +"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" +"Schema Data</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 +msgid "" +"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" +"to syslog.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 +msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 +msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 +msgid "" +"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" +"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty</b>: To allow unauthenticated \n" +"(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n" +"(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" +"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 +msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests</b>: The Server will\n" +"not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" +"prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" +"authentication</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" +"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" +"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated</b>:\n" +"The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" +"connections.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 +msgid "" +"<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" +"the LDAP server itself.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 +msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 +msgid "" +"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n" +"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n" +"the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 +msgid "" +"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 +msgid "" +"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"for the master's configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. ########## kerberos +#. Help text: basic settings 1/2 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 +msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Help text: basic settings 2/2 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 +msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help: database_name +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help: acl_file +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help: admin_keytab +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 +msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 +msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +msgid "Allow postdated" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +msgid "Allow forwardable" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +msgid "Allow renewable" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +msgid "Allow proxiable" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +msgid "Requires preauth" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +msgid "Requires hwauth" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +msgid "Allow service" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +msgid "Allow tgs request" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +msgid "Allow tickets" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +msgid "Need change" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 +msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +msgid "Password changing service" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help : dict_file +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 +msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help : kadmind_port +#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 +msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help : key_stash_file +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help : kdc_ports +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help : master_key_name +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 +msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help : master_key_type +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 +msgid "<p>This key type string represents the master keys key type.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help : max_life +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 +msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help : max_renew_life +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 +msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 +msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 +msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 +msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 +msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 +msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 +msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 +msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 +msgid "<p>Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 +msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. ################################################################################# +#. ################################################################################# +#. ################################################################################# +#. ################################################################################# +#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); +#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); +#. itemlist = add(itemlist, ); +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 +msgid "Advanced Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885 +msgid "Database Path" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60 +msgid "&Database Path" +msgstr "" + +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889 +msgid "ACL File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78 +msgid "ACL &File" +msgstr "" + +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893 +msgid "Administrator Keytab" +msgstr "" + +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900 +msgid "Default Principal Expiration" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox text +#. checkbox text +#. checkbox text +#. checkbox text +#. checkbox text +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:396 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648 +msgid "&Available" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129 +msgid "&Date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:403 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:436 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:440 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:622 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:626 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659 +msgid "&Time" +msgstr "" + +#. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"", +#. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")), +#. Treeview list item +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:672 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008 +msgid "Default Principal Flags" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:680 +msgid "Allow p&ostdated" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:174 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:688 +msgid "Allow &forwardable" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:182 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:696 +msgid "Allow rene&wable" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:190 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:704 +msgid "Allow &proxiable" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:198 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:712 +msgid "Enable &user-to-user authentication" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:206 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:720 +msgid "Requires pr&eauth" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:728 +msgid "Requires &hwauth" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:220 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:734 +msgid "Allow &service" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:226 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:740 +msgid "Allow tgs re&quest" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:232 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:746 +msgid "Allow &tickets" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:752 +msgid "Need &change" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760 +msgid "P&assword changing service" +msgstr "" + +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911 +msgid "Dictionary File" +msgstr "" + +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916 +msgid "Kadmin Daemon Port" +msgstr "" + +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921 +msgid "Kpasswd Daemon Port" +msgstr "" + +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926 +msgid "Key Stash File" +msgstr "" + +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929 +msgid "KDC Port" +msgstr "" + +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933 +msgid "Master Key Name" +msgstr "" + +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938 +msgid "Master Key Type" +msgstr "" + +#. Treeview list item +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:387 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:606 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998 +msgid "Maximum Ticket Life Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653 +msgid "&Days" +msgstr "" + +#. Treeview list item +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:420 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:639 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003 +msgid "Maximum Ticket Renew Time" +msgstr "" + +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953 +msgid "Default Encryption Types" +msgstr "" + +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958 +msgid "KDC Supported Encryption Types" +msgstr "" + +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963 +msgid "Reject Bad Transit" +msgstr "" + +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983 +msgid "Number of LDAP connections" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525 +msgid "File for the LDAP password" +msgstr "" + +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988 +msgid "Search Subtrees" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558 +msgid "Search Scope" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565 +msgid "&subtree search" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:572 +msgid "&one level" +msgstr "" + +#. Treeview list item +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588 +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993 +msgid "Principal Container" +msgstr "" + +#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); +#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); +#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); +#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016 +msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of ldap-server +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Andreas Bauer +#. Ralf Haferkamp +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक संरचना" + +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 +msgid "MirrorMode Node List" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38 +msgid "Server ID" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38 +msgid "Server URI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 +msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:140 +msgid "Do you really want to remove \"%1\" from the MirrorMode setup?\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:145 +msgid "Changes will take effect immediately after clicking \"Yes\"" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." + +#. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. **************************************** +#. * tree structure definition ** +#. *************************************** +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191 +msgid "Startup Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 +msgid "Global Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 +msgid "Schema Files" +msgstr "" + +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 +msgid "Log Level Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 +msgid "Allow/Disallow Features" +msgstr "" + +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 +msgid "TLS Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Tree item +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 +msgid "Databases" +msgstr "डेटाबेसेस" + +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 +msgid "Suffix DN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173 +msgid "Database Type" +msgstr "" + +#. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l; +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228 +msgid "Your TLS/SSL Configuration seems to be incomplete." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229 +msgid "Do you really want to enable the \"ldaps\" protocol listener?" +msgstr "" + +#. add a new file to the list +#. file dialog heading +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265 +msgid "Select New Schema File" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272 +msgid "The schema file is already in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462 +msgid "Select a valid Certificate File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:466 +msgid "Select a valid Certificate Key File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:555 +msgid "A common server certificate is not available." +msgstr "" + +#. file selection headline +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 +msgid "Select Certificate File" +msgstr "" + +#. file selection headline +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 +msgid "Select Certificate Key File" +msgstr "" + +#. **************************************** +#. * handlers for database parent widget +#. *************************************** +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:717 +msgid "Cannot delete Frontend database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:719 +msgid "Cannot delete Config database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721 +msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?" +msgstr "" + +#. Error Popup +#. Error Popup +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:887 +msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:944 +msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:962 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1004 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:404 +msgid "New Administrator &Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:968 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1010 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:408 +msgid "Password &Encryption" +msgstr "परवलीशब्द कुटयुक्त" + +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1018 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 +msgid "Change Administration Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1041 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1042 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 +msgid "No" +msgstr "नाही" + +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1046 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1047 +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "होय" + +#. skip attribute that already have an index defined +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1191 +msgid "Multiple Replication Consumers not supported currently" +msgstr "" + +#. **************************************** +#. tree generation functions ** +#. *************************************** +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1293 +msgid "Index Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1301 +msgid "Password Policy Configuration" +msgstr "मॉड्यूल संरचना" + +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1310 +msgid "Access Control Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1319 +msgid "Replication Provider" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1328 +msgid "Replication Consumer" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:70 +msgid "&Start Kerberos Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:94 +msgid "Protocol Listeners" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 +msgid "LDAP" +msgstr "LDAP" + +#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 +msgid "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 +msgid "Included &Schema Files" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152 +msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154 +msgid "Trace Function Calls" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155 +msgid "Debug Packet Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156 +msgid "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 +msgid "Connection Management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 +msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159 +msgid "Search Filter Processing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160 +msgid "Configuration File Processing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161 +msgid "Access Control List Processing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162 +msgid "Log Connections, Operations, and Result" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163 +msgid "Log Entries Sent" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164 +msgid "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165 +msgid "Entry Parsing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166 +msgid "LDAPSync Replication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 +msgid "None" +msgstr "कोणी नाही" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 +msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176 +msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179 +msgid "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183 +msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187 +msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to Process" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:193 +msgid "Select &Disallow Flags:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 +msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 +msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221 +msgid "Basic Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227 +msgid "Enable TLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234 +msgid "Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242 +msgid "Use common Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 +msgid "Import Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 +msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 +msgid "&Browse..." +msgstr "संचार करत आहे..." + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 +msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 +msgid "B&rowse..." +msgstr "संचार करणे" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 +msgid "Launch CA Management Module" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178 +msgid "&Base DN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 +msgid "Administrator DN" +msgstr "व्यवस्थापक DN" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 +msgid "&Append Base DN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309 +msgid "Change Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317 +msgid "Edit BDB Database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324 +msgid "Entry Cache" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:330 +msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 +msgid "Checkpoint Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344 +msgid "kilobytes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346 +msgid "minutes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354 +msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 +msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 +msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 +msgid "Edit Database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 +msgid "Database type not currently supported." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381 +msgid "Indexing Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 +msgid "Attribute" +msgstr "गुणधर्म" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:457 +msgid "Presence" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:458 +msgid "Equality" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:459 +msgid "Substring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 +msgid "Change Administrator Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:410 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use Kerberos" +msgid "Update Kerberos Stash" +msgstr "केरबेरोस वापरा" + +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 +msgid "Add Index" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 +msgid "Password Policy Settings" +msgstr "परवलीशब्दाची मांडणी" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 +msgid "Enable Password Policies" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55 +msgid "Hash Clear Text Passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63 +msgid "Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73 +msgid "Default Policy Object DN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89 +msgid "Edit Policy" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100 +msgid "All Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101 +msgid "All Entries in the Subtree" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102 +msgid "The Entry with the DN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106 +msgid "Everybody" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107 +msgid "Authenticated Clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108 +msgid "Anonymous Clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109 +msgid "The accessed Entry (self)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110 +msgid "The user with the DN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111 +msgid "All entries in the subtree" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112 +msgid "All members of the group" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125 +msgid "<empty>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126 +msgid "No Access" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128 +msgid "No Access (but disclose information on error)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131 +msgid "Authenticate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132 +msgid "Compare" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 +msgid "Read" +msgstr "वाचा" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 +msgid "Write" +msgstr "लिहा" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 +msgid "Manage (full access)" +msgstr "" + +#. don't count frontend and Config DB +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167 +msgid "New Database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170 +msgid "Basic Database Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 +msgid "&Administrator DN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 +msgid "A&ppend Base DN" +msgstr "बेस DN अपेन्ड करा" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 +msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 +msgid "&Database Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 +msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 +msgid "Select Database Directory" +msgstr "" + +#. check values +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 +msgid "Base DN must be set." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 +msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399 +msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 +msgid "Password validation failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 +msgid "" +"The Base Object: \"%1\" cannot be auto created by YaST:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 +msgid "A directory must be specified." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 +msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" +msgstr "" + +#. try to read the ppolicy from the server +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 +msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 +msgid "The error message was: '" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 +msgid "Try again?" +msgstr "पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा?" + +#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original +#. Entry, try to merge them here +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 +msgid "Available Attribute Types" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 +msgid "Selected Attribute Types" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 +msgid "Who should this rule apply to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 +msgid "Entry DN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 +msgid "Select" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 +msgid "Define the Access Level" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 +msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 +msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849 +msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904 +msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 +msgid "Subtree DN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 +msgid "Group DN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 +msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 +msgid "Target Objects" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 +msgid "Matching the filter:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 +msgid "LDAP Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 +msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "गुणविशेष" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "संपादन" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 +msgid "Access Level" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 +msgid "Who" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +msgid "DN" +msgstr "DN" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 +msgid "Flow Control" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 +msgid "Up" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 +msgid "Down" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: Validate attribute types +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 +msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 +msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203 +msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +msgid "Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 +msgid "" +"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" +"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 +msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614 +msgid "Provider Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "पोर्ट" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 +msgid "Replication Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644 +msgid "Replication Interval" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "दिवस" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 +msgid "Hours" +msgstr "तास" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 +msgid "Minutes" +msgstr "मिनिटे" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 +msgid "Seconds" +msgstr "सेकंद" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 +msgid "Authentication DN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693 +msgid "Custom update referral" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709 +msgid "Target Host" +msgstr "" + +#. no updateref +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929 +msgid "Invalid replication interval specified" +msgstr "" + +#. test connection +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007 +msgid "Do you still want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 +msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 +msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144 +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 +msgid "Session Log" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137 +msgid "Enable Session Log" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271 +msgid "Replication Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352 +msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353 +msgid "Reading Configuration Backend" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354 +msgid "Reading Configuration Data" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355 +msgid "Initializing Authentication Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:390 +msgid "" +"Error while initializing configuration.\n" +"Is the LDAPI listener enabled?\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 +msgid "LDAP search failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812 +msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828 +msgid "LDAP initialization failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854 +msgid "LDAP bind failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877 +msgid "Initializing LDAP schema failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888 +msgid "Reading LDAP schema failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898 +msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3536 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3581 +msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005 +msgid "Modifying the kerberos database failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046 +msgid "LDAP modify failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074 +msgid "Incomplete data." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101 +msgid "Unsupported database type." +msgstr "" + +#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service +#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546 +msgid "Enabling LDAP Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559 +msgid "Starting LDAP Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549 +msgid "Activating OpenLDAP Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560 +msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569 +msgid "Enabling Kerberos Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1570 +msgid "Starting Kerberos Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1572 +msgid "Activating Kerberos Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602 +msgid "Writing Startup Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603 +msgid "Cleaning up config directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604 +msgid "Creating Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605 +msgid "Starting OpenLDAP Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606 +msgid "Creating Base Objects" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607 +msgid "Saving Kerberos Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1608 +msgid "Writing Auth Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569 +msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624 +msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648 +msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686 +msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706 +msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600 +msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." +msgstr "" + +#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service +#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784 +msgid "Stopping LDAP Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785 +msgid "Disabling LDAP Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787 +msgid "De-activating OpenLDAP Server" +msgstr "" + +#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service +#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1805 +msgid "Stopping Kerberos Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1806 +msgid "Disabling Kerberos Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1808 +msgid "De-activating Kerberos Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825 +msgid "Writing Sysconfig files" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826 +msgid "Applying changes to Configuration Database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827 +msgid "Applying changes to /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828 +msgid "Creating Base Objects for newly created databases" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829 +msgid "Updating Default Password Policy Objects" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 +msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834 +msgid "Writing AuthServer Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931 +msgid "Creating base objects failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940 +msgid "Creating Password Policy objects failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 +msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 +msgid "Register at SLP Service: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 +msgid "Start Kerberos Server: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215 +msgid "Create the following databases:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220 +msgid "Database Suffix: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221 +msgid "Database Type: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "अजून संरचित केले नाही." + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 +msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477 +msgid "Certificate File does not exist" +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 +msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 +msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2491 +msgid "Do you have filesystem acl support disabled?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545 +msgid "Cleaning up directory for config database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546 +msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 +msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 +msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549 +msgid "Migrating LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559 +msgid "Output of \"slaptest\":\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560 +msgid "Migration of existing configuration failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587 +msgid "Enabling LDAPI listener failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 +msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 +msgid "Could not create database directory." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4107 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 +msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2859 +msgid "Could not determine own fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 +msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 +msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3566 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3612 +msgid "Writing to password file failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3978 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3988 +msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3983 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3993 +msgid "has multivalued RDNs." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4025 +#, perl-format +msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033 +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4052 +#, perl-format +msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#, perl-format +msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4066 +#, perl-format +msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4071 +#, perl-format +msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4078 +msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4100 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +msgid "Could not create directory." +msgstr "संचिका तयार करू शकत नाही" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4877 +#, perl-format +msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888 +#, perl-format +msgid "" +"Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" +"CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4896 +#, perl-format +msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4901 +#, perl-format +msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4982 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4992 +msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5360 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5369 +msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." +msgstr "" + +#. error at paramter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 +#, perl-format +msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 +msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 +msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 +msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 +msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 +msgid "Define 'rootpw'." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 +#, perl-format +msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 +msgid "Define 'directory'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 +msgid "The directory does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 +msgid "Invalid cache size value." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547 +msgid "Invalid checkpoint value." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758 +msgid "Define 'passwd'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 +msgid "Database edit failed." +msgstr "" + +#. error message at parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 +msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 +msgid "Cannot restart the service." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 +msgid "Cannot stop the service." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 +msgid "CA certificate file does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 +msgid "CA certificate path does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 +msgid "Certificate file does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 +msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 +msgid "Writing failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 +msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 +msgid "Cannot read certificate file." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 +msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 +msgid "Corrupt PEM data." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 +msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 +msgid "Cannot read key file." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 +msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 +msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 +msgid "Cannot write certificate file." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 +msgid "Cannot write key file." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 +msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." +msgstr "" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/autoinst.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/autoinst.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/autoinst.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,3207 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" + +#. progress step title +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 +#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 +msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." +msgstr "स्थापना वातावरणातील स्व-स्थापीत स्क्रिप्ट्स अंमलबजावणी करत आहेत... " + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 +msgid "Reading configuration data..." +msgstr "संरचना माहिती वाचत आहे..." + +#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "ह्याला काही वेळ लागू शकेल" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/autoyast.ycp +#. Summary: Main file for client call +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:35 +msgid "Error while reading configuration data." +msgstr "संरचना माहिती वाचताना चूक" + +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "YaST" +msgid "AutoYaST" +msgstr "वायएएसटी२" + +#. command line options +#. Init variables +#. Import users configuration from the profile +#. +#. Backup +#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 +msgid "" +"Error while parsing the control file.\n" +"Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" +"control file and try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"नियंत्रण फाईल पार्स करताना चूक.\n" +"अधिक माहितीकरता प्रवेश फाईल पहा किंवा\n" +"नियंत्रित फाईल मांडून पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.\n" + +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "Reading configuration data" +msgstr "संरचना माहिती वाचत आहे" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. * File: +#. * Package: Auto-installation +#. * Author: Uwe Gansert +#. * Summary: +#. * +#. * Changes: * initial +#. 0.2: * added Pkg::TargetInit +#. 0.3: * support for <post-packages> +#. 0.4: * support for the <ask> feature +#. 0.5: * support for the new "keep install network" +#. feature of 10.3 +#. * Version: 0.5 +#. * $Id$ +#. +#. this client can be called from a running system, +#. to do the autoyast configuration. +#. You have to provide a profile and autoyast will +#. configure your system like in the profile. +#. Only stage2 configuration can be done. +#. yast2 ./ayast_setup.rb setup filename=/tmp/my.xml +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Client for AutoYaST configuration on the running system" +msgstr "X विंडो प्रणाली संरचना प्रतिलिपीत करत आहे..." + +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:58 +msgid "Configure the system using given AutoYaST profile" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:65 +msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile" +msgstr "AutoYaST प्रोफाईलचा पाथ" + +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:70 +msgid "enable/disable all package handling" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Empty parameter list" +msgstr "मोडेम पॅरामिटर्स" + +#. the following is needed since 10.3 +#. otherwise the already configured network gets removed +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." +msgstr "AutoYaST प्रोफाईल गायब आहे." + +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "X विंडो प्रणाली संरचना प्रतिलिपीत करत आहे..." + +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown mode" +msgid "known modules: %1" +msgstr "अज्ञात मोड" + +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Comma separated list of runlevels" +msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" +msgstr "सुविधांची नावे रनलेव्हलने विभागलेली" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten. +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?" +msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?" +msgstr "%1 अस्तित्वात आहे! खरंच त्यावर पुन्हा लिहायचे?" + +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118 +msgid "Cloning the system..." +msgstr "यंत्रणा प्रतिकृत करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." +msgstr "निर्णायक ऑटोयास्ट कार्यक्रम /root/autoinst.xml मध्ये सापडू शकत नाही." + +#. help 1/2 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p> हा डायलॉग वापरुन, फाईलचा मजकूर प्रतिलिपि करा व स्थापित प्रणालीवर अंतिम \n" +" पाथ नमूद करा. YaST2 ही फाईल निर्देशित ठिकाणी प्रतिलिपित करेल.</p>" + +#. help 2/2 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 +msgid "" +"<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" +"new permissions.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p> प्रतिलिपित फाईल्सचे संरक्षण करण्यासाठी, मालक तसेच फाईल्सची अनुमति सेट करा.\n" +" वाक्यरचना <i>userid:groupid</i>. वापरुन मालक सेट करा. अनुमती ही करण्यात येणार्‍या \n" +" बदलांचे प्रतिकात्मक प्रतिनिधित्व असेल किंवा नवीन अनुमतींसाठी विबट पॅटर्नचे प्रतिनिधित्व करणारा \n" +" ऑक्टल नंबर असेल.</p>" + +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 +msgid "Configuration File Editor" +msgstr "संरचना फाईल संपादक" + +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:191 +msgid "&File Path" +msgstr "&फाईल मार्ग" + +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:200 +msgid "&Owner" +msgstr "&मालक" + +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:206 +msgid "&Permissions" +msgstr "&परवानगी" + +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:214 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Retrieve Image File" +msgid "&Retrieve from" +msgstr "प्रतिमा फाईल पुन्हा मिळवा" + +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:221 +msgid "File So&urce" +msgstr "फाईल स्त्रोत" + +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:226 +msgid "&Load new contents" +msgstr "नवीन माहिती भरा" + +#. why? +#. if (mode == `edit) +#. { +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`filename), `Enabled, false); +#. } +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:263 +msgid "" +"Provide at least the file\n" +"name and the contents of the file.\n" +msgstr "" +"कमीत कमी फाईलचे नाव\n" +"फाईलमधील माहिती भरा.\n" + +#. OPEN +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397 +msgid "Select a file to load." +msgstr "अद्ययावत करण्याची फाईल निवडा." + +#. Summary of configuration +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:301 +msgid "Available Files" +msgstr "उपलब्ध फाईल्स" + +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305 +msgid "File Path" +msgstr "फाईल मार्ग" + +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305 +msgid "Owner" +msgstr "मालक" + +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305 +msgid "Permissions" +msgstr "मान्यता" + +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:319 +msgid "Add Complete Configuration Files" +msgstr "पूर्ण संरचना फाईल्स मिळवा" + +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 +msgid "" +"<p>For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" +"and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p> अनेक अनुप्रयोग व सेवांसाठी आपण आकृतीबंधाची फाईल तयार केली असेल \n" +" त्याची स्थापित प्रणालीतील ठिकाणी संपूर्ण स्वरुपात \n" +" प्रतिलिपी करावी. उदाहरणार्थ, आपण जर वेब सर्व्हर स्थापित करत \n" +" असाल आणि httpd.conf आकृतीबंध फाईल तयार असेल तर ही स्थिति असते.</p>" + +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 +msgid "Select a file from the table first." +msgstr "पहिल्या टेबलमधून फाईल निवडा." + +#. Help text for last dialog of base installation +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"यंत्रणा संरचित होईपर्यंत कृपया प्रतिक्षा का.\n" +"</p>" + +#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60 +msgid "Progress" +msgstr "प्रगती" + +#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 +msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" +msgstr "स्व-स्थापीत मांडणीप्रमाणे यंत्रणा संरचीत होत आहे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88 +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unknown sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103 +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +msgstr "" + +#. determine name of client, if not use default name +#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234 +msgid "Configuring %1" +msgstr "संरचित करत आहे %1" + +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236 +msgid "Not Configuring %1" +msgstr "संरचित करत नाही %1" + +#. online update +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 +msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" +msgstr "पोस्ट-स्क्रिप्ट्स वापरत आहे" + +#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang. +#. bnc#937900 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting services" +msgid "Restarting all running services" +msgstr "सेवा परत सुरू करत आहे" + +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 +msgid "Activating systemd default target" +msgstr "" + +#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 +msgid "Finishing Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना संपत आहे" + +#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Processing resource %1" +msgstr "स्रोत %1 ची चौकशी करत आहे" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autoimage.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Author: Anas Nashif +#. Summary: Imaging +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:31 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Please wait while the image is retrieved.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"प्रतिमा पुन्हा मिळेपर्यंत कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा.</p>\n" + +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32 +msgid "Retrieve Image File" +msgstr "प्रतिमा फाईल पुन्हा मिळवा" + +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32 +msgid "Install image file" +msgstr "आकृती फाईल स्थापित करा" + +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:35 +msgid "Retrieving image file..." +msgstr "प्रतिमा फाईल पुन्हा मिळवित आहे..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:36 +msgid "Installing image file..." +msgstr "आकृती फाईल स्थापित करत आहे..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:40 +msgid "Installing image into system..." +msgstr "प्रतिमा माहिती पध्दती स्थापन केली जात आहे..." + +#. if (!AutoinstImage::Get(AutoinstSoftware::ft_module, Installation::destdir )) +#. { +#. Report::Error(_("Error while retrieving image.")); +#. return `abort; +#. } +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Media Description Failed" +msgid "" +"fetching image-script failed:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "माध्यम वर्णन वाचण्यात अपयश आले" + +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgid "" +"running image-script failed:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "एस यू एस ई कॉपिंग शब्दावली अयशस्वी ठरली" + +#. import "Arch"; +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Author: Anas Nashif +#. Summary: This module finishes auto-installation and configures +#. the system as described in the profile file. +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"स्व-स्थापनेकरता यंत्रणा तयारी करत असल्यामुळे कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा.</p>\n" + +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 +msgid "Probe hardware" +msgstr "हार्डवेअरची चौकशी करा" + +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 +msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File" +msgstr "नियंत्रण फाईल पुन्हा मिळवून वाचा" + +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 +msgid "Parse control file" +msgstr "नियंत्रण फाईल पार्स करा" + +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201 +msgid "Initial Configuration" +msgstr "सुरवातीची संरचना" + +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 +msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation" +msgstr "आपोआप स्थापनेकरता यंत्रणा तयार केली जात आहे" + +#. progress bar length +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57 +msgid "Preprobing stage" +msgstr "चौकशी करण्यापूर्वीची पायरी" + +#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193 +#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script +#. // +#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) { +#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true"); +#. symbol ret = processProfile(); +#. if( ret != `ok ) { +#. return ret; +#. } +#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok"); +#. profileFetched = true; +#. +#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later +#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) { +#. y2milestone("dasd found"); +#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]); +#. } +#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) { +#. y2milestone("zfcp found"); +#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]); +#. } +#. } +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90 +msgid "Probing hardware..." +msgstr "हार्डवेअरची चौकशी केली जात आहे..." + +#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183 +msgid "Parsing control file" +msgstr "नियंत्रण फाईल पार्स करत आहे" + +#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:51 +msgid "Install required packages" +msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेजेस स्थापीत करा" + +#. progress bar length +#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:74 +msgid "Checking for required packages..." +msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेजेस करता तपासणी..." + +#. Add all found packages +#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:214 +msgid "Adding found packages..." +msgstr "मिळवण्याचे पॅकेजेस मिळाली..." + +#. Run early network scripts +#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:220 +msgid "Running scripts..." +msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट्स वापरल्या जात आहेत..." + +#. Finish +#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:237 +msgid "Checking for packages required for %1..." +msgstr " %1 ह्या करता आवश्यक पॅकेजेसची तपासणी होत आहे..." + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autosetup.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Setup and prepare system for auto-installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. Uwe Gansert +#. +#. $Id$ +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autosetup.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Setup and prepare system for auto-installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. Uwe Gansert +#. +#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>" +msgstr "<P>स्थव-स्थापनेकरता यंत्रणा तयार होईपर्यंत कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा.</P>" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" +msgstr "स्थापने पूर्वीच्या वापरायच्या स्क्रिप्ट्स अंमलबजावित करा" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +msgid "Configure General Settings " +msgstr "साधारण बांधणी संरचित करा" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +msgid "Set up language" +msgstr "भाषा नक्की करा" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 +msgid "Create partition plans" +msgstr "विभागणी ठराव निर्माण करा" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +msgid "Configure Bootloader" +msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचित करा" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +msgid "Configure Software selections" +msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर निवडी संरचित करा" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure Volume Groups" +msgid "Configure users and groups" +msgstr "ध्वनिचा गट संरचित करा" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." +msgstr "स्थापने पूर्वीच्या वापरायच्या स्क्रिप्ट्स अंमलबजावित करा" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +msgid "Configuring general settings..." +msgstr "साधारण मांडणी संरचित करत आहे..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set up language" +msgid "Setting up language..." +msgstr "भाषा नक्की करा" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +msgid "Creating partition plans..." +msgstr "विभागणी ठराव निर्माण करत आहे..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." +msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचित करत आहे..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repairing file system..." +msgid "Registering the system..." +msgstr "फाईल यंत्रणा दुरूस्त होत आहे..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +msgid "Configuring Software selections..." +msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर निवडी संरचित करत आहे..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring language..." +msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." +msgstr "भाषा संरचित करा...." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 +msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" +msgstr "ऑटोमेटेड स्थापनेकरता यंत्रणा तयार करत आहेत" + +#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a +#. network configuration is available. So this will be written +#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the +#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc +#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Signing the Add-On Product" +msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." +msgstr "अड-ऑन उत्पादनावर स्वाक्षरी करत आहे" + +#. Set it in the Language module. +#. +#. Set it in the Language module. +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +msgid "Configuring language..." +msgstr "भाषा संरचित करा...." + +#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 +msgid "" +"Error while configuring partitions.\n" +"Try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"विभाजक संरचना करताना चूक.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.\n" + +#. Software +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 +msgid "" +"Error while configuring software selections.\n" +"Try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"सॉफ्टवेअर निवडी संरचित करताना चूक.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.\n" + +#. ReportingDialog() +#. @return sumbol +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 +msgid "Messages" +msgstr "निरोप" + +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 +msgid "Sho&w messages" +msgstr "निरोप दाखवा" + +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 +msgid "Lo&g messages" +msgstr "निरोप पहा" + +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 +msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" +msgstr "&वेळ संपली (सेकंदात)" + +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 +msgid "Warnings" +msgstr "इशारा" + +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 +msgid "Sh&ow warnings" +msgstr "इशारा दाखवा" + +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 +msgid "Log wa&rnings" +msgstr "इशारा पहा" + +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 +msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" +msgstr "&वेळ संपली (सेकंदात)" + +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 +msgid "Errors" +msgstr "त्रुटी " + +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 +msgid "Show error&s" +msgstr "चूक दाखवा" + +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 +msgid "&Log errors" +msgstr "चूक पहा" + +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 +msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" +msgstr "&वेळ संपली (सेकंदात)" + +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 +msgid "" +"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" +"installation messages.</p> \n" +msgstr "" +"<p>D आपल्या अनुभवानुसार आपण स्थाना संदेश बगळू शकता, लॉग करु शकता वा दाखवू शकता (समाप्तीच्या \n" +" वेळेसहित)./p> \n" + +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 +msgid "" +"<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n" +"Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> सर्व <b> संदेश </b> समाप्तीच्या वेळेसहित दर्शवण्याची शिफारस करण्यात येते..\n" +" काही ठिकाणी इशारे वगळता येऊ शकतील, परंतु त्याकडे दुर्लभ करु नये..</p>\n" + +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 +msgid "Messages and Logging" +msgstr "संदेश आणि प्रवेश" + +#. Select packages +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87 +msgid "Software Selection" +msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर निड करा" + +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" +"more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +" पुढीलपैकी एक <b>base</b> सिलेक्शन निवडा आणि आणखी <b>add-on</b> सिलेक्शन्स व पॅकेजेस घालण्यासाठी \n" +"<i>Detailed<i> वर क्लिक करा..\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); +#. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/"; +#. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120 +msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "OS installation source is not configured" +msgid "using that installation source failed" +msgstr "OS स्थापना स्त्रोताची संरचना केलेली नाही" + +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189 +msgid "Reading package database..." +msgstr "पॅकेज माहितीसंग्रह वाचत आहे..." + +#. is result copy of part? +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n" +"\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n" +"सामान्यपणे माउंट करायची फाईल प्रणाली /etc/fstab\n" +" मध्ये साधनाच्या नावाने ओळखली जाते. हे बदलता येते, म्हणजे माउंट करायची फाईल प्रणाली UUID वा व्हॉल्यूम नावाने शोधताना\n" +" सापडते. सर्वच फाईल\n" +" प्रणाली UUID वा व्हॉल्यूम नावाने चढवता येत नाहीत. पर्याय अक्षम केला तर ते शक्य नसते.\n" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" +"\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" +"\t " +msgstr "" +"<p><b>व्हॉल्यूम लेबल:</b>\n" +"या फील्डमध्ये घातलेले नाव व्हॉल्यूम लेबल म्हणून वापरले जाते. याला बहुधा अर्थ असतो तो\n" +"फक्त आपण व्हॉल्यूम लेबलनुसर चढवण्याचा पर्याय कार्यांवित करता तेव्हा. \n" +"A व्हॉल्यूम लेबलमध्ये / हा वर्ण अगर स्पेसेस नसाव्या. \n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:82 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Encryption" +msgstr "इनक्रिप्शन" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Encryption key" +msgstr "इनक्रीप्शन कळ" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:93 +msgid "Encryption is not available for physical volumes" +msgstr "" + +#. `HWeight(30, `RichText(`opt(`hstretch),helpText)), +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:103 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Advanced Partition Settings" +msgstr "अग्रगत स्थापिते..." + +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Fstab options" +msgstr "Fstab विकल्प:" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mount by" +msgstr "माउंट द्वारा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Device name" +msgstr "&साधन नाव" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Device id" +msgstr "साधन" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:120 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Volume label" +msgstr "व्हॉल्यूम &लेबल" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Device path" +msgstr "साधन पथ" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:126 +msgid "UUID" +msgstr "" + +#. INTERNAL STUFF +#. local copy of current device the user wants to +#. edit using this dialog +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit Drive" +msgstr "ड्राईव्ह मिळवा" + +#. GENERAL DIALOG IFACE +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:169 +msgid "D&evice" +msgstr "उपकरण" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:180 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Intialize drive" +msgstr "हार्डड्राईव्ह सुरू करा" + +#. initially selected +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:185 +msgid "Re&use" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:190 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "&Type" +msgstr "&प्रकार" + +#. `ComboBox( `id(`vgType), _("Type"), toItemList(volgroupTypes)), +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:196 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:518 +#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Apply" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. determines if this partition is to be created on a VG +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<none>" +msgstr "कोणी नाही" + +#. LV +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Provide a logical volume name." +msgstr "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम %1 काढू?" + +#. MB, GB -> M, B +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" +"system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"प्रणालीचेक फाईल कार्यान्वित करण्याच्या विभाजनाची निवड करा.\n" + +#. We don't use the return value of the check, because we +#. currently can't stop the dialog switch from happening, so we +#. issue possible errors as warnings, and store anyway... should +#. be fixed. +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:392 +msgid "Store unsaved changes to partition?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Volgroup" +msgstr "ध्वनीचा गट" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Logical volume name" +msgstr "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम नाव: " + +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:426 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit partition" +msgstr "भाग संपादीत करा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Mount point" +msgstr "आरोहण बिंदू" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:446 +#, fuzzy +msgid "File sys&tem" +msgstr "फाईल प्रणाली" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:453 +msgid "&Size" +msgstr "&आकार" + +#. HBox +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:471 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Partiti&on number" +msgstr "&भागांचा क्रमांक" + +#. VBox +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reuse e&xisting partition" +msgstr "सध्याचे सर्व विभाजक पुन्हा वापरा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:489 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Res&ize existing partition" +msgstr "सध्याचे सर्व विभाजक पुन्हा वापरा" + +#. HBox +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Activate Striping" +msgstr "बूटींग दरम्यान सुरु करा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:500 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Number of Stripes" +msgstr "डम्पसची संख्या" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:508 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Stripe size" +msgstr "रेषा &आकार" + +#. HBox +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:516 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Advan&ced" +msgstr "प्रगत..." + +#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 +msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." +msgstr "" + +#. Displayed when tree is empty +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Nothing selected" +msgstr "काहीच निवडले गेले नाही" + +#. Main Partitioning Dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Partition p&lan" +msgstr "विभाजन ठराव" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:180 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add D&rive" +msgstr "ड्राईव्ह मिळवा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:181 +msgid "Add &Partition" +msgstr "विभाजन करा आणि मिळवा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:186 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add &Volume Group" +msgstr "ध्वनी गट भरा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:187 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:66 +msgid "&Delete" +msgstr "काढून टाका" + +#. INTERNAL STUFF +#. local copy of current device the user wants to +#. edit using this dialog +#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Volume Group" +msgid "Edit Volume Group" +msgstr "ध्वनी गट भरा" + +#. GENERAL DIALOG IFACE +#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Store unsaved changes to volume group?" +msgstr "अभिव्यक्तितील बदल संग्रहीत करा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Volgroup device name" +msgstr "&साधन नाव" + +#. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found +#. @param [String] original Original value +#. @return [String] new value +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:21 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" +"Check that you entered the correct location\n" +"on the command line and try again. Because of this error, you\n" +"can only enter a URL to a profile and not to a directory. If you\n" +"are using rules or host name-based control files, restart the\n" +"installation process and make sure the control files are accessible.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +" या मशीनसाठीचा प्रोफाईल आढळला नाही किंवा मिळवता आला नाही.\n" +" आपण आदेश रेषेवर अचूक स्थळ प्रविष्ट केले \n" +" असल्याचे तपासा व पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.\n" +" या चुकीमुळे, आपण URL साठी फक्त प्रोफाईल प्रविष्ट करु शकता, डिरेक्टरी नव्हे.\n" +" आपण नियम किंवा माहकाच्या नावावर आधारित नियंत्रण फाईल्स वापरत असाल तर, \n" +" स्थापना प्रक्रिया पुन्हा सुरु करा व नियंत्रण फाईल्स पहाता येण्यासारख्या असल्याची खात्री करुन घ्या.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 +msgid "System Profile Location" +msgstr "यंत्रणा कार्यक्रम ठिकाण" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 +msgid "&Profile Location:" +msgstr "कार्यक्रम स्थान:" + +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 +msgid "Choose a hard disk" +msgstr "हार्ड डिस्कची निवड" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 +msgid "No disks found." +msgstr "तबकडी मिळाली नाही." + +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" +"are shown here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +" आपल्या प्रणालीवर आपोआप ओळखलया जाणार्‍या सर्व हार्ड डिस्क येथे दर्शवल्या आहेत.\n" +" ज्या हार्ड डिस्कवर आपणास उत्पादन स्थापित करायचे आहे ती निवडा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. force help text width +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Hard Disk Selection" +msgstr "हार्ड डिस्कची निवड" + +#. there is a selection from that one option has to be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 +msgid "Select one of the options to continue." +msgstr "चालू ठेवण्यासाठी एखादा पर्याय निवडा." + +#. class_dialog_contents() +#. @return [Yast::Term] +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56 +msgid "Class Name" +msgstr "वर्गाचे नाव" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56 +msgid "Order" +msgstr "क्रमवारी" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56 +msgid "Configurations" +msgstr "संरचना" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:61 +msgid "Class Description" +msgstr "वर्गाचे वर्णन" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:64 +msgid "Ne&w" +msgstr "नविन" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:65 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:175 +msgid "&Edit" +msgstr "संपादन" + +#. AddEditClasses() +#. Add or Edit a class +#. @param [Symbol] mode +#. @param symbol +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:102 +msgid "Edit or Create Classes" +msgstr "वर्ग तयार करा किवा संपादीत करा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:107 +msgid "Na&me" +msgstr "नाव" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:112 +msgid "Or&der:" +msgstr "क्रम:" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:121 +msgid "Descri&ption:" +msgstr "वर्णन:" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:139 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:145 +msgid "That name is already used. Select another name." +msgstr "हे नाव आधीच वापरले गेले आहे. दुसरे नाव निवडा." + +#. Manage Classes +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:198 +msgid "Classes" +msgstr "वर्ग" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 +msgid "<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>\n" +msgstr "<p>नियंत्रण फाईल्सचे प्रकार सांगण्यासाठी हा पडदा वापरा. </p>\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 +msgid "" +"<p>For example, you can define a class of configurations for\n" +"a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> उदाहरणार्थ, आपण आपल्या कंपनी वातावरणातील विशिष्ट विभाग,\n" +" समुह किंवा साईटसाठी आकृतीबंधांच्या वर्गाची व्याख्या करु शकाल.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213 +msgid "" +"<p>The order (priority) defines the hierarchy of a class\n" +"and when it is merged when creating a control file.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> क्रम (प्राधान्य) वर्गाचे वर्चस्व सांगते तसेच नियंत्रण फाईल \n" +" निर्माण करतांना ते कधी विलीन होते ते सांगते.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:243 +msgid "No Description" +msgstr "वर्णन नाही" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:255 +msgid "" +"Select at least one class\n" +"to edit.\n" +msgstr "" +"संपादीत करण्यासाठी \n" +"कमीत कमी एक वर्ग निवडा.\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:262 +msgid "" +"Select at least one class\n" +"to delete.\n" +msgstr "" +"काढून टाकण्यासाठी \n" +"कमीत कमी एक वर्ग निवडा.\n" + +#. The merge operation +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Merge failed:\n" +" %1" +msgstr "" +"एकत्रीकरण अयशस्वी:\n" +" %1" + +#. Merge Dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:418 +msgid "Merge Classes" +msgstr "वर्ग एकत्र करा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:427 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:592 +msgid "None" +msgstr "कोणी नाही" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:454 +msgid "No control files defined" +msgstr "नियंत्रण फाईल्स दर्शविल्या नाहीत" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:469 +msgid "&Merge with Empty Control File" +msgstr "रिकाम्या नियंत्रण फाईलमध्ये मिळवा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:476 +msgid "Merge with &Currently-Loaded Control File" +msgstr "सध्याच्या भरलेल्या नियंत्रण फाईलमध्ये मिळवा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:481 +msgid "Merge Cla&sses" +msgstr "वर्ग एकत्र करा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:487 +msgid "" +"<p>If you have defined and created <b>\n" +"classes</b>, you will be able to merge them using this interface to create\n" +"a new <i>Profile</i>, which will contain information from every class\n" +"depending on the priority (order) set when\n" +"creating the classes.</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> आपण वर्ग सांगितले असतील <b>\n" +" व निर्माण केले असतील, </b>, तर आपण नवीन \n" +"<i>प्रोफाईल</i>, निर्माण करण्यासाठी हा इंटरफेस वापरुन ते विलीन करु शकाल,\n" +" ज्यामधे क्लासेस निर्माण करतांना सेट केलेल्या \n" +" प्राधान्यानुसार (क्रम) प्रतयेक वर्गातील माहिती समाविष्ट असेल.</P>\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:497 +msgid "" +"<P>To merge the classes, an <b>XSLT</b>\n" +"script is used.</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P>वर्ग एकत्र करण्यासाठी, <b>XSLT</b>\n" +"स्क्रीप्ट वापरली गेली.</P>\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:540 +msgid "" +"Select at least %1 configurations\n" +"to perform a merge.\n" +msgstr "" +"एकत्री करणासाठी कमीत कमी %1 संरचना\n" +"रेशन्यतरी निवडा.\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:579 +msgid "Class Configuration" +msgstr "वर्गाची संरचना" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:580 +msgid "" +"<p>Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" +"file should belong.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> एक किंवा त्यापेक्षा जास्त सूचीबद्ध वर्ग निवडा, ज्याच्या सध्याची नियंत्रण फाईल \n" +" मालकीची असायला हवी.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 +msgid "No profiles in this class" +msgstr "ह्या वर्गात कार्यक्रम नाहीत" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:651 +msgid "Select at least one class configuration.\n" +msgstr "कमीत कमी एक वर्ग संरचना निवडा.\n" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/autoyast.ycp +#. Summary: Main file for client call +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Autoinstallation - Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना स्वस्थापीत करा" + +#. SAVE +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697 +msgid "Save as..." +msgstr "या नावाने साठवा..." + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709 +msgid "File %1 was saved successfully." +msgstr "फाईल यशस्वीरीत्या %1 साठवली गेली." + +#. Profile::checkProfile(); +#. Profile::checkProfile(); +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An error occured while saving the file." +msgid "An error occurred while saving the file." +msgstr "फाईल साठविताना चूक झाली." + +#. by "SortKey" or alphabetical +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:107 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "गट" + +#. bnc #887115 comment #9: Desktop file is "hidden" and should not be shown at all +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No modules available" +msgstr "सुधारणा उपलब्ध नाही." + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:157 +msgid "Modules" +msgstr "मॉड्यूल्स" + +#. Creates an `HBox containing the buttons to be displayed below the summary column +#. +#. @return The `HBox widget. +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Clone" +msgstr "बंद करा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:171 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Apply to System" +msgstr "सीडी प्रतिमाचे कॉपि प्रफाइल" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Clea&r" +msgstr "साफ करावे" + +#. Creates a `VBox containg the summary of the specified module and the action buttons below. +#. +#. @param [String] module_name The module to summarize. +#. @return The `VBox widget. +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Details" +msgstr "विस्तृत:" + +#. Configure module +#. @param [String] resource Module/Resource to configure +#. @return [Object] +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:357 +msgid "The module returned invalid data." +msgstr "मॉड्युल अवैध माहिती परत पाठवली." + +#. Sets the menus in the wizard. +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:380 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "फाईल" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:381 +msgid "&View" +msgstr "पहा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:382 +msgid "&Classes" +msgstr "&वर्ग" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:383 +msgid "&Tools" +msgstr "साधने" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:385 +msgid "&New" +msgstr "&नवा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:386 +msgid "&Open" +msgstr "उघडा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:387 +msgid "&Save" +msgstr "जतन करा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:391 +msgid "Save &As" +msgstr "म्हणून संग्रहीत करा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:394 +msgid "Im&port" +msgstr "आयात करा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:398 +msgid "Import &Kickstart File" +msgstr "किकस्टार्ट फाईल आयात करा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:404 +msgid "Settin&gs" +msgstr "मांडणी" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:411 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change to Decrypted" +msgstr "सूचना: इन्क्रीप्शंन वापरले गेले नाही." + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:412 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change to Encrypted" +msgstr "सूचना: इन्क्रीप्शंन वापरले गेले नाही." + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:418 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Apply Profile to this System" +msgstr "सीडी प्रतिमाचे कॉपि प्रफाइल" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:421 +msgid "E&xit" +msgstr "बाहेर पडा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:426 +msgid "Configu&ration Tree" +msgstr "संरचना वृक्ष" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:433 +msgid "So&urce" +msgstr "स्त्रोत" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:440 +msgid "Cla&sses" +msgstr "वर्ग" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:446 +msgid "Me&rge Classes" +msgstr "वर्ग एकत्र करा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:453 +msgid "Create Reference Pro&file" +msgstr "संदर्भ कार्यक्रम निर्माण करा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:459 +msgid "Check &Validity of Profile" +msgstr "कार्यक्रमाचा कालावधी तपासा" + +#. Show Source +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:495 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "स्त्रोत" + +#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. +#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" +msgstr "" + +#. opening/parsing the xml file failed +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An error occured while opening/parsing the XML file." +msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file." +msgstr "XML फाईल उघडताना किंवा पार्स करताना चूक झाली." + +#. NEW +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Available Modules" +msgstr "उपलब्ध मॉड्युल्स" + +#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" +msgstr "" + +#. EXIT +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 +msgid "Control file changed." +msgstr "नियंत्रण फाईल बदलली." + +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791 +msgid "Save the changes to %1?" +msgstr "%1 ला बदलेले संग्रहीत करायचे?" + +#. Preferences Dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:37 +msgid "&Profile Repository:" +msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:42 +msgid "&Select Directory" +msgstr "आणि शब्दकोश निवडा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:50 +msgid "&Class directory:" +msgstr "शब्दकोशाची वर्गवारी:" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:55 +msgid "Select &Directory" +msgstr "शब्दकोश निवडा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:63 +msgid "" +"<P>\n" +"Enter the directory where all <em>control files</em> should be stored in\n" +"the <b>Repository</b> field.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>\n" +" डिरेक्टरी प्रविष्ट करा जेथे सवै <em> नियंत्रण फाईल्स </em> गोदाम क्षेत्रात \n" +" साठवल्या <b> गेल्या</b> पाहिजेत..</P>" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<P>If you are using the classes feature\n" +"of Autoyast, also enter the class directory. This is where\n" +"all class files are stored.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P> आपण ऑटोयास्टचे क्लासेस वैशिष्टय वापरत \n" +" असाल तर क्लास डिरेक्टरी ही प्रविष्ट करा. येथेच सर्व क्लास \n" +" फाईल्स जतन केलेल्या असतात.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "स्थापिते" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +msgid "Select Directory" +msgstr "डिरेक्टरी निवडा" + +#. Return a message about invalid file names +#. @param - +#. @return message +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "" +"Invalid file name.\n" +"Names can only contain letters, numbers, and underscore,\n" +"must begin with letter, and must be\n" +"127 characters long or less.\n" +msgstr "" +" फाईलचे अवैध नांव.\n" +" नंवतात फक्त अक्षरे, आकडे व अंडरस्कोअर समाविष्ट असू शकतो,\n" +" अक्षरानेंच त्याची सुरुवात झाली पाहिजे,\n" +" व 127 त्यापेक्षा कमी वर्णाच्या लांबीचे असले पाहिजे.\n" + +#. title +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Create a Reference Control File" +msgstr "संदर्भ नियंत्रण फाईल निर्माण करा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:224 +msgid "Select Additional Resources:" +msgstr "अतिरिक्त स्त्रोत निवडा:" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:247 +msgid "Collecting system data..." +msgstr "प्रणाली माहीती गोळा करीत आहे..." + +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:248 +msgid "This may take a while..." +msgstr "ह्या कामाला काही वेळ लागेल..." + +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Importing Kickstart file..." +msgstr "किकस्टार्ट फाईल आयात होत आहे..." + +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:270 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1094 +#: src/include/autoinstall/wizards.rb:53 +msgid "Initializing ..." +msgstr "सुरवात करत आहे..." + +#. progress stage +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:288 +msgid "Read Kickstart file" +msgstr "किकस्टार्ट फाईल वाचा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:289 +msgid "Import data" +msgstr "माहिती आयात करा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:292 +msgid "Reading Kickstart file..." +msgstr "किकस्टार्ट फाईल वाचत आहे..." + +#. progress step +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:294 +msgid "Importing data..." +msgstr " माहिती आयात करत आहे." + +#. progress step +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:296 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "समाप्त झाले" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:307 +msgid "Select a kickstart file." +msgstr "किकस्टार्ट फाईल निवडा." + +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:324 +msgid "" +"Error while loading Kickstart file. Verify the syntax of\n" +"file and try again." +msgstr "" +"किकस्टार्ट फाईल अद्ययावत करताना चूक झाली. फाईलचा\n" +"सिनटॅक्स तपासून पहा आणि पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. Set resource name, if not using default value +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 +msgid "" +"Kickstart file was imported.\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" +"were imported correctly." +msgstr "" +" किकस्टार्ट फाईल मागवली गेली.\n" +" मागवलेली वाक्यरचना तपासा आणि पॅकेजची निवड व विभागणी अचूकपणे मागवली \n" +" असल्याची खात्री करुन घ्या." + +#. Validate Dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:378 +msgid "Check profile validity" +msgstr "कार्यक्रमाचा कालावधी तपासा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:394 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "ठीक आहे" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:395 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:264 +msgid "Error" +msgstr "त्रुटी" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:396 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "चेतावणी" + +#. [ +#. _("Checking XML without validation..."), +#. "/usr/bin/xmllint --noout", +#. ], +#. [ +#. _("Checking XML with DTD validation..."), +#. "/usr/bin/xmllint --noout --valid" +#. ], +#. this function is a replacement for this code: +#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; +#. m[ l ] = v; +#. @return [Hash] +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 +msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." +msgstr "RNG वैधतेबरोबर XML तपासले जात आहे..." + +#. section wise validation +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:432 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Section %1: " +msgstr "भाग %1 सापडत नाही." + +#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 +msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." +msgstr "RNC वैधतेबरोबर XML तपासले जात आहे..." + +#. the autoyast interface can check if the profile is logical or if important stuff is missing +#. the missing stuff is under the Label "Logic" +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:496 +msgid "Logic" +msgstr "तर्क" + +#. the autoyast config frontend can check if a root password is configured +#. and can warn the user if it is missing +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:502 +msgid "No root password configured" +msgstr "मूळ सांकेतिक शब्द संरचित नाही" + +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:61 +msgid "Con&firm installation?" +msgstr "स्थापना नक्की करायची का?" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "AutoYaST Second Stage" +msgstr "ऑटोयास्ट दुसरी पायरी" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:72 +msgid "Turn Off the Machine after the First Stage" +msgstr " पहिल्या टप्प्यानंतर मशीन बंद करा." + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Turn off the Machine after the Second Stage" +msgstr " पहिल्या टप्प्यानंतर मशीन बंद करा." + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reboot the Machine after the Second Stage" +msgstr " पहिल्या टप्प्यानंतर मशीन बंद करा." + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 +msgid "Signature Handling" +msgstr " स्वाक्षरीय हाताळणी " + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:94 +msgid "Accept &Unsigned Files" +msgstr " &स्वाक्षरी नसलेल्या फाईल्स स्वीकारा " + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:101 +msgid "Accept Files without a &Checksum" +msgstr " &चेकसमशिवायच्या फाईल्स स्वीकारा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:108 +msgid "Accept Failed &Verifications" +msgstr " अयशस्वी &पडताळणी स्वीकारा. " + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Accept Unknown &GPG Keys" +msgstr " अनोळखी व &GPG कीज स्वीकारा." + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:122 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Accept Non Trusted GPG Keys" +msgstr " अनोळखी व &GPG कीज स्वीकारा." + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "Import &New GPG Keys" +msgstr "&नवीन GPG कीज इम्पोर्ट करा." + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:136 +msgid "" +"<P>\n" +"The options in this dialog control the behavior of the AutoYaST during\n" +"automatic installation.\n" +"</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P>\n" +" या डायलॉगमधील पर्याय स्वयं स्थापनेदरम्यान ऑटोयास्टची वर्तणूक \n" +" नियंत्रित करतात.\n" +"</P>\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:144 +msgid "" +"<P>\n" +"The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" +"to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" +"during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" +"</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P>\n" +" नको असलेली स्थापना टाळण्यासाठी डिफॉल्टद्वारे स्थापना पुष्टीचा पर्याय \n" +" निवडलेला आहे. तो स्थानेदरम्यान प्रणाली थांबवतो व नेहमीच्या प्रस्ताव \n" +" पटलावर विनंती केलेल्या कार्यांचा सारांश दर्शवतो. कोणत्याही अडथळ्या \n" +" शिवाय आपोआप स्थापनेसाठी हा र्पाय तपासू नका.\n" +"</P>\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "" +"<P>\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" +"after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" +"</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P>\n" +" आपण ऑटोयास्टचा दुसरा टप्पा बंद केलात तर पहिल्या रीबूट नंतर (पॅकेजच्या स्थानेनंतर) मॅन्युअल मोडमधे \n" +" स्थापना सुरु रहाते.\n" +"</P>\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:165 +msgid "" +"<P>\n" +"For signature handling, read the AutoYaST documentation.\n" +"</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P>\n" +" स्वाक्षरी हाताळणीसाठी, ऑटोयास्ट दस्तावेज वाचा..\n" +"</P>\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Other Options" +msgstr "आणखी पर्याय" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:275 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Frametitle" +msgstr "पॅरामीटर" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:683 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Question" +msgstr "सूचना" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:285 +msgid "Timeout (zero means no timeout)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "गुप्तशब्द" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 +msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 +msgid "Store answer in this file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:344 +msgid "Selection List for type 'Symbol'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:360 +msgid "Label" +msgstr "लेबल" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:361 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "मूल्य" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:713 +msgid "<P></P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:635 +#, fuzzy +msgid "1st Stage" +msgstr "चाचणी स्थिती" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:641 +#, fuzzy +msgid "2nd Stage" +msgstr "United States" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:645 +msgid "Dialog Title" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:646 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Helptext" +msgstr "मदत" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:651 +msgid "Add to Dialog List" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:656 +msgid "Apply changes to dialog" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:665 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Title" +msgstr "फाईल" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:673 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Delete Dialog" +msgstr "DN काढून टाका" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:675 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Dialog up" +msgstr "युआरएल संदर्भ" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:679 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Dialog down" +msgstr "युआरएल संदर्भ" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:682 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Questions in dialog" +msgstr "सूचना" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add Question" +msgstr "सूचना" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit Question" +msgstr "सूचना" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:698 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Delete Question" +msgstr "भाग %1 खरोखर कमी करावा?" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:703 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Question up" +msgstr "सूचना" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:708 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Question down" +msgstr "सूचना" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:714 +#, fuzzy +msgid "ASK Options" +msgstr "पर्याय तपासा" + +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1093 +msgid "General Settings" +msgstr "साधारण जुळणी" + +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:16 +msgid "<p><b><big>Profile Validation</big></b><br>" +msgstr "<p><b><big>कार्यक्रम वैधता</big></b><br>" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" +"it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" +"reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> हे साधन प्रोफाईल <em>xmllint</em> विरुध्द वैध करण्यासाठी DTD वापरते \n" +" व ते गायब डाटा तपासते. काही गायब डाटा सहेतुक असू शकतो व कोणत्याही नोंदवलेल्या चुकांकडे दुर्लभ करता \n" +" येऊ शकते, उदाहरणार्थ क्लासेस निर्माण करतांना.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 +msgid "" +"<p>Load a profile first. Otherwise an empty file\n" +"is validated.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>कार्यक्रम प्रथम अद्ययावत करा. नाहीतर रिकामी फाईल\n" +"वैधवीत केली जाईल.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:25 +msgid "<p><b><big>Importing Kickstart Files</big></b><br>" +msgstr "<p><b><big>किकस्ट्रार्ट फाईल आयात करत आहे</big></b><br>" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:26 +msgid "" +"<p>To import a Kickstart file, enter the path to the configuration file. \n" +"The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" +"to add more configuration options available with SUSE.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> किकस्टार्ट फाईल इम्पोर्ट करण्यासाठी, आकृतीबंध फाईलमधे पाथ प्रविष्ट करा. \n" +" SUSE कडे उपलब्ध असलेले आणखी आकृतीबंध पर्याय घालण्यासाठी इम्पोर्ट केलेला डाटा आकृतीबंध \n" +" व्यवस्थापना प्रणालीत लोड केलेला आहे..</p>\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 +msgid "" +"<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" +"information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> हे साधन या प्रणाली वरील माहिती वाचून संदर्भ प्रोफाईल \n" +" निर्माण करते. विभागणी व पॅकेज सिलेक्शन्स यासारख्या डिफॉल्ट साधनांव्यतिरिक्त,\n" +" या प्रणालीवरुन वाचण्यासाठीची साधने निवडा.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 +msgid "<p> Partition your hard disks... </p>" +msgstr "<p> तुमच्या हार्डडिस्कला विभाजीत करा... </p>" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 +msgid "" +"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>लक्ष्य यंत्रणेवर निर्माण करण्याची विभाजक.\n" +"उजवीकडील स्तंभात दर्शवले आहे</p>\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 +msgid "<p><b>Hard disks</b> are designated like this </p>" +msgstr "<p><b>हार्ड डिस्क</b>ह्याप्रमाणे दर्शविली आहे </p>" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<tt>/dev/hda </tt>1st EIDE disk\n" +"<tt>/dev/hdb </tt>2nd EIDE disk\n" +"<tt>/dev/hdc </tt>3rd EIDE disk" +msgstr "" +"<p><tt>/dev/sda </tt>पहिली EIDE तबकडी\n" +"<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>दुसरी EIDE तबकडी\n" +"<tt>/dev/sdc </tt>तिसरी EIDE तबकडी</p>" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:46 +msgid "<p>etc.</p>" +msgstr "<p>इत्यांदी</p>" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:47 +msgid "<p>- or - </p>" +msgstr "<p>- किंवा - </p>" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<p><tt>/dev/sda </tt>1st SCSI disk\n" +"<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>2nd SCSI disk\n" +"<tt>/dev/sdc </tt>3rd SCSI disk</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><tt>/dev/sda </tt>पहिली SCSI तबकडी\n" +"<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>दुसरी SCSI तबकडी\n" +"<tt>/dev/sdc </tt>तिसरी SCSI तबकडी</p>" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 +msgid "" +"If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" +"created automatically:" +msgstr "" +" कोणतीही विभागणी सांगितलेली नसेल व निर्देशित ड्राईव्ह हा असाही एक ड्राईव्ह असेल \n" +" की जिथे मूळ विभागणी असायला हवी, पुढील \n" +" विभागणी आपोआप निर्माण होते:" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\n" +"Sizes are calculated automatically.\n" +msgstr "" +" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, व रुट पार्टिशन <tt>/</tt>.\n" +" आकार आपोआप मोजले जातात.\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:61 +msgid "<p><b>Advanced Options</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>आधुनिक पर्याय</b></p>" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "By default, AutoYaST2 will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST2 to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr " डिफॉल्टद्वारे AutoYaST2 विस्तारित पार्टिशन निर्माण करेल व सर्व नीवन पार्टिशन्स तार्किक उपकरणे म्हणून घातली जातील. परंतु, हे देखील शक्य आहे की AutoYaST2 ला एखादे विशिष्ट पार्शिन प्राथमिक किंवा विस्तारित पार्टिशन म्हणून निर्माण करण्याच्या सूचना दिल्या जातील. शिवाय, MBytes मधील आकारा ऐवजी सेक्टर्सचा वापर करुन पार्टिशनचा आकार नमूद केला जण्याचीही शक्यता आहे." + +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 +msgid "" +"These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" +"interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" +msgstr "" +" हा इंटरफेस वापरुन हे पर्याय व इतर प्रगत पर्याय यांचा आकृतीबंध करता येऊ शकत नाही. त्याऐवजी,\n" +" हाताने नियंत्रण फाईलमधे घाला.\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" +"a preparation.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"LVM व RAID सेटअपसाठी दस्तावेजाचा सल्ला घ्या व सध्याच्या नियंत्रण फाईलमधे \n" +" आकृतीबंध घाला. आपण तयारी म्हणून फक्त फॉरमॅट नसलेली LVM व RAID पार्टिशन्स \n" +" निर्माण करु शकता.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." +msgstr "प्रोटोकोल HTTP(S) मार्गाने URL '%1' सापडत नाही. सेवा संगणक सांकेतीक परत पाठवा %2." + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." +msgstr "प्रोटोकोल FTP मार्गाने URL '%1' सापडत नाही. सेवा संगणक सांकेतीक परत पाठवा %2." + +#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 +msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" +msgstr "%1/%2 वर फाईल वाचणे अपयशी ठरले.\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175 +msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +msgstr "%1 वर फाईल वाचणे अपयशी ठरले.\n" + +#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293 +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337 +msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +msgstr "स्वार करणे %1 अपयशी ठरले." + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268 +msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." +msgstr "सीडीवरील फाईल वाचता येऊ शकली नाही. मार्ग: %1/%2." + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360 +msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" +msgstr "दुरस्थ फाईल %1 परत मिळविली जाऊ शकत नाही" + +#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 +#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now +#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) +#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485 +msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505 +msgid "File %1 cannot be found" +msgstr "%1 फाईल सापडू शकत नाही" + +#. Device +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." +msgstr "प्रोटोकोल TFTP मार्गाने URL '%1' सापडत नाही." + +#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol +#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534 +msgid "Unknown protocol %1." +msgstr "अनोळखी शिष्टाचार %1." + +#. Script Configuration +#. @return script configuration dialog +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30 +msgid "Available Scripts" +msgstr "उपलब्ध लिपी" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34 +msgid "Script Name" +msgstr "लिपीचे नाव" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "प्रकार" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34 +msgid "Interpreter" +msgstr "दुभाष्य" + +#. help 1/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:64 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<h3>Preinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" +"<P>Add commands to run on the system before the installation begins. </P>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<h3> पूर्वस्थापनेच्या स्क्रिप्ट्स</h3>\n" +"<P> स्थापना सुरु होण्यापूर्वी प्रणालीवर चालवण्यासाठी कमांड (आदेश) घाला.</P>\n" + +#. help 2/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" +"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" +"is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" +"</P>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<h3> स्थापना पश्चात्च्या स्क्रिप्ट्स </h3>\n" +"<P> आपण स्थापना पूर्ण झाल्यानंतरही प्रणालीवर कार्य करण्यासाठी कमांड \n" +" घालू शकता. या स्क्रिप्ट chroot वातावरणच्या बाहेर चालतात.\n" +"</P>" + +#. help 3/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:83 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<H3>Chroot Scripts</H3>\n" +"<P>For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" +"environment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> options. Those scripts are\n" +"run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" +"system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" +"</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<H3>Chroot स्क्रिप्ट्स</H3>\n" +"<P> आपल्या स्थापनेपश्चात्च्या स्क्रिप्ट chroot\n" +" वातावरणाच्या आत चालण्यासाठी, <i>chroot scripts</i> पर्याय निवडा. या स्क्रिप्ट सर्वप्रथम \n" +" प्रणाली रीबूट होण्यापूर्वी चालतात. डिफॉल्टद्वारे, chroot \n" +" स्क्रिप्ट्स स्थापना प्रणालीत चालतात. स्थापित प्रणालीतील फाईल्स अक्सेस \n" +" करण्यासाठी, नेहमी आपल्या \"/mnt\" स्क्रिप्ट्समधे माऊंट पॉईंट वापरा.\n" +"</P>\n" + +#. help 4/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:97 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" +"This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>खास बूलियन टॅग chroot वापरुन बूट लोडरचा\n" +"आकृतीबंध बनल्यानंतर त्यानंतरच्या टप्प्यात \"chroot\".\n" +"स्क्रिप्ट्स चालवणे शख्य आहे. है स्थापित प्रणालीत स्क्रिप्ट्स चालवते. \n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help 5/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<H3>Init Scripts</H3>\n" +#| "<P>These scripts are executed during the initial boot process and after\n" +#| "YaST has finished configuring the system. The final scripts are executed \n" +#| "using a special <b>rc</b> script that is executed only once. \n" +#| "The final scripts are executed toward the end of the boot\n" +#| "process and after network has been intialized.\n" +#| "</P>\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<H3>Init Scripts</H3>\n" +"<P>These scripts are executed during the initial boot process and after\n" +"YaST has finished configuring the system. The final scripts are executed \n" +"using a special <b>rc</b> script that is executed only once. \n" +"The final scripts are executed toward the end of the boot\n" +"process and after network has been initialized.\n" +"</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<H3>Init स्क्रिप्ट्स </H3>\n" +"<P> या स्क्रिप्ट प्रारंभीक बूट प्रक्रियेदरम्यान व \n" +"YaST ने प्रणालीच्या आकृतीबंधाचे काम पूर्ण केल्यानंतर कार्य करतात. \n" +" अंतिम स्क्रिप्ट्स विशेष <b>rc</b> स्क्रिप्ट वापरुन कार्य करतात.. \n" +" जे एकदाच अंमलात येते. अंतिम स्क्रिप्ट्स बूट \n" +" प्रक्रियेच्या समाप्तीच्या वेळेस व नेटवर्कची सुरुवात झाल्यानंतर अंमलात येतात.\n" +"</P>\n" + +#. help 6/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:123 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" +"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> or \n" +"<i>Python</i> for preinstallation scripts.\n" +"</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<H3> इंटरप्रिटर:</H3>\n" +"<P> पूर्वस्थापनेच्या स्क्रिप्ट्स या फक्त शेल स्क्रिप्ट असू शकतात. <i> पूर्वस्थापनेच्या </i> स्क्रिप्ट्ससाठी \n" +"<i> पर्ल किंवा </i> पायथॉन वापरु नका.\n" +"</P>\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" +"<P>While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" +"requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, too.\n" +"</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<H3> नेटवर्क अक्सेस:</H3>\n" +"<P> स्थापना पश्चात् स्क्रिप्ट लागू करतांना नेटवर्क असमर्थ होते व \n" +" नेटवर्क अक्सेसिबल करण्यासाठी स्क्रिप्टमधे सुरुवात आवश्यक असते.\n" +" नेटवर्कसहितच्या स्थापनेपश्चात्च्या स्क्रिप्टसाठी पर्याय म्हणजे स्क्रिप्ट वापरणे,\n" +" ज्या स्क्रिप्ट चालू असतांना संपूर्ण आकृतीबंधच्या प्रणालीची हमी देतात. आपण \n" +" नेटवर्कवर स्थापना केल्यास, आपण पोस्टस्क्रिप्ट साठी <b> नेटवर्क </b> पर्याय देखील वापरु शकता.\n" +"</P>\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" +"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" +"you to debug your script.</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<H3> फीडबॅक व डीबगः:</H3>\n" +"<P>स्क्रिप्ट्स वगळता इतर सर्व स्क्रिप्ट पॉप-अप बॉक्समधे फीडबॅक म्हणून STDOUT+STDERR दर्शवतात.\n" +" आपण डीबगिंग चालू केल्यास, आपणास फीडबॅक डायलॉगमधे जास्त आऊटपुट मिळतो, ज्याची कदाचित आपली स्क्रिप्ट \n" +" करण्यात मदत होऊ शकेल.</P>\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Script Editor" +msgstr "लिपी संपादक" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:161 +msgid "&File Name" +msgstr "&फाईलचे नाव" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "&Interpreter" +msgstr "दुभाष्य" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Perl" +msgstr "Perl" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:175 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "शेल" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:180 +msgid "Python" +msgstr "पायथॉन" + +#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-feedback output or not +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:220 +msgid "&Feedback" +msgstr "&प्रतिसाद" + +#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-debug output or not +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:226 +msgid "&Debug" +msgstr "डिबग" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Chrooted" +msgstr "सीएरूट" + +#. a checkbox where you can choose if you need to have network when the script is running +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "&Network" +msgstr "&जाळे" + +#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-feedback output or not +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:245 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Feedback Type" +msgstr "&प्रतिसाद" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:249 +msgid "none" +msgstr "कोणी नाही" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Message" +msgstr "निरोप" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:275 +msgid "Text of the notification popup" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:283 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Printer &Location" +msgid "Script Location" +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र स्थान" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:291 +msgid "S&cript Source" +msgstr "लीप स्त्रोत" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:298 +msgid "&Load new source" +msgstr "नवीन स्त्रोत अद्ययावत करा" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:372 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Provide at least the script\n" +#| "name and the content of the script.\n" +msgid "" +"Provide at least the script\n" +"name and the location or content of the script.\n" +msgstr "" +"कमीत कमी स्क्रिप्टचे नाव द्या\n" +"आणि स्क्रिप्टमध्ये घालायची माहिती द्या.\n" + +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" +"your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +" स्वयंस्थापना प्रक्रियेत स्क्रिप्ट्स घालून आपल्या गरजांनुरुप स्थापना करा व स्थापनेच्या \n" +" विविध टप्पयांमधे नियंत्रण मिळवा.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "User Script Management" +msgstr "लिपी व्यवस्थापन वापरकर्ता" + +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:508 +msgid "Select a script first." +msgstr "पहिल्यादा लिपी निवडा." + +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/autoinstall/wizards.rb:52 +msgid "Autoinstall Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना स्वस्थापीत करा" + +#. Read rules file +#. @return [void] +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 +msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" +msgstr "नियम फाईल पार्स होऊ शकली नाही. XML पार्सर अहवाल:\n" + +#. Merge Rule results +#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "ऑटोयास्ट फाईल पार्स करताना XML पार्सरने चूक असा अहवाल दाखविला. चूक संदेश असा:\n" + +#. backdoor for merging problems. +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 +msgid "" +"\n" +"User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" +"are defined correctly and available for this system via the network\n" +"or locally. The system cannot be installed with the original control \n" +"file without using classes.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +" प्रयोक्ता - व्याख्यित क्लासेस पुन्हा मिळवता आले नाहीत. सर्व क्लासेसची \n" +" अचूकपणे व्याख्या सांगितली असल्याची आणि नेटवर्क द्वारे किंवा स्थानिकरित्या \n" +" या प्रणालीसाठी उपलब्ध असल्याची खात्री करुन घ्या. क्लासेसचा उपयोग केल्याशिवाय \n" +" मूळ नियंत्रण फाईलने प्रणाली स्थापित होऊ शकत नाही.\n" + +#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes +#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Choose Profile" +msgstr "प्रोफाईल वापरा" + +#. SetProtocolMessage () +#. @return [void] +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334 +msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." +msgstr "फ्लॉपीवरून नियंत्रण फाईल परत मिळवत आहे." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337 +msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." +msgstr "TFTP सेवासंगणकावरून (%1) नियंत्रण फाईल परत मिळवत आहे : %2." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343 +msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." +msgstr "NFS सेवासंगणकावरून (%1) नियंत्रण फाईल परत मिळवत आहे : %2." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349 +msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." +msgstr "HTTP सेवासंगणकावरून (%1) नियंत्रण फाईल परत मिळवत आहे : %2." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355 +msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." +msgstr "FTP सेवासंगणकावरून (%1) नियंत्रण फाईल परत मिळवत आहे : %2." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." +msgstr "फाईलमधून नियंत्रण फाईल प्रतिकृत होत आहे: %1." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366 +msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." +msgstr "उपकरणावरून नियंत्रण फाईल प्रतिकृत होत आहे: /dev/%1." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370 +msgid "Copying control file from default location." +msgstr "मूळ ठिकाणावरून नियंत्रण फाईल प्रतिकृत होत आहे." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372 +msgid "Source unknown." +msgstr "अवैध स्त्रोत." + +#. This probably gets never executed and it only breaks the commandline iface +#. by Mode::test() call which instantiates UI +#. else if (Mode::test () && Mode::normal ()) +#. { +#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); +#. } +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +msgid "" +"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" +"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" +"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<h3>AutoYaST आकृतीबंध व्यवस्थापन प्रणाली. आकृतीबंध व्यवस्थपन </h3>\n" +"<p> प्रणाली वापरुन नियंत्रण फाईलच्या जवळजवळ \n" +" सर्व साधनांचा आकृतीबंध करता येऊ शकतो.</p>\n" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" +"entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" +"install another system using AutoYaST.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> आकृतीबंध निर्माण करण्यासाठी वापरलेलली बहुतेक मॉडयुल्स \n" +"YaST2 नियंत्रण केंद्राद्वारे उपलब्ध मॉडयुल्ससारखीच आहेत. या प्रणालीचा आकृतीबंध बनवण्याऐवजी,\n" +" प्रविष्ट केलेला डाटा गोळा करण्यात येतो व नियंत्रण फाईलकडे पाठवला जातो, जी \n" +"AutoYaST वापरुन दुसरी प्रणाली स्थापित करण्यासाठी वापरला जातो.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 +msgid "" +"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" +"partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> सध्याच्या व परिचित मॉडयुल्सव्यतिरिक्त, पार्टिशनिंग, सर्वसाधारण\n" +" पर्याय व सॉफ्टवेअर यांच्यासह विशेष व गुंतागुंतीच्या आकृतीबंधांसाठी नवीन इंटरफेस \n" +" निर्माण करण्यात आले..</p>\n" + +#. Construct node name for display in tree. +#. +#. Constructed names are of the form: +#. "<device name> - {drive,volgroup} +#. +#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for +#. +#. @return the newly created node name +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#, fuzzy +msgid " - Drive" +msgstr "&चालक" + +#. volume group +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid " - Volume group" +msgstr " व्हॉल्यूम समूह " + +#. Settings Summary +#: src/modules/AutoinstFile.rb:46 +msgid "Configured Files:" +msgstr "संरचित फाईल्स:" + +#. string language_name = ""; +#. string keyboard_name = ""; +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90 +msgid "Confirm installation?" +msgstr "स्थापना नक्की करायची?" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "हो" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 +msgid "No" +msgstr "नाही" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96 +msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST" +msgstr "ऑटोयास्टची दुसरी पायरी" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104 +msgid "Halting the machine after stage one" +msgstr " पहिल्या टप्पयानंतर मशिनला विश्रांती देत आहे." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Halting the machine after stage two" +msgstr " पहिल्या टप्पयानंतर मशिनला विश्रांती देत आहे." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two" +msgstr " पहिल्या टप्पयानंतर मशिनला विश्रांती देत आहे." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130 +msgid "Accepting unsigned files" +msgstr " स्वाक्षरी नसलेल्या फाईल्स स्वीकारत आहे." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131 +msgid "Not accepting unsigned files" +msgstr " स्वाक्षरी नसलेल्या फाईल्स स्वीकारत नाही." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140 +msgid "Accepting files without a checksum" +msgstr " चेकसमशिवाय फाईल्स स्वीकारत आहे." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141 +msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum" +msgstr " चेकसमशिवाय फाईल्स स्वीकारत नाही." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150 +msgid "Accepting failed verifications" +msgstr " अयशस्वी पडताळणी स्वीकारत आहे." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 +msgid "Not accepting failed verifications" +msgstr " अयशस्वी पडताळणी स्वीकारत नाही." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156 +msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys" +msgstr " अज्ञात GPG कीज स्वीकारत आह." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 +msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys" +msgstr " अज्ञात GPG कीज स्वीकारत नाही." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162 +msgid "Importing new GPG keys" +msgstr " नवीन GPG कीज बाहेरुन मागवत आहे." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163 +msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys" +msgstr " नवीन GPG कीज बाहेरुन मागवत नाही." + +#. NTP syncing +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving time zone..." +msgid "Syncing time..." +msgstr "वेळ विभाग संग्रहीत करा..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416 +msgid "Syncing time with %s." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Image creation failed." +msgid "Time syncing failed." +msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करणे असफल" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot mount file system." +msgid "Cannot update system time." +msgstr "फाईल यंत्रणा माऊंट करू शकत नाही." + +#. look for VGs to reuse +#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." +msgstr "" +"आपण व्हॉल्यूम समूहामधून शेवटचा PV काढू शकत नाही.\n" +"त्याऐजी व्हॉल्यूम समूह संपूर्णपणे काढून टाका.\n" + +#. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group +#. the next instructions taints result +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 +msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." +msgstr "" + +#. PUBLIC INTERFACE +#. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE +#. Return summary of configuration +#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog +#. return Summary of configuration +#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +msgid "Drives" +msgstr "चालक" + +#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 +msgid "%s drive in total" +msgid_plural "%s drives in total" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not detected." +msgid "Not yet cloned." +msgstr "सापडले नाही." + +#. Return Summary +#. @return [String] summary +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328 +msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" +msgstr "स्थापने अगोदरची स्क्रिप्ट" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341 +msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" +msgstr "स्थापने नंतरची स्क्रिप्ट" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354 +msgid "Chroot Scripts" +msgstr "सीचरूट स्क्रिप्ट" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367 +msgid "Init Scripts" +msgstr "इनइट स्क्रिप्ट" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" +msgstr "स्थापने नंतरची स्क्रिप्ट" + +#. return type of script as formatted string +#. @param script type +#. @return [String] type as translated string +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475 +msgid "Pre" +msgstr "च्याआधी" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477 +msgid "Post" +msgstr "पोस्ट्" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479 +msgid "Init" +msgstr "इनइट" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481 +msgid "Chroot" +msgstr "सीएरूट" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Postpartitioning" +msgstr "विभाजन चालू" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"ह्या स्थापना स्त्रोतावर ही पॅकेजेस मिळू शकत नाही:\n" +"%1" + +#. 4 means "already exists" +#. Add add-ons +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" +msgstr "%1 वर फाईल वाचणे अपयशी ठरले.\n" + +#. Install +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking installed packages..." +msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" +msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजस तपासली जात आहेत..." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Retrieving image file..." +msgid "Store image to ..." +msgstr "प्रतिमा फाईल पुन्हा मिळवित आहे..." + +#. Compress image: +#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 +msgid "" +"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 +msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Archive created successfully" +msgid "Image created successfully" +msgstr "अर्काइव्ह यशस्वीपणे निर्माण केला गेला" + +#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490 +msgid "" +"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" +"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." +msgstr "" + +#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Image creation failed." +msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" +msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करणे असफल" + +#. copy a file +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Image creation failed." +msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" +msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करणे असफल" + +#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating ISO image directory..." +msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." +msgstr "ISO प्रतिमेची डिरेक्टरी तयार करत आहे..." + +#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621 +msgid "boot config for the DVD" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625 +msgid "Ok" +msgstr "ठिक" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 +msgid "" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." +msgstr "" + +#. create the actual ISO file +#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating ISO image..." +msgid "Store ISO image to ..." +msgstr " ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा..." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating ISO image..." +msgid "Creating ISO File ..." +msgstr " ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा..." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Successfully Tested %1" +msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" +msgstr "यशस्वीपणे परिक्षण केले %1" + +#. Summary +#. @return Html formatted configuration summary +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745 +msgid "Selected Patterns" +msgstr "निवडलेले साचे" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755 +msgid "Individually Selected Packages" +msgstr "एकेरी निवडलेली पॅकेजेस" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761 +msgid "Packages to Remove" +msgstr "काढून टाकण्याची पॅकेजेस" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768 +msgid "Force Kernel Package" +msgstr "कर्नेल पॅकेजेसला जोर करा" + +#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858 +msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. Solve dependencies +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." +msgstr "पॅकेजची सोडवणूक अपयशी ठरली. कृपया ऑटोयास्ट संक्षेपातीलसॉफ्टवेयर विभाग बघा." + +#. 1 cyl buffer per partition +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "आपल्या XML प्रोफाईलमध्ये आकृतीबंध केलेली विभाजन योजना हार्ड डिस्कवर मावत नाही. %1MB गायब" + +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Total of %1 drive" +#| msgid_plural "Total of %1 drives" +msgid "Total of %1 drive" +msgstr " एकून %1 ड्राईव्ह " + +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923 +msgid "No specific device configured" +msgstr "ठराविक उपकरण संरचित केलेले नाही" + +#. Handle /etc/fstab usage +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018 +msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." +msgstr "मूळ विभाजक वापरून बघितला जात आहे कृपया काही सेकंद थांबा..." + +#. a popup +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026 +msgid "No Linux root partition found." +msgstr "लिनक्स मूळ विभाजन मिळाले नाही." + +#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting +#. is inevitable. +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039 +msgid "" +"Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" +"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" +msgstr "" +" अनेक रुट पार्टिशन्स आढळले, परंतु आपण कोणते रुट पार्टिशन वापरावे याचा आकृतीबंध \n" +" बनवला नाही. आपोआप स्थापना शक्य नाही.\n" + +#. return list of available devices +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 +msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" +msgstr "" + +#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs +#. @return [void] +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 +msgid "Collecting configuration data..." +msgstr "संरचना माहिती गोळा करत आहे..." + +#. Save YCP data into XML +#. @param path to file +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 +msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." +msgstr "" + +#. Save sections of current profile to separate files +#. +#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in +#. @return - list of filenames +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." +msgstr "फाईलबद्दल मत लिहू शकत नाही %1." + +#. Read XML into YCP data +#. @param path to file +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." +msgstr "" + +#. need to call this to force Storage stuff to initialize just now +#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:156 +msgid "label not found while looking for autoyast profile" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast hit an error while fetching it's config file +#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:179 +msgid "An error occurred while fetching the profile:\n" +msgstr "कार्यक्रम भरताना चूक झाली:\n" + +#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:193 +msgid "&OK" +msgstr "&ठीक आहे" + +#~ msgid "Configure runlevel" +#~ msgstr "चालू पातळी संरचित करा" + +#~ msgid "Configuring runlevel..." +#~ msgstr "चालू पातळी संरचित करत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Process Profiles and Rules" +#~ msgstr "कार्यक्रम आणि नियम प्रक्रिया" + +#~ msgid "Processing Profiles and Rules" +#~ msgstr "कार्यक्रम व नियम प्रक्रिया करत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Probe" +#~ msgid "probe" +#~ msgstr "प्रोब" + +#~ msgid "Mouse" +#~ msgstr "माऊस" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<P>Enter the partition information according to your\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.</P>\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "<P>For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" +#~ "</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<P> आपल्या गरजांनुसार पार्टिशनची \n" +#~ " माहिती प्रविष्ट करा. सध्याच्या पार्टिशनचा पुन्हा वापर करण्यासाठी पुनर्वापराच्या सध्याच्या फाईलचा क्रमांक प्रविष्ट करा (पार्टिशन क्र० 1 ने मोजणी सुरु होते), काकार नव्हे.</P>\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ " व्हॉल्युम समुहाचा भाग असलेल्या पार्टिशन्ससाठी, (व्हॉल्युम समुहातील तार्किक पार्टिशन्स नव्हे) ID to 0x8e साठी पार्टिशन आयडी सेट करा व नंतर व्हॉल्यूम समुह निवडा. व्हॉल्युम समुह आधीच ऑटोयास्ट बरोबर सेट केलेला असणे आवश्यक आहे.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "<P> अधिक माहितीसाठी, ऑनलाईन दस्तावेज पहा.\n" +#~ "</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "Create New Partition" +#~ msgstr "नविन भाग बनवा" + +#~ msgid "Edit Partition" +#~ msgstr "भाग संपादीत करा" + +#~ msgid "&Partition Number" +#~ msgstr "&भागांचा क्रमांक" + +#~ msgid "&Fixed Size" +#~ msgstr "ठरविलेला आकार" + +#~ msgid "&Reuse Partition" +#~ msgstr "नविन भाग बनवा" + +#~ msgid "R&esize Partition" +#~ msgstr "भाग संपादीत करा" + +#~ msgid "Fill to &maximum allowable space" +#~ msgstr "जास्तीत जास्त परवानगी असलेली जागा भरा" + +#~ msgid "Determine &automatically (only /boot and swap)" +#~ msgstr "आपोआप ठरवा (फक्त /बूट आणि स्वॅप)" + +#~ msgid "Create as a Primary Partition" +#~ msgstr "प्राथमिक विभाजक म्हणून निर्माण करा" + +#~ msgid "Volume Group" +#~ msgstr "ध्वनीचा गट" + +#~ msgid "Logical Volume Name" +#~ msgstr "योग्य व्हॉल्युमचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "The partition ID must be between 0x00 and 0xff." +#~ msgstr "विभाजक ओळखक्रमांक हा 0x00 आणि 0xff च्या मध्ये आहे." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No additional partitions can be added.\n" +#~ "The last partition created ends at the disk boundaries\n" +#~ "due to use of the \"max\" option.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " कोणतीही अतिरिक्त पार्टिशन्स घालता येऊ शकत नाहीत..\n" +#~ " शेवटी निर्माण केलेले पार्टिशन \n" +#~ " पर्यायाच्या \"max\" option वापरामुळे डिस्कच्या सीमांशी समाप्त होते.\n" + +#~ msgid "Enter the partition size or a partition number." +#~ msgstr "विभाजक क्रमांक वा विभाजक आकार भरा." + +#~ msgid "To reuse a partition, the partition number is required." +#~ msgstr "विभाजक क्रमांक वा विभाजक आकार भरा." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<P>\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<P>\n" +#~ " याठिकाणी आपले व्हॉल्युम समुह निर्माण व संपादित करा. त्यानंतर भौतिक हार्ड डिस्कच्या पार्टिशन डायलॉगमधील या व्हॉल्यूम समुहाला भौतिक पार्टिशन्स नेमून द्या. त्या पार्टिशन्ससाठी ID to 0x8e ला पार्टिशन आयडी सेट करा.\n" +#~ "</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "&Volume Group" +#~ msgstr "&ध्वनीचा गट" + +#~ msgid "Help" +#~ msgstr "मदत" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This volume group is already configured.\n" +#~ "Select or enter another name.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "हा व्हॉल्युम संच आधीच संरचित झाला आहे.\n" +#~ "नवीन नाव घाला अथवा निवडा.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<P>\n" +#~ "Specify the drive name to configure\n" +#~ "and how the partitioning should be performed.\n" +#~ "</P>\n" +#~ "<P>\n" +#~ "For more information, consult the documentation.\n" +#~ "</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<P>\n" +#~ " आकृतीबंध बनवण्यासाठी व पार्टिशनिंगने कसे कार्य करावे यासाठी \n" +#~ " ड्राईव्हचे नांव नमूद करा.\n" +#~ "</P>\n" +#~ "<P>\n" +#~ " अधिक माहितीसाठी, दस्तावेजाचा सल्ला घ्या..\n" +#~ "</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "Configure Drives" +#~ msgstr "संरचित चालक" + +#~ msgid "&Drive" +#~ msgstr "&चालक" + +#~ msgid "Use available &free space only" +#~ msgstr "उपलब्ध आणि रिक्त जागा फक्त" + +#~ msgid "&Reuse all existing partitions" +#~ msgstr "सध्याचे सर्व विभाजक पुन्हा वापरा" + +#~ msgid "&Use the following (comma separated) partitions" +#~ msgstr "खालील (स्वल्पविरामाने विभागलेले) विभाजक वापरा" + +#~ msgid "&Partition Numbers (i.e., 3,4,5)" +#~ msgstr "&भागांचे क्रमांक(हे., 3,4,5)" + +#~ msgid "Initialize hard dri&ve" +#~ msgstr "हार्डड्राईव्ह सुरू करा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This device is already configured.\n" +#~ "Select or enter another device name.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "हे उपकरण आधीच संरचित केलेले आहे.\n" +#~ "उपकरणाला निवडा आणि नवीन नाव द्या.\n" + +#~ msgid "Device" +#~ msgstr "साधन" + +#~ msgid "Mount" +#~ msgstr "स्वार व्हा" + +#~ msgid " Size " +#~ msgstr "आकार" + +#~ msgid " Type " +#~ msgstr "प्रकार" + +#~ msgid " File System " +#~ msgstr "फाईल प्रणाली" + +#~ msgid "Region " +#~ msgstr "भाग" + +#~ msgid "Add Dri&ve" +#~ msgstr "ड्राईव्ह मिळवा" + +#~ msgid "Add Volume Group" +#~ msgstr "ध्वनी गट भरा" + +#~ msgid "Partition Plans" +#~ msgstr "विभाजन ठराव" + +#~ msgid "Select a drive first." +#~ msgstr "पहिल्यांदा चालक निवडा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Path to autoyast profile" +#~ msgstr "AutoYaST प्रोफाईलचा पाथ" + +#~ msgid "Default" +#~ msgstr "नित्यस्थिती" + +#~ msgid "Path" +#~ msgstr "मार्ग" + +#~ msgid "File" +#~ msgstr "धारिका" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Proposals" +#~ msgstr "प्रस्ताव प्रकार " + +#~ msgid "Checking XML without validation..." +#~ msgstr "DTD वैधतेशिवाय XML तपासले जात आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Reset Confi&guration" +#~ msgstr "संरचना पुन्हा स्थापा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Write to System" +#~ msgstr "सिस्टम" + +#~ msgid "Configur&e" +#~ msgstr "संरचना" + +#~ msgid "No modules available in this group." +#~ msgstr "ह्या संचात मॉड्युल्स उपलब्ध नाहीत." + +#~ msgid "Delete" +#~ msgstr "हटवा" + +#~ msgid "Add" +#~ msgstr "जोडा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Abort" +#~ msgstr "&बंद करा" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/base.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/base.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/base.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,6320 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" + +#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question +#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. +#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43 +msgid "" +"Chef Client is running. The changes that you make\n" +"may be overridden by Chef later.\n" +"Continue configuration with YaST?" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 +msgid "Print the help for this module" +msgstr "ह्या आज्ञेसाठी मदत छापा" + +#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 +msgid "Print a long version of help for this module" +msgstr "मदतीची मोठी आवृत्ती या मॉड्यूलकरता छापा" + +#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 +msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format" +msgstr "XML पध्दतीत या मॉड्युलकरता मदतीची मोठी आवृती छापा" + +#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 +msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module" +msgstr "मॉड्युल नियंत्रीत करण्यासाठी इंटर अॅक्टीव्ह शेल सुरू करा" + +#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 +msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes" +msgstr "इंटर अॅक्टीव्ह पध्दतीत बाहेर पडा आणि बदल संग्रहीत करा" + +#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 +msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes" +msgstr "बदल साठवून न ठेवता इंटर अॅक्टीव्ह पध्दतीतून मधेच बाहेर पडा" + +#. translators: command line "help" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 +msgid "Print the help for this command" +msgstr "ह्या सूचनेची मदत छापा" + +#. translators: command line "verbose" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 +msgid "Show progress information" +msgstr "प्रगतीचा माहिती दाखवा" + +#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 +msgid "Where to store the XML output" +msgstr "हा XML आऊटपुट कोठे संग्रहीत करायचा आहे" + +#. string: command line interface is not supported +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 +msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface." +msgstr "हे यास्ट2 मॉड्यूल सूचना ओळ पडद्याकरता सहाय्य करीत नाही." + +#. translators: default error message for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324 +msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." +msgstr "उपलब्ध सूचनांच्या पूर्ण यादीकरता 'मदत' कळ वापरा." + +#. translators: default error message for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329 +msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." +msgstr "उपलब्ध सूचनांच्या पूर्ण यादीकरता 'यास्टt2 %1 मदत' वाप." + +#. translators: error message in command line interface +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367 +msgid "Unknown Command: %1" +msgstr "अनोळखी आज्ञा: %1" + +#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405 +msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." +msgstr "पर्याय '%1' चुकला." + +#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440 +msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" +msgstr "आज्ञेसाठी अनोळखी पर्याय '%1': %2" + +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483 +msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" +msgstr "पर्यायासाठी अयोग्य किंमत '%1': %2" + +#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501 +msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" +msgstr "विकल्पाकरता अवैध मूल्य '%1' -- अपेक्षित '%2',मिळालेले %3" + +#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522 +msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" +msgstr "विकल्पाला '%1' कोणतीही किंमत असू शकत नाही. ही दिलेली किंमत आहे: %2" + +#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode +#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541 +msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." +msgstr "उपलब्ध विकल्पाला पूर्ण यादीकरता '%1 %2 मदत' वापरा." + +#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode +#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551 +msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." +msgstr "उपलब्ध विकल्पाला पूर्ण यादीकरता 'यास्ट2 %1 %2 मदत' वापरा." + +#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569 +msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" +msgstr "यास्ट पृथकरण %1\n" + +#. translators: the command does not provide any help +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593 +msgid "No help available" +msgstr "मदत उपलब्ध नाही" + +#. Process <command> "help" +#. translators: %1 is the command name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597 +msgid "Command '%1'" +msgstr "आज्ञा '%1'" + +#. translators: command line options +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617 +msgid "" +"\n" +" Options:" +msgstr "" +"\n" +" पर्याय:" + +#. additional help for using command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706 +msgid "" +"\n" +" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: example title for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713 +msgid "" +"\n" +" Example:" +msgstr "" +"\n" +" उदाहरण:" + +#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This is a YaST2 module." +msgid "This is a YaST module." +msgstr "ही YaST2 प्रणाली आहे." + +#. translators: short help title for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748 +msgid "Basic Syntax:" +msgstr "मूळ नमुना:" + +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#. translate <command> and [options] only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763 +msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" +msgstr " यास्ट %1 <command> [व्हर्बोस] [पर्याय]" + +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#. translate <command> only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790 +msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" +msgstr " यास्ट2 %1 <command> मदत" + +#. translators: module command line help +#. translate <command> and [options] only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797 +msgid " <command> [options]" +msgstr " <command> [पर्याय]" + +#. translators: module command line help +#. translate <command> only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800 +msgid " <command> help" +msgstr " <command> मदत" + +#. translators: command line title: list of available commands +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812 +msgid "Commands:" +msgstr "आज्ञा:" + +#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828 +msgid "No help available." +msgstr "मदत उपलब्ध नाही." + +#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874 +msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." +msgstr "उपलब्ध विकल्पाला यादीकरता 'यास्ट2 %1 <सूचना> मदत' वापरा." + +#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938 +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile= command line option." +msgstr "लक्ष्य फाईल नाव('एक्सएमएलफाईल' विकल्प) हरवले आहे. एक्सएमएलफाईल =<लक्ष्य_एक्सएमएल_फाईल> सूचना ओळ विकल्प वापरा." + +#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950 +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile= command line option." +msgstr "लक्ष्य फाईल नाव('एक्सएमएलफाईल' विकल्प) रिकामे आहे. एक्सएमएलफाईल =<लक्ष्य_एक्सएमएल_फाईल> सूचना ओळ विकल्प वापरा." + +#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087 +msgid "unknown" +msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461 +msgid "or '%1'" +msgstr "किंवा '%1'" + +#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469 +msgid "Specify the command '%1'." +msgstr "आज्ञा निर्देशित करा '%1'." + +#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476 +msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." +msgstr "आज्ञापैकी एक निर्देशित करा: %1." + +#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486 +msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." +msgstr "आज्ञापैकी फक्त एक आज्ञा निर्देशित करा: %1." + +#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "ह्या मॉड्यूलकरता वापरकर्ता पडदा अनुपलब्ध आहे." + +#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560 +msgid "Ready" +msgstr "तयार" + +#. non-GUI handling +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "सुरु करणे" + +#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610 +msgid "Finishing" +msgstr "संपवत आहे" + +#. translators: The command line interface is finished +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617 +msgid "Done" +msgstr "Done" + +#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620 +msgid "Quitting (without changes)" +msgstr "बाहेर पडत आहे (बदल न करता)" + +#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode +#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634 +msgid "yes or no?" +msgstr "हो किंवा नाही?" + +#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "योय" + +#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642 +msgid "no" +msgstr "नाहीं" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: modules/InstError.ycp +#. Package: Installation +#. Summary: Module for reporting installation errors +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. This module provides unified interface for reporting +#. installation errors. +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Save y2logs to..." +msgstr "याप्रमाणे नोंद संग्रहीत करा..." + +#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving YaST logs to %1..." +msgstr "चलराशी %1 संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename +#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2) +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Unable to save YaST logs to %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"सेवा अकार्यान्वित करण्यास असमर्थ %1:\n" +"%2" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message +#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139 +msgid "More information can be found near the end of the '%1' file." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message +#. %1 - link to our bugzilla +#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored +#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 +msgid "" +"This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n" +"Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" +"See %3 for more information about YaST logs." +msgstr "" + +#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO +#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, +#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page +#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO +#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, +#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444 +msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Save YaST Logs..." +msgstr "याप्रमाणे नोंद संग्रहीत करा..." + +#. Function is similar to ShowErrorPopUp but the error details are grabbed automatically +#. from YaST logs. +#. +#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226 +msgid "Installation Error" +msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती" + +#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its +#. unloading after end of block. +#. @param [String] package to load +#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield +#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed +#. +#. @example +#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do +#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") +#. end +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Copying the packages..." +msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'" +msgstr "पॅकेजेसच्या प्रती काढत आहे..." + +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 +msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#. error report +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253 +msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." +msgstr "ह्या स्थापनेच्या पध्दतीच्या कामाचा मार्ग सूचीत झाला नाही." + +#. last part of the question (variable) +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Do you really want\n" +#| "to quit the installation?" +msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?" +msgstr "" +"तुम्हाला खरोखरच स्थापनेच्या\n" +"कामातून बाहेर पडायचे आहे का?" + +#. button label +#. Button that will continue with the installation +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +msgid "&Continue Installation" +msgstr "संस्थापित करणे सुरू ठेवा" + +#. button label +#. Button that will really abort the installation +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +msgid "&Abort Installation" +msgstr "संस्थापन करण्यात व्यत्यय" + +#. last part of the question (variable) +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you want to retry?" +msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?" +msgstr "आपल्याला परत प्रयत्न करायचा आहे?" + +#. popup dialog caption +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "चेतावणी" + +#. popup message, %1 is list of problems +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 +msgid "" +"The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n" +"Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n" +"and might impact your compliance requirements.\n" +" \n" +"The following requirements are not fulfilled on this system:\n" +" \n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once +#. bugzilla #332436 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An error occurred while creating the installation source." +msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." +msgstr "प्रणाली स्थापीत करत असताना चूक सापडली." + +#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677 +msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." +msgstr "%1ची किंमत अयोग्य आहे." + +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 +msgid "Unavailable" +msgstr "अनुपलब्ध" + +#. help text for service auto start widget +#. %1 and %2 are button labels +#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" +#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" +"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" +"<b>%1</b>. Otherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>सेवेला प्रारंभ</big></b><br>\n" +"आपला संगणक बूट झाल्यावर प्रत्येकसेट करा. अन्यथा\n" +"<b>%1</b>वेळी सेवा करण्यासाठी सुरुसेट करा.<b>%2</b>.</p>" + +#. help text for service auto start widget +#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels +#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" +#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" +#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" +"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" +"<b>%1</b>. To start the service via the xinetd daemon, set <b>%3</b>.\n" +"Otherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315 +msgid "During Boot" +msgstr "सुरू होताना" + +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 +msgid "Via xinetd" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329 +msgid "Via &xinetd" +msgstr "" + +#. frame +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374 +msgid "Service Start" +msgstr "सेवा सुरू" + +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465 +msgid "Service is running" +msgstr "सेवा चालू आहे" + +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471 +msgid "Service is not running" +msgstr "सेवा चालू नाही" + +#. help text for service status displaying and switching widget 1/2 +#. %1 and %2 are push button labels +#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" +#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" +"To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" +"<b>%1</b> or <b>%2</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>स्वीच चालु किंवा बंद करणे</big></b><br>\n" +"तात्काळ सेवा सुरु करण्यासाठी किंवा थांबवण्यासाठी,\n" +"<b>%1</b>वापरा.<b>%2</b>.</p>" + +#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional +#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" +#. (without quotes) +#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516 +msgid "" +"<p>To save all changes and restart the\n" +"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>सर्व बदलले साठवा आणि सेवा \n" +"लगेच पुन्हा सुरू करा, वापरा <b>%3</b>.</p>\n" + +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531 +msgid "Start the Service Now" +msgstr "आता सेवा सुरू करा" + +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 +msgid "Stop the Service Now" +msgstr "आता सेवा बंद करा" + +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 +msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" +msgstr "बदल संग्रहीत करा आणि आता सेवा पुन्हा सुरू का" + +#. push button for immediate service starting +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577 +msgid "&Start the Service Now" +msgstr "&आता सेवा सुरू करा" + +#. push button for immediate service stopping +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584 +msgid "S&top the Service Now" +msgstr "&आता सेवा बंद करा" + +#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591 +msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" +msgstr "बदल संग्रहीत करा आणि आता सेवा पुन्हा सुरू का" + +#. Frame label (stoping starting service) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614 +msgid "Switch On and Off" +msgstr "बटन सुरू आणि बंद" + +#. Current status +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620 +msgid "Current Status: " +msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: " + +#. help text for LDAP enablement widget +#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" +"To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" +"set <b>%1</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>LDAP समर्थन</big></b><br>\n" +"सेटिंग्ज LDAP ऐवजी नेटिव्ह आकृतीबंध फाईल्समधे जतन करण्यासाठी\n" +"<b>%1</b>.</p>सेट करा." + +#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743 +msgid "LDAP Support Active" +msgstr "LDAP पाठिंबा सक्रिय करा" + +#. check box +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772 +msgid "&LDAP Support Active" +msgstr "LDAP पाठिंबा सक्रिय करा" + +#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 +msgid "Tab" +msgstr "टॅब" + +#. push button +#. push button +#. Button label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 +msgid "&Up" +msgstr "वर" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 +msgid "&Down" +msgstr "खाली" + +#. popup message +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 +msgid "" +"The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n" +"because it is in use.\n" +"Stop using it in the configuration first." +msgstr "" +"निवडलेली TSIG कळ काढून टाकता येत नाही,\n" +"कारण ती वापरात आहे.\n" +"संरचनेमध्ये ती प्रथम वापरायची थांबा." + +#. popup title +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 +msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key." +msgstr "TSIGकळ काढू शकत नाही." + +#. popup headline +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 +msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key" +msgstr "विश्वसनियता निर्धारण कळ बरोबर फाईल निवडा" + +#. popup headline +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 +msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key" +msgstr "विश्वसनियता निर्धारण कळीसाठी फाईल निवडा" + +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 +msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory." +msgstr "अस्तित्वात असलेल्या दस्तऐवजामध्ये फाईलचे नाव दर्शवा." + +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 +msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?" +msgstr "दर्शवलेली फाईल अस्तित्वात आहे. ती परत लिहा?" + +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368 +msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." +msgstr "TSIG कळ ओळखचिन्ह दर्शवला नाही." + +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375 +msgid "" +"The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" +"Remove it?" +msgstr "" +"दर्शवलेल्या ओळखचिन्हाच्या कळ तुमच्या तबकडीवर सापडली.\n" +"ती कायमची काढून टाका?" + +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395 +msgid "" +"A key with the specified ID was found\n" +"on your disk. Remove it?" +msgstr "" +"दर्शवलेल्या ओळखचिन्हाची कळ तुमच्या तबकडीवर सापडली.\n" +"ती कायमची काढून टाका? " + +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420 +msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" +msgstr "आता कळ तयार होईल. सुरू ठेवा? " + +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436 +msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." +msgstr "TSIG कळ तयार करण्यास अयशस्वी." + +#. message popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446 +msgid "The specified file does not exist." +msgstr "अपेक्षित फाईल अस्तित्वात नाही" + +#. message popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452 +msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." +msgstr "कोणतीही TSIG कळ सुचविलेल्या फाईलमध्ये नाही." + +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462 +msgid "" +"The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" +"identifier as some of already present keys.\n" +"Old keys will be removed. Continue?" +msgstr "" +"निर्दिष्ट फाईलमधे आधीच अस्तित्वात असलेल्या \n" +"काही कीज प्रमाणे तशाच\n" +"आडेन्टिफायरसहित TSIG की असते जुन्या कीज काढून टाकल्या जातील. पुढे चालू ठेवायचे" + +#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n" +"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>TSIG की व्यवस्थापन</b></big><br>\n" +"हा डायलॉग TSIG की हाताळण्यासाठी वापरा.</p>\n" + +#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" +"To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n" +"containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>सध्याची TSIG की घालणे.</b></big><br>\n" +"आधी निर्माण केलेली TSIG की घालण्यासाठी, की चा समावेश असलेल्या फाईलचे <b>फाईलनेम</b>निवडा व\n" +"<b>Add</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>\n" + +#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" +"To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n" +"create the key and the <b>Key ID</b> to identify the key then click\n" +"<b>Generate</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>नवीन TSIG की निर्माण करणे</b></big><br>\n" +"नवीन TSIG की निर्माण करण्यासाठी फाईलचे<b>फाईलनेम</b>सेट करा, \n" +"ज्यामधे की निर्माण करायची आहे, तसेच की ओळखण्यासाठी<b>की आयडी</b>सेट करा व नंतर\n" +"<b>जनरेट</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>\n" + +#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" +"To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" +"All keys in the same file are deleted.\n" +"If a TSIG key is in use in the configuration\n" +"of the server, it cannot be deleted. The server must stop using it\n" +"in the configuration first.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>TSIG की काढून टाकणे</b></big><br>\n" +"आकृतीबंध बनवलेली TSIG की काढून टाकण्यासाठी, ती निवडा व<b>डिलीट</b>वर क्लिक करा.\n" +"त्या फाईलमधील सर्व कीज पुसल्या जातील.\n" +"जर TSIG की सर्व्हरच्या आकृतीबंधात वापरात असेल,\n" +"तर ती पुसून टाकता येत नाही.\n" +"सर्वप्रथम सर्व्हरने आकृतीबंधात ती वापरणे थांबवले पाहिजे.</p>\n" + +#. Frame label - adding a created server key +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594 +msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" +msgstr "अस्तित्वात असलेली TSIG कळ तयार करा" + +#. Frame label - creating a new server key +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643 +msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" +msgstr "TSIG कळ नवीन तयार करा" + +#. text entry +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655 +msgid "&Key ID" +msgstr "&कळ ओळखकर्ता" + +#. push button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687 +msgid "&Generate" +msgstr "गोळा करा" + +#. Table header - in fact label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699 +msgid "Current TSIG Keys" +msgstr "सत्य TSIG कळ" + +#. Table header item - DNS key listing +#. table header - GPG key ID +#. table header - GPG key ID +#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 +msgid "Key ID" +msgstr "कळ ओळखकर्ता" + +#. Table header item - DNS key listing +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709 +msgid "Filename" +msgstr "फाइलचे नाव" + +#. combobox header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487 +msgid "&Selected Option" +msgstr "&निवडलेले पर्याय" + +#. heading / label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536 +msgid "Current Option: " +msgstr "सध्याचे पर्याय: " + +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720 +msgid "The selected option is already present." +msgstr "निवडलेले पर्याय अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 +msgid "Ch." +msgstr "Ch." + +#. table header +#. table header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 +msgid "Option" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "मूल्य" + +#. help 1/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n" +"To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" +"entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>मांडणी संपादीत करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"मांडणी सुधारण्यासाठी स्तंभाचा योग्य प्रवेश निवडा\n" +"आणि <b>संपादीत करा</b> दाबा.</p>" + +#. help 2/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 +msgid "" +"<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" +"an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>नवीन विकल्प मिळवा, दाबा <b>मिळवा</b>. विकल्प\n" +"काढून टाका, ते निवडा आणि<b>काढून टाका</b>दाबा.</p>" + +#. help 3/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 +msgid "" +"<P>The <B>Ch.</B> column of the table shows \n" +"whether the option was changed.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>द <B>सीएच.</B> टेबलाचा स्तंभ दर्शवितो की \n" +"विकल्प बदलला आहे तर.</P>" + +#. help 4/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 +msgid "" +"<p>To reorder the options, select an option\n" +"and use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to move it up or down\n" +"in the list.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>पर्यायांचा क्रम पुन्हा लावण्यासाठी, पर्याय निवडा\n" +"व सूचीत वर खाली हलवण्यासाठी<b>अप</b>व<b>डाऊन</b>\n" +"वापरा.</p>" + +#. menu button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209 +msgid "&Other" +msgstr "&उपलब्ध" + +#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured +#. device +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509 +msgid "The device is not configured" +msgstr "उपकरण संरचीत केलेले नाही" + +#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured +#. device +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512 +msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure" +msgstr "संपरचित करण्यासाठी <B>संपादन करा</B>दाबा" + +#. Message shown while loading modules information +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 +msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..." +msgstr "मॉड्युल अद्ययावत करत आहे, कृपया वाट पाहा ..." + +#. Heading for NCurses Control Center +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "YaST2 Control Center" +msgid "YaST Control Center" +msgstr "यास्ट2 नियंत्रण केंद्र" + +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rundi" +msgid "Run" +msgstr "रुंडी" + +#. show popup when running as non-root +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n" +"You can only see modules that do not require root privileges." +msgstr "" +"YaST2 नियंत्रण केंद्र रुट म्हणून चालू नाही.\n" +"आपण फकत मॉड्युल्स पहाल ज्यांना रुटच्या विशेषाधिकारांची गरज नाही." + +#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Controlling YaST2 ncurses with the Keyboard" +msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard" +msgstr "यास्ट2 कर्सर कळबोर्डबरोबर नियंत्रीत होत आहेत" + +#. NCurses Control Center help 1/ +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 +msgid "" +"<p>1) <i>General</i><br>\n" +"Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n" +"the next element and [SHIFT] (or [ALT]) + [TAB] to move backwards.\n" +"Select or activate elements with [SPACE] or [ENTER].\n" +"Some elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>1) <i>सर्वसाधारण</i><br>\n" +"पुढल्या एलिमेंटवर जाण्यासाठी [TAB]\n" +"किंवा मागे जाण्यासाठी [SHIFT] (किंवा [ALT]) + [TAB]ने\n" +"डायलॉग एलिमेंट्स द्वारे नेव्हीगेट करा.[SPACE] किंवा [ENTER]ने एलिमेंट्स निवडा किंवा सक्रिय करता.\n" +" काही एलिमेंट्स बाणाची की वापरतात (उदाहरणार्थ सूचींत वर खाली करण्यासाठी).</p>" + +#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 +msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 +msgid "" +"<p>Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n" +"letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>बटणामध्ये लघुकळ आहेत (मोठे\n" +"अक्षर). आणि [ALT] कार्यान्वित करायचे बटण वापरा.</p>" + +#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 +msgid "" +"<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" +"menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>निवड पॉपअप्स [एस्केप] बंद करण्यासाठी (उदा., मेनू\n" +"बटणे) काही न निवडता.</p>\n" + +#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 +msgid "" +"<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>\n" +"<p>Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n" +"there is more than one way to navigate the dialog pages.\n" +"If [TAB] and [SHIFT] (or [ALT]) + [TAB] do not work,\n" +"move focus forward with [CTRL] + [F] and backward with [CTRL] + [B].</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>2) <i>की स्ट्रोक्स्चा पर्याय</i><br>\n" +"<p>पर्यावरणाचा कीबोर्डच्या वापरावर परिणाम होत असल्याने,\n" +"डायलॉग पृष्ठ नेव्हीगेट करण्याचे अनेक मार्ग आहेत.\n" +"जर [TAB] आणि [SHIFT] (किंवा [ALT]) + [TAB] काम\n" +"करत नसतील, तर पुढे जाण्यासाठी [CTRL] + [F] आणि मागे जाण्यासाठी [CTRL] + [B]कडे लक्ष द्या</p>" + +#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 +msgid "" +"<p>If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n" +"try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n" +"[ESC] + [TAB] is also a substitute for [ALT] + [TAB].</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>जर [ALT] + [letter(अक्षर)]चालत नसेल,\n" +"तर [ESC] + [letter (अक्षर)] याचा प्रयत्न करा. उदाहरणार्थः [ESC] + [H] साठी [ALT] + [H].\n" +"[ESC] + [TAB] हा देखील पर्याय आहे. [ALT] + [TAB].</p>" + +#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n" +#| "F keys provide a quick access to main functions.\n" +#| "Press F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialog.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n" +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>3) <i>कार्य करण्याच्या कीज</i><br>\n" +"F कीज प्रमुख कार्यांना त्वरित अक्सेस पुरवतात.\n" +"चालू डायलॉगसाठी कामाची की मिळवण्यासाठी F1 दाबा.</p>" + +#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 +msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>" +msgstr "<p>विवक्षीत कृतीला एफ कळी नेहमी जोडलेल्या असतात:</p>" + +#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 +msgid "" +"F1 = Help<br>\n" +"F2 = Info or Description<br>\n" +"F3 = Add<br>\n" +"F4 = Edit or Configure<br>\n" +"F5 = Delete<br>\n" +"F6 = Test<br>\n" +"F7 = Expert or Advanced<br>\n" +"F8 = Back<br>\n" +"F9 = Abort or Cancel<br>\n" +"F10 = OK, Next, Finish, or Accept<br>" +msgstr "" +"F1 = मदत<br>\n" +"F2 = माहिती किंवा वर्णन<br>\n" +"F3 = घालणे>\n" +"F4 = संपादित करा किंवा आकृतीबंध बनवाF5 = पुसून टाका<br>\n" +"F6 = चाचणी<br>\n" +"F7 =तज्ञ किंवा प्रगत<br>\n" +"F8 = मागेr>\n" +"F9 = मधेच सोडणे किंवा रद्द करणे<br>\n" +"F10 = ठीक, पुढे, संपवणे किंवा स्वीकारणे<br>" + +#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 +msgid "" +"<p>In some environments, all or some\n" +"F keys are not available.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>काही वातावरणात, सर्व किंवा\n" +"एफ कळ उपलब्द नाहीत.</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) +#. %1 is the filesystem path +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 +msgid "" +"Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" +"Continue or cancel the operation?\n" +msgstr "" +"जरी पाथ %1 अस्तित्वात असला, तरी ती डिरेक्टरी नव्हे.\n" +"कार्य पुढे चालू ठेवायचे की रद्द करायचे?\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path +#. for a share, %1 is entered path +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306 +msgid "" +"The path %1 does not exist.\n" +"Create it now?\n" +msgstr "" +"संचिका अस्तित्वात '%1' नाही.\n" +"ती निर्माण करायची आहे का ?\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) +#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325 +msgid "" +"Failed to create the directory %1.\n" +"Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" +msgstr "" +"डिरेक्टरी %1 निर्माण करण्यात अपयश\n" +"सध्याचे कार्य पुढे चालू ठेवायचे की रद्द करायचे?\n" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46 +msgid "&Add" +msgstr "जोडा" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:52 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&रद्द करा" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:58 +msgid "C&ontinue" +msgstr "सलग" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:64 +msgid "&Yes" +msgstr "&होय" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:70 +msgid "&No" +msgstr "&नाही" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:76 +msgid "&Finish" +msgstr "पूर्ण करा" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:82 +msgid "Ed&it" +msgstr "सपादन करा" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:88 +msgid "&OK" +msgstr "&ठीक आहे" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:94 +msgid "Abo&rt" +msgstr "व्यत्यय" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:100 +msgid "Abo&rt Installation" +msgstr "स्थापनेतून बाहेर या" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:106 +msgid "&Ignore" +msgstr "&दुर्लक्ष करा" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:112 +msgid "&Next" +msgstr "&पुढचा" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:118 +msgid "Ne&w" +msgstr "नविन" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:124 +msgid "Dele&te" +msgstr "काढून टाका" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:130 +msgid "&Back" +msgstr "मागे" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:136 +msgid "&Accept" +msgstr "&स्वीकारा" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:142 +msgid "&Do Not Accept" +msgstr "&स्वीकारू नका" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:148 +msgid "&Quit" +msgstr "बाहेर पडा" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:154 +msgid "Retr&y" +msgstr "परत प्रयत्न करा" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:160 +msgid "&Replace" +msgstr "बदली करा" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:172 +msgid "Do&wn" +msgstr "बंद" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:178 +msgid "Sele&ct" +msgstr "निवडा" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184 +msgid "Remo&ve" +msgstr "कमी करा" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190 +msgid "&Refresh" +msgstr "पुन्हा सुरू करा" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:196 +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "&मदत" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:202 +msgid "&Install" +msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:208 +msgid "&Do Not Install" +msgstr "स्थापन करू नका" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:214 +msgid "&Download" +msgstr "उतरवून घ्या" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:220 +msgid "&Save" +msgstr "जतन करा" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:226 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "थांबा" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:232 +msgid "C&lose" +msgstr "बंद करा" + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:238 +msgid "Bro&wse..." +msgstr "संचार करा..." + +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:244 +msgid "Crea&te" +msgstr "तयार करा" + +#. Button label +#. push button label during media change popup, user can skip +#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed +#. PushButton label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "सोडा" + +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:262 +msgid "Error" +msgstr "त्रुटी" + +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:268 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "कृपया थांबा..." + +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:313 +msgid "&Filename" +msgstr "&फाईलचे नाव" + +#. TextEntry Label +#. textentry label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&परवली शब्द" + +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "परवलीश्बद कायम करा" + +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331 +msgid "&Port" +msgstr "&स्थान" + +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:337 +msgid "&Hostname" +msgstr "&सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव" + +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:343 +msgid "&Options" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46 +msgid "" +"YaST cannot continue the configuration\n" +"without installing the required packages." +msgstr "" +"आवश्यक पॅकेजेस स्थापन केल्याशिवाय यास्ट\n" +"संरचना पुढे चालू ठेवू शकत नाही." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56 +msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" +msgstr "'%1' सेवा सुरू करू शकत नाही" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64 +msgid "Cannot restart '%1' service" +msgstr "'%1' सेवा पुन्हा सुरू करू शकत नाही" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72 +msgid "Cannot stop '%1' service" +msgstr "'%1' सेवा थांबवू शकत नाही" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83 +msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'" +msgstr "'%1 ' वर मांडणी लिहीता येत नाहीत" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96 +msgid "" +"Cannot write settings to '%1'.\n" +"\n" +"Reason: %2" +msgstr "" +"वर मांडणी लिहीता येत नाहीत '%1'.\n" +"\n" +"कारण: %2" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114 +msgid "Error writing file '%1'" +msgstr "'%1' फाईल लिहिताना चूक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127 +msgid "" +"Error writing file '%1'.\n" +"\n" +"Reason: %2" +msgstr "" +"फाईल लिहिताना चूक'%1'.\n" +"\n" +"कारण: %2" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141 +msgid "Cannot open file '%1'" +msgstr "'%1' फाईल उघडू शकत नाही" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153 +msgid "" +"Cannot open file '%1'.\n" +"\n" +"Reason: %2" +msgstr "" +"फाईल उघडू शकत नाही '%1'.\n" +"\n" +"कारण: %2" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "समाप्त झाले" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:167 +msgid "Check the environment" +msgstr "वातावरण तपासा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175 +msgid "" +"Unknown Error.\n" +"\n" +"Description: %1" +msgstr "" +"अनोळखी चूक.\n" +"\n" +"वर्णन: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182 +msgid "This item must be completed." +msgstr "ही वस्तू पूर्ण केली गेली पाहिजे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193 +msgid "" +"The directory '%1' does not exist.\n" +"Create it?" +msgstr "" +"संचिका अस्तित्वात '%1' नाही.\n" +"ती निर्माण करायची आहे का?" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203 +msgid "" +"The domain has changed.\n" +"You must reboot for the changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"डोमेन बदलला गेला आहे.\n" +"बदल प्रत्यक्षात आणण्यासाठी तुम्ही पुन्हा सुरू करा." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212 +msgid "Do Not Show This Message &Again" +msgstr "हा निरोप परत दाखवू नका" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220 +msgid "Cannot adjust '%1' service." +msgstr "सुविधा '%1' अॅडजस्ट होत नाही." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228 +msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." +msgstr "अनुपलब्ध गुणधर्म '%1'." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239 +msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." +msgstr "निर्देशिका तयार करू शकत नाही '%1'." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246 +msgid "Cannot read current settings." +msgstr "सध्याची सेटींग्ज वाचली जाऊ शकत नाही" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "एस यू एस ई कॉपिंग शब्दावली अयशस्वी ठरली" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260 +msgid "Failed to install required packages." +msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेजेस स्थापन करण्यास अपयश." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "संरचना अद्ययावत करत आहे..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while" +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "ह्याला काही वेळ लागू शकेल" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Control file %1 was not found." +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "नियंत्रक फाईल %1 सापडली नाही." + +#. Confirm user request to abort installation +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740 +msgid "Really abort the installation?" +msgstr "खरोखरच स्थापनेतून बाहेर यायचे आहे का?" + +#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" +msgstr "यास्ट प्रणाली दुरूस्तीत खरंच व्यत्यय?" + +#. Button that will really abort the repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751 +msgid "Abort System Repair" +msgstr "प्रणाली दुसरूस्त व्यत्यय" + +#. Button that will continue with the repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753 +msgid "&Continue System Repair" +msgstr "प्रणाली दुसरूस्त व्यत्यय चालू ठेवा" + +#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756 +msgid "" +"If you abort the installation now,\n" +"Linux will not be installed.\n" +"Your hard disk will remain untouched." +msgstr "" +"तुम्ही आता स्थापनेतून बाहेर आला तर ,\n" +"लिनक्स स्थापीत होऊ शकणार नाही.\n" +"तुमची हार्डडिस्क हात लावल्याशिवाय राहीत." + +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. +#. disks formatted / some packages already installed +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766 +msgid "" +"If you abort the installation now, you will\n" +"have an incomplete Linux system\n" +"that might or might not be usable.\n" +"You might need to reinstall.\n" +msgstr "" +"तुम्ही आता स्थापनेतून बाहेर आलात तर, तुमच्याकडे \n" +"तुम्ही वापरू शकाल वा शकणार नाहीत अशी\n" +"अपूर्ण लिनक्स यंत्रणा असेल.\n" +"तुम्हाला कदाचित पुन्हा स्थापना करायला लागेल.\n" + +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775 +msgid "" +"If you abort the installation now,\n" +"Linux will be unusable.\n" +"You will need to reinstall." +msgstr "" +"तुम्ही आता स्थापनेतून बाहेर आलात तर,\n" +"लिनक्स वापरण्याच्या लायकीचे राहणार नाही.\n" +"तुम्हाला पुन्हा स्थापना करायला हवी." + +#. Confirm aborting the program +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829 +msgid "Really abort?" +msgstr "खरंच व्यत्यय?" + +#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 +msgid "All changes will be lost!" +msgstr "सर्व बदल!" + +#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later +#. button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867 +msgid "&Details..." +msgstr "&तपशील..." + +#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 +msgid "Messages" +msgstr "निरोप" + +#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 +msgid "Display Messages: %1" +msgstr "निरोप दाखवा: %1" + +#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file +#. translators: summary if the warnings should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file +#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file +#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "हो" + +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 +msgid "No" +msgstr "नाही" + +#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 +msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" +msgstr "संदेशाची वेळ संपली: %1" + +#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 +msgid "Log Messages: %1" +msgstr "नोंद निरोप: %1" + +#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 +msgid "Warnings" +msgstr "इशारा" + +#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 +msgid "Display Warnings: %1" +msgstr "इशारा दाखवा: %1" + +#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 +msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" +msgstr "इशाऱ्याची वेळ संपली: %1" + +#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 +msgid "Log Warnings: %1" +msgstr "नोंद इशारा: %1" + +#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 +msgid "Errors" +msgstr "त्रुटी " + +#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 +msgid "Display Errors: %1" +msgstr "चूक दाखवा: %1" + +#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 +msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" +msgstr "वेळ संपण्याची चेतावणी: %1" + +#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 +msgid "Log Errors: %1" +msgstr "नोंद चूक: %1" + +#. translators: warnings summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning:" +#| msgid_plural "Warnings:" +msgid "Warning:" +msgstr "इशारा:" + +#. translators: errors summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error:" +#| msgid_plural "Errors:" +msgid "Error:" +msgstr "त्रुटी:" + +#. translators: message summary header +#. translators: message summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Message:" +#| msgid_plural "Messages:" +msgid "Message:" +msgstr "संदेश: " + +#. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile +#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "अजून संरचित केले नाही." + +#. translators: summary if no hardware was detected +#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:82 +msgid "Not detected." +msgstr "सापडले नाही." + +#. Create an edit table with basic buttons. +#. +#. It contains table and buttons Add, Edit, Delete. User may specify table header +#. and content, content that will be placed above table, between table +#. and buttons, below buttons and rights from buttons (usually another +#. button). +#. +#. @param [Yast::Term] table_header Table header as defined in UI. +#. @param [Array] table_contents Table items. +#. @param [Yast::Term] above_table Content to place above table. There is no need to +#. place caption here, because the dialog has its caption. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] below_table Contents to place between table and buttons. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] below_buttons Content to place below bottons. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually +#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @return Content for the SetWizardContent[Buttons]() +#. <B>UI elements ids:</B><table> +#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button edit</td><td>`edit_button</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button delete</td><td>`delete_button</td></tr> +#. </table> +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:82 +msgid "A&dd" +msgstr "भरा/मिळवा" + +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:83 +msgid "&Edit" +msgstr "संपादन" + +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:84 +msgid "De&lete" +msgstr "काढून करा" + +#. translators: Tree header +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153 +msgid "&Variable" +msgstr "विविध" + +#. FIXME: do it +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package." +msgstr "Xterm गायब आहे, xterm पॅकेज स्थापित करा" + +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 +msgid "GPG Private Keys" +msgstr "GPG खाजगी कीज" + +#. table header - GPG key user ID +#. table header - GPG key user ID +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 +msgid "User ID" +msgstr "कळ ओळखकर्ता" + +#. table header - GPG key fingerprint +#. table header - GPG key fingerprint +#. lazy +#. Standard text strings +#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 +msgid "Fingerprint" +msgstr "बोटांचा ठसा" + +#. fill up the widget in init handler +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\n" +"The table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>GPG खाजगी की</b></big><br>\n" +"तक्त्यात खाजगी GPG कीजची सूची आहे.</p>" + +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 +msgid "GPG Public Keys" +msgstr "GPG सार्वजनिक कीज" + +#. fill up the widget in init handler +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\n" +"The table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>GPG सार्वजनिक कीज</b></big><br>\n" +"तक्त्यात सार्वजनिक GPG कीजची सूची आहे.</p>" + +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 +msgid "&Create a new GPG key..." +msgstr "TSIG कळ नवीन तयार करा" + +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" +"Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>नवीन GPG की निर्माण करणे</b></big><br>\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> सुरु झाले आहे, अधिक माहितीसाठी<tt>gpg</tt>मेन्युअल पेजर पहा.\n" +"रद्द करण्यासाठी Ctrl+C दाबा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. text entry +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 +msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1" +msgstr "GPG की %1 साठी &पासफ्रेज" + +#. help text +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\n" +"Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key." +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>पासफ्रेज</b></big><br>\n" +"GPG की उघडण्यासाठी पासफ्रेज प्रविष्ट करा." + +#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. +#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 +msgid "Enter Passphrase" +msgstr "&परवली शब्द टाका:" + +#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380 +msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " +msgstr "GPG की %1 की उघडण्यासाठी पासफ्रेज प्रविष्ट करा: " + +#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes +#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} +#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." +msgstr "निवडलेल्या प्रोफाईल्ससाठी चेंजलॉग प्रविष्ट करा" + +#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Displayed Log</big></b><br>\n" +"Use <b>Log</b> to select the log to display. It will be displayed in\n" +"the field below.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रदर्शित लॉग</big></b><br>\n" +"प्रदर्शित करण्याचा लॉग निवडण्यासाठी<b>Log</b> निवडा.in\n" +"तो खालील जागेत दर्शवला जाईल.</p>\n" + +#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>The Log</big></b><br>\n" +"This screen displays the log.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रवेश</big></b><br>\n" +"हा पडदा प्रवेश दर्शवितो.</p>" + +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To process advanced actions or save the log into a file, click <b>%1</b>\n" +"and select the action to process.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आगाऊ कृत्या प्रक्रिया करताना किंवा फाईलमध्ये साठविताना, <b>%1</b>\n" +"आणि प्रक्रिया करण्याची कृती निवडा.</p>" + +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To process advanced actions, click <b>%1</b>\n" +"and select the action to process.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"पुढील कृत्या प्रक्रिया करण्यास, दाबा <b>%1</b>\n" +"आणि प्रक्रिया करण्याची कृती निवडा.</p>" + +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To save the log into a file, click <b>Save Log</b> and select the file\n" +"to which to save the log.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"फाईलवर प्रवेश साठवताना, टिचकी मारा <b>प्रवेश संग्रहीत करा</b> आणि\n" +"प्रवेशच्या फाईलवर साठवायच्या ती निवडा.</p>\n" + +#. menu button +#. Get the buttons below the box with the log +#. @param [Boolean] popup boolean true if running in popup (and Close is needed) +#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget +#. @param [Array Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs +#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 +msgid "Ad&vanced" +msgstr "प्रगत" + +#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case +#. of error in the YaST code) +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 +msgid "Log" +msgstr "नोंद" + +#. logview caption +#. logview caption +#. menubutton +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 +msgid "&Log" +msgstr "नोंद" + +#. menubutton entry +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 +msgid "&Save Log" +msgstr "नोंद संग्रहीत करा" + +#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 +msgid "Save Log as..." +msgstr "याप्रमाणे नोंद संग्रहीत करा..." + +#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running +#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 +msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." +msgstr "नोंदी वाचत असताना चूक सापडली." + +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 +msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." +msgstr "" + +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall package is not installed." +msgstr "हरवलेली पॅकेजेस स्थापन झाली नाहीत." + +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 +msgid "Firewall is disabled" +msgstr "फायरवॉल अकार्यान्वित आहे" + +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 +msgid "Firewall port is closed" +msgstr "फायरवॉल ठिकाण बंद आहे" + +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 +msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces" +msgstr "सर्व संवादावर फायरवॉल ठिकाण उघडे आहे" + +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 +msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces" +msgstr "निवडलेल्या संवादमंचावर फायरवॉल उघडले " + +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 +msgid "No network interfaces are configured" +msgstr "महाजाल पडदे संरचीत नाहीत" + +#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No interfaces assigned to this zone." +msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone" +msgstr "हया विभागांकरता कोणतीही पडदे दिलेले नाहीत." + +#. transaltors: selection box title +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412 +msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" +msgstr "फायरवॉलमध्ये उघडे पोर्ट असलेले महाजाल पडदे" + +#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default +#. See bnc #382686 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499 +msgid "" +"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" +"%1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. question popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520 +msgid "" +"No interface is selected. Service will not\n" +"be available for other computers.\n" +"\n" +"Continue?" +msgstr "" +"पडदा निवडला गेला नाही. इतर संगणकाकरिता\n" +"सुविधा उपलब्ध नाहीत.\n" +"\n" +"पुढे जायचे आहे का?" + +#. yes-no popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550 +msgid "" +"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" +"on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Continue?" +msgstr "" +"कारण सुझे फायरवॉलमुळे, पुढील पडद्यावर \n" +"खालील संवादमंच आणखीन स्थान उघडेल:\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"पुढे जायचे का?" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623 +msgid "" +"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" +"on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Continue?" +msgstr "" +"कारण सुझे फायरवॉल मांडणीमुळे, पुढील पडद्यावर \n" +"खालील संवादमंच आणखीन स्थान उघडेल:\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"पुढे जायचे का?" + +#. translators: selection box title +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" +msgstr "फायरवॉलमध्ये महाजाल उघड्या पोर्टसहीत पडदे" + +#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 +msgid "Select &All" +msgstr "सर्व चयन करा" + +#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733 +msgid "Select &None" +msgstr "निवडा काही नाही" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828 +msgid "" +"Error checking service status:\n" +"%{details}" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862 +msgid "" +"Error setting service status:\n" +"%{details}" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, +#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" +"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" +"set <b>%1</b>.<br>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>फायरवॉल सेटिंग्ज</big></b><br>\n" +"रिमोट संगणकांवरुन सेवेच्या अक्सेसाठी फायरवॉलउघडण्याकरिता\n" +"<b>%1</b>.<br>सेट करा." + +#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional +#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) +#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009 +msgid "" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" +"click <b>%2</b>.<br>" +msgstr "" +"संवादमंच निवडा की ज्यावर ठिकाण उघडेल,\n" +"टिचकी मारा <b>%2</b>.<br>" + +#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017 +msgid "" +"This option is available only if the firewall\n" +"is enabled.</p>" +msgstr "" +"फक्त जेव्हा फायरवॉल कार्यान्वित होईल तेव्हाच\n" +" हा पर्याय उपलब्ध.</p>" + +#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 +msgid "Open Port in Firewall" +msgstr "फायरवॉलमध्ये ठिकाण उघडा" + +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031 +msgid "Firewall Details" +msgstr "फायरवॉल आणि विस्तृत वर्णन" + +#. check box +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063 +msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" +msgstr "फायरवॉलमध्ये ठिकाण उघडा" + +#. push button +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall &Details..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल आणि विस्तृत वर्णन" + +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098 +msgid "Firewall Settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल मांडणी" + +#. label text +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105 +msgid "Firewall is open" +msgstr "फायरवॉल उघडत आहे" + +#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 +msgid "Modem" +msgstr "मोडेम" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 +msgid "Network Card" +msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड" + +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +msgid "ISDN" +msgstr "ISDN" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +msgid "DSL" +msgstr "DSL" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#. Device type label +#. This is what used to be Virtual Interface (eth0:1). +#. In our data model, additional addresses for an interface +#. are represented as its sub-interfaces. +#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" +#. :-( +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122 +msgid "Additional Address" +msgstr "अतिरिक्त नोंदी पत्ते" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +msgid "ARCnet" +msgstr "ARCnet" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +msgid "ARCnet Network Card" +msgstr "ARCnet महाजाल कार्ड" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130 +msgid "ATM" +msgstr "ATM" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" +msgstr "Asynchronous ट्रान्सफर मोड (ATM)" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 +msgid "Bluetooth" +msgstr "ब्ल्युटूथ" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +msgid "Bluetooth Connection" +msgstr "ब्ल्यूटूथ जोडणी" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +msgid "Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +msgid "Bond Network" +msgstr "Bond नेटवर्क" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142 +msgid "CLAW" +msgstr "CLAW" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" +msgstr "समान लींक संपर्क वर्कस्टेशनकरता (CLAW)" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 +msgid "ISDN Card" +msgstr "ISDN कार्ड" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 +msgid "CTC" +msgstr "CTC" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" +msgstr "चॅनेल ते चॅनेल पडदा (CTC)" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +msgid "DSL Connection" +msgstr "DSL जोडणी" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +msgid "Dummy" +msgstr "त्याच्यासारखा दिसणारा" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +msgid "Dummy Network Device" +msgstr "नकली महाजाल उपकरण" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 +msgid "ESCON" +msgstr "ESCON" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" +msgstr "एन्टर फाईल्स कनेक्टर (ESCON)" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 +msgid "Ethernet" +msgstr "इथरनेट" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +msgid "Ethernet Network Card" +msgstr "इथरनेट महाजाल कार्ड" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 +msgid "FDDI" +msgstr "FDDI" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +msgid "FDDI Network Card" +msgstr "FDDI महाजाल कार्ड" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170 +msgid "FICON" +msgstr "FICON" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" +msgstr "फायबरचॅनेल सीसीस्ट कनेक्टर (FICON)" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +msgid "HIPPI" +msgstr "HIPPI" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" +msgstr "होत परफारन्स संमातर पडदा (HIPPI)" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +msgid "Hipersockets" +msgstr "Hipersockets" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" +msgstr "हायफर सॉकेट पडदा (HSI)" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +msgid "ISDN Connection" +msgstr "ISDN जोडणी" + +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +msgid "IrDA" +msgstr "IrDA" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +msgid "Infrared Network Device" +msgstr "इनफ्रारेड नेटवर्क उपकरण" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +msgid "Infrared Device" +msgstr "इनफ्रारेड उपकरण" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 +msgid "IUCV" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" +msgstr "इन्टर युझर कमुनीकेशन व्हेईकल्स (IUCV)" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +msgid "OSA LCS" +msgstr "OSA LCS" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" +msgstr "OSA LCS महाजाल कार्ड" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 +msgid "Loopback" +msgstr "लूपबॅक" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +msgid "Loopback Device" +msgstr "लूपबॅक उपकरण" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 +msgid "Myrinet" +msgstr "मायरीनेट" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +msgid "Myrinet Network Card" +msgstr "मायरीनेट महाजाल कार्ड" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +msgid "Parallel Line" +msgstr "समांतर ओळ" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +msgid "Parallel Line Connection" +msgstr "संमातर ओळ जोडणी" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 +msgid "QETH" +msgstr "QETH" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" +msgstr "OSA-एक्सप्रेस or QDIO उपकरण (QETH)" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" +msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" +msgstr "IPv6-इन-IPv4 Encapsulation उपकरण" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +msgid "Serial Line" +msgstr "अनुक्रमे ओळ" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +msgid "Serial Line Connection" +msgstr "अनुक्रमे ओळीचे संपर्क" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +msgid "Token Ring" +msgstr "टोकण रिंग" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +msgid "Token Ring Network Card" +msgstr "टोकन बेल महाजाल कार्ड" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +msgid "USB" +msgstr "USB" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +msgid "USB Network Device" +msgstr "USB महाजाल उपकरण" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +msgid "VMWare" +msgstr "VMWare" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +msgid "VMWare Network Device" +msgstr "VMWare महाजाल उपकरण" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +msgid "Wireless" +msgstr "बिनतारी" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +msgid "Wireless Network Card" +msgstr "वायरलेस महाजाल कार्ड" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +msgid "XPNET" +msgstr "XPNET" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +msgid "XP Network" +msgstr "XP महाजाल" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +msgid "VLAN" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Virtual LAN" +msgstr "व्हर्च्यूहल युजर्स" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 +msgid "Bridge" +msgstr "पूल" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network Bridge" +msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +msgid "TUN" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network TUNnel" +msgstr "महाजाल मोड" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#, fuzzy +msgid "TAP" +msgstr "FTP" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network TAP" +msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड" + +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 +msgid "InfiniBand" +msgstr "इनफिनीबॅड" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#, fuzzy +msgid "InfiniBand Device" +msgstr "इनफ्रारेड उपकरण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70 +msgid "Unknown device" +msgstr "अनोळखी उपकरण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77 +msgid "DHCP address" +msgstr "DHCP सेवा संगणक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 +msgid "No IP address assigned" +msgstr "DHCP वापरून IP पत्ता सोपवला" + +#. translators: table header - details about the network device +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 +msgid "Device Type" +msgstr "डिव्हाईसचा प्रकार" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 +msgid "Device Name" +msgstr "डिव्हाईसचे नांव" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 +msgid "IP Address" +msgstr "आयपी पत्ता" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108 +msgid "Device ID" +msgstr "डिव्हाईसचा आयडी" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +msgid "Connected" +msgstr "संपर्क साधला." + +#. label message +#. label message +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222 +msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." +msgstr "ह्या LAN वर सादरकर्त्याकरता तपासत आहे..." + +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210 +msgid "&NFS Servers" +msgstr "&NFS सेवा संगणक" + +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234 +msgid "Re&mote Hosts" +msgstr "दूरस्थ सादरकर्ता" + +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254 +msgid "&Exported Directories" +msgstr "निर्यात केलेली संचिका" + +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280 +msgid "" +"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" +"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" +"आपले नेटवर्क इंटरफेसेस सध्या नेटवर्कमॅनेजरद्वारे नियंत्रित आहेत.\n" +"परंतु कदाचित त्यासोबत आकृतीबंधाची सेवा नीट चालणार नाही.\n" +"\n" +"खरंच पुढे चालू ठेवायचे?" + +#. If there is network running, return true. +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false +#. @return true if network running +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names +#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 +msgid "" +"A port name may consist of the characters 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', and '*+._-'.\n" +"A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" +"No spaces are allowed.\n" +msgstr "" +"पोर्टच्या नावांत 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', आणि '*+._-' या चिन्हांचा समावेश असेल.\n" +"पोर्ट क्रमांक हा 0 ते 65535 मधील क्रमांक असेल.\n" +"मोकळ्या जागांना अनुमती नाही.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115 +msgid "External Zone" +msgstr "बहि:स्थ भाग" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119 +msgid "Internal Zone" +msgstr "अंत:स्थ भाग" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123 +msgid "Demilitarized Zone" +msgstr "भाग सैनिक मुक्त करा" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246 +msgid "TCP" +msgstr "" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248 +msgid "UDP" +msgstr "" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250 +msgid "RPC" +msgstr "" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252 +msgid "IP" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158 +msgid "Unknown Zone" +msgstr "अनोळखी भाग" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" +"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" +"\n" +"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" +"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." +msgstr "" +"अनेक फायरवॉल झोन्समधे '%1' इंटरफेसचा समावेश आहे.\n" +"आकृतीबंध तसाच चालू ठेवल्यास चुका येऊ शकतात.\n" +"\n" +"आकृतीबंध सोडून द्यायची व हाताने तो\n" +"फाईलमधे दुरुस्त करण्याची शिफारस करण्यात येते'/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" +"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" +msgstr "" +"कोणत्याही '%1' फायरवॉल विभागाशी पडदा संबधीत नाही.\n" +"यास्ट2 फायरवॉल वापरा आणि संबंध करा.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478 +msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "फायरवॉल संरचना सुरू होत आहे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 +msgid "Check for network devices" +msgstr "जाळे उपकरणासाठी तपास सुरू आहे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 +msgid "Read current configuration" +msgstr "सध्याचे पृथ:करण वाचा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 +msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" +msgstr "कदाचित एकमेकांच्यात येणाऱ्या सुविधा तपासा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 +msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgstr "जाळे उपकरण तपासत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 +msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgstr "सध्याची संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 +msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." +msgstr "सध्याचे पृथ:करण वाचत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648 +msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "फायरवॉलचे पृथ:करण लिहीत आहे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658 +msgid "Adjust firewall service" +msgstr "फायरवॉल सेवा अनुकुल करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664 +msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहिण्यास अनुकुल करत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683 +msgid "Writing settings failed" +msgstr "रचना लिहण्यास अयशस्वी" + +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476 +msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 +msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" +msgstr "नविन महाजाल उपकरण '%1'मिळाले; अंतर्गत फायरवॉल पडदा म्हणून मिळवले गेले" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 +msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" +msgstr "नविन महाजाल उपकरण '%1'मिळाले; बाह्य फायरवॉल पडदा म्हणून मिळवले गेले" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 +msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 +msgid "Firewall is enabled (disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 +msgid "Firewall is disabled (enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 +msgid "SSH port is open (close</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 +msgid "SSH port is blocked (open</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is open</a>, but there are still no network interfaces configured" +msgid "" +"SSH port is open (close</a>), but\n" +"there are no network interfaces configured" +msgstr "SSH पोर्ट खुले आहे</a>, परंतु तेथे अद्याप कोणत्याही नेटवर्क इंटरफेसेसचा आकृतीबंध नाही." + +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgstr "SSH वर यंत्रणा तुम्ही स्थापीत आहात, पण तुम्ही SSH फायरवॉलवरील स्थान उघडलेले नाही." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (close</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (open</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "आपण रिमोट प्रशासन वापरुन प्रणाली(VNC) स्थापित करता आहात, परंतु आपण फायवॉलवर VNC पोर्टस उघडलेले नाहीत." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "iSCSI Target" +msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open" +msgstr "iSCSI लक्ष्य" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 +msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "SSH वर यंत्रणा तुम्ही स्थापीत आहात, पण तुम्ही SSH फायरवॉलवरील स्थान उघडलेले नाही." + +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception +#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param map of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService() +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage() +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. $[ +#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" : [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], +#. ] +#. ); +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637 +msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" +msgstr "" + +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Service: %{filename}" +msgstr "सेवेचे प्रकार" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503 +msgid "Unknown service '%1'" +msgstr "अनोळखी सेवा '%1'" + +#. the message is followed by list of required packages +#. Popup Text +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 +msgid "These packages need to be installed:" +msgstr "ह्या पॅकेजना संस्थापित करण्याची आवश्यकता" + +#. Popup Text +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 +msgid "These packages need to be removed:" +msgstr "ह्या पॅकेजना कायमचे काढण्याची आवश्यकता" + +#. labels changed for bug #215195 +#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Uninstall" +msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. defaults +#. at start of file providal +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157 +msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." +msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेतली जात आहे %1 (%2)..." + +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161 +msgid "Downloading Package" +msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे" + +#. error message, %1 is a package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." +msgstr "फाईल एकत्रितपणाचा तपास फसला:" + +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447 +msgid "Retry installation of the package?" +msgstr "पॅकेजची स्थापना पुन्हा करून पाहायची आहे का?" + +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455 +msgid "Abort the installation?" +msgstr "स्थापनामध्ये थांबवायची आहे का?" + +#. otherwise return Ignore (default) +#. error message, %1 is code of the error, +#. detail string is appended to the end +#. error message, %1 is code of the error, +#. detail string is appended to the end +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143 +msgid "Error: %1:" +msgstr "चूकः %1:" + +#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox +#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326 +msgid "" +"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" +"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. At start of package install. +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364 +msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." +msgstr "पॅकेज विस्थापित होत आहे %1 (%2)..." + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366 +msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." +msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापित होत आहे %1 (%2)..." + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +msgid "Uninstalling Package" +msgstr "पॅकेज विस्थापित होत आहे" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +msgid "Installing Package" +msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापित होत आहे" + +#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430 +msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." +msgstr "पॅकेज काढून टाकणे %1 फसले." + +#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433 +msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." +msgstr "पॅकेजची स्थापना %1 फसली." + +#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox +#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506 +msgid "" +"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n" +"the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>ठराविक URL वरील स्त्रोत आता वेगळा साधन ID देतो.\n" +"जर URL बरोबर असेल तर, ते दर्शवते की स्त्रोतातील माहिती बदललेली आहे. पुढे \n" +"जाण्यासाठी हा स्त्रोत वापरताना, स्थ्‍ाापनेकरता <b>स्त्रोत बदला</b> ही कळ \n" +"दाबून सुरू करताना YaST नियंत्रण कक्षाहून व स्थापना स्त्रोत पुन्हा वापरा.</p>\n" + +#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media +#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" +#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590 +msgid "Side A" +msgstr "\"अ\" बाजू" + +#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 +msgid "Side B" +msgstr "\"ब\" बाजू" + +#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 +#, fuzzy +msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" +msgstr "%1x %2" + +#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611 +#, fuzzy +msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" +msgstr "%1x %2" + +#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617 +msgid "" +"Insert\n" +"'%1'" +msgstr "" +"सरकवा\n" +"'%1'" + +#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Cannot access installation media\n" +"%1\n" +"%2.\n" +"Check whether the directory is accessible." +msgstr "" +"%1 हे स्थापना साधनांशी संपर्क साधला जात नाही\n" +"%1.\n" +"ही सूची संपर्कात आहे का ते तपासा." + +#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Cannot access installation media \n" +"%1\n" +"%2.\n" +"Check whether the server is accessible." +msgstr "" +"%1 हे स्थापना साधनांशी संपर्क साधला जात नाही\n" +"%1.\n" +"ही संपर्क संपर्कात आहे का ते तपासा." + +#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 +msgid "Skip Autorefresh" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button label - used for more then one device +#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681 +msgid "&Eject" +msgstr "बाहेर पडा" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" +msgstr "DNS आपोआप परत बोलावले आहे" + +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755 +msgid "Retry the installation?" +msgstr "स्थापनेचा पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा आहे का?" + +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763 +msgid "Skip the medium?" +msgstr "माध्यम वगळायचे आहे का?" + +#. otherwise ignore the medium +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770 +msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." +msgstr "वाईट माध्यम विसरत आहे..." + +#. TextEntry label +#. TextEntry label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847 +msgid "&URL" +msgstr "&युआरएल" + +#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Creating Repository %1" +msgstr "स्रोत %1 निर्माण करत आहे " + +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072 +#, fuzzy +msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." +msgstr "संदर्भ पुर्नजीवीत होताना चूक झाली." + +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." +msgstr "दूरच्या संदर्भाचे वर्णन मिळवू शकले नाही." + +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316 +msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." +msgstr "नवीन मेटाडेटा मिळविताना चूक झाली" + +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The repository is not valid." +msgstr "स्रोत वैध नाही." + +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." +msgstr "स्रोत मेटाडाटा अवैध आहे." + +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097 +msgid "Retry?" +msgstr "पुर्नजीवनाचा पुन: प्रयत्न करायचा का?" + +#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Probing Repository %1" +msgstr "स्रोत %1 ची चौकशी करत आहे" + +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." +msgstr "संदर्भ पुर्नजीवीत होताना चूक झाली." + +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Repository probing details." +msgstr "स्रोताच्या चौकशीचा तपशील" + +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." +msgstr "स्रोत मेटाडाटा अवैध आहे." + +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Repository %1" +msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#. at start of delta providal +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397 +msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." +msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेतली जात आहे %1 (%2)..." + +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405 +msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" +msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे" + +#. at start of delta application +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418 +msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." +msgstr "डेल्टा RPM पॅकेज %1 लागू करत आहे..." + +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425 +msgid "Applying delta RPM package" +msgstr "डेल्टा RPM डाऊनलोड करण्यात अपयश" + +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075 +msgid "Package: " +msgstr "पॅकेज: " + +#. close popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493 +msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." +msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट %1 सुरु करत आहे (पॅच %2)..." + +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +msgid "Running Script" +msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट चालवत आहे" + +#. label, patch name follows +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 +msgid "Patch: " +msgstr "पॅकेज: " + +#. label, script name follows +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516 +msgid "Script: " +msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट: " + +#. label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522 +msgid "Output of the Script" +msgstr "स्क्रिप्टचा आऊटपुट" + +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610 +msgid "" +"Patch: %1\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"पॅच: %1\n" +"\n" + +#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627 +msgid "" +"The repositories are being refreshed.\n" +"Continue with refreshing?\n" +"\n" +"Note: If the refresh is skipped some packages\n" +"might be missing or out of date." +msgstr "" + +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Skip Refresh" +msgstr "नूतनीकरण" + +#. heading of popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Downloading" +msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे" + +#. message in a progress popup +#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771 +msgid "Downloading: %1" +msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे: %1" + +#. heading of popup +#. heading of popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +msgid "Checking Package Database" +msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेस तपासली जात आहे" + +#. message in a progress popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878 +msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." +msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेस पुर्ननिर्मित होत आहे. ह्या प्रक्रियेला काही वेळ लागेल." + +#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911 +msgid "" +"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"पॅकेज डेटाबेसची पुर्ननिर्मीत करताना चूक:\n" +"%1" + +#. message in a progress popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." +msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेस बदलत आहे. ह्या प्रक्रियेत थोडा वेळ लागेल." + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती" + +#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981 +msgid "" +"Conversion of package database failed:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"पॅकेज डेटाबेसमध्ये पॅकेज आधीच अस्तित्वात आहे:\n" +"%1" + +#. progress message (command line mode) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading RPM database..." +msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..." + +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading Installed Packages" +msgstr "सर्व स्थापीत पॅकेजेस तपासा" + +#. progress bar label +#. TODO: allow Abort +#. , +#. `VBox( +#. `Label(""), +#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) +#. ) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Scanning RPM database..." +msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..." + +#. error message, could not read RPM database +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initialization of the target failed." +msgstr "लक्ष्यसूची सुरवात करताना असमर्थ झाली" + +#. status message (command line mode) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178 +#, fuzzy +msgid "RPM database read" +msgstr "MySQL डेटाबेस" + +#. heading in a popup window +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212 +msgid "User Authentication" +msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"URL: %1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "युआरएल: %1" + +#. textentry label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227 +msgid "&User Name" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता" + +#. check box +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010 +msgid "Show &details" +msgstr "विस्तृत माहिती दाखवा" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076 +msgid "Size: " +msgstr "आकार: " + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099 +msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 +msgid "" +"PackageKit is still running (probably busy).\n" +"Ask PackageKit to quit again?" +msgstr "" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 +msgid "" +"PackageKit is blocking software management.\n" +"This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n" +"application is running.\n" +"\n" +"Ask PackageKit to quit?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 +msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Would you like to continue without having access\n" +"to the software management or retry to access it?\n" +msgstr "" +"पॅकेज माहिती सोबत इतर प्रक्रिया संपर्क करत आहे.\n" +"पॅकेज व्यवस्थापन चालणार नाही! \n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n" +"continue without having access to the software management,\n" +"or abort?\n" +msgstr "" +"पॅकेज माहिती सोबत इतर प्रक्रिया संपर्क करत आहे.\n" +"पॅकेज व्यवस्थापन चालणार नाही! \n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n" +msgstr "तुम्ही सीडी हदलून पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा आहे का?" + +#. print the question +#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" +#| msgid_plural "Do you accept these license agreements?" +msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" +msgstr "आपण हा परवाना करार स्वीकारता का?" + +#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 +msgid "" +"There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" +"to be solved manually in the software manager." +msgstr "" + +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 +msgid "Installing required packages failed." +msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेजेसची स्थापना अयशस्वी झाली" + +#. continue/cancel popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 +msgid "" +"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" +"without installing required packages,\n" +"YaST may not work properly.\n" +msgstr "" +"आवश्यक पॅकेजेसची स्थापना करण्यात अपयश.\n" +"आपण आवश्यक पॅकेजेस स्थापित न करताच पुढे चालू ठेवल्यास,\n" +"कदाचित YaST नीट काम करणार नाही.\n" + +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 +msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." +msgstr "आवश्यक असणारे पॅकेज संस्थापित केल्याशिवाय चालू होऊ शकत नाही." + +#. continue/cancel popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 +msgid "" +"If you continue without installing required \n" +"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" +msgstr "" +"आवश्यक पॅकेजेस स्थापन न करता तुम्ही पुढे गेलात तर\n" +"यास्ट व्यवस्थित काम करू शकणार नाही.\n" + +#. dialog heading, %1 is package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152 +msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" +msgstr "पॅकेज परवाना नक्की करा: %1" + +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159 +msgid "I &Agree" +msgstr "मी मान्य आहे" + +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161 +msgid "I &Disagree" +msgstr "मी अमान्य आहे" + +#. help text +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n" +"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" +"of acceptance of its license.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" +"<br>\n" +"To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n" +"To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>." +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>परवान्याची पुष्टी</big></b><br>\n" +"डायलॉगच्या शीर्शकातील पॅकेजला त्या परवाना स्वीकारल्याच्या पुष्टीची गरज असते. आपण पॅकेजचा\n" +"परवाना नाकारल्या,\n" +"पॅकेज स्थापित होणार नाही.\n" +"<br>\n" +"पॅकेजचा परवाना स्वीकारण्यासाठी, <b>I Agree</b>.\n" +"वर क्लिक करा. पॅकेजचा परवाना नाकारण्यासाठी, <b>I Disagree</b>.\n" +"<br>\n" +"क्लिक करा. ज्या पॅकेजेसना त्यांच्या परवान्याच्या पुष्टीची गरज आहे f\n" +"अशा पॅकेजची स्थापना नाकारण्यासाठी,<b>I Disagree with All</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>" + +#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" +"\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" +"\t\t </p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"\t\t हा डायलॉग तुम्हाला ह्या यंत्रणेची कामे व कोणती सॉफ्टवेअर स्थापन करायची ते ठरविण्याची परवानगी देतात.\n" +"\t\t ह्या यंत्रणेकरता उपलब्ध जबाबदाऱ्या व सॉफ्टवेअर डाव्या स्तंभातील वर्गवारीने दाखविले आहे\n" +"\t\t वस्तूबद्दल वर्णन पाहण्यासाठी यादीतून मजकूर निवडा.\n" +"\t\t </p>" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" +"\t\t or right-click any icon for a context menu.\n" +"\t\t With the context menu, you can also change the status of all items.\n" +"\t\t </p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"\t\t वस्तूची स्थिती चिन्ह दाबून किंवा संदर्भ मेन्यूतील कोणतेही चिन्ह\n" +"\t\t दाबून बदला.\n" +"\t\t संदर्भ मेनूने, सर्व वस्तूंची स्थिती ही तु्म्ही बदलू शकता.\n" +"\t\t </p>" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n" +"\t\t where you can view and select individual software packages.\n" +"\t\t </p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"\t\t <b>अधिक माहिती</b> विस्तृत सॉफ्टवेअर पॅकेज निवड उघडते\n" +"\t\t जेथे तुम्ही स्वतंत्र सॉफ्टवेअर पॅकेजेस पाहू व निवडू शकता.\n" +"\t\t </p>" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" +"\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" +"\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" +"\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" +"\t\t The system needs some available disk space to run properly.\n" +"\t\t </p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"\t\t <b>तबकडीचा वापर</b> दर्शक जो कालच्या उजव्या कोपऱ्यात आहे तो दाखवतो सर्व विनंती केलेले\n" +"\t\t बदल अमलात आणल्यानंतर उरलेली तबकडीची मोकळी जागा किती आहे.\n" +"\t\t हार्डडिस्क विभाजने ती भरली आहेत किंवा पूर्णपणे कमी यंत्रणा वर्तणूक व इतर\n" +"\t\t काही बाबतीत काही कठिण प्रश्न निर्माण करतील.\n" +"\t\t व्यवस्थित काम करण्याकरता यंत्रणेला काही उपलब्ध रिकामा जागा हवी आहे.\n" +"\t\t </p>" + +#. Dialog title +#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" +msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअरची निवड व प्रणाली जबाबदाऱ्या" + +#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have +#. been scared of the gory details. +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408 +#, fuzzy +msgid "(more)" +msgstr "अधिक..." + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" +msgstr "स्थापन करणे संपले.\n" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Package Installation Failed" +msgstr "पॅकेजची स्थापना" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Error Message: %1" +msgstr "नोंद निरोप: %1" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed Packages: %1" +msgstr "सेवा फसली: %1." + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installed Packages: %1" +msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजेस" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Updated Packages: %1" +msgstr "एकूण पुर्नबांधणी केलेले पॅकेजेस:" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Removed Packages: %1" +msgstr "एकूण पुर्नबांधणी केलेले पॅकेजेस:" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" +msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजची संख्या:" + +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "पॅकेजेस" + +#. reset the items list +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" +msgstr "उपयोक्ता नाव:%1" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" +msgstr "स्थापित आकार" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" +msgstr "एकूण उतरविण्याची आकार: " + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Statistics" +msgstr "बॅकअप आकडेवारी:" + +#. display installation log +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation log" +msgstr "संस्थापन" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Details" +msgstr "अधिक माहिती" + +#. open a new wizard dialog if needed +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installing Package" +msgid "After Installing Packages" +msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापित होत आहे" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659 +msgid "Show This Report" +msgstr "" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Finish" +msgid "Finish" +msgstr "पूर्ण करा" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 +msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation Error" +msgid "Installation Report" +msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installed Packages" +msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजेस" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Updated Packages" +msgstr "बदललेली पॅकेजेस" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Removed Packages" +msgstr "बदललेली पॅकेजेस" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Remaining Packages" +msgstr "हरवलेले पॅकेज" + +#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 +msgid "" +"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" +"\n" +"System > Yast2 > GUI > PKGMGR_ACTION_AT_EXIT\n" +"\n" +"value in the YaST sysconfig editor." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name +#. %2 is a repository name +#. %3 is URL of the repository +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The package %1 from repository %2\n" +"%3\n" +"is not digitally signed. This means that the origin\n" +"and integrity of the package cannot be verified. Installing the package\n" +"may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +"\n" +"Install it anyway?" +msgstr "" +"%1 हे पॅकेज डिजीटल सही केलेले नाही. याचा अर्थ असा आहे की\n" +"पॅकेजची मूळत: व विश्वासर्हता तपासली जाऊ शकणार नाही. पॅकेज स्थापनाकरता\n" +"तुमच्या यंत्रणेच्या विश्वासहित धोका आहे.\n" +"\n" +"तरीही ते स्थापीत करायचे का?" + +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename +#. %2 is a repository name +#. %3 is URL of the repository +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The file %1 from repository %2\n" +"%3\n" +"is not digitally signed. The origin and integrity of the file\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file anyway puts the integrity of your \n" +"system at risk.\n" +"\n" +"Use it anyway?\n" +msgstr "" +"%1 ही फाईलडीजीटली सही झालेली नाही. याचा अर्थ असा की हया फाईलच्या उगम व विश्वासहिता तपासाठी\n" +"जाऊ शकत नाही. फाईल वापरल्याने तुमच्या यंत्रणेच्या विश्वसहितेला धोका आहे.\n" +"\n" +"तरीही ते प्रस्थापित करायचे?" + +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unsigned Package" +msgstr "बदललेली पॅकेजेस" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unsigned File" +msgstr " &स्वाक्षरी नसलेल्या फाईल्स स्वीकारा " + +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" +"While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" +"in the list of checksums in this repository. Installing the package puts \n" +"the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +"\n" +"Install it anyway?\n" +msgstr "" +"%1 पॅकेजबद्दल कोणताही चेकसत स्त्रोतात सापडले नाही.\n" +"याचा अर्थ असा आहे की, पॅकेज हा सही झालेल्या स्त्रोताचा भाग आहे, पण हया स्त्रोतावरील चेकसमच्या\n" +"यादीत हया पॅकेजचे नाव नाही. पॅेकेजची स्थापना करून तुमच्या यंत्रणेच्या\n" +"विश्वासहीतेकरता धोेका निर्माण होऊ शकतो.\n" +"\n" +"तरीही ते स्थापित करायचे आहे का?" + +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" +"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" +"may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +"\n" +"Use it anyway?" +msgstr "" +"%1 फाईलबद्दल कोणताही चेकसत स्त्रोतात सापडले नाही.\n" +"याचा अर्थ असा आहे की, पॅकेज हा सही झालेल्या स्त्रोताचा भाग आहे, पण हया स्त्रोतावरील चेकसमच्या\n" +"यादीत हया पॅकेजचे नाव नाही. पॅेकेजची स्थापना करून तुमच्या यंत्रणेच्या\n" +"विश्वासहीतेकरता धोेका निर्माण होऊ शकतो.\n" +"\n" +"तरीही ते स्थापित करायचे आहे का?" + +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579 +msgid "No Checksum Found" +msgstr "बेरीजतपासणी मिळू शकली नाही" + +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833 +msgid "ID: %1" +msgstr "ओळखचिन्ह: %1" + +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631 +msgid "Fingerprint: %1" +msgstr "बोटांचे ठसे: %1" + +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637 +msgid "Name: %1" +msgstr "नाव: %1" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Created: %1" +msgstr " निर्माण करा%1$s " + +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Expires: %1" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक: %1" + +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "ID: %1" +msgid "ID: " +msgstr "ओळखचिन्ह: %1" + +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Name: %1" +msgid "Name: " +msgstr "नाव: %1" + +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690 +msgid "Fingerprint: " +msgstr "फिंगरप्रिंट:" + +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Created: " +msgstr " निर्माण करा%1$s " + +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Expires: " +msgstr "सेवासंगणक: %1" + +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Package %1 from repository %2\n" +"%3\n" +"is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %4\n" +"\n" +"The package has been changed, either by accident or by an attacker,\n" +"since the repository creator signed it. Installing it is a big risk\n" +"for the integrity and security of your system.\n" +"\n" +"Install it anyway?\n" +msgstr "" +"%1 पॅकेज पुढील GnuPG कळीने सही झालेली आहे, पण विश्वासातेची तपासणी फसली:%2\n" +"\n" +"याचा अर्थ असा आहे कि अपघाताने पॅकेजमध्ये बदल झाला आहे किंवा एखादया आघातमुळे बदलले आहे\n" +"कारण रिपॉझीटोरी निर्मात्याने सही केली आहे स्थापन करून तुम्ही धोका\n" +"पत्करत आहात जो तुमच्या यंत्रणेच्या विश्वासहितेला वसुल घेत आहे.\n" +"\n" +"तरीही ते स्थापन करायचे आहे का?" + +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"File %1 from repository %2\n" +"%3\n" +"is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %4\n" +"\n" +"The file has been changed, either by accident or by an attacker,\n" +"since the repository creator signed it. Using it is a big risk\n" +"for the integrity and security of your system.\n" +"\n" +"Use it anyway?\n" +msgstr "" +"%1 फाईल पुढील GnuPG कळीने सही झालेली आहे, पण विश्वासातेची तपासणी फसली:%2\n" +"\n" +"याचा अर्थ असा आहे कि अपघाताने पॅकेजमध्ये बदल झाला आहे किंवा एखादया आघातमुळे बदलले आहे\n" +"कारण रिपॉझीटोरी निर्मात्याने सही केली आहे स्थापन करून तुम्ही धोका\n" +"पत्करत आहात जो तुमच्या यंत्रणेच्या विश्वासहितेला वसुल घेत आहे.\n" +"\n" +"तरीही ते स्थापन करायचे आहे का?" + +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771 +msgid "Validation Check Failed" +msgstr "वैधतेचा तपास अयशस्वी झाला" + +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801 +msgid "" +"The package %1 is digitally signed\n" +"with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" +"\n" +"This means that a trust relationship to the creator of the package\n" +"cannot be established. Installing the package may put the integrity\n" +"of your system at risk.\n" +"\n" +"Install it anyway?" +msgstr "" +"%1 पॅकेज पुढील अज्ञात\n" +"GnuPG कळीने: %2 डीजीटली सही कळी आहे.\n" +"\n" +"याचा अर्थ असा आहे की, पॅकेजच्या निर्मात्याशी ट्रस्ट संबध\n" +"स्थापता आले नाहीत. पॅकेज स्थापन केल्यामुळे तुमच्या यंत्रनेची विश्वासहिता धोक्यात येऊ शकेल\n" +"\n" +"तरीही ते स्थापित करायचे का? " + +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"The file %1\n" +"is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" +"\n" +"This means that a trust relationship to the creator of the file\n" +"cannot be established. Using the file may put the integrity\n" +"of your system at risk.\n" +"\n" +"Use it anyway?" +msgstr "" +"%1 फाईल\n" +"पुढील अज्ञात GnuPG कळीने: %2 डीजीटली सही कळी आहे.\n" +"\n" +"याचा अर्थ असा आहे की, पॅकेजच्या निर्मात्याशी ट्रस्ट संबध\n" +"स्थापता आले नाहीत. पॅकेज स्थापन केल्यामुळे तुमच्या यंत्रनेची विश्वासहिता धोक्यात येऊ शकेल\n" +"\n" +"तरीही ते स्थापित करायचे का? " + +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843 +msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" +msgstr "अज्ञात जीएनयुपीजी कळ" + +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The package %1 is digitally signed\n" +"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" +"\n" +"There is no trust relationship with the owner of the key.\n" +"If you trust the owner, mark the key as trusted.\n" +"\n" +"Installing a package from an unknown repository puts\n" +"the integrity of your system at risk. It is safest\n" +"to skip the package.\n" +msgstr "" +"%1 पॅकेज\n" +"'%2 (%3)' कळीने सही केलेले आहे.\n" +"\n" +"कळीच्या मालकाशी विश्वाचे संबंध् नाहीत.\n" +"तुम्ही मालकावर विश्वास ठेवत असाल तर, आयात कळीबरोबरा तुमच्या\n" +"विश्वासू कळीच्या संचात कळ आयात करा व\n" +"त्यांनतर स्थापना सुरु ठेवा\n" +"\n" +"अज्ञात स्नाेनातून फाईल स्थापना करताना तुम्ही तुमच्या\n" +"यंत्रेनेच्या विश्वासाला धोका निर्माण होऊ शकतो. हे पॅकेज\n" +"गाळणे हेच योग्य ठरेल." + +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The file %1 is digitally signed\n" +"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" +"\n" +"There is no trust relationship with the owner of the key.\n" +"If you trust the owner, mark the key as trusted.\n" +"\n" +"Installing a file from an unknown repository puts\n" +"the integrity of your system at risk. It is safest\n" +"to skip it.\n" +msgstr "" +"%1 फाईल\n" +"'%2 (%3)' कळीने सही केलेले आहे.\n" +"\n" +"कळीच्या मालकाशी विश्वाचे संबंध् नाहीत.\n" +"तुम्ही मालकावर विश्वास ठेवत असाल तर, आयात कळीबरोबरा तुमच्या\n" +"विश्वासू कळीच्या संचात कळ आयात करा व\n" +"त्यांनतर स्थापना सुरु ठेवा\n" +"\n" +"अज्ञात स्नाेनातून फाईल स्थापना करताना तुम्ही तुमच्या\n" +"यंत्रेनेच्या विश्वासाला धोका निर्माण होऊ शकतो. हे पॅकेज\n" +"गाळणे हेच योग्य ठरेल." + +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930 +msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" +msgstr "अविश्वासू सार्वजनिक कळ आयात करा" + +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939 +msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" +msgstr "" + +#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973 +msgid "" +"<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" +"packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" +"for installation and update without any further warning. In this way,\n" +"importing the key into your keyring of trusted keys allows the key owner\n" +"to have a certain amount of control over the software on your system.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>कळीचा मालक सुधारणा,\n" +"पॅकेजेस व पॅकेज रीपॉझीटोरीज वाटू शकतो ज्यावर यंत्रनेच्या भरवसा असेल व स्थापने करता\n" +"उपलब्ध असतील व सूचनेशिवाय सुधारता येतील. या पद्धतीने\n" +"कळीच्या कळीच्यारींगमध्ये कळ आयात करताना, कळीच्या मालकाला तुमच्या\n" +"यंत्रेनेतील सॉफ्टवेअर वर थोडासा कंट्रोल ठेवण्यास मदत होते.</p>" + +#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" +#| "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not import the key,\n" +#| "packages created by the owner of key <tt>%1</tt> show this warning.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" +"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>विश्वासू कळीने सहीन केलेल्या प्रत्येक पॅकेजकरता\n" +"एक सूचना डायलॉग उघडतो. तुम्ही जर कळ आयात करु शकला नाही,\n" +"तर कळीच्या मालकाने निर्माण केलेली पॅकेजेस <tt>%1</tt> ही सूचना दाखवते.</p>" + +#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991 +msgid "" +"The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" +"%1\n" +"(%2):" +msgstr "" + +#. popup message - label, part 2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The GnuPG key %1\n" +#| "has been found at %2.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" +#| "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" +#| "You should be sure that you can trust the owner and that\n" +#| "the key really belongs to that owner before importing it." +msgid "" +"You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" +"public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" +"You should be sure that you can trust the owner and that\n" +"the key really belongs to that owner before importing it." +msgstr "" +"%2 वर जी GnuPG\n" +"कळ %1 मिळाली आहे.\n" +"\n" +"तुम्ही ती तुमच्या विश्वासू स्थानीक कळीच्या रिंगणात आयात करण्याचे\n" +"निवडू शकतात, याचा अर्थ तुम्ही कळीच्या मालकावर विश्वास ठेवता.\n" +"तुम्हाला खात्री हवी तुम्ही मालकावर विश्वास ठेऊ शकता व आयात\n" +"करण्यासाठी पूर्वी ही कळला मालकाचीच आहे." + +#. warning label - the key to import is expired +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014 +msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 +msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" +msgstr "अविश्वासू GnuPG आयात करा" + +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Trust" +msgid "&Trust" +msgstr "फिंगरप्रिंट:" + +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum +#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The expected checksum of file %1\n" +"is %2,\n" +"but the current checksum is %3.\n" +"\n" +"The file has been changed by accident or by an attacker\n" +"since the repository creator signed it. Using it is a big risk\n" +"for the integrity and security of your system.\n" +"\n" +"Use it anyway?\n" +msgstr "" +"%1 फाईल पुढील GnuPG कळीने सही झालेली आहे, पण विश्वासातेची तपासणी फसली:%2\n" +"\n" +"याचा अर्थ असा आहे कि अपघाताने पॅकेजमध्ये बदल झाला आहे किंवा एखादया आघातमुळे बदलले आहे\n" +"कारण रिपॉझीटोरी निर्मात्याने सही केली आहे स्थापन करून तुम्ही धोका\n" +"पत्करत आहात जो तुमच्या यंत्रणेच्या विश्वासहितेला वसुल घेत आहे.\n" +"\n" +"तरीही ते स्थापन करायचे आहे का?" + +#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Wrong Digest" +msgstr "इशारा" + +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The checksum of file %1\n" +"is %2,\n" +"but the expected checksum is not known.\n" +"\n" +"This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +"\n" +"Use it anyway?\n" +msgstr "" +"%1 ही फाईलडीजीटली सही झालेली नाही. याचा अर्थ असा की हया फाईलच्या उगम व विश्वासहिता तपासाठी\n" +"जाऊ शकत नाही. फाईल वापरल्याने तुमच्या यंत्रणेच्या विश्वसहितेला धोका आहे.\n" +"\n" +"तरीही ते प्रस्थापित करायचे?" + +#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unknown Digest" +msgstr "अनोळखी फाईल प्रणाली" + +#. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values +#. Return the description for the current stage. +#. @return [String] localized string description +#. translators: default global progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installing..." +msgstr "ड्रायवर स्थापित होत आहे..." + +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "माध्यम" + +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Remaining" +msgstr "हरवलेले पॅकेज" + +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "वेळ" + +#. Construct widgets for the "details" page +#. +#. @return A term describing the widgets +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Actions performed:" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांना कृत्याची परवानगी:\n" + +#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>पॅकेजेस स्थापीत होईपर्यंत कृपया वाट पाहा.</p>" + +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652 +#, fuzzy +msgid "%s Release Notes" +msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा" + +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664 +msgid "Slide Sho&w" +msgstr "चलचित्र दाखवा" + +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 +msgid "&Details" +msgstr "अधिक माहिती" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "अपडेट करा" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Installation" +msgid "Performing Installation" +msgstr "स्थापना करा" + +#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743 +msgid "Package Installation" +msgstr "पॅकेजची स्थापना" + +#. popup yes-no +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815 +msgid "" +"Do you really want\n" +"to quit the installation?" +msgstr "" +"तुम्हाला खरोखरच स्थापनेच्या\n" +"कामातून बाहेर पडायचे आहे का?" + +#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827 +msgid "Aborted" +msgstr "अर्धवट सोडून दिले" + +#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) +#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 +msgid "File not found." +msgstr "" + +#. Fill the LogView with file content +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 +msgid "System Log (%1)" +msgstr "यंत्रणेचा लॉग (%1)" + +#. Class names collected +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:45 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182 +msgid "Unclassified device" +msgstr "वर्गीकरण न केलेल उपकरण" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47 +msgid "VGA compatible unclassified device" +msgstr "VGA सुसंगत वर्गीकरण न केलेले उपकरण" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50 +msgid "Mass storage controller" +msgstr "विस्तृत साठवण नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51 +msgid "SCSI storage controller" +msgstr "SCSI साठवण नियंत्रक storage controller" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52 +msgid "IDE interface" +msgstr "IDE संवादमंच" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:53 +msgid "Floppy disk controller" +msgstr "फ्लॉपी तबकडी नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:54 +msgid "IPI bus controller" +msgstr "आयपीआय बस नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:55 +msgid "RAID bus controller" +msgstr "RAID बस नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56 +msgid "Unknown mass storage controller" +msgstr "अज्ञात विस्तृत साठवण नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65 +msgid "Network controller" +msgstr "महाजाल नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60 +msgid "Ethernet controller" +msgstr "इथरनेट नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61 +msgid "Token ring network controller" +msgstr "टोकनरिंग महाजाल नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62 +msgid "FDDI network controller" +msgstr "FDDI महाजाल नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63 +msgid "ATM network controller" +msgstr "ATM महाजाल नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64 +msgid "ISDN controller" +msgstr "ISDN साठवण" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66 +msgid "Myrinet controller" +msgstr "मायरीनेट नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:69 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:73 +msgid "Display controller" +msgstr "सादरीकरण नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70 +msgid "VGA-compatible controller" +msgstr "VGA-सुसंगत नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71 +msgid "XGA-compatible controller" +msgstr "XGA-सुसंगत नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72 +msgid "3D controller" +msgstr "3D नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:76 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:80 +msgid "Multimedia controller" +msgstr "त्रिमिती नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:77 +msgid "Multimedia video controller" +msgstr "बहुमाध्यम नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:78 +msgid "Multimedia audio controller" +msgstr "बहुमाध्यम दृश्य नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:79 +msgid "Computer telephony device" +msgstr "संगमक दूरध्वनी उपकरण" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:83 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:86 +msgid "Memory controller" +msgstr "स्मृतीकोश नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:84 +msgid "RAM memory" +msgstr "RAM स्मृतीकोश" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85 +msgid "FLASH memory" +msgstr "FLASH स्मृतीकोश" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90 +msgid "Host bridge" +msgstr "सादरकर्ता पूल" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:91 +msgid "ISA bridge" +msgstr "ISA पूल" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:92 +msgid "EISA bridge" +msgstr "EISA पूल" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:93 +msgid "MicroChannel bridge" +msgstr "सूक्ष्मवाहिनी पूल" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:94 +msgid "PCI bridge" +msgstr "PCI पूल" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:95 +msgid "PCMCIA bridge" +msgstr "PCMCIA पूल" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:96 +msgid "NuBus bridge" +msgstr "NuBus पूल" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:97 +msgid "CardBus bridge" +msgstr "CardBus पूल" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:98 +msgid "RACEway bridge" +msgstr "RACEway पूल" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:99 +msgid "Semitransparent PCI-to-PCI bridge" +msgstr "अर्धपारदर्शक PCI-ते-PCI पूल" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:100 +msgid "InfiniBand to PCI host bridge" +msgstr "InfiniBand ते PCI सादरकर्ता पूल" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:104 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:109 +msgid "Communication controller" +msgstr "दळणवळण नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:105 +msgid "Serial controller" +msgstr "अनुक्रम नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:106 +msgid "Parallel controller" +msgstr "समांतर नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:107 +msgid "Multiport serial controller" +msgstr "बहुपोर्ट अनुक्रम नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:112 +msgid "Generic system peripheral" +msgstr "सुपर्सिद्ध पूरक यंत्रणा" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113 +msgid "PIC" +msgstr "PIC" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114 +msgid "DMA controller" +msgstr "DMA नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115 +msgid "Timer" +msgstr "वेळ नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116 +msgid "RTC" +msgstr "RTC" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117 +msgid "PCI hotplug controller" +msgstr "PCI हॉटप्लग नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:118 +msgid "System peripheral" +msgstr "पूरक यंत्रणा" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:121 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:127 +msgid "Input device controller" +msgstr "इनपुट उपकरम नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:122 +msgid "Keyboard controller" +msgstr "कळफलक नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:123 +msgid "Digitizer pen" +msgstr "डिजीटायझल पेन" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:124 +msgid "Mouse controller" +msgstr "माऊस नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:125 +msgid "Scanner controller" +msgstr "स्कॅनर नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126 +msgid "Gameport controller" +msgstr "गेमपोर्ट नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132 +msgid "Docking station" +msgstr "जोडणी स्थानक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131 +msgid "Generic docking station" +msgstr "अप्रसिद्ध जोडणी स्थानक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135 +msgid "Processor" +msgstr "संस्करणकर्ता/ संस्करण प्रणाली" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:136 +msgid "386" +msgstr "386" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:137 +msgid "486" +msgstr "486" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138 +msgid "Pentium" +msgstr "पेंटियम" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139 +msgid "Alpha" +msgstr "अल्फा" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:140 +msgid "Power PC" +msgstr "पॉवर PC" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:141 +msgid "MIPS" +msgstr "MIPS" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:142 +msgid "Coprocessor" +msgstr "सहप्रोसेसर" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:145 +msgid "Serial bus controller" +msgstr "अनुक्रम बस नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146 +msgid "FireWire (IEEE 1394)" +msgstr "फायर वायर (IEEE 1394)" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147 +msgid "ACCESS bus" +msgstr "ACCESS बस" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148 +msgid "SSA" +msgstr "SSA" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149 +msgid "USB controller" +msgstr "USB नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:150 +msgid "Fiber channel" +msgstr "Fiber वाहिनी" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151 +msgid "SMBus" +msgstr "SMबस" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159 +msgid "Wireless controller" +msgstr "बिनतारी नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156 +msgid "IRDA controller" +msgstr "IRDA नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157 +msgid "Consumer IR controller" +msgstr "ग्राहक IR नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158 +msgid "RF controller" +msgstr "RF नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 +msgid "Intelligent controller" +msgstr "बुद्धिमान नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 +msgid "I2O" +msgstr "I2O" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163 +msgid "Satellite communications controller" +msgstr "उपग्रह दळणवळण नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:164 +msgid "Satellite TV controller" +msgstr "उपग्रह टिव्ही नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:165 +msgid "Satellite audio communication controller" +msgstr "उपग्रह ध्वनी दळणवळण नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:166 +msgid "Satellite voice communication controller" +msgstr "उपग्रह आवाज दळणवळण नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:167 +msgid "Satellite data communication controller" +msgstr "उपग्रह माहिती दळणवळण नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:170 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:173 +msgid "Encryption controller" +msgstr "कूट नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:171 +msgid "Network and computing encryption device" +msgstr "महाजाल आणि संगणक कूट उपकरण" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:172 +msgid "Entertainment encryption device" +msgstr "करमणूक कुटयुक्त करण्याचे उपकरण" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:176 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:180 +msgid "Signal processing controller" +msgstr "संदेश संस्करण नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:177 +msgid "DPIO module" +msgstr "DPIO मॉड्यूल" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:178 +msgid "Performance counters" +msgstr "कार्यक्षमता मापक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179 +msgid "Communication synchronizer" +msgstr "दळमवळण समायोजक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184 +msgid "Monitor" +msgstr "पडदा" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:185 +msgid "CRT monitor" +msgstr "CRT पडदा" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:186 +msgid "LCD monitor" +msgstr "LCD पडदा" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:189 +msgid "Internally used class" +msgstr "आतल्या आत वापरला जाणारा वर्ग" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190 +msgid "ISA PnP interface" +msgstr "ISA PnP माध्यम" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191 +msgid "Main memory" +msgstr "मुख्य स्मृतिकोश" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:192 +msgid "CPU" +msgstr "CPU" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:193 +msgid "FPU" +msgstr "FPU" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:194 +msgid "BIOS" +msgstr "BIOS" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:195 +msgid "PROM" +msgstr "PROM" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:196 +msgid "System" +msgstr "सिस्टम" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 +msgid "Win modem" +msgstr "विन मॉडेम" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199 +msgid "ISDN adapter" +msgstr "ISDN अॅडाप्टरadapter" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200 +msgid "PS/2 controller" +msgstr "PS/2 नियंत्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:202 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:207 +msgid "Mouse" +msgstr "माऊस" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:203 +msgid "PS/2 mouse" +msgstr "PS/2 माऊस" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:204 +msgid "Serial mouse" +msgstr "अनुक्रम माऊस" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:205 +msgid "Bus mouse" +msgstr "बस माऊस" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:206 +msgid "USB mouse" +msgstr "USB माऊस" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210 +msgid "Mass storage device" +msgstr "व्यापक साठवण उपकरण" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "चकती" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:212 +msgid "Tape" +msgstr "टेप/फित" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:213 +msgid "CD-ROM" +msgstr "CD-ROM" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:214 +msgid "Floppy disk" +msgstr "फ्लॉपी तबकडी" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215 +msgid "Storage device" +msgstr "साठवण उपकरण" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229 +msgid "Network interface" +msgstr "जाळे दुवा" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221 +msgid "Token ring" +msgstr "टोकन रिंग" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:225 +msgid "HSI" +msgstr "HSI" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:232 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:233 +msgid "Keyboard" +msgstr "कळफलक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:234 +msgid "Console" +msgstr "कंसोल" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:236 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "मुद्रक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 +msgid "Hub" +msgstr "हब" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 +msgid "USB hub" +msgstr "USB हबhub" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238 +msgid "Braille display" +msgstr "ब्रेल सादरीकरण" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239 +msgid "Scanner" +msgstr "स्कॅनर" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 +msgid "Joystick" +msgstr "जॉयस्टीक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 +msgid "Gamepad" +msgstr "गेमपॅड" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241 +msgid "Chipcard reader" +msgstr "चीपकार्ड वाचक" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243 +msgid "Camera" +msgstr "कैमेरा" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244 +msgid "Webcam" +msgstr "वेबकॅम" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245 +msgid "Digital camera" +msgstr "डिजीटल कॅमेरा" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 +msgid "Framebuffer" +msgstr "फ्रेमबफर" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 +msgid "VESA framebuffer" +msgstr "VESA फ्रेमबफर" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:249 +msgid "DVB card" +msgstr "DVB कार्ड" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:250 +msgid "DVB-C card" +msgstr "DVB-C कार्ड" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:251 +msgid "DVB-S card" +msgstr "DVB-S कार्ड" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:252 +msgid "DVB-T card" +msgstr "DVB-T कार्ड" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:254 +msgid "TV card" +msgstr "टिव्ही कार्ड" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:255 +msgid "Partition" +msgstr "दोन भाग" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:256 +msgid "DSL card" +msgstr "DSL कार्ड" + +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:257 +msgid "Bluetooth device" +msgstr "ब्ल्यूटूथ उपकरण" + +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" +"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +msgid "" +"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" +"YaST might lose some of the changes" +msgstr "" + +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not show this message anymore" +msgstr "हा निरोप परत दाखवू नका" + +#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 +msgid "" +"File %s has been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose this file." +msgstr "" + +#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 +msgid "" +"Files %s have been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose these files." +msgstr "" + +#. error report +#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 +msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." +msgstr "इनट्रीड निर्मिती दरम्यान चूक झाली." + +#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665 +msgid "" +"Reboot your system\n" +"to activate the new kernel.\n" +msgstr "" +"नविन कर्नेल कार्यान्वित करण्यासाठी\n" +"प्रणाली कार्यान्वित करा.\n" + +#. bnc #421002 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 +msgid "Confirm driver activation" +msgstr "चालक कार्यान्वित नक्की करा" + +#. This is in information message. Next come the +#. vendor and device information strings as stored +#. in the hardware-probing database. +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 +msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" +msgstr "यास्ट2 ने पुढील उपकरण शोधले" + +#. Caption for Textentry with module information +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 +msgid "&Driver/Module to load" +msgstr "चालक/मॉड्युल भरायचे आहे" + +#. describe valid MAC address +#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80 +msgid "" +"A valid MAC address consists of six pairs of hexadecimal\n" +"digits separated by colons." +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55 +msgid "" +"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" +"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" +"start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit." +msgstr "" +"वैध डोमेन नांवात बिंदूनी वेगळ्या केलेल्या कॉम्पोनन्ट्ससचा समावेश आहे.\n" +"प्रत्येक कॉम्पोनन्टमधे अक्षरे आकडे व (-) ही\n" +"संयोगचिन्हे असतात. संयोगचिन्ह कॉम्पोनन्टची सुरुवात किंवा समाप्ती करणार नाही, व शेवटचा कॉम्पोनन्ट आकडयाने सुरु होणार नाही." + +#. Translators: hyphen: "-" +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66 +msgid "" +"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" +"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" +msgstr "" +"मालकाच्या वैध नांवात अक्षरे, आकडे व संयोग चिन्हांचा (-) समावेश असतो.\n" +"मालकाचे नांव संयोगचिन्हाने सुरु किंवा समाप्त होणार नाही.\n" + +#. Translators: dot: "." +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "A valid IP address consists of four integers\n" +#| "in the range 0-255 separated by dots." +msgid "" +"A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n" +"in the range 0-255 separated by dots." +msgstr "" +"वैध आयपी पत्त्यांत 0-255 ह्यातील \n" +"4 पूर्णांक बिंदूनी विभागले असतात." + +#. Translators: colon: ":" +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "A valid IP address consists of four integers\n" +#| "in the range 0-255 separated by dots." +msgid "" +"A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n" +"hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n" +"It can contain up to one double colon." +msgstr "" +"वैध आयपी पत्त्यांत 0-255 ह्यातील \n" +"4 पूर्णांक बिंदूनी विभागले असतात." + +#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" +#| "IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Examples:\n" +#| "IP: 192.168.0.1\n" +#| "IP/Netmask: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0\n" +#| "IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32\n" +msgid "" +"A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" +"IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" +"\n" +"Examples:\n" +"IP: 192.168.0.1 or 2001:db8:0::1\n" +"IP/Netmask: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 or 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" +"IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32 or 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" +msgstr "" +"वैध नेटवर्क व्याख्येत सर्व नेटवर्क्ससाठी IP,\n" +"IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, किंवा 0/0 चा समावेश असू शकेल.\n" +"\n" +"उदाहरणे:\n" +"IP: 192.168.0.1\n" +"IP/Netmask: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0\n" +"IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32\n" + +#. Byte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B" +msgstr "केबी" + +#. KiloByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 +msgid "KiB" +msgstr "केआयबी" + +#. MegaByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "MB" +msgid "MiB" +msgstr "MB" + +#. GigaByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GB" +msgid "GiB" +msgstr "GB" + +#. TeraByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "TB" +msgid "TiB" +msgstr "TB" + +#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") +#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") +#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 +msgid "%1 (on average %2)" +msgstr "" + +#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter +#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738 +msgid "..." +msgstr "CD..." + +#. covert a number to download rate string +#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855 +msgid "%1/s" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. +#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when +#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules +#. automatically, but asks the user for confirmation +#. about every module. +#. The popup box informs the user about the detected +#. hardware and suggests a module to load. +#. The user can confirm the module or change +#. the suggested load command +#. +#. This is the heading of the popup box +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 +msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection" +msgstr "हार्डवेअर शोध नक्की करा" + +#. This is in information message. Next come the +#. hardware class name (network cards). +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "YaST2 will detect the following hardware:" +msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:" +msgstr "यास्ट2 पुढील हार्डवेअर शोधले:" + +#. Message in a continue/cancel popup +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 +msgid "" +"This module must be run as root.\n" +"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" +"For example, some settings can be read improperly\n" +"and it is unlikely that settings can be written.\n" +msgstr "" +"हे मॉड्युल रुट म्हणून चालवणे आवश्यक आहे.\n" +"आपण आता पुढे चालू केल्यास, मॉड्यूल नीट चालणार नाही.\n" +"उदाहरणार्थ, काही सेटिंग्ज नीट वाचली जाणार नाहीत\n" +"व ती सेटिंग्ज लिहिली जातीलच असेही नाही.\n" + +#. Popup headline +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 +msgid "Root Privileges Needed" +msgstr "मूळ फायदे हवेत" + +#. Popup question +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 +msgid "Really delete selected entry?" +msgstr "निवडलेली नोंद खरोखर कमी करावी का?" + +#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 +msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +msgstr "खरोखर कमी करावे '%1'?" + +#. button text +#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" +#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 +msgid "&Apply" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 +msgid "Initializing ..." +msgstr "सुरवात करत आहे..." + +#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "YaST2\n" +#| "Initializing ..." +msgid "" +"YaST\n" +"Initializing ...\n" +msgstr "" +"YaST2\n" +"कार्यान्वय करत आहे..." + +#. Heading for help popup window +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "मदत" + +#. fallback name for the dialog title +#. fallback name for the dialog title +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modules" +msgid "Module" +msgstr "मॉड्यूल्स" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:32 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:33 +msgid "United Arab Emirates" +msgstr "संयुक्त अरब अमीरात" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:33 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:144 +msgid "Albania" +msgstr "अलबानिया" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:34 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:81 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "Argentina" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:35 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:60 +msgid "Austria" +msgstr "Austria" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:36 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:66 +msgid "Australia" +msgstr "Australia" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:37 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:55 +msgid "Bosnia and Herzegowina" +msgstr "बोस्नीया व हर्झगोव्हिना" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:38 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:61 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:68 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:105 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:130 +msgid "Belgium" +msgstr "Belgium" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:39 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:52 +msgid "Bulgaria" +msgstr "बल्गारिया" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:40 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:34 +msgid "Bahrein" +msgstr "बहारिन" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:41 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:53 +msgid "Bangladesh" +msgstr "बंग्लादेश" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:42 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:82 +msgid "Bolivia" +msgstr "Bolivia" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:43 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:136 +msgid "Brasil" +msgstr "ब्राझिल" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:44 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:67 +msgid "Botswana" +msgstr "बोत्सवाना" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:45 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:51 +msgid "Belarus" +msgstr "बेलारुस" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:46 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:69 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:106 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "Canada" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:47 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:62 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:107 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:118 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "Switzerland" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:48 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:83 +msgid "Chile" +msgstr "Chile" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:49 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:158 +msgid "Peoples Republic of China" +msgstr "प्रजासत्ताक चीन" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:50 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:84 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "Colombia" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:51 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:85 +msgid "Costa Rica" +msgstr "Costa Rica" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:52 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:57 +msgid "Czech Republic" +msgstr "चेक गणतंत्र" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:53 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:63 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Germany" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:54 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:59 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:70 +msgid "Denmark" +msgstr "डेनमार्क" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:55 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:86 +msgid "Dominican Republic" +msgstr "Dominican Republic" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:56 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:35 +msgid "Algeria" +msgstr "Algeria" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:57 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:87 +msgid "Ecuador" +msgstr "Ecuador" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:58 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:101 +msgid "Estonia" +msgstr "इस्टोनिया" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:59 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:36 +msgid "Egypt" +msgstr "Egypt" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:60 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:56 +msgid "Catalonia" +msgstr "कॅटालोनिया" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:61 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:88 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:102 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:111 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Spain" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:62 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:103 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:146 +msgid "Finland" +msgstr "Finland" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:63 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:104 +msgid "Faroe Islands" +msgstr "फारो द्वीपओ" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:64 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:54 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:108 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:134 +msgid "France" +msgstr "France" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:65 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:58 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:71 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:112 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:123 +msgid "Great Britain" +msgstr "ग्रेट ब्रिटन" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:66 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:121 +msgid "Georgia" +msgstr "जार्जिया" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:67 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:122 +msgid "Greenland" +msgstr "ग्रीनलेन्ड" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:68 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:65 +msgid "Greece" +msgstr "ग्रीस" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:69 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:89 +msgid "Guatemala" +msgstr "Guatemala" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:70 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:72 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:159 +msgid "Hong Kong" +msgstr "Hong Kong" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:71 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:90 +msgid "Honduras" +msgstr "Honduras" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:72 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:114 +msgid "Croatia" +msgstr "क्रोशिया" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:73 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:115 +msgid "Hungary" +msgstr "हंगरी" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:74 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:116 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "ईन्डोनेशिया" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:75 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:73 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:110 +msgid "Ireland" +msgstr "Ireland" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:76 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:113 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:120 +msgid "Israel" +msgstr "इसरायल" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:77 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:37 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:74 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:148 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:149 +msgid "India" +msgstr "India" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:78 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:38 +msgid "Iraq" +msgstr "Iraq" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:79 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:117 +msgid "Iceland" +msgstr "आइसलैंड" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:80 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:119 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Italy" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:81 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:39 +msgid "Jordan" +msgstr "Jordan" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:82 +msgid "Japan" +msgstr "Japan" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:83 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:40 +msgid "Kuwait" +msgstr "Kuwait" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:84 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:41 +msgid "Lebanon" +msgstr "Lebanon" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:85 +msgid "Liechtenstein" +msgstr "Liechtenstein" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:86 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:124 +msgid "Lithuania" +msgstr "लिथुआनिया" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:87 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:64 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:109 +msgid "Luxemburg" +msgstr "लक्झेमबर्ग" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:88 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:125 +msgid "Latvia" +msgstr "लाटविया" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:89 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:42 +msgid "Libyan Arab Jamahiriya" +msgstr "लीबीयन अरब जमाहिरीया" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:90 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:43 +msgid "Morocco" +msgstr "Morocco" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:91 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:127 +msgid "Macedonia" +msgstr "मेकेडोनिया" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:92 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:129 +msgid "Malta" +msgstr "माल्टा" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:93 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:91 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Mexico" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:94 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:128 +msgid "Malaysia" +msgstr "Malaysia" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:95 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:92 +msgid "Nicaragua" +msgstr "Nicaragua" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:96 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:131 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "नीदरलैंड्स" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:97 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:132 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:133 +msgid "Norway" +msgstr "नार्वे" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:98 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:75 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:126 +msgid "New Zealand" +msgstr "New Zealand" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:99 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:44 +msgid "Oman" +msgstr "Oman" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:100 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:93 +msgid "Panama" +msgstr "Panama" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:101 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:94 +msgid "Peru" +msgstr "Peru" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:102 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:76 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:152 +msgid "Philippines" +msgstr "Philippines" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:103 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:155 +msgid "Pakistan" +msgstr "Pakistan" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:104 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:135 +msgid "Poland" +msgstr "Poland" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:105 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:95 +msgid "Puerto Rico" +msgstr "Puerto Rico" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:106 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:137 +msgid "Portugal" +msgstr "पुर्तगाल" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:107 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:96 +msgid "Paraguay" +msgstr "Paraguay" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:108 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:45 +msgid "Qatar" +msgstr "Qatar" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:109 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:138 +msgid "Romania" +msgstr "रोमानिया" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:110 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:139 +msgid "Russia" +msgstr "Russia" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:111 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:46 +msgid "Saudi Arabia" +msgstr "Saudi Arabia" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:112 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:47 +msgid "Sudan" +msgstr "सुदान" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:113 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:147 +msgid "Sweden" +msgstr "Sweden" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:114 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:77 +msgid "Singapore" +msgstr "Singapore" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:115 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:143 +msgid "Slovenia" +msgstr "स्लोवेनिया" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:116 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:142 +msgid "Slovakia" +msgstr "स्लोवाकिया" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:117 +msgid "San Marino" +msgstr "सॅन मारीनो" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:118 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:97 +msgid "El Salvador" +msgstr "El Salvador" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:119 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:48 +msgid "Syrian Arab Republic" +msgstr "सिरीयन अरब रिपब्लीक" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:120 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:151 +msgid "Thailand" +msgstr "थाइलैंड" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:121 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:150 +msgid "Tajikistan" +msgstr "ताजीकिस्तान" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:122 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:49 +msgid "Tunisia" +msgstr "Tunisia" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:123 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:153 +msgid "Turkey" +msgstr "टर्की" + +#. "TW" : _("Taiwan"), +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:125 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:140 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:154 +msgid "Ukraine" +msgstr "उक्रेन" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:126 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:78 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:98 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:157 +msgid "USA" +msgstr "USA" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:127 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:99 +msgid "Uruguay" +msgstr "Uruguay" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:128 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:156 +msgid "Uzbekistan" +msgstr "उझबेकिस्तान" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:129 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:100 +msgid "Venezuela" +msgstr "Venezuela" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:130 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:50 +msgid "Yemen" +msgstr "Yemen" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:131 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:141 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:145 +msgid "Yugoslavia" +msgstr "युगोस्लाव्हिया" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:132 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:32 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:79 +msgid "South Africa" +msgstr "South Africa" + +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:133 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:80 +msgid "Zimbabwe" +msgstr "Zimbabwe" + +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:160 +msgid "Taiwan" +msgstr "Taiwan" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message during parameters validation, +#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129 +#, fuzzy +msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address." +msgstr "IP पत्ता वैध नाही" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:142 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1431 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The zone name must be defined." +msgstr "भाग नाव दर्शविला पाहिजे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get information from zone which doesn't exist, +#. %1 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:153 +#, fuzzy +msgid "DNS zone %1 does not exist." +msgstr "फाईल %1 अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying manage records in zone which is not 'master' type +#. only 'master' zone records can be managed +#. %1 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:187 +msgid "DNS zone %1 is not type master." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone type defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:197 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The zone type must be defined." +msgstr "एक प्रकार निवडला पाहिजे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unsupported DNZ zone type, +#. %1 is the zone type +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:204 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Zone type %1 is not supported." +msgstr "समांतरणला मदत नाही." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The ACL name must be defined." +msgstr "भाग नाव दर्शविला पाहिजे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL, +#. %1 is the ACL's name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228 +#, fuzzy +msgid "An ACL named %1 does not exist." +msgstr "वाटा %1 अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The hostname must be defined." +msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव अवैध आहे." + +#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 +msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format." +msgstr "" + +#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 +msgid "The fully qualified hostname must end with a dot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described +#. two lines below using a pre-defined text +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:266 +msgid "The hostname is invalid." +msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव अवैध आहे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, MX priority is a needed parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:278 +msgid "The mail exchange priority must be defined." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284 +msgid "" +"The mail exchange priority is invalid.\n" +"It must be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone, +#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305 +msgid "" +"The hostname %1 is not part of the zone %2.\n" +"\n" +"The hostname must be relative to the zone or must end \n" +"with the zone name followed by a dot, for example,\n" +"'dhcp1' or 'dhcp1.example.org.' for the zone 'example.org'.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, +#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341 +msgid "" +"The reverse IPv4 address %1 is invalid.\n" +"\n" +"A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" +"separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make +#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363 +msgid "" +"The relative hostname %1 cannot be used with zone %2.\n" +"Use a fully qualified hostname finished with a dot instead,\n" +"such as 'host.example.org.'.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432 +msgid "" +"Invalid MX record.\n" +"Use the format 'priority server-name'.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key), +#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554 +msgid "" +"Invalid SOA record.\n" +"%1 must be from %2 to %3 seconds.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers +#. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name +#. like 'ttl' or 'refresh' +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583 +msgid "" +"Invalid SOA record.\n" +"%1 must be a BIND time type.\n" +"A BIND time type consists of numbers and the case-insensitive\n" +"suffixes W, D, H, M, and S. Time in seconds is allowed without the suffix.\n" +"Enter values such as 12H15m, 86400, or 1W30M.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, +#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614 +msgid "" +"Invalid SOA record.\n" +"%1 must be a number from %2 to %3.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 +msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 +msgid "" +"Invalid file size.\n" +"\n" +"It must be set in the format 'number[suffix]'.\n" +"\n" +"Possible suffixes are k, K, m, M, g, and G.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The count of file versions must be a number." +msgstr "मूल्य: %1 संख्या असली पाहिजे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, +#. 'master' servers haven't any 'masterservers', they ARE masterservers +#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to set 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, +#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381 +msgid "" +"Only slave zones have a master server defined.\n" +"Zone %1 is type %2.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." +msgstr "पुरविणाऱ्याचे नाव %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver' +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449 +msgid "Option masterserver is needed for slave zones." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2581 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Host's IP cannot be empty." +msgstr "युआरएल रिकामा असू शकत नाही." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found, +#. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539 +msgid "" +"There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n" +"Hostname %2 cannot be added." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60 +msgid "Service Status" +msgstr "सेवेची स्थिती" + +#. Content for the help +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status: " +msgid "Current status:" +msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: " + +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Activate During Boot" +msgid "Start During System Boot" +msgstr "बूटींग दरम्यान सुरु करा" + +#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading %1 Settings" +msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" +msgstr "%1 सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running" +msgid "running" +msgstr "चालू आहे" + +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "S&top now ..." +msgid "Stop now" +msgstr "आता थांबवा ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225 +msgid "stopped" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start now ..." +msgid "Start now" +msgstr "आता सुरूवात करा ..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." +#~ msgstr "योग्य संदर्भ माध्यम चढवू शकले नाही." + +#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेतली जात आहे %1 (%2)..." + +#~ msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No running network detected." +#~ msgstr "टोकनरिंग महाजाल नियंत्रक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "or continue without network." +#~ msgstr "2: स्थानिक अनेक वापरकर्ते दुर्गम महाजालाशिवाय" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installed Size" +#~ msgstr "स्थापित आकार" + +#~ msgid "Empty service name: %1." +#~ msgstr "रिक्त सेवा नाव: %1." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Service %1 does not exist." +#~ msgid "Service %1 does not exist in %2." +#~ msgstr "सेवा %1 अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Unable to disable service %1:\n" +#~| "%2" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unable to query '%1' unit Id\n" +#~ "Command returned: %2\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "सेवा अकार्यान्वित करण्यास असमर्थ %1:\n" +#~ "%2" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Unable to disable service %1:\n" +#~| "%2" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unable to disable service %1\n" +#~ "Command '%2' returned:%3\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "सेवा अकार्यान्वित करण्यास असमर्थ %1:\n" +#~ "%2" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Unable to enable service %1 in runlevels %2:\n" +#~| "%3" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unable to enable service %1\n" +#~ "Command %2 returned\n" +#~ "%3" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "चालू प्रक्रियेमध्ये %1 सुविधा सुरू करण्यास अपयश आले %2:\n" +#~ "%3" + +#~ msgid "&Enter Password:" +#~ msgstr "&परवली शब्द टाका:" + +#~ msgid "Scanning for hosts in the local network..." +#~ msgstr "स्थानिक महाजालावर सादरकर्त्यांकरता तपासा..." + +#~ msgid "&Available Hosts:" +#~ msgstr "&सादरकर्ते उपलब्ध:" + +#~ msgid "&Host:" +#~ msgstr "&सादरकर्ते:" + +#~ msgid "&User name:" +#~ msgstr "&वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव:" + +#~ msgid "&Module to Start:" +#~ msgstr "मॉड्यूल सुरू:" + +#~ msgid "Connection &Protocol:" +#~ msgstr "संपर्क आणि शिष्टाचार:" + +#~ msgid "&Launch" +#~ msgstr "प्रक्षेपक" + +#~ msgid "Select the Serial &Interface to Use:" +#~ msgstr "अनुक्रम आणि संवादसंच वापरासाठी निवडा:" + +#~ msgid "Installation Summary" +#~ msgstr "सारांश संस्थापन" + +#~ msgid "kB" +#~ msgstr "केबी" + +#~ msgid "Cannot enable service '%1'." +#~ msgstr "सेवा कार्यन्वित करू शकत नाही '%1'." + +#~ msgid "Cannot disable service '%1'." +#~ msgstr "सेवा अकार्यन्वित करू शकत नाही '%1'." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Post-Installation log (SUSEconfig)" +#~ msgstr "स्थापने नंतरची स्क्रिप्ट" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unable to enable service %1:\n" +#~ "%2" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "सेवा कार्यान्वित करण्यास असमर्थ %1:\n" +#~ "%2" + +#~ msgid "Import Public GnuPG Key" +#~ msgstr "अविश्वासू सार्वजनिक चावीनेसही केली" + +#~ msgid "&Import" +#~ msgstr " आयात " + +#~ msgid "Do &Not Import" +#~ msgstr "आयात करू नका" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository %1 \n" +#~ "%2:\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "%3\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" +#~ "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" +#~ "You should be sure that you can trust the owner and that\n" +#~ "the key really belongs to that owner before importing it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1: ही खालील GnuPG कळ सापडली आहे\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "तुम्ही ती तुमच्या विश्वासू स्थानीक कळीच्या रिंगणात आयात करण्याचे\n" +#~ "निवडू शकतात, याचा अर्थ तुम्ही कळीच्या मालकावर विश्वास ठेवता.\n" +#~ "तुम्हाला खात्री हवी तुम्ही मालकावर विश्वास ठेऊ शकता व आयात\n" +#~ "करण्यासाठी पूर्वी ही कळला मालकाचीच आहे." + +#~ msgid "A&vailable are:" +#~ msgstr "उपलब्ध आहेत:" + +#~ msgid "Re&start detection" +#~ msgstr "शोधकार्य परत सुरू करा" + +#~ msgid "&Configure..." +#~ msgstr "&संरचित करा..." + +#~ msgid "C&hange..." +#~ msgstr "बदला..." + +#~ msgid "Package %1 was not found on the medium." +#~ msgstr "या माध्यमावर %1 पॅकेज सापडू शकले नाही." + +#~ msgid "Failed to download delta RPM" +#~ msgstr "डेल्टा RPM डाऊनलोड करण्यात अपयश" + +#~ msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM" +#~ msgstr "डेल्टा RPM लागू करण्यात अपयश" + +#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM" +#~ msgstr "पॅच RPM डाऊनलोड करण्यात अपयश" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Download failed:\n" +#~ " %1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "उतरवून घेण्यात अयशस्वी:\n" +#~ "%1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Automatically Retry After %1 Seconds" +#~ msgstr "DNS आपोआप परत बोलावले आहे" + +#~ msgid "No package source defined." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज उगम डिफाइन्ड नाही." + +#~ msgid "Size" +#~ msgstr "परिमाण" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading RPM DB..." +#~ msgstr " PAM सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Another process is accessing the package database.\n" +#~ "Package management cannot be used now.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "पॅकेज माहिती सोबत इतर प्रक्रिया संपर्क करत आहे.\n" +#~ "पॅकेज व्यवस्थापन चालणार नाही! \n" + +#~ msgid "Mail Server" +#~ msgstr "पत्र सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "POP3 Server" +#~ msgstr "POP3 सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "POP3S Server" +#~ msgstr "POP3S सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "IMAP Server" +#~ msgstr "IMAP सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "IMAPS Server" +#~ msgstr "IMAPS सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "Samba Server" +#~ msgstr "Samba सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "Remote Synchronization" +#~ msgstr "दुरस्थ सिंकोनायझेशन" + +#~ msgid "DNS Server" +#~ msgstr "DNS सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "NFS Client" +#~ msgstr "NFS ग्राहक" + +#~ msgid "NFS Server" +#~ msgstr "NFS सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "NIS Server" +#~ msgstr "NIS सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "Remote Administration" +#~ msgstr "दुरस्थ व्यवस्थापक" + +#~ msgid "TFTP Server" +#~ msgstr "TFTP सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "IPP Server" +#~ msgstr "IPP सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "IPP Client" +#~ msgstr "IPP ग्राहक" + +#~ msgid "NTP Server" +#~ msgstr "NTP सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Server" +#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "LDAPS Server" +#~ msgstr "LDAPS सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "IPsec" +#~ msgstr "IPsec" + +#~ msgid "SLP Daemon" +#~ msgstr "SLP डिमन" + +#~ msgid "Remote Access to Display Manager" +#~ msgstr "दर्शक व्यवस्थापकाकरता दुरस्थ संपर्क" + +#~ msgid "Remote File Alteration Monitor" +#~ msgstr "दुरस्थ फाईल बदलण्याचा दर्शक" + +#~ msgid "Portable Batch System (PBS)" +#~ msgstr "स्थानबध्द संच यंत्रणा (PBS)" + +#~ msgid "MySQL Remote Access" +#~ msgstr "MySQL दुरस्थ संपर्क" + +#~ msgid "HTTP Server" +#~ msgstr "HTTP सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "HTTPS Server" +#~ msgstr "HTTPS सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "SSH" +#~ msgstr "SSH" + +#~ msgid "DHCP Server" +#~ msgstr "DHCP सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "DHCP Client" +#~ msgstr "DHCP ग्राहक" + +#~ msgid "NIS Client" +#~ msgstr "NIS ग्राहक" + +#~ msgid "network card" +#~ msgstr "नेटवर्क कार्ड" + +#~ msgid "modem" +#~ msgstr "मोडेम" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/bootloader.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/bootloader.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/bootloader.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,2946 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" + +#. command line help text for Bootloader module +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35 +msgid "Boot loader configuration module" +msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना मॉड्युल" + +#. command line help text for summary action +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48 +msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader" +msgstr "बूट लोडरचा संरचना सारांश" + +#. command line help text for delete action +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Delete a global option" +msgstr "पुसलेले लोकाल सेटींग्ज" + +#. command line help text for set action +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Set a global option" +msgstr "पुसलेले लोकाल सेटींग्ज" + +#. command line help text for print action +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75 +msgid "Print value of specified option" +msgstr "ठरवलेल्या विकल्पाची किंमत छापा" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83 +msgid "The key of the option" +msgstr "विकल्पाची कळ" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 +msgid "The value of the option" +msgstr "पर्यायी किंमत" + +#. command line error report +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152 +msgid "Value was not specified." +msgstr "किंमत दर्शवली नाही." + +#. command line error report +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174 +msgid "Option was not specified." +msgstr "पर्याय सुचवला नाही." + +#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Value: %1" +msgid "Value: %s" +msgstr "मूल्य: %1" + +#. command line error report +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183 +msgid "Specified option does not exist." +msgstr "सुचविलेला पर्याय अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: +#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp +#. +#. Module: +#. Bootloader installation and configuration +#. +#. Summary: +#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration +#. +#. Authors: +#. Joachim Plack +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23 +msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>" +msgstr "<p><big><b>बूट मेनू</b></big><br></p>" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<b>बूट पार्टिशनसाठी पार्टीशन टेबलमध्ये एक्टीव फ्लॅग सेट करा</b><br>\n" +"बूटलोडरचा समावेश असलेले पार्टिशन सक्रिय करण्यासाठी,\n" +"<b>अक्टिव्हेट बूटलोडर पार्टिशन</b> निश्चित करा. त्यानंतर जेनेरिक MBR कोड \n" +"सक्रिय पार्टिशन बूट करतो. जरी बूट लोड जेनेरिक MBR मधे स्थापित असेल तरी जुन्या BIOSes साठी एक पार्टिशन सक्रिय असणे आवश्यक आहे.</p>" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: +#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp +#. +#. Module: +#. Bootloader installation and configuration +#. +#. Summary: +#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration +#. +#. Authors: +#. Joachim Plack +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>सेकंदांमध्ये संपण्याची वेळ</b><br>\n" +"डिफॉल्त कर्नेल लोड होईपर्यंत बूटलोडर किते वेळ थांबेल हे सांगते..</p>\n" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n" +"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" +"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" +"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" +"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" +"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> <b>Set as Default</b> दाबून आपण निवडलेला\n" +"विभाग डिफॉल्ट म्हणून चिन्हांकित करता. बूट होत असताना\n" +" बूटलोडर एक बूट मेन्यू पुरवेल व प्रयोक्त्याने बूट करण्यासाठी कर्नेल अगर दुसरी ओएस\n" +" निवडण्यासाठी थांबेल. वेळ संपेपर्यंत कोणतीच की दाबली गेली नाही तर डिफॉल्ट कर्नेल अगर ओएस\n" +"बूट केली जाईल. बूट लोडर\n" +" मेन्यूमधील विभागांचा क्रम <b>Up</b> आणि <b>Down</b>बटने वापरुन बदलता येतो. </p>\n" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"boots the active partition).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>जेनेरिक कोड MBR च्या जागी घालणे.</b></big><br>\n" +"आपल्या डिस्कच्या मास्टर बूट रेकॉर्ड ऐवजी जेनेरिक कोड \n" +"घालण्यासाठी (ओएस जेनेरिक कोड, ज्यामुळे सक्रिय पार्टिशन बूट होते),<b>रिप्लेस MBR विथ जेनेरिक\n" +"कोड),</b>निश्चित करा.</b>.</p>" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>बूट फ्रॉम बूट पार्टिशन </b> एक शिफारस केलेला पर्याय, दुसरा आहे कर \n" +"<b>पार्टिशनमधील बूट</b>.</p>" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +"installed on your computer</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>-<b>मास्टर बूट रेकॉर्डमधून बूट करणे</b> \n" +"संगणकावर आणखी एकादी कार्य प्रणाली स्थापित\n" +"असल्यास शिफारस करण्यात येत नाही.</p>" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n" +"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"to start this section.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>रुट पार्टिशनमधून बूट करा</b>या पर्यायाची शिफारसजेव्हा जेव्हा योग्य पार्टिशन असेल तेव्हा करण्यात येते.\n" +"आवश्यक असेल मास्टर बूट रेकॉर्ड अद्यतन करण्यासाठी बूट लोडर ऑप्शन्समध्ये एमबीआरला जेनेरिक बूट\n" +"कोड लिहा किंवा हा विभाग चालूकरण्यासाठीतुमचा बूट मॅनेजर\n" +"सक्रिय करा.<p><p>" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>कस्टम बूट पार्टिशन </b> च्यावरून बूट करण्यासाठी पार्टिशन निवडू देते </p>" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 +msgid "" +"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n" +"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n" +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>सीरीयल कनेक्शन पॅरामीटर्स </b> सीरीयल कन्सोल साठी आपणास \n" +" निकषांची व्याख्या करु देते. अधिक माहितीसाठी कृपया grub दस्तावेद (<code>info grub</code>) पहा.</p>" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n" +#| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +#| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +#| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +#| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>टर्मिनल डेफिनिशन </b></p><br>\n" +"आपणास जे टर्मिनल वापरायचे आहे ते सांगते. सीरीयल टर्मिनलसाठी (उदा. सीरीयल कन्सोल),\n" +"आपण <code>सीरीयल</code> नमूद करणे आवश्यक आहे. आपण <code>सीरीयल कन्सोल</code> म्हणून\n" +"कमांडकडे <code>सीरीयल कन्सोल</code> देखील पाठवू शकता. अशा वेळी, आपण \n" +"कोणतीही की दाबाल ते टर्मिनल GRUB टर्मिनल म्हणून निवडले जाईल.</p>" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n" +"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>फॉलबॅक सेक्शन्स जर डिफॉल्ट अयशस्वी ठरला</b> मधे सेक्शनक्रमांकांची सूची समाविष्ट असते\n" +"जी डिफॉल्ट सेक्शन बूट करण्यासारखा नसल्यास बूटींगसाठी वापरली जाईल.</p>" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 +msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" +msgstr "<p>सिलेक्टिंग<b>हाईड मेन्यू ऑन बूट </b> बूट मेन्यू लपवेल </p>" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>पासवर्ड फॉर द मेन्यू इंटरफेस </b><br>\n" +"बूट मेन्यू अक्सेस करण्यासाठी आवश्यक असलेल्या पासवर्डची व्याख्या करा. आपण पुन्हा <b>रीटाईप पासवर्ड</b> मधे पुनरावृत्ती केल्यास YaST फक्त\n" +"पासवर्ड स्वीकारेल.</p>" + +#. help text 1/5 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" +"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" +"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n" +"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>डिस्क्स ऑर्डर</b></big><br>\n" +"BIOS मधील ऑर्डरनुसार डिस्क्सची ऑर्डर नमूद करण्यासाठी, \n" +"डिस्कचा क्रम पुन्हा लावण्यासाठी<b>अप</b> आणि <b>डाऊन</b>बटणे वर खाली करा.</p>" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 +msgid "Boot Loader Locations" +msgstr "बूट लोडर ठिकाण" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" +msgstr "बूट पार्टिशनसाठी पार्टिशन तक्त्यात सक्रिय फ्लॅग निश्चित करा." + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" +msgstr "एक दशांश सेकंदात वेळ संपली" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Default Boot Section" +msgstr "मूळ बूट भाग" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" +msgstr "MBR साठी सर्वसाधारण बूट कोड लिहा." + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 +msgid "Custom Boot Partition" +msgstr "HFS बूट विभाजन" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 +msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" +msgstr "मुख्य बूट रेकॉर्ड" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +msgid "Boot from Root Partition" +msgstr "%1बूट विभाजन व विभाग" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" +msgstr "%1 चे बूट विभाजन व विभाग" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" +msgstr "%1बूट विभाजन व विभाग" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" +msgstr "इतर कर्नेल पॅरामिर्टर्स" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" +msgstr "डिफॉल्ट अयशस्वी झाल्यास फॉलबॅक सेक्शन्स" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" +msgstr "बूटवर मेन्यू लपवा" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" +msgstr "मेन्यू इंटरफेससाठी पासवर्ड" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" +msgstr "फ्लॅग डीबग करत आहे." + +#. Validate function of a popup +#. @param [String] key any widget key +#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation +#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73 +msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" +msgstr "परवलीशब्दाच्या मदतीने बूट लोडरचे संरक्षण करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Event Notification" +msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" +msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना अधिसूचना" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&परवली शब्द" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88 +msgid "Re&type Password" +msgstr "सांकेतिक शब्द परत लिहा" + +#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" +#. +#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +msgstr "%1बूट विभाजन व विभाग" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +msgstr "%1 चे बूट विभाजन व विभाग" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" +msgstr "HFS बूट विभाजन" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "बूट लोडर ठिकाण" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "मुख्य बूट रेकॉर्ड" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" +msgstr "%1बूट विभाजन व विभाग" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312 +msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" +msgstr "" + +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Boot Loader Options" +msgid "Boot Code Options" +msgstr "बूट लोडर पर्याय" + +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Kernel Parameters" +msgstr "इतर कर्नेल पॅरामिर्टर्स" + +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Boot Loader Options" +msgid "Bootloader Options" +msgstr "बूट लोडर पर्याय" + +#. Window title +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149 +msgid "Boot Loader Options" +msgstr "बूट लोडर पर्याय" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Secure" +msgid "Secure Boot" +msgstr "सुरक्षित" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" +msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" +msgstr "Layer 2 सपोर्ट सुरु करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgid "Boot &Loader Location" +msgstr "बूट लोडर ठिकाण" + +#. help text +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266 +msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: +#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp +#. +#. Module: +#. Bootloader installation and configuration +#. +#. Summary: +#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration +#. +#. Authors: +#. Joachim Plack +#. +#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 +msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>ऑप्शनल केर्नेल कमांड लाईन पॅरामीटर </b> आपणास केर्नेलकडे पाठवण्यासाठी अतिरिक्त निकषांची व्याख्या करू देते </p>" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Vga मोड</b> बूटिंगच्या वेळी केर्नेलने सेट करण्याच्या <i>कन्सोल</i> साठी Vga मोडची व्याख्या करते </p>" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 +msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 +msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +#, fuzzy +msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" +msgstr "वैकल्पीत कर्नेल सूचना ओळ पॅरामीटर्स" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Vga Mode" +msgstr "VGA मोड" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +msgid "Probe Foreign OS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box item +#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels +#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels +#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) +#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58 +msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" +msgstr "%1x%2, %3 बीट्स (मोड %4)" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." +msgstr "सामान्य प्रिंटर" + +#. item of a combo box +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71 +msgid "Text Mode" +msgstr "मजकूर अवस्था" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Unspecified" +msgid "Unspecified" +msgstr "निर्देश न केलेले" + +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1st" +msgid "set" +msgstr "पहिला" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remove" +msgid "remove" +msgstr "कमी करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + +#. Init function for console +#. @param [String] widget +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Autodetected card" +msgid "Autodetect by grub2" +msgstr "कार्ड आपोआप शोधणे" + +#. FATE: #110038: Serial console +#. add or remove console key with value for sections +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" +msgstr "चित्रमय मेन्यू फाईल" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use &graphical console" +msgstr "अनुक्रम पडदा" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Conflict Resolution:" +msgid "&Console resolution" +msgstr "काँफ्लिक्ट रिझोल्यूशन" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Console theme" +msgstr "इनव्हेलिड अर्गुमेन्ट" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use &serial console" +msgstr "अनुक्रम पडदा" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Console arguments" +msgstr "इनव्हेलिड अर्गुमेन्ट" + +#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#. file open popup caption +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 +msgid "Select File" +msgstr "फाईल निवडा" + +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." +msgstr "विभाग पाडल्यामुळे, बूटलोडर नीट स्थापित करता येऊ शकत नाही." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 +msgid "Boot Loader Settings" +msgstr "बूट लोडर मांडणी" + +#. message +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142 +msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." +msgstr "सध्याचा बूट अद्ययावतकरता विकल्प मांडणी केली नाहीत " + +#. combo box +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109 +msgid "&Boot Loader" +msgstr "बूट लोडर" + +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138 +msgid "" +"\n" +"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" +"might not start.\n" +"\n" +"Proceed?\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"आपण कोणताही बूट लोडर स्थापित करत नसल्यास,\n" +"कदाचित प्रणाली सुरु होणार नाही.\n" +"\n" +"पुढे चालू करायचे?\n" + +#. menu button entry +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175 +msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" +msgstr "संरचना फाईल्स संपादीत करा" + +#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182 +msgid "&Propose New Configuration" +msgstr "नवीन संरचना सुचवा" + +#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189 +msgid "&Start from Scratch" +msgstr "स्क्रॅचेसपासून सुरू" + +#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197 +msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" +msgstr "तबकडीपासून संरचना पुन्हा वाचा" + +#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214 +msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" +msgstr "हार्डडिस्कचा MBR पुन्हा स्थापीत करा" + +#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222 +msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" +msgstr "डिस्कवर बूट लोडरचा बूट कोड लिहा." + +#. menu button +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "इतर" + +#. message popup +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254 +msgid "MBR restored successfully." +msgstr "MBR यशस्वीरीत्या पुन्हा साठविले." + +#. message popup +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 +msgid "Failed to restore MBR." +msgstr "MBR पुन्हा साठवून ठेवण्यात अयशस्वी." + +#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." +msgstr "महाजाल मांडणी लिहिण्यास अयशस्वी." + +#. push button +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329 +msgid "Boot &Loader Options" +msgstr "बूट लोडर विकल्प" + +#. push button +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342 +msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" +msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थापना आणि अधिक माहिती" + +#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32 +msgid "" +"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n" +"Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><BIG><B>बूट लोडर आकृतीबंधाचे साधन</B></BIG><BR>\n" +"आपल्या बूट लोडरवरील सेटिंग्ज बदला.</P>" + +#. help text +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B><BIG>बूट लोडर आकृतीबंध जतन करणे.</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"कृपया वाट पहा...<br></p>" + +#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" +"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>अन्य</B> पासून\n" +"आपण हाताने बूट लोडर आकृतीबंध फाईल्स संपादित करु शकाल, सध्याचा\n" +"आकृतीबंध मोकळा करु शकाल व नवीन आकृतीबंधाचा प्रस्ताव ठेवू शकाल.\n" +"स्क्रॅच पासून सुरुवात करा किंवा आपल्या डिस्कवर साठवलेला आकृतीबंध पुन्हा वाचा. %1</P>" + +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67 +msgid "" +"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n" +"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>बूट लोडर आकृतीबंध फाईल्स हाताने संपादित करण्यासाठी, \n" +"<B>आकृतीबंध फाईल्स संपादित करा</B> वर क्लिक करा.</P>" + +#. help 1/4 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n" +"in the boot menu.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P> तक्त्यात, प्रत्येक विभाग बूट मेन्यूमधील एक आयटेमचे\n" +"प्रतिनिधित्व करतो.</P>" + +#. help 2/4 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n" +"selected section.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>निवडलेल्या विभागाची वैशिष्टये प्रदर्शित करण्यासाठी<B>एडिट</B>\n" +"दाबा</P>" + +#. help 3/4 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n" +"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" +"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n" +"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" +"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" +"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><b>सेट अज डिफॉल्ट</b>दाबून,\n" +"निवडलेल्या विभागावर डिफॉल्ट म्हणून खूण करा. बूटिंग करतांना बूट लोडर मेन्यू पुरवेल व \n" +"उपभोक्त्याने बूट करण्यासाठी कर्नेल किंवा \n" +"इतर OS निवडण्याची वाट पाहील. वेळ संपेपर्यंत कोणतीही की न दाबल्यास, डिफॉल्ट\n" +"कर्नेल किंवा OS बूट होईल. बूट लोडर मेन्यूमधील सेक्शन्सचा\n" +"क्रम<B>अप</B> आणि <B>डाऊन</B> बटणे वापरुन बदलता येऊ शकेल.</P>" + +#. help 4/4 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n" +"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>नवीन बूट लोडर सेक्शन निर्माण करण्यासाठी <B>अड</B>दाबा.\n" +"किंवा निवडलेला सेक्शन पुसण्यासाठी <B>डिलीट</B> दाबा.</P>" + +#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 +#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") +#. this should be per architecture +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n" +"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>बूट लोडरचे ठिकाण</b></big><br>\n" +"पुढील मार्गांनी बूट लोडर मॅनेजर (%1) स्थापित करता येऊ शकतोः</p>" + +#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116 +msgid "" +"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n" +"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" +"on the computer.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>-<b>मास्टर बूट रेकॉर्ड</b> (MBR)मधे.\n" +"संगणकावर आणखी एकादी कार्य प्रणालीस्थापित\n" +"असल्यास याला शिफारस करण्यात येत नाही.</p>" + +#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" +"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n" +"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n" +"to update the master boot record\n" +"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"to start &product;.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"- <b>बूट</b>च्या किंवा रुट पार्टिशनच्या<tt>/बूट सेक्टर</tt> मधे.<tt>/</tt> \n" +"जेव्हा जेव्हा योग्य पार्टिशन असेल तेव्हा या पर्यायाची शिफारस करण्यात येते.\n" +"आवश्यक असेल तर मुख्य बूट रेकॉर्ड अपडेट करण्यासाठी\n" +"एकतर बूट लोडर स्थापन तपशीलात<b>अक्टिव्हेट बूट लोडर पार्टिशन</b>आणि\n" +"<b>रिप्लेस MBR वुईथ जेनेरिक कोड</b> निश्चित करा\n" +"किंवा &उत्पादन सुरु करण्यासाठी\n" +" आपल्या दुस-या बूट मॅनेजरचा आकृतिबंध बनवा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" +"when selecting this option.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"- काही <b>अन्य</b> पार्टिशनमधे. हा पर्याय निवडतांना\n" +"आपल्या प्रणालीच्या मर्यादा विचारात घ्या.</p>" + +#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 +msgid "" +"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" +"limit that restricts booting to\n" +"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" +"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>उदाहरणार्थ, अनेक पीसीज मधे BIOS मर्यादा असते\n" +"जी 1024 पेक्षा छोट्या हार्ड डिस्क सिलेंडर्सना बूट करण्यावर\n" +"मर्यादा आणते. वापरलेल्या बूट मॅनेजरनुसार, आपण तार्किक पार्टिशनवरुन बूट करु शकाल\n" +"किंवा शकणार नाही.</p>" + +#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" +"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +" इनपुट फिल्डमधे पार्टिशनवरुन डिव्हाईसचे<tt>/dev/hda3</tt>\n" +"नांव प्रविष्ट करा. (उदाहरणार्थ,...)</p>" + +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n" +"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" +"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>बूट लोडरच्या स्थापनेचा तपशील</b></big><br>\n" +"प्रगत बूट लोडर स्थापना पर्याय जुळवून घेण्यासाठी (डिव्हाईस\n" +"मॅपिंग प्रमाणे),<b>बूट लोडर इन्स्टॉलेशन डीटेल्स</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>" + +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n" +"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" +"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>बूट लोडरचा प्रकार</b></big><br>\n" +"Tबूट लोडर स्थापित करायचा किंवा काय आणि कोणता बूट लोडरस्थापित\n" +"करायचा हे निवडण्यासाठी, <b>बूट लोडर</b>वापरा.</p>" + +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n" +"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" +"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>बूट लोडरचे पर्याय</b></big><br>\n" +"बूट लोडरचे पर्याय जुळवून घेण्यासाठी, (जसे टाईम-आऊट),\n" +"<b>बूट लोडर ऑप्शन्स</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>" + +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n" +"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n" +"<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>हातानी उत्तम आकृतीबंध</B><BR>\n" +"या ठिकाणी, हाताने बूट लोडर आकृतीबंध संपादित करा.</P>\n" +"<P>टीपः अंतिम आकृतीबंध फाईलमधे वेगळी इंडेटिंग असू शकतात.</P>" + +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n" +"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" +"name must be unique.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>सेक्शनचे नांव</big></b><br>\n" +"बूट लोडरच्या सेक्शनचे नांव नमूद करण्यासाठी <b>सेक्शन नेम</b>वापरा.\n" +"सेक्शनचे नांव अगदी वेगळे असले पाहिजे.</p>" + +#. help text 1/5 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n" +"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>नवीन विभागाचा प्रकार</b></big><br>\n" +"निर्मितीसाठी नवीन विभागाचा प्रकार निवडा.</p>" + +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235 +msgid "" +"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n" +"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" +"selected section.</p>" +msgstr "सध्या निवडलेला विभाग क्लोन करण्यासाठी <b>क्लोन सिलेक्टेड सेक्शन</b><p>निवडा.नंतर पर्यायात बदल कराते जे निवडलेल्या विभागापेक्षावेगळे असावेत.</p>" + +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" +"to load and start.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>लोड व सुरु करण्यासाठी नवीन लायनक्स कर्नेल किंवा इतर प्रतिमा\n" +"घालण्याकरिता<b>कर्नेल (लायनक्स)</b>निवडा.</p>" + +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" +"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>नवीन लायनक्स कर्नेल किंवा इतर प्रतिमा घालण्यासाठी, परंतु ती XEN वातावरणात सुरु करण्यासाठी <b>कर्नेल व्हाया XEN<b> \n" +" निवडा.</p>" + +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249 +msgid "" +"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n" +"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"booting other operating systems.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>डिस्कच्या पार्टिशनचा बूट सेक्टर लोड करणाराव सुरु करणारा सेक्शन घालण्यासाठी <b>अन्य प्रणाली</b>(चेनलोडर)निवडा.\n" +"\n" +"इतर कार्य प्रणाली बूट करण्यासाठी तो वापरला जातो.</p>" + +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"booting other operating systems.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>डिस्कच्या विभागणीचा (पार्टिशन) बूट सेक्टर लोड व\n" +"सुरु करणारा विभाग (सेक्शन) घालण्यासाठी<b>अन्य प्रणाली</b>निवडा.\n" +"इतर कार्य प्रणाली बूट करण्यासाठी हे वापरले जाते.</p>" + +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 +msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" +msgstr "हार्डडिस्कची आज्ञा: %1" + +#. summary string +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51 +msgid "Do not install any boot loader" +msgstr "कोणताही बूटलोडर स्थापन करू नका" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54 +msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" +msgstr "कोणताही बूट लोडर स्थापन करू नका" + +#. summary string +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 +msgid "Install the default boot loader" +msgstr "मूळ बूट लोडर स्थापन करा" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 +msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" +msgstr "मूळ बूट लोडर स्थापन करा" + +#. summary string +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68 +msgid "Boot loader" +msgstr "बूट लेडर" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71 +msgid "Boot Loader" +msgstr "बूट लोडर" + +#. popup message +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35 +msgid "" +"This function is not available if the boot\n" +"loader is not specified." +msgstr "" +"जर बूट लेडर ठरवला नाही तर \n" +"हे फंक्शन उपलब्ध होणार नाही." + +#. yes-no popup question +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48 +msgid "" +"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost.\n" +msgstr "" +"न साठवून ठेवता बूट लेडर कॉनफिग्युरेशन खरोखरच ?\n" +"तसेच ठेवायचे आहे का.\n" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57 +msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgstr "परवली शब्द हा रिक्त असता कामा नये." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66 +msgid "" +"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" +"do not match. Retype the password." +msgstr "" +"'परवलीशब्द' आणि 'परत लिहिलेला परवलीशब्द'\n" +"दोन्ही जुळत नाही. परत परवली शब्द लिहा." + +#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set +#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete +#. sentence. +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" +msgstr "बूट लेडर ठिकाण सेट करा." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 +msgid "" +"The name selected is already used.\n" +"Use a different one.\n" +msgstr "" +"जे नाव निवडले आहे ते आधिच अस्तित्वात आहे.\n" +"दुसरे नाव वापरा.\n" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101 +msgid "" +"An error occurred during boot loader\n" +"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" +msgstr "" +"बूट लेडर स्थापनेवेळी \n" +"चूक झाली . बूट लोडर कॉनफिग्युरेशनचा पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा का?\n" + +#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of +#. 'date' command output +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125 +msgid "" +"Warning!\n" +"\n" +"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n" +"saved at %2.\n" +"\n" +"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n" +"The partition table remains unchanged.\n" +"\n" +"Continue?\n" +msgstr "" +"इशारा!\n" +"\n" +"सध्याचा %1 चा MBR चा MBR आता \n" +"यापुढे %2 ने जतन केलेला\n" +"\n" +"MBR म्हणून लिहिला जाईल.\n" +"MBR मधील फक्त बूटिंग कोड पुन्हा लिहिला जाईल.\n" +"विभागणी (पार्टिशन) तक्त्यात बदल होणार नाही.\n" +"पुढे चालू ठेवायचे?\n" + +#. PushButton +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147 +msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" +msgstr "हो, परत लिहा" + +#. error report +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "विभाजनामुळे, बूट लोडर व्यवस्थितरित्या स्थापना होऊ शकणार नाही. " + +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +msgstr "वर्गामध्ये कमीत कमी एक मुद्रणयंत्र हवे." + +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Disk order settings" +msgstr "फिल्टर स्थापिते" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "D&isks" +msgstr "तबकड्या" + +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "उपकरण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 +msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and +#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 +msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." +msgstr "" + +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 +msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." +msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना साठवले जात आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" +"For details, read the related chapter \n" +"in the documentation. \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158 +msgid "The system will reboot now..." +msgstr "ही यंत्रणा आता पुन्हा सुरू करा..." + +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +msgid "Booting" +msgstr "बूटीग" + +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +msgid "&Booting" +msgstr "बूटीग" + +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "स्थापनेकरता बूट लोडर निवडलेला नाही. यंत्रणा बुटेबल नाही" + +#. error in the proposal +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "विभाग पाडल्यामुळे, बूटलोडर नीट स्थापित करता येऊ शकत नाही." + +#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal +#. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change Location: %s" +msgstr "स्थान: %1" + +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 +msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" +msgstr "बूट लोडर प्रकार: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 +msgid " (extended)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 +msgid " (MBR)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Status Location: %1" +msgstr "स्थान: %1" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" +msgstr "एलडिएपि सिक्यूअर पोर्ट: % १" + +#. Check that bootloader is known and supported +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" +msgstr "अज्ञात मॉडेल: %1" + +#. grub2 is sooo cool... +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" + +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." +msgstr "बूट उपकरण मिळाले नाही" + +#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" + +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 +msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." +msgstr "" + +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 +msgid "Check boot loader" +msgstr "बूट लोडर तपासा" + +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 +msgid "Read partitioning" +msgstr "विभाजन वाचा" + +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 +msgid "Load boot loader settings" +msgstr "बूट लोडर मांडणी भरा" + +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 +msgid "Checking boot loader..." +msgstr "बूट लोडर तपासला जात आहे..." + +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 +msgid "Reading partitioning..." +msgstr "विभाजने वाचली जात आहे..." + +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 +msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." +msgstr "बूट लोडर मांडणी भरली जात आहे..." + +#. dialog header +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 +msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" +msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना सुरू होत आहे" + +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 +msgid "Create initrd" +msgstr "इनट्रीड निर्माण करा" + +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 +msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" +msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना फाईल संग्रहीत करा" + +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 +msgid "Install boot loader" +msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थापा" + +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 +msgid "Creating initrd..." +msgstr "इंड्रीड निर्माण करत आहे..." + +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 +msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." +msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना फाईल्स संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 +msgid "Installing boot loader..." +msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थापीत करत आहे..." + +#. progress line +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 +msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" +msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Distribution:" +#~ msgid "D&istributor" +#~ msgstr " वाटप: " + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>ऑप्शनल केर्नेल कमांड लाईन पॅरामीटर </b> आपणास केर्नेलकडे पाठवण्यासाठी अतिरिक्त निकषांची व्याख्या करू देते </p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" +#~ msgstr "वैकल्पीत कर्नेल सूचना ओळ पॅरामीटर्स" + +#~ msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section" +#~ msgstr "जागतिक विकल्प वा या विभागाचे विकल्प काढून टाका" + +#~ msgid "Set a global option or option of a section" +#~ msgstr "जागतिक विकल्प मांडणी करा व ह्या विभागाचा विकल्प मांडा" + +#~ msgid "The name of the section" +#~ msgstr "भागाचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "Section %1 not found." +#~ msgstr "भाग %1 सापडत नाही." + +#~ msgid "Section name must be specified." +#~ msgstr "भाग नाव दर्शविला पाहिजे." + +#~ msgid "Disk Order" +#~ msgstr "तबकडीची आज्ञा" + +#~ msgid "Boot Menu" +#~ msgstr "बूट मेनू" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>ग्राफिकल मेन्यू फाईल </b> ग्राफिकल बूट मेन्यूसाठी वापरण्यासाठी फाईलची व्याख्या करते.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Graphical &Menu File" +#~ msgstr "चित्रमय मेन्यू फाईल" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Choose new graphical menu file" +#~ msgstr "चित्रमय मेन्यू फाईल" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals" +#~ msgstr "जॉयस्टिक उपलब्ध करा." + +#~ msgid "&Up" +#~ msgstr "वर" + +#~ msgid "&Down" +#~ msgstr "खाली" + +#~ msgid "Kernel Section" +#~ msgstr "कर्नेल भाग" + +#~ msgid "Section Settings" +#~ msgstr "विभाग मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management" +#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर मांडणी: विभाग प्रबंधक" + +#~ msgid "Xen Section" +#~ msgstr "कर्नेल भाग" + +#~ msgid "Menu Section" +#~ msgstr "कर्नेल भाग" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Dump Section" +#~ msgstr "कर्नेल भाग" + +#~ msgid "Other System Section" +#~ msgstr "इतर प्रणाली विभाग" + +#~ msgid "&Filename" +#~ msgstr "&फाईलचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "Filename: %1" +#~ msgstr "फाईलचे नाव: %1" + +#~ msgid "Fi&le Contents" +#~ msgstr "फाईलची माहिती" + +#~ msgid "Expert Manual Configuration" +#~ msgstr "तज्ञ मानवी संरचना" + +#~ msgid "Image" +#~ msgstr "प्रतिमा" + +#~ msgid "Floppy" +#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Menu" +#~ msgstr "बूट मेनू" + +#~ msgid "Def." +#~ msgstr "निराळे" + +#~ msgid "Label" +#~ msgstr "लेबल" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "प्रकार" + +#~ msgid "Image / Device" +#~ msgstr "प्रतिमा / उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "Set as De&fault" +#~ msgstr "मूळ म्हणून मांडा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n" +#~ "the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The current configuration will be saved and you can\n" +#~ "restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Select a course of action:\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "आपण आपला बूट लोडर बदलण्याची निवड केलेली आहे.\n" +#~ "आकृतीबंध रुपांतरित करतांना, काही सेटिंग्ज नष्ट होऊ शकतात.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "सध्याचा आकृतीबंध जतन असेल आणि आपण सध्याच्या\n" +#~ "बूट लोडरकडे परत आल्यास आपण तो पुनर्स्थापित करु शकाल.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "काय कृती करायची ते निवडाः\n" + +#~ msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration" +#~ msgstr "सध्याची संरचना बदला" + +#~ msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch" +#~ msgstr "सुरवातीपासून नवीन संरचना सुरू करा" + +#~ msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk" +#~ msgstr "तबकडीवर संग्रहीत केलेली संरचना वाचा " + +#~ msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion" +#~ msgstr "बदलापूर्वीची संरचना पुन्हा स्थापीत करा" + +#~ msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections." +#~ msgstr "विभाग सुधारण्याआधी बूट लोडर निवडा" + +#~ msgid "&Section Management" +#~ msgstr "विभाग व्यवस्थापन" + +#~ msgid "Boot Loader &Installation" +#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थापना" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n" +#~ "YaST can try to find them and merge their menus." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपल्या अनेक लायनक्स प्रणाली स्थापित असतील, तर\n" +#~ "YaST त्या शोधण्याचा व त्यांचे मेन्यू विलीन करण्याचा प्रयत्न करु शकेल." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n" +#~ "Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n" +#~ "boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n" +#~ "the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "-<b>फ्लॉपी डिस्क</b>वर.\n" +#~ "आधीच अस्तित्वात असलेल्या बूट यंत्रणेत हस्तक्षेप होण्याचा\n" +#~ "धोका टाळण्यासाठी हे वापरा. हा पर्याय निवडतांना\n" +#~ "मशीनच्या BIOS मधील फ्लॉपी डिस्कवरुन बूटिंग शक्य करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk." +#~ msgstr "%1बूट सेक्टर फ्लॉपी डीस्कवर लिहिला गेला आहे." + +#~ msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive." +#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपी डिस्क ड्राईव्हमध्ये ठेऊन दया." + +#~ msgid "Really delete section %1?" +#~ msgstr "भाग %1 खरोखर कमी करावा?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The disk settings have changed.\n" +#~ "Check section %1 settings.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "डिस्कची सेटींग्ज बदललेली आहेत.\n" +#~ "%1 विभागाची सेटींग्ज तपासा.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n" +#~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "डिस्क सेटींग बदललेली आहेत व तुम्ही बुट लेडर\n" +#~ "कॉनफिग्युरेशन फाईल स्वत: सुधारल्या आहेत. बूट लेडर सेटींग्ज तपासा.\n" + +#~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System" +#~ msgstr "फाईल प्रणाली तयार करू नका" + +#~ msgid "Create an ext2 File System" +#~ msgstr "ext2 फाईल प्रणाली तयार करा" + +#~ msgid "Create a FAT File System" +#~ msgstr "FAT फाईल प्रणाली तयार करा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The boot loader boot sector will be written\n" +#~ "to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n" +#~ "and confirm with OK.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "फ्लॉपी डिस्कवर बूट लेडर बूट सेक्टर लिहिला जाईल.\n" +#~ "फ्लॉपी डिस्क आत टाका\n" +#~ "आणि ओके करुन खात्री करा.\n" + +#~ msgid "&Low Level Format" +#~ msgstr "कमी पातळी फार्माट" + +#~ msgid "&Create File System" +#~ msgstr "फाईल प्रणाली तयार करा" + +#~ msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?" +#~ msgstr "कमी पातळीचा फॉर्माट अपयशी. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा?" + +#~ msgid "Creating file system failed." +#~ msgstr "फाईल प्रणाली तयार करण्यास अयशस्वी." + +#~ msgid "Unable to install the boot loader." +#~ msgstr "बूट लेडर स्थापित होऊ शकत नाही." + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>प्रतिमा सेक्शन</b></p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>केर्नेल इमेज </b> बूट करण्यासाठी केर्नेलची व्याख्या करते. एकतर थेट नांव प्रविष्ट करा किंवा <b>ब्राउझ</b>द्वारा निवड करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>रूट उपकरण</b>रूट उपकरण म्हणून कर्नेलकडे पाठविण्यासाठी उपकरण सेटकरते.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>सुरुवातीची रॅमडिस्क</b> रिक्त नसेल तर ती वापरण्याची सुरुवातीची रॅमडिस्क दर्शवते. पाथ व फाईलचे नाव\n" +#~ " थेट प्रविष्ट करा, किंवा <b>Browse</b> वापरुन निवडा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>सिलेक्ट<b>चेनलोडर सेक्शन </b> आपणास लायनक्स व्यतिरिक्त OS बूटिंगसाठी सेक्शनची व्याख्या करायची असल्यास </p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>सेटिंग<b>यूज पासवर्ड प्रोटेक्शन </p> हा सेक्शन निवडण्यासाठी पासवर्डची गरज भासेल </p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>अदर सिस्टीम</b> आपल्या संगणकावर आढळलेल्या बिगर-लायनक्स कार्य प्रणालींमधे आपणास निवड करू देते.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>सिलेक्ट<b>अक्टिव्हेर दिस पार्टिशन व्हेन सिलेक्टेड फॉर बूट </b> आपल्या BIOS ला सेट केलेला हा फ्लॅग बूट करण्यासाठी पाहिजे असल्यास </p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b> चेनलॉडिंग साठी ब्लॉक ऑफसेट </b> बूट करण्यासाठी ब्लॉकसची सूची नमूद करू देते. अनेक बाबतीत आपणास येथे \n" +#~ " <code>+1</code> नमूद करावे लागते. ब्लॉकलिस्ट नोटेशनविषयीच्या माहितीसाठी grub दस्तावेज पहा</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" +#~ "and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> <b>झेन सेक्शन</b>आपल्याला नवे लायनक्स कर्नेल अगर दुसरी प्रतिमा घालायची असेल\n" +#~ " व झेन वातावरणात सुरु करायची असेल तर निवडा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>हायपरव्हायझर</b> वापरण्यासाठीचा हायपरव्हायझर नमूद करते. </p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>ऑप्शनल केर्नेल कमांड लाईन पॅरामीटर </b> आपणास केर्नेलकडे पाठवण्यासाठी अतिरिक्त निकषांची व्याख्या करू देते </p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>मेनू विभाग</b></p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>मेनू फाइलचे विभाजन</b></p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n" +#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>अलाऊ अटेम्प्ट टु रीलोकेट </b></p>\n" +#~ "साधारणपणे ग्लोबल सेक्शनमधे नमूद असते </p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n" +#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>रुट फाईलप्रणाली फक्त वाचण्यासाठी बूट होण्यास सक्ती करा</b><br>\n" +#~ "सर्वसाधारणपणे ग्लोबल सेक्शनमध्ये विनिर्दीष्टीत केली जाते</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n" +#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" +#~ "file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>एकतर DASD डिस्क पार्टिन वर किंवा टेप डिव्हाईसवर किंवा SCSI डिस्क पार्टिशनच्या फाईलवर घालण्याची प्रणाली कशी निर्माण करावी हे नमूद करणारा सेक्शन घालण्यासाठी <b>डम्प सेक्शन</b>निवडा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" +#~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>आकृतीबंधात नवीन मेन्यू घालण्यासाठी <b>मेन्यू सेक्शन</b>निवडा.\n" +#~ "मेन्यूचे सेक्शन अशा सूचीचे प्रतिनिधित्व करतात ज्यांचे एकत्र गट आहेत. </p>\n" + +#~ msgid "Image Section" +#~ msgstr "कर्नेल भाग" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Kernel Image" +#~ msgstr "कर्नेल आकृती" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Root Device" +#~ msgstr "रूट उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "&Initial RAM Disk" +#~ msgstr "प्राथमिक RAM डिस्क" + +#~ msgid "Chainloader Section" +#~ msgstr "कर्नेल भाग" + +#~ msgid "Use Password Protection" +#~ msgstr "सांकेतिक शब्दांचे संरक्षण" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Other System" +#~ msgstr "दुसरी यंत्रणा बूट करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting" +#~ msgstr "बूटींगपूर्वी फाईलप्रणालीची पडताळणी करु नका." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot" +#~ msgstr "Activate this Partition when selected for Boot" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading" +#~ msgstr "चेनलोडींगसाठी ब्लॉक ऑफसेट" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Hypervisor" +#~ msgstr "हायपरव्हायझर" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters" +#~ msgstr "अतिरिक्त Xen हायपरव्हायझर पॅरामीटर्स" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Partition of Menu File" +#~ msgstr "दुसऱ्या यंत्रनेचे बूट विभाजन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Menu Description File" +#~ msgstr "मेन्यूच्या वर्णनाची फाईल" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only" +#~ msgstr "रुट फाईलप्रणाली फक्त वाचण्यासाठी बूट होण्यास सक्ती करा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate" +#~ msgstr "प्रयत्न दुस-या जागी जाऊ द्या" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section" +#~ msgstr "डम्प सेक्शनसाठी ध्येय डिरेक्टरी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Op&tional Parameter File" +#~ msgstr "पर्यायी निकष फाईल" + +#~ msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)" +#~ msgstr "डम्प सेक्शन (ऑब्सोलीट)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Dump Device" +#~ msgstr "उपकरण" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&SCSI Dump Device" +#~ msgstr "प्रतिमा / उपकरण" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&List of Menu Entries" +#~ msgstr "मेन्यू प्रविष्टींची सूची" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Number of Default Entry" +#~ msgstr "डिफॉल्ट प्रविष्टीची संख्या" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Timeout in seconds" +#~ msgstr "एक दशांश सेकंदात वेळ संपली" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Show boot menu" +#~ msgstr "बूट मेनू दाखवा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition" +#~ msgstr "बूट विभाजनावर प्रतिमा प्रतिकृत करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors" +#~ msgstr "चुका आल्यास उत्तम रित्या सेक्शन गाळून टाका" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System" +#~ msgstr "दुसऱ्या यंत्रनेचे बूट विभाजन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "संग्रह %1 आधीच अस्तित्वात आहे. \n" +#~ " आपल्याका तो खरोखरच ओव्हरराईट करायचा आहे?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "संग्रह %1 आधीच अस्तित्वात आहे. \n" +#~ " आपल्याका तो खरोखरच ओव्हरराईट करायचा आहे?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Enable &SELinux" +#~ msgstr "पर्याय कार्यान्वित करा" + +#~ msgid "Clone Selected Section" +#~ msgstr "निवडलेला भाग क्लोन करा" + +#~ msgid "Other System (Chainloader)" +#~ msgstr "इतर यंत्रणा (चेनलोडर)" + +#~ msgid "Section Type" +#~ msgstr "भागाचे प्रकार" + +#~ msgid "Section &Name" +#~ msgstr "भागांची नावे" + +#~ msgid " (default)" +#~ msgstr " (मूळ)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Sections:<br>%1" +#~ msgstr "भाग: %1" + +#~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" +#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थापना करु नका, फक्त कॉनफिग्युरेशन फाईल्स निर्माण करा" + +#~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" +#~ msgstr "सध्या अस्तित्वात असलेली GRUB मेन्यूज सुचवा आणि एकत्र करा" + +#~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" +#~ msgstr "मिळविलेले कर्नेल पॅरामीटर्स: %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#~ msgstr "बूट उपकरण मिळाले नाही" + +#~ msgid "Linux" +#~ msgstr "लिनक्स" + +#~ msgid "Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "फेलसेफ" + +#~ msgid "Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क" + +#~ msgid "Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "स्मृती परिक्षा" + +#~ msgid "MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "स्थापनेपूर्वी MBR " + +#~ msgid "Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "मागील कर्नेल" + +#~ msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "विक्रेता डायगोनिस्टीक" + +#~ msgid "_Linux" +#~ msgstr "लिनक्स" + +#~ msgid "_Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "फेलसेफ" + +#~ msgid "_Floppy" +#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपी" + +#~ msgid "_Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "हार्डडिस्क" + +#~ msgid "_Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "स्मृती परिक्षा" + +#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "स्थापनेपूर्वी MBR " + +#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "पूर्वीचे कर्नेल" + +#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "विक्रेता डायगोनिस्टीक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br/>\n" +#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" +#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "पुढे चालू करण्यापूर्वी वैध बूट लोडर ठिकाणाचा आकृतीबंध बनवा.<br>\n" +#~ "निवड न करु शकल्यास PReP बूट विभागणी निर्माणकरणे आवश्यक असेल." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." +#~ msgstr "समांतरणला मदत नाही." + +#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "तुमच्या स्थापनेकरता निवडलेला बूट मार्ग सुरू होणार नाही. तुमची यंत्रणा कदाचित बूटेबल नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n" +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "पुढे चालू करण्यापूर्वी वैध बूट लोडर ठिकाणाचा आकृतीबंध बनवा.<br>\n" +#~ "निवड न करु शकल्यास PReP बूट विभागणी निर्माणकरणे आवश्यक असेल." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n" +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "पुढे चालू करण्यापूर्वी वैध बूट लोडर ठिकाणाचा आकृतीबंध बनवा.<br>\n" +#~ "निवड न करु शकल्यास PReP बूट विभागणी निर्माणकरणे आवश्यक असेल." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" +#~ msgstr "मांडणी संग्रहीत करा आणि आता पुन्हा फायरवॉल सुरू करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" +#~ msgstr "तज्ञ जागतिक मांडणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Booting Mode" +#~ msgstr "बूटीग" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Global Section Options" +#~ msgstr "संरचना पर्याय" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Root Filesystem" +#~ msgstr "दूरस्थ फाईल प्रणाली" + +#~ msgid "Other Options" +#~ msgstr "आणखी पर्याय" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Global Options" +#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर पर्याय" + +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>" +#~ msgstr "<p><big><b>बूट लोडरचे ठिकाण</b></big><br>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Boot Image Location</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>इमेज ठिकाण बूट करा</b><br>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Set level of verbosity [0-5]</b><br> Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" +#~ "in case of boot problems.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>सेट लेव्हल ऑफ व्हरबॉसिटी [0-5]</b><br> बूटच्या समस्या आल्यास ELILO\n" +#~ "ची शब्दसंख्या वाढवा.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</b><br>\n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>ग्लोबल अपेन्ड स्ट्रींग ऑफ आप्शन्स टु कर्नेल कमांड लाईन </b><br>\n" +#~ "केर्नेल कडे पाठवण्यासाठी ग्लोबल, अतिरिक्त निकषांची आपणास व्याख्या करु देतेदिलेल्या सेक्शनमधे\n" +#~ "कोणतेही 'अपेन्ड' न दिसल्यास यांचा वापर केला जातो.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Name of the default initrd file</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b> डिफॉल्ट initrd फाईलचे नावe</b>, जर रिक्त नसेल, तर वापरण्याची सुरुवातीची\n" +#~ " रॅमडिस्क दर्शवते. पाथ व फाईलचे नाव थेट प्रविष्ट करा अगर\n" +#~ "<b>Browse</b>वापरुन निवडा</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Name of default image file</b>, if not empty, defines the image\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b> डिफॉल्ट initrd फाईलचे नावe</b>, जर रिक्त नसेल, तर वापरण्याची सुरुवातीची\n" +#~ " रॅमडिस्क दर्शवते. पाथ व फाईलचे नाव थेट प्रविष्ट करा अगर\n" +#~ "<b>Browse</b>वापरुन निवडा</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')</b><br>\n" +#~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>स्पेसिफाय यूजर इंटरफेस फॉर ELILO ('सिंपल ' किंवा 'टेक्स्टमेन्यू')</b><br>\n" +#~ "सावधान: 'टेक्स्टमेन्यू' कधीकधी मशीनवर समस्या निर्माण करतो. </p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Prevent EDD30 mode</b><br>\n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" +#~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" +#~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" +#~ "avoid forcing the variable.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>प्रिव्हेन्ट EDD30 मोड</b><br>\n" +#~ "डिफॉल्ट द्वारे, EDD30 बंद असल्यास, ELILO प्रयत्न करेल व व्हेरिएबल सत्य वर सेट करेल.\n" +#~ "परंतु, काही कंट्रोलर्स EDD30 ला समर्थन देत नाहीत व व्हेरिएबलशी \n" +#~ "जबरदस्ती केल्यास समस्या येतात. त्यामुळे elilo-3.2 नुसार, व्हेरिएबलला जबरदस्ती करण्याला\n" +#~ "पर्याय आहे. </p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b><br>\n" +#~ "In case of memory allocation error at initial load point of\n" +#~ "kernel, allow attempt to relocate (assume this kernel is relocatable).\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>अलाऊ अटेम्प्ट टु रीलोकेट </b><br>\n" +#~ "केर्नेलच्या सुरुवातीच्या लोड पॉईंटला स्मृती वाटपात चूक झाल्यास, \n" +#~ "प्रयत्नाला पुन्हा शोधू द्या (हे केर्नेल पुन्हा शोधणारे आहे हे गृहीत धरा).\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds</b>\n" +#~ "The number of 10th of seconds to wait before\n" +#~ "auto booting when not in interactive mode.\n" +#~ "Default is 0</p>" +#~ msgstr "ऑटो बूटिंगपूर्वी वाट पहाण्यात सेकंदांत उशीर(इंटपएक्ठीव मोडमध्ये नसाल तर वापरा)" + +#~ msgid "Boot Image Location" +#~ msgstr "आयसीरीज बूट प्रतिमा ठिकाण" + +#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" +#~ msgstr "ऑटो बूटिंगपूर्वी वाट पहाण्यात सेकंदांत उशीर(इंटपएक्ठीव मोडमध्ये नसाल तर वापरा)" + +#~ msgid "Force interactive mode" +#~ msgstr "फोर्स इंटरएक्टीव मोड" + +#~ msgid "Set level of verbosity [0-5]" +#~ msgstr "शब्दावडंबराची पातळी निश्चित करा [0-5]" + +#~ msgid "Set default root filesystem" +#~ msgstr "डिफॉल्ट रुट फाईलप्रणाली निश्चित करा." + +#~ msgid "Force rootfs to be mounted read-only" +#~ msgstr "rootfs ना फक्त वाचण्यासाठी माऊंट करण्यास सक्ती करा." + +#~ msgid "Global append string of options to kernel command line" +#~ msgstr "कर्नेल सूचना ओळीसाठी विकल्पांचा ग्लोबल एपेंड स्ट्रींग" + +#~ msgid "Name of default initrd file" +#~ msgstr "initrd डिफॉल्ट फाईलचे नांव" + +#~ msgid "Name of default image file" +#~ msgstr "डिफॉल्ट इमेज फाईलचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')" +#~ msgstr "स्पेसिफाय यूजर इंटरफेस फॉर ELILO ('सिंपल' किंवा 'टेक्स्टमेन्यू')" + +#~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)" +#~ msgstr "प्रमुख स्क्रीनवर प्रिंट केलेला संदेश (समर्थन असल्यास)" + +#~ msgid "Display the content of a file by function keys" +#~ msgstr "कार्यांच्या कीज द्वारे फाईलचा मजकूर प्रदर्शित करा." + +#~ msgid "Prevent EDD30 mode" +#~ msgstr " EDD30 मोडला प्रतिबंध करा" + +#~ msgid "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load" +#~ msgstr "विशिष्ट FPSWA लोड होण्यासाठी फाईलचे नांव नमूद करा." + +#~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate" +#~ msgstr "प्रयत्न दुस-या जागी जाऊ द्या" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Global Append &String of Options to Kernel Command Line" +#~ msgstr "कर्नेल सूचना ओळीसाठी विकल्पांचा ग्लोबल एपेंड स्ट्रींग" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Name of Default Image File" +#~ msgstr "डिफॉल्ट इमेज फाईलचे नाव" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Nam&e of Default Initrd File" +#~ msgstr "initrd डिफॉल्ट फाईलचे नांव" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Set Default &Root Filesystem" +#~ msgstr "डिफॉल्ट रुट फाईलप्रणाली निश्चित करा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Prevent EDD30 Mode" +#~ msgstr " EDD30 मोडला प्रतिबंध करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Force Interactive Mode" +#~ msgstr "फोर्स इंटरएक्टीव मोड" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Force rootfs to Be Mounted Read-Only" +#~ msgstr "rootfs ना फक्त वाचण्यासाठी माऊंट करण्यास सक्ती करा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" +#~ msgstr "स्पेसिफाय यूजर इंटरफेस फॉर ELILO ('सिंपल' किंवा 'टेक्स्टमेन्यू')" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" +#~ msgstr "ऑटो बूटिंगपूर्वी वाट पहाण्यात सेकंदांत उशीर(इंटपएक्ठीव मोडमध्ये नसाल तर वापरा)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" +#~ msgstr "कार्यांच्या कीज द्वारे फाईलचा मजकूर प्रदर्शित करा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Specify the Filename for a Specific FPSWA to Load" +#~ msgstr "विशिष्ट FPSWA लोड होण्यासाठी फाईलचे नांव नमूद करा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Set Level of &Verbosity [0-5]" +#~ msgstr "शब्दावडंबराची पातळी निश्चित करा [0-5]" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Message Printed on Main Screen (If Supported)" +#~ msgstr "प्रमुख स्क्रीनवर प्रिंट केलेला संदेश (समर्थन असल्यास)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "EFI Label" +#~ msgstr "लेबल" + +#~ msgid "&Create EFI Entry" +#~ msgstr "ईएफआय नोंदणी करा" + +#~ msgid "&EFI Entry Name" +#~ msgstr "ईएफआय नोंदणीचे नाव" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "PReP Specific Settings" +#~ msgstr "विशेष स्थापिते" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mac Specific Settings" +#~ msgstr "विशेष स्थापिते" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "CHRP Specific Settings" +#~ msgstr "विशेष स्थापिते" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</b><br>\n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>ग्लोबल अपेन्ड स्ट्रींग ऑफ आप्शन्स टु कर्नेल कमांड लाईन </b><br>\n" +#~ "केर्नेल कडे पाठवण्यासाठी ग्लोबल, अतिरिक्त निकषांची आपणास व्याख्या करु देतेदिलेल्या सेक्शनमधे\n" +#~ "कोणतेही 'अपेन्ड' न दिसल्यास यांचा वापर केला जातो.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Name of the Default Initrd File</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b> डिफॉल्ट initrd फाईलचे नावe</b>, जर रिक्त नसेल, तर वापरण्याची सुरुवातीची\n" +#~ " रॅमडिस्क दर्शवते. पाथ व फाईलचे नाव थेट प्रविष्ट करा अगर\n" +#~ "<b>Browse</b>वापरुन निवडा</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Name of Default Image File</b>, if not empty, defines the image\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b> डिफॉल्ट initrd फाईलचे नावe</b>, जर रिक्त नसेल, तर वापरण्याची सुरुवातीची\n" +#~ " रॅमडिस्क दर्शवते. पाथ व फाईलचे नाव थेट प्रविष्ट करा अगर\n" +#~ "<b>Browse</b>वापरुन निवडा</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location" +#~ msgstr "पीपीसी बूट लोडर ठिकाण" + +#~ msgid "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM" +#~ msgstr "NV-RAM मध्ये बूट उपकरण बदला" + +#~ msgid "Time-Out in Tenths of Seconds" +#~ msgstr "एक दशांश सेकंदात वेळ संपली" + +#~ msgid "Default Boot Section" +#~ msgstr "मूळ बूट भाग" + +#~ msgid "Default Root Device" +#~ msgstr "मूळ मार्ग उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "Append Options for Kernel Command Line" +#~ msgstr "कर्नेल सूचना ओळीसाठी विकल्प अॅपेन्ड करा" + +#~ msgid "Default initrd Path" +#~ msgstr "मूळ इड्रीड मार्ग" + +#~ msgid "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication" +#~ msgstr "वर लोडर डुप्लीकेशनकरता विभाजन" + +#~ msgid "Always Boot from FAT Partition" +#~ msgstr "FAT विभाजकावरून नेहमी बूट करा" + +#~ msgid "Do not use OS-chooser" +#~ msgstr "OS-चूजर वापरु नका" + +#~ msgid "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors" +#~ msgstr "चूकांवरही बूटलोडर स्थापीत करा" + +#~ msgid "PReP or FAT Partition" +#~ msgstr "PReP किंवा FAT विभाजन" + +#~ msgid "Boot Folder Path" +#~ msgstr "बूट संचिका मार्ग" + +#~ msgid "PReP Partition" +#~ msgstr "PReP विभाजन" + +#~ msgid "Write to Boot Slot" +#~ msgstr "बूट भागवरती लिहा" + +#~ msgid "Create Boot Image in File" +#~ msgstr "फाईलमध्ये बूट प्रतिमा निर्माण करा" + +#~ msgid "HFS Boot Partition" +#~ msgstr "HFS बूट विभाजन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Partition for Boot Loader &Duplication" +#~ msgstr "वर लोडर डुप्लीकेशनकरता विभाजन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "HFS Boot &Partition" +#~ msgstr "HFS बूट विभाजन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&PReP or FAT Partition" +#~ msgstr "PReP किंवा FAT विभाजन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&PReP partitions" +#~ msgstr "PReP विभाजन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&PReP Partition" +#~ msgstr "PReP विभाजन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Create Boot &Image in File" +#~ msgstr "फाईलमध्ये बूट प्रतिमा निर्माण करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Write to Boot Slot" +#~ msgstr "बूट भागवरती लिहा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Change Boot Device in &NV-RAM" +#~ msgstr "NV-RAM मध्ये बूट उपकरण बदला" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Always Boot from FAT Partition" +#~ msgstr "FAT विभाजकावरून नेहमी बूट करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Install Boot Loader Even on Errors" +#~ msgstr "चूकांवरही बूटलोडर स्थापीत करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Boot &Folder Path" +#~ msgstr "बूट संचिका मार्ग" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Do not Use OS-chooser" +#~ msgstr "OS-चूजर वापरु नका" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux" +#~ msgstr "एक दशांश सेकंदात वेळ संपली" + +#~ msgid "Error occurred while installing %1." +#~ msgstr "स्थापित करताना चूक आढळली %1." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Clone the selected section '%1' instead\n" +#~ "of creating a new empty section?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "नवीन रिकामा विभाग निर्माण करण्याऐवजी '%1'\n" +#~ " हया निवडलेल्या भागांची क्लोन करा?\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Really reset your settings for sections?\n" +#~ "All your changes made in section management will be lost.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "हया विभागानंतर खरोखरच तुमची सेटींग पुन्हा सेट करायची आहे का?\n" +#~ "हया विभाग मॅनेजमेंट मधील तुमचे सर्व बदल पुसले जातील.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Really reset all\n" +#~ "your settings? All your changes will be lost.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "खरोखरच तुमची \n" +#~ "सर्व सेटींग पुन्हा सेट करायची आहेत?\n" +#~ "तुम्ही केलेले सर्व बदल पुसले जातील.\n" + +#~ msgid "Set the boot loader location." +#~ msgstr "बूट लेडर ठिकाण सेट करा." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The disk settings have changed.\n" +#~ "Check the gfxmenu settings.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "डिस्क सेंटीग्ज बदलली आहेत.\n" +#~ "जी एक एक्समेन्यू सेटींग्ज तपासा.\n" + +#~ msgid "Really delete the selected option?" +#~ msgstr "निवडलेले पर्याय खरंच काढून टाकायचे आहेत का?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Sorry, there are currently\n" +#~ "no options to set here." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "क्षमस्व, सध्या येथे\n" +#~ "सेट करण्याकरता कोणते ही विकल्प नाहीत." + +#~ msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive. The system will now be rebooted." +#~ msgstr "ड्राईव्हमध्ये फ्लॉपी डिस्क ठेऊन दया. यंत्रणा आता रोबूट होईल." + +#~ msgid "Default Boot Section/Menu" +#~ msgstr "मूळ बूट भाग" + +#~ msgid "Master boot records of disks %1" +#~ msgstr "तबकडी चे मुख्य बूट रेकॉर्ड %1" + +#~ msgid "Location: %1" +#~ msgstr "स्थान: %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do not install boot loader; just create \n" +#~ "configuration files" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "बूट लोडर स्थापन करू नका; फक्त\n" +#~ "संरचना फाईल्स निर्माण करा" + +#~ msgid "Boot loader type: %1" +#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर प्रकार: %1" + +#~ msgid "Do Not Create EFI Boot Manager Entry" +#~ msgstr "EFI बूट प्रबंधक प्रवेश निर्माम करू नका" + +#~ msgid "Create EFI Boot Manager Entry %1" +#~ msgstr "EFI बूट प्रबंधक प्रवेश निर्माण करा %1" + +#~ msgid "Segmentation fault" +#~ msgstr "सेगमेंडेशन चूक" + +#~ msgid "Error Occurred while Installing %1" +#~ msgstr "स्थापीत करताना चूक सापडली %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "LILO bootloader is not supported" +#~ msgstr "समांतरणला मदत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." +#~ msgstr "लक्ष्य संचिका अवैध आहे किंवा मार्ग बरोबर झाला नाही." + +#~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed." +#~ msgstr "हार्डवेअर संरचना पट्टी प्रतिकृत होऊ शकली नाही." + +#~ msgid "Install S390 Boot Loader" +#~ msgstr "S390 बूट लोडर स्थापीत करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Then reconnect and run the following:\n" +#~ "%1\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आता आपली प्रणाली पुन्हा बूट होईल.\n" +#~ "पुन्हा बूट झाल्यानंतर, पुन्हा कनेक्ट करुन पुढील गोष्टी चालवाः\n" +#~ "/usr/lib/YaST2/startup/YaST2.ssh" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "The system will reboot now.\n" +#~| "After reboot, reconnect and run the following:\n" +#~| "/usr/lib/YaST2/startup/YaST2.ssh" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The system will reboot now.\n" +#~ "After reboot, reconnect and run the following:\n" +#~ "%1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आता आपली प्रणाली पुन्हा बूट होईल.\n" +#~ "पुन्हा बूट झाल्यानंतर, पुन्हा कनेक्ट करुन पुढील गोष्टी चालवाः\n" +#~ "/usr/lib/YaST2/startup/YaST2.ssh" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File<b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>मेन्यूच्या वर्णनाची फाईल<b></p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "other" +#~ msgstr "इतर" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "image" +#~ msgstr "प्रतिमा" + +#~ msgid "Yes" +#~ msgstr "होय" + +#~ msgid "No" +#~ msgstr "नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Use Dedicated Boot Loader Area" +#~ msgstr "समर्पित बूट लोडरचा भाग वापरा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using the dedicated boot loader area prevents\n" +#~ "boot loader files from being moved during\n" +#~ "automatic disk defragmentation. The movement could prevent the\n" +#~ "boot loader from loading." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><big><b>समर्पित बूट लोडर एरिया</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "समर्पित बूट लोडर एरिया वापरल्याने डिस्कच्या आपोआप\n" +#~ "डीफ्रॅगमेन्टेशनच्या वेळी बूट लोडरच्या फाईल्स अन्यत्र हलण्यास\n" +#~ "प्रतिबंध होईल. समर्पित बूट लोडर एरिया वापरण्यासाठी,\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<b>यूज डेडिकेटेड बूट लोडर एरिया\n" +#~ "निश्चित करा.</b></p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>XEN Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" +#~ "but to start it in a XEN environment.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>नवीन लायनक्स कर्नेल किंवा इतर प्रतिमा घालण्यासाठी, परंतु ती XEN वातावरणात सुरु करण्यासाठी <b>कर्नेल व्हाया XEN<b> \n" +#~ " निवडा.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an ext4 filesystem. Create separate /boot partition with ext2 filesytem" +#~ msgstr "लक्ष्य संचिका अवैध आहे किंवा मार्ग बरोबर झाला नाही." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Kernel via XEN<b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" +#~ "but to start it in a XEN environment.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>नवीन लायनक्स कर्नेल किंवा इतर प्रतिमा घालण्यासाठी, परंतु ती XEN वातावरणात सुरु करण्यासाठी <b>कर्नेल व्हाया XEN<b> \n" +#~ " निवडा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Add a new section" +#~ msgstr "नवीन विभाग मिळवा" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Default Boot Section</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "डिफॉल्ट बूट भाग" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Timeout in tenths of a second</b><br> Specifies the time the\n" +#~ "bootloader will wait in interactive mode until booting the default\n" +#~ "entry.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>दशांश सेकंदामध्ये वेळेची समाप्ती</b><br> डिफॉल्ट प्रविष्टी \n" +#~ " होईपर्यंत बूट लोडर परस्परक्रियाशील मोडमध्ये किती वेळ\n" +#~ " थांबतो हे दर्शवते</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Name of default image file</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>डिफॉल्ट इमेज फाइलचे नाव</b><p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Optional kernel command line parameter</b></p>\n" +#~ "May be empty, if already specified in global section.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>ऑप्शनल केर्नेल कमांड लाईन पॅरमीटर </b></p>\n" +#~ "कदाचित रिक्त असेल, जर आधीच ग्लोबल सेक्शनमधे नमूद असेल.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Timeout in tenth of seconds (in interactive mode)" +#~ msgstr "एक दशांश सेकंदात वेळ संपली(इंटएक्टीव मोडमध्ये)" + +#~ msgid "Optional kernel command line parameter" +#~ msgstr "वैकल्पीत कर्नेल सूचना ओळ पॅरामीटर्स" + +#~ msgid "One line text description of the image" +#~ msgstr "प्रतिमेचे एक ओळीतील पाठ्य वर्णन" + +#~ msgid "Kernel image" +#~ msgstr "कर्नेल आकृती" + +#~ msgid "Initial RAM disk" +#~ msgstr "सूरवातीची रॅम तबकडी" + +#~ msgid "Do not verify filesystem before booting" +#~ msgstr "बूटींगपूर्वी फाईलप्रणाली पडताळून पाहू नका" + +#~ msgid "Root device" +#~ msgstr "रूट उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "&Remove Old EFI Entry (%1)" +#~ msgstr "ईएफआयची जुनी नोंदणी काढून टाका (%1)" + +#~ msgid "Nothing to select" +#~ msgstr "बूट विकल्प निवडला गेला नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Device Map" +#~ msgstr "बूटलोडर तपासा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "To show the boot loader menu during the boot process, set\n" +#~ "<b>Show Boot Menu</b>. Otherwise the boot loader menu will be hidden.\n" +#~ "To specify the time-out after which the default\n" +#~ "kernel is loaded, set <b>Continue Booting after a Time-Out</b> and\n" +#~ "<b>Boot Menu Time-Out</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><big><b>मेन्यू बूट करणे</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "बूट प्रक्रियेदरम्यान बूट लोडर मेन्यू दर्शवण्यासाठी,\n" +#~ "<b>बूट मेन्यू दर्शवा</b>निश्चित करा. अन्यथा बूट लोडर मेन्यू लपला जाईल.\n" +#~ "ज्या वेळेनंतर डिफॉल्ट कर्नेल लोड होईल तो टाईम-आऊट\n" +#~ "नमूद करण्यासाठी<b>टाईमआऊट नंतर बूटिंग पुढे चालू करा</b>आणि\n" +#~ "<b>बूट मेन्यू टाईम-आऊट</b>निश्चित करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Section List</b></big><br>" +#~ msgstr "<p><big><b>भागाची यादी</b></big><br>" + +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Section Editor</b></big><br>" +#~ msgstr "<p><big><b>भागाचा संपादक</b></big><br>" + +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Section Name</b></big><br>" +#~ msgstr "<p><big><b>भागाचे नाव</b></big><br>" + +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Section Settings</b></big><br>" +#~ msgstr "<p><big><b>भागाची मांडणी</b></big><br>" + +#~ msgid "Section Summary" +#~ msgstr "भाग सांराश" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Select a file name" +#~ msgstr "अद्ययावत करण्याची फाईल निवडा." + +#~ msgid "Section Editor" +#~ msgstr "विभाग संपादक" + +#~ msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Do not verify Filesystem before Booting</b> will skip all file system checks.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>सिलेक्टिंग<b>डू नॉट व्हेरिफाय फाईलसिस्टीम बिफोर बूटिंग </b> सर्व फाईलसिस्टीम चेक्स सोडून देईल.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>,if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>सुरुवातीची रॅमडिस्क</b> रिक्त नसेल तर ती वापरण्याची सुरुवातीची रॅमडिस्क दर्शवते. पाथ व फाईलचे नाव\n" +#~ " थेट प्रविष्ट करा, किंवा <b>Browse</b> वापरुन निवडा.</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Former default Image Flavor" +#~ msgstr "डिफॉल्ट इमेज फाईलचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "Terminal Definition" +#~ msgstr "कर्नेल भाग" + +#~ msgid "Initial RAM Disk" +#~ msgstr "सूरवातीची रॅम तबकडी" + +#~ msgid "iSeries Boot Image Location" +#~ msgstr "आयसीरीज बूट प्रतिमा ठिकाण" + +#~ msgid "Boot Other System" +#~ msgstr "दुसरी यंत्रणा बूट करा" + +#~ msgid "Disk System Area Update" +#~ msgstr "डिस्क प्रणालीची आज्ञा अद्यावत करा" + +#~ msgid "R&eplace MBR with Generic Code" +#~ msgstr "MBR बरोबर जेनरीक सांकेतक वापरा" + +#~ msgid "&Activate Boot Loader Partition" +#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर विभाजक कार्यान्वित करा" + +#~ msgid "U&se Dedicated Boot Loader Area" +#~ msgstr "समर्पित बूट लोडरचा भाग वापरा" + +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Installation Details" +#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर स्थापना माहिती" + +#~ msgid "&Master Boot Record" +#~ msgstr "मुख्य बूट रेकॉर्ड" + +#~ msgid "&Master Boot Record of %1" +#~ msgstr " %1 चा मुख्य बूट रेकॉर्ड" + +#~ msgid "MB&Rs of Disks %1" +#~ msgstr "MBRs च्या तबकड्या %1" + +#~ msgid "Boot &Sector of Boot Partition %1" +#~ msgstr "%1 चे बूट विभाजन व विभाग" + +#~ msgid "Boot Sector of Roo&t Partition %1" +#~ msgstr "%1बूट विभाजन व विभाग" + +#~ msgid "&Floppy Disk %1" +#~ msgstr "&फ्लॉपी डिस्क %1" + +#~ msgid "Ot&her" +#~ msgstr "अन्य" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The partition selected for boot loader installation\n" +#~ "does not have enough free space in its boot sector\n" +#~ "to hold the boot loader because of the file system\n" +#~ "it contains. Using this partition for the boot loader\n" +#~ "may lead to corruption of data on the partition.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Continue?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "बूट लोडरच्या स्थापनेसाठी निवडलेल्या पार्टिशनमधे त्याच्या\n" +#~ "बूट विभागात बूट लोडर धरून ठेवण्यासाठी पुरेशी\n" +#~ "मोकळी जागा नाही याचे कारण त्यातील फाईल प्रणाली.\n" +#~ "बूट लोडरसाठी ही पार्टिशन वापरल्यास\n" +#~ "पार्टिशनवरील डाटा भ्रष्ट होऊ शकतोः \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "पुढे चालू करायचे?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><big><b>Kernel</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "Use <b>Kernel</b> to specify the kernel image to load.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><big><b>कर्नेल</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "लोड करण्याची कर्नेल प्रतिमा नमूद करण्यासाठी<b>कर्नेल</b>वापरा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><big><b>Initial RAM Disk</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "Use <b>Initial RAM Disk</b> to specify the initial RAM disk (initrd) to load. If it is\n" +#~ "left empty, no initial RAM disk is loaded during boot.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><big><b>प्रारंभिक RAM डिस्क</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "लोड करण्यासाठी प्रारंभिक RAM डिस्क (initial)नमूद करण्यासाठी</b>इनिशिअल RAM डिस्क</b>वापरा. जर ती रिकामीच सोडल्यास बूटिंग दरम्यान कोणतीही प्रारंभिक RAM डिस्क लोड होणार नाही.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><big><b>Root Device<b></big><br>\n" +#~ "Use <b>Root Device</b> to specify the root file system to mount after the kernel is\n" +#~ "loaded.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><big><b>रुट डिव्हाईस<b></big><br>\n" +#~ "कर्नेल लोड केल्यानंतर माऊंट करण्याची रुट फाईल प्रणालीनमूद करण्यासाठी <b>रूट डिव्हाईस</b> \n" +#~ "वापरा. </p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><big><b>VGA Mode</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "Use <b>VGA Mode</b> to specify the resolution and color depth to set after\n" +#~ "the kernel has booted.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><big><b>VGA मो़ड</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "कर्नेल बूट झाल्यावर रिझोल्यूशन व कलर डेप्थ निश्चितकरण्याकरिता नमूद करण्यासाठी<b>VGA मोड</b>वापरा.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><big><b>Other Kernel Parameters</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "Use <b>Other Kernel Parameters</b> to set other parameters to append\n" +#~ "to the kernel command line.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>कर्नेलचे इतर निकष कर्नेल आदेश रेषेला जोडण्याचे इतर निकष स्थापित करण्यासाठी<big><b>अंर कर्नेल पॅरामीटर्स</b></big><br>वापरा.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><big><b>Device</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "Use <b>Device</b> to set the device from which to load the operating system.\n" +#~ "In most cases, it is the disk partition in which \n" +#~ "the other system is installed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><big><b>डिव्हाईस</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "ज्यावरुन कार्य प्रणाली \n" +#~ "लोड करायची ते डिव्हाईस स्थापित करण्यासाठी<b>डिव्हाईस</b>वापरा.अनेक बाबतीत, हे डिस्क पार्टिशन असते,\n" +#~ "ज्यामधे अन्य प्रणाली स्थापित केलेली असते.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n" +#~ " To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>डिस्क घालण्यासाठी <b>अड</b>ढकला.\n" +#~ " डिस्क काढून टाकण्यासाठी<b>रिमूव्ह</b>ढकला.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><big><b>Replacing MBR With Generic Code</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "To replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (which\n" +#~ "boots the active partition), set <b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><big><b>जेनेरिक कोड MBR च्या जागी घालणे.</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "आपल्या डिस्कच्या मास्टर बूट रेकॉर्ड ऐवजी जेनेरिक कोड \n" +#~ "घालण्यासाठी (ज्यामुळे सक्रिय पार्टिशन बूट होते),<b>रिप्लेस MBR वुईथ जेनेरिक कोड),</b>निश्चित करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><big><b>Activating Bootloader Partition</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "To activate the partition which contains the boot loader, set\n" +#~ "<b>Activate Bootloader Partition</b>. The generic MBR code boots\n" +#~ "the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition active even\n" +#~ "if boot loader is installed in MBR.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><big><b>बूटलोडर पार्टिशन सक्रिय करत आहे</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "बूटलोडरचा समावेश असलेले पार्टिशन सक्रिय करण्यासाठी,\n" +#~ "<b>अक्टिव्हेट बूटलोडर पार्टिशन</b> निश्चित करा. जेनेरिक MBR कोड \n" +#~ "सक्रिय पार्टिशन बूट करतो. जरी बूट लोड जेनेरिक MBR मधे स्थापित असेल तरी जुन्या BIOSes साठी एक पार्टिशन सक्रिय हवे असते.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><big><b>Dedicated Boot Loader Area</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "Using the dedicated boot loader area prevents\n" +#~ "boot loader files from being moved during\n" +#~ "automatic disk defragmentation. The movement could prevent the\n" +#~ "boot loader from loading.\n" +#~ "To use dedicated boot loader area, set <b>Use Dedicated Boot Loader\n" +#~ "Area</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><big><b>समर्पित बूट लोडर एरिया</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "समर्पित बूट लोडर एरिया वापरल्याने डिस्कच्या आपोआप\n" +#~ "डीफ्रॅगमेन्टेशनच्या वेळी बूट लोडरच्या फाईल्स अन्यत्र हलण्यास\n" +#~ "प्रतिबंध होईल. समर्पित बूट लोडर एरिया वापरण्यासाठी,\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<b>यूज डेडिकेटेड बूट लोडर एरिया\n" +#~ "निश्चित करा.</b></p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><big><b>Password Protection</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "To protect the boot loader using a password,\n" +#~ "set <b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b> and set the <b>Password</b>\n" +#~ "and <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><big><b>पासवर्ड संरक्षण</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "पासवर्ड वापरणा-या बूट लोडरचे संरक्षण करण्यासाठी\n" +#~ "<b>प्रोटेक्ट बूट लोडर वुईथ पासवर्ड</b> नििश्चत करा, आणि<b>पासवर्ड</b>\n" +#~ "व<b>रीटाईप पासवर्डd</b>निश्चित करा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "Device to Boot" +#~ msgstr "बूट करण्याचे उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "Kernel (Linux)" +#~ msgstr "कर्नेल (लिनक्स)" + +#~ msgid "Kernel via XEN" +#~ msgstr "XEN व्दारा कर्नेल" + +#~ msgid "&Kernel" +#~ msgstr "कर्नेल" + +#~ msgid "Root &Device" +#~ msgstr "रुट आणि उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "&VGA Mode" +#~ msgstr "VGA मोड" + +#~ msgid "&Show Boot Menu" +#~ msgstr "बूट मेनू दाखवा" + +#~ msgid "&Continue Booting after a Time-Out" +#~ msgstr "वेळ संपल्यानंतर बूटीग चालू ठेवा" + +#~ msgid "Boot &Menu Time-Out" +#~ msgstr "बूट आणि मेनूची वेळ संपली" + +#~ msgid "Password Protection" +#~ msgstr "सांकेतिक शब्दांचे संरक्षण" + +#~ msgid "Target Directory for Image Section" +#~ msgstr "प्रतिमा सेक्शनसाठी ध्येय डिरेक्टरी" + +#~ msgid "Optional Kernel Parameters" +#~ msgstr "इतर कर्नेल पॅरामिर्टर्स" + +#~ msgid "Target Directory for Menu Section" +#~ msgstr "मेन्यू सेक्शनसाठी ध्येय डिरेक्टरी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Edit Measure" +#~ msgstr "प्रयोक्त्याचे संपादन करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Add New Measure" +#~ msgstr "नवीन ओळ मिळवा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Measure File" +#~ msgstr "फाईल चाळा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "PCR Index of File" +#~ msgstr "फाईलचे पथ नाव " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Please Select File" +#~ msgstr "कृपया निवडा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Really delete measured file: %1 with PCR: %2 ?" +#~ msgstr "खरोखर मॉड्यूल काढून टाका \"%1\"?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Measures" +#~ msgstr "मादुरीसे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "PCR" +#~ msgstr "पी.सी." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "PCR Index of &XEN" +#~ msgstr "फाईलचे पथ नाव " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Trusted GRUB Options" +#~ msgstr "विकल्प पुन्हा आणा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Trusted GRUB Details" +#~ msgstr "विश्वासू डोमेन्स" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Your system will now shut down.\n" +#~ "After shutdown, reload the system\n" +#~ "with the load address of your root DASD or\n" +#~ "the load adress of your zFCP device.\n" +#~ "Then reconnect and run the following:\n" +#~ "/usr/lib/YaST2/startup/YaST2.ssh\n" +#~ "For details, read the related chapter\n" +#~ "in the documentation.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "आता आपली प्रणाली बंद होईल.\n" +#~ "बंद झाल्यानंतर \n" +#~ "आपल्या रुट DASD च्या लोड अड्रेसने किंवा\n" +#~ "आपल्या zFCP च्या लोड अड्रेसने प्रणाली पुन्हा लोड करा.\n" +#~ "नंतर पुन्हा कनेक्ट् करुन पुढील गोष्टी चालवाः\n" +#~ "/usr/lib/YaST2/startup/YaST2.ssh\n" +#~ "अधिक माहितीसाठी, \n" +#~ "डॉक्युमेंटेशनमधील संबंधित प्रकरण वाचा.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Your system will shut down now.\n" +#~ "After shutdown, reload the system\n" +#~ "with the load address of your root DASD or\n" +#~ "the load address of your zFCP device.\n" +#~ "For details, read the relevant chapter\n" +#~ "in the documentation.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "आपली प्रणाली आता बंद होईल\n" +#~ " बंद झाल्यानंतर\n" +#~ "आपल्या रुट DASD च्या लोड अड्रेसने किंवा\n" +#~ "आपल्या zFCP च्या लोड अड्रेसने प्रणाली पुन्हा लोड करा.\n" +#~ "नंतर पुन्हा कनेक्ट् करुन पुढील गोष्टी चालवाः\n" +#~ "डॉक्युमेंटेशनमधील संबंधित प्रकरण वाचा.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Timeout in tenth of seconds</b><br> Specifies the the time the\n" +#~ "bootloader will wait in interactive mode until the default entry is\n" +#~ "booted.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>टाईमआउट इन टेन्थ ऑफ सेकंड्स </b><br> डिफॉल्ट प्रविष्टी बूट होईपर्यंत \n" +#~ "बूटलोडर इंटरअक्टिव्ह मोडमधे किती वेळ थांबेल ते नमूद \n" +#~ "करते.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Name of default initrd file</b>, if non-empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>नेम ऑफ डिफॉल्ट initrd फाईल</b>, रिकामे नसल्यास, वापरण्याची प्राथमिक\n" +#~ "रॅमडिस्क सांगते. एकतर थेट पाथ व फाईलचे नांव प्रविष्ट करा किंवा \n" +#~ "<b>ब्राउझ</b>वापरून निवडा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Prevent EDD30 mode</b><br>\n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, elilo will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" +#~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" +#~ "may cause problems. Therefore as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" +#~ "avoid forcing the variable.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>प्रिव्हेन्ट EDD30 मोड</b><br>\n" +#~ "डिफॉल्ट द्वारे, EDD30 बंद असल्यास, elilo प्रयत्न करेल व व्हेरिएबल सत्य. वर सेट करेल.\n" +#~ "परंतु, काही कंट्रोलर्स EDD30 ला समर्थन देत नाहीत व व्हेरिएबलशी \n" +#~ "जबरदस्ती केल्यास समस्या येतात. त्यामुळे elilo-3.2 नुसार, व्हेरिएबलला जबरदस्ती करण्याला\n" +#~ "पर्याय आहे. </p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" +#~ "Specifies the the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>टाईमआउट इन सेकंट्स </b><br>\n" +#~ "डिफॉल्ट केर्नेल लोड होईपर्यंत बूटलोडर किती वेळ थांबेल ते नमूद करते. </p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected \n" +#~ "section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" +#~ "a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or another \n" +#~ "OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" +#~ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of the sections in the boot loader\n" +#~ "menu can be changed using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><b>सेट एज डिफॉल्ट</b>दाबून,\n" +#~ "निवडलेल्या विभागावर डिफॉल्ट म्हणून खूण करा. बूटिंग करतांना बूट लोडर मेन्यू पुरवेल\n" +#~ " व \n" +#~ "प्रयोक्त्याने बूट करण्यासाठी कर्नेल किंवा \n" +#~ "इतर OS निवडण्याची वाट पाहील. वेळ संपेपर्यंत कोणतीही की न दाबल्यास, डिफॉल्ट\n" +#~ "कर्नेल किंवा OS बूट होईल. बूट लोडर मेन्यूमधील सेक्शन्सचा\n" +#~ "क्रम<B>अप</B> आणि <B>डाऊन</B> बटणे वापरुन बदलता येऊ शकेल.</P>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>कस्टम बूट पार्टिशन </b> च्यावरून बूट करण्यासाठी पार्टिशन निवडू देते </p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>सिलेक्टिंग<b>हाईड मेन्यू ऑन बूट </b> बूट मेन्यू लपवेल </p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>केर्नेल इमेज </b> बूट करण्यासाठी केर्नेलची व्याख्या करते. एकतर थेट नांव प्रविष्ट करा किंवा <b>ब्राउझ</b>द्वारा निवड करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode for the <i>console</i> the kernel should set when booting</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Vga मोड</b> बूटिंगच्या वेळी केर्नेलने सेट करण्याच्या <i>कन्सोल</i> साठी Vga मोडची व्याख्या करते </p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>ऑप्शनल केर्नेल कमांड लाईन पॅरामीटर </b> आपणास केर्नेलकडे पाठवण्यासाठी अतिरिक्त निकषांची व्याख्या करू देते </p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if non-empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>इनिशियल RAM डिस्क</b>, रिकामे नसल्सास, वापरण्याची सुरुवातीची रॅमडिस्क सांगते. एकतर थेट पाथ व फाईलचे नांव प्रविष्ट करा किंवा \n" +#~ " <b>ब्राउझ</b>वापरून निवड करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>सिलेक्ट<b>चेनलोडर सेक्शन </b> आपणास लायनक्स व्यतिरिक्त OS बूटिंगसाठी सेक्शनची व्याख्या करायची असल्यास </p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>सेटिंग<b>यूज पासवर्ड प्रोटेक्शन </p> हा सेक्शन निवडण्यासाठी पासवर्डची गरज भासेल </p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>ब्लॉक ऑफ सेट फॉर चेनलॉडिंग </b> बूट करण्यासाठी ब्लॉकसची सूची नमूद करू देते. अनेक बाबतीत आपणास येथे \n" +#~ " <code>+1</code> नमूद करावे लागते. ब्लॉकलिस्ट नोटेशनविषयीच्या माहितीसाठी grub दस्तावेज पहा </p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>,if non-empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>इनिशियल RAM डिस्क</b>,रिकामी नसल्यास, वापरण्याची प्राथमिक रॅमडिस्क सांगते. एकतर थेट पाथ व फाईलचे नांव प्रविष्ट करा किंवा \n" +#~ " <b>ब्राउझ/b> वापरून निवडा</p>" + +#~ msgid "Fallback Sections if default Fails" +#~ msgstr "डिफॉल्ट अयशस्वी झाल्यास फॉलबॅक सेक्शन्स" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" +#~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>आकृतीबंधात नवीन मेन्यू घालण्यासाठी <b>मेन्यू सेक्शन</b>निवडा. मेन्यूचे सेक्शन अशा सूचीचे प्रतिनिधित्व करतात ज्यांचे एकत्र गट आहेत.\n" +#~ "</p>" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ca-management.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ca-management.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ca-management.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,3080 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line definition +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48 +msgid "Managing CA and certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:51 +msgid "Create a root CA" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52 +msgid "Create a certificate of a CA" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53 +msgid "Create a CRL of a CA" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54 +msgid "Export a CA to a file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:56 +msgid "Export a certificate to a file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58 +msgid "Export a CRL to a file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65 +msgid "E-mail address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70 +msgid "Organizational unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 +msgid "Organization" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 +msgid "Locality" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 +msgid "State" +msgstr "राज्य" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:77 +msgid "Valid days" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:79 +msgid "Key length" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 +msgid "Password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 +msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 +msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 +msgid "Path of the exported CA, certificate, or CRL" +msgstr "" + +#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:170 +msgid "CA Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" +"is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193 +msgid "Import Common CA and Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209 +msgid "&Path of Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +msgid "&Password:" +msgstr "परवलीशब्द:" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256 +msgid "Generate Common CA and Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585 +msgid "&CA Name:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216 +msgid "&Common Name:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482 +msgid "E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262 +msgid "C&ountry:" +msgstr "देश:" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227 +msgid "O&rganization:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236 +msgid "Or&ganizational Unit:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247 +msgid "Loca&lity:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250 +msgid "&State:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381 +msgid "Take Local Server Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418 +msgid "&Server Name:" +msgstr "" + +#. Get the user input. +#. +#. Get the user input. +#. +#. checking password +#. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given +#. export to file +#. export to file +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +msgid "New passwords do not match." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540 +msgid "Password length should be greater than three characters." +msgstr "" + +#. finding entry in list +#. Error popup +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665 +msgid "CA name required." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403 +msgid "Common name required." +msgstr "" + +#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def; +#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the +#. "add" button +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428 +msgid "Invalid e-mail format." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527 +msgid "Server name required." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949 +msgid "Cannot read the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831 +msgid "Import Certificate from File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837 +msgid "Server Name" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव:" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839 +msgid "[local server name]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846 +msgid "CA Name" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 +msgid "Common Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902 +msgid "[not set]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:860 +msgid "Email" +msgstr "ईमेल" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 +msgid "Organizational Unit" +msgstr "अर्गानाइझेशन यूनिट" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "गुप्तशब्द" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904 +msgid "[set]" +msgstr "" + +#. Write all ca-management settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916 +msgid "Generating Common Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936 +msgid "Read server information" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932 +msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938 +msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:940 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. Error message +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:1064 +msgid "Cannot create certificates." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: +#. clients/ca_mgm_proposal.ycp +#. +#. Package: +#. Configuration of CA Management +#. +#. Summary: +#. Proposal function dispatcher. +#. +#. Authors: +#. Stefan Schubert +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 +msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "" + +#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) +#. NO FORCE RESET +#. richtext label +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466 +msgid "CA Management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441 +msgid "Settings have already been written." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442 +msgid "Delete the old settings?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgstr "दूरच्या संदर्भाचे वर्णन मिळवू शकले नाही." + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 +msgid "" +"The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You must select a certificate." +msgid "Current default CA and certificate." +msgstr "तुम्ही प्रमाणपत्र निवडलेच पाहिजे." + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364 +msgid "Creating default CA and certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 +msgid "With higher security requirements, you should change the password." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 +msgid "[manually set]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370 +msgid "[root password]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487 +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:158 +msgid "CA Name: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391 +msgid "Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392 +msgid "Server Name: " +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव:" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393 +msgid "Country: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394 +msgid "Password: " +msgstr "पासवर्डः" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395 +msgid "E-Mail: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Alternative Names: " +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव:" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 +msgid "" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 +msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415 +msgid "Importing a CA and certificate from file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 +msgid "<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. menu title +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 +msgid "&CA Management" +msgstr "" + +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. MAIN module +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:61 +msgid "Managing CAs and Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:64 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "निवड" + +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72 +msgid "Create &Default CA and Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81 +msgid "Edit Default &Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:89 +msgid "Do &Not Create CA and Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:96 +msgid "Import CA and Certificate from D&isk" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and <b>certificates</b>\n" +"while completing the installation.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" +"if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Creates Country items +#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table +#. saved default settings +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:209 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:143 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:172 +msgid "&Name:" +msgstr "" + +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:225 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:164 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:215 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:258 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:330 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:425 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:489 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:610 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:628 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:653 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:680 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:705 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:730 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:755 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:780 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830 +msgid "critical" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:238 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:218 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:535 +msgid "Kind" +msgstr "प्रकार" + +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:219 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:279 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:536 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991 +msgid "No item has been selected." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. we need to fake a certificate name +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:107 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "हटवा" + +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:366 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960 +msgid "Really delete this entry?" +msgstr "" + +#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries +#. @return `next,`back,`abort +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA and certificate\n" +"is used for communicating with the <b>Apache server</b>.\n" +"Here, change these <b>default settings</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Edit Alternative Names" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव:" + +#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:96 +msgid "Edit Default Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. The main () +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 +msgid "Common Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 +msgid "<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 +msgid "<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "" + +#. help text 3/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 +msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 4/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 +msgid "<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 5/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 +msgid "<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 6/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 +msgid "<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 7/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 +msgid "<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 format with CA chain</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 8/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 +msgid "<p>For more information, please read the manual.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "वर्णन" + +#. push button label +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 +msgid "&Remove" +msgstr "ला काढा" + +#. push button label +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Replace" +msgid "&Import/Replace" +msgstr "बदली करा" + +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The device is not configured" +msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" +msgstr "उपकरण संरचीत केलेले नाही" + +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 +msgid "" +"Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to remove the selected %1" +msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" +msgstr "आपली खात्री आहे का की आपल्याला निवडलेले %1 काढायचे आहे?" + +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66 +msgid "<p>Here, see the most important values of the CA.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 +msgid "<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates</b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA +#. @param CA name +#. @return a string with the CA description +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164 +msgid "<p><b> Description for %1 </b></p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177 +msgid "" +"\n" +"CA not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183 +msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>यासाठी जारी केलेr:</b></p>" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Volume Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "व्हॉल्यूम नाव: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organizational Unit" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "अर्गानाइझेशन यूनिट" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location: %1" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "स्थान: %1" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr " नाव: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mount " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "माउंट " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 +msgid "<p><b>Issued By:</b></p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 +msgid "&Advanced..." +msgstr "प्रगत..." + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 +msgid "&View" +msgstr "पहा" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Change CA Password" +msgstr "प्रयोक्ता पासवर्ड बदलू शकतो" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 +msgid "C&reate SubCA" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 +msgid "Export to &File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 +msgid "Export to &LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 +msgid "&Edit Default" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 +msgid "<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 +msgid "<p>With this workflow, change these default settings.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 3/4 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 +msgid "<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 +msgid "<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 +msgid "Default Settings for:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83 +msgid "&Sub CA" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85 +msgid "&Client Certificate" +msgstr "ग्राहक प्रमाणपत्र" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88 +msgid "S&erver Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 +msgid "<p>Click <b>Save</b> to finish the input.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 +msgid "<p><b>Summary</b></p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:150 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:169 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:339 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:351 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:454 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:505 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:523 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:532 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:544 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:553 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:562 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:580 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:824 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:844 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1138 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1199 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1208 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1217 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1238 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1247 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 +msgid " (critical)\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156 +msgid "Path Length: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:177 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 +msgid "(critical) " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 +msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 +msgid "(critical)\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 +msgid "nsComment: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 +msgid "nsCertType: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 +msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591 +msgid "Save Settings (step 3/3)" +msgstr "" + +#. creating new certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609 +msgid "Default has been saved." +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 +msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 +msgid "<p>Select one of the certificates and execute some actions.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 +msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 +msgid "<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a certificate.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 +msgid "<p>With <b>Add</b>, generate a new server or client certificate.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 +msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 +msgid "Revoke Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 +msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 +msgid "Reasons" +msgstr "" + +#. getCertDescription - description of a certificate +#. @param map of description +#. @return a string with the certification description +#. getRequestDescription - description of a request +#. @param map of description, onlySubject +#. @return a string with the request description +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:288 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:55 +msgid "<p><b>Description</b></p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Certificate not found" +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr " नाव: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organizational Unit" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "अर्गानाइझेशन यूनिट" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location: %1" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "स्थान: %1" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr " प्रकार " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mount " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "माउंट " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr " प्रकार " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr " प्रकार " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " RAID " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr " RAID " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serial Number" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "अनुक्रमांक:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Version: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr " आवृत्ती: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid from: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "पासून वैध:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " RAID " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr " RAID " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#. Initialize the tab of the dialog +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 +msgid "Valid" +msgstr "" + +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 +msgid "Revoked" +msgstr "" + +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 +msgid "Expired" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 +msgid "E-Mail Address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "जोडा" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +msgid "Add Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +msgid "Add Client Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Change Password" +msgstr "प्रयोक्ता पासवर्ड बदलू शकतो" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 +msgid "&Revoke" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 +msgid "&Delete" +msgstr "काढून टाका" + +#. Fate (#2613) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 +msgid "Export" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 +msgid "Export to File" +msgstr "" + +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 +msgid "Export to LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 +msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 +msgid "Delete current certificate?" +msgstr "" + +#. Create a certificate via command line +#. @param option map +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/commandline.rb:106 +msgid "Wrong kind of certificate." +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55 +msgid "<p>Here, see the most important values of the CRL.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59 +msgid "<p>With <b>Generate CRL</b>, a new CRL will be generated.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 +msgid "<p><b>View</b> shows a complete description.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 +msgid "<p>You can <b>Export</b> the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 +msgid "Generate New CRL" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99 +msgid "&Valid to (days):" +msgstr "" + +#. getDescription - CRL description +#. @param CA name +#. @return a string with the CRL description +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210 +msgid "<p><b>Certificate Revocation List (CRL):</b></p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"Last Update: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Next Update: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"Revoked Certificates: " +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Tab - CRL - +#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260 +msgid "&Generate CRL" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129 +msgid "&Default" +msgstr "मूलभूत" + +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 +msgid "<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 +msgid "<p>With this frame, change these default settings.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 +msgid "&Valid Period (days):" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:179 +msgid "&Critical" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:200 +msgid "C&ritical" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207 +msgid "C&opy Subject Alternative Name from CA" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254 +msgid "Default CRL Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: window caption +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Security Information" +msgstr "सुरक्षेचा आकृतीबंध" + +#. Translators: long help text - security information +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 +msgid "Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." +msgstr "" + +#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA +#. @param selected CA +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Export CRL" +msgstr "निर्यात" + +#. this default can only be set inside this function +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 +msgid "<p>Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting <b>Export once</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 +msgid "<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in <b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 +msgid "<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Export once" +msgstr "निर्यात प्रकार" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407 +msgid "Repeated recreation and export" +msgstr "" + +#. fix space issue (bnc#446137) +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:496 +msgid "&Host Name:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:420 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:497 +msgid "&Port:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498 +msgid "&DN:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499 +msgid "&Bind DN:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Pass&word" +msgstr "गुप्तशब्द" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Save &as" +msgstr "म्हणून संग्रहीत करा" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965 +msgid "Export Format" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:443 +#, fuzzy +msgid "PEM Format" +msgstr "फॉरमॅट" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:444 +#, fuzzy +msgid "DER Format" +msgstr "फॉरमॅट" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Periodic interval" +msgstr "अंतर्गत IP वर पुननिर्देशीत करा" + +#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )), +#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457 +#, fuzzy +msgid "every" +msgstr "कधीही नाही" + +#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463 +msgid "&hour(s)" +msgstr "" + +#. (bnc#446137) +#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472 +#, fuzzy +msgid "at" +msgstr "शनि" + +#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&o'clock" +msgstr "रेडिओ घड्याळ" + +#. (bnc#446137) +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Security Information" +msgstr "सुरक्षेचा आकृतीबंध" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Export to file" +msgstr "फाईलकडे एक्स्पोर्ट करा" + +#. gray out or ungray UI elements +#. Popup::Error(_("Currently not supported.")); +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:543 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:455 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Save as" +msgstr "या नावाने साठवा..." + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Export to file failed." +msgstr "फाईलकडे एक्स्पोर्ट करा" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do you want to retry?" +msgstr "तुम्हास खरोखर ही नोंद कमी करायची आहे का?" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saved to file successfully." +msgstr "माहिती यशस्वीपणे साठविली" + +#. Checking error +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603 +msgid "Saved to LDAP successfully." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Export to LDAP failed." +msgstr "फाईलकडे एक्स्पोर्ट करा" + +#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86 +msgid "Software error - Unknown Tab" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141 +msgid "Certificate Authority (CA)" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147 +msgid "&Description" +msgstr " वर्णन " + +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:149 +msgid "C&ertificates" +msgstr "प्रमाणपत्रे" + +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151 +msgid "CR&L" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153 +msgid "&Requests" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 +msgid "<p>To generate a new CA, some entries are needed.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 +msgid "<p>To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 +msgid "<p>To generate a new request, some entries are needed.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 +msgid "<p>It depends on the policy defined in the configuration file.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 4/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Only US ASCII characters are allowed.</p>" +msgstr " अहवालाच्या नांवात फक्त १२८ अक्षरेच असू षकतात." + +#. help text 5/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 +msgid "<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 +msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the CA.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 +msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 +msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 6/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 +msgid "<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 7/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 +msgid "<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and <b>State</b> are often optional.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 +msgid "D&efault" +msgstr "मूलभूत" + +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:194 +msgid "E-Mail Addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:195 +msgid "default" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 +msgid "Create New " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 +msgid " (step 1/3)" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 +msgid "<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 +msgid "<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 +msgid "<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 4/4 +#. help text 4/4 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 +msgid "<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 +msgid "<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 +msgid "<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 +msgid "<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 +msgid "<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 +msgid "<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" +msgstr "प्रयोक्ता पासवर्ड बदलू शकतो" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582 +msgid "V&erify Password:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590 +msgid "&Key Length (bit):" +msgstr "" + +#. tree widget label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:611 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:108 +msgid "&Advanced Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 +msgid " (step 2/3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661 +msgid "Passwords are different." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667 +msgid "Password required." +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 +msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the CA.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 +msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the certificate.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 +msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the request.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736 +msgid "CA Name: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743 +msgid "Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752 +msgid "Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761 +msgid "Organizational Unit: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769 +msgid "E-Mail Addresses: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793 +msgid "Locality: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801 +msgid "State: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807 +msgid "Country: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812 +msgid "Key Length: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817 +msgid "Valid Period: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820 +msgid " days\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 +msgid "Path Length " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 +msgid " (step 3/3)" +msgstr "" + +#. label widget +#. header label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:122 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:241 +msgid "Current Selection: " +msgstr "सध्याच निवड:" + +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:189 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "मदत" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. File: +#. new_cert_item.ycp +#. +#. Module: +#. CA Management +#. +#. Summary: +#. Items definition for advanced setting ( creating +#. new certificate ) +#. +#. Authors: +#. Stefan Schubert +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Creating a new CA/Certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 +msgid "<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 +msgid "<P>Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#. items for CA and Certificates +#. items for Requests +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:68 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:121 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:155 +msgid "Advanced Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:92 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:143 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:598 +msgid "Expert Settings" +msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज" + +#. Creating default CA/Certificate +#. @return [Boolean] ( success ) +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890 +msgid "Creating certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#. Creating server certificate +#. Exporting to common server certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013 +msgid "" +"The default certificate can also be created in\n" +"the CA Management module.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Finish" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +msgid "Really save configuration ?" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64 +msgid "Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: YesNo Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup displaying openssl error messages +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88 +msgid "Details" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 +msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 +msgid "<p>Select one of the requests and execute some actions.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 +msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete request.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 +msgid "<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 +msgid "<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new request.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 +msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 +msgid "Generate Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:335 +msgid "&Import" +msgstr " आयात " + +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:340 +msgid "Add Sub-CA Request" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:341 +msgid "Add Server Request" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:342 +msgid "Add Client Request" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:348 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Request" +msgstr "गरज आहे" + +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:354 +msgid "Sign" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:356 +msgid "As Client Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:357 +msgid "As Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:358 +msgid "As CA Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430 +msgid "Delete current request?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Request not found.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "" + +#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention +#. @param request extention +#. @return [void] +#. The user has decide that given request extention +#. will be used. --> setting for signation +#. @param request extention +#. @return [void] +#. Filling up reqeust extentions +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 +msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." +msgstr "" + +#. IS CA ? +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 +msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 +msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +msgid "<p>This frame shows the signing request.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 +msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 +msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 +msgid "Requested Extensions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 +msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 +msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 +msgid "<p>Click <b>Sign Request</b> to go on.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 +#, fuzzy +msgid " days" +msgstr "1 दिवस" + +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 +msgid " (critical)</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 +msgid "&Edit Request" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 +msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 +msgid "Sign Request" +msgstr "" + +#. signing request +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 +msgid "The request has been signed." +msgstr "" + +#. Deleting current CA +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105 +msgid "Really delete CA %1?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118 +msgid "Force Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119 +msgid "This CA is still in use. Delete it?" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 +msgid "<p>Select one CA and press <b>Enter CA</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 +msgid "<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 +msgid "<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 +msgid "&Enter CA" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:171 +msgid "&Delete CA" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:180 +msgid "&Create Root CA" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:187 +msgid "&Import CA" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: tree headers +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:199 +msgid "CA Tree" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:208 +msgid "CA Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. Change password Dialog +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change Certificate Password" +msgstr "सीए प्रमाणपत्र" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change CA Password" +msgstr "प्रयोक्ता पासवर्ड बदलू शकतो" + +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Old Password:" +msgstr "परवलीशब्द:" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380 +msgid "&New Password:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Verify Password:" +msgstr "परवली शब्द तपासून पहा" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220 +msgid "" +"The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 +#, fuzzy +msgid "CA Password changed." +msgstr "पासवर्ड एज" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Certificate Password changed." +msgstr "शेवटचा परवलीशब्दातील बदल: %1" + +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275 +msgid "Enter CA Password" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP +#. +#. @param "CA" "CRL" "CERT" "subjectAltName" +#. @return true ( success ) +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349 +msgid "LDAP P&assword:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 +msgid "Certificate &Password:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039 +msgid "&Verify Password" +msgstr "" + +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421 +msgid "LDAP Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423 +msgid "" +"LDAP must initialize for the CA management.\n" +"Enter the required LDAP password.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428 +msgid "P&assword:" +msgstr "" + +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625 +msgid "Export CA to File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:636 +msgid "O&nly the Certificate in PEM Format" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981 +msgid "Only the Key &Unencrypted in PEM Format" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988 +msgid "Only the &Key Encrypted in PEM Format" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995 +msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +msgid "&New Password" +msgstr "" + +#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485 +msgid "&File Name:" +msgstr "" + +#. export to file +#. reading certificate from disk +#. reading certificate from disk +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523 +msgid "File name required." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829 +msgid "CA saved to file." +msgstr "" + +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850 +msgid "Export CRL to File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858 +msgid "&PEM Format" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860 +msgid "&DER Format" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941 +msgid "CRL saved to file." +msgstr "" + +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962 +msgid "Export Certificate to File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973 +msgid "&Only the Certificate in PEM Format" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1184 +msgid "Certificate saved to file." +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" +" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 +msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "" + +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Password:</b><br>\n" +"Certificate password</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236 +msgid "Importing Common Certificate from Disk" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267 +msgid "Importing certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1281 +msgid "Certificate has been imported." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315 +msgid "This is not a server certificate. Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 +msgid "" +"The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of·\n" +"the server (%2).\n" +"This certificate might be not practical as a common server certificate.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 +msgid "" +"The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." +msgstr "" + +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 +msgid "Exporting as Common Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. export to common certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409 +msgid "Exporting certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456 +msgid "Certificate has been written as common server certificate." +msgstr "" + +#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk +#. @param [String] CaName +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1482 +msgid "Import Request from Disk" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 +msgid "File format not valid. Use PEM or DER files." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 +msgid "Importing request..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560 +msgid "Request has been imported." +msgstr "" + +#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1584 +msgid "Import CA from Disk" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Path of CA Certificate" +msgstr "सीए प्रमाणपत्र" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597 +msgid "&Path of Key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Key Password" +msgstr "&परवली शब्द" + +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649 +msgid "Path to certificate file required." +msgstr "" + +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653 +msgid "Path of the private key required." +msgstr "" + +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 +msgid "" +"Key Password is required. \n" +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." +msgstr "" + +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 +#, fuzzy +msgid "CA has been imported." +msgstr "एक ठिगळाची स्थापना झाली आहे." + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:499 +msgid "Cannot read CA list." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:560 +msgid "Cannot read CA tree." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 +msgid "Missing value 'caName'." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683 +msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd' or password is too short." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451 +msgid "Missing value 'commonName'." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457 +msgid "According to 'basicConstraints', this is not a CA." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604 +msgid "Modifying RequestGenerationData failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735 +msgid "Modifying CertificateIssueData failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945 +msgid "Creating Root CA failed." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055 +msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 +msgid "Getting defaults failed." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140 +msgid "Missing value 'certType'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 +msgid "Initializing the CA failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 +msgid "Writing the defaults failed." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 +msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 +msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750 +msgid "Parsing the CA failed." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441 +msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018 +msgid "Creating request failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129 +msgid "Missing value 'request'" +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 +msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Signing certificate failed." +msgstr "तबकडी कॅशकडे स्थानांतरीत होताना फसले." + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 +msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553 +msgid "Missing parameter 'caPasswd'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601 +msgid "Getting the certificate list failed." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 +msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'." +msgstr "" + +#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685 +msgid "Invalid password." +msgstr "" + +#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692 +msgid "UpdateDB failed." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105 +msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'certificate'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821 +msgid "Parsing the certificate failed." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892 +msgid "Missing value 'certificate'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923 +msgid "Revoking the certificate failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988 +msgid "Missing value 'days'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 +msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053 +msgid "Creating the CRL failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173 +msgid "No CRL available." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177 +msgid "Parsing the CRL failed." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093 +#, perl-format +msgid "Cannot parse destinationFile %s." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100 +msgid "Directory does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175 +msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'exportFormat'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168 +msgid "Export failed." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979 +msgid "Parameter 'P12Password' missing." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 +msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Media not found" +msgid "Request not found in" +msgstr "मिडीया मिळू शकत नाही" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Floppy test failed." +msgid "Copy Request failed" +msgstr "फ्लॉपी तपासणी असफल." + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768 +msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'keyPasswd'." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289 +msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'purpose'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303 +msgid "Verification failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435 +msgid "Missing value 'newCaName'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750 +msgid "Creating the SubCA failed." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890 +msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapHostname'." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902 +msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPort'." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909 +msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'destinationDN'." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916 +msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'BindDN'." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923 +msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPasswd'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893 +msgid "CA certificate does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4904 +msgid "Cannot read the CA." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912 +msgid "Cannot parse the CA certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977 +msgid "LDAP initialization failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984 +msgid "LDAP bind failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208 +#, perl-format +msgid "Container %s is not available in the LDAP directory." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244 +msgid "Error while searching in LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990 +msgid "Cannot add CA certificate to the LDAP directory." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002 +msgid "Cannot modify CA certificate in the LDAP directory." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148 +msgid "CRL does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159 +msgid "Cannot read the CRL." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167 +msgid "Cannot parse the CRL." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265 +msgid "Cannot add the CRL to the LDAP directory." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278 +msgid "Cannot modify the CRL in the LDAP directory." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381 +msgid "Checking for new CRL Distribution Point failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474 +msgid "Missing parameter 'commonName'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677 +msgid "No LDAP server configured." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772 +msgid "LDAP search failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5574 +msgid "No configuration available in LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663 +msgid "LDAP password required." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717 +msgid "Cannot add base configuration entry." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789 +msgid "Cannot add CA configuration entry." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929 +msgid "Certificate does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956 +msgid "Cannot parse the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997 +#, perl-format +msgid "%s is not available in the LDAP directory." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008 +msgid "Cannot modify userCertificate in the LDAP directory." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026 +msgid "Exporting the certificate failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037 +msgid "Cannot modify userPKCS12 in LDAP directory." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139 +msgid "Deleting the certificate failed." +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207 +msgid "Path to certificate file is needed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214 +msgid "Certificate not found in" +msgstr "" + +#. parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220 +msgid "Password is required." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232 +msgid "Importing the certificate failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 +msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 +msgid "File not found." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 +msgid "Missing parameter 'type'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 +#, perl-format +msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 +msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 +#, perl-format +msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 +msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 +#, perl-format +msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 +msgid "Parsing failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 +msgid "Parsing the request failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 +msgid "Getting the request list failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 +#, perl-format +msgid "Request not found in %s." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 +msgid "Cannot read the request." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 +msgid "No request data found." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 +msgid "Importing the request failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 +msgid "Deleting the request failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 +msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 +msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 +#, perl-format +msgid "CA key not available in %s." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 +msgid "Importing the CA failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 +msgid "Deleting the CA failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Keyfile does not exist." +msgstr "फाईल अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Password change failed." +msgstr "गुप्तशब्ध बदलण्याचा प्रोटोकॉल " + +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235 +#, perl-format +msgid "Invalid type for StringExtension '%s'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881 +msgid "Missing 'data' map." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279 +#, perl-format +msgid "Invalid value '%s' for parameter '%s'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918 +#, perl-format +msgid "Password (%s) is too simple." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 +#, perl-format +msgid "Wrong use of 'critical' in '%s'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974 +#, perl-format +msgid "Unknown value '%s' in '%s'." +msgstr "" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/cio.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/cio.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/cio.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Runlevels" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "सर्व रनलेव्हलमध्ये" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "साधन" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "वापरलेले" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "योय" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "नाहीं" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fiber channel" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "Fiber वाहिनी" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&सर्व निवड" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Detailed selection..." +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "विस्तृत निवड..." + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "चॅनेल" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/cluster.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/cluster.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/cluster.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,684 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module +#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of IPsec" +msgid "Configuration of cluster" +msgstr "IPsec ची संरचना" + +#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals +#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Clustering" +msgid "Cluster" +msgstr "समूहीकरण" + +#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals +#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Clustering" +msgid "&Cluster" +msgstr "समूहीकरण" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Cong Meng +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Communication synchronizer" +msgid "Communication Channels" +msgstr "दळमवळण समायोजक" + +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "सुरक्षा" + +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "सेवा" + +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured In" +msgid "Configure Csync2" +msgstr "मध्ये संरचना" + +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured In" +msgid "Configure conntrackd" +msgstr "मध्ये संरचना" + +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "ठीक आहे" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "रद्द करा" + +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Address:" +msgid "IP Address" +msgstr "दूरस्थ पत्ता:" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Address:" +msgid "Redundant IP Address" +msgstr "दूरस्थ पत्ता:" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Nodes" +msgid "Node ID" +msgstr "नोड्स" + +#. Set need to require 'set' +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 +msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Node ID must be unique" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Address Setup" +msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" +msgstr "महाजाल पत्ता मांडणी" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 +msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 +msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Play the test sound when the card is configured" +msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" +msgstr "जेव्हा कार्डची संरचना होईल तेव्हा चाचणी ध्वनी करा" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427 +msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value for clock skew must be a positive integer." +msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" +msgstr "क्लॉक स्क्यूची किंमत घन इंन्ट्रीवर असलीच पाहिजे." + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 +msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." +msgstr "" + +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 +msgid "Transport:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "Channel" +msgstr "चॅनेल" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Address Setup" +msgid "Bind Network Address:" +msgstr "महाजाल पत्ता मांडणी" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Portal Address" +msgid "Multicast Address:" +msgstr "पोस्टल पत्ता" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 +msgid "Multicast Port:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Scan the Channels" +msgid "Redundant Channel" +msgstr "वाहिन्याची पाहणी" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Clustering" +msgid "Cluster Name:" +msgstr "समूहीकरण" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486 +msgid "Expected Votes:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 +msgid "rrp mode:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 +msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Address:" +msgid "Member Address:" +msgstr "दूरस्थ पत्ता:" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SIP" +msgid "IP" +msgstr "एस.आय.पी." + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Address:" +msgid "Redundant IP" +msgstr "दूरस्थ पत्ता:" + +#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 +msgid "" +" NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" +" Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable Security Event Notification" +msgid "Enable Security Auth" +msgstr "सुरक्षा घटने संबंधी सूचना लागू करा." + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 +msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 +msgid "Running" +msgstr "चालू आहे" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No network running" +msgid "Not running" +msgstr "नेटवर्क चालू नाही" + +#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +msgid "Booting" +msgstr "बूटीग" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Started manually" +msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" +msgstr "हाताने सुरू करा" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Started manually" +msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" +msgstr "हाताने सुरू करा" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 +msgid "Switch On and Off" +msgstr "बटन सुरू आणि बंद" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 +msgid "Current Status: " +msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: " + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start Firewall Now" +msgid "Start pacemaker Now" +msgstr "आता फायरवॉल सुरू करा" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Stop Firewall Now" +msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" +msgstr "आता फायरवॉल बंद करा" + +#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Host" +msgid "Sync Host" +msgstr "लोकल होस्ट" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "जोडा" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delay" +msgid "Del" +msgstr "उशीर होणे" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "संपादन" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select File" +msgid "Sync File" +msgstr "फाईल निवडा" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines" +msgid "Add Suggested Files" +msgstr "सुचविलेल्या fstab ओळी" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018 +msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" +msgstr "" + +#. remove duplicated elements +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143 +msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146 +msgid "Turn csync2 ON" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149 +msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a valid host name." +msgid "Enter a hostname" +msgstr "होस्टचे वैध नाव प्रविष्ट करा." + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +msgid "Edit the hostname" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a new name for the %1 profile." +msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" +msgstr "कार्यक्रमाकरिता नवीन नाव %1 घाला." + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the file name" +msgid "Edit the filename" +msgstr "फाईलचे नाव लिहा" + +#. key file exist +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Archive %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Do you really want to overwrite it?" +msgid "" +"Key file %1 already exist.\n" +"Do you want to overwrite it?" +msgstr "" +"संग्रह %1 आधीच अस्तित्वात आहे. \n" +" आपल्याका तो खरोखरच ओव्हरराईट करायचा आहे?" + +#. remove exist key file +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." +msgstr "%1 वर फाईल वाचणे अपयशी ठरले.\n" + +#. generate key file +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278 +msgid "" +"Key file %1 is generated.\n" +"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Image creation failed." +msgid "Key generation failed." +msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करणे असफल" + +#. SaveCsync2(); +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 +msgid "" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" +"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" +"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358 +msgid "Dedicated Interface:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 +msgid "IP:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 +msgid "Group Number:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 +msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value for clock skew must be a positive integer." +msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" +msgstr "क्लॉक स्क्यूची किंमत घन इंन्ट्रीवर असलीच पाहिजे." + +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b r></p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n" +"\t\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध प्रारंभित करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रारंभ निष्फळ करत आहेः</big></b><br>\n" +"आता <b>Abort</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध उपयोगिता सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Please wait...</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...</p>" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> जतनाचे कार्य निष्फळ करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>Abort</b> दाबून जतनाची प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करा.\n" +"अतिरिक्त डायलॉग आपणास असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही ते सांगतो.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Class Configuration" +msgid "Cluster Configuration" +msgstr "वर्गाची संरचना" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." + +#. Cluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" +msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्राची संरचना कार्यान्वयीत करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgstr "आधीची सेटिंग्ज वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल प्रणाली वाचा" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 +msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgstr "पूर्वीची सेटींग्ज वाचली जात आहे" + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot install required packages." +msgid "Cannot install required package" +msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेज स्थापित करू शकत नाही." + +#. read database +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change existing configuration" +msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" +msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वाचासध्याचा आकृतीबंध बदला" + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Cannot read database1." +msgstr "डाटाबेस 1 वाचू शकत नाही." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database2." +msgid "Cannot read database2." +msgstr "डाटाबेस 2 वाचू शकत नाही." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 +msgid "Cannot detect devices." +msgstr "डिव्हायसेस ओळखू शकत नाही." + +#. Cluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving the Configuration" +msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save changes to the Profile" +msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" +msgstr "अभिव्यक्तितील बदल संग्रहीत करा" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." +msgstr "बदल फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Enter your e-mail address." +#~ msgid "Enter a member address" +#~ msgstr "वैध ई-मेल पत्ता प्रविष्ट करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Specify the remote address." +#~ msgid "Edit the member address" +#~ msgstr "दूरस्थ पत्ता दर्शवा." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Management" +#~ msgid "Management Tool" +#~ msgstr "प्रबंधन" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Reading the configuration type..." +#~ msgid "Change the configuration of HAE here..." +#~ msgstr "संरचनेचा प्रकार वाचत आहे..." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/control-center.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/control-center.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/control-center.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: base\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:35+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma \n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" + +#: src/main_window.cpp:150 +msgid "&Search" +msgstr "शोधा" + +#: src/main_window.cpp:191 +msgid "Ready" +msgstr "तयार" + +#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,... +#: src/main_window.cpp:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting configuration module %1..." +msgid "Starting configuration module \"%1\"..." +msgstr "संरचना मॉड्युल %1 सुरू करत आहे." + +#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "YaST2 Control Center" +msgid "YaST Control Center" +msgstr "यास्ट2 नियंत्रण केंद्र" + +#: src/main_window.cpp:342 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n" +#| "You will only see modules which do not require root privileges" +msgid "" +"YaST Control Center is not running as root.\n" +"You will only see modules which do not require root privileges." +msgstr "" +"YaST2 नियंत्रण केंद्र रुट म्हणून चालू नाही.\n" +"आपण फकत मॉड्युल्स पहाल ज्यांना रुटच्या विशेषाधिकारांची गरज नाही." + +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File list stored successfully" +msgid "Log files written successfully." +msgstr "फाईल यादी यशस्वीपणे संग्रहीत केली" + +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77 +msgid "Couldn't save y2logs." +msgstr "" + +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:136 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing log files ..." +msgstr "फाईल्सचे पार्सिंग चालू आहे....." + +#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180 +msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?" +msgstr "%1 अस्तित्वात आहे! खरंच त्यावर पुन्हा लिहायचे?" + +#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185 +msgid "" +"%1 exists and is write-protected!\n" +"Really overwrite?" +msgstr "" +"%1 अस्तित्वात आहे व त्यावर लिहिता येणार नाही!\n" +"खरंच त्यावर पुन्हा लिहायचे?" + +#. Window title for confirmation dialog +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190 +msgid "Confirm" +msgstr "निश्चीत करा" + +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:192 +msgid "C&ontinue" +msgstr "सलग" + +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&रद्द करा" + +#~ msgid "Starting module %1..." +#~ msgstr "प्रोग्राम गट सुरू करत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Please enter keywords:" +#~ msgstr "कृपया कळशब्द भरा:" + +#~ msgid "YaST2 Control Center - Search" +#~ msgstr "YaST2 तारा केंद्र - शोध " + +#~ msgid "Reading module list..." +#~ msgstr "प्रोग्रामगट यादी वाचत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "*** Reading module list failed ***" +#~ msgstr "*** प्रोग्रामगट वाचण्यास अयशस्वी ***" + +#~ msgid "Quit" +#~ msgstr "टाळा/सोडून द्या" + +#~ msgid "&File" +#~ msgstr "फाईल" + +#~ msgid "&Quit" +#~ msgstr "बाहेर पडा" + +#~ msgid "&Edit" +#~ msgstr "संपादन" + +#~ msgid "&Search..." +#~ msgstr "शोधा..." + +#~ msgid "&Help" +#~ msgstr "&मदत" + +#~ msgid "&Close" +#~ msgstr "बंद करा" + +#~ msgid "Ready." +#~ msgstr "तयार." + +#~ msgid "YaST2 Control Center - Help" +#~ msgstr "YaST2 तारा केंद्र - मदत" + +#~ msgid "Ok" +#~ msgstr "ठिक" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "By clicking on icons to the left, you can choose the type of\n" +#~ "configuration modules (e.g. Hardware or Software) to be displayed.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "डावीकडील आयकॉन्सवर क्लिक करुन, आपण प्रदर्शित करण्याच्या आकृतीबंध\n" +#~ "मॉड्युल्सचा प्रकार (उदा. हार्डवेअर किंवा सॉफ्टवेअर) निवडू शकता.\n" +#~ "\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To run one of the modules on the right side, simply single-click on the\n" +#~ "corresponding icon. \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Be patient, starting of modules can take some seconds.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "उजव्या बाजूचे एखादे मॉड्यूल चालवण्साठी, संबंधित आयकॉनवर\n" +#~ "फक्त एक क्लिक करा. \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "शांत रहा, मॉड्युल्स सुरु होण्यास काही सेकंद लागतील.\n" +#~ "\n" + +#~ msgid "You can also search for keywords (e.g. modem) by clicking on the \"Search\" button" +#~ msgstr "मुख्य शब्दांकरता (उदा. मॉडेम) करता \"शोध\" बटन दाबून देखील करु शकता" + +#~ msgid "Nothing found" +#~ msgstr "काहीच सापडले नाही" + +#~ msgid "%1 module found" +#~ msgid_plural "%1 modules found" +#~ msgstr[0] "%1 मॉड्यूल आढळले" +#~ msgstr[1] "%1 मॉड्यूल्स" + +#~ msgid "No search string specified" +#~ msgstr "शोध स्ट्रींग ठरवली गेली नाही " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No list of available sections could be created.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "This means that YaST2 or this Control Center is\n" +#~ "not correctly installed or that you do not have sufficient\n" +#~ "permissions.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "उपलब्ध सेक्शन्सची कोणतीही सूची निर्माण करता आली नाही.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "याचा अर्थ असा की YaST2 किंवा हे नियंत्रण केन्द्र योग्य\n" +#~ "प्रकारे स्थापित झालेले नाही किंवा आपल्याकडे पुरेशी\n" +#~ "अनुमती नाही.\n" +#~ "\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the former describes your situation, re-install all YaST2 components;\n" +#~ "if the latter is the case, try to run the Control Center as root. \n" +#~ "Also make sure that you do not run out of disk space. " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "जर पहिली गोष्ट आपल्या स्थितीचे वर्णन करत असेल, तर सर्व YaST2 कॉम्पोनन्टस पुनरस्थापित करा;\n" +#~ "जर दुसरी गोष्ट करत असेल, तर नियंत्रण केंद्र रुट म्हणून चालवण्याचा प्रयत्न करा. \n" +#~ "याही गोष्टीची खात्री करुन घ्या की, आपली डिस्कमधील जागा संपलेली नाही. " + +#~ msgid "Directory %1 does not exist." +#~ msgstr "संचिका %1 अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#~ msgid "Unnamed" +#~ msgstr "नाव रहित" + +#~ msgid "no description available" +#~ msgstr "वर्णन उपलब्ध नाही" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/control.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/control.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/control.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,485 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma \n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" +"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" +"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n" +"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p><b>अभिनंदन!</b></p>\n" +"<p>आपल्या मशीनवर ओपनSUSE ची स्थापना पूर्ण झाली\n" +"<b>Finish</b>वर क्लिक केल्यानंतर, आपण प्रणालीवर लॉग इन करु शकाल</p>\n" +"<p>आम्हाला %1 या ठिकाणी भेटा</p>\n" +"<p>खूप मजा करा!<br>आपला SUSE विकास गट</p>\n" +"\t" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +msgid "" +"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +"manage your computer.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" +"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "GNOME Desktop" +msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "KDE Desktop" +msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +#, fuzzy +msgid "XFCE Desktop" +msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +#, fuzzy +msgid "LXDE Desktop" +msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +msgid "Minimal X Window" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Alternate Desktops" +msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +msgstr "पर्यायी डेस्कटॉप" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +msgid "Installation Settings" +msgstr "रचना संस्थापन" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Live Installation Settings" +msgstr "रचना संस्थापन" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +msgid "Update Settings" +msgstr "अद्ययावत रचना" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +msgid "Network Configuration" +msgstr "जाळे संरचना" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +msgid "Hardware Configuration" +msgstr "हार्डवेअर संरचना" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +msgid "Preparation" +msgstr "तयारी" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" +msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "महाजाल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Address Setup" +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "महाजाल पत्ता मांडणी" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +msgid "Welcome" +msgstr " सुस्वागतम्" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk Activation" +msgid "Network Activation" +msgstr "तबकडी" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +msgid "Disk Activation" +msgstr "तबकडी" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +msgid "System Analysis" +msgstr "प्रणाली विश्लेषण" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "चकती" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +msgid "Time Zone" +msgstr "वेळ विभाग" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Online Repositories" +msgstr "ऑनलाईन सुधारणा" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +msgid "Add-On Products" +msgstr "ऍ़ड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टस" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "डेस्कटॉप निवड" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "User Settings" +msgstr "मूळ मांडणी" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "संस्थापन" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation Overview" +msgstr "स्थापीत मिडिया" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +msgid "Perform Installation" +msgstr "स्थापना करा" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +msgid "System for Update" +msgstr "प्रणाली अद्ययावत" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +msgid "Update" +msgstr "अद्ययावत करा" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +msgid "Perform Update" +msgstr "अपडेट करा" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +msgid "Base Installation" +msgstr "पायाभूत स्थापना" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "AutoYaST सेटींग्ज" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "\n" +#~| "<p>\n" +#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~| "</p>\n" +#~| "<p>\n" +#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#~| "</p>\n" +#~| "\t" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "स्थापना यशस्वीरित्या पूर्ण झाली आहे.\n" +#~ "आपली प्रणाली वापरासाठी सज्ज आहे.\n" +#~ "प्रणाली वर लॉगइन करण्यासाठी Finish पर क्लिक करा.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "कृपया आम्हाला://www.novell.com/linux/वर भेटा.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "\t" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "IMAP Server" +#~ msgid "CIM Server" +#~ msgstr "IMAP सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "Overview" +#~ msgstr "सार" + +#~ msgid "Expert" +#~ msgstr "निपुण" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" +#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration" +#~ msgstr "महाजाल सेवा संरचना" + +#~ msgid "Installation Summary" +#~ msgstr "सारांश संस्थापन" + +#~ msgid "Update Summary" +#~ msgstr "अद्ययावत सारांश" + +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "जास्तीची वस्तू स्थापना" + +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "नविन भाषांचे इनस्टॉलेशन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "स्थापना यशस्वीरित्या पूर्ण झाली आहे.\n" +#~ "आपली प्रणाली वापरासाठी सज्ज आहे.\n" +#~ "प्रणाली वर लॉगइन करण्यासाठी Finish पर क्लिक करा.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "कृपया आम्हाला://www.novell.com/linux/वर भेटा.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "\t" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचित करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "भाषा संरचित करा...." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "संरचना संपत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repair" +#~ msgstr "दुरूस्त करा" + +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "प्रणाली माहिती" + +#~ msgid "Perform Repair" +#~ msgstr "दुरूस्ती करा" + +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "भाषा" + +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "जाल" + +#~ msgid "Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "ग्राहक केंद्र" + +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "ऑनलाईन सुधारणा" + +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "मूळ संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "मूळ परवलीशब्द" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "संस्थापन" + +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्ते" + +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "स्वच्छता" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario" +#~ msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Server Scenario" +#~ msgstr "सेवासंगणकाची मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "सेवा" + +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "मूळ परवलीशब्द" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" +#~ "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SUSE Development Team</p>\n" +#~ "\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>अभिनंदन!</b></p>\n" +#~ "<p>आपल्या मशीनवर &उत्पादनाची स्थापना पूर्ण झाली.\n" +#~ "<b>Finish</b>वर क्लिक केल्यानंतर, आपण प्रणालीवर लॉगइन करु शकाल.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>आम्हाला %1 या ठिकाणी भेटा.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>खूप मजा करा!<br>आपला SUSE विकास गट</p>\n" +#~ "\t" + +#~ msgid "GNOME" +#~ msgstr "GNOME" + +#~ msgid "KDE" +#~ msgstr "KDE" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Physical Machine" +#~ msgstr "भौतिक व्हॉल्यूम" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Virtual Machine" +#~ msgstr "व्हर्च्यूअ डोमेन्स" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "XEN Virtualization Host" +#~ msgstr "कल्पनेत डोळ्यापुढे आणणे" + +#~ msgid "Software Selection" +#~ msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर निड करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Registration" +#~ msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#~ msgid "License Agreement" +#~ msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Additional Product Sources" +#~ msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/country.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/country.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/country.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,1594 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" + +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +msgid "Keyboard configuration." +msgstr "कळपट संरचना." + +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." +msgstr "कळपट संरचना सारांश." + +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." +msgstr "कळपट्टीच्या कॉनफिग्युरेशनकरता नवीन किंमती सेट करा." + +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." +msgstr "सर्व उपलब्ध कळपट्टी आराखाडयाची यादी करा." + +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +msgid "New keyboard layout" +msgstr "नवीन कळपट्टी आराखडा" + +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 +msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" +msgstr "%1 : सध्याचा कळपट्टीचा आराखडा" + +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "'%1' कळपट्टीचा आराखडा अवैध आहे. शक्य किंमती पाहण्यासाठी 'यादी' सूचना वापरा." + +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +msgid "Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "कळफलक मांडणी" + +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "कळपट्टी लेआऊट (आराखडा)" + +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" +"These settings are written into the file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n" +"If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"या ठिकाणी, कीबोर्ड मॉड्यूलची विविध सेटिंग्ज फाईन ट्यून करा.\n" +"ही सेटिंग्ज <tt>/etc/sysconfig/कीबोर्ड</tt>.\n" +"फाईले मधे लिहिली आहेत. खात्री नसल्यास, आधी निवडेली डिफॉल्ट मूल्ये वापरा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX.</p>\n" +msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>येथे बनवलेली सेटिंग्ज फक्त कन्सोल कीबोर्डलाच लागू होतात. SaX सारख्या अन्य साधनाशी उपभोक्त्याच्या चित्रमय इंटरफेससाठी कीबोर्डचा आकृतीबंध बनवा.</p>\n" + +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" +msgstr "तज्ञ कळपट्टी सेटींग्ज" + +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +msgid "Repeat &Rate" +msgstr "दर पुन्हा सांगा" + +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" +msgstr "पुन: सुरुवात होण्याआधी उशीर" + +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +msgid "Start-Up States" +msgstr "स्टार्टअप स्‍टेटस" + +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +msgid "&Num Lock On" +msgstr "अंकदर्शक सुरू" + +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +msgid "BIOS Settings" +msgstr "BIOS रचना" + +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "हो" + +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +msgid "No" +msgstr "नाही" + +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +msgid "<Untouched>" +msgstr "<अनटच्ड>" + +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" +msgstr "अक्षरदर्शक अकार्यान्वित" + +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +msgid "&Test" +msgstr "परिक्षा" + +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +msgid "E&xpert Settings..." +msgstr "तज्ञ सेटीग्ज..." + +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p><big><b>Keyboard Configuration</b></big></p>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p><big><b>किबोर्ड संरचना</b></big></p>" + +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n" +"installation and in the installed system. \n" +"Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"स्थापनेसाठी व स्थापित प्रणालीमधे \n" +" वापरण्यासाठी <b>कीबोर्ड लेआऊट</b> निवडा. \n" +" <b>टेस्ट</b>मधे आराखड्याची चाचणी घ्या. रिपीट रेट विंलब\n" +"यासारख्या प्रगत पर्यायांसाठी <b>एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज</b> निवडा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"खात्री नसल्यास, आधीच निवडलेली डिफॉल्ट मूल्ये वापरा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n" +#| "installation and in the installed system. \n" +#| "Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n" +#| "For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n" +#| "</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"स्थापनेसाठी व स्थापित प्रणालीमधे \n" +" वापरण्यासाठी <b>कीबोर्ड लेआऊट</b> निवडा. \n" +" <b>टेस्ट</b>मधे आराखड्याची चाचणी घ्या. रिपीट रेट विंलब\n" +"यासारख्या प्रगत पर्यायांसाठी <b>एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज</b> निवडा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Keyboard Configuration" +msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" +msgstr "कीबोर्ड संरचना" + +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 +msgid "" +"You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" +"different from the one in the system to update.\n" +"Select the layout to use during update:" +msgstr "" +"आपण सध्या अपडेट करण्याच्या प्रणालीमधील कीबोर्ड\n" +"आराखड्यापेक्षा वेगळा आराखडा वापरत आहात.\n" +"अपडेटच्या वेळी वापरण्याचा आराखडा निवडा." + +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 +msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" +msgstr "कळफलक मांडणी" + +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" +msgstr "<%1>भाषा<%2>: %3" + +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "Locale Settings" +msgstr "पुसलेले लोकाल सेटींग्ज" + +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +msgid "&Language" +msgstr "भाषा" + +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +msgid "Language configuration" +msgstr "भाषा संरचना" + +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +msgid "Language configuration summary" +msgstr "भाषा संरचना सारांश" + +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +msgid "Set new values for language" +msgstr "भाषेकरता नवीन किंमती सेट करा" + +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +msgid "List all available languages." +msgstr "उपलब्ध सर्व भाषांची यादी." + +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +msgid "New language value" +msgstr "नवीन भाषेची किंमत" + +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" +msgstr "दुय्यम भाषांची यादी (स्वल्पविरामाने विभागलेल्या)" + +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not install language specific packages" +msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेज स्थापित करू शकत नाही." + +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +msgid "Saving Language Configuration" +msgstr "भाषा संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +msgid "Save language and console settings" +msgstr "भाषा व कन्सोल सेटींग्ज साठवा" + +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" +msgstr "प्रभावित पॅकेजेस स्थापन करा व विस्थापीत करा " + +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" +msgstr "बूट लोडर मेन्यूत भाषांतरे अपडेट करा" + +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +msgid "Saving language and console settings..." +msgstr "भाषा व कन्सोल सेटींग्ज साठवली जात आहे..." + +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." +msgstr "प्रभावित पॅकेजेस स्थापन करा व विस्थापीत केली जात आहेत..." + +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." +msgstr "बूट लोडर मेन्यूत भाषांतरे अपडेट केली जात आहेत..." + +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>कॉनफिग्युरेशन साठवले जात आहेत</b><br>कृपया थांबा...</p>" + +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" +msgstr "सध्याची भाषा: %1 (%2)" + +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827 +msgid "Additional Languages: %1" +msgstr "अतिरिक्त भाषा: %1" + +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 ही वैध भाषा नाही. शक्य किंमती पाहण्यासाठी यादी सूचना वापरा.१" + +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +msgid "Language" +msgstr "भाषा" + +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +msgid "Languages" +msgstr "भाषा" + +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +msgid "Welcome to System Repair" +msgstr "यंत्रणा दुरुस्थित तुमचे स्वागत" + +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +msgid "&Details" +msgstr "अधिक माहिती" + +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +msgid "&Secondary Languages" +msgstr "द्वितीय भाषा" + +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +msgid "Primary &Language" +msgstr "प्राथमिक भाषा" + +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +msgid "Primary Language Settings" +msgstr "प्राथमिक भाषेची रचना" + +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"निवडलेल्या प्राथमिक व दुय्यम भाषांसाठी समर्थनासहितची अतिरिक्त पॅकेजेस स्थापित केली जातील. यापुडे गरज नसलेली पॅकेजेस काढून टाकली जातील.\n" +"</p>" + +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Choose the <b>Language</b> to use during installation and for\n" +"the installed system.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"स्थापनेच्या वेळी व स्थापित प्रणालीसाठी वापरण्याकरिता <b>भाषा</b> \n" +"निवडा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"पुढल्या डायलॉगकडे जाण्यासाठी <b>नेक्स्ट</b> वर क्लिक करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" +"all your settings in the last installation dialog.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आपण शेवटच्या स्थापना डायलॉगमधील आपल्या सर्व सेटिंग्जची पुष्टी\n" +"करेपर्यंत आपल्या संगणकाला काहीही होणार नाही.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "You can select <b>Abort Installation</b> at any time to abort the\n" +#| "installation process.\n" +#| "</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"You can select <b>Abort</b> at any time to abort the\n" +"installation process.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आपण स्थापना प्रक्रिया केव्हाही निष्फळ करण्यासाठी <b>अबॉर्ट इन्स्टॉलेशन</b> \n" +"निवडू शकता.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Choose the new <b>Language</b> for your system.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आपल्या प्रणालीसाठी <b>भाषा</b> निवडा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Choose the new <b>Primary Language</b> for your system.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"तुमच्या प्रणालीसाठी नविन <b>प्राथमिक भाषा</b> निवडा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"कीबोर्डचा आराखडा प्राथमिक भाषेत स्वीकारण्यासाठी<b>अडाप्ट कीबोर्ड लेआऊट</b> तपासून पहा.\n" +"प्राथिमक भाषेनुसार सध्याचा टाईम झोन बदलण्यासाठी <b>अडाप्ट टाईम झोन</b> तपासा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>\n" +"In the selection box, specify additional languages to use on your system.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>दुय्यम भाषा</b><br>\n" +"निवड चौकटीत, आपल्या प्रणालीवर वापरण्याची अतिरिक्त भाषा नमूद करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No conflicts or unresolved dependencies" +msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." +msgstr "गुंतागुंत नाही किंवा न सोडवलेल्याचा अवलंबीता" + +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +msgid "" +"There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" +"Remove some languages from the selection." +msgstr "" +"सर्व अतिरिक्त पॅकेजेस स्थापित करण्यासाठी, पुरेशी जागा नाही. \n" +"निवडीतून काही भाषा काढून टाका." + +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" +"These settings are written into the file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" +"If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"या ठिकाणी, भाषेच्या हाताळणीसाठी फाईन-ट्यून सेटिंग्ज.\n" +"ही सेटिंग्ज फाईल <tt>/etc/sysconfig/भाषेत लिहिलेली आहेत.</tt>.\n" +"खात्री नसल्यास, आधीच निवडलेली डिफॉल्ट मूल्ये वापरा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Locale Settings for User root</b>\n" +"determines how the locale variables (LC_*) are set for the root user.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>यूजर रुटसाठी लोकॅल सेटिंग्ज</b>\n" +"रुट यूजरसाठी कशा प्रकारे लोकॅल व्हेरीएबल्स (LC_*) निश्चित केली आहेत ते ठरवते. </p>" + +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +msgid "" +"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" +"are unset.<br>\n" +"<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n" +"<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>नेहमीच्या उपभोक्त्याप्रमाणे </b>: रुटमधे तसेच LC_CTYPE आहेत.अन्य मूल्ये निश्चित न केलेली \n" +" आहेत.<br>\n" +"<b>होय</b>: रुट मधे नेहमीच्या उपभोक्त्या प्रमाणेच लोकॅल सेटिंग्ज आहेत.<br>\n" +"<b>नाही</b>: रुटमधे सर्व लोकॅल व्हेरीएबल्स निश्चित न केलेली आहेत.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>" +msgstr "<p>मुख्य डायलॉगमधील सूचीत देऊ न केलेली लोकॅल प्राथमिक भाषेत निश्चित करण्यासाठी <b>डीटेल्ड लोकॅल सेटिंग</b> वापरा. निवडलेल्या लोकॅलचे भाषांतर उपलब्ध असेलच असे नाही.</p>" + +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +msgid "Language Details" +msgstr "भाषेची माहिती" + +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" +msgstr "वापरकर्ते व रुटकरता लोकाल सेटींग्ज" + +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +msgid "ctype Only" +msgstr "फक्त लिहा" + +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" +msgstr "UTF-8 एनकोडींग वापरा." + +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" +msgstr "पुसलेले लोकाल सेटींग्ज" + +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" +msgstr "%1 वर कळपट्टी आराखडा स्वीकारा" + +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" +msgstr "%1 टाईमझोन स्वीकारा" + +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:382 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." +msgstr "स्थापीत माहिती वाचत आहे..." + +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:737 language/src/modules/Language.rb:809 +msgid "Primary Language: %1" +msgstr "प्राथमिक भाषा: %1" + +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:982 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installing Packages..." +msgstr "पॅकेजेस स्थापन होत आहेत..." + +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1073 +msgid "" +"Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" +"Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" +msgstr "" +"प्राथमिक भाषेचे भाषांतर पूर्ण नाही.\n" +"काही पाठ्य इंग्रजीतच दिसेल.\n" + +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" +"for this language.\n" +msgstr "" +"निवडलेल्या भाषेसाठी केवळ कमीत कमी समर्थनमीडीयावर समाविष्ट आहे. \n" +"या भाषेसाठी उत्तम समर्थन मिळण्याकरिता स्थापना स्रोत म्हणून भाषेची \n" +" अड-ऑन सीडी घाला." + +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1316 +msgid "" +"The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" +"installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." +msgstr "" +"निवडलेली भाषा पाठ्य मोडमधे वापरता येऊ शकत नाही. स्थापनेसाठी इंग्रजी वापरलेली आहे,\n" +"परंतु निवडलेली भाषा नवीन प्रणालीसाठी वापरली जाईल." + +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +msgid "Time zone configuration" +msgstr "समय विभाग संरचना" + +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +msgid "Time zone configuration summary" +msgstr "समय विभाग संरचना सारांश" + +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" +msgstr "वेळ विभाग कॉनफिग्युरेशनकरता नवीन किंमती सेट करा" + +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +msgid "List all available time zones" +msgstr "सर्व वेळ विभागाची यादी उपलब्ध" + +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +msgid "New time zone" +msgstr "नवीन वेळ विभाग" + +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +msgid "New value for hardware clock" +msgstr "हार्डवेअर घड्याळाकरता नवीन किंमत" + +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" +msgstr "सध्याचा वेळ विभाग:\t%1" + +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" +msgstr "हार्डवेअर घडयाळ %1वर सेट केलेले आहे:\t" + +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 +msgid "UTC" +msgstr "UTC" + +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +msgid "Local time" +msgstr "स्थानिक वेळ" + +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" +msgstr "सध्याची वेळ आणि दिनांक:\t%1" + +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +msgid "" +"Time %1 is in the past.\n" +"Set a correct time before starting installation." +msgstr "" +"वेळ %1 पुर्वीची आहे.\n" +"स्थापना सुरु करण्यापूर्वी अचूक वेळ निश्चित करा." + +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +msgid "Time Zone" +msgstr "वेळ विभाग" + +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +msgid "&Time Zone" +msgstr "वेळ विभाग" + +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" +"Windows) use local time.\n" +"Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" +"set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" +"to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आपले मशीन स्थानिक वेळेनुसार सेट केलेले आहे की हार्डवेअरमधील घड्याळातील UTC <b>वरुन ते नमूद करा.</b>.\n" +"अनेक पीसीज मधे इतर कार्य प्रणाली स्थापित असतात (जसे मायक्रोसॉफ्ट विंडोज)त्या स्थानिक\n" +"वेळेचा वापर करतात.\n" +"ज्यामधे फक्त लायनक्स स्थापित आहे \n" +"अशी मशीने साधारणपणे युनिव्हर्सल टाईम कोऑर्डिनेटेड (UTC)ला सेट केलेली असतात.\n" +"जर हार्डवेअरमधील घड्याळ UTC, ला सेट केलेले असेल, तर आपली प्रणाली आपोआप प्रमाणेवेळेकडून\n" +"डे लाईट सेव्हिंग टाईमकडे व तेथून परत प्रमाणवेळेकडे येईल.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" +"always be in UTC, because this is the reference for the correct localtime\n" +"in user space. If you are choosing localtime for CMOS clock,\n" +"check the user manual for background information about side effects.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "" +"\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" +"In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" +"\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" +"your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" +"\n" +"If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>प्रणालीची चालू वेळ व तारीख प्रदर्शित केलेली आहे. त्यात अचूक मूल्य घाला व \n" +"<b>अप्लाय</b>.दाबा.</p>\n" + +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Press <b>Accept</b> to save your changes.</p>" +msgstr "<p>तुमचे IR नियंत्रण तपासण्यासाठी <b>चाचणी</b> दाबा.</p>" + +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" +msgstr "सध्याची दिनांक ही दिनांक-महिना-वर्ष स्वरूपात" + +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" +msgstr "सध्याची वेळ ही तास-मिनिटे-सेकंद स्वरूपात" + +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +msgid "Current Date" +msgstr "चालू दिनांक" + +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +msgid "Current Time" +msgstr "चालू वेळ" + +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change the Option" +msgid "Change the Time Now" +msgstr "प्रगत पर्याय" + +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" +msgstr "ZEवर्क्ससोबत जुळवून घेत आहे" + +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change Date and Time" +msgstr "प्रणालीची दिनांक आणि वेळ बदला" + +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +msgid "" +"Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" +"Enter the correct time.\n" +msgstr "" +"अयोग्य वेळ (तास:मिनिटे:सेकंद) %1.\n" +"बरोबर वेळ नोंदवा.\n" + +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +msgid "" +"Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" +"Enter the correct date.\n" +msgstr "" +"अयोग्य वेळ (दिनांक-महिना-वर्ष) %1.\n" +"बरोबर दिनांक नोंदवा.\n" + +#. button text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E&xpert Settings..." +msgid "Other &Settings..." +msgstr "तज्ञ सेटीग्ज..." + +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" +msgstr "हे मुद्रणयंत्र संरचीत नाही" + +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Date and Time" +msgstr "प्रणालीची दिनांक आणि वेळ बदला" + +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" +msgstr "हार्डवेअर घडयाळला सेट केले आहे." + +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684 +msgid "&Region" +msgstr "प्रांत" + +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 +msgid "Time &Zone" +msgstr "वेळ आणि विभाग" + +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Date and Time:" +msgstr "प्रणालीची दिनांक आणि वेळ बदला" + +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p><b><big>वेळ विभाग आणि घड्याळ प्रणाली</big></b></p>" + +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n" +"In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" +"region from those available.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आपल्या प्रणालीत वापरण्यासाठी टाईम-झोन निवडण्याकरिता, प्रथम<b>क्षेत्र</b>निवड.\n" +"In <b>टाईम झोन</b>, मधे. नंतर उपलब्ध होईल त्यावरुन योग्य \n" +"टाईम-झोन, देश किंवा क्षेत्र निवडा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"सध्याची वेळ चुकीची असेल, तर ती जुळवून घेण्यासाठी <b>चेंज</b> वापरा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820 +msgid "Clock and Time Zone" +msgstr "घड्याळ आणि वेळ विभाग" + +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945 +msgid "Select a valid time zone." +msgstr "योग्य वेळ विभाग निवडा." + +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 +msgid "Local Time" +msgstr "स्थानिक वेळ" + +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 +msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" +msgstr "हार्डवेअर घड्याळवर सेट केले आहे" + +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NTP configured" +msgstr "संरचित केले नाही" + +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 +msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" +msgstr "सध्याचा वेळ विभाग: %1" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35 +msgid "English (US)" +msgstr "इग्लिश (युएस)" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47 +msgid "English (UK)" +msgstr "इंग्रजी (UK)" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59 +msgid "German" +msgstr "जर्मन" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71 +msgid "German (with deadkeys)" +msgstr "जर्मन (मृतकळीसहित)" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83 +msgid "German (Switzerland)" +msgstr "फ्रेंच (स्वित्झरलॅंड)" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95 +msgid "French" +msgstr "फ्रेन्च" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107 +msgid "French (Switzerland)" +msgstr "फ्रेंच (स्वित्झरलॅंड)" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119 +msgid "French (Canada)" +msgstr "फ्रेंच (कॅनेडियन)" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132 +msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" +msgstr "कॅनेडियन (बहुभाषिक) " + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 +msgid "Spanish" +msgstr "स्पेनिश " + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" +msgstr "स्पॅनिश (लॅटीन अमेरिका)" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" +msgstr "स्पॅनिश (सीपी 850)" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +msgid "Italian" +msgstr "इटालियन" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +msgid "Portuguese" +msgstr "पोर्चुगीस" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" +msgstr "पोर्तुगीज (ब्राज़िल)" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" +msgstr "पोर्तुगीज (ब्राझील -- युएस एक्सेंट्स)" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +msgid "Greek" +msgstr "ग्रीक" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +msgid "Dutch" +msgstr "डच्" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +msgid "Danish" +msgstr "डॅनिश" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +msgid "Norwegian" +msgstr "नोर्वेजियन" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +msgid "Swedish" +msgstr "स्वीडिश" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +msgid "Finnish" +msgstr "फिन्निश" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +msgid "Czech" +msgstr "चेक्" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316 +msgid "Czech (qwerty)" +msgstr "चेक(क्वेर्टी)" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331 +msgid "Slovak" +msgstr "स्लोव्हाक" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346 +msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" +msgstr "स्लोव्हाक (क्वार्टी)" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361 +msgid "Slovene" +msgstr "स्लोव्हेन" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375 +msgid "Hungarian" +msgstr "हन्गेरियन" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389 +msgid "Polish" +msgstr "पोलिश" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +msgid "Russian" +msgstr "रशीयन" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417 +msgid "Serbian" +msgstr "सर्बियन" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +msgid "Estonian" +msgstr "इस्टोनियन" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +msgid "Lithuanian" +msgstr "लिथॉनियन" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +msgid "Turkish" +msgstr "टर्किश" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464 +msgid "Croatian" +msgstr "क्रोवेशियन" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486 +msgid "Japanese" +msgstr "जॅपनीज" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +msgid "Belgian" +msgstr "बल्जीयन" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +msgid "Dvorak" +msgstr "व्होरक" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +msgid "Icelandic" +msgstr "आइसलॅंडिक" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +msgid "Ukrainian" +msgstr "Ukrainian" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556 +msgid "Khmer" +msgstr "ख्मेर" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578 +msgid "Korean" +msgstr "कोरियन" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600 +msgid "Arabic" +msgstr "अरेबिक" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621 +msgid "Tajik" +msgstr "ताजिक" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635 +msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgstr "परंपरागत चायनिज" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657 +msgid "Simplified Chinese" +msgstr "अनलंकृत चायनिज" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679 +msgid "Romanian" +msgstr "रोमेनियन" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Internal Zone" +msgid "US International" +msgstr "अंत:स्थ भाग" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "For <b>Devices for Lock</b>, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>डिव्हाईस फॉर लॉक</b>, साठी, डिव्हायसेसची मोकळ्या जागेने वेगळी केलेली सूची प्रविष्ट करा ज्याला स्क्रोल लॉक, नम लॉक व कॅप्स लॉक सेटिंग्ज लागू करायची आहेत.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "Ca&ps Lock On" +#~ msgstr "अक्षरदर्शक सुरू" + +#~ msgid "&Scroll Lock On" +#~ msgstr "स्क्रोललॉक सुरू" + +#~ msgid "&Devices for Lock" +#~ msgstr "उपकरणासाठी कुलूप" + +#~ msgid "Cha&nge..." +#~ msgstr "बदल" + +#~ msgid "Starting SuSEconfig..." +#~ msgstr "SuSE कॉनफिग्युरेशन सुरु होत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Creating initrd..." +#~ msgid "Updating initrd..." +#~ msgstr "इंड्रीड निर्माण करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration. Press <b>Accept</b> to save your changes.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>निवडलेल्या अट्रिब्यूटचे मूल्ये बदलण्यासाठी <b>Edit</b> वापरा. आपले बदल LDAP वर जतन करण्यासाठी <b>Save</b> वापरा.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" +#~ msgstr "वैध सेवासंगणकाचे नाव लिहा." + +#~ msgid "Time and Date" +#~ msgstr "वेळ आणि दिनांक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. Change them to the correct values manually, or select a NTP server to adapt your time automatically. Use <b>Configure</b> to run the NTP client configuration.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>प्रणालीची चालू वेळ व तारीख प्रदर्शित केलेली आहे. त्यात अचूक मूल्य घाला व \n" +#~ "<b>अप्लाय</b>.दाबा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "United Arab Emirates" +#~ msgstr "संयुक्त अरब अमीरात" + +#~ msgid "Albania" +#~ msgstr "अलबानिया" + +#~ msgid "Argentina" +#~ msgstr "Argentina" + +#~ msgid "Austria" +#~ msgstr "Austria" + +#~ msgid "Australia" +#~ msgstr "Australia" + +#~ msgid "Bosnia and Herzegowina" +#~ msgstr "बोस्नीया व हर्झगोव्हिना" + +#~ msgid "Belgium" +#~ msgstr "Belgium" + +#~ msgid "Bulgaria" +#~ msgstr "बल्गारिया" + +#~ msgid "Bahrein" +#~ msgstr "बहारिन" + +#~ msgid "Bangladesh" +#~ msgstr "बंग्लादेश" + +#~ msgid "Bolivia" +#~ msgstr "Bolivia" + +#~ msgid "Brasil" +#~ msgstr "ब्राझिल" + +#~ msgid "Botswana" +#~ msgstr "बोत्सवाना" + +#~ msgid "Belarus" +#~ msgstr "बेलारुस" + +#~ msgid "Canada" +#~ msgstr "Canada" + +#~ msgid "Switzerland" +#~ msgstr "Switzerland" + +#~ msgid "Chile" +#~ msgstr "Chile" + +#~ msgid "Peoples Republic of China" +#~ msgstr "प्रजासत्ताक चीन" + +#~ msgid "Colombia" +#~ msgstr "Colombia" + +#~ msgid "Costa Rica" +#~ msgstr "Costa Rica" + +#~ msgid "Czech Republic" +#~ msgstr "चेक गणतंत्र" + +#~ msgid "Germany" +#~ msgstr "Germany" + +#~ msgid "Denmark" +#~ msgstr "डेनमार्क" + +#~ msgid "Dominican Republic" +#~ msgstr "Dominican Republic" + +#~ msgid "Algeria" +#~ msgstr "Algeria" + +#~ msgid "Ecuador" +#~ msgstr "Ecuador" + +#~ msgid "Estonia" +#~ msgstr "इस्टोनिया" + +#~ msgid "Egypt" +#~ msgstr "Egypt" + +#~ msgid "Catalonia" +#~ msgstr "कॅटालोनिया" + +#~ msgid "Spain" +#~ msgstr "Spain" + +#~ msgid "Finland" +#~ msgstr "Finland" + +#~ msgid "Faroe Islands" +#~ msgstr "फारो द्वीपओ" + +#~ msgid "France" +#~ msgstr "France" + +#~ msgid "Great Britain" +#~ msgstr "ग्रेट ब्रिटन" + +#~ msgid "Georgia" +#~ msgstr "जार्जिया" + +#~ msgid "Greenland" +#~ msgstr "ग्रीनलेन्ड" + +#~ msgid "Greece" +#~ msgstr "ग्रीस" + +#~ msgid "Guatemala" +#~ msgstr "Guatemala" + +#~ msgid "Hong Kong" +#~ msgstr "Hong Kong" + +#~ msgid "Honduras" +#~ msgstr "Honduras" + +#~ msgid "Croatia" +#~ msgstr "क्रोशिया" + +#~ msgid "Hungary" +#~ msgstr "हंगरी" + +#~ msgid "Indonesia" +#~ msgstr "ईन्डोनेशिया" + +#~ msgid "Ireland" +#~ msgstr "Ireland" + +#~ msgid "Israel" +#~ msgstr "इसरायल" + +#~ msgid "India" +#~ msgstr "India" + +#~ msgid "Iraq" +#~ msgstr "Iraq" + +#~ msgid "Iceland" +#~ msgstr "आइसलैंड" + +#~ msgid "Italy" +#~ msgstr "Italy" + +#~ msgid "Jordan" +#~ msgstr "Jordan" + +#~ msgid "Japan" +#~ msgstr "Japan" + +#~ msgid "Kuwait" +#~ msgstr "Kuwait" + +#~ msgid "Lebanon" +#~ msgstr "Lebanon" + +#~ msgid "Liechtenstein" +#~ msgstr "Liechtenstein" + +#~ msgid "Lithuania" +#~ msgstr "लिथुआनिया" + +#~ msgid "Luxemburg" +#~ msgstr "लक्झेमबर्ग" + +#~ msgid "Latvia" +#~ msgstr "लाटविया" + +#~ msgid "Libyan Arab Jamahiriya" +#~ msgstr "लीबीयन अरब जमाहिरीया" + +#~ msgid "Morocco" +#~ msgstr "Morocco" + +#~ msgid "Macedonia" +#~ msgstr "मेकेडोनिया" + +#~ msgid "Malta" +#~ msgstr "माल्टा" + +#~ msgid "Mexico" +#~ msgstr "Mexico" + +#~ msgid "Malaysia" +#~ msgstr "Malaysia" + +#~ msgid "Nicaragua" +#~ msgstr "Nicaragua" + +#~ msgid "Netherlands" +#~ msgstr "नीदरलैंड्स" + +#~ msgid "Norway" +#~ msgstr "नार्वे" + +#~ msgid "New Zealand" +#~ msgstr "New Zealand" + +#~ msgid "Oman" +#~ msgstr "Oman" + +#~ msgid "Panama" +#~ msgstr "Panama" + +#~ msgid "Peru" +#~ msgstr "Peru" + +#~ msgid "Philippines" +#~ msgstr "Philippines" + +#~ msgid "Pakistan" +#~ msgstr "Pakistan" + +#~ msgid "Poland" +#~ msgstr "Poland" + +#~ msgid "Puerto Rico" +#~ msgstr "Puerto Rico" + +#~ msgid "Portugal" +#~ msgstr "पुर्तगाल" + +#~ msgid "Paraguay" +#~ msgstr "Paraguay" + +#~ msgid "Qatar" +#~ msgstr "Qatar" + +#~ msgid "Romania" +#~ msgstr "रोमानिया" + +#~ msgid "Russia" +#~ msgstr "Russia" + +#~ msgid "Saudi Arabia" +#~ msgstr "Saudi Arabia" + +#~ msgid "Sudan" +#~ msgstr "सुदान" + +#~ msgid "Sweden" +#~ msgstr "Sweden" + +#~ msgid "Singapore" +#~ msgstr "Singapore" + +#~ msgid "Slovenia" +#~ msgstr "स्लोवेनिया" + +#~ msgid "Slovakia" +#~ msgstr "स्लोवाकिया" + +#~ msgid "El Salvador" +#~ msgstr "El Salvador" + +#~ msgid "Syrian Arab Republic" +#~ msgstr "सिरीयन अरब रिपब्लीक" + +#~ msgid "Thailand" +#~ msgstr "थाइलैंड" + +#~ msgid "Tajikistan" +#~ msgstr "ताजीकिस्तान" + +#~ msgid "Tunisia" +#~ msgstr "Tunisia" + +#~ msgid "Turkey" +#~ msgstr "टर्की" + +#~ msgid "Ukraine" +#~ msgstr "उक्रेन" + +#~ msgid "USA" +#~ msgstr "USA" + +#~ msgid "Uruguay" +#~ msgstr "Uruguay" + +#~ msgid "Uzbekistan" +#~ msgstr "उझबेकिस्तान" + +#~ msgid "Venezuela" +#~ msgstr "Venezuela" + +#~ msgid "Yemen" +#~ msgstr "Yemen" + +#~ msgid "Yugoslavia" +#~ msgstr "युगोस्लाव्हिया" + +#~ msgid "South Africa" +#~ msgstr "South Africa" + +#~ msgid "Zimbabwe" +#~ msgstr "Zimbabwe" + +#~ msgid "Taiwan" +#~ msgstr "Taiwan" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "NTP Synchronization" +#~ msgstr "नवीन synchronization" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "NTP is not configured" +#~ msgstr "संरचित केले नाही" + +#~ msgid "Change..." +#~ msgstr "बदला..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading NTP configuration..." +#~ msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "NTP Server Address" +#~ msgstr "सेवा संगणक पत्ता" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configure..." +#~ msgstr "&संरचित करा..." + +#~ msgid "&Apply" +#~ msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/crowbar.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/crowbar.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/crowbar.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,608 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module +#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CD creator" +msgid "Configuration of crowbar" +msgstr "सीडी निर्मात्याचा आकृतीबंध" + +#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 +msgid "Common for All" +msgstr "" + +#. target platform name +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 +msgid "SLES 11 SP3" +msgstr "" + +#. target platform name +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 +msgid "SLES 12" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location of the printer" +msgid "&Location of Repositories" +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्राचे ठिकाण" + +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109 +msgid "" +"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"</p><p>\n" +"<ul>\n" +"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n" +"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-s...</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"</p><p>\n" +"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:148 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Administrator DN" +msgid "Administrator Name" +msgstr "व्यवस्थापक DN" + +#. help text +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:" +msgid "<p>Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators.</p>" +msgstr "&पडताळणीसाठी पुन्हा एकदा संकेतशब्द लिहा:" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Model" +msgid "&Mode" +msgstr "मोडेल" + +#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cooling Policy" +msgid "Bonding &Policy" +msgstr "थंड होण्याची पॉलीसी" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:215 +msgid "P&hysical interfaces mapping for bastion network" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for conduit if list +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:224 +msgid "" +"<p>Each physical interface definition needs to fit the pattern\n" +"<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n" +"Valid examples are <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt> or <tt>?1g2</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:254 +msgid "Network" +msgstr "जाल" + +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SaveAddress" +msgid "Subnet Address" +msgstr "एड्रेस संग्रहित करा" + +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network mask" +msgid "Network Mask" +msgstr "नेटवर्क मास्क" + +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:257 +msgid "VLAN" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:275 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use LDAP" +msgid "Use &VLAN" +msgstr "LDAP वापरा" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CHAN IDS" +msgid "VLAN &ID" +msgstr "CHAN IDS" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:295 +msgid "Rou&ter" +msgstr "" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:317 +msgid "Router pre&ference" +msgstr "" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:327 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Subnet Mask" +msgid "&Subnet" +msgstr "सबनेट मास्क" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:350 +msgid "Net&mask" +msgstr "नेटमास्क" + +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:372 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Broadcast" +msgid "Broa&dcast" +msgstr "प्रसारीत करा" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:382 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bridge" +msgid "&Add Bridge" +msgstr "पूल" + +#. push button label& +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Edit..." +msgid "Edit Ran&ges..." +msgstr "संपादीत करा..." + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bond Network" +msgid "Add &Bastion Network" +msgstr "Bond नेटवर्क" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:414 +msgid "&IP Address" +msgstr "आयपी पत्ता" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 +msgid "URL" +msgstr "यूआरएल" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 +msgid "Ask On Error" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Target Name" +msgid "Target Platform" +msgstr "लक्ष्य नाव" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Hardware configuration %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." +msgid "" +"Repository '%1' already exists.\n" +"Choose a different name." +msgstr "" +"हार्डवेअर संरचना अगोदरच %1 अस्तित्वात आहे.\n" +"एखादे निराळे निवडा." + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server URL: " +msgid "Server &URL" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक युआरएल:" + +#. table header +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Report Name" +msgid "Repository Name" +msgstr "अहवालाचे नाव" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 +msgid "&Ask On Error" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Repository" +msgid "Repository &URL" +msgstr "पॅकेज रिपॉझिटरी" + +#. label (hint for user) +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable Repository" +msgid "A&dd Repository" +msgstr "संग्रह सक्षम करा" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote WINS Server" +msgid "Remote SMT Server" +msgstr "दुर्गम WINS सेवासंगणक" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mail Server" +msgid "SUSE Manager Server" +msgstr "पत्र सेवा संगणक" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 +msgid "Custom" +msgstr "कस्टम" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&User Name" +msgid "User Name" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "गुप्तशब्द" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the password." +msgid "Repeat the Password" +msgstr "सांकेतिक शब्द." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Share name cannot be empty." +msgid "User name cannot be empty." +msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 +msgid "" +"The passwords do not match.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"परवलीशब्द जुळत नाहीत.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Hardware configuration %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." +msgid "" +"User '%1' already exists.\n" +"Choose a different name." +msgstr "" +"हार्डवेअर संरचना अगोदरच %1 अस्तित्वात आहे.\n" +"एखादे निराळे निवडा." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." +msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" +msgstr "शोध यंत्र '%1' अवैध आहे." + +#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 +msgid "disabled" +msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." +msgid "" +"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" +"%2" +msgstr "सबनेट मास्क अवैध आहे" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The IP address is invalid." +msgid "" +"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" +"%2" +msgstr "आयपी पत्ता अवैध आहे." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." +msgid "" +"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" +"%2" +msgstr "दूरस्थ आयपी पत्ता अवैध आहे." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct." +msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." +msgstr "'%1' हया सर्व्हर पत्याची पद्धत अयोग्य आहे." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct." +msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." +msgstr "'%1' हया सर्व्हर पत्याची पद्धत अयोग्य आहे." + +#. popup message +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 +msgid "" +"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" +"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." +msgstr "" + +#. inputfield label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IP Address" +msgid "Min IP Address" +msgstr "आयपी पत्ता" + +#. inputfield label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IP Address" +msgid "Max IP Address" +msgstr "आयपी पत्ता" + +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 +msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." +msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." +msgstr "नेटवर्क नाव 32 अक्षरांपेक्षा कमी असलेच पाहीजे." + +#. error message +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 +msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." +msgstr "" + +#. tab header +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Other Settings" +msgid "&User Settings" +msgstr "&अन्य मांडणी" + +#. label (hint for user) +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 +msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. tab header +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Mode" +msgid "N&etwork Mode" +msgstr "महाजाल मोड" + +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bond Network" +msgid "Bastion Network" +msgstr "Bond नेटवर्क" + +#. tab header +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network" +msgid "Net&works" +msgstr "जाल" + +#. tab header +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Countries" +msgid "Re&positories" +msgstr "अनेक देश" + +#. popup message %1 is FQDN +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 +msgid "" +"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" +"currently not supported.\n" +"\n" +"You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" +msgstr "" + +#. default dialog caption +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modem Configuration Overview" +msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" +msgstr "मॉडेम कॉनफिग्युरेशन ओव्हरव्हयू" + +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:37 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Crowbar Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध प्रारंभित करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving Crowbar Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध जतन करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा ...<br></p>\n" + +#. Overview dialog help +#: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<p><big><b>Keyboard Configuration</b></big></p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Crowbar Configuration Overview</b>\n" +"<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p><big><b>किबोर्ड संरचना</b></big></p>" + +#. Ovreview dialog help +#: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:49 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"See the product deployment guide for details on the network\n" +"configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:87 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hardware Configuration" +msgid "Crowbar Configuration" +msgstr "हार्डवेअर संरचना" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." + +#. Crowbar read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration" +msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" +msgstr "समांतरण संरचना चालू करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the configuration" +msgid "Read the configuraton" +msgstr "संरचना वाचा" + +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 +msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. Crowbar read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Configuration" +msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" +#~ msgid "Password for Crowbar Administrator" +#~ msgstr "सिस्टिम व्यवस्थापक \"root\" चा परवलीचा शब्द" + +#~ msgid "Mode" +#~ msgstr "मोड (रूप)" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Routing" +#~ msgid "Router" +#~ msgstr "ने-आण करणे" + +#~ msgid "Netmask" +#~ msgstr "नेटमास्क" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Ad&ministration Settings" +#~ msgid "Administration Settings" +#~ msgstr "व्यवस्थापक मांडणी" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/dhcp-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/dhcp-server.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/dhcp-server.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,2428 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. command line help text for DHCP server module +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25 +msgid "DHCP server configuration module" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:35 +msgid "Print the status of the DHCP server" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:42 +msgid "Enable the DHCP server" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:49 +msgid "Disable the DHCP server" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:56 +msgid "Manage individual host settings" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:63 +msgid "Select the network interface to listen to" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:70 +msgid "Manage global DHCP options" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:77 +msgid "Manage DHCP subnet options" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an option +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 +msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:91 +msgid "Add a new host with a fixed address" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:97 +msgid "Edit a host with a fixed address" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:103 +msgid "Delete a host with a fixed address" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:109 +msgid "The name of the host with a fixed address" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:116 +msgid "The hardware address of the host with a fixed address" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:123 +msgid "The hardware type of the host with a fixed address" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131 +msgid "The IP address (or hostname) of the host with a fixed address" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144 +msgid "Select the network interface to use" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +msgid "Print current options" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +msgid "Set a global option" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169 +msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176 +msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183 +msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190 +msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197 +msgid "Default lease time in seconds" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204 +msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" +msgstr "" + +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245 +msgid "DHCP server is enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247 +msgid "DHCP server is disabled" +msgstr "" + +#. command-line text output, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +msgid "Host: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address +#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +msgid "Hardware: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312 +msgid "IP Address: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327 +msgid "Hostname not specified." +msgstr "" + +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337 +msgid "Specified host does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" +#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402 +msgid "None" +msgstr "कोणी नाही" + +#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406 +msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409 +msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417 +msgid "Specified interface does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426 +msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." +msgstr "" + +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452 +msgid "Option key must be set." +msgstr "" + +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457 +msgid "Value must be set." +msgstr "" + +#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501 +msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" +msgstr "" + +#. command-line output text, %1 is integer +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510 +msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. command-line output text, %1 is integer +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518 +msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84 +msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#. Initialize the widget +#. @param [String] id any widget id +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541 +msgid "Global Options" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151 +msgid "Subnet Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Host with Fixed Address" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "Shared Network" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +msgid "Pool of Addresses" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291 +msgid "Group-Specific Options" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Class" +msgstr "गट" + +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374 +msgid "&Subnet" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376 +msgid "&Host" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378 +msgid "Shared &Network" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380 +msgid "&Group" +msgstr "गट" + +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382 +msgid "&Pool of Addresses" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384 +msgid "&Class" +msgstr "वर्ग" + +#. frame +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399 +msgid "Declaration Types" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407 +msgid "Declaration Type" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493 +msgid "Interface Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 +msgid "TSIG Key Management" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "दिवस" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:49 +msgid "Hours" +msgstr "तास" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:51 +msgid "Minutes" +msgstr "मिनिटे" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:53 +msgid "Seconds" +msgstr "सेकंद" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93 +msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181 +msgid "Start-Up" +msgstr "सुरू करा" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115 +msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119 +msgid "Card Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129 +msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135 +msgid "Global Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141 +msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145 +msgid "Dynamic DHCP" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151 +msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" +msgstr "" + +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155 +msgid "Host Management" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160 +msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164 +msgid "Expert Settings" +msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज" + +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205 +msgid "When &Booting" +msgstr "बूटींग करण्याच्या वेळेस" + +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207 +msgid "&Manually" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211 +msgid "When Booting" +msgstr "बुटींग करताना" + +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#. label - service status +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221 +msgid "DHCP server is running" +msgstr "" + +#. label - service status +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225 +msgid "DHCP server is not running" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229 +msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233 +msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241 +msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now" +msgstr "" + +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247 +msgid "Start DHCP Server Now" +msgstr "" + +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249 +msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now" +msgstr "" + +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251 +msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371 +#, fuzzy +msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" +msgstr "सेवा संगणक पर्याय" + +#. Table - listing available network cards +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443 +msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449 +msgid "Selected" +msgstr "निवडले" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451 +msgid "Interface Name" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453 +msgid "Device Name" +msgstr "डिव्हाईसचे नांव" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. Table header item - IP of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 +msgid "IP" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462 +msgid "&Select" +msgstr "निवड" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464 +msgid "&Deselect" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533 +msgid "DHCP address" +msgstr "DHCP सेवा संगणक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, +#. currently no one is selected +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 +msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have +#. at least minimal configuration +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 +msgid "" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." +msgstr "" + +#. configuration will be saved in ldap? +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 +msgid "&LDAP Support" +msgstr "" + +#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 +msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#. Textentry with name of the domain +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 +msgid "&Domain Name" +msgstr "क्षेत्र नाव" + +#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 +msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" +msgstr "" + +#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 +msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" +msgstr "" + +#. Textentry with IP address of default router +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 +msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " +msgstr "" + +#. Textentry with IP address of time server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 +msgid "NTP &Time Server" +msgstr "" + +#. Textentry with IP address of print server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 +msgid "&Print Server" +msgstr "" + +#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 +msgid "&WINS Server" +msgstr "" + +#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 +msgid "Default &Lease Time" +msgstr "" + +#. Units for defaultleasetime +#. Combobox - type of units for lease time +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 +msgid "&Units" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. frame +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Subnet Information" +msgstr "प्रणाली माहिती" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 +msgid "Current &Network" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 +msgid "Current Net&mask" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 +msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 +msgid "Min&imum IP Address" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 +msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 +msgid "IP Address Range" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +msgid "&First IP Address" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 +msgid "&Last IP Address" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 +msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 +msgid "Lease Time" +msgstr "" + +#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 +msgid "&Default" +msgstr "मूलभूत" + +#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 +msgid "&Maximum" +msgstr "" + +#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 +msgid "Uni&ts" +msgstr "" + +#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server +#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 +msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 +msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 +msgid "Get Current Zone Information" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 +msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. Show DNS Zone Information +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 +msgid "" +"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" +"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. A popup error text +#. A popup error text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 +msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 +msgid "" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" +"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." +msgstr "" + +#. Label of the registered hosts table +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 +msgid "Registered Host" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header item - Name of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#. MAC address of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 +msgid "Hardware Address" +msgstr "" + +#. Network type of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "प्रकार" + +#. Frame label - configuration of particular host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +msgid "List Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. Textentry label - name of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 +msgid "&Name" +msgstr "&नांव" + +#. Textentry label - IP address of the host +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 +msgid "&IP Address" +msgstr "आयपी पत्ता" + +#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 +msgid "&Hardware Address" +msgstr "" + +#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 +msgid "&Ethernet" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 +msgid "&Token Ring" +msgstr "" + +#. Pushbutton label - change host in list +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 +msgid "C&hange in List" +msgstr "" + +#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 +msgid "Dele&te from List" +msgstr "" + +#. now, fill the dialog +#. combo box entry, networking technology name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 +msgid "Ethernet" +msgstr "इथरनेट" + +#. combo box entry, networking technology name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 +msgid "Token Ring" +msgstr "टोकण रिंग" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 +msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 +msgid "The hardware address must be unique." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 +msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 +msgid "A host named %1 already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. FIXME: text? +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 +msgid "Enter a host IP." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 +msgid "The hardware address must be defined." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 +msgid "Select a host first." +msgstr "" + +#. checking new MAC +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 +msgid "The input value must be defined." +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 +msgid "" +"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" +"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" +"by saving the changes and restarting the module. \n" +"If too complex a configuration is set, the expert \n" +"settings dialog is displayed when you\n" +"start the DHCP server module.\n" +"\n" +"Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. remove leading '-' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 +msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 +msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 +msgid "" +"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" +"\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" +"/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" +"changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" +" \n" +"Really continue?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption, %1 is step number +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 +msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: +#. DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 4) +#. and +#. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" +"<b>First IP Address</b> defines\n" +"the starting address of the range and <b>Last IP Address</b> defines\n" +"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how hostnames\n" +"are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" +"<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" +"If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" +"string. <tt>%i</tt> can be used only once in <b>Hostname Base</b>.\n" +"<b>Start</b> defines the first number that is used for the first\n" +"hostname. Hostnames are created incrementally.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>DNS Wizard</big></b><br />\n" +"In this wizard, create a new DNS zone\n" +"directly from the DHCP server configuration. This DNS zone is important\n" +"if you want to identify your DHCP clients by hostname. The DNS zone\n" +"translates names to the assigned IP addresses. You can also\n" +"create a reverse zone that translates IP addresses to names.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 +msgid "" +"<p><b>New Zone Name</b> or <b>Reverse Zone Name</b>\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<p>Select <b>Also Create Reverse Zone</b> to create a zone \n" +"to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Name Servers</b></big><br />\n" +"Name servers are needed for proper DNS server functionality.\n" +"They administer all the DNS zone records.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>DNS Queries</big></b><br />\n" +"Every DNS query (for example searching an IP address for a\n" +"hostname in a DNS zone) first asks the parent zone\n" +"(<tt>com</tt> for <tt>example.com</tt>) for the current zone\n" +"name servers. Then it sends a DNS query to these name servers requesting\n" +"the desired IP address.<br />\n" +"Therefore, always specify the current DNS server hostname as one of\n" +"the zone name servers.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 +msgid "" +"<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form,\n" +"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" +"DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" +"during the zone creation.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"<p>To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\n" +"<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" +"Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" +"all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" +"and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n" +"For example, create a set of hostnames from <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n" +"to <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> with IP addresses from <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n" +"to <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>To add a new range of DNS records, click <b>Add</b>,\n" +"complete the form, then click <b>Ok</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>नवीन विकल्प मिळवा, दाबा <b>मिळवा</b>. विकल्प\n" +"काढून टाका, ते निवडा आणि<b>काढून टाका</b>दाबा.</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107 +msgid "" +"<p>This is a summary of all data\n" +"entered in the configuration wizard so far.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111 +msgid "" +"<p>Click <b>Accept</b> to save the settings for\n" +"the DNS server and return to the DHCP server configuration.\n" +"The settings are not saved permanently until you complete the \n" +"DHCP server configuration.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>DNS Synchronization</big></b><br />\n" +"This is an advanced tool for editing DNS server settings to match your\n" +"DHCP settings. Only 'A' records--DNS records that convert hostnames to\n" +"IP addresses--are maintained here.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126 +msgid "" +"<b>Current Subnet</b> and <b>Netmask</b> show the current network settings.\n" +"<b>Domain</b> is taken from the current DHCP configuration.\n" +"<b>First IP Address</b> and <b>Second IP Address</b> match the current\n" +"Dynamic DHCP range.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To create a DNS zone from scratch, use <b>Run Wizard</b>\n" +"from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +" To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" +"click <b>Add</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" +"reverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse Zone</b>.\n" +"Use <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \n" +"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" +"<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. old_range: $[ +#. "base" : "dhcp-%", +#. "start" : 0, +#. "from" : "192.168.10.1", +#. "to" : "192.168.10.100" +#. ] +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Add New DNS Record Range" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68 +msgid "Edit DNS Record Range" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Hostname Base" +msgstr "व०ॖतॴन॥ॕीृॣ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "सुरू" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "" +"Internal error.\n" +"Cannot create IP range from %1 and %2." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask +#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195 +msgid "" +"IP address %1 does not match\n" +"the current network %2/%3.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455 +msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272 +msgid "" +"The IP address %1 is\n" +"outside the current\n" +"dynamic DHCP range %2-%3.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "There can be only one '%i' in the hostname base string." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256 +msgid "Invalid hostname." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402 +msgid "Invalid IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503 +msgid "" +"IP address %1 is not in the range of allowed\n" +"IP addresses (%2-%3) defined in the DHCP server.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157 +msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224 +msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Hostname" +msgstr "व०ॖतॴन॥ॕीृॣ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317 +msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955 +msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465 +msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name +#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556 +msgid "" +"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" +"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570 +msgid "" +"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" +"Create it?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 +msgid "Cannot create zone %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815 +msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860 +msgid "" +"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" +"Really cancel this operation?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +msgid "&Domain" +msgstr "&डोमेन" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +msgid "&Network" +msgstr "&जाळे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913 +msgid "Net&mask" +msgstr "नेटमास्क" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923 +msgid "DNS Zone Records" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Hostname" +msgstr "व०ॖतॴन॥ॕीृॣ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930 +msgid "Assigned IP" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945 +msgid "&Special Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959 +msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031 +msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084 +msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56 +msgid "Aborting the Wizard" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58 +msgid "" +"All changes made in the wizard will be lost.\n" +"Really abort?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121 +msgid "Add a New Name Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128 +msgid "Edit Name Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150 +msgid "Server &IP" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 +msgid "" +"No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" +"Really use the current settings?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255 +msgid "Name server %1 already exists in the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range' +#. %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319 +msgid "" +"This new range of DNS entries is already covered by\n" +"another one (%1-%2).\n" +"Really use the new one?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Adding new range definition +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428 +msgid "At least one name server must be defined." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444 +msgid "DHCP Server: New DNS Zone--Step 1 of 3" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562 +msgid "New &Zone Name" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567 +msgid "&Current Network" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468 +msgid "&Also Create Reverse Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494 +msgid "DHCP Server: Zone Name Servers--Step 2 of 3" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518 +msgid "Current Name Servers" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523 +msgid "Server Name" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525 +msgid "IP (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592 +msgid "A&dd..." +msgstr "मिळवा..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "संपादीत करा..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551 +msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Step 3 of 3" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575 +msgid "DNS Records for DHCP Clients" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Hostname Base" +msgstr "व०ॖतॴन॥ॕीृॣ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582 +msgid "Number to Start With" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584 +msgid "From IP" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586 +msgid "To IP" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612 +msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641 +msgid "Re&verse Zone Name" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835 +msgid "<b>Zone Name:</b> %1" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867 +msgid "(Replacing the current zone with the new one)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856 +msgid "<b>Reverse Zone Name:</b> %1" +msgstr "" + +#. name servers +#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877 +msgid "Zone Name Servers:" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886 +msgid "Hostname: %1, IP: %2" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889 +msgid "Not defined" +msgstr "" + +#. dhcp ranges +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900 +msgid "Ranges of DNS Hosts:" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one +#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i') +#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912 +msgid "Range: %1-%2<br />Hostname Base: %3, Starting With: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011 +msgid "At least one DNS record must be set." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197 +msgid "Cannot remove zone %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246 +msgid "Cannot add name servers to zone %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268 +msgid "Cannot add zone DNS records." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218 +msgid "Cannot create reverse zone %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279 +msgid "Creating DNS zone..." +msgstr "" + +#. restore previous settings +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296 +msgid "Restoring previous DNS settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307 +msgid "" +"Errors occurred during DNS zone creation:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"Return to the wizard?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326 +msgid "The DNS zone was created successfully." +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/2 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n" +"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" +"<b>Available Interfaces</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" +"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from \n" +"remote computers through the selected interface, set\n" +"<b>Open Firewall for Selected Interface</b>. \n" +"This option is only available if the firewall\n" +"is enabled.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" +"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" +"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" +"is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" +"enable <b>LDAP Support</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n" +"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" +"To add a new declaration, select a declaration that should include\n" +"the new declaration and click <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To delete a declaration, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n" +"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" +"change network interfaces to which the DHCP server listens,\n" +"or manage TSIG keys that can be used for authentication of \n" +"dynamic DNS updates.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n" +"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" +"special options in <b>Hostname</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/3, alt. 3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n" +"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n" +"It is just for your identification.\n" +"The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/3, alt. 4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n" +"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n" +"It is just for your identification.\n" +"The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/3, alt. 5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n" +"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n" +"It is just for your identification.\n" +"The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/3, alt. 6 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n" +"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" +"entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\n" +"To add a new option, use <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" +"an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n" +"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" +"<b>Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n" +"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" +"<b>TSIG Key</b> to select the key to use for authentication. The key must\n" +"be the same for both DHCP and DNS servers. Specify the key for both forward\n" +"and reverse zone.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" +"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" +"DNS work properly. To do it automatically, set\n" +"<b>Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n" +"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" +"server, you can leave the fields empty.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" +"consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>नेटवर्क कार्ड ओवरव्हयु</big></b><br>\n" +"इन्स्टोल केलेल्या नेटवर्क कार्डचा ओवरव्हयु मिळण्यासाठी. त्यांचे ,\n" +"कोनफिगरेशन एडिशनली एडिट करा .<br></p>\n" + +#. Optional field - used with LDAP support +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n" +"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n" +"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" +"leases IPs to clients.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n" +"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" +"These values must be IP addresses.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n" +"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n" +"for time synchronization.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 +msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 +msgid "" +"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n" +"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" +"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n" +"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" +"netmask, minimum and maximum IP addresses available for the clients.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n" +"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" +"For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the <b>\n" +"Allow Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" +"assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n" +"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n" +"which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients.<br></p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" +"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" +"<b>DHCP Server Expert Configuration</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n" +"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243 +msgid "" +"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n" +"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n" +"then click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>To modify a configured host, select it in the table,\n" +"change all values, and click <b>Change in List</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 +msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269 +msgid "" +"<p>To add a network declaration,\n" +"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 3/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276 +msgid "" +"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n" +"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 4/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285 +msgid "" +"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n" +"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 5/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294 +msgid "" +"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" +"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 6/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303 +msgid "" +"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" +"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" +"subnet, select <b>Pool of Addresses</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 7/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314 +msgid "" +"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n" +"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" +"select <b>Class</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. selection box +#. selection box +#. selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857 +msgid "A&ddresses" +msgstr "" + +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470 +msgid "The entered address is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. message popup +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543 +msgid "At least one address must be specified." +msgstr "" + +#. selection box +#. Handle the event on the popup +#. @param [Object] opt_id any option id +#. @param [String] key string option key +#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled +#. selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819 +msgid "&Values" +msgstr "" + +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563 +msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583 +msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." +msgstr "" + +#. table item, means switched on +#. table item, means switched on +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661 +msgid "On" +msgstr "सुरु" + +#. table item, means switched off +#. table item, means switched off +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664 +msgid "Off" +msgstr "बंद" + +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694 +msgid "A value must be specified." +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786 +msgid "&New Address" +msgstr "" + +#. int field +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824 +msgid "&New Value" +msgstr "" + +#. label (in role of help text) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861 +msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864 +msgid "&Add Address Pair" +msgstr "" + +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008 +msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." +msgstr "" + +#. label -- help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024 +msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036 +msgid "&Hardware Type" +msgstr "" + +#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, +#. translation would decrease the understandability +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046 +msgid "&MAC Address" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089 +msgid "&Lowest IP Address" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091 +msgid "&Highest IP Address" +msgstr "" + +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174 +msgid "" +"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" +"all changes will be lost. Really leave?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355 +msgid "" +"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" +"will not be able to serve your network.\n" +"Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383 +msgid "" +"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" +"%1\n" +"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398 +msgid "" +"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" +"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." +msgstr "" + +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653 +msgid "" +"This function is not available during\n" +"preparation for autoinstallation." +msgstr "" +"स्वस्थापाने तयारीच्यावेळी\n" +"हे फंक्शन अनुउपलब्ध आहे. " + +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445 +msgid "Restart DHCP Server" +msgstr "" + +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450 +msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server" +msgstr "" + +#. tree widget +#. tree widget +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097 +msgid "&Configured Declarations" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637 +msgid "&Dynamic DNS" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239 +msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246 +msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" +msgstr "" + +#. popup headline +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861 +msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060 +msgid "&Start DHCP Server" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 +msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111 +msgid "Ad&vanced" +msgstr "प्रगत" + +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114 +msgid "Display &Log" +msgstr "" + +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 +msgid "&Interface Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 +msgid "&Network Address" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 +msgid "Network &Mask" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156 +msgid "Group &Name" +msgstr "गटाचे नाव" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 +msgid "Pool &Name" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172 +msgid "Shared Network &Name" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180 +msgid "Class &Name" +msgstr "" + +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190 +msgid "Available Interfaces" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 +msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231 +msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253 +msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263 +msgid "&Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290 +msgid "&Primary DNS Server" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296 +msgid "Re&verse Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305 +msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335 +msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388 +msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392 +msgid "Check the environment" +msgstr "वातावरण तपासा" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल प्रणाली वाचा" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396 +msgid "Read DHCP server settings" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398 +msgid "Read DNS server settings" +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402 +msgid "Checking the environment..." +msgstr "वातावरण तपासत आहे..." + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406 +msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408 +msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440 +msgid "" +"This server needs at least one\n" +"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" +"function properly.\n" +"Configure one.\n" +"\n" +"Aborting now." +msgstr "" + +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475 +msgid "" +"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" +"DHCP server will not be available." +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543 +msgid "" +"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" +"configured yet. Create a new configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616 +msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621 +msgid "Write DHCP server settings" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625 +msgid "Restart DHCP server" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627 +msgid "Write DNS server settings" +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630 +msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749 +msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888 +msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" +msgstr "" + +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893 +msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" +msgstr "" + +#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +msgid "Listen On: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary string, %1 is IP address range +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920 +msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313 +msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594 +msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." +msgstr "" + +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559 +msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is LDAP record key +#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#. Error report +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847 +msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739 +msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810 +msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907 +msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." +msgstr "" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/dns-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/dns-server.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/dns-server.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,2484 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 +msgid "DNS server configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 +msgid "Start-up settings" +msgstr "सुरवातीची रचना" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 +msgid "DNS forwarders" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 +msgid "Logging settings" +msgstr "नोंदी रचना मांडणी " + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 +msgid "DNS zones" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 +msgid "Access control lists" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 +msgid "Zone transport rules" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 +msgid "Zone name servers" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 +msgid "Zone mail servers" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 +msgid "Start of authority (SOA)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 +msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 +msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 +msgid "Show current settings" +msgstr "सध्याची मांडणी दाखवा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 +msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 +msgid "Start DNS server manually" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 +msgid "Add a new record" +msgstr "नवीन माहिती भरा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 +msgid "Remove a record" +msgstr "माहिती काढून टाका" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 +msgid "IPv4 address" +msgstr "IPv4 पत्ता" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 +msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 +msgid "Set option" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 +msgid "Filename for logging (full path)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 +msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 +msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 +msgid "Zone name" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 +msgid "Zone type, master or slave" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 +msgid "DNS zone master server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 +msgid "Enable option" +msgstr "पर्याय कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 +msgid "Disable option" +msgstr "पर्याय अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 +msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 +msgid "Serial number of zone update" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 +msgid "General time to live of records in zone" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 +msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 +msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 +msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 +msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 +msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 +msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 +msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 +msgid "Log named queries %1" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 +msgid "Log zone updates %1" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 +msgid "Log zone transfers %1" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 +msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 +msgid "Parameter %1 is required." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 +msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 +msgid "Start-Up Settings:" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 +msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." +msgstr "फक्त एका पॅरामिटरलाच परवानगी आहे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 +msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 +msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" +msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process." +msgstr "सुरवातीपासून फायरवॉल कायमचे आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" +msgid "DNS server needs manual starting." +msgstr "फायरवॉलला हाताने सुरू करण्याची गरज" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 +msgid "Forwarding:" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 +msgid "Forwarder IP" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message +#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 +msgid "Only one action parameter is allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 +msgid "Logging destination" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 +msgid "System log" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 +msgid "File" +msgstr "धारिका" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Filename" +msgstr "व०ॖतॴन॥ॕीृॣ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 +msgid "Maximum size" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 +msgid "Maximum versions" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 +msgid "Log named queries" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 +msgid "Log zone updates" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 +msgid "Log zone transfers" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 +msgid "Logging Settings:" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 +msgid "Setting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - basic-options listing +#. Table header item - ACL-options +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "मूल्य" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 +msgid "Logging Rule" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 +msgid "DNS Zones:" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type +#. Table header item - DNS listing zones +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "प्रकार" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 +msgid "Master Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446 +msgid "Forwarders" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 +msgid "Predefined" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 +msgid "Custom" +msgstr "कस्टम" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 +msgid "ACLs:" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 +msgid "Zone Transport:" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - DNS listing zones +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905 +msgid "Zone" +msgstr "विभाग" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 +msgid "Enabled ACL" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 +msgid "Name Servers:" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 +msgid "Name Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 +msgid "Mail Servers:" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739 +msgid "Mail Server" +msgstr "पत्र सेवा संगणक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741 +msgid "Priority" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 +msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "कळ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 +msgid "Record Query" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 +msgid "Record Type" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 +msgid "Record Value" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 +msgid "Hostname Record:" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 +msgid "Hostname" +msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव" + +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 +msgid "IP" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136 +msgid "DNS Server Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31 +msgid "Forwarder Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520 +msgid "DNS Zones" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Finish Wizard" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152 +msgid "<li>Forwarders: %1</li>" +msgstr "" + +#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155 +msgid "<li>Domains: %1</li>" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291 +msgid "&LDAP Support Active" +msgstr "LDAP पाठिंबा सक्रिय करा" + +#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start-up settings" +msgid "Start-up Behavior" +msgstr "सुरवातीची रचना" + +#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196 +msgid "O&n: Start Now and When Booting" +msgstr "" + +#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199 +msgid "O&ff: Only Start Manually" +msgstr "" + +#. Push Button - start expert configuration +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208 +msgid "DNS Server &Expert Configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261 +msgid "DNS Server" +msgstr "DNS सेवा संगणक" + +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Drop Changes" +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "बदल सोडून द्या" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428 +msgid "Start-Up" +msgstr "सुरू करा" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "लॉगिंग" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 +msgid "ACLs" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502 +msgid "TSIG Keys" +msgstr "" + +#. T: ComboBox label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 +msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" +msgstr "" + +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566 +msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" +msgstr "" + +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568 +msgid "Automatic merging" +msgstr "" + +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570 +msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572 +msgid "Custom configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Custom policy" +msgstr "कस्टम दुरूस्ती" + +#. T: ComboBox label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583 +msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" +msgstr "" + +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 +msgid "Using system name servers" +msgstr "" + +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 +msgid "This name server (bind)" +msgstr "" + +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590 +msgid "Local dnsmasq server" +msgstr "" + +#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600 +msgid "Add IP Address" +msgstr "" + +#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609 +#, fuzzy +msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" +msgstr "IPv4 किंवा IPv6 पत्ता" + +#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders +#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669 +msgid "Forwarder &List" +msgstr "" + +#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813 +msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" +msgstr "" + +#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." +msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." +msgstr "वापरकर्त्याकरिता अकाऊंट तयार करू शकत नाही %1." + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 +msgid "" +"Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" +"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" +"been changed to its local equivalent %2." +msgstr "" + +#. both IPv4 and IPv6 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." +msgstr "IP पत्ता वैध नाही" + +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" +"and colons." +msgstr "" +"वैध आयपी पत्त्यांत 0-255 ह्यातील \n" +"4 पूर्णांक बिंदूनी विभागले असतात." + +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930 +msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." +msgstr "" + +#. Frame label for Basic-Options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959 +msgid "Add or Change Option" +msgstr "" + +#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973 +msgid "O&ption" +msgstr "" + +#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value +#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588 +msgid "&Value" +msgstr "&मूल्य" + +#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option +#. Pushbutton - Change Record +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387 +msgid "C&hange" +msgstr "" + +#. Table label for basic-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021 +msgid "Current Options" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header item - basic-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030 +msgid "Option" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 +msgid "" +"Really set this\n" +"option without any value?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 +msgid "" +"Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" +"Really set it to %2?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 +msgid "" +"Option %1 can only be a number.\n" +"Really set it to %2?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 +msgid "" +"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" +"Really set it to %1?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 +msgid "" +"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" +"Really set it to %1?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 +msgid "" +"Option %1 should be set only once.\n" +"Really add another one?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header - logging options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 +msgid "Log Type" +msgstr "" + +#. Radiobutton - log type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310 +msgid "&System Log" +msgstr "" + +#. Radiobutton - log type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "फाईल" + +#. IntField - max. log size +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352 +msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" +msgstr "" + +#. IntField - max. log age +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363 +msgid "Maximum &Versions" +msgstr "" + +#. Frame label - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381 +msgid "Additional Logging" +msgstr "" + +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386 +msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" +msgstr "" + +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389 +msgid "Log Zone &Updates" +msgstr "" + +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392 +msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#. popup headline +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549 +msgid "Select File for Log" +msgstr "" + +#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566 +msgid "Option Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579 +msgid "&Name" +msgstr "&नांव" + +#. Table header - ACL-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615 +msgid "Current ACL List" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header item - ACL-options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623 +msgid "ACL" +msgstr "" + +#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 +msgid "" +"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" +"Really remove it?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. An error popup message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 +msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add New Zone " +msgstr "प्रगत पर्याय" + +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658 +msgid "Master" +msgstr "मालक" + +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660 +msgid "Slave" +msgstr "" + +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666 +msgid "Forward" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header - DNS listing zones +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895 +msgid "Configured DNS Zones" +msgstr "" + +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104 +msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153 +msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" +msgstr "" + +#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving the Configuration" +msgid "Saving the configuration failed" +msgstr "संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 +msgid "" +"All changes will be lost.\n" +"Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95 +msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105 +msgid "TSIG &Key" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725 +msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178 +#, fuzzy +msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" +msgstr "DNS आपोआप परत बोलावले आहे" + +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Zon&e" +msgstr "विभाग" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" +msgstr "जोडलेले लक्ष्य" + +#. popup message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465 +msgid "" +"This function is not available during\n" +"preparation for autoinstallation.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476 +msgid "No TSIG key is defined." +msgstr "" + +#. Textentry - adding nameserver +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506 +msgid "&Name Server to Add" +msgstr "" + +#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers +#. selection box label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555 +msgid "Na&me Server List" +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653 +msgid "The specified name server already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. Frame label - adding mail server +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +msgid "Mail Server to Add" +msgstr "" + +#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709 +msgid "&Address" +msgstr "पत्ता" + +#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. int field +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295 +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 +msgid "&Priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Table label - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734 +msgid "Mail Relay List" +msgstr "" + +#. A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871 +msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893 +msgid "The specified mail server already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940 +msgid "Seconds" +msgstr "सेकंद" + +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942 +msgid "Minutes" +msgstr "मिनिटे" + +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944 +msgid "Hours" +msgstr "तास" + +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "दिवस" + +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948 +msgid "Weeks" +msgstr "" + +#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960 +msgid "Seri&al" +msgstr "" + +#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969 +msgid "TT&L" +msgstr "" + +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011 +msgid "&Unit" +msgstr "&यूनिट" + +#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988 +msgid "Re&fresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996 +msgid "Un&it" +msgstr "" + +#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005 +msgid "Retr&y" +msgstr "परत प्रयत्न करा" + +#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018 +msgid "Ex&piration" +msgstr "" + +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026 +msgid "U&nit" +msgstr "" + +#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035 +msgid "&Minimum" +msgstr "&किमान" + +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043 +msgid "Uni&t" +msgstr "" + +#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166 +msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is an integer +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174 +msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195 +msgid "" +"The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" +"of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" +"from slave name servers all the time.\n" +"Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311 +msgid "&Record Key" +msgstr "" + +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319 +msgid "T&ype" +msgstr "" + +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324 +msgid "Val&ue" +msgstr "" + +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261 +msgid "&Service" +msgstr "सेवा" + +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275 +msgid "&Protocol" +msgstr "संगणक शिष्टाचार" + +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297 +msgid "&Weight" +msgstr "" + +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299 +msgid "&Port" +msgstr "&स्थान" + +#. reverse zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344 +msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345 +msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346 +msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347 +msgid "NS: Name Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348 +msgid "MX: Mail Relay" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349 +msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SRV: Services Record" +msgstr "RPC सेवा" + +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351 +msgid "TXT: Text Record" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352 +msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" +msgstr "" + +#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369 +msgid "Record Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Table label - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +msgid "Configured Resource Records" +msgstr "" + +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415 +msgid "Record Key" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845 +msgid "" +"Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" +"\n" +"IPv6 reverse records are supported either in the full form (%1)\n" +"or in the relative form to the current zone." +msgstr "" + +#. (hostname or FQ) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." +msgstr "IP पत्ता वैध नाही" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 +msgid "" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" +"and must be at least one character long." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) +#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length +#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934 +msgid "" +"Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" +"This message is %{current} characters long." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965 +msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." +msgstr "" + +#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341 +msgid "An internal error has occurred." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734 +msgid "Zone Editor" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446 +msgid "&Basics" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448 +msgid "NS Recor&ds" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452 +msgid "&SOA" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454 +msgid "R&ecords" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450 +msgid "M&X Records" +msgstr "" + +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906 +msgid "Settings for Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. ); +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502 +msgid "Ad&vanced" +msgstr "प्रगत" + +#. at least one NS server must be set +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550 +#, fuzzy +msgid "At least one NS server must be set." +msgstr "%1 मधील कमीतकमी एक तरी सेट झालाच पाहिजे." + +#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name +#. +#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate +#. DNS records manually from selected zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 +msgid "" +"Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 +msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781 +msgid "Missing Master Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783 +msgid "" +"Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" +"Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" +"If you continue, the current zone will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803 +msgid "No master DNS server defined." +msgstr "" + +#. A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815 +msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. Textentry - adding forwarder +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926 +msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" +msgstr "" + +#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951 +msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973 +msgid "Forward Zone Editor" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009 +msgid "" +"This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" +"that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" +"Really deny these queries?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34 +msgid "" +"All changes will be lost.\n" +"Really exit?" +msgstr "" + +#. message popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 +msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>सुरवात थांबवत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>थांबवत आहे</b> कळ दाबून सुरक्षितपणे संरचना सुविधेतून आता बाहेर या.</p>" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. main dialog +#. help 1/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Start DNS Server</big></b><br>\n" +"To run the DNS server every time your computer is started, set\n" +"<b>Start DNS Server</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help 2/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:45 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" +"To run the DNS server in chroot jail, set\n" +"<b>Run DNS Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" +"is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help 3/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Editing DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n" +"To edit settings of a DNS zone, choose the appropriate\n" +"entry of the table and click <B>Edit</B>.\n" +"To add a new DNS zone, use <B>Add</B>. To remove\n" +"a configured DNS zone, select it and click <B>Delete</B>.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#. help 4/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n" +"To edit global options,\n" +"adjust firewall settings,\n" +"manage the TSIG keys for dynamic updates of the zones,\n" +"or display the log of the DNS server,\n" +"use <b>Advanced</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. zone dialog +#. help 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:70 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Zone Name</big></b><br>\n" +"Enter the name of the zone (domain) in <b>Zone Name</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help 2/5, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:74 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big></b><br>\n" +"The zone can be updated automatically, usually because of dynamically\n" +"assigned IP addresses by DHCP server. To allow DDNS updates, set\n" +"<b>Allow Dynamic Updates</b> and the <b>TSIG Key</b>\n" +"to use for authentication. The key must be the same for\n" +"both DHCP and DNS servers.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Editing a DNS Zone</big></b><br>\n" +"To edit the zone settings, choose the appropriate\n" +"entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" +"a record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>SOA Record</big></b><br>\n" +"To edit the SOA (Start of Authority) record of the zone, click\n" +"<b>Edit SOA</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help 2/5 alt. 2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</b>\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click <b>Delete</b>\n" +"to remove an existing one.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>\n" +"To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" +"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</b>\n" +"or <b>Stub</b>, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" +"server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" +"Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" +"addresses (<b>Forward</b>) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" +"(<b>Reverse</b>).</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. firewall dialog +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:123 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Interface Classes</big></b><br>\n" +"Select which interface classes should have access to the DNS server. The\n" +"interface classes are defined in the firewall configuration component.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n" +#| "To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" +#| "entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" +"To adapt the firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\n" +"via all network interfaces to which it listens, check\n" +"<b>Adapt Firewall Settings</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>मांडणी संपादीत करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"मांडणी सुधारण्यासाठी स्तंभाचा योग्य प्रवेश निवडा\n" +"आणि <b>संपादीत करा</b> दाबा.</p>" + +#. soa dialog +#. help text 1/9 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:137 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:386 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>SOA Record Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Set the entries of the SOA record.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/9 - TTL +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:141 +msgid "" +"<p><b>$TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" +"zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 3/9 - Primary source +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:145 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Primary Source</b> must contain the fully qualified domain name\n" +"of the primary name server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:149 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Administrator's Mail</b> must contain the e-mail address of\n" +"the administrator responsible for the zone.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 5/9 - Serial +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" +"entire zone).</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 6/9 - Refresh +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:159 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Refresh</b> sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n" +"master name server to slave name servers.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 7/9 - Retry +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Retry</b> sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n" +"the zone from the master server if synchronization fails.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 8/9 - Expiry +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Expiry</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" +"servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 9/9 - Minimum +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:173 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:415 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Minimum</b> sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n" +"negative answers (name resolution failed).</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. ddns keys dialog +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:178 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>\n" +"Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" +"To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" +"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:187 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>\n" +"To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set\n" +"<b>On</b>. Otherwise set <b>Off</b>.</p> " +msgstr "" + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" +"To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" +"set <b>LDAP Support Active</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:201 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" +"To start or stop the DNS server immediately, use \n" +"<b>Start DNS Server Now</b> or\n" +"<b>Stop DNS Server Now</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:208 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Forwarders</big></b><br>\n" +"Forwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\n" +"it cannot answer.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 +#. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full +#. DNS lookup, set <b>Forward First</b>. To ask forwarders only, set +#. <b>Forwarders Only</b>. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any +#. of these check boxes.</p> +#. ") + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 +msgid "" +"<p>To add a new forwarder, set its <b>IP Address</b> and click <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>\n" +"Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:229 +msgid "" +"<p>To add new options, select the <b>Option</b>,\n" +"enter its <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>To modify a configured option, select it in the table,\n" +"change the <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Change</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 +msgid "<p>To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\n" +"Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" +"To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" +"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log and \n" +"the <b>Maximum Size</b> of the log file.\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</b>\n" +"to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252 +msgid "" +"<p>In <b>Additional Logging</b>,\n" +"set which actions should be logged. Common actions are always logged.\n" +"<b>Log All DNS Queries</b> logs all queries from clients to the DNS server.\n" +"<b>Log Zone Updates</b> logs when DNS has been updated.\n" +"<b>Log Zone Transfers</b> logs when zone is completely transferred to the \n" +"secondary\n" +"name server.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:262 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>ACLs</big></b><br>\n" +"In this dialog, define access control lists to control\n" +"access to zones.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" +#| "an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's <b>Name</b>\n" +"and <b>Value</b> then click <b>Add</b>. To remove an \n" +"ACL entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>नवीन विकल्प मिळवा, दाबा <b>मिळवा</b>. विकल्प\n" +"काढून टाका, ते निवडा आणि<b>काढून टाका</b>दाबा.</p>" + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>TSIG Keys</big></b><br>\n" +"TSIG keys are used for authentication when remotely\n" +"changing the configuration of the DNS server. This is needed\n" +"for the dynamic updates of DNS zones (DDNS).</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:281 +msgid "" +"<p>To add an already created key, set the <b>Filename</b>\n" +"(or use the <b>Browse</b> button to select it) and click <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To generate a new key, enter the <b>Filename</b> and the <b>Key ID</b>\n" +"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 +msgid "" +"<p>To remove an existing key, select it and\n" +"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:294 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n" +"Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</b>,\n" +"and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>नवीन विकल्प मिळवा, दाबा <b>मिळवा</b>. विकल्प\n" +"काढून टाका, ते निवडा आणि<b>काढून टाका</b>दाबा.</p>" + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 +msgid "" +"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" +"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b> (for example, zone name\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" +"the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 +#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 +msgid "" +"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" +"supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" +"Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" +"Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" +"(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" +#| "an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\n" +"mail servers, select it, and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" +"To remove a configured zone, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>नवीन विकल्प मिळवा, दाबा <b>मिळवा</b>. विकल्प\n" +"काढून टाका, ते निवडा आणि<b>काढून टाका</b>दाबा.</p>" + +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" +"to the zone.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:342 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To allow dynamic updates of the zone, set <b>Allow Dynamic Updates</b>\n" +"and select the <b>TSIG Key</b>. At least one TSIG key must be defined\n" +"before the zone can be updated dynamically.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:350 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n" +"and select the <b>ACLs</b> to check when a remote host\n" +"attempts to transfer the zone. At least one ACL must be defined\n" +"to allow zone transports.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Zone Editor - Help +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Reverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\n" +"Select the <b>Automatically Generate Records From</b>\n" +"check-box and choose the zone to generate the records from.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Zone Editor - Help +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:365 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"If this is not a reverse zone, you can see which zones are generated\n" +"from the current on in the <b>Connected Reverse Zones</b> field.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" +"<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>MX Records</big></b><br>\n" +"To add a new mail server, enter the <b>Address</b> and <b>Priority</b>\n" +"and click <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To remove one of the listed mail servers, select it and click\n" +"<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Serial</b> is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" +"changed on\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" +"entire zone).</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:397 +msgid "" +"<p><b>TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" +"zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:409 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Expiration</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" +"servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Records</big></b><br>\n" +"In this dialog, edit the resource records of the zone. To add new resource\n" +"records, set the <b>Record Key</b>, <b>Type</b>, and <b>Value</b> then\n" +"click <b>Add</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:426 +msgid "" +"<p>To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\n" +"and click <b>Change</b>. To delete a record, select it and click\n" +"<b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 +msgid "" +"<p><b>A: Domain Name Translation</b>:\n" +"<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname without domain or a fully qualified \n" +"hostname followed by a dot.\n" +" <b>Value</b> is an IP address.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:443 +msgid "" +"<p><b>CNAME: Alias for Domain Name</b>:\n" +"<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\n" +"qualified hostname followed by a dot.\n" +"<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\n" +"qualified hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by\n" +"an A record.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 +msgid "" +"<p><b>NS: Name Server</b>:\n" +"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" +"domain name followed by a dot.\n" +"<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" +"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 +msgid "" +"<p><b>MX: Mail Relay</b>:\n" +"<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname or zone name relative to the current zone\n" +"or an absolute hostname or zone name followed by a dot.\n" +"<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" +"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 +msgid "" +"<p><b>PTR: Reverse Translation</b>:\n" +"<b>Record Key</b> is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" +"followed by a dot\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" +" or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" +"(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" +"<b>Value</b> is a fully qualified hostname followed by a dot.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Finishing the Configuration</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p> \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491 +msgid "" +"<p>Select <b>Open Port in Firewall</b> to adapt the\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" +#| "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" +#| "<b>%1</b>. Otherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \n" +"start-up behavior to <b>On</b>. Otherwise set it to <b>Off</b>.</p> \n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>सेवेला प्रारंभ</big></b><br>\n" +"आपला संगणक बूट झाल्यावर प्रत्येकसेट करा. अन्यथा\n" +"<b>%1</b>वेळी सेवा करण्यासाठी सुरुसेट करा.<b>%2</b>.</p>" + +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" +"set <b>LDAP Support Active</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:509 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To enter the expert mode of the DNS server configuration, click\n" +"<b>DNS Server Expert Configuration</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. slave zone help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:515 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Slave DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n" +"Each slave zone must have the master name server defined. Use\n" +"<b>Master DNS Server IP</b> to define the master name server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. slave zone help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Zone Transport</b></big><br>\n" +"To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n" +"and select the <b>ACLs</b> to check when a remote host\n" +"attempts to transfer the zone. At least one ACL must be defined\n" +"to allow zone transports.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. forward zone help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Forward DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n" +"This type of DNS zone only forwards DNS queries to forwarders\n" +"defined in it.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. forward zone help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:535 +msgid "" +"<p>If there are no forwarders defined, all DNS queries\n" +"for the respective zone are denied, because there is no DNS\n" +"server to which that query should be forwarded.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is usually an IP address +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159 +msgid "Unknown Record Type: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. table entry, %1 is IP address +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180 +msgid "Host %1" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box item, A is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188 +msgid "A -- Domain Name Translation" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201 +msgid "&IP Addresses" +msgstr "" + +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218 +msgid "Alias for %1" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226 +msgid "CNAME -- Alias for Domain Name" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237 +msgid "&Alias" +msgstr "अथवा" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240 +msgid "&Base Host Name" +msgstr "" + +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257 +msgid "Pointer to %1" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265 +msgid "PTR -- Reverse Translation" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276 +msgid "&IP Address" +msgstr "आयपी पत्ता" + +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295 +msgid "Name Server %1" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box item, NS is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303 +msgid "NS -- Name Server" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314 +msgid "&Domain" +msgstr "&डोमेन" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317 +msgid "&Name Server" +msgstr "" + +#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337 +msgid "Mail Relay %1, Priority %2" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box item, MX is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416 +msgid "MX -- Mail Relay" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429 +msgid "&Domain Name" +msgstr "क्षेत्र नाव" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432 +msgid "&Mail Relay" +msgstr "" + +#. DNS server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960 +msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964 +msgid "Check the environment" +msgstr "वातावरण तपासा" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337 +msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968 +msgid "Read the firewall settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचा" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970 +msgid "Read the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974 +msgid "Checking the environment..." +msgstr "वातावरण तपासत आहे..." + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353 +msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978 +msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" +"Error: " +msgstr "संदर्भ पुर्नजीवीत होताना चूक झाली." + +#. DNS server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 +msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339 +msgid "Save configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341 +msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343 +msgid "Update zone files" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345 +msgid "Adjust the DNS service" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347 +msgid "Call netconfig" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349 +msgid "Write the firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355 +msgid "Saving configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357 +msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359 +msgid "Updating zone files..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361 +msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Calling netconfig..." +msgstr "SuSE कॉनफिग्युरेशन सुरु होत आहे..." + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365 +msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Error occurred while starting service named.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "संदर्भ पुर्नजीवीत होताना चूक झाली." + +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 +msgid "Stub" +msgstr "" + +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664 +msgid "Hint" +msgstr "" + +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." +msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." +msgstr "जेव्हा प्रणाली सुरू होत असेल तेव्हा NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम सुरू करा" + +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." +msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." +msgstr "जेव्हा प्रणाली सुरू होत असेल तेव्हा NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम सुरू करा" + +#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707 +#, perl-format +msgid "Configured Zones: %s" +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721 +msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802 +msgid "Enable LDAP support?" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 +msgid "" +"Installation of required packages failed.\n" +"LDAP support will not be active." +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #679960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 +msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985 +msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is ldap object +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 +msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 +msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 +msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "When &Booting" +#~ msgstr "बूटींग करण्याच्या वेळेस" + +#~ msgid "&Manually" +#~ msgstr "हाताने" + +#~ msgid "When Booting" +#~ msgstr "बुटींग करताना" + +#~ msgid "Manually" +#~ msgstr "हाताने" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Service is running" +#~ msgid "DNS server is running." +#~ msgstr "सेवा चालू आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Service is not running" +#~ msgid "DNS server is not running." +#~ msgstr "सेवा चालू नाही" + +#~ msgid "Switch On and Off" +#~ msgstr "बटन सुरू आणि बंद" + +#~ msgid "Current Status: " +#~ msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: " + +#~ msgid "The hostname is invalid." +#~ msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव अवैध आहे." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/docker.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/docker.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/docker.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Only root can start process +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Communication with fingerprint reader failed." +msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again." +msgstr "फिंगरप्रिंट रीडरसह संपर्क अयशस्वी." + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Do you really want\n" +#| "to quit the installation?" +msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?" +msgstr "" +"तुम्हाला खरोखरच स्थापनेच्या\n" +"कामातून बाहेर पडायचे आहे का?" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you want to retry?" +msgid "Do you want to remove the container?" +msgstr "आपल्याला परत प्रयत्न करायचा आहे?" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Do you really want\n" +#| "to quit the installation?" +msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?" +msgstr "" +"तुम्हाला खरोखरच स्थापनेच्या\n" +"कामातून बाहेर पडायचे आहे का?" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Image" +msgid "&Images" +msgstr "प्रतिमा" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Container" +msgid "&Containers" +msgstr " कंटेनर" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kernel Image" +msgid "Docker Images" +msgstr "कर्नेल आकृती" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running Internet Connection Test" +msgid "Running Docker Containers" +msgstr "महाजाल संपर्क चाचणी चालू करत ाहे" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Repository" +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "पॅकेज रिपॉझिटरी" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tab" +msgid "Tag" +msgstr "टॅब" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Image" +msgid "Image ID" +msgstr "प्रतिमा" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create" +msgid "Created" +msgstr "निर्माण करा" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Virtual Users" +msgid "Virtual Size" +msgstr "व्हर्च्यूहल युजर्स" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Container" +msgid "Container ID" +msgstr " कंटेनर" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 +msgid "Image" +msgstr "प्रतिमा" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands:" +msgid "Command" +msgstr "आज्ञा:" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Port" +msgid "Ports" +msgstr "पोर्ट" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Refresh" +msgid "Re&fresh" +msgstr "नूतनीकरण" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 +msgid "R&un" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 +msgid "&Delete" +msgstr "काढून टाका" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&View Changes" +msgid "S&how Changes" +msgstr "बदल पहा" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Terminals" +msgid "Inject &Terminal" +msgstr "कॉम्प्युटरच्या मशीनी" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Container" +msgid "&Stop Container" +msgstr " कंटेनर" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Container" +msgid "&Kill Container" +msgstr " कंटेनर" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Comment" +msgid "&Commit" +msgstr "मतप्रदर्शन" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" +msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" +msgstr "आपल्याला खरोखरच विभाजन काढून टाकायचे आहे काय %1?" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/drbd.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/drbd.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/drbd.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,869 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xdrbd module +#: src/clients/drbd.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuration of DRBD" +msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन" + +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start-up Configuration" +msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वगळा" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:45 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Configuration" +msgstr "मॉड्यूल संरचना" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +msgid "LVM Configuration" +msgstr "LVM संरेखन" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "मॉड्यूल संरचना" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "मॉड्यूल संरचना" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The file is a configuration file." +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "ही फाईल संचारीत फाईल आहे." + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "महाजालद्वारे चाळणीकरिता संरचना ठरविण्यात अपयश आले." + +#. Drbd configure1 dialog caption +#. Drbd configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS Configuration" +msgid "DRBD Configuration" +msgstr "DNS संरचना" + +#. Drbd configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" +msgstr "CASA च्या आकृतीबंधाचा पहिला भाग" + +#. Drbd configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" +msgstr "CASA च्या आकृतीबंधाचा दुसरा भाग" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Global Configuration of DRBD" +msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन" + +#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:42 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Minor Count" +msgstr "लहान" + +#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Dialog Refresh" +msgstr "नूतनीकरण" + +#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Disable IP Verification" +msgstr "पर्याय अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध प्रारंभित करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रारंभ निष्फळ करत आहेः</big></b><br>\n" +"आता <b>Abort</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध उपयोगिता सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध जतन करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा ...<br></p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> जतनाचे कार्य निष्फळ करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>Abort</b> दाबून जतनाची प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करा.\n" +"अतिरिक्त डायलॉग आपणास असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही ते सांगतो.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:54 +msgid "Start to configure DRBD." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p><b><big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b><big>जोडणी संरचीत</big></b></p>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Booting:</b></p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p>checking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p>checking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>Switch On and Off:</b></p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p>Starting or Stopping DRBD Server right now</p>\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b><big>जोडणी संरचीत</big></b></p>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n" +"\n" +"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n" +"\n" +"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n" +"\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b><big>Connection Configuration</big></b></p>" +msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b><big>जोडणी संरचीत</big></b></p>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" +"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" +"\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n" +"\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b><big>जोडणी संरचीत</big></b></p>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 +msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" +" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" +" of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" +" limited logging capacity.\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" +" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. </p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>केडम्पचा आकृतीबंध तयार करणे</big></b><br>\n" +"केडम्पचा आकृतीबंध येथे तयार करा.<br></p>\n" + +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" +#| "If your kdump was not detected, select <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" +#| "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" +"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>केडम्प समाविष्ट करणे:</big></b><br>\n" +"सापडलेल्या केडम्पसच्या सूचीतून एक केडम्प निवडा.\n" +"आपला केडम्प सापडला नसेल तर <b>इतर (न सापडलेले) निवडा</b>.\n" +"मग दाबा:<b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" + +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" +"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" +"the configuration opens.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>संपादित करत आहे किंवा पुसून टाकत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"आपण <b>Edit</b> दाबल्यास, ज्यात आकृतीबंध बदलायचा आहे\n" +"तो अतिरिक्त डायलॉग उघडतो.</p>\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" +"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>केडम्प आकृतीबंध अवलोकन</big></b><br>\n" +"स्थापित केलेल्या केडम्प्सचे अवलोकन मिळवा. शिवाय त्यांच्या आकृतीबंधांचे \n" +"संपादन करा.<br></p>\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" +"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>केडम्प समाविष्ट करणे:</big></b><br>\n" +"केडम्पचा आकृतीबंध करण्यासाठी <b>Add</b> दाबा.</p>" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" +#| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" +"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>संपादन करणे किंवा काढून टाकणे:</big></b><br>\n" +"बदल करण्यासाठी अगर काढण्यासाठी एक केडम्प निवडा.\n" +"मग हवे तसे<b>Edit</b> किंवा<b>Delete</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" +"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" +"<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध भाग एक</big></b><br>\n" +"चालू ठेवण्यासाठी <b>नेक्स्ट</b>\n" +"<br></p>" + +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" +"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Something निवडणे</big></b><br>\n" +"ते शक्य नाही. आपल्याला आधी त्याला कोड करावे लागेल. :-)\n" +"</p>" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" +"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" +"<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध भाग दोन</big></b><br>\n" +"चालू ठेवण्यासाठी <b>नेक्स्ट</b>\n" +"दाबा.\n" +"<br></p>\n" + +#. Default is always true (auto) +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" +msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device type" +msgid "Device Filter" +msgstr "उपकरण प्रकार" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the SCPM database..." +msgid "Writing the LVM cache" +msgstr "SCPM डेटाबेस लिहीत आहे..." + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable Microphone." +msgid "Enable LVM Cache" +msgstr "ध्वनिवर्धक उपलब्ध करा." + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Name" +msgstr "स्त्रोत" + +#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter +#. Ignore the removed disk +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326 +msgid "Protocol" +msgstr "शिष्टाचार" + +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Scheme name must be set." +msgid "Node names must be different." +msgstr "योजनेचे नाव स्थिर व्हायला हवे." + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 +msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat +#. Authors: Martin Lazar +#. +#. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $ +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29 +msgid "Booting" +msgstr "बूटीग" + +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37 +#, fuzzy +msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server when Booting" +msgstr "जेव्हा प्रक्रिया होईल तेव्हा फायरवॉल सुरू करा" + +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41 +msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50 +msgid "Switch On and Off" +msgstr "बटन सुरू आणि बंद" + +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55 +msgid "Current Status: " +msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: " + +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start DRBD Server Now" +msgstr "आता सेवा सुरू करा" + +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Stop DRBD Server Now" +msgstr "आता सेवा बंद करा" + +#. firewall_layout is just a dialog +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Propagate Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना अद्ययावत करा" + +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96 +msgid "" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." +msgstr "" + +#. } +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +msgid "DRBD server is running." +msgstr "सेवा चालू आहे" + +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +msgid "DRBD server is not running." +msgstr "सेवा चालू नाही" + +#. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" +msgstr "'lirc' सुविधा सुरू करण्यात अपयश." + +#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); +#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Stop services" +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" +msgstr "सेवा थांबवा" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" +msgstr "हार्डवेअर संरचना" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + +#. DRBD read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" +msgstr "DSL संरचना सुरू करत आहे" + +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read global settings" +msgstr "जागतिक सांबा मांडणी वाचा" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read resources" +msgstr "साधने ग्रुप वाचत आहे" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LVM configuration" +msgid "Read LVM configurations" +msgstr "LVM संरेखन" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read daemon status" +msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघा" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल प्रणाली वाचा" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading global settings..." +msgstr "जागतिक सांबा मांडणी वाचत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading resources..." +msgstr "साधने ग्रुप वाचत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." +msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading daemon status..." +msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups" +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "साधने गट संरचीत करा" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + +#. DRBD write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" +msgstr "NFS संरचना लिहीत आहे" + +#. Comment code below due to change the "booting" status +#. won't change modified flag +#. return true if !@modified +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617 +msgid "Write global settings" +msgstr "ग्लोबल मांडणी लिहा" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Write resources" +msgstr "साधने गट लिहा" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write configuration" +msgid "Write LVM configurations" +msgstr "संरचना लिहा" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Set daemon status" +msgstr "सद्यस्थिती शोधा" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624 +msgid "Writing global settings..." +msgstr "जागतिक मांडणी लिहीत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing resources..." +msgstr "साधने गट लिहीत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." +msgstr "संरचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Setting daemon status..." +msgstr "सद्यस्थिती शोधत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "संचिका तयार करण्यास असमर्थ '%1'." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "CASA च्या आकृतीबंधाचा पहिला भाग" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "CASA च्या आकृतीबंधाचा दुसरा भाग" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध प्रारंभित करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#~| "Please wait...</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" +#~ "If your DRBD was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" +#~ "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>केडम्प समाविष्ट करणे:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "सापडलेल्या केडम्पसच्या सूचीतून एक केडम्प निवडा.\n" +#~ "आपला केडम्प सापडला नसेल तर <b>इतर (न सापडलेले) निवडा</b>.\n" +#~ "मग दाबा:<b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a DRBD.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>केडम्प समाविष्ट करणे:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "केडम्पचा आकृतीबंध करण्यासाठी <b>Add</b> दाबा.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +#~ "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>संपादन करणे किंवा काढून टाकणे:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "बदल करण्यासाठी अगर काढण्यासाठी एक केडम्प निवडा.\n" +#~ "मग हवे तसे<b>Edit</b> किंवा<b>Delete</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Drbd Configuration" +#~ msgstr "DNS संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuration of drbd" +#~ msgstr "IrDA ची संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing drbd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध प्रारंभित करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Saving drbd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध जतन करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा ...<br></p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Disable IO Hint" +#~ msgstr "NIS ग्राहक अकार्यान्वित" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/fcoe-client.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/fcoe-client.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/fcoe-client.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,866 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module +#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of NFS client" +msgid "Configuration of fcoe-client" +msgstr "NFS ग्राहकाची संरचना" + +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving console configuration..." +msgid "Saving fcoe configuration..." +msgstr "कंसोल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Clients" +msgid "FcoeClient" +msgstr "गि-हाईक" + +#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NFS Client" +msgid "&FcoeClient" +msgstr "NFS ग्राहक" + +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "योय" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "नाहीं" + +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." +msgid "" +"Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" +"Command %1 failed." +msgstr "पॅकेज काढून टाकणे %1 फसले." + +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "not available" +msgstr "हे उपलब्ध नाही" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured" +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "संरचित केले नाही" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + +#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of IPsec" +msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" +msgstr "IPsec ची संरचना" + +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 +msgid "" +"Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" +"because FCoE is already configured on\n" +"network interface %2 itself." +msgstr "" + +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 +msgid "" +"Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" +"because FCoE is already configured on\n" +"VLAN interface(s) %2." +msgstr "" + +#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" +msgstr "" + +#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 +msgid "" +"Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" +"interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" +"on %2 and start the FCoE initiator?" +msgstr "" + +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." +msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." +msgstr "वापरकर्त्याकरिता अकाऊंट तयार करू शकत नाही %1." + +#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." +msgstr "आज्ञा %1 अयशस्वी" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 +msgid "" +"Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" +"Continue because running in test mode" +msgstr "" + +#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to remove the selected %1" +msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" +msgstr "आपली खात्री आहे का की आपल्याला निवडलेले %1 काढायचे आहे?" + +#. popup text continues +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 +msgid "" +"Attention:\n" +"Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" +"Removing it may result in an unusable system." +msgstr "" + +#. popup text continues +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 +msgid "" +"Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" +"to an already activated multipath device." +msgstr "" + +#. replace values in table +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." +msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." +msgstr "पॅकेज काढून टाकणे %1 फसले." + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." +msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." +msgstr "पॅकेज काढून टाकणे %1 फसले." + +#. text of a warning popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 +msgid "" +"DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" +"interface isn't DCB capable." +msgstr "" + +#. text of an information (notify) popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 +msgid "" +"Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" +"Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button: start service on boot +#. radio button: start service on boot +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:48 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:69 +msgid "When Booting" +msgstr "बुटींग करताना" + +#. radio button: start service manually +#. radio button: start service manually +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:56 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:77 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enabled" +msgid "&FCoE Enable" +msgstr "Enabled" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "होय" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +msgid "No" +msgstr "नाही" + +#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Requires" +msgid "&DCB Required" +msgstr "आवश्यक आहे" + +#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124 +msgid "&AUTO_VLAN" +msgstr "" + +#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Start" +msgid "FCoE Service Start" +msgstr "सेवा सुरू" + +#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Start" +msgid "Lldpad Service Start" +msgstr "सेवा सुरू" + +#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "साधन" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180 +msgid "MAC Address" +msgstr "MAC पत्ता" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "नमुना" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182 +msgid "VLAN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Interface" +msgid "FCoE VLAN Interface" +msgstr "दुवा" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enabled" +msgid "FCoE Enable" +msgstr "Enabled" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Requires" +msgid "DCB Required" +msgstr "आवश्यक आहे" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "AUTO VLAN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "DCB capable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "Driver" +msgstr "चालक" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Flag FCoE" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190 +msgid "Flag iSCSI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "Storage Only" +msgstr "" + +#. button labels +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart Detection" +msgid "Retry &Detection" +msgstr "शोध पुन्हा सुरू केला" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Settings" +msgid "Change &Settings" +msgstr "अद्ययावत रचना" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Name of Interface" +msgid "Create &FCoE Interface" +msgstr "संवादमंचाचे नाव" + +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Select Interface" +msgid "&Remove Interface" +msgstr "संवादमंच निवडा" + +#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ad&ministration Settings" +msgid "Configuration Settings" +msgstr "व्यवस्थापक मांडणी" + +#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&Debug" +msgstr "डिबग" + +#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240 +msgid "&Use syslog" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>xinetd आकृतीबंध सुरु करत आहे </big></b><br>\n" +" कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रारंभ निष्फळ करत आहेः</big></b><br>\n" +"आता <b>Abort</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध उपयोगिता सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>xinetd आकृतीबंध जतन करत आहे </big></b><br>\n" +" कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> जतनाचे कार्य निष्फळ करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>Abort</b> दाबून जतनाची प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करा.\n" +"अतिरिक्त डायलॉग आपणास असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही ते सांगतो.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>CASA Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Configure CASA here.<br></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>FcoeClient Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Configure fcoe-client here.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>CASA आकृतीबंध</big></b><br>\n" +"या ठिकाणी CASA आकृतीबंध बनवा.<br></p>\n" + +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Adding an isns</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Choose an isns server from the list of detected isns targets.\n" +#| "If your target was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" +#| "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big></b><br>\n" +"Choose a fcoe-client from the list of detected fcoe-clients.\n" +"If your fcoe-client was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" +"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>isnsला जोडणे</big></b><br>\n" +"सापडलेल्या isns लक्ष्यांच्या यादीतून एक isns सर्व्हर निवडा\n" +"जर आपले लक्ष्य सापडले नसेल तर <b>Other (not detected)</b> वापरा.\n" +"नंतर <b>Configure</b> दाबा</p>\n" + +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" +"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" +"the configuration opens.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>संपादित करत आहे किंवा पुसून टाकत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"आपण <b>Edit</b> दाबल्यास, ज्यात आकृतीबंध बदलायचा आहे\n" +"तो अतिरिक्त डायलॉग उघडतो.</p>\n" + +#. Services dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Select the connection to edit or delete from the list.\n" +#| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" +msgid "<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>एडिटिंग किंवा डिलीटिंग:</big></b><br>\n" +"सूचीतून संपादित करण्यासाठी किंवा पुसून टाकण्यासाठी\n" +"कनेक्शन निवडा. नंतर इच्छेनुसार<b>Edit</b> किंवा <b>Delete</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#. Services dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 +msgid "<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Services dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 +msgid "<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Saving Network Card\n" +#| "Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgid "<p><b><big>Network interface overview</big></b></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>महाजाल कार्ड संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे\n" +"</big></b><br>कृपया वाट पाहा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 +msgid "<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 +msgid "<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up).</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 +msgid "<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<P>\n" +#| "To change the configuration of a card, select the card.\n" +#| "Then press <B>Edit</B>.\n" +#| "</P>\n" +msgid "<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change Settings</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<P>\n" +"कार्डचे कॉनफिग्युरेशन बदलण्यासाठी कार्ड निवडा.\n" +"कळ दाबा <B>एडीट</B>.\n" +"</P>\n" + +#. Configuration dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b><big>Connection Configuration</big></b></p>" +msgid "<p><b><big>General Configuration of FCoE</big></b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b><big>जोडणी संरचीत</big></b></p>" + +#. Configuration dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 +msgid "<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Configuration dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 +msgid "" +"<p>The values are:<br>\n" +"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. edit dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 +msgid "<p>Edit Settings in /etc/fcoe/ethx</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Edit dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 +msgid "<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Edit dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 +msgid "<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Interfaces" +msgid "&Interfaces" +msgstr "संवादमच" + +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:116 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "&Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना" + +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:127 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Service" +msgid "&Services" +msgstr "सेवा" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration" +msgid "Fibre Channel over Ethernet Configuration" +msgstr "सध्याची संरचना बदला" + +#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connection Settings" +msgid "Change FCoE Settings" +msgstr "जुळणी स्थापिते" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NFS Client Configuration" +msgid "FcoeClient Configuration" +msgstr "NFS ग्राहक संरचना" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." + +#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client +#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgid "<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>iSCSI initiator कॉनफिग्युगर, द <b>%1</b> पॅकेज स्थापित केले पाहिजे.</p>" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 +msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" +msgstr "<p>आता स्थापा ?</p>" + +#. start service lldpad first +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot detect devices." +msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" +msgstr "डिव्हायसेस ओळखू शकत नाही." + +#. first start lldpad +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 +msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "विनबाइंड सेवा सुरू नाही केली गेली." + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 +msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "'%1' सेवा सुरू करू शकत नाही" + +#. warning if no valid configuration found +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 +msgid "" +"Cannot read config file for %1.\n" +"You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" +"VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. FcoeClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" +msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" +msgstr "इनऐटेड कॉनफिग्युरेशन सुरु होत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 +msgid "Check installed packages" +msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजेस तपासा" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network services" +msgid "Check services" +msgstr "सेवा महाजाल" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting network cards..." +msgid "Detect network cards" +msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड शोधत आहे..." + +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read /etc/ipsec.conf" +msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" +msgstr "/etc/ipsec.conf वाचा" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." +msgid "Checking for installed packages..." +msgstr " स्थापित RPM पॅकेजेस तपासत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgid "Checking for services..." +msgstr "जाळे उपकरण तपासत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 +msgid "Detecting network cards..." +msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड शोधत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 4/4 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading /etc/modprobe.conf..." +msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" +msgstr "वाचत आहे /etc/modprobe.conf..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." +msgid "Starting of services failed." +msgstr "'lirc' सुविधा सुरू करण्यात अपयश." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 +msgid "Cannot detect devices." +msgstr "डिव्हायसेस ओळखू शकत नाही." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the configuration." +msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." +msgstr "आकृतीबंध वाचू शकत नाही" + +#. FcoeClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" +msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" +msgstr "इनऐटेड कॉनफिग्युरेशन साठवले जात आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart the service" +msgid "Restart FCoE service" +msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करा" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust spooler services" +msgid "Adjust start of services" +msgstr "स्पुलर सुविधा सांभाळत आहे" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting service..." +msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." +msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करत आहे..." + +#. Progress sstep 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting spooler services..." +msgid "Adjusting start of services..." +msgstr "स्पूलर सुविधा सांभाळत आहेत..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." +msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." +msgstr "/etc/samba/smb.conf ला मांडणी लिहू शकत नाही." + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 +msgid "" +"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" +"For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." +msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." +msgstr "'lirc' सुविधा सुरू करण्यात अपयश." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables." +msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." +msgstr "सीस कॉनफिग व्हेरीएबल्स लिहू शकत नाही." + +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b><big>Connection Configuration</big></b></p>" +msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>" +msgstr "<p><b><big>जोडणी संरचीत</big></b></p>" + +#. options from config file, not meant for translation +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Interfaces" +msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>" +msgstr "संवादमच" + +#. network card, e.g. eth0 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 +msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:" +msgstr "" + +#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for +#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." +msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>" +msgstr "'lirc' सुविधा सुरू करण्यात अपयश." + +#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled +#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 +msgid "enabled" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 +msgid "disabled" +msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#~ msgid "Device Name" +#~ msgstr "डिव्हाईसचे नांव" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Cannot read the configuration." +#~ msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/cfg-file for %1" +#~ msgstr "आकृतीबंध वाचू शकत नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Command %1 failed" +#~ msgid "Command: %1 failed" +#~ msgstr "आज्ञा %1 अयशस्वी" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Restarting service..." +#~ msgid "Removing FCoE VLAN device" +#~ msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Configuration summary..." +#~ msgstr "सारांश संरचना..." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/firewall-services.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/firewall-services.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/firewall-services.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,397 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37 +msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 +msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +msgid "cyrus-imapd Server" +msgstr "Samba सेवा संगणक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Open ports for the cyrus-imapd Server." +msgstr "cyrus-imapd साठी वापरकर्ता" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DHCP Server" +msgid "DHCPv4 Server" +msgstr "DHCP सेवा संगणक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Open ports for ISC DHCPv4 4.x server." +msgstr "cyrus-imapd साठी वापरकर्ता" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:57 +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:63 +msgid "dnsmasq" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60 +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Open ports for the dnsmasq DNS/DHCP server." +msgstr "एलडीएपी सेवासंगणकासाठी परवलीशब्द" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69 +msgid "mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall Configuration file for mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" +msgstr "फायरवॉल संरचना" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 +#, fuzzy +msgid "icecream daemon" +msgstr "आीसक्रिम डिमन" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80 +msgid "opens socket for the icecream compilation daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83 +msgid "icecream scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Opens ports for the icecream scheduler" +msgstr "cyrus-imapd साठी वापरकर्ता" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "iSNS Daemon" +msgstr "SSH डिमन" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 +msgid "Open ports for iSNS daemon with broadcast allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Server" +msgid "Netbios Server" +msgstr "नेटवर्क सर्व्हर" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 +msgid "Open ports for Samba Netbios server with broadcast allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 +msgid "NFS Client" +msgstr "NFS ग्राहक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NFS Server Service" +msgstr "NFS सेवा संगणक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +msgid "xntp Server" +msgstr "DNS सेवा संगणक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Open ports for xntp." +msgstr "cyrus-imapd साठी वापरकर्ता" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +msgid "OpenLDAP Server" +msgstr "LDAP सेवा संगणक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Open ports for the OpenLDAP server (slapd)." +msgstr "एलडीएपी सेवासंगणकासाठी परवलीशब्द" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +msgid "OpenSLP Server (SLP)" +msgstr "LDAP सेवा संगणक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable the share or a service" +msgid "Enable OpenSLP server to advertise services." +msgstr "सुविधा किंवा वाटा कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Broken server" +msgid "Rsync server" +msgstr "मोडलेले सर्व्हर" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" +msgid "Opens port for rsync server in order to allow remote synchronization" +msgstr "प्राथमिक synchronization सर्व्हर वापरा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NFS Client" +msgid "Samba Client" +msgstr "NFS ग्राहक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148 +msgid "Enable browsing of SMB shares." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151 +msgid "Samba Server" +msgstr "Samba सेवा संगणक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Open ports for Samba server." +msgstr "cyrus-imapd साठी वापरकर्ता" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157 +msgid "SMTP with sendmail" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall configuration file for sendmail" +msgstr "फायरवॉल संरचना" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163 +msgid "Secure Shell Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Open ports for the Secure Shell server." +msgstr "एलडीएपी सेवासंगणकासाठी परवलीशब्द" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169 +msgid "svnserve" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:172 +msgid "Open ports for svnserve" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +msgid "VNC mini-HTTP server" +msgstr "HTTP सेवा संगणक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 +msgid "Opens the VNC HTTP ports so that browsers can connect." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 +msgid "VNC" +msgstr "VNC" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 +msgid "Open VNC server ports so that viewers can connect." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +msgid "vsftpd Server" +msgstr "DNS सेवा संगणक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Open ports for vsftpd server." +msgstr "cyrus-imapd साठी वापरकर्ता" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193 +msgid "NIS Client" +msgstr "NIS ग्राहक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196 +msgid "The ypbind daemon binds NIS clients to an NIS domain." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "HTTP Server" +#~ msgstr "HTTP सेवा संगणक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Opens ports for Apache Web Server." +#~ msgstr "एलडीएपी सेवासंगणकासाठी परवलीशब्द" + +#~ msgid "HTTPS Server" +#~ msgstr "HTTPS सेवा संगणक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Bacula Director" +#~ msgstr "प्रतिमा संचिका:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Bacula File Daemon" +#~ msgstr "टपाल डिमन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Bacula Storage Daemon" +#~ msgstr "समूह कार्य डिमन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Opens ports for courier-imapd." +#~ msgstr "cyrus-imapd साठी वापरकर्ता" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Finger Server" +#~ msgstr "NTP सेवा संगणक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Opens ports for Finger Server." +#~ msgstr "एलडीएपी सेवासंगणकासाठी परवलीशब्द" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "imap Server" +#~ msgstr "Samba सेवा संगणक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "iSCSI Target Daemon" +#~ msgstr "iSCSI लक्ष्य" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Key Distribution Center" +#~ msgstr "कळ वाटप केंद्र (KDC) पत्ता" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Open ports for the Key Distribution Center" +#~ msgstr "कळ वाटप केंद्र (KDC) पत्ता" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Network UPS Tools" +#~ msgstr "महाजाल नियंत्रक" + +#~ msgid "PostgreSQL Server" +#~ msgstr "PostgreSQL सेवा संगणक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Squid Service" +#~ msgstr "सुविधा मिळवा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Opens ports for Squid" +#~ msgstr "cyrus-imapd साठी वापरकर्ता" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Talk Server" +#~ msgstr "पत्र सेवा संगणक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Telnet Server" +#~ msgstr "NTP सेवा संगणक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Opens ports for Telnet Server." +#~ msgstr "एलडीएपी सेवासंगणकासाठी परवलीशब्द" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Tetrinet Server" +#~ msgstr "NTP सेवा संगणक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "VNC Server" +#~ msgstr "DNS सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "NIS Server" +#~ msgstr "NIS सेवा संगणक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuration for a NIS master/slave server" +#~ msgstr "NIS ग्राहकाची संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Apache 2" +#~ msgstr "जलद संचय स्थान" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "telnet-server Server" +#~ msgstr "NTP सेवा संगणक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Opens ports for telnet-server Server." +#~ msgstr "एलडीएपी सेवासंगणकासाठी परवलीशब्द" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/firewall.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/firewall.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/firewall.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,1988 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: message popup +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 +msgid "" +"Firewall configuration cannot be changed.\n" +"The SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. RichText label +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233 +msgid "Firewall" +msgstr "फायरवॉल" + +#. Menu label +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235 +msgid "&Firewall" +msgstr "फायरवॉल" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66 +msgid "Another Firewall Active" +msgstr "दुसरे फायरवॉल सक्रिय करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup text +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Another kind of firewall is active in your system.\n" +"If you continue, SuSEfirewall2 may produce undefined errors.\n" +"It would be better to remove the other firewall before\n" +"configuring SuSEfirewall2.\n" +"Continue with configuration?\n" +msgstr "" +" आपल्या प्रणालीत दुस-या प्रकारची फायरवॉल सक्रिय आहे.\n" +" आपण पुढे चालू ठेवल्यास, SuSE फायरवॉल2 कदाचि न सांगितलेल्या चुका निर्माण करेल.\n" +" SuSE फायरवॉल 2 चा आकतीबंध \n" +" बनवण्यापूर्वी अन्य फायरवॉल काढून \n" +" टाकणे चांगले.आकतीबंधासोबत पुढे चालू ठेवायचे?\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108 +msgid "Aborting Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "फायरवॉल कॉनफिग्युरेशनमधूनबाहेर पडत आहे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110 +msgid "" +"All changes would be lost.\n" +"Really abort configuration?\n" +msgstr "" +"सर्व बदल पुसले जातील.\n" +"खरोखरच कॉनफ्युग्यरेशन मधून बाहेर पडायचे आहे का?\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1 +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" +msgstr "ऑटोमॅटीक अपडेट सक्रिय करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2 +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" +msgstr "फायरवॉल सुरू होत आहे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" +msgstr "ऑटोमॅटीक अपडेट सक्रिय करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" +msgstr "फायरवॉल सुरू होत आहे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status information +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85 +msgid "Firewall is running" +msgstr "फायरवॉल सुरू आहे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status information +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89 +msgid "Firewall is not running" +msgstr "फायरवॉल सुरू नाही" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93 +msgid "&Start Firewall Now" +msgstr "आता फायरवॉल सुरू करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97 +msgid "S&top Firewall Now" +msgstr "आता फायरवॉल बंद करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105 +msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Firewall Now" +msgstr "रचना संग्रहीत करा आणि आता पुन्हा फायरवॉल सुरू करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Start Firewall Now" +msgstr "आता फायरवॉल सुरू करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121 +msgid "Stop Firewall Now" +msgstr "आता फायरवॉल बंद करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123 +msgid "Save Settings and Restart Firewall Now" +msgstr "मांडणी संग्रहीत करा आणि आता पुन्हा फायरवॉल सुरू करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "फायरवॉल संरचना" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:286 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:289 +msgid "Start-Up" +msgstr "सुरू करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:302 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:305 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:151 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:153 +msgid "Interfaces" +msgstr "संवादमच" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:316 +msgid "Allowed Services" +msgstr "सेवांना अनुमती दिली" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331 +msgid "Network Masquerading" +msgstr "नेटवर्क नकली " + +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210 +msgid "Masquerading" +msgstr "मास्करेडिग" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:351 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:354 +msgid "Broadcast" +msgstr "प्रसारीत करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727 +msgid "Logging Level" +msgstr "नोंदी पातळी" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. Example: +#. All requests from network 80.44.11.0/24 to UDP port 53 originating on port 53 +#. $[ "network" : "80.44.11.0/24", "protocol" : "udp", "dport" : "53", "sport" : "53" ] +#. +#. Possible keys for parameters are "network", "protocol", "dport" and "sport". +#. Mandatory are "network" and "protocol". +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:390 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:464 +msgid "Custom Rules" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "सारांश" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Reading Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n" +"<br>Please wait...</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>फायरवॉल संरचना वाचत आहे</big></b>\n" +"<br>कृपया वाट पहा...</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n" +"<br>Please wait...</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>फायरवॉल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे</big></b>\n" +"<br>कृपया वाट पहा...</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Interfaces</big></b>\n" +"<br>Here, assign your network devices into firewall zones\n" +"by selecting the device in the table and clicking <b>Change</b>.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p>Enter special strings, like <tt>any</tt>, using \n" +"<b>Custom</b>. You can also enter interfaces not yet configured here.\n" +"If you need masquerading, the string <tt>any</tt> is not allowed.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p>Every network device should be assigned to a firewall zone.\n" +"Network traffic through any unassigned interface is blocked.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>इंटरफेसेस</big></b>\n" +"<br>येथे, तक्त्यातील उपकरण निवडून व \n" +"<b>Change</b> वर क्लिक करुन आपली नेटवर्क उपकरणे फायरवॉल झोन्समधे नेमस्त करा.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<b>Custom</b> वापरुन <p><tt>any</tt>, सारख्या विशेष स्ट्रिंग्ज प्रविष्ट करा. \n" +" या ठिकाणी अद्याप आकतीबंध न बनवलेले इंटरफेस देखील आपण प्रविष्ट करु शकता.\n" +" आपल्याला बतावणीची गरज असेल तर, <tt>any</tt> या स्ट्रिंगला अनुमति नाही.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p> प्रत्येक नेटवर्क डिव्हाईस फायरवॉल झोनला नेमस्त करणे आवश्यक आहे.\n" +" कोणत्याही नेमस्त नसलेल्या इंटरफेस द्ववारे नेटवर्क वाहतुकीत अडथळा आहे.</p>\n" + +#. Network Manager +#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? +#. // TRANSLATORS: Optional help text for Firewall interfaces +#. // Used only when the network interfaces are handled by the Network Manager tool +#. // %1 is a string 'any' (by default) +#. // %2 is a zone name 'External Zone' (by default) +#. sformat(_("<p>You are currently using NetworkManager to control your +#. network interfaces. You should insert a string '%1' into the zone '%2' using +#. <b>Custom</b>. Otherwise your configuration might not work. +#. </p>"), SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_string, SuSEFirewall::GetZoneFullName(SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_zone)):"" +#. ), +#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Allowed Services</big></b>\n" +"<br>Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n" +"Networks are divided into firewall zones.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\n" +"<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, you remove\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" +"be unprotected.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> अनुमति असलेल्या सेवा </big></b>\n" +"<br> या ठिकाणी, अशा सेवा किंवा पोर्टस नमुदा करा ज्या नेटवर्कवरुन अक्ससेस करता येण्यासारख्या असात्यात.\n" +" नेटवर्क फायरवॉल झोन्समधे विभागलेली आहेत.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p> सेवेला अनुमती देण्यासाठी <b>Zone</b> आणि \n" +"<b>Service to Allow</b> निवडा व नंतर <b>Add</b> दाबा.\n" +" अनुमती असलेली सेवा काढून टाकण्यासाठी<b>Zone</b> आणि<b>Allowed Service</b> निवडा व नंतर <b>Remove</b> दाबा.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p><b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, बाद करून झोनमधून संरक्षण \n" +" काढून टाका. या झोनमधून सर्व सेवा आणि पोर्टस असुरक्षित होतील.</p>\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"<p>Additional settings can be configured using <b>Advanced</b>.\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" +"IP protocols.</p>\n" +"<p>TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" +"port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> <b>Advanced</b> वापरुन अतिरिक्त सेटिंग्जचा आकतीबंध बनवता येऊ शकतो.\n" +" मोकळी जागा देऊन प्रविष्टी निराळ्या करणे आवश्यक आहे. तेथे आपण TCP, UDP, व RPC पर्ट्सआणि \n" +"IP प्रोटोकॉल्सना अनुमती देऊ शकता.</p>\n" +"<p>TCP व UDP पोर्ट्स ही पोर्ट नांवे, पोर्ट क्रमांक व पोर्ट रेंज म्हणून (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" +" प्रविष्ट करता (<tt>3128</tt>), येऊ शकतात (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" +"RPC पोर्ट्स सेवांच्या नावांच्या रुपात (<tt>portmap</tt> किंवा <tt>nlockmgr</tt>) म्हणूनप्रविष्ट करणे आवश्यक आहे.\n" +"IP प्रोटोकॉल्स हे प्रोटोकॉलच्या नावाच्या रुपात प्रविष्ट करा. (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Masquerading</big></b>\n" +"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" +"from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" +"Select <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your networks\n" +"to the external network.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>बतावणी</big></b>\n" +"<br> बतावणी हे एक कार्य आहे जे आपले अंगर्गत नेटवर्क आपल्या फायरवॉलच्या मागे लपवते वआपल्या अंगर्गत नेटवर्कला बाहेरील नेटवर्क पारदर्शकरित्या अक्सेस करु देते, जसे\n" +" इंटरनेट बाहेरील नेटवर्कवरुन अंतर्गत नेटवर्ककडील विनंत्यांमधे अडथळा आहे.\n" +" आपली नेटवर्क बाहेरील नेटवर्कना\n" +" बतावणी करण्यासाठी<b>Masquerade Networks</b> \n" +" निबडा.</p>\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +" जरी बाहेरील नेटवर्कवरील विनंत्या आपल्या अंतर्गत नेटवर्कपर्यंत पोचू शकत नसल्या, तरी आपल्या फायरवॉल वरील कोणतीही विनंती केलेली \n" +" पोर्ट्स कोणत्याही अंतर्गत IP ला पारदर्शकरित्या पुन्हा पाठवणे शक्य आहे. \n" +" नवीन रिडायरेक्टवियीचा नियम धालण्यासाठी, <b>Add</b> दाबा व रीडायरेक्ट फॉर्म पूर्ण करा.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p> कोणत्याही रीडायरेक्ट नियम काढून टाकण्यासाठी, तक्त्यात तो निवडा व <b>Remove</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Broadcast Configuration</big></b>\n" +"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" +"neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" +"particular zones.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets</b>\n" +"for the desired zones.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> ब्रॉडकास्ट आकतीबंध </big></b>\n" +"<br> ब्रॉडकास्ट पॅकेट्स म्हणजे शेजारचे संगणक शोधण्यासाठी किंवा नेटवर्कमधील प्रत्येक संगणकाला माहिती पाठवण्यासाठी संपूर्ण नेटवर्कला पाठवण्याची खास UDP \n" +" पॅकेट्स. उदाहरणार्थ \n" +"CUPS सव्र्हर्स त्यांच्या प्रिंटिंगच्या रांगांविषची ब्रॉडकास्ट पॅकेट्स वापरुन माहिती पुरवतात.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p> अनुमती असलेल्या इंटरफेसेसमधे निवडलेल्या SuSEfirewall2 सेवा या ठिकाणी आपोआपआवश्यक \n" +" ब्रॉडकास्ट पोर्ट्स धालतात. कोणतीही काढून टाकण्यासाठी किंवा इतर काही - धालण्यासाठी, विशिष्ट झोन्सकरिता मोकळ्या \n" +" जागेने वेगळ्या केलेल्या सूची संपादित करा.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p> इतर टाकलेली ब्रॉडकास्ट पॅकेट्स लॉग्ड आहेत. ती कदाचित विस्तत नेटवक् र्समधील भरपूरपॅकेट्स आसू शकतील.\n" +" या पॅकेट्सचे लॉगिंग दाबून टाकण्यासाठी <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets</b>\n" +" इच्छित झोन्सकरिता डिसिलेक्ट करा.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" +"some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>IPsec Support</big></b>\n" +"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" +"the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" +"<b>Enabled</b>.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p><b>Details</b> configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>IPsec समर्थन </big></b>\n" +"<br>IPsec हे विश्वासू मालक किंवा नेटवक् र्स दरम्यानचे अविश्वासू नेटवर्कद्वारे सांकेतिकदळणवळण आहे, जसे इंटरनेट. हा डायलॉग\n" +"<b>Enabled</b> चा वापर करुन बाहेरील\n" +" झोनसाठी IPsec उघडतो.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p><b>Details</b> डिक्रप्टेड\n" +"IPsec पॅकेट्स यशस्वीरित्या कशआ प्रकारे हाताळली जातील की जणु काही ती अंतर्गत झोनमधूनहोती.</p>\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Logging Level</big></b>\n" +"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and <b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> for logging every\n" +"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do Not Log Any</b>\n" +"for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> लॉगिंग लेव्हल</big></b>\n" +"<br> हा IP पॅकेट लॉगिंग सेटिंग्जसाठीचा हा मूल आकतीबंध डायलॉग आहे. याठिकाणी,\n" +" येणा-या कनेक्शन पॅकेट्ससाठी लॉगिंगचा आकतीबंध बनवा. बाहेर जाणारी पॅकेट्स अजिबात लॉग्डनाहीत.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p> लॉग्ड IP पॅकेट्सचे दोन गट आहेत: <b>Accepted Packets</b> आणि<b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n" +" प्रत्येक गटासाठी आपण लॉगिंगच्या तीन पातळ्यांमधून निवड करु शकालः <b>Log प्रत्येक </b> पॅकेटच्या\n" +" लॉगिंगसाठी<b>Log Only Critical</b> फक्त रुची अशलेल्या पॅकेट्साठी किंवा किंवा अजिबातलॉगिंग नको असल्यास<b>Do Not Log Any</b>\n" +" आपण कमीत कमी महत्वाची स्वीकारलेली पॅकेट्स लॉग करावीत.</p>\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Summary</big></b>\n" +"<br>Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" +"Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" +"<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> सारांश</big></b>\n" +"<br> या ठिकाणी, आपल्या आकतीबंध सेटिंग्जचा सारांश पहा..\n" +" हा सारांश सर्वसाधारण आकतीबंध आणि प्रत्येक फायरवॉल झोन्ससाठीचे भाग यात विभागलेलेआहेत.\n" +" प्रत्येक अस्तित्वान असलेल्या झोनचा सारांश येथे आहे.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> दर्शवते की फायरवॉल \n" +"<b>boot process</b> मधे सुरु आहे की फक्त <b>manually</b>.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p> फायरवॉल झोन्समधे सारांशमधील पुढील आयटेम्स यूचीबद्ध करण्यासाठी नेमून दिलेला नेटवर्क इंटरफेस असणे आवश्यक आहेः</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p><b> इंटरफेसः</b>: सर्व इंटरफेसेस त्यांच्या आकतीबंधाचे नांव व उपकरणाचे नांव वापरुन सूचीबद्ध असतात.</p>\n" +"\n" +"<p><b> मुक्त सेवा, पोर्ट्स व प्रोटोकॉल्स</b>: यामधे सर्व अनुमती असलेल्या नेटवर्क सेवा, अतिरिक्त \n" +"TCP (ट्रान्समिशन कंट्रोल प्रोटोकॉल), UDP (यूजर प्रोग्रॅम प्रोटोकॉल), आणि RPC (रीमोट प्रोसिजर कॉल)\n" +" पोर्ट्स व IP (इंटरनेट प्रोटोकॉल) प्रोटोकॉल्स सूचीबद्ध असतात.</p>\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, enter additional\n" +"ports or protocols to enable in the firewall zone.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p> या ठिकाणी फायरवॉल झोनमधे शक्य \n" +" होण्यासाठी अतिरिक्त पोर्ट्स किंवा प्रोटोकॉल प्रविष्ट करा.</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186 +msgid "" +"<p><b>TCP Ports</b> and <b>UDP Ports</b> can be entered as\n" +"a list of port numbers, port names, or port ranges separated by spaces,\n" +"such as <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>TCP पोर्ट्स </b> आणि <b>UDP पोर्ट्स </b> या गोष्टी मोकळी जागा \n" +" देउ वेगले केलेले पोर्ट क्रमांक, पोर्टची नांवे किंवा पोर्ट रेंज यांच्या सूचीच्या<tt>22</tt>, \n" +" <tt>http</tt>, रुपात प्रविष्ट करता येऊ शकतात.<tt>137:139</tt>.</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 +msgid "" +"<p><b>RPC Ports</b> is a list of RPC services, such as\n" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>RPC पोर्ट्स ही</b> RPC सेवांची सूची आहे, जसे\n" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, किंवा <tt>portmap</tt>, जी मोकळ्या जागेनेविभागलेली असते.</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198 +msgid "" +"<p><b>IP Protocols</b> is a list of protocols, such as\n" +"<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt>, or <tt>chaos</tt>, separated by spaces.\n" +"Find the current list of protocols at\n" +"http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>IP प्रोटोकॉल्स</b> ही प्रोटोकॉल्सची सूची, जसे \n" +"<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt>, किंवा <tt>chaos</tt>, जी मोकळ्या\n" +" जागांनी विभागलेली असते.\n" +"http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers वर पहा.</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" +"all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" +"The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" +"for example, <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b> पोर्ट रेंज </b> म्हणे दोन आकडे व त्यांच्या मधे अपूर्णविराम जे स्वतः \n" +" आकड्यांसहित रेंजच्या आतील सर्व आकडे दर्शवते.\n" +" पहिला पोर्ट क्रमांक दुसर्‍या पेक्षा छोटा असावा, \n" +" उदाहरणार्थ,<tt>200:215</tt>.</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Port Name</b> is a name assigned to a port number by the IANA\n" +"organization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. Find\n" +"the assignment currently in use in the <tt>/etc/services</tt> file.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b> पोर्ट नेम </b> म्हणजे IANA\n" +" संघटनेने पोर्ट क्रमांकाला दिलेले नांव एका पोर्ट क्रमांकाला अनेक नांवे दिलेली असू शकतात.\n" +" <tt>/etc/services</tt> फाईलमधे सध्या वापरात असलेली असाइनमेंट पहा.</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Custom Rules</big></b><br>\n" +"Set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n" +"matching these rules.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Source Network</b><br>\n" +"Network or IP address where the connection comes from,\n" +"e.g., <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> or <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" +"or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> or <tt>0/0</tt> (which means <tt>all</tt>).</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Protocol</b><br>\n" +"Protocol used by that packet. Special protocol <tt>RPC</tt> is used for\n" +"RPC services.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Destination Port</b><br>\n" +"Port name, port number or range of ports that are allowed to be\n" +"accessed, e.g., <tt>smtp</tt> or <tt>25</tt> or <tt>100:110</tt>.\n" +"In case of <tt>RPC</tt> protocol, use the RPC service name.\n" +"This entry is optional.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Source Port</b><br>\n" +"Port name, port number or range of ports where the packet\n" +"originates from. This entry is optional.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 +msgid "FIXME: Help for '%1' is missing!" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87 +msgid "Firewall Interfaces" +msgstr "फायरवॉल संवादमंच" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "साधन" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:97 +msgid "Interface or String" +msgstr "संवादमंच किंवा स्ट्रीग" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99 +msgid "Configured In" +msgstr "मध्ये संरचना" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108 +msgid "&Change..." +msgstr "&बदला..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114 +msgid "C&ustom..." +msgstr "कस्टम..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:128 +msgid "Zone for Network Interface" +msgstr "नेटवर्क पडदयाकरता विभाग" + +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:140 +msgid "&Interface Zone" +msgstr "विभाग संवादमंच" + +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182 +msgid "Additional Interface Settings for Zones" +msgstr "विभागांकरता अतिरिक्त पडदयाची सेटींग्ज" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224 +msgid "&Masquerade Networks" +msgstr "नकली नेटवर्कस" + +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267 +msgid "All&owed Services for Selected Zone" +msgstr "निवडलेल्या विभागासाठी सेवांना अनुमती दिली" + +#. items handled by replacepoint +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865 +msgid "&Service to Allow" +msgstr "सेवासाठी अनुमती" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:288 +msgid "Allowed Service" +msgstr "सेवांना अनुमती दिली" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:290 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "वर्णन" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300 +msgid "&Protect Firewall from Internal Zone" +msgstr "अंतर्गत विभागापासून फायरवॉलचे संरक्षण करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322 +msgid "A&dvanced..." +msgstr "प्रगत..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339 +msgid "Expert Rules Services for Selected Zone" +msgstr "निवडलेल्या विभागासाठी सेवांना अनुमती दिली" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405 +msgid "Source Network" +msgstr "स्त्रोत महाजाल" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407 +msgid "Protocol" +msgstr "शिष्टाचार" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:353 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1058 +msgid "Destination Port" +msgstr "फोर्टकडे पुर्ननिर्देशीत करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059 +msgid "Source Port" +msgstr "स्त्रोत महाजाल" + +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386 +msgid "Additional Allowed Ports" +msgstr "परवानगी दिलेली अतिरिक्त पोर्टस" + +#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone" +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392 +msgid "Settings for Zone: %1" +msgstr "विभागांसाठी मांडणी: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395 +msgid "&TCP Ports" +msgstr "TCP ठिकाण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397 +msgid "&UDP Ports" +msgstr "UDP ठिकाण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399 +msgid "&RPC Ports" +msgstr "RPC ठिकाण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404 +msgid "&IP Protocols" +msgstr "IP शिष्टाचार संगणक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503 +msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP" +msgstr "नकली IP कडे विनंत्या पुर्ननिर्देशित करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409 +msgid "Req. IP" +msgstr "आवश्यक IP" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411 +msgid "Req. Port" +msgstr "आवश्यक फोर्ट" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413 +msgid "Redir. to IP" +msgstr "IP कडे पुर्ननिर्देशीत करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415 +msgid "Redir. to Port" +msgstr "फोर्टकडे पुर्ननिर्देशीत करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546 +msgid "Add Masqueraded Redirect Rule" +msgstr "नकली पुर्ननिर्देशन कायदा मिळावा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550 +msgid "Redirect Matching Rule:" +msgstr "जुळण्याच्या नियम पुननिर्देशीत करा:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557 +msgid "&Source Network" +msgstr "स्त्रोत महाजाल" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" +msgid "Re&quested IP (Optional)" +msgstr "विनंती केलेल बाह्य IP (पर्याय)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980 +msgid "&Protocol" +msgstr "संगणक शिष्टाचार" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:580 +msgid "R&equested Port" +msgstr "विनंती केलेले पोर्ट" + +#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:586 +msgid "Redirection:" +msgstr "पुननिर्देशन:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592 +msgid "Re&direct to Masqueraded IP" +msgstr "नकली IP कडे पुर्ननिर्देशित करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Redirect to Port" +msgid "&Redirect to Port (Optional)" +msgstr "पोर्टकडे पुर्ननिर्देशित करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831 +msgid "Log All" +msgstr "सर्व नोंदी" + +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Log Only Critical" +msgstr "फक्त अवघड नोंदी" + +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:835 +msgid "Do Not Log Any" +msgstr "कुठेही नोंद करू नका" + +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846 +msgid "&Logging Accepted Packets" +msgstr "लॉगींग स्विकारलेली पुडीक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854 +msgid "L&ogging Not Accepted Packets" +msgstr "लॉगींग न स्विकारलेली पुडीक" + +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term BroadcastConfigurationExpert () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Broadcast Configuration"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `RadioButtonGroup (`id("broadcast_configuration"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left ( `RadioButton (`id("drop_incoming"), _("Drop Incoming Broadcast")) ), +#. `Left( `RadioButton (`id("allow_incoming"), _("Allow Incoming Broadcast")) ) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight( 4, +#. `Empty() +#. ), +#. `HWeight( 50, +#. `MultiSelectionBox (`id("accept_broadcast_packets"), +#. _("Firewall Zones Allowing Broadcast Packets"), +#. GetZonesListedItems() +#. ) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `Left ( +#. `CheckBox (`id("dropped_packets"), _("Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets")) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:899 +msgid "Broadcast Configuration" +msgstr "प्रसारण कॉनफिग्युरेशन" + +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Accepting the Broadcast Reply" +msgstr "प्रसारणे स्वीकारली जात आहेत" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +msgid "Zone" +msgstr "विभाग" + +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "सेवा" + +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +msgid "Accepted from Network" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "मिळवा..." + +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:917 +msgid "&Delete" +msgstr "काढून टाका" + +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term HierarchicalTokenBucket () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Hierarchical Token Bucket"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left ( `Label (_("Adjust upstream limit for selected interface")) ), +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight ( 3, +#. `ComboBox (`id("htb_interface"), _("Interface"), [ +#. // FIXME: fake items +#. `item(`id(1), "RTL-8139 / eth-aa-bb-cc-dd-ee"), +#. `item(`id(1), "Askey 815C / modem0") +#. ]) +#. ), +#. `HWeight ( 1, +#. `InputField (`id("htb_unit"), `opt(`hsquash), _("kbit/sec.")) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term AdvancedSecuritySettings () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Advanced Security Settings"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left( `ComboBox (`id("disallowed_packets"), _("Disallowed Packets"), [ +#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Drop")), +#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Reject")) +#. ])), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("block_new_connections"), _("Block New Connections from This Host")) ), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_ping"), _("Allow to Ping This Host")) ), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_traceroute"), _("Allow Traceroute through This Host")) ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:971 +msgid "IPsec Support" +msgstr "IP सेकंद सहाय्य" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:974 +msgid "&Enabled" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:977 +msgid "&Details..." +msgstr "&तपशील..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990 +msgid "Same Zone as Original Source Network" +msgstr "मूळ सोर्स नेटवर्क म्हणून सारखा विभाग" + +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996 +msgid "IPsec Zone" +msgstr "बबब विभाग" + +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1003 +msgid "&Trust IPsec As" +msgstr "IP सेंकदाला विश्वासात घ्या" + +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term IPv6Support () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("IPv6 Support"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Label ("H I C S U N T L E O N E S") +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1041 +msgid "Custom Allowed Rules" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048 +msgid "Firewall &Zone" +msgstr "फायरवॉल विभाग" + +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082 +msgid "Add New Allowing Rule" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087 +msgid "Source &Network" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106 +msgid "&Destination Port (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111 +msgid "&Source Port (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Additional ipppd Options" +msgid "Additional &Options (Optional)" +msgstr "ipppd चे अधिक पर्याय" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144 +msgid "Creating summary..." +msgstr "सारांश तयार करत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box in summary dialog +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1147 +msgid "&Show Details" +msgstr "तपशील दाखवा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:53 +msgid "TCP Ports" +msgstr "TCP ठिकाण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:55 +msgid "UDP Ports" +msgstr "UDP ठिकाण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:57 +msgid "RPC Services" +msgstr "RPC सेवा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:59 +msgid "IP Protocols" +msgstr "IP संगणकीय शिष्टाचार" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:61 +msgid "Broadcast Ports" +msgstr "" + +#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? +#. // TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed +#. _("All network interfaces handled by NetworkManager and all other unassigned interfaces will be assigned to this zone.") +#. : +#. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107 +msgid "Any unassigned interface will be assigned to this zone." +msgstr "हया विभागांकरता अनअसाईड पडदा असाईड केला पाहिजे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114 +msgid "Currently supported only in external zone." +msgstr "बाहय विभागातच फक्त सध्या मुदत केले जात आहे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121 +msgid "Unknown network interface." +msgstr "अनोळखी जाळे संवादमंच." + +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:198 +msgid "No interfaces assigned to this zone." +msgstr "हया विभागांकरता कोणतीही पडदे दिलेले नाहीत." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine summary header +#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351 +msgid "Open Services, Ports, and Protocols" +msgstr "उघड्या सुविधा, पोर्टस, व प्रोटोकॉल्स" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362 +msgid "Internal zone is unprotected. All ports are open." +msgstr "अंतर्गत विभाग असुरक्षित आहे. सर्व पोटर्स उघडी आहेत." + +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431 +msgid "Zone has no open ports." +msgstr "विभागाला पोटर्स नाही." + +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:473 +#, fuzzy +msgid "%1 custom rules are defined" +msgstr "नियंत्रण फाईल्स दर्शविल्या नाहीत" + +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 +msgid "Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 +msgid "All" +msgstr "सर्व" + +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:507 +msgid "None" +msgstr "कोणी नाही" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine Summary header +#. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549 +msgid "Firewall Starting" +msgstr "फायरवॉल सुरू होत आहे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563 +msgid "<b>Enable</b> firewall automatic starting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575 +msgid "<b>Disable</b> firewall automatic starting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration has been written" +msgstr " आकृतीबंध लिहून झाल्यानंतर फायरवॉल सुरू होईल." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall <b>starts</b> after the configuration has been written" +msgstr " आकृतीबंध लिहून झाल्यानंतर फायरवॉल सुरू होईल." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written" +msgstr " आकृतीबंध लिहून झाल्यानंतर फायरवॉल थांबेल." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall will not start after the configuration has been written" +msgstr " आकृतीबंध लिहून झाल्यानंतर फायरवॉल सुरू होईल." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:659 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:661 +msgid "Unassigned Interfaces" +msgstr "न सोपवलेला संवादमंच" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690 +msgid "No network traffic is permitted through these interfaces." +msgstr "हया पडदयामधून नेटवर्क ट्राफिकला परवानगी नाही." + +#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall +#. to be started after exiting YaST +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Starting firewall..." +msgstr "इन्स्टॉलेशन सुरु करत आहे..." + +#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall +#. to be stopped after exiting YaST +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147 +msgid "Stopping firewall..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184 +msgid "No zone assigned" +msgstr "विभाग सोपवले नाहीत" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224 +msgid "Custom string" +msgstr "कस्टम स्ट्रींग" + +#. interface could be unassigned +#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288 +msgid "No Zone Assigned" +msgstr "विभाग सोपवले नाहीत" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487 +msgid "Port number %1 is invalid." +msgstr " पोर्ट क्रमांक %1 अवैध आहे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number, +#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492 +msgid "Port number %1 in definition %2 is invalid." +msgstr "%1 त्याख्यातील पोर्ट %2 क्रमांक अवैध आहे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500 +msgid "Invalid Port Definition" +msgstr "अवैध पोर्ट रेंज डेफीनेशन" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number +#. that is possible to use in port-range +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506 +msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)." +msgstr " पोर्ट क्रमांक 1 ते %1 1 (समाविष्ट) या इंटव्हर्रलमधे असणे आवश्यक आहे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584 +msgid "Invalid Port Range Definition" +msgstr "अवैध पोर्ट रेंज डेफीनेशन" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587 +msgid "" +"Port range %1 is invalid.\n" +"It must be defined as the min_port_number:max_port_number and\n" +"max_port_number must be bigger than min_port_number." +msgstr "" +" पोर्ट रेंज %1 अवैध आहे.\n" +" ती max_port_number ने व्याख्या करायला हवी, आणि \n" +" min_port_number:max_port_number हा min_port_number पेक्षा मोठा असला पाहिजे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604 +msgid "Unknown Port Name" +msgstr "अनोळखी ठिकाणाचे नाव" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607 +msgid "" +"Port name %1 is unknown in your current system.\n" +"It probably would not work.\n" +"Really use this port?\n" +msgstr "" +" आपल्या सध्याच्या प्रणालीत पोर्टचे नांव %1 अनोळखी आहे.\n" +" कदाचित ते काम करणार नाही.\n" +"खरंच हे पोर्ट वापरायचे आहे?\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636 +msgid "Invalid Additional Service Definition" +msgstr "अवैध पोर्ट रेंज डेफीनेशन" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long) +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639 +msgid "" +"It appears that the additional service settings\n" +"%1\n" +"are wrong. Entries should be separated by spaces instead of commas,\n" +"which are not allowed.\n" +"Really use the current settings?" +msgstr "" +" असे वाटेने की अतिरिक्त सेवा सेटिंग्ज\n" +"%1\n" +" चुकीची आहेत.\n" +" प्रविष्टी स्वल्पविरामांएवजी मोकळ्या जागांनी विभागल्या पाहिजेत. स्वल्पविरामांना परवानगीनाही.\n" +" सध्याची सेटिंग्ज खरंच वापरायची आहेत?" + +#. : +#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration")) +#. ) +#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? +#. TRANSLATORS: informative label +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 +msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgstr "नकली करता कमीतकमी एक बाहय पडदा व एक आणखी पडदा आवश्यक आहे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 +msgid "This entry must be completed." +msgstr "ही नोंद पूर्ण झालीच पाहिजे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080 +msgid "Wrong port definition." +msgstr "चुकीच्या ठिकाणाची व्याख्या." + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107 +msgid "" +"Wrong port definition.\n" +"No port number found for this port name.\n" +"Use the port number instead of the port name.\n" +msgstr "" +"चुकीच्या ठिकाणाची व्याख्या.\n" +"ह्या ठिकाणाच्या नावासाठी ठिकाण क्रमांक अस्तित्वात नाही.\n" +"ठिकाणाच्या नावाऐवजी ठिकाणाचा क्रमांक वापरा.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136 +msgid "Invalid IP definition." +msgstr "अवैध IP व्याख्या." + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463 +msgid "&Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets" +msgstr "लॉगने प्रसारण पुडकी स्वीकारलेली नाहीत" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524 +msgid "" +"Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\n" +"but firewall is currently running.\n" +"\n" +"Stop the firewall after the new configuration has been written?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. network is mandatory +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Invalid network definition '%1'" +msgstr "अवैध पोर्ट रेंज डेफीनेशन" + +#. destination port is optional +#. source port is optional +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Invalid port range '%1'" +msgstr "अवैध पर्याय: %1" + +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Invalid port name or number '%1'" +msgstr "विनंती केलेले ठिकाणाचे नाव अथवा क्रमांक" + +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827 +#, fuzzy +msgid "All services using UDP" +msgstr "सर्व सेवा" + +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829 +#, fuzzy +msgid "All services using TCP" +msgstr "सर्व सेवा" + +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Samba browsing" +msgstr "संचार करत आहे" + +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SLP browsing" +msgstr "संचार करत आहे" + +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845 +#, fuzzy +msgid "All networks" +msgstr "सर्व ठिकाण" + +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Subnet: %1" +msgstr "सबनेट मास्क" + +#. hard-coded default +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Zone" +msgstr "विभाग" + +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956 +msgid "&Network" +msgstr "&जाळे" + +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963 +msgid "&Service" +msgstr "सेवा" + +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969 +#, fuzzy +msgid "User-defined service" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांनी ठरवलेले टिव्ही कार्ड" + +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Po&rt" +msgstr "पोर्ट" + +#. redraw table +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select an item to delete." +msgstr "संपादीत करण्यासाठी मजकूर काढून टाका." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55 +msgid "Firewall configuration" +msgstr "फायरवॉल संरचना" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64 +msgid "Start-up settings" +msgstr "सुरवातीची रचना" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70 +msgid "Known firewall zones" +msgstr "ज्ञात फायरवॉल विभाग" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78 +msgid "Network interfaces configuration" +msgstr "संवादमंच जाळे संरचना" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89 +msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" +msgstr "सेवा, ठिकाण, आणि संगणकीय शिष्टाचाराला परवानगी" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102 +msgid "Broadcast packet settings" +msgstr "पुडके सेटींग्ज प्रसारित करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110 +msgid "Masquerading settings" +msgstr "नकली सेटींग्ज" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116 +msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" +msgstr "नकली IP कडे विनंत्या पुननिर्देशीत करा." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124 +msgid "Logging settings" +msgstr "नोंदी रचना मांडणी" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133 +msgid "Firewall configuration summary" +msgstr "फायरवॉल संरचना सारांश" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write firewall" +msgid "Enables firewall" +msgstr "फायरवॉल लिहा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write firewall" +msgid "Disables firewall" +msgstr "फायरवॉल लिहा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154 +msgid "Show current settings" +msgstr "सध्याची मांडणी दाखवा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158 +msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" +msgstr "सुरवातीपासून फायरवॉल सुरू करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164 +msgid "Start firewall manually" +msgstr "फायरवॉल हाताने सुरू करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170 +msgid "List configured entries" +msgstr "संरचना नोंदीत यादी" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177 +msgid "Zone short name" +msgstr "विभागाचे लहान नाव" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181 +msgid "Add a new record" +msgstr "नवीन माहिती भरा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185 +msgid "Remove a record" +msgstr "माहिती काढून टाका" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190 +msgid "Network interface configuration name" +msgstr "जाळे संवादमंच संरचना नाव" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197 +msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" +msgstr "स्वीकारलेली पुडकी लॉगींग होते आहेत (all|crit|none)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204 +msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" +msgstr "न स्वीकारलेली पुडकी लॉगींग होते आहेत (all|crit|none)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211 +msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" +msgstr "प्रसारण पुडकी लॉगींग होत आहे (होय|नाही)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217 +msgid "Set value" +msgstr "किंमत सेट करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222 +msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" +msgstr "पोर्टचा क्रमांक वा नाव; अनेक पोर्टस स्वल्पवीरामाने वेगळया केल्या जातात" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229 +msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" +msgstr "ज्ञात फायरवॉल सुविधा; अनेक पोर्टस स्वल्पवीरामाने वेगळया केल्या जातात" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236 +msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" +msgstr "TCP पोट नाव व क्रमांक; अनेक पोर्टस स्वल्पवीरामाने वेगळया केल्या जातात" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243 +msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" +msgstr "UDP पोर्ट नाव वा क्रमांक; अनेक पोर्टस स्वल्पवीरामाने वेगळया केल्या जातात" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250 +msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" +msgstr "RPC पोटचे नाव; अनेक पोर्टस स्वल्पवीरामाने वेगळया केल्या जातात" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257 +msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" +msgstr "IP प्रोटोकॉलमध्ये नाव; अनेक प्राटोकॉल्स स्वल्पवीरामाने वेगळया केल्या जातात" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264 +msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" +msgstr "विभाग सुरक्षा सेट करा (होय|नाही)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270 +msgid "Detailed information" +msgstr "सविस्तर माहिती" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274 +msgid "Enable option" +msgstr "पर्याय कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278 +msgid "Disable option" +msgstr "पर्याय अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283 +msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" +msgstr "नेटवर्क सोर्स, जसे 0/0 किंवा 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290 +msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" +msgstr "संगणक शिष्टाचार (tcp|udp)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295 +msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" +msgstr "विनंती केलेल बाह्य IP (पर्याय)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302 +msgid "Requested port name or number" +msgstr "विनंती केलेले ठिकाणाचे नाव अथवा क्रमांक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309 +msgid "Redirect to internal IP" +msgstr "अंतर्गत IP वर पुननिर्देशीत करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316 +msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" +msgstr "अंतर्गत IP वर पोर्टवर पुननिर्देशीत करा(वैकल्पी)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323 +msgid "Record number" +msgstr "अभिलेख क्रमांक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327 +msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" +msgstr "पोर्ट क्रमांकऐवजी पोर्टची नावे वापरा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401 +msgid "Unknown zone %1." +msgstr "अनोळखी विभाग %1." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517 +msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." +msgstr "%1 पॅरामीटर सेट केलाच पाहिजे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425 +msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" +msgstr "माहिती असलेल्या फायरवॉल विभागांची यादी करा:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440 +msgid "Shortcut" +msgstr "लघुमार्ग" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895 +msgid "Zone Name" +msgstr "विभाग नाव" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487 +msgid "Summary:" +msgstr "सारांश-" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502 +msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." +msgstr "फक्त एका पॅरामिटरलाच परवानगी आहे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524 +msgid "Start-Up:" +msgstr "सुरू" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509 +msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." +msgstr "सुरवातीपासून फायरवॉल कार्यान्वित करत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518 +msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." +msgstr "सुरवातीपासून फायरवॉल कायमचे काढून टाकत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528 +msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" +msgstr "सुरवातीपासून फायरवॉल कायमचे आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531 +msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" +msgstr "फायरवॉलला हाताने सुरू करण्याची गरज" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564 +msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" +msgstr "फायरवॉल विभागात संवादमंचाचे जाळे:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583 +msgid "Special firewall string" +msgstr "खास फायरवॉल अक्षरमंच" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603 +msgid "Interface" +msgstr "दुवा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605 +msgid "Device Name" +msgstr "घटकाचे नाव" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632 +msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." +msgstr "विभाग %2 मध्ये खास %1 अक्षरमंच अधिक करा..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642 +msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." +msgstr "विभाग %2 मध्ये संवादमंच %1 अधिक करा..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671 +msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." +msgstr "विभाग %2 मधून खास %1 अक्षरसंच कायमचे काढत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681 +msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." +msgstr "%1 विभाग %2 मधून संवादमंच कायमचा काढत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702 +msgid "Log all" +msgstr "सर्व नोंदी" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704 +msgid "Log only critical" +msgstr "फक्त अवघड नोंदी" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706 +msgid "Do not log any" +msgstr "कुठल्याही नोंदी करू नका" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716 +msgid "Global Logging Settings:" +msgstr "ग्लोबल नोंदी रचना:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724 +msgid "Rule Type" +msgstr "नियम प्रकार" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "मूल्य" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732 +msgid "Accepted" +msgstr "स्वीकृत" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738 +msgid "Not accepted" +msgstr "स्वीकार करू नका" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750 +msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" +msgstr "प्रसारण पुडकी लॉगइन होत आहेत:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +msgid "Logging enabled" +msgstr "नोंदी कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765 +msgid "Logging disabled" +msgstr "नोंदी अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893 +msgid "Short" +msgstr "लहान" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777 +msgid "Logging Status" +msgstr "नोंदी स्थिती" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468 +msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." +msgstr "पर्यायासाठी %1 ही पर्याय %2 साठी परवानगी देत नाही." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878 +msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" +msgstr "परवानगी दिलेली प्रसारण पोटर्स:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "पोर्ट" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304 +msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." +msgstr "फक्त एक कृती सुचनेला परवानबगी आहे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974 +msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" +msgstr "ठरविलेल्या फायरवॉल सुविधा:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403 +msgid "ID" +msgstr "ओळख चिन्ह" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088 +msgid "Service Name" +msgstr "सेवा नाव" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009 +msgid "TCP port" +msgstr "TCP ठिकाण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011 +msgid "UDP port" +msgstr "UDP ठिकाण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013 +msgid "RPC port" +msgstr "RPC ठिकाण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015 +msgid "IP protocol" +msgstr "IP संगणकीय शिष्टाचार" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021 +msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" +msgstr "विभागामध्ये सेवांना अनुमती द्या:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +msgid "All services" +msgstr "सर्व सेवा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163 +msgid "Entire zone unprotected" +msgstr "संपूर्ण विभाग असुरक्षित आहे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086 +msgid "Service ID" +msgstr "सेवा ओळखचिन्ह" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098 +msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" +msgstr "अधिक पोर्टसना परवानगी आहे:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +msgid "All ports" +msgstr "सर्व ठिकाण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145 +msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" +msgstr "विभागामध्ये अतिरिक्त IP प्रोटोकॉज्सना परवानगी आहे:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160 +msgid "All IP protocols" +msgstr "सर्व IP संगणकीय शिष्टाचार" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178 +msgid "IP Protocol" +msgstr "IP संगणकीय शिष्टाचार" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199 +msgid "Unknown service %1." +msgstr "अनोळखी सेवा %1." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272 +msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." +msgstr "अंर्तगत विभागांकरेताच फक्त सुरक्षा सेट केलेली आहे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333 +msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." +msgstr "%1 मधील कमीतकमी एक तरी सेट झालाच पाहिजे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348 +msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." +msgstr "%1 मधील कमीतकमी एक तरी कृती सेट झालाच पाहिजे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365 +msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" +msgstr "नकली IP वर विनंत्या पुर्ननिर्देशीत करा:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491 +msgid "Unknown port name %1." +msgstr "अनोळखी ठिकाणाचे नाव %1." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541 +msgid "Masquerading Settings:" +msgstr "नकली सेटींग्ज:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547 +msgid "Masquerading is %1" +msgstr "%1 हे नकली आहे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550 +msgid "enabled" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552 +msgid "disabled" +msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#~ msgid "Re&quested IP" +#~ msgstr "विनंती केलेला IP" + +#~ msgid "Firewall will be running after the configuration gets written" +#~ msgstr " आकृतीबंध लिहून झाल्यानंतर फायरवॉल चालत राहील." + +#~ msgid "Firewall will not be running after the configuration gets written" +#~ msgstr " आकृतीबंध लिहून झाल्यानंतर फायरवॉल चालू रहाणार नाही." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/firstboot.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/firstboot.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/firstboot.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,466 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: base\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:35+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma \n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firstboot Configuration" +msgstr "प्रथम बूट कॉनफिग्युरेशन" + +#. text label, describing the check box meaning +#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 +msgid "" +"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence here to start YaST\n" +"firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. check box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enable Firstboot Sequence" +msgstr "ब्ल्युटूथ सेवा कार्यान्वित" + +#. help text +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 +msgid "" +"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>\n" +"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/firstboot.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of Firstboot +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Main file for firstboot configuration. Uses all other files. +#. ** +#. <h3>Configuration of firstboot</h3> +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:48 +msgid "Empty" +msgstr "रिकामे" + +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:49 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Enabled" + +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:50 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "अक्षम केले " + +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:54 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "मदत" + +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:57 +msgid "First Boot Configuration" +msgstr "प्रथम बूट कॉनफिग्युरेशन" + +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:59 +msgid "&Up" +msgstr "वर" + +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:60 +msgid "D&own" +msgstr "खाली" + +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:61 +msgid "Enab&le or Disable" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित किंवा अकार्यान्वित" + +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +msgid "Step" +msgstr "स्टेप" + +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +msgid "Label" +msgstr "लेबल" + +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +msgid "Module Name" +msgstr "मॉड्यूलचे नाव" + +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती" + +#. translators: dialog text +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 +msgid "" +"Select the desktop environment \n" +"to use from the list below.\n" +msgstr "" +"वापरण्याची डेस्कटॉप एनव्हायरर्नमेंट \n" +"खालील यादीतून निवडा.\n" + +#. help text fro desktop dialog +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105 +msgid "" +"<p><h3>Desktop Selections</h3>\n" +"This system has more than one desktop environment installed. Select\n" +"the desktop to enable as the default desktop.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><h3> डेस्कटॉप निवडा.</h3>\n" +"या प्रणालीत एकापेक्षा जास्त वातावरण स्थापित केलेले आहे.\n" +"डिफॉल्ट डेस्कटॉपप्रमाणे शक्य करण्यासाठी डेस्कटॉप निवडा.</p>" + +#. translators: dialog title +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113 +msgid "Select Your Default Desktop" +msgstr "तुमचा मूलभूत डेस्कटॉप निवडा" + +#. Check box: Should the YaST2 control center automatically +#. be started after this part of the installation is done? +#. Translators: About 40 characters max, +#. use newlines for longer translations. +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:64 +msgid "&Start YaST Control Center" +msgstr "YaST कंट्रोल सेंटर सुरु करा" + +#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:70 +msgid "Configuration Completed" +msgstr "संरचना पूर्ण झाली" + +#. congratulation text 1/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:73 +msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>अभिनंदन!</b></p>" + +#. congratulation text 2/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>आपल्या मशीनवर &उत्पादनाची स्थापना पूर्ण झाली आहे. \n" +" <b>फिनिश</b>, वर क्लिक केल्यानंतर, आपण प्रणालीला लॉग इन करु शकाल.</p>\n" + +#. congratulation text 3/4 +#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language +#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original. +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81 +msgid "<p>Visit us at www.suse.com.</p>" +msgstr "<p>आम्हाला www.suse.com. मध्ये भेट द्या</p>" + +#. congratulation text 4/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83 +msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SuSE Development Team</p>" +msgstr "<p>खूप मजा करा!<br>तुमची SuSE डेव्हलपमेंन्ट टीम</p>" + +#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112 +msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>" +msgstr "<p>तुमची प्रणाली वापरासाठी तयार आहे.</p>" + +#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and continue\n" +"to the login screen.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>फिनिश</b> YaST स्थापना बंद करेल व लॉग इन स्क्रीन\n" +"चालू करेल.</p>\n" + +#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118 +msgid "" +"<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" +"adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" +"our SuSE Welcome Dialog.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>आपण डिफॉल्ट चित्रमय डेस्कटॉप KDE, निवडल्यास,\n" +"आपण आपल्या हार्डवेअरशी काही KDE सेटिंग्ज जुळवून\n" +"घेऊ शकाल. आपण आमचा SuSE स्वागत डायलॉग देखील पहावा.</p>\n" + +#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 +msgid "" +"<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" +"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will start\n" +"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" +"return to this installation sequence.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>इच्छा असल्यास, तज्ञ मंडळी या वेळी SuSE'sच्या आकृतीबंध \n" +"मॉड्यूल्सची संपूर्ण रेज वापरु शकतात. <b>स्टार्ट YaST कंट्रोल सेंटर</b> तपासा, ते\n" +" <b>फिनिश</b>नंतर सुरु होईल. टीपः नियंत्रण केंद्राला या स्थापना क्रमाकडे परत येण्यासाठी\n" +"बॅक बटण नसते.</p>\n" + +#. popup text +#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Your language setting has been changed.\n" +"\n" +"If necessary, you may want to adapt your keyboard settings to the new\n" +"language. Use keyboard layout configuration tool after the login." +msgstr "" +"आपले भाषेचे सेटिंग बदलले आहे.\n" +"\n" +"आवश्यक वाटल्यास, नवीन भाषेला आपली कीबोर्ड\n" +"सेटिंग्ज आपणास स्वीकारावी लागतील. हे एकतर YaST2 नियंत्रण केंद्रात, किंवा थेट \n" +" \"yast2 कीबोर्ड\" सुरु करुन शक्य आहे." + +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "कळफलक मांडणी" + +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 +msgid "&Language" +msgstr "भाषा" + +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 +msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "कळपट्टी लेआऊट (आराखडा)" + +#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to be used during\n" +"configuration and in the installed system.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"स्थापनेच्या वेळी व स्थापित प्रणालीसाठी वापरण्याकरिता <b>भाषा</b> \n" +"निवडा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"पुढल्या डायलॉगकडे जाण्यासाठी <b>नेक्स्ट</b> वर क्लिक करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" +"installation process at any time.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आपण स्थापना प्रक्रिया केव्हाही निष्फळ करण्यासाठी <b>अबॉर्ट इन्स्टॉलेशन</b> \n" +"निवडू शकता.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. error message +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 +#, fuzzy +msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." +msgstr "" +"सर्व अतिरिक्त पॅकेजेस स्थापित करण्यासाठी, पुरेशी जागा नाही. \n" +"निवडीतून काही भाषा काढून टाका." + +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 +msgid "Update configuration" +msgstr "अद्ययावत संरचना" + +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47 +msgid "Prepare system for first login" +msgstr "प्रथम नोंदीसाठी प्रणाली तयार करा" + +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52 +msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgstr "संरचना अद्ययावत करत आहे..." + +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54 +msgid "Preparing system for first login..." +msgstr "प्रथम नोंदीसाठी प्रणाली तयार करत आहे..." + +#. Help text for last dialog of base installation +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"यंत्रणा संरचित होईपर्यंत कृपया प्रतिक्षा का.\n" +"</p>" + +#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70 +msgid "Completing the System Configuration" +msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना पूर्ण करत आहे" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Firstboot.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of firstboot +#. Summary: Firstboot settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of firstboot. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51 +msgid "No Text Available" +msgstr "एकही अक्षर उपलब्ध नाही" + +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firstboot configuration disabled" +msgstr "प्रथम बूट कॉनफिग्युरेशन" + +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firstboot configuration enabled" +msgstr "प्रथम बूट कॉनफिग्युरेशन" + +#~ msgid "Hardware Configuration" +#~ msgstr "हार्डवेअर संरचना" + +#~ msgid "Network Configuration" +#~ msgstr "जाळे संरचना" + +#~ msgid "Configuration" +#~ msgstr "संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Language and Keyboard" +#~ msgstr " भाषेचा कोड " + +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "भाषा" + +#~ msgid "Keyboard Layout" +#~ msgstr "कळफलक मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Welcome" +#~ msgstr " सुस्वागतम्" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "License Agreement" +#~ msgid "License Agreements" +#~ msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र" + +#~ msgid "License Agreement" +#~ msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र" + +#~ msgid "Host Name" +#~ msgstr "यजमान नाव" + +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "जाल" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "मूळ संरचना" + +#~ msgid "Time and Date" +#~ msgstr "वेळ आणि दिनांक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "NTP Client" +#~ msgstr "IPP ग्राहक" + +#~ msgid "Desktop" +#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" + +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "मूळ परवलीशब्द" + +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्ते" + +#~ msgid "Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "ग्राहक केंद्र" + +#~ msgid "Hardware" +#~ msgstr "हार्डवेअर" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Finish Setup" +#~ msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचित करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "भाषा संरचित करा...." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Network Configuration II" +#~ msgstr "जाळे संरचना" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" +#~ "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "निवडलेली भाषा पाठ्य मोडमधे वापरता येऊ शकत नाही. स्थापनेसाठी इंग्रजी वापरलेली आहे,\n" +#~ "परंतु निवडलेली भाषा नवीन प्रणालीसाठी वापरली जाईल." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/fonts.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/fonts.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/fonts.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,673 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect +#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.* +#. otherwise testsuite will fail +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bitmap Editors" +msgid "Bitmap Fonts" +msgstr "बिटमॅप संपादक" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103 +msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106 +msgid "Black and White Rendering" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123 +msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126 +msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143 +msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 +msgid "Default" +msgstr "नित्यस्थिती" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 +msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fonts" +msgid "CFF Fonts" +msgstr "फॉन्ट्स" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206 +msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209 +msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226 +msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 +msgid "Subpixel Rendering" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254 +msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." +msgstr "" + +#. for testsuite +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181 +msgid "installed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not install" +msgid "not installed" +msgstr " स्थापन करू नका" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:190 +msgid "Preference List for %s" +msgstr "" + +#. nothing to do here, initialize_familylist_widget will +#. toggle off/on btn_add_manual as appropriate +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b>Validity:</b></p>" +msgid "<p><b>Family:</b> %s</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>वैधता:</b></p>" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:325 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b>Settings</b></p>" +msgid "<p><b>Specimen for %s</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>मांडणी</b></p>" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." +msgid "<p>No specimen available for this font and script.</p>" +msgstr "ह्या प्रकारत्या वापरकर्त्यासाठी UID उपलब्ध नाही." + +#. unlikely +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:333 +msgid "<b>No script found for %s.</b>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:341 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b>Validity:</b></p>" +msgid "<p><b>Family:</b> %s</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>वैधता:</b></p>" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:342 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b>Status</b></p>" +msgid "<p><b>Scripts</b><ul>" +msgstr "<p><b>स्थिती</b></p>" + +#. nothing to do nowadays +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:496 +msgid "" +"Family preference list for %s\n" +"do not contain any installed family.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:499 +msgid "" +"Please make sure to install at least one for each\n" +"alias, otherwise this preference setting has no effect.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:502 +msgid "" +"Fonts can be installed e. g. via fontinfo.opensuse.org. \n" +"If you install them when this yast module is running,\n" +"reread the profile to see results.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. <table> do not work for text mode +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:542 +msgid "You have set LCD filter type (%s)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:543 +msgid "" +" This needs subpixel rendering capabality\n" +"compiled in FreeType library." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:545 +msgid " Unfortunately, we can not ship it due patent reasons.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:547 +msgid "See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:560 +msgid "Match for %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:577 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:766 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing" +msgid "Font &Antialiasing" +msgstr "सुरु करणे" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:588 +msgid "Antialias Also &Monospaced Fonts" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:599 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:769 +msgid "Force A&utohinting On" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:613 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:772 +msgid "Force Hint St&yle" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:623 +msgid "Embedded Bitmaps" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:626 +msgid "Use &Embedded Bitmaps" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:632 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Lan&guage" +msgid "All Lan&guages" +msgstr "भाषा घाला" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bamileke Languages" +msgid "Limit to &Selected Languages" +msgstr "बामीलेकी भाषा" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:644 +msgid "&Select" +msgstr "निवड" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:666 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:777 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "LCD &Filter" +msgstr "गाळणी" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:677 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgid "&Layout" +msgstr "कळपट्टी लेआऊट (आराखडा)" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:688 +msgid "Alias" +msgstr "उर्फ नांव" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Net Family" +msgid "Font Family" +msgstr "नेट फॅमिली" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 +msgid "Available" +msgstr "उपलब्ध" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:708 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "कमी करा" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Down" +msgid "Down" +msgstr "खाली" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:711 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Up" +msgid "Up" +msgstr "वर" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:717 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66 +msgid "&Add" +msgstr "जोडा" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:719 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installed Patches" +msgid "&Installed families..." +msgstr "स्थापीत ठिगळे" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:735 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Search &description" +msgid "Search &Metric Compatible" +msgstr "शोध वर्णन" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:746 +msgid "Never use o&ther fonts" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:775 +msgid "Subpixel &Rendering" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:799 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Connection Details" +msgid "&Rendering Details" +msgstr "संपर्क जोडणी" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:803 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing" +msgid "Antialiasing" +msgstr "सुरु करणे" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:810 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Printing" +msgid "Hinting" +msgstr "मुद्रण" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:837 +msgid "Prefered &Families" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:844 +msgid "Forcing Family Preferences" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:860 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch Level" +msgid "Match &Preview" +msgstr "ठिगळाचा स्तर" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:879 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Preserve" +msgid "&Presets" +msgstr "अनुरक्षण" + +#. create copy of system settings; remove fonts-config generated +#. config files to have such fontconfig setup as fonts-config +#. would never run; point fontconfig to this configuration +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:933 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Reading Font Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:936 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read sysconfig values" +msgid "Read sysconfig file" +msgstr "प्रणालीसंरचना मूल्य वाचा" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:937 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading routes..." +msgid "Reading %s..." +msgstr "रुटस वाचत आहे..." + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:957 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Configuration" +msgid "Font Configuration" +msgstr "सादरकर्त्याची संरचना" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&User Code" +msgid " (User Mode)" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचा सांकेताक" + +#. misuse back_button a bit +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:963 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save system settings" +msgid "&Use system settings" +msgstr "यंत्रणेची मांडणी संग्रहीत करा" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Writing Font Configuration" +msgstr "NFS संरचना लिहीत आहे" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:978 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save sysconfig values" +msgid "Write sysconfig file" +msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना मूल्य संग्रहीत करा" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:979 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgid "Run fonts-config" +msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवा" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing users..." +msgid "Writing %s..." +msgstr "वापरकर्ते लिहीत आहे..." + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:981 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgid "Running fonts-config..." +msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवत आहे..." + +#. we are in user mode +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:999 +msgid "This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration &Module" +msgid "<h1>Font Configuraution Module</h1>" +msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन मॉडयुल" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027 +msgid "<p>Module to control <b>system wide</b> or <b>user</b> font rendering setting.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1028 +msgid "<i>Distribution default</i> is font setting shipped on media and it is that one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030 +msgid "This setting can be changed:<ul>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031 +msgid "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create <i>system setting.</i> " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1033 +msgid "System, where font module never run or <b>Default</b> preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1035 +msgid "<li>for <i>user setting</i> when module is run as ordindary user. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1036 +msgid "User, which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, uses system settings. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037 +msgid "User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038 +msgid "<p><b>NOTE:</b> " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1039 +msgid "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other font setting. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040 +msgid "Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1042 +msgid "<p>Help for <i>Presets</i> button and for the current tab follows.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043 +msgid "<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <ul>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045 +msgid "<li><b>%{name}: </b>%{help}</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1050 +msgid "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual fields of corresponding tabs.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1056 +msgid "<h2>Match Preview Tab</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057 +msgid "<p>In this paragraph, <i>current setting</i> means setting of the system plus changes made in currently running fonts module.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1059 +msgid "<p>Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1060 +msgid "In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to given alias according to <i>current setting.</i></p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1063 +msgid "<p>In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the matched font rendered (again) taking <i>current setting</i> into account. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1066 +msgid "In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1068 +msgid "<p>At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on the fly.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1074 +msgid "

Rendering Details Tab</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075 +msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>how</b> fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078 +msgid "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079 +msgid "<p>By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called <i>antialiasing.</i>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081 +msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Home Page: %1</p>" +msgid "<p>See: %s<p>" +msgstr "<p>मुखपृष्ठ: %1</p>" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgid "<h3>Hinting</h3>" +msgstr "<h1>इशारा</h1>" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088 +msgid "<p>Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090 +msgid "<p>In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by <b>Force Autohinting On</b> option.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094 +msgid "<p>For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095 +msgid " It is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101 +msgid "<h3>Embedded Bitmaps</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102 +msgid "<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109 +msgid "<h3>Subpixel Rendering</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110 +msgid "<p>Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112 +msgid "<p>Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding to display and its rotation.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114 +msgid "<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned off by default." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116 +msgid " Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this section has no effect.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122 +msgid "<h2>Prefered Families Tab</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1123 +msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>which</b> fonts are rendered.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1124 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" +msgid "<h3>Preference Lists</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>वापरकर्ता</h3>" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125 +msgid "<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127 +msgid " These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129 +msgid " There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1130 +msgid " FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131 +msgid "<p>System will look for the first <b>installed</b> family in the list, other query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org.</b></p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138 +msgid "<h3>Forcing Family Preferences</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139 +msgid "<p>In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into account. Following two options strenghten their role.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142 +msgid "<h4>Search Metric Compatible</h4>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143 +msgid "<p>Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same same size too, same line wraps etc.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146 +msgid "<p>Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148 +msgid "<p>Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149 +msgid "<h4>Never use other fonts</h4>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150 +msgid "<p>When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI requests, if they cover required charset.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. delete families, that are part of list for some alias +#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "गाळणी" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installed Patches" +msgid "Installed Families" +msgstr "स्थापीत ठिगळे" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Font Format" +msgstr "फाईल पध्दती" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Script Name" +msgid "Script Coverages" +msgstr "लिपीचे नाव" + +#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:65 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:242 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&रद्द करा" + +#: src/lib/fonts/rich-text-dialog.rb:24 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:243 +msgid "&Ok" +msgstr "ठिक आहे" + +#. save unknown langs +#: src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Languages" +msgid "&Languages" +msgstr "भाषा" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ftp-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ftp-server.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ftp-server.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,2048 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xftpd module +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuration of FTP server" +msgstr "IPsec ची संरचना" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:53 +msgid "Display settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्स दाखवा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start-up settings" +msgstr "बायोस सेटींग्ज" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:70 +msgid "Enable/disable chrooting." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:78 +msgid "Saved log messages into the log file." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:86 +msgid "Umask vsftpd: <local users>:<anonymous>, pure-ftpd: <files>:<dirs>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enter the existing directory for anonymous users." +msgstr "आत्ताचा सर्वर आइपि एड्रेस एन्टर करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enter the existing directory for authenticated users (pure-ftpd only)." +msgstr "आत्ताचा सर्वर आइपि एड्रेस एन्टर करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:110 +msgid "The port range for passive connection replies" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:118 +msgid "The maximum idle time in minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:126 +msgid "The maximum number of clients connected via IP" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:134 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:317 +msgid "The maximum connected clients" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142 +msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:150 +msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients (KB/s)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:158 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Permissions" +msgid "Access permissions" +msgstr "मान्यता" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Access permissions for anonymous users" +msgstr "आत्ताचा सर्वर आइपि एड्रेस एन्टर करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181 +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:190 +msgid "vsftpd supports secure connections via SSL (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217 +msgid "vsftpd supports connections via TLS (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 +msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235 +msgid "Security settings for SSL and TLS protocol (pure-ftpd only)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start FTP daemon in the boot process." +msgstr "सुरवातीपासून फायरवॉल सुरू करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:250 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start FTP daemon manually." +msgstr "हाताने सुरू करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:256 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:698 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart NTP daemon" +msgid "Start FTP daemon via xinetd" +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start xinetd if it is not running." +msgstr "सेवा चालू नाही" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:268 +msgid "Enable option" +msgstr "पर्याय कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:272 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:277 +msgid "Disable option" +msgstr "पर्याय अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:282 +msgid "Directory for anonymous users" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:289 +msgid "Directory for authenticated users" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:296 +msgid "The minimum value for port range for passive connection replies" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:303 +msgid "The maximum value for port range for passive connection replies" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:310 +msgid "Maximum Idle Time (in minutes)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:324 +msgid "The maximum data transfer rate for ftp users (KB/s)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:330 +msgid "Access only for anonymous" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:336 +msgid "Access only for authenticated users" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:342 +msgid "Access for anonymous and authenticated users" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:348 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Anonymous users can upload." +msgstr "बिननावाचा संपर्क" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:354 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not create directory." +msgid "Anonymous users can create directories." +msgstr "संचिका तयार करू शकत नाही" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362 +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:369 +msgid "SSL version 2" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:374 +msgid "SSL version 3" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:379 +msgid "Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms." +msgstr "" + +#. EOF +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:454 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display Settings:" +msgstr "बायोस सेटींग्ज" + +#. start-up settings +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:457 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:677 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:686 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:695 +msgid "Start-Up:" +msgstr "सुरू" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." +msgid "FTP daemon is started via xinetd." +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम अकार्यान्वित करा." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:463 +#, fuzzy +msgid "FTP daemon is enabled in the boot process." +msgstr "सुरवातीपासून फायरवॉल कायमचे आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:466 +#, fuzzy +msgid "FTP daemon needs manual starting." +msgstr "फायरवॉलला हाताने सुरू करण्याची गरज" + +#. logging settings +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:470 +msgid "Verbose Logging:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:472 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enable" +msgstr "Enabled" + +#. CommandLine::Print(""); +#. CommandLine::Print(""); +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:475 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Disable" +msgstr "अक्षम केले " + +#. chroot settings +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:479 +msgid "Chroot Everyone:" +msgstr "" + +#. UMASK settings +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:491 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:753 +msgid "Umask for Anonymous: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:494 +msgid "Umask for Anonymous:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:495 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:503 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:513 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:524 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:532 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:541 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:549 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:557 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:565 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:573 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:581 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:615 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Option was not specified." +msgid "Option is not set now." +msgstr "पर्याय सुचवला नाही." + +#. CommandLine::Print(""); +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:498 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:502 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:755 +msgid "Umask for Authenticated Users: " +msgstr "" + +#. CommandLine::Print(""); +#. CommandLine::Print(""); +#. part for pure-fptd +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:508 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:512 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:783 +msgid "Umask: " +msgstr "" + +#. end of if (FtpServer::vsftpd_edit) +#. authenticated and anonymous dirs +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:520 +msgid "Authenticated dir: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:528 +msgid "Anonymous dir: " +msgstr "" + +#. port range +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:535 +msgid "Port Range: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:538 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:889 +msgid " - " +msgstr "" + +#. idle time +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:545 +msgid "Maximum Idle Time [minutes]: " +msgstr "" + +#. maximum clients per IP +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:553 +msgid "Maximum Clients per IP: " +msgstr "" + +#. maximum clients +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:561 +msgid "Maximum Number of Clients: " +msgstr "" + +#. max rate for authenticated users +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:569 +msgid "Maximum Rate for Authenticated Users [KB/s]: " +msgstr "" + +#. max rate for anonymous users +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:577 +msgid "Maximum Rate for Anonymous Users [KB/s]: " +msgstr "" + +#. general settings for access +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:585 +msgid "Access Allowed for: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:587 +msgid "Anonymous Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:589 +msgid "Authenticated Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:591 +msgid "Anonymous and Authenticated Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:593 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." +msgid "Option has wrong value." +msgstr "पर्याय '%1' चुकला." + +#. access permissions for anonymous users +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:597 +msgid "Access Permissions for Anonymous: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:599 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Upload enabled; " +msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:601 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Upload disabled; " +msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:604 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create directories enabled" +msgstr "SCPM कार्यान्वित आहे." + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:606 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create directories disabled" +msgstr "फायरवॉल अकार्यान्वित आहे" + +#. welcome message vsftpd only +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:611 +msgid "Welcome message: " +msgstr "" + +#. CommandLine::PrintNoCR(_("Security settings: ")); +#. SSL options (SSL version and TLS) +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:622 +msgid "SSL is disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:624 +msgid "SSL is enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:628 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSL version 2 is disabled" +msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक बंद केला" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:630 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSL version 2 is enabled" +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम कार्यान्वित करा." + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:634 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSL version 3 is disabled" +msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक बंद केला" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:636 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSL version 3 is enabled" +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम कार्यान्वित करा." + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:640 +msgid "TLS is disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:642 +msgid "TLS is enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. AntiWarez option +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:646 +msgid "Antiwarez: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:648 +msgid "Antiwarez enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:650 +msgid "Antiwarez disabled" +msgstr "" + +#. SSL/TLS settings +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:653 +msgid "SSL/TLS settings: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:655 +msgid "SSL/TLS disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:657 +msgid "SSL/TLS enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:659 +msgid "Refuse connections without SSL/TLS" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:673 +msgid "Only one parameter (atboot/manual) is allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:680 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enabling FTP daemon in the boot process..." +msgstr "सुरवातीपासून फायरवॉल कार्यान्वित करत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:689 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Removing FTP daemon from the boot process..." +msgstr "सुरवातीपासून फायरवॉल कायमचे काढून टाकत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:712 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:726 +msgid "Only one parameter (enable/disable) is allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. end of else if (options["show"]:nil!=nil +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:741 +msgid "Umask:" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:745 +msgid "Only one parameter (show/set_umask) is allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:761 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:770 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:788 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Subnetmask is invalid." +msgid "Entered umask is not valid." +msgstr "सबनेट मास्क अवैध आहे." + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:763 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:772 +msgid "Example of correct umask <local users>:<anonymous> (177:077)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:790 +msgid "Example of correct umask <files>:<dirs> (set_umask=177:077)" +msgstr "" + +#. end of if (vsftpd_edit) +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:803 +msgid "Anonymous users:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:809 +msgid "Anonymous directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:814 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:844 +msgid "Option is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:816 +msgid "Example of correct input set_anon_dir=/srv/ftp" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:823 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:853 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:935 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1027 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1100 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1151 +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1241 +msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." +msgstr "फक्त एका पॅरामिटरलाच परवानगी आहे." + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:832 +msgid "Authenticated users:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:839 +msgid "Authenticated directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:846 +msgid "Example of correct input set_authen_dir=/srv/ftp" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:858 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Option is not supported in pure-ftpd server." +msgstr "निवडलेले पर्याय अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:867 +msgid "Port range:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:885 +msgid "Port range for passive mode: " +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:894 +msgid "Enter minimal port < maximal port." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:899 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the phone number." +msgid "Enter correct numbers." +msgstr "दूरध्वनीक्रमांक लिहा." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:904 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Only two parameters are allowed." +msgstr "फक्त एका पॅरामिटरलाच परवानगी आहे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:929 +msgid "Wrong value of option." +msgstr "पर्यायाचे चुकीचे मूल्य." + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1004 +msgid "Access (Anonymous/Authenticated):" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1008 +msgid "Access allowed for: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1011 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Anonymous users" +msgstr "बिननावाचा संपर्क" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1014 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Authenticated users" +msgstr "विश्वासार्हता व वापरकर्ता स्त्रोत" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1017 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Anonymous and authenticated users" +msgstr "विश्वासार्हता व वापरकर्ता स्त्रोत" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1020 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown option: %1" +msgid "Unknown option." +msgstr "अनोळखी पर्याय: %1" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1040 +msgid "Access permission for anonymous users:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1047 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Upload enabled" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1050 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Upload disabled" +msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1052 +msgid "; " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1055 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create dirs enabled" +msgstr "SCPM कार्यान्वित आहे." + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1058 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create dirs disabled" +msgstr "फायरवॉल अकार्यान्वित आहे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1062 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Only one or two parameters are allowed." +msgstr "फक्त एका पॅरामिटरलाच परवानगी आहे." + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1075 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Welcome Message:" +msgstr "सुस्वागतम्" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1079 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1120 +msgid "This option is allowed only in vsftpd." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1094 +msgid "Missing value of option" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1103 +msgid "Example of correct input: welcome_message=\"Hello everybody\"" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1127 +#, fuzzy +msgid "This option is allowed only in pure-ftpd." +msgstr "निवडलेले पर्याय अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1145 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Wrong value of option." +msgid "Wrong option." +msgstr "पर्यायाचे चुकीचे मूल्य." + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1211 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Security Settings:" +msgstr "बायोस सेटींग्ज" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1215 +msgid "This option is allowed only in pure-ftp-server." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1222 +msgid "SSL and TLS are enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1227 +msgid "SSL and TLS are disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1231 +msgid "Refuse connection without SSL/TLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1244 +msgid "Example of correct input: SSL_TLS enable/disable/only" +msgstr "" + +#. Checking if ftp daemons are installed +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:70 +msgid "Packages for vsftpd and pure-ftpd are not available." +msgstr "" + +#. end of `VBox( +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No server package installed." +msgstr "ह्या पॅकेजना संस्थापित करण्याची आवश्यकता" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Choose an FTP daemon." +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"कृपया काय करायचे ते निवडा:\n" +"</p>" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Press Cancel to cancel FTP configuration." +msgstr "" +"पुढे चालू ठेवण्यासाठी अनेक विकल्पांपैकी\n" +"एकाची निवड करा." + +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:85 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:196 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315 +msgid "&vsftpd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:86 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:204 +msgid "&pure-ftpd" +msgstr "" + +#. result = Package::Available(daemon); +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:134 +msgid "Installation failed." +msgstr "स्थापना फसली." + +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Package for FTP is not available." +msgstr "हे उपलब्ध नाही" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:150 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Package not found." +msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेस मिळाला" + +#. open dialog for choosing ftp daemon +#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:191 +msgid "Choose daemon?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Aborting FTP Configuration" +msgstr "फायरवॉल कॉनफिग्युरेशनमधूनबाहेर पडत आहे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +msgid "All changes will be lost. Really abort configuration?" +msgstr "" +"सर्व बदल पुसले जातील.\n" +"खरोखरच कॉनफ्युग्यरेशन मधून बाहेर पडायचे आहे का?\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "&When booting" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "&Manually" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:190 +msgid "Via &xinetd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:196 +msgid "When Booting" +msgstr "बुटींग करताना" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:197 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:198 +msgid "Via xinetd" +msgstr "" + +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Start widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Start widget (pure-ftpd) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget +#. Function start vsftpd +#. write settings to disk... +#. Function start pure-ftpd +#. write settings to disk... +#. Init function for start-up +#. +#. init starting via xinetd and update status +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:212 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:173 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:263 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:317 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:408 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:502 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:511 +#, fuzzy +msgid "FTP is running" +msgstr "कार्यक्रम चालत आहे" + +#. UpdateInfoAboutStartingFTP (); +#. Popup::Message(_("This is not supported via xinetd now.")); +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:213 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:214 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:359 +#, fuzzy +msgid "FTP is not running" +msgstr "सेवा चालू नाही" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:263 +msgid "&Start FTP Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:215 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:264 +msgid "S&top FTP Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:273 +msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart FTP Now" +msgstr "" + +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:242 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:291 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" +msgid "Start FTP Daemon Now" +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा." + +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:244 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NTP Daemon" +msgid "Stop FTP Daemon Now" +msgstr "NTP डिमन" + +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:246 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:295 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" +msgid "Save Settings and Restart FTP Daemon Now" +msgstr "मांडणी संग्रहीत करा आणि NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा." + +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Start widget radiobuttons for switching daemons +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:310 +msgid "Selected Service" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315 +msgid "p&ure-ftpd" +msgstr "" + +#. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. Wellcome Message for vsftpd +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:364 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Welcome message" +msgstr "सुस्वागतम्" + +#. Chroot Everyone +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "&Chroot Everyone" +msgstr "" + +#. Verbos Logging +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "&Verbose Logging" +msgstr "" + +#. Umask (umask files:umask dirs) only pure-ftpd +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:454 +msgid "&Umask (umask files:umask dirs)" +msgstr "" + +#. Umask for Anonynous for vsftpd +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:488 +msgid "&Umask for Anonymous" +msgstr "" + +#. Umask for Authenticated Users for vsftpd +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:519 +msgid "Uma&sk for Authenticated Users" +msgstr "" + +#. Ftp Directory for Anonymous Users +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +msgid "FTP Directory for Anon&ymous Users" +msgstr "आत्ताचा सर्वर आइपि एड्रेस एन्टर करा" + +#. "Browse" button for FTP Dir Anon +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Brows&e" +msgstr " ब्राऊझ करा " + +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:644 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1220 +msgid " " +msgstr "" + +#. Ftp Directory for Authenticated Users +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:604 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&FTP Directory for Authenticated Users" +msgstr "विश्वासार्हता व वापरकर्ता स्त्रोत" + +#. "Browse" button for FTP Dir Local/Authenticated +#. General Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen +#. "Browse" button for DSA Certificate +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213 +msgid "Br&owse" +msgstr "संचारसाधन" + +#. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. Max Idle Time [minutes] +#. Performance Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "&Max Idle Time [minutes]" +msgstr "" + +#. Max Clients for One IP +#. Performance Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:699 +msgid "Max Cli&ents for One IP" +msgstr "" + +#. Max Clients +#. Performance Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:732 +msgid "Ma&x Clients" +msgstr "" + +#. Local Max Rate [KB/s] +#. Performance Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:765 +msgid "&Local Max Rate [KB/s]" +msgstr "" + +#. Anonymous Max Rate [KB/s] +#. Performance Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:798 +msgid "Anonymous Max &Rate [KB/s]" +msgstr "" + +#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users +#. Authentication Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:836 +msgid "Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:842 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Anonymo&us Only" +msgstr "अनामिक" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Aut&henticated Users Only" +msgstr "विश्वासार्हता व वापरकर्ता स्त्रोत" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:844 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Both" +msgstr "दोन्ही " + +#. Enable Upload +#. Authentication Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:872 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Enable Upload" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. Anonymous Can Upload +#. Authentication Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:903 +msgid "Anon&ymous Can Upload" +msgstr "" + +#. Anonymous Can Create Directories +#. Authentication Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:935 +msgid "Anonymou&s Can Create Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. Enable Pass&ive Mode +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:970 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enable Pass&ive Mode" +msgstr "पासवर्ड लॉकिंक शक्य करा" + +#. Min Port for Pas. Mode +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1001 +msgid "&Min Port for Pas. Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Max Port for Pas. Mode +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1033 +msgid "Max P&ort for Pas. Mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Enable SSL +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#. end of `Frame ( "Passiv Mode Settings" +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1071 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1652 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enab&le SSL" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. Enable SSL v2 +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1097 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Enable SSL v2" +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. Enable SSL v3 +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1126 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enable SSL &v3" +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. Enable TLS +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1155 +msgid "Enable &TLS" +msgstr "" + +#. DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1183 +msgid "D&SA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections" +msgstr "" + +#. Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1237 +msgid "Disable Downloading &Unvalidated Data" +msgstr "" + +#. Security Settings +#. Expert Settings widget +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1264 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Security Settings" +msgstr "बायोस सेटींग्ज" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1270 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Disable SSL/&TLS" +msgstr "Enabled" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1271 +msgid "Accept &SSL and TLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1272 +msgid "&Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1320 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start-Up" +msgid "FTP Start-up" +msgstr "सुरू करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1322 +msgid "Start-Up" +msgstr "सुरू करा" + +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. General Settings widget (vsftpd) +#. define for tabs_vsftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General Settings widget +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. General Settings widget (pure-ftpd) +#. define for tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General Settings widget +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Performance Settings widget +#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance Settings widget +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1346 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1420 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1473 +#, fuzzy +msgid "General Settings" +msgstr "बायोस सेटींग्ज" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1359 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1428 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1485 +msgid "FTP Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1384 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1446 +msgid "FTP General Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1386 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1448 +msgid "General" +msgstr "सर्वसाधारण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1498 +msgid "FTP Performance Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1500 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Performance" +msgstr "सर्वात जास्त कृती" + +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Anonymous Settings widget +#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Anonymous Settings widget +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Anonymous Settings widget +#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Anonymous Settings widget +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1562 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1597 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Uploading" +msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1569 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1613 +msgid "FTP Anonymous Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1571 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1615 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन" + +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Expert Settings widget (vsftpd) +#. define for tabs_vsftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert Settings widget +#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions +#. Expert Settings widget (pure-ftpd) +#. define for tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree) +#. +#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert Settings widget +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1638 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1712 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Passive Mode" +msgstr "पॅसिव्ह" + +#. end of `CheckBoxFrame(`id("SSLEnable"), "Sec&urity Settings", true +#. end of `Frame ( _("Additional Settings") +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1726 +msgid "SUSEfirewall Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1676 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1731 +msgid "FTP Expert Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1678 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1733 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Expert Settings" +msgstr "बायोस सेटींग्ज" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1720 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Additional Settings" +msgstr "पारंपारिक चायनीज" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><मोठे>सांबा सर्व्हर कॉनफिग्युरेशेन सुरु करत आहेत</b><br>\n" +"कृपया थांबा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रारंभ निष्फळ करत आहेः</big></b><br>\n" +"आता <b>Abort</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध उपयोगिता सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>सांबा सेवासंगणक संरचना संग्रहीत करीत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया वाट पहा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:29 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> जतनाचे कार्य निष्फळ करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>Abort</b> दाबून जतनाची प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करा.\n" +"अतिरिक्त डायलॉग आपणास असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही ते सांगतो.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. -----------================= START_UP SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. Start widget switching daemons help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Selected Service</b><br>\n" +" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" +" </b>. If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. general welcome message help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Welcome Message</b><br>\n" +"Specify the name of a file containing the\n" +"text to display when someone connects to the server.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. general chroot help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:57 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Chroot</b><br>\n" +"When enabled, local users will be (by default) placed in a \n" +"chroot() jail in their home directory after login.\n" +"<b>Warning:</b> This option has security implications, \n" +"especially if users have upload permission\n" +"or shell access. Only enable Chroot if you know what you are doing.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. general logging help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:67 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Verbose Logging</b><br>\n" +"When enabled, all FTP requests and responses are logged.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. general umask help - only pure-ftpd 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Umask</b><br>\n" +"File creation mask. (umask for files):(umask for dirs). \n" +"177:077 if you feel paranoid.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. general umask for anonymous help - only vsftpd 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Umask for Anonymous:</b><br>\n" +"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for anonymous users. \n" +"If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" +"the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. general umask for authenticated users help - only vsftpd 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Umask for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n" +"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n" +"If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" +"the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. general FTP dir for anonymous help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"<p><b>FTP Directory for Anonymous Users:</b><br>\n" +"Specify a directory which is used for FTP anonymous users. \n" +"Press <b>Browse</b> to select a directory from the local filesystem.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:103 +msgid "" +"<p><b>FTP Directory for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n" +"Specify a directory which is used for FTP authenticated users. \n" +"Press <b>Browse</b> to select a directory from the local filesystem.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. performance Max Idle Time help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:113 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Max Idle Time:</b><br>\n" +"The maximum time (timeout) a remote client \n" +"may wait between FTP commands.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. performance max clients per IP help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:120 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Max Clients for One IP:</b><br>\n" +"The maximum number of clients allowed to connect\n" +"from the same source internet address. \n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. performance max clients help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:127 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Max Clients:</b><br>\n" +"The maximum number of clients allowed to connect. \n" +"Any additional clients trying to connect will get an error message.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. performance local max rate help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:134 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Local Max Rate:</b><br>\n" +"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. performance anonymous max rate help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:140 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Anonymous Max Rate:</b><br>\n" +"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. authentication Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:147 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users</b><br>\n" +"<b>Anonymous Only</b>: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" +"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n" +"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:155 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Enable Upload</b><br>\n" +"If enabled, FTP users can upload. To allow anonymous users \n" +"to upload, enable <b>Anonymous Can Upload</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. authentication Anonymous Can Upload help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:162 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Anonymous Can Upload</b><br>\n" +"If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" +"<i>vsftpd only: </i>If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" +"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. authentication Anonymous Can Create Dirs help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:170 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Anonymous Can Create Dirs</b><br>\n" +"If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n" +"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" +"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- +#. +#. expert settings Enable Passive Mode help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:181 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Enable Passive Mode</b><br>\n" +"If enabled, the FTP server will allow passive mode for connections. \n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. expert settings Min Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:187 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Min Port for Passive Mode</b><br>\n" +"Minimum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\n" +"This is used for protection by means of a firewall. \n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. expert settings Max Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:194 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Max Port for Pas. Mode</b><br>\n" +"Maximum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\n" +" This is used for protection by means of a firewall. \n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. expert settings Enable SSL help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:201 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Enable SSL</b><br>\n" +"If enabled, SSL connections are allowed.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. expert settings Enable SSL v2 help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:207 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Enable SSL v2</b><br>\n" +"If enabled, SSL version 2 connections are allowed.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. expert settings Enable SSL v3 help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:213 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Enable SSL v3</b><br>\n" +"If enabled, SSL version 3 connections are allowed.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. expert settings Enable TLS help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:219 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Enable TLS</b><br>\n" +"If enabled, TLS connections are allowed.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. expert settings DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:225 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>DSA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections</b><br>\n" +"This option specifies the location of the DSA certificate to \n" +"use for SSL-encrypted connections. Select a file by pressing <b>Browse</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रमाणपत्र:</big></b> ह्या जोडणीसाठी प्रमाणपत्राचा\n" +"वापर करा.</p>" + +#. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:232 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data</b><br>\n" +"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded \n" +"but not validated by a local admin.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. expert settings Security Settings help 1/1 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:239 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Security Settings</b><br>\n" +"<i>Disable SSL/TLS</i> Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" +"<i>Accept SSL and TLS</i> Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" +"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. -----------================= SUMMARY =============---------- +#. +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:251 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Configure the FTP server.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आयएसएनएस आकृतीबंध</big></b><br>\n" +"येथे आयएसएनएस सर्व्हर आकृतीबंधित करा..<br></p>\n" + +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Adding an FTP Server:</big></b><br>\n" +"Choose an FTP server from the list of detected FTP servers.\n" +"If your FTP server was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" +"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>isnsला जोडणे</big></b><br>\n" +"सापडलेल्या isns लक्ष्यांच्या यादीतून एक isns सर्व्हर निवडा\n" +"जर आपले लक्ष्य सापडले नसेल तर <b>Other (not detected)</b> वापरा.\n" +"नंतर <b>Configure</b> दाबा</p>\n" + +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:262 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" +"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" +"the configuration opens.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>संपादित करत आहे किंवा पुसून टाकत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"आपण <b>Edit</b> दाबल्यास, ज्यात आकृतीबंध बदलायचा आहे\n" +"तो अतिरिक्त डायलॉग उघडतो.</p>\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:268 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" +"Obtain an overview of the installed FTP servers. Additionally,\n" +"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>isns च्या कॉन्फिगरेशनचे विहंगमावलोकन</big></b><br>\n" +"isns लक्ष्यांचे विहंगमावलोकन प्राप्त करा. त्यासोबतच\n" +"त्यांचे कॉन्फिगरेशन ही संपादित करा.\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:274 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Adding a FTP Server</big></b><br>\n" +"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a FTP server.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> प्रोवाइडर एड करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"नविन प्रोवाइडर मेन्युअली कोन्फिगर करण्यासाठी <b>एड</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:278 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" +"Choose a FTP server to change or remove.\n" +"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> एडिटिंग वा डिलिटिंग:</big></b><br>\n" +"ज्याचे कोन्फिगरेशन एडिट किंवा रिमुव करायचे आहे तो प्रोवाइडर निवडा.\n" +"मग: <B>एडिट</B> किंवा <B>डिलिट</B>बटन दाबा.</P>\n" + +#. CWMServiceStart function with no parameter returning boolean value +#. that says if the service is started. +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Xinetd is not running." +msgstr "सेवा चालू नाही" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start it now?" +msgstr "आता सुरूवात करा ..." + +#. Valid function of "Umask (umask files:umask dirs)" +#. check value of textentry +#. only pure-ftpd +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:623 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Not a valid umask." +msgstr "' अवैध आहे." + +#. Handle function of "Browse" +#. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Anonynmous Users" +#. Handle function of "Browse" +#. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Authenticated Users" +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:785 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:823 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Directory" +msgid "Select directory" +msgstr "डिरेक्टरी निवडा" + +#. end of if (button == "EnableUpload") { +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1059 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create the \"upload\" directory in %1\n" +msgstr "%1/%2मध्ये डिरेक्टरी तयार करत आहे" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1064 +#, fuzzy +msgid "and enable write access?\n" +msgstr "दुर्गम संपर्कात परवानगी दिले" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1066 +msgid "" +"If you want anonymous users to be able to upload,\n" +" you need to create a directory with write access.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1073 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1094 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1120 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1143 +#, fuzzy +msgid " is a home directory after the login of anonymous users." +msgstr "आत्ताचा सर्वर आइपि एड्रेस एन्टर करा" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1084 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1131 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Do you want to change permissions\n" +"for\n" +msgstr "संचिका तयार करू शकत नाही" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1087 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1134 +msgid "Upload (allow writing)?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1089 +msgid "" +"To allow anonymous users to upload, you need a directory with write access.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1108 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do you want to create a directory?\n" +msgstr "संचिका तयार करू शकत नाही" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Upload with write access?" +msgstr "दुर्गम संपर्कात परवानगी दिले" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1113 +msgid "" +"If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" +" you have to create a directory with write access.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1136 +msgid "" +"If you want anonymous users to be able to create directories,\n" +" you need a directory with write access.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Handle function of "Anonymous Can Upload" +#. check permissions for upload dir +#. +#. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0) +#. Handle function of "Anonymous Can Create Directories" +#. check permissions for upload dir +#. +#. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0) +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1203 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1290 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change permissions of %1 ?\n" +msgstr "परवानग्या बदल्या" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1207 +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1294 +msgid "" +"If you want to allow uploads for \"anonymous\" users, \n" +"you need a directory with write access for them." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1227 +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1314 +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access." +msgstr "" + +#. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" +#. check values Max Port >= Min Port +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1457 +msgid "Condition for ports is max port > min port." +msgstr "" + +#. Valid function of "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" +#. check value if user enable SSL Certificate (textentry) doesn't be empty +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1637 +#, fuzzy +msgid "DSA certificate is missing." +msgstr "सीए प्रमाणपत्र स्थापीत केले नाही." + +#. Handle function of "Browse" +#. handling value in textentry of "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1664 +msgid "Select File" +msgstr "फाईल निवडा" + +#. Valid function of "Security Settings" +#. check of existing certificate +#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1722 +msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:214 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Welcome message" +msgstr "सुस्वागतम्" + +#. FtpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:816 +msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Part for commandline - it is necessary choose daemon if both are installed +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:827 +msgid "You have installed both daemons:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Choose one of them for configuration." +msgstr "" +"पुढे चालू ठेवण्यासाठी अनेक विकल्पांपैकी\n" +"एकाची निवड करा." + +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:831 +msgid "Do you want to configure vsftpd? Alternatively choose pure-ftpd." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:839 +msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:858 +msgid "Read settings from the config file" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:860 +msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgstr "आधीची सेटिंग्ज वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:864 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "इन्स्टॉलेशन संपत आहे..." + +#. calling read function for reading settings form config file +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:874 +msgid "Cannot Read Current Settings." +msgstr "" + +#. FtpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:891 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving FTP Configuration" +msgstr "माऊस कॉन्फिग्यूरेशन" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:901 +msgid "Write the settings to the config file" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:903 +msgid "Write the settings for starting daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:907 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "इन्स्टॉलेशन संपत आहे..." + +#. write options to the config file +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:917 +msgid "Cannot write settings!" +msgstr "मांडणी रचना लिहू शकत नाही!" + +#. write settings for starting daemon +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot write settings for xinetd!" +msgstr "" + +#. write settings for starting daemon +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:931 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot create upload directory for anonymous connections." +msgstr "नवीन वापरकर्त्यासाठी आरंभ संचिका निर्माण करू नका" + +#. anonymous dir +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079 +msgid "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089 +msgid "FTP daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094 +msgid "FTP daemon %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098 +msgid "These options will be configured" +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Please select directory..." +#~ msgstr "कृपया निवडा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Please Select File" +#~ msgstr "कृपया निवडा" + +#~ msgid "&Install" +#~ msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#~ msgid "&Cancel" +#~ msgstr "&रद्द करा" + +#~ msgid "&Accept" +#~ msgstr "&स्वीकारा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "This is not supported via xinetd now." +#~ msgstr "समांतरणला मदत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "This is not supported via xinetd now." +#~ msgstr "समांतरणला मदत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "FTP Directory" +#~ msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री" + +#~ msgid "Bro&wse" +#~ msgstr "संचारसाधन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Rate Settings" +#~ msgstr "बायोस सेटींग्ज" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Sec&urity Settings" +#~ msgstr "बायोस सेटींग्ज" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/geo-cluster.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/geo-cluster.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/geo-cluster.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,547 @@ +# Marathi translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2014 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2014. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module +#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 +msgid "Configuration of geo-cluster" +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 +msgid "GeoCluster" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 +msgid "&GeoCluster" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption +#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Class Configuration" +msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" +msgstr "वर्गाची संरचना" + +#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Printer Overview" +msgid "Geo Cluster Overview" +msgstr "मुद्रणाचा आढावा" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration files" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "संरचना फाईल अद्ययावत करा" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 +msgid "transport" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Navigators" +msgid "arbitrator" +msgstr "दिशादर्शक" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "जोडा" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "संपादन" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "हटवा" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +msgid "site" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +msgid "ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication" +msgid "Authentification" +msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cancel" +msgid "Ca&ncel" +msgstr "रद्द करा" + +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "ठीक आहे" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable Security Event Notification" +msgid "Enable Security Auth" +msgstr "सुरक्षा घटने संबंधी सूचना लागू करा." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication" +msgid "Authentification file" +msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 +msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key" +msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" +msgstr "विश्वसनियता निर्धारण कळीसाठी फाईल निवडा" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Basic" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "रद्द करा" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address." +msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" +msgstr "वैध ई-मले पत्ता प्रविष्ट करा" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +msgid "timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directories" +msgid "retries" +msgstr "डिरेक्टरी" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required patterns" +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "आवश्यक नमुने (पॅटर्न्स)" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Action is invalid." +msgid "timeout is invalid" +msgstr "कृती अवैध आहे." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "expire is invalid" +msgstr "' अवैध आहे." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "acquireafter is invalid" +msgstr "स्रोत वैध नाही." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "retries is invalid" +msgstr "' अवैध आहे." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "weights is invalid" +msgstr "' अवैध आहे." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL cannot be empty." +msgid "ticket can not be empty" +msgstr "युआरएल रिकामा असू शकत नाही." + +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "फायरवॉल संरचना" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 +msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565 +msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581 +msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592 +msgid "Edit IP address of your site" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists." +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "पुरविणाऱ्याचे नाव %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#. Validation check before switch to authentification +#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." +msgstr "आकृतीबंध नाव रिक्त नसते." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "आकृतीबंध नाव रिक्त नसते." + +#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "कळ अवैध आहे." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." +msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" +msgstr "प्रवेशद्वार आयपी पत्ता अयोग्य आहे." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. Validation check before switch to basic +#. Still fall to :basic or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to create the installation RAM disk." +msgid "Failed to create authentification file " +msgstr "स्थापनेची रॅम डिस्क निर्माण करण्यात अपयशी." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" +msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " +msgstr "प्रॉक्सीकरता ऑथेन्टीकेशप सेट करा" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Complete Configuration Files" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "पूर्ण संरचना फाईल्स मिळवा" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration files" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "संरचना फाईल अद्ययावत करा" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "TV Station Configuration" +msgid "Authentification Configuration" +msgstr "टिव्ही केंद्राची संरचना" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." + +#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") +#. Convert relative path to absolute path +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी लिहीली जाऊ शकत नाही." + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी लिहीली जाऊ शकत नाही." + +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" +msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्राची संरचना कार्यान्वयीत करत आहे" + +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgstr "आधीची सेटिंग्ज वाचा" + +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 +msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgstr "पूर्वीची सेटींग्ज वाचली जात आहे" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Class Configuration" +msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" +msgstr "वर्गाची संरचना" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 +msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 +msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Error message +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही." + +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 +msgid "Configuration summary..." +msgstr "सारांश संरचना..." + +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 +msgid "Detect the devices" +msgstr "वस्तू निश्चित करत आहे" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 +msgid "Detecting the devices..." +msgstr "वस्तू निश्चित करत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "डाटाबेस 1 वाचू शकत नाही." + +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 +msgid "Cannot read the database2." +msgstr "डाटाबेस 2 वाचू शकत नाही." + +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 +msgid "Cannot detect devices." +msgstr "डिव्हायसेस ओळखू शकत नाही." + +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवा" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 +msgid "Configuration summary ..." +msgstr "आकृतीबंध सारांश ..." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +#~ msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +#~ msgstr "आकृतीबंध नाव रिक्त नसते." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/gtk.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/gtk.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/gtk.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,1537 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. translator: byte shorthand +#: src/YGProgressBar.cc:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B" +msgstr "केबी" + +#: src/YGProgressBar.cc:26 +msgid "KB" +msgstr "KB" + +#: src/YGProgressBar.cc:27 +msgid "MB" +msgstr "MB" + +#: src/YGProgressBar.cc:28 +msgid "GB" +msgstr "GB" + +#: src/YGProgressBar.cc:29 +msgid "TB" +msgstr "TB" + +#: src/YGProgressBar.cc:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "of" +msgstr " चा " + +#: src/YGTreeView.cc:119 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Total selected:" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक निवडलेला नाही." + +#: src/YGTreeView.cc:358 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No entries." +msgstr "कुठली नोंद सापडली नाही" + +#: src/YGUI.cc:28 +msgid "Error" +msgstr "त्रुटी" + +#: src/YGUI.cc:132 +msgid "" +"Command line options for the YaST2 UI (GTK plugin):\n" +"\n" +"--noborder no window manager border for main dialogs\n" +"--fullscreen use full screen for main dialogs\n" +"--nothreads run without additional UI threads\n" +"--help prints this help text\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGUI.cc:327 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Parse control file" +msgid "Open Macro file" +msgstr "नियंत्रण फाईल पार्स करा" + +#: src/YGUI.cc:343 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Macro recording done." +msgstr "माहिती सापडली नाही." + +#: src/YGUI.cc:349 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Save Macro" +msgstr "नोंद संग्रहीत करा" + +#: src/YGUI.cc:358 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Save y2logs" +msgstr "याप्रमाणे नोंद संग्रहीत करा..." + +#: src/YGUI.cc:368 +#, c-format +msgid "Could not run: '%s' (exit value: %d)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGUI.cc:394 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not start IPsec." +msgid "No dialog to take screenshot of." +msgstr "IPsec सुरू करू शकले नाही." + +#: src/YGUI.cc:409 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not start IPsec." +msgid "Could not take screenshot." +msgstr "IPsec सुरू करू शकले नाही." + +#: src/YGUI.cc:450 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save queues" +msgid "Save screenshot" +msgstr "रांगा संग्रहीत करा" + +#: src/YGUI.cc:462 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not set base selection: %1" +msgid "Could not save to:" +msgstr "मूळ निवड स्थिर होऊ शकली नाही: %1" + +#: src/YGUI.cc:505 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Select" +msgid "Select" +msgstr "निवड" + +#: src/YGUtils.cc:626 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Apply" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#: src/YGUtils.cc:627 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Accept" +msgstr "&स्वीकारा" + +#: src/YGUtils.cc:628 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Install" +msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#: src/YGUtils.cc:629 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "ठीक आहे" + +#: src/YGUtils.cc:630 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "रद्द करा" + +#: src/YGUtils.cc:631 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Abort" +msgid "Abort" +msgstr "&बंद करा" + +#: src/YGUtils.cc:632 src/ygtkwizard.c:155 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Close" +msgstr "बंद करा" + +#: src/YGUtils.cc:633 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "होय" + +#: src/YGUtils.cc:634 +msgid "No" +msgstr "नाही" + +#: src/YGUtils.cc:635 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "जोडा" + +#: src/YGUtils.cc:636 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "संपादन" + +#: src/YGUtils.cc:637 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "हटवा" + +#: src/YGUtils.cc:638 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Up" +msgstr "वर" + +#: src/YGUtils.cc:639 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Down" +msgstr "खाली" + +#: src/YGUtils.cc:640 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enable" +msgstr "Enabled" + +#: src/YGUtils.cc:641 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Disable" +msgstr "अक्षम केले " + +#: src/YGUtils.cc:642 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Exit" +msgstr "संपादन" + +#: src/YGUtils.cc:643 +msgid "Back" +msgstr "मागे" + +#: src/YGUtils.cc:644 +msgid "Next" +msgstr "पुढचा" + +#: src/ygtksteps.c:75 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Current step" +msgstr "चालू दिनांक" + +#: src/ygtktreeview.c:135 +msgid "Loading..." +msgstr "चढवत आहे." + +#: src/ygtktreeview.c:214 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Show column" +msgstr "बूट मेनू दाखवा" + +#: src/ygtkwizard.c:83 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Clear" +msgstr "साफ करावे" + +#: src/ygtkwizard.c:107 src/ygtkwizard.c:617 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "मदत" + +#: src/ygtkwizard.c:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Finish" +msgid "&Find:" +msgstr "पूर्ण करा" + +#: src/ygtkwizard.c:448 +#, fuzzy +msgid "more" +msgstr "अधिक..." + +#~ msgid "Name" +#~ msgstr "नाव" + +#~ msgid "Version" +#~ msgstr "आवृत्ती" + +#~ msgid "Size" +#~ msgstr "परिमाण" + +#~ msgid "Action" +#~ msgstr "कार्य" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repository" +#~ msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Supportability" +#~ msgstr "पाठबळाची माहिती प्रविष्ट करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package _listing:" +#~ msgstr "नामावली निवड" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Priorities" +#~ msgstr "वाटप करणे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repositories" +#~ msgstr "फाईलची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Groups" +#~ msgstr "गट" + +#~ msgid "RPM Groups" +#~ msgstr "RPM गट" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Support" +#~ msgstr "पाठबळाची माहिती प्रविष्ट करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Patterns" +#~ msgstr "नमुने" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Languages" +#~ msgstr "साईन भाषा" + +#~ msgid "License Agreement" +#~ msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Do you accept the terms of this license?" +#~ msgstr "आपण हा परवाना करार स्वीकारता का?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Warning Message" +#~ msgstr "इशारा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Install anyway?" +#~ msgstr "स्थापीत करा व कसेही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Changes not saved!" +#~ msgstr "बदलले, अजूनपर्यंत साठविले नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Quit anyway?" +#~ msgstr "स्थापीत करा व कसेही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unsupported packages" +#~ msgstr "न तपासलेली पॅकेजेस" + +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "ऑनलाईन सुधारणा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Software Manager" +#~ msgstr "प्रणाली व्यवस्थापक" + +#~ msgid "Please wait..." +#~ msgstr "कृपया थांबा..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1>" +#~ msgstr "<h1>इशारा</h1>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<h2>Filters</h2>" +#~ msgstr "<h3>वापरकर्ता</h3>" + +#~ msgid "Information only available for installed packages." +#~ msgstr "माहिती कावळ स्थापित पॅकेजेसकरता उपलब्ध." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Several selected" +#~ msgstr "सेवासंगणक निवडलेला नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Patch issued:" +#~ msgstr "ठिगळे:" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Days" +#~ msgid "as" +#~ msgstr "दिवस" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Details" +#~ msgstr "विस्तृत:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Size:" +#~ msgstr "आकार: " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "License:" +#~ msgstr "<b>परवाना: </b>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Versions" +#~ msgstr "आवृत्ती" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installed" +#~ msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#~ msgid "Remove" +#~ msgstr "कमी करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Upgrade" +#~ msgstr "उतरवून घ्या" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Downgrade" +#~ msgstr "उतरवून घ्या" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Re-install" +#~ msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Supportability:" +#~ msgstr "पाठबळाची माहिती प्रविष्ट करा" + +#~ msgid "Dependencies" +#~ msgstr "अवलंबित्वे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installed Version:" +#~ msgstr "आवृत्ती स्थापली" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Available Version:" +#~ msgstr "उपलब्ध आवृत्ती: %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "File list" +#~ msgstr "फाईलची यादी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Changelog" +#~ msgstr "लॉग बदला" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Authors" +#~ msgstr "<b>लेखक: </b>" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Action not specified." +#~ msgid "Attribute not-specified." +#~ msgstr "कृती ठरविलेली नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Developed by:" +#~ msgstr "विकास" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Packaged by:" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज: " + +#~ msgid "Available" +#~ msgstr "उपलब्ध" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Modified" +#~ msgstr "दुरूस्त केलेल्या फाईल्स: " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "All packages" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापीत करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Not installed" +#~ msgstr "स्थापले नाही (%1)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Upgrades" +#~ msgstr "उतरवून घ्या" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Locked" +#~ msgstr "लॉक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Only Upgrade Patches" +#~ msgstr "उतरवून घ्या" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Upgrade All" +#~ msgstr "उतरवून घ्या" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "All repositories" +#~ msgstr "फाईलची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे" + +#~ msgid "None" +#~ msgstr "कोणी नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Edit Repositories" +#~ msgstr "फाईलची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "All patches" +#~ msgstr "सर्व पॅचेस" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "automatic" +#~ msgstr "स्वंयचलित" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "install" +#~ msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "upgrade" +#~ msgstr "उतरवून घ्या" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "remove" +#~ msgstr "कमी करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "downgrade" +#~ msgstr "उतरवून घ्या" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "re-install" +#~ msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "patch" +#~ msgstr " पॅचेस " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "auto" +#~ msgstr "<b>लेखक: </b>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "add repository" +#~ msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "remove repository" +#~ msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "change repository alias" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज रिपॉझिटरी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "change repository url" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज रिपॉझिटरी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Save to" +#~ msgstr "नोंद संग्रहीत करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Version / URL" +#~ msgstr "आवृत्ती" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Requested by" +#~ msgstr "हॅटची विनंती" + +#~ msgid "Date" +#~ msgstr "दिनांक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Show History (%s)" +#~ msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री" + +#~ msgid "Save to File" +#~ msgstr "फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करा" + +#~ msgid "&Install" +#~ msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Upgrade" +#~ msgstr "उतरवून घ्या" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Re-install" +#~ msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#~ msgid "&Remove" +#~ msgstr "ला काढा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Unlock" +#~ msgstr "घड्याळे" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Lock" +#~ msgid "&Lock" +#~ msgstr "लॉक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No matches." +#~ msgstr "ठिगळे मिळाली." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "modify" +#~ msgstr "बदला" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "To install" +#~ msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "To remove" +#~ msgstr "कमी करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "(upgrade available)" +#~ msgstr "कोणतेही पॅकेज उपलब्ध नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installed packages" +#~ msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजेस" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "&Import from File" +#~ msgid "Import from" +#~ msgstr "फाईलवरून इंपोर्ट करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Could not stop IPsec." +#~ msgid "Could not open:" +#~ msgstr "Ipsec थांबवू शकले नाही:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Export to" +#~ msgstr "निर्यात" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependencies resolver." +#~ msgstr "<p>डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हरमधील बग्ज ओळखण्यात मदत होण्यासाठी विस्तारित लॉग्ज निर्माणकरण्याकरिता हे वापरा. लॉग्ज <br><tt> %1</tt></p> डिरेस्टरीत जतन होतील" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" +#~ msgid "Generate Dependencies Resolver Testcase" +#~ msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस निर्माण करा" + +#~ msgid "Success" +#~ msgstr "यशस्वी" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to" +#~ msgid "Dependencies resolver test case written to:" +#~ msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस यांना लिहिली" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Also create a <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> tar archive to attach to bugzilla?" +#~ msgstr "<p>डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस <br><tt>%1</tt><p>यांना लिहिली बगझिल्लालाजोडण्यासाठी <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> पुरातत्व तया करायचे?</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failed to create dependencies resolver testcase.\n" +#~ "Please check disk space and permissions for:" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>चूक</b> डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस निर्माण करतांना </p><p>कृपयाडिस्कवरील जागा तपासून घ्या व <tt>%1</tt></p> साठी अनुमती आहे ना ते पहा" + +#~ msgid "&Import..." +#~ msgstr " आयात करा..." + +#~ msgid "&Export..." +#~ msgstr "निर्यात..." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Configuration" +#~ msgid "&Configuration" +#~ msgstr "संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Repositories..." +#~ msgstr "फाईलची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Online Update..." +#~ msgstr "ऑनलाईन सुधारणा" + +#~ msgid "&Dependencies" +#~ msgstr "अवलंबीता" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "&Check New Passwords" +#~ msgid "&Check Now" +#~ msgstr "&नवीन पासवर्ड तपासा " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Autocheck" +#~ msgstr "ऑटोचेक" + +#~ msgid "&Options" +#~ msgstr "पर्याय" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" +#~ msgstr "शिफारस करण्यात आलेली पॅकेजस" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" +#~ msgstr "शिफारस करण्यात आलेली पॅकेजस" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&System Verification Mode" +#~ msgstr "यंत्रणा कार्यक्रम ठिकाण" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Ignore recommended packages for already installed packages" +#~ msgstr "शिफारस करण्यात आलेली पॅकेजस" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजेस निवडत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "E&xtras" +#~ msgstr "&एक्स्ट्राज" + +#~ msgid "Show &Products" +#~ msgstr "प्रदर्शन आणि उत्पादने" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Show &Changes" +#~ msgstr "काही बदल नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Show &History" +#~ msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Selection Dependencies" +#~ msgid "Show &Unneeded Dependencies" +#~ msgstr "निवडीचा अवलंबिता" + +#~ msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" +#~ msgstr "जुळणारी –सर्व डिवेल पॅकेजेस स्थापित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Install All Matching -debug-&info Packages" +#~ msgstr "सर्व डिबगउंफो पॅकेजेस स्थापित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Install All Matching -debug-&source Packages" +#~ msgstr "सर्व डिबगउंफो पॅकेजेस स्थापित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" +#~ msgid "Generate Dependencies Resolver &Testcase" +#~ msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस निर्माण करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reset &Ignored Dependencies Conflicts" +#~ msgstr "रीसेट आणि इग्नोअर्ड डिपेन्डन्सी कॉन्फ्लिक्ट्स" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Remove: cannot remove patterns" +#~ msgstr "शिफारस केलेले नमुने" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Candidate provides:" +#~ msgstr "पुरवणाराची यादी लिहा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installed provides:" +#~ msgstr "स्थापित आकार" + +#~ msgid "Vendor" +#~ msgstr "पुरवठादार" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Products Listing" +#~ msgstr "उत्पादनाची नोंदणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Name & Summary" +#~ msgstr "अद्ययावत सारांश" + +#~ msgid "Description" +#~ msgstr "वर्णन" + +#~ msgid "File name" +#~ msgstr "प्रपत्राचे नाव" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Search by file name only reliable for installed packages." +#~ msgstr "माहिती कावळ स्थापित पॅकेजेसकरता उपलब्ध." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "view all changes" +#~ msgstr "सर्व बदल जतन करत आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<b>%s</b> %d preselected packages" +#~ msgstr "निवडलेली पॅकेजेस कॉपी करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Kind of Dependency" +#~ msgid "plus 1 dependency" +#~ msgstr "अवलंबित्वाचा प्रकार" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "(by dependencies)" +#~ msgid "plus %d dependencies" +#~ msgstr "(अवलंबित्वांद्वारे)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No changes to perform" +#~ msgstr "सादर करण्याजोगे कोणतेही बदल अद्याप केलेले नाहीत." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "To install:" +#~ msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "To upgrade:" +#~ msgstr "उतरवून घ्या" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "To remove:" +#~ msgstr "कमी करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Space available:" +#~ msgstr "कोणतेही पॅकेज उपलब्ध नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Disk space required:" +#~ msgstr "उपकरण आवश्यक आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Download size:" +#~ msgstr "एकूण उतरविण्याची आकार: " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Revert?" +#~ msgstr "उलट" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Summary of changes" +#~ msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना अधिसूचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Review the changes to perform." +#~ msgstr "%1 ला बदलेले संग्रहीत करायचे?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "See History" +#~ msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Selection Dependencies" +#~ msgid "Show Unneeded Dependencies" +#~ msgstr "निवडीचा अवलंबिता" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Remove" +#~ msgid "Remove All" +#~ msgstr "कमी करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Education" +#~ msgstr "स्थान" + +#~ msgid "Games" +#~ msgstr "खेळ" + +#~ msgid "Graphics" +#~ msgstr "ग्राफिक्स" + +#~ msgid "Office" +#~ msgstr "ऑफिस" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Programming" +#~ msgstr "कार्यक्रम" + +#~ msgid "Multimedia" +#~ msgstr "मल्टिमीडिया" + +#~ msgid "System" +#~ msgstr "सिस्टम" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Desktop (GNOME)" +#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Desktop (KDE)" +#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Desktop (XFCE)" +#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Desktop (Others)" +#~ msgstr "केल्टीक (इतर)" + +#~ msgid "Publishing" +#~ msgstr "प्रकाशन करीत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Admin Tools" +#~ msgstr "अवजारे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Localization" +#~ msgstr "कल्पनेत डोळ्यापुढे आणणे" + +#~ msgid "Security" +#~ msgstr "सुरक्षा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Communication" +#~ msgstr "दळणवळण नियंत्रक" + +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "जाल" + +#~ msgid "Documentation" +#~ msgstr "लेखांकन" + +#~ msgid "Utilities" +#~ msgstr "सेवा" + +#~ msgid "Unknown" +#~ msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Suggested" +#~ msgstr "सूचना" + +#~ msgid "Recommended" +#~ msgstr "सुचवलेला" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Recent" +#~ msgstr "नकार द्या" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Multiversion" +#~ msgstr "मल्टिमीडिया" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installed:" +#~ msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reboot required:" +#~ msgstr "ला गरज आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Relogin required:" +#~ msgstr "ला गरज आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Optional" +#~ msgstr "पर्याय" + +#~ msgid "Other" +#~ msgstr "इतर" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web..." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजसचा शोध घेतला जात आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Install All Matching -debug-&sinfo Packages" +#~ msgstr "सर्व डिबगउंफो पॅकेजेस स्थापित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "_Cancel" +#~ msgstr "&रद्द करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "_Apply" +#~ msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package is locked" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज यादी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "_Install" +#~ msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "_Upgrade" +#~ msgstr "उतरवून घ्या" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "_Remove" +#~ msgstr "काढून टाका" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "_Lock" +#~ msgstr "लॉक" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "File" +#~ msgid "F_ile" +#~ msgstr "धारिका" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Import..." +#~ msgid "_Import..." +#~ msgstr "आयात..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "_Export..." +#~ msgstr "निर्यात..." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Configuration" +#~ msgid "_Configuration" +#~ msgstr "संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Dependencies" +#~ msgid "_Dependencies" +#~ msgstr "अवलंबित्वे" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Options" +#~ msgid "_Options" +#~ msgstr "पर्याय" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Show _Products" +#~ msgstr "प्रदर्शन आणि उत्पादने" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Selection Dependencies" +#~ msgid "Show _Unneeded Dependencies" +#~ msgstr "निवडीचा अवलंबिता" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Install All Matching -_devel Packages" +#~ msgstr "जुळणारी –सर्व डिवेल पॅकेजेस स्थापित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" +#~ msgid "Generate Dependencies Resolver _Testcase" +#~ msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस निर्माण करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Select Macro File to Play" +#~ msgstr "अद्ययावत करण्याची फाईल निवडा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Select Macro File to Record to" +#~ msgstr "अद्ययावत करण्याची फाईल निवडा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Choose" +#~ msgstr "निवडा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<i>Information only available for installed packages.</i>" +#~ msgstr "माहिती कावळ स्थापित पॅकेजेसकरता उपलब्ध." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "_Open" +#~ msgstr "उघडा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Provides:" +#~ msgstr "वाटप करणे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Pre-requires:" +#~ msgstr "आवश्यक आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Requires:" +#~ msgstr "आवश्यक आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Conflicts:" +#~ msgstr "काँफ्लिक्ट रिझोल्यूशन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Obsoletes:" +#~ msgstr "टाकाऊ झालेले..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Recommends:" +#~ msgstr "सुचवलेला" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Suggests:" +#~ msgstr "सूचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Enhances:" +#~ msgstr "लॉग बदला" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Supplements:" +#~ msgstr "पूरक नमुने" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<i>Not specified.</i>" +#~ msgstr "IP सूचित केलेला नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Apply Patches" +#~ msgstr "सर्व पॅचेस" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Import" +#~ msgstr " आयात " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Could not load package list: '%s'" +#~ msgstr "%१ मधून पॅकेजेस लोड करण्यात चूक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Could not export package list: '%s'" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजेसची सूची %१ मध्ये निर्यात करण्यात चूक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Create Dependency Solver Test Case" +#~ msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस निर्माण करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Dependency solver test case written to" +#~ msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस यांना लिहिली" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Generate Dependency Solver Test Case" +#~ msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस निर्माण करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Any status" +#~ msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Upgradable" +#~ msgstr "उतरवून घ्या" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Any priority" +#~ msgstr "अदलाबदल &प्राधान्य" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Save logs to" +#~ msgstr "याप्रमाणे नोंद संग्रहीत करा..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No log entries." +#~ msgstr "कुठली नोंद सापडली नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Local database" +#~ msgstr "MySQL डेटाबेस" + +#~ msgid "Load Package List" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज यादी भरा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Error loading package list from '%s'" +#~ msgstr "%१ मधून पॅकेजेस लोड करण्यात चूक" + +#~ msgid "Save Package List" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज यादी संग्रहीत करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Show Package Changes" +#~ msgstr "प्रदर्शन आणि आपोआप पॅकेज बदल" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unknown Group" +#~ msgstr "अपरिचित चूक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installed: " +#~ msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#~ msgid " of " +#~ msgstr " चा " + +#~ msgid "<b>Installed Version</b>" +#~ msgstr "<b>स्थापित आवृत्ती </b>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<b>Candidate Version</b>" +#~ msgstr "<b>पर्यायी आवृत्ती: </b>" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Re&size" +#~ msgid "Resize" +#~ msgstr "Re&size" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "View as list" +#~ msgstr "फाईलची यादी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "View as grid" +#~ msgstr "फाईलची यादी" + +#~ msgid "All" +#~ msgstr "सर्व" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Detailed" +#~ msgstr "विस्तृत" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Edit..." +#~ msgstr "संपादीत करा..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Install All" +#~ msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "_Available" +#~ msgstr "उपलब्ध" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "_Installed" +#~ msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "A_ll" +#~ msgstr "सर्व" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Filter by name & summary" +#~ msgstr "फिल्टर फॉर्म" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Filter by description" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्राचे वर्णन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Filter by file" +#~ msgstr "चाळणी: " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Filter by author" +#~ msgstr "फिल्टर फॉर्म" + +#~ msgid "Severity" +#~ msgstr "गांभीर्य" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "related packages." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजसना गरज आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Available:" +#~ msgstr "उपलब्ध" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Ins_tall" +#~ msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Up_grade" +#~ msgstr "उतरवून घ्या" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Re-ins_tall" +#~ msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package '%s' was not found." +#~ msgstr "चलराशी %1 सापडली नाही." + +#~ msgid "Mount Point" +#~ msgstr "स्वार होण्याचा बिंदू" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Usage" +#~ msgstr "ओसेज" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Disk usage" +#~ msgstr "तबकडी वापर" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "A_pply" +#~ msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Notification" +#~ msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना अधिसूचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Import Package List" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज सूची निर्यात करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Import Failed" +#~ msgstr "फाईलवरून इंपोर्ट करा" + +#~ msgid "Export Package List" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज सूची निर्यात करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Couldn't save package list to: " +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजची माहिती वाचू शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Export Failed" +#~ msgstr "फाईलकडे एक्स्पोर्ट करा" + +#~ msgid "Tools" +#~ msgstr "अवजारे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Import List..." +#~ msgstr "आयात..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Export List..." +#~ msgstr "निर्यात..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Generate Dependency Testcase..." +#~ msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस निर्माण करा" + +#~ msgid "Summary" +#~ msgstr "सारांश" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Selected:" +#~ msgstr "हटवा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Accessibility" +#~ msgstr "दृष्यमानता" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Accessories" +#~ msgstr "संपर्क बिंदू" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Internet" +#~ msgstr "KInternet सुरू करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Other Desktops" +#~ msgstr "इतर मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Servers" +#~ msgstr "सेवासंगणक" + +#~ msgid "Fonts" +#~ msgstr "फॉन्ट्स" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Virtualization" +#~ msgstr "कल्पनेत डोळ्यापुढे आणणे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Power Management" +#~ msgstr "पावर मॅनेजमेन्ट वापरा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Software Sources" +#~ msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Uncategorized" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजची वर्गवारी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "(As this package is an extension to an already installed package, it is <b>recommended</b> it be installed.)" +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज स्थापित केलेले नाही आणि ते स्थापित केले जआणार नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "(As this package complements some installed packages, it is <b>suggested</b> it be installed.)" +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज स्थापित केलेले नाही आणि ते स्थापित केले जआणार नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installed at:" +#~ msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Last build from:" +#~ msgstr "पासून वैध:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reboot needed!" +#~ msgstr "ला गरज आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Uncouple" +#~ msgstr "संरचना न केलेला " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No filter" +#~ msgstr "गाळणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Suggested by an installed package" +#~ msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजेस तपासा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Fresh" +#~ msgstr "नवीन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Search!" +#~ msgstr "शोध" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Search in:" +#~ msgstr "आत शोधा" + +#~ msgid "Search" +#~ msgstr "शोध" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Available for install" +#~ msgstr " स्थापनेकरिता उपलब्ध नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installed patches" +#~ msgstr "स्थापीत ठिगळे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Undo history" +#~ msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Query only applicable to available packages." +#~ msgstr "माहिती कावळ स्थापित पॅकेजेसकरता उपलब्ध." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Category:" +#~ msgstr "विभाग" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Patches" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजेस" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "ChangeLog" +#~ msgstr "लॉग बदला" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Patch Selector" +#~ msgstr "नामावली निवड" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package Selector" +#~ msgstr "नामावली निवड" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid " License Agreement" +#~ msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "License: " +#~ msgstr "<b>परवाना: </b>" + +#~ msgid "Size: " +#~ msgstr "आकार: " + +#~ msgid "All Packages" +#~ msgstr "सर्व पॅकेज " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Suggested Packages" +#~ msgstr "सुचवण्यात आलेली पॅकेजेस" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Recommended Packages" +#~ msgstr "शिफारस करण्यात आलेली पॅकेजस" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Patch Selection" +#~ msgstr "नामावली निवड" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package Selection" +#~ msgstr "नामावली निवड" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "_Re-install" +#~ msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#~ msgid "YaST" +#~ msgstr "वायएएसटी२" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "%s - YaST" +#~ msgstr "वायएएसटी२" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Resolve Problems" +#~ msgstr "अडचणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "C_onfirm" +#~ msgstr "संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Problems" +#~ msgstr "अडचणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<i>(not available)</i>" +#~ msgstr "हे उपलब्ध नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Patch Information" +#~ msgstr "स्थितीबद्दलची माहिती" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<b>Installed Software:</b>" +#~ msgstr "<b>स्थापलेले: </b>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<b>Available Software:</b>" +#~ msgstr "उपलब्ध आहेत:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "View Packages:" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजेस" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "_Search:" +#~ msgstr "शोध" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package Information" +#~ msgstr "हार्डवेअरची माहिती" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Advanced" +#~ msgstr "प्रगत" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Loading packages list..." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज फाईल्स वाचली जात आहेत..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<b>Abandon all changes?</b>" +#~ msgstr "सर्व बदल झोडू द्यायचे?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Changes Summary" +#~ msgstr "स्थापना गोषवारा" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/http-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/http-server.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/http-server.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,1653 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36 +msgid "Configuration of HTTP server (Apache2)" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: help text for configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:45 +msgid "Configure host settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: help text for modules command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:55 +msgid "Configure the Apache2 server modules" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: help text for listen command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 +msgid "Set up the ports and network addresses where the server should listen." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 +msgid "Configure virtual hosts" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enable or disable wizard mode." +msgstr "इन्फ्रारेड नियंत्रक उपलब्ध किंवा अनुपलब्ध करा" + +#. translators: help text for servername option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:92 +msgid "Server name, for example, www.example.com" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: help text for serveradmin option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:99 +msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:106 +msgid "Directory where the documents of the server are stored" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:113 +msgid "Name of the host to configure." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: help text for add subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:121 +msgid "Add a new listen entry ([address:]port)" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: help text for delete subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:129 +msgid "Delete an existing listen entry ([address:]port)" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: help text for list subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:135 +msgid "List configured entries" +msgstr "संरचना नोंदीत यादी" + +#. translators: help text for enable subcommand (modules command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:143 +msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to enable" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: help text for disable subcommand (modules command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:151 +msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:155 +msgid "Create new virtual host" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:158 +msgid "Delete existing virtual host" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:162 +msgid "Set selected virtual host as default host" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166 +msgid "Set wizard mode \"on\" or \"off\"." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message in configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238 +msgid "Configured host not specified" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message in configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 +msgid "Only existing hosts can be specified as the host to configure" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: popup error message when validate servername +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 +msgid "Invalid server name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:288 +msgid "Invalid server admin." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:311 src/clients/http-server.rb:500 +msgid "Validate error " +msgstr "" + +#. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output +#. please, try to align the texts if possible. +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:339 +msgid "" +"Status \tModule\n" +"==================" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: server module status +#. translators: service status radio button label +#. if ((mod["default"]:"0" == "1") && (!contains(modules, name))) YaST::HTTPDData::ModifyModuleList ([name], true); +#. translators: server module status +#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); +#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Enabled" + +#. translators: server module status +#. translators: service status radio button label +#. translators: server module status +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "अक्षम केले " + +#. y2milestone("Ruby support %1", enable_ruby); +#. create list of all standard modules +#. create temporary list of maps from modules +#. translators: list of known and unknown modules +#. translators: server module status unknown +#. list of all installed modules +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208 +msgid "unknown" +msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#. translators: heading for the "listen list" command line action output +#. please, try to align the texts if possible. +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:376 +msgid "Listen Statements:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:382 +msgid "All interfaces" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: check, if new address and port are correct values (if address is from machine's interfaces) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Can use only existing interfaces" +msgstr "सध्याच्या पडदयाकरता प्रोव्हायडर मिळवा" + +#. translators: error message in "listen add" command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:423 +msgid "The listen statement '%1' is already configured." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message in "listen delete" command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:438 +msgid "Can remove only existing listeners" +msgstr "" + +#. check the command to be present exactly once +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:460 +msgid "Hosts list:" +msgstr "" + +#. create +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:471 +msgid "Some parameter missing" +msgstr "" + +#. remove and setdefault +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520 +msgid "Argument can be only existing host" +msgstr "" + +#. popup - it is already the default host +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324 +msgid "The host is already default." +msgstr "" + +#. remove the old non-default host +#. translators: popup error message - default host cannot be deleted +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:559 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1242 +msgid "Cannot delete the default host." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/http-server/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of http-server +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Portal Address" +msgid "Listen Ports and Addresses" +msgstr "पोस्टल पत्ता" + +#. `HSpacing (1), +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kernel Module" +msgid "Server Modules" +msgstr "केंद्रीय मॉड्युल" + +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Host" +msgid "Main Host" +msgstr "लोकल होस्ट" + +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host" +msgid "Hosts" +msgstr "यजमान" + +#. Run server overview dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. translators: initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:200 +msgid "HTTP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Configuration" +msgid "Host '%1' Configuration" +msgstr "सादरकर्त्याची संरचना" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:212 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured In" +msgid "Configured Hosts" +msgstr "मध्ये संरचना" + +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Store host information" +msgid "New Host Information" +msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांची माहिती संग्रहीत करा" + +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Virtual domains" +msgid "Virtual Host Details" +msgstr "व्हर्च्यूअ डोमेन्स" + +#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DSL Configuration" +msgid "SSL Configuration for '%1'" +msgstr "DSL संरचना" + +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 +msgid "Default Host" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: pop up menu +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:324 +msgid "Certificates" +msgstr "प्रमाणपत्रे" + +#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Server Certificate" +msgid "&Import Server Certificate..." +msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र" + +#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Server Certificate" +msgid "&Use Common Server Certificate" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र" + +#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Changing Configuration for" +msgid "Dir Configuration for '%1'" +msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन रुटींगसाठी आकृतीबंध बदलत आहे" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing HTTP Server Configuration</big></b>\n" +"<br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रारंभ निष्फळ करता आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"आता <b>Abort</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध युटिलिटी सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 +msgid "<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 +msgid "<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<p>Press <b>HTTP Server Expert Configuration</b> \n" +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. module dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Editing HTTP Server Modules</big></b><br>\n" +"The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" +"The first column contains the name of the module. \n" +"The second column shows whether the module should be\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" +"of the module.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. module dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 +msgid "" +"<p>To change the status of a module, \n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. module dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<p>If you need to add a module not listed in the table, \n" +"use <b>Add Module</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. apache service enabling help 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, choose\n" +"<b>Disabled</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. firewall adapting help 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "" +"<p>By enabling <b>Open Firewall on Selected Ports</b>, \n" +"adapt the firewall according the ports on which Apache2 listens. \n" +"The interfaces of the firewall are not added or deleted. \n" +"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. server configuration overview help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"<p>The list of options presents\n" +"several parts of the server configuration. <b>Listen On</b>\n" +"contains a list of ports and IP addresses on which the\n" +"server should listen for the incoming requests. \n" +"<b>Modules</b> allows configuring the modules loaded by the\n" +"server.\n" +"<b>Default Host</b> is a server name of a host used as a\n" +"default (fallback) host. If the server name of the default\n" +"host is not specified, a path to the document root of the\n" +"default host is displayed.\n" +"<b>Hosts</b> contains a list of hosts configured for the server.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. server configuration overview help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 +msgid "<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change settings.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 +msgid "<p><b>Log Files</b> displays server log files.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. hosts list help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>\n" +"This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" +"matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" +"press <b>Set as Default</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. hosts list help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 +msgid "" +"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the host.\n" +"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. host editing help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\n" +"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. host editing help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Server Resolution</b> options set the resolution when using\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</b>,\n" +"\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>" +msgstr "" + +#. listen dialog editor help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>\n" +"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" +"where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. listen dialog editor help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 +msgid "" +"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. ssl options dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>SSL Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"This is a list of options related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) settings\n" +"of the host. SSL allows communicating securely with the host by \n" +"encrypting communication.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. ssl options dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 +msgid "" +"<p>General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 +msgid "" +"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Certificates</b> menu allows \n" +"importing server certificates. <b>Import Server Certificate</b> \n" +"allows use of a special purpose certificate. \n" +"<b>Use Common Certificate</b> configures usage of the\n" +"common certificate issued for this host.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. ssl options dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" +"module should be loaded by the server.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. new host dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\n" +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. new host dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Server Identification</b> specifies the content and\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS name returned as a part\n" +"of the HTTP headers of the server response. <b>Server Contents Root</b>\n" +"is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" +"this virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\n" +"address for feedback about this host.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. new host dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Server Resolution</b></big><br>\n" +"Apache2 must be able to determine which virtual host\n" +"settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" +"There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" +"from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" +"by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b>\n" +"Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced new host dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>\n" +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced new host dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 +msgid "" +"<p>Select <b>Enable CGI Support</b>\n" +"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced new host dialog 3/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 +msgid "" +"<p>For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select <b>Enable SSL Support</b>.\n" +"\n" +"Then enter the path for the certificate file in <b>Certificate File\n" +"Path</b>.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced new host dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 +msgid "<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. advanced new host dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Public HTML</b>\n" +"\n" +"enables access to <tt>.public_html</tt> directories of all users.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. +#. +#. @param [String] arg the Listen string +#. @param [Fixnum] id the id of this item +#. @return [Yast::Term] term for the table +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: Listen type for all addresses; +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300 +msgid "All Addresses" +msgstr "" + +#. Sequention used for determining on which ip adresses and port apache2 will listen and if firewall is enebled +#. whether to open firewall on this port. +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24 +msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (1/5)--Network Device Selection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Device Select" +msgid "Network Device Selection" +msgstr "महाजाल उपकरण निवडा" + +#. Sequence to choose some script language modules +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:125 +msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (2/5)--Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:130 +msgid "Modules" +msgstr "मॉड्यूल्स" + +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:168 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. Sequence to configure default host parameters +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:186 +msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (3/5)--Default Host" +msgstr "" + +#. Sequence to cunfigure virtual hosts (add, remove, edit) and to change default host status +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:260 +msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (4/5)--Virtual Hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. Sequence to configure whether apache2 starts on boot or not (manually). Here is possible +#. save all settings and exit or start expert configuration. +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:291 +msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (5/5)--Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: initialization dialog message +#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:202 +msgid "Initializing ..." +msgstr "सुरवात करत आहे..." + +#. HttpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 +msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142 +msgid "Check the environment" +msgstr "वातावरण तपासा" + +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 +msgid "Read Apache2 configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 +msgid "Read network configuration" +msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचा" + +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150 +msgid "Checking the environment..." +msgstr "वातावरण तपासत आहे..." + +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 +msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 +msgid "Reading network configuration..." +msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. translators: progress finished +#. on(); +#. translators: progress step +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. notification about package needed 1/2 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185 +msgid "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. notification about package needed 2/2 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189 +msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" +msgstr "<p>आता ते तुम्ही संस्थापित करू इच्छिता का?</p>" + +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195 +msgid "" +"The package %1 is not available.\n" +"\n" +"Configuration cannot continue\n" +"\n" +"without installing the package." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file +#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247 +msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. off(); +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279 +msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine." +msgstr "" + +#. HttpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402 +msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413 +msgid "Write the Apache2 settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 +msgid "Enable Apache2 service" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418 +msgid "Disable Apache2 service" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. translators: progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 +msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427 +msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..." +msgstr "" + +#. install required RPMs for modules +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441 +msgid "" +"The enabled modules require\n" +"installation of some of these additional packages:\n" +"%1\n" +"Install them now?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550 +msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562 +msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581 +msgid "" +"Default value for module %1 does not match.\n" +"This can cause inconsistent module configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596 +msgid "Listen statement without port found." +msgstr "" + +#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730 +msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. "Default host" information +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750 +msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: assiciation server name with document root +#. translators: assiciation server name with document root +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799 +msgid " in " +msgstr "" + +#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled +#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 +msgid "enabled" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 +msgid "disabled" +msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 +msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:63 +msgid "&Log Files" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button item +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:66 +msgid "Show &Access Log" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button item +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:68 +msgid "Show &Error Log" +msgstr "" + +#. table cell description +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:121 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:127 +msgid "Server Name" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव:" + +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:134 +msgid "Document Root" +msgstr "" + +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:143 +msgid "Server Administrator E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. table cell description +#. translators: frame title for method of incoming request resolution +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:154 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:664 +msgid "Server Resolution" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts +#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:162 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:679 +msgid "Determine Request Server by HTTP &Headers" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts +#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688 +msgid "Determine Request Server by Server IP &Address" +msgstr "" + +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171 +msgid "IP Address" +msgstr "आयपी पत्ता" + +#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350 +msgid "HTTP &Service" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: radio button group label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387 +msgid "Listen on Ports:" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:392 +msgid "Network Address" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:394 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "पोर्ट" + +#. table header: module name +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:422 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#. table header: module status +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:424 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती" + +#. table header: module description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:426 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "वर्णन" + +#. translators: toggle button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:434 +msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgstr "टॉगलची स्थिती" + +#. translators: add user-defined module button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:440 +msgid "&Add Module" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:552 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री" + +#. translators: text entry +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:558 +msgid "&Port:" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: multi selection box +#. translators: multi selection box +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474 +msgid "&Listen on Interfaces" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: radiobutton - to start Apache2 service automatically +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:596 +msgid "Start Apache2 Server When Booting" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: radiobutton - to don't start Apache2 service +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:600 +msgid "Start Apache2 Server Manually" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: button to enter expert configuration +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:608 +msgid "&HTTP Server Expert Configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: frame title for new hsot identification details +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:631 +msgid "Server Identification" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक ओळख" + +#. translators: textentry, new host server name +#. translators: textentry to set the host name +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:634 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1180 +msgid "Server &Name:" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: textentry, document root for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:637 +msgid "Server &Contents Root:" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: textentry, administrator's e-mail for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:641 +msgid "&Administrator E-Mail:" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: IP address for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:668 +msgid "VirtualHost" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:669 +msgid "Change VirtualHost ID" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: frame title for virtual host identification details +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:716 +msgid "CGI Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722 +msgid "Enable &CGI for This Virtual Host" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: textentry, certificate file path +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727 +msgid "CGI &Directory Path" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:737 +msgid "SSL Support" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:743 +msgid "Enable &SSL Support for This Virtual Host" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: textentry, certificate file path +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:750 +msgid "&Certificate File Path" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:755 +msgid "&Certificate Key File Path" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:763 +msgid "Directory Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:764 +msgid "&Directory Index" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:768 +msgid "Public HTML" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:769 +msgid "Enable &Public HTML" +msgstr "" + +#. these are for future use: +#. error message - the entered ip address is not found +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803 +msgid "" +"The IP address is not configured\n" +"on this machine." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: popup error message when validate server ip +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923 +msgid "Invalid IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: popup error message when validate server +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 +msgid "The default host cannot be configured with SSL support." +msgstr "" + +#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 +msgid "When no Server name is defined, hostname will be used instead." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: popup error message when validate server +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 +msgid "Server name cannot be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. error message - the entered server name is already configured +#. in another virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 +msgid "The server name entered is already configured on another virtual host." +msgstr "" + +#. error message - the entered ip address is already +#. configured for another virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The IP address is already configured on another virtual host" +msgstr "" +"हे उपकरण आधीच संरचित केलेले आहे.\n" +"उपकरणाला निवडा आणि नवीन नाव द्या.\n" + +#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026 +msgid "Administrator E-Mail is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1073 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1117 +msgid "&Reload HTTP Server" +msgstr "" + +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1078 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1122 +msgid "Save Settings and Re&start HTTP Server" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: popup description on changing the default host +#. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may +#. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them. +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166 +msgid "" +"The current default host will be replaced by \n" +"the new host and will become a virtual host.\n" +"\n" +"However, the current default host does not have\n" +"the IP address or the server name specified.\n" +"Therefore, it is not possible to use it as \n" +"a virtual host. Verify the suggested values below \n" +"and click OK to continue with the default host\n" +"switch. Otherwise click Cancel not to change\n" +"the default host.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: textentry to set the host IP address +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183 +msgid "Server &IP Address:" +msgstr "" + +#. message popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1246 +msgid "Delete selected host?" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1380 +msgid "Set as De&fault" +msgstr "मूळ म्हणून मांडा" + +#. options = add(options, $["VALUE":newlist]); +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1639 +msgid "Choose Document Root" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1662 +msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 +msgid "All addresses (*)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IP Address" +msgid "IP Addresses" +msgstr "आयपी पत्ता" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 +msgid "ServerName" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty." +msgstr "वाटपाचा मार्ग रिकामा असू शकत नाही." + +#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 +msgid "" +"To use name-based virtual hosting,\n" +"you must designate the IP address on the server\n" +"that will be accepting requests for the hosts.\n" +"Also * for all addresses and *:port are acceptable." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 +msgid "Master Zone %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 +msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 +msgid "DNS Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 +msgid "Add to Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 +msgid "Zone Name" +msgstr "विभाग नाव" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 +msgid "Create New Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 +msgid "CGI Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 +msgid "Choose Certificate File" +msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल निवडा" + +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 +msgid "Enter the certificate file." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 +msgid "Choose Certificate Key File" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 +msgid "Enter the key file." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate +#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230 +msgid "Select Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message un failed certificate import +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222 +msgid "" +"Cannot import certificate\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429 +msgid "Network &Address:" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement +#. translators: popup error +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442 +msgid "Invalid port number." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940 +msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943 +msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107 +msgid "Modules dependency problem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 +#, fuzzy +msgid "requires" +msgstr "आवश्यक आहे" + +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enable required module or disable first one." +msgstr "नेमका निर्देशक उपलब्द करा किंवा अनुपल्बध करा." + +#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221 +msgid "New Module &Name:" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239 +msgid "A name for the module to add is required." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242 +msgid "The module is already in the list." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting +#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305 +msgid "The entry '%1' already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326 +msgid "" +"The list of the ports to which the server should\n" +"listen cannot be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493 +msgid "At least one interface must be selected." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520 +msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528 +msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536 +msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting" +msgstr "" + +#. illegal keys in vhost +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 +#, perl-format +msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 +#, perl-format +msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 +msgid "Illegal host ID." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 +msgid "hostid already exists" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 +msgid "can not delete default host" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 +msgid "hostid not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 +msgid "illegal port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 +msgid "writing the firewall rules failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 +msgid "listen value to delete not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 +msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 +msgid "Corrupt PEM data." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 +msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 +msgid "Parsing the key file failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 +msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 +msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 +msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 +msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Basic authentication" +msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "User authentication using text files" +msgstr "आणि प्रयोक्ता अधिप्रमाणन स्रोत " + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 +#, fuzzy +msgid "User Authorization" +msgstr "अधिकार" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 +msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 +#, fuzzy +msgid "User authentication using DBM files" +msgstr "आणि प्रयोक्ता अधिप्रमाणन स्रोत " + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 +msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" +msgstr "पोस्ट-स्क्रिप्ट्स वापरत आहे" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125 +msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134 +msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144 +msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159 +msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173 +msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185 +msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Provides for content negotiation" +msgstr "पुरवठादाराची संरचना" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220 +msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231 +msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239 +msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250 +msgid "User-specific directories" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258 +msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264 +msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285 +#, fuzzy +msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता ओळखण्याची रीत" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300 +msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493 +msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335 +msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345 +msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360 +msgid "File system provider for mod_dav" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371 +msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390 +msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403 +msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411 +msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424 +msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434 +msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447 +msgid "Server-side image map processing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458 +msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467 +msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487 +msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507 +msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516 +msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564 +msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571 +msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578 +msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584 +msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590 +msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617 +msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626 +msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666 +msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672 +msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692 +msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709 +msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715 +msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721 +msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727 +msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740 +msgid "Provides support for subversion" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Host not found" +msgstr "मिलाले नाही" + +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58 +#, perl-format +msgid "Illegal '%s' parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 +msgid "ssl together with \"virtual by name\" is not possible" +msgstr "" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/inetd.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/inetd.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/inetd.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,706 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" + +#. is this proposal or not? +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 +msgid "Configuration of Network Services (xinetd)" +msgstr "महाजालाची सेवा संरचना" + +#. translators: command line help text for "summary" action +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:87 +msgid "Show the status of current system services" +msgstr "सध्याच्या यंत्रणा सुविधांची स्थिती सांगा" + +#. translators: command line help text for "id" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:99 +msgid "Unique identifier" +msgstr "वेगळा शोधक" + +#. translators: command line help text for "service" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:106 +msgid "Service name" +msgstr "सेवा नाव" + +#. translators: command line help text for "disable" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:113 +msgid "Disable service" +msgstr "सेवा अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. translators: command line help text for "rpc_version" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:121 +msgid "RPC version of RPC service" +msgstr "RPC सुविधांची RPC आवृत्ती" + +#. translators: command line help text for "socket_type" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:128 +msgid "Socket type" +msgstr "सॉकेटचा प्रकार" + +#. translators: command line help text for "protocol" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:136 +msgid "Internet (IP) protocols" +msgstr "इटरनेट (IP) प्रोटोकॉल्स" + +#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144 +msgid "Wait attribute" +msgstr "थांबा अट्रीब्युट" + +#. translators: command line help text for "user" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152 +msgid "Determines the uid for the server process" +msgstr "हया सर्व्हर प्रक्रियेकरता uid ठरवायचा आहे" + +#. translators: command line help text for "group" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:159 +msgid "Determines the gid for the server process" +msgstr "हया सर्व्हर प्रक्रियेकरता gid ठरवतो" + +#. translators: command line help text for "server" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:166 +msgid "Path name of program to execute" +msgstr "कृतीत आणण्याच्या प्रोग्रामचे मार्ग नाव" + +#. translators: command line help text for "server_args" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:173 +msgid "Parameters for server" +msgstr "सेवा संगणकासाठी क्षेत्र" + +#. translators: command line help text for "comment" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:180 +msgid "User comment" +msgstr "वापरण्याचे मत" + +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:345 +msgid "You must specify a service ID." +msgstr "तुम्ही सेवा ओळखचिन्ह दर्शवलेच पाहिजे." + +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:356 +msgid "Specify the service using a 'service' option." +msgstr "'सुविधा' विकल्प वापरणारी सुविधा दाखवून दया." + +#. translators: error message for command line +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391 +msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options." +msgstr "इतर विकल्पांबरोबर 'id' विकल्प एकत्र करता येणार नाही." + +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती" + +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "सेवा" + +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:403 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "प्रकार" + +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:404 +msgid "Prot." +msgstr "ठिकाण." + +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 +msgid "Wait" +msgstr "प्रतिक्षा" + +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 +msgid "User" +msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता" + +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 +msgid "Server" +msgstr "Server" + +#. id, +#. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191 +msgid "On" +msgstr "सुरु" + +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:438 +msgid "Off" +msgstr "बंद" + +#. determine wait mode (convert to string) +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "हो" + +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 +msgid "No" +msgstr "नाही" + +#. create titles +#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:81 +msgid "Xinetd" +msgstr "Xinetd" + +#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:82 +msgid "&Xinetd" +msgstr "Xinetd" + +#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: +#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 +msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process." +msgstr " %1 पॅकेज राईट प्रक्रियेदरम्यान स्थापन केले जाईल" + +#. if (true) { // for debugging +#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." +msgstr " %1 पॅकेज स्थापित झाले नाही. सुविधा सुधारता येणार नाही." + +#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 +msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." +msgstr " %1 यशस्वीपणे स्थापन झाले." + +#. This is main inetd module dialog. +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 +msgid "&Activate All Services" +msgstr "सर्व सेवा सक्रिय करा" + +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 +msgid "&Deactivate All Services" +msgstr "सर्व सेवा असक्रिय करा" + +#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 +msgid "D&isable" +msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 +msgid "Enab&le" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf +#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 +msgid "Currently Available Services" +msgstr "सध्याच्या उपलब्ध सेवा" + +#. `opt(`notify), +#. `opt(`keepSorting), +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "Ch" +msgstr "Ch" + +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 +msgid "Type " +msgstr "प्रकार" + +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 +msgid "Protocol" +msgstr "शिष्टाचार" + +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 +msgid "Server / Args" +msgstr "सर्व्हर / आर्गस" + +#. Translators: Add service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 +msgid "&Add" +msgstr "जोडा" + +#. Translators: Edit service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 +msgid "&Edit" +msgstr "संपादन" + +#. Translators: Delete service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 +msgid "&Delete" +msgstr "काढून टाका" + +#. Translators: Change service status +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 +msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)" +msgstr "टॉगलची स्थिती (चालू किंवा बंद)" + +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 +msgid "Status for All &Services" +msgstr "सर्व सेवासाठी स्थिती" + +#. Inetd configure dialog caption +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" +msgstr "महाजाल सेवा संरचना" + +#. execute dialog +#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 +msgid "Add a New Service Entry" +msgstr "नविन सेवा प्रवेश जोडा" + +#. Translators: Popup::Error +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 +msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." +msgstr "सुविधा काढून टाकू शकत नाही. ती स्थापित नाही." + +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 +msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" +msgstr "सुविधा काढून टाकण्यासाठी, मुख्य संभाषणातील एक निवडा" + +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." +msgstr "सुविधा सुरु वा बंद करण्यासाठी, मुख्य संभाषणातील एक निवडा" + +#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); +#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "Edit a service entry" +msgstr "सेवा प्रवेश संपादीत करा" + +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 +msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" +msgstr "सुविधा सुधारण्यासाठी, मुख्य संभाषणातील एक निवडा" + +#. Translators: Popup::Warning +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 +msgid "" +"All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" +"Internet super-server will be disabled." +msgstr "" +"सर्व सुविधा काढून टाकल्या(बंद केलेल्या) असे सुचवले आहे.\n" +"इन्टरनेट सुपर-सर्व्हर बंद होईल." + +#. service name +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 +msgid "&Service" +msgstr "सेवा" + +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "RPC Versio&n" +msgstr "RPC आवृत्ती" + +#. service status (running or stopped) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 +msgid "Service is acti&ve." +msgstr "सेवा सक्रिय करा." + +#. service socket type +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 +msgid "Socket T&ype" +msgstr "सॉकेटचा प्रकार" + +#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 +msgid "&Protocol" +msgstr "संगणक शिष्टाचार" + +#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 +msgid "&Wait" +msgstr "वाट पहा" + +#. user and group ComboBoxes +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&वापरकर्ता" + +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 +msgid "&Group" +msgstr "गट" + +#. Server arguments +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 +msgid "S&erver" +msgstr "सेवा संगणक" + +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 +msgid "Server Argumen&ts" +msgstr "सेवा संगणक पर्याय" + +#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 +msgid "Co&mment" +msgstr "मत" + +#. Translators: Please BE CAREFUL! This text is often used in code! This Translation must be the same. +#. do not add a "flags" field, it's currently in "unparsed" +#. Read user names from passwd. +#. It does not get the NIS entries. +#. "+" is filtered out. +#. @return [Array] users +#. Read group names from group +#. It does not get the NIS entries. +#. "+" is filtered out. +#. @return [Array] groups +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 +msgid "--default--" +msgstr "--मूलभूत--" + +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 +msgid "" +"Service is empty.\n" +"Enter valid values.\n" +msgstr "" +"सेवा रिक्त आहे.\n" +"योग्य किंमत भरा.\n" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 +msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 +msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." +msgstr "%1 वापरची अंतर्गत सर्व्हर प्रक्रियानंतर राखून ठेवण्यात आली आहे." + +#. Popup::Error +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 +msgid "No packages selected. Configuration aborted." +msgstr "पॅकेजेस निवडली गेली नाहीत. कॉनफिग्युरेशनमधून बाहेर पडतो." + +#. Not used! +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:42 +msgid "Selected packages will be installed." +msgstr "निवडलेली ती पॅकेजेस स्थापित केली जातील." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>xinetd आकृतीबंध सुरु करत आहे </big></b><br>\n" +" कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> प्रारंभ प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +" आता<b>अबॉर्ट</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध यूटिलिटी सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>xinetd आकृतीबंध जतन करत आहे </big></b><br>\n" +" कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting the Save Process:</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> जतन प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>Abort</b> दाबून जतन प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करा.\n" +" असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे किंवा नाही ते अतिरिक्त डायलॉग सांगेल..\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Network Service Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Click <b>Enable</b> to enable network services managed by a super-server\n" +"configuration. To stop the super-server, click <b>Disable</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> नेटवर्क सेवे आकृतीबंध</big></b><br>\n" +" सुपर-सेव्हर आकृतीबंधाने हाताळलेल्या नेटवर्क सेवा शक्य करण्यासाठी\n" +"<b>एनेबल</b> - वर क्लिक करा.\n" +" सुपर-सेव्हर थांबवण्यासाठी, <b>डिसेबल</b> वर क्लिक करा.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Configuration Service Status:</big></b><br>\n" +"All services marked with <b>X</b> in column <b>Ch</b> were edited\n" +"and will be changed in the system configuration.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> आकृतीबंध सेवेची स्थिती:</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>Ch</b> रकान्यात <b>X</b> ही खूण केलेल्या सर्व सेवा संपादित होत्या \n" +" व त्या प्रणालीच्या आकृतीबंधात बदलल्या जातील.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>\n" +"All services marked with <b>---</b> are inactive (locked).\n" +"All services marked with <b>On</b> are active (unlocked).\n" +"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be configured.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> सेवांची स्थिती:</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>---</b> खूण असलेल्या सर्व सेवा निष्क्रिय आहेत (लॉक्ड).\n" +"<b>On</b> खूण असलेल्या सर्व सेवा सक्रिय आहेत (अनलॉक्ड).\n" +"<b>NI</b> खूण असलेल्या सर्व सेवा स्थापित नाहीत व त्यांचा आकृतीबंध बनवता येऊ शकत नाही.</p>" + +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> बदलत्या सेवांची स्थिती:</big></b><br>\n" +" शक्य व अशक्य करण्याच्या सेवा निवडा व टॉगलची स्थिती चालू किंवा बंद <b> करण्यासाठी दाबा </b>.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Editing Services:</big></b><br>\n" +"Select the service to edit and press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> संपादन सेवा:</big></b><br>\n" +" संपादित करण्याची सेवा निवडा व<b>एडिट</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Deleting Services:</big></b><br>\n" +"Select the service to delete and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> सेवा पुसून टाकत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +" पुसून टाकण्याची सेवा निवडा व<b>डिलीट</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Adding a New Entry:</big></b>\n" +"Click <b>Create</b> and complete the form.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> नवीन प्रविष्टी घालत आहे:</big></b>\n" +"<b>क्रिएट</b> वर क्लिक करा व फॉर्म पूर्ण करा.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Canceling Configuration:</big></b>\n" +"Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध निष्फळ करत आहे:</big></b>\n" +"<b>अबॉर्ट</b> बटण दाबून आकृतीबंध निष्फळ करा. आपण\n" +"तसे केल्सास, आपले सर्व बदल नाहीमे होतील व मूळ आकृतीबंध धक्का न लागता तसाच राहील.</p>\n" + +#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. +#. @return The help text. +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>To create a valid entry (service) for the super-server,\n" +"enter</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p> सुपर-सर्व्हरसाठी वैध प्रविष्टी (सेवा) निर्माण करण्यासाठी,\n" +"</p> प्रविष्ट करा.\n" + +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 +msgid "" +"<ul>\n" +"<li>service name\n" +"<li>RPC version (optional)\n" +"<li>socket type\n" +"<li>protocol\n" +"<li>wait/nowait\n" +"<li>user\n" +"<li>group\n" +"<li>server program\n" +"<li>server program arguments\n" +"</ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul>\n" +"<li> सेवेचे नांव \n" +"<li>RPC आवृत्ति (ऐच्छिक)\n" +"<li> सॉकेटचा प्रकार \n" +"<li> प्रोटोकॉल \n" +"<li> प्रतिक्षा/प्रतिक्षा नाही \n" +"<li> प्रयोक्ता \n" +"<li> समुह \n" +"<li> सर्व्हरचा प्रोग्राम \n" +"<li> सर्व्हर प्रोग्रॉम युक्तिवाद \n" +"</ul>" + +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 +msgid "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>हे संक्षिप्त वर्णन आहे अधिक माहितीकरता, <b>xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter a valid service name into the <b>service</b> field.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>वैध सुविधान घाला <b>सुविधा</b> क्षेत्र.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>socket type</b> should be stream, dgram, raw, or seqpacket,\n" +"depending on whether the service is stream-based, is datagram-based,\n" +"requires direct access to IP, or requires reliable sequential datagram\n" +"transmission.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>socket type</b> हा सेवा स्ट्रीमवर आधारित आहे, की, dgram, वर आधारित आहे, IP चा थेट अक्सेस आवश्यक असणारी आहे की विश्वासार्ह क्रमाचे \n" +" डाटाग्रॅम प्रसारण आवश्यक - असणारी \n" +" आहे यानुसार, stream, dgram कच्चा, किंवा \n" +" seqpacket असावा.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" +"Examples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>The <b> प्रोटोकॉल </b> हा /etc/ प्रोटोकॉल्समधे नमूद केल्याप्रमाणे वैध प्रोटोकॉल असणे आवश्यक आहे.\n" +" उदाहरणार्थ, <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, आणि <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>wait/nowait</b> entry determines if the service is\n" +"single-threaded or multithreaded and whether xinetd accepts the\n" +"connection or the server program accepts the connection. If its value is\n" +"<b>yes</b>, the service is single-threaded. This means that xinetd \n" +"starts the server then stops handling requests for the service\n" +"until the server dies and that the server software accepts the\n" +"connection. If the attribute value is <b>no</b>, the service is\n" +"multithreaded and xinetd keeps handling new service requests and\n" +"xinetd accepts the connection. \n" +"<i>udp/dgram</i> services normally expect the value to be <b>yes</b>,\n" +"because udp is not connection oriented. <i>tcp/stream</i> servers\n" +"normally expect the value to be <b>no</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> <b> प्रतिक्षा/प्रतिक्षा </b> नाही ही प्रविष्टी सेवा एकेरी धाग्याची किंवा \n" +" अनेक धाग्यांची आहे किंवा काय तसेच xinetd कनेक्शन स्वीकारतो की सर्व्हर \n" +" प्रोग्राम कनेक्शन स्वीकारतो ते ठरवते. त्याचे मूल्य \n" +"<b>yes</b>, असेल तर सेवा एकेरी धाग्याची असते. याचाच अर्थ असा की xinetd \n" +" सर्व्हर सुरु करतो व नंतर सर्व्हर नष्ट होईपर्यंत व सर्व्हर सॉफ्टवेअर कनेक्शन \n" +" स्वीकारेपर्यंत सेवेच्या हाताळणीची विनंती थांबवतो. \n" +" जर अट्रिब्यूट मूल्य <b>no</b>, असेल, तर सेवा \n" +" अनेक धाग्यांची असते व xinetd नवीन सेवा विनंतीची हाताळणी चालूच ठेवतो व \n" +"xinetd कनेक्शन स्वीकारतो. \n" +"<i>udp/dgram</i> सेवा साधारणपणे मूल्य <b>yes</b>,\n" +" असण्याची अपेक्षा करते, कारण udp कनेक्शन भिमुख नसते. <i>tcp/stream</i> सर्व्हर्स \n" +" साधारणपणे <b>no</b> मूल्य स्वीकारतात.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 +msgid "" +"<p>The server will be run with the permissions of the user selected in\n" +"<b>User</b>. This is useful to make services run with permissions\n" +"less than root.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> <b>User</b>मधे निवडलेल्या प्रयोक्ताच्या परवानगीने सर्व्हर चालू राहील. \n" +"रुटपेक्षा कमी परवानगीने सेवा चालू देण्यासाठी \n" +" ही उपयुक्त आहे. \n" +"</p>\n" + +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 +msgid "" +"<p>In <b>Server</b>, enter the path name of the program to\n" +"be executed by the super-server when a request reaches its socket.\n" +"Parameters for this program can be specified in <b>Server Arguments</b>.\n" +"\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> <b>Server</b>, मधे, प्रोग्रामच्या पाथचे नांव प्रविष्ट करा, जे जेव्हा \n" +" विनंती सॉकेट पर्यंत पोचते तेव्हा सुपर-सर्व्हरद्वारे अंमलात आणायचे आहे. या प्रोग्रॅमसाठीचे निकष.\n" +"<b>Server Arguments</b> मधे नमूद करता येऊ शकतील.\n" +"\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 +msgid "---" +msgstr "---" + +#. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed". +#. Please, make the +#. translation as short as possible. +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206 +msgid "NI" +msgstr "NI" + +#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:87 +msgid "Xinetd Configuration" +msgstr "Xinetd कॉनफिग्युरेशन" + +#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:88 +msgid "Initializing ..." +msgstr "सुरवात करत आहे..." + +#. Inetd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 +msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" +msgstr "इनऐटेड कॉनफिग्युरेशन सुरु होत आहे" + +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 +msgid "Read the Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना वाचा" + +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 +msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. read database +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "समाप्त झाले" + +#. Inetd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 +msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" +msgstr "इनऐटेड कॉनफिग्युरेशन साठवले जात आहे" + +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "सेटींग्ज लिहा" + +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "अ" + +#. in future: catch errors +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 +msgid "Cannot write settings!" +msgstr "मांडणी रचना लिहू शकत नाही!" + +#. "enabled" defaults to true +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 +msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>" +msgstr "<p><ul><i>सर्व सुविधा थांबवल्या असे सुचविले आहे.</i></ul></p>" + +#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 +msgid "Network services" +msgstr "सेवा महाजाल" + +#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 +msgid "Network services are managed via %1" +msgstr " %1 व्दारे नेटवर्क सुविधा प्रबंधीत केल्या आहेत" + +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 +msgid "These services will be enabled" +msgstr "ह्या सेवा कार्यान्वित होईल" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/installation.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/installation.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/installation.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,3047 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" + +#. help for the dialog - busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 +msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>" +msgstr "फॉन्टस सुरु होत आहे..." + +#. dialog content - busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..." +msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना लिहीत आहे" + +#. help for the dialog - busy message +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>" +msgstr "कृपया थांबा..." + +#. dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77 +msgid "" +"No installation control file has been found,\n" +"the installer cannot continue." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. progress step title +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..." +msgid "Writing YaST configuration..." +msgstr "यास्ट संरचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. Dialog busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267 +msgid "Finishing the installation..." +msgstr "बेसीक स्थापना संपत आहे" + +#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in +#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n" +#| "a graphical installation. There is less than %1 MB\n" +#| "memory or the X server could not be started.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" +#| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" +#| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" +#| "differ from those in the manual.\n" +msgid "" +"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n" +"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n" +"memory or the X server could not be started.\n" +"\n" +"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" +"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" +"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" +"differ from those in the manual.\n" +msgstr "" +"आपला संगणक चित्रमय स्थापनेसाठीच्या सर्व आवश्यकता\n" +"पूर्ण करत नाही. %1 MB पेक्षा कमी स्मृती आहे\n" +"किंवा X सर्व्हर चालू होऊ शकला नाही\n" +"\n" +"फॉलबॅक म्हणून YaST2 चा पाठ्य फ्रंटएन्ड आपणास स्थापनेविषयी\n" +"मार्गदर्शन करेल. हा फ्रंट-एन् ग्राफिकल\n" +"सारखेच कार्य देऊ करतो, परंतु स्क्रीन्स पुस्तिकोन\n" +"दाखवल्यापेक्षा वेगळे असतात.\n" + +#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the +#. option no_x11 but it's broken. +#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ()) +#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in +#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The graphical interface could not be started.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The required packages were not installed (minimal installation) or\n" +#| "the graphics card is not properly supported.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "As a fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" +#| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" +#| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" +#| "differ from those in the manual.\n" +msgid "" +"The graphical interface could not be started.\n" +"\n" +"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n" +"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n" +"\n" +"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" +"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" +"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" +"differ from those in the manual.\n" +msgstr "" +"ग्राफिकल इंटरफेस सुरु होऊ शकला नाही.\n" +"\n" +"आवश्यक पॅकेजस स्थापित झाली नाहीत (किमान आवश्यक स्थापना\n" +"किंवा ग्राफिक्स कार्डला योग्य समर्थन नाही.\n" +"\n" +"फॉलबॅक म्हणून, YaST2 चा पाठ्य फ्रंट-एन्ड आपणास\n" +"स्थापनेविषयी\n" +"मार्गदर्शन करेल, परंतु स्क्रीन्स\n" +"पुस्तिकेत दाखवल्यापेक्षा वेगळे असतात.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277 +msgid "Start service %1" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Starting service %1..." +msgstr "इन्स्टॉलेशन सुरु करत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297 +msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing network settings failed." +msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." +msgstr "महाजाल मांडणी लिहिण्यास अयशस्वी." + +#. popup question (#x1) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356 +msgid "" +"The previous installation has failed.\n" +"Would you like it to continue?\n" +"\n" +"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +msgstr "" +"आधीची स्थापना अयशस्वी.\n" +"आपणास ते चालू करायचे आहे.?\n" +"\n" +"टीप – आपणास कदाचित पुन्हा काही माहिती प्रविष्ट करावा लागेल." + +#. popup question (#x1) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364 +msgid "" +"The previous installation has been aborted.\n" +"Would you like it to continue?\n" +"\n" +"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +msgstr "" +"आधीची स्थापना मधेच थांबलेली आहे.\n" +"आपणास पुढे चालू करायचे आहे?\n" +"\n" +"टीप – आपणास कदाचित पुन्हा काही माहीती प्रविष्ट करावी लागेल." + +#. popup headline (#x1) +#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process +#. dialog cotent (progress information) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 +msgid "Starting Installation..." +msgstr "स्थापना नक्की करा" + +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167 +msgid "Confirm Installation" +msgstr "स्थापना नक्की करा" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>All information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>" +msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>" +msgstr "<p>मूळ स्थापनेकरता लागणारी सर्व माहिती आता पूर्ण आहे.</p>" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n" +"partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n" +"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n" +"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>आपण आता पुठढे चालू ठेवल्यास, आपल्या हार्डडिस्कवरील विभाग आधीच्या डायलॉग्जमधील <b>स्थापना</b>\n" +"सेटिंग्जच्या अनुसार फॉरमॅट होतील (त्या विभागांमधील (पार्टिशन्स) आधीचा काही डाटा \n" +"असल्यास ते पुसून).</p>" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n" +"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n" +"previous dialogs.</p>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>आपण आता पुडे चालू ठेवल्यास, आधीच्या डायलॉग्जमधील स्थापना \n" +"सेटिग्जच्या अनुसार आपल्या हार्डडिस्क वरील माहितीवरच पुन्हा लिहिले जाईल.</p>" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>" +msgstr "<p>तुम्हाला खात्री वाटत नसेल तर मागे जाऊन व सेटींग्ज तपासा.</p>" + +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124 +msgid "Confirm Update" +msgstr "अपडेट नक्की करा" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>All information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>" +msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>" +msgstr "<p>अपडेट करण्यासाठी हवी असलेली सर्व माहिती आता पूर्ण आहे.</p>" + +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" +"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>आपण आता पुडे चालू ठेवल्यास, आधीच्या डायलॉग्जमधील स्थापना \n" +"सेटिग्जच्या अनुसार आपल्या हार्डडिस्क वरील माहितीवरच पुन्हा लिहिले जाईल.</p>" + +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139 +msgid "Start &Update" +msgstr "अपडेट सुरु करा" + +#. this is a heading +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66 +msgid "Blacklist Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68 +msgid "B&lacklist Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (disable</a>)." +msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (enable</a>)." +msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." +msgstr "इन्स्टॉलेशन सुरु करत आहे..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43 +msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>आपणास AutoYaST प्रोफाईल निर्माण करायचा असेल तर<b>क्लोन</b>\n" +"AutoYaST हा उपभोक्त्याच्या इंटरअक्सनशिवाय SUSE लायनक्स स्थापना पूर्ण करण्याचा मार्ग आहे. AutoYaST ला स्थापित प्रणाली कशी दिसली पाहिजे हे \n" +" जाणून घेण्यासाठी\n" +"प्रोफाईलची गरज असते. /रुट/autoyast.xml.मधे जतन होतो.</p>\n" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 +msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" +msgstr "" + +#. this is a heading +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Clone System Configuration" +msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना लिहीत आहे" + +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "&Clone System Configuration" +msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वगळा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (do not write it</a>)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (write it</a>)." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 +msgid "Copying files to installed system..." +msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर फाईल्स प्रतिकृत होत आहेत..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60 +msgid "Copying system files to the installed system..." +msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर फाईल्स प्रतिकृत होत आहेत..." + +#. Create a summary +#. return string +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from images is: <b>enabled</b>" +msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from images is: <b>disabled</b>" +msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. this is a heading +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from Images" +msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Install from Images" +msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Do not Install from Images" +msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" +msgstr "" + +#. Image name, Image location +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 +msgid "Here you can create custom images.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create Image" +msgid "Create Image" +msgstr "प्रतिमा निर्माण करा" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188 +msgid "Where will AutoYaST find the image? (e.g. http://host/)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200 +msgid "What is the name of the image? (e.g. my_image)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213 +msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n" +"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" +"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n" +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349 +msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 +msgid "" +"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 +msgid "" +"<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n" +"pattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 +msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. changed to true +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119 +msgid "" +"Cannot enable installation from images.\n" +"\n" +"Currently selected patterns do not fit the images\n" +"stored on the installation media.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from &Images" +msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No installation images are available" +msgstr "कोणताही तपशील उपलब्ध नाही." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from images is enabled (disable</a>)." +msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation from images is disabled (enable</a>)." +msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती" + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 +msgid "Initializing default window manager..." +msgstr "डिफॉल्ट खिडकी प्रंबधक सुरु होत आहेत..." + +#. feedback heading +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +msgid "Add-on Product Installation" +msgstr "जास्तीची वस्तू स्थापना" + +#. feedback message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." +msgstr "स्थापन स्त्रोतावरती उपलब्ध पॅकेज वाचत आहेत..." + +#. popup error message +#. %1 represents the the error message details +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"An error occurred while connecting to the server.\n" +"Details: %1\n" +"\n" +"Try again?" +msgstr "" +"सर्व्हरशी संपर्क साधताना चूक झाली.\n" +"तपशीलः %१\n" +"\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करणार? " + +#. bnc #542792 +#. Repository name must be generated from product details +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165 +msgid "Updates for %1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unknown Product" +msgstr "अज्ञात मोड" + +#. strings for "ask for online update"-popup +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70 +msgid "Run Update" +msgstr "अपडेट चालवा" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71 +msgid "Skip Update" +msgstr "अपडेट वगळा" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73 +msgid "Online Update" +msgstr "ऑनलाईन सुधारणा" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74 +msgid "Run Online Update now?" +msgstr "ऑनलाईन अपडेट आता चालवायचे का?" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76 +msgid "" +"Select whether to run an online update now.\n" +"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" +msgstr "" +"ऑनलाईन अपडेट आता चालवायचे की नाही ते निवडा.\n" +"आपण ही पायरी वगळून, नंतर ऑनलाईन अपडेट चालवू शकाल.\n" + +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65 +msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box label +#. combobox +#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 +msgid "&Language" +msgstr "&भाषा" + +#. combo box label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79 +msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "कळपट्टी लेआऊट (आराखडा)" + +#. bnc #359456 +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "होय, मी परवाना करार मान्य करतो" + +#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Keyboard" +msgid "K&eyboard Test" +msgstr "कळफलक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299 +msgid "License Agreement" +msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र" + +#. TRANSLATORS: button label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +msgid "License &Translations..." +msgstr "टिव्ही केंद्र लिहत आहे..." + +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n" +"installation and for the installed system.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"स्थापनेच्या वेळी व स्थापित प्रणालीसाठी वापरण्याकरिता <b>भाषा</b> \n" +"निवडा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text, continued +#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" +"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"पुढल्या डायलॉगकडे जाण्यासाठी <b>नेक्स्ट</b> वर क्लिक करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" +"all your settings in the last installation dialog.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आपण शेवटच्या स्थापना डायलॉगमधील आपल्या सर्व सेटिंग्जची पुष्टी\n" +"करेपर्यंत आपल्या संगणकाला काहीही होणार नाही.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" +"installation process at any time.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आपण स्थापना प्रक्रिया केव्हाही निष्फळ करण्यासाठी <b>अबॉर्ट इन्स्टॉलेशन</b> \n" +"निवडू शकता.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" +msgstr "VPN सुविधा अकार्यान्वित" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\n" +#| "the ZMD service during the system start.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\n" +"the ZMD service during system start.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>Select <b>ZMD सेवा अक्षम करा</b>निवडून ZMD सेवा प्रणाली सुरु होताना थांबवा व अक्षम\n" +" करा.</p>" + +#. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST +#. profile in /root/autoinst.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149 +msgid "&Clone This System for AutoYaST" +msgstr "" + +#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155 +msgid "Installation Completed" +msgstr "स्थापना पूर्ण झाली" + +#. congratulation text 1/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163 +msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>अभिनंदन!</b></p>" + +#. congratulation text 2/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165 +msgid "" +"<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>आपल्या मशीनवर उत्पादनाचे स्थापना कार्य पूर्ण झाले आहे.\n" +" <b>Finish</b>, वर क्लिक केल्यानंतर, आपण प्रणालीला लॉगइन करु शकता.</p>\n" + +#. congratulation text 3/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 +msgid "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>" +msgstr "<p>%1 ला भेट दया.</p>" + +#. congratulation text 4/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 +msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SUSE Development Team</p>" +msgstr "<p>खूप मजा करा!<br>तुमची SUSE डेव्हलपमेन्ट टीम</p>" + +#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196 +msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>" +msgstr "<p>तुमची प्रणाली वापरासाठी तयार आहे.</p>" + +#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and continue\n" +#| "to the login screen.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and take you\n" +"to the login screen.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Finish</b> YaST स्थापना बंद करेल व लॉगइन\n" +"स्क्रीनला चालू ठेवेल.</p>\n" + +#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203 +msgid "" +"<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" +"adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" +"our SUSE Welcome Dialog.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>आपण डिफॉल्ट ग्राफिकल डेस्कडॉप KDE, निवडल्यास, आपण आपल्या हार्डवेअरला\n" +"काही सेटिंग्ज जुळवू शकता. \n" +"शिवाय आमचा SUSE स्वागत डायलॉगही पहा.</p>\n" + +#. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>आपणास AutoYaST प्रोफाईल निर्माण करायचा असेल तर<b>क्लोन</b>\n" +"AutoYaST हा उपभोक्त्याच्या इंटरअक्सनशिवाय SUSE लायनक्स स्थापना पूर्ण करण्याचा मार्ग आहे. AutoYaST ला स्थापित प्रणाली कशी दिसली पाहिजे हे \n" +" जाणून घेण्यासाठी\n" +"प्रोफाईलची गरज असते. /रुट/autoyast.xml.मधे जतन होतो.</p>\n" + +#. #187558 +#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>X11मेन्यूशी संपर्क करण्यासाठी, the <b>%1</b> पॅकेज स्थापित झाले पाहिजे.</p>" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 +msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" +msgstr "<p>आता स्थापा ?</p>" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed." +msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled." +msgstr "हे पॅकेज स्थापित केलेले नाही आणि ते स्थापित केले जआणार नाही" + +#. OEM image if target disk is defined +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 +msgid "The system will reboot now..." +msgstr "ही यंत्रणा आता पुन्हा सुरू करा..." + +#. bnc #395030 +#. Use less memory +#. twice more steps +#. FIXME: 2 minutes +#. own workflow for OEM image deployment +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Deploying Images..." +msgstr "प्रतिमा वापरा %1" + +#. BNC #444209 +#. false == error +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Deploying images has failed.\n" +"Aborting the installation...\n" +msgstr "नामावली कार्यान्वयन करण्यात अयशस्वी." + +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 +msgid "" +"Debugging has been turned on.\n" +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." +msgstr "" + +#. unknown image +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" +msgstr "प्रतिमा उतरवून घेत आहे..." + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" +msgstr "प्रतिमा उतरवून घेत आहे..." + +#. reset the label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Deploying image..." +msgstr "प्रतिमा उतरवून घेत आहे..." + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Deploying image %1..." +msgstr "प्रतिमा उतरवून घेत आहे..." + +#. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84 +msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 +msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87 +msgid "&Disk to Use" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 +msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "उपलब्ध कट्रोलर्सचा शोध घेतले जात आहे" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76 +msgid "Disk Activation" +msgstr "तबकडी" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "DASD डिस्क कॉनफिग्युअर करा" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "ZFCP डिस्क कॉनफिग्युअर करा" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" +msgstr "ZFCP डिस्क कॉनफिग्युअर करा" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110 +msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" +msgstr "iSCSI डिस्क कॉनफिग्युअर करा" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving network configuration..." +msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" +msgstr "महाजाल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation - Warming Up" +msgstr "स्थापीत मिडिया" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63 +msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "सुरु करणे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "फॉन्टस सुरु होत आहे..." + +#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 +msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 +msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Show packages with status" +msgid "Show &package updates" +msgstr "स्थितीसह पॅकेजेस दाखवा" + +#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured +#. kilobytes +#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158 +msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" +msgstr "बेसीक स्थापना संपत आहे" + +#. Might be left from the previous stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." +msgstr "स्थापने अगोदरची स्क्रिप्ट" + +#. progress stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204 +msgid "Copy files to installed system" +msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर फाईल्स प्रतिकृत करा." + +#. progress stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211 +msgid "Save configuration" +msgstr "संरचना संचित करा" + +#. progress stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218 +msgid "Save installation settings" +msgstr "स्थापना सेटींग्ज साठवून ठेवा" + +#. progress stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 +msgid "Install boot manager" +msgstr "बूट प्रंबधक स्थापन करा" + +#. progress stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234 +msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" +msgstr "प्राथमिक बूटसाठी यंत्रणा तयार करा" + +#. merge steps from add-on products +#. bnc #438678 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Checking stage: %1..." +msgstr "तपासत आहे" + +#. a fallback busy message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Calling step %1..." +msgstr "प्रणाली माहीती गोळा करीत आहे..." + +#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445 +msgid " * %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Anything else +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. get the latest errors +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614 +msgid "Installation Error" +msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती" + +#. Button to accept a license agreement +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 +msgid "I &Agree" +msgstr "मी मान्य आहे" + +#. Button to reject a license agreement +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67 +msgid "I Do &Not Agree" +msgstr "मी मान्य करत नाही" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation is being initialized." +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"मूळ यंत्रणा स्थापित होईपर्यत कृपया थांबा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." +msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना लिहीत आहे" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation Settings" +msgid "Installation Options" +msgstr "रचना संस्थापन" + +#. check box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181 +msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "In&clude Add-On Products from Separate Media" +msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" +msgstr "जास्तीच्या वस्तू वेगळया मिडीयाहून सामील करा" + +#. help text for installation method +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><big><b>Installation Mode</b></big><br>\n" +#| "Select what to do:</p>" +msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>स्थापना पध्दती</b></big><br>\n" +"निवडा, जे करायचे आहे:</p>" + +#. help text for installation option +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" +"<b>Add Online Repositories Before Installation</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for installation method +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +#| "<b>Include Add-On Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +"<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"उत्पादनासोबत निराळ्या माध्यमावरुन अड-ऑन उत्पादन &स्थापित करण्यासाठी\n" +"<b>Include Add-On Products from Separate Media</b>निवडा.</p>\n" + +#. help text: additional help for installation +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 +msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 +msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network Setup" +msgstr "महाडाल रचना पध्दत" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95 +msgid "" +"No network setup has been found.\n" +"It is important if using remote repositories,\n" +"otherwise you can safely skip it.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure your network card now?" +msgstr "तुम्ही सीडी हदलून पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा आहे का?" + +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select" +msgstr "निवड" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118 +msgid "&Yes, Run the Network Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126 +msgid "No, &Skip the Network Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139 +msgid "" +"<p>The current installation system does not\n" +"have a configured network.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 +msgid "" +"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" +#| "Check the log file %1 for more details." +msgid "" +"Network configuration has failed.\n" +"Check the log file %1 for details." +msgstr "" +"पॅकेजेसची वर्णने टाकताना चूक झाली.\n" +"%1 ही लॉग फाईल अधिक माहितीकरता तपासून पहा." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 +msgid "" +"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" +"<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 +msgid "" +"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" +"environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "डेस्कटॉप निवड" + +#. UI wait loop +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "No desktop was selected. Select the\n" +#| "desktop to install." +msgid "" +"No desktop type was selected.\n" +"Select the desired desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"एकही डेस्कटॉप निवडलेला नाही. स्थापन करण्यासाठी\n" +" तेव्हा डेस्कटॉप निवडा." + +#. BNC #449818 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "इतर" + +#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 +msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. 1 GB is a good approximation +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Preparing disks..." +msgstr "हार्डडिस्क तपासा..." + +#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used +#. BNC #439104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installing Packages..." +msgstr "पॅकेजेस स्थापन होत आहेत..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "ह्या मॉड्यूलकरता वापरकर्ता पडदा अनुपलब्ध आहे." + +#. combobox item +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Language: %1" +msgstr "भाषा" + +#. caption for dialog "Release Notes" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206 +msgid "Release Notes" +msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा" + +#. +2 thingies on the right +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248 +msgid "&Product" +msgstr "वस्तू" + +#. help text for dialog "Release Notes" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>Here are the <b>release notes</b> for the installed\n" +#| "Linux system. They provide a brief summary of new features and changes.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" +"summary of new features and changes.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>स्थापित लायनक्स प्रणालीसाठी या <b>release notes</b> आहेत.\n" +"त्या नवीन वैशिष्ट्ये व बदल थोडक्यात सांगतात.</p>" + +#. informative message in RichText widget +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 +msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108 +msgid "" +"<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n" +"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 +msgid "Choose one scenario, please." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Choose Scenario" +msgstr "SLP नामावलीतून निवडा" + +#. This dialog in not interactive +#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 +msgid "Analyzing the Computer" +msgstr "संगणक ऍ़नलाईझ करा " + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 +msgid "Probe USB devices" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Probing USB devices..." +msgstr "माऊस शोधत आहे..." + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +msgid "Probe FireWire devices" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 +msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." +msgstr "फायरवायर उपकरणांची शहानिशा होत आहे..." + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" +msgstr "प्रॉब फ्लॉपी तबकडी उपकरणे तपासा" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 +msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." +msgstr "फ्लॉपीडिस्क उपकरणे तपासली जात आहेत..." + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 +msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" +msgstr "प्रोब हार्डडिस्क नियंत्रक तपासा" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." +msgstr "हार्डडिस्क नियंत्रक तपासले जात आहेत..." + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 +msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" +msgstr "तबकडी नियंत्रणकरण्याकरिता कर्नेल मॉड्यूल्स भरा" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 +msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." +msgstr "हार्डडिस्क कर्नेसकरिता कर्नेल मॉड्यूल भरले जात आहेत..." + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 +msgid "Probe hard disks" +msgstr "हार्डडिस्क तपासा" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 +msgid "Probing hard disks..." +msgstr "हार्डडिस्क तपासा..." + +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Search for system files" +msgstr "हरवलेल्या विभाजने शोधा" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Searching for system files..." +msgstr "मूळ उपकरणाकरिता शोध घेत आहे..." + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initialize software manager" +msgstr "नविन पॅकेजेस डेटाबेस सुरू करत आहे..." + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing software manager..." +msgstr "नविन पॅकेजेस डेटाबेस सुरू करत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +msgid "System Probing" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"मूळ यंत्रणा स्थापित होईपर्यत कृपया थांबा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. additonal error when HW was not found +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" +#| "Please check your hardware!\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." +msgstr "" +"स्थापनेकरता हार्डडिस्क मिळू शकल्या नाहीत.\n" +"तुमचे हार्डवेअर कृपया तपासा!\n" + +#. pop-up error report +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" +#| "Please check your hardware!\n" +msgid "" +"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" +"Please check your hardware!\n" +"%1\n" +msgstr "" +"स्थापनेकरता हार्डडिस्क मिळू शकल्या नाहीत.\n" +"तुमचे हार्डवेअर कृपया तपासा!\n" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264 +msgid "" +"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" +"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" +"(especially on S/390 or iSCSI systems)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error report +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" +#| "found for the installation.\n" +#| "Check your hardware.\n" +msgid "" +"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" +"found for the installation.\n" +"Check your hardware.\n" +"%1\n" +msgstr "" +"स्थापनेसाठी कोणत्याही हार्ड डिस्क व हार्ड डिस्क \n" +"नियंत्रक\n" +"आढळले नाहीत. आपले हार्डवेअर तपासा.\n" + +#. popup message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" +"Aborting the installation." +msgstr "नामावली कार्यान्वयन करण्यात अयशस्वी." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remove" +msgid "Removed" +msgstr "कमी करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Enabled" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "अक्षम केले " + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Previously Used Repositories" +msgstr "अतिरिक्त स्त्रोत निवडा:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, +#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +msgid "" +"These repositories were found on the system\n" +"you are upgrading:" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Current Status" +msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: " + +#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240 +msgid "URL" +msgstr "यूआरएल" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +msgid "&Change..." +msgstr "&बदला..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250 +msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgstr "टॉगलची स्थिती" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 +msgid "" +"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n" +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 +msgid "" +"<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" +"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 +msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted +#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key +#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#. TRANSLATORS: textentry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Repository URL" +msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू नोंदणी" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network is not Configured" +msgstr "कार्यक्रम संरचित झाली नाही" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589 +msgid "" +"Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" +"Configure it?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." +msgstr "अतिरिक्त स्त्रोत निवडा:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"प्रतिमा पुन्हा मिळेपर्यंत कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा.</p>\n" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Remove unused repositories" +msgstr "आधी संग्रहीत केलेली संरचना वाचा" + +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Removing unused repositories..." +msgstr "आधी संग्रहीत केलेली संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add enabled repositories" +msgstr "आधी संग्रहीत केलेली संरचना वाचा" + +#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." +msgstr "अतिरिक्त स्त्रोत निवडा:" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add disabled repositories" +msgstr "आधी संग्रहीत केलेली संरचना वाचा" + +#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." +msgstr "अतिरिक्त स्त्रोत निवडा:" + +#. true - OK, continue +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +msgid "Correct Media Requested" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845 +msgid "" +"Make sure that media with label %1\n" +"is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" +"\n" +"If you skip it, the repository will not be added.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them +#. for the system upgrade +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908 +msgid "" +"Cannot add repository %1\n" +"URL: %2\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Repository will be added in disabled state." +msgstr "" + +#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Cannot add enabled repository\n" +"Name: %1\n" +"URL: %2" +msgstr "" +"संचिका तयार करताना चूक झाली %1:\n" +"%2" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" +"Name: %1\n" +"URL: %2" +msgstr "कार्यक्रम भरताना चूक झाली:\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"An error occurred while enabling repository\n" +"Name: %1\n" +"URL: %2\n" +msgstr "" +"संचिका तयार करताना चूक झाली %1:\n" +"%2" + +#. do not probe! adding as disabled! +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Cannot add disabled repository\n" +"Name: %1\n" +"URL: %2" +msgstr "" +"संचिका तयार करताना चूक झाली %1:\n" +"%2" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68 +msgid "Welcome" +msgstr " सुस्वागतम्" + +#. welcome text 1/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71 +msgid "<p><b>Welcome!</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>स्वागत!</b></p>" + +#. welcome text 2/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73 +msgid "" +"<p>There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n" +"use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n" +"<b>Next</b> to continue. </p>\n" +" \n" +msgstr "" +"<p>आपली प्रणाली वापरण्यासाठी सज्ज होण्यापूर्वी आणखी काही\n" +"पायर्या करणे आवश्यक आहे. आता YaST काही मूलभूत आकृतीबंधाद्वारे आपणास मार्गदर्शन करेल.पुढे चालू ठेवण्यासाठी\n" +"<b>Next</b> वर क्लिक करा. </p>\n" +" \n" + +#. help ttext +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to go through the\n" +#| "basic configuration of the system.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>Click <b>Next</b> to perform the\n" +"basic configuration of the system.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>क्लीक <b>पुढील</b> यंत्रणेच्या मूळ\n" +"कॉनफिग्युरेशनमध्ये जाण्यासाठी.</p>\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83 +msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing automatic configuration..." +msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन लिहिले जात आहे..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63 +msgid "Updating kernel module dependencies..." +msgstr "कर्नेल मॉडयुल अवलंबीता सुधारत आहेत..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up linker cache" +msgid "Setting up linker cache..." +msgstr "लींकर कॅश स्थापिम होत आहे" + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68 +msgid "Saving network configuration..." +msgstr "महाजाल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65 +msgid "Checking the installed system..." +msgstr "स्थापीत केलेली प्रणाली हलवत आहे..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62 +msgid "Saving proxy configuration..." +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +msgid "Saving time zone..." +msgstr "वेळ विभाग संग्रहीत करा..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +msgid "Saving language..." +msgstr "भाषा संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +msgid "Saving console configuration..." +msgstr "कंसोल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." +msgstr "किबोर्ड संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +msgid "Saving product information..." +msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू माहिती संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..." +msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." +msgstr "आपोआप स्थापना रचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading security settings..." +msgid "Saving security settings..." +msgstr "सुरक्षा सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66 +msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." +msgstr "हार्डवेअर संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 +msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." +msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर SSH सेटींग्ज प्रतिकृत करत आहे..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65 +msgid "Moving to installed system..." +msgstr "स्थापीत केलेली प्रणाली हलवत आहे..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:71 +msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..." +msgstr "सर्व चढलेली उपकरणे उतरवा..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65 +msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..." +msgstr "X विंडो प्रणाली संरचना प्रतिलिपीत करत आहे..." + +#. call command +#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108 +msgid "" +"\n" +"**************************************************************\n" +"\n" +"Loading installed kernel using kexec.\n" +"\n" +"Trying to load installed kernel via kexec instead of rebooting\n" +"Please, wait.\n" +"\n" +"**************************************************************\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42 +msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." +msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर लॉग फाईल्स प्रतिकृत होत आहेत..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 +msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." +msgstr "" + +#. question in a popup box +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207 +msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" +msgstr "खरोखरच सर्व डिफॉल्ट किंमतीवर रिसेट करायचे का?" + +#. explain consequences of a decision +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209 +msgid "You will lose all changes." +msgstr "सर्व बदल तुम्ही घालवाल." + +#. while input loop +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" +msgstr "खालील संरचना वापरा" + +#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want +#. to store profile after installation +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 +msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." +msgstr "" + +#. message show when user has disabled the configuration +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 +msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" +msgstr "वापरकत्याच्या विनंतीवरुन कॉनफिग्युरेशन टाळत आहे" + +#. error message is a popup +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288 +msgid "" +"The proposal contains an error that must be\n" +"resolved before continuing.\n" +msgstr "" +"पुढे जाण्याआधी हया ठरावातील\n" +" चूक आधी सुधारली पाहिजे.\n" + +#. busy message +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." +msgstr "सध्याच्या मांडणीसाठी सारांश दाखवा" + +#. busy message; +#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687 +msgid "Analyzing your system..." +msgstr "तुमची यंत्रणा तपासली जात आहे..." + +#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500 +msgid "ERROR: No proposal" +msgstr "ERROR: ठराव नाही" + +#. Submodules handle their own error reporting +#. text for a message box +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539 +msgid "" +"Configuration saved.\n" +"There were errors." +msgstr "" +"कॉनफिग्युरेशन साठवले गेले.\n" +"त्यात काही चुका होत्या." + +#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog - +#. do this later manually or not at all +#. Translators: About 40 characters max, +#. use newlines for longer translations. +#. radio button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 +msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वगळा" + +#. radio button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643 +msgid "&Use Following Configuration" +msgstr "खालील संरचना वापरा" + +#. menu button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "&Export Configuration" +msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वगळा" + +#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. +#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." +msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." +msgstr "बदलासाठी कोणतेही शीर्षक क्लीक करा किंवा \"बदल...\" मेन्यू वापरा." + +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." +msgid "Click a headline to make changes." +msgstr "बदलासाठी कोणतेही शीर्षक क्लीक करा किंवा \"बदल...\" मेन्यू वापरा." + +#. menu button item +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777 +msgid "&Reset to defaults" +msgstr "डिफॉल्ट रिसेट वापरा" + +#. FATE #120373 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +msgid "&Update" +msgstr "अद्ययावत करा" + +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +msgid "&Install" +msgstr "&प्रतिष्ठापित करा" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation Overview" +msgstr "स्थापीत मिडिया" + +#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:77 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" +"or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"संबंधित शीर्षकरेषेवर क्लिक \n" +"करुन किंवा <b>Change...</b> मेन्यू वापरुन मूल्ये बदला.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Help text for installation proposal, continued +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n" +#| "</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"कोणत्याही पद्धतीने तुमची हार्डडिस्क सुधारलेली नाही, तेव्हा तुम्ही सुरक्षितपणे बाहेर पडा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Help text for installation proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"प्रदर्शित मूल्यांच्या सहाय्याने नवीन स्तापना <b>Accept</b> वापरा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. so update +#. Help text for update proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"वापरा <b>स्वीकारा</b> दाखवलेल्या किमंतीबरोबर सुधारणा कार्यान्वित करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Help text for network configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"कळ दाबून नेटवर्क सेटींग कार्यारत करा<b>पुढील</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Help text for service configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"कळ दाबून सुविधा सेटींग कार्यारत करा<b>पुढील</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"कळ दाबून हार्डवेअर सेटींग कार्यारत करा<b>पुढील</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Proposal in uml module +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457 +msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>" +msgstr "<P><B>UML स्थापना ठराव</B></P>" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +msgid "" +"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" +"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>UML (यूजर मोड लायनक्स) मुळे आपण मुख्य प्रणालीत स्वतंत्र लायनक्स व्हर्च्युअल मशीन्स सुरु\n" +"करु शकता.</P>" + +#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or +#. hardhware configuration. +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"प्रदर्शित केल्यानुसार सेटिंग्जचा वापर करण्यासाठी, <b>Next</b>दावा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "दुरस्थ व्यवस्थापक" + +#. Writes configuration +#. +#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and +#. Snapper is configured. +#. +#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; +#. otherwise it returns false. +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking root file system entry of fstab..." +msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." +msgstr "एफएसटॅबची मूळ फाईल यंत्रणा प्रवेश तपासत आहेत..." + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "स्थापनेची रॅम डिस्क निर्माण करण्यात अपयशी." + +#. count megabytes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "प्रतिमा उतरवून घेत आहे..." + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "सेवा थांबवत आहे..." + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "पॅकेज पुन्हा साठवून ठेवत आहे %1..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" +#~ msgstr "ERROR: ठराव नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<p>Some proposals might be\n" +#~| "locked by the system administrator, so cannot be changed. To change\n" +#~| "a proposal that is locked, ask your system administrator.</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Some proposals might be\n" +#~ "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" +#~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>काही प्रस्ताव प्रणाली प्रशासकाद्वारे बंद\n" +#~ "(लॉक्ड) होऊ शकतात, त्यामुळे बदलु शकत नाहीत. लॉगड\n" +#~ "प्रस्ताव बदलण्यासाठी, आपल्या प्रणाली प्रशासकाला विचारा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..." +#~ msgstr "डिफॉल्ट खिडकी प्रंबधक सुरु होत आहेत..." + +#~ msgid "Dummy" +#~ msgstr "त्याच्यासारखा दिसणारा" + +#~ msgid "&Dummy" +#~ msgstr "त्याच्यासारखा दिसणारा" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Saving sound card settings..." +#~ msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." +#~ msgstr "ध्वनीकार्ड मांडणी संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#~ msgstr "पुर्नस्थापित करायला हवा आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज निवड अभ्यासन पहात आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Network Device: %1" +#~ msgstr "महाजालावरील उपकरण" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Network type: %1" +#~ msgstr "महाजालावरील उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "बिनतारी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Wired" +#~ msgstr "बिनतारी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Model: %1" +#~ msgstr "पध्दत: %1" + +#~ msgid "MAC Address: %1" +#~ msgstr "मॅक पत्ता: %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Hardware Vendor: %1" +#~ msgstr "हार्डवेअर घड्याळ: %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Link is: %1" +#~ msgstr "भाग: %1" + +#~ msgid "Connected" +#~ msgstr "संपर्क साधला." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Disconnected" +#~ msgstr "संपर्क साधला." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Network Setup Wizard: Probing Hardware..." +#~ msgstr "हार्डवेअरची चौकशी केली जात आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Probing network cards..." +#~ msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड शोधत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unknown Network Card" +#~ msgstr "अनोळखी जाळे उपकरम" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No additional information" +#~ msgstr "अधिका माहिती" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No network card has been selected.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Select a network card to configure it later.\n" +#~ msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड संरचना वाचा" + +#~ msgid "Warning" +#~ msgstr "चेतावणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Yes, Use it" +#~ msgstr "हो, परत लिहा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Select a network card to be configured." +#~ msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड संरचना वाचा" + +#~ msgid "Network Card" +#~ msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड" + +#~ msgid "Device" +#~ msgstr "साधन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" +#~ msgstr "निवडलेल्या वापरकर्त्यांची माहिती दाखवा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>To configure a network card, select it from the list\n" +#~ "and click the <b>Next</b> button.\n" +#~ "Otherwise, click <b>Cancel</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "आधीपासून असलेल्या उपयोगकर्त्यांना संपादित करण्यासाठी किंवा मिटविण्यासाठी त्या उपयोगकर्त्याला\n" +#~ "यादीतून निवडा आणि <b>Edit</b> किंवा <b>Delete</b> वर क्लिक करा.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "IP address cannot be empty." +#~ msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "'%1' is an invalid IP address." +#~ msgstr "%१ इन्वेलिड कोन्टेक्स्ट आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Netmask cannot be empty." +#~ msgstr "युआरएल रिकामा असू शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "'%1' is an invalid netmask." +#~ msgstr "%१ इन्वेलिड कोन्टेक्स्ट आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Gateway IP address cannot be empty." +#~ msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "'%1' is an invalid IP address of the gateway." +#~ msgstr "%१ इन्वेलिड कोन्टेक्स्ट आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "DNS server IP address cannot be empty." +#~ msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "'%1' is an invalid IP address of the DNS server." +#~ msgstr "KDC सेवासंगणकाचा पत्ता भरा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Proxy server name or IP address must be set." +#~ msgstr "NIS सेवासंगणक नाव अथवा पत्ता" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Proxy port must be set." +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्ता स्थिर झाला पाहिजे." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "&Select your joystick type:" +#~ msgid "Select your network setup type for %1" +#~ msgstr "तुमच्या जॉयस्टिकचा प्रकार निवडा:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Automatic Address Setup (via &DHCP)" +#~ msgstr "आपोआप पत्ता मांडणी (द्वारे DHCP)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Static Address Setup" +#~ msgstr "स्टॅटीक पत्ता सेटअप" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Static Address Settings" +#~ msgstr "स्टॅटीक पत्ता सेटअप" + +#~ msgid "&IP Address" +#~ msgstr "आयपी पत्ता" + +#~ msgid "Net&mask" +#~ msgstr "नेटमास्क" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Default &Gateway IP" +#~ msgstr "डिफॉल्टस गेटवे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "D&NS Server IP" +#~ msgstr "DNS सेवा संगणक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&HTTP Proxy Server" +#~ msgstr "HTTP सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "&Port" +#~ msgstr "&स्थान" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Us&er (optional)" +#~ msgstr "पर्याय" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Pass&word (optional)" +#~ msgstr "परवलीशब्द कुटयुक्त करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Setting up Network Failed" +#~ msgstr "नेटवर्क सुविधा सेट होत आहेत..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A failure occurred during preparing\n" +#~ "the installation system for writing the proxy configuration." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "बूट लेडर स्थापनेवेळी \n" +#~ "चूक झाली . बूट लोडर कॉनफिग्युरेशनचा पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा का?\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Internet Test Failed" +#~ msgstr "सही तपास अयशस्वी झाला" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Go Back" +#~ msgstr "मागे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Skip" +#~ msgstr "सोडा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Adjust automatic network setup (via DHCP)" +#~ msgstr "आपोआप रचना (DHCP द्वारे)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Adjusting automatic network setup (via DHCP)..." +#~ msgstr "आपोआप रचना (DHCP द्वारे)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Adjusting static network setup..." +#~ msgstr "महाजाल सेवा संक्रिय करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Write proxy settings" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी रचना अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Writing proxy settings..." +#~ msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Adjust installation system" +#~ msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणा बूट करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Adjusting installation system..." +#~ msgstr "स्थापीत केलेली प्रणाली हलवत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Test Internet connection" +#~ msgstr "महाजाल जोडणीची चाचणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Testing Internet connection..." +#~ msgstr "इंटरनेट कनेक्शनची चाचणी घेत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..." +#~ msgstr "महाजाल मांडणी लिहीत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested...</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "मूळ यंत्रणा स्थापित होईपर्यत कृपया थांबा.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Enabling SSH service on installed system..." +#~ msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर SSH सेटींग्ज प्रतिकृत करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Creating automatic configuration..." +#~ msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन लिहिले जात आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Automatic configuration..." +#~ msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन लिहिले जात आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Preparing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "संरचना अद्ययावत करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Writing automatic configuration...</p>" +#~ msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन लिहिले जात आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "An error has occurred while calling '%1' AC script." +#~ msgstr "फाईल साठविताना चूक झाली." + +#~ msgid "Installation Mode" +#~ msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Choose one of the\n" +#~ "options to continue." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "पुढे चालू ठेवण्यासाठी अनेक विकल्पांपैकी\n" +#~ "एकाची निवड करा." + +#~ msgid "Select Mode" +#~ msgstr "मोड निवडा." + +#~ msgid "New &Installation" +#~ msgstr "नवीन स्थापना" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "&Update an existing system" +#~ msgid "&Update an Existing System" +#~ msgstr "अस्तित्वात असलेली प्रणाली अद्यावत करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Use Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "खालील संरचना वापरा" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<p>\n" +#~| "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" +#~| "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" +#~| "abandoning all its configuration data.\n" +#~| "</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" +#~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" +#~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "आपल्या मशीनवर कोणतीही लायनक्स प्रणाली नसल्यास <b>New Installation</b>निवडा किंवा आपणास सध्याची\n" +#~ "लायनक्स प्रणाली, त्याच्या आकॉतीबंधाच्या सर्व माहितीचा त्याग करुन पुर्णपणे बदलायची\n" +#~ "असेल तरीही निवडा\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Select <b>Update an Existing System</b> to update a Linux system already\n" +#~ "installed on your machine. This option preserves configuration settings\n" +#~ "from your existing system whenever possible.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "आपल्या मशीनमधे आधीपासून स्थापित असलेली लायनक्स प्रणाली अपडेट करायची असेल तर<b>Update an Existing System</b>निवडा. या पर्यायामुळे शक्य तेव्हा आपल्या\n" +#~ "सध्याच्या प्रणालीवरील\n" +#~ " आकृतीबंध सुरक्षित रहातो.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "&Show Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "रिलीज नोटस वापरा" + +#~ msgid "Cannot load release notes." +#~ msgstr "रीलीज नोटस लोड करु शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<p><b>These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" +#~| "part of the installation media. During installation, if a connection\n" +#~| "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" +#~| "from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>These are the release notes for the initial release. They are\n" +#~ "part of the installation media. During installation, if a connection\n" +#~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" +#~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>पिहल्या प्रारंभीच्या रीलीजसाठी या रीलीज नोट्स आहेत. त्या स्थापना\n" +#~ "माध्यमाचाच एक भाग आहेत. स्थापनेदरम्यान, इंटरनेट कनेकशन उपलब्ध\n" +#~ "असल्यास,आपण\n" +#~ "SUSE लायनक्स वेब सर्व्हरवरुन अपडेटेड रीलीज नोट्स डाऊनलोड करु शकाल</b></p>" + +#~ msgid "Configuring the superuser's environment..." +#~ msgstr "सुपर युझरचे वातावरण कॉनफिग्युअर करत आहेत..." + +#~ msgid "Passed" +#~ msgstr "स्थानांतरित केला" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Switching to the Installed System Failed" +#~ msgstr "स्थापीत केलेली प्रणाली हलवत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "&Checking the Installed System..." +#~ msgstr "स्थापीत केलेली प्रणाली हलवत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Checking for %1 binary..." +#~ msgstr "%१ बायनरीसाठी तपासत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Checking for chroot directory %1..." +#~ msgstr "क्रूट डिरेक्टरी %1साठी तपासत आहे...." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Checking for chroot directory content (%1)..." +#~ msgstr "क्रूट डिरेक्टरी %1साठी तपासत आहे...." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Checking for binary %1..." +#~ msgstr "तपासत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Trying to chroot..." +#~ msgstr "क्रूट करण्याचा प्रयत्न करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Checking for %1 in %2..." +#~ msgstr "%२ मध्ये %१ साठी तपासत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Checking free space" +#~ msgstr "गरज असलेले पॅकेज तपासत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Checking for free space in the %1 directory: %2" +#~ msgstr "क्रूट डिरेक्टरी %1साठी तपासत आहे...." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unable to find out" +#~ msgstr "%1 लिहीण्यास असमर्थ." + +#~ msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." +#~ msgstr " स्थापित RPM पॅकेजेस तपासत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Checking whether RPM package %1 is installed..." +#~ msgstr " RPM पॅकेज %1 स्थापित आहे की नाही हे तपासत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Checking what requires RPM package %1..." +#~ msgstr "RPM पॅकेज %1ला काय आवश्यक आहे हे तपासत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Running complex check on package %1..." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज %1वर कॉम्प्लेक्स चेक करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Checking YaST log file %1..." +#~ msgstr "तपासत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Opening file..." +#~ msgstr "फाईल्सचे पार्सिंग चालू आहे....." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "YaST process got killed." +#~ msgstr "ठिगळ प्रक्रिया अयशस्वी." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Checking YaST log..." +#~ msgstr "तपासत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "System Checking" +#~ msgstr "तपासत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Unknown chroot path. The debugger cannot continue." +#~ msgstr "अज्ञात क्रूट पाथ. डीबगर पुढे चालू ठेवू शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed, debugger cannot continue." +#~ msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed. Debugger cannot continue." +#~ msgstr "inst-sys ला कनेक्ट करण्यात अपयश, डीबगर पुढे चालू ठेवू शकत नाही." + +#~ msgid "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>X11मेन्यूशी संपर्क करण्यासाठी, the <b>%1</b> पॅकेज स्थापित झाले पाहिजे.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>आता ते तुम्ही संस्थापित करू इच्छिता का?</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" +#~| "found for the installation.\n" +#~| "Check your hardware.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" +#~ "found for the installation.\n" +#~ "Check your hardware.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "स्थापनेसाठी कोणत्याही हार्ड डिस्क व हार्ड डिस्क \n" +#~ "नियंत्रक\n" +#~ "आढळले नाहीत. आपले हार्डवेअर तपासा.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No system type was selected.\n" +#~ "Select the default type." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "एकही डेस्कटॉप निवडलेला नाही. स्थापन करण्यासाठी\n" +#~ " तेव्हा डेस्कटॉप निवडा." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><tt>SuSEconfig</tt> must write the configuration\n" +#~ "of your &product; system. Depending on the CPU and the amount of memory,\n" +#~ "this process can take some time.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><tt>SuSEconfig</tt> ने आपल्या उत्पादन, प्रणालीचा आकृतीबंध\n" +#~ "लिहिणे आवश्यक आहे. CPU व स्मृतीचे प्रमाण यानुसारया प्रक्रियेला\n" +#~ "थोडा वेळ लागू शकतो.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "Progress" +#~ msgstr "प्रगती" + +#~ msgid "Running SuSEconfig.%1" +#~ msgstr "सुझेसंरचना सुरू आहे.%1" + +#~ msgid "Finishing SuSEconfig" +#~ msgstr "सुझेसंरचना संपत आहे." + +#~ msgid "SuSEconfig disabled in /etc/sysconfig/suseconfig" +#~ msgstr "/etc/sysconfig/suseconfig मध्ये सुझेसंरचना कार्यान्वित करा" + +#~ msgid "Done." +#~ msgstr "झाली." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Reboot your system\n" +#~ "to activate the new kernel.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "नविन कर्नेल कार्यान्वित करण्यासाठी\n" +#~ "प्रणाली कार्यान्वित करा.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Cannot read directory %1\n" +#~| "from source %2." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Cannot add repository %1\n" +#~ "URL: %2" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "स्त्रोत %2 वरुन डिरेक्टरी %1\n" +#~ " वाचू शकत नाही." + +#~ msgid "Initializing fonts..." +#~ msgstr "फॉन्टस सुरु होत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +#~ "<b>Include Add-On Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "उत्पादनासोबत निराळ्या माध्यमावरुन अड-ऑन उत्पादन &स्थापित करण्यासाठी\n" +#~ "<b>Include Add-On Products from Separate Media</b>निवडा.</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Please wait while the installation is probing the network cards..." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "मूळ यंत्रणा स्थापित होईपर्यत कृपया थांबा.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Read previously used repositories" +#~ msgstr "आधी संग्रहीत केलेली संरचना वाचा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading previously used repositories..." +#~ msgstr "आधी संग्रहीत केलेली संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Reading repositories. Please wait...</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>कॉनफिग्युरेशन साठवले जात आहेत</b><br>कृपया थांबा...</p>" + +#~ msgid "Re&pair Installed System" +#~ msgstr "स्थापना यंत्रणा दुरुस्त करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" +#~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "आपल्या हार्डडिस्कवर क्षतिग्रस्त लायनक्स प्रणाली असेल, तर<b>Repair Installed System</b> निवडा. या पर्यायाने,\n" +#~ "समस्या आपोआप सोडवण्याचा प्रयत्न करा.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" +#~ "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "निवडलेली भाषा पाठ्य मोडमधे वापरता येऊ शकत नाही. स्थापनेसाठी इंग्रजी वापरलेली आहे,\n" +#~ "परंतु निवडलेली भाषा नवीन प्रणालीसाठी वापरली जाईल." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Please wait while the base system is being installed.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "मूळ यंत्रणा स्थापित होईपर्यत कृपया थांबा.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "Finished." +#~ msgstr "संपली." + +#~ msgid "New installation" +#~ msgstr "नवीन स्थापना" + +#~ msgid "Update" +#~ msgstr "अद्ययावत करा" + +#~ msgid "Mode" +#~ msgstr "मोड (रूप)" + +#~ msgid "M&ode" +#~ msgstr "पध्दती" + +#~ msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +#~ msgstr "माऊस संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No description available..." +#~ msgstr "वर्णन उपलब्ध नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Select a System Type" +#~ msgstr "निवडलेला वापरकर्ता यंत्रणा वापरकर्ता आहे" + +#~ msgid "Description" +#~ msgstr "वर्णन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "System Type" +#~ msgstr "यंत्रणेचा तपास" + +#~ msgid "Failed" +#~ msgstr "अयशस्वी झाला" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Running the debugger..." +#~ msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Deploying Installation Images" +#~ msgstr "उपलब्ध संदर्भ सुरू करीत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Please wait, while system images are just being deployed...</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>कृपया प्रणालीची संरचना होईपर्यंत वाट पाहा.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Installation images are part of the installation media.</p>" +#~ msgstr "फॉन्टस सुरु होत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Please wait while repositories are being read...</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>कृपया प्रणालीची संरचना होईपर्यंत वाट पाहा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An error occurred while switching to the installed system\n" +#~ "and no recovery is possible.\n" +#~ "Run the automatic debugger to find out why it has failed?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "स्थापित प्रणालीवर जातांना चूक आली व कोणताही\n" +#~ "उपाय शक्य नाही. अपयशाचे \n" +#~ "कारण शोधून काढण्यासाठी स्वंयचलित डीबगर वापरा?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Show License..." +#~ msgstr "संचार करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचित करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "भाषा संरचित करा...." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "संरचना संपत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Deploying mages..." +#~ msgstr "प्रतिमा वापरा %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "%1 (%2/%3)" +#~ msgstr "%1x %2" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Deploying Images (%1/%2)..." +#~ msgstr "प्रतिमा वापरा %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Analyzing Installation Images" +#~ msgstr "उपलब्ध संदर्भ सुरू करीत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Storing magic values..." +#~ msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना मूल्य संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Restoring magic values..." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज पुन्हा साठवून ठेवत आहे %1..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Skip It" +#~ msgstr "ठिगळ वगळा" + +#~ msgid "Probing mouse..." +#~ msgstr "माउसची शहानिशाही आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." +#~ msgstr "मूळ विभाजक वापरून बघितला जात आहे कृपया काही सेकंद थांबा..." + +#~ msgid "No Linux root partition found." +#~ msgstr "लिनक्स मूळ विभाजन मिळाले नाही." + +#~ msgid "Booting from %1" +#~ msgstr "%1 वरुन बूटींग होत आहे" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "It appears that your machine has a Linux system installed.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "असे वाटते की तुमच्या मशीनमध्ये Linux यंत्रणा स्थापित केली गेली आहे.\n" +#~ " </p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "It appears that your machine does not have a Linux system installed. \n" +#~ "Only a new installation is possible.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "असे दिसते की आपल्या मशिनमधे लायनक्स प्रणाली स्थापित केलेली नाही. \n" +#~ "फक्त नवीन स्थापनाच शक्य आहे.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Please choose what to do:\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "कृपया काय करायचे ते निवडा:\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "This product does not offer an update.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "ही वस्तू सुधारणा देत नाही.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" +#~ "your hard disk. With this option, try to fix problems automatically.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "आपल्या हार्डडिस्कवर क्षतिग्रस्त लायनक्स प्रणाली असेल, तर<b>Repair Installed System</b> निवडा. या पर्यायाने,\n" +#~ "समस्या आपोआप सोडवण्याचा प्रयत्न करा.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Select <b>Boot Installed System</b> if you have a Linux system on your hard\n" +#~ "disk that will not boot. With this option, try to fix problems manually.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "आपल्या हार्डडिस्कवर बूट न होणारी लायनक्स प्रणाली असेल तर <b>Boot Installed System</b> निवडा.\n" +#~ "या पर्यायाने समस्या हाताने सोजवण्याचा प्रयत्न करा.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "New &installation" +#~ msgstr "नवीन स्थापना" + +#~ msgid "&Repair Installed System" +#~ msgstr "स्थापना यंत्रणा दुरुस्त करा" + +#~ msgid "&Boot installed system" +#~ msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणा बूट करा" + +#~ msgid "Please select" +#~ msgstr "कृपया निवडा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Other Options</b> then\n" +#~ "select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" +#~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> <b>Other Options</b> निवडा व नंतर\n" +#~ " <b>Repair Installed System</b> निवडा, जर आपल्या हार्डडिस्कवर क्षतिग्रस्त लायनक्स प्रणाली असेल\n" +#~ "समस्या आपोआप सोडवण्यासाठी हा पर्याय वापरुन पहाता येईल.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Other Options</b> then\n" +#~ "select <b>Boot Installed System</b> if you have a Linux system on your hard\n" +#~ "disk that will not boot. With this option, try to fix problems manually.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>आपल्या हार्डडिस्कवर बूट न होणारी लायनक्स प्रणाली असल्यास <b>Other Options</b> \n" +#~ "निवडा व त्यानंतर <b>Boot Installed System</b> निवडा. या पर्यााच्या\n" +#~ "सहाय्याने, समस्या हाताने सोडवण्याचा प्रयत्न करा.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "Boot Installed &System" +#~ msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणा बूट करा" + +#~ msgid "&Other Options" +#~ msgstr "आणखी पर्याय" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Initializing installation catalogs..." +#~ msgstr "संदर्भ मिळविताना..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Later you can install additional software from these external repositories.\n" +#~ "Register the repository now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "नंतर आपण या बाह्य स्रोतांवरुन अतिरिक्त सॉफ्टवेअर स्थापित करु शकाल.\n" +#~ "आत्ता स्रोतांची नोंदणी करायची का?" + +#~ msgid "Testing the Internet Connection..." +#~ msgstr "इंटरनेट कनेक्शनची चाचणी घेत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "An error occurred while creating the installation source." +#~ msgstr "प्रणाली स्थापीत करत असताना चूक सापडली." + +#~ msgid "Details:" +#~ msgstr "तपशील..." + +#~ msgid "Try again?" +#~ msgstr "पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>FIXME: help will be added later...</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>रिबूट नंतर सगळे बदल लागू होतिल.</p>" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/instserver.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/instserver.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/instserver.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,684 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. repository overview - %1 is product name (e.g. "SUSE LINUX Version 10.0") +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:78 +msgid "Label: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no string displayed in the overview +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:87 +msgid "Announce Using SLP: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:88 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "होय" + +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:88 +msgid "No" +msgstr "नाही" + +#. Instserver overview dialog caption +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:119 +msgid "Installation Server" +msgstr "" + +#. menu item +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:122 +msgid "&Server Configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:130 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना" + +#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:130 +msgid "Product" +msgstr "प्रॉडक्ट" + +#. CD Popup +#. @param string popup message +#. @param boolean true if ISO +#. @return [Object] +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:49 +msgid "Change Media" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is the current cd number +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230 +msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235 +msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue." +msgstr "" + +#. %2 is the product name and version +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 +msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242 +msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2." +msgstr "" + +#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Insert\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"सरकवा\n" +"'%1'" + +#. popup request, %1 is ISO name +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select %1" +msgstr "&सर्व निवड" + +#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551 +msgid "" +"The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n" +"by the current repository.\n" +"\n" +"Select the base product medium first." +msgstr "" + +#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always) +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670 +msgid "This may take a while..." +msgstr "ह्या कामाला काही वेळ लागेल..." + +#. TODO: report more details (stderr) +#. rename the directory +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Error while moving repository content." +msgstr "ypclient चालवाताना चूक झाली." + +#. Instserver configuration dialog caption +#. Instserver configuration dialog caption +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Repository Configuration" +msgstr "जाळे संरचना" + +#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965 +msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971 +msgid "Data &Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979 +msgid "Use &ISO Images" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988 +msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371 +msgid "Select &Directory" +msgstr "शब्दकोश निवडा" + +#. abort? +#. abort? +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440 +msgid "Select Directory" +msgstr "डिरेक्टरी निवडा" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215 +msgid "Installation server name missing." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066 +msgid "" +"Contents already exist in this directory.\n" +"Not copying CDs." +msgstr "" + +#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines) +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094 +msgid "" +"Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n" +"Package CD, etc.) to the repository?" +msgstr "" + +#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Repository &Name:" +msgstr "संचिकेचे नाव" + +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175 +msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Invalid repository name." +msgstr "वैध सेवासंगणकाचे नाव लिहा." + +#. an error message - entered repository name already exists +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Repository '%1' already exists,\n" +"enter another name." +msgstr "" +"साधने गट %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे.\n" +"दुसरे नाव वापरा." + +#. create directory only for a new repository +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n" +"Verify that the directory \n" +" %1 \n" +"is writable and try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"किकस्टार्ट फाईल अद्ययावत करताना चूक झाली. फाईलचा\n" +"सिनटॅक्स तपासून पहा आणि पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263 +msgid "" +"Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n" +"When adding a new repository with the same name\n" +"the old content must deleted right now.\n" +"\n" +"Really delete the old content and create it from scratch?" +msgstr "" + +#. Instserver server dialog caption +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347 +msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363 +msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368 +msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository" +msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository" +msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository" +msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451 +msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing." +msgstr "" + +#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478 +msgid "Installation Server -- NFS" +msgstr "" + +#. Instserver nfs dialog contents +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496 +msgid "&Host Wild Card" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498 +msgid "&Options" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS()) +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556 +msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS." +msgstr "" + +#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588 +msgid "Installation Server -- FTP" +msgstr "" + +#. Instserver nfs dialog contents +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596 +msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598 +msgid "&Directory Alias:" +msgstr "" + +#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP()) +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655 +msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP." +msgstr "" + +#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675 +msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP" +msgstr "" + +#. Instserver nfs dialog contents +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691 +msgid "&Directory Alias" +msgstr "" + +#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP()) +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748 +msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:16 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Network Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:19 +msgid "" +"<p>Select one of the server options and specify where all the repositories\n" +"should be hosted on the local system.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:24 +msgid "" +"<p>If you have one of the services already running and want to do the\n" +"server configuration manually, select not to configure \n" +"the services.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:30 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>NFS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<p>To complete this configuration, a new entry in the file\n" +"<em>/etc/exports</em> must be added and the NFS server must be \n" +"installed and started.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"<p>If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n" +"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n" +"to restrict access to the <em>192.168.1.0</em> subnet.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 +msgid "" +"<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n" +"options, see the manual page for <em>exports</em> (man exports(5))\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:50 +msgid "" +"<p>The repository will be available at the following URL:\n" +"<tt>nfs://Host_IP/Repository_Name</tt></p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:53 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:56 +msgid "" +"<p>To complete this configuration, an FTP server must be \n" +"installed and started.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"<p>If the chosen software repository directory is outside\n" +"the FTP server hierarchy, a mount entry is added to <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" +"This makes the software repository directory available under the\n" +"FTP server (using the <tt>--bind</tt> option of <tt>mount</tt>).\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 +msgid "" +"<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"<p><tt>ftp://<Host IP>/<Repository Name></tt>\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:70 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:73 +msgid "" +"<p>To complete this configuration, an HTTP server must be \n" +"installed and started. The alias will be used to reference the installation\n" +"server root directory.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"<p>Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n" +"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81 +msgid "" +"<p><tt>http://<Host IP>/SUSE/<Repository Name></tt>\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:84 src/include/instserver/helps.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Configuration of the Repository</b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b><big>संरचना पर्याय:</big></b><br>" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 +msgid "" +"<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n" +"CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n" +"configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP).</p> \n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:90 +msgid "<p><b><big>SLP Support</big></b></p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 +msgid "" +"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n" +"If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 +msgid "" +"<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n" +"<b>Next</b> to copy the content into the local repository.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 +msgid "" +"<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n" +"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 +msgid "<p><b><big>ISO Images</big></b></p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next</b>, you can\n" +"select ISO image files.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:106 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध प्रारंभित करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:110 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रारंभ निष्फळ करत आहेः</big></b><br>\n" +"आता <b>Abort</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध उपयोगिता सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Saving Repository Configuration</b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>xinetd आकृतीबंध जतन करत आहे </big></b><br>\n" +" कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:118 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> जतनाचे कार्य निष्फळ करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>Abort</b> दाबून जतनाची प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करा.\n" +"अतिरिक्त डायलॉग आपणास असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही ते सांगतो.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Repository Configuration</b><br>\n" +"Configure the installation server here.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आयएसएनएस आकृतीबंध</big></b><br>\n" +"येथे आयएसएनएस सर्व्हर आकृतीबंधित करा..<br></p>\n" + +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n" +"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n" +"available for configuration.\n" +"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" +"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" +"the configuration opens.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>संपादित करत आहे किंवा पुसून टाकत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"आपण <b>Edit</b> दाबल्यास, ज्यात आकृतीबंध बदलायचा आहे\n" +"तो अतिरिक्त डायलॉग उघडतो.</p>\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Repositories Overview</b><br>\n" +"Get an overview of the configured repositories and edit their \n" +"configuration if necessary.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> प्रोवाइडर ओवरव्ह्यु</big></b><br>\n" +"इन्स्टोल्ड प्रोवाइडरचा ओवरव्ह्यु मिळवण्यासाठी. एडिशनली,\n" +"त्यांचे कोन्फिगरेशन एडिट करण्यासाठी.<br></p>\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:148 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n" +"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a repository.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> प्रोवाइडर एड करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"नविन प्रोवाइडर मेन्युअली कोन्फिगर करण्यासाठी <b>एड</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" +"Choose the repository you want to change or remove and\n" +"press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>, respectively.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> एडिटिंग वा डिलिटिंग:</big></b><br>\n" +"ज्याचे कोन्फिगरेशन एडिट किंवा रिमुव करायचे आहे तो प्रोवाइडर निवडा.\n" +"मग: <B>एडिट</B> किंवा <B>डिलिट</B>बटन दाबा.</P>\n" + +#. Read service data using _auto +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306 +msgid "" +"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" +"will now be installed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write Apache config +#. @param string state : Yes/No +#. @return [void] +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:450 +msgid "Unable to write /etc/sysconfig/apache2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 +msgid "" +"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n" +"will now be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Setup NFS Server +#. @param string directory +#. @param [String] options +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569 +msgid "" +"Directory is already exported via NFS.\n" +"Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Instserver read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155 +msgid "Initializing Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना कार्यान्वय" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165 +msgid "Read configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Search for a new repository" +msgstr "इडिरेक्टरी ट्रीजला शोधत आहे" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171 +msgid "Reading configuration file..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Searching for a new repository..." +msgstr "स्वॅप विभाजनाचा शोध घेत आहोत..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188 +msgid "Cannot read current settings." +msgstr "सध्याची सेटींग्ज वाचली जाऊ शकत नाही" + +#. Instserver read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240 +msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवा" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवत आहे..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही." + +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configured Repositories" +msgstr "संगणकाच्या पडद्याची संरचना करा" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/iplb.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/iplb.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/iplb.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,707 @@ +# Marathi translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2014 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2014. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module +#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 +msgid "Configuration of IPLB" +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 +msgid "Iplb" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 +msgid "&Iplb" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/iplb.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of iplb +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Cong Meng +#. +#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन" + +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 +msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Iplb summary dialog caption +#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption +#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 +msgid "IPLB Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Iplb overview dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 +msgid "IPLB Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 +msgid "First part of configuration of IPLB" +msgstr "" + +#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 +msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB" +msgstr "" + +#. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "योय" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "नाहीं" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba Server Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक संरचना" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 +msgid "Check Interval" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 +msgid "Check Timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 +msgid "Failure Count" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 +msgid "Negotiate Timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 +msgid "Fallback" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 +msgid "Callback" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 +msgid "Execute" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित करणे" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 +msgid "Email Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 +msgid "Email Alert Freq" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 +msgid "Email Alert Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 +msgid "Auto Reload" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 +msgid "Quiescent" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 +msgid "Fork" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 +msgid "Supervised" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 +msgid "Log File" +msgstr "" + +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p><b><big>check interval</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p><p>Defines the number of second between server checks.\n" +"</p><p>Default: 10 seconds\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>Default: 1\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n" +"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b>syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n" +"</p><p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +"option.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>Default: 0\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" +"with each other.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>Default: all\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" +"configuration.\n" +"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n" +"set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" +"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"</p><p>Default: no\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" +"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" +"of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" +"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n" +"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" +"must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n" +"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n" +"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" +"underlying <small>LVS</small> code in the kernel functions.\n" +"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n" +"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" +"activated. Default is <i>negotiate</i>.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n" +"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"</p><p>Default:\n" +"</p>

\n" +"<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 25: smtp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 53: dns\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 80: http\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 110: pop\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 119: nntp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 143: imap\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 389: ldap\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 443: https\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 993: imaps\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 995: pops\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1521: oracle\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1812: radius\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 3306: mysql\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5432: pgsql\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5060: sip\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: none\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" +"is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" +"</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" +"</dt><dt>* virtual server port\n" +"</dt><dt>* real server ip\n" +"</dt><dt>* real server port\n" +"</dt><dt>Default: /bin/true\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" +"</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" +"an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n" +"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" +"rows. This is a required setting.\n" +"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" +" are replaced with a new line character.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" +"optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" +"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n" +"</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n" +"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n" +"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" +"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" +"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n" +"</p><p>Default:\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n" +"<small>SIP</small> servers.\n" +"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" +"</p><p>Default:\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" +"from uname if unset.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n" +"is a required setting.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n" +"<b>passwd</b> above).\n" +"</p><p>Default: empty string\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>persistent</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p><p>Number of seconds for persistent client connections.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>netmask</big> =</b> <i>w.x.y.z</i>\n" +"</p><p>Netmask to be used for granularity of persistent client connections.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n" +"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n" +"</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n" +"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" +"protocol must be fwm.\n" +"</p><p>Default:\n" +"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" +"</dt></dl>\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>Default: 1\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n" +"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n" +"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +"option.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>Default: 0\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" +"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" +"with each other.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>Default: all\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n" +"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n" +"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" +"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" +"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" +"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n" +"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. overwrite global value part +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 +msgid "Check Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 +msgid "Check Port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "सेवा" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 +msgid "Check Command" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 +msgid "Http Method" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 +msgid "Request" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 +msgid "Receive" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 +msgid "Virtual Host" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "प्रवेश" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "गुप्तशब्द" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 +msgid "Database Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 +msgid "Radius Secret" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 +msgid "Persistent" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 +msgid "Netmask" +msgstr "नेटमास्क" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 +msgid "Scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 +msgid "Protocol" +msgstr "शिष्टाचार" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 +msgid "Virtual Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "जोडा" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "संपादन" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "हटवा" + +#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 +msgid "Virtual Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 +msgid "Real Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 +msgid "Check type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 +msgid "Auth type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "" + +#. return `cacel or a string +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "ठीक आहे" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "रद्द करा" + +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 +msgid "Real Server's IP Address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 +msgid "Forward Method" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 +msgid "weight" +msgstr "" + +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The IP address is invalid." +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "आयपी पत्ता अवैध आहे." + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add a new share" +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "नवीन वाटा मिळवा" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the role of the server" +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे काम स्थिर करा" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." + +#. Read all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 +msgid "Initializing IPLB Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Names of real stages +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +msgid "Read the global settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +msgid "Read the virtual host settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 +msgid "Reading the global settings..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 +msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. Write all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 +msgid "Saving IPLB Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवा" + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवत आहे..." + +#. write global conf +#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" +#. string key's format +#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 +#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string +#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही." + +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 +msgid "Configuration summary..." +msgstr "सारांश संरचना..." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/iscsi-client.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/iscsi-client.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/iscsi-client.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,687 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module +#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56 +msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI initiator" +msgstr "iSCSI initiator चे कॉनफिग्युरेशन" + +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69 +msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..." +msgstr "iSCSI संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85 +msgid "iSCSI Initiator" +msgstr "iSCSI initiator" + +#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89 +msgid "&iSCSI Initiator" +msgstr "iSCSI initiator" + +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64 +msgid "When &Booting" +msgstr "बूटींग करण्याच्या वेळेस" + +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68 +msgid "&Manually" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74 +msgid "When Booting" +msgstr "बुटींग करताना" + +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +msgid "iSNS Address" +msgstr "DASD पत्ता" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87 +#, fuzzy +msgid "iSNS Port" +msgstr "पोर्ट" + +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initiator Name" +msgid "&Initiator Name" +msgstr "इनिशिएटरचे नाव" + +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound Card" +msgid "Offload Car&d" +msgstr "ध्वनी कार्ड" + +#. table of connected targets +#. table of discovered targets +#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 +msgid "Interface" +msgstr "दुवा" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 +msgid "Portal Address" +msgstr "पोस्टल पत्ता" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 +msgid "Target Name" +msgstr "लक्ष्य नाव" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +msgid "Start-Up" +msgstr "सुरू करा" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "जोडा" + +#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "संपादन" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connect" +msgid "Disconnect" +msgstr "जोडा" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "Connected" +msgstr "संपर्क साधला." + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "Discovery" +msgstr "शोध" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 +msgid "Connect" +msgstr "जोडा" + +#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target +#. authentication dialog for add target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 +msgid "No Authentication" +msgstr "खात्री नाही" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 +msgid "Incoming Authentication" +msgstr "आत येणारे Authentication" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 +msgid "Username" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्याचे नाव" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "गुप्तशब्द" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 +msgid "Outgoing Authentication" +msgstr "बाहेर जाणारे Authentication" + +#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Startup" +msgstr "सुरू करा" + +#. widget for portal address +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "IP Address" +msgstr "IP पत्ता" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "पोर्ट" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "कळ" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "मूल्य" + +#. service status dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "सेवा" + +#. list og connected targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 +msgid "Connected Targets" +msgstr "जोडलेले लक्ष्य" + +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 +msgid "Discovered Targets" +msgstr "लक्ष्य शोधले" + +#. main tabbed dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 +msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" +msgstr "iSCSI Initiator ओव्हरव्हूय" + +#. discovery new target +#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 +msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" + +#. authentication dialog for add new target +#. list of connected targets +#. authentication for connect to portal +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 +msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" +msgstr "iSCSI Initiator शोध" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:38 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>iSCSI इनिशिएटर आकृतीबंधाचा प्रारंभ करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:42 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रारंभ निष्फळ करता आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"आता <b>Abort</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध युटिलिटी सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>iSCSI इनिशिएटर आकृतीबंध जतन करता आहे </big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:50 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>जतन क्रिया निष्फळ करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"दाबून जतन प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करा<b>Abort</b>.\n" +"असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे किंवा नाही ते अतिरिक्त डायलॉग सांगतो.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:57 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Configure an iSCSI initiator here.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>iSCSI इनिशिएटर आकृतीबंध</big></b><br>\n" +"येथे iSCSI इनिशिएटरचा आकृतीबंध बनवा.<br></p>\n" + +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:61 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n" +"Select an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\n" +"If your iSCSI initiator was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" +"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>iSCSI इनिशिएटर घालत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"ओळखलेल्या इनिशिएटर्सच्या सूचीतून iSCSI इनिशिएटर निवडा.\n" +"आपला iSCSI इनिशिएटर ओळखला गेला नसेल <b>अन्य (न ओळखलेले) वापरा</b>.\n" +"नंतर <b>आकृतीबंध</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" +"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" +"the configuration opens.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>संपादित करत आहे किंवा पुसून टाकत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"आपण <b>Edit</b> दाबल्यास, ज्यात आकृतीबंध बदलायचा आहे\n" +"तो अतिरिक्त डायलॉग उघडतो.</p>\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:74 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n" +"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>iSCSI इनिशिएटर आकृतीबंध आढावा</big></b><br>\n" +"स्थापित iSCSI इनिशिएटर्सचा आढावा मिळवा. शिवाय,\n" +"त्यांचे आकृतीबंध संपादित करा.<br></p>\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n" +"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>iSCSI इनिशिएटर घालणे</big></b><br>\n" +"iSCSI इनिशिएटरचा आकृतीबंध बनवण्यासाठी <b>Add</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" +"Choose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\n" +"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>संपादित करत आहे किंवा पुसून टाकत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"बदलण्यासाठी किंवा काढून टाकण्यासाठी iSCSI निवडा.\n" +"नंतर इच्छेनुसार <b>Edit</b> किंवा <b>Delete</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#. table of connected targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 +msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Warning +#. Warning +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>इशारा</h1>" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 +msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>iSCSI उपकरण <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b> अक्सेस करतांना,हा अक्सेस खास असल्याची खात्री करून घ्या. अन्यथा डाटा भ्रष्ट होण्याचासंभाव्य धोका असतो.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> हे /etc/initiatorname.iscsi प्रमाणे आहे. जरआपल्याकडे iBFT असेल तर हे नांव तिथून बदतून येईल आणि आपण ते बदलू शकत नाही (तो बदलBIOS मध्ये करावा लागेल)</p><p> जेव्हा आपल्याला त्याला बदलावयाचे असेल तेव्हा<b>Save Name</b> बटण वापरा. हा बदल स्वतः सुरक्षित केला जात नाही.</p>" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 +msgid "" +"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n" +#| "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" +#| "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n" +msgid "" +"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n" +"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n" +msgstr "" +"शोधलेल्या सर्व्हरचा <b>IP Address</b> प्रविष्ट करा.\n" +"आवश्यक वाटल्यास फक्त <b>Port</b> बदला. प्रमाणीकरणासाठी <b>Username</b> व <b>Password</b> वापरा. आपणास प्रमाणीकरणाची\n" +"गरज नसेल, तर <b>No Authentication</b>निवडा.\n" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. " +msgstr "iSCSI लक्ष्याने नोड्सची यादी दिली. एक आयटत निवडा व क्लिक करा <b>कनेक्ट</b>. " + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>इशारा</h1>" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 +msgid "" +"<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" +"default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\n" +"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" +"root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\n" +"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" +"starts up.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication" +msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" +msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 +msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 +msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 +msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>आयटीबीएफ</h1>" + +#. string initiatorname=""; +#. function for run command in background +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Command timed out" +msgstr "सूचनेचा कालावधी संपला" + +#. validation for authentication dialog entry +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 +msgid "Insert the username." +msgstr "युजरनेम घाला." + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 +msgid "Insert the password." +msgstr "गुप्तशब्ध घाला." + +#. init table of connected sessions +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152 +msgid "Error While Connecting iscsid" +msgstr "iscsid संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. delete (logout from) connected target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214 +msgid "Really log out from the selected target?" +msgstr "निवडलेल्या लक्ष्यामधून खरोखरच यायचे आहे का?" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 +msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." +msgstr "निवडलेल्या लक्ष्यामधून बाहेर येताना चूक झाली." + +#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266 +msgid "No record found." +msgstr "माहिती सापडली नाही." + +#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No valid IP address" +msgstr "उपकरण आयपी पत्ता" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Port field cannot be empty" +msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही." + +#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initiator Name" +msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" +msgstr "इनिशिएटरचे नाव" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"The correct syntax is\n" +"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" +"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" +"\n" +"Example:\n" +"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to use the name?\n" +msgstr "" +"इनिशिएटरचे नाव चुकीचे\n" +"योग्य शब्दरचना आहे\n" +"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed domain name[:identifier]\n" +"\n" +"Example:\n" +"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" + +#. brackets needed around IPv6 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635 +msgid "Insert the IP address." +msgstr "IP पत्ता घाला." + +#. validate port number +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641 +msgid "Insert the port." +msgstr "पोर्ट घाला." + +#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]"); +#. ******************* target table ************************* +#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887 +msgid "True" +msgstr "खरा" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +msgid "False" +msgstr "खोटा" + +#. check if not already connected +#. check if not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "या TargetNameचे लक्ष्य आधीपासूनच जोडलेले आहे. खातरजमा करा कीडेटा खराब होण्यापासून वाचविण्यासाठी Multipathing सुरू केलेले आहे." + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915 +msgid "Continue" +msgstr "पुढे चालू करा" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "रद्द करा" + +#. check if is not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906 +msgid "The target is already connected." +msgstr "लक्ष्य अगोदरच जोडलेले आहे." + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121 +msgid "iSCSI Initiator Configuration" +msgstr "iSCSI initiator कॉनफिग्युरेशन" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..." + +#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) +#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 +msgid "<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>iSCSI initiator कॉनफिग्युगर, द <b>%1</b> पॅकेज स्थापित केले पाहिजे.</p>" + +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 +msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" +msgstr "<p>आता स्थापा ?</p>" + +#. IscsiClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152 +msgid "Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration" +msgstr "iSCSI Initiator कॉनफिग्येशन सुरु करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:168 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170 +msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgstr "सेटींग्ज लिहीली जात आहेत " + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172 +msgid "Detect the devices" +msgstr "वस्तू निश्चित करत आहे" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:176 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "डेटाबेस वाचता जात आहे " + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178 +msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgstr "पूर्वीची सेटींग्ज वाचली जात आहे" + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180 +msgid "Detecting the devices..." +msgstr "वस्तू निश्चित करत आहे..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:182 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "समाप्त झाले" + +#. IscsiClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237 +msgid "Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration" +msgstr "iSCSI Initiator कॉनफिग्येशन साठवले जात आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Write AutoYaST settings" +msgstr "इच्छित मांडणी लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Set up service status" +msgstr "सेवा थांबवा" + +#. interface type for hardware offloading +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software" +msgid "default (Software)" +msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर" + +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All" +msgid "all" +msgstr "सर्व" + +#. } +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" +"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" +"backup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \n" +"in the BIOS.\n" +msgstr "" +"iBFT आणि /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi मधून मिळालेलेInitiatorName वेगळे आहेत.\n" +"जुने initiatorname बदलून iBFT मधील नाव कायम राहील आणि एकबॅकअप तयार केला जाईल.\n" +"जर आपल्याला इतर initiatorname वापरावयाचे असेल तर त्याला BIOS मध्ये बदलून घ्या." + +#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Image creation failed." +msgid "Target connection failed.\n" +msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करणे असफल" + +#. do discovery first +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156 +msgid "Configuration summary..." +msgstr "सारांश संरचना..." + +#~ msgid "Log Out" +#~ msgstr "बंदकरा" + +#~ msgid "Log In" +#~ msgstr "दाखल व्हा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n" +#~ "To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n" +#~ "To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "चालू सत्रांची सूची. नवीन ध्येय घालण्यासाठी <b>Add</b> दाबा.\n" +#~ "एक काढून टाकण्यासाठी, ते निवडा व <b>Log Out</b> दाबा.\n" +#~ "प्रारंभाची स्थिती बदलण्यासाठी <b>Toggle</b> दाबा.\n" + +#~ msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>." +#~ msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकेशनचा प्रकार निवडा व घाला <b>युजरनेम</b> आणि <b>पार्सवर्ड</b>." + +#~ msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target." +#~ msgstr "शोधलेल्या लक्ष्यांची यादी. नवीन <b>शोध</b> किंवा <b>कनेक्ट</b> कोणत्याही लक्ष्याशी सुरुवात करा." + +#~ msgid "Toggle Start-Up" +#~ msgstr "स्टार्टअप टॉगल करा" + +#~ msgid "Write the settings" +#~ msgstr "सेटींग्ज लिहा" + +#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +#~ msgstr "SuSEconfig चालवा" + +#~ msgid "Writing the settings..." +#~ msgstr "अ" + +#~ msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +#~ msgstr "एस यू एस ई कॉपिंग वापरली जात आहे" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/iscsi-lio-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/iscsi-lio-server.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/iscsi-lio-server.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,914 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI initiator" +msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI target via LIO" +msgstr "iSCSI initiator चे कॉनफिग्युरेशन" + +#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "iSCSI Target" +msgid "iSCSI LIO Target" +msgstr "iSCSI लक्ष्य" + +#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "iSCSI Target" +msgid "&iSCSI LIO Target" +msgstr "iSCSI लक्ष्य" + +#. first tab - service status and firewall +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "सेवा" + +#. second tab - global authentication +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +msgid "Global" +msgstr "ग्लोबल" + +#. third tab - targets / luns +#. targets dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Target Name" +msgid "Targets" +msgstr "लक्ष्य नाव" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Target Name" +msgid "Target" +msgstr "लक्ष्य नाव" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device Identifier" +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "उपकरण ओळखचिन्ह" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write groups" +msgid "Portal group" +msgstr "समूह लिहा" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IPv4 address" +msgid "Ip address" +msgstr "IPv4 पत्ता" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Port Number" +msgid "Port number" +msgstr "पोर्ट क्रंमाक" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not valid IP address" +msgid "Bind all IP addresses" +msgstr "IP पत्ता वैध नाही" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User Authentication" +msgid "Use Authentication" +msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +msgid "Path" +msgstr "मार्ग" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "जोडा" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "संपादन" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "हटवा" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Clients" +msgid "Client" +msgstr "गि-हाईक" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 +msgid "Lun Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Author" +msgid "Auth" +msgstr "लेखकः" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit User" +msgid "Edit LUN" +msgstr "प्रयोक्त्याचे संपादन करा" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Edit RAID" +msgid "Edit Auth" +msgstr "&संपादित करा RAID" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +msgid "Copy" +msgstr "" + +#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 +msgid "No Authentication" +msgstr "खात्री नाही" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 +msgid "Incoming Authentication" +msgstr "आत येणारे Authentication" + +#. dialog to add/modify user and password +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +msgid "Username" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्याचे नाव" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "गुप्तशब्द" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 +msgid "Outgoing Authentication" +msgstr "बाहेर जाणारे Authentication" + +#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274 +msgid "When &Booting" +msgstr "बूटींग करण्याच्या वेळेस" + +#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278 +msgid "&Manually" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 +msgid "When Booting" +msgstr "बुटींग करताना" + +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#. dialog for expert settings +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "कळ" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "मूल्य" + +#. Summary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. Main dialog - tabbed +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" +msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" +msgstr "iSCSI Initiator ओव्हरव्हूय" + +#. expert dialog +#. LUN details +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" +msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" + +#. dialog for add target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "iSCSI Target" +msgid "Add iSCSI Target" +msgstr "iSCSI लक्ष्य" + +#. discovery authentication dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507 +msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. edit target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541 +msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. expert target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CUPS Expert Settings" +msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" +msgstr "CUPS तज्ञ मांडणी" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>iSCSI इनिशिएटर आकृतीबंधाचा प्रारंभ करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रारंभ निष्फळ करता आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"आता <b>Abort</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध युटिलिटी सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>iSCSI इनिशिएटर आकृतीबंध जतन करता आहे </big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> जतनाचे कार्य निष्फळ करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>Abort</b> दाबून जतनाची प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करा.\n" +"अतिरिक्त डायलॉग आपणास असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही ते सांगतो.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Save</b> button will export some information about\n" +"targets into selected file.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Configure an iSCSI initiator here.<br></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Configure an iSCSI target here.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>iSCSI इनिशिएटर आकृतीबंध</big></b><br>\n" +"येथे iSCSI इनिशिएटरचा आकृतीबंध बनवा.<br></p>\n" + +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Adding an isns</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Choose an isns server from the list of detected isns targets.\n" +#| "If your target was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" +#| "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" +"Choose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\n" +"If your target was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" +"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>isnsला जोडणे</big></b><br>\n" +"सापडलेल्या isns लक्ष्यांच्या यादीतून एक isns सर्व्हर निवडा\n" +"जर आपले लक्ष्य सापडले नसेल तर <b>Other (not detected)</b> वापरा.\n" +"नंतर <b>Configure</b> दाबा</p>\n" + +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" +"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" +"the configuration opens.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>संपादित करत आहे किंवा पुसून टाकत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"आपण <b>Edit</b> दाबल्यास, ज्यात आकृतीबंध बदलायचा आहे\n" +"तो अतिरिक्त डायलॉग उघडतो.</p>\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n" +#| "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n" +"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>iSCSI इनिशिएटर आकृतीबंध आढावा</big></b><br>\n" +"स्थापित iSCSI इनिशिएटर्सचा आढावा मिळवा. शिवाय,\n" +"त्यांचे आकृतीबंध संपादित करा.<br></p>\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Adding an isns Target</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an isns target.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" +"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI target.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> isns लक्ष्य समाविष्ट करणे </big></b><br>\n" +" isns लक्ष्य कॉंफिगर करण्यासाठी <b>Add</b> दाबा, </p>" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Choose an isns target to change or remove.\n" +#| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" +"Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n" +"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<b><big>संपादन किंवा काढून टाकणे</big></b><br>\n" +"संपादित करण्यासाठी किंवा काढण्यासाठी isns लक्ष्य निवडा.\n" +"नंतर कामाप्रमाणे <b>Edit</b> किंवा <b>Delete</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" +"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" +"<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध भाग एक</big></b><br>\n" +"चालू ठेवण्यासाठी <b>नेक्स्ट</b>\n" +"<br></p>" + +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:113 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" +"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Something निवडणे</big></b><br>\n" +"ते शक्य नाही. आपल्याला आधी त्याला कोड करावे लागेल. :-)\n" +"</p>" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" +"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" +"<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध भाग दोन</big></b><br>\n" +"चालू ठेवण्यासाठी <b>नेक्स्ट</b>\n" +"दाबा.\n" +"<br></p>\n" + +#. discovery authentication +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 +msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>." +msgstr "" + +#. target client setup. +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 +msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 +msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 +msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "List of Discovery Domain Sets. Create a new dds by clicking <b>Add</b>. \n" +#| "To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Modify</b> or <b>Delete</b>." +msgid "" +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>." +msgstr "" +"शोधाच्या डोमेन सेट्स ची सूची. <b>Add</b>क्लिक करुन एक नवीन dds तयार करा. \n" +"एखादी बाब काढून टाकण्यासाठी अगर बदल करण्यासाठी ती निवडा व <b>Modify</b> अगर <b>Delete</b> दाबा." + +#. edit target +#. add target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159 +msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 +msgid "" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n" +"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" +"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n" +"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" +"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 +msgid "" +"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n" +"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" +"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 +msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 +msgid "" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" +"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" +"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n" +"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" +"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +msgid "" +"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional." +msgstr "" + +#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Incoming Authentication" +msgid "Problem changing authentication" +msgstr "आत येणारे Authentication" + +#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a valid username." +msgid "Invalid Username" +msgstr "वैध वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव लिहा." + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Provider Password" +msgid "Invalid Password." +msgstr "पुरविणारा परवलीशब्द लिहा" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The selected option is already present." +msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!" +msgstr "निवडलेले पर्याय अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used." +msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" +msgstr "हे ठराविक रांगेचे नाव %1 आधीच वापरले आहे." + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 +msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The selected option is already present." +msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" +msgstr "निवडलेले पर्याय अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Path:" +msgid "Path:" +msgstr "मार्ग" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Browse" +msgid "Browse" +msgstr " ब्राऊझ करा " + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select a device." +msgid "Select file or device" +msgstr "उपकरण निवडा." + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Clients" +msgid "Client Lun" +msgstr "गि-हाईक" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Target Name" +msgid "Target LUN" +msgstr "लक्ष्य नाव" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Changes:" +msgid "Change:" +msgstr "बदल:" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537 +msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key" +msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" +msgstr "विश्वसनियता निर्धारण कळ बरोबर फाईल निवडा" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS client" +msgid "Client name:" +msgstr "NIS ग्राहक" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Import from File" +msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" +msgstr "फाईलवरून इंपोर्ट करा" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty." +msgid "Client name must not be empty!" +msgstr "दूरध्वनी क्रमांक रिकामे असता कामा नयेत." + +#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing +#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. +#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists." +msgid "Client name already exists!" +msgstr "पुरविणाऱ्याचे नाव %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN +#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS client" +msgid "New client name:" +msgstr "NIS ग्राहक" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "ठीक आहे" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "रद्द करा" + +#. remove a item +#. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** +#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 +msgid "Really delete the selected item?" +msgstr "निवडलेली नोंद खरोखर कमी करावी का?" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 +msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 +msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 +msgid "Problem removing lun %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 +msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 +msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" +msgstr "" + +#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Share name cannot be empty." +msgid "The target cannot be empty." +msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही." + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Share path cannot be empty." +msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." +msgstr "वाटपाचा मार्ग रिकामा असू शकत नाही." + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Share %1 already exists." +msgid "The target already exists." +msgstr "वाटप %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Incoming Mail" +msgid "Incoming" +msgstr "येणारी पत्र" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Outgoing Mail" +msgid "Outgoing" +msgstr "जाणीरी पत्र" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 +msgid "None" +msgstr "कोणी नाही" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "अक्षम केले " + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 +msgid "" +"There isn't any client specified.\n" +"To allow a client login to the target, please\n" +"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" +"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" +"Really want to continue without client access?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464 +msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479 +msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500 +msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" +msgstr "" +"संचिका तयार करताना चूक झाली %1:\n" +"%2" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559 +msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "iSCSI Initiator Configuration" +msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" +msgstr "iSCSI initiator कॉनफिग्युरेशन" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." + +#. scope link IPv6 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 +msgid "Cannot save lio setup" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" +msgstr "" + +#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." +msgid "Can't continue without installing lio-utils package" +msgstr "आवश्यक असणारे पॅकेज संस्थापित केल्याशिवाय चालू होऊ शकत नाही." + +#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not start IPsec." +msgid "Could not start service \"%1\"" +msgstr "IPsec सुरू करू शकले नाही." + +#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration" +msgid "Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" +msgstr "iSCSI Initiator कॉनफिग्येशन सुरु करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208 +msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgstr "आधीची सेटिंग्ज वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210 +msgid "Detect the devices" +msgstr "वस्तू निश्चित करत आहे" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216 +msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgstr "पूर्वीची सेटींग्ज वाचली जात आहे" + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218 +msgid "Detecting the devices..." +msgstr "वस्तू निश्चित करत आहे..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 +msgid "" +"You have currently no active LIO targets but there seems \n" +"to be a valid config in /etc/ietd.conf. Should the module \n" +"try to import setting from /etc/ietd.conf into LIO?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254 +msgid "Errors during import. Check LIO state!" +msgstr "" + +#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration" +msgid "Saving iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" +msgstr "iSCSI Initiator कॉनफिग्येशन साठवले जात आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 +msgid "Write lio configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 +msgid "Writing lio configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 +msgid "Configuration summary..." +msgstr "सारांश संरचना..." + +#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +#~ msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवा" + +#~ msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +#~ msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवत आहे..." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/isns.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/isns.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/isns.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,347 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xisns module +#: src/clients/isns.rb:35 +msgid "Configuration of an isns service" +msgstr "isns सेवेचे कॉन्फिगरेशन" + +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44 +msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..." +msgstr "iSCSI संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. Rich text title for IsnsServer in proposals +#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:65 +msgid "iSCSI Initiator" +msgstr "iSCSI initiator" + +#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals +#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69 +msgid "&iSCSI Initiator" +msgstr "iSCSI initiator" + +#. first tab - service status and firewall +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "सेवा" + +#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 +msgid "iSCSI Nodes" +msgstr " ISCSI नोड" + +#. third tab - Discovery Domains +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 +msgid "Discovery Domains" +msgstr "डिस्कव्हरी डोमेन" + +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 +msgid "When &Booting" +msgstr "बूटींग करण्याच्या वेळेस" + +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 +msgid "&Manually" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 +msgid "When Booting" +msgstr "बुटींग करताना" + +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "iSCSI Node Name" +msgstr " ISCSI नोड" + +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 +msgid "Node Type" +msgstr "नोडचा प्रकार" + +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "हटवा" + +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Discovery Domain Name" +msgstr "डिस्कव्हरी डोमेनचे सदस्य" + +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create Discovery Domain" +msgstr "डिस्कव्हरी डोमेन" + +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 +msgid "Discovery Domain Members" +msgstr "डिस्कव्हरी डोमेनचे सदस्य" + +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add Existing iSCSI Node" +msgstr "अस्तित्वात असलेली TSIG कळ तयार करा" + +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 +msgid "Create iSCSI Node Member" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "कमी करा" + +#. Summary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. Main dialog - tabbed +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +msgid "iSNS Service" +msgstr "सेवा" + +#. curr_target = ""; +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<h1>iSNS Service</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>isns सेवा</h1>" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आयएसएनएस डेमॉन आकृतीबंध सुरू करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया वाट पाहा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रारंभ निष्फळ करता आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"आता <b>Abort</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध युटिलिटी सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> VPN आकृतीबंध जतन करत आहे </big></b><br>\n" +" कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> जतनाचे कार्य निष्फळ करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>Abort</b> दाबून जतनाची प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करा.\n" +"अतिरिक्त डायलॉग आपणास असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही ते सांगतो.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Configure an iSNS server.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आयएसएनएस आकृतीबंध</big></b><br>\n" +"येथे आयएसएनएस सर्व्हर आकृतीबंधित करा..<br></p>\n" + +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 +msgid "<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. discovery domains +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 +msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 +msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains.</p> " +msgstr "" + +#. dds table dialog +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 +msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 +msgid "<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. **************** global funcions and variables ***** +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create New Discovery Domain" +msgstr "डिस्कव्हरी डोमेन" + +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add iSCSI node to Discovery Domain" +msgid "Add iSCSI node to discovery domain" +msgstr "डिस्कव्हरी डोमेनमध्ये iSCSI नोड घाला" + +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Available Nodes to Add" +msgstr "उपलब्ध मॉड्युल्स" + +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 +msgid "Add Node" +msgstr "नोड जोडा" + +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 +msgid "Done" +msgstr "Done" + +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Target or Initiator" +msgstr "लक्ष्य संचिका" + +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 +msgid "Really delete the selected item?" +msgstr "निवडलेली नोंद खरोखर कमी करावी का?" + +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 +msgid "Really delete this domain?" +msgstr "खरंच हे क्षेत्र खोडू का?" + +#. boolean display = true; +#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 +msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check if iSNS server is running." +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "isns daemon configuration" +msgid "isns Daemon Configuration" +msgstr "आयएसएनए, डेमॉन संचित करा" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." + +#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 +msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "<p>आयएसएनएस सेवा आकृती बंधित करण्यासाटी <b>%1</b> पॅकेज स्थापित झाले पाहिजे.</p>" + +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 +msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" +msgstr "<p>आता स्थापा ?</p>" + +#. IsnsServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 +msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" +msgstr "आयएसएनएस डेमॉन आकृतीबंध सुरू करीत आहे." + +#. IsnsServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 +msgid "Saving isns Configuration" +msgstr "आयएसएनेएस आकृतीबंध संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Discovery Domains Sets" +#~ msgstr "डिस्कव्हरी डोमेन सेट्स" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Address of iSNS Server" +#~ msgstr "ISNS सर्व्हरचा पत्ता " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Discovery Domain Set Name" +#~ msgstr "डिस्कव्हरी डोमेन सेट्स" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Create Discovery Domain Set" +#~ msgstr "डिस्कव्हरी डोमेन सेट्स" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Discovery Domain Set Members" +#~ msgstr "डिस्कव्हरी डोमेनचे सदस्य" + +#~ msgid "Add Discovery Domain" +#~ msgstr "डिस्कव्हरी डोमेन जोडा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Discovery Domain Name Set" +#~ msgstr "डिस्कव्हरी डोमेन सेट्स" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Add Discovery Domain to Set" +#~ msgstr "डिस्कव्हरी डोमेन जोडा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Available Discovery Domains" +#~ msgstr "डिस्कव्हरी डोमेन" + +#~ msgid "Read the database" +#~ msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचा" + +#~ msgid "Read the previous settings" +#~ msgstr "आधीची सेटिंग्ज वाचा" + +#~ msgid "Detect the devices" +#~ msgstr "वस्तू निश्चित करत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Reading the database..." +#~ msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +#~ msgstr "पूर्वीची सेटींग्ज वाचली जात आहे" + +#~ msgid "Detecting the devices..." +#~ msgstr "वस्तू निश्चित करत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Finished" +#~ msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#~ msgid "Write the settings" +#~ msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +#~ msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवा" + +#~ msgid "Writing the settings..." +#~ msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +#~ msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Cannot write settings." +#~ msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/journal.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/journal.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/journal.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Countries" +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "अनेक देश" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Return the result as an array of Items +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "प्रत्यय बदला" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "नूतनीकरण" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "ब्रेल सादरीकरण" + +#. Interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Time interval" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "गाळणी" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65 +msgid "With no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the time interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "फाईल प्रणाली" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90 +msgid "Between %{since} and %{until}" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102 +msgid "Between these dates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104 +msgid "Since system's boot (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "From previous boot (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys +#. +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label short label for the filter +#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Unit" +msgid "Units" +msgstr "&यूनिट" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "For these systemd units" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 +msgid "Files" +msgstr "फाइली" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 +msgid "For these files (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Swap &Priority" +msgid "Priority" +msgstr "अदलाबदल &प्राधान्य" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "वेळ" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "स्त्रोत" + +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Messages" +msgid "Message" +msgstr "निरोप" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/kdump.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/kdump.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/kdump.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,1681 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the kdump module +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuration of kdump" +msgstr "मेलची संरचना" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display settings" +msgstr "सध्याची मांडणी दर्शवा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:75 +msgid "Start-up settings" +msgstr "सुरवातीची रचना" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81 +msgid "Dump Level number 0-31" +msgstr "डम्प स्तर क्रमांक 0-31" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Dump format for dump image ELF/compressed" +msgid "Dump format for dump image none/ELF/compressed/lzo" +msgstr "डम्प प्रतिमेसाठीचा डम्प आकृतीबंध ELF/compressed" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 +msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" +msgstr "डम्प लक्ष्यामध्ये डम्प प्रतिमा जतन करण्यासाठीच्या लक्ष्य-स्थानाचा समावेश" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "नाव देण्याची पद्धत आहे:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] कृपया फक्त \"kernel_string\" प्रविष्ट करा." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." +msgstr "केडम्पची आदेशओळ ही आदेश ओळ आहे जी केडम्प कर्नेलकडे पाठवावी लागते." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgstr "फक्त जर आपल्याला _append_ values डेफॉल्ट आदेश ओळीला करायच्याअसतील तरच हे व्हेरिअबल सेट करा." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 +msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." +msgstr "केडम्प कर्नेलमध्ये कोअर जतन करताच रिबूट करा." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory." +msgstr "" +"तात्पुरत्या सूचीमध्ये ऐतिहासिक फाईल\n" +"प्रतिकृत करून ठेवता येत नाही.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 +msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." +msgstr "किती जुने डम्प्स ठेवले आहेत ते दर्शवतो. 0 म्हणजे सर्व ठेवा." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages." +msgstr "निवडलेल्या प्रत्येका सूचना-प्रक्रियेसाठी ईमेलचा पत्ता आवष्यक आहे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages." +msgstr "निवडलेल्या प्रत्येका सूचना-प्रक्रियेसाठी ईमेलचा पत्ता आवष्यक आहे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." +msgstr "फाईलचा पाठ ज्यामध्ये पासवर्ड (प्लेन टेक्स्ट फाईल) अंतर्भूत असतो" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Email address for sending notification messages" +msgstr "निवडलेल्या प्रत्येका सूचना-प्रक्रियेसाठी ईमेलचा पत्ता आवष्यक आहे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 +msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 +msgid "Enable option" +msgstr "पर्याय कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 +msgid "Disable option" +msgstr "पर्याय अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 +msgid "Shows current option status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 +msgid "Size of allocated memory MB" +msgstr "निर्दिष्ट स्मृतीचा आकार MB" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 +msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" +msgstr "डम्प स्तराच्या संख्येत जतन करण्यासाठी पृष्ठे अंतर्भूत असतात" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Dump format can be ELF or compressed" +msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo" +msgstr "डम्प फॉरमॅट ELF किंवा compressed असू शकतो" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "डम्पच्या लक्ष्यात फाईल (स्थानिक फाईलप्रणाली), एफटीपी, एसएसएच, एनएफएस, सीआयईफएस यांच्यापैकी लक्ष्याचा प्रकार अंतर्भूत असतो" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Name of server" +msgstr "संवादमंचाचे नाव" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Port for connection" +msgstr "नेटवर्क जुळणी" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Directory for saving dump images" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकावरील संचिका" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Exported share" +msgstr "निर्यात प्रकार" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 +#, fuzzy +msgid "User name" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 +msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)" +msgstr "फाईलचा पाठ ज्यामध्ये पासवर्ड (प्लेन टेक्स्ट फाईल) अंतर्भूत असतो" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +msgid "udev_id of raw partition" +msgstr "विभाजनाचा आकार." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] kernel meनाव देण्याची पद्धत आहे: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] कर्नेलचा अर्थ फक्त \"kernel_string\".ans only \"kernel_string\"." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Include command line options." +msgstr " <command> [पर्याय]" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgstr "पर्याय म्हणजे केडम्प कर्नेल बूट करण्यासाठीची रनलेव्हल. फक्त 1,2,3,5 किंवा s अशी मूल्ये चालतात" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 +msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all." +msgstr "डम्प्सची संख्या. 0 म्हणजे सर्व ठेवा." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Email address" +msgstr "ई-मेल पत्ता" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 +msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Display Settings:" +msgstr "सध्याची मांडणी दर्शवा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 +msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" +msgstr "केडम्प सक्षम केला आहे (बूट पर्याय \"crashkernel\" समाविष्ट केला आहे)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 +msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1" +msgstr "केडम्पसाठी निर्दिष्ट स्मृती (MB) आहे: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Kdump is disabled" +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम अकार्यान्वित करा." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Dump Level: %1" +msgstr "उपकरण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Dump Format: %1" +msgstr "फाईल पध्दती" + +#. parsing target info +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Dump Target Settings" +msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 +#, fuzzy +msgid "target: %1" +msgstr "सादरकर्ता: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +msgid "file directory: %1" +msgstr "लक्ष्य संचिका: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 +#, fuzzy +msgid "server name: %1" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 +#, fuzzy +msgid "port: %1" +msgstr "वस्तू: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 +msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed" +msgstr "प्रयोक्त्याचे नाव: निनावी कनेक्शनला परवानगी आहे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 +#, fuzzy +msgid "user name: %1" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +msgid "share: %1" +msgstr "नाव: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 +msgid "EMPTY" +msgstr "रिक्त" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 +msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1" +msgstr "केडम्प कर्नेल कस्टम करा: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 +msgid "Kdump command line: %1" +msgstr "केडम्प आदेश ओळ: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 +msgid "Kdump command line append: %1" +msgstr "केडम्प आदेश ओळ जोड: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 +msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" +msgstr "केडम्पचे त्वरित रिबूट्स: %1" + +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "enabled" +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "disabled" +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 +msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" +msgstr "जुन्या डम्प्सची संख्या: सर्व डम्प्स जुने डम्प्स काढून न टाकता जतन केले जातात" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1" +msgstr "जास्तीत जास्त जुना मागोवा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1" +msgstr "SMT सर्व्हर: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1" +msgstr "रनलेव्हलमध्ये %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 +msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 +msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 +msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 +msgid "" +"Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" +"It will be rewritten." +msgstr "" + +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. start kdump at boot +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 +msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." +msgstr "बदल लागू करण्यासाठी रिबूट आवश्यक आहे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Wrong options were used." +msgstr "सूचना: इन्क्रीप्शंन वापरले गेले नाही." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 +msgid "Dump level was set." +msgstr "डम्पचा स्तर सेट केला." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Wrong value of option." +msgstr "पर्यायी किंमत" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Dump format was set." +msgstr "फाईल पध्दती" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Option can include only \"ELF\" or \"compressed\" value." +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "पर्यायामध्ये फक्त \"ELF\" किंवा \"compressed\" मूल्य अंतर्भूत असू शकते." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 +msgid "File %1 does not exist." +msgstr "फाईल %1 अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 +msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." +msgstr "\"dir\" चे मूल्य गायब." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 +msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." +msgstr "\"server\" चे मूल्य गायब." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 +msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." +msgstr "\"share\" चे मूल्य गायब." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Wrong value for target." +msgstr "भाषेकरता नवीन किंमती सेट करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." +msgstr "पर्यायी किंमत" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." +msgstr "\"level\" पर्यायांसाठी चुकीचे मूल्य." + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." +msgstr "पर्यायी किंमत" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." +msgstr "\"level\" पर्यायांसाठी चुकीचे मूल्य." + +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No option has been defined." +msgstr "सूचना: इन्क्रीप्शंन वापरले गेले नाही." + +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/kdump_finish.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving kdump configuration..." +msgstr "मोडेम संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. proposal part - kdump label +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82 +msgid "Kdump" +msgstr "" + +#. menubutton entry +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Kdump" +msgstr "अकार्यान्वित" + +#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित किंवा अकार्यान्वित" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enable Kd&ump" +msgstr "Enabled" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Disable Kdump" +msgstr "अकार्यान्वित" + +#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Include in Dumping" +msgstr "नोंदणी मधे समाविष्ट करा" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 +msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" +msgstr "&Pages शून्याने भरलेली" + +#. `VStretch () +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cach&e Pages" +msgstr "पॅकेजेस" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" +msgstr "GPG खाजगी कीज" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&User Data Pages" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्याविषयी माहिती" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Free Pages" +msgstr "पहिले पान" + +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Dump Format" +msgstr "फाईल पध्दती" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&No Dump" +msgstr "MIDI आऊटपुटची संख्या." + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&ELF Format" +msgstr "फाईल पध्दती" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "C&ompressed Format" +msgstr "कमी पातळी फार्माट" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" +msgstr "कमी पातळी फार्माट" + +#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Select Target" +msgstr "सिलेक्ट प्रकार" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 +msgid "Local Directory" +msgstr "स्थानिक संचिका" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +msgid "FTP" +msgstr "FTP" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 +msgid "SSH" +msgstr "SSH" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "SFTP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NFS" +msgstr "DNS" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +msgid "CIFS (SMB)" +msgstr "सीआयएफएस (SMB)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&SMTP Server" +msgstr "NTP सेवा संगणक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#. text entry +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 +msgid "&User Name" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता" + +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#. password entry +#. password entry +#. password entry +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&परवली शब्द" + +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Notification &To" +msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना अधिसूचना" + +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Notifica&tion CC" +msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना अधिसूचना" + +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 +msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" +msgstr "कस्टम केडम्प &कर्नेल" + +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" +msgstr "केडम्प Co&mmand ओळ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" +msgstr "आदेश :" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 +msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" +msgstr "कोअर जतन केल्यावर त्वरित रिबूट &Enable करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 +msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" +msgstr "जुनी पॅकेज काढून टाका" + +#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 +#, fuzzy +msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" +msgstr "जास्तीत जास्त जुना मागोवा" + +#. "handle" : +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Kdump Memory" +msgstr "मेमरी " + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Kdump Start-Up" +msgstr "सुरू करा" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 +msgid "Start-Up" +msgstr "सुरू करा" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 +msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" +msgstr "केडम्प - डम्प फिल्टर करणे" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Dump Filtering" +msgstr "स्थानिक चाळणी करा" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 +msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" +msgstr "केडम्प प्रतिमेसाठी लक्ष्य जतन करत आहे" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Dump Target" +msgstr "इमेल लक्ष्य 1" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SMTP Server" +msgstr "NTP सेवा संगणक" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Notification Email Addresses" +msgstr "अदिसूचना अकार्यान्वित" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Email Notification" +msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना अधिसूचना" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" +msgstr "केडम्पसाठी कर्नेल कस्टम करा" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Command Line" +msgstr "आदेश :" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Dump Settings" +msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" +msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 +msgid "Expert Settings" +msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" +msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "केडम्प स्मृती [MB]" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" +msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" +msgstr "केडम्प स्मृती [MB]" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" +msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "प्रणालीची एकूण स्मृती [MB]:" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" +msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" +msgstr "वापरण्यायोग्य स्मृती [MB]:" + +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" +msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" +msgstr "केडम्प स्मृती [MB]" + +#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n" +#| " Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" +#| " To apply changes a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" +" To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>केडम्प सक्षम/अक्षम करा</b><br>\n" +" केडम्प सक्षम किंवा अक्षम करा, बूट पर्यायाचा क्रॅशकर्नेल निकष समाविष्ट केला/काढला आहे. \n" +" बदल लागू करण्यासाठी रिबूट करणे आवश्यक आहे.<br></p>\n" + +#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Kdump Memory</b><br>\n" +" Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. <br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>CASA आकृतीबंध</big></b><br>\n" +"या ठिकाणी CASA आकृतीबंध बनवा.<br></p>\n" + +#. T: help text for a combo box +#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>\n" +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Dump Level</b><br>\n" +" Specify the type of necessary page for analysis.\n" +" Pages of the specified type are copied to dumpfile. \n" +" The page type marked in the following table is included. <br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>डम्पचा स्तर</b><br>\n" +" विश्लेषणासाठी आवश्यक पृष्ठाचा प्रकार सांगा.\n" +" सांगितलेल्या प्रकारची पृष्ठे डम्पफाइलमध्ये प्रतिलिपित केली जातात. \n" +" पुढील टेबलमध्ये चिन्हांकित केलेला पृष्ठ प्रकार अंतर्भूत आहे.<br></p>" + +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n" +" <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>\n" +" <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>\n" +" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>\n" +" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n" +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>लक्ष्य केडम्प प्रतिमेसठी जतन करत आहे</b><br>\n" +" केडम्प प्रतिमा जतन करण्यासाठी लक्ष्य.<br></p>" + +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" +" <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\n" +" <br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>स्थानिक फाइलप्रणाली</b> - केडम्प प्रतिमा स्थानिक फाइलप्रणालीमध्ये जतन करा.\n" +" <i>डम्प्स जतन करण्यासाठी डिरेक्टरी</i> - केडम्प प्रतिमा जतन करण्यासाठी पाथ.\n" +" केडम्प प्रतिमा जतन करण्यासाठी हे दाबून संवादाद्वारे सिरेक्टरी निवडणे <i>ब्राऊझ करा</i>\n" +" <br></p>" + +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"<p><b>FTP</b> - Save kdump image via FTP.\n" +" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of ftp server.\n" +" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n" +" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +" <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n" +" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>एफटीपी</b> - केडम्प प्रतिमा एफटीपीद्वारे जतन करा.\n" +" <i>सर्व्हरचे नाव</i> - एफटीपी सर्व्हरचे नाव.\n" +" <i>पोर्ट</i> - कनेक्शनसाठी पोर्ट क्रमांक.\n" +" <i>सर्व्हरवरील डिरेक्टरी</i> - केडम्प प्रतिमा जतन करण्यासाठी पाथ.\n" +" <i>निनावी एफटीपी सक्षम करा</i> सर्व्हरशी निनावी कनेक्शन सक्षम करते.\n" +" <i>प्रयोक्त्याचे नाव</i> एफटीपी कनेक्शनसाठी. <i>पासवर्ड</i> एफटीपी कनेक्शनसाठी.<br></p>" + +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n" +" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" +" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n" +" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +" <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n" +" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>एसएसएच</b> - केडम्प प्रतिमा एसएसएचद्वारे जतन करा.\n" +" <i> सर्व्हरचे नाव </i> - सर्व्हरचे नाव.\n" +" <i>पोर्टt</i> - कनेक्शनसाठी पोर्ट क्रमांक.\n" +" <i> सर्व्हरवरील डिरेक्टरी </i> - केडम्प प्रतिमा जतन करण्यासाठी पाथ.\n" +" <i> प्रयोक्त्याचे नाव</i> एसएसएच कनेक्शनसाठी.<br></p>" + +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>SFTP</b> - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n" +" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" +" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n" +" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +" <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n" +" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>एसएसएच</b> - केडम्प प्रतिमा एसएसएचद्वारे जतन करा.\n" +" <i> सर्व्हरचे नाव </i> - सर्व्हरचे नाव.\n" +" <i>पोर्टt</i> - कनेक्शनसाठी पोर्ट क्रमांक.\n" +" <i> सर्व्हरवरील डिरेक्टरी </i> - केडम्प प्रतिमा जतन करण्यासाठी पाथ.\n" +" <i> प्रयोक्त्याचे नाव</i> एसएसएच कनेक्शनसाठी.<br></p>" + +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 +msgid "" +"<p>The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n" +"on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n" +"by default.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 +msgid "" +"<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\n" +" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n" +" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>एनएफएस</b> - केडम्प प्रतिमा एनएफएसवर जतन करा.\n" +" <i> सर्व्हरचे नाव </i> - एनएफएस सर्व्हरचे नाव.\n" +" <i> सर्व्हरवरील डिरेक्टरी</i> - केडम्प प्रतिमा जतन करण्यासाठी पाथ.<br></p>" + +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 +msgid "" +"<p><b>CIFS</b> - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n" +" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n" +" <i>Exported Share</i> - The windows share name.\n" +" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +" <i>Use Authentication</i> enables authenticated connection to server.\n" +" <i>User Name</i> for connection. <i>Password</i> for connection.<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>सीआयएफएस</b> - केडम्प प्रतिमा सीआयएफएसद्वारे जतन करा.\n" +" <i> सर्व्हरचे नाव </i> - सर्व्हरचे नाव.\n" +" <i>निर्यात केलेला भाग</i> - विंडो भागाचे नाव.\n" +" <i> सर्व्हरवरील डिरेक्टरी</i> - केडम्प प्रतिमा जतन करण्यासाठी पाथ.\n" +" <i>प्रमाणीकरण वापरा</i> सर्व्हरशी प्रमाणित कनेक्शन सक्षम करते.\n" +" <i>प्रयोक्त्याचे नाव</i> कनेक्शनसाठी. <i>पासवर्ड</i> कनेक्शनसाठी. <br></p>" + +#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\n" +" The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]</i>\n" +" Please enter only <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>कस्टम डम्प कर्नेल</b> प्रयोक्ता कस्टम कर्नेल प्रविष्ट करु शकतो.\n" +" नाव देण्याची पद्धत आहे:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]</i>\n" +" कृपया फक्त प्रविष्ट करा<i> kernel_string</i>.<br></p>" + +#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n" +" Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>ऑप्शनल केर्नेल कमांड लाईन पॅरामीटर </b> आपणास केर्नेलकडे पाठवण्यासाठी अतिरिक्त निकषांची व्याख्या करू देते </p>" + +#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n" +#| " Set this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" +#| " The string will be appended if the <i>Kdump Command Line</i>\n" +#| " is set. <br></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n" +" Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" +" The string will be appended if the <i>Kdump Command Line</i>\n" +" is set. <br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b> केडम्प आदेश ओळ जोड </b>\n" +" हा पर्याय डिफॉल्ट आदेश ओळीला means _append_ values असा सेट करा. \n" +" ही ओळ तरच जोडली जाईल, जर<i> केडम्प आदेश ओळ </i>\n" +" सेट झालेली असेल.<br></p>\n" + +#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n" +" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>कोअर जतन केल्यावर त्वरित रिबूट सक्षम करा</b> - \n" +" केडम्पमध्ये कोअर जतन केल्यावर त्वरित रिबूट सक्षम करा.<br></p>" + +#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n" +" Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" +" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>जुन्या डम्पच्या प्रतिमा काढून टाकणे सक्षम करा</b> - \n" +" जुन्या डम्पच्या प्रतिमा काढून टाकणे सक्षम करा. जर \n" +" मधील डम्प फाईल्सची संख्या<i>जुन्या डम्पसची संख्या</i> या संख्येपेक्षा अधिक झाली तर जुने डम्पस काढले जातात.<br></p>" + +#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory</b> - \n" +" If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n" +" debugging information (if installed) are copied into the dump\n" +" directory. The default is \"off\". It is useful to have\n" +" everything in place for debugging.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. SMTP Server +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 +msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. SMTP User Name +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 +msgid "" +"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. SMTP Password +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Notification To (email addresses) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 +msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Notification CC (email addresses) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of Old Dumps (number) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n" +#| " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" +#| " <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" +"exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>जुन्या डम्पच्या प्रतिमा काढून टाकणे सक्षम करा</b> - \n" +" जुन्या डम्पच्या प्रतिमा काढून टाकणे सक्षम करा. जर \n" +" मधील डम्प फाईल्सची संख्या<i>जुन्या डम्पसची संख्या</i> या संख्येपेक्षा अधिक झाली तर जुने डम्पस काढले जातात.<br></p>" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> VPN आकृतीबंध सुरु करत आहे </big></b><br>\n" +" कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रारंभ निष्फळ करत आहेः</big></b><br>\n" +"आता <b>Abort</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध उपयोगिता सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> VPN आकृतीबंध जतन करत आहे </big></b><br>\n" +" कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> जतनाचे कार्य निष्फळ करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>Abort</b> दाबून जतनाची प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करा.\n" +"अतिरिक्त डायलॉग आपणास असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही ते सांगतो.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Configure kdump here.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>CASA आकृतीबंध</big></b><br>\n" +"या ठिकाणी CASA आकृतीबंध बनवा.<br></p>\n" + +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" +"Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" +"If your kdump was not detected, select <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" +"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>iSCSI इनिशिएटर घालत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"ओळखलेल्या इनिशिएटर्सच्या सूचीतून iSCSI इनिशिएटर निवडा.\n" +"आपला iSCSI इनिशिएटर ओळखला गेला नसेल <b>अन्य (न ओळखलेले) वापरा</b>.\n" +"नंतर <b>आकृतीबंध</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" +"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" +"the configuration opens.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>संपादित करत आहे किंवा पुसून टाकत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"आपण <b>Edit</b> दाबल्यास, ज्यात आकृतीबंध बदलायचा आहे\n" +"तो अतिरिक्त डायलॉग उघडतो.</p>\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n" +"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> प्रोवाइडर ओवरव्ह्यु</big></b><br>\n" +"इन्स्टोल्ड प्रोवाइडरचा ओवरव्ह्यु मिळवण्यासाठी. एडिशनली,\n" +"त्यांचे कोन्फिगरेशन एडिट करण्यासाठी.<br></p>\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n" +"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> प्रोवाइडर एड करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"नविन प्रोवाइडर मेन्युअली कोन्फिगर करण्यासाठी <b>एड</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" +"Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" +"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> एडिटिंग वा डिलिटिंग:</big></b><br>\n" +"ज्याचे कोन्फिगरेशन एडिट किंवा रिमुव करायचे आहे तो प्रोवाइडर निवडा.\n" +"मग: <B>एडिट</B> किंवा <B>डिलिट</B>बटन दाबा.</P>\n" + +#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target +#. +#. terms +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Local Filesystem" +msgstr "& लोकल सिस्टिम" + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Directory for Saving Dumps" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकावरील संचिका" + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr " ब्राऊझ करा " + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Server Nam&e" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव" + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151 +msgid "P&ort" +msgstr "पोर्ट" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198 +msgid "&Directory on Server" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकावरील संचिका" + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124 +msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP" +msgstr "Anon&ymous FTP सक्षम करा" + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 +msgid "SSH / SFTP" +msgstr "" + +#. text entries +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Exported Sha&re" +msgstr "निर्यात प्रकार" + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use Aut&hentication" +msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन" + +#. Function validates options in +#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 +#, fuzzy +msgid "You need to specify \"Directory for Saving Dumps\"" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकावरील संचिका" + +#. install cifs-mount package +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 +#, fuzzy +msgid "You need to specify \"Server Name\"" +msgstr "तुम्ही सेवा ओळखचिन्ह दर्शवलेच पाहिजे." + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 +#, fuzzy +msgid "You need to specify \"Directory on Server\"" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकावरील संचिका" + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 +#, fuzzy +msgid "You need to specify \"User Name\"" +msgstr "तुम्ही सेवा ओळखचिन्ह दर्शवलेच पाहिजे." + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 +#, fuzzy +msgid "You need to specify \"Exported Share\"" +msgstr "तुम्ही सेवा ओळखचिन्ह दर्शवलेच पाहिजे." + +#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; +#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select directory for saving dump images" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकावरील संचिका" + +#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes +#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting +#. +#. "KdumpMemory" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" +msgstr "" + +#. T: Checkbox label +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 +msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. See FATE#315780 +#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 +#. FIXME what about dracut? +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 +msgid "" +"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" +"See %{log} for details." +msgstr "" + +#. Kdump read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" +msgstr "मोडेम संरचना कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading the config file..." +msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." +msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी वाचू शकत नाही." + +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +msgid "Calculating memory limits..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." +msgstr "विभाजने वाचली जात आहे..." + +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." +msgstr "उपलब्ध संदर्भ शोधले जात आहे..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 +msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" +msgstr "/etc/sysconfig/kdump ही कॉंफिग फाइल वाचू शकत नाही" + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." +msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी वाचू शकत नाही." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot read available memory." +msgstr "%1फाईल वाचू शकत नाही" + +#. Kdump read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" +msgstr "मोडेम संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Update boot options" +msgstr "अद्ययावत पर्याय" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Updating boot options..." +msgstr "संरचना अद्ययावत करत आहे..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 +msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." +msgstr "क्रॅशकर्नेल निकष बूटलोडर फॉल्ट्मध्ये समाविष्ट करत आहे." + +#. Create a textual summary +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Kdump status: %1" +msgstr "रनलेव्हलमध्ये %1" + +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +msgid "enabled" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +msgid "disabled" +msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" +msgstr "पर्यायासाठी रिकामी किंमत: %1" + +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Dump format: %1" +msgstr "फाईल पध्दती" + +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Target of dumps: %1" +msgstr "जास्तीत जास्त जुना मागोवा" + +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Number of dumps: %1" +msgstr "जास्तीत जास्त जुना मागोवा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, +#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 +msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." +msgstr "" + +#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 +msgid "" +"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" +"It is not supported on this hardware." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "SSH (scp)" +#~ msgstr "एसएसएच (scp)" + +#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." +#~ msgstr "kexec-tools साठीचे पॅकेज उपलब्ध नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available." +#~ msgstr "योग्य बॅकएंड उपलब्ध नाही." + +#~ msgid "ENABLED" +#~ msgstr "शक्य (एनेबल्ड)" + +#~ msgid "DISABLED" +#~ msgstr "अकार्यान्वित" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n" +#~ " <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page.\n" +#~ " <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dumpfile in the ELF format<br></p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>डम्पचा फॉरमॅट</b><br>\n" +#~ " <i>संहत फॉरमॅट</i> - डम्पमधील माहिती प्रत्येक पृष्ठानुसार संहत करा.\n" +#~ " <i>ईएलएफ फॉरमॅट</i> - डम्पफाइल ईएलएफ फॉरमॅटमध्ये निर्माण करा<br></p>" + +#~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added" +#~ msgstr "असमर्थित स्थापत्य, \"crashkernel\" समाविष्ट केले नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n" +#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" +#~ " The string will be appended if the <i>Kdump Command Line</i>\n" +#~ " is set. <br></p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b> केडम्प आदेश ओळ जोड </b>\n" +#~ " हा पर्याय डिफॉल्ट आदेश ओळीला means _append_ values असा सेट करा. \n" +#~ " ही ओळ तरच जोडली जाईल, जर<i> केडम्प आदेश ओळ </i>\n" +#~ " सेट झालेली असेल.<br></p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading disk partitions..." +#~ msgstr "विभाजन वाचा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot read disk partitions." +#~ msgstr "महाजाल मांडणी वाचू शकत नाही." + +#~ msgid "Enable Ra&w Saving in Initrd" +#~ msgstr "Ra&w जतन Initrd मध्ये सक्षम करा" + +#~ msgid "The List of A&vailable Raw Partitions of All Disks Without Known Filesystem" +#~ msgstr "ज्ञात फाइलप्रणालीविना असलेल्या सर्व डिस्कसच्या A&vailable कच्च्या भागांची सूची" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "User Name" +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्ता" + +#~ msgid "Password" +#~ msgstr "गुप्तशब्द" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&The Runlevel to Boot the Kdump Kernel" +#~ msgstr "बूटनंतर मूलभूत रनलेव्हल: %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "1 - Single User Mode" +#~ msgstr "1: वापरकर्त्यांचा एक मार्ग" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "2 - Local Multiuser Without Remote Network" +#~ msgstr "2: स्थानिक अनेक वापरकर्ते दुर्गम महाजालाशिवाय" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "3 - Full Multiuser With Network" +#~ msgstr "3: पूर्ण अनेक वापरकर्ते महाजालासहित" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "5 - Full Multiuser With Network and xdm" +#~ msgstr "5: पूर्ण अनेक वापरकर्ते महाजालासहित व दर्शक प्रबंधक" + +#~ msgid "s - Single User Mode (only one console)" +#~ msgstr "s - एकल प्रयोक्त्याचा मोड (फक्त एक कंसोल)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The Runlevel to Boot" +#~ msgstr "बूटनंतर मूलभूत रनलेव्हल: %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Enable Raw Saving in Initrd</b> - allows to save \n" +#~ " the dump in initrd before mounting any filesystem. Then the system is rebooted, and \n" +#~ " if the filesystem does not mount, the user can repair it with a rescue system. On the first normal \n" +#~ " boot, the dump is saved to the final dump destination. It is possible to a select raw partition \n" +#~ " from <i>The List of Available Raw Paritions of All Disks Without Known Filesystem</i><br>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b> Initrd मध्ये कच्चे जतन सक्षम करा</b> - कोणतीही फाइलप्रणाली लावण्यापूर्वी डम्प initrd मध्ये जतन करु देतो \n" +#~ " मग प्रणाली रिबूट केली जाती आणि \n" +#~ " जर फाइलप्रणाली लावली गेली नाही, तर प्रयोक्ता ती एका सुटका प्रणालीद्वारे दुरुस्त करु शकतो. पहिल्या सामान्य बूटनंतर \n" +#~ " डम्प अंतिम डम्प लक्ष्यस्थानावर जतन होतो. कच्चा भाग निवडणे \n" +#~ " <i> ज्ञात फाइलप्रणालीविना असलेल्या सर्व डिस्कसच्या उपलब्ध कच्च्या भागांच्या सूचीमधून करणे शक्य असते </i><br>.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>The Runlevel to Boot the Kdump Kernel</b> - \n" +#~ " The runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. If networks are needed in \n" +#~ " the kdump environment, set <i>3</i>.<br></p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>केडम्प कर्नेल बूट करण्यासाठी रनलेव्हल</b> - \n" +#~ " केडम्प कर्नेल बूट करण्यासाठी रनलेव्हल. नेटवर्क्सची\n" +#~ " केडम्प वातावरणात आवश्यकता असेल, तर सेट करा<i>3</i>.<br></p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> - \n" +#~ " Specifies how many old dumps are kept.<br></p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b> जुन्या डम्पसची संख्या</b> - \n" +#~ " किती जुने डम्प्स ठेवले जातात हे दर्शवते.<br></p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b>...</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>सर्व्हरशी संपर्क</b></p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p><b>User Name</b>...</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><big><b>भागाचे नाव</b></big><br>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p><b>Password</b>...</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>सर्व्हरशी संपर्क</b></p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b>...</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>SMB द्वारे शहनिशा</b>: %1</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p><b>Notification CC</b>...</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>SMB द्वारे शहनिशा</b>: %1</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Save first to raw partition: %1" +#~ msgstr "%1 कडे विभाजनाची स्थिती बदला." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Kdump runlevel: %1" +#~ msgstr "रनलेव्हलमध्ये %1" + +#~ msgid "Wrong value of options \"raw\". Partition doesn't exist." +#~ msgstr "\"raw\"पर्यायांसाठी चुकीचे मूल्य. भाग अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#~ msgid "Wrong value of options \"level\"." +#~ msgstr "\"level\" पर्यायांसाठी चुकीचे मूल्य." + +#~ msgid "Raw partition allows to save the dump in initrd before mounting any filesystem." +#~ msgstr "कच्चा भाग डम्प initrd मध्ये कोणतीही फाईलप्रणाली लावण्यापूर्वी जतन करु देतो." + +#~ msgid "The runlevel to boot the kdump kernel.(1,2,3,5,s)" +#~ msgstr "केडम्प कर्नेल बूट करण्यासाठी रनलेव्हल. (1,2,3,5,s)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Partition does not exist on your disks" +#~ msgstr "डिस्ककरिता विभाजन स्तंभ मिळाले %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Read the config file" +#~ msgstr "संरचनेचा प्रकार वाचा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Read available memory" +#~ msgstr "सर्व वेळ विभागाची यादी उपलब्ध" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "File %1 doesn't exist." +#~ msgstr "फाईल %1 अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installation failed!" +#~ msgstr "स्थापना फसली." + +#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +#~ msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवा" + +#~ msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +#~ msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Configuration summary..." +#~ msgstr "सारांश संरचना..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Kdump Configuration" +#~ msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वगळा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Kdump to Configure" +#~ msgstr "कॉनफिग्युअर करण्याकरता प्रोव्हाईडर्स." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Kdump Overview" +#~ msgstr "ओव्हरव्ह्यू" + +#~ msgid "Number" +#~ msgstr "नंबर" + +#~ msgid "Initializing..." +#~ msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/languages_db.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/languages_db.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/languages_db.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,303 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_af_ZA.ycp:36 +msgid "Afrikaans" +msgstr "आफ्रिकन" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ar_EG.ycp:37 +msgid "Arabic" +msgstr "अरेबिक" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ast_ES.ycp:36 +msgid "Asturian" +msgstr "अस्तुरीयन" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bg_BG.ycp:36 +msgid "Bulgarian" +msgstr "बल्गेरियन" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bn_BD.ycp:36 +msgid "Bengali" +msgstr "बंगाली" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bs_BA.ycp:36 +msgid "Bosnian" +msgstr "बोस्नियन" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ca_ES.ycp:36 +msgid "Catalan" +msgstr "इटालियन" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_cs_CZ.ycp:36 +msgid "Czech" +msgstr "चेक्" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_cy_GB.ycp:36 +msgid "Welsh" +msgstr "वेल्श" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_da_DK.ycp:36 +msgid "Danish" +msgstr "डॅनिश" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_de_DE.ycp:36 +msgid "German" +msgstr "जर्मन" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_el_GR.ycp:36 +msgid "Greek" +msgstr "ग्रीक" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_GB.ycp:36 +msgid "English (UK)" +msgstr "इंग्रजी (UK)" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_US.ycp:36 +msgid "English (US)" +msgstr "इग्लिश (युएस)" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_es_ES.ycp:36 +msgid "Spanish" +msgstr "स्पेनिश " + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_et_EE.ycp:36 +msgid "Estonian" +msgstr "बोस्नियन" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_fi_FI.ycp:36 +msgid "Finnish" +msgstr "फिन्निश" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_fr_FR.ycp:36 +msgid "French" +msgstr "फ्रेन्च" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_gl_ES.ycp:36 +msgid "Galician" +msgstr "गॅलिशियन" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_gu_IN.ycp:36 +msgid "Gujarati" +msgstr "गुजराती" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_he_IL.ycp:36 +msgid "Hebrew" +msgstr "हिब्रू" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hi_IN.ycp:36 +msgid "Hindi" +msgstr "हिन्दी" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hr_HR.ycp:36 +msgid "Croatian" +msgstr "क्रोवेशियन" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hu_HU.ycp:36 +msgid "Hungarian" +msgstr "हन्गेरियन" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_id_ID.ycp:36 +msgid "Indonesian" +msgstr "इन्डोनेशियन" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_it_IT.ycp:36 +msgid "Italian" +msgstr "इटालियन" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ja_JP.ycp:36 +msgid "Japanese" +msgstr "जॅपनीज" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ka_GE.ycp:35 +msgid "Georgian" +msgstr "जॉर्जियन" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_km_KH.ycp:36 +msgid "Khmer" +msgstr "ख्मेर" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ko_KR.ycp:36 +msgid "Korean" +msgstr "कोरियन" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_lt_LT.ycp:36 +msgid "Lithuanian" +msgstr "लिथॉनियन" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_mk_MK.ycp:36 +msgid "Macedonian" +msgstr "मॅसेडोनियन" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_mr_IN.ycp:36 +msgid "Marathi" +msgstr "मराठी" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nb_NO.ycp:36 +msgid "Norwegian" +msgstr "नोर्वेजियन" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nl_NL.ycp:36 +msgid "Dutch" +msgstr "डच्" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nn_NO.ycp:36 +msgid "Nynorsk" +msgstr "" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pa_IN.ycp:36 +msgid "Punjabi" +msgstr "पंजाबी" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pl_PL.ycp:36 +msgid "Polish" +msgstr "पोलिश" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_BR.ycp:36 +msgid "Portuguese (Brazilian)" +msgstr "पोप्तुगीज (ब्राझीलीयन)" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_PT.ycp:36 +msgid "Portuguese" +msgstr "पोर्चुगीस" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ro_RO.ycp:36 +msgid "Romanian" +msgstr "रोमेनियन" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ru_RU.ycp:36 +msgid "Russian" +msgstr "रशीयन" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_si_LK.ycp:36 +msgid "Sinhala" +msgstr "सिंहला" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sk_SK.ycp:36 +msgid "Slovak" +msgstr "स्लोव्हाक" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sl_SI.ycp:36 +msgid "Slovenian" +msgstr "स्लोवेनियन" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sr_RS.ycp:36 +msgid "Serbian" +msgstr "सर्बियन" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sv_SE.ycp:36 +msgid "Swedish" +msgstr "स्वीडिश" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ta_IN.ycp:36 +msgid "Tamil" +msgstr "समिळ" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_tg_TJ.ycp:36 +msgid "Tajik" +msgstr "ताजिक" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_th_TH.ycp:36 +msgid "Thai" +msgstr "थाई" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_tr_TR.ycp:36 +msgid "Turkish" +msgstr "टर्किश" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_uk_UA.ycp:36 +msgid "Ukrainian" +msgstr "Ukrainian" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_vi_VN.ycp:36 +msgid "Vietnamese" +msgstr "व्हिएटनामचा" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_wa_BE.ycp:35 +msgid "Walloon" +msgstr "वल्लून" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_xh_ZA.ycp:36 +msgid "Xhosa" +msgstr "होसा" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_CN.ycp:36 +msgid "Simplified Chinese" +msgstr "अनलंकृत चायनिज" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_TW.ycp:36 +msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgstr "परंपरागत चायनिज" + +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zu_ZA.ycp:36 +msgid "Zulu" +msgstr "झुलू" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ldap-client.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ldap-client.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ldap-client.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,1275 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" + +#. popup text +#: src/ui.rb:88 +msgid "Really abort the writing process?" +msgstr "लिहिण्याच्या प्रक्रियेतून करच बाहेर पडायचे?" + +#. help text +#: src/ui.rb:96 +msgid "Writing LDAP Client Settings" +msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक मांडणी लिहीत आहे" + +#. yes/no popup +#: src/ui.rb:144 +msgid "" +"If you reread settings from the server,\n" +"all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n" +msgstr "" +"सर्व्हरहून सेटींग्ज पुन्हा वाचा?\n" +"सर्व बदल पुसले जातील.\n" + +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/ui.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>Here, configure the template used for\n" +#| "creating new objects (like users or groups).</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>Configure the template used for creating \n" +"new objects (like users or groups).</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>येथे, नवीन ऑब्जेक्टस् निमार्ण करण्याकरता टेम्पलेट\n" +"कॉनफिग्युअर करा (युजर ग्रुपप्रमाणे).</p>\n" + +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/ui.rb:172 +msgid "" +"<p>Edit the template attribute values with <b>Edit</b>.\n" +"Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Edit</b> ने टेम्पलेट अट्रिब्यूट मूल्ये संपादित करा.\n" +"<b>cn</b> मूल्य बदलल्याने टेम्प्लेअ पुनर्नामित होते.</p>\n" + +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/ui.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b>, used\n" +#| "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values and editing or\n" +#| "removing current ones.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b> used\n" +"for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n" +"removing current ones.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> दुसर्‍या तक्त्यात <b> डिफॉल्ट मूल्यांची </b>, सूची आहे,\n" +" जी नवीन ऑब्जेक्ट्ससाठी वापरली आहे. नवीन मूल्ये घालून व सध्याची संपादित करुन किंवा \n" +" काढून टाकून सूची दुरुस्त करा.</p>\n" + +#. table header 1/2 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580 +msgid "Attribute" +msgstr "गुणधर्म " + +#. table header 2/2 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "मूल्य" + +#. label (table folows) +#: src/ui.rb:253 +msgid "Default Values for New Objects" +msgstr " नवीन ऑब्जेक्टसाठी डिफॉल्ट मूल्य " + +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/ui.rb:259 +msgid "Attribute of Object" +msgstr " ऑब्जेक्टचे अट्रिब्यूट " + +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/ui.rb:261 +msgid "Default Value" +msgstr "मूलभूत किंमत" + +#. button label (with non-default shortcut) +#: src/ui.rb:267 +msgid "A&dd" +msgstr "भरा/मिळवा" + +#. button label +#: src/ui.rb:269 +msgid "&Edit" +msgstr "संपादन" + +#. dialog label +#: src/ui.rb:281 +msgid "Object Template Configuration" +msgstr " ऑब्जेक्ट टेम्प्लेटचा आकृतीबंध " + +#. yes/no popup, %1 is name +#: src/ui.rb:384 +msgid "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?" +msgstr " डिफॉल्ट अट्रिब्यूट\"%1 खरंच पुसून टाकायचे आहे\"?" + +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636 +msgid "" +"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" +"Enter a value." +msgstr "" +"\"%1\" ऍ़ट्रीब्युट मॅन्डेटरी आहे.\n" +"किंमती भरा." + +#. helptext 1/4 +#: src/ui.rb:438 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Here, manage the configuration stored in LDAP directory.</p>" +msgid "<p>Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p> येथे, LDAP डिरेक्टरीज जतन केलेला आकृतीबंध हाताळा.</p>" + +#. helptext 2/4 +#: src/ui.rb:442 +msgid "" +"<p>Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n" +"is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n" +"create one with <b>New</b>. Delete the current module\n" +"using <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> प्रत्येक आकृतीबंधाच्या संचाला \" कॉन्फिगरेशन मॉडयूल.\" म्हटले जाते. दिलेलया ठिकाणी (मूळ आकृतीबंध)\n" +" कोणतेही आकृतीबंध मॉडयूल नाही,\n" +"<b>New</b> ने ते निर्माण करा.\n" +"<b>Delete</b> वापरुन सध्याचे मॉडयूल पुसून टाका.</p>\n" + +#. helptext 3/4 +#: src/ui.rb:449 +msgid "" +"<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n" +"current module.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Edit</b> ने तक्त्यातील अट्रिब्यूट्सची मूल्ये संपादित करा. \n" +" काही मूल्यांना खास अर्थ असतात, उदाहरणार्थ,<b>cn</b> मूल्यात बदल केल्यास \n" +"सध्याच्या मॉडयूलचे नांव बदलते.</p>\n" + +#. helptext 4/4 +#: src/ui.rb:455 +msgid "" +"<p>To configure the default template of the current module,\n" +"click <b>Configure Template</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> सध्याच्या मॉडयूलच्या डिफॉल्ट टेम्प्लेटचा आकृतीबंध,\n" +" बदवण्यासाठी<b>कॉन्फिगर टेम्प्लेटवर</b> क्लिक करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. combobox label +#: src/ui.rb:535 +msgid "Configuration &Module" +msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन मॉडयुल" + +#. button label +#: src/ui.rb:559 +msgid "C&onfigure Template" +msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन टेम्पलेट" + +#. dialog label +#: src/ui.rb:598 +msgid "Module Configuration" +msgstr "मॉड्यूल संरचना" + +#~ msgid "LDAP client configuration module" +#~ msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक संरचना मॉड्यूल." + +#~ msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP" +#~ msgstr "LDAP शी ऑथेन्टीकेशन सुरु अथवा बंद करा" + +#~ msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client" +#~ msgstr "LDAP ग्राहकाची संरचना सारांश" + +#~ msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client" +#~ msgstr "LDAP ग्राहकाची ग्लोबल मांडणी बदला" + +#~ msgid "Enable the service" +#~ msgstr "सुविधा कार्यान्वित करा" + +#~ msgid "Disable the service" +#~ msgstr "सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#~ msgid "The LDAP server name" +#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकाचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base" +#~ msgstr "सर्चबेसचे मोठे नाव" + +#~ msgid "Start or stop automounter" +#~ msgstr "ऑटोमाऊंटर सुरु किंवा बंद करा" + +#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +#~ msgstr "हया मशीनच्या होम सूची" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)" +#~ msgstr "संपर्क नाव लिहा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication" +#~ msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "&Kerberos" +#~ msgid "Kerberos Realm" +#~ msgstr "केरबेरोस" + +#~ msgid "KDC Server Address" +#~ msgstr "KDC सेवासंगणक पत्ता" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password:" +#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणाकासाठी परवलीशब्द:" + +#~ msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..." +#~ msgstr "SLP ने दिलेल्या LDAP सर्व्हर करता छाननी करा..." + +#~ msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP" +#~ msgstr "SLP ने दिलेल्या LDAP सर्व्हर:" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "The specified file does not exist or is empty." +#~ msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format." +#~ msgstr "दर्शविलेल्या फाईल्स अस्तित्वात नाहीत अथवा रिक्त नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "&NTP Configuration..." +#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration" +#~ msgstr "NTP संरचना..." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "LDAP Server" +#~ msgid "LDAPS" +#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवा संगणक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Certificates" +#~ msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल निवडा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cer&tificate Directory" +#~ msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल मिळवित आहे" + +#~ msgid "B&rowse" +#~ msgstr "ब्राऊझ..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "CA Cert&ificate File" +#~ msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल निवडा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Brows&e" +#~ msgstr "संचारसाधन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download" +#~ msgstr "सीए प्रमाणपत्र फाईल मिळवित आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate" +#~ msgstr "सीए प्रमाणपत्र" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Choose the directory with certificates" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजेससहित डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Choose the certificate file" +#~ msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल निवडा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL." +#~ msgstr "दिलेल्या URL मधून SMT प्रमाणपत्र डाऊनलोड करता आले नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<p>Here, your machine can be set up as an\n" +#~| "LDAP client.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "<p>Set up your machine as an LDAP client.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>येथे, LDAP क्लाइंट म्हणून तुमचे मशीन\n" +#~ "<b>सेट करा</b>.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>ओपनLDAP सर्व्हरने आपल्या उपभोक्त्यांना प्रमाणित करण्यासाठी,<b>यूज </b> LDAP निवडा. त्यानुसार NSS व PAM चा आकृतीबंध बनेल.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n" +#~ "If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" +#~ "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" +#~ "removed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>LDAP सेवा अकार्यान्वित करण्यासाठी, <b>डू नॉट यूज LDAP</b> वर क्लिककरा.\n" +#~ "आपण LDAP अकार्यान्वित केल्यास/etc/nsswitch.conf मधील\n" +#~ " पासवर्डसाठी सध्याची LDAP प्रविष्टी काढून टाकली जाईल. PAM आकृतलीबंध दुरुस्त केला जाईल व LDAPप्रविष्टी \n" +#~ "काढून टाकली जाईल.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select <b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>LDAP कार्यान्वित करण्यासाठी, परंतु प्रयोक्त्यांना या मशिनवर लॉग इन करण्यास मनाईकरण्यासाठी, निवडा <b>एनेबल LDAP यूजर्स बट डिसएबल लॉग इन्स</b>.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" +#~ "by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" +#~ "addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>अड्रेस</b> मधील LDAP सर्व्हरचा पत्ता (जसे ldap.example.com किंवा 10.20.0.2) व (<b> सर्च बेसचे DN</b>, वैशिष्ट्यपूर्ण नांव (dc=example,dc=com) प्रविष्ट करा. अनेक सर्व्हर त्यांचे पत्ते मोकळी जागा देऊन वेगळे करुन नमूदकरा. चा वापर न करता पत्ते ठरवणे शक्य झाले पाहिजे. आपण पोर्ट देखील\n" +#~ " नमूद करु शकाल की ज्यावर वाक्यरचनेचा\n" +#~ "LDAP. वापर करुन सर्व्हर चालत आहे, \"server:port\", उदाहरणार्थ <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" + +#~ msgid "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>फाईंड</b>च्या सहाय्याने, सव्र्हिस लोकेशन प्रोटोकॉल (SLP) (SLP)नेपुरवलेल्या सूचीतून LDAP सर्व्हर निवडा.<b>Fetch DN</b>, चा वापर करुनसर्व्हरवरुन मूळ DN वाचा.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" +#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n" +#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" +#~ "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> काही LDAP सर्व्हर्स StartTLS चे समर्थन करतात.(RFC2830).\n" +#~ " आपला सर्व्हर जर त्याचे समर्थन करत असेल व त्याचा आकृतीबंध असेल, तर <b>LDAP सर्व्हर बरोबरचे आपले दळणवळण सांकेतिक करण्यासाठी TLS/SSL</b>\n" +#~ " LDAP कार्यान्वित करा.</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<p>For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n" +#~| "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n" +#~ "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>To configure security settings, click\n" +#~ "<b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> प्रगत LDAP सेटिंग्जचा आकृतीबंध बनवण्यासाठी,\n" +#~ "<b> अडव्हान्स्ड कॉफिफगरेशन</b> वर क्लिक करा.</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories,\n" +#~| "such as users' home directories.\n" +#~| "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist\n" +#~| "locally or over LDAP.\n" +#~| "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n" +#~| "automatically.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" +#~ "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" +#~ "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" +#~ "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>ऑटोमाऊंटर</b> हा एक डेमॉन आहे जो आपोआप डिरेक्टरीज\n" +#~ " माऊंट करतो, जसे प्रयोक्त्याच्या होम डिरेक्टरीज.\n" +#~ " असे गृहीत धरलेले आहे की, त्याच्या आकृतीबंधाच्या फाईल्स (auto.*)आधीपासूनच\n" +#~ " स्थानिकरित्या किंवा LDAP वर अस्तित्वात आहेत.\n" +#~ " जर ते स्थापित नसेल, व आपणास ते वापरायचे असेल तर ते आपोआप\n" +#~ " स्थापित होते.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "Start Auto&mounter" +#~ msgstr "ऑटोमाऊटर सुरु करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login" +#~ msgstr "हया मशीनच्या होम सूची" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "D&isable User Login" +#~ msgid "Disable User &Logins" +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचा प्रवेश अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#~ msgid "User Authentication" +#~ msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP" +#~ msgstr "LDAP वापरू नका" + +#~ msgid "&Use LDAP" +#~ msgstr "LDAP वापरा" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Client" +#~ msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक" + +#~ msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers" +#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकाचा पत्ता" + +#~ msgid "F&ind" +#~ msgstr "शोधा" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Base &DN" +#~ msgstr "LDAP बेस DN" + +#~ msgid "F&etch DN" +#~ msgstr "DN भरा" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "&NTP Configuration..." +#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..." +#~ msgstr "NTP संरचना..." + +#~ msgid "&Advanced Configuration..." +#~ msgstr "ऍ़डवान्स्ड कॉनफिग्युरेशन..." + +#~ msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" +#~ msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक संरचना" + +#~ msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN." +#~ msgstr "LDAP बेस DN लिहा." + +#~ msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकाचा एखादा तरी पत्ता लिहा." + +#~ msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid." +#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकाचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n" +#~ "you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "जेव्हा आपण आपल्या मशीनचा LDAP क्लाएंट म्हणून आकृतीबंध बनवता, तेव्हा आपण\n" +#~ "NIS. बरोबर डाटा पुन्हा मिळवू शकत नाही. NIS ऐवजी खरंच LDAP चा वापर करायचा आहे?\n" + +#~ msgid "LDAP is now enabled." +#~ msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक कार्यान्वित" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" +#~ "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" +#~ "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "हा बदल केवळ नव्याने निर्माण केलेल्या प्रक्रियांवर परिणाम करतो, आधीपासूनच\n" +#~ "चालू असलेल्या सेवांवर नव्हे. आपल्या सेवा हाताने पुन्हा\n" +#~ "चालू करा व सर्व सेवांसाठी मशीन शक्य व्हावे यासाठी ते रीबूट करा.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n" +#~ "restarted automatically by YaST.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "LDAP प्रयोक्त्यांसाठी रिमोट लॉग इन शक्य होण्यासाठी, is\n" +#~ "YaST द्वारे sshd आपोआप पुन्हा चालू झाले आहे.\n" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Advanced LDAP Client Settings</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>ऍ़डवान्स LDAP क्लांइट सेटींग्ज</b></p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values.</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" +#~ "<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>पासवर्ड चेंज प्रोटोकॉल</b> फाईलच्या pam_password अट्रिब्यूटचा संदर्भ देतो.<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> त्याच्या /tt>मूल्यांच्या अर्थासाठी <tt>man pam_ldap< पहा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n" +#~ "The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> वापरण्यासाठी LDAP समुहांचा प्रकार सेट करा.\n" +#~ "<b> ग्रुप मेंबर अट्रिब्यूट</b> साठीचे डिफॉल्ट मूल्य आहे <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Access to Server</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>सर्व्हरशी संपर्क</b></p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n" +#~| "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n" +#~| "server.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n" +#~ "This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n" +#~ "server.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> सर्वप्रथम, <b> कॉन्फीगरेशन सेट DN</b>.\n" +#~ " सेट करा. आपल्या आकृतीबंधाचा डाटा जतन करण्यासाठीचा हा बेस आहे, जो LDAP\n" +#~ " सर्व्हरवर जतन होतो.</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" +#~| "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n" +#~| "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n" +#~| "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" +#~ "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n" +#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" +#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> सर्व्हरवर जतन केलेला डाटा अक्सेस करण्यासाठी,\n" +#~ "<b> अडमिनिस्ट्रेटर DN</b>.\n" +#~ " प्रविष्ट करा. आपण संपूर्ण DN (उदाहरणार्थ, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) किंवा फक्त \n" +#~ " संबंधित DN (उदाहरणार्थ, cn=Administrator) प्रविष्ट करा. LDAP बेस DN आपोआप जोडला जाते, जर योग्य तो पर्याय तपासला गेला असेल.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" +#~ "check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>LDAP प्रयोक्ते व समुहांसाठी डिफॉल्ट आकृतीबंध ऑब्जेक्ट्स निर्माण करा.\n" +#~ "<b> क्रिएट डिफॉल्ट कॉन्फिगरेशन ऑब्जेक्ट्स </b> तपासा. ऑब्जेक्ट्स तेव्हाच निर्माण होतात जेव्हा ते आधीपासून अस्तित्वात नसतात.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n" +#~ "LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" +#~ "have changed your configuration.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>LDAP सर्व्हरवर जतन केलेल्या सेटिंग्जचा आकृतीबंध बनवण्यासाठी \n" +#~ "<b> कॉन्फिगर</b> दाबा. आपण अद्याप कनेक्ट झाले नसाल किंवा \n" +#~ " आपला आकृतीबंध बदलला असेल तर पासवर्ड विचारला जाईल.</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +#~| "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group attributes\n" +#~| "in /etc/ldap.conf file.</p>\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +#~ "set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> विशिष्ट मॅप्ससाठी वापरण्याकरिता सर्च बेसेस नमूद करा (प्रयोक्ते, पासवर्ड व समुह), जर ते बेस DN. पेक्षा वेगळे असतील.\n" +#~ " ही मूल्ये nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, आणि nss_base_group अट्रिब्यूट्सना \n" +#~ "/etc/ldap.conf फाईलमधे सेट केलेली आहेत.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "C&lient Settings" +#~ msgstr "ग्राहक मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Ad&ministration Settings" +#~ msgstr "व्यवस्थापक मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Naming Contexts" +#~ msgstr "नेमींग संदर्भ" + +#~ msgid "&User Map" +#~ msgstr "युजर मॅप" + +#~ msgid "&Browse" +#~ msgstr "संचारसाधन" + +#~ msgid "&Group Map" +#~ msgstr "ग्रुप मॅप" + +#~ msgid "Bro&wse" +#~ msgstr "संचारसाधन" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "&User Map" +#~ msgid "&Autofs Map" +#~ msgstr "युजर मॅप" + +#~ msgid "&Use Kerberos" +#~ msgstr "केरबेरोस वापरा" + +#~ msgid "Default Real&m" +#~ msgstr "डिफॉल्ट रील्म" + +#~ msgid "&KDC Server Address" +#~ msgstr "KDC सेवासंगणक पत्ता" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "LDAP Server" +#~ msgid "LDAP Schema" +#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवा संगणक" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "User and Group Configuration" +#~ msgid "Enable user and group enumeration" +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्ता आणि समूह संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication" +#~ msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol" +#~ msgstr "गुप्तशब्ध बदलण्याचा प्रोटोकॉल " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Group Member &Attribute" +#~ msgstr "ग्रुप मेंबर अट्रीब्युट" + +#~ msgid "Configuration &Base DN" +#~ msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन बेस DN" + +#~ msgid "Administrator &DN" +#~ msgstr "व्यवस्थापक DN" + +#~ msgid "A&ppend Base DN" +#~ msgstr "बेस DN अपेन्ड करा" + +#~ msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects" +#~ msgstr "मूलभूत संरचना हेतू तयार करा" + +#~ msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..." +#~ msgstr "युजर प्रंबधक सेटींग्ज कॉनफिग्युअर करा..." + +#~ msgid "Advanced Configuration" +#~ msgstr "आधुनिक सूचना" + +#~ msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "LDAP सर्व्हरशी बांधण्याकरता DN लिहा." + +#~ msgid "Enter the configuration base DN." +#~ msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन बेस DN लिहा" + +#~ msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?" +#~ msgstr "खरोखर मॉड्यूल काढून टाका \"%1\"?" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "You currently have configuration modules\n" +#~| "of each type, so you cannot add a new one." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You currently have a configuration module of each \n" +#~ "type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "तुमच्याकडे सध्या प्रत्येक प्रकारची कॉनफिग्युरेशन मॉडयुल\n" +#~ "आहेत, तुम्हाला नवीन मिळवता येणार नाही." + +#~ msgid "Initializing..." +#~ msgstr "सुरवात करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>LDAP वृक्ष ब्राउज करा <b>LDAP ट्री</b> टॅब.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>निवडलेल्या अट्रिब्यूटचे मूल्ये बदलण्यासाठी <b>Edit</b> वापरा. आपले बदल LDAP वर जतन करण्यासाठी <b>Save</b> वापरा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" +#~ "Discard these changes?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "सध्याच्या एन्ट्रीमध्ये न साठविलेले बदल आहेत.\n" +#~ "हे बदल रद्द करायचे का?\n" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Browser" +#~ msgstr "LDAP संचारसाधन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" +#~ msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक मांडणी लिहीत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "LDAP Connections" +#~ msgstr "DSL जोडणी" + +#~ msgid "Administrator DN" +#~ msgstr "व्यवस्थापक DN" + +#~ msgid "&LDAP Server Password" +#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवा संगणक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "L&DAP TLS" +#~ msgstr "LDAP TLS/SSL" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "A&nonymous Access" +#~ msgstr "बिननावाचा संपर्क" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" +#~ msgstr "आकृतीबंधाचे नाव प्रविष्ट करा." + +#~ msgid "&Open" +#~ msgstr "उघडा" + +#~ msgid "&Reload" +#~ msgstr "पुन्हा भरा" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Client Enabled" +#~ msgstr "LDAP ग्राहक कार्यान्वित" + +#~ msgid "Yes" +#~ msgstr "हो" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Domain" +#~ msgstr "LDAP क्षेत्र" + +#~ msgid "LDAP TLS/SSL" +#~ msgstr "LDAP TLS/SSL" + +#~ msgid "<b>Servers</b>:%1<br>" +#~ msgstr "<b>सेवासंगणक</b>:%1<br>" + +#~ msgid "<b>Base DN</b>:%1<br>" +#~ msgstr "<b>बेस DN</b>:%1<br>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<b>Client Enabled</b>:%1" +#~ msgstr "<b>ग्राहक कार्यान्वित करा</b>:%1<br>" + +#~ msgid "No" +#~ msgstr "नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Automounter Configured" +#~ msgstr "ऑटोमाऊंटर सुरु किंवा बंद करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "LDAP TLS/SSL Configured" +#~ msgstr "LDAP TLS/SSL" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "सर्व्हर बंद झाला असेल किंवा पोहोचण्याच्या पलिकडे असेल.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "DN ची किंमत हरवलेली आहे किंवा अवैध.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Attribute type not found.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "गुणविशेष प्रकार मिळाला नाही.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Object class not found.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "हेतू वर्ग मिळाले नाही.\n" + +#~ msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." +#~ msgstr "LDAP सर्व्हरशी संपर्क होऊ शकत नाही." + +#~ msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणक जोडणी करताना अडचण आली." + +#~ msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकातून माहिती वाचताना अडचण आली." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." +#~ msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP users." +#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणक जोडणी करताना अडचण आली." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." +#~ msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP groups." +#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणक जोडणी करताना अडचण आली." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." +#~ msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकातून माहिती वाचताना अडचण आली." + +#~ msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "LDAP सर्व्हरकरता स्कीम वाचताना प्रॉव्हब्लेम झाला." + +#~ msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." +#~ msgstr "अनोळखी LDAP चूक" + +#~ msgid "&Show Details" +#~ msgstr "तपशील दाखवा" + +#~ msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." +#~ msgstr "अनोळखी चूक. कदाचित 'yast2-ldap' उपलब्ध नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Really\n" +#~| "remove the configuration\n" +#~| "of %1?" +#~ msgid "Really keep this configuration?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "खरोखर\n" +#~ "संरचना काढून टाकायची\n" +#~ "%1?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Server: %1:%2" +#~ msgstr "सेवासंगणक: %1" + +#~ msgid "Administrator: %1" +#~ msgstr "व्यवस्थापक: %1" + +#~ msgid "&Anonymous Access" +#~ msgstr "बिननावाचा संपर्क" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A direct parent for DN '%1' \n" +#~ "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" +#~ "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "DN साठी थेट जनक (पेरेंट) '%1'\n" +#~ "LDAPडिरेक्टरीत अस्तित्वात नाही.\n" +#~ "निवडलेल्या DN ने ऑब्जेक्ट निर्माण करु शकत नाही.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" +#~ "Select another one.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "निवडलेल्या DN सहितचे ऑब्जेक्ट अस्तित्वात आहे, परंतु ते टेम्प्लेट ऑब्जेक्ट नाही.\n" +#~ "दुसरे एखादे निवडा.\n" + +#~ msgid "Writing LDAP Configuration..." +#~ msgstr "LDAP संरचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Stop services" +#~ msgstr "सेवा थांबवा" + +#~ msgid "Update configuration files" +#~ msgstr "संरचना फाईल अद्ययावत करा" + +#~ msgid "Start services" +#~ msgstr "सेवा सुरू करा" + +#~ msgid "Update configuration in LDAP directory" +#~ msgstr "LDAP संचिकेत संरचना अद्ययावत करा" + +#~ msgid "Stopping services..." +#~ msgstr "सेवा थांबवत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Updating configuration files..." +#~ msgstr "संरचना फाईल अद्ययावत करत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Starting services..." +#~ msgstr "सेवा सुरू करत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Updating configuration in LDAP directory..." +#~ msgstr "LDAP संचिकेत संरचना अद्ययावत करत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Finished" +#~ msgstr "समाप्त झाले" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No entry with DN '%1'\n" +#~ "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "'%1'DN बरोबर प्रवेश नाही\n" +#~ "LDAP सर्व्हर अस्तिवात नाही. नवीन निर्माण करायचा का?\n" + +#~ msgid "<p>Set the new value for the current attribute.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>सध्याच्या ऍ़ट्रीब्युटकरता नवीन किंमत सेट करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" +#~ "with <b>Add Value</b>. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" +#~ "possible values to use for the current attribute.\n" +#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\n" +#~ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using <b>Browse</b>.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>जर अट्रिब्यूटची जास्त मूल्ये असू शकत असतील, तर\n" +#~ "<b>Add Value</b> ने नवीन प्रविष्टी घाला. कधी कधी बटणात चालू अट्रिब्यूटसाठी\n" +#~ "वापरण्याकरिता संभाव्य मूल्यांची सूची समाविष्ट असते.\n" +#~ "जर संपादित केलेल्या अट्रिब्यूटचे मूल्ये विशिष्ट नांव(DN),\n" +#~ "असायला हवे असेल, तर <b>Browse</b> वापरुन ते LDAP ट्री मधून निवडणे शक्य असते.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>\"%1\" अट्रीब्युशनचे वर्णन:<br></p>" + +#~ msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" +#~ msgstr "\"%1\" ऍ़ट्रीब्युटची किंमती" + +#~ msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" +#~ msgstr "\"%1\" ऍ़ट्रीब्युटची किंमती" + +#~ msgid "&Add Value" +#~ msgstr "किंमत मिळवा" + +#~ msgid "&Empty Entry" +#~ msgstr "रिकामी नोंद" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The value '%1' already exists.\n" +#~ "Please select another one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "किंमत आधीच '%1' अस्तित्वात आहे.\n" +#~ "कृपया दुसरे एखादे निवडा." + +#~ msgid "Configuration of user management tools" +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांच्या व्यवस्थापन साधनांची संरचना" + +#~ msgid "Configuration of group management tools" +#~ msgstr "गटाच्या व्यवस्थापन साधनांची संरचना" + +#~ msgid "Object Class of New Module" +#~ msgstr "नवीन मॉड्युलची ऑब्जेक्ट क्लास" + +#~ msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" +#~ msgstr "नवीन मॉड्यूलचे नाव (\"cn\" किंमत)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The entered value already exists.\n" +#~ "Select another one.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "भरलेली किंमत आधीच अस्तित्वात आहे.\n" +#~ "दुसरी किंमत निवडा.\n" + +#~ msgid "Enter the module name." +#~ msgstr "मॉड्यूलनाव भरा." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" +#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" +#~ "the new object is created.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>याठिकाणी चालू टेम्प्लेट वापरुन ऑब्जेक्टच्या मालकीच्या\n" +#~ "अट्रिब्यूट्सची मूल्ये सेट करा. अशी मूल्ये जेव्हानवीन ऑब्जेक्ट निर्माण केले जाते\n" +#~ "तेव्हा वापरली जातात.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" +#~ "values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n" +#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" +#~ "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>सध्याच्या वरुन अट्रिब्यूट मूल्ये निर्माण करण्यासाठी\n" +#~ "आपण विशेष वाक्यरचना वापरु शकता.<i>%attr_name</i>च्या जागीअट्रिब्यूटचे \n" +#~ "मूल्ये\"attr_name\" घातले जाईल (उदाहरणार्थ, \"/home/% चे मूल्ये म्हणून\"\n" +#~ "वापरा\"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "Attribute &Name" +#~ msgstr "अट्रीब्युट नाव" + +#~ msgid "Attribute &Value" +#~ msgstr "अट्रीब्युट किंमत" + +#~ msgid "LDAP Version 2" +#~ msgstr "LDAP आवृत्ती 2" + +#~ msgid "There was a problem with writing LDAP users." +#~ msgstr "LDAP वापरकर्ता लिहिताना अडचण आली." + +#~ msgid "There was a problem with writing LDAP groups." +#~ msgstr "LDAP गट लिहिताना अडचण आली." + +#~ msgid "There was a problem with writing data to the LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "LDAP सर्व्हरवर माहिती लिहिताना प्राब्लेम झाला." + +#~ msgid "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>आकृतीबंध बनवण्याकरिता <b> अट्रिब्यूट्सचे</b>, <b>पासवर्डपॉलिसी </b>,समुह निवडण्यासाठी <b> पासवर्ड चेंज पॉलिसीज </b> पासवर्ड एजिंग पॉलिसीज वलॉकआऊट पॉलिसीज LDAP टॅब्ज निवडा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p> याआधी वापरलेले किती पासवर्ड जतन करावेत ते सेट करण्यासाठी</b>हिस्टरीमधे जतन केलेले जास्तीत जास्त पासवर्डनमूद करा. जतन केलेले पासवर्ड वापरले जाणार नाहीत.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>प्रशासकाद्वारे पासवर्ड रीसेट झाल्यावर किंवा बदलल्यानंतर </b> प्रयोक्त्यांना सक्तीनेत्यांचे पासवर्ड बदलण्यास लावण्यासाठी, यूजर मस्ट चेंजपासवर्ड आफ्टर रीसेट तपासा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their passwords.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>प्रयोक्तयांना <b> त्यांचे पासवर्ड बदलू </b> देण्यासाठीयूजर कॅन चेंज पासवर्ड तपासा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>जर नवीन पासवर्डसोबत सध्याचा पासवर्ड देणे आवश्यक असेल, तर ओल्ड पासवर्ड रिक्वायर्ड फॉर पासवर्ड <b> चेंज तपासा </b>.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p> पासवर्ड दुरुस्त करतांना किंवा घालतांना पासवर्डचा दर्जा तपासावा की नाहीहे निवडा. जर पासवर्ड अजिबात तपासण्यात नको असतील तर <b> नो चेकिंग </b> निवडा. अक्सेप्टअनचेकेबल पासवर्डस च्या सहाय्याने, जरी तपासणी करता येऊ शकत नसली तरीपासवर्ड </b>, स्वीकारले जातात. उदाहरणार्थ, प्रयोक्त्याने जर सांकेतिकपासवर्ड पुरवलेला असेल. ओन्ली अक्सेप्ट चेक्ड पासवर्ड च्या सहाय्याने,जर दर्जाची <b>चाचणी अयशस्वी झाली किंवा पासवर्ड </b> तपासतायेऊ शकत नसेल तर पासवर्ड नाकारले जातात.<p>" + +#~ msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "मिनीमम पासवर्ड लेन्थ मधील पासवर्डमधे वापरणे आवश्यक आहे असे <b> किमाने संख्येतील वर्ण सेट करा </b>.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>मिनीमम पासवर्ड एज हे सेट करते की</b>पासवर्डच्या दुरुस्तीदरम्यान किती वेळ जायला हवा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password expires.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>मॅक्झिमम पासवर्ड एज हे सेट करते की</b>दुरुस्तीनंतर किती वेळानेपासवर्डची मुदत संपते.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>टाईम बिफोर पासवर्ड एक्स्पायरेशन टू इश्यू वॉर्निंग <b> मधे </b> प्रमाणीकरण करणार्‍याप्रयोक्त्याला मुदत समाप्तीचे इशारा संदेश देण्यापूर्वी किती वेळ पासवर्डची मुदत संपण्यास आहे, ते सेट करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>अलाऊड यूजेस ऑफ अन एक्स्पायर्ड पासवर्ड मधे प्रमाणीकरण करण्यासाठी किती वेळा मुदत संपलेला पासवर्ड वापरता येऊ शकतो ते सेट करा </b>.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>सलगपणे <b>अयशस्वी बाईंड प्रयत्नांच्या एका ठराविक संख्येनंतर पासवर्डचा वापर निषिद्ध करण्यासाठी एनेबल पासवर्ड लॉकिंग तपासा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the Password</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>सलगपणे अयशस्वी बाईंड प्रयत्नांची संख्या सेट करा की ज्यानंतर पासवर्डबाईंड फेल्युअर्स टु लॉक द पासवर्ड मधे प्रमाणीकरणासाठी <b>पासवर्ड वापरतायेणार नाही</b>.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>पासवर्ड लॉक डयुरेशन मधे किती काळ पासवर्ड वापरता येऊ शकणार नाहीते सेट करा</b>.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>बाईंड फेल्युअर कॅशे डयुरेशन</b> किती वेळ आधी अयशस्वी काऊंटर वरुन पासवर्ड फेल्युअर्स उत्तम स्थितीत आहेत, जरी कोणतेही यशस्वी प्रमाणीकरण झालेले नसेल.</p>" + +#~ msgid "&Password Change Policies" +#~ msgstr "गुप्तशब्ध बदलण्याचा प्रोटोकॉल " + +#~ msgid "Pa&ssword Aging Policies" +#~ msgstr "गुप्तशब्ध बदलण्याचा प्रोटोकॉल " + +#~ msgid "&Lockout Policies" +#~ msgstr "लॉकआऊट पॉलिसीज " + +#~ msgid "Ma&ximum Number of Passwords Stored in History" +#~ msgstr "हिस्टरीमधे जतन केलेले जास्तीत जास्त पासवर्ड" + +#~ msgid "U&ser Must Change Password after Reset" +#~ msgstr "प्रयोक्त्याने रीसेटनंतर पासवर्ड बदलणे आवश्यक आहे" + +#~ msgid "&User Can Change Password" +#~ msgstr "प्रयोक्ता पासवर्ड बदलू शकतो" + +#~ msgid "&Old Password Required for Password Change" +#~ msgstr "पासवर्ड बदलासाठी आवश्यक जुना पासवर्ड" + +#~ msgid "Password Quality Checking" +#~ msgstr "पासवर्डचा दर्जा तपासत आहे" + +#~ msgid "&No Checking" +#~ msgstr "तपासणी नाही" + +#~ msgid "Acc&ept Uncheckable Passwords" +#~ msgstr "न तपासता येणारे पासवर्ड स्वीकारा" + +#~ msgid "&Only Accept Checked Passwords" +#~ msgstr "फक्त तपासलेले पासवर्ड स्वीकारा" + +#~ msgid "&Minimum Password Length" +#~ msgstr "पासवर्डची किमान लांबी" + +#~ msgid "Days" +#~ msgstr "दिवस" + +#~ msgid "Hours" +#~ msgstr "तास" + +#~ msgid "Minutes" +#~ msgstr "मिनिटे" + +#~ msgid "Seconds" +#~ msgstr "सेकंद" + +#~ msgid "Minimum Password Age" +#~ msgstr "पासवर्डचे किमान वय" + +#~ msgid "Maximum Password Age" +#~ msgstr "पासवर्डचे कमाल वय" + +#~ msgid "Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning" +#~ msgstr "इशारा देण्यासाठी पासवर्डची मुदत संपण्यापूर्वीचा वेळ" + +#~ msgid "Allowed Uses of an Expired Password" +#~ msgstr "मुदत संपलेल्या पासवर्डच्या वापरास अनुमती" + +#~ msgid "Enable Password Locking" +#~ msgstr "पासवर्ड लॉकिंक शक्य करा" + +#~ msgid "Bind Failures to Lock the Password" +#~ msgstr "पासवर्ड लॉक करण्यासाठी बाईंड फेल्युअर्स" + +#~ msgid "Password Lock Duration" +#~ msgstr "पासवर्ड लॉकचा अवधी" + +#~ msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration" +#~ msgstr "बाईंड फेल्युअर्स कॅशेचा अवधी" + +#~ msgid "Password Policy Configuration" +#~ msgstr "मॉड्यूल संरचना" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Here, your machine can be set up as an\n" +#~ "LDAP client.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>येथे, LDAP क्लाइंट म्हणून तुमचे मशीन\n" +#~ "<b>सेट करा</b>.</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" +#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n" +#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA certificate file in PEM format from given URL.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> काही LDAP सर्व्हर्स StartTLS चे समर्थन करतात.(RFC2830).\n" +#~ " आपला सर्व्हर जर त्याचे समर्थन करत असेल व त्याचा आकृतीबंध असेल, तर <b>LDAP सर्व्हर बरोबरचे आपले दळणवळण सांकेतिक करण्यासाठी TLS/SSL</b>\n" +#~ " LDAP कार्यान्वित करा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n" +#~ "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> प्रगत LDAP सेटिंग्जचा आकृतीबंध बनवण्यासाठी,\n" +#~ "<b> अडव्हान्स्ड कॉफिफगरेशन</b> वर क्लिक करा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories,\n" +#~ "such as users' home directories.\n" +#~ "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist\n" +#~ "locally or over LDAP.\n" +#~ "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n" +#~ "automatically.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>ऑटोमाऊंटर</b> हा एक डेमॉन आहे जो आपोआप डिरेक्टरीज\n" +#~ " माऊंट करतो, जसे प्रयोक्त्याच्या होम डिरेक्टरीज.\n" +#~ " असे गृहीत धरलेले आहे की, त्याच्या आकृतीबंधाच्या फाईल्स (auto.*)आधीपासूनच\n" +#~ " स्थानिकरित्या किंवा LDAP वर अस्तित्वात आहेत.\n" +#~ " जर ते स्थापित नसेल, व आपणास ते वापरायचे असेल तर ते आपोआप\n" +#~ " स्थापित होते.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "Do N&ot Use LDAP" +#~ msgstr "LDAP वापरू नका" + +#~ msgid "Use LDAP but Disable &Logins" +#~ msgstr "LDAP वापरा पण लॉगइन्स बंद करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Secure Connection" +#~ msgstr "संपर्काची तयारी करा" + +#~ msgid "LDAP &TLS/SSL" +#~ msgstr "LDAP TLS/SSL" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Download CA Certificate" +#~ msgstr "सीए प्रमाणपत्र" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>पासवर्ड चेंज प्रोटोकॉल</b> फाईलच्या pam_password अट्रिब्यूटचा संदर्भ देतो.<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> त्याच्या /tt>मूल्यांच्या अर्थासाठी <tt>man pam_ldap< पहा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Normally, the LDAP version 3 protocol is used. If you have\n" +#~ "an LDAP server using protocol 2 (for example, OpenLDAP v1), activate\n" +#~ "<b>LDAP Version 2</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> सहसा, LDAP व्हर्शन ३ प्रोओकॉल वापरला जातो. आपणाकडे \n" +#~ " प्रोटोकॉल २ वापरणारा LDAP सर्व्हर असेल (उदाहरणार्थ, OpenLDAP v1), तर \n" +#~ "<b>LDAP व्हर्शन 2 कार्यान्वित करा</b>.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n" +#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n" +#~ "server.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> सर्वप्रथम, <b> कॉन्फीगरेशन सेट DN</b>.\n" +#~ " सेट करा. आपल्या आकृतीबंधाचा डाटा जतन करण्यासाठीचा हा बेस आहे, जो LDAP\n" +#~ " सर्व्हरवर जतन होतो.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" +#~ "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n" +#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n" +#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> सर्व्हरवर जतन केलेला डाटा अक्सेस करण्यासाठी,\n" +#~ "<b> अडमिनिस्ट्रेटर DN</b>.\n" +#~ " प्रविष्ट करा. आपण संपूर्ण DN (उदाहरणार्थ, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) किंवा फक्त \n" +#~ " संबंधित DN (उदाहरणार्थ, cn=Administrator) प्रविष्ट करा. LDAP बेस DN आपोआप जोडला जाते, जर योग्य तो पर्याय तपासला गेला असेल.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Home Directories</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>मूळ संचिका</b></p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If home directories of users should be stored on this machine,\n" +#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" +#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" +#~ "user home directories.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> जर प्रयोक्त्यांच्या होम डिरेक्टरीज या मशीनवर जतन \n" +#~ " करायच्या असतील, तर योग्य तो पर्याय तपासा. हे मूल्ये बदलल्याने कोणतीही \n" +#~ " थेट कृती होणार नाही.YaST प्रयोक्ते मॉडयूल्ससाठी ही फक्त माहिती \n" +#~ " आहे, जी प्रयोक्त्याच्या होम डिरेक्टरीज हाताळू शकतात.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Password Policy</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>सर्व्हरशी संपर्क</b></p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +#~ " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>एडिट</b>ने निवडलेल्या पासवर्ड पॉलिसीचा/b> आकृतीबंध बनवा.नवीन पासवर्ड घालण्यासाठी <b>अड</b> वापरा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "&Password Map" +#~ msgstr "परवलीशब्द नकाशा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Brow&se" +#~ msgstr "संचारसाधन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Certificate Directory" +#~ msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल मिळवित आहे" + +#~ msgid "LDAP &Version 2" +#~ msgstr "LDAP आवृत्ती 2" + +#~ msgid "&Home Directories on This Machine" +#~ msgstr "हया मशीनच्या होम सूची" + +#~ msgid "Password Policy" +#~ msgstr "परवलीशब्द नकाशा" + +#~ msgid "Name of Password Policy Object" +#~ msgstr "पासवर्ड पॉलिसी ऑब्जेक्टचे नावं" + +#~ msgid "Suffix:" +#~ msgstr "प्रत्यय:" + +#~ msgid "Change Suffix" +#~ msgstr "प्रत्यय बदला" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The Policy '%1' already exists.\n" +#~ "Please select another one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "किंमत आधीच '%1' अस्तित्वात आहे.\n" +#~ "कृपया दुसरे एखादे निवडा." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Here, configure the template used for\n" +#~ "creating new objects (like users or groups).</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>येथे, नवीन ऑब्जेक्टस् निमार्ण करण्याकरता टेम्पलेट\n" +#~ "कॉनफिग्युअर करा (युजर ग्रुपप्रमाणे).</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b>, used\n" +#~ "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values and editing or\n" +#~ "removing current ones.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> दुसर्‍या तक्त्यात <b> डिफॉल्ट मूल्यांची </b>, सूची आहे,\n" +#~ " जी नवीन ऑब्जेक्ट्ससाठी वापरली आहे. नवीन मूल्ये घालून व सध्याची संपादित करुन किंवा \n" +#~ " काढून टाकून सूची दुरुस्त करा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p>Here, manage the configuration stored in LDAP directory.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p> येथे, LDAP डिरेक्टरीज जतन केलेला आकृतीबंध हाताळा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You currently have configuration modules\n" +#~ "of each type, so you cannot add a new one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "तुमच्याकडे सध्या प्रत्येक प्रकारची कॉनफिग्युरेशन मॉडयुल\n" +#~ "आहेत, तुम्हाला नवीन मिळवता येणार नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Basic IrDA Settings" +#~ msgid "Basic SSSD Settings" +#~ msgstr "IrDA मूळ मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" +#~ msgstr "मूलभूत कर्बेरॉस सेटिंग्ज" + +#~ msgid "Br&owse" +#~ msgstr "संचारसाधन" + +#~ msgid "<p>Edit attributes of the selected LDAP object in the <b>Entry Data</b> tab.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>निवडलेल्या LDAP ऑबजेक्टचे अट्रीब्युट एडीट करा <b>एन्ट्री डेटा</b> टॅब.</p>" + +#~ msgid "LDAP &Tree" +#~ msgstr "LDAP वृक्ष" + +#~ msgid "Entry &Data" +#~ msgstr "एन्ट्री डेटा" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ldap.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ldap.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ldap.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,424 @@ +# Marathi translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2014 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2014. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:252 +msgid "Verify that the LDAP Server is running and reachable." +msgstr "" + +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:256 +msgid "" +"Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." +msgstr "" + +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:260 +msgid "" +"Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" +"Verify that the Server has StartTLS support enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:530 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The server could be down or unreachable.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"सर्व्हर बंद झाला असेल किंवा पोहोचण्याच्या पलिकडे असेल.\n" + +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:534 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"DN ची किंमत हरवलेली आहे किंवा अवैध.\n" + +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:538 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Attribute type not found.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"गुणविशेष प्रकार मिळाला नाही.\n" + +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:540 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Object class not found.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"हेतू वर्ग मिळाले नाही.\n" + +#. error message, more specific description follows +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 +msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." +msgstr "LDAP सर्व्हरशी संपर्क होऊ शकत नाही." + +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:549 +msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." +msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणक जोडणी करताना अडचण आली." + +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:553 +msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." +msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकातून माहिती वाचताना अडचण आली." + +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:557 +msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP users." +msgstr "" + +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:561 +msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP groups." +msgstr "" + +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:565 +msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server." +msgstr "" + +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:569 +msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." +msgstr "LDAP सर्व्हरकरता स्कीम वाचताना प्रॉव्हब्लेम झाला." + +#. default error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:594 +msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." +msgstr "अनोळखी LDAP चूक" + +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 +msgid "&Show Details" +msgstr "तपशील दाखवा" + +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 +msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." +msgstr "अनोळखी चूक. कदाचित 'yast2-ldap' उपलब्ध नाही." + +#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) +#: src/Ldap.rb:800 +msgid "Really keep this configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) +#: src/Ldap.rb:865 +msgid "" +"A possible reason for the failed connection may be that your client is\n" +"configured for TLS/SSL but the server does not support it.\n" +"\n" +"Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server +#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed +#. @return password +#: src/Ldap.rb:973 +msgid "BindDN" +msgstr "" + +#. password entering label +#. password entering label +#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 +msgid "&LDAP Server Password" +msgstr "LDAP सेवा संगणक" + +#. label +#: src/Ldap.rb:979 +msgid "Server: %1:%2" +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/Ldap.rb:988 +msgid "&Anonymous Access" +msgstr "बिननावाचा संपर्क" + +#. error message, %1 is DN +#: src/Ldap.rb:1330 +msgid "" +"A direct parent for DN '%1' \n" +"does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" +"The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" +msgstr "" +"DN साठी थेट जनक (पेरेंट) '%1'\n" +"LDAPडिरेक्टरीत अस्तित्वात नाही.\n" +"निवडलेल्या DN ने ऑब्जेक्ट निर्माण करु शकत नाही.\n" + +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 +msgid "" +"An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" +"Select another one.\n" +msgstr "" +"निवडलेल्या DN सहितचे ऑब्जेक्ट अस्तित्वात आहे, परंतु ते टेम्प्लेट ऑब्जेक्ट नाही.\n" +"दुसरे एखादे निवडा.\n" + +#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN +#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 +msgid "" +"No entry with DN '%1'\n" +"exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" +msgstr "" +"'%1'DN बरोबर प्रवेश नाही\n" +"LDAP सर्व्हर अस्तिवात नाही. नवीन निर्माण करायचा का?\n" + +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 +msgid "&Open" +msgstr "उघडा" + +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 +msgid "<p>Set the new value for the current attribute.</p>" +msgstr "<p>सध्याच्या ऍ़ट्रीब्युटकरता नवीन किंमत सेट करा.</p>" + +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 +msgid "" +"<p>If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" +"with <b>Add Value</b>. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" +"possible values to use for the current attribute.\n" +"If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\n" +"it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using <b>Browse</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>जर अट्रिब्यूटची जास्त मूल्ये असू शकत असतील, तर\n" +"<b>Add Value</b> ने नवीन प्रविष्टी घाला. कधी कधी बटणात चालू अट्रिब्यूटसाठी\n" +"वापरण्याकरिता संभाव्य मूल्यांची सूची समाविष्ट असते.\n" +"जर संपादित केलेल्या अट्रिब्यूटचे मूल्ये विशिष्ट नांव(DN),\n" +"असायला हवे असेल, तर <b>Browse</b> वापरुन ते LDAP ट्री मधून निवडणे शक्य असते.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. +#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note +#. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages? +#. Example: +#. "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\"<br>(available only in english):</p>" +#. or: +#. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 +msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>" +msgstr "<p>\"%1\" अट्रीब्युशनचे वर्णन:<br></p>" + +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 +msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" +msgstr "\"%1\" ऍ़ट्रीब्युटची किंमती" + +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 +msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" +msgstr "\"%1\" ऍ़ट्रीब्युटची किंमती" + +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 +msgid "&Add Value" +msgstr "किंमत मिळवा" + +#. menubutton item (default value) +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 +msgid "&Empty Entry" +msgstr "रिकामी नोंद" + +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "संचारसाधन" + +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 +msgid "" +"The value '%1' already exists.\n" +"Please select another one." +msgstr "" +"किंमत आधीच '%1' अस्तित्वात आहे.\n" +"कृपया दुसरे एखादे निवडा." + +#. description of configuration object +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 +msgid "Configuration of user management tools" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांच्या व्यवस्थापन साधनांची संरचना" + +#. description of configuration object +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 +msgid "Configuration of group management tools" +msgstr "गटाच्या व्यवस्थापन साधनांची संरचना" + +#. label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 +msgid "Object Class of New Module" +msgstr "नवीन मॉड्युलची ऑब्जेक्ट क्लास" + +#. textentry label, do not translate "cn" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 +msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" +msgstr "नवीन मॉड्यूलचे नाव (\"cn\" किंमत)" + +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 +msgid "" +"The entered value already exists.\n" +"Select another one.\n" +msgstr "" +"भरलेली किंमत आधीच अस्तित्वात आहे.\n" +"दुसरी किंमत निवडा.\n" + +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 +msgid "Enter the module name." +msgstr "मॉड्यूलनाव भरा." + +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" +"the new object is created.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>याठिकाणी चालू टेम्प्लेट वापरुन ऑब्जेक्टच्या मालकीच्या\n" +"अट्रिब्यूट्सची मूल्ये सेट करा. अशी मूल्ये जेव्हानवीन ऑब्जेक्ट निर्माण केले जाते\n" +"तेव्हा वापरली जातात.</p>\n" + +#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" +#. _("<p>The list of attributes provided in <b>Attribute Name</b> is the +#. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\" +#. entry of the current template.</p> +#. ") + +#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 +msgid "" +"<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n" +"with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" +"as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>सध्याच्या वरुन अट्रिब्यूट मूल्ये निर्माण करण्यासाठी\n" +"आपण विशेष वाक्यरचना वापरु शकता.<i>%attr_name</i>च्या जागीअट्रिब्यूटचे \n" +"मूल्ये\"attr_name\" घातले जाईल (उदाहरणार्थ, \"/home/% चे मूल्ये म्हणून\"\n" +"वापरा\"homeDirectory\").</p>\n" + +#. combobox label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 +msgid "Attribute &Name" +msgstr "अट्रीब्युट नाव" + +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 +msgid "Attribute &Value" +msgstr "अट्रीब्युट किंमत" + +#. general help text for LDAP browser +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 +msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for LDAP browser +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 +msgid "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 +msgid "" +"There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" +"Discard these changes?\n" +msgstr "" +"सध्याच्या एन्ट्रीमध्ये न साठविलेले बदल आहेत.\n" +"हे बदल रद्द करायचे का?\n" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 +msgid "LDAP Browser" +msgstr "LDAP संचारसाधन" + +#. combobox item +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 +msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box label +#. combo box label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 +msgid "LDAP Connections" +msgstr "" + +#. textentry label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 +msgid "LDAP Server" +msgstr "LDAP सेवा संगणक" + +#. textentry label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 +msgid "Administrator DN" +msgstr "व्यवस्थापक DN" + +#. check box label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 +msgid "L&DAP TLS" +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 +msgid "A&nonymous Access" +msgstr "" + +#. InputField label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 +msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 +msgid "" +"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" +"Enter a value." +msgstr "" +"\"%1\" ऍ़ट्रीब्युट मॅन्डेटरी आहे.\n" +"किंमती भरा." + +#. button label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 +msgid "&Reload" +msgstr "पुन्हा भरा" + +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 +msgid "Attribute" +msgstr "गुणधर्म" + +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "मूल्य" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/live-installer.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/live-installer.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/live-installer.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,406 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. initialize package manager first +#. Called backwards +#: src/clients/inst_live_add_base_repo.rb:49 +#: src/clients/inst_live_sw_select.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Software Installation" +msgstr "पायाभूत स्थापना" + +#. Progress::New( +#. // Headline for last dialog of base installation: Install LILO etc. +#. _("Copying the Live Image to Hard Disk"), +#. "", // Initial progress bar label - not empty (reserve space!) +#. 100, +#. [ _("Evaluate filesystems to copy"), _("Copy root filesystem"), _("Copy additional filesystems") ], +#. [], +#. ""); +#. +#. Wizard::DisableBackButton (); +#. Wizard::DisableNextButton (); +#. +#. Progress::NextStage (); +#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy...")); +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..." +msgstr "मूळ विभाजक वापरून बघितला जात आहे कृपया काही सेकंद थांबा..." + +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copying root filesystem..." +msgstr "फाईल यंत्रणा तपासली जात आहे..." + +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copying live image..." +msgstr "पॅकेजेसच्या प्रती काढत आहे..." + +#. Copy all the symlinks as needed +#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copying %1..." +msgstr "नक्कल प्रत बनवत आहे..." + +#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222 +msgid "" +"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n" +"\n" +"You have run out of disk space. Choose\n" +"a bigger disk partition for the installation\n" +"of the live system." +msgstr "" + +#. generic error report +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250 +msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211 +msgid "Installation Settings" +msgstr "रचना संस्थापन" + +#. label +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Analyzing the system..." +msgstr "तुमची यंत्रणा तपासली जात आहे..." + +#. partitioning summary +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111 +msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not use disk %1" +msgstr "NIS वापरू नका" + +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127 +msgid "Partitioning" +msgstr "विभाजन चालू" + +#. end of partitioning summary +#. bootloader summary +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143 +#, fuzzy +msgid "System start-up" +msgstr "प्रणालीचा बॅकअप" + +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150 +msgid "Boot only Linux" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158 +msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" +msgstr "" + +#. end of bootloader summary +#. keyboard entry +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167 +msgid "Keyboard" +msgstr "कळफलक" + +#. end of keyboard entry +#. timezone entry +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177 +msgid "Time Zone" +msgstr "वेळ विभाग" + +#. end of timezone entry +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change Installation Settings" +msgstr "रचना संस्थापन" + +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"प्रदर्शित मूल्यांच्या सहाय्याने नवीन स्तापना <b>Accept</b> वापरा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To change the values, click the respective headline\n" +"or select <b>Change Installation Settings</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"संबंधित शीर्षकरेषेवर क्लिक \n" +"करुन किंवा <b>Change...</b> मेन्यू वापरुन मूल्ये बदला.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"कोणत्याही पद्धतीने तुमची हार्डडिस्क सुधारलेली नाही, तेव्हा तुम्ही सुरक्षितपणे बाहेर पडा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/clients/inst_live_welcome.rb:37 +msgid "" +"<p>Welcome to the &product; installation.\n" +"Press <b>Next</p> to run the installation wizard.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption, %1 is product name (typically openSUSE) +#: src/clients/inst_live_welcome.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Welcome to %1 installation" +msgstr "स्थापना करा" + +#. wellcome label, %1 is product name +#: src/clients/inst_live_welcome.rb:47 +msgid "" +"Your %1 will be installed quickly\n" +"and easily in a few steps.\n" +"You will only have to answer some questions." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/live-installer.rb:53 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "ह्या मॉड्यूलकरता वापरकर्ता पडदा अनुपलब्ध आहे." + +#. pop-up, %1 is memory size, currently hardcoded "1 GB" +#: src/clients/live-installer.rb:78 +msgid "" +"Your computer has less than %1 of memory. This may not be\n" +"sufficient for the live installation, especially when installing\n" +"while running other applications.\n" +"Before continuing, close all running applications.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. continue/cancel pop-up +#: src/clients/live-installer.rb:121 +msgid "" +"YaST detected a mounted removable media. YaST cannot install\n" +"the system on mounted media.\n" +"Unmount the media to install the system on it.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/clients/live-installer.rb:157 +msgid "" +"openSUSE installer detected DMRAID array.\n" +"It is not supported by the openSUSE live installer.\n" +"Continuing the installation may cause data loss." +msgstr "" + +#. popup dialog, text followed by 'Reboot Now' and 'Reboot Later' buttons +#: src/clients/live-installer.rb:218 +msgid "" +"The computer needs to be rebooted without the Live CD in the\n" +"drive to finish the installation. Either YaST can reboot\n" +"now or you can reboot any time later.\n" +"\n" +"Note that the Live CD is not ejected, you can either eject\n" +"it after the Live system shuts down or select \"Hard Disk\"\n" +"in the boot menu of the Live CD." +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/live-installer.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reboot &Now" +msgstr "रीबूट करा" + +#: src/clients/live-installer.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reboot &Later" +msgstr "रीबूट करा" + +#. error report +#: src/clients/live-installer.rb:246 +msgid "" +"Failed to restart the computer.\n" +"Reboot it manually. You may even need to push the\n" +"'Reset' button to restart it." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76 +msgid "Copying files to installed system..." +msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर फाईल्स प्रतिकृत होत आहेत..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/live_runme_at_boot_finish.rb:70 +msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..." +msgstr "यास्ट संरचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/live_save_config_finish.rb:70 +msgid "Saving language..." +msgstr "भाषा संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/live_save_config_finish.rb:75 +msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." +msgstr "किबोर्ड संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/live_save_config_finish.rb:80 +msgid "Saving time zone..." +msgstr "वेळ विभाग संग्रहीत करा..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installation settings" +#~ msgstr "रचना संस्थापन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Preparing disks..." +#~ msgstr "हार्डडिस्क तपासा..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Copying Image..." +#~ msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Copy root filesystem" +#~ msgstr "ग्लोबल रुट फाईलप्रणाली निश्चित करा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Copy additional filesystems" +#~ msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर फाईल्स प्रतिकृत करा." + +#~ msgid "Finished." +#~ msgstr "संपली." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" +#~ "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n" +#~ "\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>अभिनंदन!</b></p>\n" +#~ "<p>आपल्या मशीनवर ओपनSUSE ची स्थापना पूर्ण झाली\n" +#~ "<b>Finish</b>वर क्लिक केल्यानंतर, आपण प्रणालीवर लॉग इन करु शकाल</p>\n" +#~ "<p>आम्हाला %1 या ठिकाणी भेटा</p>\n" +#~ "<p>खूप मजा करा!<br>आपला SUSE विकास गट</p>\n" +#~ "\t" + +#~ msgid "Copy files to installed system" +#~ msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर फाईल्स प्रतिकृत करा." + +#~ msgid "Save configuration" +#~ msgstr "संरचना संचित करा" + +#~ msgid "Install boot manager" +#~ msgstr "बूट प्रंबधक स्थापन करा" + +#~ msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" +#~ msgstr "प्राथमिक बूटसाठी यंत्रणा तयार करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Live Installation Settings" +#~ msgstr "रचना संस्थापन" + +#~ msgid "Installation" +#~ msgstr "संस्थापन" + +#~ msgid "Welcome" +#~ msgstr " सुस्वागतम्" + +#~ msgid "License Agreement" +#~ msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र" + +#~ msgid "Perform Installation" +#~ msgstr "स्थापना करा" + +#~ msgid "Configuration" +#~ msgstr "संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "मूळ परवलीशब्द" + +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्ते" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Registration" +#~ msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "ऑनलाईन सुधारणा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Copy files to installed system\"" +#~ msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर फाईल्स प्रतिकृत करा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Install boot manager\"" +#~ msgstr "बूट प्रंबधक स्थापन करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Prepare system for initial boot\"" +#~ msgstr "प्राथमिक बूटसाठी यंत्रणा तयार करा" + +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "जाल" + +#~ msgid "Network Configuration" +#~ msgstr "जाळे संरचना" + +#~ msgid "Hardware Configuration" +#~ msgstr "हार्डवेअर संरचना" + +#~ msgid "Installation Summary" +#~ msgstr "सारांश संस्थापन" + +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configure Software Management" +#~ msgstr "संदर्भ संरचना करा" + +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "स्वच्छता" + +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/mail.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/mail.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/mail.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,1906 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" + +#. Command line help text for the mail module +#: src/clients/mail.rb:60 +msgid "Configuration of mail" +msgstr "मेलची संरचना" + +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/mail.rb:73 +msgid "Mail configuration summary" +msgstr "मेल संरचना सारांश" + +#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! +#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30 +msgid "" +"<P><B><BIG>Initializing mail</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"Please wait...\n" +"<BR></P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P><B><BIG>पत्र कार्यान्वयन करत आहे</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"कृपया वाट पाहा...\n" +"<BR></P>\n" + +#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<P><B><BIG>Aborting the initialization:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B>\n" +"now.\n" +"</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P><B><BIG>इनिशियलायझेशन अबोर्ट करा:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"<B>Abort</B> दाबून सुरक्षितपणे कोंफिगरेशन युटिलिटि अबोर्ट करा \n" +"आता.\n" +"</P>\n" + +#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! +#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49 +msgid "" +"<P><B><BIG>Saving mail configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"Please wait...\n" +"<BR></P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P><B><BIG>पत्र संग्रहीत करत आहे</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"कृपया वाट पाहा...\n" +"<BR></P>\n" + +#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55 +msgid "" +"<P><B><BIG>Aborting saving:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"Abort saving by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P><B><BIG> अबोर्ट सेविंग:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"<B>Abort</B>दाबून सेविंग अबोर्ट करा.\n" +"एक डायलोग तुम्हाला सुचना करेल की हे करणे सुरक्षित आहे का.\n" + +#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#. do not translate MTA +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67 +msgid "" +"<p>Select the mail system (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n" +"to install.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>मेल सिस्टिम सिलेक्ट करा (मेल ट्रान्सफर एजंट, एमटिए)\n" +"इन्स्टोल करा.</p>" + +#. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>How are you connected to the Internet? With a dial-up connection,\n" +"mails will not be sent immediately but rather after invoking\n" +"<b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>तुम्ही इन्टरनेट्ला कनेक्ट आहात का? डायल-अप कनेक्शनने,\n" +"मेल्स लगेच पाठवले जाणार नाहीत इन्वोकिंग नन्तर\n" +"<b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 +msgid "" +"<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>येथे प्रत्येक युजरसाठी सेन्डरच्या एड्रेसचे पुनर्लेखन दर्शवा.</p>\n" + +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" +"simply leave these fields empty.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>काही सर्वरना मेल पाठवण्यासाठी ओथेंटिकेशन करावे लागते. येथे तुम्ही ह्या\n" +"विकल्पासाठी माहिती देवू शकता. जर तुम्हाला ओथेंटिकेशन करायचे नसेल तर,\n" +"हे रकाने रिकामे सोडा.</p>\n" + +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>आउटगोइंग मेल सर्वर हा साधारणपणे डायल-अप कनेक्शन साठी वापरतात.\n" +"इन्टरनेट सर्विस प्रोवाइडर चा एसएमटिपि सर्वर एन्टर करा, उदा.<b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" + +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>ह्या<b>प्रयोक्त्याचे नाव</b> रकान्या मध्ये,तुमच्या प्रोवाइडरने दिलेले प्रयोक्त्याचे नाव एन्टर करा.</p>\n" + +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>Enter your password in the <b>Password</b> field.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p> तुमचा पासवर्ड <b>पासवर्ड</b> रकान्यात एन्टर करा.</p>\n" + +#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>Note: For simplicity, only one server is displayed in this dialog,\n" +"although there may be more of them in your configuration file.\n" +"They will not be lost.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>सुचना: साधेपणासाठी, ह्या डायलोग मधे फक्त एक सर्वर दाखवला आहे,\n" +"जरी तूमच्या कोन्फिगरेशन फाइल मध्ये जास्त असू शकतात.\n" +"ते हरवणार नाहीत.</p>\n" + +#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>These are parameters for downloading mail from\n" +"a POP or an IMAP server using <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>हे <b>फेचमेल</b>वापरून पिओपि किंवा आइएमएपि सर्वर वरुन \n" +"मेल डाउनलोड करण्याचे पेरामिटर्स आहेत\n" + +#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" +"Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" +"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>हे टेबल मेलला लोकली रिडायरेक्ट करते.\n" +"दुसरया युजरकडे रिडायरेक्ट करा (सिस्टिम अकाउंट्स साठी उपयुक्त,\n" +"खासकरून <b>रूट</b>)साठी, रिमोट एड्रेसकडे किंवा यादीमधिल एड्रेसेसकडे.</p>\n" + +#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>See the aliases(5) manual page\n" +"for a description of advanced features.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p> एलियासेस(५)मेन्यूअल पान पहा\n" +"एडव्हान्सड फिचर्सच्या वर्णनासाठी.</p>\n" + +#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>This table redirects incoming mail. Unlike the alias table,\n" +"it also considers the domain\n" +"part of the address.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p> हे कोष्टक येणा-या मेल रिडायरेक्ट करते. \n" +"एलियास टेबलच्या उलट,हे डोमेनला सुद्धा \n" +"एड्रेसचा भाग मानते.</p>\n" + +#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>It allows hosting multiple \"virtual domains\"\n" +"on a single machine.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>हे अनेक \"व्हरच्युअल डोमिन्स \" \n" +"एका मशीनवर होस्ट करण्याची परवानगी देते.</p>\n" + +#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog +#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The setting %1 is turned off. You have\n" +"probably modified the configuration files directly.\n" +"If you continue, it will be turned on and\n" +"Config Postfix will overwrite manual changes.\n" +msgstr "" +"%१ सेटिंग बंद झाले आहे. तुम्ही प्रत्यक्ष \n" +"आकृतीबंध फाईल्समध्ये बदल केला आहे.\n" +"जर तुम्ही पूढे गेलात,तर ते चालू होईल व \n" +"एसयुएसई आकृतीबंध मेन्युअल बदल ओवरराईट करेल.\n" + +#. After text freeze, but +#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know +#. b) user installed a different MTA -> knowledgeable enough to +#. ba) never see this message anyway +#. bb) read English +#. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"YaST can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" +"but neither of them is installed." +msgstr "" +"YaST2 फक्त पोस्ट फीक्स व सेंडमेल कॉनफिग्युरेशन करु शकते,\n" +"पण हयातील काहीच स्थापित नाही." + +#. not to be displayed, #37554. +#. but ProbePackages still has to be called. +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157 +msgid "The configuration will be written now.\n" +msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन आता लिहिले जाईल.\n" + +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix +#. Translators: frame label +#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:204 src/include/mail/ui.rb:208 +msgid "Mail transfer agent" +msgstr "मेल ट्रान्सपर एजंट" + +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279 +msgid "General Settings" +msgstr "साधारण जुळणी" + +#. Translators: frame label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282 +msgid "Connection type" +msgstr "जोडणी प्रकार" + +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:290 +msgid "&Permanent" +msgstr "कायमचे" + +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:294 +msgid "&Dial-up" +msgstr "डायल-अप" + +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:299 +msgid "No &connection" +msgstr "जोडणी नाही" + +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Postfix Daemon" +msgid "Do not start Postfix as Daemon" +msgstr "पोस्टफिक्स डिमन" + +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. frame label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419 +msgid "Outgoing Mail" +msgstr "जाणीरी पत्र" + +#. TLS +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +msgid "TLS encryption" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +msgid "No" +msgstr "नाही" + +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use" +msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता" + +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 +msgid "Enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410 +msgid "&Masquerading" +msgstr "मास्करेडींग" + +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411 +msgid "&Authentication" +msgstr "विश्वासनियता निर्धारण" + +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476 +msgid "Incoming Mail" +msgstr "येणारी पत्र" + +#. pushbutton +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516 +msgid "&Details..." +msgstr "&तपशील..." + +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start &fetchmail" +msgstr "शोध सुरू करा" + +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manually" +msgid "manual" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Daemon" +msgid "daemon" +msgstr "पार्श्वभूमीत चालणाऱ्या कार्यक्रम" + +#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 +msgid "&Downloading" +msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे" + +#. menu button: details of incoming mail +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548 +msgid "&Aliases..." +msgstr "आलायसेस..." + +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549 +msgid "&Virtual domains..." +msgstr "व्हर्च्यूअल डोमेन्स..." + +#. popup text +#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) +#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) +#. %3: value (about 50 characters) +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" +"the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" +"\"%3\"." +msgstr "" +"तुमच्या लोकल एमटिएला मेल पोचती करण्यासाठी,\n" +"%१ ची %२ मधील किंमत \n" +"\"%३\"ला सेट केली जाईल." + +#. There is a check whether the information from the UI is +#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only +#. certain characters and must begin with a letter. +#. Already in Translation Memory +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670 +msgid "" +"The user login may contain only\n" +"lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" +"and must begin with a letter or \"_\".\n" +"Please try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"प्रयोक्ता लोगिन मध्ये फक्त लोअर \n" +"केस अक्षर,अंक, \"-\" व \"_\"\n" +"असू शकतात आणि सुरवात अक्षराने किंवा \"_\"ने होते.\n" +"कृपया परत प्रयत्न करा.\n" + +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709 +msgid "Sender address rewriting" +msgstr "पाठवण्याचा पत्ता पुन्हा लिहिला जातोय" + +#. Translators: text entry label +#. Translators: combo box label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717 +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 +msgid "&Local user" +msgstr "स्थानिक वापरकर्ता" + +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722 +msgid "&Display as" +msgstr "याप्रमाणे दाखवा" + +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754 +msgid "The address for this user is already defined." +msgstr "ह्या वापरकर्त्यांसाठीचा पत्ता आधीच दाखविला गेला." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760 +msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." +msgstr "पत्र पत्त्यांची पध्दत चूकीची आहे." + +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785 +msgid "Masquerading" +msgstr "मास्करेडिग" + +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800 +msgid "Masquerade &local domains" +msgstr "स्थानिक डोमेन्स मास्करेड करा" + +#. `HBox ( +#. `HSpacing (2), +#. `TextEntry (`id (`masqdomains), `opt (`disabled), _("That is"), ld) +#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) +#. ), +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813 +msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" +msgstr "इतर डोमेन्स मास्करेड करा" + +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823 +msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" +msgstr "मास्करेड कराययाचे डोमेन्स" + +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153 +msgid "Local user" +msgstr "स्थानिक वापरकर्ता" + +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837 +msgid "Display as" +msgstr "याप्रमाणे दाखवा" + +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight (1, `ComboBox (`id (`user), `opt (`editable), _("Local user"), +#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), +#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly@red.dwarf")) +#. ), +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397 +msgid "A&dd" +msgstr "भरा/मिळवा" + +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398 +msgid "&Edit" +msgstr "संपादन" + +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849 +msgid "Dele&te" +msgstr "काढून टाका" + +#. Translators: error popup +#. Already in Translation Memory +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916 +msgid "The domain name is incorrect" +msgstr "क्षेत्राचे नाव चूकीचे आहे" + +#. string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains); +#. list<string> lmod = []; +#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952 +msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" +msgstr "बाहेर जाणा-या सर्व्हरचे ऑथेन्टीकेशन" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960 +msgid "Outgoing &Server" +msgstr "बाहेर जाणारा सर्व्हर" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962 +msgid "&User name" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव" + +#. password entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&परवली शब्द" + +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119 +msgid "Mail downloading" +msgstr "मेल उतरवले जात आहेत" + +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147 +msgid "Server" +msgstr "Server" + +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149 +msgid "Protocol" +msgstr "शिष्टाचार" + +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151 +msgid "User" +msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता" + +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399 +msgid "De&lete" +msgstr "काढून करा" + +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232 +msgid "Incoming mail redirection" +msgstr "आत येणारे मेल पुर्नु: निर्देशन" + +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234 +msgid "&Alias" +msgstr "अथवा" + +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236 +msgid "&Destinations" +msgstr "स्थळ" + +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269 +msgid "The alias format is incorrect." +msgstr "अलाइस पद्धत चुकीचा आहे." + +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274 +msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." +msgstr "हया आलायसची गंतव्यस्थाने आधीच ठरवली आहेत." + +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. summary item +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366 +msgid "Aliases" +msgstr "दुसरे नाव" + +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389 +msgid "Alias" +msgstr "उर्फ नांव" + +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391 +msgid "Destinations" +msgstr "गंतव्य स्थाने" + +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381 +msgid "Virtual domains" +msgstr "व्हर्च्यूअ डोमेन्स" + +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499 +msgid "Mail configuration" +msgstr "पत्र संरचना" + +#. label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..." + +#. just a template, do not translate +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71 +msgid "." +msgstr "." + +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:79 +msgid "&Outgoing mail server" +msgstr "जाणाऱ्या पत्राचा सेवासंगणक" + +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as\n" +"<b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>आउटगोइंग मेल सर्वर हा साधारणपणे डायल-अप कनेक्शन साठी वापरतात.\n" +"इन्टरनेट सर्विस प्रोवाइडर चा एसएमटिपि सर्वर एन्टर \n" +"करा,उदा.<b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" + +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102 +msgid "Do&main for the 'From' header" +msgstr "'फ्राम' शीर्षकाकरता डोमेन" + +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>You may want the mail you sent to appear as if it originated from\n" +"<b>company.com</b> instead of <b>pc-042.company.com</b>.\n" +"Use the text box provided or a more detailed dialog.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>तुम्हाला तुम्ही पाठवलेले मेल\n" +"<b>pc-042.company.com</b> च्या ऐवजी <b>company.com</b> कडून पाठवल्याचे.\n" +"दर्शवायचे असल्यास दिलेला टेक्स्ट बोक्स किंवा जास्त डिटेल्ड डायलोग वापरा.</p>\n" + +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 +msgid "&Domains for locally delivered mail" +msgstr "स्थानिक पाठवलेल्या मेलकरता डोमेन" + +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>Here, specify the domains for which the mail\n" +"will be delivered locally. If you enter nothing,\n" +"the local host name is assumed.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>येथे ज्यांच्यासाठी मेल लोकली डिलिवर करायची आहेत त्यांचे डोमेन दर्शवा\n" +"जर तुम्ही काही दर्शवले नाही,\n" +"तर लोकल होस्टचे नाव ग्रुहीत धरले जाईल.</p>\n" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142 +msgid "Accept remote &SMTP connections" +msgstr "दूरस्थ SMTP जोडणी स्वीकारा" + +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>Mail can be received directly via the SMTP protocol\n" +"or it can be downloaded from\n" +"a POP or an IMAP server using <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>मेल एसएमटिपि प्रोटोकोल द्वारा मिळू शकते\n" +"किंवा ते <b>फेचमेल</b>वापरून पिओपि किंवा आइएमएपि \n" +"सर्वर वरुन डाउनलोड करू शकतो.</p>" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156 +msgid "&Enable virus scanning (AMaViS)" +msgstr "व्हायरस गाळणी (AMaViS)" + +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<p>Enabling virus scanning checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" +#| "with AMaViS.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" +"with AMaViS.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>वायरस स्केनिंग चेक्स एएमएविआइएस वापरुन इनकमिंग व आउटगोइंग \n" +" मेल एनएबल करा.</p>\n" + +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168 +msgid "" +"<p>Enabling AMaViS will also enable the following modules: </p>\n" +"<p><b>Spamassassin</b> SPAM scanner</p>\n" +"<p><b>DKIM</b> checks Domain Key signed incomming mails</p>\n" +"<p><b>Clamav</b> open source virus scanner engine</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>If AMaViS is not installed and you want to use it, it will be installed\n" +"automatically.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>जर एएमएविआइएस स्थापित केले नसेल आणि तुम्हाला ते वापरायचे आहे,तर ते आपोआप \n" +" स्थापित होईल.</p>\n" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 +msgid "&Enable DKIM signing for outgoing mails." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<p>Enabling virus scanning checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" +#| "with AMaViS.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p><b>Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.</b></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>वायरस स्केनिंग चेक्स एएमएविआइएस वापरुन इनकमिंग व आउटगोइंग \n" +" मेल एनएबल करा.</p>\n" + +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" +"email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" +"the domain key.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>The public key of the domain key needs to be offered by a Domain Name\n" +"Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" +"in <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> and needs to be deployed to an\n" +"according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" +"public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" +"automatically.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 +msgid "&Server" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक" + +#. Translators: combo box label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:234 +msgid "&Protocol" +msgstr "संगणक शिष्टाचार" + +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:243 +msgid "&Remote user name" +msgstr "दूरस्थ वापरकर्ता" + +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255 +msgid "P&assword" +msgstr "परवलीशब्द" + +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282 +msgid "&Forward root's mail to" +msgstr "रुटचे मेल पुढे पाठवा" + +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286 +msgid "" +"<p>It is recommended to have a regular user account\n" +"for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>सिस्टिम एडमिनिस्टरसाठी रेग्युलर युजर अकाउंट असावे व \n" +"रूट चे मेल ह्या अकाउंटला रिडायरेक्ट करावे असे सांगितले जाते.</p>" + +#. Translators: combo box label +#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301 +msgid "&Delivery Mode" +msgstr "पाठवणी मोड" + +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>डिलिवरी मोड</b> हा नेहमी <b>प्रोकमेल</b> असतो, जोपर्यन्त तुम्ही रूटचा मेल फोरवर्ड करत नाही किंवा मेलला आइएमएपि द्वारा एक्सेस करायचे आहे.</p>" + +#. LogView label. take a string from users? +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 +msgid "Reading the &User List" +msgstr "सर्वसाधारण रचना वाचत आहे" + +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 +msgid "Local users" +msgstr "स्थानिक वापरकर्ता" + +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377 +msgid "LDAP users" +msgstr "स्थानिक वापरकर्ता" + +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398 +msgid "NIS users" +msgstr "एनाआइएस युजर्स" + +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:461 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:653 +msgid "The host name is incorrect" +msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव चूकीचे आहे" + +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:701 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:749 +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:779 +msgid "The user name format is incorrect." +msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नावाची पध्दत चूकीचे आहे." + +#. Translators: error popup +#. Validation +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 +msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." +msgstr "रुट मेल पुढे न नेल्यामुळे प्रॉकमेल वापरु शकत नाही." + +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail normally +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:863 +msgid "Directly" +msgstr "सरळ" + +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail through procmail +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:866 +msgid "Through procmail" +msgstr "प्रोकमेल मार्गे" + +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To Cyrus IMAP Server" +msgid "To IMAP Server" +msgstr " Cyrus IMAP सर्व्हरकडे" + +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214 +msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" +msgstr "AMaViS, व्हयरस गाळणी, स्थापित केली जाईल.\n" + +#. error popup. +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228 +msgid "" +"AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" +"to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" +"Configure a scanner manually." +msgstr "" +"एएमएविआइएस ला सिएलएएमएवि सारख्या वायरस स्केनर ची गरज आहे\n" +"प्रत्यक्ष स्केनिंग करण्यासाठी, पण सिएलएएमएवि मिळाला नाही.\n" +"स्केनरला मेन्यूअली कोन्फिगर करा." + +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247 +msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" +msgstr "फेचमेल, एक मेल डाउनलोड करण्याची युटिलिटि इन्स्टोल होइल.\n" + +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cyrus-imapd, an IMAP server, will be installed.\n" +msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" +msgstr "AMaViS, व्हयरस गाळणी, स्थापित केली जाईल.\n" + +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300 +msgid "Initializing mail configuration" +msgstr "मेल संरचना कार्यान्वयन करत आहे" + +#. Translators: progress label +#. do not translate MTA +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309 +msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" +msgstr "मेळ ट्रान्सपोर्ट एजंट (MTA) ठरवताना" + +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +msgid "Reading general settings" +msgstr "सर्वसाधारण रचना वाचत आहे" + +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +msgid "Reading masquerading settings" +msgstr "मसयकोडींग सेंटीग्ज वाचताना" + +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +msgid "Reading downloading settings" +msgstr "उतरवून घेतलेली सेटींग्ज वाचताना" + +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +msgid "Reading alias tables" +msgstr "अलीअस टेबल्स वाचताना" + +#. Translators: progress label +#. smtp-auth +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320 +msgid "Reading authentication settings..." +msgstr "ऑथेन्‍टीकेशन सेटींग्ज लिहिताना चूक..." + +#. Translators: error message, +#. %1 is a file name, +#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" +"a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"फाइल रिड करताना एरर %१. फाइलला \n" +"एक फिक्स फोर्मेट असला पाहिजे जो वायएएसटि२ रिड करु शकेल. तपशीलासाठी साठी पहा\n" +"%२" + +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841 +msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." +msgstr "फेचमेल कॉनफिग्युरेशन लिहिताना चूक" + +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942 +msgid "Error writing file %1" +msgstr "फाईल लिहिताना चूक %1" + +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error running SuSEconfig." +msgid "Error running config.postfix" +msgstr "SuSE कॉनफिग्यु वापरताना." + +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013 +msgid "Error starting service %1." +msgstr "सेवा सुरू करताना चूक %1." + +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032 +msgid "Writing general settings" +msgstr "सर्वसाधारण मांडणी लिहीत आहे" + +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041 +msgid "Writing masquerading settings" +msgstr "मास्केरेडींग सेटींग्ज लिहिताना." + +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049 +msgid "Writing alias tables" +msgstr "अलाईस टेबल्स लिहिताना" + +#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to +#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061 +msgid "Writing downloading settings" +msgstr "उतरवलेली सेंटीग्ज लिहिताना" + +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071 +msgid "Writing authentication settings..." +msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकेशन सेटींग्ज लिहिताना..." + +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" +msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन टेबल्स लिहिणे संपवताना" + +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Routing Configuration" +msgid "Running Config Postfix" +msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन रुटींग" + +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098 +msgid "Restarting services" +msgstr "सेवा परत सुरू करत आहे" + +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105 +msgid "Saving mail configuration" +msgstr "मेल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "इतर" + +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307 +msgid "Permanent" +msgstr "कायमचे" + +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310 +msgid "Dial-up" +msgstr "डायल-अप" + +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313 +msgid "None" +msgstr "कोणी नाही" + +#. summary header; mail transfer agent +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319 +msgid "MTA" +msgstr "MTA" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322 +msgid "Connection Type" +msgstr "जुळणी प्रकार..." + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" +msgstr "बाहेर जाणारा मेल सर्व्हर" + +#. summary header; the "From: foo@bar.com" mail header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333 +msgid "From Header" +msgstr "शीर्षकावरुन" + +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339 +msgid "Local Domains" +msgstr "स्थानिक क्षेत्र" + +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344 +msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" +msgstr "इतर डोमेन्ट मास्करेड करा" + +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349 +msgid "Masquerade Users" +msgstr "युजर्स मास्करेड करा" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352 +msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" +msgstr "दुर्गम SMTP संपर्क स्वीकारा" + +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "हो" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355 +msgid "Use AMaViS" +msgstr "AMaViS वापरा" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use NIS" +msgid "Use DKIM" +msgstr "NIS वापरा" + +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +msgid "Fetchmail" +msgstr "फेचमेल" + +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374 +msgid "Virtual Users" +msgstr "व्हर्च्यूहल युजर्स" + +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuration of mail server" +#~ msgstr "मेलची संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "This will corrupt your current configuration." +#~ msgstr "तुम्हाला तुमची संरचना रद्द करायची आहे का?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "You have not installed all needed packages." +#~ msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेज स्थापित करू शकत नाही." + +#~ msgid "Mail Server" +#~ msgstr "पत्र सेवा संगणक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Mail Server" +#~ msgstr "पत्र सेवा संगणक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mail Server Configuration" +#~ msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Set Up the Mail Server Configuration" +#~ msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<P><B>Mail Server Configuration</B><BR>" +#~ msgstr "<P><B>पार्श्वभूमित चालणाऱ्या कार्यक्रमांची संरचना</B></P>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mail server is not configured." +#~ msgstr "हे मुद्रणयंत्र संरचीत नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Standard" +#~ msgstr "टिव्ही मानक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Advanced" +#~ msgstr "प्रगत" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "You have to select a configuration type" +#~ msgstr "संरचनेचा प्रकार वाचा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Set up the mail server" +#~ msgstr "पत्र सेवा संगणक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Read needed packages" +#~ msgstr "शिफारस करण्यात आलेली पॅकेजस" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Read LDAP settings" +#~ msgstr "LDAP मांडणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Choose LDAP and CA settings" +#~ msgstr "LDAP मांडणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configure LDAP server and CA management" +#~ msgstr "सुपर युझरचे वातावरण कॉनफिग्युअर करत आहेत..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading packages..." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज फाईल्स वाचली जात आहेत..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading LDAP settings..." +#~ msgstr "NTP मांडणी वाचत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Choosing LDAP and CA settings..." +#~ msgstr "PAM मांडणी लिहीत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuring LDAP server and CA management..." +#~ msgstr "सुपर युझरचे वातावरण कॉनफिग्युअर करत आहेत..." + +#~ msgid "Finished" +#~ msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Create certificates." +#~ msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र वाचा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Set up a local LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "पत्र सेवा संगणक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configure dedicated LDAP server." +#~ msgstr "पुरवणारे संरचीत केले:" + +#~ msgid "Really abort the writing process?" +#~ msgstr "लिहिण्याच्या प्रक्रियेतून करच बाहेर पडायचे?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid " The LDAP configuration starts now." +#~ msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन आता लिहिले जाईल.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Do Not Use TLS" +#~ msgstr "LDAP वापरू नका" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Use TLS If Possible" +#~ msgstr "शक्य असल्यास त्रिमीती पाठबळ उपलब्ध करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Relay Host Requires Authentication" +#~ msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Host Name or IP" +#~ msgstr "यजमान नाव" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Account" +#~ msgstr "FTP खाते" + +#~ msgid "Password" +#~ msgstr "गुप्तशब्द" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Confirm Password" +#~ msgstr "परवलीश्बद कायम करा" + +#~ msgid "Server Identification" +#~ msgstr "सेवासंगणक ओळख" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mail Size" +#~ msgstr "पत्र सेवा संगणक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Maximum Mail Size" +#~ msgstr "जास्तीत जास्त ब्राड रेट" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Outgoing Mails" +#~ msgstr "जाणीरी पत्र" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No Outgoing Mail" +#~ msgstr "जाणीरी पत्र" + +#~ msgid "Security" +#~ msgstr "सुरक्षा" + +#~ msgid "Destination" +#~ msgstr "इष्टस्थळ" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "With Subdomains" +#~ msgstr "इतर क्षेत्र" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Server Requires Authentication" +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्ता ओळखण्याची रीत" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "TLS Mode:" +#~ msgstr "मजकूर अवस्था" + +#~ msgid "Cancel" +#~ msgstr "रद्द करा" + +#~ msgid "OK" +#~ msgstr "ठीक आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The destination is invalid." +#~ msgstr "लक्ष्य अवैध आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The server is invalid." +#~ msgstr "KDC सेवासंगणकाचा पत्ता अवैध आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The passwords are not identical." +#~ msgstr "परवली शब्द हा रिक्त असता कामा नये." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Defined Mail Transport Route" +#~ msgstr "मेळ ट्रान्सपोर्ट एजंट (MTA) ठरवताना" + +#~ msgid "Add" +#~ msgstr "जोडा" + +#~ msgid "Change" +#~ msgstr "बदल" + +#~ msgid "Delete" +#~ msgstr "हटवा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configure Spam Learning Extension" +#~ msgstr "आता मेल संरचना करायची?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Basic Settings:" +#~ msgstr "IrDA मूळ मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Off" +#~ msgstr "बंद" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Medium" +#~ msgstr "माध्यम" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Hard" +#~ msgstr "हार्डवेअर" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configured RBL Server" +#~ msgstr "पुरवणारे संरचीत केले:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Sender Restrictions" +#~ msgstr "बंधने" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Sender Address" +#~ msgstr "सेवा संगणक पत्ता" + +#~ msgid "Action" +#~ msgstr "कार्य" + +#~ msgid "Option" +#~ msgstr "पर्याय" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Add New RBL Server" +#~ msgstr "नविन सेवा प्रवेश जोडा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Add New Sender Restriction" +#~ msgstr "नवीन विभाग मिळवा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Require SASL Authentication" +#~ msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Use TLS" +#~ msgstr "NIS वापरा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Use TLS Only for SASL Authentication" +#~ msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Trusted Local Networks" +#~ msgstr "स्थानिक जाळे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "New Network" +#~ msgstr "जाल" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cyrus IMAP Settings" +#~ msgstr "IrDA मूळ मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Enabled" +#~ msgstr "Enabled" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Default Mailbox Size (KB)" +#~ msgstr "प्रथम पसंतीची किंमत:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "POP Idle Time (Min)" +#~ msgstr "रिकामा वेळ संपला (सेंकद)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Hard Quota Limit" +#~ msgstr "बॉड रेट लिमिट" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Settings for File System Delivery" +#~ msgstr "विभाजने आणि फाईल यंत्रणा" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "प्रकार" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repository" +#~ msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mailbox Size" +#~ msgstr "ठरविलेला आकार" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Settings for Procmail" +#~ msgstr "ध्वनीकार्डाची मांडणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "There are no settings for procmail." +#~ msgstr "ह्या मॉड्यूलसाठी कोणतेही पर्याय नाहीत" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Local Delivery Type" +#~ msgstr "स्थानिक संचिका" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cyrus IMAP" +#~ msgstr " Cyrus IMAP सर्व्हरकडे" + +#~ msgid "File System" +#~ msgstr "सिस्टम" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No Local Delivery" +#~ msgstr "स्थानिक संचिका" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "There is no local mail delivery defined." +#~ msgstr "हा डोमेन आधीच ठरवण्यात आला आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Fetching Interval" +#~ msgstr "CRL तपासायचा कालावधी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Min" +#~ msgstr "मिनीट्स" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Fetch Mail by Connecting to Internet" +#~ msgstr "महाजालाला जोडत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Choose the Internet interface." +#~ msgstr "<p> ह्या इन्टरफेससाठी <b>पोर्ट नंबर</b> निवडा.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Local User" +#~ msgstr "स्थानिक वापरकर्ता" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Add New Fetchmail Job" +#~ msgstr "फेचमेल" + +#~ msgid "Server Address" +#~ msgstr "सेवा संगणक पत्ता" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Remote User" +#~ msgstr "& रिमोट सिस्टिम " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The passwords do not match.\n" +#~ "Try again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "परवलीशब्द जुळत नाहीत.\n" +#~ "पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Defined Domains" +#~ msgstr "साधारण क्षेत्र" + +#~ msgid "Domain" +#~ msgstr "क्षेत्र" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configure Mail Domains" +#~ msgstr "आता मेल संरचना करायची?" + +#~ msgid "Name" +#~ msgstr "नाव" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mail Server Global Settings" +#~ msgstr "तज्ञ जागतिक मांडणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mail Server Transport Configuration" +#~ msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mail Server SPAM Basic Prevention Configuration" +#~ msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mail Server Relaying Configuration" +#~ msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mail Server Local Delivery Configuration" +#~ msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mail Server Mail Fetching Configuration" +#~ msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mail Server Local Domain Configuration" +#~ msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Set Up Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>सांबा सेवासंगणक संरचना संग्रहीत करीत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "कृपया वाट पहा...<br></p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><मोठे>सांबा सर्व्हर कॉनफिग्युरेशेन सुरु करत आहेत</b><br>\n" +#~ "कृपया थांबा...<br></p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>प्रारंभ निष्फळ करत आहेः</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "आता <b>Abort</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध उपयोगिता सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>सांबा सेवासंगणक संरचना संग्रहीत करीत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "कृपया वाट पहा...<br></p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +#~ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big> जतनाचे कार्य निष्फळ करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "<b>Abort</b> दाबून जतनाची प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करा.\n" +#~ "अतिरिक्त डायलॉग आपणास असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही ते सांगतो.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Server Identification:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "This is the SMTP server's greeting banner.</b>.\n" +#~ "<br></p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>सांबा सेवासंगणक संरचना संग्रहीत करीत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "कृपया वाट पहा...<br></p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Outgoing Mails:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Set the transport type for outgoing mails.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big> सेवा संपादित करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ " संपादित करण्याची सेवा निवडा व<b>Edit</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Manage Mail Routing</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Add or modify mail transport routes.\n" +#~ "<br></p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>xinetd आकृतीबंध जतन करत आहे </big></b><br>\n" +#~ " कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The server uses &TLS." +#~ msgstr "KDC सेवासंगणकाचा पत्ता अवैध आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Global Settings" +#~ msgstr "पुसलेले लोकाल सेटींग्ज" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Local Delivery" +#~ msgstr "स्थानिक संचिका" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mail Transports" +#~ msgstr "मेल ट्रान्सपर एजंट" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Fetching Mail" +#~ msgstr "फेचमेल" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mailserver Domains" +#~ msgstr "इतर डोमेन्ट मास्करेड करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading the Mail Server Settings" +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Read mail server global settings" +#~ msgstr "सांबा सुविधा मांडणी वाचा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Read mail server prevention settings" +#~ msgstr "आधीची सेटिंग्ज वाचा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Read mail server relaying settings" +#~ msgstr "मसयकोडींग सेंटीग्ज वाचताना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Read mail server local delivery settings" +#~ msgstr "सांबा सुविधा मांडणी वाचा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading mail server global settings..." +#~ msgstr "सांबा सुविधा मांडणी वाचत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading mail server transports..." +#~ msgstr "सांबा गुप्त माहिती वाचत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading mail server prevention settings..." +#~ msgstr "आधीची सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading mail server relaying settings..." +#~ msgstr "सांबा सुविधा मांडणी वाचत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading mail server local delivery settings..." +#~ msgstr "सांबा सुविधा मांडणी वाचत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading mail fetching jobs..." +#~ msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी वाचत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading mail server domains..." +#~ msgstr "सांबा सुविधा मांडणी वाचत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server global settings." +#~ msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी वाचू शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot read mail server transports." +#~ msgstr "संदर्भ वाचले जात आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot read mail server preventions." +#~ msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी वाचू शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server relay settings." +#~ msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी वाचू शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server local delivery settings." +#~ msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी वाचू शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server fetching jobs." +#~ msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी वाचू शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server domains." +#~ msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी वाचू शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +#~ msgstr "सांबा सेवा संगणक संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Write mail server global settings" +#~ msgstr "ग्लोबल मांडणी लिहा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Write mail server local delivery settings" +#~ msgstr "Kerberos ग्राहक रचना लिहा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Write mail server prevention settings" +#~ msgstr "Kerberos ग्राहक रचना लिहा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Write mail server relaying settings" +#~ msgstr "मास्केरेडींग सेटींग्ज लिहिताना." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Write mail fetching jobs" +#~ msgstr "ग्लोबल मांडणी लिहा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Write mail server domains" +#~ msgstr "व्हर्च्यूअ डोमेन्स" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Writing mail server global settings..." +#~ msgstr "जागतिक मांडणी लिहीत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Writing mail server local delivery settings..." +#~ msgstr "केरबेरोस ग्राहक मांडणी लिहीत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Writing mail server transports..." +#~ msgstr "जागतिक मांडणी लिहीत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Writing mail server prevention settings..." +#~ msgstr "केरबेरोस ग्राहक मांडणी लिहीत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Writing mail server relaying settings..." +#~ msgstr "मास्केरेडींग सेटींग्ज लिहिताना." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Writing mail fetching jobs..." +#~ msgstr "जागतिक मांडणी लिहीत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Writing mail server domains..." +#~ msgstr "जागतिक मांडणी लिहीत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server global settings." +#~ msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी लिहीली जाऊ शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server local delivery settings." +#~ msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी लिहीली जाऊ शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot write mail server transports." +#~ msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी लिहीली जाऊ शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot write mail server preventions." +#~ msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी लिहीली जाऊ शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server relay settings." +#~ msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी लिहीली जाऊ शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server fetching jobs." +#~ msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी लिहीली जाऊ शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server domains." +#~ msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी लिहीली जाऊ शकत नाही." + +#~ msgid "Configuration summary ..." +#~ msgstr "आकृतीबंध सारांश ..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Change E-Mail" +#~ msgstr "बदल" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&E-Mail Address:" +#~ msgstr "ई-मेल पत्ता" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Invalid e-mail format." +#~ msgstr "वैध ई-मले पत्ता प्रविष्ट करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user .</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "या डायलॉगमधे, आकृतीबंध झालेले सॉफ्टवेयर कॅटलॉग्ज हाताळा.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Enable IMAP Quota" +#~ msgstr "IrDA कार्यान्वित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mail Settings" +#~ msgstr "मांडणीचा तपशील" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Entry already exists." +#~ msgstr " आधीच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Enable Shared Folder" +#~ msgstr "पडद्यावरील चित्र कार्यान्वत" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mail Settings for the group:" +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्ते व रुटकरता लोकाल सेटींग्ज" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "User Mail Attributes" +#~ msgstr "सांबा गुणविशेशष" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Edit user mail parameters" +#~ msgstr "अतिरिक्त (LDAP) वापरकर्ता घटक " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Edit group mail parameters" +#~ msgstr "अतिरिक्त (LDAP) समूह घटक" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The attribute '%s' is required for this object according\n" +#~ "to its LDAP configuration, but it is currently empty." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "या ऑब्जेक्टसाठी '%s' हे लक्षण त्याच्या LDAP संरचने प्रमाणे\n" +#~ "आवश्यक आहे, पण ते सध्या रिकामे आहे." + +#~ msgid "Running SuSEconfig" +#~ msgstr "SuSE कॉनफिग वापरताना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "E-Mail Server Configuration" +#~ msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mail Server to Configure" +#~ msgstr "कॉनफिग्युअर करण्याकरता प्रोव्हाईडर्स." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mail Server Overview" +#~ msgstr "पत्र सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "Number" +#~ msgstr "नंबर" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" +#~ "a fixed format to be readable by YaST2. For details, see\n" +#~ "%2" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "फाइल रिड करताना एरर %१. फाइलला \n" +#~ "एक फिक्स फोर्मेट असला पाहिजे जो वायएएसटि२ रिड करु शकेल. तपशीलासाठी साठी पहा\n" +#~ "%२" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Choose LDAP/CA settings" +#~ msgstr "LDAP मांडणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Set up/Configure LDAP server and CA management" +#~ msgstr "सुपर युझरचे वातावरण कॉनफिग्युअर करत आहेत..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Choosing LDAP/CA settings..." +#~ msgstr "PAM मांडणी लिहीत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Setting up /Configuring LDAP server and CA management..." +#~ msgstr "सुपर युझरचे वातावरण कॉनफिग्युअर करत आहेत..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "YaST2 can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" +#~ "but neither of them is installed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "YaST2 फक्त पोस्ट फीक्स व सेंडमेल कॉनफिग्युरेशन करु शकते,\n" +#~ "पण हयातील काहीच स्थापित नाही." + +#~ msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>procmail</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>डिलिवरी मोड</b> हा नेहमी <b>प्रोकमेल</b> असतो, जोपर्यन्त तुम्ही रूटचा मेल फोरवर्ड करत नाही किंवा मेलला आइएमएपि द्वारा एक्सेस करायचे आहे.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "This will corrupt your actual configuration." +#~ msgstr "तुम्हाला तुमची संरचना रद्द करायची आहे का?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Now we will start the LDAP configuration." +#~ msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Email Server Configuration" +#~ msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक संरचना" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/multipath.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/multipath.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/multipath.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module +#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuration of multipath" +msgstr "मेलची संरचना" + +#. Multipath summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:56 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Multipath Configuration" +msgstr "मॉड्यूल संरचना" + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do ¬ use Multipath" +msgstr "NIS वापरू नका" + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:77 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Use Multipath" +msgstr "स्वयंचलित &मल्टीपाथ शोधा " + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Blacklist" +msgstr "नंतर आकृतीबंध बनवा" + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 +msgid "Item" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "मूल्य" + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Blacklist Exceptions" +msgstr "Backup पर्याय" + +#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults.. +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:143 +msgid "Defaults" +msgstr "मूळ" + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "साधन" + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 +#, fuzzy +msgid "vendor" +msgstr "पुरवठादार" + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 +#, fuzzy +msgid "product" +msgstr " उत्पादने " + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Multipaths" +msgstr "मल्टिमीडिया" + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +msgid "alias" +msgstr "उर्फ नांव" + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955 +msgid "wwid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure Defaults" +msgstr "संरचित चालक" + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure Devices" +msgstr "संरचना केलेली उपकरणे:" + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:218 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure Blacklist" +msgstr "नंतर आकृतीबंध बनवा" + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure Blacklist Exceptions" +msgstr "संरचना पर्याय" + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:243 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती" + +#. Disable configure tab during installation +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:531 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure" +msgstr "&संरचित करा..." + +#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information +#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Illegal parameters:\n" +msgstr "मॉड्युलचे घटक" + +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Duplicated configuration." +msgstr "माऊस संरचना." + +#. used for store undecided input +#. used for store undecided input +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Show Details" +msgstr "तपशील दाखवा" + +#. do not do with number id +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Illegal parameter:" +msgstr "मॉड्युलचे घटक" + +#. devices section +#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Illegal parameters:" +msgstr "मॉड्युलचे घटक" + +#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value +#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943 +msgid "item" +msgstr "" + +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Duplicated configuration" +msgstr "माऊस संरचना." + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath" +msgstr "'ipsec' बूट लघुलिपी अकार्यान्वित करू शकले नाही:" + +#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use multipath failed:" +msgstr "प्रीलघुलेखन फसले." + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653 +#, fuzzy +msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd." +msgstr "'ipsec' बूट लघुलिपी अकार्यान्वित करू शकले नाही:" + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663 +#, fuzzy +msgid "* Cannot start multipathd." +msgstr "स्वयंचलित &मल्टीपाथ शोधा " + +#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd"); +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not use multipath failed:" +msgstr "NIS वापरू नका" + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689 +#, fuzzy +msgid "* Cannot stop multipath." +msgstr "'ipsec' बूट लघुलिपी अकार्यान्वित करू शकले नाही:" + +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699 +#, fuzzy +msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd." +msgstr "'ipsec' बूट लघुलिपी अकार्यान्वित करू शकले नाही:" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"केडम्प आकृतीबंध सुरु करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>ब्ल्यूटूथ संरचना साठवत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया वाट पहा...<br></p>\n" + +#. dialog help for Status help +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Multipath Status</big></b><br>\n" +"\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information.<br><br>\n" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big></b><br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped.<br><br>\n" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<b><big>Configure Multipath</big></b><br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog help for Configure tab +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools default settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices settings.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br><br></p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Defaults Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Blacklist Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Devices Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. +#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. +#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. +#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 +msgid "should be a decimal integer" +msgstr "" + +#. replacewidget_notify = true; +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 +#, fuzzy +msgid "illegal value" +msgstr "किंमत सेट करा" + +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 +msgid "should be greater than 0" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 +msgid "invalid decimal integer" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 +#, fuzzy +msgid "should not be empty" +msgstr "पोर्ट फिल्ड रिक्त नसावे" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:72 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." + +#. prepare for loading built-in configurations +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot read multipath section in multipath configuration." +msgstr "आकृतीबंध वाचू शकत नाही" + +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot read defaults section in multipath configuration." +msgstr "आकृतीबंध वाचू शकत नाही" + +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot read blacklist section in multipath configuration." +msgstr "आकृतीबंध वाचू शकत नाही" + +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration." +msgstr "आकृतीबंध वाचू शकत नाही" + +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration." +msgstr "आकृतीबंध वाचू शकत नाही" + +#. Multipath read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing Multipath Configuration" +msgstr "इनऐटेड कॉनफिग्युरेशन सुरु होत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read configurations" +msgstr "संरचना वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read service status" +msgstr "सांबा सुविधा मांडणी वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:163 +msgid "Detect the devices" +msgstr "वस्तू निश्चित करत आहे" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:167 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading the configurations..." +msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:169 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading the service status..." +msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:171 +msgid "Detecting the devices..." +msgstr "वस्तू निश्चित करत आहे..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:173 src/modules/Multipath.rb:274 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. BNC #418703 +#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible) +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186 +msgid "Cannot install required packages." +msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेज स्थापित करू शकत नाही." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233 +msgid "Cannot detect devices." +msgstr "डिव्हायसेस ओळखू शकत नाही." + +#. Multipath read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving Multipath Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:264 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restart multipathd" +msgstr "स्वयंचलित &मल्टीपाथ शोधा " + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restarting multipathd..." +msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करत आहे..." + +#. write settings +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Can not write settings." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही." + +#. restart multipathd +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restarting multipathd failed." +msgstr "प्रीलघुलेखन फसले." + +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server Identification" +msgid "Ignore your modification?" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक ओळख" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath." +#~ msgstr "'ipsec' बूट लघुलिपी अकार्यान्वित करू शकले नाही:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath." +#~ msgstr "'ipsec' बूट लघुलिपी अकार्यान्वित करू शकले नाही:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot install required packages" +#~ msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेज स्थापित करू शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Duplicated configuraton" +#~ msgstr "कळपट संरचना." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "illgal value" +#~ msgstr "नवीन भाषेची किंमत" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ncurses-pkg.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ncurses-pkg.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ncurses-pkg.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,1731 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" + +#. headline of package versions popup +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Package Versions" +msgstr "पॅकेजची वर्णने" + +#. text above of list of all package versions +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "List all available languages." +msgid "List of all available package versions:" +msgstr "उपलब्ध सर्व भाषांची यादी." + +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Packages with Status" +msgstr "स्थितीसह पॅकेजेस दाखवा" + +#. headline - packages with automatic status change +#. headline of a popup with packages +#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 +msgid "Automatic Changes" +msgstr "आपोआप बदल" + +#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous) +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596 +msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following" +msgstr "हाती केलेल्या निवडीबरोबरच, खालील" + +#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes +#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603 +msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "पॅकेजेस अवलंबीता सोडविण्याकरिता बदलण्यात आलेली आहेत:" + +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Continue anyway" +msgstr "कसेही पुढे चालू ठेवा" + +#. headline of a popup showing the package license +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502 +#, fuzzy +msgid "End User License Agreement" +msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र" + +#. label text - keep it short +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691 +msgid "Filter: " +msgstr "चाळणी: " + +#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary) +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698 +msgid "Total Download Size: " +msgstr "एकूण उतरविण्याची आकार: " + +#. Help button +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "&मदत" + +#. add the Cancel button +#. begin: the label of the Cancel button +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&रद्द करा" + +#. add the OK button +#. the label of an Accept button +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 +msgid "&Accept" +msgstr "&स्वीकारा" + +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747 +#, fuzzy +msgid "C&onfiguration" +msgstr "संरचना" + +#. fill seclection box +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:74 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "सुचवलेला" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:77 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Suggestion" +msgid "Suggested" +msgstr "सूचना" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:80 +msgid "Orphaned" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:83 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unneeded" +msgstr "नवीन ठिगळे" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "हटवा" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:67 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "स्थापित करा" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:69 +msgid "Update" +msgstr "अद्ययावत करा" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:71 +msgid "Taboo" +msgstr "टॅबू" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:73 +msgid "Protected" +msgstr "सुरक्षित" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:75 +msgid "Keep" +msgstr "ठेवा" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:77 +msgid "Do not install" +msgstr " स्थापन करू नका" + +#. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB +#: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 +#, c-format +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> locale" +msgstr "" + +#. the label of the selections +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 +msgid "Patterns" +msgstr "नमुने" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:71 +msgid "Languages" +msgstr "भाषा" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:74 +msgid "RPM Groups" +msgstr "RPM गट" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:77 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "गरज आहे" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:80 +msgid "Search" +msgstr "शोध" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:84 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "सारांश संस्थापन" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:87 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package &Relations" +msgid "Package Classification" +msgstr "पॅकेज संबध" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterPattern.cc:183 +#, fuzzy, c-format +msgid "%d of %d package installed" +msgid_plural "%d of %d packages installed" +msgstr[0] "स्थापित करण्याच्या पॅकेजेसची सूची." +msgstr[1] "स्थापित करण्याच्या पॅकेजेसची सूची." + +#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:196 +msgid "<b>@System</b>: local RPM database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:199 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b>" +msgstr "<b>आवृत्ती: </b>" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:126 +msgid "&Ignore Case" +msgstr "केस दर्लक्षित करा" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Search &Mode" +msgstr "मोड शोधा" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:134 +msgid "Contains" +msgstr "समाविष्ट आहे" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:135 +msgid "Begins with" +msgstr "ने प्रारंभ" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:136 +msgid "Exact Match" +msgstr "अगदी सुयोग्य जोडी" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:137 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use Wildcards" +msgstr "वाईल्ड कार्ड्स वापरा" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:138 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use RegExp" +msgstr "नियमित वर्णन वापरा" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:241 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "शोधत आहे..." + +#. Popup informs the user that the query std::string +#. entered for package search isn't correct +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:262 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error:" +#| msgid_plural "Errors:" +msgid "Query Error:" +msgstr "त्रुटी:" + +#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:275 +#, fuzzy, c-format +msgid "%d packages found" +msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेस मिळाला नाही" + +#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well +#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: +#. begin: Actions menu, toggle the status of a package, e.g. change from installed to delete +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:72 +msgid "&Toggle [SPACE]" +msgstr "टॉगल [जागा]" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:73 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Install [+]" +msgstr "निवडा [+]" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:74 +msgid "&Delete [-]" +msgstr "काढून टाका [-]" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:75 +msgid "&Update [>]" +msgstr "अद्ययावत [>]" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Ta&boo [!]" +msgstr "टॅबो होय [!]" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:77 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Lock [*]" +msgstr "निवडा [+]" + +#. end: Actions menu, set status of all packages (title of a submenu) +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:79 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&All Listed Packages" +msgstr "सर्व यादी केलेली पॅकेजेस" + +#. begin: submenu items actions concerning all packages +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:90 +msgid "&Install All" +msgstr "सर्व स्थापना करा" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:91 +msgid "&Delete All" +msgstr "सर्व काढून टाका" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Keep All" +msgstr "ठेवा" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:93 +msgid "U&pdate All Unconditionally" +msgstr "बिनशर्तपणे एक्स्पोर्ट करा" + +#. end: submenu items: actions concerning all packages +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:95 +msgid "&Update If Newer Version Available" +msgstr "अधिक नवीन आवृत्ती उपलब्ध असल्यास अपडेट करा" + +#. YOU mode +#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well +#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end: +#. begin: Online Update Actions menu +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:103 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Toggle [SPACE]" +msgstr "टॉगल [जागा]" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:104 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Install [+]" +msgstr "निवडा [+]" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:105 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Do Not Install [-]" +msgstr "स्थापन करू नका" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:106 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Lock or Taboo [!]" +msgstr "निवडा [+]" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:81 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch &Repository Manager" +msgstr "सुरक्षा प्रबंधक" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch &Online Update Configuration" +msgstr "ऑनलाईन अपडेट आकृतीबंध" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:83 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Action after Package Installation" +msgstr "पॅकेजची स्थापना" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Restart Package Manager" +msgstr "पॅकेज मॅनेजर" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:93 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Close Package Manager" +msgstr "पॅकेज मॅनेजर" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:94 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Show Summary" +msgstr " सारांश " + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Automatic Dependency Check" +msgstr "[X] आपोआप अवलंबीताची तपासणी" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:88 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Check Dependencies Now" +msgstr "अवलंबीता आता तपासा" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Authentication Mode" +msgid "&System Verification Mode" +msgstr "ऑथेंन्टीकेशन मोड" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Verify System" +msgid "&Verify System Now" +msgstr "प्रणाली पडताळून पहा" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended packages" +msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "शिफारस करण्यात आलेली पॅकेजस" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 +msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selecting packages..." +msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" +msgstr "पॅकेजेस निवडत आहे..." + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)" +msgstr "सर्व यादी केलेली पॅकेजेस" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase" +msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस निर्माण करा" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169 +msgid "All package dependencies are OK." +msgstr "सर्व पॅकेजेसची अवलंबित्वे ठीक आहेत" + +#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 +msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following" +msgstr "" + +#. part 2 of the text +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" +msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले." + +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226 +msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to " +msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस यांना लिहिली" + +#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291 +msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" +msgstr "" + +#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305 +msgid "System dependencies verify OK." +msgstr "सिस्टीम डिपेन्डन्सीज व्हेरिफाय ओके." + +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:78 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Export Package List to File" +msgstr "पॅकेज सूची निर्यात करा" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:81 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Import Package List from File" +msgstr "फाईलवरून इंपोर्ट करा" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Show Available Disk Space" +msgstr "उपलब्ध &डिस्कस" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:191 +msgid "Export List of All Packages and Patterns to File" +msgstr "फाईलच्या सर्व पॅकेजेस व नमुन्यांची एक्स्पोर्ट सूची" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:224 +msgid "Error exporting list of packages and patterns to " +msgstr "पॅकेजेस व नमुन्यांच्या सूची एक्स्पोर्टिंग मधे चूक" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:246 +msgid "Import List of All Packages and Patterns from File" +msgstr "फाईलवरील सर्व पॅकेजेस व नमुन्यांची इंपोर्ट सूची" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310 +msgid "Error importing list of packages and patterns from " +msgstr "पॅकेजेस व नमुन्यांच्या सूची इंपोर्टिंगमधे चूक" + +#. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short +#. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: +#. begin: +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Needed Patches" +msgstr "नवीन ठिगळे" + +#. _( "Re&levant Patches" ) +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installed Patches" +msgid "&Installed Patches" +msgstr "स्थापीत ठिगळे" + +#. _( "&Satisfied Patches" ) ); +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:76 +msgid "&Recommended" +msgstr "सुचवलेले" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:77 +msgid "&Security" +msgstr "सुरक्षितता" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:78 +msgid "&Optional" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:79 +msgid "&All Patches" +msgstr "सर्व ठिगळे" + +#. end: +#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:81 +msgid "S&earch" +msgstr "शोधा" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:71 +msgid "&General Help" +msgstr "सर्वसाधारण मदत" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Package Status and Symbols" +msgstr "पॅकेज स्थितीबाबत मदत" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:77 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&How to Use the Filters" +msgstr "चाळणी वाढवा" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:80 +msgid "&Useful Functions in Menu" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Patch Status and Patch Installation" +msgstr "ठिगळ उतरवण व स्थापना" + +#. begin: menu items of the view (package information) menu +#. please note: use unique hotkeys until end: +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:71 +msgid "&Technical Data" +msgstr "तांत्रिक डेटा" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Package Description" +msgstr "पॅकेजचे वर्णन" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:73 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Package &Versions" +msgstr "पॅकेजची वर्णने" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:74 +msgid "&File List" +msgstr "फाईलची यादी" + +#. end: menu items of the view menu +#. menu entry 1 - all about pkg dependencies +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:76 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:57 +msgid "&Dependencies" +msgstr "अवलंबीता" + +#. menu items of the patch view menu - keep them short and +#. use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: +#. begin: +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:91 +msgid "&Long Description" +msgstr "मोठे वर्णन" + +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:92 +msgid "&Package List" +msgstr "पॅकेज यादी" + +#. end: menu items of the view menu +#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:94 +msgid "&Versions" +msgstr "आवृत्त्या" + +#. name of the source package +#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Source Package: " +msgstr "पॅकेज: " + +#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<i>This information is available for installed packages only.</i>" +msgstr "माहिती कावळ स्थापित पॅकेजेसकरता उपलब्ध." + +#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 +#, fuzzy +msgid "References:<br>" +msgstr "संदर्भ ID" + +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Search for Patch Name" +msgid "Search for Patches" +msgstr "शोध वाक्य" + +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Name of the Patch" +msgstr "पॅकेजचे नाव" + +#. column header package description (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "सारांश" + +#. the list containing the problems (the unresolved package dependencies) +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:173 +msgid "&Problems" +msgstr "अडचणी" + +#. the list containing the solutions of a dependency problem +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:190 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Possible &Solutions" +msgstr "होऊ शकणारे मार्ग" + +#. hint for the user: more information below +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:357 +msgid " see below" +msgstr "" + +#. hint for the user: there isn't any additional information +#. (for the currently selected solution of a dependency problem) +#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:542 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No further solution details available" +msgstr "तपशील उपलब्ध नाही." + +#. a help line for the dependency popup +#: src/NCPkgPopupDescr.cc:128 +msgid " [+] Select [-] Delete [>] Update " +msgstr " [+] निवडा [-] काढून टाका [>] सुधारा " + +#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:348 +msgid "Error: Out of disk space!" +msgstr "<i>तबकडी जागेच्या बाहेर</i>" + +#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:356 +msgid "Warning: Disk space is running out!" +msgstr "<b>तबकडीची जागा बाहेर जात आहे!</b>" + +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:62 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Name of the Package" +msgstr "पॅकेजचे नाव" + +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:66 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "कीवर्ड्च" + +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:68 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Description (time-consuming)" +msgstr "वर्णन (वेळ-खाऊ)" + +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:70 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Provides" +msgstr "वाटप करणे" + +#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is required by" +msgid "Required by" +msgstr "ला गरज आहे..." + +#. menu entry 2 - display different kinds of info on pkgs +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:64 +msgid "&View" +msgstr "पहा" + +#. menu entry 3 - miscellaneous stuff +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:71 +msgid "&Extras" +msgstr "&एक्स्ट्राज" + +#. pick a package filter - patterns, langs, repos, search,... +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:78 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "गाळणी" + +#. All installed Packages +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:86 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installed Packages" +msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजेस" + +#. Label under the pkg table - pkg name follows +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:93 +msgid "Package: " +msgstr "पॅकेज: " + +#. Actions on pkgs (install, remove,..) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:100 +msgid "A&ctions" +msgstr "कृती" + +#. the headline of the help window +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "General Help" +msgstr "सर्वसाधारण मदत" + +#. part1 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 +msgid "<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. part of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 +msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. additional help text for post installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 +msgid "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. part2 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "" + +#. part3 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>).</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>कृत्या:</b> निवडलेल्या पॅकेजेसची स्थिती बदलण्याच्या शक्यता देतात (किंवा यादीतील सर्व पॅकेजेस), उदाहरण, पॅकेज काढून टाकायला किंवा स्थापनेसाठी जास्तीचे पॅकेज निवडताना, स्थितीतील बल मेनू वस्तूमधील ठराविक कळ दाबून हे डायरेक्ट करता येते (पॅेकेज स्थितीबाबत अधिक माहितीसाठी, 'पॅकेज स्थितीबाबत मदत' पहा).</p>" + +#. part4 of help text package installation +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 +msgid "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. the headline of the help window +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 +msgid "Package Status and Symbols" +msgstr "" + +#. part 1 of help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ही पॅकेज स्थिती <i>कृत्या</i> मेन्यू किंवा मेनू आयटममधील ठरविलेल्या कळी वापरून बदलता येईल. उदाहरणार्थ, '+' हे अधिक पॅकेज स्थापनेसाठी वापरा. \"टॅबो\" स्थिती म्हणजे पॅकेज स्थापन होता कामा नये वा स्थापीत आवृत्ती कायम ठेवली गेली पाहिजे.</p>" + +#. part 2 of help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>" +msgstr "<p><i>कृत्य</i> मेनू यादीतील सर्व पॅकेजेसची स्थिती बदलण्याची शक्यता देतो ('सर्व यादीतील पॅकेजेस निवडा').</p>" + +#. part 3 of help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<br>The meaning of the status flags:" +msgid "<p>The meaning of the status flags:</p>" +msgstr "<br>स्थिती चिन्हाचा अर्थ:" + +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>" +msgstr "<p><b> + </b>: हे पॅकेज स्थापनेसाठी निवडलेले आहे</p><p><b>a+ </b>: आपोआप निवडलेले ह्या पॅकेजमध्ये सुधारणा करा</p><p><b> > </b>:हे पॅकेज अद्ययावत करा</p><p><b>a> </b>: आपोआप अद्ययावतीकरण</p><p><b> i </b>: हे पॅकेज स्थापीत आहे</p><p><b> - </b>: हे पॅकेज काढून टाकले जाईल</p><p><b>---</b>: हे पॅकेज कधीच स्थापन करू नका</p>" + +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>-i-</b>: पॅकेज \"सुरक्षीत\" आहे -- स्थापन केलेली आवृत्ती ठेवा व कधीच त्यात सुधारणा करू नका अथवा काढून टाकू नका.</p>" + +#. label for an error popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How to Use Filters" +msgstr "चाळणी वाढवा" + +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 +msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 +msgid "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 +msgid "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific repository. </p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text package search +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.</p>" +msgstr "<p>तुमच्या पॅकेज शोधाचा मुख्य शब्द घाला. पॅकेजच्या नावाचे काही भागच घालणे शक्य होईल, उदाहरणार्थ, सर्व 3D पॅकेजेसकरता \"3d\".<br> तुम्ही जर पॅकेज वर्णनात संज्ञा शोधत असाल तर, योग्य तपास चौकटीवर टिचकी मारा. 'एंटर' बरोबर शोध सुरू करा.</p>" + +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 +msgid "<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter <b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, <i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. label for an error popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 +msgid "Useful Functions in Menu" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>" +msgstr "<p>मूळ, प्रत्येक स्थितीतील बदलाबरोबर पॅकेज अवलंबीता तपासल्या जातात. तुम्हाला पॅकेज कॉन्फ्लिक्ट्स बदल सांगितले जाईल व जास्तीची लागणारी पॅकेजेस निवडले जातील. ( मेनू वस्तू <i>इत्यादी.</i>/<i>अवलंबीता</i> वेगवेगळी मांडणी देतात).</p>" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 +msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 +msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 +msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 +msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 +msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 +msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. label of a frame with search settings +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Search in " +msgstr "आत शोधा" + +#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:) +#. text for the package search popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Search &Phrase" +msgstr "शोध वाक्य" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332 +msgid "Code" +msgstr "कोड" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338 +msgid "Language" +msgstr "भाषा" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344 +msgid "URL" +msgstr "यूआरएल" + +#. column header package name (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#. column header installed package version (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "आवृत्ती" + +#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "गरज आहे" + +#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373 +msgid "Avail. Vers." +msgstr "उपलब्ध आवृत्ती" + +#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380 +msgid "Inst. Vers." +msgstr "स्थापीत आवृत्ती" + +#. column header package size (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395 +msgid "Size" +msgstr "परिमाण" + +#. column header package architecture (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "संरचना" + +#. column header patch kind (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409 +msgid "Kind" +msgstr "प्रकार" + +#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416 +msgid "Solving..." +msgstr "सोडवत आहे..." + +#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422 +msgid "Saving..." +msgstr "संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428 +msgid "Loading..." +msgstr "चढवत आहे." + +#. the headline of the disk space popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435 +msgid "Disk Usage Overview" +msgstr "तबकडी वापरायचा आढावा" + +#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442 +msgid "Partition" +msgstr "दोन भाग" + +#. column header used disk space (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "वापरलेले" + +#. column header free disk space (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456 +msgid "Free" +msgstr "मुक्त" + +#. column header total disk space (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "एकूण" + +#. +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470 +msgid "<i>Out of disk space!</i>" +msgstr "<i>तबकडी जागेच्या बाहेर</i>" + +#. +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477 +msgid "<b>Disk space is running out!</b>" +msgstr "<b>तबकडीची जागा बाहेर जात आहे!</b>" + +#. part of a text +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484 +msgid "needs" +msgstr "गरज आहे" + +#. part of a text +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491 +msgid "more disk space." +msgstr "तबकडीची अधिक जागा." + +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498 +msgid "<b>Version: </b>" +msgstr "<b>आवृत्ती: </b>" + +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505 +msgid "<b>Size: </b>" +msgstr "<b>आकार: </b>" + +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512 +msgid "<b>Installed: </b>" +msgstr "<b>स्थापलेले: </b>" + +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519 +msgid "<b>Authors: </b>" +msgstr "<b>लेखक: </b>" + +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526 +msgid "<b>License: </b>" +msgstr "<b>परवाना: </b>" + +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533 +msgid "<b>Media No.: </b>" +msgstr "<b>माध्यम क्रमांक.: </b>" + +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540 +msgid "<b>Package Group: </b>" +msgstr "<b>पॅकेज संच: </b>" + +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547 +msgid "<b>Provides: </b>" +msgstr "<b>पुरवठाक: </b>" + +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554 +msgid "<b>Requires: </b>" +msgstr "<b>आवश्यक आहे: </b>" + +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561 +msgid "<b>Prerequires: </b>" +msgstr "<b>आवश्यकता: </b>" + +#. part of the package description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569 +msgid "<b>Conflicts with: </b>" +msgstr "<b>शी गुंतागुंत: </b>" + +#. headline for a list of installed files +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576 +msgid "<i>List of Installed Files:</i><br>" +msgstr "<i>स्थापीत फाईल्सची यादी:</i><br>" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " +msgstr "" + +#. the headline of the help popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation" +msgstr "ठिगळ उतरवण व स्थापना" + +#. help text online udpate +#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 +msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>" +msgstr "<p>\"सुचविलेले\" मार्ग म्हणजे तुम्ही ठिगळ स्थापन करायला हवा. \"सुरक्षा\" हा सुरक्षा ठिगळ आहे व तो स्थापन करमे आवश्यक सुचवलेले आहे. सर्व प्रथम \"YaST2\" ठिगळ स्थापीत होतील. दुसऱ्यावेळी इतर ठिगळ स्थापीत होतील.</p>" + +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>" +msgstr "<p>स्थिती झेंड्याचा अर्थ:</p><p><b>+</b>: स्थापनेशी संबधीत ठिगळ आधीच निवडलेले आहेत तुमच्या यंत्रणेवर ते स्थापीत व डाऊनलोड होतील. एखादा ठराविक ठिगळ हवा असल्यास तो '-' रीतीने निवडा.</p>" + +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 +msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text online udpate continue +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 +msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. label for a warning popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "चेतावणी" + +#. label for an error popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662 +msgid "Error" +msgstr "त्रुटी" + +#. label for a notify popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669 +msgid "Notify" +msgstr "सूचना करा" + +#. the label of an OK button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677 +msgid "&OK" +msgstr "&ठीक आहे" + +#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 +#, fuzzy +msgid "C&ontinue" +msgstr "कसेही पुढे चालू ठेवा" + +#. the label of the Yes button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698 +msgid "&Yes" +msgstr "&होय" + +#. the label of the No button +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712 +msgid "&No" +msgstr "&नाही" + +#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user +#. has to make some action (#213602) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720 +msgid "&OK -- Try Again" +msgstr "ठीक --परत प्रयत्न करा" + +#. text for a Notify popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>" +msgstr "<p>रद्द बरोबर बाहेर आल्यावर सर्व तुमचे पर्याय फुकट जातील.<br>खरोखर बाहेर यायचे का?</p>" + +#. the label of language table +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Available Languages" +msgstr "बामीलेकी भाषा" + +#. the label of language table +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Available Repositories" +msgstr "उपलब्ध सुविधा" + +#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max 25 chars! +#. (the list shows all patches which are needed) +#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" ); +#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" ); +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Needed Patches" +msgstr "नवीन ठिगळे" + +#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! +#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761 +msgid "Installed Patches" +msgstr "स्थापीत ठिगळे" + +#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars! +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769 +msgid "Online Update Patches" +msgstr "ऑनलाईन पॅचेस सुधारणा" + +#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars ) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776 +msgid "Update Problem -- see help" +msgstr "अडचणी सुधारा -- मदत पाहा" + +#. the label for Filter: Search results +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 +msgid "Search Results" +msgstr "शोध परिणाम" + +#. the headline of the dependency popup +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 +msgid "Package Dependencies" +msgstr "पॅकेजची अवलंबिता" + +#. help text package status +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 +msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>" +msgstr "<b>अडचणीची यादी अद्ययावत करा</b><br><p>यादीमधील पॅकेजेस आपोआप अद्ययावत करता येणार नाहीत.</p><p>शक्य कारणे:</p><p>इतर पॅकेजेसमुळे ती ना काम होतात.</p><p>कोणत्याही स्थापना साधनावर सुधारणेसाठी कोणतीही नवीन आवृत्ती नाही.</p><p>ती तिसऱ्या व्यक्तीची पॅकेजेस आहेत</p><p>स्वतः त्याचे काय करायचे ते ठरवा. सर्वात सोपा मार्ग म्हणजे तो काढून टाकणे.</p>" + +#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "स्त्रोत" + +#. menu entry Update List +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812 +msgid "&Update List" +msgstr "यादी सुधारा" + +#. part of the patch description +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819 +msgid "<b>Patch: </b>" +msgstr "<b>ठिगळ: </b>" + +#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826 +msgid "No patches available" +msgstr "ठिगळ उपलब्ध नाहीत" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832 +msgid "Script" +msgstr "लिपी" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" +msgstr "पॅकेजची वर्णने" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 +msgid "<p>You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 +msgid "<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 +msgid "<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones.<p>" +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----" +#~ msgstr "---- हा पॅच तुटलेला आहे !!! -----" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>\"सुचविलेले\" मार्ग म्हणजे तुम्ही ठिगळ स्थापन करायला हवा. \"सुरक्षा\" हा सुरक्षा ठिगळ आहे व तो स्थापन करमे आवश्यक सुचवलेले आहे. सर्व प्रथम \"YaST2\" ठिगळ स्थापीत होतील. दुसऱ्यावेळी इतर ठिगळ स्थापीत होतील.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज शोधत आहे: " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Unneeded Patches" +#~ msgstr "नवीन ठिगळे" + +#~ msgid "Requires" +#~ msgstr "आवश्यक आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Technical data" +#~ msgstr "तांत्रिक डेटा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The meaning of the status flags:" +#~ msgstr "<br>स्थिती चिन्हाचा अर्थ:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Automatic Dependency Check [ ]" +#~ msgstr "[X] आपोआप अवलंबीताची तपासणी" + +#~ msgid "Online Update Help" +#~ msgstr "ऑनलाईन सुधारणा नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "T&aboo [!]" +#~ msgstr "टॅबो होय [!]" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Export Package List to File" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज सूची निर्यात करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Import Package List from File" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज सूची निर्यात करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Automatic Dependency Check [x]" +#~ msgstr "[X] आपोआप अवलंबीताची तपासणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Automatic Dependency Check [ ]" +#~ msgstr "[X] आपोआप अवलंबीताची तपासणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Check Dependencies Now" +#~ msgstr "अवलंबीता आता तपासा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Verify System" +#~ msgstr "प्रणाली पडताळून पहा" + +#~ msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" +#~ msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस निर्माण करा" + +#~ msgid "Package Description" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजचे वर्णन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Technical Data" +#~ msgstr "तांत्रिक डेटा" + +#~ msgid "File List" +#~ msgstr "फाईलची यादी" + +#~ msgid "Dependencies" +#~ msgstr "अवलंबित्वे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Install [+]" +#~ msgstr "निवडा [+]" + +#~ msgid "All &Packages List" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज यादी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Install All" +#~ msgstr "सर्व स्थापना करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Delete All" +#~ msgstr "सर्व काढून टाका" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Keep All" +#~ msgstr "ठेवा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Update All Unconditionally" +#~ msgstr "बिनशर्तपणे एक्स्पोर्ट करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Update If Newer Version Available" +#~ msgstr "अधिक नवीन आवृत्ती उपलब्ध असल्यास अपडेट करा" + +#~ msgid "&Search" +#~ msgstr "शोधा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid " S&earch in " +#~ msgstr "आत शोधा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Technical data" +#~ msgstr "तांत्रिक डेटा" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>i</b>: This patch is already installed.</p><p><b>></b>: The patch will be reinstalled.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>i</b>: हा ठिगळ आधीच स्थापीत आहे.</p><p><b>></b>: हा पॅच पुन्हा स्थापन केला जाईल.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Toggle [SPACE]" +#~ msgstr "टॉगल [जागा]" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Install [+]" +#~ msgstr "निवडा [+]" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Delete [-]" +#~ msgstr "काढून टाका [-]" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Update [>]" +#~ msgstr "अद्ययावत [>]" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Lock [*]" +#~ msgstr "निवडा [+]" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Satisfied Patches" +#~ msgstr "स्थापीत ठिगळे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Satisfied Patches" +#~ msgstr "नवीन ठिगळे" + +#~ msgid "Installable Patches" +#~ msgstr "स्थापीत होऊ शकणारे ठिगळे" + +#~ msgid "&Installable Patches" +#~ msgstr "स्थापन करण्याजोगी ठिगळे" + +#~ msgid "Installed &Patches" +#~ msgstr "स्थापीत ठिगळे" + +#~ msgid "Package" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "RPM &Groups" +#~ msgstr "RPM गट" + +#~ msgid "Pa&tterns" +#~ msgstr "पध्दती" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Languages" +#~ msgstr "भाषा" + +#~ msgid "&Installation Summary" +#~ msgstr "स्थापना सारांश" + +#~ msgid "Taboo &No [%]" +#~ msgstr "टॅबो नाही [-]" + +#~ msgid "Do &Not Install Any" +#~ msgstr "काहीच स्थापना करू नका" + +#~ msgid "Do Not D&elete Any" +#~ msgstr "काहीच काढून टाकू नका" + +#~ msgid "Do Not Update and &Keep Installed" +#~ msgstr "सुधारणा करू नका आणि स्थापन करून ठेवा" + +#~ msgid "&Information" +#~ msgstr "माहिती" + +#~ msgid "&Package Info" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजची माहिती" + +#~ msgid "&Etc." +#~ msgstr "इत्यांदी" + +#~ msgid "Required Disk Space: " +#~ msgstr "आवश्यक तबकडीची रिकामी जागा:" + +#~ msgid "[ ] &Automatic Dependency Check" +#~ msgstr "[ ] आपोआप अवलंबीत्वाची तपासणी" + +#~ msgid " &Verify System" +#~ msgstr "प्रणाली पडताळून पहा" + +#~ msgid "&Export to File" +#~ msgstr "फाईलकडे एक्स्पोर्ट करा" + +#~ msgid "Package Categories" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजची वर्गवारी" + +#~ msgid "&Save" +#~ msgstr "जतन करा" + +#~ msgid "&Load" +#~ msgstr "अद्ययावत करा" + +#~ msgid "Ignore &All" +#~ msgstr "सर्व दुर्लक्षित करा" + +#~ msgid "&Ignore" +#~ msgstr "&दुर्लक्ष करा" + +#~ msgid "Inst. Summary" +#~ msgstr "स्थापना गोषवारा" + +#~ msgid "Package Search" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजचा शोध" + +#~ msgid "Selection Dependencies" +#~ msgstr "निवडीचा अवलंबिता" + +#~ msgid "S&ummary" +#~ msgstr "सारांश" + +#~ msgid "&Requires" +#~ msgstr "गरज आहे" + +#~ msgid "Additional File" +#~ msgstr "जास्तीची फाईल" + +#~ msgid "Pre-Script" +#~ msgstr "प्रीलघुलेखन" + +#~ msgid "Post-Script" +#~ msgstr "पोस्ट लघुलेखन" + +#~ msgid "&Medium" +#~ msgstr "माध्यम" + +#~ msgid "Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क" + +#~ msgid "Floppy" +#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपी" + +#~ msgid "Package Installation Help" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेची मदत" + +#~ msgid "Package Search Help" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज शोधण्याची मदत" + +#~ msgid "Unresolvable package conflict." +#~ msgstr "न सुटलेली पॅकेज गुंतवणूक" + +#~ msgid "Solve the conflict by selecting or deselecting packages." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजेस निवडून किंवा वगळून गुंतागुंत सोडवा." + +#~ msgid "Select one of the alternatives below." +#~ msgstr "खालीलपैकी एक अवांतर निवडा." + +#~ msgid "Solve the conflict by deleting (or deselecting)" +#~ msgstr "गुंतागुंत काढून टाकून सोडवा" + +#~ msgid "the unwanted package or packages." +#~ msgstr "नको असलेले पॅकेज अथवा पॅकेजेस." + +#~ msgid "the unwanted selection or selections." +#~ msgstr "नको असलेले पॅकेज अथवा पॅकेजेस." + +#~ msgid "The selection or selections below will not work" +#~ msgstr "खालील पॅकेज अथवा पॅकेजेस काम करणार नाही" + +#~ msgid "without the selection to delete." +#~ msgstr "या पॅकेजशिवाय काढून टाका." + +#~ msgid "The package or packages below will not work" +#~ msgstr "खालील पॅकेज अथवा पॅकेजेस काम करणार नाही" + +#~ msgid "without the package to delete." +#~ msgstr "या पॅकेजशिवाय काढून टाका." + +#~ msgid "The required libraries or packages are not installed." +#~ msgstr "आवश्यक लायब्ररीज अथवा पॅकेजेस स्थापीत नाहीत." + +#~ msgid "The required selections are not installed." +#~ msgstr "आवश्यक निवडी स्थापीत नाहीत." + +#~ msgid "Enter the file name" +#~ msgstr "फाईलचे नाव लिहा" + +#~ msgid "The system is up to date" +#~ msgstr "यंत्रणा यथायोग्य आहे" + +#~ msgid "requires..." +#~ msgstr "आवश्यकता आहे..." + +#~ msgid "has unresolved requirements..." +#~ msgstr "ला न सोडवलेल्या गरजा आहेत..." + +#~ msgid "obsoletes..." +#~ msgstr "टाकाऊ झालेले..." + +#~ msgid "is required by..." +#~ msgstr "ला गरज आहे..." + +#~ msgid "is not available" +#~ msgstr "हे उपलब्ध नाही" + +#~ msgid "is set to \"Taboo\" status" +#~ msgstr "\"टॅबो\" ह्या स्थितीत मांडा" + +#~ msgid "no package available" +#~ msgstr "कोणतेही पॅकेज उपलब्ध नाही" + +#~ msgid "needs packages..." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजसना गरज आहे..." + +#~ msgid "conflicts with..." +#~ msgstr "...शी गुंतागुंत" + +#~ msgid "needs to be reinstalled" +#~ msgstr "पुर्नस्थापित करायला हवा आहे" + +#~ msgid "No conflicts or unresolved dependencies" +#~ msgstr "गुंतागुंत नाही किंवा न सोडवलेल्याचा अवलंबीता" + +#~ msgid "...the package or packages below" +#~ msgstr "...खालील पॅकेज अथवा पॅकेजेस" + +#~ msgid "...the selection or selections below" +#~ msgstr "...खालील निवड किंवा निवडलेले" + +#~ msgid "<b>Description: </b>" +#~ msgstr "<b>वर्णन: </b>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "S&elections" +#~ msgstr "निवड" + +#~ msgid "<p>The package installation dialog offers the features to customize your SuSE Linux installation. You have the opportunity to make your own decision about the installation or removal of particular packages. For example, select additional categories for installation (see menu <i>Filter</i>) or deselect unwanted packages.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>तुमची सुझे लीनक्स स्थापना कस्टमाईझ करण्यासाठी पॅकेज स्थापना डायलॉग गुणधर्म सादर करतो. तुम्हाला स्थापनेबाबत निर्णय घ्यायला संधी आहे किंवा ठराविक पॅकेजेस काढून टाकण्याची संधी आहे. उदाहरणार्थ, निवडीकरता अधिक पायऱ्या निवडताना (<i>चाळणी</i>मेनू पहा) किंवा नको असलेले पॅकेजेस काढून टाका.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>The list shows all packages belonging to the current filter with status information in the first column. To change the package status, see <i>Actions</i>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>ह्या यादीत दर्शविलेल्या पहिल्या रकान्यात स्थिती माहितीसोबत सध्याच्या चाळणीशी संबधीत सर्व पॅकेजेस आहेत.पॅकेज स्थिती बदलण्यासाठी पहा <i>कृती</i>.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Be careful when deleting packages and always pay attention to <i>Warning</i> pop-ups.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>पॅकेजेस काढून टाकताना सावधानता बाळगा आणि <i>सूचना</i> उपद्रवी विंडोकडे व्यवस्थित लक्ष द्या.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Description of the menus:<br><p><b>Filter:</b> the packages shown in the package list match the selected filter, such as an RPM group, a keyword, or a category of packages (like Development or Games).</p>" +#~ msgstr "मेन्यूचे वर्णन:<br><p><b>चाळणी:</b> ह्या पॅकेज यादीतील दाखविलेली पॅकेजेस निवडलेल्या चाळणीशी जुळतात उदा. RPM समूह, कळ, किंवा पॅकेजेसची वर्गवारी (जसेखेळ वा सुधारणा).</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Information:</b> you have the possibility to view different information about the selected package in the window on the bottom of the dialog, such as the long description, all available versions of the package, or the file list.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>माहिती:</b> तुम्हाला निवडलेल्या पॅकेजबाबत वेगवेगळी माहिती दिसण्याची शक्यता, डायलॉगच्या तळाला असलेल्या खिडकीत आहे. जसे मोठे वर्णन, पॅकेजच्या सर्व उपलब्ध आवृत्या किंवा फाईल्सची यादी.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Etc.:</b> The menu item 'Dependencies' offers different settings for the dependency checking. Automatic dependency check means check after every change of the package status whether all requirements are fulfilled or whether conflicts occurred.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>इत्यादी.:</b> 'अवलंबीता' हा मेन्यू आयटम अवलंबीता तपासणीकरता वेगवेगळी मांडणी देतो. आपोआप अवलंबीता तपासणी म्हणजे पॅकेजच्या स्थितीनंतर तपासणी जरी सर्व गरजा पूर्ण झाल्या वा काही प्रश्न निर्माण झाले तरीही .</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>To save or load a package selection, choose 'Selections'.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>पॅकेज निवड साठविण्याकरिता किंवा भरण्याकरिता 'निवडी' निवडा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status." +#~ msgstr "<p>तुम्ही हे सुध्दा वापरू शकता <b>आरईटी</b> किंवा <b>रिकामी जागा</b> पॅकेजस्थिती बदलण्यासाठी." + +#~ msgid "Package/Library" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज/ग्रंथालय" + +#~ msgid "Selection" +#~ msgstr "निवड" + +#~ msgid "Kind of Dependency" +#~ msgstr "अवलंबित्वाचा प्रकार" + +#~ msgid "Additional Information" +#~ msgstr "अधिका माहिती" + +#~ msgid "<p>Special keys:<br>Function keys provide a quick access to the main functions (frequently used buttons) of this dialog. See the listing below to get the bindings.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>विशेष कार्य कळ:<br>मुख्य कार्याची कृती कळ लगेच संपर्क साधतात. (नेहमी वापरातले बटण) ह्या डायलॉगमध्ये बायडिंगकरता यादी पहा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Shortcuts are used to perform the desired action by pressing the <b>Alt</b> key followed by the key marked in the corresponding button, check box, radio button, or other item.</p>If the <b>Alt</b> key combinations are captured by the X server, use <b>ESC</b> instead." +#~ msgstr "<p><b>अल्ट</b> ही कळ दाबून आवश्यक कृती लघुमार्गाने करतात. खूण केलेल्या कळी नंतर जी संबधीत बटणातील कळ चेकबॉक्स,रेडिओ बटण, किंवा इतर वस्तू.</p>जर एक्स सेवासंगणकाने <b>अल्ट</b> कळ कॉम्बीनेशनचा मिळविलेतर त्यासाठी <b>ESC</b> चा वापर करा." + +#~ msgid "<p>General keyboard navigation:</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>साधारण कळ मार्गदर्शन:</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>To move inside a dialog, use <b>Tab</b> to go forward and <b>Alt</b> or <b>Shift</b> + <b>Tab</b> to go back.<br> If the <b>Alt</b> and <b>Shift</b> key combinations are occupied by the window manager or the terminal, <b>Ctrl</b> + <b>F</b> (forward) and <b>Ctrl</b> + <b>B</b> (back) can be used instead.</p>." +#~ msgstr "<p>डॉयलॉगच्या आत हलवायचे तर <b>टॅब</b> पुढे जाण्यासाठी आणि <b>अल्ट</b> किंवा <b>शिफ्ट</b> + <b>टॅब</b> पाठी जाण्यासाठी.<br> जर <b>अल्ट</b> आणि <b>शिफ्ट</b> कळीची जुळणी विंडोज प्रबंधकाने व्यापली आहे किंवा टर्मीनल, <b>कंट्रोल</b> + <b>एफ</b> (पुढे) आणि <b>कंट्रोर</b> + <b>बी</b> (मागे) त्याऐवजी वापरू शकता.</p>." + +#~ msgid "<p>The command specified on an activated button (e.g., Next, Add) is executed if the <b>Enter</b> key is pressed.</p> <p>Radio buttons or check boxes are switched on or off with <b>Enter</b> or <b>Space</b>. " +#~ msgstr "<p>जागृत बटणावर ठरविलेली सूचना वापरली जाते जर (उदा., पुढचा, मिळवा) जर <b>एंटर</b> कळ दाबली गेली.</p> <p>रेडियो हटण किंवा तपासणी चौकटी बंद किंवा चालू होतात <b>एंटर</b> किंवा <b>स्पेस</b> कळ दाबल्यावर. " + +#~ msgid "<p>Scroll in lists or text (e.g., the help text) with the <b>arrow</b> keys.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>यादी किंवा वाक्य पुढे सरकवा (उदा., मदत वाक्य) <b>बाण</b> कळीने.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Save Package List" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज यादी संग्रहीत करा" + +#~ msgid "<p>The current package selection can be saved on a floppy (insert a formatted floppy) or on the hard disk.<br>Select the medium and specify the file name in the input field below.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>सध्याचे पॅकेज निवड फ्लॉपीवर साठवली जाऊ शकते (स्वच्छ फ्लॉपी घाला) किंवा हार्डडिस्कवर साठवता येते.<br>माध्यम निवडा व इटपुट कळी मधील फाईलचे नाव खाली दाखवा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Could not find a formatted floppy. Check that a formatted and verified floppy is inserted in the drive.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>स्वच्छ फ्लॉपी मिळाली नाही. खात्री करा की तपासलेली व स्वच्छ फ्लॉपी आत सरकवली आहे का.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Could not write to file.<br>Check that the path name is correct and the directory is accessible.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>फाईलवर काही लिहीता येत नाही.<br>मार्गाचे नाव बरोबर आहे का ते तपासा व सूचीशी संपर्क होऊ शकतो का ते पहा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Your settings have been saved to the floppy disk.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>फ्लॉपीवर तुमची मांडणी साठवून ठेवली आहे.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Your package selection has been written to the hard disk.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>हार्डडिस्कवर तुमची पॅकेज निवड लिहीली गेली आहे.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Load Package List" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज यादी भरा" + +#~ msgid "<p>Really overwrite your package selection?</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>खरोखरच तुमची पॅकेज निवड तुम्हाला पुसुन त्यावर पुन्हा लिहायचे आहे करा?</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Specify the medium and the name of the file containing the user-defined package selection to install.<br>If required, insert the floppy.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>माध्यम ठरवा व स्थापन करण्याचे वापरकर्त्यांने ठरवलेले पॅकेजची निवड असलेल्या फाईलचे नाव ठरवा.<br> जर आवश्यक असेल तर, फ्लॉपी आत घाला.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Could not mount the floppy. Check that the floppy is inserted in the drive.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>फ्लॉपी चढवता आली नाही. फ्लॉपी ड्राईव्हमध्ये घातली आहे हे तपासा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Could not load the settings.<br>Check that the path name is correct and the floppy disk, if required, is inserted correctly.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>मांडणी अद्ययावत होऊ शकली नाहीत.<br>मार्गाचे नाव बरोबर आहे का ते तपासा व आवश्यक असेल तर फ्लॉपी डिस्क आत नीट घातली आहे का ते तपासा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>The package selection is loaded succesfully.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>पॅकेज निवड यशस्वीपणे भरली गेली आहे.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Help on &Search" +#~ msgstr "शोधण्यासाठी मदत" + +#~ msgid "Help on &Upate" +#~ msgstr "सुधारणा करण्यासाठी मदत" + +#~ msgid "&Disk Usage" +#~ msgstr "तबकडी वापर" + +#~ msgid "&Actions" +#~ msgstr "कृती" + +#~ msgid "&Toggle [SPACE]" +#~ msgstr "टॉगल [जागा]" + +#~ msgid "&Select [+]" +#~ msgstr "निवडा [+]" + +#~ msgid "Dese&lect [-]" +#~ msgstr "वगळा [-]" + +#~ msgid "&Update [>]" +#~ msgstr "सुधारणा करा [>]" + +#~ msgid "Selected Directory:" +#~ msgstr "निवडलेली संचिका:" + +#~ msgid "&Detailed View" +#~ msgstr "विस्तृत दृश्य" + +#~ msgid "Directory Name" +#~ msgstr "संचिकेचे नाव" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Directory name" +#~ msgstr "संचिकेचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "File name" +#~ msgstr "प्रपत्राचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "&File name:" +#~ msgstr "फाईलचे नाव:" + +#~ msgid "Filter:" +#~ msgstr "चाळणी:" + +#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>F1</b> again to get further help or <b>ESC</b> to close this dialog.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>दाबा <b>F1</b> पुन्हा पुढील मदत मिळवायची आहे किंवा <b>एस्केप</b> हे संभाषण बंद करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>F1</b> or <b>ESC</b> to close this dialog.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>दाबा <b>F1</b> किंवा <b>एस्केप</b> हे संभाषण बंद करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Text Mode Navigation" +#~ msgstr "मजकूर पध्दती मार्गदर्शन" + +#~ msgid "<p>Function key bindings:</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>कार्यकळ बांधणी:</p>" + +#~ msgid "Permissions" +#~ msgstr "मान्यता" + +#~ msgid "User" +#~ msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता" + +#~ msgid "Group" +#~ msgstr "गट" + +#~ msgid "Press F1 for Help" +#~ msgstr "मदतीसाठी F1 दाबा" + +#~ msgid "Installation Source" +#~ msgstr "स्थापना स्त्रोत" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ncurses.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ncurses.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ncurses.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. label for text field showing the selected dir +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:84 src/NCAskForFile.cc:126 +msgid "Selected Directory:" +msgstr "निवडलेली संचिका:" + +#. label for checkbox +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:92 src/NCAskForFile.cc:134 +msgid "&Detailed View" +msgstr "विस्तृत दृश्य" + +#. column header name of diretcory +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:98 src/NCFileSelection.cc:666 +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:675 src/NCFileSelection.cc:686 +msgid "Directory Name" +msgstr "संचिकेचे नाव" + +#. stretchable = true +#. add the OK button +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:114 src/NCAskForFile.cc:195 +msgid "&OK" +msgstr "&ठीक आहे" + +#. add the Cancel button +#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:121 src/NCAskForFile.cc:202 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&रद्द करा" + +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:143 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Directory name" +msgstr "संचिकेचे नाव" + +#. column header name of the file +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:155 src/NCFileSelection.cc:434 +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:443 src/NCFileSelection.cc:459 +msgid "File name" +msgstr "प्रपत्राचे नाव" + +#. label for text field showing the filename +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:175 +msgid "&File name:" +msgstr "फाईलचे नाव:" + +#. label for text field showing the filter (e.g. *.bak) +#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:182 +msgid "Filter:" +msgstr "चाळणी:" + +#. column header size of the file +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:445 +msgid "Size" +msgstr "परिमाण" + +#. column header file permissions +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:447 src/NCFileSelection.cc:676 +msgid "Permissions" +msgstr "मान्यता" + +#. column header user +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:449 src/NCFileSelection.cc:677 +msgid "User" +msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता" + +#. column header group +#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:451 src/NCFileSelection.cc:678 +msgid "Group" +msgstr "गट" + +#~ msgid "Press F1 for Help" +#~ msgstr "मदतीसाठी F1 दाबा" + +#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>F1</b> again to get further help or <b>ESC</b> to close this dialog.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>दाबा <b>F1</b> पुन्हा पुढील मदत मिळवायची आहे किंवा <b>एस्केप</b> हे संभाषण बंद करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>F1</b> or <b>ESC</b> to close this dialog.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>दाबा <b>F1</b> किंवा <b>एस्केप</b> हे संभाषण बंद करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Text Mode Navigation" +#~ msgstr "मजकूर पध्दती मार्गदर्शन" + +#~ msgid "<p>Function key bindings:</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>कार्यकळ बांधणी:</p>" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/network.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/network.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/network.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,7181 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" + +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/dns.rb:63 +msgid "DNS Configuration" +msgstr "DNS संरचना" + +#. Commandline command help +#. Commandline command help +#. Commandline command help +#. Commandline command help +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/dns.rb:71 src/clients/host.rb:67 src/clients/lan.rb:65 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:76 src/clients/remote.rb:64 +msgid "Display configuration summary" +msgstr "संरचना सारांश दाखवा" + +#: src/clients/dns.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Load current settings" +msgid "Edit current settings" +msgstr "सद्याची मांडणी अद्ययावत करा" + +#: src/clients/dns.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Used machine hostname" +msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव" + +#: src/clients/dns.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The address of the server" +msgid "IP address of first nameserver." +msgstr "सेवा संगणकाचा पत्ता." + +#: src/clients/dns.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The address of the server" +msgid "IP address of second nameserver." +msgstr "सेवा संगणकाचा पत्ता." + +#: src/clients/dns.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The address of the server" +msgid "IP address of third nameserver." +msgstr "सेवा संगणकाचा पत्ता." + +#. Command line output Headline +#: src/clients/dns.rb:161 +msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:" +msgstr "DNS संरचना सारांश:" + +#. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected +#. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected +#. fail message: a string is expected +#: src/clients/dns.rb:186 +#, fuzzy +msgid "InvalidHostname. " +msgstr "वैध वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव लिहा." + +#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid time" +msgid "Invalid IP. " +msgstr "आवैध वेळ" + +#: src/clients/dns.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot Read fstab" +msgid "Cannot set " +msgstr "fstab वाचू शकत नाही" + +#: src/clients/dns.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" +msgid ". Network is managed by NetworkManager." +msgstr "नेटवर्क प्रंबधकात मॅनेज केले" + +#: src/clients/dns.rb:243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid option: %1" +msgid "Invalid option value." +msgstr "अवैध पर्याय: %1" + +#: src/clients/dns.rb:252 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Internal Zone" +msgid "Internal error" +msgstr "अंत:स्थ भाग" + +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." +msgstr "फायरवॉलचे पृथ:करण लिहीत आहे" + +#. Proposal title +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall and SSH" +msgstr "फायरवॉल" + +#. Menu entry label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Firewall and SSH" +msgstr "फायरवॉल" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" +msgstr "फायरवॉल संरचना" + +#. frame label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall and SSH service" +msgstr "फायरवॉल संवादमंच" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enable Firewall" +msgstr "फायरवॉल" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enable SSH Service" +msgstr "फायरवॉल संवादमंच" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" +"SSH client</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 +msgid "" +"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" +"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 +msgid "" +"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" +"will be started on computer boot).</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211 +msgid "" +"<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" +"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" +"started by the installer automatically if needed.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (disable</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवॉल समर्थ आहे.</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (enable</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवॉल समर्थ आहे.</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (disable</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवॉल समर्थ आहे.</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (enable</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवॉल समर्थ आहे.</a>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&RPC Ports" +msgid "Open SSH Port" +msgstr "RPC ठिकाण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&RPC Ports" +msgid "Open &VNC Ports" +msgstr "RPC ठिकाण" + +#. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347 +#, fuzzy +msgid "VNC ports will be open (close</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवॉल समर्थ आहे.</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349 +#, fuzzy +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (open</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवॉल समर्थ आहे.</a>" + +#. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description +#. Returns nil if this part should be skipped +#. @return [String] proposal html text +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH port will be open (block</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवॉल समर्थ आहे.</a>" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (open</a>)" +msgstr "फायरवॉल समर्थ आहे.</a>" + +#. Commandline help title +#. configuration of hosts +#. Hosts dialog caption +#: src/clients/host.rb:57 src/include/network/services/host.rb:75 +msgid "Host Configuration" +msgstr "सादरकर्त्याची संरचना" + +#. Command line output Headline +#. configuration of hosts +#: src/clients/host.rb:123 +msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" +msgstr "सादरकर्त्याची संरचना सारांश:" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107 +msgid "Connecting to Internet..." +msgstr "महाजालाला जोडत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109 +msgid "Downloading the latest release notes..." +msgstr "नवीनतम रीलीज नोटस डाउनलोड होत आहेत..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111 +msgid "Closing connection..." +msgstr "जोडणी बंद करत आहे..." + +#. Test dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239 +msgid "Running Internet Connection Test" +msgstr "महाजाल संपर्क चाचणी चालू करत ाहे" + +#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, view the progress of the\n" +"Internet connection test.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>येथे, इंटरनेट जुळणी परिक्षेचा\n" +"प्रोग्रेस पहा.</p>\n" + +#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246 +msgid "" +"<p>The test can be aborted by pressing\n" +"<b>Abort Test</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>अर्बोट टेस्ट बटण दाबून बंद करता येते\n" +"<b>टेस्ट मध्येच बंद</b>.</p>\n" + +#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254 +msgid "" +"<p>If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n" +"and correct the settings.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>जर परिक्षा फसली, नेटवर्क कॉनफिग्युरेशनकडे परत यावे\n" +"आणि सेंटीग्ज बरोबर करा.</p>\n" + +#. Label for result of internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288 +msgid "Test Result:" +msgstr "टेस्टचे निकाल:" + +#. Push Button to abort internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299 +msgid "&Abort Test" +msgstr "चाचणीत व्यत्यय" + +#. Frame label: status of internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304 +msgid "Test Status" +msgstr "चाचणी स्थिती" + +#. Push Button to see logs of internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314 +msgid "&View Logs..." +msgstr "लॉग पहा..." + +#. result of internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351 +msgid "Success" +msgstr "यशस्वी" + +#. result of internet test +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355 +msgid "Failure" +msgstr "अपयश" + +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365 +msgid "Kernel Network Interfaces" +msgstr "कर्नेल महाजाल संवादमंच" + +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386 +msgid "Kernel Routing Table" +msgstr "कर्नेल राऊटींग टेबल" + +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406 +msgid "Hostname Lookup" +msgstr "होस्ट नेम लुकअप" + +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426 +msgid "Kernel Messages" +msgstr "कर्नेल निरोप" + +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576 +msgid "Download of Release Notes" +msgstr "रिलीज नोट उतरवल्या जात आहेत" + +#. popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719 +msgid "" +"Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n" +"RPM signature check failed." +msgstr "" +"उतरवून घेतलेली रीलीझ नोटस स्थापन करता येत नाहीत.\n" +"RPM सही तपासणी फसली." + +#. popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746 +msgid "Installation of downloaded release notes failed." +msgstr "उतरवून घेतलेली रीलीझ नोटस स्थापन अपयशी झाले." + +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782 +msgid "Opening of Connection" +msgstr "जोडणी सुरू करत आहे" + +#. popup to inform user about the failure +#. popup to inform user about the failure +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815 +msgid "" +"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" +"the logs for details.\n" +msgstr "इन्टरनेट कनेक्टिंग असफल झाले.तपशीलासाठी लोगफाइल बघा.\n" + +#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "" + +#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes +#. most likely due to server-side error +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" +"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" +"\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" +"click 'Cancel'.\n" +msgstr "" +"सर्व्हर-साईड चुकीमुळे ताज्या रिलीज नोट्सचे डाउनलोड असफल झाले. \n" +" याचा अर्थ हे चुकीचा आकृतीबंध केलेले नेटवर्कच असेल असा नाही. \n" +"\n" +"स्थापनेच्या पुढील पायरीवर जाण्यास<b>Continue</b>दाबा. कोणत्याही इंटरनेट लागणार्‍या पायर्‍या\n" +" गाळण्यासाठी व आपल्या नेटवर्क आकृतीबंधावर \n" +" जायला <b>Cancel</b> दाबा.\n" + +#. popup to inform user about the failure +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898 +msgid "" +"Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" +"the logs for details." +msgstr "" +"नवीनतम रीलीज नोटसचे डाऊनलोडिंग अयशस्वी . अधिक\n" +" माहिती करता लॉग पहा." + +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945 +msgid "Check for Patches" +msgstr "ठिगळेकरता तपासा" + +#. popup to inform user about the failure +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954 +msgid "" +"Check for latest updates failed. View\n" +"the logs for details.\n" +msgstr "" +"नवीनतम अपडेटकरता अयशस्वी . अधिक\n" +"माहिती करता लॉग पहा.\n" + +#. label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980 +msgid "Closing of Connection" +msgstr "जोडणी बंद करत आहे" + +#. Commandline help title +#. Whole configuration of network but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation and proposal +#. @param [String] mode if "proposal", NM dialog may be skipped +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/lan.rb:57 src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Network Card Configuration" +msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड संरचना" + +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:87 +msgid "Add a network card" +msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड मिळवा" + +#: src/clients/lan.rb:99 +msgid "Change existing configuration" +msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वाचासध्याचा आकृतीबंध बदला" + +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:107 +msgid "Delete a network card" +msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड काढून टाका" + +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:117 +msgid "List only configured cards" +msgstr "फक्त संरचीत केलेल्या पत्राची यादी" + +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:121 +msgid "List only unconfigured cards" +msgstr "फक्त संरचीत न केलेल्या पत्राची यादी" + +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:127 +msgid "Device identifier" +msgstr "उपकरण शोधकर्ता" + +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:132 +msgid "Config identifier" +msgstr "उपकरण शोधकर्ता" + +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:137 +msgid "Use static or dynamic configuration" +msgstr "उपकरण संरचना वाचास्टॅटिक किंवा डायनॅमिक आकृतीबंध वापरा" + +#: src/clients/lan.rb:141 +msgid "Configuration Name" +msgstr "संरचनेचे नाव" + +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:146 +msgid "Device IP address" +msgstr "उपकरण आयपी पत्ता" + +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:151 +msgid "Network mask" +msgstr "नेटवर्क मास्क" + +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Prefix length" +msgstr "प्रीफिक्स" + +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:161 +msgid "Bond Slaves" +msgstr "बोन्ड स्लेव्ज" + +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Ethernet Device for VLAN" +msgstr "फायरवॉल संवादमंच" + +#. Commandline option help +#: src/clients/lan.rb:171 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" +msgstr "संवादमंच किंवा स्ट्रीग" + +#. see bnc#498993 +#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) +#. we'll keep values from installation +#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." +msgstr " कोन्फिगरेशन एरर: इन्टरफेस इनिशियलाइझ झाला नाही" + +#. translators: command line help for network module +#: src/clients/network.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration of network.\n" +#| "This is only executer of network sub-modules.\n" +#| "You can run this network modules:\n" +#| "\n" +#| "lan\t" +msgid "" +"Configuration of network.\n" +"This is only a delegator to network sub-modules.\n" +"You can run these network modules:\n" +"\n" +"lan\t" +msgstr "" +" नेटवर्क चे कोन्फिगरेशन.\n" +" हे नेटवर्क सबमोड्युल्सचा फक्त एक्सिक्युटर आहे .\n" +"तुम्हि हे नेटवर्क मोड्युल चालवू शकता:\n" +"\n" +"लेन\t" + +#. Selection box item +#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108 +msgid "Network Card" +msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड" + +#. Network dialog caption +#: src/clients/network.rb:88 +msgid "Network Configuration" +msgstr "जाळे संरचना" + +#. Network dialog help +#: src/clients/network.rb:91 +msgid "" +"<p>Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n" +" the corresponding devices and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p> संमधित डिवाइस कोन्फिगर करायला ह्यापैकी एक उपलब्ध नेटवर्क मोड्युल निवडा\n" +"व<b>लोंच</b>.दाबा</p>" + +#. Selection box label +#: src/clients/network.rb:105 +msgid "&Available Network Modules:" +msgstr "उपलब्ध महाजाल मॉड्यूल:" + +#: src/clients/network.rb:123 +msgid "&Launch" +msgstr "प्रक्षेपक" + +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/remote.rb:54 +msgid "Remote Access Configuration" +msgstr "दुर्गम संपर्क कॉनफिग्युरेशन" + +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/remote.rb:74 +msgid "Allow remote access" +msgstr "दुर्गम संपर्कात परवानगी दिले" + +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/remote.rb:85 +msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" +msgstr "दुर्गम ऍ़डमिनिस्ट्रेशनला परवानगीकरता 'होय' व नकाराला 'नाही' सेट करा" + +#. Command line output Headline +#: src/clients/remote.rb:126 +msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:" +msgstr "दुर्गम संपर्क कॉनफिग्युरेशन साराश:" + +#. Command line error message +#: src/clients/remote.rb:146 +msgid "" +"Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" +"or 'no' to disallow it." +msgstr "" +"दुर्गम प्रंबधाकरता 'होय' व त्याला परवानगी\n" +"नसताना 'नाही' सेट करा." + +#. RichText label +#: src/clients/remote_proposal.rb:78 +msgid "VNC Remote Administration" +msgstr "VNC दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापक" + +#. Menu label +#: src/clients/remote_proposal.rb:80 +msgid "VNC &Remote Administration" +msgstr "VNC दूरस्थ व्यवस्तापक" + +#. Commandline help title +#. Main routing dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468 +msgid "Routing Configuration" +msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन रुटींग" + +#. FIXME +#: src/clients/routing.rb:64 +msgid "Show complete routing table" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:71 +msgid "Show routing table entry for selected destination" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 forwarding settings" +msgstr "उतरवलेली सेंटीग्ज लिहिताना" + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:87 +#, fuzzy +msgid "IPv4 only forwarding settings" +msgstr "उतरवलेली सेंटीग्ज लिहिताना" + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "IPv6 only forwarding settings" +msgstr "उतरवलेली सेंटीग्ज लिहिताना" + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:103 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add new route" +msgstr "नवीन गट मिळवा" + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit an existing route" +msgstr "अस्तित्वातील समूह संपादित करा" + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Delete an existing route" +msgstr "अस्तित्वातील समूह काढून टाका" + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Destination IP address" +msgstr "गंतव्य स्थाने" + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Gateway IP address" +msgstr "प्रवेशद्वार आयपी पत्ता अयोग्य आहे." + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Subnet mask" +msgstr "सबनेट मास्क" + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network device" +msgstr "महाजालावरील उपकरण" + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Additional options" +msgstr "अतिरिक्त क्षेत्र" + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:136 +msgid "Show current settings" +msgstr "सध्याची मांडणी दाखवा" + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:137 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enable IP forwarding" +msgstr "इनऐबल IP फारवर्डीग" + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:138 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Disable IP forwarding" +msgstr "इनऐबल IP फारवर्डीग" + +#. main ui function +#. Frame label +#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77 +msgid "Routing Table" +msgstr "राऊटींग खेळ" + +#. Table header 1/4 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85 +msgid "Destination" +msgstr "इष्टस्थळ" + +#. Table header 2/4 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87 +msgid "Gateway" +msgstr "प्रवेशद्वार" + +#. Table header label +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 +msgid "Netmask" +msgstr "नेटमास्क" + +#. Table header 4/4 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "साधन" + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#. Handler for action "list" +#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options +#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:423 +msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" +#: src/clients/routing.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" +msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डीग: चालू" + +#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" +#: src/clients/routing.rb:264 +#, fuzzy +msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" +msgstr "इन्फ्रारेड नियंत्रक अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" +#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." +msgstr "इनऐबल IP फारवर्डीग" + +#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" +#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." +msgstr "इनऐबल IP फारवर्डीग" + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:278 +#, fuzzy +msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" +msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डीग: चालू" + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:288 +#, fuzzy +msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" +msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डीग: चालू" + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:298 +#, fuzzy +msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" +msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डीग: चालू" + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:320 +#, fuzzy +msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." +msgstr "भाग नाव दर्शविला पाहिजे." + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:329 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." +msgstr "तक्त्यामध्ये फाईल्स मिळवल्या जात आहेत..." + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." +msgstr "भाग नाव दर्शविला पाहिजे." + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:348 +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." +msgstr "बूट लोडर मेन्यूत भाषांतरे अपडेट केली जात आहेत..." + +#: src/clients/routing.rb:415 +msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." +msgstr "" + +#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption +#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 +msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." +msgstr "सूचना: इन्क्रीप्शंन वापरले गेले नाही." + +#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface +#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 +msgid "Change." +msgstr "बदला." + +#. Table item +#. this is what used to be Virtual Interface +#. (eth0:1) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:121 +msgid "Additional Address" +msgstr "अतिरिक्त नोंदी पत्ते" + +#. Summary text +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:171 +msgid "Already Configured Devices:" +msgstr "उपकरण आधीच संरचीत केले:" + +#. Summary text +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:176 +msgid "Nothing is configured" +msgstr "संरचना काही नाही" + +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202 +msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Card" +msgstr "PCMCIA ISDN कार्ड" + +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204 +msgid "USB ISDN Card" +msgstr "USB ISDN कार्ड" + +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206 +msgid "PCMCIA Ethernet Network Card" +msgstr "PCMCIA इथरनेट महाजाल कार्ड" + +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208 +msgid "USB Ethernet Network Card" +msgstr "USB इथरनेट महाजाल कार्ड" + +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210 +msgid "PCMCIA FDDI Network Card" +msgstr "PCMCIA FDDI महाजाल कार्ड" + +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212 +msgid "USB FDDI Network Card" +msgstr "USB FDDI महाजाल कार्ड" + +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218 +msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Connection" +msgstr "PCMCIA ISDN जोडणी" + +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220 +msgid "USB ISDN Connection" +msgstr "USB ISDN जोडणी" + +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226 +msgid "PCMCIA Modem" +msgstr "PCMCIA मोडेम" + +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228 +msgid "USB Modem" +msgstr "USB मोडेम" + +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230 +msgid "PCMCIA Token Ring Network Card" +msgstr "PCMCIA टोकन बेल महाजाल कार्ड" + +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234 +msgid "USB Token Ring Network Card" +msgstr "USB टोकन बेल महाजाल कार्ड" + +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236 +msgid "USB Network Device" +msgstr "USB महाजाल उपकरण" + +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238 +msgid "PCMCIA Wireless Network Card" +msgstr "PCMCIA वायरलेस महाजाल कार्ड" + +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240 +msgid "USB Wireless Network Card" +msgstr "USB वायरलेस महाजाल कार्ड" + +#. Device type label +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257 +msgid "Unknown Network Device" +msgstr "अनोळखी जाळे उपकरम" + +#. Modem status (%1 is device) +#. ISDN device status (%1 is device) +#. Network card status (%1 is device) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 +msgid "Configured as %1" +msgstr "%1 प्रमाणे संरचीत केले" + +#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316 +msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" +msgstr "पुरविणद्वाराबरोबर %2 प्रमाणे संरचित केले %1" + +#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333 +msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" +msgstr "पुरविणद्वाराबरोबर %2 प्रमाणे संरचित केले %1 (प्रोटोकेल %3)" + +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" +msgstr "पत्त्याबरोबर संरचित केले %1" + +#. Network card status +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configured without an address" +msgstr "पत्त्याबरोबर संरचित केले %1" + +#. Network card status (%1 is address) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355 +msgid "Configured with address %1" +msgstr "पत्त्याबरोबर संरचित केले %1" + +#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 +msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" +msgstr "पत्त्याबरोबर संरचित केले %1 (दूरस्थ %2)" + +#. Network card status (%1 is protocol) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369 +msgid "Configured with %1" +msgstr "%1 बरोबर संरचित केले" + +#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387 +msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" +msgstr "पत्त्याबरोबर %2 याप्रमाणे संरचित केले %1" + +#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394 +msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" +msgstr "पत्त्याबरोबर %2 याप्रमाणे संरचित केले %1 (दूरस्थ %3)" + +#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403 +msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" +msgstr "%2 याप्रमाणे संरचित केले %1" + +#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 +msgid "Managed" +msgstr "प्रंबधीत" + +#. Heading text +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:59 +msgid "Enter Provider Password" +msgstr "पुरविणारा परवलीशब्द लिहा" + +#. Steps dialog caption +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:121 +msgid "Test Internet Connection" +msgstr "महाजाल जोडणीची चाचणी" + +#. Steps dialog caption 1/2 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:124 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, validate the Internet connection just\n" +"configured. The test is entirely optional.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>येथे, नुकतेच कॉनफिग्युरेअर्ड केलेली इंटरनेट\n" +"जोडणी वैध करा. ही परिक्षा पूर्णपणे वैकल्पीत आहे.</p>" + +#. Steps dialog caption 2/2 +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:132 +msgid "" +"<p>A successful result enables you to run\n" +"the YaST Online Update.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>यशस्वी परीणाम तुम्हाला YaST ऑनलाइन अपडेट\n" +"चालवण्याकरता मदत करतात.</p>" + +#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:139 +msgid "" +"To validate your Internet access,\n" +"activate the test procedure." +msgstr "" +"तुमचा इटरनेट संपर्क वैध करण्यासाठी,\n" +"टेस्ट पद्धती सुरु करा." + +#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:145 +msgid "" +"To validate your DSL Internet access,\n" +"activate the test procedure." +msgstr "" +"तुमचा DSL संपर्क व्हॅलीडेट करण्यासाठी,\n" +"टेस्ट पद्धती सुरु करा." + +#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:149 +msgid "" +"To validate your ISDN Internet access,\n" +"activate the test procedure." +msgstr "" +"तुमचा ISDN इंटरनेट संपर्क वैध करण्यासाठी,\n" +"टेस्ट पद्धती सुरु करा." + +#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "" +"To validate your modem Internet access,\n" +"activate the test procedure." +msgstr "" +"तुमचा मॉडेम इटरनेट संपर्क वैध करण्यासाठी,\n" +"टेस्ट पद्धती सुरु करा." + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Yes, Test Connection to the Internet Via" +msgstr "" +"होय, '%1' व्दारे इंटरनेटची टेस्ट\n" +"जुळणी" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "N&o, Skip This Test" +msgstr "नाही, ही परिक्षा वगळा" + +#. label text - one step of during network test +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:196 +msgid "- Connect to the Internet" +msgstr "- महाजालाला जोडा" + +#. label text - one step of during network test +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "- Download latest release notes" +msgstr "नवीनतम रीलीज नोटस डाउनलोड करा" + +#. label text - one step of during network test +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "- Check for latest updates" +msgstr "नवीनतम अपडेट करताना तपासी" + +#. label text - one step of during network test +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212 +msgid "- Close connection" +msgstr "- जोडणी बंद करा" + +#. Heading text +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223 +msgid "The following steps will be performed:" +msgstr "खालील पाय-या केल्या जातील:" + +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231 +msgid "Select:" +msgstr "निवडा:" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284 +msgid "&Yes, Run Online Update Now" +msgstr "होय, ऑनलाइन अपडेट आता चालवा" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286 +msgid "N&o, Skip Update" +msgstr "नाही, अपडेट वगळा" + +#. Heading text +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296 +msgid "Online Updates Available" +msgstr "ऑनलाइन अपडेटस उपलब्ध" + +#. Label text +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?" +msgstr "त्यांना वायएएसटि ओनलाइन अपडेट द्वारा डाउनलोड व इन्स्टोल करा?" + +#. Heading +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344 +msgid "Internet Connection Test Logs:" +msgstr "इन्टरनेट जोडणी परिक्षा लॉग्ज:" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352 +msgid "&Select Log:" +msgstr "लॉग निवडा:" + +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83 +msgid "Additional Addresses" +msgstr "अतिरिक्त पत्ते" + +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IP Address" +msgid "IPv4 Address Label" +msgstr "IP पत्ता" + +#. Table header label +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128 +msgid "IP Address" +msgstr "IP पत्ता" + +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 +msgid "Ad&d" +msgstr "मिळवा" + +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#. Pushbutton label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 +#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 +msgid "&Edit" +msgstr "संपादन" + +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#. Pushbutton label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 +#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 +msgid "De&lete" +msgstr "काढून करा" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131 +msgid "&Name of Interface" +msgstr "संवादमंचाचे नाव" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 +msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>" +msgstr "<p>TODO प्रकारचा व्हेगू!</p>" + +#. Combo Box label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" +msgstr "फायरवॉल विभागात संवादमंचाचे जाळे:" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146 +msgid "&Mandatory Interface" +msgstr "मॅन्डेटरी पडदा" + +#. ComboBox label +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +msgid "&Device Type" +msgstr "उपकरण प्रकार" + +#. ComboBox label +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 +msgid "&Configuration Name" +msgstr "संरचना नाव" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181 +msgid "Tunnel owner" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tunnel group" +msgstr "नवीन गट मिळवा" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Bridged Devices" +msgstr "मोडेम उपकरण" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" +msgstr "फायरवॉल संवादमंच" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CHAN IDS" +msgid "VLAN ID" +msgstr "CHAN IDS" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bond Slaves" +msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" +msgstr "बोन्ड स्लेव्ज" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Up" +msgid "Up" +msgstr "वर" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Down" +msgid "Down" +msgstr "खाली" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Bond &Slaves" +msgstr "बोन्ड स्लेव्ज" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Bond Driver Options" +msgstr "बोन्ड ड्रायव्हर विकल्प" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>" +msgstr "<p> बोन्ड ड्रायव्हर विकल्प सिलेक्ट करा, गरज वाटल्यास एडिट करा. </p>" + +#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); +#. else +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798 +msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286 +msgid "Use iBFT Values" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Dynamic Address" +msgstr "डायनॉमिक IP पत्ता" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" +msgstr "उत्पादन आवृत्ती व रिलीज" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +msgid "DHCP version 4 only" +msgstr "LDAP आवृत्ती 2" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 +#, fuzzy +msgid "DHCP version 6 only" +msgstr "LDAP आवृत्ती 2" + +#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" +msgstr "स्थानिक आयपी पत्ता" + +#. TextEntry label +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341 +msgid "&IP Address" +msgstr "आयपी पत्ता" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 +msgid "&Subnet Mask" +msgstr "सबनेट मास्क" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 +msgid "&Hostname" +msgstr "&सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव" + +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360 +msgid "R&emote IP Address" +msgstr "दूरस्थ आयपी पत्ता" + +#. validation error popup +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369 +msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." +msgstr "दूरस्थ आयपी पत्ता अवैध आहे." + +#. push button label +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377 +msgid "&S/390" +msgstr "S/390" + +#. validate device type, misdetection +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018 +msgid "" +"You have changed the interface type from the one\n" +"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" +"if you know that the detection is wrong." +msgstr "" +"तुम्ही डिटेक्ट केलेला इन्टरफेस टाइप बदल केला आहे.\n" +"जर तुम्हाला खात्री आहे कि डिटेक्टशन चुकीचे आहे तरच हे अर्थपूर्ण ठरते." + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038 +msgid "Configuration %1 already present." +msgstr "संरचना %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing +#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062 +msgid "" +"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" +"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" +"Assign it to a zone now?" +msgstr "" +"फायरवोल एक्टिव्ह आहे,इन्टरफेस कोणत्याही झोनमधे नाही.त्याचा सगळा ट्रेफिक ब्लोक होइल.\n" +"त्याला एक झोनला असाइन करु?" + +#. Validator for network masks adresses +#. @param [String] key the widget being validated +#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled +#. @return whether valid +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No valid IP address." +msgstr "उपकरण आयपी पत्ता" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." +msgstr "वैध वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव लिहा." + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Invalid hostname." +msgstr "वैध वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव लिहा." + +#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105 +msgid "" +"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" +"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" +"not be resolvable without an active network connection.\n" +"\n" +"Really leave the hostname blank?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 +msgid "" +"Duplicate IP address detected.\n" +"Really continue?\n" +msgstr "" +"डुप्लीकेट IP पत्ता मिठला.\n" +"खरेच पुढे जायचे का?\n" + +#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types +#. @return their descriptions for CWM +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177 +msgid "&General" +msgstr "सर्वसाधारण" + +#. TODO: "MANDATORY", +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188 +msgid "Device Activation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192 +msgid "Firewall Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole +#. tab set but not for one tab +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>" +msgstr "<p>येथे महाजाल कार्ड मांडणीच्या तपशीलाची संरचना करा.</p>" + +#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing +#. shortcuts +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274 +msgid "&Address" +msgstr "पत्ता" + +#. Address tab help +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277 +msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>" +msgstr "<p>तुमचा आयपी पत्ता संरचीत करा.</p>" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 +msgid "&Hardware" +msgstr "हार्डवेअर" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Bond Slaves" +msgstr "बोन्ड स्लेव्ज" + +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304 +msgid "&Wireless" +msgstr "बिनतारी" + +#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Swap &Priority" +msgid "Ifplugd Priority" +msgstr "अदलाबदल &प्राधान्य" + +#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be +#. substituted as %1 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n" +"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable Connection</b>\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" +" set the priority of each interface. </p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Address dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476 +msgid "Network Card Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"At least one selected device is already configured.\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" +msgstr "" +"%१ आधिच कोन्फिगर झाला आहे.\n" +" कोन्फिगरेशन कन्टिन्यू करू का?" + +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:55 +msgid "Cisco/Aironet 802.11 wireless ISA/PCI and PCMCIA ethernet cards" +msgstr "Cisco/Aironet 802.11 wireless ISA/PCI and PCMCIA इंथरनेट कार्डस" + +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:62 +msgid "Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" +msgstr "Lucent Orinoco, Prism II बेस्ड, आणि समान वायरलेस कार्डस" + +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69 +msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" +msgstr "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II बेस्ड, आणि समान वायरलेस कार्डस" + +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76 +msgid "Wireless LAN cards using direct PCI interface" +msgstr "बिनतारी लॅन कार्डे प्रत्यक्ष्य पीसीआय संवादमंच वापरत आहे " + +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:83 +msgid "Wireless LAN cards using the PLX9052 PCI bridge" +msgstr "बिनतारी लॅन कार्डे PLX9052 पीसीआय संवादमंच वापरत आहे " + +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:90 +msgid "Wireless device using kernel module p80211.o" +msgstr "बिनतारी उपकरण p80211.o कर्नेल मॉड्यूल वापरत आहे " + +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:97 +msgid "Wireless device using kernel module prism2_cs.o" +msgstr "बिनतारी उपकरण prism2_cs.o कर्नेल मॉड्यूल वापरत आहे " + +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:104 +msgid "Wireless device using kernel module prism2_pci.o" +msgstr "बिनतारी उपकरण prism2_pci.o कर्नेल मॉड्यूल वापरत आहे " + +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:111 +msgid "Wireless device using kernel module prism2_plx.o" +msgstr "बिनतारी उपकरण prism2_plx.o कर्नेल मॉड्यूल वापरत आहे " + +#. Network card name (wireless) +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:118 +msgid "Wireless device using kernel module prism2_usb.o" +msgstr "बिनतारी उपकरण prism2_usb.o कर्नेल मॉड्यूल वापरत आहे " + +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:126 +msgid "Apple onboard Ethernet mace" +msgstr "ऍ़पल ऑनबोर्ड इंथरनेट मॅक" + +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:132 +msgid "Apple onboard Ethernet bmac" +msgstr "ऍ़पल ऑनबोर्ड इंथरनेट बीमॅक" + +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:138 +msgid "Apple onboard Ethernet gmac" +msgstr "ऍ़पल ऑनबोर्ड इंथरनेट जीमॅक" + +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:171 +msgid "3Com 3c90x/3c980 B/C series" +msgstr "3Com 3c90x/3c980 B/C सीरीज" + +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:202 +msgid "Apricot Xen-II onboard ethernet" +msgstr "Apricot Xen-II ऑनबोर्ड इंथरनेट" + +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:208 +msgid "AT-LAN-TEC/RealTek pocket adapter" +msgstr "AT-LAN-TEC/रीअलटेक पॉकेट ऍ़डाप्टर" + +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:231 +msgid "D-Link DE600 pocket adapter" +msgstr "D-Link DE600 पॉकेट ऍ़डाप्टर" + +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:237 +msgid "D-Link DE620 pocket adapter" +msgstr "D-Link DE620 पॉकेट ऍ़डाप्टर" + +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:299 +msgid "ICL EtherTeam 16i/32 (experimental)" +msgstr "ICL इथर टीम 16i/32 (experimental)" + +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:320 +msgid "Intel PRO/100 / EtherExpress PRO/100 (alternate driver)" +msgstr "इंटेल PRO/100 / इथर एक्सप्रेस PRO/100 (आल्टरनेट ड्रायव्हर)" + +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:440 +msgid "iSeries Virtual Network" +msgstr "आयसीरीज व्हर्च्युल नेटवर्क" + +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:448 +msgid "IBM Tropic chipset token ring" +msgstr "IBM ट्रापीक चीपसेट टोकण यंत्र" + +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:454 +msgid "IBM Olympic chipset PCI Token Ring" +msgstr "IBM ऑलफीक चीपेस्ट PCI टोकण यंत्र" + +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:460 +msgid "IBM OSA Token Ring" +msgstr "IBM OSA टोकण यंत्र" + +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:473 +msgid "ARCnet COM90xx (standard)" +msgstr "ARCnet COM90xx (सामान्य)" + +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:479 +msgid "ARCnet COM90xx (in IO-mapped mode)" +msgstr "ARCnet COM90xx (in IO-मॅप्ड मोड)" + +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:510 +msgid "Digital Equipment Corporation FDDI controller" +msgstr "डीजीटल इक्वी मेन्ट कॉरपोरशन FDDA कंट्रोलर" + +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:516 +msgid "SysKonnect FDDI adapter (SK-55xx, SK-58xx, Netelligent 100)" +msgstr "SysKonnect FDDI adapter (SK-55xx, SK-58xx, Netelligent 100)" + +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:533 +msgid "Channel-to-Channel (CTC) network" +msgstr "चॅनेल-ते-चॅनेल (CTC) नेटवर्क" + +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:541 +msgid "Hipersockets (HSI) Network" +msgstr "Hipersockets (HSI) नेटवर्क" + +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:548 +msgid "IBM OSA LCS" +msgstr "IBM OSA LCS" + +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:553 +msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON) network" +msgstr "एन्टरप्राईझ सीस्टीम कनेक्टर (ESCON) नेटवर्क" + +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:561 +msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON) Network" +msgstr "फायबरचॅनेल सीस्टीम कनेक्टर (FICON) नेटवर्क" + +#. Network subsystem name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:569 +msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" +msgstr "इन्टर युझर कमुनीकेशन व्हेईकल्स (IUCV)" + +#. Network card name +#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:577 +msgid "CI7000 adapter" +msgstr "CI7000 ऍडाप्टर" + +#. list > overview = (list >)LanItems::Overview(); +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:89 +msgid "Use \"id\" option to determine device." +msgstr "डिवाइस डेटरमाइन करायला \"id\" विकल्प वापरा." + +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98 +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." +msgstr "\"id\" ची वेल्यु रेंजच्या बाहेर आहे. \"id\" ची अधिकतम वेल्यु चेक करायला \"list\"विकल्प वापरा." + +#. Handler for action "add" +#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options +#. Handler for action "edit" +#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." +msgstr " ह्या बूटप्रोटोसाठी शक्य वेल्यु नाही!!" + +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Impossible value for startmode." +msgstr "ह्या स्टार्टमोडसाठी शक्य वेल्यु नाही!" + +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271 +msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." +msgstr "" + +#. Handler for action "delete" +#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316 +msgid "The device was deleted." +msgstr "डिवाइस डिलिट केलेले आहे" + +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. ************************************************************************** +#. File: include/network/lan/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Network configuration +#. Summary: Summary, overview and IO dialogs for network cards config +#. Authors: Michal Svec +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +msgid "Note" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Global Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:125 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "ओव्हरव्ह्यू" + +#. continue-cancel popup, #178848 +#. %1 is a (long) path to a README file +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A Xen network bridge was detected.\n" +"Due to the renaming of network interfaces by the bridge script,\n" +"network interfaces should not be configured or restarted.\n" +"See %1 for details." +msgstr "" +"एक एक्सइएन नेटवर्क ब्रिज डिटेक्ट झाला आहे.\n" +"ब्रिज स्क्रिप्टने केलेल्या नेटवर्क इन्टरफेसच्या रिनेमिंगमुळे,\n" +"नेटवर्क इन्टरफेसेसला कोन्फिगर किंवा रिस्टार्ट करु नका.\n" +"डिटेल्स साठी %१ बघा." + +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" +"the add-on CD.\n" +"First add the add-on CD to your YaST software repositories then return \n" +"to this configuration dialog.\n" +msgstr "" +"ह्या डिवाइसला व्यवस्थित फंक्शन होण्यासाठी फर्मवेअर लागते. \n" +"ते %१ एड-ओन सिडि ने इन्स्टोल होऊ शकते.\n" +"फर्मवेअर इन्स्टोल करण्यासाठी, एड-ओन सिडि वायएएसटी इन्स्टोलेशन स्त्रोतामधे घाला व ह्या\n" +" कोन्फिगरेशन डायलोग कडे परत या." + +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" +"downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n" +"If you have already downloaded and installed the firmware, click\n" +"<b>Continue</b> to configure the device. Otherwise click <b>Cancel</b> and\n" +"return to this dialog once you have installed the firmware.\n" +msgstr "" +"ह्या डिवाइसला व्यवस्थित फंक्शन होण्यासाठीफर्मवेअर लागते. \n" +"ते तुमच्या ड्रायवर वेन्डर वेब पेज वरुन डाउनलोड होऊ शकते.\n" +"जर तुम्ही फर्मवेअर आधिच डाउनलोड व इन्स्टोल केले आहे तर, 'पूढे'क्लिक करा \n" +"डिवाइसला कोन्फिगर करण्यासाठी. नाहितर 'केन्सल'क्लिक करा व ह्या डयलोग कडे परत या\n" +"तुम्ही फर्मवेअर इन्स्टोल केल्यावर." + +#. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( +#. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded +#. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems +#. #45960 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installing firmware" +msgstr "फर्मवेअर स्थापीत करत आहे..." + +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 +#, fuzzy +msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." +msgstr "स्थापनेच्या वेळी चूक झाली." + +#. Continue-Cancel popup +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402 +msgid "" +"The interface is currently set to be managed\n" +"by the NetworkManager applet.\n" +"\n" +"If you edit the settings for this interface here,\n" +"the interface will no longer be managed by NetworkManager.\n" +msgstr "" +" सध्या इन्टरफेस नेटवर्कमेनेजर एपलेटने मेनेज\n" +"करण्यासाठी सेट केला आहे .\n" +"\n" +"जर तुम्ही ह्या इन्टरफेसचे सेटिंग्स इथे एडिट केलेत,\n" +"तर इन्टरफेस नेटवर्कमेनेजरने मेनेज केला जाणार नाही.\n" + +#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 +msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" +msgstr "" + +#. Network setup method dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 +msgid "Network Setup Method" +msgstr "महाडाल रचना पध्दत" + +#. Evaluates if user should be asked again according dialogs result value +#. +#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some +#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation +#. popup. +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network Settings" +msgstr "बायोस सेटींग्ज" + +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:48 +msgid "DHCP Client Options" +msgstr "DHCP ग्राहक पर्याय" + +#. CheckBox label +#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`broadcast), _("Request Broad&cast Response"))), +#. `VSpacing(0.49), +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:58 +msgid "DHCP Client &Identifier" +msgstr "DHCP क्लायंट ओळखणारा" + +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:64 +msgid "&Hostname to Send" +msgstr "पाठवण्यासाठी सादरकर्त्याचे नाव" + +#: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change Default Route via DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP द्वारा सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव बदला" + +#. Manual network card setup help 1/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +msgid "" +"<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n" +"your network device here.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Manual network card setup help 2/4 +#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n" +"one according your needs.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" +"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Manual network card setup help 2/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n" +"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>मोड्युलसाठी<b>ओप्शन्स</b> ह्या फोरमेट मधे लहिले पाहिजेत\n" +"<i> ओप्शन्</i>=<i> वेल्यु </i>. प्रत्येक एन्ट्री स्पेसने वेगळी केली पाहीजे,\n" +"उदा, <i>आयो=०क्ष३०० आयाआरक्यु=५</i>. <b>सुचना:</b> जेव्हा दोन कार्ड एकाच \n" +" मोड्युल नेम ने कोन्फिगर केली असतात, तर सेव करताना विकल्प मर्ज होतात.</p>" + +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Manual dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +msgid "" +"<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n" +"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> जर तुमच्याकडे <b>PCMCIA</b> महाजाल कार्ड असेल तर, निवडा PCMCIA.\n" +"जर तुमच्याकडे <b>USB</b> महाजाल कार्ड असेल तर, निवडा USB.</p>\n" + +#. overwrite help +#. Manual dialog help 5/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" +"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>इथे नेट्वर्क डिवाइस सेट करा.वेल्युज इथे लिहिल्या जातिल <i>/इटिसि/मोड्प्रोब.कोन्फ</i> वा<i>/ इटिसि/चान्डेव. कोन्फ</i>.</p>\n" + +#. Manual dialog help 6/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +msgid "" +"<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" +"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>मोड्युल साठीचे विकल्प दर्शवलेल्या फोर्मेट मधे \n" +"<b>आयबिएम डिवाइस ड्रायवर्स आणि इन्स्टोलेशन क्मांड्स</b> मेन्युअल मधे लिहावे.</p>" + +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +msgid "&PCMCIA" +msgstr "PCMCIA" + +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +msgid "&USB" +msgstr "USB" + +#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 +msgid "&Kernel Module" +msgstr "कर्नेल मॉड्यूल" + +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 +msgid "&Module Name" +msgstr "मॉड्यूल नाव" + +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +msgid "Udev Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 +msgid "Device Name" +msgstr "डिव्हाईसचे नांव" + +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 +msgid "Change" +msgstr "बदल" + +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server Identification" +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक ओळख" + +#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 +msgid "Seconds" +msgstr "सेकंद" + +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Blin" +msgid "Blink" +msgstr "ब्लीन" + +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Ethtool Options" +msgstr "अतिरिक्त क्षेत्र" + +#. Manual selection caption +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 +msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" +msgstr "हाताने महाजाल पत्र निवडा" + +#. Manual selection help +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 +msgid "" +"<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n" +"for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p> कोन्फिगर करायला नेटवर्क कार्ड निवडा\n" +" एखाद विशिष्ठ नेटवर्क कार्ड शोधण्यासाठी त्याचे नाव सर्च एन्ट्री मधे एन्टर करा.</p>" + +#. Selection box label +#. Selection box title +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540 +msgid "&Network Card" +msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड" + +#. Text entry field +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 +msgid "&Search" +msgstr "शोधा" + +#. bnc#767946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" +"हार्डवेअर संरचना अगोदरच %1 (%2) अस्तित्वात आहे.\n" +"एखादे निराळे निवडा." + +#. S/390 dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854 +msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" +msgstr "S/390 महाजाल कार्ड संरचना" + +#. Frame label +#. Frame label +#. Frame label +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079 +msgid "S/390 Device Settings" +msgstr "S/390 उपकरण मांडणी" + +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883 +msgid "&Port Name" +msgstr "पोर्टाचे नाव" + +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Port Number" +msgstr "पोर्ट क्रंमाक" + +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902 +msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" +msgstr "IP A टेकओव्हर चालू करा" + +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 +msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" +msgstr "Layer 2 सपोर्ट सुरु करा" + +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916 +msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" +msgstr "Layer2 MAC पत्ता" + +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read Channel" +msgstr "चॅनेल" + +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Write Channel" +msgstr "बदल आता लिहा" + +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Control Channel" +msgstr "नियंत्रण फाईल बदलली." + +#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947 +msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>" +msgstr "<p>ह्या इन्टरफेसचे <b>पोर्ट नेम</b> एन्टर करा (केस-सिन्सिटिव).</p>" + +#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 +msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>" +msgstr "<p> ह्या इन्टरफेसचे एडिशनल <b>ओप्शन्स</b> एन्टर करा (स्पेसने वेगळे केलेले).</p>" + +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 +msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>" +msgstr "जर इन्टरफेससाठी आयपिए एड्रेस टेक ओवर एनेबल केले असले पाहिजे तर <p><b>एनेबल आयपिए टेक ओवर</b>निवडा.</p>" + +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" +msgstr "<p>जर हे कार्ड लेयर २ सपोर्टने कोन्फिगर केले आहे तर <b> एनेबल लेयर २ सपोर्ट </b> निवडा.</p>" + +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" +msgstr "<p> जर हे कार्ड लेयर २ सपोर्टने कोन्फिगर केले आहे तर <b> लेयर २ मेक एड्रेसेस</b> एन्टर करा.<p>" + +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +msgid "&Port Number" +msgstr "पोर्ट क्रंमाक" + +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992 +msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" +msgstr "LANCMD टाईम-उट" + +#. S/390 dialog help: LCS +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>" +msgstr "<p> ह्या इन्टरफेससाठी <b>पोर्ट नंबर</b> निवडा.</p>" + +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>" +msgstr "<p> ह्या इन्टरफेससाठी <b>एलएएनसिएमडि टाइम-आउट</b> दर्शवा.</p>" + +#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023 +msgid "Compatibility Mode" +msgstr "किम्पेटिबिलिटी मोड" + +#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025 +msgid "Extended Mode" +msgstr "एक्सटेन्डेड मोड" + +#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 +msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" +msgstr "सिटिसि-बेस्ड टिटिवाय (लायन्क्स टु लायन्क्स क्नेक्शन)" + +#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 +msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" +msgstr "कंपेटिबिलिटी मोड विथ ओएस /३९० व झेड्/ओएस" + +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 +msgid "&Protocol" +msgstr "संगणक शिष्टाचार" + +#. S/390 dialog help: CTC +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071 +msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>" +msgstr "<p> ह्या इन्टरफेससाठी <b>प्रोटोकोल</b> निवडा.</p>" + +#. TextEntry label, #42789 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088 +msgid "&Peer Name" +msgstr "पिअरचे नाव" + +#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" +"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>आययुसिवि पिर चे नाव एन्टर करा,\n" +"उदा, the झेड/विएम युजर नेम ज्याने कनेक्ट करायचे आहे (केस-सेन्सिटिव).</p>\n" + +#. #176330, must be static +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"An error occurred while creating device.\n" +"See YaST log for details." +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र डेटाबेस तयार करताना चूक झाली." + +#. Manual network card configuration dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Hardware Dialog" +msgstr "हार्डवेअरची माहिती" + +#. Network cards read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:31 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Network Card\n" +"Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>महाजाल कार्ड संरचना कार्यान्वयीन करत आहे\n" +"</big></b><br>कृपया वाट पाहा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Network cards read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> इनिशियलाइझेशन अबोर्ट करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"आता <b>अबोर्ट</b> दाबुन कोनफिगरेशन युटिलटि सुरक्षितपणे अबोर्ट करा.</p>\n" + +#. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving Network Card\n" +"Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>महाजाल कार्ड संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे\n" +"</big></b><br>कृपया वाट पाहा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Network cards write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>सेव्हींग अबोर्ट:</big></b><br>\n" +"दाबून सेव्हींग मधून बाहेर येणे <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n" + +#. Network setup method help +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Network Setup Method</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>Use the <b>NetworkManager</b> as a desktop applet\n" +"managing connections for all interfaces. It is well suited\n" +"for switching among wired and wireless networks.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>डेस्कटोप एप्लेट साठी <b> नेटवर्कमेनेजर</b> वापरा\n" +"सगळ्या इन्टरफेसेसचे कनेक्शन मेनेज करा. वायर्ड व मल्टिपल वायरलेस \n" +" नेटवर्क्स मधे स्विच करणे सुट होते.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n" +"or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>ट्रेडिशनल मेथड विथ<tt>ifup</tt></b> वापरा\n" +" जर तुम्ही डेस्कटोप एन्वरोन्मेंट रन करत नाही (ग्नोम वा केडिइ) किंवा तुम्हालामल्टिपल इन्टरफेसेस एकाच वळी वापरावे लागतात.</p>\n" + +#. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678) +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 +msgid "" +"<p><b>NetworkManager</b> is not part of every base\n" +"installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n" +"Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n" +"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" +"edit their configuration.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>नेटवर्क कार्ड ओवरव्हयु</big></b><br>\n" +"इन्स्टोल केलेल्या नेटवर्क कार्डचा ओवरव्हयु मिळण्यासाठी. त्यांचे ,\n" +"कोनफिगरेशन एडिशनली एडिट करा .<br></p>\n" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n" +"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> नेटवर्क कार्ड एड करत आहे :</big></b><br>\n" +" नविन नेटवर्क कार्ड मेन्युअली कोन्फिगर करण्यासाठी <b>एड</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" +"Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" +"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>एडिट वा डिलिट करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +" चेंज वा रिमुव करण्यासाठी नेटवर्क कार्ड निवडा.\n" +"मग <b>एडिट</b> वा <b>डिलिट</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#. IPv6 help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" +"It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" +"To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" +"time can be faster.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 +msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>" +msgstr "<p>रिबूट नंतर सगळे बदल लागू होतिल.</p>" + +#. Routing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92 +msgid "" +"<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" +"The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" +"If any other entry exists that matches the required address, it is\n" +"used instead of the default route. The idea of the default route is simply\n" +"to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>ह्या डायलोग मधे रुटिंग सेट अप करू शकतो.\n" +"<b>डिफोल्ट गेटवे</b> शक्य असलेली डेस्टिनेशन मेच करतो , पण पुअरली. \n" +"जर दुसरी एन्ट्री हव्या असलेल्या एड्रेसला मेच करत असेल , तर \n" +"डिफोल्ट रूट पेक्षा ती वापरली जाते. डिफोल्ट रूट च्या कल्पने बद्दल तुम्ही म्हणू शकता\n" +" \"बाकी सगळे इथे गेले पाहिजे.\"</p>\n" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99 +msgid "" +"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" +"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Routing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105 +msgid "" +"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n" +"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 +msgid "" +"<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n" +"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" +"<b>Warning:</b> IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" +"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" +"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" +"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" +"different hostnames.</p> " +msgstr "" +"<p>जर तुम्ही आयपि एड्रेस मिळण्यासाठी DHCP वापरत असाल, तर DHCP द्वारा \n" +"होस्टनेम मिळते का ते चेक करा. तुमच्या होस्टचे होस्टनेम (जे <i> होस्टनेम </i> \n" +"कमांड देउन दिसते) आपोआप DHCP क्लाएंटने सेट केले जाईल.\n" +"तुम्हाला हा विकल्प डिसेबल करायचा असल्यास जर तुम्ही वेगळ्या नेटवर्कला कनेक्ट केले \n" +"जे वेगवेगळे होस्टनेम देते, कारणरन टाइम मधे होस्टनेम बदलल्याने ग्राफिकल डेस्कटोप चा गोंधळ होतो </p>\n" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" +"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" +"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> होस्टनेम रिसोल्व करण्यासाठी नेम सर्वर व डोमेन सर्च लिस्ट एन्टर करा \n" +"बहुतांशी ते DHCP ने मिळु शकतात.</p>\n" + +#. resolver dialog help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 +msgid "" +"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" +"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n" +"(for example, 192.168.0.42), not as a hostname.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>नेम सर्वर हा एक कम्प्यूटर असतो जो होस्टनेम ला आयपि एड्रेस मधे ट्रान्स्लेट करतो\n" +" ही वेल्यु <b> आयपि एड्रेस </b>म्हणुन एन्टर केली पाहिजे\n" +"(उदा, १९२.१६८.०.४२), होस्टनेम म्हणुन नव्हे.</p>\n" + +#. resolver dialog help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 +msgid "" +"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" +"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" +"(such as suse.com). Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>सर्च डोमेन ह एक डोमेन असतो जिथे होस्टनेम शोध चालु होतो.\n" +"प्रायमरी सर्च डोमेन हा तुमच्या कम्प्यूटर च्या डोमेन नेम सारखा असतो\n" +"(उदा, suse.de). एडिशनल सर्च डोमेन ही असतात\n" +"(उदा suse.com). डोमेनला कोमा किंवा व्हाइट स्पेसने वेगळे करा.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the <i>hostname</i> \n" +"command.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 +msgid "" +"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" +"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n" +"by the <i>netconfig</i> script, which merges statically defined data with\n" +"dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" +"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for most\n" +"configurations.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169 +msgid "" +"<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n" +"allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n" +"manually. By choosing <b>Use Custom Policy</b>, you may specify a custom\n" +"policy string, which consists of a comma-separated list of interface names,\n" +"including wildcards, with STATIC and STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special\n" +"values. For more information, see the <i>netconfig</i> manual page. Note:\n" +"Leaving the field blank is the same as using the <b> Only Manually</b>\n" +"policy.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred +#. Address dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" +"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186 +msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Address dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n" +"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> जर तुमच्याकडे सिस्टिम एडमिनिस्ट्रेटरने किंवा केबल वा डिएसएल प्रोवाइडरने\n" +"असाइन केलेला स्टेटिक आयपि एड्रेस असाइन्ड नसेल तर हे सिलेक्ट करा.</p>" + +#. Address dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n" +"if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" +"are then automatically obtained from the server.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> जर तुमचा \n" +" <b>डिएचसिपि सर्वर</b>लोकल नेट्वर्क वर चालत असेल तर तुम्ही डायनेमिक एड्रेस असाइनमेंट सिलेक्ट करा.</p>\n" + +#. Address dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +msgid "" +"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" +"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Address dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" +" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" +"for your peer.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>तुमच्या संगणकासाठी <b>आयपी पत्ता</b> (उदा., 192.168.100.99)\n" +"लिहा आणि <b>तुमच्या पिअरसाठी दूरस्थ आयपी पत्ता</b> (उदा., 192.168.100.254)\n" +"of your peer.</p>" + +#. Address dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> तुमच्या कम्प्युटरचा आयपि एड्रेस एन्टर करा(उदा., १९२.१६८.१००.९९),\n" +"नेटवर्क मास्क (नेहमी २५५.२५५.२५५.०)असतो, व,ओप्शनली,डिफोल्ट गेटवे \n" +"आयपि एड्रेस.</p>" + +#. Address dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220 +msgid "" +"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n" +"the network configuration.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>महाजाल संरचनेविषयीच्या <b>अधिक माहीतीसाठी </b> तुमच्या महाजाल व्यवस्थापकाला \n" +"संपर्क करा.</p>" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:224 +msgid "" +"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" +"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>डिएचसिपि कोन्फिगरेशन ह्या प्रोड्क्टसाठी रेकमेंड केले नाही.\n" +"ह्या प्रोड्क्टचे कंपोनंट्स डिएचसिपि बरोबर काम करणार नाहित.</p>" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:228 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" +"select a zone, the firewall will be enabled. If you do not and other \n" +"firewalled interfaces exist, the firewall\n" +"will stay enabled but all traffic will be blocked for this\n" +"interface. If you do not select a zone and no others exist, \n" +"the firewall will be disabled.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>अत्यावश्यक इन्टरफेसेस</b> हा इन्टरफेस बूट टाइमवर चालू होण्यास अयशस्वी झाला तर नेटवर्क सर्विस रिपोर्ट करते का ते दर्शवतो.</p>" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" +"transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" +"set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" +"values or define another one.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" +"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>" +msgstr "<p> बोन्ड डिवाइस साठी स्लेव डिवाइसेस सिलेक्ट करा. फक्त असे डिवाइसेस ज्यांचे डिवाइस एक्टिवेशनझाले नाही व नन एड्रेस सेट अप झाला आहे ते उपलब्ध आहेत.</p>" + +#. DHCP dialog help 1/7 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b><मोठे>क्लाइंट संर्पक निर्माण करा:</b><br>" + +#. DHCP dialog help 2/7 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" +"DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" +"identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" +"network interface and thus the same hardware address.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>The <b> डिएचसिपि क्लाएंट आयडेंटिफायर</b>, जर रिकामे सोडले, तर\n" +"नेटवर्क इन्टरफेसच्या हार्ड्वेअर एड्रेस डिफोल्ट करते. हा सिंगल नेटवर्क वरती प्रत्येक \n" +" डिएचसिपि क्लाएंटसाठी वेगळा असावा. म्हणुन, येथे एक फ्रि-फोर्म आयडेंटिफायर\n" +"दर्शवा जर तुमच्या कडे एकच नेटवर्क इन्टरफेस व हार्ड्वेअर एड्रेस वापरणारी बरीच (वर्चुअल) \n" +"मशिन्स असतिल.</p>" + +#. DHCP dialog help 3/7 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" +"DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" +"according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n" +"Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>होस्टनेम टु सेन्ड</b> हा जेव्हा डिएचसिपिसिडि डिएचसिपि सर्वर ला मेसेज \n" +" पाठवतो तेव्हा होस्टनेम विकल्पासाठी वापरलेली स्ट्रिंग दर्शवतो. होस्टनेम (डायनेमिक डिएनएस) ला अनुसरुन काही डिएचसिपि सर्वर नेम सर्वर झोन्स अपडेट.\n" +" करतात(फोरवर्ड व रिव्हर्स रेकोर्ड्स्)\n" +"काही डिएचसिपि सर्वर्सला <b> होस्टनेम टु सेन्ड</b> रकान्यामधे क्लाएंन्ट्च्या डिएचसिपि मेसेजमधे एक विशिष्ठ स्ट्रिंग असावी लागते.आत्ताचे होस्टनेम सेन्ड करण्यासाठी<i>ओटो</i> सोडा (म्हणजे होस्टनेम मधे डिफाइन केलेला <i>/इटिसि/ होस्टनेम </i>).\n" +" होस्टनेम न पाठ्वण्यासाठी मोकळे सोडा.</p>" + +#. Aliases dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>ह्या इन्टरफेसचे (त्याच्या अलिआसेसचे) एडिशनल एड्रेसेस ह्या डायलोग मधे कोन्फिगर करा.</p>" + +#. Aliases dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>Enter an <b>Alias Name</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n" +#| "the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n" +"the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>अलिआस नेम</b>, <b>IP एड्रेसेस</b>, व <b>नेटमास्क</b> एन्टर करा.</p>" + +#. Aliases dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 +msgid "" +"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p> इन्टरफेसचे नेम अलिआस नेम मधे एन्टर करु नका. उदा, <b>eth0:foo</b>ऐवजी <b>foo</b> एन्टर करा.</p>" + +#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup +#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing +#. Translators: dialog help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:297 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n" +"<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" +"<br><b>ASCII</b>: The ASCII values of the characters entered constitute the\n" +"key. Enter 5 characters for 64-bit keys, up to 13\n" +"characters for 128-bit keys, up to 16 characters for 156-bit keys, and\n" +"up to 29 characters for 256-bit keys.\n" +"<br><b>Hexadecimal</b>: Enter the hex codes of the key directly. Enter\n" +"10 hex digits for 64-bit keys, 26 digits for 128-bit keys, 32 digits\n" +"for 156-bit keys, and 58 digits for 256-bit keys. You can\n" +"use hyphens <tt>-</tt> to separate pairs or groups of digits, for example,\n" +"<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n" +"</p> \n" +msgstr "" +"<p>तुमच्या कि साठी तीन <b>कि इन्पुट टाइप्स</b> मधुन निवड करा.\n" +"<br><b>पासफ्रेज</b>: एन्टर केलेल्या फ्रेज मधुन कि जनरेट होते.\n" +"<br><b>ASCII</b>: कि मधुन केलेल्या केरेक्टर्स च्या ASCII वेल्युज\n" +"key. ६४-बिट किज साठी ५ केरेक्टर् एन्टर करा, १२८-बिट किज साठी १३ केरेक्टर् एन्टर करा\n" +", १५६-बिट किज साठी १६ केरेक्टर् एन्टर करा , व\n" +" २५६-बिट किज साठी २९३ केरेक्टर् एन्टर करा.\n" +"<br><b>हेक्साडेसिमल</b>: कि चे हेक्स कोड्स एन्टर करा. ६४-बिट किज साठी १० हेक्स डिजिट्स एन्टर करा, १२८-बिट किज साठी २६ हेक्स डिजिट्स एन्टर करा,१५६-बिट किज साठी ३२ हेक्स डिजिट्स एन्टर करा, व २५६-बिट किज साठी ५८ हेक्स डिजिट्स एन्टरकरा. \n" +"ग्रुप किंवा डिजिट्स वेगळे करायला हायफन ('-') वापराउदा,\n" +"'0a5f-41e6-48'.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Wireless dialog help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, set the most important settings\n" +"for wireless networking.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>येथे, बिनतारी महाजालासाठी सर्वात महत्त्वाची\n" +"मांडणी करा.</p>" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:315 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n" +"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" +"<b>Managed</b> (network managed by an access point, sometimes also\n" +"called <i>Infrastructure Mode</i>), or <b>Master</b> (the network card\n" +"acts as an access point).</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>ओपरेटिंग मोड</b> नेटवर्क टोपोलोजी वर अवलंबून असतो. मोड<b>एड-होक</b> (पिअर-टु-पिअर नेट्वर्क विदाउट एक्सेस्‌ पोइन्ट),\n" +"<b>मेनेज्ड</b> (नेट्वर्क मेनेज्ड बाय एक्सेस्‌ पोइन्ट,ज्याला <i>इन्फ्रस्ट्र्क्चर मोड</i>)म्हणतात) ,किंवा <b>मास्टर</b>(ज्यात नेट्वर्क कार्ड एक्सेस्‌ पोइन्ट सारखे एक्ट करते).असु शकतो</p>\n" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +msgid "" +"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n" +"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" +"wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" +"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication mode,\n" +"you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" +"case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" +"signal strength.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>नेटवर्क नेम (ESSID)</b> सेट करा जे एकाच वरचूअल नेटवर्कचा used to identify\n" +" भाग असलेल्या सेल्सला ओळखते. एका वायरलेस लेन मधिल सगळ्या स्टेशनला एकमेकशी कम्युनिकेटकरायला एकच ESSID लागतो\n" +"तुम्ही <b>मेनेज्ड</b> ओपरेशन मोड निवडा <b>ड्ब्लुपिए</b> ओथेंटिकेशन मोड नको,\n" +"तुम्ही हा रकाना मोकळा ठेऊ शकता किंवा<tt>एनि</tt>ला सेट करु शकता. \n" +"अशावेळी तुमचे WLAN कार्ड सर्वात चांगल्या सिग्नल स्ट्रेन्थला असोसिएट करते.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n" +"It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n" +"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) is a system to encrypt wireless network\n" +"traffic with an optional authentication, based on the encryption\n" +"key used. In most cases where WEP is used, the <b>WEP-Open</b> mode (no\n" +"authentication at all) is fine. This does not mean that you cannot\n" +"use WEP encryption (in that case use <b>No Encryption</b>). \n" +"Some networks may require <b>WEP-Shared Key</b> authentication. \n" +"NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" +"potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" +"specific needs for shared key authentication, use the <b>Open</b>\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" +"was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" +"WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> or <b>WPA-EAP</b> as the\n" +"authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" +"<b>Managed</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>काहि नेटवर्क्स मधे, <b> ओथेंटिकेशन मोड सेट करावा लागतो</b>.\n" +"हे वापरलेल्या प्रोटेक्शन टेक्नोलोजी, WEP वा WPA वर अवलंबून असते. \n" +"<b>WEP</b> (वायर्ड इक्विवेलंट प्रायवसी) हि वायरलेस नेटवर्क ट्रेफिक ओप्शनल ओथेंटिकेशनने \n" +" एन्क्रिप्ट करण्याच्या एन्क्रिपशन कि बेस्ड सिस्टिम आहे.जिथे WEP वापरले असेल, <b>ओपन</b> मोड (ओथेंटिकेशन नाही) तर ठिक आहे. ह्याच अर्थ तुम्ही WEP एन्क्रिपशन वापरु शकत नाही असा नाही\n" +"काही नेटवर्क्स ला WEP <b>शेअर्ड कि</b> ओथेंटिकेशन लागते\n" +"सुचना: शेअर्ड कि ओथेंटिकेशन पोटेंशिअल एटेकर चे तुमचे नेटवर्क ब्रेक करणे सोपे करते. \n" +"तुमच्या शेअर्ड कि ओथेंटिकेशन साठी विशिष्ठ गरजांखेरिज तुम्ही <b>ओपन</b>मोड वापरा\n" +"करण WEP असुरक्षित आहे हे सिद्ध झाले आहे, <b>WPA</b> (वाय-फाय प्रोटेक्टेड एक्सेस)\n" +"त्याचे सिक्युरिटी होल्स बंद करतो, पण सगळे हार्डवेअर WPA सपोर्ट करत नाही\n" +"जर तुम्हाला WPA वापरायचे असेल, तर <b>WPA-PSK</b> किंवा <b>WPA-EAP</b> \n" +"ओथेंटिकेशन मोड निवडा. हे फक्त <b>मेनेज्ड</b>ओपरेशन मोड मधे शक्य आहे.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +msgid "" +"<p>To use WEP, enter the\n" +"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" +"length of 64, 128, 156, or 256 bits, but not all sizes are\n" +"supported by all devices. Of these keys, 24 bits\n" +"are dynamically generated, so you only need to enter 40 to 232 bits.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> WEP, वापरण्यासाठी WEP एन्क्रिपशन कि एन्टर करा\n" +" त्याची कि लेन्थ ६४, १२८, १५६, किंवा २५६ बिट्स असु शकते, पण सगळ्या \n" +" साइझला सगळे डिवाइस सपोर्ट करत नाहित. ह्या कि पैकी २४ बिट्स\n" +"डायनेमिकली जनरेट होतात, म्हणुन तुम्हाला फक्त ४० ते २३२ बिट्स एन्टर करायेचे आहेत.</p>\n" + +#. Wireless dialog help +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 +msgid "" +"<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" +"enter the preshared key. This\n" +"key is used for authentication and encryption keys are generated from\n" +"it. These are not vulnerable to known attacks against WEP keys, but\n" +"dictionary attacks are still possible. Do not use a word that is\n" +"easy to guess as the passphrase.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>WPA-PSK (काहिवळेस WPA होम म्हणून रिफर केले जाते)वापरण्यासाठी,\n" +"प्रिशेअर्ड कि एन्टर करा. \n" +"ह्या किचा उपयोग त्यातुन जनरेट होणारया ओथेंटिकेशन एन्क्रिपशन किज साठी होतो \n" +"हे WEP किज च्या विरुद्ध्च्या एटेक्सला बळी ठरत नाहित, पण\n" +"डिक्शनरी एटेक्स शक्य असु शकतात.गेस करायला सोपा असा शब्द पासफ्रेज म्हणुन वापरु नका.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365 +msgid "" +"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" +"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> WPA-EAP (काहिवळेस WPA एन्टरप्राइझ म्हणून रिफर केले जाते)वापरण्यासाठी,\n" +"पुढच्या डायलोग मधे एडिशनल पेरमिटर्स एन्टर करा.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:368 +msgid "" +"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" +"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" +"available options.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>ह्या व्हॅल्यूज इन्टरफेस आकृतीबंध फाइल मधे लिहिल्या जातील\n" +"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'.जर तुम्हाला अतिरिक्त सेटिंग्ज ह्ववे असतील,\n" +"तर मेन्युअली वाढवा. सगळ्या उपलब्ध पर्यायांमध्ये एकाच डिरेक्टरी मधील \n" +"'वायरलेस'फाइल रिफर करा.</p>" + +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IP Address" +msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" +msgstr "IP पत्ता" + +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217 +msgid "Net&mask" +msgstr "नेटमास्क" + +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247 +msgid "Label is too long." +msgstr "" + +#. Popup::Error text +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386 +msgid "The IP address is invalid." +msgstr "आयपी पत्ता अवैध आहे." + +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266 +msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." +msgstr "सबनेट मास्क अवैध आहे" + +#. Translators: input type for a wireless key +#. radio button group label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:54 +msgid "Key Input Type" +msgstr "कळ इनपूट प्रकार" + +#. Translators: input type for a wireless key +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:58 +msgid "&Passphrase" +msgstr "पासफ्रेज" + +#. Translators: input type for a wireless key +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:61 +msgid "&ASCII" +msgstr "ASCII" + +#. Translators: input type for a wireless key +#. (Hexadecimal) +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:65 +msgid "&Hexadecimal" +msgstr "Hexadecimal" + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:75 +msgid "EAP &Mode" +msgstr "EAP पध्दत" + +#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:79 +msgid "TTLS" +msgstr "TTLS" + +#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:81 +msgid "PEAP" +msgstr "PEAP" + +#. combo box item, one of WPA EAP modes +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:83 +msgid "TLS" +msgstr "TLS" + +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85 +msgid "" +"<p>WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n" +"are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n" +"perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>WPA-EAP युजर ओथेंटिकेट करायला रेडिअस सर्वर वापरतो. There\n" +"EAP मधे सर्वरला कनेक्ट करायला \n" +"व ओथेंटिकेट करायला वेगवेगळ्या मेथड आहेत, TLS, TTLS, व PEAP.</p>\n" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98 +msgid "&Identity" +msgstr "ओळख" + +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:100 +msgid "" +"<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n" +"and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n" +"If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" +"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>TTLS व PEAP साठी, तुमची <b>आयडेन्टिटी</b> \n" +"व सर्वर मधे कोन्फिगर केलेला <b>पासवर्ड</b> एन्टर करा .\n" +"जर तुम्हाला युजर नेम <b>एनोनिमस आयडेन्टिटी </b> ठेवण्याची खास गरज असेल, तर तुम्ही ते इथे सेट करु शकता. ह्याची बहुतेक करुन गरज नसते.</p>\n" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110 +msgid "&Anonymous Identity" +msgstr "अज्ञात व्यक्ती ओळख" + +#. or password? +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:118 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&परवली शब्द" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:125 +msgid "&Client Certificate" +msgstr "ग्राहक प्रमाणपत्र" + +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 +msgid "" +"<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" +"to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" +"a <b>Client Key</b> file that contains your private key and\n" +"the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>TLS युजरनेम व पासवर्डच्या कोम्बिनेशन पेक्षा ओथेंटिकेट करायला<b>क्लाएंट सर्टिफिकेट</b>\n" +"वापरते. ते नेगोशिएशन कम्युनिकेशनला एन्क्रिप्ट करण्यासाठी पब्लिक व प्रायवेट कि पेअर वापरते,\n" +" म्हणुन तुम्हाला एडिशनली एक <b> क्लाएंट कि</b> फाइल लागते जीच्यामधे प्रायवेट कि व \n" +" त्या फाइलचा<b> क्लाएंट कि पासवर्ड</b> असतो.</p>\n" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143 +msgid "Client &Key" +msgstr "ग्राहक कळ" + +#. or password? +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:156 +msgid "Client Key Pass&word" +msgstr "ग्राहक कळ परवलीशब्द" + +#. text entry label +#. aka certificate of the CA (certification authority) +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:166 +msgid "&Server Certificate" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र" + +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:170 +msgid "" +"<p>To increase security, it is recommended to configure\n" +"a <b>Server Certificate</b>. It is used\n" +"to validate the server's authenticity.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>सुरक्षितता वाढ्वण्यासाठी, <b>सर्वर सर्टिफिकेट</b> कोन्फिगर करावे\n" +"हे सर्वर ची ओथेंटिसिटी वेलिडेट करायला वापरतात.</p>\n" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211 +msgid "&Details" +msgstr "अधिक माहिती" + +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:220 +msgid "" +"If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n" +"any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n" +msgstr "" +"जर तुम्हाला तुमचा आयडि व पासवर्ड माहित नसेल व तुमच्याकडे कोणतेही \n" +"सर्टिफिकेट वा कि फाइल्स नसतील, तर सिस्टिम एडमिनिस्ट्रेटरला सम्पर्क करा.\n" + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238 +msgid "&Authentication Method" +msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकेशन पद्धती" + +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 +msgid "" +"<p>Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\n" +"method. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\n" +"allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" +"authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>इथे तुम्ही इनर ओथेंटिकेशन मेथड कोन्फिगर करु शकता(ज्याला फेज २ ही म्हणतात)\n" +"बाय डिफोल्ट, सगळ्या मेथड अलाउड आहेत. जर तुम्हाला अलाउड मेथड रिस्ट्रिक्ट करायच्या असतिल\n" +"जर तुम्हाला ओथेंटिकेशन करायला अडचणी आल्या तर इनर ओथेंटिकेशन मेथड निवडा.</p>\n" + +#. radio button group label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249 +msgid "&PEAP Version" +msgstr "PEAP आवृत्ती" + +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250 +msgid "" +"<p>If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" +"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>जर तुम्ही PEAP वापरत असाल, तर तुम्ही विशिष्ठ PEAP इम्प्लिमेंटेशन (वर्जन ० वा १)\n" +" वापरण्यास फोर्स करु शकता. ह्याची बहुतेक करुन गरज नसते.</p>\n" + +#. radio button: any version of PEAP +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255 +msgid "&Any" +msgstr "एखादे" + +#. Wireless authentication modes: +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No Encryption" +msgstr "इनक्रिप्शन" + +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361 +msgid "WEP - Open" +msgstr "" + +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 +#, fuzzy +msgid "WEP - Shared Key" +msgstr "वाटलेली कळ" + +#. ComboBox item +#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 +msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" +msgstr "" + +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370 +msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" +msgstr "" + +#. Wireless dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394 +msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" +msgstr "बिनतारी महाजाल कार्ड संरचना" + +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424 +msgid "Wireless Device Settings" +msgstr "बिनतारी उपकरण मांडणी" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433 +msgid "O&perating Mode" +msgstr "ऑपरेटींग मोड" + +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 +msgid "Ad-Hoc" +msgstr "Ad-Hoc" + +#. ComboBox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 +msgid "Master" +msgstr "मालक" + +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449 +msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" +msgstr "महाजालाचे नाव (ESSID)" + +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Scan Network" +msgstr "स्त्रोत महाजाल" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459 +msgid "&Authentication Mode" +msgstr "ऑथेंन्टीकेशन मोड" + +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466 +msgid "&Encryption Key" +msgstr "इनक्रीप्शन कळ" + +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475 +msgid "E&xpert Settings" +msgstr "तज्ञ सेटींग्ज" + +#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478 +msgid "&WEP Keys" +msgstr "WEP कळ" + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 +msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." +msgstr "WPA ऑथेन्टीकेशप मोड फक्त मॅनेज्ड ऑपरेशन मोड मध्येच शक्य आहे." + +#. Popup text +#. modes: combination of operation and authentication +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571 +msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." +msgstr "हया मोडकरजा नेटवर्क नाव ठरवा." + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578 +msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." +msgstr "नेटवर्क नाव 32 अक्षरांपेक्षा कमी असलेच पाहीजे." + +#. Error popup +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598 +msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." +msgstr "पासफ्रेज मध्ये 8 ते 63 मधील अक्षरे असलीच पाहीजे(दोन्ही मिळून)." + +#. Error popup +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609 +msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." +msgstr "%1 हेक्झाडेसीमल डीजीटस कळीकरता आवश्यक आहे." + +#. Popup text +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939 +msgid "The encryption key is invalid." +msgstr "इनक्रीप्शन कळ अवैध आहे." + +#. error +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629 +msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." +msgstr "हया ऑथेटीकेशन मोड करता इनक्रीप्शन कळ ठरवा" + +#. warning only +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636 +msgid "" +"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" +"Really continue?\n" +msgstr "" +"कोणतिही एन्क्रिपशन न वापरणे हि सुरक्षितता जोखिम आहे.\n" +"पुढे जाऊ?\n" + +#. Wireless expert dialog caption +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775 +msgid "Wireless Expert Settings" +msgstr "वायरलेस तज्ञ सेटींग्ज" + +#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n" +"(rarely needed).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>इथे, एडिशनल कोन्फिगरेशन पेरमिटर्स \n" +"(कधितरी लागणारे).</p>" + +#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701 +msgid "" +"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" +"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" +"points in that case.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>तुमचे वायरलेस LAN कार्ड मास्टर किंवा एड-होक मोड,\n" +"कार्ड ने वापरण्यासाठीचे <b>चेनल</b> सेट करा. हे मेनेज्ड मोड साठी लागत नाही\n" +" –त्याच्यामधे कार्ड एक्सेस पोइन्ट्स शोधणारया चेनल मधुन जाईल.</p>\n" + +#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708 +msgid "" +"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" +"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>" +msgstr "<p>काही केसेस मधे, तुम्हाला ट्रान्समिशन <b>बिट रेट</b> करायचा असतो. जलद जाणेहे डिफोल्ट असते .</p>" + +#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712 +msgid "" +"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n" +"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>" +msgstr "<p>मल्टिपल <b>एक्सेस पोइन्ट्स</b>असलेल्या एन्वरोन्मेन्ट मधे, ज्याला क्नेक्ट करायचे आहे तो डिफाइन करायचा असल्यास त्याचा MAC एड्रेस एन्टर करा.</p>" + +#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n" +"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" +"be disconnected from AC power.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>युज पोवर मेनेजमेन्ट</b> पोवर सेविंग मेकेनिझम्स एनेबल करते.\n" +"हि चांगली कल्पना आहे, जर तुम्ही लेप्टोप युजर असाल तर\n" +"आणि AC पोवर पासुन डिस्कनेक्ट व्हाल.</p>\n" + +#. Combobox item +#. Combobox item +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766 +msgid "Automatic" +msgstr "स्वंयचलित" + +#. Combobox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781 +msgid "&Channel" +msgstr "चॅनेल" + +#. Combobox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784 +msgid "B&it Rate" +msgstr "बीट दर" + +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 +msgid "&Access Point" +msgstr "संपर्क बिंदू" + +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798 +msgid "Use &Power Management" +msgstr "पावर मॅनेजमेन्ट वापरा" + +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "EAP &Mode" +msgid "AP ScanMode" +msgstr "EAP पध्दत" + +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897 +msgid "Enter Encryption Key" +msgstr "इनक्रीप्शन कळ लिहा" + +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901 +msgid "&Key" +msgstr "कळ" + +#. Translators: popup title +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "मदत" + +#. Wireless keys dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974 +msgid "Wireless Keys" +msgstr "बिनतारी कळ" + +#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977 +msgid "" +"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" +"although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" +"The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" +"one key.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>ह्या डायलोग मधे, तुमच्या ट्रान्समिट करण्याआधि डाटा एन्क्रिप्ट करण्यासाठी WEP किज डिफाइन करा तुमच्याकडे चार किज असु शकतात,\n" +"डाटा एन्क्रिप्ट करण्यासाठी एकाच कि चा वापर होतो. हि डिफोल्ट कि असते.\n" +"दुसरया किज डाटा डिक्रिप्ट करण्यासाठी वापरतात. बहुतेक करुन तुमच्या कडे एकच कि असते.</p>" + +#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" +"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" +"Some older hardware might not be able to handle 128 bit keys, so if your\n" +"wireless LAN connection does not establish, you may need to set this\n" +"value to 64.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>कि लेन्थ</b> तुमच्या WEP किजची बिट लेन्थ डिफाइन करते.\n" +"६४ व १२८ बिट शक्य आहेत,ज्याना ४० व १०४ बिट म्हणुन रिफर केले जाते.\n" +"जुन्या हार्ड्वेअरला १२७ बिट किज हेन्डल करणे शक्य नसते , म्हणुन जर तुमचे वायरलेस LAN कनेक्शन एस्टेब्लिश होत नसेल, तर तुम्हाला हि वेल्यु\n" +"६४ ला सेट करावी लागेल.</p>" + +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010 +msgid "WEP Keys" +msgstr "वेप कळ" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016 +msgid "&Key Length" +msgstr "कळ लांबी" + +#. Table header label +#. Abbreviation of Number +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024 +msgid "No." +msgstr "नाही." + +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "किल्ली" + +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 +msgid "Default" +msgstr "नित्यस्थिती" + +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038 +msgid "&Set as Default" +msgstr "डीफॉल्ट म्हणून सेट करा" + +#. file browser dialog headline +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210 +msgid "Choose a Certificate" +msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र निवडा" + +#. validated in ValidateWpaEap +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255 +msgid "" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" +"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283 +msgid "" +"Enter either the identity and password\n" +"or the client certificate." +msgstr "" +"ओळखा व गुप्तशब्ध वा क्लायंट\n" +"सर्टीपिकेट घाला." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329 +msgid "WPA-EAP" +msgstr "WPA-EAP" + +#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351 +msgid "Any" +msgstr "एखादे" + +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355 +msgid "MD5" +msgstr "MD5" + +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +msgid "GTC" +msgstr "GTC" + +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 +msgid "CHAP" +msgstr "CHAP" + +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 +msgid "PAP" +msgstr "PAP" + +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 +msgid "MSCHAPv1" +msgstr "MSCHAPv1" + +#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367 +msgid "MSCHAPv2" +msgstr "MSCHAPv2" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 +msgid "WPA-EAP Details" +msgstr "WPA-EAP तपशील" + +#: src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:97 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..." + +#. Ramote Administration dialog caption +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 +msgid "Remote Administration" +msgstr "दुरस्थ व्यवस्थापक" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापनाला परवानगी" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 +msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" +msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापनाला परवानगी नाही" + +#. Remote Administration dialog help +#. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n" +"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" +"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>हे फिचर एनेबल केले तर ,\n" +"तुम्ही हे मशिन दुसरया मशिनवरुन रिमोटली एड्मिनिस्टर करु शकता. \n" +"तुम्ही krdc सारखा VNC क्लाएन्ट वापरा,(<i><hostname>:%१</i>ला कनेक्ट करा),वा जावा-केपेबल वेब ब्राउझर(<i>http://<hostname>:%२</i> ला कनेक्ट करा).\n" +"हा रिमोट एड्मिनिस्टरेशनचा प्रकार SSH पेक्षा कमी सुरक्षित असतो.</p>\n" + +#. Dialog frame title +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 +msgid "Remote Administration Settings" +msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापन मांडणी" + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 +msgid "These packages need to be installed:" +msgstr "ह्या पॅकेजना संस्थापित करण्याची आवश्यकता" + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 +msgid "" +"The required packages are not installed.\n" +"The configuration will be aborted.\n" +"\n" +"Try again?\n" +msgstr "" +"हवी असलेली पेकेजेस इन्स्टोल केली नाहित.\n" +"कोन्फिगरेशन अबोर्ट होइल.\n" +"\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा?\n" + +#. Table field (Unknown device) +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#. Popup headline +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279 +msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" +msgstr "संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या सग्रहीत झाली" + +#. Popup headline +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284 +msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" +msgstr "DNS संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली" + +#. Popup headline +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286 +msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" +msgstr "DSL संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली" + +#. Popup headline +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 +msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" +msgstr "सादरकर्ता संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली" + +#. Popup headline +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" +msgstr "ISDN संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली" + +#. Popup headline +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" +msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली" + +#. Popup headline +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" +msgstr "मोडेम संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली" + +#. Popup headline +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली" + +#. Popup headline +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" +msgstr "पुरविणारा संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली" + +#. Popup headline +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" +msgstr "रामुटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन यशस्वी पणे साठवले" + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 +msgid "Configure mail now?" +msgstr "आता मेल संरचना करायची?" + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326 +msgid "Run configuration of %1?" +msgstr "%1 ची संरचना सुरू करा?" + +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064 +msgid "Network Cards" +msgstr "महाजाल पत्र" + +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068 +msgid "Modems" +msgstr "मोडेम्स" + +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072 +msgid "ISDN Cards" +msgstr "ISDN कार्ड" + +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076 +msgid "DSL Devices" +msgstr "DSL उपकरण" + +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081 +msgid "All Network Devices" +msgstr "सर्व महाजाल उपकरण" + +#. validation error popup +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398 +msgid "The hostname is invalid." +msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव अवैध आहे." + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:111 +msgid "&Domain Name" +msgstr "क्षेत्र नाव" + +#. validation error popup +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:127 +msgid "The domain name is invalid." +msgstr "क्षेत्र नाव अवैध आहे." + +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:134 +msgid "&Change Hostname via DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP द्वारा सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव बदला" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144 +msgid "&Assign Hostname to Loopback IP" +msgstr "" + +#. help +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration" +msgstr "DNS संरचना" + +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Only Manually" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use Default Policy" +msgstr "मूळ किंमत वापरा" + +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use Custom Policy" +msgstr "परवलीशब्द नकाशा" + +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:167 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Custom Policy Rule" +msgstr "अकॉस्टिक पॉलिसी" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:177 +msgid "Name Server &1" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव 1" + +#. validation error popup +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:193 +msgid "The IP address of the name server is invalid." +msgstr "सेवासंगणकासाठी असलेले नाव IP पत्त्यासाठी अवैध आहे." + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:201 +msgid "Do&main Search" +msgstr "क्षेत्र शोध" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:228 +msgid "Name Server &2" +msgstr "नाव असलेला सेवासंगणक 2" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:230 +msgid "Name Server &3" +msgstr "नाव असलेला सेवासंगणक 3" + +#. Frame label +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697 +msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" +msgstr "सादरकर्ता नाव आणि क्षेत्र नाव" + +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251 +msgid "Name Servers and Domain Search List" +msgstr "नाव असलेला सेवासंगणक आणि क्षेत्र शोध यादी" + +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:268 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Hostname/DNS" +msgstr "व०ॖतॴन॥ॕीृॣ" + +#. Init handler for DHCP_HOSTNAME. +#. enable or disable: is DHCP available? +#. @param [String] key the widget receiving the event +#. @param event the event being handled +#. @return nil so that the dialog loops on +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No interface with dhcp" +msgstr "जाळे दुवा" + +#. Validator for domain name, no_popup +#. @param [String] key the widget being validated +#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled +#. @return whether valid +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 +msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." +msgstr "शोध यादीत जास्तीत जास्त %1 डोमेन्स." + +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526 +msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." +msgstr "शोध यादीत जास्तीत जास्त %1 शब्द असू शकत नाही." + +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535 +msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." +msgstr "शोध यंत्र '%1' अवैध आहे." + +#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately +#. via CWMTab +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725 +msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" +msgstr "सादरकर्ता आणि नाव असलेला सेवासंगणक संरचना" + +#. Warning popup text 1/2 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:57 +msgid "The host %1 is a system host." +msgstr "सादरकर्ता %1 हा प्रणाली सादरकर्ता आहे." + +#. Warning popup text 2/2 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:61 +msgid "Really delete it?" +msgstr "खरोखर ते काढून टाका?" + +#. Warning popup text 2/2 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:64 +msgid "Really change it?" +msgstr "खरोखर बदल करू नका?" + +#. Hosts dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:78 +msgid "<p>The hosts can be set up in this dialog.</p>" +msgstr "<p>हया डायलॉग यजमान सेटअप केले जाऊ शकतात.</p>" + +#. Hosts dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:80 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter a host <b>IP Address</b>, a <b>Hostname</b>, and optional\n" +"<b>Host Aliases</b>, separated by spaces.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>सादरकर्ता लिहा<b>आयपी पत्ता</b>, <b>सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव</b>, आणि पर्याय\n" +"<b>सादरकर्त्याचे खोटे नाव</b>, अंतराद्वारे विभागा.</p>\n" + +#. Frame label +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118 +msgid "Current Hosts" +msgstr "सध्याचा सादरकर्ता" + +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130 +msgid "Hostnames" +msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव" + +#. Table header label +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132 +msgid "Host Aliases" +msgstr "खोटा सादरकर्ता" + +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351 +msgid "Hos&t Aliases" +msgstr "खोटा सादरकर्ता" + +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414 +msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." +msgstr "खोटे नाव \"%1\" अवैध आहे." + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Default IPv4 &Gateway" +msgstr "डिफॉल्टस गेटवे" + +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Default IPv6 &Gateway" +msgstr "डिफॉल्टस गेटवे" + +#. Table header 3/4 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Netmask" +msgid "Genmask" +msgstr "नेटमास्क" + +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable &IP Forwarding" +msgid "Enable &IPv4 Forwarding" +msgstr "इनऐबल IP फारवर्डीग" + +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable &IP Forwarding" +msgid "Enable I&Pv6 Forwarding" +msgstr "इनऐबल IP फारवर्डीग" + +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:136 +msgid "Routing" +msgstr "ने-आण करणे" + +#. Route edit dialog +#. @param [Fixnum] id id of the edited route +#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry +#. @param [Array] devs available devices +#. @return route or nil, if canceled +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161 +msgid "&Destination" +msgstr "लक्ष्य" + +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Net&mask" +msgid "Ge&nmask" +msgstr "नेटमास्क" + +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175 +msgid "&Gateway" +msgstr "प्रवेशद्वार" + +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181 +#, fuzzy +msgid "De&vice" +msgstr "साधन" + +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240 +msgid "Destination is invalid." +msgstr "लक्ष्य अवैध आहे." + +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248 +msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." +msgstr "प्रवेशद्वार आयपी पत्ता अयोग्य आहे." + +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256 +msgid "Subnetmask is invalid." +msgstr "सबनेट मास्क अवैध आहे." + +#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used +#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414 +msgid "The default gateway is invalid." +msgstr "मूळ प्रवेशद्वार अवैध आहे." + +#. Pushbutton label +#: src/include/network/summary.rb:67 +msgid "A&dd" +msgstr "भरा/मिळवा" + +#. Pushbutton label (different shortcut) +#: src/include/network/summary.rb:74 +msgid "&Add" +msgstr "जोडा" + +#. Pushbutton label (different shortcut) +#: src/include/network/summary.rb:76 +msgid "Ed&it" +msgstr "सपादन करा" + +#. Pushbutton label (different shortcut) +#: src/include/network/summary.rb:78 +msgid "Dele&te" +msgstr "काढून टाका" + +#. TextEntry label +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:54 +msgid "&Dial Prefix Regular Expression" +msgstr "प्रीफीक्ट रेग्यूलर एक्सप्रेशन" + +#. dial prefix regex help +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57 +msgid "" +"<p>When <b>Dial Prefix Regular Expression</b> is set, users can\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" +"A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" +"and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" +"to change the prefix.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>जेव्हा <b>डायल प्रेफिक्स रेग्युलर एक्सप्रेशन</b> सेट होते, users can\n" +"युजर्स एक्सप्रेशन मेच झाले तर KInternet मधिल डायल प्रेफिक्स बदलू शकतात .\n" +"रेकमेंड केलेली वेल्यु आहे <tt>[०९]?</tt>, ,\n" +"अलाउ करतो <tt>०</tt>, <tt>९</tt> व रिकामे प्रिफिक्स. जर एक्सप्रेशन रिकमे असेल, तर युजरला प्रेफिक्स बदलायला अलाउ करत नाही.</p>\n" + +#. radio button group label,method of setup +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69 +msgid "Setup Method" +msgstr "मांडणी पध्दत" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:75 +msgid "A&utomatic Address Setup (via DHCP)" +msgstr "आपोआप पत्ता मांडणी (द्वारे DHCP)" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:77 +msgid "S&tatic Address Setup" +msgstr "स्टॅटीक पत्ता सेटअप" + +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:80 +msgid "<p>H</p>" +msgstr "<p>एच</p>" + +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:95 +msgid "At Boot Time" +msgstr "सुगीच्या दिवसात" + +#. is a part of the static help text +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:102 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "कधीही नाही" + +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:106 +msgid "By NetworkManager" +msgstr "द्वारे महाजाल प्रबंधक" + +#. help text for Device Activation +#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:111 +msgid "" +"<b>By NetworkManager</b>: a desktop applet\n" +"controls the interface. There is no need to set it up in YaST." +msgstr "" +"<b>बाय नेटवर्क मेनेजर</b>: हे डेस्कटोप एप्लेट आहे जे इन्टरफेसला कंट्रोल करते\n" +" त्यालाYaST मधे सेट करायची गरज नाही." + +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#. help text for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Manually</b>: You control the interface manually\n" +"via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<b>मेन्युअली</b>: तुम्ही इन्टरफेसला'ifup'वा'kinternet' द्वारा मेन्युअली कंट्रोल करु शकता\n" +"(खाली'युजर कंट्रोल्ड' पहा)." + +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125 +msgid "On Cable Connection" +msgstr "केवळ जोडणीवर" + +#. help text for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129 +msgid "" +"<b>On Cable Connection</b>:\n" +"The interface is watched for whether there is a physical\n" +"network connection. That means either the cable is connected or the\n" +"wireless interface can connect to an access point.\n" +msgstr "" +"<b>ओन केबल कनेकशन</b>:\n" +" इन्टरफेसला फिसिकल नेटवर्क कनेक्शन साठी बघितले जाते\n" +"म्हणजे केबल कनेक्ट केली आहे वा वायरलेस इन्टरफेस एक्सेस पोइन्टला कनेक्ट करू शकतो.\n" + +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138 +msgid "On Hotplug" +msgstr "हॉटप्लग वर" + +#. help text for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:140 +msgid "" +"With <b>On Hotplug</b>,\n" +"the interface is set up as soon as it is available. This is\n" +"nearly the same as 'At Boot Time', but does not result in an error at\n" +"boot time if the interface is not present.\n" +msgstr "" +"<b>ओन होट प्लग</b> मधे,\n" +" इन्टरफेस उपलब्ध झाल्यावर लगेचच सेट अप होतो. हे\n" +"'एट बुट टाइम'सारखेच असते, पण इन्टरफेस नसला तरी बुट टाइमला एरर देत नाही.\n" + +#. Combo box option for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149 +msgid "On NFSroot" +msgstr "ओन NFS रुट " + +#. help text for Device Activation +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" +"Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" +msgstr "" +"<b> ओन NFS रुट </b> चा वापर'ओटो 'सारखा असतो. पण ह्या स्टार्टमोड असलेले इन्टरफेसेस'rcnetwork stop'द्वारा बंद होत नाहित. 'तरिही इफ डाउन <iface>' काम करतो.\n" +"जेव्हा तुमच्याकडे nfs वा iscsi रुट फाइल सिस्टिम असेल तेव्हा हे वापरा.\n" + +#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Activate &Device" +msgstr "सर्व सेवा सक्रिय करा" + +#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be +#. substituted as %1 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n" +"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n" +"<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n" +"%1</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>डिवाइस एक्टिवेशन</b> मधे, जेव्हा नेटवर्क इन्टरफेस करायचे असेल तेव्हा वापरा\n" +"<b> एट बुट टाइम </b> सिस्टिम बुट होताना सुरु होते <b>नेव्हर</b> डिवाइसला सुरु करत नाही %१</p>\n" + +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235 +msgid "IPoIB Device Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:246 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firewall is disabled" +msgid "Firewall is not installed." +msgstr "फायरवॉल अकार्यान्वित आहे" + +#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253 +msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254 +msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255 +msgid "576 (dial-up)" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc) +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262 +msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263 +msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)" +msgstr "" + +#. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271 +msgid "Set &MTU" +msgstr "" + +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Service" +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "नेटवर्क सेवा" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "परंपरागत चायनिज" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add &Service" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "सुविधा मिळवा" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "महाजाल सुविधा" + +#. Store the NetworkManager widget +#. @param [String] key id of the widget +#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342 +msgid "Applet needed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343 +msgid "" +"NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" +"(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" +"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "बायोस सेटींग्ज" + +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402 +msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. enable ipv6 support +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810 +msgid "Enable IPv6" +msgstr "IPv6 कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420 +msgid "Unknown device" +msgstr "अनोळखी उपकरण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429 +msgid "DHCP address" +msgstr "IP पत्ता" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436 +msgid "No IP address assigned" +msgstr "IP पत्ता सोपवलापत्ता नेमस्त केलेला नाही" + +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"%1 \n" +"%2 - %3" +msgstr "पुढे %1: %2 -- %3" + +#. #186102 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492 +msgid "&Change Device" +msgstr "उपकरण बदला" + +#. popup dialog title +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525 +msgid "Network Device Select" +msgstr "महाजाल उपकरण निवडा" + +#. this conditions origin from bridge configuration +#. if enslaving a configured device then its configuration is rewritten +#. to "0.0.0.0/32" +#. +#. translators: a note that listed device is already configured +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unconfigured" +msgid "configured" +msgstr "संरचना न केलेला " + +#. Shows a confirmation timed dialogue +#. +#. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:23 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Confirm Network Restart" +msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड संरचित करा" + +#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device Name" +msgid "Device Name:" +msgstr "डिव्हाईसचे नांव" + +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:99 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" +msgstr "" + +#. make sure there is enough space (#367239) +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +msgid "MAC address: %s" +msgstr "IPv4 पत्ता" + +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:114 +msgid "BusID: %s" +msgstr "" + +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuration name already exists." +msgstr "संरचना %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound card configuration module." +msgid "Invalid configuration name." +msgstr "ध्वनीकार्ड संरचना मॉड्यूल." + +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:377 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Write hostname" +msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव" + +#. Progress stage 2 +#. Progress stage 10 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534 +msgid "Update configuration" +msgstr "अद्ययावत संरचना" + +#. Progress stage 3 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:381 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" +msgstr "/etc/ipsec.conf वाचा" + +#. Write dialog caption +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" +msgstr "सादरकर्ता आणि DNS संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) +#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:394 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing hostname..." +msgstr "योजना लिहीत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#. Progress step 10 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622 +msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgstr "संरचना अद्ययावत करत आहे..." + +#. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) +#. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." +msgstr "वाचत आहे /etc/modprobe.conf..." + +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538 +msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" +msgstr "सादरकर्ता: DHCP च्याद्वारे मांडणी" + +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544 +msgid "Hostname: %1" +msgstr "सादरकर्ता: %1" + +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 +msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" +msgstr "होस्टनेम लहिले जाणार नाही /etc/होस्ट्स" + +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573 +msgid "Name Servers: %1" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव: %1" + +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583 +msgid "Search List: %1" +msgstr "यादी शोधा: %1" + +#. Check if there is anything to do +#: src/modules/Host.rb:138 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Update /etc/hosts" +msgstr "अद्ययावत रचना" + +#: src/modules/Host.rb:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards +#: src/modules/Host.rb:145 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." +msgstr "पॅकेजेस सुधारणा करत आहे..." + +#. Read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 +msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" +msgstr "महाजाल संरचना कार्यान्वित करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 +msgid "Detect network devices" +msgstr "महाजाल उपकरण शोधा" + +#. Progress stage 2/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 +msgid "Read driver information" +msgstr "चालक माहिती वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 +msgid "Read device configuration" +msgstr "उपकरण संरचना वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 4/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 +msgid "Read network configuration" +msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 5/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल प्रणाली वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 6/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 +msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" +msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव आणि DNS संरचना" + +#. Progress stage 7/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 +msgid "Read installation information" +msgstr "स्थापीत माहिती वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 8/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 +msgid "Read routing configuration" +msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 9/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 +msgid "Detect current status" +msgstr "सद्यस्थिती शोधा" + +#. Progress step 1/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." +msgstr "हार्डवेअर शोधत आहे..." + +#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 +msgid "" +"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" +"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" +"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 +msgid "" +"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" +"Check configuration manually.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 +msgid "Detecting network devices..." +msgstr "महाजाल उपकरण शोधत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 +msgid "Reading device configuration..." +msgstr "उपकरण संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 4/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 +msgid "Reading network configuration..." +msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 5/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 6/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 +msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." +msgstr "सादरकर्ता आणि DNS संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 7/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 +msgid "Reading installation information..." +msgstr "स्थापीत माहिती वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 8/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 +msgid "Reading routing configuration..." +msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन वाचले जात आहे..." + +#. Progress step 9/9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 +msgid "Detecting current status..." +msgstr "सद्यस्थिती शोधत आहे..." + +#. Final progress step +#. Final progress step +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "समाप्त झाले" + +#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) +#. @return Read(`cache) +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." +msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." +msgstr "बदल लागू करण्यासाठी रिबूट आवश्यक आहे." + +#. Write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506 +msgid "Saving Network Configuration" +msgstr "महाजाल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513 +msgid "Write drivers information" +msgstr "चालकाची माहिती लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 +msgid "Write device configuration" +msgstr "उपकरण संरचना लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 4 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +msgid "Write network configuration" +msgstr "महाजाल संरचना लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 5 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +msgid "Write routing configuration" +msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 6 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" +msgstr "सादरकर्त्याचे नाव आणि DNS संरचना लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 7 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +msgid "Set up network services" +msgstr "महाजाल सेवा मांडणी" + +#. Progress stage 8 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 +msgid "Activate network services" +msgstr "महाजाल सेवा सक्रीय करा" + +#. Progress step 2 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547 +msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." +msgstr "लिहीत आहे /etc/modprobe.conf..." + +#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +msgid "Writing device configuration..." +msgstr "उपकरण संरचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 4 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558 +msgid "Writing network configuration..." +msgstr "महाजाल संरचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 5 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564 +msgid "Writing routing configuration..." +msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन लिहिले जात आहे..." + +#. Progress step 6 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572 +msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." +msgstr "सादरकर्त्याचे नाव आणि DNS संरचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 7 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585 +msgid "Setting up network services..." +msgstr "नेटवर्क सुविधा सेट होत आहेत..." + +#. Progress step 8 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 9 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603 +msgid "Activating network services..." +msgstr "महाजाल सेवा संक्रिय करत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No network running" +msgstr "बायोस सेटींग्ज" + +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings +#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) +#. @return [rich text, links] +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782 +msgid "Network Mode" +msgstr "महाजाल मोड" + +#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 +msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" +msgstr "" + +#. disable NetworkManager applet +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789 +msgid "Disable NetworkManager" +msgstr "महाजाल प्रबंधक अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. network mode +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793 +msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" +msgstr "" + +#. enable NetworkManager applet +#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796 +msgid "Enable NetworkManager" +msgstr "महाजाल प्रबंधक कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. ipv6 support is enabled +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. disable ipv6 support +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +msgid "Disable IPv6" +msgstr "डिसेबल आइपिवि६ " + +#. ipv6 support is disabled +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193 +#, fuzzy +msgid "connected" +msgstr "(असुरक्षितकनेक्ट केलेले नाही)" + +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 +msgid "datagram" +msgstr "" + +#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto +#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto +#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 +msgid "Started automatically at boot" +msgstr "बूट वर आपोआप चालू झाले" + +#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" +msgstr "केवळ जोडणी आपोआप सुरु झाले" + +#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" +msgstr "नेटवर्क प्रंबधकात मॅनेज केले" + +#. summary description of STARTMODE=off +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +msgid "Will not be started at all" +msgstr "सुरु होणार नाही" + +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286 +msgid "Started manually" +msgstr "हाताने सुरू करा" + +#. do nothing +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298 +#, fuzzy +msgid "IP address assigned using" +msgstr "DHCP वापरून IP पत्ता सोपवला" + +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#, fuzzy +msgid "IP address: %s/%s" +msgstr "IPv4 पत्ता" + +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2" +msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" +msgstr "IP पत्ता: %1, सबनेट मास्क %2" + +#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item +#. overview. Check and remove. +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329 +msgid "Not configured" +msgstr "संरचित केले नाही" + +#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device Name: %1" +msgid "Device Name: %s" +msgstr "उपकरण नाव: %1" + +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bond slaves" +msgid "Bonding slaves" +msgstr "बोन्ड स्लेव्ज" + +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386 +msgid "enslaved in %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Ending Banner" +msgid "Bonding master" +msgstr "बॅनर संपादीत करत आहे" + +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Not connected" +msgstr "(असुरक्षितकनेक्ट केलेले नाही)" + +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 +msgid "No hwinfo" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n" +"to configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<P>साउंड कार्ड अजून आकृतीबंधित केलेले नसेल, तर \n" +"साउंड कार्ड आकृतीबंध मोड्यूल सुरू करण्यासाठी<b>कॉनफिगर साउंड कार्डस्</b>दाबा.\n" +"</p>" + +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Needed firmware" +msgstr "माहिती आवश्यक आहे" + +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +msgid "unknown" +msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed." +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "हे पॅकेज स्थापित केलेले नाही आणि ते स्थापित केले जआणार नाही" + +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure display manager" +msgstr "आता मेल संरचना करायची?" + +#. Progress stage 3 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restart the services" +msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करा" + +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" +msgstr "iSCSI Initiator कॉनफिग्येशन साठवले जात आहे" + +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuring display manager..." +msgstr "भाषा संरचित करा...." + +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restarting the service..." +msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करत आहे..." + +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "'lirc' सुविधा सुरू करण्यात अपयश." + +#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377 +msgid "" +"Your display manager must be restarted.\n" +"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" +"please restart it manually or log out and log in again." +msgstr "" + +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +msgid "Remote administration is enabled." +msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापक कार्यान्वित आहे." + +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +msgid "Remote administration is disabled." +msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापक अकार्यान्वित आहे." + +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" +msgstr "उतरवलेली सेंटीग्ज लिहिताना" + +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Write routing settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" +msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन रुटींग" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#. at first stop the running routes +#. FIXME: SCR::Execute(.target.bash, "/etc/init.d/route stop"); +#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, +#. so we let our caller do it together with other things +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing routing settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Gateway: %1" +msgid "Gateway: %s" +msgstr "प्रवेशद्वार: %1" + +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438 +#, fuzzy +msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" +msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डीग: चालू" + +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" +msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डीग: चालू" + +#. item in combo box Firewall Zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" +msgstr "स्वयंचलित" + +#. item in combo box Firewall Zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:127 +msgid "Firewall Disabled" +msgstr "फायरवॉल अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:139 +msgid "(Unprotected)" +msgstr "(असुरक्षित)" + +#~ msgid "Device boot protocol" +#~ msgstr "उपकरण बूट प्रोटोकॉल" + +#~ msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" +#~ msgstr "हातात महाजाल कार्ड संरचना" + +#~ msgid "&Hotplug Type" +#~ msgstr "हॉट प्लग प्रकार" + +#~ msgid "P&CI" +#~ msgstr "PCI" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>To specify the <b>Frequency</b> instead of\n" +#~ "the channel, select the desired value.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>चेनल ऐवजी <b>फ्रिक्वेन्सी</b> दर्शवण्यासाठी, वेल्यु सिलेक्ट करा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "&Frequency" +#~ msgstr "&वारंवारता" + +#~ msgid "unplugged" +#~ msgstr "अनप्लग्ड" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +#~ "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" +#~ "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<b> ओन NFS रुट </b> चा वापर'ओटो 'सारखा असतो. पण ह्या स्टार्टमोड असलेले इन्टरफेसेस'rcnetwork stop'द्वारा बंद होत नाहित. 'तरिही इफ डाउन <iface>' काम करतो.\n" +#~ "जेव्हा तुमच्याकडे nfs वा iscsi रुट फाइल सिस्टिम असेल तेव्हा हे वापरा.\n" + +#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" +#~ msgstr "नेटवर्क मॅनेजरबरोबर युजर नियंत्रीत" + +#~ msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" +#~ msgstr "इफअप बरोबर पारंपारिक पद्धती" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Device Name" +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "डिव्हाईसचे नांव" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgstr "SSH पोर्ट खुले आहे.</a>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgstr "SSH पोर्ट खुले आहे.</a>" + +#~ msgid "Detecting network cards..." +#~ msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड शोधत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Network Interfaces" +#~ msgstr "महाजाल संवादमंच" + +#~ msgid "&Network Interfaces" +#~ msgstr "महाजाल संवादमंच" + +#~ msgid "Alias Name" +#~ msgstr "अलीयास नाव" + +#~ msgid "Alias &Name" +#~ msgstr "अलीयास नाव" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Use non-bridged configuration" +#~ msgstr "समय विभाग संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Proposed non-bridged network configuration" +#~ msgstr "महाजाल संरचना लिहा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Use bridged configuration" +#~ msgstr "संरचना लिहा" + +#~ msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +#~ msgstr "ह्या मॉड्यूलकरता वापरकर्ता पडदा अनुपलब्ध आहे." + +#~ msgid "Detecting DSL devices..." +#~ msgstr "DSL उपकरण शोधत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "DSL Connections" +#~ msgstr "DSL जोडणी" + +#~ msgid "&DSL Connections" +#~ msgstr "DSL जोडणी" + +#~ msgid "PPP Daemon" +#~ msgstr "PPP पार्श्वभूमीत चालणारा कार्यक्रम" + +#~ msgid "Detecting ISDN cards..." +#~ msgstr "ISDN कार्ड्स शोधत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "ISDN Adapters" +#~ msgstr "ISDN ऍ़डाप्टरर्स" + +#~ msgid "&ISDN Adapters" +#~ msgstr "ISDN ऍ़डाप्टरर्स" + +#~ msgid "Detecting modems..." +#~ msgstr "मॉडेल्स शोधली जात आहेत..." + +#~ msgid "&Modems" +#~ msgstr "मोडेम्स" + +#~ msgid "ISDN Card" +#~ msgstr "ISDN कार्ड" + +#~ msgid "Modem" +#~ msgstr "मोडेम" + +#~ msgid "DSL Connection" +#~ msgstr "DSL जोडणी" + +#~ msgid "(not connected)" +#~ msgstr "(असुरक्षितकनेक्ट केलेले नाही)" + +#~ msgid "Mode: %1" +#~ msgstr "पध्दत: %1" + +#~ msgid "IP address assigned using DHCP" +#~ msgstr "DHCP वापरून IP पत्ता सोपवला" + +#~ msgid "Bond slaves" +#~ msgstr "बोन्ड स्लेव्ज" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Initializing DSL Configuration\n" +#~ "</BIG></B><BR>Please wait...<BR></P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>DSL संरचना कार्यान्वयन करत आहे\n" +#~ "</BIG></B><BR>कृपया वाट पाहा...<BR></P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the Initialization\n" +#~ "</BIG></B><BR>You can safely abort the configuration utility by pressing\n" +#~ "<B>Abort</B> now.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG> इनिशियलाइझेशन अबोर्ट करत आहे \n" +#~ "</BIG></B><BR> आता <b>अबोर्ट</b> दाबुन कोनफिगरेशन युटिलटि सुरक्षितपणे अबोर्टकरा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Saving DSL Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Please wait...<BR></P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>DSL संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "कृपया वाट पाहा......<BR></P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Aborting Saving</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "You can abort the save process by pressing <B>Abort</B>. An additional\n" +#~ "dialog may inform you whether it is safe to do so.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG> सेविंग अबोर्ट करत आहे </BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "<b>अबोर्ट</b> दाबुन सेव प्रोसिजर अबोर्ट करा.\n" +#~ "एडिशनल डायलोग असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे का याची सुचना देतो.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "The provider %1 is in use." +#~ msgstr " %1 प्रोव्हायडर वापरात आहे." + +#~ msgid "The provider %1 is in use. Really delete it?" +#~ msgstr " %1 प्रोव्हायडर वापरत आहे. खराच काढून टाकायचा का?" + +#~ msgid "DSL Configuration Overview" +#~ msgstr "DSL कॉनफिग्युरेशन ओव्हरव्हयू" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>DSL Overview</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Here, get an overview of installed DSL devices. Additionally,\n" +#~ "edit their configuration.<BR></P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>डिएसएल ओवरव्ह्यु</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "इथे, इन्स्टोल केलेल्या डिएसएल डिवाइसचा ओवरव्ह्यु मिळ्ण्यासाठी. एडिशनलि,\n" +#~ "त्यांचे कोन्फिगरेशन एडिट करा.<BR></P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding a DSL Device:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can manually configure a DSL device.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG> डिएसएल डिवाइस एड करत आहे:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "जर तुम्ही <B>एड</B>दाबले, तर तुम्ही डिएसएल डिवाइसला मेन्युअली कोन्फिगर करु शकता.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Choose a DSL device for which to change or remove the configuration.\n" +#~ "Then press the appropriate button: <B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>एडिटिंग वा डिलिटिंग:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "ज्याचे कोन्फिगरेशन एडिट किंवा रिमुव करायचे आहे ते डिएसएल डिवाइस निवडा.\n" +#~ "मग: <B>एडिट</B> किंवा <B>डिलिट</B>बटन दाबा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "प्रकार" + +#~ msgid "Provider" +#~ msgstr "पुरविणारा" + +#~ msgid "Providers" +#~ msgstr "पुरविणारा" + +#~ msgid "DSL Configuration" +#~ msgstr "DSL संरचना" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Here, set the most important settings\n" +#~ "for the DSL connection.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>DSL संपर्कात अती महत्वाची \n" +#~ "सेटींग्ज सेट करा.</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>First, choose your <b>PPP mode</b>. This is either\n" +#~ "<i>PPP over Ethernet</i> (PPPoE), <i>PPP over ATM</i> (PPPoATM),\n" +#~ "<i>CAPI for ADSL</i> or <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> (PPTP).\n" +#~ "Use <i>PPP over Ethernet</i> if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n" +#~ "Use <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n" +#~ "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. </p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>प्रथम तुम्ही तुमचा <b>पिपिपि मोड</b>निवडा. हा<i> पिपिपि ओवर इथरनेट</i>(PPPoE) किंवा <i> पिपिपि ओवर एटिएम</i>(PPPoATM)असतो.वापरा\n" +#~ "जर तुमचे डिएसएल मोडेम कंप्यूटरला इथरनेटने कनेक्ट केले असेल तर <i>पिपिपि ओवर इथरनेट</i>निवडा. जर तुम्हाला \n" +#~ "मोड बद्दल खात्री नसेल तर, तुमच्या प्रोवाइडरला विचारा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If you are using <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>, first configure your\n" +#~ "ethernet card.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> जर तुम्ही <i>पिपिपि ओवर इथरनेट</i>वापरत आहात तर, तुमचे इथरनेट कार्ड कोन्फिगर\n" +#~ "करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>The <b>PPP Mode-Dependent Settings</b> are settings required to set up\n" +#~ "your DSL connection. <b>VPI/VCI</b> makes sense only for <i>PPP over ATM</i>\n" +#~ "connections, <b>Ethernet Card</b> is needed for <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>\n" +#~ "connections.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>पिपिपि मोड-डिपेंडन्ट सेटिंग्ज</b> तुमचे डिएसएल कनेक्शन सेट अप करायला लागते. \n" +#~ "<b>विपिआइ/विसिआइ</b> <i>पिपिपि ओवर एटिएम</i> कनेक्शन्ससाठी बरे पडते\n" +#~ "<i> पिपिपि ओवर इथरनेट </i> \n" +#~ "कनेक्शन्ससाठी <b> इथरनेट कार्ड </b> लागते.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, <i>0.38</i>\n" +#~ "for British Telecom. If unsure, ask your provider.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>पिपिपिओएटिएम साठी, तुमचा विपिआइ/विसिआइ पेअर एन्टर करा, उदा, <i>0.३८</i> \n" +#~ "ब्रिटिश टेलिकोम साठी. खात्री नसेल तर, तुमच्या प्रोवाइडरला विचारा..</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>For PPPoE, enter the device of the ethernet card to which your DSL\n" +#~ "modem is connected. If you did not set up your ethernet card yet, do\n" +#~ "so by pressing <b>Configure Network Cards</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>For पिपिपिओइ साठी, इथरनेट कार्डचे डिवाइस ज्याला तुमचे डिएसएल मोडेम कनेक्ट केले \n" +#~ " आहे ते एन्टर करा. जर तुम्ही तुमचे इथरनेट कार्ड सेट अप केले नाही आहे, \n" +#~ "तर ते<b> इथरनेट कोन्फिगर नेटवर्क कार्ड्स</b> दाबून करा.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>For PPTP, enter the server name or IP address.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>तुमचा आयपी पत्ता संरचीत करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Activation during boot may\n" +#~ "be appropriate for dial-on-demand connections.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>डायल ऑन डिमान्ड जोडण्याकरता \n" +#~ "बूट दरम्यान ऍ़क्टीव्हेशन बहुदा योग्य असेल.</p>" + +#~ msgid "PPP over Ethernet" +#~ msgstr "PPP ओव्हर इथरनेट" + +#~ msgid "PPP over ATM" +#~ msgstr "PPP ओव्हर ATM" + +#~ msgid "CAPI for ADSL" +#~ msgstr "CAPI फॉर ADSL" + +#~ msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol" +#~ msgstr "एका ठिकाणाहून दुस-या ठिकाणापर्यत बोगदा प्रोटोकॉल" + +#~ msgid "PPP &Mode" +#~ msgstr "PPP पध्द्ती" + +#~ msgid "DSL Connection Settings" +#~ msgstr "DSL जोडणीची मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "PPP Mode-Dependent Settings" +#~ msgstr "PPP मोड-अवलंबीत सेटींग्ज" + +#~ msgid "&VPI/VCI" +#~ msgstr "VPI/VCI" + +#~ msgid "&Ethernet Card" +#~ msgstr "इथरनेट कार्ड" + +#~ msgid "&Configure Network Cards" +#~ msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड संरचित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Server Name or IP Address" +#~ msgstr "NIS सेवासंगणक नाव अथवा पत्ता" + +#~ msgid "Enter the VPI/VCI." +#~ msgstr "VPI/VCI लिहा." + +#~ msgid "At least one ethernet interface must be configured." +#~ msgstr "कमीतकमी एकही इथरनेट पडदा कॉनफिग्युअर झालाच पाहिजे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Server IP address or domain name is invalid." +#~ msgstr "सेवासंगणकासाठी असलेले नाव IP पत्त्यासाठी अवैध आहे." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Initializing ISDN Card Configuration\n" +#~ "</BIG></B><BR>Please wait...<BR></P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>ISDN पत्र संरचना कार्यान्वयीन करत आहे\n" +#~ "</BIG></B><BR>कृपया वाट पाहा...<BR></P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Saving ISDN Card Configuration\n" +#~ "</BIG></B><BR>Please wait...<BR></P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>ISDN पत्र संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे\n" +#~ "</BIG></B><BR>कृपया वाट पाहा...<BR></P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Aborting Saving:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "You can abort the save procedure by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\n" +#~ "An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big> सेविंग अबोर्ट करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "<b>अबोर्ट</b> दाबुन सेव प्रोसिजर अबोर्ट करा.\n" +#~ "एडिशनल डायलोग असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे का याची सुचना देतो.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "Select the item to edit." +#~ msgstr "संपादीत करण्यासाठी मजकूर निवडा." + +#~ msgid "Select the item to delete." +#~ msgstr "संपादीत करण्यासाठी मजकूर काढून टाका." + +#~ msgid "&Interface" +#~ msgstr "संवादमंच" + +#~ msgid "&Provider" +#~ msgstr "पुरविणारा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You tried to delete a provider that\n" +#~ "is the default provider for interface\n" +#~ "%1. First select another\n" +#~ "default provider for interface %2\n" +#~ "or delete the interface itself.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "तुम्ही इन्टरफेसचा डिफोल्ट \n" +#~ "प्रोवाइडर डिलिट करत होतात\n" +#~ "%१. प्रथम दुसरा इन्टरफेसचा \n" +#~ "डिफोल्ट प्रोवाइडर सिलेक्ट करा %२\n" +#~ "किंवा इन्टरफेसच डिलिट करा.\n" + +#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration Overview" +#~ msgstr "ISDN कॉनफिग्युरेशन ओव्हरव्हयू" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>ISDN Card Overview</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Here, get an overview of installed ISDN cards and connection setups.\n" +#~ "Additionally you can edit their configurations.<BR></P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>आइएसडिएन कार्ड ओवरव्ह्यु</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "इथे तुम्हाला स्थापित केलेल्या आइएसडिएन कार्डचा व कनेक्शन सेटअपचाओवरव्ह्यु मिळतो.\n" +#~ "आणि तुम्ही त्यांच्या आकृतीबंधाचे संकलन करू शकता.<BR></P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding an ISDN Card:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Press <B>Add</B> to configure an ISDN card manually.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG> आइएसडिएन कार्ड एड करत आहे:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "आइएसडिएन कार्ड मेन्युअली कोन्फिगर करण्यासाठी <B>एड</B> दाबा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Test an ISDN Card Setup:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "If you press <B>Test</B>, the system tries to load the driver for the\n" +#~ "selected card.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG> आइएसडिएन कार्ड सेटअप टेस्ट करत आहे:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "जर तुम्ही <B>टेस्ट</B> दाबले, तर सिस्टिम सिलेक्ट केलेल्या कार्डचे \n" +#~ "ड्रायव्हर लोड करते.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG> आइएसडिएन कनेक्शन एड करत आहे :</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "जर तुम्ही <B>एड</B> दाबले, तर तुम्ही आइएसडिएन डायल-अप कनेक्शन कोन्फिगर करुशकता.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Choose an ISDN card or connection to change or remove.\n" +#~ "Then press the appropriate button: <B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG> एडिटिंग वा डिलिटिंग:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "जे आइएसडिएन कार्ड वा कनेक्शन एडिट किंवा रिमुव करायचे आहे ते निवडा.\n" +#~ "मग: <B>एडिट</B> किंवा <B>डिलिट</B>बटन दाबा.\n" + +#~ msgid "Hardware" +#~ msgstr "हार्डवेअर" + +#~ msgid "Phone" +#~ msgstr "दूरध्वनी" + +#~ msgid "ISDN Devices" +#~ msgstr "ISDN उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "ISDN Detail Settings" +#~ msgstr "ISDN तपशील मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>The <b>Remote Phone Number List</b> controls which remote machines are\n" +#~ "allowed to connect to this interface.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>रिमोट फोन नंबर यादी</b> हि कोणते रिमोट मशिन्स ह्या इन्टरफेसला कनेक्ट\n" +#~ "करण्यास परवानगी आहे ते कंट्रोल करते.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Deselect <b>Only Listed Numbers Allowed</b> \n" +#~ "to allow all caller IDs.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>डिसिलेक्ट <b>फक्त यादितील नंबरना परवानगी आहे </b> \n" +#~ "सगळ्या कोलर आइडिला परवानगी देण्यासाठी.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>off</b>, calls are handled normally without special \n" +#~ "processing.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>जर कोलबेक मोड <b>बंद</b> असेल, तर कोल्स कोणत्याही खास प्रोससिंग शिवाय साधारणपणे\n" +#~ "हाताळले जातातg.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>server</b>, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" +#~ "is triggered.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> जर कोलबेक मोड <b>सर्वर</b> असेल, तर इनकमिन्ग कोल नन्तर एक कोलबेक केला\n" +#~ "जातो.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>client</b>, the local system does the initial call then \n" +#~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> जर कोलबेक मोड <b>क्लाएंट</b> असेल, तर लोकल सिस्टिम इनिशियल कोल करते व रिमोट\n" +#~ "मशिनच्या कोलबेक साठी थांबते.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Callback Delay</b> is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n" +#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n" +#~ "the client.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>कोलबेक डिले</b> हा इनिशियल कोल व कोलबेक (सर्वर) किंवा हेंग्-अप(क्लाएन्ट) यांचातील\n" +#~ "काही सेकंदांचा फरक असतो. सर्वर वरचा फरक क्लाएन्ट पेक्षा मोठा \n" +#~ "असला पाहिजे.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>In <b>Additional ipppd Options</b>, add extra options for ipppd,\n" +#~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>एडिशनल आइपिपिपिडि विकल्पां</b> मधे, आइपिपिपिडि साठी जास्तीचे विकल्प एड करा,\n" +#~ "उदा, +pap +chap डायल-इन सर्वर ओथेंटिकेशन साठी.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "&Additional ipppd Options" +#~ msgstr "ipppd चे अधिक पर्याय" + +#~ msgid "Callback Functions" +#~ msgstr "कॉलबॅक फंक्शन" + +#~ msgid "Callback Of&f" +#~ msgstr "कॉलबॅक बंद" + +#~ msgid "Callback &Server" +#~ msgstr "कॉलबॅक सर्व्हर" + +#~ msgid "Callback &Client" +#~ msgstr "कॉलबॅक क्लांइट" + +#~ msgid "Callback &Delay" +#~ msgstr "कॉलबॅक उशीर" + +#~ msgid "Remote &Phone Number List" +#~ msgstr "दूरस्थ दूरध्वनी क्रमांक यादी" + +#~ msgid "Only &Listed Numbers Allowed" +#~ msgstr "फक्त यादीत असलेल्या क्रमांकाना अनुमती द्या" + +#~ msgid "ISDN Service Selection" +#~ msgstr "ISDN सुविधा निवड" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n" +#~ "connection via <b>Add DSL CAPI Interface</b>. You can also do this later\n" +#~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>जर तुम्ही आइएसडिएन व डिएसएल सिएपिआइ कन्ट्रोलर कंबाइन केले असले, \n" +#~ "तर <b>एड डिएसएल सिएपिआइ इन्टरफेस</b>द्वारा तुमचे डिएसएल कनेक्शन कोन्फिगर करा. \n" +#~ "तुम्ही हे डिएसएल कोन्फिगर डायलोग मधे नन्तरही करु शकता.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>For networking over ISDN, there are two types of interfaces:\n" +#~ "<b>RawIP</b> and <b>SyncPPP</b>. In most cases, use SyncPPP. It is\n" +#~ "the default for all common Internet providers.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> आइएसडिएन मधे नेटवर्किंग करण्यासाठी, दोन प्रकारचे इन्टरफेसेस असतात:\n" +#~ "<b>राव आइपि</b> व <b>सिन्क पिपिपि</b>. बरयाचदा , सिन्क पिपिपि वापरा.\n" +#~ "ते साधारण इन्टरनेट प्रोवाइडर साठी डिफोल्ट असते.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>To switch between various Internet providers, an\n" +#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n" +#~ "same interface.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>वेगवेगळ्या इन्टरनेट प्रोवाइडर मधे स्विच करण्यासाठी, an\n" +#~ "प्रत्येक प्रोवाइडरसाठी वगळ्या इन्टरफेसची गरज नसते.एकच इन्टरफेसमधे अनेक प्रोवाइडर एड\n" +#~ "करा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>To avoid adding an interface now, use\n" +#~ "<b>Skip</b> not to enter the interface and provider dialogs.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>आत्ता इन्टरफेस एड करणे टाळ्ण्यासाठी,\n" +#~ "<b>स्किप</b>वापरा. इन्टरफेस व प्रोवाइडर डायलोग मधे एंटर करु नका. </p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>You have a DSL CAPI controller. Configure your DSL\n" +#~ "connection via <b>Add DSL CAPI Interface</b>. You can also do this later\n" +#~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>तुमच्या कडे डिएसएल सिएपिआइ कन्ट्रोलर आहे.तुमचे डिएसएल कनेक्शन<b>एड डिएसएल सिएपिआइ \n" +#~ "इन्टरफेस</b> द्वारा करा. \n" +#~ "तुम्ही हे डिएसएल कोन्फिगर डायलोग मधे नन्तरही करु शकता.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Add &DSL CAPI Interface" +#~ msgstr "DSL CAPI संवादमंच लिहा" + +#~ msgid "Add New &SyncPPP Network Interface" +#~ msgstr "नविन SyncPPP महाजाल संवादमच लिहा" + +#~ msgid "Add New Raw&IP Network Interface" +#~ msgstr "नविन रॉ आयपी महाजाल संवादमच लिहा" + +#~ msgid "Add &Provider to Existing Interface" +#~ msgstr "सध्याच्या पडदयाकरता प्रोव्हायडर मिळवा" + +#~ msgid "S&kip" +#~ msgstr "वगळा" + +#~ msgid "Edit %1 Interface %2" +#~ msgstr "%1 संवादमंच %2 संपादीत करा" + +#~ msgid "Add %1 Interface %2" +#~ msgstr "%1 संवादमंच %2 अधिक करा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n" +#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n" +#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n" +#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n" +#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n" +#~ "the default MSN is actually used.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>माझा फोन नंबर -- जर तुमचे आइएसडिएन कार्ड फोन कंपनीने दिलेल्या सोकेटला डयरेक्टलीकनेक्टेड असेल तर तुमच्या स्वत:चा टेलिफोन नंबरसारखा (एमएसएन), \n" +#~ "तुमच्या टेलिफोन नंबर (एरियाकोड शिवाय) लिहा. \n" +#~ "जर ते पिबिएक्सला कनेक्टेड असेल,तर पिबिएक्स मधिल \n" +#~ "एमएसएन घाला(उदा.,तुमचे फोन एक्स्टेनशनकिंवा तुमच्या फोन एक्स्टेनशनचे \n" +#~ "शेवटचे आकडे). जर हे फेल झाले तर,० वापरुन बघा,ज्याचा अर्थ होतो \n" +#~ "की डिफोल्ट एमएसएनचाच वापर होत आहे.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If you select manual, start and stop the service manually by\n" +#~ "issuing the following commands (while logged in as 'root'):\n" +#~ "<tt>\n" +#~ " <br> <b>start: </b>ifup ippp0\n" +#~ " <br> <b>stop : </b>ifdown ippp0\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ "</tt>\n" +#~ "Note: ippp0 is an example</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>जर तुम्ही मेन्युअल सिलेक्ट केले, तर खालिल कमांड्स वापरुन सर्विस मेन्युअल चालू व बंद करा\n" +#~ "खालिल कमांड्स इशु करत आहे('रुट'म्हणुन लोग इन):\n" +#~ "<tt>\n" +#~ " <br> <b>start: </b>ifup ippp0\n" +#~ " <br> <b>stop : </b>ifdown ippp0\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ "</tt>\n" +#~ "सुचना: ippp0 हे उदाहरण आहे</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Selecting <b>channel bundling</b> sets up a 128-kBit connection\n" +#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n" +#~ "use the following commands:\n" +#~ "<tt>\n" +#~ " <br> isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" +#~ " <br> isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ "</tt>\n" +#~ "You can also install the package <b>xibod</b> to have this happen automatically. If\n" +#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n" +#~ "removes a channel.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>चेनल बंडलिंग</b>सिलेक्ट केल्याने १२८-केबिट चे कनेक्शन सेटअप होते\n" +#~ "ज्याला मल्टिलिंक पिपिपि म्हणतात. दुसरे चेनल एक्टिवेट वा डिएक्टिवेट करायला,\n" +#~ " खालिल कमांड्स वापरा:\n" +#~ "<tt>\n" +#~ " <br> isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" +#~ " <br> isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ "</tt>\n" +#~ "हे आपोआप घडण्यासाठी तुम्ही<b>xibod</b>हे पेकेज इन्स्टोल करु शकता.\n" +#~ "जर जास्त बेन्डविड्थ ची मागणी असेल, तर ते एक चेनल एड करते.जर ट्रेफिक कमी झाला तर, ते चेनल काढुन टाकते.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Selecting\n" +#~ "<b>External Firewall Interface</b> activates the firewall\n" +#~ "and sets this interface as external.\n" +#~ "<b>Restart Firewall</b> restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>एक्सटर्नल फायरवोल इन्टरफेस </b>सिलेक्ट करा\n" +#~ "हे फायरवोल ला एक्टिवेट करते व ह इन्टरफेस एक्सटर्नल म्हणुन सेट करते.\n" +#~ "<b>फायरवोल रिस्टार्ट करा</b> कनेक्शन झाल्यावर फायरवोल रिस्टार्ट करते.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "D&efault Provider" +#~ msgstr "साधारण पुरविणारा" + +#~ msgid "External Fire&wall Interface" +#~ msgstr "बाहेरील फायरवॉल संवादमंच" + +#~ msgid "Restart Fire&wall" +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉल पुन्हा सुरू करा" + +#~ msgid "Connection Settings" +#~ msgstr "जुळणी स्थापिते" + +#~ msgid "My &Phone Number" +#~ msgstr "माझा दूरध्वनी क्रमांक" + +#~ msgid "Charge&HUP" +#~ msgstr "चार्ज HUP" + +#~ msgid "Ch&annel Bundling" +#~ msgstr "चॅनेल बांधणी" + +#~ msgid "&Details..." +#~ msgstr "&तपशील..." + +#~ msgid "ISDN IP Address Settings" +#~ msgstr "ISDN IP पत्त्यांची मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Enter the IP addresses if you received a fixed IP address\n" +#~ "from your provider for syncppp or you use raw IP.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>जर तुम्हाला फिक्स्ड आइपि एड्रेस मिळाला असेल तर आइपि एड्रेसेस एन्टर करा\n" +#~ "तुमच्या प्रोवाइडर कडून सिन्कपिपिपि साठी किंवा राव आइपि वापरा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Check <b>Dynamic IP Address</b> if your provider\n" +#~ "assigns you one temporary address per connection. In this case, the\n" +#~ "outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n" +#~ "This is the default with most providers.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>चेक<b>डायनामिक आइपि एड्रेस</b>\n" +#~ "जर तुमच्या प्रोवाइडरने एक कनेक्शनसाठी एक तात्पुरता एड्रेस दिला.\n" +#~ "अशा केसमधे आउट्गोइंग एड्रेस लिंक तयार होई पर्यन्त अनओळखी असतो.\n" +#~ "हे बरयाच प्रोवाइडर मधे डिफोल्ट आढळते.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Check <b>Default Route</b> to use this interface as the\n" +#~ "default route. Only one interface can be the default\n" +#~ "route.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>चेक<b>डिफोल्ट रुट</b> हा इन्टरफेस डिफोल्ट रुट म्हणुन वापरण्यासाठी. \n" +#~ "फक्त एक इन्टरफेस डिफोल्ट रुट असु शकतो.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "IP Address Settings" +#~ msgstr "आयपी पत्ता मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "&Dynamic IP Address" +#~ msgstr "डायनॉमिक IP पत्ता" + +#~ msgid "&Local IP Address of Your Machine" +#~ msgstr "तुमच्या यंत्राचा स्थानिक आयपी पत्ता" + +#~ msgid "Re&mote IP Address" +#~ msgstr "दूरस्थ आयपी पत्ता" + +#~ msgid "D&efault Route" +#~ msgstr "डिफॉल्ट रुट" + +#~ msgid "Local and remote IP addresses must be completed correctly." +#~ msgstr "स्थानिक आणि दूरस्थ आयपी पत्ते बरोबरच पूर्ण करा" + +#~ msgid "Manual ISDN Card Selection" +#~ msgstr "हाताने ISDN पत्र निवडा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select the ISDN card to configure. Filter cards for \n" +#~ "particular vendors by selecting a vendor.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p> आइएसडिएन कार्ड कोन्फिगर करण्यासाठी सिलेक्ट करा.वेन्डर सिलेक्ट करून एका वेन्डरची कार्ड फिल्टर करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "All" +#~ msgstr "सर्व" + +#~ msgid "Select &Vendor" +#~ msgstr "व्हेंडर निवडा" + +#~ msgid "Se&lect ISDN Card" +#~ msgstr "ISDN कार्ड निवडा" + +#~ msgid "&T1B Version" +#~ msgstr "T1B आवृत्ती" + +#~ msgid "&IO Address" +#~ msgstr "IO पत्ता" + +#~ msgid "IR&Q" +#~ msgstr "IRQ" + +#~ msgid "&Membase" +#~ msgstr "मेमबेस" + +#~ msgid "Parameter" +#~ msgstr "पॅरामीटर" + +#~ msgid "Dri&ver" +#~ msgstr "चालक" + +#~ msgid "ISDN Low-Level Configuration for %1%2" +#~ msgstr "ISDN कमी पातळी कॉनफिग्युरेशन %1%2 करा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n" +#~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n" +#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>जर तुमच्या कडे जुने लेगसि आयएसए कार्ड आहे,तर तुम्ही आइओ पोर्ट वा मेमरी एड्रेसेस आणिवापरलेल्या इन्टरप्टसाठी वेल्यु एन्टर करु शकता\n" +#~ "बरोबर वेल्युज साठी,तुमचे टेक्निकल मेन्युअल चेक करा किंवा विक्रेत्याशी संपर्क साधा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Start Mode: </b> With <b>OnBoot</b>, the driver is loaded during\n" +#~ "system boot. For <b>Manual</b>, the driver must be started with the\n" +#~ "<b>rcisdn start</b> command. Only the user root can do this.\n" +#~ "<b>HotPlug</b> is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>चालु मोड: </b> <b>ओनबुट</b> बरोबर, सिस्टिम बुट मधे ड्रायवर लोड केला जातो\n" +#~ "<b>मेन्युअल</b> साठी, ड्रायवर<b>आरसि आइएसडिएन स्टार्ट</b> कमांड पासुन सुरु केला पाहिजे.फक्त युजर रुट हे करु शकते.<b>होट प्लग</b>हि पिसिएमसिआइए व युएसबि साधनांची स्पेशल केसआहे.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Multiple drivers exist for your ISDN card.\n" +#~ "Select one from the list.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>तुमच्या ISDN कार्डकरता अनेक ड्रायर्व्हस आहेत.\n" +#~ "यादीतील एक निवडा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>ISDN Protocol: </b>In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>ISDN प्रोटोकॉल: </b>बहुतेक बाबतीत, प्रोटोकॉल Euro-ISDN आहे.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Area Code: </b> Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n" +#~ "line here, without a leading zero and without a country prefix.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>एरिआ कोड: </b> इथे आइएसडिएन लाइनसाठी तुमचा लोकल एरिआ कोड एन्टर करा\n" +#~ " सुरवातीला शुन्य नको व कंट्री प्रिफिक्स नको.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Dial Prefix: </b> If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n" +#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>डायल प्रिफिक्स: </b> जर तुम्हाला पब्लिक लाइन साठी प्रिफिक्स हवा असेल, \n" +#~ "तर तो इथे एन्टर करा. हे फक्त इन्टरनल एसओ बससाठी वापरतात व \"0\"सर्वात कोमन आहे.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p>If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck <b>Start ISDN Log</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>सर्व ISDN ट्रफिक तुम्हाला लॉग ऑन करायचा नसेल तर <b>ISDN लॉग अनचेक करा</b>.</p>" + +#~ msgid "ISDN Protocol" +#~ msgstr "ISDN प्रोटोकॉल" + +#~ msgid "&Euro-ISDN (EDSS1)" +#~ msgstr "Euro-ISDN (EDSS1)" + +#~ msgid "1TR&6" +#~ msgstr "1TR6" + +#~ msgid "&Leased Line" +#~ msgstr "लीज्ड लाईन" + +#~ msgid "NI&1" +#~ msgstr "NI 1" + +#~ msgid "Austria" +#~ msgstr "Austria" + +#~ msgid "Germany" +#~ msgstr "Germany" + +#~ msgid "Luxemburg" +#~ msgstr "लक्झेमबर्ग" + +#~ msgid "Netherlands" +#~ msgstr "नीदरलैंड्स" + +#~ msgid "Norway" +#~ msgstr "नार्वे" + +#~ msgid "Poland" +#~ msgstr "Poland" + +#~ msgid "Slovakia" +#~ msgstr "स्लोवाकिया" + +#~ msgid "Switzerland" +#~ msgstr "Switzerland" + +#~ msgid "Czech Republic" +#~ msgstr "चेक गणतंत्र" + +#~ msgid "North America" +#~ msgstr "उत्तर अमेरिका" + +#~ msgid "Other" +#~ msgstr "इतर" + +#~ msgid "&Country" +#~ msgstr "देश" + +#~ msgid "Co&de" +#~ msgstr "सांकेतीक " + +#~ msgid "&Area Code" +#~ msgstr "विभाग कोड" + +#~ msgid "&Dial Prefix" +#~ msgstr "प्रीफीक्स डायल करा" + +#~ msgid "Start &ISDN Log" +#~ msgstr "ISDN लॉग सुरु करा" + +#~ msgid "binary only CAPI with FAX G3" +#~ msgstr "CAPI बरोबर FAX G3 बायनरी फक्त" + +#~ msgid "under development" +#~ msgstr "निर्माती सुरु करा" + +#~ msgid "OpenSource without FAX G3" +#~ msgstr "ओपन सोर्स FAX G3 शिवाय" + +#~ msgid "binary only CAPI with FAX G3 and DSL" +#~ msgstr "बायनरी फक्त CAPI with FAX G3 आणि DSL" + +#~ msgid "DSL only card with CAPI2.0" +#~ msgstr "DSL कार्ड फक्त CAPI2.0" + +#~ msgid "Bluetooth Dongle, need ISDN Access point" +#~ msgstr "ब्लूटूथ डॉगल, ISDN ऍ़क्सेस पॉईन्ट आवश्यक" + +#~ msgid "ISDN Card Information" +#~ msgstr "ISDN कार्ड माहिती" + +#~ msgid "Vendor" +#~ msgstr "पुरवठादार" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| " WARNING\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "You have selected a binary-only driver that is not\n" +#~| "part of our distribution. You can only use this driver\n" +#~| "after installing additional packages from AVM.\n" +#~| "Refer to the release notes and get\n" +#~| "further instructions from the following Web page:\n" +#~| "%1\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "Continue?\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ " WARNING\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "You have selected a binary-only driver that is not\n" +#~ "part of our distribution. You can only use this driver\n" +#~ "after installing additional packages from AVM manually.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Continue?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " खबरदार\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "तुम्ही सिलेक्ट केलेला बायनरी-ओन्ली ड्रायवर आमच्या डिस्ट्रिब्युशनचा भाग नाही. तुम्ही हा ड्रायवर एविएम मधुन एडिशनल पेकेजेस इन्स्टोल केल्यावर वापरु शकता.\n" +#~ "रिलिज नोट्स बघा व पुढ्च्या सुचना खालिल वेब पेज वरुन घ्या:\n" +#~ "%1\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "पुढे चला?\n" + +#~ msgid "The test was successful." +#~ msgstr "चाचणी यशस्वीरित्या झाली." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The test was not successful.\n" +#~ " ReturnValue: %1\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "परिक्षा अयशस्वी झाली.\n" +#~ " परतीची किंमत: %1\n" + +#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration" +#~ msgstr "ISDN संरचना" + +#~ msgid "&Advanced..." +#~ msgstr "प्रगत..." + +#~ msgid "Detailed Settings" +#~ msgstr "मांडणीचा तपशील" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "All additional addresses belonging to the interface %1\n" +#~ "will be deleted as well.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really continue?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "इंटरफेसचे %१ एडिशनल एड्रेसेस सुध्दा \n" +#~ "डिलिट होतिल.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "पूढे जाऊ?\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Rule by:" +#~ msgstr "नियम प्रकार" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Change DeviceName" +#~ msgstr "उपकरण बदला" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Initializing Modem Configuration\n" +#~ "</BIG></B><BR>Please wait...<BR></P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>मोडेम संरचना सुरू करत आहे\n" +#~ "</BIG></B><BR>कृपया वाट पहा...<BR></P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Saving Modem Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Please wait...<BR></P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>मोडेम संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे\n" +#~ "</BIG></B><BR>कृपया वाट पहा...<BR></P>" + +#~ msgid "Modem Configuration Overview" +#~ msgstr "मॉडेम कॉनफिग्युरेशन ओव्हरव्हयू" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Modem Overview</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Here, get an overview of installed modems. Additionally,\n" +#~ "edit their configuration.<BR></P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>मोडेम ओवरव्ह्यु</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "इथे, तुम्हाला इन्स्टोल केलेल्या मोडेमचा ओवरव्ह्यु मिळतो. एडिशनली,\n" +#~ "त्यांचे कोन्फिगरेशन एडिट करु शकता.<BR></P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding a Modem:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can manually configure a modem.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG> मोडेम एड करत आहे:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ " <B>एड</B>दाबुन, तुम्ही मोडेम मेन्युअली कोन्फिगर करु शकता.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Choose a modem for which to change or remove the configuration.\n" +#~ "Then press the appropriate button: <B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>एडिटिंग व डिलिटिंग:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "ज्याचे कोन्फिगरेशन एडिट किंवा रिमुव करायचे आहे ते मोडेम निवडा.\n" +#~ "मग: <B>एडिट</B> किंवा <B>डिलिट</B>बटन दाबा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "Modem Devices" +#~ msgstr "मोडेम उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "Modem Parameters" +#~ msgstr "मोडेम पॅरामिटर्स" + +#~ msgid "<p>Enter all modem configuration values.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>सर्व मोडेम संरचना किंमत नोंदवा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Modem Device</b> specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n" +#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n" +#~ "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>मोडेम डिवाइस</b> कोणत्या पोर्टला मोडेम कनेक्टेड आहे ते दर्शवते. ttyS0,\n" +#~ "ttyS1, etc.,सिरियल पोर्टला रिफर करते व डोस/विन्डो मधे COM1 COM2, वगैरेला करस्पोन्ड करते.,\n" +#~ ". ttyACM0 व ttyACM1 USB पोर्ट्सला रिफर करतात.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If you are on a PBX, you probably need to enter a <b>Dial Prefix</b>.\n" +#~ "Often, this is <i>9</i> or <i>0</i>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Iजर तुम्ही PBX वर आहात, तर तुम्हाला <b>डायल प्रिफिक्स</b>एन्टर करावा लागतो.\n" +#~ "बहुतेक करुन, तो <i>९</i> or <i>०</i>असतो.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Choose <b>Dial Mode</b> according to your phone link. Most telephone\n" +#~ "companies use <i>Tone Dial</i> as the <b>Dial Mode</b>. Check the additional\n" +#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (<i>Speaker On</i>) or for your\n" +#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (<i>Detect Dial Tone</i>).</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>Choose <b>डायल मोड</b> फोन लिंक प्रमाणे निवडा.बहुतेक टेलिफोन कंपन्या <i>टोन डायल</i> हा <b> डायल मोड </b>वापरतात.मोडेम स्पिकर (<i> स्पिकर ओन</i>)चालु करण्यासाठी एडिशनल चेक बोक्स चेक करा for व तुमचा मोडेम डायल टोन डिटेक्ट करे पर्यंत थांबा (<i> डिटेक्ट डायल टोन </i>).</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Press <b>Details</b> to configure the baud rate and the modem \n" +#~ "initialization strings.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>बौड रेट व मोडेम इनिशिअलायझेशन स्ट्रिंग्ज कोन्फिगर करण्यासाठी <b>डिटेल्स</b> दाबा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Modem Device:" +#~ msgstr "मोडेम उपकरण:" + +#~ msgid "Modem De&vice" +#~ msgstr "मोडेम उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "Dial Prefi&x (if needed)" +#~ msgstr "प्रीफीक्स डायल करा (जर गरज असेल तर)" + +#~ msgid "Dial Mode" +#~ msgstr "डायल मोड" + +#~ msgid "&Tone Dialing" +#~ msgstr "टोन डायलिंग" + +#~ msgid "&Pulse Dialing" +#~ msgstr "पल्स डायलिंग" + +#~ msgid "Special Settings" +#~ msgstr "विशेष स्थापिते" + +#~ msgid "&Speaker On" +#~ msgstr "स्पीकर चालू" + +#~ msgid "D&etect Dial Tone" +#~ msgstr "डायल टोन शोधा" + +#~ msgid "Modem Parameter Details" +#~ msgstr "मॉडेम पॅरामिटर डीटेल्स" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Baud Rate</b> is a transmission speed that tells\n" +#~ "how many bits per second your computer communicates with your modem.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b> बौड रेट </b> हा ट्रान्स्मिशन स्पिड आहे जो तुमचा क्म्प्युटर मोडेमशी\n" +#~ " किती बिट पर सेकंद कम्युनिकेट करतो ते सांगतो .</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>All the relevant information about <b>Init Strings</b>\n" +#~ "should be in your modem manual.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Init स्ट्रिंग्ज</b>बद्द्ल सगळी माहिती\n" +#~ "मोडेम मेन्युअल मधे ह्ववी.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "B&aud Rate" +#~ msgstr "बॉड दर" + +#~ msgid "Modem Initialization Strings" +#~ msgstr "मॉडेम इनीशिअनायऐशन स्ट्रींग्ज" + +#~ msgid "Init &1" +#~ msgstr "Init &1" + +#~ msgid "Init &2" +#~ msgstr "Init &2" + +#~ msgid "Init &3" +#~ msgstr "Init &3" + +#~ msgid "Modem Configuration" +#~ msgstr "मोडेम संरचना" + +#~ msgid "Provider Type" +#~ msgstr "पुरविणाऱ्याचे प्रकार" + +#~ msgid "&Available Provider Types:" +#~ msgstr "अस्तित्वात असलेल्या पुरवठादाराचे प्रकार:" + +#~ msgid "Modem Provider" +#~ msgstr "मोडेम पुरविणारे" + +#~ msgid "ISDN Provider" +#~ msgstr "ISDN पुरविणारे" + +#~ msgid "DSL Provider" +#~ msgstr "DSL पुरविणारे" + +#~ msgid "Provider Overview" +#~ msgstr "प्रोव्हायडर्स ओव्हरळव्हयू" + +#~ msgid "Connection Parameters" +#~ msgstr "क्षेत्र संपर्क" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Dial on Demand</b> means that the Internet\n" +#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n" +#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one <i>name server</i>. Use\n" +#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n" +#~ "programs that periodically request data from the Internet.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>डायल ओन डिमांड</b> म्हणजे इन्टरनेट\n" +#~ "कनेक्शन आपोआप एस्टेब्लिश होइल जेव्हा इन्टरनेट वरुन डाटा मागवला जाईल\n" +#~ " हे फिचर वापरण्यासाठी, एक <i>नेम सर्वर</i> दर्शवा. \n" +#~ "जर तुमचे इन्टरनेट स्वस्त असेल तरच हे फिचर वापरा, कारण काही प्रोग्राम इन्टरनेट वरुन पिरिओडिकली डाटा रिक्वेस्ट करतात.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>When <b>Modify DNS</b> is enabled, the <i>name server</i> will be\n" +#~ "changed automatically when connected to the Internet.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>जेव्हा <b>मोडिफाय DNS</b> एनेबल्ड असतो,तेव्हा <i> नेम सर्वर </i> इन्टरनेटला क्नेक्ट केल्यावर आपोआप बदलतो.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If the provider does not transmit its domain name server (DNS)\n" +#~ "after connecting, disable <b>Automatically Retrieve DNS</b> and\n" +#~ "manually enter the DNS.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>जर प्रोवाइडर डोमेन नेम सर्वर (DNS) ट्रान्समिट करत नाही \n" +#~ "कनेक्ट केल्यावर, disable <b>ओटोमेटिकली रिट्रिव DNS</b> डिसेबल करा व\n" +#~ "DNS मेन्युअली एन्टर करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Name Servers</b> are required to convert hostnames\n" +#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n" +#~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n" +#~ "disable <b>DNS Modification</b> when connected.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>नेम सर्वर्स</b> हे होस्टनेम आयपि एड्रेसमधे कन्वर्ट करायला लागतात\n" +#~ "(उदा www.suse.com)चे( २१३.९५.१५.२००). तुम्हाला नेम सर्वर दर्शवावे लागते जर कनेक्ट केल्यावर तुम्ही डायल ओन डिमांड एनेबल केले वा\n" +#~ "डिसेबल <b>DNS मोडिफिकेशन</b>.</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Ignore Prompts</b> disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n" +#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n" +#~ "option.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>स्टुपिड मोड</b> डायल-अप सर्वर वरुन कोणतेही प्रोम्प्ट डिटेक्ट करणे डिसेबल करते.जर कनेक्शन बिल्ड्-अप हळू असेल किंवा काम करत नसेल, तर हा विकल्प वापरा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Selecting <b>External Firewall Interface</b> activates the firewall\n" +#~ "and sets this interface as external.\n" +#~ "Choosing this option makes dial-up connections\n" +#~ "to the Internet safe from external attacks.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>एक्सटरनल फायरवोल इन्टरफेस</b> निवडल्याने फायरवोल एक्टिव होते\n" +#~ "व हा इन्टरफेस एक्सटरनल म्हणुन सेट करते.\n" +#~ "हा विकल्प निवडल्याने डायल-अप कनेक्शन एक्सटरनल एटेक पासुन सुरक्षित ठेवते.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>The <b>Idle Time-Out</b> specifies the time after which an idle\n" +#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>The <b>आइडल टाइम-आउट</b> हा आइडल कनेक्शन शट डाउन होईल ती वेळ दाखवतो\n" +#~ "(० म्हणजे कनेक्शन टाइम-आउट होणार नाही).</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "min" +#~ msgstr "किमान" + +#~ msgid "&Connection Details" +#~ msgstr "संपर्क जोडणी" + +#~ msgid "I&P Details" +#~ msgstr "आयपी तपशील" + +#~ msgid "Automatically" +#~ msgstr "स्वयंचलित" + +#~ msgid "Off" +#~ msgstr "बंद" + +#~ msgid "Provider:" +#~ msgstr "पुरवणारे:" + +#~ msgid "Dial on D&emand" +#~ msgstr "डायल ऑन डिमोड" + +#~ msgid "&Modify DNS When Connected" +#~ msgstr "जेव्हा संपर्कात याल तेव्हा DNS" + +#~ msgid "&Automatically Retrieve DNS" +#~ msgstr "DNS आपोआप परत बोलावले आहे" + +#~ msgid "Name Servers" +#~ msgstr "सेवासंगणक नाव" + +#~ msgid "F&irst" +#~ msgstr "प्रथम" + +#~ msgid "&Second" +#~ msgstr "द्वितीय" + +#~ msgid "I&dle Time-Out (seconds)" +#~ msgstr "रिकामा वेळ संपला (सेंकद)" + +#~ msgid "Set the idle time-out." +#~ msgstr "रिकामा कालावधी संपवण्याचे सेट करा." + +#~ msgid "The primary name server is invalid." +#~ msgstr "प्राथमिक सेवासंगणक नाव अवैध आहे." + +#~ msgid "The secondary name server is invalid." +#~ msgstr "द्वितीय सेवासंगणक नाव अवैध आहे." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Enter the IP addresses if you received fixed\n" +#~ "IP addresses from your provider.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>जर तुम्हाला तुमच्या प्रोवाइडर कडुन फिक्स्ड आयपि एड्रेसेस मिळाले असतिल तर\n" +#~ "आयपि एड्रेसेस एन्टर करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Check <b>Dynamic IP Address</b>\n" +#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\n" +#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n" +#~ "This is the default with most providers.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>डायनेमिक आयपि एड्रेस</b>चेक करा\n" +#~ "जर तुमचा प्रोवाइडर एका कनेक्शनसाठी एक तात्पुरता एड्रेस असाइन करतो.</p>अशा केसमधे आउट्गोइंग एड्रेस लिंक तयार होई पर्यन्त अनओळखी असतो.\n" +#~ "हे बरयाच प्रोवाइडर मधे डिफोल्ट आढळते." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Check <b>Use Peer DNS</b> to change\n" +#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n" +#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n" +#~ "providers support <b>Use Peer DNS</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> <b>पिअर DNS वापरा</b> कनेक्शन झाल्यावर तुमचे डोमेन नेम सर्वर्स बद्लण्यासाठी चेक करा\n" +#~ "हे तुमचे स्टेटिक DNS कोन्फिगरेशन मिळालेल्या DNS सर्वर आयपि एड्रेसेसने रिप्लेस करतो. आजकाल, बरेचसे प्रोवाइडर्स <b> पिअर DNS वापरा</b>सपोर्ट करतात.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" +#~ "processing.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>जर कोलबेक मोड बंद असेल, तर कोल्स कोणत्याही खास प्रोससिंग शिवाय साधारणपणेहाताळले जातातg.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" +#~ "is triggered.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p> जर कोलबेक मोड सर्वर असेल, तर इनकमिन्ग कोल नन्तर एक कोलबेक केलाजातो.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" +#~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" +#~ msgstr "<p> जर कोलबेक मोड क्लाएंट असेल, तर लोकल सिस्टिम इनिशियल कोल करते व रिमोटमशिनच्या कोलबेक साठी थांबते.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Check <b>Default Route</b> to set the default\n" +#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n" +#~ "single machines or subnetworks through this provider.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>ह्या प्रोवाइडर साठी डिफोल्ट रूट सेट करण्यासाठी <b>डिफोल्ट रुट</b> चेक करा.जर सिंगल मशिन्स वा सब नेटवर्क पर्यन्त प्रोवाइडर मार्फत पोचायचे नसल्यास हे बरोबर आहे.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Select Internet Service Provider (ISP)" +#~ msgstr "महाजाल सेवा पुरविणारे निवडा (आयएसपी)" + +#~ msgid "C&ustom Providers" +#~ msgstr "तात्पुरते पुरविणारे" + +#~ msgid "&Countries" +#~ msgstr "अनेक देश" + +#~ msgid "C&ountry:" +#~ msgstr "देश:" + +#~ msgid "Ne&w" +#~ msgstr "नविन" + +#~ msgid "&Providers" +#~ msgstr "पुरविणारे" + +#~ msgid "Home Page: %1" +#~ msgstr "मुखपृष्ठ: %1" + +#~ msgid "Hot Line: %1" +#~ msgstr "हॉट लाईन: %1" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Provider\n" +#~ "Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>पुरविणारा कार्यान्वित करत आहे\n" +#~ "संरचना</big></b><br>कृपया वाट पहा...<br></p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Provider\n" +#~ "Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>पुरविणारा संग्रहीत करत आहे\n" +#~ "संरचना</big></b><br>कृपया वाट पहा...<br></p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Provider Setup</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Configure your provider here.<br></p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big> प्रोवाइडर सेट अप</big></b><br>\n" +#~ " तुमचा प्रोवाइडर कोन्फिगर करा.<br></p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Choose a provider from the list of available providers\n" +#~ "then press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big> प्रोवाइडर एड करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "उपलब्ध प्रोवाइडर्स मधुन एक प्रोवाइडर निवडा\n" +#~ "व<b> कोन्फिगर</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which\n" +#~ "to change the configuration opens.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big> एडिटिंग वा डिलिटिंग:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "जर तुम्ही <b>एडिट</b> दाबले, तर कोन्फिगरेशन बदल करण्यासाठी एडिशनल डायलोगउघडतो.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Provider Overview</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Obtain an overview of installed providers. Additionally,\n" +#~ "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big> प्रोवाइडर ओवरव्ह्यु</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "इन्स्टोल्ड प्रोवाइडरचा ओवरव्ह्यु मिळवण्यासाठी. एडिशनली,\n" +#~ "त्यांचे कोन्फिगरेशन एडिट करण्यासाठी.<br></p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new provider manually.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big> प्रोवाइडर एड करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "नविन प्रोवाइडर मेन्युअली कोन्फिगर करण्यासाठी <b>एड</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Choose a provider to change or remove.\n" +#~ "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big> एडिटिंग वा डिलिटिंग:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "ज्याचे कोन्फिगरेशन एडिट किंवा रिमुव करायचे आहे तो प्रोवाइडर निवडा.\n" +#~ "मग: <B>एडिट</B> किंवा <B>डिलिट</B>बटन दाबा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p>Select the appropriate <b>provider</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>योग्य तो <b> प्रोवाइडर </b> निवडा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Choose the country or region where you are\n" +#~ "located then choose one of the listed providers.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> तुम्ही आहात तो देश वा प्रांत निवडा\n" +#~ "मग यादीतील एक प्रोवाइडर निवडा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to add a provider not in the list.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p> लिस्ट मधे नसलेला प्रोवाइडर एड करण्यासाठी <b>नविन</b> निवडा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Choose one of the available provider types.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p> उपलब्ध प्रोवाइडर टाइप्स पैकि एक निवडा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Home Page: %1</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>मुखपृष्ठ: %1</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Hot Line: %1</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>हॉट लाईन: %1</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and find the best\n" +#~ "dialing number, connect to the home page <b>%2</b> or call the hot line\n" +#~ "<b>%3</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>रजिस्टर करण्यासाठी <b>%१</b> व सर्वोत्तम\n" +#~ "डायलिंग नंबर शोधण्यासाठी, होम पेजला कनेक्ट करा <b>%२</b> वा होट लाइनला कोल करा <b>%३</b>.</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and find the best\n" +#~ "dialing number, connect to the home page <b>%2</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> रजिस्टर करण्यासाठी <b>%१</b> व सर्वोत्तम \n" +#~ "डायलिंग नंबर शोधण्यासाठी, होम पेजला कनेक्ट करा <b>%२</b>.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and find the best\n" +#~ "dialing number, call the hot line <b>%2</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> रजिस्टर करण्यासाठी <b>%१</b> व सर्वोत्तम \n" +#~ "डायलिंग नंबर शोधण्यासाठी, होट लाइनला कोल <b>%२</b>.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "Provider Parameters" +#~ msgstr "पुरविणाऱ्याचे क्षेत्र" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Configure access to your Internet provider. If you have\n" +#~ "selected your provider from the list, these values are provided.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>तुमच्या इन्टरनेट प्रोवाइडर चा एक्सेस कोन्फिगर करा. If you have\n" +#~ "जर तुम्ही यादीतील तुमचा प्रोवाइडर निवडला असेल,ह्या वेल्युज प्रोवाइड केल्या जातात.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p> प्रोवाइडरसाठी <b> प्रोवाइडर नेम</b> एन्टर करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider and a <b>Phone Number</b>\n" +#~ "to access your provider.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p> प्रोवाइडरसाठी <b> प्रोवाइडर नेम </b> एन्टर करा. व <b>फोन नंबर</b> प्रोवाइडरला एक्सेस करायला.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select the type of packet encapsulation.\n" +#~ "<b>RawIP</b> means that MAC headers are stripped. <b>SyncPPP</b> stands for\n" +#~ "Synchronous PPP.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>पेकेट एन्केपसुलेशन चा टाइप सिलेक्ट करा.\n" +#~ "<b> RawIP </b> म्हणजे MAC हेडर्स स्ट्रिप्ड आहेत. <b>SyncPPP</b> म्हणजे सिंक्रोनस पिपिपि.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Enter the <b>Line ID</b>\n" +#~ "(e.g., 00056780362), the <b>T-Online Number</b> (e.g., 870008594732),\n" +#~ "the <b>User Code</b> (typically 0001), and the <b>Password</b>\n" +#~ "to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure).</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> <b>लाइन आयडि</b> एन्टर करा\n" +#~ "(उदा., ०००५६७८०३६२), <b> T-Online Number </b> (उदा., ८७०००८५९४७३२),\n" +#~ "<b>युजर कोड</b> (बहुतांशी ०००१), व <b>पासवर्ड</b>\n" +#~ "लोगिन सारखा वापरण्यासाठी(खात्री नसल्यास तुमच्या प्रोवाइडरला विचारा).</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Enter the <b>User Name</b> and the\n" +#~ "<b>Password</b> to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure).</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>नोंदवा <b>परवली शब्द</b> आणि\n" +#~ "<b>परवलीशब्द</b>प्रवेशासाठी वापरा (जर खात्री नसेल तर पुरविणारा विचारा).</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>The <b>User Name</b> will be extended\n" +#~ "with the <i>t-online-com/</i> at the start and with <i>@t-online-com.de</i>\n" +#~ "at the end.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>युजर नेम</b> सुरवातीला<i> t-online-com /</i> व शेवटी <i>@t-online-com.de</i> ने एक्सटेन्डेड असेल.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Check <b>Always Ask for Password</b> to be asked for the password every time.\n" +#~ "Your\n" +#~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n" +#~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n" +#~ "(readable by root only).\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>चेक <b>नेहमी पासवर्ड विचारा</b> प्रत्येक वेळी पासवर्ड विचारण्यासाठी.\n" +#~ "तुमचा इन्टरनेट सर्विस प्रोवाइडर डिस्कवर सेव करु देत नसेल\n" +#~ " जर तुम्ही इथे पासवर्ड एन्ट्र केला, तर तो डिस्कवर क्लिअर टेक्स्ट म्हणुन सेव होईल\n" +#~ "(फक्त रुटच रिड करु शकतो).\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "Authorization" +#~ msgstr "अधिकार" + +#~ msgid "&User Name" +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्ता" + +#~ msgid "&Always Ask for Password" +#~ msgstr "परविलीशब्द नेहमी विचारा" + +#~ msgid "Packet &Encapsulation" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेट व एनकॅप्सुलेशन" + +#~ msgid "Synchronous PPP" +#~ msgstr "सीक्रोनस PPP" + +#~ msgid "Raw IP" +#~ msgstr "तात्पुरता आयपी" + +#~ msgid "Pr&ovider Name" +#~ msgstr "पुरविणाऱ्याचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "P&hone Number" +#~ msgstr "दूरध्वनी क्रमांक" + +#~ msgid "&Info" +#~ msgstr "माहिती" + +#~ msgid "&Line ID" +#~ msgstr "ओळ ओळखचिन्ह" + +#~ msgid "&T-Online Number" +#~ msgstr "T-ऑनलाइन नंबर" + +#~ msgid "&User Code" +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचा सांकेताक" + +#~ msgid "Name for Dialing:" +#~ msgstr "डायलिंगकरता नाव:" + +#~ msgid "Provider Information" +#~ msgstr "पुरविणाऱ्याची माहिती" + +#~ msgid "Enter the line ID." +#~ msgstr "ओळीचे ओळखचिन्ह लिहा." + +#~ msgid "Enter the T-Online number." +#~ msgstr "T-ऑनलाइन नंबर घाला." + +#~ msgid "Enter the user code." +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचा सांकेतांक लिहा." + +#~ msgid "Provider name %1 already exists." +#~ msgstr "पुरविणाऱ्याचे नाव %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#~ msgid "Enter the provider name." +#~ msgstr "पुरविणाऱ्याचे नाव लिहा." + +#~ msgid "Enter the phone number." +#~ msgstr "दूरध्वनीक्रमांक लिहा." + +#~ msgid "Enter the user name." +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव लिहा." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Continue?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "तुम्ही घातलेले काही अक्षरे फोन क्षेत्रातील क्रंमाक नाहीत.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "पुढे जायचे का?" + +#~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp DSL.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>कॅम्प DSL शी संपर्क करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space\n" +#~ "(after the <b>/</b>) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n" +#~ "and click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>युजर नेम</b> रकान्यात, रिकामी जागा(<b>/</b>नंतरची) Kamp लोगिन ने रिप्लेस करा. मग तुमचा पासवर्ड एन्टर करा व <b>नेक्स्ट</b> क्लिक करा. अडचणी आल्यास तुमच्या प्रोवाइडरला संपर्क करा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p>Access AOL-DSL.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>AOL-DSL संपर्क साधा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (before\n" +#~ "the <b>@</b>) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n" +#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n" +#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n" +#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n" +#~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "<p><b> युजर नेम </b> रकान्यात, रिकामी जागा (<b>@</b> आधिची) AOL लोगिन ने रिप्लेसमग तुमचा पासवर्ड एन्टर करा व <b>नेक्स्ट</b> क्लिक कराजर तुम्हि नविन AOL ग्राहक आहात व तुम्हाला पहिल्यांदा डायल अप करायचे आहे तुम्हाला तुमचा AOL पिन नंबर एकदा एन्टर करावा लागतो. जर तुमच्या कडे विन्डो सिस्टिम आहे, तर तुम्ही AOL डायल-अप सोफ्टवेअर मधे पिन एन्टर करु शकतानाहीतर होट लाइन ला कोल करुन AOL स्टाफला तुमचा पिन नंबर एन्� �र करायला सांगु शकता.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp 1&1 DSL.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>कॅम्प 1&1 DSL शी संपर्क.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (after\n" +#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n" +#~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b> युजर नेम </b> रकान्यात, रिकामी जागा (<b>/</b> नंतरची)१&१ लोगिनने रिप्लेस करा.मग <b>नेक्स्ट</b>क्लिक करा.\n" +#~ "अडचणी आल्यास तुमच्या प्रोवाइडरला संपर्क करा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp Eggenet DSL.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>कॅम्प Eggenet DSL शी संपर्क.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n" +#~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>तुमचा पासवर्ड एन्टर करुन <b>नेक्स्ट</b>क्लिक करा.\n" +#~ " अडचणी आल्यास तुमच्या प्रोवाइडरला संपर्क करा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp T-Online Business DSL.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>कॅम्प T-ऑनलाइन बिझनेस DSL शी संपर्क साधा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (after\n" +#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n" +#~ "click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> <b> युजर नेम </b> रकान्यात, रिकामी जागा (<b>/</b> नंतरची) तुमच्या T-ओनलाइन बिझनेस लोगिनने रिप्लेस करा \n" +#~ " मग तुमचा पासवर्ड एन्टर करा व <b>नेक्स्ट</b> क्लिक करा.अडचणी आल्यास तुमच्या प्रोवाइडरला संपर्क करा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "Provider Configuration" +#~ msgstr "पुरवठादाराची संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Device Control</big></b></p>\n" +#~ "<p>Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" +#~ "deactivate a network interface. With <b>Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" +#~ "Via QInternet</b>, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n" +#~ "<b>smpppd</b> installed and running.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>बहुतेक करुन फक्त सिस्टिम एडमिनिस्ट्रेटर नेटवर्क इन्टरफेस एक्टिवेट व डिएक्टिवेट करतो. <b>युजर कंट्रोल्ड</b> मधे, साधा युजर ही KInternet बरोबर इन्टरफेस कंट्रोल \n" +#~ "करू शकतो.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration" +#~ msgstr "DSL संरचना सुरू करत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Detect DSL devices" +#~ msgstr "DSL उपकरण शोधा" + +#~ msgid "Read current configuration" +#~ msgstr "सध्याचे पृथ:करण वाचा" + +#~ msgid "Read firewall configuration" +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉल संरचना वाचा" + +#~ msgid "Read providers" +#~ msgstr "पुरविणारा वाचा" + +#~ msgid "Read network card configuration" +#~ msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड संरचना वाचा" + +#~ msgid "Reading current configuration..." +#~ msgstr "सध्याची संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Reading firewall configuration..." +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉल संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Reading providers..." +#~ msgstr "पुरविणारा वाचत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Reading network card configuration..." +#~ msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "PPPoE DSL Devices" +#~ msgstr "PPPoE DSL उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "Saving DSL Configuration" +#~ msgstr "DSL संरचना वाचत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Write configuration" +#~ msgstr "संरचना लिहा" + +#~ msgid "Write network card configuration" +#~ msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड संरचना लिहीत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Write providers" +#~ msgstr "पुरवणाराची यादी लिहा" + +#~ msgid "Set up smpppd" +#~ msgstr "smpppd मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Writing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "संरचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Writing network card configuration..." +#~ msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड संरचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Writing providers..." +#~ msgstr "पुरवणारा लिहीत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Setting up smpppd(8)..." +#~ msgstr "smpppd(8) सेट होत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Unknown (PPPoE-style) DSL Device Detected" +#~ msgstr "शोधलेले (PPPoE-style) DSL अनोळखी उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "Initializing ISDN Card Configuration" +#~ msgstr "ISDN कार्ड संरचना सुरू करत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Detect devices" +#~ msgstr "उपकरण शोधले" + +#~ msgid "Read current device configuration" +#~ msgstr "सद्य उपकरण संरचना वाचा" + +#~ msgid "Read current connection setup" +#~ msgstr "सद्य संपर्क मांडणी वाचा" + +#~ msgid "Reading current device configuration..." +#~ msgstr "सद्य उपकरण संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Reading current connection setup..." +#~ msgstr "सद्य संपर्क मांडणी वाचत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Saving ISDN Configuration" +#~ msgstr "ISDN संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Stop ISDN networking" +#~ msgstr "ISDN महाजाल थांबवा" + +#~ msgid "Stop ISDN subsystem" +#~ msgstr "ISDN उपप्रणाली थांबवा" + +#~ msgid "Write controller configuration" +#~ msgstr "नियंत्रक संरचना लिहा" + +#~ msgid "Write interface configuration" +#~ msgstr "संवादमंच संरचना लिहा" + +#~ msgid "Write firewall" +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉल लिहा" + +#~ msgid "Start ISDN subsystem" +#~ msgstr "ISDN उपप्रणाली लिहा" + +#~ msgid "Run drdsl" +#~ msgstr "drdsl सुरू करा" + +#~ msgid "Start ISDN networking" +#~ msgstr "ISDN महाजाल सुरू" + +#~ msgid "Stopping ISDN networking..." +#~ msgstr "ISDN उपप्रणाली थांबवत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Stopping ISDN subsystem..." +#~ msgstr "ISDN उपप्रणाली थांबवत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Writing controller configuration..." +#~ msgstr "नियंत्रक संरचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Writing interface configuration..." +#~ msgstr "संवादमंच संरचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Loading ISDN driver..." +#~ msgstr "ISDN चालक अद्ययावत करत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Running drdsl (could take over a minute)..." +#~ msgstr "drdsl चालत आहे (एक मिनीटापेक्षा जास्त वेळ पाळत नाही)..." + +#~ msgid "Loading ISDN network..." +#~ msgstr "ISDN महाजाल अद्ययावत करत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Testing ISDN Configuration %1" +#~ msgstr "ISDN संरचना %1 तपासत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Stop ISDN network" +#~ msgstr "ISDN महाजाल थांबवा" + +#~ msgid "Unload ISDN driver" +#~ msgstr "ISDN ड्रायव्हर ठरवत नाही" + +#~ msgid "Load controller" +#~ msgstr "नियंत्रक अद्ययावत करा" + +#~ msgid "Unload controller" +#~ msgstr "कंट्रोलर उतरवा" + +#~ msgid "Stopping ISDN network..." +#~ msgstr "ISDN महाजाल थांबवत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Unloading ISDN driver..." +#~ msgstr "ISDN ड्रायव्हर उतरवला जात आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Loading controller..." +#~ msgstr "नियंत्रक अद्ययावत करत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Unloading controller..." +#~ msgstr "कंट्रोलर उतरवला जात आहे..." + +#~ msgid "&Select Interface" +#~ msgstr "संवादमंच निवडा" + +#~ msgid "Initializing Modem Configuration" +#~ msgstr "मोडेम संरचना कार्यान्वित करा" + +#~ msgid "Detect modems" +#~ msgstr "मोडेम शोधा" + +#~ msgid "Read routing" +#~ msgstr "राऊटींग वाचा" + +#~ msgid "Reading routes..." +#~ msgstr "रुटस वाचत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Saving Modem Configuration" +#~ msgstr "मोडेम संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#~ msgid "No home page" +#~ msgstr "मुखपृष्ठ नाही" + +#~ msgid "Product Name: %1" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉडक्ट नाव: %1" + +#~ msgid "Username: %1" +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्ता: %1" + +#~ msgid "Nothing is configured." +#~ msgstr "काहीच संरचित केले नाही." + +#~ msgid "Configured Providers:" +#~ msgstr "पुरवणारे संरचीत केले:" + +#~ msgid "Configured as %1 (phone %2)" +#~ msgstr "%1 प्रमाणे संरचीत केले (दूरध्वनी %2)" + +#~ msgid "IP Forwarding: on" +#~ msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डीग: चालू" + +#~ msgid "IP Forwarding: off" +#~ msgstr "IP फॉरवर्डीग: बंद" + +#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +#~ msgstr "रन SuSEconfig " + +#~ msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +#~ msgstr "एस यू एस ई कॉपिंग वापरली जात आहे" + +#~ msgid "Firewall Settings" +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉल मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Password:" +#~ msgstr "Password:" + +#~ msgid "Proxy Configuration" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी संरचना" + +#~ msgid "Enable proxy settings" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी रचना कार्यान्वित करा" + +#~ msgid "Disable proxy settings" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी रचना अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#~ msgid "Change the current proxy settings" +#~ msgstr "सध्याच्या प्रॉक्सीची रचना बदला" + +#~ msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सीकरता ऑथेन्टीकेशप सेट करा" + +#~ msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" +#~ msgstr "सध्याच्या मांडणीसाठी सारांश दाखवा" + +#~ msgid "Set HTTP proxy" +#~ msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सी मांडा" + +#~ msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" +#~ msgstr "HTTPS प्रॉक्सी मांडा" + +#~ msgid "Set FTP proxy" +#~ msgstr "FTP प्रॉक्सी मांडा" + +#~ msgid "Clear all options listed" +#~ msgstr "यादी केलेले सर्व पर्याय काढा" + +#~ msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी सेटींग्ज न वापरण्यासाठी डोमेन्स सेट करा" + +#~ msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी ऑथेटींकेशन करता युजरनेम वापरालेले आहे" + +#~ msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी ऑथेटींकेशन करता गुप्तशब्ध वापरायचा आहे" + +#~ msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी संरचनेची स्थिती" + +#~ msgid "Enabled" +#~ msgstr "Enabled" + +#~ msgid "HTTP" +#~ msgstr "HTTP" + +#~ msgid "HTTPS" +#~ msgstr "HTTPS" + +#~ msgid "FTP" +#~ msgstr "FTP" + +#~ msgid "Proxy" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी" + +#~ msgid "&Proxy" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Update proxy configuration" +#~ msgstr "अद्ययावत संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" +#~ msgstr "VPN संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Updating proxy configuration..." +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Proxy is disabled." +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी अकार्यान्वित करा." + +#~ msgid "Proxy is enabled." +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी कार्यान्वित करा." + +#~ msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1" +#~ msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सी: %1" + +#~ msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1" +#~ msgstr "HTTPS प्रॉक्सी: %1" + +#~ msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" +#~ msgstr "FTP प्रॉक्सी: %1" + +#~ msgid "No details available." +#~ msgstr "तपशील उपलब्ध नाही." + +#~ msgid "&Details <<" +#~ msgstr "तपशील <<" + +#~ msgid "&Details >>" +#~ msgstr "तपशील >>" + +#~ msgid "Unknown Error Code" +#~ msgstr "अनोळकी चूक सांकेतीक" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" +#~ "Proxy return code: %2.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "प्रॉक्सीची चाचणी करताना %1 चूक सापडली.\n" +#~ "प्रॉक्सी रिटर्न सांकेतीक: %2.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" +#~ "Proxy return code: %2.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "प्रॉक्सीची चाचणी करताना %1 चूक सापडली.\n" +#~ "प्रॉक्सी रिटर्न सांकेतीक: %2.\n" + +#~ msgid "Testing the current proxy settings..." +#~ msgstr "सध्यांच्या प्रॉक्सीच्या मांडणीची चाचणी घेत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test." +#~ msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सीची चाचणी घेताना चूक सापडली." + +#~ msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test." +#~ msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सीची चाचणी घेताना चूक सापडली." + +#~ msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test." +#~ msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सीची चाचणी घेताना चूक सापडली." + +#~ msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सीची मांडणीचे काम बरोबर आहे." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>HTTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" +#~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>HTTP प्रोक्सि URL</b> हे प्रोक्सि सर्वर चे नाव आहे जो तुम्हाला वर्ल्ड वाइड वेब\n" +#~ "(WWW)ला एक्सेस देतो.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" +#~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>HTTPS प्रोक्सि URL</b> हे प्रोक्सि सर्वर चे नाव आहे जो तुम्हाला\n" +#~ " वर्ल्ड वाइड वेब(WWW) ला सुरक्षित एक्सेस देतो.http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>उदा: <i>http://proxy.example.com:३१२८/</i></p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>FTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" +#~ "to the file transfer services (FTP).</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>FTP प्रोक्सि URL</b> हे प्रोक्सि सर्वर चे नाव आहे जो तुम्हाला\n" +#~ "फाइल ट्रान्सफर सर्विसेस (FTP)ला एक्सेस देतो.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If you check <b>Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols</b>, it is\n" +#~ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" +#~ "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>सगळ्या प्रोटोकोल साठी एकच प्रोक्सी वापरा</b> मधिल ओप्शन चेक करणे ,\n" +#~ "HTTP प्रोक्सि URL भरण्यासाठी पुरेसे आहे, जे सगळ्या प्रोटोकोलला वापरले जाइल\n" +#~ "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP)." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>No Proxy Domains</b> is a comma-separated list of domains\n" +#~ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" +#~ "for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>नो प्रोक्सि डोमेन्स</b> ही कोमाने वेगळे केलेल्या डोमेनची यादी असते\n" +#~ "ज्यासाठी केचिंग न करता रिक्वेस्ट्स डायरेक्टली केल्या पाहिजेत,\n" +#~ "उदा, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" +#~ "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n" +#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>जर तुम्ही प्रोक्सि सर्वर विथ ओथोरायझेशन वापरत असाल,\n" +#~ "<b>प्रोक्सि युजर नेम</b> व <b>प्रोक्सि पासवर्ड</b> एन्टर करा. एक वेलिड युजरनेम\n" +#~ "मधे फक्त प्रिंटेबल ASCII केरेक्टर असतात (कोटेशन मार्क्स सोडून).</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n" +#~ "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>टेस्ट प्रोक्सि सेटिंग्ज</b> \n" +#~ "आत्ताचे कोन्फिगरेशन HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP प्रोक्सि साठी टेस्ट करायला दाबा.</p> \n" + +#~ msgid "&Enable Proxy" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी कार्यान्वित करा" + +#~ msgid "Proxy Settings" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी रचना" + +#~ msgid "&HTTP Proxy URL" +#~ msgstr "&HTTP प्रॉक्सी युआरएल" + +#~ msgid "HTTP&S Proxy URL" +#~ msgstr "HTTP S प्राक्सी युआरएल" + +#~ msgid "F&TP Proxy URL" +#~ msgstr "FTP प्रॉक्सी युआरएल" + +#~ msgid "Us&e the Same Proxy for All Protocols" +#~ msgstr "सगळ्या प्रोटोकोल साठी एकच प्रोक्सी यु&ज करा" + +#~ msgid "No Proxy &Domains" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी क्षेत्र नाही" + +#~ msgid "Proxy Authentication" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी ऑथेंटिकेशन" + +#~ msgid "Proxy &User Name" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "Proxy &Password" +#~ msgstr "प्राक्सी परवलीशब्द" + +#~ msgid "Test Pr&oxy Settings" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी चाचणी रचना" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" +#~ "Really use these settings?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "प्रोक्सि एनेबल केला आहे, पण प्रोक्सि URL दर्शवलेला नाही.\n" +#~ "हे सेटिंग्ज वापरु का?" + +#~ msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." +#~ msgstr "तुम्ही परवलीशब्द लिहू शकत नाही आणि वापरकर्त्याचे नाव रिकामे ठेवा." + +#~ msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." +#~ msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सी युआरएल अवैध आहे." + +#~ msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." +#~ msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सी URL मध्ये स्कीम स्पेसिफीकेशन्स असलेच पाहिजे (http)." + +#~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." +#~ msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सी युआरएल अवैध आहे." + +#~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." +#~ msgstr "HTTPS प्रॉक्सी URL मध्ये स्कीम स्पेसिफीकेशन्स असलेच पाहिजे (http)." + +#~ msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." +#~ msgstr "FTP प्रॉक्सी युआरएल अवैध आहे." + +#~ msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." +#~ msgstr "FTP प्रॉक्सी URL मध्ये स्कीम स्पेसिफीकेशन्स असलेच पाहिजे (http)." + +#~ msgid "No IP Address (for Bonding Devices)" +#~ msgstr "IP पत्ता नाही (बॉंडिंग सेवांसाठी)" + +#~ msgid "Providers to Configure" +#~ msgstr "कॉनफिग्युअर करण्याकरता प्रोव्हाईडर्स." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If <b>Automatically Reconnect</b> is enabled, the connection will\n" +#~ "be reestablished automatically after failure.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>जेव्हा <b>मोडिफाय DNS</b> एनेबल्ड असतो,तेव्हा <i> नेम सर्वर </i> इन्टरनेटला क्नेक्ट केल्यावर आपोआप बदलतो.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Automatically &Reconnect" +#~ msgstr "स्वयंचलित" + +#~ msgid "&Netmask" +#~ msgstr "नेटमास्क" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Enable <b>IP Forwarding</b> if the system is a router. This will apply on both IPv4 and IPv6.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>इनएबल <b>IP फॉरवर्डीग</b> सीस्टीम रुटर असेल तर सुरु करा.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Your hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> and will be \n" +#~ "resolvable as <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> IP address. To disable this modification, \n" +#~ "uncheck <b>Write Hostname to /etc/hosts</b> box. In that case your \n" +#~ "hostname will not be resolvable without an active network.\n" +#~ "</p> \n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> जर तुम्ही आयपि एड्रेस मिळण्यासाठी DHCP वापरत असाल, तर तुमचे होस्टनेम /etc/होस्ट्सला लिहिले जाईल व १२७.०.०.२ आयपि एड्रेस असे रिसॉल्वेबल असेल.\n" +#~ "हे डिफॉल्ट बिहेविअर आहे. तुम्हाला हे डिसेबल करायचे असल्यास हा बॉक्स अनचेक करा\n" +#~ " पण तुमचे होस्टनेम एक्टिव्ह नेटवर्क शिवाय रिसॉल्वेबल नसेल.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "&Write Hostname to /etc/hosts" +#~ msgstr " etc/hosts पाठवण्यासाठी सादरकर्त्याचे नावला होस्टनेम लिहा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Request Broadcast Response</b> causes the DHCP client\n" +#~ "to ask the server always to broadcast its responses. You may need this,\n" +#~ "for example, if your machine is a mobile client moving between different\n" +#~ "networks.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>ब्रोडकास्ट रिस्पोन्सला रिक्वेस्ट</b> मूळे डिएचसिपि क्लाएंट\n" +#~ "सर्वरला रिस्पोन्सेस नेहमी ब्रोडकास्ट करायला लावतो. तुम्हाला ह्याची गरज लागेल, \n" +#~ "उदा, तुमचे मशिन एक मोबाइल क्लाएंट आहे जो सगळ्या नेटवर्क मधे फिरत \n" +#~ "आसतो.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Request Broad&cast Response" +#~ msgstr "प्रसारण प्रतिसाद विनंती" + +#~ msgid "WPA-PSK" +#~ msgstr "WPA-PSK" + +#~ msgid "IP address %1 is already present." +#~ msgstr " %1 IP पत्ता आधिच अस्तिवात आहे." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "NetworkManager is enabled. Some features, such as\n" +#~ "multiple providers for one modem, will not work.\n" +#~ "You may want to use kinternet instead." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "नेटवर्क मेनेजर एनेबल केला आहे. काहि फिचर जसे\n" +#~ "एका मोडेम साठी मल्टिपल प्रोवाइडर्स, कान करणार नाहित.\n" +#~ "त्या ऐवजी तुम्हाला इन्टरनेट वापरावे वाटेल." + +#~ msgid "Run KInternet" +#~ msgstr "KInternet सुरू करा" + +#~ msgid "Running KInternet..." +#~ msgstr "Kमहाजाल सुरू करत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" +#~ msgstr "तुम्हाला इन्स्टोल करायचे आहे का? " + +#~ msgid "Propose a configuration" +#~ msgstr "फक्त संरचित केलेल्या पत्राची यादी" + +#~ msgid "Routing Configuration Summary:" +#~ msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन सारांश रुटींग:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If you plan to use a dial-up Internet connection and have set up your\n" +#~ "connection to use dynamic DNS assignment, these values will be temporarily\n" +#~ "disabled during the connection.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>जर तुम्ही डायल-अप इन्टरनेट कनेक्शन वापरण्याचा प्लान करत असाल व तुम्हाला\n" +#~ "तुमचे कनेक्शन डायनेमिक DNS असाइनमेंट वापरण्यासाठी सेट करायचे असेल, तर \n" +#~ "ह्या वेल्यु कनेक्शनच्या वेळी तात्पुरत्या डिसेबल होतिल.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Optionally enter the name server list and domain search list.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>विकल्पाने नाव सर्व्हर यादी घाला व डोमेन शोध यादी.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Note that the hostname is global--it applies to all\n" +#~ "interfaces, not just this one.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>होस्ट नाव हे जागतिक आहे ते सर्व पडदयांना\n" +#~ "लागू आहे, फक्त याच नाही.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>The resolver configuration file (/etc/resolv.conf)\n" +#~ "has been temporarily modified by %1. You have two options:</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>रिसोल्वर कोन्फिगरेशन फाइल (/etc/resolv.conf)\n" +#~ " %१ ने तात्पुरती मोडिफाय केली आहे. तुमच्या कडे दोन विकल्प आहेत:</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Modify the current version of the file.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Press <b>Accept</b> and continue editing other data. You are able to return to this dialog at a later time, \n" +#~ "when the above service has terminated.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<ol>\n" +#~ "<li> फाइलची आत्ताची (बदललेली) वर्जन मोडिफाय करा. </li>\n" +#~ "<li>आत्ता 'एक्सेप्ट' दाबा व दुसरा(नोन रिसोल्वर)डाटा एडिट करणे चालु ठेवा.\n" +#~ "तुम्ही ह्या डायलोग कडे नंतर परत येऊ शकता जेव्हा वरिल सर्विस बंद झाली असेल.</li>\n" +#~ "</ol>\n" + +#~ msgid "Name Servers: Set by DHCP" +#~ msgstr "सेवा संगणकाचे नाव: DHCP च्याद्वारे मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Search List: Set by DHCP" +#~ msgstr "यादी शोधा: DHCP च्याद्वारे मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "<p>Enter the name for this computer and the DNS domain that it belongs to.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>या संगणकाचे नाव घाला व ज्या DNS डोमेनशी संबधीत आहे तो घाला.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>The domain is especially important if this computer is a mail server.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>संगणक मेळ सर्व्हर असेल तर डोमेन हा विशेषत: महत्चाचा आहे.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Change /etc/resolv.conf manually" +#~ msgstr "/etc/ipsec.conf वाचा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Update DNS data via DHCP" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "DHCP द्वारा नाव सेवासंगणक आणि\n" +#~ "शोध यादी अद्ययावत करा" + +#~ msgid "Device type" +#~ msgstr "उपकरण प्रकार" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Impossible value for type!" +#~ msgstr "ह्या टाइपसाठी शक्य वेल्यु नाही!" + +#~ msgid "Device Type" +#~ msgstr "उपकरण प्रकार" + +#~ msgid "Bootproto" +#~ msgstr "बूटप्रोटो" + +#~ msgid "Mask" +#~ msgstr "मास्क" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Press <b>Manually</b> tocontrol the interface manually\n" +#~ "via ifup or KInternet (See <b>User Controlled</b> below).\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<b>मेन्युअली</b>: तुम्ही इन्टरफेसला'ifup'वा'kinternet' द्वारा मेन्युअली कंट्रोल करु शकता\n" +#~ "(खाली'युजर कंट्रोल्ड' पहा)." + +#~ msgid "No Zone, All Traffic Blocked" +#~ msgstr "विभाग नाही, सर्व ट्रफीक अडकण आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Because Device Control for Non-root User has been enabled, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>मोडेम कोन्फिगर करण्यासाठी, <b>%१</b> पेकेजेस इन्स्टोल केली असली पाहिजेत </p>" + +#~ msgid "Modem &IP Address" +#~ msgstr "मोडेम आयपी पत्ता" + +#~ msgid "Modem IP address is invalid." +#~ msgstr "मोडेमला आयपी पत्ता अवैध." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Bond &Driver Options" +#~ msgstr "बोन्ड ड्रायव्हर विकल्प" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configure" +#~ msgstr "&संरचित करा..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Get a list of available network cards by pressing\n" +#~ "<b>Select from List</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>उपलब्ध नेटवर्क कार्ड्स ची यादी मिळण्यासाठी\t<b>सिलेक्ट फ्रोम लिस्ट</b>दाबा.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Matching rule" +#~ msgstr "जुळण्याच्या नियम पुननिर्देशीत करा:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" +#~ "Then press <b>Configure</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>एडिट वा डिलिट करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ " चेंज वा रिमुव करण्यासाठी नेटवर्क कार्ड निवडा.\n" +#~ "मग <b>एडिट</b> वा <b>डिलिट</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Runing SuSEconfig..." +#~ msgstr "एस यू एस ई कॉपिंग वापरली जात आहे" + +#~ msgid "Reading /etc/modprobe.conf..." +#~ msgstr "वाचत आहे /etc/modprobe.conf..." + +#~ msgid "ARCnet Network Card" +#~ msgstr "ARCnet महाजाल कार्ड" + +#~ msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" +#~ msgstr "Asynchronous ट्रान्सफर मोड (ATM)" + +#~ msgid "Bluetooth Connection" +#~ msgstr "ब्ल्यूटूथ जोडणी" + +#~ msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" +#~ msgstr "समान लींक संपर्क वर्कस्टेशनकरता (CLAW)" + +#~ msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" +#~ msgstr "चॅनेल ते चॅनेल पडदा (CTC)" + +#~ msgid "Dummy Network Device" +#~ msgstr "नकली महाजाल उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" +#~ msgstr "एन्टर फाईल्स कनेक्टर (ESCON)" + +#~ msgid "Ethernet Network Card" +#~ msgstr "इथरनेट महाजाल कार्ड" + +#~ msgid "FDDI Network Card" +#~ msgstr "FDDI महाजाल कार्ड" + +#~ msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" +#~ msgstr "फायबरचॅनेल सीसीस्ट कनेक्टर (FICON)" + +#~ msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" +#~ msgstr "होत परफारन्स संमातर पडदा (HIPPI)" + +#~ msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" +#~ msgstr "हायफर सॉकेट पडदा (HSI)" + +#~ msgid "ISDN Connection" +#~ msgstr "ISDN जोडणी" + +#~ msgid "Infrared Network Device" +#~ msgstr "इनफ्रारेड नेटवर्क उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "Infrared Device" +#~ msgstr "इनफ्रारेड उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" +#~ msgstr "OSA LCS महाजाल कार्ड" + +#~ msgid "Loopback Device" +#~ msgstr "लूपबॅक उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "Myrinet Network Card" +#~ msgstr "मायरीनेट महाजाल कार्ड" + +#~ msgid "Parallel Line Connection" +#~ msgstr "संमातर ओळ जोडणी" + +#~ msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" +#~ msgstr "OSA-एक्सप्रेस or QDIO उपकरण (QETH)" + +#~ msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" +#~ msgstr "IPv6-इन-IPv4 Encapsulation उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "Serial Line Connection" +#~ msgstr "अनुक्रमे ओळीचे संपर्क" + +#~ msgid "Token Ring Network Card" +#~ msgstr "टोकन बेल महाजाल कार्ड" + +#~ msgid "VMWare Network Device" +#~ msgstr "VMWare महाजाल उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "Wireless Network Card" +#~ msgstr "वायरलेस महाजाल कार्ड" + +#~ msgid "XP Network" +#~ msgstr "XP महाजाल" + +#~ msgid "Bond Network" +#~ msgstr "Bond नेटवर्क" + +#~ msgid "ARCnet" +#~ msgstr "ARCnet" + +#~ msgid "ATM" +#~ msgstr "ATM" + +#~ msgid "Bluetooth" +#~ msgstr "ब्ल्युटूथ" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Bond" +#~ msgstr "Poland" + +#~ msgid "CLAW" +#~ msgstr "CLAW" + +#~ msgid "ISDN" +#~ msgstr "आयएसडीएन" + +#~ msgid "CTC" +#~ msgstr "CTC" + +#~ msgid "DSL" +#~ msgstr "DSL" + +#~ msgid "Dummy" +#~ msgstr "त्याच्यासारखा दिसणारा" + +#~ msgid "ESCON" +#~ msgstr "ESCON" + +#~ msgid "Ethernet" +#~ msgstr "इथरनेट" + +#~ msgid "FDDI" +#~ msgstr "FDDI" + +#~ msgid "FICON" +#~ msgstr "FICON" + +#~ msgid "HIPPI" +#~ msgstr "HIPPI" + +#~ msgid "Hipersockets" +#~ msgstr "Hipersockets" + +#~ msgid "IrDA" +#~ msgstr "IrDA" + +#~ msgid "IUCV" +#~ msgstr "IUCV" + +#~ msgid "OSA LCS" +#~ msgstr "OSA LCS" + +#~ msgid "Loopback" +#~ msgstr "लूपबॅक" + +#~ msgid "Myrinet" +#~ msgstr "मायरीनेट" + +#~ msgid "Parallel Line" +#~ msgstr "समांतर ओळ" + +#~ msgid "QETH" +#~ msgstr "QETH" + +#~ msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" +#~ msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" + +#~ msgid "Serial Line" +#~ msgstr "अनुक्रमे ओळ" + +#~ msgid "Token Ring" +#~ msgstr "टोकण रिंग" + +#~ msgid "USB" +#~ msgstr "USB" + +#~ msgid "VMWare" +#~ msgstr "VMWare" + +#~ msgid "Wireless" +#~ msgstr "बिनतारी" + +#~ msgid "XPNET" +#~ msgstr "XPNET" + +#~ msgid "De&vice (optional)" +#~ msgstr "उपकरण (पर्याय)" + +#~ msgid "E&xpert Configuration" +#~ msgstr "तज्ञ संरचना" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The device does not have a driver module.\n" +#~ "The driver may be built in the kernel." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "उपकरणाला ड्रायव्हर मॉडयूल नाही.\n" +#~ "ड्रायव्हर कर्नेल मध्ये स्थापित असेल." + +#~ msgid "Couldn't add interface" +#~ msgstr "इन्टरफेस एड करू शकत नाही" + +#~ msgid "Changing Configuration for" +#~ msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन रुटींगसाठी आकृतीबंध बदलत आहे" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Here, set up your networking device.\n" +#~ "The values are written to <i>/etc/sysconfig/hardware/hwcfg-*</i>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>इथे , तुमचे नेटवर्क डिवाइस सेट करा.\n" +#~ "वेल्यु लिहिल्या आहेत <i>/ इटिसि/सिसकोन्फिग/हार्डवेअर/एचड्ब्ल्युसिएफजि-*</i>.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "&Hardware Configuration Name" +#~ msgstr "हार्डवेअर संरचनेचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "Hardware Name" +#~ msgstr "हार्डवेअर नाव" + +#~ msgid "Select from &List" +#~ msgstr "यादीतून निवडा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Hardware configuration %1 already exists.\n" +#~ "Choose a different one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "हार्डवेअर संरचना अगोदरच %1 अस्तित्वात आहे.\n" +#~ "एखादे निराळे निवडा." + +#~ msgid "Open" +#~ msgstr "उघडा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "%1 - %2 (%3)" +#~ msgstr "%3 चे %1 %2" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/nfs.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/nfs.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/nfs.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,510 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" + +#. Command line help text for the nfs module +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29 +msgid "Configuration of NFS client" +msgstr "NFS ग्राहकाची संरचना" + +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43 +msgid "List configured NFS mounts" +msgstr "NFS माऊंटची यादी संरचीत केली" + +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50 +msgid "Add an NFS mount" +msgstr "NFS माऊंट अधिक करा" + +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55 +msgid "Edit an NFS mount" +msgstr "NFS माऊंट संपादीत करा" + +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60 +msgid "Delete an NFS mount" +msgstr "NFS माऊंट काढून टाका" + +#. host:path +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_spec +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70 +msgid "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')" +msgstr "रिमोट फाईल प्रणाली ('होस्ट:पाथ' या स्वरूपात)" + +#. path +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_file +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79 +msgid "Local mount point" +msgstr "स्थानिक माउंट पॉईंट" + +#. a list? +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_mntops +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89 +msgid "Mount options" +msgstr "माऊंट पर्याय" + +#. nfs or nfs4 +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_type +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98 +msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." +msgstr "" + +#. CLI action handler. +#. Print summary in command line +#. @param [Hash] options command options +#. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode +#. table header +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481 +msgid "Server" +msgstr "Server" + +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160 +msgid "Remote File System" +msgstr "दूरस्थ फाईल प्रणाली" + +#. table header +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "स्वार होण्याचा बिंदू" + +#. table header +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#. CLI action handler. +#. @param [Hash] options command options +#. @return whether successful +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." +msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"." +msgstr "\"no\" पर्यायांसाठी चुकीचे मूल्य." + +#. error +#. error +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334 +msgid "No NFS mount specified." +msgstr "NFS माऊंट दर्शविलेला नाही." + +#. error message +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253 +msgid "No NFS mount matching the criteria found." +msgstr "क्रायटेरी याला जुळणारा NFS माऊंट मिळाला नाही." + +#. error message +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271 +msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:" +msgstr "क्रायटेरी याला जुळणारा अनेक NFS माऊंट:" + +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n" +#| "shorter than 50 characters and only use\n" +#| "0-9, A-Z, a-z, dots, -, and _." +msgid "" +"The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n" +"shorter than 50 characters and only use\n" +"valid IPv4, IPv6 or domain name.\n" +"Valid IPv4: %1\n" +"Valid IPv6: %2\n" +"Valid domain: %3" +msgstr "" +" प्रविष्ट केलेले मालकाचे नांव अवैध \n" +" आहे ते 50 वर्णांपेक्षा छोटे असले पाहिजे व त्यात फक्त \n" +"0-9, A-Z, a-z, dots, -, बिंदु आणि _ य़ांचा वापर असला पाहिजे. " + +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 +msgid "" +"fstab already contains an entry\n" +"with mount point '%1'." +msgstr "" +"fstab मधे आधीच माऊंट पॉईंट \n" +"'%1' सहितची प्रविष्टी समाविष्ट आहे." + +#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 +msgid "" +"The path entered is invalid.\n" +"It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" +"and it must begin with a slash (/)." +msgstr "" +"प्रविष्ट केलेला पाथ अवैध आहे.\n" +"तो 70 वर्णाँपेक्षा छोटा असला पाहिजे व \n" +" त्याची सुरूवात तिराया रेषेने(/)झाली पाहिजे." + +#. Help, part 1 of 3 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<p>The table contains all directories \n" +"exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares).</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Help, part 2 of 3 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" +"exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" +"about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt></p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Help, part 3 of 3 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 +msgid "" +"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n" +"a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n" +"share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" +"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct setting\n" +"of file/directory access rights.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. selection box label +#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows +#. NFS servers only +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164 +msgid "&NFS Servers" +msgstr "&NFS सेवा संगणक" + +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176 +msgid "&Exported Directories" +msgstr "निर्यात केलेली संचिका" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249 +msgid "&NFS Server Hostname" +msgstr "NFS सेवासंगणक सादरकर्ता" + +#. pushbutton label +#. choose a host from a list +#. appears in help text too +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255 +msgid "Choo&se" +msgstr "निवड" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263 +msgid "&Remote Directory" +msgstr "&दूरस्थ संचिका" + +#. pushbutton label, +#. select from a list of remote filesystems +#. make it short +#. appears in help text too +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 +msgid "&Select" +msgstr "निवड" + +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NFS&v4 Share" +msgstr "&NFS सेवा संगणक" + +#. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 +msgid "pNFS (v4.1)" +msgstr "" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287 +msgid "&Mount Point (local)" +msgstr "& माऊंट पॉईंट (स्थानिक)" + +#. button label +#. browse directories to select a mount point +#. appears in help text too +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 +msgid "&Browse" +msgstr "संचारसाधन" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298 +msgid "O&ptions" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#. label message +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319 +msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." +msgstr "ह्या LAN वर सादरकर्त्याकरता तपासत आहे..." + +#. Translators: 1st part of error message +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No NFS server has been found on your network." +msgstr "तुमच्या जाळ्यामध्ये NTP सेवासंगणक सापडला नाही." + +#. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...) +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" +"which probably blocks the network scanning." +msgstr "" +"आपल्या नेटवर्कवर कोणताही NTP server सापडत नाही.\n" +"हे चालू असलेल्या SuSEfirewall2 मुळे होऊ शकते,\n" +"जे बहुधा नेटवर्क scanning ला अडथळा आणते." + +#. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356 +msgid "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..." +msgstr "\"%1\" साठी यादी मिळवीत आहे..." + +#. heading for a directory selection dialog +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371 +msgid "Select the Mount Point" +msgstr " माऊंट पॉईंट निवडा" + +#. help text 1/4 +#. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter the <b>NFS Server Hostname</b>. With\n" +"<b>Choose</b>, browse through a list of\n" +"NFS servers on the local network.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>NFS Server Hostname</b> प्रविष्ट करा. \n" +"<b>Choose</b>, च्या सहाय्याने स्थानिक नेटवर्कवरील \n" +"NFS सव्र्हर्सची सूची ब्राउझ करा.</p>\n" + +#. help text 2/4 +#. added "Select" button +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429 +msgid "" +"<p>In <b>Remote File System</b>,\n" +"enter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\n" +"<b>Select</b> to select one from those exported by the server.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>In <b> रिमोट फाईल प्रणाली</b>,\n" +"NFS सव्र्हरवरील डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ प्रविष्ट करा. सव्र्हरद्वारे एक्सपोर्ट केलेल्या पैकी एक \n" +" पाथ निवडण्यासाठी<b>Select</b>वापरा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 +msgid "" +"<p>\t\t\n" +"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" +"<b>Browse</b>, select your mount point\n" +"interactively.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\t\t\n" +"<b> माऊंट पॉईंट </b> साठी, स्थानिक फाईल प्रणालीतील पाथ प्रविष्ट करा, जेथे डिरेक्टरी माऊंट असायला हवी. \n" +"<b>Browse</b> ने आपला माऊंट पॉईंट परस्परकर्यान्वित \n" +" रित्या निवडा.</p>" + +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450 +msgid "" +"<p>For a list of <b>Options</b>,\n" +"read the man page mount(8).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p> पर्यायांच्या <b> सूचीसाठी </b>,\n" +" man पृष्ठ (8) वाचा. </p>" + +#. popup heading +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "मदत" + +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Remote Directory" +msgstr "&दूरस्थ संचिका" + +#. table header +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NFS Type" +msgstr "USB प्रकार" + +#. #211570 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enable NFSv4" +msgstr "IPv6 कार्यान्वित करा" + +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NFSv4 Domain Name" +msgstr "क्षेत्र नाव" + +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable &Screen Saver" +msgid "Enable &GSS Security" +msgstr "पडद्यावरील चित्र कार्यान्वत" + +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&NFS Shares" +msgstr "&NFS सेवा संगणक" + +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NFS &Settings" +msgstr "BIOS रचना" + +#. Default values +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640 +msgid "Really delete %1?" +msgstr "खरोखरच %1 काढून टाकू?" + +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681 +msgid "NFS Client Configuration" +msgstr "NFS ग्राहक संरचना" + +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 +msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgstr "संचिका तयार करण्यास असमर्थ '%1'." + +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 +msgid "" +"Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" +"No changes will be made to the\n" +"the NFS client configuration.\n" +msgstr "" +"/etc/fstab यांना लिहिणे अशक्य \n" +" यामधे बदल केले जाणार नाहीत \n" +" NFS क्लाएंट आकृतीबंध.\n" + +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 +msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgstr "NFS संरचना लिहीत आहे" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452 +msgid "Stop services" +msgstr "सेवा थांबवा" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 +msgid "Start services" +msgstr "सेवा सुरू करा" + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458 +msgid "Stopping services..." +msgstr "सेवा थांबवत आहे..." + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 +msgid "Starting services..." +msgstr "सेवा सुरू करत आहे..." + +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "समाप्त झाले" + +#. help text +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468 +msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." +msgstr "NFS ग्राहक रचना लिहीत आहे. कृपया वाट पाहा..." + +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488 +msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." +msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 +msgid "NFS Entries" +msgstr "NFS नोंदी" + +#. summary item, %1 is a number +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 +msgid "%1 entries configured" +msgstr "%1 नोंदी संरचीत करा" + +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140 +msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." +msgstr " रिक्त पर्यायाच्या स्ट्रिंग्जना अनुमती नाही." + +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Empty value for option: %1" +msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'" +msgstr "पर्यायासाठी रिकामी किंमत: %1" + +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown option: %1" +msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'" +msgstr "अनोळखी पर्याय: %1" + +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid option: %1" +msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'" +msgstr "अवैध पर्याय: %1" + +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Empty value for option: %1" +msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'" +msgstr "पर्यायासाठी रिकामी किंमत: %1" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>The table contains all the NFS entries \n" +#~ "for /etc/fstab.\n" +#~ "To change the configuration, use <B>Add</B>, <B>Edit</B>, and\n" +#~ "<B>Delete</B>.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P> तक्त्यात /etc/fstab साठीच्या सर्व नवीन NFS नोंदींचा अंतर्भाव \n" +#~ " आहे. \n" +#~ " आकृतीबंध बदलण्यासाठी <B>Add</B>, <B>Edit</B>, व\n" +#~ "<B> वापरा.</B>.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>To confirm the changes, press <B>Finish</B>. To cancel them,\n" +#~ "use <B>Back</B>.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>बदल झाल्याची खात्री करण्यासाठी, दाबा <B>संपले</B>. ते रद्द करण्यासाठी,\n" +#~ "वापरा <B>मागे</B>.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>For further information about fstab,\n" +#~ "refer to <tt>man fstab</tt>.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>fstab विषयी अधिक माहितीसाठी,\n" +#~ "<tt>man fstab</tt> पहा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "&Remote File System" +#~ msgstr "दूरस्थ फाईल प्रणाली" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/nfs_server.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/nfs_server.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/nfs_server.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,464 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the nfs-server module +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:46 +msgid "Configuration of NFS server" +msgstr "" + +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:59 +msgid "NFS server configuration summary" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:68 +msgid "Start NFS server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:72 +msgid "Stop NFS server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:76 +msgid "Add a directory to export" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:83 +msgid "Delete a directory from export" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:90 +msgid "Set the parameters for domain, security and enablev4." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:98 +msgid "Directory to export" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:102 +msgid "Host wild card for setting the access to directory" +msgstr "" + +#. command line option help (do not transl. 'man exports') +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:107 +msgid "Export options (see 'man exports')" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 +msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:125 +msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling secure NFS." +msgstr "" + +#. summary text +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 +msgid "NFS server is enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. summary text +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 +msgid "NFS server is disabled" +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 +msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. error +#. error +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 +msgid "No mount point specified." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 +msgid "" +"The exports table already\n" +"contains this directory." +msgstr "" + +#. CLI action handler. +#. @param [Hash] options command options +#. @return whether successful +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." +msgstr "" + +#. Then no need to check for conflict. +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:215 +msgid "" +"%3 and %4 are both exported with the option fsid=0\n" +"for the same client '%1' (contained in '%2')" +msgstr "" + +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:313 +msgid "Dire&ctories" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:331 +msgid "" +"The wild card or options string is invalid.\n" +"It must be shorter than 70 characters and it\n" +"must not contain spaces.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Invalid option.\n" +"Only letters, digits, and the characters =/.:,_- are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:401 +msgid "Unknown option: '%1'" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:406 +msgid "Invalid option: '%1'" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is a list of exported paths +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:438 +msgid "" +"There are unbalanced parentheses in export options\n" +"for %1.\n" +"Likely, there is a spurious whitespace in the configuration file.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 +msgid "&Directory to Export" +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 +msgid "&Browse..." +msgstr "संचार करत आहे..." + +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 +msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 +msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." +msgstr "" + +#. the dir does not exist +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" +msgstr "" +"संचिका अस्तित्वात '%1' नाही.\n" +"ती निर्माण करायची आहे का?" + +#. title in the file selection dialog +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 +msgid "Select the Directory to Export" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 +msgid "&Host Wild Card" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 +msgid "O&ptions" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue +#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). +#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 +msgid "" +"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" +"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 +msgid "" +"Options for this wild card\n" +"are already set." +msgstr "" + +#. Opening NFS server dialog +#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgstr "" + +#. Help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 +msgid "" +"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" +"and export some of your directories to others.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#. Help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 +msgid "" +"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n" +"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 +msgid "" +"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.</P>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 +msgid "" +"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" +"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 +msgid "NFS Server" +msgstr "NFS सेवा संगणक" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "सुरू" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 +msgid "Do &Not Start" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 +msgid "Enable NFSv4" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 +msgid "Enable NFS&v4" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 +msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 +msgid "Enable &GSS Security" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 +msgid "NFS Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Help, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "" +"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" +"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" +"mount this directory.</P>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Help, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 +msgid "" +"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" +"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" +"IP networks.</P>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 +msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Help, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 +msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +msgid "Add &Directory" +msgstr "" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 +msgid "&Edit" +msgstr "संपादन" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 +msgid "De&lete" +msgstr "काढून करा" + +#. table header +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 +msgid "Host Wild Card" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 +msgid "Add &Host" +msgstr "" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "Ed&it" +msgstr "सपादन करा" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 +msgid "Dele&te" +msgstr "काढून टाका" + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 +msgid "Directories to Export" +msgstr "" + +#. not fatal - write other dirs. +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 +msgid "" +"Unable to create a missing directory:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 +msgid "" +"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" +"No changes will be made to the\n" +"exported directories.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 +msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 +msgid "Save /etc/exports" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 +msgid "Restart services" +msgstr "" + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 +msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 +msgid "Restarting services..." +msgstr "" + +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. help text +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 +msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." +msgstr "" + +#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write %1." +msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." +msgstr "%1 लिहीण्यास असमर्थ." + +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 +msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 +msgid "" +"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" +"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. summary header; directories exported by NFS +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 +msgid "NFS Exports" +msgstr "" + +#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 +msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to write %1." +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "%1 लिहीण्यास असमर्थ." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to write %1." +#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +#~ msgstr "%1 लिहीण्यास असमर्थ." + +#~ msgid "Directories" +#~ msgstr "डिरेक्टरी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Bindmount Targets" +#~ msgstr "जोडलेले लक्ष्य" + +#~ msgid "Firewall" +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉल" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/nis.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/nis.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/nis.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,609 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: nis\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:41+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" + +#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module +#: src/clients/nis.rb:74 +msgid "NIS client configuration module." +msgstr "NIS ग्राहक संरचना मॉड्यूल." + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:84 +msgid "Enable your machine as NIS client" +msgstr "NIS ग्राहकाप्रमाणे तुमचे यंत्र कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:91 +msgid "Disable the NIS client" +msgstr "NIS ग्राहक अकार्यान्वित" + +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:98 +msgid "Configuration summary of NIS client" +msgstr "NIS ग्राहक संरचना सारांश" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:109 +msgid "Change the global settings of NIS client" +msgstr "NIS ग्राहकाची ग्लोबल रचना बदला" + +#. command line help text for 'find' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:116 +msgid "Show available NIS servers for given domain" +msgstr "क्षेत्र देण्यासाठी उपलब्ध NIS सेवासंगणक दाखवा" + +#. command line help text for the 'server' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:124 +msgid "NIS server name or address" +msgstr "NIS सेवासंगणक नाव अथवा पत्ता" + +#. command line help text for the 'domain' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:131 +msgid "NIS domain" +msgstr "NIS क्षेत्र" + +#. help text for the 'automounter' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:138 +msgid "Start or stop automounter" +msgstr "ऑटोमाऊंटर सुरु किंवा बंद करा" + +#. help text for the 'broadcast' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:146 +msgid "Set or unset broadcast search" +msgstr "प्रक्षेपण शोध सेट किंवा अनसेट करा." + +#. Print summary of basic options +#. @return [Boolean] false +#. summary header +#: src/clients/nis.rb:260 src/modules/Nis.rb:862 +msgid "Automounter enabled" +msgstr "ऑटोमाऊंटर सुरु किंवा बंद करा" + +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:831 src/modules/Nis.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:853 src/modules/Nis.rb:857 src/modules/Nis.rb:864 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "हो" + +#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +msgid "No" +msgstr "नाही" + +#. Translators: network broadcast address +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:62 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Broadcast</b> option enables searching\n" +"in the local network to find a server after the specified servers\n" +"fail to respond. It is a security risk.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> <b>ब्रॉडकास्ट</b> पर्याय, निर्देशीत सर्व्हर्स प्रतिसाद देत नाहीसे\n" +"झाल्यानंतर सर्व्हर शोधाण्यासाठी स्थानिक नेटवर्कमधे\n" +"शोधकार्य शक्य करतो. सुरक्षा दृष्टीकोनातून हा धोका आहे.</p>\n" + +#. Translators: short for Expert settings +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Expert</b> gives access to some\n" +"less frequently used settings.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Expert</b> काही कमी वापरल्या जाणार्‍या settings मध्ये\n" +"प्रवेश मिळवून देतो.</p>\n" + +#. pushbutton label +#. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:135 +msgid "Select &All" +msgstr "सर्व चयन करा" + +#. pushbutton label +#. Deselect all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:138 +msgid "Select &None" +msgstr "निवडा काही नाही" + +#. popup window +#. LAN: local area network +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:190 +msgid "Scanning for NIS servers in domain %1 on this LAN..." +msgstr "हया LAN वर %1 डोमेनतध्ये NIS सर्व्हर छाननी करा..." + +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:209 +msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1" +msgstr "क्षेत्रामध्ये NIS सेवासंगणक %1" + +#. firewall opening help +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" +"To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" +"from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" +"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" +"दूरस्थित संगणकांकडून 'ypbind' सेवा मिळवण्यासाठी firewall उघडण्यासाठी\n" +"<b>Open Port in Firewall</b> set करा.\n" +"ज्या interfaces वर port open करायचे ते निवडण्यासाठी <b>Firewall\n" +"Details</b> क्लिक करा.\n" +"हा पर्याय firewall सक्रिय असेल तरच उपलब्ध आहे.</p>\n" + +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\n" +" and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> आपले NIS डोमेन प्रविष्ट करा, जसे example.com,\n" +"व NIS सर्व्हरचा पत्ता, जसे nis.example.com किंवा 10.20.1.1.</p>\n" + +#. help text for netconfig part +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 +msgid "" +"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" +"with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" +"etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" +"the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" +"Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" +"space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" +"the netconfig manual page.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 +msgid "" +"<p>Specify multiple servers\n" +"by separating their addresses with spaces.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>अनेक सर्व्हर ठरवा\n" +"मोकळी जागा घालून त्यांचे पत्ते वेगळे करा.</p>\n" + +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>Automounter is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\n" +#| "such as users' home directories.\n" +#| "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\n" +#| "either locally or over NIS.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\n" +"such as users' home directories.\n" +"It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\n" +"either locally or over NIS.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>ऑटोमाऊंटर हा एक डेमन आहे जा आपआप डिरेक्टरीज \n" +"माऊंट करतो, जसे उपभोक्त्याच्या होम डिरेक्टरीज.\n" +"असे गृहीत घरले जाते ळी, त्याच्या आकृतीबंधाच्या फाईल्स (auto.*) आधीच \n" +" आस्तित्वात असतात, स्थानिक स्तरावर किंवा NIS वर.</p>" + +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 +msgid "<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (Via NetworkManager and DHCP)" +msgstr "आपोआप रचना (DHCP द्वारे)" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335 +msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (via DHCP)" +msgstr "आपोआप रचना (DHCP द्वारे)" + +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 +msgid "NIS client" +msgstr "NIS ग्राहक" + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:352 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Netconfig NIS &Policy" +msgstr "थंड होण्याची पॉलीसी" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355 +msgid "Only Manual Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Default Policy" +msgstr "साधारण क्षेत्र" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:359 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Custom Policy" +msgstr "अकॉस्टिक पॉलिसी" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367 +#, fuzzy +msgid "C&ustom Policy" +msgstr "अकॉस्टिक पॉलिसी" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393 +msgid "N&IS Domain" +msgstr "NIS क्षेत्र" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:384 src/include/nis/ui.rb:401 +msgid "&Addresses of NIS servers" +msgstr "NIS सेवा संगणकाचा पत्ता" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 +msgid "Br&oadcast" +msgstr "प्रसारण" + +#. pushbutton label, find nis servers +#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) +#. pushbutton label, find nis servers +#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 +msgid "Fin&d" +msgstr "शोधा" + +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:421 +msgid "Additional NIS Domains" +msgstr "अतिरिक्त NIS क्षेत्र" + +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:435 +msgid "&Edit" +msgstr "संपादन" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:459 +msgid "Do ¬ use NIS" +msgstr "NIS वापरू नका" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:468 +msgid "&Use NIS" +msgstr "NIS वापरा" + +#. button label (short for Expert settings) +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 +msgid "E&xpert..." +msgstr "निष्णांत..." + +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NTP Configuration..." +msgid "NFS Configuration..." +msgstr "NTP संरचना..." + +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 +msgid "Start Auto&mounter" +msgstr "ऑटोमाऊटर सुरु करा" + +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 +msgid "Configuration of NIS client" +msgstr "NIS ग्राहकाची संरचना" + +#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers +#. but the domain is unknown. +#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers +#. but the domain is unknown. +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 +msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known." +msgstr "क्षेत्र जेव्हा माहित असते तेव्हा फक्त सेवासंगणक माहिती शोधा." + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 +msgid "" +"When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n" +"you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n" +"Are you sure?" +msgstr "" +"आपण जेव्हा आपला संगणक NIS client म्हणून आकृतीबंध करता,\n" +"तेव्हा आपण LDAP कडून प्रयोक्त्याची माहिती मिळवू शकत नाही.\n" +"आपली खात्री आहे ?" + +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 +msgid "<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p> सर्व साधारणपणे client कोणता server वापरत आहे हे कोणीहीhost विचारू शकता. <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> बंद\n" +"केल्यास हे फक्त स्थानिक host पर्यंत मर्यादित होते.</p>" + +#. help text 2/4 +#. Check, ie. turn on a check box +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server.</p>" +msgstr "<p> unprivileged port वर चाललेल्या servers कडील उत्तरे स्वीकारायचीअसल्यास <b>Broken server</b> तपासा. हा सुरक्षिततेला धोकाआहे व असा server replace करणे चांगले असते.</p>" + +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 +msgid "<p>See <b>man ypbind</b> for details on other options.</p>" +msgstr "<p>सी <b>मॅन ypbind</b> इतर विक्लपावरील अधिक माहिती करता.</p>" + +#. frame label +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 +msgid "Expert settings" +msgstr "तज्ञ मांडणी" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 +msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts" +msgstr "दूरस्थ सादरकर्त्यांला उत्तर" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 +msgid "Br&oken server" +msgstr "तुटलेला सेवासंगणक" + +#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 +msgid "Other &ypbind options" +msgstr "इतर वायपीबाईड पर्याय" + +#. Translators: multilineedit label +#. comma: "," +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 +msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)" +msgstr "सेवासंगमक (अंतर किंवा अल्पविरामाने विभागा)" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +msgid "&Broadcast" +msgstr "प्रसारण" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 +msgid "&SLP" +msgstr "&SLP" + +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 +msgid "Domain Settings" +msgstr "क्षेत्र रचना" + +#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 +msgid "&Domain name" +msgstr "क्षेत्र नाव" + +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 +msgid "This domain is already defined." +msgstr "हा डोमेन आधीच ठरवण्यात आला आहे" + +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 +msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct." +msgstr "'%1' हया सर्व्हर पत्याची पद्धत अयोग्य आहे." + +#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 +msgid "" +"Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n" +"does not make any sense. Select just one option." +msgstr "" +"Broadcast व SLP दोन्ही पर्याय सुरू करणे निरर्थक आहे.\n" +"फक्त एकच पर्याय निवडा." + +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 +msgid "<p>Specify the servers for additional domains.</p>" +msgstr "<p>अधीकतम डोमेन्सकरता सर्व्हर्स ठरवा.</p>" + +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 +msgid "<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server.</p>" +msgstr "<p> Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>)हा NIS serverशोधण्यासाठी वापरता येतो.</p>" + +#. dialog label +#. dialog subtitle +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 +msgid "Additional Domains" +msgstr "अतिरिक्त क्षेत्र" + +#. table header +#. summary item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 +msgid "Domain" +msgstr "क्षेत्र" + +#. table header +#. summary header +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 +msgid "Broadcast" +msgstr "प्रसारीत करा" + +#. table header - Service Location Protocol +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 +msgid "SLP" +msgstr "SLP" + +#. table header +#. summary item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 +msgid "Servers" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक" + +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 +msgid "A&dd" +msgstr "भरा/मिळवा" + +#. Translators: a yes-no popup +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 +msgid "Really delete this domain?" +msgstr "खरंच हे क्षेत्र खोडू का?" + +#. popup text FIXME better... +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 +msgid "NIS is now enabled." +msgstr "आता NIS कार्यान्वित करा." + +#. Translators: do not translate (none)! +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:580 +msgid "" +"A NIS domain name must not be empty,\n" +"it must not be \"(none)\",\n" +"and it must be at most 64 characters long.\n" +msgstr "" +"NIS domain name रिकामे असू नये,\n" +"तo \"(none)\" नसले पाहिजे,\n" +"आणि ते जास्तीत जास्त ६४ कॅरेक्टर्सचे असले पाहिजे.\n" + +#. message popup +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:600 +msgid "" +"Only an IP address can be used\n" +"because host names are resolved using NIS.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"फक्त IP पत्ते वापरु शकतो\n" +"कारण NIS वापरुन होस्ट नावे सोडवू शकतात.\n" +"\n" + +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:647 +msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n" +msgstr "ऑटोमाऊंटर पॅकेज स्थापित केले जाईल.\n" + +#. summary: Domain or servers are retrieved by the +#. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. +#. Will be placed after NIS Domain/NIS Servers instead of the +#. actual settings. +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:826 +msgid "by DHCP" +msgstr "DHCP द्वारा" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:829 +msgid "NIS Client enabled" +msgstr "NIS ग्राहक कार्यान्वित नाही" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:833 +msgid "NIS Domain" +msgstr "NIS क्षेत्र" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:836 +msgid "NIS Servers" +msgstr "NIS सेवासंगणक" + +#. TODO: a full list +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:848 +msgid "Other domains" +msgstr "इतर क्षेत्र" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:851 +msgid "Answer to local host only" +msgstr "स्थानिक सादरकर्त्यांला उत्तर द्या" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:855 +msgid "Broken server" +msgstr "मोडलेले सर्व्हर" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:859 +msgid "ypbind options" +msgstr "ypbind प्रकल्प" + +#. summary item (yes/no follows) +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +msgid "Client Enabled" +msgstr "ग्राहक कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206 +msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..." +msgstr "NIS संरचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211 +msgid "Stop services" +msgstr "सेवा थांबवा" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 +msgid "Start services" +msgstr "सेवा सुरू करा" + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 +msgid "Stopping services..." +msgstr "सेवा थांबवत आहे..." + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 +msgid "Starting services..." +msgstr "सेवा सुरू करत आहे..." + +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "समाप्त झाले" + +#. help text +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227 +msgid "Writing NIS client settings" +msgstr "NIS ग्राहक रचना लिहीत आहे" + +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252 +msgid "Error while running ypclient." +msgstr "ypclient चालवाताना चूक झाली." + +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 +msgid "NIS server not found." +msgstr "NIS सेवासंगणक मिळाला नाही." + +#~ msgid "<p>If you are using <b>DHCP</b> and the server provides the NIS domain name or servers, you can enable their use here. DHCP itself can be set up in the network module.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "</p> आपण <b>DHCP</b> वापरत असल्यास, व सर्व्हर जर NIS\n" +#~ "डोमेन नेम किंवा सर्व्हर्स पुरवत असल्यास, आपण त्याचा वापर येथे शक्य \n" +#~ "करु शकाल. नेटवर्क मॉड्युलमधे DHCP देखील स्थापन करता येऊ शकेल.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Error while running portmapper." +#~ msgstr "पोर्टमॅपवर चालवताना चूक झाली" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "NIS configuration is not currently provided by DHCP.\n" +#~ "Change the DHCP server configuration to provide it.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "DHCP सध्या NIS आकृतीबंध पुरवत नाही.\n" +#~ "ते पुरविण्यासाठी DHCP server चा आकृतीबंध बदला.\n" + +#~ msgid "&Static Setup" +#~ msgstr "स्थिर मांडणी" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/nis_server.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/nis_server.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/nis_server.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,869 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. translators: command line help text for nis server module +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 +msgid "NIS server configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:73 +msgid "Configuration summary of NIS server" +msgstr "" + +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:83 +msgid "Stop NIS server" +msgstr "" + +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:91 +msgid "Configure NIS master server" +msgstr "" + +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:101 +msgid "Configure NIS slave server" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for the 'domain' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:109 +msgid "NIS domain" +msgstr "NIS क्षेत्र" + +#. command line help text for the 'master_ip' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:116 +msgid "IP address of master NIS server" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for the 'yppasswd' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:123 +msgid "Start or stop yppasswd service" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for the 'ypdir' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:131 +msgid "YP source directory" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for the 'maps' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:138 +msgid "Maps distributed by server" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for the 'hosts' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 +msgid "Hosts allowed to query server ('netmask:network')" +msgstr "" + +#. summary label +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:180 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:86 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:142 +msgid "No NIS Server is configured." +msgstr "" + +#. summary label +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:186 +msgid "A NIS master server is configured." +msgstr "" + +#. summary label +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:189 +msgid "A NIS slave server is configured." +msgstr "" + +#. summary label +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @param split split configured and unconfigured? +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:196 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1290 +msgid "NIS Domain" +msgstr "NIS क्षेत्र" + +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:204 +msgid "YP Source Directory: " +msgstr "" + +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:209 +msgid "Available Maps: " +msgstr "" + +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:217 +msgid "NIS Master Server: " +msgstr "" + +#. summary label (netmask:network shows output format) +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:235 +msgid "" +"Hosts Allowed to Query Server (netmask:network):\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:258 +msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:282 +msgid "Invalid netmask: %1.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:289 +msgid "Invalid network: %1.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:356 +msgid "" +"These maps are not supported:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:405 +msgid "NIS master server IP was not specified." +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:66 +msgid "" +"<p>You can change NIS server source directory (usually\n" +"<i>'/etc'</i>).</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 +msgid "" +"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</i>\n" +"file (only possible if the <i>shadow</i> file exists).</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 +msgid "<p>You can also adjust the minimum user and group id.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: intfield label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86 +msgid "Minimum &UID" +msgstr "कमीत कमी UID" + +#. To translators: intfield label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:89 +msgid "Minimum &GID" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:98 +msgid "&YP Source directory" +msgstr "" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:103 +msgid "Merge pa&sswords" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:111 +msgid "NIS Master Server Details Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/1 +#. Translators: the text was truncated because now there's +#. a MultiSelectionBox instead of two SelectionBoxes that +#. were a pain to use. +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 +msgid "<p>With this dialog, adjust which maps will be available.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. multilesection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 +msgid "&Maps" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:109 +msgid "NIS Server Maps Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" +"the corresponding option.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 +msgid "" +"<p>For slave servers to cooperate with this master, check\n" +"<i>Active Slave NIS server exists</i>. If you check\n" +"<i>Fast Map distribution</i>, it will speed up the transfer of maps to the\n" +"slaves.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89 +msgid "" +"<p><i>Allow changes to passwords</i> lets the users change their\n" +"passwords in the presence of NIS. Buttons to allow\n" +"changing the login shell or GECOS (full name and related information) can\n" +"be used to set up these more specific options.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 +msgid "Allow changes to &GECOS field" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:114 +msgid "Allow changes to login &shell" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:130 +msgid "Allow changes to &passwords" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 +msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:164 +msgid "NIS &Domain Name" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:170 +msgid "Active Slave NIS server &exists" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:179 +msgid "&Fast Map distribution (rpc.ypxfrd)" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:185 +msgid "Changing of passwords" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:193 +msgid "&Other global settings ..." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:201 +msgid "Master Server Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. warning popup +#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:133 +msgid "" +"Your machine is set up to change the NIS domain name via DHCP.\n" +"This may replace the domain name just entered. Check your\n" +"settings and consider not running a DHCP client on a NIS server.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. firewall openning help +#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" +"To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" +"from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" +"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 +msgid "Edit netmask and network" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:120 +msgid "Net&mask" +msgstr "नेटमास्क" + +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:123 +msgid "Net&work" +msgstr "महाजाल" + +#. To translators: error message +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:149 +msgid "Wrong netmask!\n" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: error message +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:154 +msgid "Wrong network!\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 +msgid "<p>Please enter which hosts are allowed to query the NIS server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 +msgid "" +"<p>A host address will be allowed if <b>network</b> is equal\n" +"to the bitwise <i>AND</i> of the host's address and the <b>netmask</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 +msgid "" +"<p>The entry with <b>netmask</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and <b>network</b>\n" +"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 +msgid "" +"<p>Entering <b>netmask</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and\n" +"<b>network</b> <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> gives access to all hosts.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: table header +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:206 +msgid "Netmask" +msgstr "नेटमास्क" + +#. To translators: table header +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:208 +msgid "Network" +msgstr "जाल" + +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:222 +msgid "NIS Server Query Hosts Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 +msgid "<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the master NIS server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 +msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" +msgstr "क्षेत्र नाव" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS Server" +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "NIS सेवा संगणक" + +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 +msgid "Slave Server Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: selection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:71 +msgid "&Remote hosts" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:100 +msgid "&Slave's host name" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:112 +msgid "Edit slave" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: label message +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:145 +msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." +msgstr "ह्या LAN वर सादरकर्त्याकरता तपासत आहे..." + +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 +msgid "<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use <i>Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and <i>Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: selection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:250 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:263 +msgid "&Slaves" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:204 +msgid "NIS Master Server Slaves Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Finish" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:80 +msgid "Really save configuration ?" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:92 +msgid "Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: YesNo Popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:94 +msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: popup label +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:106 +msgid "Error details" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: popup label +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:121 +msgid "" +"Error during configuration:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: Error popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:130 +msgid "&Details" +msgstr "अधिक माहिती" + +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:57 +msgid "" +"<p>Select whether to configure the NIS server as a <b>master</b> or a\n" +"<b>slave</b> or not to configure a NIS server.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 +msgid "" +"<p>The NIS server package will be <b>installed</b> first if you want to\n" +"configure it.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 +msgid "No NIS Software is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:90 +msgid "Install and set up an NIS &Master Server" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:92 +msgid "Install and set up an NIS &Slave Server" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:94 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:150 +msgid "&Do nothing and leave set up" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:100 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:137 +msgid "NIS Software is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:104 +msgid "Master" +msgstr "मालक" + +#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:106 +msgid "Slave" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: label in the dialog, %1 is Master or Slave above +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:113 +msgid "A NIS %1 Server is configured." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:121 +msgid "Reconfigure NIS &Master Server" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:123 +msgid "Change to NIS &Master Server" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:125 +msgid "Reconfigure NIS &Slave Server" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:127 +msgid "Change to NIS &Slave Server" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:132 +msgid "&Deactivate any NIS server configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:146 +msgid "Create NIS &Master Server" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:148 +msgid "Create NIS &Slave Server" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:155 +msgid "Current status:" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:207 +msgid "Select what you want to do" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:213 +msgid "Network Information Service (NIS) Server Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:134 +msgid "NIS Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. label +#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:136 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..." + +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:192 +msgid "<p>Please wait while reading the configuration.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog heading +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:194 +msgid "Initializing NIS server setup" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:220 +msgid "Load '%1' file" +msgstr "" + +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:224 +msgid "Determine running services" +msgstr "" + +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:226 +msgid "Determine server type" +msgstr "" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:228 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल प्रणाली वाचा" + +#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:234 +msgid "Loading '%1'..." +msgstr "" + +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:238 +msgid "Determining running services..." +msgstr "" + +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:240 +msgid "Determining server type..." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:242 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. Trans: progress label +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:244 src/modules/NisServer.rb:523 +msgid "Done." +msgstr "संपले." + +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:495 +msgid "<p>Please wait until the configuration is saved.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog heading +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:497 +msgid "Saving NIS server setup" +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar stage +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:512 +msgid "Save firewall settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना संग्रहीत करा" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:521 +msgid "Saving firewall settings..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:574 +msgid "Error while removing %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:601 +msgid "Directory %1 cannot be created.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:632 +msgid "Cannot get list of maps.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 +msgid "Error while retrieving %1 map from master.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:674 +msgid "Could not get list with slaves.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog, %1 is hostname +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:707 +msgid "" +"Hostname of this host (%1)\n" +"is not listed in the master's list.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:732 src/modules/NisServer.rb:749 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:796 src/modules/NisServer.rb:804 +msgid "Error saving file %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:762 +msgid "Error setting up domain name\n" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:787 +msgid "Error setting up variable %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:847 +msgid "Error while stopping %1 daemon\n" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:858 +msgid "Error while starting %1 daemon\n" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:905 +msgid "Error while creating an empty user database.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:927 +msgid "Error while creating the ypservers map.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:946 +msgid "Error while creating database.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:973 +msgid "Error while configuring the client.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:996 +msgid "Remove /var/yp/%1" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1001 +msgid "Removing /var/yp/%1" +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1019 +msgid "Stop running daemons." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1021 +msgid "Stopping running daemons." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1038 +msgid "Get maps from master." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1040 +msgid "Getting maps from master." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1047 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1087 +msgid "Save hosts allowed to query server." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1049 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1089 +msgid "Saving hosts allowed to query server." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1056 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1118 +msgid "Set config variables." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1058 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1120 +msgid "Setting config variables." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1068 +msgid "Start daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1070 +msgid "Starting daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1103 +msgid "Save slaves." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1105 +msgid "Saving slaves." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1130 +msgid "Start daemons." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1132 +msgid "Starting daemons." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1142 +msgid "Create initial database." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1144 +msgid "Creating database." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1161 +msgid "Start NIS client." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1163 +msgid "Starting NIS client." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1176 +msgid "Stop NIS client." +msgstr "" + +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 +msgid "Stopping NIS client." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "&Browse" +#~ msgstr " ब्राऊझ करा " + +#~ msgid "A&dd" +#~ msgstr "भरा/मिळवा" + +#~ msgid "&Edit" +#~ msgstr "संपादन" + +#~ msgid "De&lete" +#~ msgstr "काढून करा" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ntp-client.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ntp-client.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/ntp-client.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,1524 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" + +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing NTP Configuration..." +msgstr "NIS संरचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#. help text +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 +msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 +msgid "<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, cont. +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>आकृतीबंध पुढे सुरु ठेवण्यासाठी <b>Next</b> वापरा.</p>" + +#. help text, cont. +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error popup +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" +msgstr "वैध सेवासंगणकाचे नाव लिहा." + +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&NTP Server Address" +msgstr "सेवा संगणक पत्ता" + +#. check box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart NTP daemon" +msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा" + +#. check box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" +msgstr "NTP सेवासंगणक संरचना" + +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +msgid "S&ynchronize now" +msgstr "परवलीशब्द नियंत्रीत करा" + +#. push button label +#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275 +msgid "&Configure..." +msgstr "&संरचित करा..." + +#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380 +msgid "" +"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" +"without package %1 installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." +msgstr "ZEवर्क्ससोबत जुळवून घेत आहे" + +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "LDAP सर्व्हरशी संपर्क होऊ शकत नाही." + +#. Translators: yes-no popup, +#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 +msgid "Undisciplined Local Clock (LOCAL)" +msgstr "अव्यवस्थित स्थानिक घडयाळ (LOCAL)" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:24 +msgid "Trak 8820 GPS Receiver" +msgstr "ट्रक 8820 GPS रीसीव्हर" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:30 +msgid "PSTI/Traconex 1020 WWV/WWVH Receiver" +msgstr "PSTI/Traconex 1020 WWV/WWVH रीसीव्हर" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:38 +msgid "Spectracom WWVB and GPS Receivers" +msgstr "स्पेक्ट्राकॉम WWVB आणि GPS ग्राहक " + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:46 +msgid "TrueTime GPS/GOES/OMEGA Receivers" +msgstr "ट्रु टाईम GPS/GOES/OMEGA ग्राहक" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:54 +msgid "IRIG Audio Decoder" +msgstr "IRIG ऑडीओ डीकोडर" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:59 +msgid "Radio CHU Audio Demodulator/Decoder" +msgstr "रेडीओ CHU ऑडीओ डीमॉडयूलेटर/डिकोडर" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:67 +msgid "Generic Reference Driver" +msgstr "जेनेटीक संदर्भ ड्रायव्हर" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:73 +msgid "Magnavox MX4200 GPS Receiver" +msgstr "Magnavox MX4200 GPS ग्राहक" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:79 +msgid "Austron 2200A/2201A GPS Receivers" +msgstr "Magnavox MX4200 GPS ग्राहक" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:87 +msgid "Arbiter 1088A/B GPS Receiver" +msgstr "Magnavox MX4200 GPS ग्राहक" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:93 +msgid "KSI/Odetics TPRO/S IRIG Interface" +msgstr "KSI/Odetics TPRO/S IRIG पडदा" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:101 +msgid "Leitch CSD 5300 Master Clock Controller" +msgstr "Leitch CSD 5300 मास्टर क्लॉक नियंत्रक" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:109 +msgid "EES M201 MSF Receiver" +msgstr "EES M201 MSF ग्राहक" + +#. local clock type name +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:175 +msgid "TrueTime generic receivers" +msgstr "ट्रु टाइम जेनेरिक ग्राहक" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:121 +msgid "Bancomm GPS/IRIG Receiver" +msgstr "Bancomm GPS/IRIG ग्राहक" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:127 +msgid "Datum Precision Time System" +msgstr "डॉटम प्रीसीजन टाईम पद्धत" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:133 +msgid "NIST Modem Time Service" +msgstr "NIST मोडेम वेळ सुविधा" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:139 +msgid "Heath WWV/WWVH Receiver" +msgstr "Bancomm GPS/IRIG ग्राहक" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:145 +msgid "Generic NMEA GPS Receiver" +msgstr "Generic NMEA GPS ग्राहक" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:151 +msgid "TrueTime GPS-VME Interface" +msgstr "ट्रु टाइम GPS-VME पडदा" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:157 +msgid "PPS Clock Discipline" +msgstr "PPS क्लॉक डिसीप्लीन" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:163 +msgid "PTB Modem Time Service" +msgstr "PTB मोडेम वेळ सेवा" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:169 +msgid "USNO Modem Time Service" +msgstr "USNO मोडेम वेळ सेवा" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:181 +msgid "Hewlett Packard 58503A GPS Receiver" +msgstr "Hewlett Packard 58503A GPS ग्राहक" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:189 +msgid "Arcron MSF Receiver" +msgstr "Arcron MSF ग्राहक" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:195 +msgid "Shared Memory Driver" +msgstr "शेअर्ड मोमोरी " + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:201 +msgid "Trimble Navigation Palisade GPS" +msgstr "ट्रीम्बल नेव्हीगेशन पॅलीसेड GPS" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:209 +msgid "Motorola UT Oncore GPS" +msgstr "मोटोरोला UT Oncore GPS" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:215 +msgid "Rockwell Jupiter GPS" +msgstr "रॉकवेल ज्युपीटर GPS" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:221 +msgid "Chrono-log K-series WWVB receiver" +msgstr "क्रोनो-लॉग-के-सीरीज WWVB ग्राहक" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:229 +msgid "Dumb Clock" +msgstr "डम्ब क्लॉक" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:235 +msgid "Ultralink WWVB Receivers" +msgstr "Ultralink WWVB ग्राहक" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:241 +msgid "Conrad Parallel Port Radio Clock" +msgstr "कॉनरोड संमातर पोर्ट रेडियो क्लॉक" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:249 +msgid "Radio WWV/H Audio Demodulator/Decoder" +msgstr "रेडियो WWV/H ऑडीट डीमॉडयुलेटर/डिकोडर" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:257 +msgid "Forum Graphic GPS Dating station" +msgstr "फोरम ग्राफीक GPS डेटींग स्टेशन" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:265 +msgid "hopf GPS/DCF77 6021/komp for Serial Line" +msgstr "hopf GPS/DCF77 6021/komp सीरीयल लाइन" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:273 +msgid "hopf GPS/DCF77 6039 for PCI-Bus" +msgstr "hopf GPS/DCF77 6039 for PCI-बसकरता" + +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:281 +msgid "JJY Receivers" +msgstr "JJY ग्राहक" + +#. command line help text for NTP client module +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23 +msgid "NTP client configuration module." +msgstr "NTP क्लांयट कॉनफिग्युरेशन मॉडयूल" + +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33 +msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" +msgstr "NTP डीमनची एन्ट्री छापा." + +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40 +msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" +msgstr "सर्व कॉनफिग्युअर्ड synchronization संबंध छापा" + +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47 +msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम कार्यान्वित करा." + +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54 +msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम अकार्यान्वित करा." + +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61 +msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" +msgstr "नवीन synchronization संबंध छापा" + +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68 +msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" +msgstr "सध्या अस्तित्वात असलेले synchronization संबंध सुधारु" + +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75 +msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" +msgstr "हा synchronization संबंध काढून टाका" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83 +msgid "The address of the server" +msgstr "सेवा संगणकाचा पत्ता." + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90 +msgid "The address of the peer" +msgstr "पीअरचा पत्ता" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97 +msgid "The address to which to broadcast" +msgstr "ज्या पत्त्यावर प्रसारीत करायचे तो पत्ता" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104 +msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" +msgstr "ज्या पत्त्यावर प्रसारण स्विकारचे तो पत्ता" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111 +msgid "The options of the relationship" +msgstr "नात्याचे पर्याय" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118 +msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" +msgstr "क्लॉक ड्रायव्हर synchronization विकल्प" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125 +msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" +msgstr "प्राथमिक synchronization सर्व्हर वापरा" + +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131 +msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" +msgstr "प्राथमिक synchronization सर्व्हर वापरु नका" + +#. error report for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191 +msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." +msgstr "सींक्रोनायझेशन पीर ठरवलेली नाही." + +#. error report for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198 +msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." +msgstr "ठराविक सींक्रोनायझेशन पीर मिळत नाही." + +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252 +msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम कार्यान्वित करा." + +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254 +msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम अकार्यान्वित करा." + +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565 +msgid "Server" +msgstr "Server" + +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567 +msgid "Peer" +msgstr "पीर" + +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272 +msgid "Broadcast" +msgstr "प्रसारीत करा" + +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274 +msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" +msgstr "प्रसारणे स्वीकारली जात आहेत" + +#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 +#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587 +msgid "Unit Number: %1" +msgstr "युनीट क्रंमाक: %1" + +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593 +msgid "Local Radio Clock" +msgstr "स्थानिक रेडिओ घड्याळ" + +#. command line error message +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344 +msgid "Reading the settings failed." +msgstr "सेटींग्ज वाचण्यात अपयश." + +#. frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100 +msgid "NTP Server Configuration" +msgstr "NTP सेवासंगणक संरचना" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "NTP Configuration" +msgstr "NTP सेवासंगणक संरचना" + +#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177 +msgid "Firewall Settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल मांडणी" + +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "General Settings" +msgstr "साधारण जुळणी" + +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200 +msgid "Security Settings" +msgstr "सुरक्षा सेटिंग्ज" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" +msgstr "NTP ग्राहक संरचना साठवत आहे" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260 +msgid "New Synchronization" +msgstr "नवीन synchronization" + +#. Server editing dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285 +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाची मांडणी" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301 +msgid "NTP Server" +msgstr "NTP सेवा संगणक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548 +msgid "Local NTP Server" +msgstr "स्थानिक NTP सेवासंगणक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549 +msgid "Public NTP Server" +msgstr "स्थानिक NTP सेवासंगणक" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "NTP Peer" +msgstr "NTP पीअर" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459 +msgid "Local Reference Clock" +msgstr "स्थानिक संदर्भ घडयाळ" + +#. dialog caption +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569 +msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" +msgstr "बाहेर जाणारे प्रसारण" + +#. dialog caption +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573 +msgid "Incoming Broadcast" +msgstr "आत जाणारे प्रसारण" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547 +msgid "&Reference ID" +msgstr "संदर्भ ID" + +#. int field +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550 +msgid "&Stratum" +msgstr "स्ट्राटम" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555 +msgid "Calibration Offset 1" +msgstr "कॅलीब्रेशन ऑफसेट 1" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558 +msgid "Calibration Offset 2" +msgstr "कॅलीब्रेशन ऑफसेट 2" + +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563 +msgid "Flag &1" +msgstr "झेंडा 1" + +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566 +msgid "Flag &2" +msgstr "झेंडा 2" + +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571 +msgid "Flag &3" +msgstr "झेंडा 3" + +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574 +msgid "Flag &4" +msgstr "झेंडा 4" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582 +msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" +msgstr "घडयाळ ड्रायव्हरचे कॅलीब्रेशन" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> NTP Client चा आकृतीबंध प्रारंभ करीत आहे </big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा...<br></p>" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रारंभ सोडून देत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"आकृतीबंधाचे साधन <b>Abort</b> दाबून आता सुरक्षितपणे सोडून द्या.</p>" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>चा आकृतीबंध जतन करीत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा...<br></p>" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>जतन सोडून देत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>Abort</b> दाबून जतन प्रक्रिया सोडून द्या.\n" +"हे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही हे एक वेगळा संवाद आपल्याला सांगेल.</p>" + +#. help text 1/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n" +"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" +"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" +"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n" +"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> NTP Daemon स्वयंचलितरीत्या सुरू करm</big></b><br>\n" +"प्रणाली boot करताना NTP daemon सुरू करावा हे निवडा.\n" +"NTP daemon initializing करताना host names सोडवतो. आपलीरताना \n" +"Network connection NTP daemon सुरू करण्यापूर्वी सुरू असले पाहिजे</p>" + +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" +"To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" +"<b>Run NTP Daemon in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" +"is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" +"NTP daemon chroot jail मध्ये चालवण्यासाठी करा set\n" +"<b>Run NTP Daemon in Chroot Jail</b>.कोणताही daemon\n" +"chroot jail मध्ये सुरू करणे\n" +"अधिक सुरक्षित असून शिफारस करण्यात येत आहाणिताह.</p>" + +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n" +"To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" +"your network server instead of setting them manually, set\n" +"<b>Configure NTP Daemon via DHCP</b>. Ask your network administrator if\n" +"the information about NTP servers is provided by the DHCP server.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>DHCP द्वारा आकृतीबंध करीत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"NTP servers स्वतः set करण्याऐवजी त्यांची माहिती DHCP\n" +"Protocol मार्फत घेण्यासाठी set करा \n" +"<b>Configure NTP Daemon via DHCP</b>.\n" +"NTP servers ची माहिती DHCP server कडून\n" +"मिळते का हे\n" +"आपल्या network administrator ला विचारा.</p>" + +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n" +"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" +"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronization\n" +"peer, click <b>Add</b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" +"select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n" +"NTP servers, peers, local clocks, d NTP broadcasting,\n" +"adjust करण्यासाठी योग्य लाईन निवडा व <b>Edit</b> क्लिक \n" +"करा. नवीन synchronization peer समाविष्ट करण्यासाठी \n" +"<b>Add</b> क्लिक करा. सध्या अस्तित्वात असलेला\n" +"Synchronization peer काढून टाकण्यासाठी तो निवडून <b>Delete</b> क्लिक करा.</p>" + +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>ड्रायव्हर कॅलिब्रेशन</big></b><br>\n" +"घड्याळाचा ड्रायव्हर कॅलिब्रेटकरण्यासाठी <b>ड्रायव्हर कॅलिब्रेशन</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>" + +#. help text to a button +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" +"a locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>." +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रगत आकृतीबंध</big></b><br>\n" +"हा host अनेक remote hosts किंवा स्थानिक घड्याळाशी\n" +"आकृतीबंध करण्यासाठी<b>Advanced Configuration\n" +"वापरा</b>." + +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n" +"Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>घडयाळाचा प्रकार</big></b><br>\n" +"घडयाकरता कॉनफिग्युअर करायचा ड्रायव्हर निवडा.</p>" + +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n" +"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" +"<b>Unit Number</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n" +"आपल्याकडे त्याच प्रकारची अनेक घड्याळे असल्यास\n" +"<b>Unit Number</b> set करा.</p>" + +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" +"the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" +"<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\n" +"click <b>Browse</b>.\n" +"For some clock types, it is not necessary to create a symbolic link or \n" +"it must be created manually.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n" +"घड्याळ चालविण्यासाठी ज्या device शी घड्याळ\n" +"जोडले आहे त्या device खास symbolic link\n" +"निर्माण करावे लागू शकते. हे करण्यासाठी <b>Create Symlink</b>\n" +"तपासा, व <b>Device</b> set करा. Device शोधण्यासाठी\n" +"<b>Browse</b> क्लिक करा. काही घड्याळ प्रकारांसाठी\n" +"symbolic link निर्माण\n" +"करण्याची गरज नसतेकिंवा\n" +"ते स्वतः करावे लागते.</p>" + +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n" +"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n" +"घड्याळाचा driver calibrate करण्यासाठी <b>Driver Calibration</b> क्लिक करा.</p>" + +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n" +"To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n" +"To find an NTP server, ask your network administrator or Internet service\n" +"provider.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>NTP Server चा Address</big></b><br>\n" +"NTP server चा address set करण्यासाठी <b>Address</b> entry वापरा.\n" +"NTP server शोधण्यासाठी आपल्या network administrator ला किंवा इंटरनेट सेवादात्याला\n" +"विचारा.</p>" + +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n" +"To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" +"or from the list of known NTP servers, click <b>Select</b> and\n" +"choose between <b>Local NTP Server</b> and <b>Public NTP Server</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Server निवडणे</big></b><br> \n" +"स्थानिक नेटवर्कमध्ये मिळाले त्यांमधून किवा ज्ञात NTP servers च्या\n" +"यादीतून NTP server निवडण्यासाठी\n" +"<b>Select</b> क्लिक करा किंवा <b>Local NTP Server</b>आणि <b>Public NTP Server</b> मधून निवडा.</p>" + +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n" +"To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" +"click <b>Test</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Server Accessibility तपासणे </big></b><br>\n" +"निवडलेला server सुरू असून प्रतिसाद देत आहे हे पाहण्यासाठी,\n" +"<b>Test</b> क्लिक करा.</p>" + +#. help text 1/1, alt. 2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" +"To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" +"use <b>Address</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" +"ज्याच्याशी परस्पर synchronize करायचे त्या host चा address\n" +"set करण्यासाठी <b>Address</b> वापरा.</p>" + +#. help text 1/1, alt. 3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" +"To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n" +"text field.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" +"ज्या address ला करायचे broadcast तो set करण्यासाठी\n" +"<b>Address</b> चे text field वापरा.</p>" + +#. help text 1/1, alt. 4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" +"To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" +"<b>Address</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" +"ज्या address वरून broadcast packets स्वीकारायचे तो set करण्यासाठी\n" +"<b>Address</b> वापरा.</p>" + +#. help text 2/4, was removed +#. help text 3/4, optional +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" +"<b>Options</b> text field. For details, see\n" +"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>पर्याय</big></b><br>\n" +"synchronization स्त्रोत fine tune करण्यासाठी पर्याय <b>Options</b>\n" +"च्या text field ला लिहा. तपशीलासाठी पहा,\n" +"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/xntp-doc/html/confopt.htm</i>.</p>" + +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n" +"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n" +"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" +"host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap\n" +"nomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" +"<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> option in\n" +"<b>Security Settings</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n" +"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer प्रकार</big></b><br>\n" +"Synchronization peer चा प्रकार येथे घेण्यासाठी निवडा.</p>" + +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +msgid "" +"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" +"select <b>Server</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>ज्याच्याशी synchronize करायचे तो NTP server येथे घेण्यासाठी,\n" +"<b>Server</b> निवडा.</p>" + +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 +msgid "" +"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" +"<b>Peer</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>परस्पर synchronize करण्यासाठी NTP peer येथे घेण्यासाठी,\n" +"<b>Peer</b> निवडा.</p>" + +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 +msgid "" +"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" +"select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>आपल्या संगणकाशी थेट जोडलेले स्थानिक घड्याळ आकृतिबंध\n" +"करण्यासाठी <b>Radio Clock</b> निवडा.</p>" + +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 +msgid "" +"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" +"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>आपल्या नेटवर्कद्वारा वेळेची माहिती broadcast करण्यासाठी,\n" +"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b> निवडा.</p> " + +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 +msgid "" +"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" +"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>नेटवर्कवरील इतर hosts नी broadcast केलेली NTP packets स्वीकारण्यासाठी\n" +"व स्थानिक वेळ set करण्यास ती वापरण्यासाठी <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.निवडा.</p>" + +#. help text 1/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n" +"Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" +"the NTP server from the list of known NTP servers.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n" +"स्थानिक नेटवर्कमधील NTP server शोधायचा आहे का निवडा किंवाज्ञात NTP servers च्या यादीमधून NTP server\n" +"निवडा.</p>" + +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n" +"Network</b></big><br>\n" +"To find NTP servers in the local network using the\n" +"Service Location Protocol (SLP), click <b>Lookup</b>.\n" +"Then select a server from the list of found servers.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>स्थानिक नेटवर्कमधील Server\n" +"शोधण </b></big><br>\n" +"Service Location Protocol (SLP) वापरून स्थानिक नेटवर्कमधील\n" +"NTP servers शोधण्यासाठी <b>Lookup</b> क्लिक करा.\n" +"नंतर सापडलेल्या servers च्या यादीतून server निवडा.</p>" + +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n" +"NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b> Public NTP Server निवडणे</b></big><br>\n" +"हवा तो NTP server <b>Public NTP Servers</b> च्यायादीतून निवडा. विशिष्ट देशासाठीचे NTP servers दाखवण्यासाठी\n" +"तो<b>Country</b> मध्ये\n" +"निवडा.</p>" + +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n" +"The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" +"for a particular country or region.\n" +"Before using any NTP server from the list, ask your system administrator\n" +"or Internet service provider if there is an NTP server closer to you and\n" +"prefer this recommended server to any server from this list.\n" +"You may also see <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>\n" +"to find an NTP server near you.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>सूचना</b></big><br>\n" +"यादीतील NTP servers एखाद्या देशातून उपलब्ध नसू शकतील,पण फक्त\n" +"एखाद्या विशिष्ट देशातून अगर प्रदेशातून असतील.\n" +"NTP servers च्या यादीतील एखादा वापरण्यापूर्वी आपल्याsystem administrator ला किंवा\n" +"इंटरनेट सेवादात्याला विचारा की एखादा NTP server आपल्या जवळचाउपलब्ध आहे का आणि\n" +"या server ला या यादीतील कोणत्याही server पेक्षा प्राधान्य द्या.\n" +"एखादा जवळचा NTP server शोधण्यासाठी आपण\n" +"<i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>\n" +"सुद्धा पाहू शकता.</p>" + +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n" +"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>Server Accessibility तपासणे</b></big><br>\n" +"server नीट प्रतिसाद देत आहे हे पाहण्यासाठी <b>Test</b> क्लिक करा.</p>" + +#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" +#. rwalter, please, correct it ;) +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n" +"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" +"your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>Random Servers वापरणे</b></big><br>\n" +"ही सेवा pool.ntp.org देऊ शकते. आपण हा पर्याय निवडला,\n" +"तर आकृतीबंधात तीन वेगळे servers समाविष्ट होतात. Serversची नावे\n" +"कायमस्वरूपी आहेत, पण ते त्यांची DNS records (IPs) दर तासालाबदलतात. याचा अर्थ\n" +"तुमचा NTP ग्राहक दर तासाला वेगळ्या servers शी synchronized\n" +"असतो.</p>\n" + +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" +"driver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n" +"Clock driver calibrate करावा लागू शकतो. या संवादात विविधcalibration\n" +"पर्याय करता येतात. विशिष्ट पर्यायांचा अर्थ विशिष्टdriver वर\n" +"अवलंबून असतो. काही drivers सर्व पर्याय वापरत नाहीत.</p>" + +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To learn more about available options, install the package\n" +"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"पर्यायांच्या अर्थासंबंधी माहितीसाठी <i>xntp-doc</i> पॅकेजप्रस्थापित करा व पहा\n" +"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/xntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i></p>" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"खरंच बंद करू?\n" +"सर्व बदल नाहीसे होतील." + +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65 +msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा." + +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70 +msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" +msgstr "मांडणी संग्रहीत करा आणि NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा." + +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179 +msgid "" +"Warning!\n" +"\n" +"If you do not have a permanent Internet connection,\n" +"starting the NTP daemon can take a very long time and \n" +"the daemon might not run properly." +msgstr "" +"इशारा !\n" +"\n" +"आपणाकडे कायमस्वरुपी इंटरनेट कनेक्शन नसेल,\n" +"तर NTP daemon सुरू करण्यास खूप वेळ लागतो व\n" +"daemon नीट चालेल असे नाही." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240 +msgid "" +"NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" +"fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." +msgstr "" +"NTP server '%1' हे योग्य hostname नाही,\n" +"पूर्णपणे qualified hostname, IPv4 address,किंवा IPv6 address." + +#. if there is already some server defined +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531 +msgid "" +"Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" +"replace the current NTP server.\n" +"\n" +"Really replace the current NTP server?" +msgstr "" +"pool.ntp.org कडून Random Servers enable केल्यास\n" +"सध्याचा NTP server replace केला जातो.\n" +"\n" +"खरोखर सध्याचा NTP server replace करायचा?" + +#. popup header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067 +msgid "Select the Device" +msgstr "उपकरण निवडा" + +#. selection box header +#. selection box header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791 +msgid "Public NTP &Servers" +msgstr "सार्वजनिक सेवासंगणक" + +#. message report (no server selected) +#. report message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226 +msgid "Select an NTP server." +msgstr "NTP सेवासंगणक निवडा." + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172 +msgid "All Countries" +msgstr "सर्व देश" + +#. combo box header +#. combo box header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781 +msgid "&Country" +msgstr "देश" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252 +msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." +msgstr "तुमच्या नेटवर्कवर NTP सर्व्हर्स करता छाननी होत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. +#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267 +msgid "" +"No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" +"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" +"which probably blocks the network scanning." +msgstr "" +"आपल्या नेटवर्कवर कोणताही NTP server सापडत नाही.\n" +"हे चालू असलेल्या SuSEfirewall2 मुळे होऊ शकते,\n" +"जे बहुधा नेटवर्क scanning ला अडथळा आणते." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276 +msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." +msgstr "तुमच्या जाळ्यामध्ये NTP सेवासंगणक सापडला नाही." + +#. combo box label +#. table header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573 +msgid "Address" +msgstr "पत्ता" + +#. popup message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 +msgid "No server is selected." +msgstr "सेवासंगणक निवडलेला नाही." + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389 +msgid "A&ddress" +msgstr "पत्ता" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398 +msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" +msgstr "कम्पलीष्ट कॉनफिग्युरेशन" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409 +msgid "&Driver Calibration" +msgstr "ड्रायव्हर कॅलीब्रेशन" + +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Synchronization" +msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" +msgstr "दुरस्थ सिंकोनायझेशन" + +#. frame +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start NTP Daemon" +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा." + +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Only &Manually" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronizing with ZENworks" +msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" +msgstr "ZEवर्क्ससोबत जुळवून घेत आहे" + +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437 +msgid "Now and on &Boot" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452 +msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" +msgstr "NTP डीमन च्रुट व जेल" + +#. TRANSLATORS: +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464 +msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " +msgstr "" + +#. combo box item FIXME usability +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Manual" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Auto" +msgstr "स्वंयचलित" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482 +msgid "Custom" +msgstr "कस्टम" + +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" +msgstr "माऊस संरचना सारांश." + +#. FIXME +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Custom Policy" +msgstr "अकॉस्टिक पॉलिसी" + +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508 +msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" +msgstr "pool.ntp.org हून रॅन्डम सर्व्हर्स वापरा" + +#. text entry label +#. text entry +#. combo box label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739 +msgid "&Address" +msgstr "पत्ता" + +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546 +msgid "&Select..." +msgstr "&निवडा..." + +#. push button +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829 +msgid "&Test" +msgstr "परिक्षा" + +#. table header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571 +msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgstr "Synchronization प्रकार" + +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586 +msgid "Display &Log..." +msgstr "लॉग दाखवा..." + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611 +msgid "Clock &Type" +msgstr "घडयाळाचा प्रकार" + +#. int field +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622 +msgid "Unit &Number" +msgstr "विभाग क्रमांक" + +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632 +msgid "Create &Symlink" +msgstr "सिमलिंक तयार करा" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "उपकरण" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Access Control Options" +msgstr "&अक्सेस नियंत्रण सूची (ACL)" + +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693 +msgid "&Server" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक" + +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695 +msgid "&Peer" +msgstr "पिअर" + +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697 +msgid "&Radio Clock" +msgstr "रेडिओ घड्याळ" + +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699 +msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" +msgstr "बाहेर जाणारे प्रसारण" + +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701 +msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" +msgstr "आत जाणारे प्रसारण" + +#. frame +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "प्रकार" + +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718 +msgid "Loc&al Network" +msgstr "स्थानिक जाळे" + +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720 +msgid "&Public NTP Server" +msgstr "सामायिक NTP सेवासंगणक" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725 +msgid "NTP Server Location" +msgstr "NTP सेवासंगणक स्थळ" + +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749 +msgid "&Lookup" +msgstr "लूकअप" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:179 +msgid "NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "NTP ग्राहक संरचना" + +#. label +#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:181 +msgid "Initializing ..." +msgstr "सुरवात करत आहे..." + +#. NtpClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486 +msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "NTP ग्राहक संरचना कार्यान्वित करत आहे" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501 +msgid "Read network configuration" +msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचा" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503 +msgid "Read NTP settings" +msgstr "NTP मांडणी वाचा" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507 +msgid "Reading network configuration..." +msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509 +msgid "Reading NTP settings..." +msgstr "NTP मांडणी वाचत आहे..." + +#. progress step +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "समाप्त झाले" + +#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; +#. NtpClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740 +msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "NTP ग्राहक संरचना साठवत आहे" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 +msgid "Write NTP settings" +msgstr "NTP मांडणी लिहा" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759 +msgid "Restart NTP daemon" +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "अ" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765 +msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू होत आहे" + +#. error message +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." +msgstr "आकृतीबंध वाचू शकत नाही" + +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888 +msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करू शकत नाही." + +#. summary string +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." +msgstr "जेव्हा प्रणाली सुरू होत असेल तेव्हा NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम सुरू करा" + +#. summary string +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004 +msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम आपोआप सुरू होत नाही." + +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010 +msgid "Servers: %1" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक: %1" + +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" +msgstr "रेडिओ घड्याळ: %1" + +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +msgid "Peers: %1" +msgstr "पिअर: %1" + +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022 +msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" +msgstr "वेळेची माहिती प्रसारीत: %1" + +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026 +msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" +msgstr "%1 कडून प्रसारीत झालेली वेळेची माहिती स्वीकारा" + +#. summary string, FIXME +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." +msgstr "सादरकर्त्याचे नाव आणि DNS संरचना लिहा" + +#. summary string, FIXME +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Static configuration only." +msgstr "संरचना फाईल अद्ययावत करत आहे..." + +#. summary string, FIXME +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Custom configuration policy." +msgstr "माऊस संरचना सारांश." + +#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082 +msgid "Testing the NTP server..." +msgstr "NTP सेवासंगणक चाचणी घेत आहे..." + +#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." +msgstr "सर्व्हर संपर्कात आहे व व्यवस्थीत प्रतिसाद देतो." + +#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server +#. report error instead of simple message (#306018) +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107 +msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." +msgstr "सर्व्हर संपर्कात नाही व व्यवस्थीत प्रतिसाद देत नाही." + +#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 +msgid "" +"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" +"without package %1 installed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables." +#~ msgstr "सीस कॉनफिग व्हेरीएबल्स लिहू शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configure..." +#~ msgstr "&संरचित करा..." + +#~ msgid "Configure NTP daemon via DHCP." +#~ msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रमाद्वारे संरचित करा." + +#~ msgid "Configure NTP Daemon via &DHCP" +#~ msgstr "DHCP व्दारे NTP कॉनफिग्युरेशन करा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Initial Synchronization</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "The first synchronization of the clock is performed before the NTP daemon is\n" +#~ "started. To use this host for initial synchronization, select\n" +#~ "<b>Use for Initial Synchronization</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Initial Synchronization</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "घड्याळाचे पहिले synchronization NTP daemon सुरू करण्यापूर्वी\n" +#~ "केले जाते.\n" +#~ "हा host initial synchronization साठी वापरण्यासाठी\n" +#~ "<b>Use for Initial Synchronization</b> निवडा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Use for &Initial Synchronization" +#~ msgstr "प्राथमिक Synchronization करता वापरा" + +#~ msgid "Automatically Start NTP Daemon" +#~ msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम आपोआप करा." + +#~ msgid "N&ever" +#~ msgstr "कधीच नाही" + +#~ msgid "During &Boot" +#~ msgstr "बूट दरम्यान" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/oneclickinstall.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/oneclickinstall.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/oneclickinstall.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,458 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Command line interface for One Click Install +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:16 +msgid "One Click Install Command Line Installer" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:20 src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Processes a YMP file, ready for installation" +msgstr "स्थापनेसाठी कोणतीही ठिगळे निवडली गेली नाहीत.\n" + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:36 +msgid "URL of .ymp file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:40 +msgid "File to put internal representation of YMP into" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:44 +msgid "File containing internal representation of <b>One Click Install</b> instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:65 +msgid "Error: Nothing to do specified in the YMP file." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:71 +msgid "If you continue, the following repositories will be subscribed:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +msgid "If you continue, the following software packages will be installed:" +msgstr "ऑटोमाऊंटर पॅकेज स्थापित केले जाईल.\n" + +#. trick ncurses +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unable to retrieve YMP at %1" +msgstr "%1 लिहीण्यास असमर्थ." + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Adding Repositories..." +msgstr "रिपॉझिटरीज आयात करत आहे..." + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:133 +msgid "Error: Unable to add repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Remove any removals +#. initialize slideshow data (package counters) +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:139 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:291 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Removing Packages..." +msgstr "पॅकेज तपासत आहे..." + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Error: Unable to remove packages" +msgstr "अधिक पॅकेजेस स्थापीत किंवा काढून टाकायची आहेत का?" + +#. if that was successful now try and install the patterns +#. initialize slideshow data (package counters) +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:152 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:264 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installing Patterns..." +msgstr "पॅकेजेस स्थापन होत आहेत..." + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Error: Unable to install patterns" +msgstr "बूट लेडर स्थापित होऊ शकत नाही." + +#. if that was successful now try and install the packages +#. initialize slideshow data (package counters) +#. initialize slideshow data (package counters) +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:165 +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:71 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:223 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installing Packages..." +msgstr "पॅकेजेस स्थापन होत आहेत..." + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Error: Unable to install packages" +msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेजेस स्थापन करण्यास अपयश." + +#. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:184 +msgid "Warning: Unable to remove temporarily added repositories." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:188 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:205 +msgid "Error: Must be root" +msgstr "" + +#. <region name="String constants"> * +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:46 +msgid "This wizard will install software on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:47 +msgid "See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. <region name="Define the UI components"> * +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:47 +msgid "Select the software components you wish to install:" +msgstr "" + +#. </region> * +#. <region name="Setup the Wizard Steps"> * +#. Add the splash to the advanced steps too. Requested. +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:79 src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Software Description" +msgstr "वाटपाचे वर्णन" + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:80 src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:109 +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:139 src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:169 +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:192 src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:216 +msgid "Installation Settings" +msgstr "रचना संस्थापन" + +#. xxx add better stage and title when not in string freeze. +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:81 src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:110 +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:140 src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:170 +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:193 src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:217 +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:44 +msgid "Perform Installation" +msgstr "स्थापना करा" + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:82 src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:111 +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:141 src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:171 +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:194 src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:218 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Results" +msgstr "निष्कर्ष नाही" + +#. Load the xml communication from the user interface. +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:107 src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:136 +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:168 +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "डिरेक्टरी" + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:108 src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:137 +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:191 src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:214 +msgid "Software" +msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर" + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:138 src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Removals" +msgstr "कमी करा" + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Nothing to do." +msgstr "काहीच सापडले नाही" + +#. #329644 +#. </region> * +#. <region name="wire up the wizard UI to the OCI module">* +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:382 src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:439 +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "1-Click Install" +msgstr "संस्थापन" + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:384 +#, fuzzy +msgid "%1 Installation" +msgstr "संस्थापन" + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation Steps" +msgstr "स्थापना स्त्रोत" + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:56 +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. Remove any removals +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "" +"%1 रांग संग्रहीत करताना चूक निर्माण झाली.\n" +"\n" +"सुचविलेली पीपीडी फाईल अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#. if that was successful now try and install the patterns +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:113 +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. if that was successful now try and install the packages +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:129 +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:148 +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No error occurred." +msgstr "चूक झाली." + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Additional Software Repositories" +msgstr "परवानगी दिलेली अतिरिक्त पोर्टस" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:24 +msgid "Select the software repositories you wish to subscribe to:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:32 +msgid "Remain subscribed to these repositories after installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Software to Be Installed" +msgstr "पुर्नस्थापित करायला हवा आहे" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Software to Be Removed" +msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर निड करा" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:61 +msgid "Select the software components you wish to remove:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation not possible" +msgstr "स्थापना पूर्ण झाली" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71 +msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Software is being installed." +msgstr "पुर्नस्थापित करायला हवा आहे" + +#. This wouldn't be necessary if regexpsub wasn't so retarded. +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:122 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Repository Description:" +msgstr "वर्णन नाही" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:181 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Package Description:" +msgstr "पॅकेजचे वर्णन" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:292 +msgid "" +"Have you reviewed the changes that will be made to your system?\n" +"Malicious packages could damage your system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:302 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not ask me again" +msgstr "कुठल्याही नोंदी करू नका" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:348 +msgid "These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not remain subscribed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:352 +msgid "You will remain subscribed to these repositories after installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:360 +msgid "If you continue, the following changes will be made to your system:" +msgstr "" + +#. Put remove message at top, incase people try to push it off the bottom of the warning by adding lots of packages. +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:372 +msgid "Software to be removed:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:385 +msgid "Repositories to be added:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:389 +msgid "Note:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:399 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgstr "पुर्नस्थापित करायला हवा आहे" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:414 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Proposal" +msgstr "प्रस्ताव प्रकार " + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:416 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Customize" +msgstr "कस्टम" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:485 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Software installation" +msgstr "स्थापनामध्ये थांबवायची आहे का?" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:494 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation was successful" +msgstr "पॅकेजेस स्थापना यशस्वी झाली." + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:499 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation was only partially successful." +msgstr "पॅकेजेस स्थापना यशस्वी झाली नाही." + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:507 +msgid "The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:515 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Error Message" +msgstr "अॅपआर्मर निरोप" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:524 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The following repositories could not be added" +msgstr "खालील पाय-या केल्या जातील:" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:534 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The following patterns could not be installed" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"खालील दिलेले पॅकेजेस\n" +"स्थापीत झालेले नाहीत." + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:544 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The following packages could not be installed" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"खालील दिलेले पॅकेजेस\n" +"स्थापीत झालेले नाहीत." + +#. * Subscribe to all the specified repositories +#. * return true if all catalogues were added successfully, false otherwise. +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:103 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Loading Package Management" +msgstr "लायन्क्स युजर मेनेजंमेंट " + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:107 +msgid "Adding repository %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +msgid "An error occurred while initializing the software repository." +msgstr "सर्व्हरला जोडतांना चूक आढळली." + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:126 +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "विस्तृत:" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:131 +msgid "Try again?" +msgstr "पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा?" + +#. * Install all the specified packages +#. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Marking package %1 for installation" +msgstr "माध्यमापासून फेचिंग पॅकेज %s स्थापना" + +#. If we didn't find it in the repos specified in the YMP try any repo. +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:211 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Warning: package %1 could not be installed." +msgstr "पॅकेज %1 संस्थापित होईल." + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:225 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Performing Installation..." +msgstr "स्थापना करा" + +#. * Install all the specified patterns +#. * return true if all installations were successful, false otherwise +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerFunctions.rb:252 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Warning: pattern %1 could not be installed." +msgstr "/var भाग %1 चे आरोहण करता आले नाही.\n" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:12 +msgid "unknown" +msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:13 +msgid "Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown error occurred." +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Please wait while this software is being installed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "मूळ यंत्रणा स्थापित होईपर्यत कृपया थांबा.\n" +#~ "</p>" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/online-update-configuration.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/online-update-configuration.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/online-update-configuration.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050) +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Online Update Configuration" +msgid "Online Update Configuration Module Help" +msgstr "ऑनलाईन अपडेट आकृतीबंध" + +#. inst_source was renamed to repositories (bnc#828139) +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available" +msgid "The registration module is not available." +msgstr "निर्देश लाइन इंटरफेससाठी विभाजक मोड्यूल उपलब्ध नाही" + +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:257 +msgid "Please install yast2-registration and try again." +msgstr "" + +#. module title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Online Update Configuration" +msgstr "ऑनलाईन अपडेट आकृतीबंध" + +#. translators: (default), meaning: "Current Update Repository: http://xyz/ (default)" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " (default)" +msgid "(default)" +msgstr " (मूळ)" + +#. translators: (none), meaning "Current Update Repository: (none)" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "none" +msgid "(none)" +msgstr "कोणी नाही" + +#. frame title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Repository" +msgid "Update Repository" +msgstr "पॅकेज रिपॉझिटरी" + +#. frame title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Automatic Online Update Setup" +msgid "Automatic Online Update" +msgstr "आपोआप ऑनलाइन अपडेट सेटअप" + +#. translators: "Set Default" meaning: Set the Update Repository to the default one +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:53 +msgid "Set Default" +msgstr "मूळ स्थापीत करा" + +#. translators: a short button label called "Advanced" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ad&vanced" +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "प्रगत" + +#. for category filter +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter By Date Range" +msgid "Filter by Category" +msgstr "तारखेप्रमाणे चाळणी करा" + +#. for category filter //translators: means: categories of patches +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Categories" +msgid "Patch Categories" +msgstr "पॅकेजची वर्गवारी" + +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:62 +msgid "enabled" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:63 +msgid "disabled" +msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Edit Software Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66 +msgid "Register for support and get update repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving hardware information..." +msgid "Send hardware information to the smolt project" +msgstr "हार्डवेअरची माहिती संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Interface" +msgid "Interval" +msgstr "दुवा" + +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:69 +msgid "Skip Interactive Patches" +msgstr "एकमेकांशी संबधीत पॅचेस वगळा" + +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Agree with Licenses" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended packages" +msgid "Include Recommended Packages" +msgstr "शिफारस करण्यात आलेली पॅकेजस" + +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:72 +msgid "Use delta rpms" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable Repository" +msgid "Current Update Repository:" +msgstr "संग्रह सक्षम करा" + +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:74 +msgid "" +"In order to add the default update repository\n" +"you have to register this product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you want to skip Registration?" +msgid "Do you want to perform the registration now?" +msgstr "अपरिचित चूक" + +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:81 +msgid "<p>In <b>%1</b> the current update repository is shown.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory.</p>" +msgid "<p>Press <b>%1</b> to use the default update repository.</p>" +msgstr "<p> आऊटपुट डिरेक्टरीत अड-ऑन उत्पादन निर्माण करण्यासाठी <b>Finish</b> दाबा. </p>" + +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 +msgid "<p>Find related actions in the <b>%1</b> menu.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory.</p>" +msgid "<p>In <b>%1</b> set up the automatic online update.</p>" +msgstr "<p> आऊटपुट डिरेक्टरीत अड-ऑन उत्पादन निर्माण करण्यासाठी <b>Finish</b> दाबा. </p>" + +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 +msgid "<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 +msgid "<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 +msgid "<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. cache the base product details +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Daily" +msgid "daily" +msgstr "नेहमी" + +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Weekly" +msgid "weekly" +msgstr "साप्ताहीक" + +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Monthly" +msgid "monthly" +msgstr "मासिक" + +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:82 +msgid "Packagemanager and YaST" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:87 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "सुरक्षा" + +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:92 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "सुचवलेला" + +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:97 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package: Document, meaning Documentation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:102 +msgid "Document" +msgstr "दस्तऐवज " + +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "इतर" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/online-update.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/online-update.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/online-update.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,726 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" + +#. nothing to do +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:80 +msgid "Initializing ..." +msgstr "सुरवात करत आहे..." + +#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:264 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" +msgstr "आपण हा परवाना करार स्वीकारता का?" + +#. message popup +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:298 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Some application requiring restart has been updated. The system will\n" +"reboot now then continue the installation.\n" +msgstr "" +"केर्नल अपडेट झाले आहे.आता सिस्टिम रिबूट होईल \n" +"व इन्स्टोलेशन चालू करेल.\n" + +#. command line help text +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:55 +msgid "Online Update module" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for cd_update action +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:61 +msgid "Start Patch CD Update" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for simple_mode action +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use simple package selector" +msgstr "कमीत कमी पॅकेज निवड तपासा" + +#. command line help text for cd_url option +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:77 +msgid "URL for Patch CD (default value is '%1')" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for cd_directory option +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 +msgid "Directory for patch data on Patch CD (default value is '%1')" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for online-update initialization +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> module.</p>" +msgstr "<p>प्रणाली स्थापना व अपडेट स्त्रोत सुरु करत आहे.स्थापना व अपडेट स्त्रोत<b>इन्स्टॉलेशनसोर्स</b> मॉड्युलमधे बदलता येऊ शकतात.</p>" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 +msgid "Initialize the target system" +msgstr "टारगेट सिस्टिम इनिशीअलाइझ होत आहे" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Refresh software repositories" +msgstr "अपडेट स्त्रोत रिफ्रेश करा" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Check for available updates" +msgstr "नवीनतम अपडेट करताना तपासी" + +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:145 +msgid "Initializing the target system..." +msgstr "CD अपडेट करता सुरुवात होत आहे..." + +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:147 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Refreshing software repositories..." +msgstr "अपडेट स्त्रोत रिफ्रेश करताना..." + +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:149 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Checking for available updates..." +msgstr "नवीनतम अपडेट करताना तपासी" + +#. final progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:151 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "संपले" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing CD Update" +msgstr "CD अपडेट करता सुरुवात होत आहे..." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:158 +msgid "Initializing Online Update" +msgstr "CD अपडेट करता सुरुवात होत आहे..." + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 +msgid "" +"No update repository\n" +"configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "अजून संरचित केले नाही." + +#. progress window label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 +msgid "Progress Log" +msgstr "प्रगतीचा लॉग" + +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:54 +msgid "Package Progress" +msgstr "ठिगळ प्रगती" + +#. progress bar label +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:60 +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:101 +msgid "Total Progress" +msgstr "एकूण प्रगती" + +#. help text for online update +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>After connecting to the update server,\n" +"YaST will download all selected patches.\n" +"This could take some time. Download details are shown in the log window.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p> अपडेट सर्वरला कनेक्ट केल्यावर,\n" +"वायएएसटि २ सिलेक्ट केलेले पेच डाउनलोड करेल.\n" +"ह्याला थोडा वेळ लागेल. डाउनलोड डिटेल्स लोग विन्डोमध्ये दर्शवलेले आहेत.</p>" + +#. help text for online update +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> डाउनलोड जेव्हा यशस्वीपणे संपेल,\n" +"पेचेस व्यवथित इन्स्टोल होतिल. प्रोग्रेस लोग विन्डोमध्ये दर्शवलेला आहे.पेचेस बद्दल काही खास मेसेज असतिल तर ते एका डायलोगमध्ये पेच इन्स्टोल होताना दाखवला जातो.</p>\n" + +#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 +msgid "Patch Download and Installation" +msgstr "ठिगळ उतरवण व स्थापना" + +#. progress information +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:114 +msgid "Installation finished.\n" +msgstr "स्थापन करणे संपले.\n" + +#. label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Patch installation finished." +msgstr "स्थापन करणे संपले.\n" + +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:130 +msgid "Patch processing failed." +msgstr "ठिगळ प्रक्रिया अयशस्वी." + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Package: Online update +#. Summary: Selection dialog +#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher +#. +#. Call the PackageSelector in YOU mode. +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:49 +msgid "Initializing for CD update..." +msgstr "CD अपडेट करता सुरुवात होत आहे..." + +#. error popup: cancel/retry buttons follow +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:61 +msgid "" +"Initialization failed. Check that\n" +"you have inserted the correct CD.\n" +msgstr "" +"सुरवातीला चूक झाली. तुम्ही योग्य सीडी आत\n" +"सरकवली आहे की नाही ते तपासा.\n" + +#. FATE#312509: Show if patch needs a reboot and offer +#. to delay the patch installation +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:189 +msgid "" +"Cannot configure online update repository \n" +"without having package %1 installed" +msgstr "" + +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" +"Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" +msgstr "" +"अद्ययावतांपैकी किमान एकाला नीट काम करण्यासाठीसिस्टिम पुनःआरंभ करावी लागणार.\n" +"सिस्टिम पुनःआरंभ करा." + +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Packages for package management were updated.\n" +#| "Finishing and restarting now." +msgid "" +"Packages for package management were updated.\n" +"Finishing and restarting YaST now." +msgstr "" +"पेकेज व्यवस्थापनासाठी लागणारी पेकेजेस अद्ययावत केलेली आहेत.\n" +"आत्ता समाप्त करुन पुन्हा सुरुवात करा." + +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" +#| "properly. Reboot the system." +msgid "" +"At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" +"properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"अद्ययावतांपैकी किमान एकाला नीट काम करण्यासाठीसिस्टिम पुनःआरंभ करावी लागणार.\n" +"सिस्टिम पुनःआरंभ करा." + +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" +#| "properly. Reboot the system." +msgid "" +"These updates require a system reboot to function properly:\n" +"\n" +"%1.\n" +"\n" +"Reboot the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"अद्ययावतांपैकी किमान एकाला नीट काम करण्यासाठीसिस्टिम पुनःआरंभ करावी लागणार.\n" +"सिस्टिम पुनःआरंभ करा." + +#. continue/cancel popup text +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 +msgid "" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" +"They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" +"\n" +"You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" +"\n" +"Continue with installing your selection?" +msgstr "" + +#. progress log item (%1 is name of package) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:111 +msgid "Retrieving %1..." +msgstr "%1 परत मिळवत आहोत..." + +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:117 +msgid "Package Download Progress" +msgstr "ठिगळ प्रगती" + +#. progress log action (what is being done with the package) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Removing" +msgstr " काढत आहे%1$s " + +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installing" +msgstr "वर इनस्टॉल करत आहे:" + +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:161 +msgid "Package Installation Progress" +msgstr "स्थापना स्त्रोत" + +#. progress log item (=previous action finished correctly) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:174 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "ठीक आहे" + +#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 " +msgstr "डेल्टा आरपीएम %१ डाऊनलोड करा" + +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 +msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress" +msgstr " डेल्टा आरपीएम डाऊनलोड सुरु झाले आहे" + +#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" +msgstr " डेल्टा आरपीएम: %१ डाऊनलोड अयशस्वी झाले आहे" + +#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). +#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 " +msgstr "डेल्टा आरपीएम: %१ उपयोगात आणला जात आहे " + +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 +msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" +msgstr " डेल्टा आरपीएम उपयोग सुरु झाला आहे" + +#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" +msgstr " डेल्टा आरपीएम: %१ उपयोगात आणणे अयशस्वी झाले आहे " + +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 +msgid "Script Execution Progress" +msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट एक्झिक्युशन सुरु झाले आहे " + +#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Starting script %1" +msgstr " स्क्रिप्ट %१ सुरु करीत आहे" + +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Patch %1\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"पॅच %१ \n" +" \n" + +#. error popoup (detailed info follows) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 +#, fuzzy +msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization." +msgstr "स्थापना स्त्रोत कार्यान्वयनमध्ये चूक होती " + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Summary: YOU dialogs +#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:43 +msgid "No details available." +msgstr "तपशील उपलब्ध नाही." + +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:45 +msgid "&Details <<" +msgstr "तपशील <<" + +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:46 +msgid "&Details >>" +msgstr "तपशील >>" + +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:50 +msgid "Error" +msgstr "त्रुटी" + +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:56 +msgid "Try again" +msgstr "परत प्रयत्न करा" + +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 +msgid "Skip Patch" +msgstr "ठिगळ वगळा" + +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:58 +msgid "Skip All" +msgstr "सर्व सोडून पुढे जा" + +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:59 src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:65 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:73 +msgid "Abort Update" +msgstr "अपडेट मधून बाहेर या" + +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:68 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "चेतावणी" + +#. Warning text for aborting the update before a patch is installed +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:152 +msgid "" +"If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n" +"Your installation will remain untouched.\n" +msgstr "" +"आत्ता जर तुम्ही इन्स्टोलेशन थांबवले तर कुठलाही पेच इन्स्टोल होणार नाही.\n" +"तुमच्या इन्स्टोलेशनवर काहीही परिणाम होणार नाही.\n" + +#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:157 +msgid "" +"Patch download and installation in progress.\n" +"If you abort the installation now, the update is incomplete.\n" +"Repeat the update, including the download, if desired.\n" +msgstr "" +"पेच डउनलोड व इन्स्टोलेशन चालू आहे.\n" +" जर तुम्ही इन्स्टोलेशन आत्ता थांबवले, तर अपडेट अपूर्ण राहील.\n" +"गरज वाटल्यास, पुन्हा अपडेट व सोबत डाउनलोड करा.\n" + +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164 +msgid "" +"If you abort the installation now,\n" +"at least one patch is not installed correctly.\n" +"You will need to do the update again." +msgstr "" +"आत्ता जर तुम्ही इन्स्टोलेशन थांबवले तर,\n" +" कोणता तरी एक पेच व्यवथित इन्स्टोल झाला नाही.\n" +"तुम्हाला पुन्हा अपडेट करावा लागेल." + +#. Confirm user request to abort installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Really abort YaST Online Update?" +msgstr "YaST ऑनलाइन अपडेट मधून खरेच बाहेर पडायचे का?" + +#. Button that will really abort the installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:194 +msgid "&Abort Update" +msgstr "अद्ययावत करण्यात व्यत्यय" + +#. Button that will continue with the installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:197 +msgid "&Continue Update" +msgstr "अद्ययावत सुरू ठेवा" + +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:274 +msgid "<b>Patch:</b> %1<br>" +msgstr "<b>पॅच:</b> %1<br>" + +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:277 +msgid "<b>Summary:</b> %1<br>" +msgstr "<b>सारांश:</b> %1<br>" + +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:288 +msgid "<b>Packages:</b>" +msgstr "<b>पॅकेजेस:</b>" + +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:302 +msgid "Patch &Details <<" +msgstr "पॅच &अधिक माहिती <<" + +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:303 +msgid "Patch &Details >>" +msgstr "पॅच &अधिक माहिती >>" + +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Install Patch" +msgstr "ठिगळ स्थापना करा" + +#. Dialog label above a list of patches +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 +msgid "These patches will need rebooting after installation" +msgstr "" + +#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Skip All" +msgid "&Skip All" +msgstr "सर्व सोडून पुढे जा" + +#. Solver can't solve it automatically +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 +msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 +msgid "" +"These products have reached their end of general support\n" +"and thus do not provide new updates anymore.\n" +"\n" +"In case that your subscription contains extended support,\n" +"please make sure that you have activated the extension.\n" +"\n" +"Contact us if you need further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 " +#~ msgstr "पॅच आरपीएम %१ डाऊनलोड करीत आहे " + +#~ msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress" +#~ msgstr "ठिगळ प्रगती" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" +#~ msgstr " पॅच आरपीएम: %१ डाऊनलोड अयशस्वी झाला आहे " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you abort the installation now, SuSEconfig will\n" +#~ "not be run. The patches have been installed\n" +#~ "correctly, but without running SuSEconfig\n" +#~ "some of them might not work as expected." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आत्ता जर तुम्ही इन्स्टोलेशन थांबवले तर,एसयुएसइ कोनफिग चालणार नही\n" +#~ "पेचेस व्यवथित इन्स्टोल झाले आहेत पण एसयुएसइ कोनफिग न चालवता\n" +#~ "त्यातले काही अपेक्षेप्रमाणे काम करणार नाहीत." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "YaST2\n" +#~ "Initializing ..." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "YaST2\n" +#~ "कार्यान्वय करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The value of 'day' must be between 0 and 7." +#~ msgstr "विभाजक ओळखक्रमांक हा 0x00 आणि 0xff च्या मध्ये आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The value of 'hour' must be between 0 and 23." +#~ msgstr "विभाजक ओळखक्रमांक हा 0x00 आणि 0xff च्या मध्ये आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The value of 'minute' must be between 0 and 59." +#~ msgstr "विभाजक ओळखक्रमांक हा 0x00 आणि 0xff च्या मध्ये आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Automatic online update is enabled." +#~ msgstr "आपोआप ऑनलाइन अपडेट सेटअप" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Automatic online update is disabled." +#~ msgstr "आपोआप ऑनलाइन अपडेट सेटअप" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Interactive patches will be skipped." +#~ msgstr "निवडलेली ती पॅकेजेस स्थापित केली जातील." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "at %1.%2" +#~ msgstr "पुढे %1: %2" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "At random time" +#~ msgstr "रेन्डम वेळेला %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Set up automatic online update" +#~ msgstr "आपोआप ऑनलाइन अपडेट सेटअप" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Enable automatic online update" +#~ msgstr "ऑटोमॅटीक अपडेट सुरु करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Disable automatic online update" +#~ msgstr "ऑटोमॅटीक अपडेट सुरु करा" + +#~ msgid "Configuration Summary" +#~ msgstr "संरचना सारांश" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Modify current configuration" +#~ msgstr "सध्याचे पृथ:करण वाचा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Skip interactive patches" +#~ msgstr "एकमेकांशी संबधीत पॅचेस वगळा" + +#~ msgid "Sunday" +#~ msgstr "रविवार" + +#~ msgid "Monday" +#~ msgstr "सोमवार" + +#~ msgid "Tuesday" +#~ msgstr "मंगळवार" + +#~ msgid "Wednesday" +#~ msgstr "बुधवार" + +#~ msgid "Thursday" +#~ msgstr "गुरूवार" + +#~ msgid "Friday" +#~ msgstr "शुक्रवार" + +#~ msgid "Saturday" +#~ msgstr "शनिवार" + +#~ msgid "Scheduled Online Update Enabled" +#~ msgstr "शेडयूल्ड ऑनलाइन अपडेट सुरु केली" + +#~ msgid "Yes" +#~ msgstr "हो" + +#~ msgid "No" +#~ msgstr "नाही" + +#~ msgid "Daily" +#~ msgstr "नेहमी" + +#~ msgid "%1 at %2:%3" +#~ msgstr "%1 at %2:%3" + +#~ msgid "%1 at a Random Time" +#~ msgstr "रेन्डम वेळेला %1" + +#~ msgid "Time of Scheduled Online Update" +#~ msgstr "शेडयूल्ड ऑनलाइन अपडेटची वेळ" + +#~ msgid "Skip packages with preinstall information?" +#~ msgstr "स्थापनापूर्वी माहिती असलेली पॅकेजेस व गळायची का?" + +#~ msgid "Automatic Online Update Setup" +#~ msgstr "आपोआप ऑनलाइन अपडेट सेटअप" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Automatic update is executed by a daily cronjob. \n" +#~ "A network connection must be available when\n" +#~ "the update takes place." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ओटोमेटिक अपडेट दैनिक क्रोनजॉबने अंमलात आणले आहे \n" +#~ " नेटवर्क कनेक्शन अपडेटच्या वेळी उपलब्ध असले\n" +#~ "पाहिजे " + +#~ msgid "Set Random Time" +#~ msgstr "रॅन्डम वेळ सेट करा" + +#~ msgid "Enable Automatic Update" +#~ msgstr "ऑटोमॅटीक अपडेट सुरु करा" + +#~ msgid "Time when update is performed:" +#~ msgstr "अपडेट केल्याची वेळ:" + +#~ msgid "Hour" +#~ msgstr "तास" + +#~ msgid "Minute" +#~ msgstr "मिनिट" + +#~ msgid "Day:" +#~ msgstr "दिवस:" + +#~ msgid "Weekly" +#~ msgstr "साप्ताहीक" + +#~ msgid "Skip Interactive Patches" +#~ msgstr "एकमेकांशी संबधीत पॅचेस वगळा" + +#~ msgid "Skip Patches with Preinstall Information" +#~ msgstr "स्थापनापूर्वी माहिती असलेली ठिगळे वगळा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Writing settings..." +#~ msgstr "इन्स्टॉलेशन सुरु करत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Installing %1: \"%2\" " +#~ msgstr "स्थापीत करत आहे %1: \"%2\" " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuration summary" +#~ msgstr "संरचना सारांश" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/opensuse_mirror.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/opensuse_mirror.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/opensuse_mirror.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "त्रुटी" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "योय" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "नाहीं" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "त्रुटी" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "सर्व निवडा किंवा निवडू नका" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/packager.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/packager.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/packager.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,5048 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:42+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solution\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" + +#. module description +#: src/clients/checkmedia.rb:37 +msgid "Check CD or DVD media integrity" +msgstr "सीडी वा डीव्हीडी माध्यमाची एवाक्यता तपासा" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:67 +msgid "Editor for 'Do Not Show Again'" +msgstr "पुन्हा दर्शवू नका 'चा एडिटर'" + +#. help text +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>You can remove entries by selecting them\n" +#| "in the table and clicking the <b>Delete</b> button.\n" +#| "The entry will be removed immediately from the current configuration.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the \n" +"<b>Delete</b> button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n" +"the current configuration.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>आपण तक्त्यातून नोंदींची \n" +" निवड करुन व <b>डिवीट</b> बटणावर क्लिक करुन नोंदी काढून टाकू शकता.\n" +"ताबडतोब नोंद चालू आकृतीबंधातून काढून टाकली जाईल</p>" + +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "प्रकार" + +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +msgid "Popup Ident." +msgstr "पॉपअप आयडेन्ट" + +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +msgid "Additional Info" +msgstr "अतिरिक्त माहिती" + +#. FIXME: Add filter +#. `PushButton(`id(`filter), _("&Filter...")), +#. `HSpacing(2), +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:86 +msgid "&Delete" +msgstr "काढून टाका" + +#. error popup +#: src/clients/inst_custom_packages.rb:36 +msgid "Could not read package information." +msgstr "पॅकेजची माहिती वाचू शकत नाही." + +#. explanation text for GNOME +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n" +#| "environment that uses Evolution as its mailer,\n" +#| "Firefox as its browser, and Nautilus as its\n" +#| "file manager." +msgid "" +"GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n" +"environment that uses Evolution as mailer,\n" +"Firefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager.\n" +msgstr "" +"जिनोम ही अत्यंत सशक्त व इट्युटिव्ह डेस्कटॉप\n" +"वातावरण वापरकर्ता इव्ॉल्यूशन त्यांचे मेलर,\n" +"फायरफॉक्स त्याचे संचारसाधन, आणि नॉटीलस त्यांचा\n" +"फाईल प्रबंधक आहे." + +#. explanation text for KDE +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n" +"environment that uses Kontact as mailer,\n" +"Dolphin as file manager, and offers\n" +"both Firefox and Konqueror as Web browsers.\n" +msgstr "" +"केडीई हे अतिशय सशक्त व इन्युटेटिव्ह डेस्कटॉप\n" +"वातावरण आहे जे संपर्क त्याचा मेलर\n" +"आणि कॉन्करर त्याचा संचारसाधन व फाईल प्रबंधक म्हणून वापर करतो." + +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<p>Both <b>KDE</b> and <b>GNOME</b> are powerful and intuitive\n" +"desktop environments. They combine ease of use\n" +"and attractive graphical interfaces with their\n" +"own sets of perfectly integrated applications.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>दोन्ही <b>केडीई</b> आणि <b>जिनोम</b> ही शक्तीशाली व इन्ट्युटीव्ह\n" +"वातावरण डेस्कटॉप आहेत. त्या वापरण्याकरता\n" +"सोप्या व त्यात आकर्षक ग्राफिकल्स संवादमंचावर आणि\n" +"त्याचा योग्य रित्या समन्वय साधलेले कार्यक्रम आहेत.</p>" + +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:78 +msgid "" +"<p>Choosing the default <b>GNOME</b> or <b>KDE</b> desktop\n" +"environment installs a broad set of the\n" +"most important desktop applications on your\n" +"system.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>मूळ निवडताना<b>जिनोम</b> किंवा <b>केडीई</b> डेस्कटॉप\n" +"वातावरण त्या महत्वाच्या डेस्कटॉप कार्यक्रमाचा\n" +"विस्तारीत संच तुमच्या यंत्रणेवर स्थापन\n" +"केला जातो.</p>" + +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>Choose <b>Other</b> then select from\n" +"an alternative, such as a text-only system or a minimal graphical\n" +"system with a basic window manager.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>पर्यायी निवडण्यासाठी <b>अन्य</b> निवडा नंतर <b>निवडावर</b>\n" +"दाबा, आकर्षक जसे मजकूर-फक्त यंत्रणा किंवा कमीत कमी ग्राफिकल\n" +"यंत्रणांची मूळ विंडो प्रबंधकाबरोबर आहे ती निवडा.</p>" + +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:97 +msgid "&KDE" +msgstr "KDE" + +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:124 +msgid "&GNOME" +msgstr "GNOME" + +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:162 +msgid "&Other" +msgstr "&उपलब्ध" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:185 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "डेस्कटॉप निवड" + +#. by default, nothing is selected, enabling next +#. handling [Next] button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:220 +msgid "" +"No desktop was selected. Select the\n" +"desktop to install." +msgstr "" +"एकही डेस्कटॉप निवडलेला नाही. स्थापन करण्यासाठी\n" +" तेव्हा डेस्कटॉप निवडा." + +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:273 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Minimal Graphical System" +msgstr "कमीतकमी आकृतीमय प्रणाली" + +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:282 +msgid "&Text Mode" +msgstr "वाक्यरचना पध्दती" + +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:461 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:544 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:620 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:677 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" +"नवीनतम अपडेटकरता अयशस्वी . अधिक\n" +"माहिती करता लॉग पहा.\n" + +#. dialog heading +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 +msgid "Copy Installation Media" +msgstr "स्थापना साधन प्रतिकृती" + +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>The installation CDs will be copied into the system\n" +"to create a repository that can be used to install\n" +"other systems.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>स्थापना सीडी यंत्रणेमध्ये प्रतिकृत केल्या जातील\n" +"ज्याने स्थापना स्त्रोत निर्माण होतो जो इतर यंत्रणा स्थापन\n" +"करण्यासाठी वापरता येतो.</p>\n" + +#. label for showing repositories +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registered Repositories" +msgstr "संदर्भ रजिस्टर्ड आहेत" + +#. force minimum width +#. table header - name of the repo +#. table header - name of the repo +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "आवृत्ती" + +#. feedback popup 1/2 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:118 +msgid "Copying CD contents to a local directory..." +msgstr "सीडीमधील गोष्टी स्थानीक संचिकेत प्रतिकृत होत आहेत..." + +#. feedback popup 2/2 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:120 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "कृपया थांबा..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository" +msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन सारांश रुटींग:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" +msgstr "" +"तुम्हाला\n" +"अभिव्यक्ती खरंच काढून टाकायची आहे का" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:302 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network is not configured." +msgstr "कार्यक्रम संरचित झाली नाही" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:304 +msgid "" +"Online sources defined by product require an Internet connection.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to configure it?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Check network configuration" +msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Download list of online repositories" +msgstr "रिलीज नोट उतरवल्या जात आहेत" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Checking network configuration..." +msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..." +msgstr "नवीनतम रीलीज नोटस डाउनलोड होत आहेत..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initialize the repository manager" +msgstr "लक्ष्यसूची सुरवात करताना असमर्थ झाली" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing the repository manager..." +msgstr "डिफॉल्ट खिडकी प्रंबधक सुरु होत आहेत..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories" +msgstr "मेन्यू प्रविष्टींची सूची" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>The packager is being initialized and \n" +"the list of servers downloaded from the Web.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>पॅकेजेस स्थापीत होईपर्यंत कृपया वाट पाहा.</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Cannot download list of repositories,\n" +"no network configured." +msgstr "रिलीज नोट उतरवल्या जात आहेत" + +#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"No product URL defined from which to download\n" +"list of repositories.\n" +msgstr "रिलीज नोट उतरवल्या जात आहेत" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Unable to download list of repositories\n" +"or no repositories defined." +msgstr "रिलीज नोट उतरवल्या जात आहेत" + +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text +#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") +#. see *4 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<b>Recommended:</b> %1<br>" +msgstr "<b>सारांश:</b> %1<br>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "हो" + +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a complex HTML-formatted information about selecetd external repository +#. It contains "key: value" pair, one per line, separated by <br> tags +#. %1 is replaced with an URL of the selected repository +#. %2 is replaced with an URL from which we've got this repository information +#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository +#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository +#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\n" +"<b>Linked from:</b> %2<br>\n" +"<b>Summary:</b> %3<br>\n" +"<b>Description:</b> %4<br>\n" +"%5\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237 +#, fuzzy +msgid "List of Online Repositories" +msgstr "मेन्यू प्रविष्टींची सूची" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "&उपलब्ध" + +#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&List of Repositories" +msgstr "मेन्यू प्रविष्टींची सूची" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Repository Description" +msgstr "वर्णन नाही" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>List of default online repositories.\n" +"Click on a repository for details.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"प्रतिमा पुन्हा मिळेपर्यंत कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा.</p>\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 +msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 +msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 +msgid "<p>To remove a used repository, simply deselect it.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories" +msgstr "मेन्यू प्रविष्टींची सूची" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"प्रतिमा पुन्हा मिळेपर्यंत कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा.</p>\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Adding repository %1 failed." +msgstr "%1 वर फाईल वाचणे अपयशी ठरले.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Delete deselected online repositories" +msgstr "ह्या यादीतून निवडलेला संदर्भ वगळायचा आहे का?" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..." +msgstr "स्वार झालेली ext2 फाईल पध्दती शोधत आहेत..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add all selected online repositories" +msgstr "ह्या यादीतून निवडलेला संदर्भ वगळायचा आहे का?" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..." +msgstr "स्वार झालेली ext2 फाईल पध्दती शोधत आहेत..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add repository: %1" +msgstr "स्वॅपमध्ये %1 विभाजन मिळवत आहोत..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step, +#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..." +msgstr "स्वॅपमध्ये %1 विभाजन मिळवत आहोत..." + +#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736 +msgid "" +"Low memory detected.\n" +"\n" +"Using online repositories during initial installation with less than\n" +"%dMiB system memory is not recommended.\n" +"\n" +"The installer may crash or freeze if the additional package data\n" +"need too much memory.\n" +"\n" +"Using the online repositories later in the installed system is\n" +"recommended in this case." +msgstr "" + +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing the target directory failed" +msgid "Initializing the target directory failed." +msgstr "लक्ष्यसूची सुरवात करताना असमर्थ झाली" + +#. re-initialize package information +#. force reinitialization +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installing Packages..." +msgstr "पॅकेजेस स्थापन होत आहेत..." + +#. error report, %1 is number +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322 +msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation." +msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले." + +#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." +msgstr "विविध पद्धती किंवा निवडी मांडू शकत नाही: %1" + +#. Solve dependencies +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "पॅकेजची सोडवणूक अपयशी ठरली. कृपया ऑटोयास्ट संक्षेपातीलसॉफ्टवेयर विभाग बघा." + +#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area +#. %1 - an error message (details) +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:416 +msgid "" +"Installation failed.\n" +"\n" +"Details:\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Package installation will be aborted.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..." + +#. intermediate popup while initializing internal packagemanagement +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading package information..." +msgstr "कार्डाची माहिती संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. Proposal for system to update, part of the richtext +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "No Valid Installation Media" +msgstr "स्थापनेचे साधन वैध नाही" + +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:87 +msgid "Installation Media" +msgstr "स्थापीत मिडिया" + +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:89 +msgid "&Media" +msgstr "साधन" + +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." +msgstr "पॅकेज प्रबंधक संरचना साठवली जात आहे..." + +#. default (minimal) priority of a repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Priority" +msgstr "अदलाबदल &प्राधान्य" + +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" +msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे" + +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "हे यास्ट2 मॉड्यूल सूचना ओळ पडद्याकरता सहाय्य करीत नाही." + +#. pad to 3 characters +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 +msgid "Default" +msgstr "नित्यस्थिती" + +#. unkown name (alias) of the source +#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, +#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unknown Name" +msgstr "अज्ञात मोड" + +#. displaye only repositories from the selected service +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#. label to be used instead of URL if not found +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 +msgid "URL: %1" +msgstr "युआरएल: %1" + +#. heading - in case repo name not found +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unknown Repository Name" +msgstr "अनोळखी ठिकाणाचे नाव %1." + +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Category: %1" +msgstr "विभाग" + +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Service: %1" +msgstr "सुविधा %1" + +#. #176013 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625 +#, fuzzy +msgid "All repositories" +msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628 +msgid "All services" +msgstr "सर्व सेवा" + +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Service '%1'" +msgstr "सुविधा %1" + +#. combobox label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#, fuzzy +msgid "View" +msgstr "पहा" + +#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Priority" +msgstr "अदलाबदल &प्राधान्य" + +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. status info, to be used inside summary +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Enabled" + +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Autorefresh" +msgstr "पुन्हा सुरू करा" + +#. table header - service to which the repo belongs +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "सेवा" + +#. table header - URL of the repo +#. table header - URL of the repo +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689 +msgid "URL" +msgstr "URL" + +#. push button - change URL of the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789 +msgid "&Replace..." +msgstr "बदला..." + +#. push button - refresh the selected repository now +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Re&fresh Selected" +msgstr "संदर्भ रजिस्टर्ड आहेत" + +#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Status &on or off" +msgstr "टॉगलची स्थिती (चालू किंवा बंद)" + +#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Refre&sh On or Off" +msgid "Refre&sh on or off" +msgstr "पुन्हा ताजेतवाने सुरू किंवा बंद " + +#. push button - set name of the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Set &Name..." +msgstr "भागांची नावे" + +#. label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "गुणधर्म पुरोभिलेखित करा" + +#. check box +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809 +msgid "&Enabled" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. check box +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Automatically &Refresh" +msgstr "स्वयंचलित" + +#. push button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&GPG Keys..." +msgstr "WEP कळ" + +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "नूतनीकरण" + +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862 +msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864 +msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configured Software Repositories" +msgstr "संदर्भ संरचना करा" + +#. help +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"या डायलॉगमधे, आकृतीबंध झालेले सॉफ्टवेयर कॅटलॉग्ज हाताळा.</p>" + +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 +msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" +"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>नवीन कॅटलॉग घालणे</b><br>\n" +"नवीन कॅटलॉग घालण्यासाठी, <b>अड</b>वापरा व सॉफ्टवेअरकॅटलॉग नमूद करा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. help, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n" +"have the CD set or the DVD available.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"पॅकेजेस स्थापन करण्यासाठी <b>CD</b>,\n" +"उपलब्ध प्रॉडक्ट; CD संच घ्या वा उपलब्ध DVD घ्या.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n" +"and then used as a repository.\n" +"Insert the path name where the first\n" +"CD is located, for example, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n" +"Only the base path is required if all CDs are copied\n" +"into one directory.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"प्रॉडक्ट, सीडीज हार्डवेअर प्रतिकृत केल्या जाऊ शकतात <b>हार्ड डिस्क</b>.\n" +"नंतर ते स्थापना स्त्रोत म्हणून वापरायचे जात.\n" +"येथे पहिली CD मिळेल त्या मार्गाचे\n" +"घाला, उदा, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n" +"जर एका सूचीत सर्व CDs प्रतिकृत केल्या तर पायाभूत मार्गाची\n" +"आवश्यक असतो.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" +"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n" +"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>कॅटलॉग दुरुस्ती करणे</b>\n" +"कॅटलॉग मीडीयात बदल करण्यासाठी, <b>एडिट</b>वापरा. कॅटलॉग काढून टाकण्यासाठी\n" +"<b>डिलीट</b>वापरा. कॅटलॉग शक्य किंवा अशक्य करण्यासाठी\n" +"प्रारंभीच्या चालू व बंदच्या वेळेवर रिफ्रेशिंग सेट करा, किंवा ताबडतोब ते रिफ्रेश करा,\n" +"<b>सोर्स सेटिंग्स</b>वापरा." + +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 +msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n" +"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 +msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#. popup message part 1 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Unable to save changes to the repository\n" +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"स्थापना उगम संरचनेवर बदल\n" +"साठविण्यात अपयश." + +#. popup message part 2 followed by other info +#. popup message, after message header, header of details +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "विस्तृत:" + +#. popup message part 3 +#. end of popup message, question +#. end of popup message, question +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 +msgid "Try again?" +msgstr "पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा?" + +#. popup headline +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" +msgstr "संदर्भ संरचना अर्धवट थांबवा" + +#. popup message +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Abort the repository configuration?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"संदर्भ संरचना अर्धवट सोडायची आहे का?\n" +"केलेले सर्व बदल पुसले जातील." + +#. refresh also the combobox widget +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There is no service at URL:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "आकृतीबंध %1 नाही." + +#. TODO: add help text +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Refreshing Repositories" +msgstr "स्रोत %1 निर्माण करत आहे " + +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Refreshing Services" +msgstr "स्रोत %1 निर्माण करत आहे " + +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Refresh Repositories" +msgstr "संदर्भ रजिस्टर्ड आहेत" + +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Refresh Services" +msgstr "संदर्भ रजिस्टर्ड आहेत" + +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." +msgstr "स्रोत %1 निर्माण करत आहे " + +#. refreshing services +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." +msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू करत आहे..." + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" +msgstr "ह्या यादीतून निवडलेला संदर्भ वगळायचा आहे का?" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Delete service %1\n" +"and its repositories?" +msgstr "ह्या यादीतून निवडलेला संदर्भ वगळायचा आहे का?" + +#. popup message +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"For the selected repository, refresh\n" +"cannot be set." +msgstr "" +"निवडलेल्या उगमाकरिता पुन: ताजेतवानेपणा\n" +"स्थिर करता येत नाही." + +#. popup question, %1 is repository URL +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 +msgid "" +"Repository %1\n" +"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" +"\n" +"Really add the repository again?" +msgstr "" + +#. Error popup +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"स्त्रोत कॉनफिग्युरेशन पुन्हा साठवताना चुका झाल्या.\n" +"सर्व स्त्रोत स्थापनेसाठी उपलब्ध नाहीत.\n" + +#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame +#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93 +#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." +msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअरला सुचवलेल्या मूळ किंमतीला स्थिर केले आहे." + +#. warning text +#. warning text +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 +#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgstr "आपोआप अवलंबीता सोडवल्या जाणार नाहीत. मानवी सहभागाची आवश्यकता आहे." + +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 +msgid "Software" +msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर" + +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:147 +msgid "&Software" +msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर" + +#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "हे यास्ट2 मॉड्यूल सूचना ओळ पडद्याकरता सहाय्य करीत नाही." + +#. error message (%1 is a package file name) +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Cannot copy archive file\n" +#| "to temporary directory.\n" +msgid "Error: Cannot copy package %1 to temporary repository." +msgstr "" +"तात्पुरत्या सूचीमध्ये ऐतिहासिक फाईल\n" +"प्रतिकृत करून ठेवता येत नाही.\n" + +#. error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 +msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:243 src/clients/sw_single.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error: Cannot get files.\n" +msgid "Error: Cannot query package file %1." +msgstr "चूक: फाईल्स मिळू शकल्या नाही.\n" + +#. Error message: +#. %1 = package name (may include complete RPM file name) +#. %2 = error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Package %1 could not be installed.\n" +"\n" +"Details:\n" +"%2\n" +msgstr "पॅकेज %1 संस्थापित होईल." + +#. error popup, %1 is the name of the .rpm package +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:313 +msgid "Package %1 was not found on the medium." +msgstr "या माध्यमावर %1 पॅकेज सापडू शकले नाही." + +#. start package manager +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An error occurred during installation." +msgid "An error occurred during repository initialization." +msgstr "स्थापनेच्या वेळी चूक झाली." + +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"No repository is defined.\n" +"Only installed packages are displayed." +msgstr "" +"स्थापना स्त्रोत ठरविलेला नाही.\n" +"फक्त स्थापीत पॅकेजेस दाखवण्यात आली आहेत." + +#. a stage in the progress dialog +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:501 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initialize the Target System" +msgstr "टारगेट सिस्टिम इनिशीअलाइझ होत आहे" + +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Load the Configured Repositories" +msgstr "संरचना केलेली उपकरणे:" + +#. %1 is path to the target system (e.g. /tmp/dirinstall +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:510 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reset the target system to %1" +msgstr "टारगेट सिस्टिम इनिशीअलाइझ होत आहे" + +#. a stage in the progress dialog +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:516 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Starting the Software Manager" +msgstr "इन्स्टॉलेशन संपत आहे..." + +#. reset summary +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:580 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "During the last package installation,\n" +#| "several package failed to install.\n" +#| "Install them now?\n" +msgid "" +"During the last package installation\n" +"several packages failed to install.\n" +"Install them now?\n" +msgstr "" +"शेवटच्या पॅकेजच्या स्थापने संदर्भात,\n" +"अनेक पॅकेजेस स्थापत होऊ शकली नाही.\n" +"ती आता स्थापित करायची का?\n" + +#. start the repository manager +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 +msgid "" +"Cannot configure online update repository \n" +"without having package %1 installed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 +msgid "" +"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" +"without having package %1 installed" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is a list of packages +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Following packages haven't been found on the medium:\n" +#| "%1" +msgid "" +"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n" +"%1\n" +msgstr "" +"यामाध्यमावर खालील पॅकेजेस मिळाली नाहीत:\n" +"%1" + +#. rich text message, %1 = CD identification +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:94 +msgid "<BIG><B>%1</B></BIG>" +msgstr "" + +#. rich text message, %1 medium number, e.g. CD1,CD2... +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:99 +msgid "<UL><LI>Medium: %1</LI></UL>" +msgstr "<UL><LI>मीडीयमः %1</LI></UL>" + +#. rich text message, %1 = size of the medium +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:103 +msgid "<UL><LI>Size: %1</LI></UL>" +msgstr "<UL><LI>आकारः %1</LI></UL>" + +#. rich text message, %1 = result of the check +#. the check has been canceled +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:107 src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:529 +msgid "<UL><LI>Result: %1</LI></UL>" +msgstr "<UL><LI>निष्कर्ष %1</LI></UL>" + +#. rich text - error message +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 +msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." +msgstr "चालक माध्यम नाही किंवा आयएसओ फाईलपध्दती मोडली आहे." + +#. result of the check - success +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 +msgid "<B>OK</B> -- The medium has been successfully verified." +msgstr "" + +#. wrong MD5 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." +msgstr "<B>चूक</B> -- MD5 सम<BR>शी जुळत नाही. मीडीयम वापरले जाऊ नये." + +#. the correct MD5 is unknown +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 +msgid "<B>Unknown</B> -- The correct MD5 sum of the medium is unknown." +msgstr "<B>अनोळखी</B> -- मीडीयमची MD5 सम माहीत नाही. " + +#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 +msgid "Insert the first installation medium." +msgstr "प्रथम स्थापनेचे माध्यम सरकवा." + +#. dialog header +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:299 +msgid "Media Check" +msgstr "मिडिया तपासा" + +#. help text - media check (header) 1/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:302 +msgid "<P><B>Media Check</B></P>" +msgstr "<P><B>मिडिया तपासा</B></P>" + +#. help text - media check 2/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<P>When you have a problem with\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" +"whether the medium is broken.</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P>जेव्हा तुम्हाला स्थापने संदर्भात प्रश्न असतो\n" +"स्थापना साधत म्हणून CD व DVD वापरता, ते साधत\n" +"ते तपासा.</P>\n" + +#. help text - media check 3/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>\n" +"or use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\n" +"The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" +"drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> " +msgstr "" +"<P>ड्राइव्ह निवडा, ड्राइव्हमध्ये साधन घालावा <B>स्टार्ट चेक</B>\n" +"ही कळ दाबा. ड्राइव्हच्या वेगावर व साधनेच्या प्रकारावर\n" +"तपासला लागणारा वेळ अवलंबून आहे. तपासणी दरम्यान MD5तपासले जाते.</P>\n" + +#. help text - media check 4/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +#| "It may fail or you may lose your data. You should replace the broken\n" +#| "medium.</P>\n" +msgid "" +"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P>हया साधनाची तपासणी जर अयशस्वी झाली तर, तुम्ही स्थापना चालू ठेवता कामा नये.\n" +"ते फसू शकेल किंवा माहिती पुसली जाईल. तुटलेले साधन तुम्ही\n" +"बदलायला हवे.</P>\n" + +#. help text - media check 5/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "After the check you can insert the next medium and start the procedure again.\n" +#| "The order of the media is irrelevant." +msgid "" +"After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" +"The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" +msgstr "" +"तपासणीनंतर तुम्ही पुढचे साधन आत सरकवू शकता व प्रक्रिया पुन्हा सुरू करू शकता.\n" +"साधनाची क्रमेवारी संबंधीत नाही." + +#. help text - media check 6/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 +msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text - media check 7/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P> तक्त्यात, प्रत्येक विभाग बूट मेन्यूमधील एक आयटेमचे\n" +"प्रतिनिधित्व करतो.</P>" + +#. help text - media check 8/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording software. It avoids read errors at the end of media during the check.</P>\n" +msgid "" +"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n" +msgstr "<P>तुम्ही स्वत:हूनच मिडीया वापरली तर <B>पॅड</B> विकल्प जो तुमच्या रेकॉडींग सॉफ्टवेअरमध्ये आहे तो वापरा.तपासणीच्या वेळी ते साधनाच्या शेवटी असलेल्या रीड एरोझ वगळतो.</P>\n" + +#. advice check of the media +#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is recommended to check all installation media\n" +"to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" +msgstr "स्थापनेचे प्रश्न टाळताना सर्व स्थापना साधने सुचवण्याला आली आहेत." + +#. combo box +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 +msgid "&CD or DVD Drive" +msgstr "सीडी किंवा डीव्हिडी चालक" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:360 +msgid "&Start Check" +msgstr "तपास सुरू करा" + +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 +msgid "&Eject" +msgstr "बाहेर पडा" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:367 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Check ISO File..." +msgstr " ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा..." + +#. widget label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:370 +msgid "Status Information" +msgstr "स्थितीबद्दलची माहिती" + +#. progress bar label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:374 +msgid "Progress" +msgstr "प्रगती" + +#. window title - open file dialog +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select an ISO File to Check" +msgstr "अद्ययावत करण्याची फाईल निवडा." + +#. error message: the medium cannot be read or no medium in the drive; %1 = drive, e.g. /dev/hdc +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:461 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read medium in the drive %1." +msgid "Cannot read medium in drive %1." +msgstr "ह्या चालकामधील माध्यम वाचता येत नाही %1." + +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:471 +msgid "" +"The medium does not contain a MD5 checksum.\n" +"The content of the medium cannot be verified.\n" +"\n" +"Only readability of the medium will be checked.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:530 +msgid "<B>Canceled</B>" +msgstr "<B>रद्द केले</B>" + +#. escape <> characters in the key name +#. translators: %1 is GPG key name (e.g. 'SuSE Package Signing Key ') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:48 +msgid "Name: %1" +msgstr "नाव: %1" + +#. %1 is a GPG Key fingerprint (e.g. '79C179B2E1C820C1890F9994A84EDAE89C800ACA') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Finger Print: %1" +msgstr "बोटांचे ठसे: %1" + +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key was generated (e.g. '9.10.2000') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Created: %1" +msgstr " निर्माण करा%1$s " + +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Expires: %1</font> (The key is expired.)" +msgstr "" + +#. summary string - the GPG key never expires +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75 +msgid "The key never expires." +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expires (e.g. '21.3.2015') or "Never" +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Expires: %1" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक: %1" + +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Key: %1" +msgstr "नाव: %1" + +#. Display a dialog for adding a GPG key +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select a GPG Key" +msgstr "PPD फाईल निवडा" + +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "Properties of the GPG Key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Key ID: " +msgstr "कळ ओळखकर्ता" + +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:186 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Name: " +msgstr "नाव: %1" + +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Finger Print: " +msgstr "बोटांचे ठसे: %1" + +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Created: " +msgstr "निर्माण करा" + +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Expires: " +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Adding a GPG Public Key" +msgstr "GPG सार्वजनिक कीज" + +#. help +#. help +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:208 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Manage known GPG public keys.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"या डायलॉगमधे, आकृतीबंध झालेले सॉफ्टवेयर कॅटलॉग्ज हाताळा.</p>" + +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n" +"To add a new GPG key, specify the path to the key file.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>नवीन कॅटलॉग घालणे</b><br>\n" +"नवीन कॅटलॉग घालण्यासाठी, <b>अड</b>वापरा व सॉफ्टवेअरकॅटलॉग नमूद करा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. header in file selection popup +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 +msgid "Select a GPG Key To Import" +msgstr "" + +#. validate the entered file +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enter a filename" +msgstr "फाईलचे नाव लिहा" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:278 +#, fuzzy +msgid "GPG Public Key Management" +msgstr "GPG सार्वजनिक कीज" + +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n" +"To add a new GPG key, use <b>Add</b> and specify the path to the key file.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>नवीन कॅटलॉग घालणे</b><br>\n" +"नवीन कॅटलॉग घालण्यासाठी, <b>अड</b>वापरा व सॉफ्टवेअरकॅटलॉग नमूद करा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. help, continued +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Modifying a GPG Key Status</b>\n" +"To modify the trusted flag, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a GPG key, use\n" +"<b>Delete</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +msgid "Key ID" +msgstr "कळ ओळखकर्ता" + +#. remove the key +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:338 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Really delete key '%1'\n" +"'%2'?" +msgstr "खरोखर कमी करावे '%1'?" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Adding a New Repository" +msgstr "संदर्भ मिळविताना..." + +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Check Repository Type" +msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र निवडा" + +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add Repository" +msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read Repository License" +msgstr "संदर्भ रजिस्टर्ड आहेत" + +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Checking Repository Type" +msgstr "स्रोत %1 निर्माण करत आहे " + +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Adding Repository" +msgstr "संदर्भ मिळविताना..." + +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading Repository License" +msgstr "स्रोत %1 निर्माण करत आहे " + +#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#. continue-back popup +#. continue-back popup +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" +#| "If you expected to address a product, return back and enter\n" +#| "the correct location.\n" +#| "To make rpm packages located at the specified location available\n" +#| "in the packages selection, continue." +msgid "" +"There is no product information available at the given location.\n" +"If you expected to to point a product, go back and enter\n" +"the correct location.\n" +"To make rpm packages located at the specified location available\n" +"in the packages selection, continue.\n" +msgstr "" +"दिलेल्या स्थानावर प्राडक्टबद्दल माहिती उपलब्ध नाही.\n" +"तुम्ही प्रोडक्ट सांगायचे असेल तर मागे फिरुन योग्य स्थानाकडे\n" +"प्रवेश घ्या.\n" +"rpm पॅकेजचा ली ठराविक स्थानावर\n" +"स्थित आहेत, व जे पॅकेज निवडीत आहे, पुढे चला" + +#. popup message part 1 +#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Unable to create repository\n" +"from URL '%1'." +msgstr "" +"ह्या युआरएलवरून संदर्भ निर्माण\n" +"करण्यात अपयश आले '%1'." + +#. error message +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331 +msgid "" +"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" +"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." +msgstr "" + +#. popup message part 2 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change the URL and try again?" +msgstr "प्रगत पर्याय" + +#. popup error message, %1 is the package name +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418 +msgid "" +"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" +"without having %1 package installed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. New add-on product might add also new agents. +#. Functions Rereads all available agents. +#. +#. @see bugzilla #239055, #245508 +#. error report +#. popup error +#. popup error +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 +msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." +msgstr "प्रणाली स्थापीत करत असताना चूक सापडली." + +#. error report +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." +msgstr "नियंत्रक फाईल %1 सापडली नाही." + +#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration +#. or check the content file +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." +msgid "" +"Package '%s' is not installed.\n" +"The add-on product cannot be registered." +msgstr " %1 पॅकेज स्थापित झाले नाही. सुविधा सुधारता येणार नाही." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unable to use additional products." +msgstr "अड-ऑन उत्पादन CD सरकवा." + +#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 +#, fuzzy +msgid "%1, URL: %2" +msgstr "युआरएल: %1" + +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 +#, fuzzy +msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" +msgstr "युआरएल: %1, संचिका: %2" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Additional Products" +msgstr "अतिरिक्त माहिती" + +#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 +msgid "" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" +"Select the ones you want to use.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Additional Products to Select" +msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू निवड" + +#. push button label +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add Selected &Products" +msgstr "ऍ़ड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टस" + +#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" +msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" +msgstr "अड-ऑन उत्पादन CD सरकवा." + +#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." +msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" +msgstr "प्रथम स्थापनेचे माध्यम सरकवा." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unable to add product %1." +msgstr "%1 लिहीण्यास असमर्थ." + +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unknown Product" +msgstr "अज्ञात मोड" + +#. update the trusted flag +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." +msgid "" +"File '%1'\n" +"does not contain a valid GPG key.\n" +msgstr "कोणतीही TSIG कळ सुचविलेल्या फाईलमध्ये नाही." + +#. %1 is key ID (e.g. A84EDAE89C800ACA), %2 is key name (e.g. "SuSE Package Signing Key ") +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Key '%1'\n" +"'%2'\n" +"is already known, it cannot be added again." +msgstr "" +"आयटम %1 हा याआधीच RAID साधन आहे.\n" +"आपण त्यास परत जोडू शकत नाही.\n" + +#. copy the key to the temporary directory (in fact the keys are imported in Write()) +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:279 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot copy the key to the temporary directory." +msgstr "" +"तात्पुरत्या सूचीमध्ये ऐतिहासिक फाईल\n" +"प्रतिकृत करून ठेवता येत नाही.\n" + +#. button label +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53 +msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" +msgstr "फसलेल्या पॅकेजची यादी दाखवा" + +#. button label +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62 +msgid "&Show Full Log" +msgstr "पूर्ण क्रमवारी मालिका दाखवा" + +#. dialog headline +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation of Some Packages Failed" +msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" +msgstr "काही पॅकेजची स्थापना अपयशी झाली" + +#. collect and set installation summary data +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation aborted." +msgid "Installation aborted by user." +msgstr "स्थापना मध्येच अर्धवट सोडली." + +#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Medium %1" +msgstr "माध्यम" + +#. Overflow (indicated by negative value) +#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), +#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. +#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 +msgid ">%1" +msgstr ">%1" + +#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) +#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +msgid "Done." +msgstr "झाली." + +#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used +#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) +#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) +#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Next %1: %2" +msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" +msgstr "पुढे %1: %2" + +#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used +#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) +#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Name: %1" +msgid "Next: %1" +msgstr "नाव: %1" + +#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items +#. +#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "एकूण" + +#. do not show the average download rate if the space is limited +#. Update the current slide if applicable +#. +#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, +#. %2 is package size +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349 +msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" +msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे %1 (%2)" + +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075 +#, fuzzy +msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" +msgstr "" +"उरलेले आहे:\n" +"%1" + +#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode +#. translations: progress message (part1) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading Package" +msgid "Downloading Packages..." +msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे" + +#. progress message (part2) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111 +#, fuzzy +msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" +msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे" + +#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package +#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247 +msgid "Deleting %1" +msgstr "काढून टाकत आहे %1" + +#. package installation - summary text +#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" +msgstr "स्थापित नाही (%1 -> %2)" + +#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, +#. %2 is package size +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332 +msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" +msgstr "डेल्टा RPM लागू करत आहे: %1" + +#. warning text +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system. However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "पण, तुम्ही 32-बीट वाटप स्थापन करण्याचा प्रयत्न करत आहात. " + +#. help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) +#. translators: help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 +msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 +msgid "" +"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for software proposal - header +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>" +msgstr "<P><B>UML स्थापना ठराव</B></P>" + +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product +#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370 +msgid "Product: %1" +msgstr "वस्तू: %1" + +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#, fuzzy +msgid "System Type: %1" +msgstr "प्रणाली: %1" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Patterns:<br>" +msgstr "नमुने" + +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405 +msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" +msgstr "स्थापन करण्याच्या पॅकेजचा आकार: %1" + +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages +#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" +msgstr "रिलीज नोट उतरवल्या जात आहेत" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 +msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "" + +#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "" + +#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "" + +#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "There is not enough free space in directory %1.\n" +#| "Continue anyway?\n" +msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." +msgstr "" +" %1 सूचीत पुरेशी रिकामी जागा नाही.\n" +"पुढे जायचे आहे काय?\n" + +#. summary warning +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 +msgid "Not enough disk space." +msgstr "डिस्कमधे पुरेशी जागा नाही." + +#. summary warning +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." +msgstr "पुरेश्या चकतीची जागा नाही. एकाच निवडीत काही पॅकेज काढून टाका." + +#. add a backslash if it's missing +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 +msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>" +msgstr "पार्टिशन %3 वर < फक्त %1 (%2%%) मोकळी जागा आहे.<BR>" + +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." +msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed" +msgstr "पॅकेज %1 संस्थापित होईल." + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 packages will be updated" +msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated" +msgstr "%1 पॅकेजेस अपडेट केली जातील" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 +msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." +msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed" +msgstr "पॅकेज %1 संस्थापित होईल." + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733 +msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 +msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 +msgid "" +"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + +#. error in proposal, %1 is URL +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No repository found at '%1'." +msgstr "संदर्भ मिळाला नाही '%1'." + +#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" +#| "part of the installation media. During installation, if a connection\n" +#| "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" +#| "from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" +"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" +"download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>पिहल्या प्रारंभीच्या रीलीजसाठी या रीलीज नोट्स आहेत. त्या स्थापना\n" +"माध्यमाचाच एक भाग आहेत. स्थापनेदरम्यान, इंटरनेट कनेकशन उपलब्ध\n" +"असल्यास,आपण\n" +"SUSE लायनक्स वेब सर्व्हरवरुन अपडेटेड रीलीज नोट्स डाऊनलोड करु शकाल</b></p>" + +#. popup - information label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 +msgid "Integrating booted media..." +msgstr "वाईट माध्यम विसरत आहे..." + +#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." +msgstr "सुविधा पॅक उगम एकत्रित करण्याचे अयशस्वी ठरले." + +#. popup - information label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing repositories..." +msgstr "फॉन्टस सुरु होत आहे..." + +#. message popup, %1 is product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932 +msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" +msgstr "सीडी %1 आत सरकवा 1" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934 +msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" +msgstr "%1 CD 1 आढळली नाही." + +#. an error message +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044 +msgid "" +"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" +"Check the log file %1 for more details." +msgstr "" +"पॅकेजेसची वर्णने टाकताना चूक झाली.\n" +"%1 ही लॉग फाईल अधिक माहितीकरता तपासून पहा." + +#. bnc #436925 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305 +msgid "" +"The software selection has been changed externally.\n" +"Software proposal will be called again." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323 +msgid "Evaluating package selection..." +msgstr "पॅकेज निवड अभ्यासन पहात आहे..." + +#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621 +msgid "" +"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" +"Pattern has not been found." +msgstr "" + +#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted +#. +#. @param [String] license_ident file name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot read license file %1" +msgstr "%1फाईल वाचू शकत नाही" + +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 +msgid "&Language" +msgstr "भाषा" + +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "होय, मी परवाना करार मान्य करतो" + +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %1 is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" +"on the first media in the file %1" +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400 +msgid "" +"<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" +"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" +"the configuration will be aborted.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>परवाना करार काळजीपूर्वक वाचा व उपलब्ध पर्यायांपैकी\n" +"एक निवडा. आपण परवाना कराराशी सहमत नसल्यास,\n" +"आकृतीबंध सोढून दिला जाईल.</p>\n" + +#. dialog title +#. #459391 +#. If a progress is running open another dialog +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227 +msgid "License Agreement" +msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र" + +#. popup question +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" +msgstr "खरोखरच जास्तीच्या वस्तूंची स्थापनेतून बाहेर पडायचे का?" + +#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 +msgid "" +"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" +"Really refuse the agreement?" +msgstr "" + +#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048 +msgid "" +"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" +"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" +msgstr "" + +#. timed ok/cancel popup +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The system is shutting down..." +msgstr "यंत्रणा बंद होत आहे..." + +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "License Agreement" +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" + +#. popup yes-no +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Do you really want\n" +"to quit the installation?" +msgstr "" +"तुम्हाला खरोखरच स्थापनेच्या\n" +"कामातून बाहेर पडायचे आहे का?" + +#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71 +msgid "Aborted" +msgstr "अर्धवट सोडून दिले" + +#. message in the installation log widget, %1 is a patch name which contains the script +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:143 +msgid "Starting script %1" +msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट %1 सुरु करत आहे" + +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:198 +msgid "" +"Patch %1\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"पॅच %1\n" +"\n" + +#. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot) +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The disk space in partition %1 is nearly exhausted.\n" +"Continue with the installation?" +msgstr "" +"तबकडीची जागा जवळजवळ संपत आली आहे.\n" +"पुढे अशीच चालू ठेवायची आहे का?" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 +msgid "" +"The disk space is nearly exhausted.\n" +"Continue with the installation?" +msgstr "" +"तबकडीची जागा जवळजवळ संपत आली आहे.\n" +"पुढे अशीच चालू ठेवायची आहे का?" + +#. remote +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443 +msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)" +msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे %1 (%2)" + +#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 +msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" +msgstr "डेल्टा RPM डाऊनलोड करण्यात अपयश: %1" + +#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 +msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" +msgstr "डेल्टा RPM लागू करण्यात अपयश: %1" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 +msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." +msgstr "SLP वापरुन छाननी करा..." + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Commun&ity Repositories" +msgstr "संरचना केलेली उपकरणे:" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 +msgid "Specify &URL..." +msgstr "युआरएल दर्शवा..." + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 +msgid "&FTP..." +msgstr "FTP..." + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 +msgid "&HTTP..." +msgstr "HTTP..." + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 +msgid "HTT&PS..." +msgstr "HTTPS..." + +#. radio button +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&SMB/CIFS" +msgid "S&MB/CIFS" +msgstr "SMB/CIFS" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NFS..." +msgid "NF&S..." +msgstr "NFS..." + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 +msgid "&CD..." +msgstr "CD..." + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 +msgid "&DVD..." +msgstr "DVD..." + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Hard Disk..." +msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 +msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 +msgid "&Local Directory..." +msgstr "स्थानिक संचिका..." + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Local ISO Image..." +msgstr "स्थानिक वेळ" + +#. check box +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Download repository description files" +msgstr "वर्णन नाही" + +#. Help text suffix for some types of the media +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116 +msgid "" +"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" +"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>जर स्थळावर अशी फाईल असेल की ज्यात मीडीयाची ISO प्रतिमा आहे,\n" +"तर <b>ISO इमेज</b> सेट करा.</p>" + +#. Help text suffix for some types of the media +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n" +"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>जर कॅटलॉग अनेक मीडीयांवर असेल, तर सेटच्या पहिल्या\n" +"मीडीयाचे स्थळ सेट करा.</p>" + +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135 +msgid "&Server Name" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 +msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" +msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&ISO Image" +msgstr "आयएसओ प्रतिमा" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Protocol" +msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" +msgstr "संगणक शिष्टाचार" + +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +msgid "Mount Options" +msgstr "आरोहण पर्याय" + +#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp +#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " (default)" +msgid "(default)" +msgstr " (मूळ)" + +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174 +#, fuzzy +msgid "URL of the Repository" +msgstr "पर्यायाचे नाव" + +#. frame +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183 +msgid "P&rotocol" +msgstr "प्रोटोकोल" + +#. input field label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&URL of the Repository" +msgstr "पर्यायाचे नाव" + +#. label / dialog caption +#. bugzilla #219759 +#. service label can be empty (not defined) +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Repository URL" +msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 +msgid "NFS Server" +msgstr "NFS सेवा संगणक" + +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 +msgid "CD or DVD Media" +msgstr "सीडी किंवा डीव्हिडी चालक" + +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 +msgid "Hard Disk" +msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क" + +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 +msgid "USB Stick or Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. label / dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 +msgid "Local Directory" +msgstr "स्थानिक संचिका" + +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Local ISO Image" +msgstr "स्थानिक वेळ" + +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 +msgid "Server and Directory" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक आणि संचिका" + +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." +msgstr "वाटपाचा मार्ग रिकामा असू शकत नाही." + +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Repository Name" +msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" +"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>स्थानिक डिरेक्टरी किंवा ISO</b></big><br>\n" +"<b>डिरेक्टरी पाथ किंवा स्थापना मीडायाची ISO प्रतिमा असलेली</b>फाईल नमूद करण्यासाठी <b>पाथ टू डिरेक्टरी ऑर ISO इमेज</b>\n" +"वापरा.</p>" + +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Service Name" +msgstr "सेवा नाव" + +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" +"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>स्थानिक डिरेक्टरी किंवा ISO</b></big><br>\n" +"<b>डिरेक्टरी पाथ किंवा स्थापना मीडायाची ISO प्रतिमा असलेली</b>फाईल नमूद करण्यासाठी <b>पाथ टू डिरेक्टरी ऑर ISO इमेज</b>\n" +"वापरा.</p>" + +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 +msgid "URL cannot be empty." +msgstr "युआरएल रिकामा असू शकत नाही." + +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566 +msgid "&URL" +msgstr "&युआरएल" + +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n" +"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>कॅटलॉग URL</b></big><br>\n" +"कॅटलॉग <b>URL</b> नमूद करण्यासाठी URL वापरा.<p>" + +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 +msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900 +msgid "Edit Complete URL" +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n" +"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" +"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>NFS सर्व्हर</b></big><br>\n" +" NFS सर्व्हरच्या यजमानाचे नांव व सर्व्हवरील पाथ करण्यासाठी,<b>सर्व्हर नेम</b> आणि<b>\n" +"डिरेक्टरी किंवा ISO प्रतिमेचा पाथ </b> वापरा.<p>" + +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" +"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" +"for details and the list of supported options." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 +msgid "&CD-ROM" +msgstr "CD-ROM" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 +msgid "&DVD-ROM" +msgstr "DVD-ROM" + +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n" +"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>CD किवां DVD मीडीया</b></big><br>\n" +"मीडीयाचा प्रकार नमूद करण्यासाठी, <b>CD-ROM</b> किंवा <b>DVD-ROM</b> सेट करा.</p>" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 +msgid "ISO Image File" +msgstr "आयएसओ प्रतिमा फाईल" + +#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The entered path is not a directory\n" +"or the directory does not exist.\n" +msgstr "" +"आरंभासाठी प्रविष्ट केलेले मार्ग उपसर्ग ह्या संचिकेसाठी नाही.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.\n" + +#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The entered path is not a file\n" +"or the file does not exist.\n" +msgstr "अपेक्षित फाईल अस्तित्वात नाही" + +#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018 +msgid "" +"File '%1'\n" +"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" +"Use it anyway?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039 +msgid "&Path to Directory" +msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" +msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा" + +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n" +"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n" +"directory. If the directory contains only RPM packages without\n" +"any metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\n" +"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>स्थानिक डिरेक्टरी</b></big><br>\n" +"RPM पॅकेजेस असलेल्या डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ नमूद करण्यासाठी<b>पाथ टू डिरेक्टरी</b>nवापरा.</p>" + +#. `opt(`hstretch), +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" +msgstr "व्यापक साठवण उपकरण" + +#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&File System" +msgstr "सिस्टम" + +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Dire&ctory" +msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री" + +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n" +"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" +"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the directory of the repository.\n" +"If the path is omitted, the system will use the root directory of the disk.\n" +"If the directory contains only RPM packages without\n" +"any metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\n" +"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>स्थानिक डिरेक्टरी</b></big><br>\n" +"RPM पॅकेजेस असलेल्या डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ नमूद करण्यासाठी<b>पाथ टू डिरेक्टरी</b>nवापरा.</p>" + +#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! +#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386 +msgid "" +"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" +"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" +"want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox title +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Disk Device" +msgstr "फ्लॉपी तबकडी उपकरण" + +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n" +"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" +"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the directory of the repository.\n" +"If the path is omitted, the system will use the root directory of the disk.\n" +"If the directory contains only RPM packages without\n" +"any metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\n" +"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>स्थानिक डिरेक्टरी</b></big><br>\n" +"RPM पॅकेजेस असलेल्या डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ नमूद करण्यासाठी<b>पाथ टू डिरेक्टरी</b>nवापरा.</p>" + +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Path to ISO Image" +msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा" + +#. push button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n" +"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n" +"ISO image file.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>स्थानिक डिरेक्टरी</b></big><br>\n" +"RPM पॅकेजेस असलेल्या डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ नमूद करण्यासाठी<b>पाथ टू डिरेक्टरी</b>nवापरा.</p>" + +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +msgid "Server &Name" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव" + +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607 +msgid "&Port" +msgstr "&स्थान" + +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +msgid "&Share" +msgstr "वाटप" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625 +#, fuzzy +msgid "ISO &Image" +msgstr "आयएसओ प्रतिमा" + +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 +msgid "&Directory on Server" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकावरील संचिका" + +#. frame +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 +msgid "Au&thentication" +msgstr "शिक्कामोर्तब करा" + +#. check box +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 +msgid "&Anonymous" +msgstr "अनामिक" + +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" +msgstr "डोमेन किंवा वर्कग्रुप" + +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 +msgid "&User Name" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता" + +#. password entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&परवली शब्द" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740 +msgid "&FTP" +msgstr "FTP" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 +msgid "H&TTP" +msgstr "HTTP" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 +msgid "HTT&PS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#. help text - server dialog +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n" +"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" +"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.\n" +"To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n" +"<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n" +"or ISO Image</b>. \n" +"If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" +"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>सर्व्हर आणि डिरेक्टरी</b></big><br>\n" +" NFS सर्व्हरच्या यजमानाचे नांव व सर्व्हरवरील पाथ नमूद करण्यासाठी <b>सर्व्हर नेम</b> आणि <b></b>\n" +"पाथ टू डिरेक्टरी किंवा ISO इमेज \n" +" वापरा.प्रणामीकरण शक्य करण्यासाठी <b>अनॉयनिमस</b> अनचेक करा आणि\n" +"<b>यूजर नेम</b> व <b>पासवर्ड</b>नमूद करा.<p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"SMB/CIFS स्रोतासाठी, <b>शेअर</b> नांव आणि <b>पाथ टू डिरेक्टरी \n" +"ऑर ISO इमेज </b> नमूद करा.\n" +"जर स्थळावर मीडीयाची ISO प्रतिमा समाविष्ट असलेली फाईल\n" +"असेल, तर <b>ISO इमेज</b>सेट करा.</p>" + +#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "" +"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" +"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether defined +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n" +"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" +"or on the hard disk.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"CD हून पॅकेजेस स्थापना करता येतात, किंवा जाळणावर\n" +"वा हार्ड डिस्क वरून.</p>" + +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n" +"have the product CD set or the DVD available.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"पॅकेजेस स्थापन करण्यासाठी <b>CD</b>,\n" +"उपलब्ध प्रॉडक्ट; CD संच घ्या वा उपलब्ध DVD घ्या.</p>" + +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" +#| "Insert the path where the first\n" +#| "CD is located, for example, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n" +#| "Only the base path is required if all CDs are copied\n" +#| "into one directory.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" +"Enter the path to the first CD, for example, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n" +"Only the base path is required if all CDs are copied\n" +"into the same directory.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"प्रॉडक्ट, सीडीज हार्डवेअर प्रतिकृत केल्या जाऊ शकतात <b>हार्ड डिस्क</b>.\n" +"नंतर ते स्थापना स्त्रोत म्हणून वापरायचे जात.\n" +"येथे पहिली CD मिळेल त्या मार्गाचे\n" +"घाला, उदा, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n" +"जर एका सूचीत सर्व CDs प्रतिकृत केल्या तर पायाभूत मार्गाची\n" +"आवश्यक असतो.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" +#| "Specify the directory where the packages from\n" +#| "the first CD are located, such as /data1/CD1.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" +"Specify the directory in which the packages from\n" +"the first CD are located, such as /data1/CD1.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"नेटवर्क स्थापनेसाठी कार्यरत नेटवर्क कनेक्शन आवश्यक आहे.\n" +"पहिल्या CD वरील पॅकेजेस जेथे आहेत ती डिरेक्टरी नमूद\n" +"करा, जसे /data1/CD1.</p>\n" + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select the media type." +msgid "Select the media type" +msgstr "मीडीयाचा प्रकार निवडा" + +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178 +msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" +msgstr "अड-ऑन उत्पादन CD सरकवा." + +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179 +msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" +msgstr " अड-ऑन उत्पादन DVD सरकवा." + +#. ask for a medium +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No USB disk was detected." +msgstr "हार्डडिस्क शोधता आल्या नाहीत" + +#. use three slashes as third slash means path +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" +"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" +"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n" +"files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" +"automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 +msgid "Media Type" +msgstr "मिडिया तपासा" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add-On Products" +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "ऍ़ड-ऑन प्रॉडक्टस" + +#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." +msgstr "' अवैध आहे." + +#. SourceManager read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" +msgstr "उपलब्ध संदर्भ सुरू करीत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read configured repositories" +msgstr "नियंत्रीत संदर्भ वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Detect available repositories via SLP" +msgstr "SLP द्वारा उपलब्ध संदर्भ शोधा" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading configured repositories..." +msgstr "संरचीत संदर्भ वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Detecting available repositories..." +msgstr "उपलब्ध संदर्भ शोधले जात आहे..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "समाप्त झाले" + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot read repositories." +msgstr "चालू सेटिंग्ज वाचू शकत नाही." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot detect available repositories." +msgstr "उपलब्ध संदर्भ शोधता येत नाही" + +#. popup message header +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unable to save changes to the repository.\n" +msgstr "" +"स्थापना उगम संरचनेवर बदल\n" +"साठविण्यात अपयश." + +#. SourceManager read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving Repository Configuration" +msgstr "महाजाल संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Write repository settings" +msgstr "महाजाल मांडणी लिहा" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "अ" + +#. Create a repository from an URL +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Adding repository..." +msgstr "संदर्भ मिळविताना..." + +#. status info, to be used inside summary +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "अक्षम केले " + +#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407 +msgid "unknown" +msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430 +msgid "On" +msgstr "सुरु" + +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:432 +msgid "Off" +msgstr "बंद" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configured Repositories" +msgstr "संरचना केलेली उपकरणे:" + +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 +msgid "&Drive to eject" +msgstr "बाहेर काढण्यासाठी (इजेक्ट) &ड्राईव्ह" + +#. translators: popup heading (progress popup) +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51 +msgid "SLP Search" +msgstr "SLP शोध" + +#. progress information +#. progress information +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81 +msgid "Scanning network for installation services..." +msgstr "स्थापना सेवांसाठीचे स्कॅनिंग नेटवर्क..." + +#. frame label +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106 +msgid "Filter Form" +msgstr "फिल्टर फॉर्म" + +#. translators: popup heading +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Choose SLP Repository" +msgstr "SLP नामावलीतून निवडा" + +#. tree label (tree of available products) +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Available Installation &Products" +msgstr "नविन भाषांचे इनस्टॉलेशन" + +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176 +msgid "&Details..." +msgstr "&तपशील..." + +#. error popup +#. message popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217 +msgid "No details are available." +msgstr "कोणताही तपशील उपलब्ध नाही." + +#. min Y in UI +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Repository Details" +msgstr "पोर्ट डिटेल्स" + +#. table header item +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "कळ ओळखकर्ता" + +#. table header item +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "मूल्य" + +#. message popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Select one of the offered options.\n" +"More repositories are available for this product.\n" +msgstr "" +"कृपया, देऊ केलेल्या पर्यायांपैकी एक निवडा.\n" +"या उत्पादनात जास्त स्थापना स्रोत उपलब्ध आहेत." + +#. popup error +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"An internal error occurred.\n" +"The selected repository has no URL." +msgstr "" +"अंतर्गत चूक आली\n" +"निवडलेल्या स्रोतामधे URL नाही." + +#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 +msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." +msgstr "%1 सेवांची माहिती एकत्र होतांना आढळली..." + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" +"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" +"which probably blocks the network scanning." +msgstr "" +"आपल्या नेटवर्कवर कोणतेही SLP कॅटलॉग्ज आढळले नाही.\n" +"हे कदाचित चालू असलेल्या SuSEfirewall2 मुळे असेल,\n" +"जे बहुधा नेटवर्क स्कॅनिंगमधे अडथळा घालते." + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." +msgstr "SLP नामावली सापडत नाही" + +#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869 +msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." +msgstr "विभागणीसाठी \"%1\" अधिक %2 जागा व्हावी." + +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Deselect some packages or delete some data\n" +#| "or temporary files before updating the system." +msgid "" +"Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" +"before updating the system.\n" +msgstr "" +"काही पॅकेजेस निवडू नका व काही माहिती काढून टाका\n" +"किंवा तात्पुरत्या फाईल्स काढा यंत्रणा अपडेट करण्याआधी." + +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please deselect some packages." +msgid "Deselect some packages." +msgstr "कृपया काही पॅकेजसची निवड करू नका." + +#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेतली जात आहे %1 (%2)..." + +#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1" +#~ msgstr "पॅच RPM डाऊनलोड करण्यात अपयरा: %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "नाही, मला मान्य नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>All registered repositories are shown here.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>सर्व रजिस्टर्ड स्थापना उगम येथे दाखविण्यात आली आहेत.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "All changes will be lost. Really exit?" +#~ msgstr "सर्व बदल!" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Search expression must not be empty!" +#~ msgstr "परवली शब्द हा रिक्त असता कामा नये." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>" +#~ msgstr "<b>सारांश:</b> %1<br>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>" +#~ msgstr "<b>आवृत्ती: </b>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<b>Architecture:</b> %1<br>" +#~ msgstr "<b>पॅच:</b> %1<br>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Check Network Configuration" +#~ msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Initialize Software Manager" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेसची सुरवात होऊ शकली नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..." +#~ msgstr "महाजाल संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Initializing Software Manager ... " +#~ msgstr "इन्स्टॉलेशन संपत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading Package Search Setup..." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज आर्काइव्ह निर्माण करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Packager is initializing...</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>पॅकेजेस स्थापीत होईपर्यंत कृपया वाट पाहा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Package Search" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजचा शोध" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Regular expression" +#~ msgid "Search &Expression" +#~ msgstr "नियमित वर्णन" + +#~ msgid "&Search" +#~ msgstr "शोधा" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Search in" +#~ msgid "Search &in" +#~ msgstr "आत शोधा" + +#~ msgid "Description" +#~ msgstr "वर्णन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Contents" +#~ msgstr "फाईलची माहिती" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Found Packages" +#~ msgstr "& पॅकेजेस" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&All Selected Packages" +#~ msgstr "एकेरी निवडलेली पॅकेजेस" + +#~ msgid "Package Description" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजचे वर्णन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Select packages to install." +#~ msgstr "स्थापित करण्याच्या पॅकेजेसची सूची." + +#~ msgid "Searching for packages..." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजसचा शोध घेतला जात आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "<p><b>LDAP Search Filter Changes</b></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Search failed</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>LDAP शोध चाळणी बदल</b></p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n" +#~ "To add a new GPG key, specify the path to the key file.\n" +#~ "Check the <B>Trusted</B> check box if the key is trusted.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>नवीन कॅटलॉग घालणे</b><br>\n" +#~ "नवीन कॅटलॉग घालण्यासाठी, <b>अड</b>वापरा व सॉफ्टवेअरकॅटलॉग नमूद करा.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No further information available." +#~ msgstr "<P>माहीती उपलब्ध नाही.</P>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unknown repository" +#~ msgstr "अनोळखी ठिकाणाचे नाव %1." + +#~ msgid "Reading package information. One moment please..." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजची माहिती वाचत आहे. कृपया एक क्षण थांबा..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization." +#~ msgstr "स्थापना स्त्रोत कार्यान्वयनमध्ये चूक होती " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Search &In" +#~ msgstr "आत शोधा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" +#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a connection\n" +#~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" +#~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>पिहल्या प्रारंभीच्या रीलीजसाठी या रीलीज नोट्स आहेत. त्या स्थापना\n" +#~ "माध्यमाचाच एक भाग आहेत. स्थापनेदरम्यान, इंटरनेट कनेकशन उपलब्ध\n" +#~ "असल्यास,आपण\n" +#~ "SUSE लायनक्स वेब सर्व्हरवरुन अपडेटेड रीलीज नोट्स डाऊनलोड करु शकाल</b></p>" + +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "संचिका स्थापना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Adding software that fits your system." +#~ msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर घालत आहे जे आपल्या प्रणालीत बसेल" + +#~ msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The following packages will be installed:\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "%1\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Continue installation?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "पुढील पॅकेजेस स्थापित केली जातील\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "%1\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "स्थापना चालू ठेवायची ?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Selections:<br>" +#~ msgstr "निवड" + +#~ msgid "Next %1: %2 -- %3" +#~ msgstr "पुढे %1: %2 -- %3" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Re&fresh Now" +#~ msgstr "पुन्हा ताजेतवाने करा" + +#~ msgid "Accept or decline the license agreement." +#~ msgstr "परवाना करार स्वीकारा वा नाकारा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Repository synchronization with ZMD failed.\n" +#~ "Save changes anyway?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "झेडएमबी उगम एकवाक्यता अयशस्वी झाली.\n" +#~ "तरीही बदल साठवून ठेवायचे आहेत काय?" + +#~ msgid "Synchronize Changes with &ZENworks" +#~ msgstr "&ZENवर्क्ससोबत जुळवणे बदलत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>Synchronize Changes with ZENworks</b> will also call <tt>rug</tt>\n" +#~ "to perform the changes in that package management system.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>ZENवर्क्ससोब बदल जुळवून घेणे</b><tt></tt>\n" +#~ "त्यापॅकेज व्यवस्थापन प्रणालीत देखील बदल करण्यासाठी</p>" + +#~ msgid " On " +#~ msgstr "सुरू" + +#~ msgid "Synchronizing with ZENworks" +#~ msgstr "ZEवर्क्ससोबत जुळवून घेत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Your service was added successfully in YaST, but could not be synchronized with ZENworks." +#~ msgstr "YaST मध्ये तुमची सुविधा यशस्वीपणे मिळवली गेली, पण सेनवर्क्सबरोबर एकाला होऊ शकली नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Your service was deleted successfully in YaST, but could not be synchronized with ZENworks." +#~ msgstr "YaST मध्ये तुमची सुविधा यशस्वीपणे मिळवली गेली, पण सेनवर्क्सबरोबर एकाला होऊ शकली नाही." + +#~ msgid "Command timed out after %1 milliseconds." +#~ msgstr "मिलीसेकंदानंतर सूचना %1 बाद झाली." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Command timed out after %1 seconds." +#~ msgstr "मिलीसेकंदानंतर सूचना %1 बाद झाली." + +#~ msgid "Services" +#~ msgstr "सेवा" + +#~ msgid "Reading package database..." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज माहितीसंग्रह वाचत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +#~ "\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" +#~ "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" +#~ "\t\t </p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "\t\t हा डायलॉग तुम्हाला ह्या यंत्रणेची कामे व कोणती सॉफ्टवेअर स्थापन करायची ते ठरविण्याची परवानगी देतात.\n" +#~ "\t\t ह्या यंत्रणेकरता उपलब्ध जबाबदाऱ्या व सॉफ्टवेअर डाव्या स्तंभातील वर्गवारीने दाखविले आहे\n" +#~ "\t\t वस्तूबद्दल वर्णन पाहण्यासाठी यादीतून मजकूर निवडा.\n" +#~ "\t\t </p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" +#~ "\t\t or right-click any icon for a context menu.\n" +#~ "\t\t With the context menu, you can also change the status of all items.\n" +#~ "\t\t </p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "\t\t वस्तूची स्थिती चिन्ह दाबून किंवा संदर्भ मेन्यूतील कोणतेही चिन्ह\n" +#~ "\t\t दाबून बदला.\n" +#~ "\t\t संदर्भ मेनूने, सर्व वस्तूंची स्थिती ही तु्म्ही बदलू शकता.\n" +#~ "\t\t </p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n" +#~ "\t\t where you can view and select individual software packages.\n" +#~ "\t\t </p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "\t\t <b>अधिक माहिती</b> विस्तृत सॉफ्टवेअर पॅकेज निवड उघडते\n" +#~ "\t\t जेथे तुम्ही स्वतंत्र सॉफ्टवेअर पॅकेजेस पाहू व निवडू शकता.\n" +#~ "\t\t </p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" +#~ "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" +#~ "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" +#~ "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" +#~ "\t\t The system needs some available disk space to run properly.\n" +#~ "\t\t </p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "\t\t <b>तबकडीचा वापर</b> दर्शक जो कालच्या उजव्या कोपऱ्यात आहे तो दाखवतो सर्व विनंती केलेले\n" +#~ "\t\t बदल अमलात आणल्यानंतर उरलेली तबकडीची मोकळी जागा किती आहे.\n" +#~ "\t\t हार्डडिस्क विभाजने ती भरली आहेत किंवा पूर्णपणे कमी यंत्रणा वर्तणूक व इतर\n" +#~ "\t\t काही बाबतीत काही कठिण प्रश्न निर्माण करतील.\n" +#~ "\t\t व्यवस्थित काम करण्याकरता यंत्रणेला काही उपलब्ध रिकामा जागा हवी आहे.\n" +#~ "\t\t </p>" + +#~ msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" +#~ msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअरची निवड व प्रणाली जबाबदाऱ्या" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Delete service %1?" +#~ msgstr "खरोखर काढून टाकू साधन %1?" + +#~ msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज परवाना नक्की करा: %1" + +#~ msgid "I &Agree" +#~ msgstr "मी मान्य आहे" + +#~ msgid "I &Disagree" +#~ msgstr "मी अमान्य आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" +#~ "of acceptance of its license.\n" +#~ "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" +#~ "<br>\n" +#~ "To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n" +#~ "To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>परवान्याची पुष्टी</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "डायलॉगच्या शीर्शकातील पॅकेजला त्या परवाना स्वीकारल्याच्या पुष्टीची गरज असते. आपण पॅकेजचा\n" +#~ "परवाना नाकारल्या,\n" +#~ "पॅकेज स्थापित होणार नाही.\n" +#~ "<br>\n" +#~ "पॅकेजचा परवाना स्वीकारण्यासाठी, <b>I Agree</b>.\n" +#~ "वर क्लिक करा. पॅकेजचा परवाना नाकारण्यासाठी, <b>I Disagree</b>.\n" +#~ "<br>\n" +#~ "क्लिक करा. ज्या पॅकेजेसना त्यांच्या परवान्याच्या पुष्टीची गरज आहे f\n" +#~ "अशा पॅकेजची स्थापना नाकारण्यासाठी,<b>I Disagree with All</b>वर क्लिक करा.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Delete the selected service from the list?" +#~ msgstr "ह्या यादीतून निवडलेला संदर्भ वगळायचा आहे का?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installing %1" +#~ msgstr "वर इनस्टॉल करत आहे:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Error occurred while switching the service pack repository." +#~ msgstr "सुविधा पॅक संदर्भ चालू करताना चूक झाली." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An error occurred while switching the cached \n" +#~ "repository back to CD." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "कॅइड एनसोर्स सिडीवर परत नेताना\n" +#~ " चूक झाली." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An error occurred while creating directory %1:\n" +#~ "%2" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "संचिका तयार करताना चूक झाली %1:\n" +#~ "%2" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "An error occurred while getting temporary directory. %1" +#~ msgstr "तात्पुरती संचिका मिळविताना चूक झाली. %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "An error occurred while getting the directory with updated packages" +#~ msgstr "सुधारीत पॅकेजबरोबर संचिका मिळविताना चूक झाली" + +#~ msgid "Copying files from CD %1 to disk..." +#~ msgstr "सीडीतून चकतीवर %1 फाईल्सच्या नक्कलप्रती करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An error occurred while copying packages\n" +#~ "from the source CD to the disk" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "स्त्रोत सीडीवरून तबकडीवर पॅकेजेस\n" +#~ " प्रतिकृत करताना चूक झाली" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An error occurred while copying packages\n" +#~ "from the source CD to the disk cache" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "स्त्रोत सीडीहून तबकडी कॅशवर पॅकेजेस\n" +#~ "प्रतिकृत करताना चूक झाली" + +#~ msgid "Switching to disk cache failed." +#~ msgstr "तबकडी कॅशकडे स्थानांतरीत होताना फसले." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Register &Update Repositories..." +#~ msgstr "संदर्भ रजिस्टर्ड आहेत" + +#~ msgid "GNOME" +#~ msgstr "GNOME" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "KDE 4.0" +#~ msgstr "KDE" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "KDE 3.5" +#~ msgstr "KDE" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Minimal X Window" +#~ msgstr "&आकुंचन करा विंडोज " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No system type selected" +#~ msgstr "योजना निवडलेली नाही." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remaining:\n" +#~ "%1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "उरलेले आहे:\n" +#~ "%1" + +#~ msgid "Media" +#~ msgstr "माध्यम" + +#~ msgid "Size" +#~ msgstr "परिमाण" + +#~ msgid "Packages" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजेस" + +#~ msgid "Time" +#~ msgstr "वेळ" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Please wait while packages are being installed.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>पॅकेजेस स्थापीत होईपर्यंत कृपया वाट पाहा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Slide Sho&w" +#~ msgstr "चलचित्र दाखवा" + +#~ msgid "&Details" +#~ msgstr "अधिक माहिती" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Release &Notes" +#~ msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा" + +#~ msgid "Package Installation" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजची स्थापना" + +#~ msgid "Install or remove more packages?" +#~ msgstr "अधिक पॅकेजेस स्थापीत किंवा काढून टाकायची आहेत का?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Size of Packages to Download: %1" +#~ msgstr "स्थापन करण्याच्या पॅकेजचा आकार: %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "KDE4 Desktop" +#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "KDE3 Desktop" +#~ msgstr "डेस्कटॉप" + +#~ msgid "Package: " +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज: " + +#~ msgid "Size: " +#~ msgstr "आकार: " + +#~ msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेतली जात आहे %1 (%2)..." + +#~ msgid "Show &details" +#~ msgstr "विस्तृत माहिती दाखवा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." +#~ msgstr "फाईल एकत्रितपणाचा तपास फसला:" + +#~ msgid "Retry installation of the package?" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजची स्थापना पुन्हा करून पाहायची आहे का?" + +#~ msgid "Abort the installation?" +#~ msgstr "स्थापनामध्ये थांबवायची आहे का?" + +#~ msgid "Error: %1:" +#~ msgstr "चूकः %1:" + +#~ msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज विस्थापित होत आहे %1 (%2)..." + +#~ msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापित होत आहे %1 (%2)..." + +#~ msgid "Uninstalling Package" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज विस्थापित होत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Installing Package" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापित होत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज काढून टाकणे %1 फसले." + +#~ msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजची स्थापना %1 फसली." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" +#~ "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +#~ "continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n" +#~ "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>ठराविक URL वरील स्त्रोत आता वेगळा साधन ID देतो.\n" +#~ "जर URL बरोबर असेल तर, ते दर्शवते की स्त्रोतातील माहिती बदललेली आहे. पुढे \n" +#~ "जाण्यासाठी हा स्त्रोत वापरताना, स्थ्‍ाापनेकरता <b>स्त्रोत बदला</b> ही कळ \n" +#~ "दाबून सुरू करताना YaST नियंत्रण कक्षाहून व स्थापना स्त्रोत पुन्हा वापरा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "Side A" +#~ msgstr "\"अ\" बाजू" + +#~ msgid "Side B" +#~ msgstr "\"ब\" बाजू" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" +#~ msgstr "%1x %2" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" +#~ msgstr "माध्यम" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Insert\n" +#~ "'%1'" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "सरकवा\n" +#~ "'%1'" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Cannot access installation media\n" +#~ "%1.\n" +#~ "Check whether the directory is accessible." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 हे स्थापना साधनांशी संपर्क साधला जात नाही\n" +#~ "%1.\n" +#~ "ही सूची संपर्कात आहे का ते तपासा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Cannot access installation media \n" +#~ "%1.\n" +#~ "Check whether the server is accessible." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 हे स्थापना साधनांशी संपर्क साधला जात नाही\n" +#~ "%1.\n" +#~ "ही संपर्क संपर्कात आहे का ते तपासा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." +#~ msgstr "योग्य संदर्भ माध्यम चढवू शकले नाही." + +#~ msgid "&Skip" +#~ msgstr "सोडा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Automatically Retry After %1 Seconds" +#~ msgstr "स्वयंचलित" + +#~ msgid "Retry the installation?" +#~ msgstr "स्थापनेचा पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा आहे का?" + +#~ msgid "Skip the medium?" +#~ msgstr "माध्यम वगळायचे आहे का?" + +#~ msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." +#~ msgstr "वाईट माध्यम विसरत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository." +#~ msgstr "संदर्भ पुर्नजीवीत होताना चूक झाली." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." +#~ msgstr "दूरच्या संदर्भाचे वर्णन मिळवू शकले नाही." + +#~ msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." +#~ msgstr "नवीन मेटाडेटा मिळविताना चूक झाली" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The repository is not valid." +#~ msgstr "स्रोत वैध नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." +#~ msgstr "स्रोत मेटाडाटा अवैध आहे." + +#~ msgid "Retry?" +#~ msgstr "पुर्नजीवनाचा पुन: प्रयत्न करायचा का?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Probing Repository %1" +#~ msgstr "स्रोत %1 ची चौकशी करत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." +#~ msgstr "संदर्भ पुर्नजीवीत होताना चूक झाली." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repository probing details." +#~ msgstr "स्रोताच्या चौकशीचा तपशील" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." +#~ msgstr "स्रोत मेटाडाटा अवैध आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repository %1" +#~ msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#~ msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेतली जात आहे %1 (%2)..." + +#~ msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." +#~ msgstr "डेल्टा RPM पॅकेज %1 लागू करत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Applying delta RPM package" +#~ msgstr "डेल्टा RPM डाऊनलोड करण्यात अपयश" + +#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेतली जात आहे %1 (%2)..." + +#~ msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज उतरवून घेत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Failed to download delta RPM" +#~ msgstr "डेल्टा RPM डाऊनलोड करण्यात अपयश" + +#~ msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM" +#~ msgstr "डेल्टा RPM लागू करण्यात अपयश" + +#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM" +#~ msgstr "पॅच RPM डाऊनलोड करण्यात अपयश" + +#~ msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." +#~ msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट %1 सुरु करत आहे (पॅच %2)..." + +#~ msgid "Running Script" +#~ msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट चालवत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Script: " +#~ msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट: " + +#~ msgid "Patch: " +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज: " + +#~ msgid "Output of the Script" +#~ msgstr "स्क्रिप्टचा आऊटपुट" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Patch: %1\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "पॅच: %1\n" +#~ "\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Skip Refresh" +#~ msgstr "पुन्हा सुरू करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Downloading" +#~ msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Downloading: %1" +#~ msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे: %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Download failed:\n" +#~ " %1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "उतरवून घेण्यात अयशस्वी:\n" +#~ "%1" + +#~ msgid "Checking Package Database" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेस तपासली जात आहे" + +#~ msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेस पुर्ननिर्मित होत आहे. ह्या प्रक्रियेला काही वेळ लागेल." + +#~ msgid "Status" +#~ msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" +#~ "%1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "पॅकेज डेटाबेसची पुर्ननिर्मीत करताना चूक:\n" +#~ "%1" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Error rebuilding database:\n" +#~ "%1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "डेटाबेस पुर्ननिर्मित करताना चूक:\n" +#~ "%1" + +#~ msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेस बदलत आहे. ह्या प्रक्रियेत थोडा वेळ लागेल." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Conversion of package database failed:\n" +#~ "%1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "पॅकेज डेटाबेसमध्ये पॅकेज आधीच अस्तित्वात आहे:\n" +#~ "%1" + +#~ msgid "Package %1 is already present in the new database." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज %1 आधीपासून नवीन डाटाबेसमधे आहे." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Error reading from old database.\n" +#~ "Ignore this error and continue?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "जुन्या डेटाबेसवरून वाचण्यात चूक झाली.\n" +#~ "ही चूक विसरून पुढे चालू ठेवायचे आहे का?" + +#~ msgid "Error writing to new database" +#~ msgstr "नवीन डेटाबेस लिहीताना चूक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading RPM DB..." +#~ msgstr " PAM सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Reading Installed Packages" +#~ msgstr "सर्व स्थापीत पॅकेजेस तपासा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Scanning RPM Database..." +#~ msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Initialization of the target failed." +#~ msgstr "लक्ष्यसूची सुरवात करताना असमर्थ झाली" + +#~ msgid "User Authentication" +#~ msgstr "युजर ऑथेंन्टीकेशन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "URL: %1\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "%2" +#~ msgstr "युआरएल: %1" + +#~ msgid "Fingerprint" +#~ msgstr "बोटाचे ठसे" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The package %1 is not digitally signed. This means that the origin\n" +#~ "and integrity of the package cannot be verified. Installing the package\n" +#~ "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Install it anyway?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 हे पॅकेज डिजीटल सही केलेले नाही. याचा अर्थ असा आहे की\n" +#~ "पॅकेजची मूळत: व विश्वासर्हता तपासली जाऊ शकणार नाही. पॅकेज स्थापनाकरता\n" +#~ "तुमच्या यंत्रणेच्या विश्वासहित धोका आहे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "तरीही ते स्थापीत करायचे का?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The file %1\n" +#~ "is not digitally signed. This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" +#~ "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Use it anyway?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 ही फाईलडीजीटली सही झालेली नाही. याचा अर्थ असा की हया फाईलच्या उगम व विश्वासहिता तपासाठी\n" +#~ "जाऊ शकत नाही. फाईल वापरल्याने तुमच्या यंत्रणेच्या विश्वसहितेला धोका आहे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "तरीही ते प्रस्थापित करायचे?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unsigned Package" +#~ msgstr "बदललेली पॅकेजेस" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unsigned File" +#~ msgstr " &स्वाक्षरी नसलेल्या फाईल्स स्वीकारा " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" +#~ "This means that the package is part of the signed repository, but the list of checksums\n" +#~ "in this repository does not mention this package. Installing the package may put\n" +#~ "the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Install it anyway?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 पॅकेजबद्दल कोणताही चेकसत स्त्रोतात सापडले नाही.\n" +#~ "याचा अर्थ असा आहे की, पॅकेज हा सही झालेल्या स्त्रोताचा भाग आहे, पण हया स्त्रोतावरील चेकसमच्या\n" +#~ "यादीत हया पॅकेजचे नाव नाही. पॅेकेजची स्थापना करून तुमच्या यंत्रणेच्या\n" +#~ "विश्वासहीतेकरता धोेका निर्माण होऊ शकतो.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "तरीही ते स्थापित करायचे आहे का?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No checksum for file %1\n" +#~ "was found in the repository. This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" +#~ "but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" +#~ "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Use it anyway?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 फाईलबद्दल कोणताही चेकसत स्त्रोतात सापडले नाही.\n" +#~ "याचा अर्थ असा आहे की, पॅकेज हा सही झालेल्या स्त्रोताचा भाग आहे, पण हया स्त्रोतावरील चेकसमच्या\n" +#~ "यादीत हया पॅकेजचे नाव नाही. पॅेकेजची स्थापना करून तुमच्या यंत्रणेच्या\n" +#~ "विश्वासहीतेकरता धोेका निर्माण होऊ शकतो.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "तरीही ते स्थापित करायचे आहे का?" + +#~ msgid "No Checksum Found" +#~ msgstr "बेरीजतपासणी मिळू शकली नाही" + +#~ msgid "ID: %1" +#~ msgstr "ओळखचिन्ह: %1" + +#~ msgid "Fingerprint: %1" +#~ msgstr "बोटांचे ठसे: %1" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Package %1 is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %2\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "This means that the package has been changed by accident or by an attacker\n" +#~ "since the repository creator signed it. Installing it is a big risk\n" +#~ "for the integrity and security of your system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Install it anyway?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 पॅकेज पुढील GnuPG कळीने सही झालेली आहे, पण विश्वासातेची तपासणी फसली:%2\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "याचा अर्थ असा आहे कि अपघाताने पॅकेजमध्ये बदल झाला आहे किंवा एखादया आघातमुळे बदलले आहे\n" +#~ "कारण रिपॉझीटोरी निर्मात्याने सही केली आहे स्थापन करून तुम्ही धोका\n" +#~ "पत्करत आहात जो तुमच्या यंत्रणेच्या विश्वासहितेला वसुल घेत आहे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "तरीही ते स्थापन करायचे आहे का?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "File %1\n" +#~ "is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %2\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "This means that the file has been changed by accident or by an attacker\n" +#~ "since the repository creator signed it. Using it is a big risk\n" +#~ "for the integrity and security of your system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Use it anyway?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 फाईल पुढील GnuPG कळीने सही झालेली आहे, पण विश्वासातेची तपासणी फसली:%2\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "याचा अर्थ असा आहे कि अपघाताने पॅकेजमध्ये बदल झाला आहे किंवा एखादया आघातमुळे बदलले आहे\n" +#~ "कारण रिपॉझीटोरी निर्मात्याने सही केली आहे स्थापन करून तुम्ही धोका\n" +#~ "पत्करत आहात जो तुमच्या यंत्रणेच्या विश्वासहितेला वसुल घेत आहे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "तरीही ते स्थापन करायचे आहे का?" + +#~ msgid "Validation Check Failed" +#~ msgstr "वैधतेचा तपास अयशस्वी झाला" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" +#~ "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "This means that a trust relationship to the creator of the package\n" +#~ "cannot be established. Installing the package may put the integrity\n" +#~ "of your system at risk.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Install it anyway?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 पॅकेज पुढील अज्ञात\n" +#~ "GnuPG कळीने: %2 डीजीटली सही कळी आहे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "याचा अर्थ असा आहे की, पॅकेजच्या निर्मात्याशी ट्रस्ट संबध\n" +#~ "स्थापता आले नाहीत. पॅकेज स्थापन केल्यामुळे तुमच्या यंत्रनेची विश्वासहिता धोक्यात येऊ शकेल\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "तरीही ते स्थापित करायचे का? " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The file %1\n" +#~ "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "This means that a trust relationship to the creator of the file\n" +#~ "cannot be established. Using the file may put the integrity\n" +#~ "of your system at risk.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Use it anyway?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 फाईल\n" +#~ "पुढील अज्ञात GnuPG कळीने: %2 डीजीटली सही कळी आहे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "याचा अर्थ असा आहे की, पॅकेजच्या निर्मात्याशी ट्रस्ट संबध\n" +#~ "स्थापता आले नाहीत. पॅकेज स्थापन केल्यामुळे तुमच्या यंत्रनेची विश्वासहिता धोक्यात येऊ शकेल\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "तरीही ते स्थापित करायचे का? " + +#~ msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" +#~ msgstr "अज्ञात जीएनयुपीजी कळ" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" +#~ "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "There is no trust relationship to the owner of the key.\n" +#~ "If you trust the owner, mark the key as trusted.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Installing a package from an unknown repository can put\n" +#~ "the integrity of your system at risk. It is safest\n" +#~ "to skip the package." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 पॅकेज\n" +#~ "'%2 (%3)' कळीने सही केलेले आहे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "कळीच्या मालकाशी विश्वाचे संबंध् नाहीत.\n" +#~ "तुम्ही मालकावर विश्वास ठेवत असाल तर, आयात कळीबरोबरा तुमच्या\n" +#~ "विश्वासू कळीच्या संचात कळ आयात करा व\n" +#~ "त्यांनतर स्थापना सुरु ठेवा\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "अज्ञात स्नाेनातून फाईल स्थापना करताना तुम्ही तुमच्या\n" +#~ "यंत्रेनेच्या विश्वासाला धोका निर्माण होऊ शकतो. हे पॅकेज\n" +#~ "गाळणे हेच योग्य ठरेल." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" +#~ "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "There is no trust relationship to the owner of the key.\n" +#~ "If you trust the owner, mark the key as trusted.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Installing a file from an unknown repository can put\n" +#~ "the integrity of your system at risk. It is safest\n" +#~ "to skip it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 फाईल\n" +#~ "'%2 (%3)' कळीने सही केलेले आहे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "कळीच्या मालकाशी विश्वाचे संबंध् नाहीत.\n" +#~ "तुम्ही मालकावर विश्वास ठेवत असाल तर, आयात कळीबरोबरा तुमच्या\n" +#~ "विश्वासू कळीच्या संचात कळ आयात करा व\n" +#~ "त्यांनतर स्थापना सुरु ठेवा\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "अज्ञात स्नाेनातून फाईल स्थापना करताना तुम्ही तुमच्या\n" +#~ "यंत्रेनेच्या विश्वासाला धोका निर्माण होऊ शकतो. हे पॅकेज\n" +#~ "गाळणे हेच योग्य ठरेल." + +#~ msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" +#~ msgstr "अविश्वासू सार्वजनिक कळ आयात करा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" +#~ "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" +#~ "for installation and update without any further warning. In this way,\n" +#~ "importing the key into your keyring of trusted keys allows the key owner\n" +#~ "to have a certain amount of control over the software on your system.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>कळीचा मालक सुधारणा,\n" +#~ "पॅकेजेस व पॅकेज रीपॉझीटोरीज वाटू शकतो ज्यावर यंत्रनेच्या भरवसा असेल व स्थापने करता\n" +#~ "उपलब्ध असतील व सूचनेशिवाय सुधारता येतील. या पद्धतीने\n" +#~ "कळीच्या कळीच्यारींगमध्ये कळ आयात करताना, कळीच्या मालकाला तुमच्या\n" +#~ "यंत्रेनेतील सॉफ्टवेअर वर थोडासा कंट्रोल ठेवण्यास मदत होते.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" +#~ "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not import the key,\n" +#~ "packages created by the owner of key <tt>%1</tt> show this warning.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>विश्वासू कळीने सहीन केलेल्या प्रत्येक पॅकेजकरता\n" +#~ "एक सूचना डायलॉग उघडतो. तुम्ही जर कळ आयात करु शकला नाही,\n" +#~ "तर कळीच्या मालकाने निर्माण केलेली पॅकेजेस <tt>%1</tt> ही सूचना दाखवते.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The GnuPG key %1\n" +#~ "has been found at %2.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" +#~ "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" +#~ "You should be sure that you can trust the owner and that\n" +#~ "the key really belongs to that owner before importing it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%2 वर जी GnuPG\n" +#~ "कळ %1 मिळाली आहे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "तुम्ही ती तुमच्या विश्वासू स्थानीक कळीच्या रिंगणात आयात करण्याचे\n" +#~ "निवडू शकतात, याचा अर्थ तुम्ही कळीच्या मालकावर विश्वास ठेवता.\n" +#~ "तुम्हाला खात्री हवी तुम्ही मालकावर विश्वास ठेऊ शकता व आयात\n" +#~ "करण्यासाठी पूर्वी ही कळला मालकाचीच आहे." + +#~ msgid "Import Public GnuPG Key" +#~ msgstr "अविश्वासू सार्वजनिक चावीनेसही केली" + +#~ msgid "&Import" +#~ msgstr "आयात" + +#~ msgid "Do &Not Import" +#~ msgstr "आयात करू नका" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The following GnuPG key has been found: %1\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" +#~ "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" +#~ "You should be sure that you can trust the owner and that\n" +#~ "the key really belongs to that owner before importing it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1: ही खालील GnuPG कळ सापडली आहे\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "तुम्ही ती तुमच्या विश्वासू स्थानीक कळीच्या रिंगणात आयात करण्याचे\n" +#~ "निवडू शकतात, याचा अर्थ तुम्ही कळीच्या मालकावर विश्वास ठेवता.\n" +#~ "तुम्हाला खात्री हवी तुम्ही मालकावर विश्वास ठेऊ शकता व आयात\n" +#~ "करण्यासाठी पूर्वी ही कळला मालकाचीच आहे." + +#~ msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" +#~ msgstr "अविश्वासू GnuPG आयात करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The expected checksum of file %1\n" +#~ "is %2,\n" +#~ "but the current checksum is %3.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "This means that the file has been changed by accident or by an attacker\n" +#~ "since the repository creator signed it. Using it is a big risk\n" +#~ "for the integrity and security of your system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Use it anyway?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 फाईल पुढील GnuPG कळीने सही झालेली आहे, पण विश्वासातेची तपासणी फसली:%2\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "याचा अर्थ असा आहे कि अपघाताने पॅकेजमध्ये बदल झाला आहे किंवा एखादया आघातमुळे बदलले आहे\n" +#~ "कारण रिपॉझीटोरी निर्मात्याने सही केली आहे स्थापन करून तुम्ही धोका\n" +#~ "पत्करत आहात जो तुमच्या यंत्रणेच्या विश्वासहितेला वसुल घेत आहे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "तरीही ते स्थापन करायचे आहे का?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The checksum of file %1\n" +#~ "is %2,\n" +#~ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" +#~ "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Use it anyway?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 ही फाईलडीजीटली सही झालेली नाही. याचा अर्थ असा की हया फाईलच्या उगम व विश्वासहिता तपासाठी\n" +#~ "जाऊ शकत नाही. फाईल वापरल्याने तुमच्या यंत्रणेच्या विश्वसहितेला धोका आहे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "तरीही ते प्रस्थापित करायचे?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unknown Digest" +#~ msgstr "अनोळखी फाईल प्रणाली" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system. If\n" +#~ "it happens during installation, start the manual installation and select the media verification item in the menu.</P> \n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B>सूचना:</B> यंत्रणा वापरत असलेले साधन तुम्ही बदलू शकत नाही. जर\n" +#~ "हे स्थापनेदरम्यान घडले तर, मानवी स्थापना सुरू करा व मेन्यूतील साधन\n" +#~ "तपासण्याचे निवडा.</P> \n" + +#~ msgid "<B>OK</B>" +#~ msgstr "<B>ठीक आहे</B>" + +#~ msgid "Minimal Graphical System" +#~ msgstr "कमीतकमी आकृतीमय प्रणाली" + +#~ msgid "Text Mode" +#~ msgstr "वाक्यरचना पध्दती" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" +#~ " repository.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "कॅटलॉग भांडारात बदलांचे जतन \n" +#~ " करणे अशक्य.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Select Software" +#~ msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Selecting Software..." +#~ msgstr "हार्डवेअर शोधत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Initializing the Target System..." +#~ msgstr "CD अपडेट करता सुरुवात होत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installation into Directory" +#~ msgstr "संस्थापन पध्दती" + +#~ msgid "Directory Install Options" +#~ msgstr "संचिका स्थापनेचा विकल्प" + +#~ msgid "&Root Directory (not \"/\"):" +#~ msgstr "मूळ संचिका (नाही \"/\"):" + +#~ msgid "Run &YaST and SuSEconfig on First Boot" +#~ msgstr "प्रथम बूटवर YaST आणि SuSEconfig सुरू करा" + +#~ msgid "Create Ima&ge" +#~ msgstr "प्रतिमा निर्माण करा" + +#~ msgid "Ima&ge Name:" +#~ msgstr "प्रतिमेचे नाव:" + +#~ msgid "&Image Directory:" +#~ msgstr "प्रतिमा संचिका:" + +#~ msgid "Select &Directory" +#~ msgstr "शब्दकोश निवडा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Choose a directory to which to install. Depending on the software selection, make sure\n" +#~ "enough space is available.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>ज्यावर स्थापना करायची ती सूची निवडा. सॉफ्टवेअर निवडीवर अवलंबून, खात्रीकरून घ्या की,\n" +#~ "पुरेशी जागा उपलब्ध आहे.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Additionally, you can create an archive image of the directory using tar. To create an \n" +#~ "image, specify the name and the location in the respective fields.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>आणखी, तुम्ही टार वापरून सूचीची आर्काइव्ह प्रतिमा निर्माण करू शकता. नाव \n" +#~ "आणि ठिकाण संबधीत खात्यात ठरवा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "Select Directory" +#~ msgstr "डिरेक्टरी निवडा" + +#~ msgid "Specify a root directory. This does not mean /" +#~ msgstr "मूळ संचिका दाकवा. हे म्हणजे नव्हे /" + +#~ msgid "Options" +#~ msgstr "पर्याय" + +#~ msgid "&Options" +#~ msgstr "पर्याय" + +#~ msgid "Finalize system configuration" +#~ msgstr "प्रणालीची संरचना अंतीम करा" + +#~ msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" +#~ msgstr "प्राथमिक बूटसाठी यंत्रणा तयार करा" + +#~ msgid "Create image file" +#~ msgstr "प्रतिमा फाईल निर्माण करा" + +#~ msgid "<p>Please wait while the system is being configured.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>कृपया प्रणालीची संरचना होईपर्यंत वाट पाहा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Finishing Directory Installation" +#~ msgstr "संचिकेची स्थापना संपवत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Configuring installed system" +#~ msgstr "स्थापीत प्रणाली संरचीत होत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Building directory image..." +#~ msgstr "सूची प्रतिमा तयार होत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Directory Installation" +#~ msgstr "संचिका स्थापना" + +#~ msgid "Installation" +#~ msgstr "संस्थापन" + +#~ msgid "Settings" +#~ msgstr "स्थापिते" + +#~ msgid "Prepare Installation" +#~ msgstr "स्थापना तयार करा" + +#~ msgid "Install Packages" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापीत करा" + +#~ msgid "Finish Installation" +#~ msgstr "स्थापना पूर्ण करा" + +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "स्वच्छता" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Finishing the Package Manager..." +#~ msgstr "इन्स्टॉलेशन संपत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cleaning Up..." +#~ msgstr "स्वच्छता" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Finishing..." +#~ msgstr "फिनिश" + +#~ msgid "Target Directory: %1" +#~ msgstr "लक्ष्य संचिका: %1" + +#~ msgid "Run YaST and SuSEconfig at First Boot: %1" +#~ msgstr "प्रथम बूटीगवर यास्ट किंवा सुझेसंचिका सुरू करत आहे: %1" + +#~ msgid "No" +#~ msgstr "नाही" + +#~ msgid "Create Image: %1" +#~ msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करा: %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n" +#~ "environment that uses Kontact as its mailer\n" +#~ "and Konqueror as its browser and file manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "जिनोम ही अत्यंत सशक्त व इट्युटिव्ह डेस्कटॉप\n" +#~ "वातावरण वापरकर्ता इव्ॉल्यूशन त्यांचे मेलर,\n" +#~ "फायरफॉक्स त्याचे संचारसाधन, आणि नॉटीलस त्यांचा\n" +#~ "फाईल प्रबंधक आहे." + +#~ msgid "&Select..." +#~ msgstr "&निवडा..." + +#~ msgid "Alternate Desktops" +#~ msgstr "पर्यायी डेस्कटॉप" + +#~ msgid "Minimal &Graphical System" +#~ msgstr "कमीतकमी आकृतीमय प्रणाली" + +#~ msgid "Registered Catalogs" +#~ msgstr "संदर्भ रजिस्टर्ड आहेत" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>All registered installation sources are shown here.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>सर्व रजिस्टर्ड स्थापना उगम येथे दाखविण्यात आली आहेत.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>The installation CDs will be copied into the system\n" +#~ "to create an installation source that can be used to install\n" +#~ "other systems.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>स्थापना सीडी यंत्रणेमध्ये प्रतिकृत केल्या जातील\n" +#~ "ज्याने स्थापना स्त्रोत निर्माण होतो जो इतर यंत्रणा स्थापन\n" +#~ "करण्यासाठी वापरता येतो.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "Error occurred while switching the service pack catalog." +#~ msgstr "सुविधा पॅक संदर्भ चालू करताना चूक झाली." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Error occurred while switching the cached \n" +#~ "source back to CD." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "कॅइड एनसोर्स सिडीवर परत नेताना\n" +#~ " चूक झाली." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Error occurred while getting temporary directory.\n" +#~ "%1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "तात्पुरती संचिका मिळविताना त्रुटी.\n" +#~ "%1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले." + +#~ msgid "Software Selection" +#~ msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर निड करा" + +#~ msgid "Initializing catalogs..." +#~ msgstr "संदर्भ मिळविताना..." + +#~ msgid "Adding catalog..." +#~ msgstr "संदर्भ मिळविताना..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unable to create installation source\n" +#~ "from URL '%1'." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ह्या युआरएलवरून स्थापना उगम\n" +#~ "निर्माण होऊ शकला नाही '%1'." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "A catalog for this product already exists." +#~ msgstr "विस्तारित विभाजन याआधीच अस्तित्वात." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Source synchronization with ZMD failed.\n" +#~ "Save changes anyway?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "झेडएमबी उगम एकवाक्यता अयशस्वी झाली.\n" +#~ "तरीही बदल साठवून ठेवायचे आहेत काय?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Re&fresh..." +#~ msgstr "पुन्हा ताजेतवाने करा" + +#~ msgid "&Up" +#~ msgstr "वर" + +#~ msgid "D&own" +#~ msgstr "खाली" + +#~ msgid "Enab&le or Disable" +#~ msgstr "कार्यान्वित किंवा अकार्यान्वित" + +#~ msgid "&Add" +#~ msgstr "जोडा" + +#~ msgid "&Edit" +#~ msgstr "संपादन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Media Containing the Software Catalog" +#~ msgstr "संदर्भ संरचना करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Software packages can be installed from the CD, over a\n" +#~ "network, or from the hard disk.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><big><b>कॅटलॉग मीडीया</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "अड-ऑन उत्पादने सीडीवरुन, नेटवर्कवरुन किंवा हार्ड\n" +#~ "डिस्कवरुन स्थापित करता येऊ शकतात.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n" +#~ "have the &product; CD set or the DVD available.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "पॅकेजेस स्थापन करण्यासाठी <b>CD</b>,\n" +#~ "उपलब्ध प्रॉडक्ट; CD संच घ्या वा उपलब्ध DVD घ्या.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "The &product; CDs can be copied to the <b>hard disk</b>.\n" +#~ "Then use that as the installation source.\n" +#~ "Insert the path name where the first\n" +#~ "CD is located, for example, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n" +#~ "Only the base path is required if all CDs are copied\n" +#~ "into one directory.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "प्रॉडक्ट, सीडीज हार्डवेअर प्रतिकृत केल्या जाऊ शकतात <b>हार्ड डिस्क</b>.\n" +#~ "नंतर ते स्थापना स्त्रोत म्हणून वापरायचे जात.\n" +#~ "येथे पहिली CD मिळेल त्या मार्गाचे\n" +#~ "घाला, उदा, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n" +#~ "जर एका सूचीत सर्व CDs प्रतिकृत केल्या तर पायाभूत मार्गाची\n" +#~ "आवश्यक असतो.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>Network</b> installation requires a working network connection.\n" +#~ "Configure YaST2's \"Network Devices\" module first,\n" +#~ "if required. Specify the directory where the packages from\n" +#~ "the first CD are located, such as /data1/CD1.\n" +#~ "Only the base path is\n" +#~ "required if packages are not divided, for example, /usr/full-i386.\n" +#~ "The directory must be listed in the file <i>/etc/exports</i>\n" +#~ "on the NFS server.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>नेटवर्क</b> नेटवर्क स्थापानेकरता चालू नेटवर्क संपर्काची गरज असते.\n" +#~ "प्रथम कॉनफिग्युगर YaST2's \"नेटवर्क डिव्हाइस\" उपकरणे,\n" +#~ "जर आवश्यकता असेल तर. पहिल्या सीडीवरील पॅकेजेस कोठे आहेत\n" +#~ "ही सूची दर्शवा, उदा /data1/CD1.\n" +#~ "फक्त जर पॅकेजेस वाटली गेली\n" +#~ "विभागाची केली नसतील तर, पायाभूत मार्गाची आवश्यक नाही उदा, /usr/full-i386.\n" +#~ "नॉन NFS सर्व्हरवर <i>/etc/exports</i>\n" +#~ "हया फाईलमध्ये टाका.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There were errors when restoring the source configuration.\n" +#~ "Not all sources will be available for configuration.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "स्त्रोत कॉनफिग्युरेशन पुन्हा साठवताना चुका झाल्या.\n" +#~ "सर्व स्त्रोत स्थापनेसाठी उपलब्ध नाहीत.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Scanning network..." +#~ msgstr "महाजालद्वारे समांतण करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No SLP catalogs found." +#~ msgstr "संदर्भ मिळाला नाही '%1'." + +#~ msgid "Choose SLP Catalog" +#~ msgstr "SLP नामावलीतून निवडा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unable to save changes to installation source\n" +#~ "configuration." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "स्थापना उगम संरचनेवर बदल\n" +#~ "साठविण्यात अपयश." + +#~ msgid "Abort Catalog Configuration" +#~ msgstr "संदर्भ संरचना अर्धवट थांबवा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Abort the catalog configuration?\n" +#~ "All changes will be lost." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "संदर्भ संरचना अर्धवट सोडायची आहे का?\n" +#~ "केलेले सर्व बदल पुसले जातील." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For the selected source, refresh\n" +#~ "cannot be set." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "निवडलेल्या उगमाकरिता पुन: ताजेतवानेपणा\n" +#~ "स्थिर करता येत नाही." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have already chosen software from \"Detailed selection\".\n" +#~ "You will lose that selection if you change the basic selection." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\"विस्तारित निवड\" वापरून तुम्ही आधीच्या सॉफ्टवेअर निवडले आहे.\n" +#~ "तुम्ही जर मूळ निवडीत बदल केला तर ते पुसले जाईल." + +#~ msgid "&Detailed selection..." +#~ msgstr "विस्तृत निवड..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do you really want\n" +#~ "to reset your detailed selection?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "तुम्हाला तुमची विस्तृत निवड खरोखरच स्थिर\n" +#~ "करायची आहे का?" + +#~ msgid "There was an error in installation source initialization." +#~ msgstr "स्थापना स्त्रोत कार्यान्वयनमध्ये चूक होती " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No installation source is defined,\n" +#~ "only installed packages will be displayed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "स्थापना स्त्रोत ठरविलेला नाही.\n" +#~ "फक्त स्थापीत पॅकेजेस दाखवण्यात आली आहेत." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Identification: %1" +#~ msgstr "ओळख:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Size: %1" +#~ msgstr "आकार: " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Result: %1" +#~ msgstr "टेस्टचे निकाल:" + +#~ msgid "OK" +#~ msgstr "ठीक आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "FAILED" +#~ msgstr ": अयशस्वी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "S&tatus Information" +#~ msgstr "स्थितीबद्दलची माहिती" + +#~ msgid "Authentication" +#~ msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "A&nonymous" +#~ msgstr "अनामिक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Account" +#~ msgstr "FTP खाते" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "User&name" +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्त्याचे नाव" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "FTP Server and Directory" +#~ msgstr "सेवासंगणक आणि संचिका" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Authentication:" +#~ msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Anonymous" +#~ msgstr "अनामिक" + +#~ msgid "E&dit..." +#~ msgstr "संपादीत करा..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "NFS Server Source" +#~ msgstr "NFS सेवासंगणक स्त्रोत" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "CD Installation" +#~ msgstr "संस्थापन" + +#~ msgid "Local Directory or ISO" +#~ msgstr "स्थानिक संचिका किंवा आयएसओ" + +#~ msgid "&Browse..." +#~ msgstr "संचार करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "D&irectory" +#~ msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री" + +#~ msgid "Catalog URL" +#~ msgstr "युआरएल संदर्भ" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>The source at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" +#~ "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the source content has changed. To \n" +#~ "continue using this source, start <b>Change Source of Installation</b> from \n" +#~ "the YaST control center and refresh the installation source.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>ठराविक URL वरील स्त्रोत आता वेगळा साधन ID देतो.\n" +#~ "जर URL बरोबर असेल तर, ते दर्शवते की स्त्रोतातील माहिती बदललेली आहे. पुढे \n" +#~ "जाण्यासाठी हा स्त्रोत वापरताना, स्थ्‍ाापनेकरता <b>स्त्रोत बदला</b> ही कळ \n" +#~ "दाबून सुरू करताना YaST नियंत्रण कक्षाहून व स्थापना स्त्रोत पुन्हा वापरा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "The correct catalog medium could not be mounted." +#~ msgstr "योग्य संदर्भ माध्यम चढवू शकले नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Error occurred while refreshing the catalog." +#~ msgstr "संदर्भ पुर्नजीवीत होताना चूक झाली." + +#~ msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote catalog description." +#~ msgstr "दूरच्या संदर्भाचे वर्णन मिळवू शकले नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Retry refresh?" +#~ msgstr "नूतनीकरण" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Disable the catalog?" +#~ msgstr "सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Skipping the refresh..." +#~ msgstr "नमुने लिहित आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Disable Catalog" +#~ msgstr "बंद करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Catalog disabled." +#~ msgstr "नोंदी अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#~ msgid "Download" +#~ msgstr "उतरवून घ्या" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The current package selection will be saved\n" +#~ "on a floppy disk. Insert a formatted floppy.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Write data to the floppy disk now?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "सध्याची पॅकेज निवड ही फ्लॉपी डिस्कवर साठवली जाईल\n" +#~ "स्वच्छ फ्लॉपी आत सरकवा.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "आता फ्लॉपी वर माहिती लिहायची आहे का?\n" + +#~ msgid "Your settings have been saved to the floppy disk." +#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपी तबकडीवर तुमची मांडणी साठवली गेली आहे." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Error while saving settings to the floppy disk.\n" +#~ "Verify that the floppy is formatted\n" +#~ "and is not write protected.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "फ्लापी डीस्कवर सेटींग्ज साठवताना चूक झाली.\n" +#~ "तपासी की ही फ्लॉपी स्वच्छ आहे\n" +#~ "व राइट प्राेटेक्ट नाही.\n" + +#~ msgid "Could not find a formatted floppy disk." +#~ msgstr "स्वच्छ केलेली तबकडी मिळू शकत नाही." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Are you sure you inserted a floppy disk\n" +#~ "into the correct drive?\n" +#~ "If so, is the disk formatted and verified?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "तुम्हाला खात्री आहे की तुम्ही योग्य ड्रायव्हमध्ये फ्लॉपी\n" +#~ "डिस्क टाकलेली आहे?\n" +#~ "जर असेल तर, ती डिस्क तपासली आहे किंवा फॉमॅटेड आहे का?\n" + +#~ msgid "&Format floppy" +#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपी स्वच्छ करा" + +#~ msgid "Your package selections have been written to the hard disk." +#~ msgstr "हार्ड डिस्कवर तुमच्या पॅकेजेस निवडी लिहील्या गेल्या आहेत. " + +#~ msgid "Error while saving package selections to the hard disk." +#~ msgstr "हार्ड डिस्कवर पॅकेजेस निवडी साठविण्याचा प्रयत्न आहे. " + +#~ msgid "Do you really want to reset your settings?" +#~ msgstr "तुम्हाला खरोखरच तुमची स्थापना पुर्नस्थापित करायची आहे का?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The current package selection will be loaded\n" +#~ "from a floppy disk. Insert the floppy.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Read data from the floppy disk now?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "फ्लॉपी डिस्कवरुन सध्याची पॅकेजेसची निवड लोड केली\n" +#~ "जाणार आहे. फ्लॉपी डिस्क आता घाला.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "आता फ्लापी डिस्क वरील माहिती वाचायची आहे का?\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Error while loading settings from the floppy disk.\n" +#~ "Verify that the correct floppy has been inserted\n" +#~ "and that the path name has been written correctly.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "फ्लॉपीवरुन सेंटीग्ज लोड करताना चूक झाली.\n" +#~ "तपास करण्यायोग्य फ्लॉपी घातलेली आहे\n" +#~ "आणि मार्गाचे नाव योग्य घातले आहे का ते तपासा.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Error while loading settings from the hard disk.\n" +#~ "Verify that the path name has been written correctly.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "हार्ड डिस्कवरुन सेंटीग्ज लोड करताना चूक झाली.\n" +#~ "खात्री करा नंतर मार्गाचे नाव योग्य घातले आहे.\n" + +#~ msgid "Load or save package selection" +#~ msgstr "भरा किंवा पॅकेज निवड साठवा" + +#~ msgid "&Harddisk" +#~ msgstr "हार्डडिस्क" + +#~ msgid "&Floppy" +#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपी" + +#~ msgid "&Path name" +#~ msgstr "मार्गाचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "&Load" +#~ msgstr "अद्ययावत करा" + +#~ msgid "&Save" +#~ msgstr "जतन करा" + +#~ msgid "No catalog found at '%1'." +#~ msgstr "संदर्भ मिळाला नाही '%1'." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Failed to integrate service pack source" +#~ msgstr "सुविधा पॅक उगम एकत्रित करण्याचे अयशस्वी ठरले." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +#~ msgstr "पण, तुम्ही 32-बीट वाटप स्थापन करण्याचा प्रयत्न करत आहात. " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Disk Space Exhausted" +#~ msgstr "तबकडी जागा इशारा " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." +#~ msgstr "पुरेश्या चकतीची जागा नाही. एकाच निवडीत काही पॅकेज काढून टाका." + +#~ msgid "Cannot read package data from installation media. Media error?" +#~ msgstr "स्थापना माध्यमातून पॅकेज माहिती वाचता येत नाही. माध्यम चुकीचे आहे का?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Not enough disk space even for a minimal installation!" +#~ msgstr "पुरेश्या चकतीची जागा नाही. एकाच निवडीत काही पॅकेज काढून टाका." + +#~ msgid "Signature Check Failed" +#~ msgstr "सही तपास अयशस्वी झाला" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No checksum for package %1 was found in the source.\n" +#~ "This means that the package is part of the signed source, but the list of checksums\n" +#~ "on this source does not mention this package. Installing the package may put\n" +#~ "the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Install it anyway?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 पॅकेजबद्दल कोणताही चेकसत स्त्रोतात सापडले नाही.\n" +#~ "याचा अर्थ असा आहे की, पॅकेज हा सही झालेल्या स्त्रोताचा भाग आहे, पण हया स्त्रोतावरील चेकसमच्या\n" +#~ "यादीत हया पॅकेजचे नाव नाही. पॅेकेजची स्थापना करून तुमच्या यंत्रणेच्या\n" +#~ "विश्वासहीतेकरता धोेका निर्माण होऊ शकतो.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "तरीही ते स्थापित करायचे आहे का?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No checksum for file %1\n" +#~ "was found in the source. This means that the file is part of the signed source,\n" +#~ "but the list of checksums on this source does not mention this file. Using the file\n" +#~ "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Use it anyway?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 फाईलबद्दल कोणताही चेकसत स्त्रोतात सापडले नाही.\n" +#~ "याचा अर्थ असा आहे की, पॅकेज हा सही झालेल्या स्त्रोताचा भाग आहे, पण हया स्त्रोतावरील चेकसमच्या\n" +#~ "यादीत हया पॅकेजचे नाव नाही. पॅेकेजची स्थापना करून तुमच्या यंत्रणेच्या\n" +#~ "विश्वासहीतेकरता धोेका निर्माण होऊ शकतो.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "तरीही ते स्थापित करायचे आहे का?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" +#~ "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "There is no trust relationship to the owner of the key.\n" +#~ "If you trust the owner, import the key into your set of\n" +#~ "trusted keys with Import Key then proceed\n" +#~ "with the installation.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Installing a package from an unknown source can put\n" +#~ "the integrity of your system at risk. It is safest\n" +#~ "to skip the package." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 पॅकेज\n" +#~ "'%2 (%3)' कळीने सही केलेले आहे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "कळीच्या मालकाशी विश्वाचे संबंध् नाहीत.\n" +#~ "तुम्ही मालकावर विश्वास ठेवत असाल तर, आयात कळीबरोबरा तुमच्या\n" +#~ "विश्वासू कळीच्या संचात कळ आयात करा व\n" +#~ "त्यांनतर स्थापना सुरु ठेवा\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "अज्ञात स्नाेनातून फाईल स्थापना करताना तुम्ही तुमच्या\n" +#~ "यंत्रेनेच्या विश्वासाला धोका निर्माण होऊ शकतो. हे पॅकेज\n" +#~ "गाळणे हेच योग्य ठरेल." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" +#~ "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "There is no trust relationship to the owner of the key.\n" +#~ "If you trust the owner, import the key into your set of\n" +#~ "trusted keys with Import Key then proceed with\n" +#~ "the installation.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Installing a file from an unknown source can put\n" +#~ "the integrity of your system at risk. It is safest\n" +#~ "to skip it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 फाईल\n" +#~ "'%2 (%3)' कळीने सही केलेले आहे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "कळीच्या मालकाशी विश्वाचे संबंध् नाहीत.\n" +#~ "तुम्ही मालकावर विश्वास ठेवत असाल तर, आयात कळीबरोबरा तुमच्या\n" +#~ "विश्वासू कळीच्या संचात कळ आयात करा व\n" +#~ "त्यांनतर स्थापना सुरु ठेवा\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "अज्ञात स्नाेनातून फाईल स्थापना करताना तुम्ही तुमच्या\n" +#~ "यंत्रेनेच्या विश्वासाला धोका निर्माण होऊ शकतो. हे पॅकेज\n" +#~ "गाळणे हेच योग्य ठरेल." + +#~ msgid "&Import Key..." +#~ msgstr "चावी आयात करा..." + +#~ msgid "Install &Anyway" +#~ msgstr "स्थापीत करा व कसेही" + +#~ msgid "&Skip Package" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज टाळा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Downloading %1 (%2)" +#~ msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे: %1" + +#~ msgid "Initializing Available Catalogs" +#~ msgstr "उपलब्ध संदर्भ सुरू करीत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Read configured catalogs" +#~ msgstr "नियंत्रीत संदर्भ वाचा" + +#~ msgid "Detect available catalogs via SLP" +#~ msgstr "SLP द्वारा उपलब्ध संदर्भ शोधा" + +#~ msgid "Reading configured catalogs..." +#~ msgstr "संरचीत संदर्भ वाचत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Detecting available catalogs..." +#~ msgstr "उपलब्ध संदर्भ शोधले जात आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Cannot read catalogs." +#~ msgstr "संदर्भ वाचले जात आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot detect availabe catalogs." +#~ msgstr "उपलब्ध संदर्भ शोधता येत नाही" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unable to save changes to the catalog\n" +#~ " repository.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "कॅटलॉग भांडारात बदलांचे जतन \n" +#~ " करणे अशक्य.\n" + +#~ msgid "Saving Catalog Configuration" +#~ msgstr "संदर्भ संरचना संग्रहीत होत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Write catalog settings" +#~ msgstr "संदर्भ माडणी लिहा" + +#~ msgid "Reading Media Description Failed" +#~ msgstr "माध्यम वर्णन वाचण्यात अपयश आले" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Cannot read media description for %1.\n" +#~ " Packages from this media cannot be installed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 करता साधनाचे वर्णन वाचू शकत नाही.\n" +#~ " या साधनावरील पॅकेजेस स्थापना होऊ शकत नाहीत." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unable to create catalog\n" +#~ "from URL '%1'." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ह्या युआरएलवरून संदर्भ निर्माण\n" +#~ "करण्यात अपयश आले '%1'." + +#~ msgid "Configured Catalogs" +#~ msgstr "संदर्भ संरचना करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "rug failed to delete a ZYPP service" +#~ msgstr "पीटीएल सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करण्यात अपयश आले." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Command timed out after %1 msec" +#~ msgstr "मिलीसेकंदानंतर सूचना %1 बाद झाली." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Failed to initialize the repository. Try again?" +#~ msgstr "कॅटलॉग सुरु करण्यात अपयश. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repository Settings" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी चाचणी रचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>Network</b> installation requires a working network connection.\n" +#~ "Configure YaST2's \"Network Devices\" module first,\n" +#~ "if required. Specify the directory where the packages from\n" +#~ "the first CD are located, such as /data1/CD1.\n" +#~ "Only the base path is\n" +#~ "required if packages are in one directory, for example, /usr/full-i386.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>नेटवर्क</b> नेटवर्क स्थापानेकरता चालू नेटवर्क संपर्काची गरज असते.\n" +#~ "प्रथम कॉनफिग्युगर YaST2's \"नेटवर्क डिव्हाइस\" उपकरणे,\n" +#~ "जर आवश्यकता असेल तर. पहिल्या सीडीवरील पॅकेजेस कोठे आहेत\n" +#~ "ही सूची दर्शवा, उदा /data1/CD1.\n" +#~ "फक्त जर पॅकेजेस वाटली गेली\n" +#~ "विभागाची केली नसतील तर, पायाभूत मार्गाची आवश्यक नाही उदा, /usr/full-i386.\n" +#~ "नॉन NFS सर्व्हरवर <i>/etc/exports</i>\n" +#~ "हया फाईलमध्ये टाका.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/pam.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/pam.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/pam.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: iso-countries\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma \n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" + +#. popup text (%1 is user name, %2 is additional info, +#. like "Now LDAP was enabled") +#: src/modules/Autologin.rb:146 +msgid "" +"The automatic login feature is enabled for user %1.\n" +"%2\n" +"Disable automatic login?" +msgstr "" +"वापरकर्ता आपोआप प्रवेश हे गुणधर्म सुरू केले %1.\n" +"%2\n" +"आपोआप प्रवेश बंद करायचा का?" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/pkg-bindings.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/pkg-bindings.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/pkg-bindings.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: iso-countries\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:39+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma \n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n" + +#: src/GPGMap.cc:54 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "कधीही नाही" + +#. help text +#: src/HelpTexts.h:36 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Available Packages</B></BIG></P><P>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while...</P>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/HelpTexts.h:42 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Installed Packages</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is reading installed packages...</P>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/HelpTexts.h:47 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Registering a New Repository</B></BIG></P><P>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository...</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/HelpTexts.h:52 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Saving Repositories</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating configured repositories...</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/HelpTexts.h:55 +msgid "<P><BIG><B>Refreshing the Repository</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating the repository content...</P>" +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/Package.cc:655 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." +msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले." + +#. error message +#: src/Package.cc:661 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The package is not available." +msgstr "%1 पॅकेज उपलब्ध नाही." + +#. still not initialized, throw an exception +#. translators: this is an error message +#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot connect to the package manager" +msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेसची सुरवात होऊ शकली नाही." + +#: src/Source_Callbacks.cc:129 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Refreshing repository " +msgstr "अपडेट स्त्रोत रिफ्रेश करताना..." + +#: src/Source_Callbacks.cc:150 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Probing repository " +msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#: src/Source_Create.cc:52 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Scanning products in " +msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू माहिती संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#: src/Source_Create.cc:581 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Search Available Products" +msgstr "उपलब्ध उत्पादवस्तू" + +#: src/Source_Create.cc:586 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Probe Source Type" +msgstr "स्रोत %1 ची चौकशी करत आहे" + +#: src/Source_Create.cc:589 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Download Descriptions" +msgstr "वर्णन नाही" + +#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155 +#: src/Source_Load.cc:479 +msgid "Rebuild Cache" +msgstr "" + +#: src/Source_Create.cc:594 src/Source_Load.cc:156 src/Source_Load.cc:480 +#: src/Source_Set.cc:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Load Data" +msgstr "हार्डवेअरची माहिती" + +#: src/Source_Create.cc:597 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Adding the Repository..." +msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Downloading " +msgstr "उतरवून घेत आहे" + +#. stages: "download", "build cache" +#: src/Source_Download.cc:406 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Refresh Metadata" +msgstr "स्थिती व्यवस्थित करा" + +#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) +#: src/Source_Download.cc:414 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Refreshing Repository..." +msgstr "अपडेट स्त्रोत रिफ्रेश करताना..." + +#. error message (followed by directory name) +#: src/Source_Installation.cc:73 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Target is not a directory: " +msgstr "लक्ष्य संचिका: %1" + +#. error message (followed by directory name) +#: src/Source_Installation.cc:103 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot create directory " +msgstr "निर्देशिका तयार करू शकत नाही '%1'." + +#. error message (followed by directory name) +#: src/Source_Installation.cc:112 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot check status of directory " +msgstr "निर्देशिका तयार करू शकत नाही '%1'." + +#. error message (followed by detailed description) +#: src/Source_Installation.cc:190 src/Source_Installation.cc:216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Error: Cannot copy the cache to the target directory\n" +msgstr "" +"तात्पुरत्या सूचीमध्ये ऐतिहासिक फाईल\n" +"प्रतिकृत करून ठेवता येत नाही.\n" + +#. error message +#: src/Source_Installation.cc:193 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copying failed" +msgstr "स्वार करणे %1 अपयशी ठरले." + +#. error message, service name and URL is appened at the end of the string +#: src/Source_Load.cc:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error starting service %1." +msgid "Error refreshing service" +msgstr "सेवा सुरू करताना चूक %1." + +#: src/Source_Load.cc:154 src/Source_Load.cc:478 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Refresh Sources" +msgstr "अपडेट स्त्रोत रिफ्रेश करा" + +#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) +#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." +msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेस परत बांधत आहे..." + +#: src/Source_Load.cc:477 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Load Sources" +msgstr "स्त्रोत" + +#. TODO: improve the error message +#: src/Source_Misc.cc:70 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot find source" +msgstr "" +"साधने गट वाचू शकत नाही:\n" +"%1" + +#: src/Source_Save.cc:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Remove Repositories" +msgstr "fstab नोंद काढून टाका" + +#. stages: "download", "build cache" +#: src/Source_Save.cc:137 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Save Repositories" +msgstr "फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करा" + +#. start the process +#: src/Source_Save.cc:145 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving Repositories..." +msgstr "रांगा साठवत आहेत..." + +#: src/Target_Load.cc:70 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initialize the Target System" +msgstr "टारगेट सिस्टिम इनिशीअलाइझ होत आहे" + +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read Installed Packages" +msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजेस" + +#~ msgid "Downloading file..." +#~ msgstr "फाईल डाऊनलोडींग चालू आहे....." + +#~ msgid "Parsing files..." +#~ msgstr "फाईल्सचे पार्सिंग चालू आहे....." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/printer.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/printer.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/printer.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,7412 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" + +#. Command line help text for the printer module +#: src/clients/printer.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuration of printer" +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्राची संरचना सारांश" + +#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system +#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map +#. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST +#. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" +msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/client.conf" +msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 +msgid "Warning: Cannot read %1 (file may not exist)." +msgstr "" + +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338 +msgid "Error: Failed to read %1 (possibly empty file)." +msgstr "" + +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383 +msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2save" +msgstr "" + +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411 +msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2orig" +msgstr "" + +#. Propose configuration for each local printer: +#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed +#. and skip the automated queue setup if one of them is missing, see +#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=445719#c13 +#. If cups-client is missing, it would run into an endless sequence of errors. +#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is +#. mandatory to set up local print queues. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgstr "आवश्यक असणारे पॅकेज संस्थापित केल्याशिवाय चालू होऊ शकत नाही." + +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgstr "आवश्यक असणारे पॅकेज संस्थापित केल्याशिवाय चालू होऊ शकत नाही." + +#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "" + +#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: +#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because +#. when a client-only config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config +#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds +#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info +#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356 +msgid "" +"Started the CUPS daemon.\n" +"Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) +#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. +#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. +#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. +#. (Plain busy message without title.) +#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) +#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. +#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. +#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. +#. (Plain busy message without title.) +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372 +msgid "" +"The CUPS daemon is not yet accessible.\n" +"Waiting one minute so that it is ready to operate..." +msgstr "" + +#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now. +#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631). +#. Then Printerlib::GetAndSetCupsdStatus("") returns false because it calls +#. "lpstat -h localhost -r" which fails ("-h localhost:port" would have to be used). +#. The YaST printer module does not support when the cupsd listens on a non-official port +#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." +msgstr "" + +#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) +#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces +#. because the current YaST UI has almost no additional +#. space between table columns: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No local printer detected." +msgstr "सापडले नाही." + +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls +#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp). +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Creating New Printer Setup" +msgstr "नवीन लूप साधन सेटअप निर्माण करा " + +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817 +#, fuzzy +msgid "New Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र संरचना" + +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347 +#, fuzzy +msgid "This may result broken printer configurations." +msgstr "संवादमंच संरचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#. has almost no additional space between table columns: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit existing configuration" +msgid "Found existing configuration" +msgstr "सध्याचा आकृतीबंध संपादित करा" + +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default configuration" +msgid "Created configuration" +msgstr "मूळ संरचना" + +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No local printer configured." +msgstr "हे मुद्रणयंत्र संरचीत नाही" + +#. Create titles: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "मुद्रक" + +#. Menu title for Printer in proposals +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:440 +msgid "&Printer" +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र" + +#. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers +#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Do an automatic configuration of local connected printers now" +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्राची संरचना सारांश" + +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgstr "" + +#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers +#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. +#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098 +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Disable Remote CUPS Server '%1'" +msgstr "दुरस्थ CUPS सेवासंगणक ठळकपणे निर्देशित करा" + +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." +msgstr "" + +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 +msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" +msgstr "" + +#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to install required packages." +msgid "Failed to install udev-configure-printer." +msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेजेस स्थापन करण्यास अपयश." + +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to remove udev-configure-printer." +msgstr "चाचणी घेण्यात अपयश %1." + +#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The sound configuration was saved." +msgid "The automated printer configuration was in vain." +msgstr "ध्वनी संरचना संग्रहीत झाली." + +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Automated printer configuration results" +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र संरचना" + +#. BasicAddDialog dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. BasicModifyDialog dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +msgid "any model" +msgstr "लॉग बदला" + +#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add New Printer Configuration" +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र संरचना" + +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enter your printer model here." +msgstr "कृपया तुमचे पहिले नाव प्रविष्ट करा" + +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Specify the Connection" +msgstr "ब्ल्यूटूथ जोडणी" + +#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection +#. to show more available printer connections +#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: +#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection +#. to show more available printer connections +#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detect modems" +msgid "&Detect More" +msgstr "मोडेम शोधा" + +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:100 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:349 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Connection &Wizard" +msgstr "संपर्क" + +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "नमुना" + +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "संपर्क" + +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "वर्णन" + +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Find and Assign a Driver" +msgstr "ड्राईव्ह मिळवा" + +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Search for:" +msgid "&Search for" +msgstr "चा शोध घ्या:" + +#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: +#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:168 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:428 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "S&tupid Mode" +msgid "&Find More" +msgstr "स्टूपीड मोड" + +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog +#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog +#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Packages" +msgid "Driver &Packages" +msgstr "& पॅकेजेस" + +#. By default there is no UserInput() +#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox +#. (without clicking additionally a button) +#. but the notify option forces UserInput() in this case: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI +#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). +#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) +#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended +#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because +#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. +#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI +#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). +#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) +#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended +#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because +#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select a driver." +msgstr "पहिल्यांदा चालक निवडा." + +#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver, +#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)" +msgstr "थेट TCP स्थान मुद्रणयंत्र" + +#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: +#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server &Name" +msgid "Set Arbitrary &Name" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव" + +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Set as Default" +msgid "&Use as Default" +msgstr "डीफॉल्ट म्हणून सेट करा" + +#. to set up HP printers: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241 +msgid "Alternative setup for HP printers:" +msgstr "" + +#. Label of a PushButton to run HPLIP's printer setup tool 'hp-setup'. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249 +msgid "Run &hp-setup" +msgstr "" + +#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:256 +msgid "hp-setup runs in English language" +msgstr "" + +#. nor a driver was selected: +#. Any queue or class can be tested if it is in "ready" state: +#. The URI scheme is the first word up to the ':' character in the URI: +#. Invalidate Printer::current_device_uri so that the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog +#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected +#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150 +msgid "Nothing Selected" +msgstr "काहीच निवडले गेले नाही" + +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when neither a connection +#. nor a driver was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340 +msgid "Select a connection and then assign a driver." +msgstr "" + +#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table +#. so that this item can be preselected: +#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table +#. so that this item can be preselected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No Connection Selected" +msgstr "जोडणी प्रकार" + +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select a connection." +msgstr "- जोडणी बंद करा" + +#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No Driver Selected" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक निवडलेला नाही." + +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No Queue Name" +msgstr "रांगेचे नाव" + +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enter a queue name." +msgstr "समूहाचे नाव प्रविष्ट करा." + +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Invalid Queue Name" +msgstr "रांगेचे नाव" + +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." +msgstr "" + +#. when a queue name is changed to be valid: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Confirm Validated Queue Name" +msgstr "संरचीत रांग" + +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid +#. where %1 will be replaced by the old invalid queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 +msgid "'%1' is invalid or it exists already. Use '%2' instead?" +msgstr "" + +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "" + +#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called +#. and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to parse: %s." +msgid "Failed to run hp-setup." +msgstr "Failed to parse: %s." + +#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Modify %1" +msgstr "बदला" + +#. Label of a PushButton to go to a dialog +#. to set all available options for the printer driver +#. which is currently used for a print queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147 +#, fuzzy +msgid "All &Options for the Current Driver" +msgstr "चालू चाळणीसाठी नवीन अट" + +#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification. +#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs) +#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Default Paper Size of the Current Driver" +msgstr "थेट TCP स्थान मुद्रणयंत्र" + +#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list. +#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection +#. is derived from the queues list and this uri may be not present in the connections list +#. for example when the queue has a special non-autodetectable DeviceURI (e.g. for iPrint) +#. or when the queue is for an USB printer which is currently not connected (e.g. a laptop user). +#. Therefore -1 (which means "invalid index number in the connections list") is used to be safe +#. and additionally -1 is used to distinguish when the current connection is kept +#. or when the connection was modified (then the id would be > 0 and valid in the connections list). +#. The current_connection item is preselected because it is the first entry in the +#. table of connections via prepend(): +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:298 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Current Connection" +msgstr "संपर्काची तयारी करा" + +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. +#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Current Driver" +msgstr "चालू दिनांक" + +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver" +msgstr "चालू चाळणीसाठी नवीन अट" + +#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Description: " +msgid "Description &Text" +msgstr "वर्णन:" + +#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Location" +msgstr "स्थान" + +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Accept Print &Jobs" +msgstr "कामे घेत आहे" + +#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Enable Printing" +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to modify %1." +msgstr "वाचता येत नाही %1." + +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Modifying Printer Setup" +msgstr "रांग छापा:" + +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 +msgid "Modified Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" +msgstr "" + +#. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "" + +#. Exit this dialog in any case: +#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: +#. Have the PageSize option topmost: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No driver options available" +msgstr "वर्णन उपलब्ध नाही" + +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration." +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Delete</b> दाबून \n" +"IPsec आकृतिबंधातील निवडलेला आयटेम काढून टाकला जातो.</p>\n" + +#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 +msgid "Keep the printer model or select another &manufacturer" +msgstr "" + +#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally +#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer. +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "" + +#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select the printer &manufacturer" +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्राचा प्रकार निवडा." + +#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer. +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." +msgstr "उत्पादक प्रविष्ट करा." + +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:560 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1742 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&IP Address or Host Name" +msgstr "आयपी पत्ता किंवा NFS सेवासंगणकाचे नाव" + +#. No URIpercentDecoding/Encondin(hostname) is done +#. when it contains a '@' because a lpd URI can be of the form +#. lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. and a ipp/http URI can be of the form +#. ipp://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. http://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=512549 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&IP Address or Host Name [percent-encoded]" +msgstr "आयपी पत्ता किंवा NFS सेवासंगणकाचे नाव" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Look up" +msgstr "लूकअप" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Look up for All Hosts" +msgstr "सर्व सादरकर्ते पहा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: +#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 +msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:599 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1596 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1784 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1899 +msgid "&Test Connection" +msgstr "जोडणीची चाचणी" + +#. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"To access a HP device via the 'hp' backend,\n" +"the RPM package hplip must be installed." +msgstr "<p>X11मेन्यूशी संपर्क करण्यासाठी, the <b>%1</b> पॅकेज स्थापित झाले पाहिजे.</p>" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The RPM package hplip is not installed." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"खालील दिलेले पॅकेजेस\n" +"स्थापीत झालेले नाहीत." + +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1) +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:993 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Serial device" +msgstr "अनुक्रम उपकरण" + +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the baud rate for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Baud rate" +msgstr "बाऊड दर" + +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the number of data bits for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1023 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Data bits" +msgstr "डेटाबेसेस" + +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the parity checking for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1037 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Parity checking" +msgstr "पासवर्डचा दर्जा तपासत आहे" + +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the flow control for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1053 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Flow control" +msgstr "RF नियंत्रक" + +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the number of stop bits for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1067 +#, fuzzy +msgid "S&top bits" +msgstr "सेवा थांबवा" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "<p>X11मेन्यूशी संपर्क करण्यासाठी, the <b>%1</b> पॅकेज स्थापित झाले पाहिजे.</p>" + +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The RPM package bluez-cups is not installed." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"खालील दिलेले पॅकेजेस\n" +"स्थापीत झालेले नाहीत." + +#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails +#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098 +msgid "" +"It seems there are no bluetooth device IDs.\n" +"Run 'hcitool scan' to get the bluetooth device IDs.\n" +"Enter the ID without colons like '1A2B3C4D5E6F'." +msgstr "" + +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Retrieving bluetooth device IDs..." +msgstr "ब्लूट्यूथ उपकरण शोधत आहे..." + +#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up. +#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because +#. hcitool scan | grep '...' & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! +#. would kill only grep and +#. ( hcitool scan | grep '...' ) & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! +#. would kill only the sub shell. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1119 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to get a list of bluetooth device IDs." +msgstr "ब्लूट्यूथ उपकरण शोधत आहे..." + +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. a bluetooth device ID +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1212 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Bluetooth device ID" +msgstr "ब्ल्यूटूथ उपकरण" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1218 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Currently available bluetooth device IDs" +msgstr "सध्याच्या उपलब्ध सेवा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for the TCP port number: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1268 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Scan for Direct Socket Servers" +msgstr "थेट सॉकेट सेवासंगणकासाठी संमातरण" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1269 +#, fuzzy +msgid "TCP Port Number" +msgstr "TCP स्थान क्रमांक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for name of printer queue +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for name of printer queue +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Scan for LPD Servers" +msgstr "LPD सेवासंगणकासाठी समांतरण" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327 +msgid "Queue Name (see the printer's manual)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393 +msgid "URI (see the printer's manual) [percent-encoded]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgstr "<p>X11मेन्यूशी संपर्क करण्यासाठी, the <b>%1</b> पॅकेज स्थापित झाले पाहिजे.</p>" + +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The RPM package samba-client is not installed." +msgstr "हे पॅकेज स्थापित केले जाईल ते अजून स्थापित केलेले नाही" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Server (NetBIOS Host Name)" +msgstr "NetBIOS सादरकर्ता" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Printer (Share Name)" +msgstr "प्रिंटरचे मूलभूत नाव" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Workgroup (Domain Name)" +msgstr "वर्कगट किंवा डोमेनचे नाव" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Authentication Mode" +msgid "Authentication (if needed)" +msgstr "ऑथेंन्टीकेशन मोड" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Use fixed username and password" +msgstr "परवलीशब्द घाला." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&वापरकर्ता" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password" +msgid "Pass&word" +msgstr "गुप्तशब्द" + +#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Active Directory Server" +msgid "Support for &Active Directory (R)" +msgstr "वापरात असलेले डिरेक्टरी सर्व्हर" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1654 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1765 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1872 +msgid "Queue Name" +msgstr "रांगेचे नाव" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Scan for IPP Servers" +msgstr "IPP सेवासंगणकासाठी समांतरण" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Scan for IPP Broadcasts" +msgstr "IPP प्रसारणासाठी ऐका" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." +msgstr "<p>X11मेन्यूशी संपर्क करण्यासाठी, the <b>%1</b> पॅकेज स्थापित झाले पाहिजे.</p>" + +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The RPM package ncpfs is not installed." +msgstr "हरवलेली पॅकेजेस स्थापन झाली नाहीत." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864 +#, fuzzy +msgid "IP Address or Host Name" +msgstr "आयपी पत्ता किंवा NFS सेवासंगणकाचे नाव" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Authenticate as" +msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1883 +msgid "User" +msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&परवली शब्द" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976 +#, fuzzy +msgid "URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) [percent-encoded]" +msgstr "वेगळा शोधक" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 +msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"खालील दिलेले पॅकेजेस\n" +"स्थापीत झालेले नाहीत." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 +msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>To configure the modem, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>" +msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." +msgstr "<p>मोडेम कोन्फिगर करण्यासाठी, <b>%१</b> पेकेजेस इन्स्टोल केली असली पाहिजेत </p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 +msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Check box +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Never Disable the Queue" +msgstr "सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 +msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 +msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select a specific connection type." +msgstr "- जोडणी बंद करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Connection Type" +msgstr "जुळणी प्रकार..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Directly Connected Device" +msgstr "परस्पर जोडलेले मुद्रणयंत्रे" + +#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 +#, fuzzy +msgid "USB Port" +msgstr "UDP ठिकाण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 +msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 +msgid "Bluetooth" +msgstr "ब्ल्युटूथ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 +msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 +msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 +msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" +msgstr "इटरनेट (IP) प्रोटोकॉल्स" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print via Print Server Machine" +msgstr "IPX महाजाल सेवासंगणकाद्वारे मुद्रण" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 +msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 +msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)" +msgstr "" + +#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CUPS Server" +msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)" +msgstr "CUPS सेवासंगणक" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Special" +msgstr "विशेष स्थापिते" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 +msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 +msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 +msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 +msgid "Connection Settings" +msgstr "जुळणी स्थापिते" + +#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. +#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is +#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) +#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." +#. In this case the "overview" is not the actual Overview dialog but the dialog +#. from which this DriverOptionsDialog was called i.e. BasicModifyDialog. +#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all +#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". +#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Connection Wizard" +msgstr "संपर्क" + +#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=580121 +#. and http://www.cups.org/str.php?L3500 +#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. +#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. +#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 +msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped." +msgstr "" + +#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 +msgid "" +"An untested and insecure workaround might be\n" +"to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n" +"and use a DeviceURI like 'file:/dev/sg...'" +msgstr "" + +#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP +#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here +#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select a connection" +msgstr "- जोडणी बंद करा" + +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected +#. because there is no connection available to be selected: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 +msgid "" +"If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n" +"to access the device via this type of connection.\n" +"Was the printer connected and switched on all the time?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select a valid connection" +msgstr "- जोडणी बंद करा" + +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected +#. because the current connection is no longer valid: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 +msgid "" +"When the current connection is no longer valid,\n" +"it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n" +"Is the printer still connected and switched on?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty." +msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही." + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 +msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." +msgstr "ब्ल्युटूथ उपकरण प्रबंधक" + +#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values +#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 +#, fuzzy +msgid "URI could not be empty." +msgstr "युआरएल रिकामा असू शकत नाही." + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty." +msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही." + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Both user and password must be specified." +msgstr "भाग नाव दर्शविला पाहिजे." + +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. +#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name +#. +#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Servername could not be empty." +msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही." + +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty." +msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही." + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 +msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe +#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Could not be empty." +msgstr "पोर्ट फिल्ड रिक्त नसावे" + +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'." +msgstr "उत्पादक प्रविष्ट करा." + +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network" +msgstr "स्थानिक महाजालावर सादरकर्त्यांकरता तपासा..." + +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Please wait...\n" +"This could take more than a minute." +msgstr "चालकाची माहिती लिहा" + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 +msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 +msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)" +msgstr "" + +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 +msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)" +msgstr "" + +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 +msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)" +msgstr "" + +#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{ +#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h); +#. return size (queues) > 0; +#. }); +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 +msgid "" +"Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n" +"(Network issue or firewall active?)" +msgstr "" + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 +msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'." +msgstr "" + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 +msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'." +msgstr "" + +#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 +msgid "" +"This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n" +"if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n" +"In this case a user who is allowed to print via Active Directory (R)\n" +"should log in and test by himself if he can print from Gnome or KDE." +msgstr "" + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 +msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." +msgstr "" + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 +msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'." +msgstr "" + +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Test OK" +msgstr "चाचणी" + +#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) +#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." +msgstr "<p>X11मेन्यूशी संपर्क करण्यासाठी, the <b>%1</b> पॅकेज स्थापित झाले पाहिजे.</p>" + +#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 +msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/printer/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of printer +#. Summary: DialogTree definition +#. Authors: Michal Zugec +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:107 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Printer Configurations" +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र संरचना" + +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:114 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:183 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print via Network" +msgstr "SMB महाजाल सेवासंगणकाद्वारे मुद्रण" + +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:121 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Share Printers" +msgstr "सामान्य प्रिंटर" + +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:128 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:129 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Policies" +msgstr "पोलिश" + +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:137 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना फसली." + +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177 +#, fuzzy +msgid "AutoYaST Printer Configurations" +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र संरचना" + +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +msgid "AutoYaST Print via Network Settings" +msgstr "SMB महाजाल सेवासंगणकाद्वारे मुद्रण" + +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Detected Printers" +msgstr "मिळालेले मुद्रणयंत्र:" + +#. All the dialogs in "ids_order" are single (step) configuration dialogs +#. and according to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. +#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is +#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) +#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." +#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all +#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings for Printing with CUPS via Network" +msgstr "" + +#. AddDriver dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unverified Packages" +msgid "Driver Packages" +msgstr "न तपासलेली पॅकेजेस" + +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. add or remove printer driver packages: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Install or Remove Printer Driver Packages" +msgstr "अधिक पॅकेजेस स्थापीत किंवा काढून टाकायची आहेत का?" + +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Printer Description Files for Ghostscript Drivers" +msgstr "वर्णन उपलब्ध नाही" + +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Printer Description Files for some PCL Printers" +msgstr "वर्णन उपलब्ध नाही" + +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133 +msgid "Printer Description Files for PostScript Printers" +msgstr "" + +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint. +#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#. Do not change or translate "Gutenprint", it is a open source project name. +#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146 +msgid "Gutenprint/Gimp-Print Driver" +msgstr "" + +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs. +#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text +#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157 +msgid "Driver for HP Printers and HP All-in-One Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs. +#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Manufacturer's PostScript Printer Description Files" +msgstr "वर्णन उपलब्ध नाही" + +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix. +#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179 +msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG" +msgstr "" + +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. +#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 +msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver" +msgstr "" + +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available +#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available" +msgstr "वर्णन उपलब्ध नाही" + +#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 +msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located" +msgstr "" + +#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box +#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 +msgid "&Browse" +msgstr " ब्राऊझ करा " + +#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog +#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select a printer description file" +msgstr "मुद्रण मोडेल निवडा." + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot access '%1'" +msgstr "'%1' फाईल उघडू शकत नाही" + +#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here +#. and there is nothing else to be done after this: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +msgstr "" +"पॅकेज वर्णन फाईलला चुकीचे नांव दिले गेले आहे. \n" +"दुसरे एखादे निवडा." + +#. when a PPD file is not in compliance: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 +msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?" +msgstr "" + +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when PPD file is not in compliance: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" +msgstr "बाहेर येत आहे: समांतरण डेटाबेस निर्माण होऊ शकला नाही." + +#. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: +#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Driver Options for Queue %1" +msgstr "बोन्ड ड्रायव्हर विकल्प" + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to set driver options for queue %1." +msgstr "पॅकेजची आवृत्ती ठरवण्याचे फसले %1." + +#. Read dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Initializing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>xinetd आकृतीबंध सुरु करत आहे </big></b><br>\n" +" कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Finishing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>xinetd आकृतीबंध जतन करत आहे </big></b><br>\n" +" कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Overview dialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n" +"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" +"When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" +"device.<br>\n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" +"device.\n" +"For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Overview dialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Using Remote Queues:</big></b><br>\n" +"Remote queues exist on other hosts in the network,\n" +"therefore they cannot be changed on this host.<br>\n" +"The remote queues listed here are known on this host.\n" +"Usually they can be used directly by applications\n" +"so there is no need to set up a local queue for a printer\n" +"that is already available via a remote queue.<br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Overview dialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Configure a printer:</big></b><br>\n" +"Press <b>Add</b> to set up a new queue for a printer device.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध समाविष्ट करणे:</big></b><br>\n" +"नवा आकृतीबंध तयार करण्यासाठी <b>Add</b> दाबा.</p>" + +#. Overview dialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Change the settings for a queue:</big></b><br>\n" +"Select a local queue and press <b>Edit</b>.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> संपादन सेवा:</big></b><br>\n" +" संपादित करण्याची सेवा निवडा व<b>एडिट</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#. Overview dialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Remove a queue:</big></b><br>\n" +"Select a local queue and press <b>Delete</b>.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> सेवा पुसून टाकत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +" पुसून टाकण्याची सेवा निवडा व<b>डिलीट</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#. Overview dialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Print a test page:</big></b><br>\n" +"Select the queue and press <b>Print Test Page</b>.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> सेवा पुसून टाकत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +" पुसून टाकण्याची सेवा निवडा व<b>डिलीट</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#. Overview dialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Refresh the list of queues:</big></b><br>\n" +"After changes to the network printing settings,\n" +"the available remote queues may have changed.\n" +"Usually it takes some time (up to several minutes)\n" +"until such changes become known to the local host.\n" +"Press <b>Refresh List</b> after some time to get an \n" +"up-to-date list of available remote queues.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>AutoYaST Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n" +"AutoYaST supports only settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>\n" +"There is no AutoYaST support to set up local print queues.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>\n" +"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n" +"When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>\n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" +"should be used for the same printer device.\n" +"For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" +"to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To set up a new queue:<br>\n" +"Select the connection of the matching printer device,<br>\n" +"find and assign a suitable printer driver, and<br>\n" +"set a unique queue name.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" +"If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" +"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" +"If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" +"it is shown for each connection type.<br>\n" +"In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" +"and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" +"The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" +"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" +"specific printer model.<br>\n" +"If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" +"Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" +"with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" +"and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" +"are shown by default.<br>\n" +"If driver descriptions match to the autodetected model name\n" +"and if all matching driver descriptions seem to belong to the same model,\n" +"the driver descriptions are sorted so that the most reasonable driver\n" +"should be listed topmost and this one is automatically preselected.\n" +"If no driver is automatically preselected, you must manually\n" +"find and select an appropriate driver.<br>\n" +"On the other hand if a driver was automatically preselected,\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that this driver is\n" +"a reasonable driver for your particular needs.\n" +"Strictly speaking an automatically preselected driver\n" +"may not work at all for your particular printer model.\n" +"The reason is that the automated driver selection\n" +"can only work based upon comparison of strings\n" +"(the autodetected model name and the driver descriptions)\n" +"so that the result can be only a best-guess proposal\n" +"how to set up your particular printer model.<br>\n" +"Therefore check if the currently preselected values make sense\n" +"and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" +"to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>\n" +"If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" +"Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" +"is different from the autodetected model name.\n" +"Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" +"and search through all available driver descriptions.<br>\n" +"Usually the default driver option settings should be reasonable\n" +"so that the driver works for your particular printer model.\n" +"Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" +"In particular the default paper size setting of the driver\n" +"must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.\n" +"You can either explicitly select A4 or Letter as default paper size\n" +"or select nothing to use the built-in default paper size of the driver\n" +"which is also the fallback if the driver neither supports A4 nor Letter\n" +"(for example a driver for a small-format photo printer).\n" +"If you like to adjust other driver options except A4 or Letter,\n" +"you must first set up the queue and then in a second step\n" +"you can adjust all driver options in the 'Edit/Modify' dialog.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Application programs do not show the actual printer device\n" +"but its associated <b>queue name</b>.<br>\n" +"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_'\n" +"are allowed for the queue name and it must start with a letter.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"One of the print queues may be set to be <b>used by default</b>.<br>\n" +"Application programs should use such a system default print queue\n" +"if no other print queue was specified by the user.\n" +"But there is no such thing as the 'one and only' default queue.\n" +"Beside a system default queue any user can maintain his own\n" +"default queue setting and furthermore any application program\n" +"may implement its own particular way of default queue setting\n" +"(e.g. the application may remember the previously used queue).<br>\n" +"For details see the openSUSE support database\n" +"article 'Print Settings with CUPS' at<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. BasicAddDialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"An alternative way to set up HP devices is to <b>run hp-setup</b>.<br>\n" +"HP's own tool 'hp-setup' provides setup support in particular\n" +"for HP printers and HP all-in-one devices which require\n" +"a proprietary driver plugin to be downloaded from HP and\n" +"installed in the right way on a particular end-user's system.\n" +"Furthermore 'hp-setup' can provide better setup support\n" +"for HP network printers and HP all-in-one network devices\n" +"because HP's own tool can implement special handling\n" +"for special HP network devices.<br>\n" +"For details see the openSUSE support database\n" +"article 'How to set-up a HP printer' at<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Modify a Print Queue</big></b><br>\n" +"To modify a queue, select only what you really want to be changed.<br>\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" +"If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" +"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n" +"If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" +"it is shown for each connection type.<br>\n" +"In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" +"and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" +"The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" +"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.<br>\n" +"When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" +"the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" +"with the autodetected model name of the new selected connection.\n" +"The drivers for which the driver description matches the model name\n" +"are shown by default.<br>\n" +"If driver descriptions match the autodetected model name\n" +"and if all matching driver descriptions seem to belong to the same model,\n" +"the driver descriptions are sorted so that the most reasonable driver\n" +"should be listed topmost (but still below the currently used driver).\n" +"On the other hand, it does not necessarily mean that this driver is\n" +"a reasonable driver for your particular needs.\n" +"The topmost listed driver may not work at all for your particular \n" +"printer model. The automated driver selection\n" +"compares strings (the autodetected model name and the driver \n" +"descriptions) so the result can only be a best-guess proposal\n" +"how to set up your particular printer model.<br>\n" +"Therefore check if the currently preselected values make sense.\n" +"Feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" +"to what you know works best for your printer.<br>\n" +"If no driver description matches the autodetected model name, it does \n" +"not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" +"Often the model name in the driver descriptions\n" +"is different from the autodetected model name.\n" +"Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" +"and search through all available driver descriptions.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n" +"specific printer model.<br>\n" +"If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<br>\n" +"Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" +"For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" +"must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.<br>\n" +"For other driver option settings you can choose what you like.\n" +"For example any choice of the available printing resolutions\n" +"should work for the particular driver.\n" +"Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" +"with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages.<br>\n" +"When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" +"you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" +"so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" +"(i.e. you must finish this dialog as a first step)\n" +"and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" +"by using this dialog again.<br>\n" +"Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" +"This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" +"so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" +"to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" +"If no driver matches, it does not mean that there is no driver available.\n" +"Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" +"and search through all available driver descriptions.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and <b>location</b>.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" +"To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" +"which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" +"it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" +"special characters e.g. only ASCII letters (a-z and A-Z),\n" +"ASCII numbers (0-9), and the ASCII space character (20 hex).\n" +"Usually the description describes the model and optionally the driver\n" +"(e.g. 'ACME FunPrinter 1000 using generic PCL driver')\n" +"and the location describes where the printer is located\n" +"(e.g. 'Room 123' or 'Front Desk').\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Set Driver Options</big></b><br>\n" +"Usually it is best to leave the driver defaults because\n" +"the defaults should be reasonable for most cases.<br>\n" +"Additionally, the print dialogs in most applications\n" +"show the driver options too so that each user can specify\n" +"driver options for each individual printout.<br>\n" +"The only setting which should be checked in any case is the paper size,\n" +"which must be set to what is actually used by default in the printer.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Non-default settings may not work in all cases or have unexpected\n" +"consequences.<br> \n" +"For example, a high resolution setting may not work for a laser printer\n" +"when its default built-in memory is insufficient to process high resolution\n" +"pages.<br> \n" +"Or a high quality setting may print intolerably slow on an inkjet printer.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"In certain cases printer-specific driver settings\n" +"must be adjusted to get the full functionality of a printer.<br>\n" +"In particular, when the printer has optional units installed like\n" +"a duplex unit or optional paper feeders, the respective driver settings\n" +"should be checked and adjusted.<br>\n" +"For example, a duplex unit option must be set to 'installed' or 'true'\n" +"otherwise the driver may ignore duplex printing option settings.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Add or Remove Printer Driver Packages</big></b><br>\n" +"If a printer driver package is not marked, it is not installed.\n" +"Select the package if you want to install it.<br>\n" +"If a printer driver package is marked, it is installed.\n" +"Deselect the package if you want to remove it.\n" +"In the latter case, make sure that there is no printer configuration \n" +"which needs the driver.<br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Add a Printer Description File</big></b><br>\n" +"To set up a printer configuration, a printer description file\n" +"(PPD file) is required.<br>\n" +"If a PPD file is not located in the /usr/share/cups/model/ directory,\n" +"it is not available to set up a printer configuration with it.\n" +"Therefore you can specify the full path of a PPD file,\n" +"which is located elsewhere on your system, to get it installed\n" +"in the /usr/share/cups/model/ directory.<br>\n" +"Note that a printer description file is not a driver.<br>\n" +"For non-PostScript printers the PPD file alone is\n" +"not sufficient to set up a working printer configuration.\n" +"In particular, it does not work for non-PostScript printers\n" +"to download a PPD file from the Internet and then set up\n" +"the printer with such a PPD file.\n" +"The plain printer setup would work but actual printing\n" +"would not work because the driver would be missing.\n" +"For non-PostScript printers, you need a printer driver\n" +"and a PPD file which matches exactly the particular driver.\n" +"Matching PPD files are automatically installed at the right place\n" +"when you install the above mentioned printer driver packages.<br>\n" +"Only for PostScript printers, a PPD file alone is usually\n" +"sufficient to set up a working PostScript printer configuration.\n" +"In particular, it is sufficient when the PPD file does not\n" +"contain a 'cupsFilter' entry because such an entry would\n" +"reference a printer driver.<br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>\n" +"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n" +"If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" +"so that there cannot be any printout.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n" +"A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" +"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n" +"After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" +"which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n" +"Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" +"Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>\n" +"The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>\n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" +"of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" +"a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n" +"Some examples:<br>\n" +"A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" +"with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n" +"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n" +"A network printer with IP 192.168.100.1 which is accessible\n" +"via port 9100 may have a device URI like:<br>\n" +"socket://192.168.100.1:9100<br>\n" +"A network printer with IP 192.168.100.2 which is accessible\n" +"via LPD protocol with a remote LPD queue name 'LPT1'\n" +"may have a device URI like:<br>\n" +"lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Percent Encoding</big></b><br>\n" +"The issue is complicated.\n" +"It is recommended to avoid reserved characters and spaces\n" +"for component values in URIs if the values are under your control\n" +"(e.g. you cannot avoid it when you must specify such characters\n" +"in values for an URI to access a remote print queue\n" +"but the remote print queue is not under your control).\n" +"Whenever possible use only so called 'unreserved characters'.\n" +"Unreserved characters are uppercase and lowercase letters,\n" +"decimal digits, hyphen, period, underscore, and tilde.\n" +"Even hyphen, period, tilde, and case sensitivity\n" +"could cause special issues in special cases\n" +"(e.g. only letters, digits, and underscore are known to work\n" +"for a CUPS print queue name and case is not significant there).\n" +"Therefore it is best to use only lowercase letters, digits,\n" +"and underscore for all values in all URIs if possible.<br>\n" +"Reserved characters and space characters in the value of a component\n" +"must be percent-encoded (also known as URL encoding).<br>\n" +"When an input field in the dialog is intended to enter\n" +"only a single value for a single component of the URI\n" +"(e.g. separated input fields for username and password),\n" +"you must enter spaces and reserved characters literally\n" +"(i.e. non-percent-encoded).\n" +"For such input fields all spaces and reserved characters\n" +"will be automatically percent-encoded.\n" +"For example if a password is actually 'Foo%20Bar' (non-percent-encoded),\n" +"it must be entered literally in the password input field in the dialog.\n" +"The automated percent-encoding results 'Foo%2520Bar' which is how\n" +"the value of the password component is actually stored in the URI.<br>\n" +"In contrast when an input field in the dialog is intended to enter\n" +"more that a single value for a single component of the URI\n" +"(e.g. a single input field for all optional parameters\n" +"like 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3'\n" +"or a single input field to enter the whole URI),\n" +"you must enter spaces and reserved characters percent-encoded\n" +"because an automated percent-encoding is no longer possible.\n" +"Assume in an optional parameter 'option=value'\n" +"the value would be 'this&that' so that the whole\n" +"optional parameter would be 'option=this&that' (literally).\n" +"But a literal '&' character denotes\n" +"the separation of different optional parameters\n" +"so that 'option=this&that' in an URI means\n" +"a first optional parameter 'option=this' and\n" +"a second optional parameter which is only 'that'.\n" +"Therefore a single optional parameter 'option=this&that'\n" +"must be entered percent-encoded as 'option=this%26that'<br>\n" +"Input fields which require percent-encoded input\n" +"are denoted by a '[percent-encoded]' hint.<br>\n" +"Listing of characters and their percent encoding:<br>\n" +"space ' ' is percent encoded as %20<br>\n" +"exclamation mark ! is percent encoded as %21<br>\n" +"number sign # is percent encoded as %23<br>\n" +"Dollar sign $ is percent encoded as %24<br>\n" +"percentage % is percent encoded as %25<br>\n" +"ampersand & is percent encoded as %26<br>\n" +"apostrophe / single quotation mark ' is percent encoded as %27<br>\n" +"left parenthesis ( is percent encoded as %28<br>\n" +"right parenthesis ) is percent encoded as %29<br>\n" +"asterisk * is percent encoded as %2A<br>\n" +"plus sign + is percent encoded as %2B<br>\n" +"comma , is percent encoded as %2C<br>\n" +"slash / is percent encoded as %2F<br>\n" +"colon : is percent encoded as %3A<br>\n" +"semicolon ; is percent encoded as %3B<br>\n" +"equals sign = is percent encoded as %3D<br>\n" +"question mark ? is percent encoded as %3F<br>\n" +"at sign @ is percent encoded as %40<br>\n" +"left bracket [ is percent encoded as %5B<br>\n" +"right bracket ] is percent encoded as %5D<br>\n" +"For details see 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax' at<br>\n" +"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n" +"Devices which are connected via USB\n" +"are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n" +"For example:<br>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n" +"A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" +"and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" +"A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" +"Access happens via three different network protocols.\n" +"See the manual of your network printer or printserver box\n" +"to find out what your particular device supports:<br>\n" +"<b>TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>\n" +"The IP address and a port number is needed to access it.\n" +"Often the port number 9100 is the right one.\n" +"It is the simplest, fastest, and generally the most reliable protocol.\n" +"The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +"socket://ip-address:port-number<br>.\n" +"<b>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</b><br>\n" +"A LPD runs on the device and provides one or more LPD queues.\n" +"The IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\n" +"Almost all network printers and printserver boxes support it.\n" +"Often an arbitrary queue name or 'LPT1' works.\n" +"But using a correct LPD queue which does not change\n" +"the data or add additional formfeeds or banner pages\n" +"could be essential for reliable printing.\n" +"The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +"lpd://ip-address/queue<br>.\n" +"<b>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</b><br>\n" +"IPP is the native protocol for CUPS running on a real computer,\n" +"but if IPP is implemented in a small printserver box,\n" +"it is often not implemented properly. Only use IPP if the vendor\n" +"actually documents official support for it. \n" +"The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +"ipp://ip-address:port-number/resource<br>.\n" +"What 'port-number' and 'resource' exactly is depends\n" +"on the particular network printer or printserver box model.<br>\n" +"For <b>more information</b> have a look at<br>\n" +"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n" +"In contrast to a printserver box a print server machine\n" +"means a real computer which offers a print service.<br>\n" +"Access happens via various different network protocols.\n" +"Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" +"provides in your particular network:<br>\n" +"<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" +"The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" +"the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" +"to a SMB printer share.<br>\n" +"A server name and a printer share name and optionally a workgroup name\n" +"is needed to access it.\n" +"Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" +"Have in mind that spaces and special characters in those values\n" +"must be percent-encoded (see above).<br>\n" +"By default CUPS runs backends (here smbspool) as user 'lp'.\n" +"When printing in an Active Directory (R) environment (AD)\n" +"the user 'lp' is not allowed to print in this environment\n" +"so that the traditional way to print via smbspool as user 'lp'\n" +"would not work.<br>\n" +"For printing in an AD environment additionally\n" +"the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed.\n" +"In this case the CUPS backend 'smb' link\n" +"is changed to <tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>\n" +"which is a wrapper to run smbspool as the original user\n" +"who submitted a particular print job.\n" +"When the Kerberos protocol is used for authentication\n" +"in an AD environment, a user gets a ticket granting ticket (TGT)\n" +"via the display manager during login at the Gnome or KDE desktop.\n" +"When smbspool is run as the original user who submitted\n" +"a particular print job, it can access the TGT of this user\n" +"and use it to pass the printing data to the SMB printer share\n" +"even in an AD environment with Kerberos authentication.\n" +"In this case neither a fixed user name nor a fixed password\n" +"has to be specified for authentication.\n" +"A precondition is that get_printing_ticket runs on the same host\n" +"where the user who submitted a particular print job is logged in.\n" +"This means that it must be set up on the workstation\n" +"for the particular user who will submit such print jobs\n" +"and the user's workstation must send its printing data\n" +"directly to the SMB printer share in the AD environment.\n" +"In particular it does not work on a separated CUPS server machine\n" +"where users who submit print jobs are not logged in.<br>\n" +"For the traditional way a matching full device URI is:<br>\n" +"smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer<br>\n" +"For example 'John Doe' with password '@home!' may use something like\n" +"the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n" +"smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n" +"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n" +"'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" +"of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n" +"<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n" +"A Line Printer Daemon (LPD) runs on a traditional UNIX server\n" +"and provides one or more LPD queues.\n" +"The IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\n" +"The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +"lpd://ip-address/queue<br>\n" +"<b>CUPS Server</b><br>\n" +"Usually you should not set up a local print queue to access\n" +"a remote queue on a CUPS server. Instead do the setup\n" +"in the <b>Print Via Network</b> dialog.\n" +"Only if you really know that you must set up a local print queue\n" +"to access a remote queue on a CUPS server proceed here.<br>\n" +"IPP is the native protocol for CUPS which runs on a server.\n" +"The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n" +"The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +"ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>Specify an Arbitrary Device URI</b>\n" +"if you know the exact right device URI for your particular case\n" +"or to modify an existing device URI in a special way.<br>\n" +"<b>Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)</b><br>\n" +"To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n" +"The package provides the CUPS backend 'pipe' which runs\n" +"the program that you specified here.\n" +"The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +"pipe:/path/to/targetcommand<br>\n" +"<b>Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)</b><br>\n" +"To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n" +"The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'.<br>\n" +"The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n" +"which is then called by beh.\n" +"This way beh can, depending on its configuration,\n" +"repeat the call of the backend or simply hide the error status\n" +"of the backend from being seen by the CUPS daemon.\n" +"The matching device URI is:<br>\n" +"beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI<br>\n" +"If nodisable is '1' beh always exits successfully\n" +"so that the queue gets never disabled but on the other hand\n" +"print jobs are lost if there is an error.<br>\n" +"Attempts is the number of attempts to recall the backend\n" +"in case of an error. '0' means infinite retries.<br>\n" +"Delay is the number of seconds between two attempts\n" +"to call the backend.<br>\n" +"The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n" +"Example:<br>\n" +"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" +"between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" +"and the print job is lost.<br>\n" +"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n" +"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>\n" +"By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" +"to make printers available via network.<br>\n" +"In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" +"and accordingly on your host the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" +"which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n" +"CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.<br>\n" +"Regarding firewall:<br>\n" +"Check if a firewall is active for a network zone\n" +"in which printers are published via network.\n" +"By default the SuSEfirewall allows any incoming information\n" +"via a network interface which belongs to the 'internal zone'\n" +"because this zone is trusted by default.<br>\n" +"It does not make sense to do printing in a trusted internal network\n" +"with a network interface which belongs to the untrusted 'external zone'\n" +"(the latter is the default setting for network interfaces to be safe).\n" +"In particular do not disable firewall protection for CUPS\n" +"(i.e. for IPP which uses TCP port 631 and UDP port 631)\n" +"for the untrusted 'external zone'.<br>\n" +"To use remote printers in a trusted internal network\n" +"and be protected by the firewall against unwanted access\n" +"from any external network (in particular from the Internet),\n" +"assign the network interface which belongs to the internal network\n" +"to the internal zone of the firewall.\n" +"Use the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental setup\n" +"to gain security plus usefulness in your network\n" +"and using remote printers in a trusted internal network\n" +"will work without any further firewall setup.<br>\n" +"For details see the openSUSE support database\n" +"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n" +"but those servers do not publish their printer information via network\n" +"or when you cannot accept incoming information about published printers\n" +"(e.g. because you must have firewall protection for the network zone\n" +"in which printers are published), you can request printer information\n" +"from CUPS servers (provided the CUPS servers allow your access).<br>\n" +"For each CUPS server which is requested, a cups-polld process\n" +"is launched by the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) on your host.\n" +"By default each cups-polld polls a remote CUPS server\n" +"every 30 seconds for printer information.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>\n" +"A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" +"for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" +"to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" +"(e.g. while traveling with a laptop). Usually it is a host name\n" +"resolution (DNS) timeout which causes the delay so that it may help\n" +"to have a hardcoded entry for the CUPS server in the /etc/hosts file.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n" +"if there is no CUPS server in your network,\n" +"or when you must access a network printer directly,\n" +"or when you use another kind of print server\n" +"e.g. when printing via a Windows (R) or Samba server\n" +"or when printing via a traditional Unix server.<br>\n" +"'Windows' is a registered trademark\n" +"of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. SharingDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>\n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" +"its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>\n" +"In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" +"which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n" +"CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. SharingDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients.<br>\n" +"In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" +"to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" +"and to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>\n" +"It is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. SharingDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n" +"which remote hosts are allowed to access the CUPS server.<br>\n" +"Allow remote access for computers within the local network\n" +"will allow access from all hosts in the local network.\n" +"A remote host is in the local network when it has an IP address\n" +"that belongs to the same network as the CUPS server\n" +"and when the network connection of the host\n" +"uses a non-PPP interface on the CUPS server\n" +"(an interface whose IFF_POINTOPOINT flag is not set).<br>\n" +"Alternatively or additionally an explicite list of network interfaces\n" +"from which remote access is allowed can be specified.<br>\n" +"Alternatively or additionally an explicite list of\n" +"allowed IP addresses and/or networks can be specified.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. SharingDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Regarding firewall:<br>\n" +"A firewall is used to protect running server processes\n" +"(in this case the CUPS server process 'cupsd')\n" +"on your host against unwanted access via network.<br>\n" +"Printing via network happens in a trusted internal network\n" +"(nobody lets arbitrary users from whatever external network\n" +"print on his printer) and usually the users need\n" +"physical printer access to get their paper output.<br>\n" +"By default the SuSEfirewall lets any network traffic pass\n" +"via a network interface which belongs to the 'internal zone'\n" +"because this zone is trusted by default.<br>\n" +"It does not make sense to do printing in a trusted internal network\n" +"with a network interface which belongs to the untrusted 'external zone'\n" +"(the latter is the default setting for network interfaces to be safe).\n" +"Do not disable firewall protection for CUPS\n" +"(i.e. for IPP which uses TCP port 631 and UDP port 631)\n" +"for the untrusted 'external zone'.<br>\n" +"To make printers accessible in a trusted internal network\n" +"and be protected by the firewall against unwanted access\n" +"from any external network (in particular from the Internet),\n" +"assign the network interface which belongs to the internal network\n" +"to the internal zone of the firewall.\n" +"Use the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental setup\n" +"to gain security plus usefulness in your network and\n" +"sharing printers in a trusted internal network\n" +"will work without any further firewall setup.<br>\n" +"For details see the openSUSE support database\n" +"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Policies help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>\n" +"Operation policies are the rules used for each operation in CUPS.\n" +"Such operations are for example 'print something', 'cancel a printout',\n" +"'configure a printer', 'modify or remove a printer configuration',\n" +"and 'enable or disable printing'.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Policies help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n" +"The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n" +"CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device.<br>\n" +"Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n" +"(for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" +"and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n" +"the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n" +"can overwrite the default error policy\n" +"and enforce another error policy (see <tt>man backend</tt>).\n" +"For example it can stop any further printing attempt\n" +"even when the default error policy is to retry the job.\n" +"This could happen when any attempt to establish\n" +"the communication with the printer is useless\n" +"so that it does no make sense to retry the job.\n" +"<br>\n" +"The following error policies exist:<br>\n" +"Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>\n" +"Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Autoconfig help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>\n" +"Check the check box to run YaST's automatic configuration\n" +"for printers which are connected to the local host.<br>\n" +"For each autodetected local connected printer,\n" +"YaST tests if there exists already a configuration.\n" +"If there is not yet a configuration,\n" +"YaST tries to find a matching driver for the printer\n" +"and if one is found, the printer is configured.<br>\n" +"The resulting configuration is basically the same\n" +"as if one would have selected an autodetected printer\n" +"in the 'Add New Printer Configuration' dialog\n" +"and accepted whatever preselected values there.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Autoconfig help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>\n" +"The RPM package 'udev-configure-printer' provides\n" +"automatic configuration when USB printers are plugged in.<br>\n" +"When its check box is initially not checked, it is not installed\n" +"and then you can select it so that it will be installed.<br>\n" +"When its check box is initially checked, it is already installed\n" +"and then you can un-select it so that it will be removed.<br>\n" +"When udev-configure-printer is installed,\n" +"automatic USB printer configuration happens via the entries\n" +"in its udev config file /lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rules\n" +"which triggers to run 'udev-configure-printer add'\n" +"when a USB printer is plugged in\n" +"and 'udev-configure-printer remove' when it is unplugged.\n" +"There are no adjustable settings for udev-configure-printer\n" +"except one changes the 70-printers.rules file manually.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/printer/overview.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of printer +#. Summary: Overview dialog definition +#. Authors: Johannes Meixner +#. +#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Show" +msgstr "विस्तृत माहिती दाखवा" + +#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Local" +msgstr "स्थानिक" + +#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Remote" +msgstr "दूरस्थ" + +#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना" + +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Print queue name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +msgid "Location" +msgstr "स्थान" + +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Whether or not is is the default queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +msgid "Default" +msgstr "नित्यस्थिती" + +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती" + +#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Re&fresh List" +msgstr "सूची रिफ्रेश करा" + +#. PushButton label to print a test page: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print &Test Page" +msgstr "परिक्षा पान छापा" + +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#. when a local cupsd is required but it is not accessible. +#. YaST did already run 'lpstat -h localhost -r' +#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. +#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) +#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 +msgid "" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" +"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" +"A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). +#. A rather technical text because this does not happen on normal systems +#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). +#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed +#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140 +msgid "" +"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" +"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" +"This happens when there is a 'Listen ...:1234' or 'Port 1234' setting\n" +"(where 1234 means any port number which is not the official port 631)\n" +"in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (check also if there is 'BrowsePort 1234').\n" +"The YaST printer module does not support a non-official port.\n" +"A non-official port leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" +"If you really must use a non-official port, you cannot use\n" +"the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182 +msgid "" +"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" +"(this might take some time)" +msgstr "" + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201 +msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 +msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." +msgstr "" + +#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed +#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and +#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgstr "" + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +msgid "CUPS Server %1" +msgstr "CUPS सेवासंगणक" + +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The print server is accessible." +msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." +msgstr "मुद्रण सेवासंगणक संपर्कात आहे" + +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152 +msgid "Select an entry." +msgstr "नोंद निवडा" + +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot Delete" +msgstr "TSIGकळ काढू शकत नाही." + +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Confirm Deletion" +msgstr "स्थापना नक्की करा" + +#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." +msgstr "" + +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Delete configuration %1" +msgstr "आकृतीबंध %1 आता काढून टाकायचे?" + +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not delete it" +msgstr "खरोखर ते काढून टाका?" + +#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because +#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes +#. because classes are only useful in bigger printing environments +#. which is out of the scope of the use cases of the YaST printer module. +#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module +#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident +#. with whatever other setup tool: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" +msgstr "स्थापना नक्की करा" + +#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639 +msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" +msgstr "मिळालेले मुद्रणयंत्र:" + +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687 +msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." +msgstr "" + +#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. +#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". +#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Printout Disabled" +msgstr "छापणे संपले" + +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699 +msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. +#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because +#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. +#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback +#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." +msgstr "" + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" +msgstr "मिळालेले मुद्रणयंत्र:" + +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756 +msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" +msgstr "" + +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" +msgstr "ह्या आज्ञेसाठी मदत छापा" + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." +msgstr "चाचणी घेण्यात अपयश %1." + +#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see +#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617 +#. Therefore a slightly modified CUPS 1.3.10 testprint.ps was added +#. to yast2-printer as /usr/share/YaST2/data/testprint.ps +#. The following modifications +#. --- cups-1.3.10/data/testprint.ps 2009-01-13 18:27:16.000000000 +0100 +#. +++ data/testprint.ps 2009-07-09 15:25:26.000000000 +0200 +#. @@ -564 +564 @@ +#. - (Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered +#. + (CUPS Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered +#. @@ -570 +570 @@ +#. - (Printed with CUPS v1.3.x) show +#. + (Printed with CUPS) show +#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage +#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test Printing" +msgid "Test printout" +msgstr "मुद्रणाची चाचणी" + +#. Popup::AnyQuestion message: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801 +msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Print test page" +msgid "Single test page" +msgstr "परिक्षा पान छापा" + +#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Print test page" +msgid "Two test pages" +msgstr "परिक्षा पान छापा" + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." +msgstr "%1 आवश्यक पॅकेज स्थापन होऊ शकले नाही." + +#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues) +#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) +#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. +#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852 +msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856 +msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." +msgstr "" + +#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label +#. regarding a positive testpage printout result: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repair was successful" +msgid "Testpage printout was successful" +msgstr "दुरूस्ती यशस्वी झाली" + +#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label +#. regarding a negative testpage printout result: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "T&est Printing" +msgid "Testpage printing failed" +msgstr "मुद्रणाची चाचणी" + +#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing +#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now. +#. Via the "cancel" command the cupsd sends termination signals +#. to running filter processes for the queue so that the filters +#. (in particular the printer driver) could do whatever is needed +#. to switch an actively printing printer device into a clean state +#. (e.g. exit its graphics printing mode and switch back to normal mode). +#. The backend process terminates when the filters have finished. +#. This helps in usual cases (in particular when a good driver is used) +#. if something had messed up for an actively printing job but +#. unfortunately there is no option for the "cancel" command +#. which lets the cupsd kill the backend process as emergency brake +#. when something is really wrong e.g. a wrong driver lets the printer +#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. +#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback +#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897 +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." +msgstr "" + +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Delete all pending jobs" +msgstr "मिळालेले मुद्रणयंत्र:" + +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not delete them" +msgstr "खरोखर ते काढून टाका?" + +#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043 +msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgstr "" + +#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, +#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065 +msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." +msgstr "" + +#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." +msgstr "" + +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot Modify" +msgstr "फ्लॉपी माऊंट करू शकलो नाही" + +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45 +msgid "stop the printer and keep the job for future printing" +msgstr "" + +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time +#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed): +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52 +msgid "re-send the job after waiting some time" +msgstr "" + +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58 +msgid "abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job" +msgstr "" + +#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Specify the &error policy" +msgstr "प्रकिया परवानगी द्यायची आहे का ते ठरवा." + +#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS error policy which is selected in the ComboBox above +#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). +#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" +#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical +#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 +msgid "&Apply this error policy to all local printer configurations" +msgstr "" + +#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Specify the &operation policy" +msgstr "प्रकिया परवानगी द्यायची आहे का ते ठरवा." + +#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS operation policy which is selected in the ComboBox above +#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). +#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" +#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical +#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 +msgid "Apply this operation &policy to all local printer configurations" +msgstr "" + +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." +msgstr "" + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to apply the policy to '%1'" +msgstr "डेल्टा RPM लागू करण्यात अपयश: %1" + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value. +#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" +msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. +#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to set 'ErrorPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" +msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system." +msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर SSH सेटींग्ज प्रतिकृत करत आहे..." + +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:52 +msgid "do not accept any printer announcement" +msgstr "" + +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted from +#. all remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56 +msgid "accept all announcements from anywhere" +msgstr "" + +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted from +#. remote CUPS servers in the local network: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +msgid "accept from all hosts in the local network" +msgstr "स्थानिक महाजालावर सादरकर्त्यांकरता तपासा..." + +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted only from +#. remote CUPS servers with specific addresses +#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +msgid "accept only from the specific addresses below" +msgstr "तुम्ही पत्ता दर्शविलाच पाहिजे." + +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use CUPS to Print Via Network" +msgstr "महाजालाद्वारे स्कॅन करण्यासाठी मांडणी" + +#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Accept Printer Announcements from CUPS Servers" +msgstr "दूरस्थ CUPS सेवासंगणक ऐकत आहे" + +#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers +#. printer information is accepted: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&General Setting" +msgstr "साधारण जुळणी" + +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally +#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask +#. from where remote printer information is accepted: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 +msgid "Additional IP Addresses or &Network/Netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "" + +#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Request Printer Information from CUPS Servers" +msgstr "दूरस्थ CUPS सेवासंगणक ऐकत आहे" + +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter +#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses +#. from where remote printer information is polled: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)" +msgstr "NIS सेवासंगणक नाव अथवा पत्ता" + +#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly +#. only via one single remote CUPS server: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 +msgid "&Do All Printing Directly via One Single CUPS Server" +msgstr "" + +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter +#. the one single remote CUPS server which is used +#. to do all his printing tasks: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&One single CUPS server name or IP Address" +msgstr "NIS सेवासंगणक नाव अथवा पत्ता" + +#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server +#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:178 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Test Server" +msgstr "NTP सेवा संगणक" + +#. or to set up to use a network printer directly: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 +msgid "Use Another Print Server or Use a Network Printer Directly" +msgstr "" + +#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" +#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 +#, fuzzy +msgid "A firewall may reject printer announcements from CUPS servers" +msgstr "दूरस्थ CUPS सेवासंगणक ऐकत आहे" + +#. Popup::AnyMessage message: +#. Popup::AnyMessage message: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 +msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. +#. Such a client-only config does not make sense: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Scheme name must be set." +msgid "A valid CUPS server name must be entered." +msgstr "योजनेचे नाव स्थिर व्हायला हवे." + +#. when a client-only server is not accessible +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Continue regardless that '%1' is not accessible?" +msgstr "मुद्रण सेवासंगणक संपर्कात आहे" + +#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when a client-only server is not accessible: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures." +msgstr "" + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tried to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." +msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." +msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 +msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." +msgstr "" + +#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: +#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has +#. changed the server name values to be effectively empty. +#. This is the same as to turn off the BrowsePoll config so that +#. the "BrowsePoll config should be disabled" case below is triggered here: +#. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On", +#. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to set 'Browsing On' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#. but now the user has deactivated it +#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. +#. Do not change the global "Browsing On/Off" entry in cupsd.conf +#. because "Browsing Off" disables also sharing of local printers +#. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog. +#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. +#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "At least one ethernet interface must be configured." +msgid "At least one valid CUPS server name must be entered." +msgstr "कमीतकमी एकही इथरनेट पडदा कॉनफिग्युअर झालाच पाहिजे." + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" +msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#. but now the user has deactivated it +#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: +#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to set 'BrowsePoll none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" +msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd +#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or +#. a BrowsePoll config with a local running cupsd was disabled. +#. A cups-polld polls remote servers for a list of available printer queues. +#. Those information is then broadcast to the localhost interface (127.0.0.1) +#. on the specified browse port for reception by the local cupsd. +#. Theerfore for the cupsd BrowsePoll information is the same +#. as the usual Browsing information via BrowseAllow. +#. The default BrowseTimeout value for the local cupsd is 5 minutes. +#. Therefore it takes by default 5 minutes until printer information +#. that was previously received by Browsing is removed (via timeout) +#. from the local cupsd's list. +#. I assume most users do not like to wait 5 minutes which is no problem +#. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then +#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 +msgid "" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" +"or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" +"it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." +msgstr "" + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 +msgid "The server '%1' is accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." +msgstr "" + +#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Deny Remote Access" +msgstr "दुर्गम संपर्कात परवानगी दिले" + +#. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Allow Remote Access" +msgstr "दुर्गम संपर्कात परवानगी दिले" + +#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 +msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:" +msgstr "" + +#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for computers within the local network: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +msgid "For computers within the &local network" +msgstr "स्थानिक महाजालावर सादरकर्त्यांकरता तपासा..." + +#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Publish printers within the local network" +msgstr "स्थानिक महाजालावर सादरकर्त्यांकरता तपासा..." + +#. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues +#. via network interfaces specified in the table below: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network interface" +msgid "Via network interfaces" +msgstr "जाळे दुवा" + +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:133 +msgid "Interface" +msgstr "दुवा" + +#. A table column header where the column shows whether or not +#. local print queues are published by default +#. via the network interface in the other table column: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137 +msgid "Publish printers via this interface" +msgstr "" + +#. A PushButton label to add a network interface to the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:148 +msgid "&Add" +msgstr "जोडा" + +#. A PushButton label to change a network interface in the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:154 +msgid "&Edit" +msgstr "संपादन" + +#. A PushButton label to delete a network interface from the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:160 +msgid "&Delete" +msgstr "काढून टाका" + +#. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169 +msgid "For Specific IP Addresses or Networks" +msgstr "" + +#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for hosts and/or networks: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "" + +#. TextEntry to publish local print queues +#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" +msgstr "NIS सेवासंगणक नाव अथवा पत्ता" + +#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default +#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 +msgid "&Publish printers by default via the network interface below." +msgstr "" + +#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Available Network &Interfaces:" +msgstr "महाजाल संवादमंच" + +#. Use the exact same wording "remote access" +#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allow remote access" +msgid "A firewall may prevent remote access" +msgstr "दुर्गम संपर्कात परवानगी दिले" + +#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to remove 'Allow' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. +#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to set 'Listen *:631' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." +msgstr "" + +#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#. Whole configuration of printer but without reading and writing. +#. For use with proposal at the end of the system installation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:195 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:215 +msgid "Printer Configuration" +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र संरचना" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:197 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:217 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." + +#. Settings: +#. Define all variables needed for configuration of a printer: +#. Global variables: +#. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:58 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"AutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>\n" +"There is no AutoYaST support for local print queues.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. +#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Retrieving printer driver information..." +msgstr "चालकाची माहिती लिहा" + +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:382 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Retrieving printer driver information...\n" +"(this could take more than a minute)" +msgstr "चालकाची माहिती लिहा" + +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to create PPD database." +msgstr "ट्युनर डेटाबेस वाचण्यास असमर्थ." + +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694 +msgid "File %1 does not exist." +msgstr "फाईल %1 अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714 +msgid "Failed to read %1." +msgstr "वाचता येत नाही %1." + +#. ExpectedSize to 1 (setting it to 0 results wrong output) by calling +#. UI::ChangeWidget( `id(`create_database_progress), `ExpectedSize, 1 ) +#. results bad looking output because the DownloadProgress widget is visible re-drawn +#. first with a small 1% initially starting progress bar which then jumps up to 100% +#. but what is intended is that the current progress bar jumps directly up to 100%. +#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar. +#. Because ProgressBar has a different default width than DownloadProgress, +#. a MinWidth which is sufficient for both is set above. +#. The size is measured in units roughly equivalent to the size of a character +#. in the respective UI (1/80 of the full screen width horizontally, +#. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size +#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Retrieved Printer Driver Information" +msgstr "चालकाची माहिती लिहा" + +#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. +#. Don't care if this command is successful. +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:491 src/modules/Printer.rb:508 +msgid "Detecting printers..." +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र शोधत आहे..." + +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no printer was autodetected. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to detect printers automatically." +msgstr "आपोआप समांतरण शोधण्यास अपयश." + +#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above). +#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar +#. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:579 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certification finished.\n" +msgid "Printer detection finished" +msgstr "सर्टिफिकेशन समाप्त.\n" + +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to detect print queues." +msgstr "कार्यान्वित चालक ठरविण्यात अपयश." + +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to determine driver options for queue %1." +msgstr "पॅकेजची आवृत्ती ठरवण्याचे फसले %1." + +#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see +#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: +#. for background information +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:735 +msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्राची संरचना कार्यान्वयीत करत आहे" + +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:738 +msgid "Check installed packages" +msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजेस तपासा" + +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:740 +msgid "Checking installed packages..." +msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजस तपासली जात आहेत..." + +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:742 src/modules/Printer.rb:792 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "समाप्त झाले" + +#. Finish printer configuration (does actually nothing except to exit verbosely) see +#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...: +#. for background information +#. @return true in any case (because it only exits) +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:785 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Finishing Printer Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना संपत आहे" + +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:788 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Finish printer configuration" +msgstr "फिंगरप्रिंट कॉंफिगरेशन" + +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:790 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Finishing printer configuration..." +msgstr "संवादमंच संरचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)." +msgstr "कार्यान्वित चालक ठरविण्यात अपयश." + +#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 +msgid "Local" +msgstr "स्थानिक" + +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1120 +msgid "Class" +msgstr "गट" + +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1121 +msgid "Remote" +msgstr "दूरस्थ" + +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1122 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "होय" + +#. When the queue accepts print jobs and printing is enabled: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1124 +msgid "Ready" +msgstr "तयार" + +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1125 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Printout disabled" +msgstr "छापणे संपले" + +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128 +msgid "Rejecting print jobs, printout disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Rejecting print jobs" +msgstr "मिळालेले मुद्रणयंत्र:" + +#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167 +#, fuzzy +msgid "There is no print queue." +msgstr "आसा कोणी वापरकर्ता नाही." + +#. Only a simple message because before the function AutodetectPrinters +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to autodetect printers." +msgstr "ओळखलेल्या मुद्रणयंत्राची यादी करा" + +#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No &connection" +msgid "No connections." +msgstr "जोडणी नाही" + +#. A hint what to do if there are no connections. +#. 'Detect More' and 'Connection Wizard' are +#. button lables and must be translated accordingly: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478 +msgid "Try 'Detect More' or use the 'Connection Wizard'." +msgstr "" + +#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to create the printer driver database." +msgstr "बाहेर येत आहे: समांतरण डेटाबेस निर्माण होऊ शकला नाही." + +#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected. +#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 +msgid "Select a connection, then matching drivers show up here." +msgstr "" + +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Determining matching printer drivers..." +msgstr "कार्यान्वित चालक ठरवले जात आहे..." + +#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 +msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." +msgstr "" + +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..." +msgstr "मॉड्युल अद्ययावत करत आहे, कृपया वाट पाहा ..." + +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to add queue %1." +msgstr "वाचता येत नाही %1." + +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." +msgstr "चाचणी घेण्यात अपयश %1." + +#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case +#. which should not happen at all: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to determine the driver options." +msgstr "कार्यान्वित चालक ठरविण्यात अपयश." + +#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New value" +msgid "new value" +msgstr "नवीन मूल्य" + +#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set value" +msgid "saved value" +msgstr "किंमत सेट करा" + +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The LDAP server name" +msgid "The server '" +msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकाचे नाव" + +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 +msgid "" +"Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n" +"This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n" +"or when the user who runs YaST has no DISPLAY environment variable set,\n" +"or when the YaST process is not allowed to access the graphical display.\n" +"In this case you should run hp-setup manually directly as user 'root'.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 +msgid "" +"Cannot run hp-setup because\n" +"/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" +"or does not exist.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 +msgid "" +"Launched hp-setup.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. +#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 +msgid "" +"To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" +"Use 'Driver Packages' to install it." +msgstr "" + +#. Is the package available to be installed? +#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "%1 आवश्यक पॅकेजस्थापना झाली नाही व स्थापनेकरिता उपलब्ध नाही." + +#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "%1 आवश्यक पॅकेजस्थापना झाली नाही व स्थापनेकरिता उपलब्ध नाही." + +#. Only a simple message because: +#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, +#. or this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:223 +msgid "Failed to install required package %1." +msgstr "%1 आवश्यक पॅकेज स्थापन होऊ शकले नाही." + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Remove package %1?" +msgstr "%1 आवश्यक पॅकेज स्थापन होऊ शकले नाही." + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Removing package %1 would break dependencies." +msgstr "कर्नेल मॉडयुल अवलंबीता सुधारत आहेत..." + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 +msgid "Remove %1 regardless of breaking dependencies?" +msgstr "" + +#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 +msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere." +msgstr "" + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to remove package %1." +msgstr "%1 आवश्यक पॅकेज स्थापन होऊ शकले नाही." + +#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started +#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start locally running CUPS daemon" +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू होत आहे" + +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337 +#, fuzzy +msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is needed." +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू होत आहे" + +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon" +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करू शकत नाही." + +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No locally running CUPS daemon is accessible." +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू होत आहे" + +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 +msgid "Failed to enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" +msgstr "" + +#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment +#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restart locally running CUPS daemon" +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू होत आहे" + +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 +msgid "A restart disrupts all currently active print jobs." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to restart the CUPS daemon" +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करू शकत नाही." + +#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because +#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config +#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds +#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info +#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423 +msgid "" +"Restarted the CUPS daemon.\n" +"Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd +#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439 +msgid "Enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" +msgstr "" + +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 +msgid "Currently the CUPS daemon is not started during system boot." +msgstr "" + +#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment +#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Stop locally running CUPS daemon" +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू होत आहे" + +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463 +msgid "A stop disrupts all currently active print jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup): +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479 +#, fuzzy +msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is still accessible." +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू होत आहे" + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The CUPS server '%1' is not accessible." +msgstr "मुद्रण सेवासंगणक संपर्कात आहे" + +#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649 +msgid "Updating configuration files..." +msgstr "संरचना फाईल अद्ययावत करत आहे..." + +#. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Migration" +msgid "&Skip waiting" +msgstr "&Skip स्थलांतर" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Parallel Port" +#~ msgstr "समांतर मुद्रणयंत्र" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Serial Port" +#~ msgstr "सीरीयल पोर्ट" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The server name '%1' is known in the network." +#~ msgstr "NFS सर्व्हर नाव '%1' अवैध आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The server name '%1' is not known in the network." +#~ msgstr "NFS सर्व्हर नाव '%1' अवैध आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible." +#~ msgstr "मुद्रण सेवासंगणक संपर्कात आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The server '%1' does not respond in the network." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "फाईल '%1' अस्तित्वात नाही.\n" +#~ "दुसरी निवडा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The server '%1' is unknown." +#~ msgstr "NFS सर्व्हर नाव '%1' अवैध आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Look Up" +#~ msgstr "वर पहा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Trigger Automatic Configuration to Run Now" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "not set" +#~ msgstr "TSIGकळ काढू शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "/etc/fstab हून NFS एन्ट्रीज माऊट होणे शक्य नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Autoconfig Settings" +#~ msgstr "AutoYaST सेटींग्ज" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Via network interfaces specified below" +#~ msgstr "महाजाल पडदे संरचीत नाहीत" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Various Standard Drivers" +#~ msgstr "सामान्य प्रिंटर" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "current setting of the print queue" +#~ msgstr "रांगेची अवस्था मांडा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Waiting until the config files are updated..." +#~ msgstr "कॉंफिग फाइल वाचत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Detected printers" +#~ msgstr "मिळालेले मुद्रणयंत्र:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Determine Connection" +#~ msgstr "चाचणी मुद्रणयंत्र जोडणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&More Connections" +#~ msgstr "जोडणी टाळा" + +#~ msgid "&Search" +#~ msgstr "शोधा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "More &Drivers" +#~ msgstr "बोन्ड ड्रायव्हर विकल्प" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Add Driver" +#~ msgstr "ड्राईव्ह मिळवा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Set &Name" +#~ msgstr "सेट &नाव..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Descri&ption" +#~ msgstr "वर्णन:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Default Printer" +#~ msgstr "साधारण पुरविणारा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&SCSI generic device" +#~ msgstr "उपकरण निवडा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Currently available SCSI generic devices" +#~ msgstr "सध्याच्या उपलब्ध सेवा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Program Name" +#~ msgstr "कार्यक्रमाचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "SCSI" +#~ msgstr "SCSI" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "SCSI generic device could not be empty." +#~ msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Add Driver" +#~ msgstr "ड्राईव्ह मिळवा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Accept Printer &Information from the Following Servers" +#~ msgstr "दूरस्थ CUPS सेवासंगणक ऐकत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Usual &General Setting" +#~ msgstr "साधारण जुळणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Determine available drivers..." +#~ msgstr "कार्यान्वित चालक ठरवले जात आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No matching driver found." +#~ msgstr "क्रायटेरी याला जुळणारा NFS माऊंट मिळाला नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failed to set up the firewall settings.\n" +#~ "Use the specific YaST Firewall module." +#~ msgstr "महाजालद्वारे समांतण संदर्भात मांडणी लिहीण्यात अपयश आले." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Search for &Drivers" +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्त्यासाठी शोध चाळणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Show Matching Drivers" +#~ msgstr "&पॅच विभाग दाखवा:" + +#~ msgid "Firewall Settings" +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉल मांडणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Hostname / IP Address" +#~ msgstr "दूरस्थ आयपी पत्ता" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Not the Suse Firewall but another firewall is used" +#~ msgstr "SUSE संरक्षक प्रणाली नाही, पम दुसऱ्या प्रकारची संरक्षक प्रणाली वापरली आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The Suse Firewall is not active" +#~ msgstr "संरक्षकप्रणाली कार्यान्वित आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Allow printer information from the &internal network zone" +#~ msgstr "बाहेरील क्षेत्रीय महाजालामधून वापरास नकार" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Printer information from the internal network zone is allowed" +#~ msgstr "बाहेरील क्षेत्रीय महाजालामधून वापरास नकार" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Deny access and printer information from the &external network zone" +#~ msgstr "बाहेरील क्षेत्रीय महाजालामधून वापरास नकार द्या" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Access and printer information from the external network zone is denied" +#~ msgstr "बाहेरील क्षेत्रीय महाजालामधून वापरास नकार" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Allow access from the &internal network zone" +#~ msgstr "बाहेरील क्षेत्रीय महाजालामधून वापरास नकार" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Access from the internal network zone is allowed" +#~ msgstr "बाहेरील क्षेत्रीय महाजालामधून वापरास नकार" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Deny access from the &external network zone" +#~ msgstr "बाहेरील क्षेत्रीय महाजालामधून वापरास नकार द्या" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Access from the external network zone is denied" +#~ msgstr "बाहेरील क्षेत्रीय महाजालामधून वापरास नकार" + +#~ msgid "Driver" +#~ msgstr "चालक" + +#~ msgid "Other" +#~ msgstr "इतर" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Finish Add" +#~ msgstr "पूर्ण करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Finish Modify" +#~ msgstr "पूर्ण करा" + +#~ msgid "&Configure" +#~ msgstr "संरचना करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Nothing changed." +#~ msgstr "काहीच संरचित केले नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Not yet implemented" +#~ msgstr "अद्याप अंमलबजावणी नाही. क्षमस्व." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The 'Add Driver' dialog is not yet implemented." +#~ msgstr "अजून कार्यांवित नसलेले वैशिष्ट्य" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Determine basic print system settings" +#~ msgstr "यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Determining basic print system settings..." +#~ msgstr "यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Autodetect already configured printers" +#~ msgstr "ओळखलेले किंवा संरचीत मुद्रणयंत्र यादी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Autodetecting already configured printers..." +#~ msgstr "ओळखलेले किंवा संरचीत मुद्रणयंत्र यादी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The operation &policy" +#~ msgstr "प्रकिया परवानगी द्यायची आहे का ते ठरवा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Connection Wizard" +#~ msgstr "संपर्क" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "IP address" +#~ msgstr "IPv4 पत्ता" + +#~ msgid "A&dd" +#~ msgstr "भरा/मिळवा" + +#~ msgid "Ed&it" +#~ msgstr "सपादन करा" + +#~ msgid "De&lete" +#~ msgstr "काढून करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Network &Address:" +#~ msgstr "महाजाल पत्ता मांडणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Under Connstruction" +#~ msgstr "USB मुद्रणयंत्र जोडणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Network &Devices:" +#~ msgstr "महाजालावरील उपकरण" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Select the Printer Device via its Connection" +#~ msgstr "क्रमिक मुद्रणयंत्र जोडणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "If the device is not shown, try" +#~ msgstr "उपकरण संरचीत केलेले नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Show" +#~ msgstr "विस्तृत माहिती दाखवा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "or" +#~ msgstr "पोर्ट" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&All Drivers" +#~ msgstr "सूत्रचालक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Driver &Wizard" +#~ msgstr "विझार्ड पुन्हा&सुरु करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Set a &Queue Name" +#~ msgstr "दूर्गम रांगेचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "All" +#~ msgstr "सर्व" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Driver &Options" +#~ msgstr "बोन्ड ड्रायव्हर विकल्प" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "for the currently used driver" +#~ msgstr "सध्या वापरलेला स्पूलर बंद करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Currently used driver" +#~ msgstr "सध्याच्या उपलब्ध सेवा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Enable/Disable" +#~ msgstr "केडम्प सक्षम/अक्षम करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Error Policy" +#~ msgstr "परवलीशब्द नकाशा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Access Control" +#~ msgstr "संपर्क बिंदू" + +#~ msgid "Other Options" +#~ msgstr "आणखी पर्याय" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No Connection" +#~ msgstr "जोडणी नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "local queues" +#~ msgstr "रांगा संग्रहीत करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "remote queues" +#~ msgstr "दूरस्थ LPD रांग" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configure" +#~ msgstr "&संरचित करा..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Refresh list" +#~ msgstr "सूची रिफ्रेश करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No Queue Selected" +#~ msgstr "काहीच निवडले गेले नाही" + +#~ msgid "Select a queue." +#~ msgstr "रांग निवडा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Delete queue %1" +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्ता काढू %1?" + +#~ msgid "Queue %1 does not exist." +#~ msgstr "रांग %1 अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#~ msgid "Cannot specify URI and detected printer in one command." +#~ msgstr "एकाच संदेशातच युआरआय आणि शोधलेले मुद्रणयंत्र ठरवू शकत नाही." + +#~ msgid "URI for queue %1 not specified." +#~ msgstr "रांगेकरिता युआरआय %1 ठरविला नाही." + +#~ msgid "Printer %1 was not detected." +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र %1 ओळखता आले नाही." + +#~ msgid "Queue name not specified." +#~ msgstr "रांगेचे नाव ठरविलेले नाही." + +#~ msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used." +#~ msgstr "हे ठराविक रांगेचे नाव %1 आधीच वापरले आहे." + +#~ msgid "Model not specified for queue %1." +#~ msgstr "रांगेकरिता मॉड्यूल ठरवून देण्यात आले नाही %1." + +#~ msgid "Unknown Manufacturer: %1" +#~ msgstr "अज्ञात निर्माता: %1" + +#~ msgid "Unknown Model: %1" +#~ msgstr "अज्ञात मॉडेल: %1" + +#~ msgid "Unknown PPD File Nickname: %1" +#~ msgstr "अज्ञात PPD फाईलचे टोपणनाव: %1" + +#~ msgid "Only one of 'allowusers' and 'denyusers' can be specified." +#~ msgstr "'परवानगी वापरकर्ते' आणि 'परवानगी नसलेले वापरकर्ते' ह्यापैकी एकच ठरवले जातील." + +#~ msgid "Detected Printers:" +#~ msgstr "मिळालेले मुद्रणयंत्र:" + +#~ msgid "Configured Queues:" +#~ msgstr "संरचीत रांग:" + +#~ msgid "No spooler specified." +#~ msgstr "स्पूलर ठरविला नाही." + +#~ msgid "More than one spooler specified" +#~ msgstr "एकापेक्षा जास्त स्पूलर ठरवला" + +#~ msgid "CUPS server not specified." +#~ msgstr "CUPS सेवासंगणक ठरविलेला नाही." + +#~ msgid "Known Manufacturers:" +#~ msgstr "ज्ञात निर्माता:" + +#~ msgid "Manufacturer not specified." +#~ msgstr "निर्माता ठरविला नाही." + +#~ msgid "Known Models:" +#~ msgstr "ज्ञात मॉड्यूल्स:" + +#~ msgid "Model not specified." +#~ msgstr "मॉड्यूल ठरवले नाही." + +#~ msgid "Known Nick Names:" +#~ msgstr "ज्ञात टोपण नाव:" + +#~ msgid "Printer configuration module" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र संरचना मॉड्यूल" + +#~ msgid "Delete a configured queue" +#~ msgstr "संरचना ओळ काढून टाका" + +#~ msgid "Add a new queue" +#~ msgstr "नवीन ओळ मिळवा" + +#~ msgid "Edit a configured queue" +#~ msgstr "संरचीत ओळ संपादीत करा" + +#~ msgid "Set options that will be writted directly to the PPD file. Options that are not mentioned remain untouched." +#~ msgstr "असे पर्याय मांडा की जे सरळ PPD फाईलवर लिहले जातील. जे पर्याय दर्शविले नाहीत त्यांना हात लावला जाणार नाही." + +#~ msgid "Set options that will be written to /etc/cups/lpoptions. Options that are not mentioned remain untouched." +#~ msgstr "/etc/cups/lpoptions वर लिहिता येऊ शकणारे पर्याय मांडा. जे पर्याय दर्शविले नाहीत त्यांना हात लावला जाणार नाही." + +#~ msgid "List known manufacturers" +#~ msgstr "यादी माहित असलेला निर्माता" + +#~ msgid "List known models of specified manufacturer" +#~ msgstr "ठराविक निर्मात्यांची माहिती असलेल्या मॉड्यूलसटी यादी" + +#~ msgid "List known nicknames for specified model of specified manufacturers" +#~ msgstr "ठराविक निर्मात्यांच्या ठराविक मॉडेलची टोपणनावांची यादी" + +#~ msgid "List options of the PPD file of the specified queue" +#~ msgstr "ठराविक रांगेच्या PPD फाईलच्या विकल्पाची यादी" + +#~ msgid "Configure a detected printer with this index" +#~ msgstr "त्याच्या अनुक्रमिकेबरोबर मिळालेल्या मुद्रणयंत्र संरचित करा" + +#~ msgid "Queue name" +#~ msgstr "रांगेच नाव" + +#~ msgid "New queue name (for changing it)" +#~ msgstr "नवीन रांगेचे नाव (बदलण्यासाठी)" + +#~ msgid "Printer URI" +#~ msgstr "युआरआय मुद्रणयंत्र" + +#~ msgid "Queue will not be filtered" +#~ msgstr "रांग गाळली जाणार नाही" + +#~ msgid "Printer manufacturer" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र निर्माता" + +#~ msgid "Printer model" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र मॉड्यूल" + +#~ msgid "Nickname of the PPD file" +#~ msgstr "PPD फाईलचे टोपणनाव" + +#~ msgid "Information about the queue" +#~ msgstr "रांगेबद्दलची माहिती" + +#~ msgid "Location of the printer" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्राचे ठिकाण" + +#~ msgid "Banner to print before every job" +#~ msgstr "प्रत्येक कामाआधी छापयचे बॅनर" + +#~ msgid "Banner to be print after every job" +#~ msgstr "प्रत्येक कामानंतर छापयचे बॅनर" + +#~ msgid "Set if the queue accepts jobs" +#~ msgstr "जर रांग कामे स्विकारत असेल तर मांडणी करा" + +#~ msgid "Set users that are allowed to print using this queue" +#~ msgstr "ही रांग वापरून स्थिर वापरक्र्ता ह्यांना छापण्यास परवानगी आहे" + +#~ msgid "Set users that are not allowed to print using this queue" +#~ msgstr "ही रांग वापरून स्थिर वापरकर्ते ह्यांना छापण्याची परवानगी नाही" + +#~ msgid "Set the queue to default" +#~ msgstr "ओळ मूळ गोष्टी स्थिर करा" + +#~ msgid "List only configured queues" +#~ msgstr "ओळखलेल्या मुद्रणयंत्राची यादी करा" + +#~ msgid "Switch to CUPS server" +#~ msgstr "CUPS सेवासंगणक बंद करा" + +#~ msgid "Switch to CUPS client" +#~ msgstr "CUPS ग्राहक बंद करा" + +#~ msgid "Specify the default queue. If not set, the default queue of the server will be used" +#~ msgstr "मूळ रांग ठरवा. जर मांडणी केली नसेल तर सेवासंगणकाची मूळ रांग वापरली जाईल" + +#~ msgid "Type of the test page: ascii, graphic, or photo" +#~ msgstr "चाचणी पानाचा प्रकार: आस्की, चित्र, किंवा फोटो" + +#~ msgid "During the following step, only local printers are detected.\n" +#~ msgstr "पुढील पायरीच्या दरम्यान, फक्त स्थानिक मद्रणयंत्र शोधले जातात.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In some cases, detection can cause a\n" +#~ "system freeze. If a freeze happens, select Skip Detection\n" +#~ "when next running the printer configuration.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Detect your printers now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "काही बाबतीत, शोधण्याने कोणतीही \n" +#~ "यंत्रणा थंड पडते. जर असे झाले तर मुद्रण\n" +#~ "संरचना चालवताना शोध वगळा हे निवडा.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "आता तुमचे मुद्रण शोधायचे आहे का?" + +#~ msgid "&Skip Detection" +#~ msgstr "हुडकणे वगळा" + +#~ msgid "If the printout is a poor quality, try selecting another PPD file for the print queue." +#~ msgstr "जर मुद्रण वाईट क्षमतेच्या आल्या तर मुद्रण रांगे करता दुसरी पीपीडी फाईल निवडायचा प्रयत्न करा." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The print spooler is not installed properly.\n" +#~ "Press Install Spooler</a>\n" +#~ "to configure your printers." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "मुद्रण स्पूलर व्यवस्थित स्थापीत झालेला नाही.\n" +#~ "स्पूलर स्थापना</a>दाबा\n" +#~ "जेणे की तुमचे मुद्रणयंत्रे संरचीत होतील." + +#~ msgid "Printers" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्रे" + +#~ msgid "&Printers" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्रे" + +#~ msgid "&Device" +#~ msgstr "उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Printing via a CUPS network server\n" +#~ "is not possible if not using a CUPS spooler.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "CUPS महाजाल सेवासंगणकाद्वारे छापणे हे\n" +#~ "अशक्य आहे जर CUPS स्पूलर वापरला जात नसेल.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you set up the CUPS client-only configuration,\n" +#~ "you will not be able to configure local printers\n" +#~ "or queues of other remote servers.\n" +#~ "All changes made will be discarded.\n" +#~ "Continue?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "तुम्ही जर CUPS फक्त ग्राहकाची संरचना करा,\n" +#~ "तर तुम्हाला स्थानिक मुद्रणयंत्र संरचीत करता येणार नाहीत\n" +#~ "किंवा इतर दुर्गम सेवासंगणकाच्या रांगा करता येणार नाही.\n" +#~ "सर्व केलेल अन्य बदल रद्द होतील.\n" +#~ "तरीही पुढे जायचे का?\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Remote IPP queues are not possible\n" +#~ "if not using a CUPS spooler.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "दूरस्थ IPP ओळी शक्य नाहीत जर त्या\n" +#~ "CUPS स्पूलर वापरत असतील तर.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "CUPS classes are not possible\n" +#~ "if not using a CUPS spooler\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "CUPS वर्ग शक्य नाहीत जर त्या\n" +#~ "CUPS स्पूलर वापरत नसतील तर\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other printers set by URI can be configured\n" +#~ "only if a CUPS spooler is used.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ज फक्त CUPS स्पूलर वापरले तरच URI ने\n" +#~ "मांडणी केलेले इतर मुद्रणयंत्र संरचीत करता येतील.\n" + +#~ msgid "New Queue for Existing Printer" +#~ msgstr "नवीन मुद्रणयंत्रकरिता नवीन ओळ" + +#~ msgid "Network Printers" +#~ msgstr "महाजाल मुद्रणयंत्रे" + +#~ msgid "Printer Type" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्राचा प्रकार" + +#~ msgid "&USB Printer" +#~ msgstr "युएसबी मुद्रणयंत्र" + +#~ msgid "&Serial Printer" +#~ msgstr "क्रमिक मुद्रणयंत्र" + +#~ msgid "IrD&A Printer" +#~ msgstr "IrDA मुद्रणयंत्र" + +#~ msgid "Blue&tooth Printer" +#~ msgstr "ब्ल्यूटूथ मुद्रणयंत्र" + +#~ msgid "&hplip backend for HP devices" +#~ msgstr "&एचपिएलाआइपि एचपि च्या साधनासाठी " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Remote &IPP Queue (only for special cases)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "दूरस्थ IPP रांग\n" +#~ "(फक्त विशेष कारणाकरिता)\n" + +#~ msgid "Print via &LPD-Style Network Server" +#~ msgstr "LPD-शैली महाजाल सेवासंगणकाद्वारे मुद्रण" + +#~ msgid "Print &Directly to a Network Printer" +#~ msgstr "महाजाल मुद्रणयंत्रावर थेट मुद्रण" + +#~ msgid "&Other Setup" +#~ msgstr "इतर मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Direct &TCP Port Printing" +#~ msgstr "थेट TCP स्थान मुद्रीत करत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Remote &IPP Queue" +#~ msgstr "दुरस्थ IPP रांग" + +#~ msgid "CUPS &Class" +#~ msgstr "CUPS वर्ग" + +#~ msgid "&Pipe Printing" +#~ msgstr "पाईप मुद्रीत करत आहे" + +#~ msgid "&Other Printer (URI)" +#~ msgstr "अन्य मुद्रणयंत्र (युआरआय)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No parallel devices (/dev/lp?) found. It seems\n" +#~ "that your parallel port is not properly configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "समांतर उपकरणे (/dev/lp?) मिळाली नाहीत. अस वाटतं\n" +#~ "की तुमचं समांतर स्थान अयोग्य संरचीत केले आहे." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No serial devices (/dev/ttyS?) found. It seems\n" +#~ "that your serial ports are not properly configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "क्रमवार उपकरणे (/dev/ttyS?) सापडली नाहीत. असे वाटते की\n" +#~ "तुमची समांतर स्थान व्यवस्थित संरचीत केलेली नाहीत." + +#~ msgid "&Other..." +#~ msgstr "इतर" + +#~ msgid "&Parallel Port Details..." +#~ msgstr "समांतर स्थानाबद्दल अधिक माहिती..." + +#~ msgid "&Serial Port Details..." +#~ msgstr "क्रमीक स्थानाबद्दल अधिक माहिती..." + +#~ msgid "&Detect Devices" +#~ msgstr "उपकरण शोधा" + +#~ msgid "D&evice" +#~ msgstr "उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "USB printer detection found at least two printers\n" +#~ "that have the same identification.\n" +#~ "Select and configure them manually.\n" +#~ "Use Test to verify which printer is\n" +#~ "actually selected.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "USB मुद्रण शोधात आसे आढळले की कमीत कमी दोन\n" +#~ "मुद्रणयंत्राकरता एकच ओळख आहे.\n" +#~ "स्वत: ते निवडून संरचीत करा.\n" +#~ "कोणते मुद्रणयंत्र खरे निवडले आहे\n" +#~ "ते चाचणी घेऊन खात्री करा.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "USB printer detection found at least two printers\n" +#~ "that have the same identification.\n" +#~ "Use Test to verify which printer is\n" +#~ "actually selected.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "USB मुद्रणयंत्र शोधकाळ समान ओळख असलेले कमीत कमी दोन\n" +#~ "मुद्रणयंत्र मिळाले. पडताळणीसाठी\n" +#~ "परिक्षा घ्या ज्यामुळे कोणते\n" +#~ "मुद्रमयंत्र निवडले आहे ते कळेल.\n" + +#~ msgid "&Hostname of Print Server" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रण सेवासंगणकाच्या सादरकर्त्याचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "&Username" +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "&Test Remote LPD Access" +#~ msgstr "दुरस्थ नॉव्हेल वापरासाठी चाचणी" + +#~ msgid "&Test Remote Novell Access" +#~ msgstr "दुरस्थ नॉव्हेल वापरासाठी चाचणी" + +#~ msgid "&Test Remote SMB Access" +#~ msgstr "दुरस्थ SMB वापरासाठी चाचणी" + +#~ msgid "L&ook Up" +#~ msgstr "वर पाहा" + +#~ msgid "&Workgroup" +#~ msgstr "वर्कग्रुप" + +#~ msgid "&Test Remote IPP Access" +#~ msgstr "दुरस्थ IPP वापरासाठी चाचणी" + +#~ msgid "&Test Remote Socket Access" +#~ msgstr "दुरस्थ सॉकेट वापरासाठी चाचणी" + +#~ msgid "Connection Information" +#~ msgstr "जोडणीची माहिती" + +#~ msgid "Printing to Pipe" +#~ msgstr "पाईप छापा" + +#~ msgid "Enter the full path of the program to which to print through pipe." +#~ msgstr "पाईपमार्गे छापायच्या कार्यक्रमाचा पूर्ण मार्ग प्रवेशीत करा." + +#~ msgid "&URI" +#~ msgstr "युआरआय" + +#~ msgid "Printer Device" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is not possible to use both HPLIP\n" +#~ "and PTAL drivers simultaneously.\n" +#~ "Check that you use only one of them\n" +#~ "before writing the settings to the\n" +#~ "system.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "एकाचवेळी HPLIP आणि PTAL \n" +#~ "ड्रायव्हर्स वापरता येणार नाहीत.\n" +#~ "तुम्ही तपासून घ्या त्यापैकी तुम्ही एकाचाच\n" +#~ "वापर कराल त्या यंत्रणेवर मांडणी लिहून ठेवण्यात आली\n" +#~ "आहे.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The specified URI is not supported by the current spooler.\n" +#~ "Continue?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ठरविलेला युआरआय सध्याच्या स्पुलरला मदत करत नाही.\n" +#~ "पुढे सुरू ठेवायचा का?\n" + +#~ msgid "Parallel Port Settings" +#~ msgstr "समांतर स्थान मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "I/O &Addresses" +#~ msgstr "I/O पत्ते" + +#~ msgid "Serial Port &Settings" +#~ msgstr "क्रमिक स्थान मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Serial Port Settings" +#~ msgstr "क्रमिक स्थान मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Manufacturer" +#~ msgstr "उत्पादक" + +#~ msgid "Printer Model" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र मोडेल" + +#~ msgid "&Model" +#~ msgstr "मोडेल" + +#~ msgid "No PPD file is available for the selected model." +#~ msgstr "निवडलेल्या मॉडेलकरिता PPD फाईल उपलब्ध नाही." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This printer is not supported by &product;.\n" +#~ "Find information regarding supported and unsupported printers\n" +#~ "in your product documentation.<br>\n" +#~ "If the printer can be switched to support a standard\n" +#~ "printer language (PostScript, PCL, or ESC/P), it can be\n" +#~ "configured as that type of printer.\n" +#~ "Ask the vendor of the printer whether this model\n" +#~ "understands a standard printer language directly (not\n" +#~ "through a driver emulation) and how to switch the printer\n" +#~ "into the standard printer language mode, for example, \n" +#~ "using an additional PostScript module." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "मुद्रणयंत्राला सहाय्यक नाही &product;.\n" +#~ "तुमच्या वस्तूच्या दस्तऐवजामध्ये सहाय्यक आणि असहाय्यक\n" +#~ "मुद्रणयंत्राबाबत माहिती पाहा.<br>\n" +#~ "उच्चप्रतीच्या मुद्रणयंत्राच्या भाषेकरता सहाय्यक बदलता येतो\n" +#~ "(PostScript, PCL, or ESC/P), हे\n" +#~ "मुद्रणयंत्राच्या प्रकारानुसार संरचीत होऊ शकते.\n" +#~ "तुमच्या विक्रेत्याला विचारा की मुद्रणाचे हे मॉड्युल सामान्य\n" +#~ "मुद्रणयंत्राला आपोआप समजते की (\n" +#~ "ड्रायव्हरच्या इव्हॉल्युशन नव्हे) आणि मुद्रणयंत्र कसे बदलायचे\n" +#~ "अधिकच्या पोस्टस्क्रीप्ट मॉड्यूलचा वापर करून ते विचारा, \n" +#~ "using an additional PostScript module." + +#~ msgid "&URL" +#~ msgstr "&युआरएल" + +#~ msgid "Download a PPD File" +#~ msgstr "PPD फाईल उतरवून घेत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Set the password." +#~ msgstr "सांकेतिक शब्द." + +#~ msgid "Downloading file..." +#~ msgstr "फाईल उतरवून घेत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An error occurred while downloading the PPD file.\n" +#~ "Verify the URL, \n" +#~ "username, and password." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "PPD फाईल उतरवून घेताना चूक झाली.\n" +#~ "URL, \n" +#~ "वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव आणि परवलीशब्द तपासा." + +#~ msgid "%1 %2, %3" +#~ msgstr "%1 %2, %3" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Cannot determine the model of the printer.\n" +#~ "Select the model." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "मुद्रणयंत्राचे मॉडेल ठरवता येत नाही.\n" +#~ "मॉडेल निवडा." + +#~ msgid "&Filter" +#~ msgstr "गाळणी" + +#~ msgid "&Apply" +#~ msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#~ msgid "&Clear" +#~ msgstr "साफ करावे" + +#~ msgid "&PPD File" +#~ msgstr "PPD फाईल" + +#~ msgid "Select &Model" +#~ msgstr "मोडेल निवडा" + +#~ msgid "PPD Files" +#~ msgstr "PPD फाईल्स" + +#~ msgid "<P>No information available.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>माहीती उपलब्ध नाही.</P>" + +#~ msgid "Configuration Information" +#~ msgstr "संरचना माहिती" + +#~ msgid "Do Local &Filtering" +#~ msgstr "स्थानिक चाळणी करा" + +#~ msgid "Print &Form Feed between Jobs" +#~ msgstr "छापा व कामाच्या क्रमामध्ये अर्ज भरा" + +#~ msgid "Name for &Printing" +#~ msgstr "छपाईकरिता नाव" + +#~ msgid "Class &Description" +#~ msgstr "वर्ग वर्णन" + +#~ msgid "Printer &Description" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्राचे वर्णन" + +#~ msgid "&Class Location" +#~ msgstr "स्थान वर्ग" + +#~ msgid "Printer &Location" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र स्थान" + +#~ msgid "Queue Name and Spooler Settings" +#~ msgstr "रांगेचे नाव आणि स्पूलर मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Class Name" +#~ msgstr "वर्गाचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "&Members of This Class" +#~ msgstr "या वर्गाचे सभासद" + +#~ msgid "Class Members" +#~ msgstr "सभासद वर्ग" + +#~ msgid "Select the printer to delete." +#~ msgstr "काढून टाकण्यासाठी मुद्रणयंत्र निवडा." + +#~ msgid "A class must contain at least one printer." +#~ msgstr "वर्गामध्ये कमीत कमी एक मुद्रणयंत्र हवे." + +#~ msgid "Unknown PPD file. Select the printer model." +#~ msgstr "अज्ञात PPD फाईल. मुद्रणयंत्राचा प्रकार निवडा." + +#~ msgid "Configuration Options" +#~ msgstr "संरचना पर्याय" + +#~ msgid "Orientation" +#~ msgstr "दिशा" + +#~ msgid "Portrait" +#~ msgstr "पोरट्रैट" + +#~ msgid "Landscape" +#~ msgstr "लॅंडस्केप" + +#~ msgid "Reverse" +#~ msgstr "उलट" + +#~ msgid "Reverse Portrait" +#~ msgstr "उभे पुन्हा करा" + +#~ msgid "Pages per Sheet" +#~ msgstr "प्रत्येक चलतीमागे पाने" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The following options conflict:\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "%1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "पुढील विकल्प गोंधळ निर्माण करतात:\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "%1" + +#~ msgid "Unknown" +#~ msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#~ msgid "Name and basic settings" +#~ msgstr "नाव आणि मूळची मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "unknown" +#~ msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#~ msgid "PPD file" +#~ msgstr "PPD फाईल" + +#~ msgid "Class members" +#~ msgstr "वर्ग सभासद" + +#~ msgid "Restriction settings" +#~ msgstr "अडवणूक मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "State and banner settings" +#~ msgstr "स्थिती आणि बॅनरची मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Filter settings" +#~ msgstr "फिल्टर स्थापिते" + +#~ msgid "&Allow Editing" +#~ msgstr "संपादीत करण्यासाठी परवानगी द्या" + +#~ msgid "Option Area" +#~ msgstr "पर्यायी भाग" + +#~ msgid "Current Values" +#~ msgstr "सध्याची किंमत" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you forbid editing this queue,\n" +#~ "you will not be able to change its settings\n" +#~ "using YaST2. Continue?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ह्या रांगेमध्ये सुधारणा करण्याचे तुम्ही नाकारले,\n" +#~ "तुम्हाला त्याची मांडणी YaST2 वापरून करता येणार\n" +#~ "नाही. पुढे जायचे का?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The selected queue was not configured \n" +#~ "using YaST2. Add a printer \n" +#~ "with a preassigned name?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "निवडलेल्या रांग YaST2 वापरून संरचीत\n" +#~ "करण्यात आल्या नाही. आधी ठरवलेल्या \n" +#~ "नावाने मुद्रणयंत्र मिळवायचे का?" + +#~ msgid "Comment" +#~ msgstr "मतप्रदर्शन" + +#~ msgid "Printer Overview" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणाचा आढावा" + +#~ msgid "%1 %2; Connection: %3" +#~ msgstr "%1 %2; जोडणी: %3" + +#~ msgid "New Queue for Configured Printer" +#~ msgstr "संरचित मुद्रणयंत्रासाठी नवीन रांग " + +#~ msgid "Other (not detected)" +#~ msgstr "इतर (शोधलेले नाही)" + +#~ msgid "Browsing Settings" +#~ msgstr "संचारसाधनाची मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Browse Addre&sses" +#~ msgstr "पत्त्यांचे संचारण" + +#~ msgid "IP Address" +#~ msgstr "आयपी पत्ता" + +#~ msgid "Enter a valid server name." +#~ msgstr "वैध सेवासंगणकाचे नाव लिहा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Select default queue or check" +#~ msgstr "मूळ रांग स्थिर करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Use Server's Default Queue" +#~ msgstr "सेवासंगणकाची मूळ रांग वापरा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Connected As" +#~ msgstr " असे जोडले " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "With Spool" +#~ msgstr "स्पूल बरोबर" + +#~ msgid "Really delete printer %1?" +#~ msgstr "खरोखर मुद्रणयंत्र काढून टाकायचा का %1?" + +#~ msgid "Really replace with the suggested value?" +#~ msgstr "खरोखरच तुम्हाला सुचविलेली किंमत बदलायची आहे का?" + +#~ msgid "&IP Address" +#~ msgstr "आयपी पत्ता" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Print via" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र उपकरण" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Listen to IPP Broadcast Packets" +#~ msgstr "IPP प्रसारण पाकिट ऐका" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Select Addresses" +#~ msgstr "पत्ते निवडा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "enable LPD clients" +#~ msgstr "NIS ग्राहक अकार्यान्वित" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Server Name" +#~ msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Test Remote IPP Access" +#~ msgstr "दुरस्थ IPP वापरासाठी चाचणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Queues" +#~ msgstr "रांग %1" + +#~ msgid "Device" +#~ msgstr "साधन" + +#~ msgid "Default Queue" +#~ msgstr "साधारण रांग" + +#~ msgid "Browsing" +#~ msgstr "संचार करत आहे" + +#~ msgid "On" +#~ msgstr "सुरु" + +#~ msgid "Off" +#~ msgstr "बंद" + +#~ msgid "&Propose" +#~ msgstr "सादर करा" + +#~ msgid "Access Settings" +#~ msgstr "मांडणीचा संपर्क साधा" + +#~ msgid "Change P&ermissions" +#~ msgstr "परवानग्या बदल्या" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Global Settings" +#~ msgstr "पुसलेले लोकाल सेटींग्ज" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Printers and Queues" +#~ msgstr "रांग छापा:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "CUPS server settings" +#~ msgstr "CUPS सेवासंगणकाची मांडणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Selected backend is not valid!" +#~ msgstr "स्रोत वैध नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Invalid IP address." +#~ msgstr "उपकरण आयपी पत्ता" + +#~ msgid "Username" +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्त्याचे नाव" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Set As Default" +#~ msgstr "डीफॉल्ट म्हणून सेट करा" + +#~ msgid "Banners" +#~ msgstr "बॅनर्स" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Starting Banner" +#~ msgstr "बनर्स सुरू करत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Ending Banner" +#~ msgstr "बॅनर संपादीत करत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Change Connection" +#~ msgstr "केवळ जोडणीवर" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Model Name" +#~ msgstr "मॉड्यूलचे नाव" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Printout Status" +#~ msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Disable Printout" +#~ msgstr "पर्याय अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Print Job Status" +#~ msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Hosts" +#~ msgstr "यजमान" + +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्ते" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Printer Options" +#~ msgstr "आणखी पर्याय" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Basic Settings" +#~ msgstr "मूळ मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Sharing" +#~ msgstr "वाटून घेत आहोत " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><big><b>I/O Addresses</b></big><br>If you have an uncommon parallel port \n" +#~ "card, it may not be possible to detect it automatically. In such cases,\n" +#~ "you must specify its I/O addresses. Enter I/O addresses separated by commas \n" +#~ "for all parallel ports here, from the first to the last. For example, <tt>\n" +#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt>.</p><p>If your parallel port works, leave this field untouched.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><big><b>I/O पत्ते</b></big><br>तुमच्याकडे असमान रूपांतर पोर्ट कार्ड असेल, \n" +#~ "तुम्हाला ते आपोआप ओळखता येणार नाही. अशा घटनांमध्ये,\n" +#~ "तुम्हाला त्याचे I/O पत्ते दाखवावे लागतील. स्वल्पविरामांनी वेगळे केलेले I/O पत्ते \n" +#~ "येथे समांतर पोर्टकरता घाला, प्रथमपासून शेवटपर्यंत. उदाहरणार्थ, <tt>\n" +#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt>.</p><p>जर तुमचे समांतर पोर्ट काम करत असेल तर हा विभाजाला स्पर्श करू शकत नाही.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Changes will be saved immediately after you press OK.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>तुम्ही ठिक आहे दाबल्यावर बदल लगेचच साठविले जातील.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Baud Rate:</b> You can specify the speed\n" +#~ "used to communicate with your serial printer.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>बॉड मूल्य:</b> तुमच्या क्रमवारीतल्या मुद्रणयंत्राशी संपर्क साधण्यासाठी\n" +#~ "वापरलेला वेग तुम्ही दाखवू शकता.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Other Settings:</b>\n" +#~ "You can specify extra settings for your serial port. They may differ depending on your\n" +#~ "spooler. Leave it empty to use the defaults. </p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>अन्य मांडणी:</b>\n" +#~ "तुमच्या क्रमवार स्थानला जास्तीची मांडणी दाखवू शकता. तुमच्या स्पूलवर\n" +#~ "अवलंबून ती बदलतील. मूळ वापरण्याकरता ती रिकामी ठेवा. </p>" + +#~ msgid "Parallel Printer Connection" +#~ msgstr "समांतर मुद्रणयंत्र जोडणी" + +#~ msgid "Forwarding Queue to a Remote LPD" +#~ msgstr "दूर्गम LPD करता रांग पुढे करीत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Samba or Windows Printer" +#~ msgstr "सांबा किंवा विंडोज मुद्रणयंत्र" + +#~ msgid "Novell Printer" +#~ msgstr "नॉव्हेल मुद्रणयंत्र" + +#~ msgid "IPP Printer" +#~ msgstr "IPP मुद्रणयंत्र" + +#~ msgid "Direct TCP Port Printer" +#~ msgstr "थेट TCP स्थान मुद्रणयंत्र" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Parallel, USB, Serial, IrDA, or Bluetooth\n" +#~ "Printer</BIG></B>\n" +#~ "<BR>To configure a printer connected locally, select the\n" +#~ "type of the local port to which your printer is connected.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>समांतर, युएसबी, क्रमवार, IrDA, किंवा ब्ल्युटूथ\n" +#~ "मुद्रणयंत्र</BIG></B>\n" +#~ "<BR>स्थानिक जागेवर जोडलेले मुद्रणयंत्र संरचीत करण्यासाठी,\n" +#~ "तुमच्या ज्या स्थानीक पोर्टशी मुद्रणयंत्र जोडलेले आहे ते निवडा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>CUPS Network Server</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "To print via a CUPS network server, select\n" +#~ "<B>Print via CUPS Network Server</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>CUPS महाजाल सेवासंगणक</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "CUPS महाजाल सेवासंगणकाद्वारे मुद्रण करिता, \n" +#~ "<B>CUPS महाजाल सेवासंगणकाद्वारे मुद्रण</B>निवडा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>LPD-Style Network Server</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "To print via an LPD-style network server, select\n" +#~ "<B>Print via LPD-Style Network Server</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>LPD-शैली महाजाल सेवासंगणक</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "LPD-शैली महाजाल सेवासंगणकाद्वारे मुद्रण करिता, \n" +#~ "<B>LPD-शैली महाजाल सेवासंगणकाद्वारे मुद्रण</B>निवडा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>SMB Network Server</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "To print via a Samba server or Windows, select\n" +#~ "<B>Print via SMB Network Server</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>SMB महाजाल सेवासंगणक</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "सांबा सेवासंगणक किंवा विंडोद्वारे मुद्रणाकरिता, \n" +#~ "<B>SMB सेवासंगणकाद्वारे मुद्रण</B>निवडा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>IPX Network Server</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "To print via a Novell Netware print server, select\n" +#~ "<B>Print via IPX Network Server</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>IPX महाजाल सेवासंगणक</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "नॉव्हेल नेटवेअर सेवासंगणकद्वारे मुद्रणाकरिता, \n" +#~ "<B>IPX महाजाल सेवासंगणकाद्वारे मुद्रण</B>निवडा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Network Printer</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "To print directly to a network printer or using a print server box, select\n" +#~ "<B>Print Directly to a Network Printer</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>महाजाल मुद्रणयंत्र</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "महाजाल मुद्रणयंत्राद्वारे सरळ किंवा मुद्रण सेवासंगणक चौकट वापरून मुद्रीत करा\n" +#~ "<B>महाजाल मुद्रणयंत्राद्वारे सरळ मुद्रीत करा</B>निवडा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>New Queue for an Existing Printer\n" +#~ "</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "To configure a new queue for an already configured printer without\n" +#~ "respecifying the printer location, manufacturer, and model name,\n" +#~ "select <B>Create a New Queue for an Existing Printer</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>सध्या अस्तिवात असलेल्या प्रीन्टरबाबत नवीन क्यू\n" +#~ "</B><BR>\n" +#~ "आधीच कॉनफिग्युअर्ड केलेल्या प्रीन्टरकरता\n" +#~ "प्रीन्टरचे ठिकाण, निर्माता व मॉडेलचे नाव,\n" +#~ "निवडा <B>सध्याच्या प्रीन्टरकरता नवीन क्यू निर्माण करा</B>.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Other Setup</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "To set another kind of queue, select <B>Other Setup</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>इतर सेटअप</B><BR>\n" +#~ "इतर प्रकारचा क्यू सेट करण्यासाठी, निवडा <B>इतर सेटअप</B>.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Parallel, USB, Serial, IrDA, and\n" +#~ "Bluetooth Printer:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Select the type of connection used for the printer.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>संमातर, USB, क्रमवार, IrDA, आणि\n" +#~ "ब्लूटूथ प्रीन्टर:</B><BR>\n" +#~ "प्रीन्टरकरता वापरलेला संपर्क निवडा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>CUPS Client-Only</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "All queues of one CUPS server will be available to this computer.\n" +#~ "Every new queue added to the server will be accessible on this computer.\n" +#~ "You cannot add any local printers when using the client-only configuration,\n" +#~ "because no local CUPS server is running.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>CUPS क्लांयन्टस फक्त-</B><BR>\n" +#~ "हया संगणकाला एका CUPS सव्हरचे सर्व क्लूज उपलब्ध असतील.\n" +#~ "या संगणकावर सर्व्हरवर मिळवलेला प्रत्येक क्यू संपर्कात असेल.\n" +#~ "क्लांयट फक्त कॉनफिग्युरेशन वापरतात तुम्ही कोणतेही स्थानिक प्रीन्टर्स मिळवू शकत नाहीत,\n" +#~ "कारण कोणताही स्थानिक CUPS सर्व्हर काम करत नाहीत.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>CUPS Using Broadcasting</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Configure a local CUPS server running and listening to broadcasts of all\n" +#~ "CUPS servers in your network. All broadcasted queues will be accessible \n" +#~ "on this computer.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>CUPS प्रसारण वापरत आहेत</B><BR>\n" +#~ "तुमच्या नेटवर्क सर्व CUPS सर्व्हरचे प्रसारण चालवणारा व ऐकणारा\n" +#~ "CUPS सर्व्हर कॉनफिग्युअर करा. हया संगणकावर सर्व प्रसारीत क्यूूज \n" +#~ "संपर्कात असतील.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Remote IPP Queue</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Only the specified queue of the specified remote CUPS server will be accessible\n" +#~ "on this computer.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>दृर्गम IPP क्यू</B><BR>\n" +#~ "निवडलेल्या दुर्गम CUPS सर्व्हरचा ठराविकच क्यू हया संगणकावर\n" +#~ "संपंर्कात असेल.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Direct TCP Port Printing</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Print jobs are sent directly to the TCP socket on the remote host.\n" +#~ "Use this for most print server boxes and network printers.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>सरळ TCP पोर्ट प्रीन्टींग</B><BR>\n" +#~ "दृर्गम होस्टवरील TCP सॉकेटवर सरळ छपाईची कामे साठवली जातात.\n" +#~ "प्रीन्ट सर्व्हर बाॅक्सेससाठी नेटवर्क प्रीन्टरसाठी वापरा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Remote LPD Queue</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Print jobs are sent to the print server using the LPD protocol.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>दृर्गम LPD क्यू</B><BR>\n" +#~ "LPD प्रोटोकॉल्स वापरुन प्रीन्ट सर्व्हरकडे छापण्याच्ी कामे पाठवण्यात आली आहे.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Remote IPP Queue</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Print jobs are sent to the print server using the IPP protocol.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>दृर्गम LPD क्यू</B><BR>\n" +#~ "IPP प्रोटोकॉल्स वापरुन प्रीन्ट सर्व्हरकडे छापण्याच्ी कामे पाठवण्यात आली आहे.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B>CUPS Class</B><BR>\n" +#~ "You can group some printers into one class then print to the class. CUPS will divide print jobs between members of the class.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B>CUPS वर्ग</B><BR>\n" +#~ "काही प्रीन्टर्स तुम्ही एका गटास आलू शकता व नंतर वर्गावर छापू शकता वर्गातील सभासंदाना CUPS छापायची कामे वाटून देईल.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B>Pipe Printing</B><BR>\n" +#~ "You can print to another program using pipe.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B>पाईप मुद्रण</B><BR>\n" +#~ "पाईप वापरून तुम्ही दुसरा कार्यक्रम छापा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B>Other Printer</B><BR>\n" +#~ "Set the URI of the printer.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B>अन्य मुद्रणयंत्र</B><BR>\n" +#~ "मुद्रणयंत्राचा युआरआय मांडा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Parallel Port</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "If you have multiple parallel ports, choose the parallel port to\n" +#~ " which your printer is connected.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>संमातर पोर्ट</B><BR>\n" +#~ "तुमच्याकडे अनेक संमातर पोर्टस असतील, तर तुमच्या प्रीन्टर ज्या पोर्टशी\n" +#~ " जोडला गेला आहे ते संमातर पोर्ट निवडा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>USB Port</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Select the device for your USB printer.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>USB स्थान</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "तुमच्या USB मुद्रणयंत्रासाठी उपकरण निवडा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Serial Port</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Select the device for your serial printer.\n" +#~ " You can also set the baud rate.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>क्रमिक स्थान</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "तुमच्या क्रमिक मुद्रणयंत्रासाठी उपकरण निवडा.\n" +#~ " तुम्ही बाऊडदर देखील ठरवू शकता.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>IrDA Port</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Select the device for your IrDA printer.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>IrDA स्थान</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "तुमच्या IrDA मुद्रणयंत्रासाठी उपकरण निवडा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Bluetooth Device</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Select your printer from the list of Bluetooth devices.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>ब्ल्यूटूथ उपकरण</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "ब्ल्यूटूथ उपकरण यादीतून तुमचे मुद्रणयंत्र निवडा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Other</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "To enter another device, press <b>Other</b>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>अन्य</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "दुसरी उपकरम भरा, दाबा <b>अन्य</b>.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Testing Connection</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "To be sure the printer is properly connected,\n" +#~ "use <B>Test</B>.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>चाचणीची जोडणी</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "मुद्रणयंत्र व्यवस्थित जोडले गेले आहे का याची खात्री करा,\n" +#~ "वापरा <B>चाचणी</B>.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Parallel Port Details\n" +#~ "</BIG></B><BR>If your\n" +#~ "parallel port does not work, set its I/O addresses here.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>संमातर पोर्टची माहिती\n" +#~ "</B><BR>जर तुमचे\n" +#~ "संमातर पोर्ट कामकरता नसेल तर, त्याचे I/O पत्ते येथे सेट करा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Be careful when selecting a custom device or changing\n" +#~ "I/O address settings. Improper values may damage your system.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>कस्टम उपकरण निवडताना काळजी घ्या किंवा I/O पत्त्याची सेटींग\n" +#~ "बदलताना काळजी घ्या. अयोग्य किंमतीमुळे तुमची यंत्रना निवडू शकते.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Serial Port Details\n" +#~ "</BIG></B><BR>Set advanced settings of the serial port here.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>क्रमवार पोर्ट माहिती\n" +#~ "</B><BR>ऍ़डवान्स सेटींग्ज सेट करा क्रमवार पोर्टची येथे.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Be careful when selecting a custom device or changing\n" +#~ "serial port settings. Incorrect values may damage your system.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>कस्टम उपकरण निवडताना काळजी घ्या\n" +#~ "अयोग्य किंमतीमुळे तुमची यंत्रना निवडू शकते.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Detecting Devices</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "To scan the vicinity of your computer for available Bluetooth devices,\n" +#~ "click <b>Detect Devices</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><मोठे>उपकरणे शोधली जात आहेत</b><br>\n" +#~ "उपलब्ध ब्लू टूथ उपकरणांकरता तुमच्या संगणकाची जागा छानण्याकरता,\n" +#~ "क्लीक करा <b>उपकरणे उडका</b>.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Workgroup</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Enter the name of your workgroup.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>वर्कग्रुप</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "तुमच्या वर्कग्रुपला नाव घाला.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Hostname</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Enter the host name of your print server.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>सादरकर्त्याचे नाव</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "तुमच्या मुद्रण सेवासंगणकासाठी सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव लिहा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Remote Queue</BIG></B><BR>Enter the name of the remote printer.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P><B><BIG>दूरस्थ रांग</BIG></B><BR>दुरस्थ मुद्रणयंत्रासाठी नाव लिहा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Username and Password</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Enter the username and password for accessing the print server.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>वापरकर्ता आणि परवलीशब्द</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "मुद्रण सेवासंगणका वापरासाठी वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव आणि परवलीशब्द लिहा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>To verify the name,\n" +#~ "use <B>Test</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>नाव तपासण्याकरता,\n" +#~ "वापरा <B>चाचणी</B>.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Program Name</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Set the name of the program to execute for each job. The program gets the\n" +#~ "job using standard input.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>प्रोग्रामचे नाव</B><BR>\n" +#~ "प्रत्येक कामासाठी वापरायच्या प्रोग्रामचे नाव सेट करा. सामान्य आऊटपुट\n" +#~ "वापरुन प्रोग्राम जॉब सेट करा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>URI</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Set the URI of the printer. This universal queue type for CUPS can be used if you have a new queue type supported by CUPS, but YaST2 support is missing,\n" +#~ "for example, if you installed a new CUPS back-end.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>URI</B><BR>\n" +#~ "प्रीन्टरचा URI सेट करा. CUPS करताचा हा जागतिक क्यू प्रकार तुमचा नवीन क्यू टाईम CUPS ने सहकार्यकेलेला असेल व पण YaST2 सहाय्य नसेल,\n" +#~ "उदा, तुम्ही जर नवे CUPS बॅक-ऍन्ड स्थापित केलेे तर वापरता येतो.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>CUPS USB Device Name Type</BIG></B>\n" +#~ "With CUPS, you can use two kinds of device names for USB printers.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>CUPS USB उपकरणाचे नाव व प्रकार</B>\n" +#~ "CUPS मुळे, USB प्रीर्न्टसकरता दोन प्रकारची उपकरण नावे तुम्ही वापरु शकता.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>You can use classical device names, like <tt>/dev/usb/lp0</tt>, which \n" +#~ "are problematic if you use multiple USB printers and the order in which\n" +#~ "they are turned on is not fixed.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>तुम्ही क्लासीकल उपकरण नावे वापरु शकता, जसे <tt>/dev/usb/lp0</tt>, हे जर\n" +#~ "हे जर अनेक USB प्रीर्न्टस करता वापरले तर गोधळाचे होईल व ज्या क्रमवारित\n" +#~ "ते वापरायचे ते स्पष्ट नाही.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>The other possibility is to use CUPS-like device names, which contain,\n" +#~ "instead of the real device name, the vendor, model, and serial number of the\n" +#~ "printer.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>इतर शक्यता म्हणजे CUPS-सारखी उपकरण नावे वापरणे,\n" +#~ "ज्यात उपकरणाच्या ख-या नावाच्या बदल्यात, विक्रेता, मॉडेल, प्रीन्टरचा क्रमवार क्रंमाक ऐवजी\n" +#~ "असते.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "<P>Note that some USB printers do not report their serial numbers.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>काही USB मुद्रणयंत्र त्यांचे क्रमिक क्रमांक सांगत नाहीत ते पहा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Spooler</BIG></B><BR>You can set if CUPS should be\n" +#~ "installed as a client for a network printing server\n" +#~ "or as a stand-alone printing system. \n" +#~ "To use local printers, you cannot use the client-only installation.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>स्पूलर</B><BR>एकत्र प्रिंटींग यंत्रणा म्हणून जर CUPS\n" +#~ "नेटवर्क प्रीटींग सर्व्हर करता क्लॉयंट\n" +#~ " म्हणून स्थापना केला. \n" +#~ "स्थानिक प्रीन्टर्सच्या वापरासाठी, तुम्ही फक्त क्लायंट स्थापना उपयोगात आणू शकत नाही.</P>" + +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Save Method</BIG></B><BR>Select whether to save changed queues only or all queues.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P><B><मोठे>सेव्ह मेथड</B><BR>सर्व न्यूज साठवायचे किंवा बदलायचेच क्यूज साठवायचे किंवा ते निवडा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Reinstalling Printing Packages</BIG></B><BR>Problems configuring printing can be caused by\n" +#~ "old or corrupted packages in your installation. Clicking <B>Reinstall Printing Packages</B> might fix these problems.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>प्रीन्ट्रीग पॅकेजेस पुन्हा स्थापित करा</B><BR>तुमच्या स्थापनेतील\n" +#~ "जुन्या वा खराब झालेल्या पॅकेजेसमुळे प्रीन्टींग कॉनफिग्युअर करण्यामध्ये अडचणी येऊ शकतात हे कळ दाबून <B>हया अडचणी सोडवताना</B> येऊ शकतील.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Clearing Current Configuration</BIG></B><BR>To uninstall all currently configured queues,\n" +#~ "select <B>Clear Current Configuration</B>.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>सध्याचे कॉनफिग्युरेशन मोकळे करा</BIG></B><BR>सर्व आता कॉनफिग्युअर्ड केलेले क्यूज विस्थापित करण्यासाठी\n" +#~ "हे क्लीक करा <B>सध्याचे कॉनफिग्युरेशन मोकळे करा</B>.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Advanced CUPS Server Settings</BIG></B><BR>To change advanced CUPS server settings, like broadcasting and permissions, select\n" +#~ "<B>CUPS Server Settings</B>.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>ऍ़डवान्स CUPS सर्व्हर सेटींग्ज </B><BR>CUPS सर्व्हर सेटींग्ज बदलण्यासाठी, जसे प्रसारण परवानग्या, निवडा\n" +#~ "<B>CUPS सर्व्हर सेटींग्ज</B>.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>CUPS USB Devices</BIG></B><BR>To choose the kind of\n" +#~ "device names to use for USB printers, click\n" +#~ "<B>CUPS USB Device Settings</B></P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>CUPS USB उपकरणे</B><BR>USB प्रीन्टर्सकरता निवडण्याची\n" +#~ "उपकरणांची नावे, क्लीक करा\n" +#~ "<B>CUPS USB उपकरण्े सेटींग्ज</B></P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Allow Browsing</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "If you allow browsing, other computers in your network can see your queues the same way as their local ones.\n" +#~ "<B>Browse Addresses</B> shows IP addresses (like <I>192.168.0.1</I>) of computers to which to send information about your queues. Use <B>Add</B>, <B>Edit</B>,\n" +#~ "and <B>Delete</B> to modify the list of addresses. For the entire network, use the broadcast address of your network (such as <I>192.168.0.255</I>).\n" +#~ "To have browsing settings suggested based on your network setup,\n" +#~ "click <b>Propose</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>ब्राउझिंग करु द्या</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "जर तुम्ही ब्राउझिंग करू दिले तर, नेट्वर्क मधिल दूसरे कंप्युटर्स क़्यूला लोकल कंप्युटर सारखे पाहू शकतात.\n" +#~ "<B> ब्राउझ एड्रेसेस</B> अशा कंप्युटरचे आइपि एड्रेसेस दर्शवते (जसे <I>१९२.१६८.०.१</I>)\n" +#~ "ज्यांना तुमच्या क्यू बद्दल माहिति पाठवायची आहे. एड्रेसेसची लिस्ट मोडिफाय करण्यासाठी<B>एड</B>, <B>एडिट</B>, व <B>डिलिट</B>वापरा. सगळे नेटवर्क मिळ्ण्यासाठी, तुमच्या नेटवर्कचा ब्रोडकास्ट एड्रेस वापरा (जसा<I> १९२.१६८.०.२५५</I>).\n" +#~ "तुमच्या नेटवर्क सेटअप वर बेस्ड ब्राउझिंग सेटिंग्स सजेस्ट करण्यासाठी,\n" +#~ "क्लिक करा <b>प्रोपोज</b>.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>After enabling browsing, the permission for / should be set\n" +#~ "accordingly so other computers can print.\n" +#~ "For example, when <I>192.168.0.255</I> is used as the browse address, the\n" +#~ "permission for / must be set to <I>192.168.0.*</I> to allow all \n" +#~ "hosts on your network to print.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>ब्राऊजींग सुरु केल्यावर, त्याप्रमाणे परवानगी दिली/ पाहीजे\n" +#~ "इतर संगणक छापू शकतील.\n" +#~ "उदा. जेव्हा, <I>192.168.0.255</I> हे पत्ते ब्राऊज करण्यासाठी वापरतात, तर\n" +#~ "परवानगी करता / श्‍ाी सेट करा <I>192.168.0.*</I> परवानगी दया \n" +#~ "तुमच्या नेटवर्क वरील होस्टना छापता येईल.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Access Settings</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "You can adjust the permissions other computers in your network have to use your CUPS server.\n" +#~ "Permissions can be set for the entire server, administration of your server, and, optionally,\n" +#~ "to your printers and classes. Select the desired area and press <B>Change Permissions</B>\n" +#~ " to view or change the permission settings.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>संपर्क सेटींग्ज</B><BR>\n" +#~ "तुमचा CUPS सर्व्हर वापरण्याकरता तुमच्या इतर कॉम्पुटरच्या परवानग्या ऍ़डजस्ट करु शकतात.\n" +#~ "सपूर्ण सर्व्हरकरता सर्व्हरच्या प्रंबधकरता वा वैकल्पिकपण, तुमच्या प्रिर्न्टरकरता,\n" +#~ "व क्लासेकरता परवानग्या सेट करु शकता. ऐच्छिक भाग निवडा<B>परवानग्या बदला</B>\n" +#~ " ही कळ दाबा ज्याने परवानगी सेटींग्ज बदलता वा पाहता येतील.</P>" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Expert CUPS Settings</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>तज्ञ CUPS मांडणी</b></p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Select the CUPS settings to configure.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>संरचनेसाठी CUPS मांडणी निवडा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Application Order</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Select whether to apply deny rules before allow rules or \n" +#~ "allow before deny.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>प्रक्रिया क्रमवारी</B><BR>\n" +#~ "जर नियमाता परवानगी दयायच्या आधी नियम वापरायचे किंवा \n" +#~ "नाकारायचे आधी परवानगी दयायची.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Permissions</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "You can edit the list of IP addresses and their permissions. Each line\n" +#~ "contains one address and informs whether its owner has access allowed \n" +#~ "or denied. Addresses can be normal IP addresses (<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>), \n" +#~ "address blocks using * as a wild card (<tt>192.168.0.*</tt>),\n" +#~ "addresses with mask (<tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" +#~ "or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), full domain names (<tt>print.example.com</tt>),\n" +#~ "partial domain names (<tt>*.example.com</tt> or <tt>.example.com</tt>),\n" +#~ "interface specifications (<tt>@IF(eth0)</tt>),\n" +#~ "or the special words <tt>All</tt>, <tt>None</tt>, and <tt>@LOCAL</tt>.\n" +#~ "<tt>@LOCAL</tt> means all non-point-to-point interfaces, for example,\n" +#~ "ethernet, but not modem.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG> पर्मिशन्स </BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ " तुम्ही आइपि एड्रेसेसची यादी व त्यांच्या पर्मिशन्स एडिट करु शकता. प्रत्येक \n" +#~ " पर्मिशन्स एडिट करु शकता.प्रत्येक माहिती असते \n" +#~ " की त्यांच्या ओनरला एक्सेस आहे की (<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>), \n" +#~ " अलाउ व डिनाय केलेले एड्रेसेस धे आइपि एड्रेसेस असतात (<tt>192.168.0.*</tt>),\n" +#~ " एड्रेसेस ब्लोक्स *वाइल्ड कार्ड म्हणून वापरून (<tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" +#~ "or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), मास्क असलेले एड्रेसेस (<tt>print.example.com</tt>),\n" +#~ " किंवा पूर्ण डोमेन नाव (<tt>*.example.com</tt> or <tt>.example.com</tt>),\n" +#~ " अपुर्ण डोमेन नाव (<tt>@IF(eth0)</tt>),\n" +#~ " इन्टरफेस स्पेसिफिकेशन्स खास शब्द <tt> ओल </tt>, <tt> नन </tt>, व <tt>@ लोकल </tt>.\n" +#~ "<tt>@ लोकल </tt> म्हणजे सगळे नोन-पोइं-टू-पोइंट इन्टरफेसेस,\n" +#~ " उदाहरण, इथरनेट पण मोडेम नव्हे.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Inherited Permissions</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "To use permission inherited from the root location (/),\n" +#~ "select <B>Use Inherited Permissions</B>.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "़<P><B><मोठे>इतहेरिटेड परवानग्या</B><BR>\n" +#~ "मूळ स्त्रोताहून बाळगलेली परवानगी वापरण्याकरता (/),\n" +#~ "निवडा <B>युज इनहेरिटेड परवानग्या</B>.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Manufacturer</BIG></B><BR>Select the manufacturer of your printer.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P><B><BIG>निर्माता</BIG></B><BR>तुमच्या मुद्रणयंत्रासाठी निर्माता निवडा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Model</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "After a manufacturer is selected,\n" +#~ " the list of models is updated with printers made\n" +#~ " by the selected manufacturer. Choose one.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>मॉडेल</B><BR>\n" +#~ "निर्माता निवडल्यावरती,\n" +#~ " निवडक निर्मात्यातील बनलेले प्रीन्टर्सबरोबर\n" +#~ " मॉडेलची यादी सुधारली जाते. एखादी निवडा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>If you cannot find your printer,\n" +#~ "try the Generic printers or Ghostscript devices.\n" +#~ "If you do not know which protocol your printer uses,\n" +#~ "consult the printer's manual or contact the manufacturer.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>तुम्हाला तुमचा प्रीन्टर सापडत नसेल तर,\n" +#~ "जेनेरिक प्रीर्न्टर्स वा घोस्ठक्रीप्ट उपकरणे वापरा.\n" +#~ "तुम्हाला जर प्रींटर वापरत असलेल्या प्रोटोकॉल माहिती नसेल तर,\n" +#~ "प्रीन्टरचे पुस्तक वापरा वा निर्मात्याशी संपर्क साधा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding PPD Files to the Database</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "If your printer manufacturer provides PPD files, you can add them to the\n" +#~ "database. PPD files can be downloaded from FTP or HTTP servers or copied from\n" +#~ "a hard disk or removable media.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>डेटाबेसमध्ये PPD फाईल्स मिळवा</B><BR>\n" +#~ "तुमचा निर्माता जर PPD फाईल्स देत असेल तर तुम्हीच्या माहितीस ग्रहांत मिळवू\n" +#~ "शकतात. तुम्ही PPD फाईल्स FTP किंवा HTTP सर्व्हरस् वरुन डाऊनलोड करा\n" +#~ "हार्डडिस्क वा रिमुव्हेबल मिडिया वरुन प्रतिकृत करा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Selecting a PPD File</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "To select a PPD file instead of printer vendor and model, click\n" +#~ "<b>Select PPD File</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>PPD फाईल निवडत आहेत</B><BR>\n" +#~ "प्रीन्टर विक्रेता व मॉडेलऐवजी PPD फाईल निवडताना, क्ली‍क करा\n" +#~ "<b>PPD फाईल निवडा</b>.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Printers</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Select an already installed printer. New queues will be added to this printer\n" +#~ "and you will not need to select vendor, model, and connection again.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>प्राीन्टरस</B><BR>\n" +#~ "आधीच स्थापनेकरता प्रीन्टर निवडा. या प्रीन्टरमध्ये नवीन क्यूज मिळवले जातील\n" +#~ "व तुम्हाला विक्रेता, मॉडेल व संपर्क पुन्हा निवडावे लागेल.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Name for Printing</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "To print with this configuration, use this name as the queue name.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>प्रीन्टींगचे नाव</B><BR>\n" +#~ "हे कॉनफिग्युरेशन छापण्याकरता, क्यू नेम म्हणून हे नाव वापरा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Class Description</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Optionally enter a description of this class.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><मोठे>क्लास वर्णन</b><br>\n" +#~ "हया वर्गाचे वर्णन वैक्लपीत पणे घाला.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Class Location</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Optionally enter a description of the location of this class.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><मोठे>क्लासचे ठिकाण</b><br>\n" +#~ "हया क्लासच्या ठिकाणाचे वर्णन वैक्लपीत पणे घाला.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Printer Description</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Optionally enter a description of this printer.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><मोठे>प्रीन्टरचे वर्णन</b><br>\n" +#~ "हया प्रीन्टरचे वर्णन वैकल्पीकपणे घाला.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Printer Location</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Optionally enter a description of the location of this printer.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><मोठे>प्रीन्टरचे ठिकाण</b><br>\n" +#~ "हया प्रीन्टरचे ठिकाण वैकल्पीकपणे घाला.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Local Filtering</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "With <B>Do Local Filtering</B>, set whether to do\n" +#~ "local filtering for this queue. It is not recommended if you use\n" +#~ "a print server that does filtering, such as IPP and LPD servers,\n" +#~ "but it is needed for local printers and\n" +#~ "servers that do not do any filtering, such as SMB and IPX servers,\n" +#~ "network printers, and print server boxes.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>लोकल फिल्टरिंग</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "<B>लोकल फिल्टरिंग करा</B>, ह्या क्यूसाठी लोकल \n" +#~ "फिल्टरिंग करायला सेट करा इपिपि आणि एलपिडि सारखे फिल्टरिंग \n" +#~ "करणारे सर्वर वापरणे रेकमेंड केलेले नाही,\n" +#~ "पण लोकल प्रिन्टरला व एसएमबि आणि आइपिएक्स सर्वर्स, नेटवर्क\n" +#~ "प्रिंटर्स आणि प्रिंट सर्वर बोक्सेसला त्याची गरज असते.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Print Form Feed between Jobs\n" +#~ "</big></b><br>Some printers need this\n" +#~ "option to eject the last page of the print job.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><मोठे>कामादरम्यान फार्म फीड छापा\n" +#~ "</big></b><br>काही प्रीन्टर्सना छपाईच्या\n" +#~ "कामाचे शेवटचे पान काढण्यासाठी या विकल्पाचा उपयोग होतो.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Testing the Queue</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "If you do not do local filtering, test printing by pressing\n" +#~ "<B>Test</B>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>Testing the Queue</b><br>\n" +#~ "तुम्ही जर स्थानिक गाळप केल नाही तर, वापरॅन प्रीन्टचर चाचणी घ्या\n" +#~ "<B>परिक्षा</B>.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Current Settings</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "The current settings are shown in the upper box.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>चालू सेटींग्ज</B><BR>\n" +#~ "वरील कप्प्यात सध्याची सेंटीग्ज दाखवली आहेत.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Values</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "If you select options in the upper box, a list of values appears in the lower box.\n" +#~ " Select a new value by clicking it.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>किंमती</B><BR>\n" +#~ "वरील कप्प्यातील विकल्प तुम्ही जर निवडले तर खालील कप्प्यात किंमतीची यादी येते.\n" +#~ " ती यादीवर क्ली‍‍क करुन नवीन किंमत निवडा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>Some of the settings may not work together properly.\n" +#~ " To try printing with the current configuration,\n" +#~ " click <B>Test</B>.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>काही सेटीग्ज एकमेकांशी व्यवस्थित काम करु शकणार नाहीत.\n" +#~ " सध्याचे कॉनफिग्युरेशन करता प्रीन्टीगचा प्रयत्न करण्यासाठी,\n" +#~ " वर क्लीक करा <B>Test</B>.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Printing ASCII Text</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Adjust the page layout. For this configuration to print all files\n" +#~ " as text, select <b>Force ASCII Printing</b>.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>ASCII आपोआप टेक्स्ट</B><BR>\n" +#~ "पत्त्याचा लेआऊट जुळवा. हया कॉनफिग्युरेशन करता टेक्स्ट फाईल्स म्हणून सर्व\n" +#~ " निवडा <b>ASCII फाईल्स छापण्याकरता</b>.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Document Encoding</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "For some languages, this choice is important to get correct output from\n" +#~ " Netscape and some other programs. By default,\n" +#~ " the encoding is set to fit the language chosen\n" +#~ " at the time of the installation.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>डाक्युमेंट एनकोडींग</B><BR>\n" +#~ "काही भाषाकरता नेटस्केपहून योग्य परिणाम मिळवण्याकरता ही निवड महत्तवाची आहे\n" +#~ " आणि इतर काही कार्यक्रमांहून. बाय डिफॉल्ट,\n" +#~ " स्थापनेच्या वेळी निवडलेल्या भाषेशी\n" +#~ " एनकोडींग सेट केले आहे.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Allowing Editing</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "If you do not allow editing of this queue, the queue will\n" +#~ "become a non-YaST queue, which means that YaST will never\n" +#~ "again change this queue. Therefore, you should make a queue\n" +#~ "'non-YaST' if you decide to use another tool to change \n" +#~ "queue settings.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>एडिटिंग अलाउ </BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "जर तुम्ही ह्या क्यूचे एडिटिंग अलाउ केले नाहीत, तर क्यू नोन-वायएएसटि क्यू होइल, \n" +#~ "म्हणजे वायएएसटि कधिहि हा क्यू बदलणार नाही\n" +#~ "म्हणून जर तुम्ही दुसरे साधन वापरून क्यू सेटिंग बदलणार \n" +#~ "साल तरच तुम्ही एक नोन-वायएएसटि \n" +#~ "बनवा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Name</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Set the name under which to access the configuration\n" +#~ "in the spool system.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>नाव</B><BR>\n" +#~ "स्पूल यंत्रणेत कॉनफिग्युरेशन संपर्क जोडताना\n" +#~ "सेट करायाचे नाव.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Model</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "To try your printer with another driver, choose it here.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>मॉडेल</B><BR>\n" +#~ "इतर ड्रायव्हरबरोबर तुमचा प्रिक्टर चाठवून पहायाचा असेल तर तो इथे करा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>PPD File</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Select a PPD file here.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>PPD फाईल</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "येथे PPD फाईल निवडा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Connection</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Choose the remote hostname and queue for this remote printer.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>जोडणी</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "ह्या दूरस्थ मुद्रणयंत्रासाठी दूरस्थ सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव आणि रांग निवडा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Connection</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "You can change hostname and queue for the remote\n" +#~ " printer and the username and password.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>जोडणी</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "ह्या दूरस्थ मुद्रणयंत्रासाठी सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव आणि रांग बदलू शकता\n" +#~ "आणि वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव आणि परवलीशब्द.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Connection</BIG></B><BR>You can change the connection for this printer.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P><B><BIG>जोडणी</BIG></B><BR>ह्या मुद्रणयंत्रासाठी जोडणी बदलू शकता.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Print Filter Settings</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Edit filter options here. These options differ for various printer models.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>फील्टर सेटींग्ज छापा</B><BR>\n" +#~ "फिल्टर विकल्प एडीट करा. वेगवेगळया प्रीन्टर मॉडेल्सकरता वेगवेगळया विकल्प असतील.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>ASCII Printing Settings</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Edit some settings for printing ASCII texts.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>ASCII प्रीन्टींग सेटींग्स</B><BR>\n" +#~ "ASCII टेक्स्ट छापण्यासाठी काही सेटींग्ज बदल.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Restriction Settings</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Adjust users who are allowed to print using this queue.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>रिस्ट्रीक्शन सेटींग्ज</B><BR>\n" +#~ "हा क्यू वापरुन छापायची परवनगी मिळवलेले युजर्स जुळवा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>State and Banner Settings</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Set state and banners printed before and after each job for this queue.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>स्टेट व बॅनर सेटींग्ज</B><BR>\n" +#~ "हया क्यूकरता प्रत्येक कामानंतर स्टेट व बॅनर छापणे सेट करा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Printing a Test Page</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Click <B>Test</B> to test this queue.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>चाचणीपान छापत आहे</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "टिचकी मारा <B>चाचणी</B> ह्या रांगेची चाचणी.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Class Members</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Choose the queues that should be members of this class.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>क्लासचे सभासद</B><BR>\n" +#~ "हया क्लासचे सभासद असलेले क्यूज निवडा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Class Settings</BIG></B><BR>You can change some settings for this class.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P><B><मोठे>क्लास सेटींग्ज</B><BR>हया क्लासकरता काही सेटींग्ज तुम्ही बदलू शकता.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>New Printer</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "The printer was found in the printer database.\n" +#~ " You can use <B>Quick Automatic Setup</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>नवीन प्रीन्टर</B><BR>\n" +#~ "प्रीन्टर माहिती संग्रहात हा प्रीन्टर सापडला.\n" +#~ " तुम्ही <B>जलद आपोआप सेटअप</B>.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>New Printer</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "The printer model could not be detected or is not in the printer database.\n" +#~ "Use <B>Advanced Setup</B> to configure it.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>नवीन प्रीन्टर</B><BR>\n" +#~ "प्रीन्टर मॉडेल हुडकता आले नाही किंवा ते प्रीन्टरच्या माहिती संग्रहात नाही.\n" +#~ "वापरा <B>ऍ़डवान्स सेटअप</B> ते कॉनफिग्युअर करण्यासाठी वापरा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Quick Automatic Setup</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "This printer is configured using default settings.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>जलद आपोआप सेटअप करा</B><BR>\n" +#~ "डीफॉल्ट सेटींग्ज वापरुन हा प्रीन्टर कॉनफिग्युरेशन करण्यात आला आहे.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Normal Setup</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "The detected model information will be used. Choose the name and options for the configuration.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>सामान्य सेटअप</B><BR>\n" +#~ "हुडकलेली मॉडेल माहिती वापरण्यात येईल नाव व विकल्प कॉनफिग्युरेशनसाठी वापरा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Advanced Setup</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Choose a printer model or try a generic driver.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>ऍ़डवॉन्स सेटअप</B><BR>\n" +#~ "प्रीन्टरचे मॉडेल निवडा किंवा जेनेरिक प्रीन्टर वापरून प्रयत्न वापरुन प्रयत्न करा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Printer Information</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "New configurations have been made.\n" +#~ " Later, edit settings for these configurations.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>प्रीन्टरची माहिती</B><BR>\n" +#~ "नवीन कॉनफिग्युरेशन बनवली आहेत.\n" +#~ " नंतर, हया कॉनफिग्युरेशकरता सेटींग्ज बदला.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>To try printing with\n" +#~ "a new configuration, select a print queue from the list and\n" +#~ "click <B>Test</B>.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>नवीन कॉनफिग्युरेशनद्वारे\n" +#~ "प्रीन्टीगचा प्रयान करताना यादीतून छापण्याचा क्यू निवडा आणि\n" +#~ "क्लीक करा <B>परिक्षा</B>.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Printers to Configure</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Select a printer from the list and press <B>Configure</B> to\n" +#~ " configure the selected printer.\n" +#~ " To restart autodetection, press <B>Restart Detection</B>.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>कॉनफिग्युअर करायचे प्रीन्टरर्स</B><BR>\n" +#~ "यादीतून प्रीन्टर्स निवडा <B>कॉनफिग्युअर</B> to\n" +#~ " दाबून निवडलेल्या प्रीन्टर कॉनफिग्युअर करा.\n" +#~ " स्व शोध सुरु करण्यासाठी <B>संशोधन पुन्हा सुरु करा</B>.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>If your printer was not detected, choose\n" +#~ " <B>Other</B> in the list then press <B>Configure</B> to set it\n" +#~ " up manually.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>तुमचा प्रीन्टर जर ओळखता गेला नाही,\n" +#~ " <B>इतर</B> यादीतून निवडा <B>कॉनफिग्युअर</B> दाबून\n" +#~ " स्वत:ने सेट करा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>Configured queues are listed in the lower\n" +#~ "box. To edit them, press <B>Change</B>.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>खालील कप्प्यात कॉनफिग्युअर केलेले क्यूजची\n" +#~ "यादी आहे. ते बदलल्याकरता <B>बदल</B>.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "<P><B><BIG>Printers</BIG></B><BR>In this dialog, manage printers on your system.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P><B><BIG>मुद्रणयंत्र</BIG></B><BR>ह्या संभाषणात, तुमच्या यंत्रणेवर मुद्रणयंत्र सांभाळा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding a New Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Press <B>Add</B> and choose to configure connections or queues.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>नविन संरचना मिळवत आहे</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "दाबा <B>मिळवा</B> आणि संरचित जोडणी किंवा रांग निवडा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Deleting, Editing, and Setting as Default</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Select the printer in the table and press the appropriate button.\n" +#~ " You can only edit configurations created with YaST. A change of\n" +#~ " default printer will take effect after the next login.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>काढून टाकणे, बदलणे, व सेटींग्ज डीफॉल्ट म्हणून</B><BR>\n" +#~ "टेबलमधील प्रीन्टर निवडा व योग्य बटन दाबा.\n" +#~ " YaST ने तयार पुढील लॉगइन केल्यानंतर डीफॉल्ट\n" +#~ " प्रीन्टरमधील बदल कार्यान्वित आहे.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Saving Changes</BIG></B><BR>Press <b>Finish</b> to\n" +#~ "save changes.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>बदल संग्रहीत करत आहे</BIG></B><BR>दाबा <b>संपले</b>\n" +#~ "बदल संग्रहीत करण्यासाठी.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Discarding Changes</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Press <b>Abort</b> if you do not want to save changes.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>बदल रद्द करत आहे</B><BR>\n" +#~ "कळ दाबून जा <b>मध्येच बाहेर पाडायचे </b> तुम्हाला बदल साठावायचे नसेल तर.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><BIG><B>Printer Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n" +#~ "Change the settings of printers on your system.\n" +#~ " Local and network printers can be configured.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><मोठे><B>प्रीन्टर कॉनफिग्युरेशन साधन</B><BR>\n" +#~ "तुमच्या यंत्रणेवरील प्रीन्टर्सची सेटींग्ज बदला.\n" +#~ " स्थ्‍ाानिक व नेटवर्क प्रीन्टर्स कॉनफिग्युअर्ड करु शकतात.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Saving</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Wait while the printer configuration is saved.\n" +#~ " The time required depends on the number of printers in the system.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>सेव्हींग</B><BR>\n" +#~ "प्रीन्टर कॉनफिग्युरेशन साठवू पर्यत थांबा.\n" +#~ " यंत्रनेतील प्रीन्टरर्सच्या संख्येवर लागणारा अवलंबून आहे.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>PPD Files</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Multiple PPD files can exist for one printer. Select which PPD file\n" +#~ "to use. Different PPD files may result in different output quality,\n" +#~ "speed, and adjustable settings.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><मोठे>PPD फाईल्स</B><BR>\n" +#~ "एका प्रीन्टर करता एकापेक्षा जास्त PPD फाईल्स असू शकतात. वापरायाची PPD फाईल\n" +#~ "निवडा. वेगवेगळया PPD फाईल्‍समध्ये वेगवेगळया प्रकारची आऊटपुट क्वालिटी,\n" +#~ "वेग, व जुळवण्यासाठी सेटींग्ज असतात.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Filtering PPD Files</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "To filter which PPD files are displayed, set the <b>Filter</b> and click\n" +#~ "<b>Apply</b>. To display all PPD files, click <b>Clear</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><मोठे>PPD फाईल्सचे गाळप होत आहे</b><br>\n" +#~ "कोणाला PPD फाईल्स दाखवण्याच्या त्याचे गाळप करायचे तर <b>गाळप</b> आणि क्ली‍क करा\n" +#~ "<b>पाठवा</b>. सर्व PPD फाईल्स दर्शवण्यासाठी <b>मॉडेल निवडा</b>.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Selecting Model</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "To select the printer model instead of the PPD file, click\n" +#~ "<b>Select Model</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>मोडेल सिलेक्ट करा</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "प्रिंटर मोडेल सिलेक्ट करण्यासाठी पिपिडि फाइल ऐवजी, \n" +#~ "<b> सिलेक्ट मोडेल </b> वर क्लिक करा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Restrictions</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Set users that may or may not use this printer or class.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>बंधते</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "मुद्रणयंत्र अथवा वर्ग वापरणारे किंवा न वापरणारे वापरकर्ताची मांडणी करा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>A printer cannot print if it is stopped or rejecting jobs.\n" +#~ " Select the requested state for the printer here.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>मुद्रणयंत्राणे जर कामे नाकारली किंवा तो थांबला तर मुद्रण करू शकणार नाही.\n" +#~ " विनंती केलेली मुद्रणयंत्राची स्थिती येथे निवडा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Starting Banner</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "This is a page that is printed before each job.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>बॅनर सुरू करत आहे</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "प्रत्येक कामाआधी हे पान छापले जाते.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Ending Banner</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Use this to print a page after each job.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>बॅनर संपत आहे</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "प्रत्येक कामानंतर पान छापण्यासाठी हे वापरा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Class Members</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "This lists printers that belong to a class.\n" +#~ " If you print to a class, the job is sent to one of its members.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>सभासभ वर्ग</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "त्या वर्गाशी जुळणाऱ्या मुद्रणयंत्राची यादी आहे.\n" +#~ "तुम्ही वर्ग छापलात तर त्याच्या एका सभासदाकडे काम पाठवले जाईल.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Hostname</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Enter the host name of your CUPS server.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>सादरकर्त्याचे नाव</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "तुमच्या CUPS सेवासंगणकासाठी सादरकर्त्याचे नाव लिहा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "<P>To verify the name, use <B>Test</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>नाव तपासा, वापरा <B>चाचणी</B>.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Saving Changes</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Press <b>Finish</b> to save changes.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>बदल संग्रहीत करत आहे</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "दाबा <b>संपले</b> बदल संग्रहीत करण्यासाठी.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Discarding Changes</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Press <b>Cancel</b> if you do not want to save changes.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>बदल काढून टाकत आहेत</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "जर तुम्हाला बदल संग्रहीत करायचे नसतील तर<b>रद्द करा</b> दाबा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "<P>Select the PPD file to add to the database.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>डेटाबेसमध्ये घालण्यासाठी PPD फाईल निवडा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><b><big>Downloading a PPD File</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Enter the URL from which to download a PPD file.\n" +#~ "If necessary, also specify the username and password for authentication.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><b><big>पीपीडी फाईल उतरवून घेत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "पीपीडी फाईल उतरवून घेण्यासाठी युआरएल घाला.\n" +#~ "जर आवश्यक असेल तर, वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव आणि परवलीशब्द ओळखीसाठी द्या.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Listening to Remote CUPS Servers</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "To access all broadcasted remote IPP queues, check\n" +#~ "<B>Listen to IPP Broadcast Packets</B>.\n" +#~ "To set from which addresses the IPP broadcasts should be\n" +#~ "received in detail, click <b>Select Addresses</b>.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>दुर्गम सीयुपीएस सेवासंगणक ऐकले जात आहेत</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "सर्व दुर्गम आयपीपी रांगा जे प्रसारीत झाले आहेत ते मिळविण्यासाठी\n" +#~ "<B>आयपीपी प्रसारण पॅकेट्स ऐका</B> हे तपासा.\n" +#~ "विस्ताराने कोणत्या पत्त्याहून आयपीप प्रसारणे मिळवायची ते मांडण्याकरता\n" +#~ "<b>पत्ते निवडा</b> वर टिचकी मारा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." +#~ msgstr "ह्या LAN वर सादरकर्त्याकरता तपासत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "The baud rate should not be 0." +#~ msgstr "बॉड दर शून्य असता कामा नये." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Invalid hostname. It must be\n" +#~ "shorter than 50 characters and cannot contain the following characters:\n" +#~ ":,/@\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "अवैध सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव. ते 50 शब्दांपेक्षा\n" +#~ "लहान असलेच पाहिजे आणि खालील शब्दासारखे शब्द त्यात असता कामा नये:\n" +#~ ":,/@\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Invalid username. It cannot \n" +#~ "contain the following characters:\n" +#~ ":,/@\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "अवैध वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव. ह्यात पूढील \n" +#~ "अक्षरे असू शकत नाहीत:\n" +#~ ":,/@\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Invalid password. It cannot \n" +#~ "contain the following characters:\n" +#~ ":,/@\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "अवैध परवलीशब्द. ह्यात पूढील \n" +#~ "अक्षरे असू शकत नाहीत:\n" +#~ ":,/@\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you leave the printer configuration now, \n" +#~ "all changes will be lost.\n" +#~ "Really leave without saving?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "जर तुम्ही मुद्रणयंत्राची संरचना अर्धवट सोडली तर, \n" +#~ "सर्व बदल पुसले जातील.\n" +#~ "संग्रहीत करण्याऐवजी खरोखरच तसेच सोडून द्यायचे का?\n" + +#~ msgid "Invalid for selected spooler" +#~ msgstr "निवडलेल्या स्पूलरकरिता अवैध" + +#~ msgid "Non-YaST2" +#~ msgstr "Non-YaST2" + +#~ msgid "OK" +#~ msgstr "ठीक आहे" + +#~ msgid "The queue name is empty." +#~ msgstr "रांगेचे नाव रिकामे आहे." + +#~ msgid "The queue name cannot be longer than 32 characters." +#~ msgstr "रांगेचे नाव 32 अक्षरापेक्षा मोठे असता कामा नये." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Invalid queue name. It must be\n" +#~ "shorter than 32 characters, start with a letter,\n" +#~ "and only contain 0-9, A-Z, a-z, _ and -." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "रांगेचे नाव अवैध आहे. ते 32 शब्दापेक्षा\n" +#~ "लहान असलेच पाहिजे, अक्षरापासून सुरूवात करा,\n" +#~ "आणि त्यात 0-9, ए-झेड, ए-झेड, _ आणि -." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Invalid queue name. The entered name is reserved\n" +#~ "by the spooler." +#~ msgstr "अवैध रांगेचे नाव. दिलेले नाव हे स्पूलरने आरक्षित केलेले आहे." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Invalid remote queue name. \n" +#~ "It cannot contain the characters @ and :.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "अवैध दूर्सथ रांगेचे नाव. \n" +#~ "हे शब्द असू शकत नाही @ आणि :.\n" + +#~ msgid "Value" +#~ msgstr "मूल्य" + +#~ msgid "Val&ues" +#~ msgstr "किंमती" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Connect your printer to the computer,\n" +#~ "switch it on, and make sure that it is online.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If the message 'Hello, world' is sent to\n" +#~ "the selected device and the operation\n" +#~ "fails, it will time out in %1 seconds.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "तुमचे मुद्रणयंत्र संगणकाला जोडा,\n" +#~ "ते सुरू करा, आणि खात्री करून घ्या की तो क्रमवारीत आहे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "जर 'हॅलो, वर्ल्ड' हा संदेश निवडलेल्या\n" +#~ "उपकरणाकडे पाठवला व जर प्रक्रिया\n" +#~ "फसली तर, %1 सेकंदात ते बंद होईल.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It seems that there are no problems with the device\n" +#~ "chosen.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If your printer has reacted somehow (printed message,\n" +#~ "form feed, or at least had blinking LEDs), the hardware \n" +#~ "connection should be functioning correctly.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "असे वाटते की निवडलेल्या उपकरणात काहीच अडचणी\n" +#~ "नाहीत.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "तुमच्या मुद्रणयंत्राने जर अशा प्रतिक्रिया दिल्या (छापील संदेश,\n" +#~ "फॉर्म फीड, किंवा चमकणाऱ्या LED), तर \n" +#~ "हार्डवेअर व्यवस्थित काम करत आहे.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There was a problem while sending the message\n" +#~ "to the printer. The operation has timed out.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Verify that your printer is connected to\n" +#~ "the computer, that the printer power is on, and \n" +#~ "that it is online. It is also possible that you\n" +#~ "have a cabling problem.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "मुद्रणयंत्राकडे संदेश पाठविण्यात अडचण येत आहे\n" +#~ "प्रक्रियेची वेळ संपली\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "तपासा की तुमचे मुद्रणयंत्र संगणकाशी\n" +#~ "जोडले गेले आहे, मुद्रणयंत्राची शक्ती सुरू आहे आणि \n" +#~ "तो ऑनलाईन आहे. अशी ही शक्यता आहे की ती\n" +#~ "केबलची अडचण आहे.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There was a problem while printing.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "It seems that the device is not properly configured\n" +#~ "or you do not have permissions to write to it.\n" +#~ "Check that the configuration program has been run \n" +#~ "as user 'root'." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "मुद्रण करताना अडचण आली.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "असे वाटते की उपकरण व्यवस्थित संरचीत झालेले नाही\n" +#~ "किंवा तुम्हाला ते लिहीण्यासाठी परवानगी मिळत नाही.\n" +#~ "तपासा की, संरचना प्रोग्राम 'मूळ' वापरकर्ता \n" +#~ "म्हणून सुरू आहे." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "FATAL: Unable to run\n" +#~ "the 'test_device' script.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "घातक: चाचणी_उपकरण स्क्रीप्ट\n" +#~ "वापरण्यास असमर्थ.\n" + +#~ msgid "Running 'ping -c 1 %1'..." +#~ msgstr "'पीग -सी 1 %1' वापरत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Testing if %1\n" +#~ "accepts printing jobs..." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1छापण्याची काम घेतो\n" +#~ "का याचे परिक्षण चालू..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If the operation fails, it will\n" +#~ "time out in a few seconds." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "जर प्रक्रिया चुकली तर हे\n" +#~ "वेळेच्या बाहेर काही सेकंदात संपेल." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There was a problem.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "This is an internal error of YaST2.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "येथे अडचण आहे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "YaST2 ची आतील चूक आहे.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There was a problem.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Your network access is not properly configured\n" +#~ "or the print server is unknown or unavailable.\n" +#~ "Check the hostname of the print\n" +#~ "server or contact your network administrator.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "येथे एक अडचण झाली.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "तुमचा संपर्क महाजाल व्यवस्थित संरचीत नाही\n" +#~ "किंवा मुद्रणयंत्र सेवासंगणक अज्ञात किंवा अनुपलब्ध नाही.\n" +#~ "मुद्रण सेवासंगणाचे सादरकर्ता नाव तपासा आणि\n" +#~ "तुमच्या महाजाल व्यवस्थपकाला संपर्क करा.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There was a problem.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Cannot connect to the print server. Check\n" +#~ "if the print server is running or contact your\n" +#~ "administrator.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "येथे एक अडचण आहे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "मुद्रण सेवासंगणकाशी जोडणी करता येत नाही. तपासा\n" +#~ "की जर मुद्रण सेवासंगमक चालू आहे किंवा तुमच्या प्रबंधकाशी\n" +#~ "संपर्क साधा.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There was a problem.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "You specified an invalid queue name\n" +#~ "on the printer server, the print server\n" +#~ "does not accept print jobs, or the queue on\n" +#~ "the print server does not accept print jobs.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Return from remote server:\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "येथे अडचण निर्माण झाली.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "तुम्ही मुद्रण सेवासंगणकावर अवैध रांगचे\n" +#~ "नाव सांगितले, मुद्रण सेवासंगणक\n" +#~ "मुद्रणाचे काम स्वीकारत नाही, किंवा मुद्रण सेवासंगणकावरील रांग\n" +#~ "मुद्रणाचे काम स्वीकारत नाही.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "दुरस्थ सेवासंगणकातून पुन्हा या:\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "FATAL: Running the test \n" +#~ "was not successful.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "घातक: परिक्षण करणे\n" +#~ "यशस्वी झाले नाही.\n" + +#~ msgid "Select a PPD file" +#~ msgstr "PPD फाईल निवडा" + +#~ msgid "Enter a valid filename." +#~ msgstr "अवैध फाईलचे नाव लिहा." + +#~ msgid "Select the PPD File" +#~ msgstr "PPD फाईल निवडा" + +#~ msgid "All Users Allowed" +#~ msgstr "सर्व वापरकर्त्यांना परवानगी आहे" + +#~ msgid "Listed Users Allowed" +#~ msgstr "यादी केलेल्या वापरकर्त्यांस परवानगी आहे" + +#~ msgid "Listed Users Forbidden" +#~ msgstr "यादीत असेलेल्या वापरकर्त्यांना परवानगी नाही" + +#~ msgid "&Users" +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्ता" + +#~ msgid "Restrictions" +#~ msgstr "बंधने" + +#~ msgid "Specify at least one user." +#~ msgstr "कमीतकमी एक वापरकर्ता ठरवा." + +#~ msgid "Idle or &Printing" +#~ msgstr "रिकामे अथवा छापत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Accepting &Jobs" +#~ msgstr "कामे घेत आहे" + +#~ msgid "State and Banners" +#~ msgstr "स्थिती आणि बॅनर्स" + +#~ msgid "State and banners of the class" +#~ msgstr "वर्गाची स्थिती आणि बॅनर्स " + +#~ msgid "State" +#~ msgstr "राज्य" + +#~ msgid "&Starting Banner" +#~ msgstr "बनर्स सुरू करत आहे" + +#~ msgid "&Ending Banner" +#~ msgstr "बॅनर संपादीत करत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Allow From" +#~ msgstr "च्यापासून परवानगी द्या" + +#~ msgid "Deny From" +#~ msgstr "च्यापासून थांबवा" + +#~ msgid "Application Order" +#~ msgstr "कार्यक्रम आज्ञा" + +#~ msgid "A&llow, Deny" +#~ msgstr "परवानगी द्या, नाकारा" + +#~ msgid "&Deny, Allow" +#~ msgstr "नाकारा, परवानगी द्या" + +#~ msgid "&Permissions" +#~ msgstr "&परवानगी" + +#~ msgid "Use Inherited Permissions" +#~ msgstr "आधीपासून आलेल्या परवानग्या वापरा" + +#~ msgid "CUPS Permissions for Accepting IPP Broadcasts" +#~ msgstr "IPP प्रसारणाकरिता CUPS परवानगी द्या" + +#~ msgid "CUPS Permissions for %1" +#~ msgstr "%1च्यासाठी CUPS परवानगी" + +#~ msgid "Allow from %1" +#~ msgstr "%1 पासून परवानगी द्या" + +#~ msgid "Deny from %1" +#~ msgstr "%1 पासून परवानगी नाकारा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An error occurred while saving queue %1.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The specified PPD file does not exist." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 रांग संग्रहीत करताना चूक निर्माण झाली.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "सुचविलेली पीपीडी फाईल अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An error occurred while communicating with the \n" +#~ "CUPS server while saving queue %1.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "%2" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "रांग संग्रहीत करताना सीयुपीएस सेवांगणकाशी \n" +#~ "संपर्क साधताना चूक निर्माण झाली %1.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "%2" + +#~ msgid "Detecting CUPS network server..." +#~ msgstr "CUPS महाजाल सेवासंगणक शोधत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Internal zone" +#~ msgstr "अंतर्गत विभाग" + +#~ msgid "Demilitarized zone" +#~ msgstr "असनिकीय विभाग" + +#~ msgid "External zone" +#~ msgstr "बहिर्गत विभाग" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An HP all-in-one device has been detected. To\n" +#~ "use it as both printer and scanner,\n" +#~ "package %1 must be installed.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Install it now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "HP सर्व उपकरण सापडले आहे. ते\n" +#~ "दोन्ही मुद्रण आणि स्कॅनर म्हणून वापरण्याकरता,\n" +#~ "%1 पॅकेज स्थापन केले पाहिजे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "ते आता स्थापीत करायचे का?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "GhostScript is not\n" +#~ "installed on your computer. It is needed\n" +#~ "to print." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "घोस्टलिपी तुमच्या\n" +#~ "संगणकावर स्थापीत नाही. छापण्याची\n" +#~ "गरज आहे." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "During the following step, only local printers are detected.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "In some cases, detection can cause a\n" +#~ "system freeze. If a freeze happens, select Skip Detection\n" +#~ "when next running the printer configuration.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Detect your printers?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "पुढील पायरीच्या काळात, फक्त स्थानीक मुद्रणयंत्र ओळखले जातात.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "काही बाबतीत, शोधामुळे यंत्रणा ठप्प\n" +#~ "होण्याची शक्यता आहे. जर असे ठर्र झाले तर मुद्रण\n" +#~ "संरचना वापरताना शोध वगळा.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "तुमचे मुद्रणयंत्र ओळखायचे का?" + +#~ msgid "Check environment" +#~ msgstr "वातावरण तपासा" + +#~ msgid "Read firewall settings" +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉल प्रणाली वाचा" + +#~ msgid "Check database of printers" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणाचा डेटाबेस तपासा" + +#~ msgid "Load current settings" +#~ msgstr "सद्याची मांडणी अद्ययावत करा" + +#~ msgid "Checking environment..." +#~ msgstr "वातावरण तपासत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Checking database of printers..." +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणाचा डेटाबेस तपासत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Loading current settings..." +#~ msgstr "सद्याची मांडणी अद्ययावत करत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Detect printers" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र शोधत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Queue %1" +#~ msgstr "रांग %1" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Queue %1 cannot be saved because\n" +#~ "the selected spooler does not support it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " रांग %1 संग्रहीत करू शकत नाही कारण\n" +#~ "निवडलेला स्पूलर रांगेला सहाय्य करत नाही." + +#~ msgid "Saving Printer Configuration" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Adjust spooler services" +#~ msgstr "स्पुलर सुविधा सांभाळत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Delete old queues" +#~ msgstr "जुन्या रांगा काढून टाका" + +#~ msgid "Set default queue" +#~ msgstr "मूळ रांग स्थिर करा" + +#~ msgid "Save system settings" +#~ msgstr "यंत्रणेची मांडणी संग्रहीत करा" + +#~ msgid "Save firewall settings" +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना संग्रहीत करा" + +#~ msgid "Restart spooler" +#~ msgstr "स्पूलर पुन्हा चालू करा" + +#~ msgid "Adjusting spooler services..." +#~ msgstr "स्पूलर सुविधा सांभाळत आहेत..." + +#~ msgid "Deleting old queues..." +#~ msgstr "जुन्या रांगा काढून टाकत आहेत..." + +#~ msgid "Saving queues..." +#~ msgstr "रांगा साठवत आहेत..." + +#~ msgid "Setting default queue..." +#~ msgstr "मूळची रांग स्थिर करा..." + +#~ msgid "Saving system settings..." +#~ msgstr "प्रणाली मांडणी साठवत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Saving firewall settings..." +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Restarting spooler..." +#~ msgstr "स्पूलर पुन्हा सुरू करत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "%1 Listen to IPP Broadcast Packets" +#~ msgstr "%1 IPP प्रसारण पाकिटे ऐका" + +#~ msgid "An appropriate back-end is not available." +#~ msgstr "योग्य बॅकएंड उपलब्ध नाही." + +#~ msgid "<LI>CUPS Client-Only Configuration:<BR>%1</LI>" +#~ msgstr "<LI>CUPS ग्राहक-फक्त संरचित:<BR>%1</LI>" + +#~ msgid "Using server %1" +#~ msgstr "सेवासंगणक वापरत आहे %1" + +#~ msgid "No server set" +#~ msgstr "सेवासंगणक मांडणी नाही" + +#~ msgid "<li>Other Detected Servers:<br>%1</li>" +#~ msgstr "<li>अन्य शोधलेले सेवासंगणक:<br>%1</li>" + +#~ msgid "Configured as %1" +#~ msgstr "%1 प्रमाणे संरचीत केले" + +#~ msgid "Configured as:<br>%1" +#~ msgstr "असे संरचित केले:<br>%1" + +#~ msgid "Invalid for current spooler" +#~ msgstr "सध्याचा अवैध स्पूलर" + +#~ msgid "Changed, not yet saved" +#~ msgstr "बदलले, अजूनपर्यंत साठविले नाही" + +#~ msgid "Raw Queue %1" +#~ msgstr "कच्ची रांग %1" + +#~ msgid "Change" +#~ msgstr "बदल" + +#~ msgid "Listening to CUPS servers to provide access to remote queues %1" +#~ msgstr "दूरस्थ रांगेत संपर्क मिळवून देण्यासाठी CUPS सेवासंगणक ऐकत आहोत %1" + +#~ msgid "Port for listening to remote CUPS servers is closed by firewall %1" +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉलने दूरस्थ CUPS सेवासंगणक ऐकण्यासाठी स्थान बंद केले आहे %1" + +#~ msgid "Port for listening to remote CUPS servers is open on %1 %2" +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉलने दूरस्थ CUPS सेवासंगणक ऐकण्यासाठी स्थान सुरू केले आहे %1 %2" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Selected printer" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र निवडा." + +#~ msgid "!!! YOUR ENCODING !!!" +#~ msgstr "!!! तुमची एनकोडींग !!!" + +#~ msgid "!!! YOUR TEXT !!!" +#~ msgstr "!!! तुमचा मजकूर !!!" + +#~ msgid "!!! COMMON EXPLANATION !!!" +#~ msgstr "!!! समान स्पष्टीकरण !!!" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The test page was sent to the printer using\n" +#~ "the command '%1'.\n" +#~ "Printing should start in a few seconds.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If the printer is not producing the appropriate\n" +#~ "output, use the 'Stop' button.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "When the entire page is printed, press\n" +#~ "'Printout Finished'." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "सूचना वापरून टेस्ट पान मुद्रणयंत्राकडे पाठविण्यात\n" +#~ "आले %1'.\n" +#~ "मुद्रम काही सेकंदात सुरू व्हायला हवे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "जर मुद्रणामधून योग्य परिणाम मिळत नसेल तर\n" +#~ "'थांबा' बटण वापरा.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "जेव्हा संपूर्ण पान छापले जाईल तेव्हा\n" +#~ "'मुद्रण संपले' दाबा." + +#~ msgid "Unable to print a test page. You are using a different spooler." +#~ msgstr "चाचणी पान छापण्यास असमर्थ. तुम्ही वेगळा स्पूलर वापरत आहात." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unable to print a test page. \n" +#~ "Install a supported spooler \n" +#~ "before printing test pages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "चाचणी पान छापण्यास असमर्थ. \n" +#~ "चाचणी पान छापण्याआधी \n" +#~ "आधारीत स्पूलर स्थापन करा." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ready to print a sample page.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Make sure that the printer is turned\n" +#~ "on and online then press the 'OK' button." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "उदाहरणाचे पान छापण्यात तयार आहे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "खात्री करून घ्या की मुद्रणयंत्र सुरू\n" +#~ "आहे आणि ऑनलाईन आहे नंतर 'ठिक आहे' बटण दाबा." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Ready to print a sample page.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Select the test page type, make sure that \n" +#~ "the printer is turned on and ONLINE, then \n" +#~ "press 'OK'." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "उदाहरणाचे पान छापण्यात तयार आहे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "मजकूर पानाचा प्रकार निवडा, खात्री करून घ्या की मुद्रणयंत्र सुरू\n" +#~ "आहे आणि ऑनलाईन आहे नंतर 'ठिक आहे'\n" +#~ "बटण दाबा." + +#~ msgid "Test &Graphical Printing without Photo" +#~ msgstr "फोटोशिवाय नकाशा छपाई तपासा" + +#~ msgid "Test &Graphical Printing" +#~ msgstr "वाक्य छपाई तपासा" + +#~ msgid "Test Graphical Printing with &Photo" +#~ msgstr "फोटोसहीत नकाशा छपाई तपासा" + +#~ msgid "Test &Text Printing" +#~ msgstr "वाक्य छपाई तपासा" + +#~ msgid "YaST2 Test Page" +#~ msgstr "YaST2 चाचणी पान" + +#~ msgid "Printer:" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र:" + +#~ msgid "PPD File:" +#~ msgstr "PPD फाईल:" + +#~ msgid "Options:" +#~ msgstr "पर्याय:" + +#~ msgid "The border lines start and end at the edges of the imageable area." +#~ msgstr "प्रतिमा भागाच्या टोकांना सीमारेषेच्या ओळी सुरू होतात व संपतात." + +#~ msgid "They have 1 inch or 2 cm to the edges of the imageable area." +#~ msgstr "प्रतिमा भागाच्या टोकांना त्याकडे 1 इंच किंवा 2 सेमी आहेत." + +#~ msgid "The actual imageable area depends on the printer model and Ghostscript driver." +#~ msgstr "प्रत्यक्ष प्रतिमा भाग मुद्रमयंत्राच्या मॉडेलवर व घोस्टस्क्रिप्ट ड्रायव्हवर अवलंबून असते." + +#~ msgid "Here it begins on the bottom left at" +#~ msgstr "येथे ते डावीकडे तळाला सुरू होतो" + +#~ msgid "and on the top right it ends at" +#~ msgstr "आणि वर टोकाला उजवीकडे संपतो" + +#~ msgid "1 unit = 1 PostScript point = 0.0139 inch = 0.0353 cm." +#~ msgstr "1 युनीट = 1 पोस्टस्क्रिप्ट बिंदू = 0.0139 इंच = 0.0353 सेमी." + +#~ msgid "Manufacturer and Model: %1 %2" +#~ msgstr "निर्माता आणि प्रकार: %1 %2" + +#~ msgid "Printer Description: %1" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्राचे वर्णन: %1" + +#~ msgid "Printer Location: %1" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र स्थान: %1" + +#~ msgid "Device URI: %1" +#~ msgstr "उपकरण URI: %1" + +#~ msgid "PASSWORD" +#~ msgstr "परवलीशब्द" + +#~ msgid "Printer URI:" +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र URI:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unable to print the test page.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Output from lpr:\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "चाचणी पान छापण्यास असमर्थ.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "lpr तून आऊटपूट:\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Printing was stopped.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If the printer is still printing, push the reset button\n" +#~ "on the printer or remove all the paper from its tray.\n" +#~ "After it stops printing, switch off the printer,\n" +#~ "wait 10 seconds, and switch it on again.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Check the manufacturer and printer model entries." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "छपाई थांबली.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "जर मुद्रणयंत्र अजून छपाई करत असेल, तर मुद्रणयंत्रावर पुन्हा मांडा\n" +#~ "बटण दाबा किंवा ट्रेमधील सर्व पेपर्स काढून घ्या.\n" +#~ "त्यांने छापायचे थांबल्यावर, मुद्रणयंत्र बंद करा,\n" +#~ "10 सेंकद थांबा व तो पुन्हा चालू करा.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "निर्माता तपासा व मुद्रणयंत्राच्या मॉडेलची नोंद तपासा." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The list of installed drivers has changed.\n" +#~ "Building database of drivers..." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "स्थापीत ड्रायव्हर्सची यादीत बदल झालेला आहे.\n" +#~ "ड्रायव्हर्सचा माहितीसंग्रह तयार होत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "YaST printer database" +#~ msgstr "डाटा बेस वाचा" + +#~ msgid "An error occurred while creating the printer database." +#~ msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र डेटाबेस तयार करताना चूक झाली." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An error occurred while saving queue %1.\n" +#~ "Try selecting the printer model again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "रांग साठविताना निर्माण झालेली चूक %1.\n" +#~ "मुद्रणयंत्राचा प्रकार पुन्हा निवडण्याचा प्रयत्न करत आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "%1 file was added to the database" +#~ msgid_plural "%1 files were added to the database" +#~ msgstr[0] "%१ फाइल डेटाबेस मधे एड केली" +#~ msgstr[1] "%१ फाइल्स डेटाबेस मधे एड केल्या" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Printer drivers are not installed. Install\n" +#~ "packages %1?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "मुद्रणयंत्र चालक स्थापला नाही. पॅकेजेस\n" +#~ "स्थापा %1?" + +#~ msgid "Installing packages failed." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजेसची स्थापना झाली नाही." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This function is not available during\n" +#~ "preparation for autoinstallation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "स्वस्थापाने तयारीच्यावेळी\n" +#~ "हे फंक्शन अनुउपलब्ध आहे. " + +#~ msgid "These packages need to be installed:" +#~ msgstr "ह्या पॅकेजना संस्थापित करण्याची आवश्यकता" + +#~ msgid "Parallel printer on %1" +#~ msgstr "%1 वर समांतर मुद्रणयंत्र" + +#~ msgid "Serial printer on %1" +#~ msgstr "%1 वर क्रमिक मुद्रणयंत्र" + +#~ msgid "USB printer on %1" +#~ msgstr "%1 वर USB मुद्रणयंत्र" + +#~ msgid "HP all-in-one device %1" +#~ msgstr "HP सगळ्यामध्ये एक उपकरण %1" + +#~ msgid "Program %1" +#~ msgstr "कार्यक्रम %1" + +#~ msgid "IrDA printer on %1" +#~ msgstr "%1 वर IrDA मुद्रणयंत्र" + +#~ msgid "Bluetooth printer %1" +#~ msgstr "%1 ब्ल्यूटूथ मुद्रणयंत्र" + +#~ msgid "Forwarding queue to %1 on LPD server %2" +#~ msgstr "%1 वर रांगे पूढे करतो %2 ह्या LPD सेवासंगणक" + +#~ msgid "Queue %1 on Novell server %2" +#~ msgstr "नॉव्हेल सेवासंगणकावर %1 रांग %2" + +#~ msgid "Queue %1 on SMB server %2" +#~ msgstr "SMB सेवासंगणकावर %1 रांग %2" + +#~ msgid "Queue %1 on IPP server %2" +#~ msgstr "IPP सेवासंगणकावर %1 रांग %2" + +#~ msgid "Direct TCP port printer %1" +#~ msgstr "थेट TCP स्थान मुद्रणयंत्र %1" + +#~ msgid "CUPS class" +#~ msgstr "CUPS वर्ग" + +#~ msgid "Unknown printer %1" +#~ msgstr "अवैध मुद्रणयंत्र %1" + +#~ msgid "USB port (%1)" +#~ msgstr "USB स्थान (%1)" + +#~ msgid "First Parallel Port (/dev/lp0)" +#~ msgstr "प्रथम समांतर स्थान (/dev/lp0)" + +#~ msgid "Second Parallel Port (/dev/lp1)" +#~ msgstr "द्वितीय समांतर स्थान (/dev/lp1)" + +#~ msgid "Third Parallel Port (/dev/lp2)" +#~ msgstr "तृतीय समांतर स्थान (/dev/lp2)" + +#~ msgid "Fourth Parallel Port (/dev/lp3)" +#~ msgstr "चौथे समांतर स्थान (/dev/lp3)" + +#~ msgid "First Serial Port (/dev/ttyS0)" +#~ msgstr "प्रथम क्रमिक स्थान (/dev/ttyS0)" + +#~ msgid "Second Serial Port (/dev/ttyS1)" +#~ msgstr "द्वितीय क्रमिक स्थान (/dev/ttyS1)" + +#~ msgid "Third Serial Port (/dev/ttyS2)" +#~ msgstr "तृतीय क्रमिक स्थान (/dev/ttyS2)" + +#~ msgid "Fourth Serial Port (/dev/ttyS3)" +#~ msgstr "चौथे क्रमिक स्थान (/dev/ttyS3)" + +#~ msgid "Detecting Bluetooth devices failed." +#~ msgstr "ब्लूट्यूथ उपकरण शोधण्यात अयशस्वी." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Initializing CUPS server...\n" +#~ "This usually takes one or two minutes" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "CUPS सेवासंगणक कार्यान्वयन करत आहे...\n" +#~ "यासाठी साधारण एक ते दोन मिनिटे लागतील" + +#~ msgid "CUPS Full &Server Installation" +#~ msgstr "CUPS पूर्ण सेवासंगणक स्थापना" + +#~ msgid "CUPS &Client-Only Installation" +#~ msgstr "CUPS फक्त ग्राहक स्थापा" + +#~ msgid "L&eave Current Status" +#~ msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती सोडा" + +#~ msgid "An error occurred with the CUPS daemon during initialization." +#~ msgstr "CUPS पार्श्वभूमीवर सुरू असलेल्या कार्यक्रमाबरोबर सुरू करताना चूक झाली." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No printing system installed.\n" +#~ "Select the CUPS installation type\n" +#~ "to install and configure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "छपाई यंत्रणा स्थापीत केलेली नाही.\n" +#~ "सीयुपीएस स्थापना प्रकार स्थापनेकरता आणि \n" +#~ "संरचना करण्याकरता निवडा." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Both LPRng and CUPS are installed.\n" +#~ "YaST supports only CUPS, so LPRng will be removed.\n" +#~ "Select the CUPS installation type\n" +#~ "to install and configure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "दोन्ही LPRng आणि CUPS स्थापन झाले आहेत.\n" +#~ "यास्ट फक्त सीयुपीएसला सहाय्य करतो, त्यामुळे LPRng काढून टाकले जाईल.\n" +#~ "सीयुपीएस स्थापना आणि संरचना करण्याचा प्रकार\n" +#~ "निवडा." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An LPD-compatible spooler is installed.\n" +#~ "Select the CUPS installation type\n" +#~ "to install and configure." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "LPD-कॉम्पॅबिलीटी स्पूलर स्थापन केला गेला आहे.\n" +#~ "स्थापनेकरता आणि संरचना करण्यासीठी सीयुपीएस\n" +#~ "स्थापनेचा प्रकार निवडा." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The CUPS spooler is installed, but the installation \n" +#~ "does not seem complete. Choose to reinstall\n" +#~ "CUPS or leave the current status. \n" +#~ "To repair the current configuration, select the \n" +#~ "CUPS full server installation.\n" +#~ "If you leave the current status, CUPS\n" +#~ "may not run properly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "सीयुपीएस स्पूलर स्थापन आहे, पण बहुधा स्थापना पूर्ण झालेले \n" +#~ "नाही. सीयुपीएस पुर्नस्थापीत करा हेl\n" +#~ "निवडा किंवा सध्याची स्थिती सोडून द्या. \n" +#~ "संध्याची संरचना दुरूस्त करण्यासाठी, सीयुपीएस पुर्ण \n" +#~ "सेवासंगणक स्थापना निवडा.\n" +#~ "जर तुम्ही स्ध्याची स्थिती सोडून दिली तर, सीयुपीएस\n" +#~ "व्यवस्थीत चालणार नाही." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The iPrint printing system is recognized,\n" +#~ "but YaST supports supports only CUPS.\n" +#~ "Select the CUPS installation type\n" +#~ "to install and configure or abort setup.\n" +#~ "Attention: CUPS and iPrint can't work together.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आइप्रिंट प्रिंटिंग सिस्टिम ही मान्यताप्राप्त आहे,\n" +#~ "पण वायएएसटि फक्त सियुपिएसला सपोर्ट करते.\n" +#~ "सियुपिएस इन्स्टोलेशन प्रकाराला सिलेक्ट करा\n" +#~ "सेटअपला इन्स्टोल आणि कोन्फिगर करण्यासाठी किंवा अबोर्ट करण्यासाठी.\n" +#~ "लक्ष द्या: सियुपिएस आणि आइप्रिंट बरोबर काम करू शकत नाहीत.\n" + +#~ msgid "Abo&rt Setup" +#~ msgstr "स्थापना अर्धवट टाका" + +#~ msgid "Service hplip will be enabled because hp:// backend is used." +#~ msgstr " एचपिएलाआइपि सर्विस एनएबल केली आहे कारण एचपि:// बैकएन्ड वापरात आहे." + +#~ msgid "Add &PPD File to Database" +#~ msgstr "डेटाबेसमध्ये PPD फाईल मिळवा" + +#~ msgid "&Local PPD File" +#~ msgstr "स्थानिक PPD फाईल" + +#~ msgid "&Download PPD File" +#~ msgstr "PPD फाईल उतरवून घेत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Select PPD File" +#~ msgstr "PPD फाईल निवडा" + +#~ msgid "&Test" +#~ msgstr "परिक्षा" + +#~ msgid "Print via &CUPS Network Server" +#~ msgstr "CUPS महाजाल सेवासंगणकाद्वारे मुद्रण" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "CUPS &Client-Only\n" +#~ "(the most secure solution)\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "CUPS ग्राहक-फक्त\n" +#~ "(सर्वात सुरक्षित सॉल्युशन)\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "CUPS &Using Broadcasting\n" +#~ "(recommended for trusted networks)\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "CUPS प्रसारणाचा वापर\n" +#~ "(विश्वासू नेटवर्ककरिता सुचवलेले)\n" + +#~ msgid "Type of Connection to the CUPS Server" +#~ msgstr "CUPS सेवासंगणकाशी असलेल्या जोडणीचा प्रकार" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Queues that do local filtering cannot be tested\n" +#~ "here. Proceed to the next dialog to select the printer model\n" +#~ "and test the queue after the printer model is selected." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "स्थानीक गाळप करणाऱ्या रांगा येथे तपासल्या जाऊ\n" +#~ "शकत नाही. पुढील संभाषणात कप्प्यात जाऊन मुद्रणयंत्राचे मॉड्यूल निवडा\n" +#~ "आणि मुद्रणयंत्र निवडल्यानंतर रांगेची परिक्षा करा." + +#~ msgid "Spooler" +#~ msgstr "स्पूलर" + +#~ msgid "&Force Saving Everything" +#~ msgstr "सर्व बचती वाचा" + +#~ msgid "Re&install Printing Packages" +#~ msgstr "छापायची पॅकेजेस पुन: स्थापन करा" + +#~ msgid "Cl&ear Current Configuration" +#~ msgstr "स्वच्छ व सध्याची संरचना" + +#~ msgid "CUPS Server Se&ttings" +#~ msgstr "CUPS सेवासंगणक मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "CUPS &USB Device Settings" +#~ msgstr "CUPS USB उपकरण मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Really discard your configuration?" +#~ msgstr "तुम्हाला तुमची संरचना रद्द करायची आहे का?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "All your changes will be lost.\n" +#~ "Really reinstall your printing system? \n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "तुम्ही केलेले सर्व बदल हरवतील.\n" +#~ "खरोखर तुम्हाला मुद्रणयंत्रणा पुन्हा स्थापन करायची आहे का? \n" + +#~ msgid "&Reinstall" +#~ msgstr "पुन्हा स्थापीत करा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unable to read\n" +#~ "the current configuration." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "सध्याचे संरचना\n" +#~ "वाचू शकत नाही." + +#~ msgid "CUPS-Like USB Device Names" +#~ msgstr "CUPS-जसे USB उपकरणाचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "&Always" +#~ msgstr "नेहमी" + +#~ msgid "If &Serial Number is Known" +#~ msgstr "जर क्रमिक क्रमांक समजला तर" + +#~ msgid "&Never" +#~ msgstr "कधीही नाही" + +#~ msgid "CUPS USB Device Name Type" +#~ msgstr "CUPS USB उपकरणाच्या नावाचे प्रकार" + +#~ msgid "Configure CUPS" +#~ msgstr "CUPS संरचना" + +#~ msgid "Change IPP Listen" +#~ msgstr "IPP ऐकणे बदला" + +#~ msgid "Expert CUPS Settings" +#~ msgstr "तज्ञ CUPS मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Restart Detection" +#~ msgstr "शोध पुन्हा सुरू केला" + +#~ msgid "Set Default" +#~ msgstr "मूळ स्थापीत करा" + +#~ msgid "CUPS Expert Settings" +#~ msgstr "CUPS तज्ञ मांडणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Change Remote Access Settings" +#~ msgstr "मांडणीचा संपर्क साधा" + +#~ msgid "Finish" +#~ msgstr "समापन" + +#~ msgid "Any Spooler" +#~ msgstr "एखादा स्पूलर" + +#~ msgid "Printer Administration for %1" +#~ msgstr "%1साठी मुद्रणयंत्र व्यवस्थापन" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "प्रकार" + +#~ msgid "Ad&vanced" +#~ msgstr "प्रगत" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "To open the firewall to accept IPP broadcast packets\n" +#~ "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" +#~ "To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n" +#~ "This option is available only if the firewall is enabled.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>फायरवॉल मांडणी</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "दूरस्थ फायरवॉल उघडण्याकरता संगणकाकडून आयपीपी ,\n" +#~ "प्रसारण पुडकी स्वीकारण्याकरता <b>फायरवॉलमधील स्थान उघडा</b>.\n" +#~ "पडद्यावर स्थान उघडायचे ते निवडण्यासाठी, <b>फायरवॉलची अधिक माहिती</b>वर टिचकी मारा.\n" +#~ "जर फायरवॉल कार्यान्वित असेल तरच हा पर्याय फक्त उपलब्ध असेल.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The local CUPS daemon will be running and listening\n" +#~ "to IPP broadcast packets sent by other servers\n" +#~ "in the network. All broadcasted queues will be\n" +#~ "accessible under the same names as on the remote host." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "स्थानिक सीयुपीसी डीमन चालू असेल व महाजालामधील इतर\n" +#~ "सेवासंगणकाने पाठवलेले आयपीपी प्रसारण पॅकेट्स ऐका\n" +#~ "दुरस्थ सादरकर्त्याप्रमाणेच समान नावानेच सर्व प्रसारीत\n" +#~ "रांगा तुम्हाला आवाक्यात असतील." + +#~ msgid "Listen to IPP &Broadcast Packets" +#~ msgstr "IPP प्रसारण पाकिट ऐका" + +#~ msgid "Select A&ddresses" +#~ msgstr "पत्ते निवडा" + +#~ msgid "&Server Name" +#~ msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "Use &Server's Default Queue" +#~ msgstr "सेवासंगणकाची मूळ रांग वापरा" + +#~ msgid "&Default Queue" +#~ msgstr "मूळ रांग" + +#~ msgid "Error: No Suitable PPD File Downloaded" +#~ msgstr "चूक: योग्य PPD फाईल उतरवून घेतलेली नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Some server settings" +#~ msgstr "CUPS सेवासंगणकाची मांडणी" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/product-creator.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/product-creator.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/product-creator.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,2627 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module +#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of Image Creator" +msgstr "प्रतिमा निर्मात्याचा आकृतीबंध" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. /bin/objcopy - binutils +#. /bin/mkzimage - lilo +#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99 +#: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Installation of required packages\n" +"failed." +msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेजेसची स्थापना अयशस्वी झाली" + +#. command line help text for the kiwi module +#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuration of Kiwi" +msgstr "मेलची संरचना" + +#. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuration of Product Creator" +msgstr "NFS ग्राहकाची संरचना" + +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Print existing configurations" +msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन वाचा" + +#. translators: command line help text for create-iso action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create installation ISO image" +msgstr " ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा" + +#. translators: command line help text for create-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create new product configuration" +msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड संरचना लिहीत आहे" + +#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Delete existing configuration" +msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन वाचा" + +#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit existing configuration" +msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन वाचा" + +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Show the summary of selected configuration" +msgstr "चालू आकृतीबंधाचा सारांश पहा" + +#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Name of the configuration" +msgstr "संरचनेचा प्रकार वाचा" + +#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GPG passhrase required for signing the source." +msgid "GPG passphrase required for signing the source." +msgstr "स्त्रोतावर सहीसाठी GPG पासफ्रेजची आवश्यकता" + +#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121 +msgid "File with GPG passphrase required for signing the source" +msgstr "स्त्रोतावर सहीसाठी GPG पासफ्रेजच्या फाईलची आवश्यकता" + +#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Path to the configuration file (default is %1)" +msgstr "संरचना फाईल अद्ययावत करा" + +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Path to the output directory" +msgstr "आऊटपुट डिरेक्टरीकडील पाथ" + +#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Output should be an ISO image instead of directory tree" +msgstr "आऊटपुट डिरेक्टरी ट्रीऐवजी ISO प्रतिमा असावा" + +#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Name of the output ISO image" +msgstr "समूहाचे नाव" + +#. command line help text for 'savespace' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copy only needed files to save space" +msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर फाईल्स प्रतिकृत होत आहेत..." + +#. command line help text for 'profile' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile" +msgstr "AutoYaST अभिव्यक्ती: %1" + +#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copy AutoYaST profile to CD image" +msgstr "AutoYaST अभिव्यक्ती: %1" + +#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Path to isolinux.cfg file" +msgstr "प्रतिमा फाईल निर्माण करा" + +#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183 +msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" +msgstr "उत्पादनावर स्वाक्षरी करण्यासाठी वापरलेली GPG की आयडी" + +#. command line help text for 'repositories' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +msgid "List of package repositories (separated by commas)" +msgstr "दुय्यम भाषांची यादी (स्वल्पविरामाने विभागलेल्या)" + +#. command line error message +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:79 +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuration name is missing." +msgstr "संरचना नाव" + +#. command line error message, %1 is a name +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +msgid "There is no configuration %1." +msgstr "ही फाईल संचारीत फाईल आहे." + +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Path to output directory is missing." +msgstr "आऊटपुट डिरेक्टरीकडील पाथ" + +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +msgid "List of package repositories is empty." +msgstr "स्थापित करण्याच्या पॅकेजेसची सूची." + +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile is missing." +msgstr "AutoYaST अभिव्यक्ती: %1" + +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164 +msgid "File %1 does not exist." +msgstr "फाईल %1 अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#. Command line handler for Create ISO action +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Loading configuration %1..." +msgstr "संरचना माहिती वाचत आहे..." + +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot load configuration %1." +msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना फसली." + +#. command line error message (%1 is path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot create ISO image %1." +msgstr " ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा" + +#. command line info message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:296 +msgid "ISO image %1 has been written." +msgstr "ISO प्रतिमा %1 लिहिली आहे." + +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgstr "डोमेन नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही" + +#. summary caption +#. summary caption +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1904 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Package Source" +msgstr "पॅकेजचा शोध" + +#. summary line (%1 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1" +msgstr "AutoYaST अभिव्यक्ती: %1" + +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1942 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Creating ISO image %1/%2" +msgstr " ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा..." + +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Creating directory tree in %1/%2" +msgstr "हया मशीनच्या होम सूची" + +#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412 +msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key %1%2" +msgstr "GPG की %1%2 ने माध्यम डिजिटली सही करा" + +#. summary text +#. summary text +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1990 +msgid "The medium will not be digitally signed" +msgstr "" + +#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc... +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100 +msgid "" +"Target architecture of the current configuration (%1)\n" +"does not match the system architecture (%2).\n" +"\n" +"Kiwi cannot create images for different architectures." +msgstr "" + +#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Product Creator Configuration Overview" +msgstr "मॉडेम कॉनफिग्युरेशन ओव्हरव्हयू" + +#. Table header +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +msgid "Product" +msgstr "प्रॉडक्ट" + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +msgid "Image" +msgstr "प्रतिमा" + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +msgid "GPG Key" +msgstr "नवीन GPG कळ " + +#. push button label +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:156 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3004 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3024 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Xen Image" +msgstr "कर्नेल आकृती" + +#. push button label +#. button label +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:158 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2915 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3006 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3026 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Virtual Disk Image" +msgstr "अस्तित्वातील तबकडी प्रतिमा वापरा" + +#. push box item +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:165 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Live ISO Image" +msgstr "आयएसओ प्रतिमा" + +#. menu button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Create Product..." +msgstr "नवीन ऍड-ऑन उत्पादन तयार करा" + +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178 +msgid "ISO Image" +msgstr "आयएसओ प्रतिमा" + +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory Name" +msgid "Directory Tree" +msgstr "संचिकेचे नाव" + +#. menu button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cre&ate Image with KIWI..." +msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करा: %1" + +#. TreeDialog +#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<P>\n" +#| " Please wait while the directory structure for the new ISO image is created.\n" +#| " </P>\n" +#| " \n" +msgid "" +"<P>Creating the directory structure for the new ISO image.</P>\n" +" \n" +msgstr "" +"<P>\n" +" नव्या ISO प्रतिमेसाठी डिरेक्टरीचा आराखडा तयार होत असेपर्यंत कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा.\n" +" </P>\n" +" \n" + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Press <b>Next</b> to start creating the ISO file.</p>" +msgstr "<p>तुमचे IR नियंत्रण तपासण्यासाठी <b>चाचणी</b> दाबा.</p>" + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 +msgid "Create skeleton with common files" +msgstr "सामायिक फाईल्सनी सांगाडा तयार करा" + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copy additional and customized files" +msgstr " अतिरिक्त YaST मॉडयुल्स नाहीत " + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copy selected packages" +msgstr "पॅकेजेसची प्रत काढा" + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Creating skeleton with essential files" +msgstr "फाईल प्रणाली तयार करण्यास अयशस्वी." + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 +msgid "Copying additional and customized files to directory tree..." +msgstr "डिरेक्टरी ट्री वर अतिरिक्त व सानुकुलित फाईल्स कॉपी करत आहे..." + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copying selected packages" +msgstr "पॅकेजेसच्या प्रती काढत आहे..." + +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354 +msgid "Sign the source with a GPG key" +msgstr "GPG कीने स्त्रोत सही करा" + +#. progressbar label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359 +msgid "Signing the source with a GPG key..." +msgstr "GPG कीने स्त्रोत सही करत आहे..." + +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365 +msgid "Disable signature checks in linuxrc" +msgstr "" + +#. progressbar label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370 +msgid "Disabling signature checks in linuxrc..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Creating ISO image directory..." +msgstr " ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा..." + +#. redirect the download callbacks +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Error while creating skeleton." +msgstr "ध्वनीपातळी निश्चित करताना चूक.\n" + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449 +msgid "ISO image directory ready" +msgstr "ISO प्रतिमेची डिरेक्टरी तयार झाली." + +#. if (!Mode::commandline()) +#. { +#. Wizard::EnableNextButton(); +#. Wizard::RestoreNextButton(); +#. } +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:495 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Creating CD Image..." +msgstr " ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा..." + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while" +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "ह्याला काही वेळ लागू शकेल" + +#. caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +msgid "ISO Summary" +msgstr "सारांश" + +#. frame label +#. summary caption +#. richtext header +#. richtext header +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1911 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "पॅकेजेस" + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548 +msgid "Missing Packages" +msgstr "हरवलेले पॅकेज" + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "None" +msgstr "कोणी नाही" + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>Verify if the data in the summary box is correct then\n" +#| "press Finish to return to main dialog.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>Verify the data in the summary box then\n" +"press Finish to return to main dialog.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>सारांश चौकटीमधील माहिती वबरोबर आहे का पहा व नंतर\n" +"मूळ संवादाकडे येण्यासाठी Finish दाबा.</p>\n" + +#. caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Custom CDs" +msgstr "कस्टम" + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>Please wait while the data and packages are verified...\n" +#| " </p>\n" +#| " " +msgid "" +"<p>Verifying data and packages...\n" +" </p>\n" +" \n" +msgstr "" +"<p>माहिती व पॅकेजेस तपासली जात असेपर्यंत कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा...\n" +" </p>\n" +" " + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 +msgid "" +"<p>If there is something missing, the process will be aborted.\n" +"Fix the problem and try again.</p>\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"<p>काही राहिले असल्यास प्रक्रिया सोडून दिली जाईल.\n" +"ती समस्या सोडवा व पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.</p>\n" +" " + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Set up Package Source" +msgstr "पॅकेजचा शोध" + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create Package List" +msgstr "पॅकेज यादी संग्रहीत करा" + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Verify Package Availability" +msgstr "कोणतेही पॅकेज उपलब्ध नाही" + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Check Destination" +msgstr "इष्टस्थळ" + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuring package source..." +msgstr "भाषा संरचित करा...." + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Creating package list..." +msgstr "पॅकेज आर्काइव्ह निर्माण करत आहे..." + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Verifying package availability..." +msgstr "पॅकेजेसची खात्री केली जात आहे..." + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Checking destination..." +msgstr "आवृत्या तपासल्या जात आहेत..." + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:614 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Verification of Data for ISO Image" +msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा" + +#. SCR::Execute(.target.mkdir, tmp + "/tmproot"); +#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true); +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enabling sources..." +msgstr "...स्रोताची चौकाशी करत आहे" + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Selecting packages..." +msgstr "पॅकेज तपासत आहे..." + +#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667 +msgid "Checking packages..." +msgstr "पॅकेज तपासत आहे..." + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Verifying the destination directory..." +msgstr "पॅकेजच्या वर्णनाची पुस्तिका" + +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Start creating a new image configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>टिचकी मारत आहे <b>पुढचे</b> संरचना पूर्ण करा.</p>" + +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the image.</p>" +msgstr "<p>टिचकी मारत आहे <b>पुढचे</b> संरचना पूर्ण करा.</p>" + +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Delete the directory with selected configuration using <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting <b>Delete</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>निवडलेले आकृतीबंध ची डिरेक्टरी <b>Delete</b>ने काढून टाका. </p>" + +#. help text, %1 is directory +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>All image configurations are saved in <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p> येथे, LDAP डिरेक्टरीज जतन केलेला आकृतीबंध हाताळा.</p>" + +#. main dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Image Creator Configuration Overview" +msgstr "मॉडेम कॉनफिग्युरेशन ओव्हरव्हयू" + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "आवृत्ती" + +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +msgid "Size" +msgstr "परिमाण" + +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Delete configuration %1 (%2) now?" +msgstr "संरचना वाचा" + +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:94 +msgid "On" +msgstr "सुरु" + +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:95 +msgid "Off" +msgstr "बंद" + +#. ProductCreator configure1 dialog caption +#. ProductCreator configure2 dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1223 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Product Creator Configuration" +msgstr "पुरवठादाराची संरचना" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Profile Loca&tion:" +msgstr "कार्यक्रम स्थान:" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select Fi&le" +msgstr "फाईल निवडा" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218 +msgid "Copy Profile to CD I&mage" +msgstr "सीडी प्रतिमाचे कॉपि प्रफाइल" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Pac&kage Manager" +msgstr "सादरीकरण नियामक" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&AutoYaST Control File" +msgstr "YaST कंट्रोल सेंटर सुरु करा" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Configuration Name:" +msgstr "संरचना नाव" + +#. set architecture if configured +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enter the name of the configuration." +msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन बेस DN लिहा" + +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "" +"A configuration with this name already exists.\n" +" Select a new name.\n" +msgstr "" +"या नावाचा आकृतीबंध आधीच अस्तित्वात आहे.\n" +" एक नवीन नाव निवडा.\n" + +#. error message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The file '%1' does not exist.\n" +#| "Choose another one." +msgid "The file '%1' does not exist. Choose a correct one." +msgstr "" +"फाईल '%1' अस्तित्वात नाही.\n" +"दुसरी निवडा." + +#. abort? +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1260 +msgid "Select File" +msgstr "फाईल निवडा" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:415 +msgid "Output:" +msgstr "आऊटपुट" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Path to Generated Directory Tree:" +msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430 +msgid "&Select Directory" +msgstr "आणि शब्दकोश निवडा" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Generate ISO Image File" +msgstr "आयएसओ प्रतिमा फाईल" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&ISO Image File:" +msgstr "आयएसओ प्रतिमा फाईल" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:473 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create Directory &Tree Only" +msgstr "हया मशीनच्या होम सूची" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:484 +msgid "Other Options" +msgstr "आणखी पर्याय" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copy only needed files to save space." +msgstr "स्थापित यंत्रणेवर फाईल्स प्रतिकृत होत आहेत..." + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500 +msgid "CD Publisher:" +msgstr "सीडी प्रकाशक:" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509 +msgid "CD Preparer:" +msgstr "सीडी आयोजक:" + +#. ask for directory widget label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549 +msgid "Select Directory" +msgstr "डिरेक्टरी निवडा" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562 +msgid "Path to generated directory tree missing." +msgstr "निर्माण केलेल्या डिरेक्टरी ट्रीचा पाथ दिसत नाही" + +#. preselect the first item +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Target Architecture" +msgstr "& प्राथमिक निर्मिती" + +#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it +#. %1 is URL of the repository +#. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774 +msgid "" +"Source %1\n" +"does not support the current target architecture (%2).\n" +"Change the target architecture?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:802 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Source Selection" +msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर निड करा" + +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Selected" +msgstr "&निवडलेला" + +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती" + +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +msgid "URL" +msgstr "यूआरएल" + +#. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc... +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1930 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Target architecture: %1" +msgstr "लक्ष्य संचिका: %1" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cr&eate New..." +msgstr "TSIG कळ नवीन तयार करा" + +#. remove not found sources (with id = -1) +#. enable the source +#. disable the source +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:861 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:900 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:948 +msgid "X" +msgstr "x" + +#. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed +#. change the architecture +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:908 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1078 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Target Architecture: %1" +msgstr " स्थापत्य: " + +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:969 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select at least one source." +msgstr "एक तर एक वस्तू निवडा." + +#. error message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1004 +msgid "" +"There is a mismatch between the selected\n" +"repositories and the machine architecture.\n" +"\n" +"Either select a different repository or\n" +"change the target architecture.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. ask for the target architecture +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1045 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select the new target architecture." +msgstr "काढून टाकण्यासाठी मुद्रणयंत्र निवडा." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Base Source Selection" +msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर निड करा" + +#. convert the URL to Id +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1167 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Selected Base Source" +msgstr "अपडेट स्त्रोत निवडा" + +#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1234 +#, fuzzy +msgid "File Contents: %1" +msgstr "फाईलची माहिती" + +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Load File" +msgstr "&स्थानिक फाईल" + +#. Pkg::TargetFinish (); +#. busy message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1297 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:286 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading data from Package Database..." +msgstr "पॅकेज माहितीसंग्रह वाचत आहे..." + +#. popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1523 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:291 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "कृपया थांबा..." + +#. Open empty dialog for instant feedback +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1403 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1537 +msgid "Reading package database..." +msgstr "पॅकेज माहितीसंग्रह वाचत आहे..." + +#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations +#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1435 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" +"more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +" पुढीलपैकी एक <b>base</b> सिलेक्शन निवडा आणि आणखी <b>add-on</b> सिलेक्शन्स व पॅकेजेस घालण्यासाठी \n" +"<i>Detailed<i> वर क्लिक करा..\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1444 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1510 +msgid "Software Selection" +msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर निड करा" + +#. error message, %1 = details +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1603 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Dependencies cannot be resolved.\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +msgstr "ही पूरक प्रणाली काढता येत नाही." + +#. refresh table and pushbutton state +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1822 +msgid "&Digitally Sign the Product on the Medium" +msgstr "माध्यमावर उत्पादनावर सही करत आहे" + +#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? +#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Sign</b></big><br>\n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" +"This key is checked when the product is added as a repository.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language +#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 +msgid "" +"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" +msgstr "अड-ऑन उत्पादनावर स्वाक्षरी करत आहे" + +#. Configuration Summary +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1896 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "संरचना सारांश" + +#. summary line +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1917 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Selected %1 packages" +msgstr "सुचवण्यात आलेली पॅकेजेस" + +#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1925 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "निर्मिती (आर्किटेक्चर)" + +#. summary caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1935 +msgid "Output Directory" +msgstr "आऊटपुट डिरेक्टरी" + +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1952 +msgid "Creating directory tree in <b> %1/%2 </b>" +msgstr "<b> %1/%2 </b>मध्ये डिरेक्टरी ट्री तयार करत आहे" + +#. header in the summary dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1961 +msgid "Signing" +msgstr "सही करत आहे..." + +#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1981 +msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key <b>%1</b>%2" +msgstr "<b>%1</b>%2 जीपीजी कळीने माध्यमावर डिजिटली सही करा" + +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1996 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>Verify if the data in the summary is correct then\n" +#| "press Next to continue.\n" +#| "</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>सारांशामधील माहिते बरोबर असल्याचे सत्यापित करा व नंतर\n" +"पुढे सुरु करण्यासाठी Next दाबा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Boot Options</big></b><br>\n" +"Add additional boot menu entries with boot options.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>वाटा सुधारा</big></b><br>\n" +"येथे वाट्याचे विकल्प व्यवस्थित करा.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<p>For example, \n" +"configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>उदाहरणार्थ, \n" +"स्वयंचलित स्थापनांसाठी सीडीचा आकृतीबंध करा व स्थापना स्त्रोताचे स्थान\n" +" सांगा. खात्री नसेल तर फाईल तशीच ठेवा व मूळ फाईल वापरली जाईल.</p>\n" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b><big>Connection Configuration</big></b></p>" +msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b></p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b><big>जोडणी संरचीत</big></b></p>" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रारंभ निष्फळ करत आहेः</big></b><br>\n" +"आता <b>Abort</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध उपयोगिता सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b><big>Connection Configuration</big></b></p>" +msgid "<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b></p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b><big>जोडणी संरचीत</big></b></p>" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +#| "</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><मोठे>सेव्हिंगमधून बाहेर येत आहोत</b><br>\n" +"कळ दाबून सेव्ह पद्धतीतून बाहेर पडा<b>अर्बाट</b>.\n" +"जास्तीच्या डायलॉग तुम्हाला सांगेल कि असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे किंवा नाही.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" +"Obtain an overview of available configurations. Additionally\n" +"edit those configurations.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>iSCSI इनिशिएटर आकृतीबंध आढावा</big></b><br>\n" +"स्थापित iSCSI इनिशिएटर्सचा आढावा मिळवा. शिवाय,\n" +"त्यांचे आकृतीबंध संपादित करा.<br></p>\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Adding a Configuration:</big></b><br>\n" +"Press <b>Add</b> to create a new configuration.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> प्रोवाइडर एड करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"नविन प्रोवाइडर मेन्युअली कोन्फिगर करण्यासाठी <b>एड</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" +"Choose a configuration to change or remove.\n" +"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> एडिटिंग वा डिलिटिंग:</big></b><br>\n" +"ज्याचे कोन्फिगरेशन एडिट किंवा रिमुव करायचे आहे तो प्रोवाइडर निवडा.\n" +"मग: <B>एडिट</B> किंवा <B>डिलिट</B>बटन दाबा.</P>\n" + +#. overview dialog help part 4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Create Product</b> to create the ISO image or installation\n" +"repository directory with the selected product.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p> ISO प्रतिमा अगर डिरेक्टरी आपल्या\n" +" आकृतीबंध उत्पादनाने करण्यास<b>Create Image</b>वापरा.</p>" + +#. overview dialog help part 5 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 +msgid "" +"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p> <b>किवीने प्रतिमा करा</b> किवी प्रतिमा प्रणालीने लाइव्ह मीडिया व झेन प्रतिमासारख्या विविध\n" +" प्रकारच्या प्रतिमांसाठी अतिरिक्त आकृतीबंध करण्यासाठी <b>किवीने प्रतिमा करा</b>दाबा. </p>" + +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Configuration Name and Packages</big></b><br>\n" +"Choose a configuration name and the method with which to select \n" +"the packages to add to the ISO image.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आकृतीबंधाचे नाव व पॅकेजेस</big></b><br>\n" +" ISO प्रतिमेत समाविष्ट करण्यासाठी आकृतीबंधाचे नाव व पॅकेजेस निवडण्यासाठी\n" +" वापरण्याची पद्धत निवडा.<br></p>\n" + +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95 +msgid "" +"<b>AutoYaST Profile</b><p>\n" +"Select an AutoYaST profile with the software configuration.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<b>AutoYaST Profile</b><p>\n" +"Select an AutoYaST profile with the software configuration.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<b>Package Manager</b><p>\n" +#| "Use the package manager without any preselected packages. All\n" +#| "packages that would be automatically selected during installation must be\n" +#| "selected manually based on the hardware and architecture for which you are\n" +#| "creating this CD.\n" +#| "</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<b>Software Manager</b><p>\n" +"Use the software manager without any preselected packages. All\n" +"packages that would be automatically selected during installation must be\n" +"selected manually based on the hardware and architecture for which you are\n" +"creating this CD.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<b>पॅकेज व्यवस्थापक</b><p>\n" +"कोणत्याही आधी निवडलेल्या पॅकेजेसशिवाय पॅकेज व्यवस्थापक वापरा. सर्व\n" +"पॅकेजेस जी स्थापनेदरम्यान आपोआप निवडली जातील ती\n" +"आपण ही सीडी ज्या हार्डवेअर व वास्तुकलेवर तयार करत आहात त्यानुसार\n" +" हाताने निवडली पाहिजेत. \n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Source selection help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Select Package Sources</big></b><br>\n" +"Select at least one package source.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> सेवा पुसून टाकत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +" पुसून टाकण्याची सेवा निवडा व<b>Delete</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#. Source selection help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Target Architecture</big></b><br>\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" +"the machine you are currently working on.\n" +"All selected repositories must support the target architecture.<br>\n" +"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>ISO Directory and Image</big></b><br>\n" +"Enter the location in which to create the skeleton directory. All needed\n" +"files will be copied to this directory. Select a location with enough disk\n" +"space.\n" +"<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>ISO डिरेक्टरी व प्रतिमा</big></b><br>\n" +"जेथे स्केलेटन डिरेक्टरी तयार करायची ते स्थान प्रविष्ट करा. सर्व आवश्यक\n" +"फाईल्स या डिरेटरीमध्ये कॉपी होतील. पुरेशी जागा असलेले स्थान\n" +"निवडा.\n" +"<br></p>\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>Create an ISO image or just a directory that is suitable for \n" +#| "creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" +#| "</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>Create an ISO image or a directory that is suitable for \n" +"creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> ISO प्रतिमा निर्माण करा अगर फक्त अशी डिरेक्टरी निर्माण करा जी \n" +" नंतर कधी तरी ISO प्रतिमा तयार करण्यास योग्य असेल.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137 +msgid "" +"<p>To save space, select the check box to copy only needed files \n" +"to the skeleton. \n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>जागा वाचवण्यासाठी फक्त आवश्यक फाईल्सच सांगाड्यामध्ये कॉपी करण्यासाठी\n" +" चेक बॉक्स निवडा.\n" +" </p>\n" + +#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p><b>The Base Product</b></p>" +msgstr " <p><b>आवश्यक उत्पादन </b></p>" + +#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 +msgid "" +"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" +"bootable.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 +msgid "<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 +msgid "" +"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" +"the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" +"repository from the list.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Packages for Image" +msgstr "काढून टाकण्याची पॅकेजेस" + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621 +msgid "Bootstrap" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Xen Specific Packages" +msgstr "न तपासलेली पॅकेजेस" + +#. richtext header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361 +msgid "Patterns" +msgstr "नमुने" + +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Ignored Software" +msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर" + +#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Packages to be included in Boot Image" +msgstr "पॅकेज पुर्नस्थापीत करा" + +#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575 +msgid "" +"Some of the packages that are selected for installation\n" +"are also included in the list for deletion.\n" +"Continue anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Packages to Delete" +msgstr "पॅकेज पुर्नस्थापीत करा" + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "%1 ची परिक्षा होत आहे" + +#. combo box label, %1 is profile name +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Image, Profile %1" +msgstr "अर्काइव्ह निर्माती अपयशी ठरली" + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Include in Dumping" +msgid "Include in Boot Image" +msgstr "डम्पिंगमध्ये अंतर्भूत करा" + +#. popup label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add new user" +msgid "Add New User" +msgstr "नवीन वापरकर्ता मिळवा" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Login &Name" +msgstr "प्रवेशाचे नाव:" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Full Name" +msgstr " संपूर्ण नांव " + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "आरंभ संचिका" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096 +msgid "&UID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099 +#, fuzzy +msgid "G&roup Name" +msgstr "गटाचे नाव" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101 +msgid "&GID" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit User" +msgstr "व्हर्च्यूहल युजर्स" + +#. popup message +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150 +msgid "Enter the user name." +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव लिहा." + +#. popup message +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156 +msgid "" +"The passwords do not match.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"परवलीशब्द जुळत नाहीत.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. popup for file selection dialog +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Directory to Import" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकावरील संचिका" + +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Script to Import" +msgstr "लिपी संपादक" + +#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Path to root Directory" +msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा" + +#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Path to config Directory" +msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा" + +#. removing 'import_' button id prefix +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Path to %1 File" +msgstr "फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करा" + +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Path to images.sh File" +msgstr "प्रतिमा फाईल निर्माण करा" + +#. generic popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Feature not implemented yet." +msgstr "वापरात न आणलेले गुणधर्म" + +#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after +#. deleting some repository) +#. return true if there was no conflict +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Checking packages availability..." +msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेसचा शोध घेत आहोत..." + +#. do not check bootinclude packages +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Missing Packages" +msgid "Missing packages" +msgstr "हरवलेले पॅकेज" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 +msgid "" +"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</p>\n" +"<p>%2.</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Copy the packages" +msgid "Remove Packages" +msgstr "पॅकेजेसची प्रत काढा" + +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check Minimal Package Selection" +msgid "Check Package Selection" +msgstr "कमीत कमी पॅकेज निवड तपासा" + +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 +msgid "Ignore" +msgstr "दुर्लक्षित करा" + +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "रद्द करा" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create ISO image now?" +msgstr " ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create Xen image now?" +msgstr " ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create virtual disk image now?" +msgstr "नवीन आभासी तबकडी लक्ष्य वाढवता येत नाही." + +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660 +msgid "" +"ISO image successfully created in\n" +"%1\n" +"directory." +msgstr "" +"डिरेक्टरी मध्ये ISO प्रतिमा\n" +"%1\n" +"यशस्वीपणे केली." + +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666 +msgid "" +"Xen image files successfully created in\n" +"%1\n" +"directory.\n" +msgstr "" +"डिरेक्टरी मध्ये झेन प्रतिमा फाईल्स\n" +"%1\n" +" यशस्वीपणे केल्या. \n" + +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672 +msgid "" +"Virtual disk image successfully created in\n" +"%1\n" +"directory." +msgstr "" +"डिरेक्टरी मध्ये व्हर्च्युअल डिस्क प्रतिमा\n" +"%1\n" +" यशस्वीपणे केली." + +#. popup label +#. default question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create image now?" +msgstr " ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा" + +#. default popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778 +msgid "" +"Image successfully created in\n" +"%1\n" +"directory." +msgstr "" +"डिरेक्टरी मध्ये प्रतिमा\n" +"%1\n" +"यशस्वीपणे केली." + +#. busy popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading current image configuration..." +msgstr "सद्य उपकरण संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. tab header +#. default dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2155 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2934 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Image Configuration" +msgstr "IPsec संरचना" + +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installed Software" +msgstr "स्थापीत सॉफ्टवेअरची खात्री करीत आहोत" + +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "वर्णन" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Locale settings" +msgstr "पुसलेले लोकाल सेटींग्ज" + +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2235 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "वापरकर्ते" + +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Scripts" +msgstr "लिपी" + +#. informative label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 +msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." +msgstr "" + +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Co&mpression" +msgstr "संकलन" + +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 +msgid "" +"<p>Select the value for image <b>Compression</b>. This will modify the\n" +"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 +#, fuzzy +msgid "So&ftware Selection" +msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर निड करा" + +#. pusbutton label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Ch&ange..." +msgstr "बदला..." + +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408 +msgid "<p>Adapt the software selection with <b>Change</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Change</b>ने सॉफ्टवेअर निवड सानुकुल करा.</p>" + +#. help text for "&Ignored software" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on new line</p>" +msgid "<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line.</p>" +msgstr "<p>For <b>दुर्लक्षित सॉफ्टवेअर </b>, साठी प्रत्येक एंट्री नव्या ओळीवर घाला (जसे 'smtp_डीमॉन')</p>" + +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Packages to &Delete" +msgstr "पॅकेज पुर्नस्थापीत करा" + +#. help text for "&Ignored software" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 +msgid "<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b> पॅकेज काढुन टाटा </b> ची प्रत्येक एंट्री लक्ष्य डिरेक्टरी मधुन काढण्याचे एक पॅकेज नाव असते.</p>" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "आवृत्त्या" + +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Version</b> of your image configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>टिचकी मारत आहे <b>पुढचे</b> संरचना पूर्ण करा.</p>" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459 +msgid "&Size" +msgstr "&आकार" + +#. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 +msgid "" +"<p>Set the image <b>Size</b> in the specified <b>Unit</b>.\n" +"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box label (MB/GB values) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 +msgid "&Unit" +msgstr "&यूनिट" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Additive" +msgstr "जास्तीची फाईल" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Encrypt Image with LUKS" +msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करा: %1" + +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 +msgid "<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> and enter the password.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 +msgid "Encrypted Image LUKS Password" +msgstr "" + +#. general help for directory structure tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Edit the configuration scripts used to build your image.</p>" +msgstr "<p> येथे, LDAP डिरेक्टरीज जतन केलेला आकृतीबंध हाताळा.</p>" + +#. general help for directory structure tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Here, point to the configuration directories that should help to build your image.</p>" +msgid "<p>Point to the configuration directories for building your image.</p>" +msgstr "<p>येथे आपली प्रतिमा करण्यासाठी मदत करावी अशा आकृतीबंध डिरेक्टरी कडे निर्देश करा.</p>" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Directory with System Configur&ation" +msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना पूर्ण करत आहे" + +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 +msgid "<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Define the path to the <b>प्रणालीचे कॉंफिगरेशन असलेली डिरेक्टरी</b> (<tt>रूट</tt> डिरेक्टरी) चा पाथ निर्दिष्ट करा. <tt>cp -a</tt>वापरुन संपूर्ण डिरेक्टरी इमेज ट्रीच्या रूटमध्ये प्रतिलिपित होते.</p>" + +#. label (above table) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Directory with System Configuration" +msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना पूर्ण करत आहे" + +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Path to Directory" +msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा" + +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 +msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "<p> प्रणाली आकृतीबंध ची डिरेक्टरी </b> ( <tt>रूट</tt> डिरेक्टरी) आकृतीबंध करा. पूर्ण डिरेक्टरी प्रतिमा ट्रीच्या रूटला<tt>cp -a</tt>वापरुन कॉपी होते.</p>" + +#. label (above table) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Directory with Scripts" +msgstr "संचिका स्थापनेचा विकल्प" + +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Path to File" +msgstr "फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करा" + +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 +msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p> <b>स्क्रिप्ट्सची डिरेक्टरी</b> (<tt>config</tt> डिरेक्टरी) आकृतीबंध करा. त्यात सर्व प्रतिमा पॅकेजेस स्थापन झाल्यावर चालणार्या स्क्रिप्ट्स असतात. </p>" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 +msgid "Studio Custom Build Script" +msgstr "" + +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2635 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2656 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Import..." +msgstr "आयात..." + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645 +#, fuzzy +msgid "I&mage Configuration Script" +msgstr "संरचना प्रणाली:" + +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 +msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run.</p>" +msgstr "<p>आपले <b>प्रतिमा आकृतीबंध स्क्रिप्ट</b>,ज्याला म्हणतात <tt>config.sh</tt>, संपादित करा. ते स्थापनेच्या शेवटी पण पॅकेज स्क्रिप्ट्स चालवण्याच्या आधी चालवतात. </p>" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Pa&th to Directory with Scripts" +msgstr "&अड-ऑन पॅकेजेससहित पुस्तिकेकडील & पाथ" + +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 +msgid "<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p>वैकल्पिक <b>स्क्रिप्ट्सची डिरेक्टरी</b> (<tt>config</tt> डिरेक्टरी) मध्ये सर्व प्रतिमा पॅकेजेसच्या स्थापनेनंतर चालणार्या स्क्रिप्ट्स असतात. </p>" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Br&owse..." +msgstr "Browse..." + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687 +msgid "C&leanup Script" +msgstr "स्वच्छता स्क्रिप्ट" + +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 +msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>" +msgstr "<p>आपले <b>स्वच्छता स्क्रिप्ट</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>) संपादित करा. हे स्क्रिप्ट प्रतिमा निर्मिती प्रक्रियेच्या सुरुवातीस चालते. </p>" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Im&port..." +msgstr "आयात..." + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2709 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Author" +msgstr "अधिकार" + +#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 +msgid "<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information</b>, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>प्रतिमाच्या <b>लेखक</b> साठी, <b>संपर्क माहिती</b>,व प्रतिमाच्या <b>स्पेसिफिकेशन</b>साठी मूल्ये सेट करा.</p>" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 +#, fuzzy +msgid "C&ontact" +msgstr "जोडणी" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Specification" +msgstr "ओळख" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Locale" +msgstr "स्थानिक" + +#. help text for locale (heading) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p><b>Locale Settings</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>स्थानिक मांडणी</b></p>" + +#. help text for locale +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 +msgid "<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 +msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "कळपट्टी लेआऊट (आराखडा)" + +#. help text for keytable +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 +msgid "<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 +msgid "&Time Zone" +msgstr "वेळ विभाग" + +#. help text for timezone +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 +msgid "<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. general help for users tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Create users that should be available on the target system.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>लक्ष्य यंत्रणेवर निर्माण करण्याची विभाजक.\n" +"उजवीकडील स्तंभात दर्शवले आहे</p>\n" + +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Login Name" +msgstr "प्रवेशाचे नाव:" + +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816 +msgid "Full Name" +msgstr " संपूर्ण नांव " + +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "UID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Home Directory" +msgstr "आरंभ संचिका:" + +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822 +msgid "Group" +msgstr "गट" + +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824 +#, fuzzy +msgid "GID" +msgstr "GID:" + +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and group\n" +"to which the users belongs.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b>अलिआस नेम</b>, <b>IP एड्रेसेस</b>, व <b>नेटमास्क</b> एन्टर करा.</p>" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Live CD Configuration" +msgstr "Xinetd कॉनफिग्युरेशन" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Xen Image Configuration" +msgstr "Xinetd कॉनफिग्युरेशन" + +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2919 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Create ISO" +msgstr "तयार करा" + +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2921 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Create Xen Image" +msgstr "प्रतिमा निर्माण करा" + +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2923 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Create Virtual Disk Image" +msgstr "अस्तित्वातील तबकडी प्रतिमा वापरा" + +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p> नवीन <b> नमुना </b> तयार करण्यासाठी नवीन वापरा किंवा <b> सध्याचाच </b> नमुना आयात करण्यासाठी आयात वापरा.</p>" + +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" +msgstr "<p> येथे, LDAP डिरेक्टरीज जतन केलेला आकृतीबंध हाताळा.</p>" + +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Image Type</b> which should be created.</p>" +msgstr "<p> ह्या इन्टरफेससाठी <b>पोर्ट नंबर</b> निवडा.</p>" + +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 +msgid "<p>Select <b>Output Directory</b> for the created image.</p>" +msgstr "<p>तयार केलेल्या प्रतिमासाठी <b>Output Directory</b> निवडा.</p>" + +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current system repositories.</p>" +msgstr "<p>प्रतिमा करण्यास वापरल्या जाणार्या <b>Package Repositories</b> ची सूची सुधारित कर. एखादी चालू प्रणाली रिपॉझिटरी घालण्यासाठी<b>Add From System</b>वापरा,</p>" + +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to continue with the configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>टिचकी मारत आहे <b>पुढचे</b> संरचना पूर्ण करा.</p>" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network Boot Image" +msgstr "जेव्हा बूट करताना" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3028 +#, fuzzy +msgid "OEM Image" +msgstr "आयएसओ प्रतिमा" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration" +msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." +msgstr "निवडलेल्या डिरेक्टरी मध्ये प्रणालीच्या आकृतीबंध चे वैध वर्णन नाही" + +#. busy popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Importing repositories..." +msgstr " उत्पादन आयात करत आहे." + +#. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182 +#, fuzzy +msgid "%1, version %2" +msgstr "LDAP आवृत्ती 2" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&32bit Architecture Image" +msgstr " स्थापत्य: " + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209 +msgid "Target is i586 only" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Kiwi Configuration" +msgstr "फायरवॉल संरचना" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start from Scratch" +msgid "Create from Scratch" +msgstr "स्क्रॅचेसपासून सुरू" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Base on Template" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता प्रारूप" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Base on Existing Configuration" +msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वाचासध्याचा आकृतीबंध बदला" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Choose..." +msgstr "निवडा..." + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284 +#, fuzzy +msgid "I&mage Type" +msgstr "वाटप प्रकार" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Output Directory" +msgid "&Output Directory" +msgstr "आऊटपुट डिरेक्टरी" + +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Package Repository" +msgstr "प्रतिमा संचिका:" + +#. menu butto label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310 +#, fuzzy +msgid "A&dd from System" +msgstr "&नविन फाईल प्रणाली भरा" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Image preparation" +msgstr "कर्नेल भाग" + +#. popup error message, %1 is the package name +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 +msgid "" +"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" +"without having %1 package installed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Path to the Output Directory" +msgstr "आऊटपुट डिरेक्टरीकडील पाथ" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Configuration with name \"%1\" already exists.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" +"हार्डवेअर संरचना अगोदरच %1 (%2) अस्तित्वात आहे.\n" +"एखादे निराळे निवडा." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enter the path to the output directory." +msgstr "वापरकर्त्याच्या चाळणीचे मूल्य प्रविष्ट करा." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Specify at least one package repository." +msgstr "कमीतकमी एक वापरकर्ता ठरवा." + +#. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640 +msgid "" +"Failed to add these repositories:\n" +"\n" +"%1.\n" +"\n" +"Continue anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Path to directory with packages" +msgid "Path to directory to store the log files" +msgstr "पॅकेजेससहित डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ" + +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the file name" +msgid "Standard output file name" +msgstr "फाईलचे नाव लिहा" + +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the file name" +msgid "Error output file name" +msgstr "फाईलचे नाव लिहा" + +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "File %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Overwrite it?" +msgid "" +"File %1 already exists.\n" +"Rewrite?" +msgstr "" +"%1 फाईस अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे.\n" +"त्यावरच लिहा?" + +#. run kiwi to finally create the selected image +#. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result +#. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part +#. of command line option) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Removing old chroot directory failed." +msgstr "क्रूट डिरेक्टरी %1साठी तपासत आहे...." + +#. label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Preparing for Image Creation" +msgstr "अस्तित्वातील तबकडी प्रतिमा वापरा" + +#. button label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Save Log" +msgid "Save logs" +msgstr "नोंद संग्रहीत करा" + +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Image creation failed." +msgstr "अर्काइव्ह निर्माती अपयशी ठरली" + +#. label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Creating Image" +msgstr " ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा..." + +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976 +msgid "Image creation succeeded." +msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करणे सफल " + +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Image creation canceled." +msgstr "अर्काइव्ह निर्माती अपयशी ठरली" + +#. ProductCreator read dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:448 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing Product Creator Configuration" +msgstr "ISDN कार्ड संरचना सुरू करत आहे" + +#. translators: progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:462 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read the configuration" +msgstr "संरचना वाचा" + +#. translators: progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:466 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..." + +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:468 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:495 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:548 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:574 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:489 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot read the configuration." +msgstr "संरचना वाचा" + +#. ProductCreator read dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:528 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving Product Creator Configuration" +msgstr "पुरवठादाराची संरचना" + +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:542 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. translators: progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:546 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:568 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Error while writing settings." +msgstr "प्रतिमा पुन्हा मिळविताना चूक." + +#. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:601 +msgid "Configuration summary ..." +msgstr "आकृतीबंध सारांश ..." + +#. Create an overview table with all configured cards +#. @return table items +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:614 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No Files" +msgstr "PPD फाईल्स" + +#. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:994 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Cannot read directory %1\n" +"from source %2." +msgstr "निर्देशिका तयार करू शकत नाही '%1'." + +#. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key +#. check if the metadata are gzipped +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2080 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3682 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Error reading control file." +msgstr "तुम्हीसेवासंगणक फाईल वाचताना चूक. " + +#. workaround for bnc#498464 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2689 +msgid "" +"Could not add GPG key %1 to initrd\n" +"%2.\n" +msgstr "" +"GPG की %1 to initrd\n" +"%2 मध्ये घालता आली नाही.\n" + +#. yes/no popup: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2883 +msgid "" +"Error: Could not digitally sign the source.\n" +"Try again?\n" +msgstr "" +"चूक: स्त्रोतावर डिजिटली सही करता आली नाही. .\n" +" पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा?\n" + +#. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2993 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"These sources were not found:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "खालील संरचीत फाईल्स सापडू शकल्या नाहीत:<br>%1" + +#. popup question, %1 is directory name +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3245 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Remove the destination directory %1?" +msgstr "पॅकेजच्या वर्णनाची पुस्तिका" + +#. remove the destination +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3270 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The destination %1 already exists." +msgstr "वाटप %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#. TODO ask in interactive mode +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 +msgid "" +"Destination directory exists or is a file.\n" +"Remove directory %1?" +msgstr "" +"गंतव्य डिरेक्टरी अस्तित्वात आहे अगर ती एक फाईल आहे.\n" +" डिरेक्टरी %1 काढायची?" + +#. Check if selected packages are available +#. @return [String] error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3300 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Checking for package availability..." +msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेसचा शोध घेत आहोत..." + +#. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3359 +#, fuzzy +msgid "%1 package not available." +msgstr "कोणतेही पॅकेज उपलब्ध नाही" + +#. change the label +#. copy the packages +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3415 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3554 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Copying %1" +msgstr "नक्कल प्रत बनवत आहे..." + +#. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3590 +msgid "" +"Cannot download package %1\n" +" from source %2.\n" +msgstr "" +"स्त्रोत %2 मधून पॅकेज %1\n" +" डाऊन लोड करु शकत नाही. \n" + +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3607 +msgid "" +"Error while copying packages. \n" +"\t\t Check the created directory for possible hints." +msgstr "" +"पॅकेजेस कॉपी करताना चूक.\n" +" \t\t संभाव्य संकेतांसाठी तयार केलेली डिरेक्टरी तपासा." + +#~ msgid "USB Stick Image" +#~ msgstr "USB स्टिक प्रतिमा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Create USB stick image now?" +#~ msgstr " ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "USB stick image successfully created in\n" +#~ "%1\n" +#~ "directory." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "डिरेक्टरी मध्ये USB स्टिक प्रतिमा\n" +#~ "%1\n" +#~ " यशस्वीपणे केली." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "USB Stick Image Configuration" +#~ msgstr "मूळ संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Create USB Stick Image" +#~ msgstr " ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा" + +#~ msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +#~ msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध स्क्रिप्ट अयशस्वी." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Path to AutoYaST Profile" +#~ msgstr "AutoYaST अभिव्यक्ती: %1" + +#~ msgid "Path to config.sh File" +#~ msgstr "config.sh फाईलचा पाथ" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Path to Auto&YaST Profile" +#~ msgstr "AutoYaST अभिव्यक्ती: %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Choose the path to the AutoYaST profile (config.xml)." +#~ msgstr " y2update.tgz फाईलकडील पाथ निवडा " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Brow&se..." +#~ msgstr "Browse..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big> VPN आकृतीबंध सुरु करत आहे </big></b><br>\n" +#~ " कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big> VPN आकृतीबंध जतन करत आहे </big></b><br>\n" +#~ " कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +#~ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big> जतनाचे कार्य निष्फळ करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "<b>Abort</b> दाबून जतनाची प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करा.\n" +#~ "अतिरिक्त डायलॉग आपणास असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही ते सांगतो.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuration of Image creator" +#~ msgstr "NFS ग्राहकाची संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Keyboard layout" +#~ msgstr "कळपट्टी लेआऊट (आराखडा)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Time zone" +#~ msgstr "वेळ विभाग" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Create from beginning" +#~ msgstr "अड-ऑन निर्माण करा आणि सुरुवातीपासून" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Output directory" +#~ msgstr "आऊटपुट डिरेक्टरी" + +#~ msgid "Software" +#~ msgstr "सॉफ्टवेअर" + +#~ msgid "&Detailed selection..." +#~ msgstr "विस्तृत निवड..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Target architectrure: %1" +#~ msgstr "लक्ष्य संचिका: %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Save the image to the stick now?" +#~ msgstr "%1 ला बदलेले संग्रहीत करायचे?" + +#~ msgid "Co&mpress" +#~ msgstr "कम्प्रेस" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Check <b>Compress</b> if the final image should be based \n" +#~ "on the squashfs compressed file system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>अंतिम प्रतिमा squashfs कॉम्प्रेस्ड फाईल प्रणालीवर आधारित\n" +#~ " हवे असेल तर <b>कम्प्रेस</b> तपासा ." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Path to directory with existing Add-On Product" +#~ msgid "Path to file with standard output" +#~ msgstr "अस्तित्वातील ऍड-ऑनसहित डिरेक्टरीचा पाथ" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Path to file with error output" +#~ msgstr "&अड-ऑन पॅकेजेससहित पुस्तिकेकडील & पाथ" + +#~ msgid "<p>Set the image <b>Size</b> in the specified <b>Unit</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p> सांगितलेल्या <b>Unit</b> मध्ये प्रतिमा चा <b>Size</b> सेट करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The source does not support the architecture of this machine (%1).\n" +#~ "Select another source.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "हा स्त्रोत या यंत्राच्या(%1).\n" +#~ " स्थापत्याला समर्थन करत नाही. दुसरा स्त्रोत निवडा,\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Create Image" +#~ msgstr "प्रतिमा निर्माण करा" + +#~ msgid "&Name" +#~ msgstr "&नांव" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Group Name" +#~ msgstr "गटाचे नाव" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Enter the user password." +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचा सांकेतांक लिहा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "O&utput Directory" +#~ msgstr "आऊटपुट डिरेक्टरी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Saving CD Creator Configuration" +#~ msgstr "संदर्भ संरचना संग्रहीत होत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "CD Creator Configuration" +#~ msgstr "जाळे संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "C&onfigure..." +#~ msgstr "&संरचित करा..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Create a new boot image with <b>Configure</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "नवीन वापरकर्ता निर्माण करण्यासाठी <b>मिळवा</b>वर टिचकी मारा.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Group name" +#~ msgstr "गटाचे नाव" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Select the <b>Group Name</b> to which the users belong.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>ह्या इन्टरफेसचे <b>पोर्ट नेम</b> एन्टर करा (केस-सिन्सिटिव).</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "C&D Boot Image" +#~ msgstr "फाईलमध्ये बूट प्रतिमा निर्माण करा" + +#~ msgid "&Import" +#~ msgstr " आयात " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Live ISO Image" +#~ msgstr "आयएसओ प्रतिमा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Xen Image" +#~ msgstr "कर्नेल आकृती" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&USB Stick Image" +#~ msgstr " ISO प्रतिमा तयार करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Virtual Disk Image" +#~ msgstr "अस्तित्वातील तबकडी प्रतिमा वापरा" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/proxy.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/proxy.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/proxy.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,450 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Informative label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 +msgid "No details available." +msgstr "तपशील उपलब्ध नाही." + +#. A push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 +msgid "&Details <<" +msgstr "तपशील <<" + +#. avoid confusing Emacs +#. A push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 +msgid "&Details >>" +msgstr "तपशील >>" + +#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 +msgid "Unknown Error Code" +msgstr "अनोळकी चूक सांकेतीक" + +#. Error message, +#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" +#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "" +"An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" +"Proxy return code: %2.\n" +msgstr "" +"प्रॉक्सीची चाचणी करताना %1 चूक सापडली.\n" +"प्रॉक्सी रिटर्न सांकेतीक: %2.\n" + +#. Unknown return code, +#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, +#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 +msgid "" +"An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" +"Proxy return code: %2.\n" +msgstr "" +"प्रॉक्सीची चाचणी करताना %1 चूक सापडली.\n" +"प्रॉक्सी रिटर्न सांकेतीक: %2.\n" + +#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 +msgid "Testing the current proxy settings..." +msgstr "सध्यांच्या प्रॉक्सीच्या मांडणीची चाचणी घेत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test." +msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सीची चाचणी घेताना चूक सापडली." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test." +msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सीची चाचणी घेताना चूक सापडली." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 +msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test." +msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सीची चाचणी घेताना चूक सापडली." + +#. Popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." +msgstr "प्रॉक्सीची मांडणीचे काम बरोबर आहे." + +#. Proxy dialog caption +#. Commandline help title +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 +msgid "Proxy Configuration" +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी संरचना" + +#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 +msgid "" +"<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" +"what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 +msgid "" +"<p><b>HTTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" +"to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>HTTP प्रोक्सि URL</b> हे प्रोक्सि सर्वर चे नाव आहे जो तुम्हाला वर्ल्ड वाइड वेब\n" +"(WWW)ला एक्सेस देतो.</p>\n" + +#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "" +"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" +"to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>HTTPS प्रोक्सि URL</b> हे प्रोक्सि सर्वर चे नाव आहे जो तुम्हाला\n" +" वर्ल्ड वाइड वेब(WWW) ला सुरक्षित एक्सेस देतो.http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>" +msgstr "<p>उदा: <i>http://proxy.example.com:३१२८/</i></p>" + +#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "" +"<p><b>FTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" +"to the file transfer services (FTP).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>FTP प्रोक्सि URL</b> हे प्रोक्सि सर्वर चे नाव आहे जो तुम्हाला\n" +"फाइल ट्रान्सफर सर्विसेस (FTP)ला एक्सेस देतो.</p>" + +#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>With <b>Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols</b> option checked, it is\n" +#| "enough to fill in HTTP proxy URL, which will then be used for all protocols\n" +#| "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP)." +msgid "" +"<p>If you check <b>Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols</b>, it is\n" +"enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" +"(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>सगळ्या प्रोटोकोल साठी एकच प्रोक्सी वापरा</b> मधिल ओप्शन चेक करणे ,\n" +"HTTP प्रोक्सि URL भरण्यासाठी पुरेसे आहे, जे सगळ्या प्रोटोकोलला वापरले जाइल\n" +"(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP)." + +#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 +msgid "" +"<p><b>No Proxy Domains</b> is a comma-separated list of domains\n" +"for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" +"for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>नो प्रोक्सि डोमेन्स</b> ही कोमाने वेगळे केलेल्या डोमेनची यादी असते\n" +"ज्यासाठी केचिंग न करता रिक्वेस्ट्स डायरेक्टली केल्या पाहिजेत,\n" +"उदा, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n" + +#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" +#| "<b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n" +#| "consists of printable ASCII characters (except for quotation marks) only.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" +"the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>जर तुम्ही प्रोक्सि सर्वर विथ ओथोरायझेशन वापरत असाल,\n" +"<b>प्रोक्सि युजर नेम</b> व <b>प्रोक्सि पासवर्ड</b> एन्टर करा. एक वेलिड युजरनेम\n" +"मधे फक्त प्रिंटेबल ASCII केरेक्टर असतात (कोटेशन मार्क्स सोडून).</p>\n" + +#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 +msgid "" +"<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n" +"the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>टेस्ट प्रोक्सि सेटिंग्ज</b> \n" +"आत्ताचे कोन्फिगरेशन HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP प्रोक्सि साठी टेस्ट करायला दाबा.</p> \n" + +#. CheckBox entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 +msgid "&Enable Proxy" +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. Frame label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 +msgid "Proxy Settings" +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी रचना" + +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 +msgid "&HTTP Proxy URL" +msgstr "&HTTP प्रॉक्सी युआरएल" + +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "HTTP&S Proxy URL" +msgstr "HTTP S प्राक्सी युआरएल" + +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 +msgid "F&TP Proxy URL" +msgstr "FTP प्रॉक्सी युआरएल" + +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 +msgid "Us&e the Same Proxy for All Protocols" +msgstr "सगळ्या प्रोटोकोल साठी एकच प्रोक्सी यु&ज करा" + +#. Text entry label +#. domains without proxying +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 +msgid "No Proxy &Domains" +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी क्षेत्र नाही" + +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 +msgid "Proxy Authentication" +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी ऑथेंटिकेशन" + +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 +msgid "Proxy &User Name" +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव" + +#. Password entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 +msgid "Proxy &Password" +msgstr "प्राक्सी परवलीशब्द" + +#. Test Proxy Settings - push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 +msgid "Test Pr&oxy Settings" +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी चाचणी रचना" + +#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "" +"Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" +"Really use these settings?" +msgstr "" +"प्रोक्सि एनेबल केला आहे, पण प्रोक्सि URL दर्शवलेला नाही.\n" +"हे सेटिंग्ज वापरु का?" + +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 +msgid "" +"Security warning:\n" +"Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n" +"in a worldwide readable plaintext file.\n" +"Really use these settings?" +msgstr "" + +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 +msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." +msgstr "तुम्ही परवलीशब्द लिहू शकत नाही आणि वापरकर्त्याचे नाव रिकामे ठेवा." + +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 +msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." +msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सी युआरएल अवैध आहे." + +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 +msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." +msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सी URL मध्ये स्कीम स्पेसिफीकेशन्स असलेच पाहिजे (http)." + +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 +msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." +msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सी युआरएल अवैध आहे." + +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 +msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." +msgstr "HTTPS प्रॉक्सी URL मध्ये स्कीम स्पेसिफीकेशन्स असलेच पाहिजे (http)." + +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 +msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." +msgstr "FTP प्रॉक्सी युआरएल अवैध आहे." + +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 +msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." +msgstr "FTP प्रॉक्सी URL मध्ये स्कीम स्पेसिफीकेशन्स असलेच पाहिजे (http)." + +#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 +msgid "" +"One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" +"Check if all domains match one of the following:\n" +"* IP address\n" +"* IP address/netmask\n" +"* Fully qualified hostname\n" +"* Domain name prefixed by '.'" +msgstr "" + +#. Return a modification status +#. @return true if data was modified +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 +msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी संरचनेची स्थिती" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Enabled" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 +msgid "HTTP" +msgstr "HTTP" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 +msgid "FTP" +msgstr "FTP" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 +msgid "Enable proxy settings" +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी रचना कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 +msgid "Disable proxy settings" +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी रचना अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 +msgid "Change the current proxy settings" +msgstr "सध्याच्या प्रॉक्सीची रचना बदला" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 +msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" +msgstr "प्रॉक्सीकरता ऑथेन्टीकेशप सेट करा" + +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 +msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" +msgstr "सध्याच्या मांडणीसाठी सारांश दाखवा" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 +msgid "Set HTTP proxy" +msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सी मांडा" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 +msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" +msgstr "HTTPS प्रॉक्सी मांडा" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 +msgid "Set FTP proxy" +msgstr "FTP प्रॉक्सी मांडा" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 +msgid "Clear all options listed" +msgstr "यादी केलेले सर्व पर्याय काढा" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 +msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी सेटींग्ज न वापरण्यासाठी डोमेन्स सेट करा" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 +msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी ऑथेटींकेशन करता युजरनेम वापरालेले आहे" + +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 +msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी ऑथेटींकेशन करता गुप्तशब्ध वापरायचा आहे" + +#. ask the user +#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 +msgid "Password:" +msgstr "Password:" + +#. Popup headline +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 +msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी संरचना यशस्वीरीत्या संग्रहीत झाली" + +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 +msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." +msgstr "" + +#. Write proxy settings and apply changes +#. @return true if success +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Update proxy configuration" +msgstr "अद्ययावत संरचना" + +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving VPN Configuration" +msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" +msgstr "VPN संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards +#. but only when Progress is visible +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving proxy configuration..." +msgid "Updating proxy configuration..." +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 +msgid "Proxy is disabled." +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी अकार्यान्वित करा." + +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 +msgid "Proxy is enabled." +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी कार्यान्वित करा." + +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 +msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1" +msgstr "HTTP प्रॉक्सी: %1" + +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 +msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1" +msgstr "HTTPS प्रॉक्सी: %1" + +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 +msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" +msgstr "FTP प्रॉक्सी: %1" + +#~ msgid "Proxy" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी" + +#~ msgid "&Proxy" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉक्सी" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/qt-pkg.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/qt-pkg.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/qt-pkg.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,1890 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Update Problems" +msgstr "अडचणी सुधारा" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patterns" +msgid "Patter&ns" +msgstr "नमुने" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Package &Groups" +msgstr "पॅकेजेस ग्रुप" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379 +msgid "&RPM Groups" +msgstr "RPM गट" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Languages" +msgstr "भाषा" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Repositories" +msgstr "फाईलची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422 +msgid "S&earch" +msgstr "शोधा" + +#. DEBUG +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Keywords" +msgstr "कीवर्ड्च" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438 +msgid "&Installation Summary" +msgstr "स्थापना सारांश" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526 +msgid "D&escription" +msgstr "वर्णन" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539 +msgid "&Technical Data" +msgstr "तांत्रिक डेटा" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "अवलंबित्वे" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567 +msgid "&Versions" +msgstr "आवृत्त्या" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585 +msgid "File List" +msgstr "फाईलची यादी" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602 +msgid "Change Log" +msgstr "लॉग बदला" + +#. "Cancel" button +#. button #0 +#. text +#. button #0 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&रद्द करा" + +#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 +msgid "&Accept" +msgstr "&स्वीकारा" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "फाईल" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +msgid "&Import..." +msgstr " आयात करा..." + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 +msgid "&Export..." +msgstr "निर्यात..." + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689 +msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" +msgstr "बाहेर पडा -- बदल काढून टाका" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690 +msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" +msgstr "&सोडून द्या -- बदल जतन करा" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702 +msgid "&Package" +msgstr "& पॅकेजेस" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 +msgid "All Packages" +msgstr "सर्व पॅकेज " + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +msgid "Update if newer version available" +msgstr "अधिक नवीन आवृत्ती उपलब्ध असल्यास अपडेट करा" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 +msgid "Update unconditionally" +msgstr "बिनशर्त अपडेट करा" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761 +msgid "&Patch" +msgstr "पॅच: " + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "Confi&guration" +msgstr "संरचना" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Repositories..." +msgstr "फाईलची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Online Update..." +msgstr "ऑनलाईन सुधारणा" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800 +msgid "&Dependencies" +msgstr "अवलंबीता" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Check Now" +msgstr "तपासा" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Autocheck" +msgstr "ऑटोचेक" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "पॅकेज" + +#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +msgid "&Options" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825 +msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834 +msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&System Verification Mode" +msgstr "ऑथेंन्टीकेशन मोड" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selecting packages..." +msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" +msgstr "पॅकेजेस निवडत आहे..." + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851 +msgid "&Allow vendor change" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Extras" +msgid "E&xtras" +msgstr "&एक्स्ट्राज" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866 +msgid "Show &Products" +msgstr "प्रदर्शन आणि उत्पादने" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" +msgstr "प्रदर्शन आणि आपोआप पॅकेज बदल" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Show &details" +msgid "Show &History" +msgstr "विस्तृत माहिती दाखवा" + +#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876 +msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" +msgstr "जुळणारी –सर्व डिवेल पॅकेजेस स्थापित करा" + +#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880 +msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" +msgstr "सर्व डिबगउंफो पॅकेजेस स्थापित करा" + +#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" +msgstr "सर्व डिबगउंफो पॅकेजेस स्थापित करा" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" +msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages" +msgstr "जुळणारी –सर्व डिवेल पॅकेजेस स्थापित करा" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891 +msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" +msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस निर्माण करा" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "&मदत" + +#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out +#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc +#. Menu entry for help overview +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917 +msgid "&Overview" +msgstr "ओव्हरव्ह्यू" + +#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920 +msgid "&Symbols" +msgstr "&चिन्हे" + +#. Menu entry for keyboard help +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923 +msgid "&Keys" +msgstr "कळ" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109 +msgid "All package dependencies are OK." +msgstr "सर्व पॅकेजेसची अवलंबित्वे ठीक आहेत" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125 +#, fuzzy +msgid "P&atches" +msgstr "पॅचेस:" + +#. startsWith +#. filter +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187 +msgid "Save Package List" +msgstr "पॅकेज यादी संग्रहीत करा" + +#. Post error popup +#. parent +#. Post error popup. +#. parent +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 +msgid "Error" +msgstr "त्रुटी" + +#. caption +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227 +msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" +msgstr "पॅकेजेसची सूची %१ मध्ये निर्यात करण्यात चूक" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239 +msgid "Load Package List" +msgstr "पॅकेज यादी भरा" + +#. caption +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321 +msgid "Error loading package list from %1" +msgstr "%१ मधून पॅकेजेस लोड करण्यात चूक" + +#. caption +#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423 +msgid "%1 packages will be updated" +msgstr "%1 पॅकेजेस अपडेट केली जातील" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 +msgid "&Continue" +msgstr "पुढे चालू ठेवा" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424 +msgid "C&ancel" +msgstr "&रद्द करा" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 +msgid "<p><small>Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 +msgid "<p>Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 +msgid "Added Subpackages:" +msgstr "वाढवलेली सबपॅकेजस" + +#. "OK" button +#. addHStretch( hbox ); +#. "OK" button +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 +#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 +msgid "&OK" +msgstr "&ठीक आहे" + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:93 +msgid "Reset &Ignored Dependency Conflicts" +msgstr "रीसेट आणि इग्नोअर्ड डिपेन्डन्सी कॉन्फ्लिक्ट्स" + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:164 +msgid "System dependencies verify OK." +msgstr "सिस्टीम डिपेन्डन्सीज व्हेरिफाय ओके." + +#. Translators: RichText ( HTML-like ) format +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:185 +msgid "Error: Out of disk space!" +msgstr "<i>तबकडी जागेच्या बाहेर</i>" + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 +msgid "<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and deselect some packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p>आपण काय करत आहात ते आपणास कळत असेल तर आपण स्फातन करणे निवडू शकाल,परंतु आपणास भ्रष्ट सिस्टीम मिळण्याचा धोका आहे ज्यासाठी माहिती पत्रक दुरस्त करण्याची गरज असते. अशी परिस्थिती कशी हाताळावी याबाबत अपण साशंक असाल, तर आता <b>कॅन्सल</b> दाबा व काही पॅकेजेस डीसिलेक्ट करा.</p>" + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" +msgstr "कसेही पुढे चालू ठेवा" + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:208 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The following items will be changed: " +msgstr "खालील पाय-या केल्या जातील:" + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:248 +msgid "Abandon all changes?" +msgstr "सर्व बदल झोडू द्यायचे?" + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 +msgid "&Abandon" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog header +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:297 src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:116 +msgid "Automatic Changes" +msgstr "आपोआप बदल" + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 +msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "हाती केलेल्या निवडीबरोबरच, अवलंबित्वे सोडविण्यासाठी खालील बदलली आहेतः" + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 +msgid "C&ontinue" +msgstr "सलग" + +#. Dialog header +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:318 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unsupported Packages" +msgstr "न तपासलेली पॅकेजेस" + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 +msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 +msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." +msgstr "अद्याप अंमलबजावणी नाही. क्षमस्व." + +#. Translators: Headline for help about the package manager in general +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:62 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The YaST Package Manager" +msgstr "YaST2 पॅकेज मॅनेजर" + +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 +msgid "<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." +msgstr "<b>टीप:</b> हा केवळ एक दृष्टीक्षेप आहे. अधिक माहितीसाठी माहितीपत्रक पहा." + +#. Help specific to online update mode +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 +msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install." +msgstr "या डायलॉगमधे, डाऊनलोड व स्थापित करण्यासाठी पॅचेस निवडा." + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 +msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +msgstr "डाव्या बाजुकडील सूचीत उपलब्ध पॅचेस व त्यासोबत संबंधित पॅचचा प्रकार (सुरक्षा, शिफारस किंबा पर्यायी) व (अंदाजे) डाऊनलोड आकार समाविष्ट आहे." + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 +msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> check box below the list." +msgstr "या सूचीत साधारणपणे असे पॅचेस समाविष्ट असतात जे अद्याप आपल्या प्रणालीवर स्थापित केलेले नाहीत. आपण सूचीच्या खालच्या<b>स्थापित पॅचेस समाविष्ट करा</b> या चेक बॉक्सने ते बदलू शकता." + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 +msgid "The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +msgstr "<b>पॅचचे वर्णन</b> या फिल्डमधे अलिकडे निवडलेल्या पॅचचे दीर्घ स्पष्टीकरण असते. या ठिकाणी त्याचे वर्णन पहाण्यासाठी ससूचीतील पॅचवर क्लिक करा." + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 +msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "उजव्या बाजूची पॅकेजची सूची अलिकडे निवडलेल्या पॅचमधील मजकुर म्हणजेच पॅकेजमधे काय आहे ते दर्शवते. आपण पॅचमधे व्यक्तिगत पॅकेजेस स्थापित करुन शकत नाही किंवा त्यातून ती पुसून टाकू शकत नाही, फक्त संपूर्ण पॅच घालू किंवा काढू शकता. प्रणालीतील विसंगती टाळण्यासाठी हे जाणीवपूर्वक करण्यात आले आहे." + +#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that +#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) +#. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 +msgid "In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:" +msgstr "<b>पॅचेस</b>व्यतिरिक्त, आपण वरच्या डाव्या बाजूच्या<b>फिल्टर</b> मधून एखादा अन्य फिल्टर व्ह्यू देखील निवडू शकता:" + +#. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 +msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "या डायलॉगमधे, कोणती पॅकेजेस स्थापित, अपडेट करायची किंवा पुसून टाकायची ते निवडा. आपण वेगवेगळी पॅकेजेस किंवा संपूर्ण पॅकेज \"सिलेक्शन्स\"निवडू शकता." + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 +msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "पॅकेजसाठी स्टेट्स आयकॉनवर किंवा स्टेटस बदलण्यासाठी सिलेक्शनवर क्लिक करा किंवा कॉन्टेक्स्ट मेन्यू उघडण्यासाठी राईट क्लिक करा." + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 +msgid "Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "पॅकेज डिपेन्डन्सीज रिझॉल्व्ह करण्यासाठी<b>चेक डिपेन्डनसीज बटण वापरा. </b> काही पॅकेजेसना इतर काही पॅकेजेस स्थापित असावी लागता. काही पॅकेजेस तेव्हाच स्थापित करता येऊ शकतात, जेव्हा इतर काही विशिष्ट पॅकेजेस स्थापित नसतात. हा चेक आपोआप स्थापनेसाठी आवश्यक पॅकेजेसवर खूण करेल व डिपेन्डन्सी विवाद असतील तर तो आपणास सावध करेल." + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 +msgid "When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically be performed." +msgstr "जेव्हा आपण <b>अक्सेप्ट</b>, सोबत हा डायलॉग सोडून जाल, तेव्हा आपोआप हा चेक होईल." + +#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that +#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) +#. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 +msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:" +msgstr "वरच्या डावीकडच्या <b>फिल्टर</b> कॉम्बो बॉक्सने एखादा उपलब्ध फिल्टर व्ह्यू निवडा:" + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 +msgid "<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +msgstr "<b>सिलेक्शन</b> काही पुर्वव्याख्यित पॅकेजेसचे सेट दर्शवते जे तार्किक दृष्टया एकत्र मालकीचे असतात." + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 +msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "सिलेक्शनच्या बाजूचा चेक बॉक्स संपूर्ण म्हणून निवड करण्यासाठी वापरा. आपण उजवीकडील पॅकेज सूचीतून वेगवेगळी पॅकेजेस निवडू शकता किंवा निवडणारही नाही." + +#. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 +msgid "<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "<b>पॅकेज ग्रुप्स</b> पॅकेजेस विभागवार दर्शवतात. आपण विभाग रिफाईन किंवा जनरलाईझ करण्यासाठी ट्री आयटेम्सविस्तृत किंवा कोलॅप्स करु शकता. उजव्या बाजूच्या पॅकेजसूचीतील त्या विभागातील पॅकेजेस प्रदर्शित करण्यासाठी कोणत्याही विभागावर क्लिक करा." + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 +msgid " <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr " <b>सूचना:</b> सूचीच्या अगदी शेवटी \"zzz ऑल\" प्रविष्टी आहे जी सर्व पॅकेजेस दर्शवेल. मंद गतीने चालणार्‍या मशीन्सवर याला काही सेकंद वेळ लागेल." + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 +msgid "<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "<b>सर्च</b> द्वारे आपण पॅकेजेस शोधु शकता जे विविध निकष पूर्ण करता. आपल्याला पॅकेजचे नांव माहिती असेल तर ते शोधण्याचा हा सोपा मार्ग आहे." + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 +msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field." +msgstr "<b>सूचना:</b> आपण याचा वापर कोणत्या विशिष्ट पॅकेजमधे लायब्ररी आहे हे शोधण्यासाठी करु शकता. <b>प्रोव्हाईड्स</b> RPM फिल्डमदे शोधा." + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 +msgid "<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "<b>इन्स्टॉलेशन समरी</b> डिफॉल्टद्वारे आपणास आपल्या प्रणालीतील बदल दर्शवते -- कोणती पॅकेजेस स्थापित करायची, पुसून टाकायची किंवा अपडेट करायची." + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 +msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "<b>अक्सेप्ट</b>वर क्लिक करण्यापूर्वी <b>चेक डिपेन्डन्सीज</b> वापरणे व त्यानंतर <b>इन्स्टॉलेशन समरी</b> वर जाणे चांगले. अशा प्रकारे आपण आपल्या प्रणालीत होणारे सर्व बदल पाहू शकाल." + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 +msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "या ठिकाणी कोणती पॅकेजेस कोणत्या स्थितीत पहायची ते आपण ठरवू शकाल ; डावीकडील चेक बॉक्सेस वापरा." + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 +msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck everything else." +msgstr "<b>सूचना:</b> आपण या फिल्टरचा प्रभाव उलटाही करु शकता.आपण कोणती पॅकेजेस आपल्या प्रणालीवर तशीच रहातात ते पाहू शकता. फक्त<b>कीप</b> तपासा व बाकी सर्व गोष्टी अनचेक करा." + +#. Make sure all images used here are specified in +#. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! +#. Translators: Headline for help about package status icons +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:159 +msgid "Symbols Overview" +msgstr "सिंबॉल्सवर वर दृष्टीक्षेप" + +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:166 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:108 +msgid "Do not install" +msgstr " स्थापन करू नका" + +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:168 +msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed." +msgstr "हे पॅकेज स्थापित केलेले नाही आणि ते स्थापित केले जआणार नाही" + +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:172 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:278 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:95 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "स्थापित करा" + +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:174 +msgid "This package will be installed. It is not installed yet." +msgstr "हे पॅकेज स्थापित केले जाईल ते अजून स्थापित केलेले नाही" + +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:178 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:279 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:107 +msgid "Keep" +msgstr "ठेवा" + +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:180 +msgid "This package is already installed. Leave it untouched." +msgstr "हे पॅकेज आधीच स्थापित केलेले आहे. त्याला स्पर्श करू नका" + +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:184 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:293 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:283 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:96 +msgid "Update" +msgstr "अद्ययावत करा" + +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 +msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +msgstr "हे पॅकेज आधीपासूनच स्थापित आहे. ते अपडेट करा किंवा पुन्हा स्थापित करा (जर आवृत्या सारख्याच असतील)." + +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:94 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "काढून टाका" + +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:193 +msgid "This package is already installed. Delete it." +msgstr "हे पॅकेज आधीच स्थापित केलेले आहे. ते काढून टाका." + +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:197 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:310 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:100 +msgid "Taboo" +msgstr "टॅबू" + +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 +msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "हे पॅकेज स्थापित नाही व कोणत्याही परिस्थितीत स्थापित करु नये, खास करुन अनरिझॉल्व्ह्ड डिपेन्डन्सीजमुळे ज्या इतर पॅकेजेसमधे असतात किंवा मिळतात." + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 +msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +msgstr "\"taboo\" वर सेट केलेली पॅकेजेस अशी वागवली जातात जणू कोणत्याहि स्थापना माध्यमावर ती अ,तित्वात नाहीत." + +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 +msgid "Protected" +msgstr "सुरक्षित" + +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 +msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "हे पॅकेज स्थापित आहे व त्यात दुरुस्ती करु नये, खास करुन अनरिझॉल्व्ह्ड डिपेन्डन्सीजमुळे ज्या इतर पॅकेजेसमधे असतात किंवा मिळतात." + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 +msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "ही स्थिती त्रयस्थ-पक्ष पॅकेजेससाठी वापरा जी नवीन आवृत्यांद्वारे ओव्हररीटन असू नयेत जी वितरणासोबत येतात." + +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:98 +msgid "Autoinstall" +msgstr "स्वस्थापीत करा" + +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 +msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." +msgstr "हे पॅकेज आपोआप स्थापित होईल कारण इतर काही पॅकेजला त्याची गरज असते." + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 +msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "<b>सूचना:</b> अशा पॅकेजपासून मुक्ती मिळण्यासाठी आपणास \"टॅबू\" या वापर करावा लागेल." + +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:99 +msgid "Autoupdate" +msgstr "स्वअद्ययावत करा" + +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 +msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "हे पॅकेज आधीच स्थापित आहे, परंतु इतर काही पॅकेजला नवीन आवृत्ती गरज असू शकेल, त्यामुळे ते आपोआप अपडेट होईल." + +#. Translators: Package status short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:97 +msgid "Autodelete" +msgstr "आपोआप पुसून टाकणे" + +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 +msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." +msgstr "हे पॅकेज आधीच स्थापित आहे, परंतु पॅकेज डिपेन्डन्सीजला ते पुसून टाकायला हवे आहे." + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 +msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." +msgstr "हे घडू शकते, उदाहरणार्थ, जर अन्य पॅकेजने ते अप्रचलित ठरवले." + +#. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265 +msgid "Special Keys Overview" +msgstr "विशेष कीज ओव्हरव्ह्यू" + +#. Translators: Additional hint that will be added to any of the following keyboard actions. +#. Automatic word wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:269 +msgid "In any case, go to the next list item." +msgstr "कोणत्याही परिस्थितीत, पुढच्या लिस्ट आयटेमवर जा." + +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:276 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "वाढवा" + +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 +msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "हे पॅकेज मिळवा. ते अद्याप स्थापित नसेल तर स्थापित करा. ते स्थापित असेल व नवीन आवृत्ती उपलब्ध असेल तर त्याला अपडेट करा." + +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "कमी करा" + +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 +msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "या पॅकेजपासून मुक्ती मिळवा. ते अद्याप स्थापित नसेल तर \"डू नॉट इन्स्टॉल\" अशी खूण करा. ते स्थापित केलेले असेल तर पुसून टाका." + +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 +msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." +msgstr "हे पॅकेज स्थापित असेल व नवीन आवृत्ती उपलब्ध असेल तर अपडेट करा. स्थापित नसलेल्या पॅकेजसकडे दुर्लक्ष करा." + +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 +msgid "Undo Update" +msgstr "अपडेट मागे घ्या" + +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 +msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "वरच्याचा प्रभाव रद्द करा \">\": पॅकेज सध्या \"अपडेट\" वर असेल तर ते \"कीप\"वर सेट करा. इतर सर्व पॅकेजेसकडे तुर्लक्ष करा." + +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 +msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "हे पॅकेज स्थापित नसेल तर ते \"टॅबू\" ला सेट करा हे पॅकेज स्थापित होणार नाही याची खात्री करुन घ्या, खास करुन अनरिझॉल्व्ह्ड डिपेन्डन्सीजमुळे ज्या इतरपॅकेजेसमधे असतील किंवा मिळतील. " + +#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 +msgid "Protect" +msgstr "संरक्षण" + +#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 +msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr " हे पॅकेज स्थापित नसेल तर ते \"संरक्षित\" ला सेट करा हे पॅकेज स्थापित होणार नाही याची खात्री करुन घ्या, खास करुन अनरिझॉल्व्ह्ड डिपेन्डन्सीजमुळे ज्या इतर पॅकेजेसमधे असतील किंवा मिळतील. " + +#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 +msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "हे त्रयस्थ -पक्ष पॅकेजेससाठी वापरा जी नवीन आवृत्यां द्वारे ओव्हररीटन होणार नाहीत जी वितरणासोबन येतात." + +#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 +#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 +msgid "&Details..." +msgstr "&तपशील..." + +#: src/YQPkgChangeLogView.cc:87 src/YQPkgFileListView.cc:94 +msgid "Information only available for installed packages." +msgstr "माहिती कावळ स्थापित पॅकेजेसकरता उपलब्ध." + +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:76 +msgid "Changed Packages" +msgstr "बदललेली पॅकेजेस" + +#. add the items. +#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:114 +msgid "All" +msgstr "सर्व" + +#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Selected by the user" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांने चूक शोधली..." + +#. Set the dialog title. +#. +#. "Dependency conflict" is already used as the conflict list header just +#. some pixels below that, so don't use this twice. This dialog title may +#. or may not be visible, depending on whether or not there is a window +#. manager running (and configured to show any dialog titles). +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:98 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "चेतावणी" + +#. "OK" button +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:134 +msgid "&OK -- Try Again" +msgstr "ठीक --परत प्रयत्न करा" + +#. "Expert" menu button +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:145 +msgid "&Expert" +msgstr "निपुण" + +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:157 +msgid "&Save This List to a File..." +msgstr "ही सूची फाइलवर संग्रहित करा..." + +#. Busy popup +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:174 +msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgstr "अवलंबित्वे तपासत आहे" + +#. Heading for popup dialog +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:388 +msgid "Create Dependency Resolver Test Case" +msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस निर्माण करा" + +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgstr "<p>डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हरमधील बग्ज ओळखण्यात मदत होण्यासाठी विस्तारित लॉग्ज निर्माणकरण्याकरिता हे वापरा. लॉग्ज <br><tt> %1</tt></p> डिरेस्टरीत जतन होतील" + +#. parent +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 +msgid "Solver Test Case" +msgstr "साल्व्हर टेस्ट केस" + +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 +msgid "<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" +msgstr "<p>डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस <br><tt>%1</tt><p>यांना लिहिली बगझिल्लालाजोडण्यासाठी <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> पुरातत्व तया करायचे?</p>" + +#. parent +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 +msgid "Success" +msgstr "यशस्वी" + +#. caption +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 +msgid "<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>चूक</b> डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस निर्माण करतांना </p><p>कृपयाडिस्कवरील जागा तपासून घ्या व <tt>%1</tt></p> साठी अनुमती आहे ना ते पहा" + +#. startsWith +#. filter +#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:180 +msgid "Save Conflicts List" +msgstr "काँफ्लिक्ट सूची संग्रहित करा" + +#. caption +#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:202 src/YQPkgList.cc:606 +msgid "Cannot open file %1" +msgstr "'%1' फाईल उघडू शकत नाही" + +#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:292 +msgid "Conflict Resolution:" +msgstr "काँफ्लिक्ट रिझोल्यूशन" + +#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:329 +msgid "<a href='/'>%1 more...</a>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:104 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:134 +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:154 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:196 +msgid "Version:" +msgstr "आवृत्ती" + +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:106 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Provides" +msgid "Provides:" +msgstr "वाटप करणे" + +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:107 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:137 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<b>Prerequires: </b>" +msgid "Prerequires:" +msgstr "<b>आवश्यकता: </b>" + +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:108 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:138 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Requires" +msgid "Requires:" +msgstr "आवश्यक आहे" + +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:109 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Conflict Resolution:" +msgid "Conflicts:" +msgstr "काँफ्लिक्ट रिझोल्यूशन" + +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:110 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "obsoletes..." +msgid "Obsoletes:" +msgstr "टाकाऊ झालेले..." + +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:111 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:141 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended" +msgid "Recommends:" +msgstr "सुचवलेला" + +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:112 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Suggestion" +msgid "Suggests:" +msgstr "सूचना" + +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:113 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:143 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finance" +msgid "Enhances:" +msgstr "आर्थिक" + +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:114 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Supplemented patterns" +msgid "Supplements:" +msgstr "पूरक नमुने" + +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:127 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:189 +msgid "<b>Alternate Version</b>" +msgstr "<b>पर्यायी आवृत्ती: </b>" + +#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:128 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:190 +msgid "<b>Installed Version</b>" +msgstr "<b>स्थापित आवृत्ती </b>" + +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:72 +msgid "Package Description" +msgstr "पॅकेजचे वर्णन" + +#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "References:" +msgstr "संदर्भ ID" + +#. Translators: %1 contains the support level like "Level 3", "unsupported" or "unknown" +#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:133 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Supportability: %1" +msgstr "पाठबळाची माहिती प्रविष्ट करा" + +#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:262 +msgid "This package contains: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:155 +msgid "<b>Error:</b> Out of disk space!" +msgstr "<b>चूक:</b>तबकडी जागेच्या बाहेर!" + +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:164 +msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Disk space is running out!" +msgstr "<b>इशारा:</b>तबकडीची जागा संपत आहे!>" + +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageWarningDialog.cc:71 +msgid "Disk Space Warning" +msgstr "तबकडी जागा इशारा " + +#. %1 is the total number of files in a file list +#: src/YQPkgFileListView.cc:130 +msgid "%1 files total" +msgstr "%१ फाइल्सची संख्या..." + +#. Translators: Button with pop-up menu to open a new page (very much like +#. in a web browser) with another package filter view or to switch to an +#. existing one if it's open already +#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:172 src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:176 +msgid "&View" +msgstr "पहा" + +#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:530 +msgid "Move page &left" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:540 +msgid "Move page &right" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:547 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Close page" +msgstr "बंद करा" + +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Directory" +msgid "Package History" +msgstr "प्रतिमा संचिका:" + +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:98 +msgid "Show History (/var/log/zypp/history)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:110 +msgid "Date" +msgstr "दिनांक" + +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:114 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "कार्य" + +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Version" +msgid "Version/URL" +msgstr "आवृत्ती" + +#. "OK" button +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:131 +msgid "&Close" +msgstr "बंद करा" + +#. Translators: This is a (short) text indicating that something went +#. wrong while trying to read history file. +#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:268 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Unable to read history" +msgstr "संचिका तयार करण्यास असमर्थ '%1'." + +#. Translators: Table column heading for language ISO code like "de_DE", "en_US" +#. Please keep this short to avoid stretching the column too wide! +#: src/YQPkgLangList.cc:70 +msgid "Code" +msgstr "कोड" + +#. Full (human readable) language / country name like "German (Austria)" +#: src/YQPkgLangList.cc:73 +msgid "Language" +msgstr "भाषा" + +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:84 src/YQPkgList.cc:626 +msgid "Package" +msgstr "पॅकेज" + +#. headers << _( "Patch" ); _nameCol = numCol++; +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:85 src/YQPkgList.cc:627 src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:114 +#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:66 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "सारांश" + +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:90 src/YQPkgList.cc:628 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Installed (Available)" +msgstr "स्थापले (%1)" + +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:94 +msgid "Avail. Ver." +msgstr "उपलब्ध आवृत्ती" + +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:97 +msgid "Inst. Ver." +msgstr "स्थापित आवृत्ती" + +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:103 src/YQPkgProductList.cc:67 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "आवृत्ती" + +#. headers << _( "Source" ); _srpmStatusCol = numCol++; +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:108 src/YQPkgList.cc:629 +msgid "Size" +msgstr "परिमाण" + +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:247 src/YQPkgList.cc:517 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:579 +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:436 +msgid "&All in This List" +msgstr "सर्व या सूचीत" + +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:474 src/YQPkgList.cc:495 +msgid "Export This List to &Text File..." +msgstr "ही सूची पाठ्य फाईलला एक्स्पोर्ट करा..." + +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:526 +msgid "&Install Source" +msgstr "स्थापना स्त्रोत" + +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:530 +msgid "Do &Not Install Source" +msgstr "स्रोत स्थापन करू नका" + +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:534 +msgid "&Install All Available Sources" +msgstr "सर्व उपलब्ध स्रोत स्थापन करा" + +#. key +#. enabled +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:540 +msgid "Do &Not Install Any Sources" +msgstr "कोणताच स्रोतस्थापन करू नका" + +#. startsWith +#. filter +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:582 +msgid "Export Package List" +msgstr "पॅकेज सूची निर्यात करा" + +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:625 +#, c-format +msgid "Status" +msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती" + +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:887 +msgid "Install Sources" +msgstr "स्त्रोत स्थापन करा" + +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:888 +msgid "Do Not Install Sources" +msgstr "स्रोत स्थापन करू नका" + +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:892 +msgid "No Sources Available" +msgstr "स्रोत उपलब्ध नाहीत" + +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:907 +msgid "Installed Version: %1" +msgstr "स्थापित आवृत्ती: %1" + +#. Translators: This is the relation between two versions of one package +#. if both versions are the same, e.g., both "1.2.3-42", "1.2.3-42" +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:925 +msgid "same" +msgstr "तसेच" + +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:927 +msgid "newer" +msgstr "नवीनतम" + +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:928 +msgid "older" +msgstr "जुने" + +#. Translators: %1 is the version, %2 is one of "newer", "older", "same" +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:931 +msgid "Available Version: %1 (%2)" +msgstr "उपलब्ध आवृत्ती: %1" + +#: src/YQPkgList.cc:935 +msgid "Not available for installation" +msgstr " स्थापनेकरिता उपलब्ध नाही." + +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:280 +msgid "Do Not Install" +msgstr "स्थापन करू नका" + +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:281 +msgid "Protected -- Do Not Modify" +msgstr "संरक्षित -- सुधारणा करुन नका" + +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:282 +msgid "Taboo -- Never Install" +msgstr "टॅबू -- कधीही स्थापित करु नका" + +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:422 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Show solver information" +msgstr "प्रगतीचा माहिती दाखवा" + +#. Translators: Additional hint what caused an auto-status +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1472 +msgid "(by a software selection)" +msgstr "(सॉफ्टवेअर निवडीद्वारे)" + +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1474 +msgid "(by dependencies)" +msgstr "(अवलंबित्वांद्वारे)" + +#. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are installed, +#. but whose dependencies are broken (no longer satisfied) +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1490 +msgid "Dependencies broken" +msgstr "अवलंबीत्वे संपली" + +#. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are not installed, +#. but whose dependencies are satisfied +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1500 +msgid "All dependencies satisfied" +msgstr "सर्व डिपेन्डन्सीजबाबत समाधानी" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:62 +msgid "Accessibility" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:63 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Accessories" +msgstr "प्रोसेसर्स" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:64 +msgid "Education" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Games" +msgstr "असमी" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:66 +msgid "Graphics" +msgstr "ग्राफिक्स" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:67 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Internet" +msgstr "केइंटरनेट" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:68 +msgid "Office" +msgstr "ऑफिस" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Other" +msgstr "ताई (अन्य)" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:70 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Programming" +msgstr "प्रोग्राम" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:71 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Multimedia" +msgstr "माध्यम" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:72 +msgid "System" +msgstr "प्रणाली" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:73 +#, fuzzy +msgid "GNOME Desktop" +msgstr " डेस्कटॉप" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "KDE Desktop" +msgstr " डेस्कटॉप" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:75 +#, fuzzy +msgid "XFCE Desktop" +msgstr " डेस्कटॉप" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Other Desktops" +msgstr "अन्य आवृत्त्या" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:77 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Publishing" +msgstr "%s प्रस्थापित करत आहे" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:78 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Servers" +msgstr "सर्व्हर" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:79 +msgid "Fonts" +msgstr "फॉन्ट्स" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:80 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Admin Tools" +msgstr "अवजारे" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:81 +msgid "Legacy" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Localization" +msgstr " पॅराव्हर्च्युअलायझेशन" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:83 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Virtualization" +msgstr " पॅराव्हर्च्युअलायझेशन" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Security" +msgstr "तीव्रता" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Power Management" +msgstr "पॉवर व्यवस्थापन (APM)" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:86 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Communication" +msgstr "नोटीफिकेशन्स" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:87 +msgid "Network" +msgstr "नेटवर्क" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:88 +msgid "Maps" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Software Sources" +msgstr "रिसोर्सेस जतन करत आहे" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:90 +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:102 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unknown Group" +msgstr "अज्ञात चूक\n" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:93 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Suggested Packages" +msgstr "प्रतिष्ठापित कराः" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:94 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Recommended Packages" +msgstr "पॅकेज" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Changed Packages" +msgid "Orphaned Packages" +msgstr "बदललेली पॅकेजेस" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:96 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unneeded Packages" +msgstr "ऑनलाईन पॅचेस सुधारणा" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:97 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Missing Packages" +msgid "Multiversion Packages" +msgstr "हरवलेले पॅकेज" + +#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:197 src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:165 +#: src/YQPkgRpmGroupTagsFilterView.cc:59 +msgid "Package Groups" +msgstr "पॅकेजेस ग्रुप" + +#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:92 +msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgstr "&पॅच विभाग दाखवा:" + +#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:99 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Needed Patches" +msgstr "नवीन ठिगळे" + +#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:100 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unneeded Patches" +msgstr "ऑनलाईन पॅचेस सुधारणा" + +#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:101 +msgid "All Patches" +msgstr "सर्व पॅचेस" + +#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:113 +msgid "Patch Description" +msgstr "पॅच वर्णन" + +#. Translators: These are patch categories +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:614 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:100 +msgid "YaST" +msgstr "वायएएसटी२" + +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:615 +msgid "security" +msgstr "सुरक्षा" + +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:616 +msgid "recommended" +msgstr "सुचवलेला" + +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:617 +msgid "optional" +msgstr "वैकल्पिक" + +#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:618 +msgid "document" +msgstr "दस्तऐवज " + +#: src/YQPkgPatternList.cc:170 +msgid "Pattern" +msgstr "नमुने" + +#. Dialog title +#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:73 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "उत्पादने" + +#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:65 +msgid "Product" +msgstr "प्रॉडक्ट" + +#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:68 +msgid "Vendor" +msgstr "विक्रेता" + +#. Translators: This is a combo box where the user can apply a secondary filter +#. in addition to the primary filter by repository - one of +#. "All packages", "RPM groups", "search", "summary" +#. +#. And yes, the colon really belongs there since this is one of the very +#. few cases where a combo box label is left to the combo box rather than +#. above it. +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:139 +msgid "&Secondary Filter:" +msgstr "दुय्यम चाळणी: " + +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:157 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unmaintained Packages" +msgstr "देखभाल नसलेलेी पॅकेज काढून टाका" + +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:177 +msgid "Search" +msgstr "शोध" + +#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:192 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "सारांश संस्थापन" + +#. Column headers for repository list +#: src/YQPkgRepoList.cc:76 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#: src/YQPkgRpmGroupTagsFilterView.cc:63 +msgid "zzz All" +msgstr "zzz ऑल" + +#. Search button +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:93 +msgid "&Search" +msgstr "शोधा" + +#. +#. Where to search +#. +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:106 +msgid "Search in" +msgstr "आत शोधा" + +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Name" +msgid "Nam&e" +msgstr "नाव" + +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:116 +msgid "Su&mmary" +msgstr "सारांश" + +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:118 +msgid "Descr&iption" +msgstr "वर्णन" + +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Provides" +msgid "RPM \"P&rovides\"" +msgstr "वाटप करणे" + +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Requires" +msgid "RPM \"Re&quires\"" +msgstr "आवश्यक आहे" + +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128 +#, fuzzy +msgid "File list" +msgstr "फाईलची यादी" + +#. +#. Search mode +#. +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:143 +msgid "Search &Mode:" +msgstr "मोड शोधा" + +#. Caution: combo box items must be inserted in the same order as enum SearchMode! +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156 +msgid "Contains" +msgstr "समाविष्ट आहे" + +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157 +msgid "Begins with" +msgstr "ने प्रारंभ" + +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158 +msgid "Exact Match" +msgstr "अगदी सुयोग्य जोडी" + +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159 +msgid "Use Wild Cards" +msgstr "वाईल्ड कार्ड्स वापरा" + +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:160 +msgid "Use Regular Expression" +msgstr "नियमित वर्णन वापरा" + +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:167 +msgid "Case Sensiti&ve" +msgstr "केस सेन्सिटिव्ह" + +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:248 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "शोधत आहे..." + +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:334 +msgid "No Results." +msgstr "निष्कर्ष नाही" + +#. Translators: This is a (short) text indicating that something went +#. wrong while searching for packages. At this point, it is not clear +#. if it's a user error (e.g., syntax error in regular expression) or +#. an internal error. But there is a "Details" button that will return +#. the original (translated) error message. +#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:349 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Query Error" +msgstr "त्रुटी" + +#: src/YQPkgSelList.cc:64 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "निवड" + +#. Headline +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:77 +msgid "Changes Overview" +msgstr " बदलांचा ओव्हरव्ह्यू" + +#. +#. Packages with what status to show +#. +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:87 +msgid "Show packages with status" +msgstr "स्थितीसह पॅकेजेस दाखवा" + +#. Refresh button +#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:120 +msgid "&Refresh List" +msgstr "सूची रिफ्रेश करा" + +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:155 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:197 +msgid "Build Time:" +msgstr "बिल्ड टाईम:" + +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:159 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:198 +msgid "Install Time:" +msgstr "वेळ स्थापित कराः" + +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:161 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:199 +msgid "Package Group:" +msgstr "पॅकेज संच: " + +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:162 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:200 +msgid "License:" +msgstr "परवाना: " + +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:163 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:201 +msgid "Installed Size:" +msgstr "स्थापित आकार" + +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:164 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:202 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Download Size:" +msgstr "एकूण उतरविण्याची आकार: " + +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:165 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:203 +msgid "Distribution:" +msgstr " वाटप: " + +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:166 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:204 +msgid "Vendor:" +msgstr "विक्रेता" + +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:167 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:205 +msgid "Packager:" +msgstr "पॅकेजर: " + +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:168 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:206 +msgid "Architecture:" +msgstr "रचना (आर्किटेक्चर)" + +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:169 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:207 +msgid "Build Host:" +msgstr "बिल्ड होस्ट:" + +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:170 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:208 +msgid "URL:" +msgstr "युआरएल: " + +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:171 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:209 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Source Package:" +msgstr " YaST मॉडयुल पॅकेज " + +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:172 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:211 +msgid "Media No.:" +msgstr "<b>माध्यम क्रमांक.: </b>" + +#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:173 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:212 +msgid "Authors:" +msgstr "<b>लेखक: </b>" + +#: src/YQPkgUpdateProblemFilterView.cc:60 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<br>\n" +"<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n" +"<p>\n" +"The packages in this list cannot be updated automatically.\n" +"</p>\n" +"<p>Possible reasons:</p>\n" +"<ul>\n" +"<li>They are obsoleted by other packages\n" +"<li>There is no newer version to update to on any installation media\n" +"<li>They are third-party packages\n" +"</ul>\n" +"</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"Please choose manually what to do with them.\n" +"The safest course of action is to delete them.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "<b>अडचणीची यादी अद्ययावत करा</b><br><p>यादीमधील पॅकेजेस आपोआप अद्ययावत करता येणार नाहीत.</p><p>शक्य कारणे:</p><p>इतर पॅकेजेसमुळे ती ना काम होतात.</p><p>कोणत्याही स्थापना साधनावर सुधारणेसाठी कोणतीही नवीन आवृत्ती नाही.</p><p>ती तिसऱ्या व्यक्तीची पॅकेजेस आहेत</p><p>स्वतः त्याचे काय करायचे ते ठरवा. सर्वात सोपा मार्ग म्हणजे तो काढून टाकणे.</p>" + +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207 +msgid "%1-%2 from vendor %3 (installed)" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382 +msgid "" +"You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n" +"and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" +"package at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390 +msgid "" +"This version is multiversion-capable.\n" +"\n" +"Press \"Continue\" to install this version\n" +"and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version,\n" +"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399 +msgid "" +"This version is not multiversion-capable.\n" +"\n" +"Press \"Continue\" to install only this version\n" +"and unselect all other versions,\n" +"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog heading +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Generate Package Descriptions" +msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" +msgstr "&पॅकेजची वर्णन निर्माण करा" + +#. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture, +#. %3 describes the repository where it comes from, +#. %4 is the repository's priority +#. %5 is the vendor of the package +#. Examples: +#. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE +#. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE +#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ +#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:533 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570 +msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:554 +msgid "This version is installed in your system." +msgstr "ही आवृत्ती तुमच्या सिसटीमवर स्थापित केलेली आहे.." + +#: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:86 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Missing package" +msgstr "हरवलेले पॅकेज" + +#: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:87 +msgid "Package libqdialogsolver is required for this feature." +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Close the current page" +#~ msgstr "सध्याच्या प्रॉक्सीची रचना बदला" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web..." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजसचा शोध घेतला जात आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Finance" +#~ msgid "Enances:" +#~ msgstr "आर्थिक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Patterns" +#~ msgstr "नमुने" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Configuration" +#~ msgstr "संरचना" + +#~ msgid "&Name" +#~ msgstr "&नांव" + +#~ msgid "YaST2" +#~ msgstr "YaST2" + +#~ msgid "Searc&h:" +#~ msgstr "शोध" + +#~ msgid "&Verify System" +#~ msgstr "प्रणाली पडताळून पहा" + +#~ msgid "Source RPM:" +#~ msgstr "स्त्रोत आरपीएम" + +#~ msgid "Fi<er:" +#~ msgstr "चाळणी:" + +#~ msgid "MIME Types" +#~ msgstr "एमआयएमइ टाइप्स" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repository &Manager..." +#~ msgstr "सुरक्षा प्रबंधक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "All packages" +#~ msgstr "सर्व पॅकेज " + +#~ msgid "(by selection)" +#~ msgstr "(by सिलेक्शन)" + +#~ msgid "This package will be installed automatically because it is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज आपोआप स्थापित केले जाइल कारण ते पूर्वव्यख्यितसॉफ्टवेअर सिलेक्शन मधे आहे (उदा.\"मल्टीमिडीया\", \"डेव्हलपमेंट\")." + +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but there is a newer version. It is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") that you requested to update, so this package will automatically be updated." +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज आधीच स्थापित आहे, परंतु याची आणखी नवीन आवृत्ती आहे. ते पूर्वव्याख्यित सॉफ्टवेअर सिलेक्शन मधे समाविष्ट आहे (उदा., \"मल्टीमीडीया\", \"डेव्हलपमेंट\") ज्याची आपण अपडेटसाठी विनंती केली होती, त्यामुळे हे पॅकेज आपोआप अपडेट होईल." + +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but some predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") requires that it is deleted." +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज आधीच स्थापित आहे, परंतु काही पूर्वव्याख्यित सॉफ्टवेअर सिलेक्शनची (उदा., \"मल्टीमीडीया\", \"डेव्हलपमेंट\") ते पुसुन टाकण्याची मागणी आहे." + +#~ msgid "Source" +#~ msgstr "स्त्रोत" + +#~ msgid "Installable Patches" +#~ msgstr "स्थापीत होऊ शकणारे ठिगळे" + +#~ msgid "Installable and Installed Patches" +#~ msgstr "स्थापित होऊ शकणारे आणि स्थापन केलेले पॅचेस" + +#~ msgid "Estimated Download Size:" +#~ msgstr "ढाउनलोडचा अंदाजित आकार: " + +#~ msgid "Patch" +#~ msgstr "पॅच: " + +#~ msgid "Category" +#~ msgstr "विभाग" + +#~ msgid "No patches available." +#~ msgstr "पॅचेस उपलब्ध नाहीत" + +#~ msgid "Script" +#~ msgstr "लिपी" + +#~ msgid "URL" +#~ msgstr "यूआरएल" + +#~ msgid "OS:" +#~ msgstr "ओएस:" + +#~ msgid "Arch." +#~ msgstr "आर्च." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repository" +#~ msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#~ msgid "Disk Usage" +#~ msgstr "तबकडी वापर" + +#~ msgid "Used" +#~ msgstr "वापरलेले" + +#~ msgid "Free" +#~ msgstr "मुक्त" + +#~ msgid "Total" +#~ msgstr "एकूण" + +#~ msgid "Device" +#~ msgstr "साधन" + +#~ msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?" +#~ msgstr "%1 अस्तित्वात आहे! खरंच त्यावर पुन्हा लिहायचे?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "%1 exists and is write-protected!\n" +#~ "Really overwrite?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 अस्तित्वात आहे व त्यावर लिहिता येणार नाही!\n" +#~ "खरंच त्यावर पुन्हा लिहायचे?" + +#~ msgid "Confirm" +#~ msgstr "निश्चीत करा" + +#~ msgid "Color switching" +#~ msgstr "रंग बदलत आहे" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\n" +#~ "press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "दृष्टीत बिघाड असणार्‍या प्रयोक्त्यांसाठी कलर पॅलेटकडे जात आहे -\n" +#~ "पुन्हा नेहमीच्या रंगावर येण्यासाठी शिफ्ट -F4 दाबा." + +#~ msgid "CapsLock!" +#~ msgstr "कॅप्सलॉक !" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" +#~ "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपण राईट माऊस बटण क्लिक केलेत जेथे लेफ्ट क्लिक अपेक्षित होते.\n" +#~ "डावे व उजवे माऊस बटण बदलायचे?" + +#~ msgid "Unexpected Click" +#~ msgstr "अनपेक्षित क्लिक" + +#~ msgid "Release Notes..." +#~ msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा" + +#~ msgid "Help" +#~ msgstr "मदत" + +#~ msgid "Tree" +#~ msgstr "ट्री" + +#~ msgid "Steps" +#~ msgstr "स्टेप" + +#~ msgid "Selections" +#~ msgstr "निवड" + +#~ msgid "Dependency Conflict" +#~ msgstr "अवलंबीत्व काँफ्लिक्ट" + +#~ msgid "%1 more..." +#~ msgstr "%1 जास्त..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Update Stack Patches" +#~ msgstr "ऑनलाईन पॅचेस सुधारणा" + +#~ msgid "Select File" +#~ msgstr " फाईल निवडा" + +#~ msgid "&Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क" + +#~ msgid "&Floppy" +#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपी" + +#~ msgid "Floppy &Device:" +#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपी आणि उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "&Mount Point:" +#~ msgstr "माऊंट करण्याचा बिंदू" + +#~ msgid "&Path:" +#~ msgstr "मार्ग" + +#~ msgid "Bro&wse..." +#~ msgstr "संचार करा..." + +#~ msgid "Error: No floppy device specified" +#~ msgstr "चूक: कोणतेही फ्लॉपी डिव्हाईस नमूद केलेले नाही" + +#~ msgid "Error: No floppy mount point specified" +#~ msgstr "चूक: कोणताही फ्लॉपी माऊंट पॉईंट नमूद केलेला नाही" + +#~ msgid "Cannot mount floppy" +#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपी माऊंट करू शकलो नाही" + +#~ msgid "&Retry" +#~ msgstr "पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Floppy unmounted successfully --\n" +#~ "safe to remove floppy from drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "फ्लॉपी यशस्वीरित्या अनमाऊंट केली --\n" +#~ "ड्राईव्हमधून फ्लॉपी काढणे सुरक्षित आहे." + +#~ msgid "Cannot unmount floppy" +#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपी अनमाऊंट करू शकलो नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> and then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +#~ msgstr "<b>अक्सेप्ट</b>वर क्लिक करण्यापूर्वी <b>चेक डिपेन्डन्सीज</b> वापरणे व त्यानंतर <b>इन्स्टॉलेशन समरी</b> वर जाणे चांगले. अशा प्रकारे आपण आपल्या प्रणालीत होणारे सर्व बदल पाहू शकाल." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "This package will be installed automatically, because it is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज आपोआप स्थापित केले जाइल कारण ते पूर्वव्यख्यितसॉफ्टवेअर सिलेक्शन मधे आहे (उदा.\"मल्टीमिडीया\", \"डेव्हलपमेंट\")." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p><b>Error</b> while creating a dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check the disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>चूक</b> डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस निर्माण करतांना </p><p>कृपयाडिस्कवरील जागा तपासून घ्या व <tt>%1</tt></p> साठी अनुमती आहे ना ते पहा" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/qt.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/qt.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/qt.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,1001 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" + +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:180 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#. Translators: Please keep this short! +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:182 +msgid "Disk Usage" +msgstr "तबकडी वापर" + +#. columnLabels << _("Used"); _usedSizeCol = numCol++; +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:185 +msgid "Free" +msgstr "मुक्त" + +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:186 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "एकूण" + +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:188 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "साधन" + +#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:256 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Used %1" +msgstr "वापरलेले" + +#. Window title for help wizard window +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "मदत" + +#. Close button for wizard help window +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132 +msgid "&Close" +msgstr "बंद करा" + +#. Window title for help wizard window +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes..." +msgid "Release Notes" +msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा" + +#: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Stylesheet Editor" +msgstr "विभाग संपादक" + +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 +msgid "" +"You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" +"Switch left and right mouse buttons?" +msgstr "" +"आपण राईट माऊस बटण क्लिक केलेत जेथे लेफ्ट क्लिक अपेक्षित होते.\n" +"डावे व उजवे माऊस बटण बदलायचे?" + +#. Popup dialog caption +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 +msgid "Unexpected Click" +msgstr "अनपेक्षित क्लिक" + +#. parent +#: src/YQDialog.cc:629 +msgid "Color switching" +msgstr "रंग बदलत आहे" + +#. caption +#: src/YQDialog.cc:630 +msgid "" +"Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\n" +"press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors." +msgstr "" +"दृष्टीत बिघाड असणार्‍या प्रयोक्त्यांसाठी कलर पॅलेटकडे जात आहे -\n" +"पुन्हा नेहमीच्या रंगावर येण्यासाठी शिफ्ट -F4 दाबा." + +#. Translators: This is a very short warning that the CapsLock key +#. is active while trying to type in a password field. This warning +#. replaces the normal label (caption) of that password field while +#. CapsLock is active, so please keep it short. Please don't translate it +#. at all if the term "CapsLock" can reasonably expected to be understood +#. by the target audience. +#. +#. In particular, please don't translate this to death in German. +#. Simply leave it. +#: src/YQInputField.cc:238 +msgid "CapsLock!" +msgstr "कॅप्सलॉक !" + +#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:163 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Save screen shot to..." +msgstr "ही सूची फाइलवर संग्रहित करा..." + +#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:280 +#, fuzzy +msgid "YaST Logging" +msgstr "लॉगिंग" + +#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:281 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure YaST Logging:" +msgstr "आता मेल संरचना करायची?" + +#. Help button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. "Help" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:857 src/YQWizard.cc:1340 +msgid "&Help" +msgstr "&मदत" + +#. +#. "Release Notes" button +#. +#. Release Notes button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. "Release Notes" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes..." +msgid "&Release Notes" +msgstr "नोटस मोकळ्या करा" + +#. "Steps" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1345 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Steps" +msgid "&Steps" +msgstr "स्टेप" + +#. "Tree" button +#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree" +msgid "&Tree" +msgstr "ट्री" + +#~ msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?" +#~ msgstr "%1 अस्तित्वात आहे! खरंच त्यावर पुन्हा लिहायचे?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "%1 exists and is write-protected!\n" +#~ "Really overwrite?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "%1 अस्तित्वात आहे व त्यावर लिहिता येणार नाही!\n" +#~ "खरंच त्यावर पुन्हा लिहायचे?" + +#~ msgid "Confirm" +#~ msgstr "निश्चीत करा" + +#~ msgid "C&ontinue" +#~ msgstr "सलग" + +#~ msgid "&Cancel" +#~ msgstr "&रद्द करा" + +#~ msgid "Fi<er:" +#~ msgstr "चाळणी:" + +#~ msgid "Update Problems" +#~ msgstr "अडचणी सुधारा" + +#~ msgid "Patterns" +#~ msgstr "नमुने" + +#~ msgid "Package Groups" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजेस ग्रुप" + +#~ msgid "Languages" +#~ msgstr "भाषा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repositories" +#~ msgstr "फाईलची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Search" +#~ msgstr "शोध" + +#~ msgid "Installation Summary" +#~ msgstr "सारांश संस्थापन" + +#~ msgid "Keywords" +#~ msgstr "कीवर्ड्च" + +#~ msgid "MIME Types" +#~ msgstr "एमआयएमइ टाइप्स" + +#~ msgid "D&escription" +#~ msgstr "वर्णन" + +#~ msgid "&Technical Data" +#~ msgstr "तांत्रिक डेटा" + +#~ msgid "Dependencies" +#~ msgstr "अवलंबित्वे" + +#~ msgid "&Versions" +#~ msgstr "आवृत्त्या" + +#~ msgid "File List" +#~ msgstr "फाईलची यादी" + +#~ msgid "Change Log" +#~ msgstr "लॉग बदला" + +#~ msgid "Chec&k" +#~ msgstr "तपासा" + +#~ msgid "A&utocheck" +#~ msgstr "ऑटोचेक" + +#~ msgid "&Accept" +#~ msgstr "&स्वीकारा" + +#~ msgid "&Import..." +#~ msgstr " आयात करा..." + +#~ msgid "&Export..." +#~ msgstr "निर्यात..." + +#~ msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" +#~ msgstr "बाहेर पडा -- बदल काढून टाका" + +#~ msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" +#~ msgstr "&सोडून द्या -- बदल जतन करा" + +#~ msgid "&View" +#~ msgstr "पहा" + +#~ msgid "&Package" +#~ msgstr "& पॅकेजेस" + +#~ msgid "All Packages" +#~ msgstr "सर्व पॅकेज " + +#~ msgid "Update if newer version available" +#~ msgstr "अधिक नवीन आवृत्ती उपलब्ध असल्यास अपडेट करा" + +#~ msgid "Update unconditionally" +#~ msgstr "बिनशर्त अपडेट करा" + +#~ msgid "&Patch" +#~ msgstr "पॅच: " + +#~ msgid "&Extras" +#~ msgstr "&एक्स्ट्राज" + +#~ msgid "Show &Products" +#~ msgstr "प्रदर्शन आणि उत्पादने" + +#~ msgid "Show &Automatic Package Changes" +#~ msgstr "प्रदर्शन आणि आपोआप पॅकेज बदल" + +#~ msgid "&Verify System" +#~ msgstr "प्रणाली पडताळून पहा" + +#~ msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" +#~ msgstr "जुळणारी –सर्व डिवेल पॅकेजेस स्थापित करा" + +#~ msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" +#~ msgstr "सर्व डिबगउंफो पॅकेजेस स्थापित करा" + +#~ msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" +#~ msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस निर्माण करा" + +#~ msgid "&Overview" +#~ msgstr "ओव्हरव्ह्यू" + +#~ msgid "&Symbols" +#~ msgstr "&चिन्हे" + +#~ msgid "&Keys" +#~ msgstr "कळ" + +#~ msgid "All package dependencies are OK." +#~ msgstr "सर्व पॅकेजेसची अवलंबित्वे ठीक आहेत" + +#~ msgid "Patches" +#~ msgstr "पॅचेस:" + +#~ msgid "Save Package List" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज यादी संग्रहीत करा" + +#~ msgid "Error" +#~ msgstr "त्रुटी" + +#~ msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजेसची सूची %१ मध्ये निर्यात करण्यात चूक" + +#~ msgid "Load Package List" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज यादी भरा" + +#~ msgid "Error loading package list from %1" +#~ msgstr "%१ मधून पॅकेजेस लोड करण्यात चूक" + +#~ msgid "%1 packages will be updated" +#~ msgstr "%1 पॅकेजेस अपडेट केली जातील" + +#~ msgid "&Continue" +#~ msgstr "पुढे चालू ठेवा" + +#~ msgid "C&ancel" +#~ msgstr "&रद्द करा" + +#~ msgid "Added Subpackages:" +#~ msgstr "वाढवलेली सबपॅकेजस" + +#~ msgid "&OK" +#~ msgstr "&ठीक आहे" + +#~ msgid "Reset &Ignored Dependency Conflicts" +#~ msgstr "रीसेट आणि इग्नोअर्ड डिपेन्डन्सी कॉन्फ्लिक्ट्स" + +#~ msgid "System dependencies verify OK." +#~ msgstr "सिस्टीम डिपेन्डन्सीज व्हेरिफाय ओके." + +#~ msgid "Error: Out of disk space!" +#~ msgstr "<i>तबकडी जागेच्या बाहेर</i>" + +#~ msgid "<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and deselect some packages.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>आपण काय करत आहात ते आपणास कळत असेल तर आपण स्फातन करणे निवडू शकाल,परंतु आपणास भ्रष्ट सिस्टीम मिळण्याचा धोका आहे ज्यासाठी माहिती पत्रक दुरस्त करण्याची गरज असते. अशी परिस्थिती कशी हाताळावी याबाबत अपण साशंक असाल, तर आता <b>कॅन्सल</b> दाबा व काही पॅकेजेस डीसिलेक्ट करा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" +#~ msgstr "कसेही पुढे चालू ठेवा" + +#~ msgid "Automatic Changes" +#~ msgstr "आपोआप बदल" + +#~ msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +#~ msgstr "हाती केलेल्या निवडीबरोबरच, अवलंबित्वे सोडविण्यासाठी खालील बदलली आहेतः" + +#~ msgid "Abandon all changes?" +#~ msgstr "सर्व बदल झोडू द्यायचे?" + +#~ msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." +#~ msgstr "अद्याप अंमलबजावणी नाही. क्षमस्व." + +#~ msgid "The YaST2 Package Manager" +#~ msgstr "YaST2 पॅकेज मॅनेजर" + +#~ msgid "<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." +#~ msgstr "<b>टीप:</b> हा केवळ एक दृष्टीक्षेप आहे. अधिक माहितीसाठी माहितीपत्रक पहा." + +#~ msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install." +#~ msgstr "या डायलॉगमधे, डाऊनलोड व स्थापित करण्यासाठी पॅचेस निवडा." + +#~ msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +#~ msgstr "डाव्या बाजुकडील सूचीत उपलब्ध पॅचेस व त्यासोबत संबंधित पॅचचा प्रकार (सुरक्षा, शिफारस किंबा पर्यायी) व (अंदाजे) डाऊनलोड आकार समाविष्ट आहे." + +#~ msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> check box below the list." +#~ msgstr "या सूचीत साधारणपणे असे पॅचेस समाविष्ट असतात जे अद्याप आपल्या प्रणालीवर स्थापित केलेले नाहीत. आपण सूचीच्या खालच्या<b>स्थापित पॅचेस समाविष्ट करा</b> या चेक बॉक्सने ते बदलू शकता." + +#~ msgid "The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +#~ msgstr "<b>पॅचचे वर्णन</b> या फिल्डमधे अलिकडे निवडलेल्या पॅचचे दीर्घ स्पष्टीकरण असते. या ठिकाणी त्याचे वर्णन पहाण्यासाठी ससूचीतील पॅचवर क्लिक करा." + +#~ msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +#~ msgstr "उजव्या बाजूची पॅकेजची सूची अलिकडे निवडलेल्या पॅचमधील मजकुर म्हणजेच पॅकेजमधे काय आहे ते दर्शवते. आपण पॅचमधे व्यक्तिगत पॅकेजेस स्थापित करुन शकत नाही किंवा त्यातून ती पुसून टाकू शकत नाही, फक्त संपूर्ण पॅच घालू किंवा काढू शकता. प्रणालीतील विसंगती टाळण्यासाठी हे जाणीवपूर्वक करण्यात आले आहे." + +#~ msgid "In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:" +#~ msgstr "<b>पॅचेस</b>व्यतिरिक्त, आपण वरच्या डाव्या बाजूच्या<b>फिल्टर</b> मधून एखादा अन्य फिल्टर व्ह्यू देखील निवडू शकता:" + +#~ msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +#~ msgstr "या डायलॉगमधे, कोणती पॅकेजेस स्थापित, अपडेट करायची किंवा पुसून टाकायची ते निवडा. आपण वेगवेगळी पॅकेजेस किंवा संपूर्ण पॅकेज \"सिलेक्शन्स\"निवडू शकता." + +#~ msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजसाठी स्टेट्स आयकॉनवर किंवा स्टेटस बदलण्यासाठी सिलेक्शनवर क्लिक करा किंवा कॉन्टेक्स्ट मेन्यू उघडण्यासाठी राईट क्लिक करा." + +#~ msgid "Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज डिपेन्डन्सीज रिझॉल्व्ह करण्यासाठी<b>चेक डिपेन्डनसीज बटण वापरा. </b> काही पॅकेजेसना इतर काही पॅकेजेस स्थापित असावी लागता. काही पॅकेजेस तेव्हाच स्थापित करता येऊ शकतात, जेव्हा इतर काही विशिष्ट पॅकेजेस स्थापित नसतात. हा चेक आपोआप स्थापनेसाठी आवश्यक पॅकेजेसवर खूण करेल व डिपेन्डन्सी विवाद असतील तर तो आपणास सावध करेल." + +#~ msgid "When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically be performed." +#~ msgstr "जेव्हा आपण <b>अक्सेप्ट</b>, सोबत हा डायलॉग सोडून जाल, तेव्हा आपोआप हा चेक होईल." + +#~ msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:" +#~ msgstr "वरच्या डावीकडच्या <b>फिल्टर</b> कॉम्बो बॉक्सने एखादा उपलब्ध फिल्टर व्ह्यू निवडा:" + +#~ msgid "<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +#~ msgstr "<b>सिलेक्शन</b> काही पुर्वव्याख्यित पॅकेजेसचे सेट दर्शवते जे तार्किक दृष्टया एकत्र मालकीचे असतात." + +#~ msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +#~ msgstr "सिलेक्शनच्या बाजूचा चेक बॉक्स संपूर्ण म्हणून निवड करण्यासाठी वापरा. आपण उजवीकडील पॅकेज सूचीतून वेगवेगळी पॅकेजेस निवडू शकता किंवा निवडणारही नाही." + +#~ msgid "<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +#~ msgstr "<b>पॅकेज ग्रुप्स</b> पॅकेजेस विभागवार दर्शवतात. आपण विभाग रिफाईन किंवा जनरलाईझ करण्यासाठी ट्री आयटेम्सविस्तृत किंवा कोलॅप्स करु शकता. उजव्या बाजूच्या पॅकेजसूचीतील त्या विभागातील पॅकेजेस प्रदर्शित करण्यासाठी कोणत्याही विभागावर क्लिक करा." + +#~ msgid " <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +#~ msgstr " <b>सूचना:</b> सूचीच्या अगदी शेवटी \"zzz ऑल\" प्रविष्टी आहे जी सर्व पॅकेजेस दर्शवेल. मंद गतीने चालणार्‍या मशीन्सवर याला काही सेकंद वेळ लागेल." + +#~ msgid "<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +#~ msgstr "<b>सर्च</b> द्वारे आपण पॅकेजेस शोधु शकता जे विविध निकष पूर्ण करता. आपल्याला पॅकेजचे नांव माहिती असेल तर ते शोधण्याचा हा सोपा मार्ग आहे." + +#~ msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field." +#~ msgstr "<b>सूचना:</b> आपण याचा वापर कोणत्या विशिष्ट पॅकेजमधे लायब्ररी आहे हे शोधण्यासाठी करु शकता. <b>प्रोव्हाईड्स</b> RPM फिल्डमदे शोधा." + +#~ msgid "<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +#~ msgstr "<b>इन्स्टॉलेशन समरी</b> डिफॉल्टद्वारे आपणास आपल्या प्रणालीतील बदल दर्शवते -- कोणती पॅकेजेस स्थापित करायची, पुसून टाकायची किंवा अपडेट करायची." + +#~ msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +#~ msgstr "<b>अक्सेप्ट</b>वर क्लिक करण्यापूर्वी <b>चेक डिपेन्डन्सीज</b> वापरणे व त्यानंतर <b>इन्स्टॉलेशन समरी</b> वर जाणे चांगले. अशा प्रकारे आपण आपल्या प्रणालीत होणारे सर्व बदल पाहू शकाल." + +#~ msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." +#~ msgstr "या ठिकाणी कोणती पॅकेजेस कोणत्या स्थितीत पहायची ते आपण ठरवू शकाल ; डावीकडील चेक बॉक्सेस वापरा." + +#~ msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck everything else." +#~ msgstr "<b>सूचना:</b> आपण या फिल्टरचा प्रभाव उलटाही करु शकता.आपण कोणती पॅकेजेस आपल्या प्रणालीवर तशीच रहातात ते पाहू शकता. फक्त<b>कीप</b> तपासा व बाकी सर्व गोष्टी अनचेक करा." + +#~ msgid "Symbols Overview" +#~ msgstr "सिंबॉल्सवर वर दृष्टीक्षेप" + +#~ msgid "Do not install" +#~ msgstr " स्थापन करू नका" + +#~ msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed." +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज स्थापित केलेले नाही आणि ते स्थापित केले जआणार नाही" + +#~ msgid "Install" +#~ msgstr "स्थापित करा" + +#~ msgid "This package will be installed. It is not installed yet." +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज स्थापित केले जाईल ते अजून स्थापित केलेले नाही" + +#~ msgid "Keep" +#~ msgstr "ठेवा" + +#~ msgid "This package is already installed. Leave it untouched." +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज आधीच स्थापित केलेले आहे. त्याला स्पर्श करू नका" + +#~ msgid "Update" +#~ msgstr "अद्ययावत करा" + +#~ msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज आधीपासूनच स्थापित आहे. ते अपडेट करा किंवा पुन्हा स्थापित करा (जर आवृत्या सारख्याच असतील)." + +#~ msgid "Delete" +#~ msgstr "काढून टाका" + +#~ msgid "This package is already installed. Delete it." +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज आधीच स्थापित केलेले आहे. ते काढून टाका." + +#~ msgid "Taboo" +#~ msgstr "टॅबू" + +#~ msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज स्थापित नाही व कोणत्याही परिस्थितीत स्थापित करु नये, खास करुन अनरिझॉल्व्ह्ड डिपेन्डन्सीजमुळे ज्या इतर पॅकेजेसमधे असतात किंवा मिळतात." + +#~ msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +#~ msgstr "\"taboo\" वर सेट केलेली पॅकेजेस अशी वागवली जातात जणू कोणत्याहि स्थापना माध्यमावर ती अ,तित्वात नाहीत." + +#~ msgid "Protected" +#~ msgstr "सुरक्षित" + +#~ msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज स्थापित आहे व त्यात दुरुस्ती करु नये, खास करुन अनरिझॉल्व्ह्ड डिपेन्डन्सीजमुळे ज्या इतर पॅकेजेसमधे असतात किंवा मिळतात." + +#~ msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +#~ msgstr "ही स्थिती त्रयस्थ-पक्ष पॅकेजेससाठी वापरा जी नवीन आवृत्यांद्वारे ओव्हररीटन असू नयेत जी वितरणासोबत येतात." + +#~ msgid "Autoinstall" +#~ msgstr "स्वस्थापीत करा" + +#~ msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज आपोआप स्थापित होईल कारण इतर काही पॅकेजला त्याची गरज असते." + +#~ msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +#~ msgstr "<b>सूचना:</b> अशा पॅकेजपासून मुक्ती मिळण्यासाठी आपणास \"टॅबू\" या वापर करावा लागेल." + +#~ msgid "Autoupdate" +#~ msgstr "स्वअद्ययावत करा" + +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज आधीच स्थापित आहे, परंतु इतर काही पॅकेजला नवीन आवृत्ती गरज असू शकेल, त्यामुळे ते आपोआप अपडेट होईल." + +#~ msgid "Autodelete" +#~ msgstr "आपोआप पुसून टाकणे" + +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज आधीच स्थापित आहे, परंतु पॅकेज डिपेन्डन्सीजला ते पुसून टाकायला हवे आहे." + +#~ msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." +#~ msgstr "हे घडू शकते, उदाहरणार्थ, जर अन्य पॅकेजने ते अप्रचलित ठरवले." + +#~ msgid "(by selection)" +#~ msgstr "(by सिलेक्शन)" + +#~ msgid "This package will be installed automatically because it is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज आपोआप स्थापित केले जाइल कारण ते पूर्वव्यख्यितसॉफ्टवेअर सिलेक्शन मधे आहे (उदा.\"मल्टीमिडीया\", \"डेव्हलपमेंट\")." + +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but there is a newer version. It is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") that you requested to update, so this package will automatically be updated." +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज आधीच स्थापित आहे, परंतु याची आणखी नवीन आवृत्ती आहे. ते पूर्वव्याख्यित सॉफ्टवेअर सिलेक्शन मधे समाविष्ट आहे (उदा., \"मल्टीमीडीया\", \"डेव्हलपमेंट\") ज्याची आपण अपडेटसाठी विनंती केली होती, त्यामुळे हे पॅकेज आपोआप अपडेट होईल." + +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but some predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") requires that it is deleted." +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज आधीच स्थापित आहे, परंतु काही पूर्वव्याख्यित सॉफ्टवेअर सिलेक्शनची (उदा., \"मल्टीमीडीया\", \"डेव्हलपमेंट\") ते पुसुन टाकण्याची मागणी आहे." + +#~ msgid "Special Keys Overview" +#~ msgstr "विशेष कीज ओव्हरव्ह्यू" + +#~ msgid "In any case, go to the next list item." +#~ msgstr "कोणत्याही परिस्थितीत, पुढच्या लिस्ट आयटेमवर जा." + +#~ msgid "Add" +#~ msgstr "वाढवा" + +#~ msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज मिळवा. ते अद्याप स्थापित नसेल तर स्थापित करा. ते स्थापित असेल व नवीन आवृत्ती उपलब्ध असेल तर त्याला अपडेट करा." + +#~ msgid "Remove" +#~ msgstr "कमी करा" + +#~ msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +#~ msgstr "या पॅकेजपासून मुक्ती मिळवा. ते अद्याप स्थापित नसेल तर \"डू नॉट इन्स्टॉल\" अशी खूण करा. ते स्थापित केलेले असेल तर पुसून टाका." + +#~ msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज स्थापित असेल व नवीन आवृत्ती उपलब्ध असेल तर अपडेट करा. स्थापित नसलेल्या पॅकेजसकडे दुर्लक्ष करा." + +#~ msgid "Undo Update" +#~ msgstr "अपडेट मागे घ्या" + +#~ msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +#~ msgstr "वरच्याचा प्रभाव रद्द करा \">\": पॅकेज सध्या \"अपडेट\" वर असेल तर ते \"कीप\"वर सेट करा. इतर सर्व पॅकेजेसकडे तुर्लक्ष करा." + +#~ msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज स्थापित नसेल तर ते \"टॅबू\" ला सेट करा हे पॅकेज स्थापित होणार नाही याची खात्री करुन घ्या, खास करुन अनरिझॉल्व्ह्ड डिपेन्डन्सीजमुळे ज्या इतरपॅकेजेसमधे असतील किंवा मिळतील. " + +#~ msgid "Protect" +#~ msgstr "संरक्षण" + +#~ msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +#~ msgstr " हे पॅकेज स्थापित नसेल तर ते \"संरक्षित\" ला सेट करा हे पॅकेज स्थापित होणार नाही याची खात्री करुन घ्या, खास करुन अनरिझॉल्व्ह्ड डिपेन्डन्सीजमुळे ज्या इतर पॅकेजेसमधे असतील किंवा मिळतील. " + +#~ msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +#~ msgstr "हे त्रयस्थ -पक्ष पॅकेजेससाठी वापरा जी नवीन आवृत्यां द्वारे ओव्हररीटन होणार नाहीत जी वितरणासोबन येतात." + +#~ msgid "&Details..." +#~ msgstr "&तपशील..." + +#~ msgid "Information only available for installed packages." +#~ msgstr "माहिती कावळ स्थापित पॅकेजेसकरता उपलब्ध." + +#~ msgid "Changed Packages" +#~ msgstr "बदललेली पॅकेजेस" + +#~ msgid "Warning" +#~ msgstr "चेतावणी" + +#~ msgid "&OK -- Try Again" +#~ msgstr "ठीक --परत प्रयत्न करा" + +#~ msgid "&Expert" +#~ msgstr "निपुण" + +#~ msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +#~ msgstr "अवलंबित्वे तपासत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Create Dependency Resolver Test Case" +#~ msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस निर्माण करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हरमधील बग्ज ओळखण्यात मदत होण्यासाठी विस्तारित लॉग्ज निर्माणकरण्याकरिता हे वापरा. लॉग्ज <br><tt> %1</tt></p> डिरेस्टरीत जतन होतील" + +#~ msgid "Solver Test Case" +#~ msgstr "साल्व्हर टेस्ट केस" + +#~ msgid "<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस <br><tt>%1</tt><p>यांना लिहिली बगझिल्लालाजोडण्यासाठी <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> पुरातत्व तया करायचे?</p>" + +#~ msgid "Success" +#~ msgstr "यशस्वी" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>चूक</b> डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस निर्माण करतांना </p><p>कृपयाडिस्कवरील जागा तपासून घ्या व <tt>%1</tt></p> साठी अनुमती आहे ना ते पहा" + +#~ msgid "Save Conflicts List" +#~ msgstr "काँफ्लिक्ट सूची संग्रहित करा" + +#~ msgid "Cannot open file %1" +#~ msgstr "'%1' फाईल उघडू शकत नाही" + +#~ msgid "Conflict Resolution:" +#~ msgstr "काँफ्लिक्ट रिझोल्यूशन" + +#~ msgid "Version:" +#~ msgstr "आवृत्ती" + +#~ msgid "<b>Alternate Version</b>" +#~ msgstr "<b>पर्यायी आवृत्ती: </b>" + +#~ msgid "<b>Installed Version</b>" +#~ msgstr "<b>स्थापित आवृत्ती </b>" + +#~ msgid "Package Description" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजचे वर्णन" + +#~ msgid "<b>Error:</b> Out of disk space!" +#~ msgstr "<b>चूक:</b>तबकडी जागेच्या बाहेर!" + +#~ msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Disk space is running out!" +#~ msgstr "<b>इशारा:</b>तबकडीची जागा संपत आहे!>" + +#~ msgid "Disk Space Warning" +#~ msgstr "तबकडी जागा इशारा " + +#~ msgid "%1 files total" +#~ msgstr "%१ फाइल्सची संख्या..." + +#~ msgid "Code" +#~ msgstr "कोड" + +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "भाषा" + +#~ msgid "Package" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज" + +#~ msgid "Summary" +#~ msgstr "सारांश" + +#~ msgid "Size" +#~ msgstr "परिमाण" + +#~ msgid "Avail. Ver." +#~ msgstr "उपलब्ध आवृत्ती" + +#~ msgid "Inst. Ver." +#~ msgstr "स्थापित आवृत्ती" + +#~ msgid "Version" +#~ msgstr "आवृत्ती" + +#~ msgid "Source" +#~ msgstr "स्त्रोत" + +#~ msgid "&All in This List" +#~ msgstr "सर्व या सूचीत" + +#~ msgid "Export This List to &Text File..." +#~ msgstr "ही सूची पाठ्य फाईलला एक्स्पोर्ट करा..." + +#~ msgid "&Install Source" +#~ msgstr "स्थापना स्त्रोत" + +#~ msgid "Do &Not Install Source" +#~ msgstr "स्रोत स्थापन करू नका" + +#~ msgid "&Install All Available Sources" +#~ msgstr "सर्व उपलब्ध स्रोत स्थापन करा" + +#~ msgid "Do &Not Install Any Sources" +#~ msgstr "कोणताच स्रोतस्थापन करू नका" + +#~ msgid "Export Package List" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज सूची निर्यात करा" + +#~ msgid "Status" +#~ msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती" + +#~ msgid "Install Sources" +#~ msgstr "स्त्रोत स्थापन करा" + +#~ msgid "Do Not Install Sources" +#~ msgstr "स्रोत स्थापन करू नका" + +#~ msgid "No Sources Available" +#~ msgstr "स्रोत उपलब्ध नाहीत" + +#~ msgid "Installed Version: %1" +#~ msgstr "स्थापित आवृत्ती: %1" + +#~ msgid "same" +#~ msgstr "तसेच" + +#~ msgid "newer" +#~ msgstr "नवीनतम" + +#~ msgid "older" +#~ msgstr "जुने" + +#~ msgid "Available Version: %1 (%2)" +#~ msgstr "उपलब्ध आवृत्ती: %1" + +#~ msgid "Not available for installation" +#~ msgstr " स्थापनेकरिता उपलब्ध नाही." + +#~ msgid "Do Not Install" +#~ msgstr "स्थापन करू नका" + +#~ msgid "Protected -- Do Not Modify" +#~ msgstr "संरक्षित -- सुधारणा करुन नका" + +#~ msgid "Taboo -- Never Install" +#~ msgstr "टॅबू -- कधीही स्थापित करु नका" + +#~ msgid "(by a software selection)" +#~ msgstr "(सॉफ्टवेअर निवडीद्वारे)" + +#~ msgid "(by dependencies)" +#~ msgstr "(अवलंबित्वांद्वारे)" + +#~ msgid "Dependencies broken" +#~ msgstr "अवलंबीत्वे संपली" + +#~ msgid "All dependencies satisfied" +#~ msgstr "सर्व डिपेन्डन्सीजबाबत समाधानी" + +#~ msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +#~ msgstr "&पॅच विभाग दाखवा:" + +#~ msgid "Installable Patches" +#~ msgstr "स्थापीत होऊ शकणारे ठिगळे" + +#~ msgid "Installable and Installed Patches" +#~ msgstr "स्थापित होऊ शकणारे आणि स्थापन केलेले पॅचेस" + +#~ msgid "All Patches" +#~ msgstr "सर्व पॅचेस" + +#~ msgid "Patch Description" +#~ msgstr "पॅच वर्णन" + +#~ msgid "Estimated Download Size:" +#~ msgstr "ढाउनलोडचा अंदाजित आकार: " + +#~ msgid "Patch" +#~ msgstr "पॅच: " + +#~ msgid "Category" +#~ msgstr "विभाग" + +#~ msgid "No patches available." +#~ msgstr "पॅचेस उपलब्ध नाहीत" + +#~ msgid "Script" +#~ msgstr "लिपी" + +#~ msgid "YaST" +#~ msgstr "वायएएसटी२" + +#~ msgid "security" +#~ msgstr "सुरक्षा" + +#~ msgid "recommended" +#~ msgstr "सुचवलेला" + +#~ msgid "optional" +#~ msgstr "वैकल्पिक" + +#~ msgid "document" +#~ msgstr "दस्तऐवज " + +#~ msgid "Pattern" +#~ msgstr "नमुने" + +#~ msgid "Products" +#~ msgstr "उत्पादने" + +#~ msgid "Product" +#~ msgstr "प्रॉडक्ट" + +#~ msgid "Vendor" +#~ msgstr "विक्रेता" + +#~ msgid "&Secondary Filter:" +#~ msgstr "दुय्यम चाळणी: " + +#~ msgid "URL" +#~ msgstr "यूआरएल" + +#~ msgid "zzz All" +#~ msgstr "zzz ऑल" + +#~ msgid "Searc&h:" +#~ msgstr "शोध" + +#~ msgid "&Search" +#~ msgstr "शोधा" + +#~ msgid "Search in" +#~ msgstr "आत शोधा" + +#~ msgid "&Name" +#~ msgstr "&नांव" + +#~ msgid "Su&mmary" +#~ msgstr "सारांश" + +#~ msgid "Descr&iption" +#~ msgstr "वर्णन" + +#~ msgid "Search &Mode:" +#~ msgstr "मोड शोधा" + +#~ msgid "Contains" +#~ msgstr "समाविष्ट आहे" + +#~ msgid "Begins with" +#~ msgstr "ने प्रारंभ" + +#~ msgid "Exact Match" +#~ msgstr "अगदी सुयोग्य जोडी" + +#~ msgid "Use Wild Cards" +#~ msgstr "वाईल्ड कार्ड्स वापरा" + +#~ msgid "Use Regular Expression" +#~ msgstr "नियमित वर्णन वापरा" + +#~ msgid "Case Sensiti&ve" +#~ msgstr "केस सेन्सिटिव्ह" + +#~ msgid "Searching..." +#~ msgstr "शोधत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "No Results." +#~ msgstr "निष्कर्ष नाही" + +#~ msgid "Selection" +#~ msgstr "निवड" + +#~ msgid "Changes Overview" +#~ msgstr " बदलांचा ओव्हरव्ह्यू" + +#~ msgid "Show packages with status" +#~ msgstr "स्थितीसह पॅकेजेस दाखवा" + +#~ msgid "&Refresh List" +#~ msgstr "सूची रिफ्रेश करा" + +#~ msgid "Build Time:" +#~ msgstr "बिल्ड टाईम:" + +#~ msgid "Install Time:" +#~ msgstr "वेळ स्थापित कराः" + +#~ msgid "Package Group:" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज संच: " + +#~ msgid "License:" +#~ msgstr "परवाना: " + +#~ msgid "Installed Size:" +#~ msgstr "स्थापित आकार" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Download Size:" +#~ msgstr "एकूण उतरविण्याची आकार: " + +#~ msgid "Distribution:" +#~ msgstr " वाटप: " + +#~ msgid "Vendor:" +#~ msgstr "विक्रेता" + +#~ msgid "Packager:" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेजर: " + +#~ msgid "Architecture:" +#~ msgstr "रचना (आर्किटेक्चर)" + +#~ msgid "OS:" +#~ msgstr "ओएस:" + +#~ msgid "Build Host:" +#~ msgstr "बिल्ड होस्ट:" + +#~ msgid "URL:" +#~ msgstr "युआरएल: " + +#~ msgid "Source RPM:" +#~ msgstr "स्त्रोत आरपीएम" + +#~ msgid "Media No.:" +#~ msgstr "<b>माध्यम क्रमांक.: </b>" + +#~ msgid "Authors:" +#~ msgstr "<b>लेखक: </b>" + +#~ msgid "YaST2" +#~ msgstr "YaST2" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<br>\n" +#~ "<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<font color='blue'>\n" +#~ "The packages in this list cannot be updated automatically.\n" +#~ "</font>\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Possible reasons:</p>\n" +#~ "<ul>\n" +#~ "<li>They are obsoleted by other packages\n" +#~ "<li>There is no newer version to update to on any installation media\n" +#~ "<li>They are third-party packages\n" +#~ "</ul>\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Please choose manually what to do with them.\n" +#~ "The safest course of action is to delete them.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "<b>अडचणीची यादी अद्ययावत करा</b><br><p>यादीमधील पॅकेजेस आपोआप अद्ययावत करता येणार नाहीत.</p><p>शक्य कारणे:</p><p>इतर पॅकेजेसमुळे ती ना काम होतात.</p><p>कोणत्याही स्थापना साधनावर सुधारणेसाठी कोणतीही नवीन आवृत्ती नाही.</p><p>ती तिसऱ्या व्यक्तीची पॅकेजेस आहेत</p><p>स्वतः त्याचे काय करायचे ते ठरवा. सर्वात सोपा मार्ग म्हणजे तो काढून टाकणे.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Arch." +#~ msgstr "आर्च." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repository" +#~ msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#~ msgid "This version is installed in your system." +#~ msgstr "ही आवृत्ती तुमच्या सिसटीमवर स्थापित केलेली आहे.." + +#~ msgid "Selections" +#~ msgstr "निवड" + +#~ msgid "&File" +#~ msgstr "फाईल" + +#~ msgid "Dependency Conflict" +#~ msgstr "अवलंबीत्व काँफ्लिक्ट" + +#~ msgid "%1 more..." +#~ msgstr "%1 जास्त..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Update Stack Patches" +#~ msgstr "ऑनलाईन पॅचेस सुधारणा" + +#~ msgid "Select File" +#~ msgstr " फाईल निवडा" + +#~ msgid "&Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क" + +#~ msgid "&Floppy" +#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपी" + +#~ msgid "Floppy &Device:" +#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपी आणि उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "&Mount Point:" +#~ msgstr "माऊंट करण्याचा बिंदू" + +#~ msgid "&Path:" +#~ msgstr "मार्ग" + +#~ msgid "Bro&wse..." +#~ msgstr "संचार करा..." + +#~ msgid "Error: No floppy device specified" +#~ msgstr "चूक: कोणतेही फ्लॉपी डिव्हाईस नमूद केलेले नाही" + +#~ msgid "Error: No floppy mount point specified" +#~ msgstr "चूक: कोणताही फ्लॉपी माऊंट पॉईंट नमूद केलेला नाही" + +#~ msgid "Cannot mount floppy" +#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपी माऊंट करू शकलो नाही" + +#~ msgid "&Retry" +#~ msgstr "पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Floppy unmounted successfully --\n" +#~ "safe to remove floppy from drive." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "फ्लॉपी यशस्वीरित्या अनमाऊंट केली --\n" +#~ "ड्राईव्हमधून फ्लॉपी काढणे सुरक्षित आहे." + +#~ msgid "Cannot unmount floppy" +#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपी अनमाऊंट करू शकलो नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> and then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +#~ msgstr "<b>अक्सेप्ट</b>वर क्लिक करण्यापूर्वी <b>चेक डिपेन्डन्सीज</b> वापरणे व त्यानंतर <b>इन्स्टॉलेशन समरी</b> वर जाणे चांगले. अशा प्रकारे आपण आपल्या प्रणालीत होणारे सर्व बदल पाहू शकाल." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "This package will be installed automatically, because it is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." +#~ msgstr "हे पॅकेज आपोआप स्थापित केले जाइल कारण ते पूर्वव्यख्यितसॉफ्टवेअर सिलेक्शन मधे आहे (उदा.\"मल्टीमिडीया\", \"डेव्हलपमेंट\")." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p><b>Error</b> while creating a dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check the disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>चूक</b> डिपेन्डन्सी रिझॉल्व्हर टेस्ट केस निर्माण करतांना </p><p>कृपयाडिस्कवरील जागा तपासून घ्या व <tt>%1</tt></p> साठी अनुमती आहे ना ते पहा" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/rdp.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/rdp.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/rdp.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:33 +msgid "Remote Access Configuration" +msgstr "दुर्गम संपर्क कॉनफिग्युरेशन" + +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:43 +msgid "Display configuration summary" +msgstr "संरचना सारांश दाखवा" + +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:53 +msgid "Allow remote access" +msgstr "दुर्गम संपर्कात परवानगी दिले" + +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 +msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" +msgstr "दुर्गम ऍ़डमिनिस्ट्रेशनला परवानगीकरता 'होय' व नकाराला 'नाही' सेट करा" + +#. Command line output Headline +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:107 +msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:" +msgstr "दुर्गम संपर्क कॉनफिग्युरेशन साराश:" + +#. Command line error message +#: src/clients/rdp.rb:127 +msgid "" +"Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" +"or 'no' to disallow it." +msgstr "" +"दुर्गम प्रंबधाकरता 'होय' व त्याला परवानगी\n" +"नसताना 'नाही' सेट करा." + +#. RichText label +#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "RDP Remote Administration" +msgstr "दुरस्थ व्यवस्थापक" + +#. Menu label +#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "RDP &Remote Administration" +msgstr "दुरस्थ व्यवस्थापक" + +#. Ramote Administration dialog caption +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:27 +msgid "Remote Administration" +msgstr "दुरस्थ व्यवस्थापक" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:33 +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापनाला परवानगी" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:39 +msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" +msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापनाला परवानगी नाही" + +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n" +#| "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" +#| "client, such as krdc (connect to <i><hostname>:%1</i>), or\n" +#| "a Java-capable web browser (connect to <i>http://<hostname>:%2/</i>).\n" +#| "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n" +"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a RDP\n" +"client, such as rdesktop (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\n" +"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>हे फिचर एनेबल केले तर ,\n" +"तुम्ही हे मशिन दुसरया मशिनवरुन रिमोटली एड्मिनिस्टर करु शकता. \n" +"तुम्ही krdc सारखा VNC क्लाएन्ट वापरा,(<i><hostname>:%१</i>ला कनेक्ट करा),वा जावा-केपेबल वेब ब्राउझर(<i>http://<hostname>:%२</i> ला कनेक्ट करा).\n" +"हा रिमोट एड्मिनिस्टरेशनचा प्रकार SSH पेक्षा कमी सुरक्षित असतो.</p>\n" + +#. Dialog frame title +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:72 +msgid "Remote Administration Settings" +msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापन मांडणी" + +#. Dialog frame title +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Firewall Settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल मांडणी" + +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure Later" +msgid "Configure xrdp" +msgstr "नंतर आकृतीबंध बनवा" + +#. Progress stage 3 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart the service" +msgid "Restart the services" +msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करा" + +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Stop services" +msgid "Stop the services" +msgstr "सेवा थांबवा" + +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration" +msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" +msgstr "iSCSI Initiator कॉनफिग्येशन साठवले जात आहे" + +#. 100; //for testing +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring runlevel..." +msgid "Configuring xrdp..." +msgstr "चालू पातळी संरचित करत आहे..." + +#. Disable xrdp +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting service..." +msgid "Restarting the service..." +msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Stopping services..." +msgid "Stopping the service..." +msgstr "सेवा थांबवत आहे..." + +#. Label in proposal text +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153 +msgid "Remote administration is enabled." +msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापक कार्यान्वित आहे." + +#. Label in proposal text +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156 +msgid "Remote administration is disabled." +msgstr "दूरस्थ व्यवस्थापक अकार्यान्वित आहे." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/rear.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/rear.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/rear.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,347 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xrear module +#: src/clients/rear.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of IrDA" +msgid "Configuration of Rear" +msgstr "IrDA ची संरचना" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/rear.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change the IrDA configuration" +msgid "Change the Rear configuration" +msgstr "IrDA संरचना बदला" + +#: src/clients/rear.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Output:" +msgid "Output" +msgstr "आऊटपुट" + +#: src/clients/rear.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New URL:\n" +msgid "Netfs URL" +msgstr "नवीन युआरएल:\n" + +#. Dialog shown, when system is not supported by rear +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This system does not support ACPI or APM." +msgid "This system is not supported by rear, because:" +msgstr "ही प्रणाली ACPI किंवा APMला सहाय्यक नाही." + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90 +msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This scanner is not supported." +msgid "This system is not supported." +msgstr "समांतरणला मदत नाही." + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Ignore Case" +msgid "&Ignore and continue" +msgstr "केस दर्लक्षित करा" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:109 src/include/rear/ui.rb:153 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:253 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&रद्द करा" + +#. store original value of directories for the case that the users clicks cancel +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:143 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Domains" +msgid "Additional Directories to Backup" +msgstr "अतिरिक्त क्षेत्र" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:152 src/include/rear/ui.rb:252 +msgid "&OK" +msgstr "&ठीक आहे" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:171 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Directory" +msgid "Choose Directory" +msgstr "होम डिरेक्टरी" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the configuration." +msgid "Cannot write rear configuration file." +msgstr "आकृतीबंध वाचू शकत नाही" + +#. store original value of modules for the case that the users clicks cancel +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&No Additional YaST Modules" +msgid "Additional Kernel Modules" +msgstr " अतिरिक्त YaST मॉडयुल्स नाहीत " + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:228 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available modules" +msgid "Available Modules in current System:" +msgstr "उपलब्ध मॉड्युल्स" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:245 +msgid "Modules added to Rescue System:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:250 +msgid "Modules are sorted in the order they were loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog to run rear +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:327 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Preparing for Image Creation" +msgid "Preparing for Rear Execution." +msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करण्यासाठी तयारी करत आहे" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:348 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running KInternet..." +msgid "Running rear..." +msgstr "Kमहाजाल सुरू करत आहे..." + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:372 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DBI Execution failed: %s." +msgid "Execution failed with return value %1." +msgstr "DBI Execution failed: %s." + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:381 +msgid "Finished. You are strongly advised to test the created backup." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#. The whole sequence +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:416 src/include/rear/ui.rb:680 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the Configuration" +msgid "Rear Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना वाचा" + +#. help text for Rear +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Here, configure an infrared interface (<b>IrDA</b>) for your computer.</p>" +msgid "<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer.</p>" +msgstr "<p>येथे, इनफ्रारेड पडदा कॉनफिग्युगर करा (<b>IrDA</b>) तुमच्या संगणकाकरता.</p>" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422 +msgid "<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 +msgid "<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428 +msgid "<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click <b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431 +msgid "<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 +msgid "<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437 +msgid "<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!</strong></p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440 +msgid "<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes the configuration dialog without saving.<p>" +msgstr "" + +#. prepare advanced menu +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Domains" +msgid "Additional Directories in Backup" +msgstr "अतिरिक्त क्षेत्र" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:462 +msgid "Additional Kernel Modules in Rescue System" +msgstr "" + +#. prepare main dialog +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:472 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Verify System" +msgid "Recovery System" +msgstr "प्रणाली पडताळून पहा" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Media" +msgid "&Boot Media" +msgstr "साधन" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:490 +msgid "Backup" +msgstr "सुरक्षित प्रत" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:498 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Backup" +msgid "&Backup Media" +msgstr "सुरक्षित प्रत" + +#. this flag ensures that the combox is correctly +#. refilled when the USB/NFS combobox is changed +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:507 src/include/rear/ui.rb:615 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:629 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location" +msgid "&Location" +msgstr "स्थान" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:517 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create Backup" +msgid "&Keep old backup" +msgstr "&बॅकअप तयार करा" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probing USB devices" +msgid "Rescan USB Devices" +msgstr "USB उपकरणांची शहानिशा होत आहे" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:529 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ad&vanced" +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "प्रगत" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:531 +msgid "Save and run rear now" +msgstr "" + +#. set settings according to options read from config file. +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:551 +msgid "BACKUP is set to an unknown value.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. choose selected option or fallback to "ISO" if nothing is set +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:564 +msgid "OUTPUT is set to an unknown value.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:581 +msgid "NETFS_URL is set to an unknown value or in wrong format.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590 +msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you want to immediately remove these sources?" +msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?" +msgstr "आपणास हे स्रोत तात्काल काढून टाकायचे आहेत?" + +#. open run rear dialg, if usb boot medium is selected show a warning +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:640 +msgid "Your USB medium will be overwritten. Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. true: read-only +#. Rear read dialog caption +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:691 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Reading Rear Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Analyzing your system..." +msgid "Analyzing system" +msgstr "तुमची यंत्रणा तपासली जात आहे..." + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading general settings" +msgid "Reading rear settings" +msgstr "सर्वसाधारण रचना वाचत आहे" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Analyzing your system..." +msgid "Analyzing system..." +msgstr "तुमची यंत्रणा तपासली जात आहे..." + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgid "Reading rear settings..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..." + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. check bootloader +#. returns error message if system is not supported +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:56 src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:77 +msgid "Cannot figure out which bootloader is used." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The provider %1 is in use." +msgid "Bootloader %1 is used." +msgstr " %1 प्रोव्हायडर वापरात आहे." + +#. check devices +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device is required." +msgid "Device %1 is iscsi." +msgstr "उपकरण आवश्यक आहे." + +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device is required." +msgid "Device %1 is multipath." +msgstr "उपकरण आवश्यक आहे." + +#. check partitions +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Partition Mounted" +msgid "Partition %1 is mounted by uuid." +msgstr "विभाजन माऊंट केले" + +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:151 +msgid "Partition %1 uses an unsupported filesystem (%2)." +msgstr "" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/registration.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/registration.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/registration.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,2105 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. popup heading (in bold) +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Local Registration Servers" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No registration server selected." +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "नॉव्हेल ग्राहक केंद्र आकृतीबंध" + +#. popup message +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#. dialog title +#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after +#. pressing "Next" +#. dialog title +#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration +#. @return [Symbol] user input +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" + +#. popup message: registration finished properly +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration was successfull." +msgstr "दुरूस्ती यशस्वी झाली." + +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +msgstr "" + +#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system +#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" +msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्राची फाईल डाऊनलोड करणे अयशस्वी झाले" + +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र" + +#. %s is name of given product +#. then register the product(s) +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registering %s ..." +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Product Registration" +msgstr "उत्पादनाची नोंदणी" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "आपोआप स्थापनेदरम्यान चालवा" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "आपोआप स्थापनेदरम्यान चालवू नका" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Data to Use" +msgid "Registration Settings" +msgstr "वापरण्यासाठी नोंदणी माहिती" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" +msgstr "ई-मेल पत्ता" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name is missing." +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" +msgstr "आकृतीबंध नाव गायब आहे." + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Install All Available Sources" +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr "सर्व उपलब्ध स्रोत स्थापन करा" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Server" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server URL: " +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक युआरएल:" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Discovery" +msgid "Use SLP discovery" +msgstr "शोध" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Server Certificate" +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Prepare Connection" +msgid "Secure Connection Error" +msgstr "संपर्काची तयारी करा" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "विस्तृत:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Choose Certificate File" +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" +msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल निवडा" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 +msgid "Issued To" +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 +msgid "Organization (O): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "अवैध पर्याय: %1" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "स्रोत वैध नाही." + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error: %1:" +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "चूकः %1:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serial Number" +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "अनुक्रमांक:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "बोटांचे ठसे: %1" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "बोटांचे ठसे: %1" + +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +msgid "Connection time out." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Destination is invalid." +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." +msgstr "लक्ष्य अवैध आहे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#. Error popup +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration client error." +msgstr "वापरण्यासाठी नोंदणी माहिती" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 +msgid "" +"Registration server error.\n" +"Retry registration later." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." +msgstr "" + +#. %s are error details +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Details..." +msgid "Details: %s" +msgstr "तपशील..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +msgid "" +"A certificate has been already imported\n" +"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" +"\n" +"Please fix the certificate issue manually, ensure that the server\n" +"can be connected securely and start the YaST module again." +msgstr "" + +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, +#. e.g. https://smt.example.com +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 +msgid "" +"An old registration server was detected at\n" +"%s.\n" +"Make sure the latest product supporting the new registration\n" +"protocol is installed at the server." +msgstr "" + +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing routing configuration..." +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "राऊटींग कॉनफिग्युरेशन लिहिले जात आहे..." + +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231 +msgid "" +"The base product was not found,\n" +"check your system." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze +#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 +msgid "Registering the System..." +msgstr "" + +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating boot options..." +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "बूट पर्याय अपडेट करत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading configuration %1..." +msgid "Synchronizing Products..." +msgstr "आकृतीबंध %1 लोड करत आहे..." + +#. load available addons from SCC server +#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the +#. installation workflow +#. @return [ArrayRegistration::Addon] available addons +#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install +#. @return [Symbol] the user input +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading configuration %1..." +msgid "Loading Migration Products..." +msgstr "आकृतीबंध %1 लोड करत आहे..." + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 +msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The registration server offers update repositories.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Would you like to use these mount points\n" +#| "for your new installation?" +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" +msgstr "" +"आपल्या नवीन इन्स्टॉलेशनसाठी आपणाला हे \n" +"माउंट पॉईंट्स वापरायला आवडतील का?" + +#. Yast::Mode.update +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Would you like to open this profile in editing mode?" +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" +msgstr "ही अभिव्यक्ती संपादन पर्यायात उघडू इच्छिता का?" + +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +msgid "" +"Repository '%s'\n" +"cannot be loaded.\n" +"\n" +"Skip the repository or abort?" +msgstr "" + +#. create UI label for a base product +#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) +#. @return [String] UI Label +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unknown product" +msgstr "अनोळकी चूक सांकेतीक" + +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." +msgstr "स्थापना नक्की करा" + +#. # error message +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 +msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 +msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 +msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No product found in the catalog" +msgid "" +"Cannot find remote product %s.\n" +"The product cannot be registered." +msgstr "नामावली उत्पादवस्तू सापडली नाही" + +#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control +#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior +#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 +msgid "Really abort?" +msgstr "खरंच व्यत्यय?" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "License Agreement" +msgstr "अनुज्ञप्ति स्वीकारपत्र" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 +msgid "Downloading Licenses..." +msgstr "" + +#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir +#. @param [Addon] addon the addon +#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." +msgstr "" + +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" +msgid "" +"Downloading the license for\n" +"%s\n" +"failed." +msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्राची फाईल डाऊनलोड करणे अयशस्वी झाले" + +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n" +"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog +#. @return [ArrayYast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the registration data." +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "रजीस्ट्रेशन माहिती भरा." +msgstr[1] "रजीस्ट्रेशन माहिती भरा." + +#. create the main dialog definition +#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Details..." +msgid "Details" +msgstr "तपशील..." + +#. addon description widget +#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "हे उपलब्ध नाही" + +#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 +msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 +msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 +msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. create the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device Identifier" +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "उपकरण ओळखचिन्ह" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "आवृत्ती" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "निर्मिती (आर्किटेक्चर)" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "नियम प्रकार" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "खरोखर कमी करावे '%1'?" + +#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon +#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Vendor Identifier" +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "विक्रेता ओळखचिन्ह" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "आवृत्ती" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Architecture" +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "निर्मिती (आर्किटेक्चर)" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "नियम प्रकार" + +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration &Code" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with <b>Hardware Profile</b> and <b>Optional Information</b>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>उत्पादनाच्या नोंदणीत नॉव्हेलच्या डाटावेसमधील आपल्याउत्पादनाचा समावेश आहे, यामुळे आपणास ऑनलाईनअपडेट्स व तांत्रिक समर्थन मिळणे शक्य होते. आपोआप स्थापन करतांना नोंदणी<b>करण्यासाठीउत्पादन नोंदणी चालवा</b>.निवडा.पद्धत सोपी करण्यासाठी<b>हार्डवेअर प्रोफाइल</b> ने <b>वपर्यायी माहिती ने आपल्या प्रणालीतील माहिती समाविष्ट करा.</b>.</p>" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>" +msgstr "<p>आपल्या नेटवर्कवर कस्टम SMT सर्व्हर असल्यास कृपया SMT सर्व्हरची URL व SMT प्रमाणपत्राचे स्थान <b>SMT Server Settings</b>मध्ये सेट करा. आणखी मदतीसाठी आपले SMT सूचनापत्रक पहा. </p>" + +#. the UI defition for the global registration status +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "ई-मेल पत्ता" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाची मांडणी" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155 +msgid "none" +msgstr "कोणी नाही" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate File to Import" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल मिळवित आहे" + +#. the UI defition for the main dialog +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#. the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgstr "" + +#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 +msgid "" +"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" +"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" +"\n" +"You can register after the installation or visit our\n" +"Customer Center for online registration.\n" +"\n" +"Really skip the registration now?" +msgstr "" + +#. label text describing the registration (1/2) +#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194 +msgid "" +"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" +"a registered system." +msgstr "" + +#. label text describing the registration (2/2), +#. not displayed in installed system +#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." +msgstr "" + +#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "Network Configuration..." +msgstr "नॉव्हेल ग्राहक केंद्र आकृतीबंध" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate Overview" +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "सर्टीपिकेट ओव्हरव्हूज" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Self signed certificate" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "&Trust and Import" +msgstr "" + +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 +msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>" +msgstr "" + +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid time" +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "आवैध वेळ" + +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Internal Zone" +msgid "Internal error: %s" +msgstr "अंत:स्थ भाग" + +#. register the base system if not already registered +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 +msgid "" +"The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" +"Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "Repositories used for Migration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections." +msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" +msgstr "विभाग सुधारण्याआधी बूट लोडर निवडा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Importing repositories..." +msgid "Manage Repositories..." +msgstr "रिपॉझिटरीज आयात करत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL: %1" +msgid "URL: %s" +msgstr "युआरएल: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Swap &Priority" +msgid "Priority: %s" +msgstr "अदलाबदल &प्राधान्य" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 +msgid "" +"The system is not registered,\n" +"to run the online migration you need\n" +"to register the system first." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 +msgid "No installed product found." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 +msgid "No migration product found." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Importing repositories..." +msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." +msgstr "रिपॉझिटरीज आयात करत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select the Mount Point" +msgid "Select the Migration Target" +msgstr " माऊंट पॉईंट निवडा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "<p>Only one migration target from the list can be selected.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the image.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories later.</p>" +msgstr "<p> नवे प्रतिमा आकृतीबंध बदलण्यास वा प्रतिमा बनवण्यास <b>Edit</b> वापरा.</p>" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Manually Select Patches" +msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" +msgstr "व्यक्तिश: ठिगळे निवडा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections." +msgid "Select the target migration." +msgstr "विभाग सुधारण्याआधी बूट लोडर निवडा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "P&ossible Solutions" +msgid "Possible Migration Targets" +msgstr "होऊ शकणारे मार्ग" + +#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "संरचना सारांश" + +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details. +#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used +#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow +#. using the selected migration. +#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) +#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 +msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "" + +#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." +msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>" +msgstr "पॅकेज %1 संस्थापित होईल." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 +msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 +msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 +msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 +msgid "" +"The selected migration contains a product\n" +"which is not available at the registration server.\n" +"\n" +"Select a different migration target or make the missing products\n" +"available at the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>" +msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>" +msgstr "<p>तुमची प्रणाली वापरासाठी तयार आहे.</p>" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Select Extensions" +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Register New User" +msgid "Register Again" +msgstr "नवीन प्रयोक्ता नोंद करा" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name is missing." +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "आकृतीबंध नाव गायब आहे." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "मूळ प्रवेशद्वार अवैध आहे." + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "तपासत आहे..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "नोंदणी माहितीचा 1 आयटेम" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Migration Details" +#~ msgid "Migration Repositories" +#~ msgstr "स्थलांतराचा तपशील" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Select the Mount Point" +#~ msgid "Select the Migration Repositories" +#~ msgstr " माऊंट पॉईंट निवडा" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Registering Migration Products..." +#~ msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "SMT Certificate" +#~ msgid "SSL Certificate" +#~ msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्र" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#~ msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" +#~ msgstr "नॉव्हेल ग्राहक केंद्र आकृतीबंध" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repository State" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज रिपॉझिटरी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p><b>A Registration Key is Required</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#~ msgid "Online Update Configuration" +#~ msgstr "ऑनलाईन अपडेट आकृतीबंध" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Support Registration" +#~ msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Get technical support and product updates and\n" +#~ "manage subscriptions with Novell Customer Center." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "तांत्रिक समर्थन व प्रॉडक्ट अपडेट्स मिळवा आणि\n" +#~ "नॉव्हेल ग्राहक केंद्राबरोबर सबस्क्रिप्शन हाताळा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Get technical support and product updates\n" +#~ "by registering this installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "तांत्रिक समर्थन व प्रॉडक्ट अपडेट्स मिळवा आणि\n" +#~ "नॉव्हेल ग्राहक केंद्राबरोबर सबस्क्रिप्शन हाताळा." + +#~ msgid "Configure Now (Recommended)" +#~ msgstr "आता आकृतीबंध बनवा (शिफारस)" + +#~ msgid "Configure Later" +#~ msgstr "नंतर आकृतीबंध बनवा" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Configure Now (Recommended)" +#~ msgid "Register Now (Recommended)" +#~ msgstr "आता आकृतीबंध बनवा (शिफारस)" + +#~ msgid "Include for Convenience" +#~ msgstr "सोयीसाठी समाविष्ट करा" + +#~ msgid "Hardware Profile" +#~ msgstr "हार्डवेअरची माहिती" + +#~ msgid "Optional Information" +#~ msgstr "पर्यायी माहिती" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration and Privacy Information" +#~ msgid "Registration and Privacy Details" +#~ msgstr "नोंदणी व खाजगी माहिती" + +#~ msgid "Your configuration was successful." +#~ msgstr "आपला आकृतीबंध यशस्वी होता." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Your registration was successful." +#~ msgstr "दुरूस्ती यशस्वी झाली." + +#~ msgid "An update server has been added to your configuration." +#~ msgstr "आपल्या आकृतीबंधात अपडेट सर्व्हर घातला आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration." +#~ msgstr "आपल्या आकृतीबंधात अपडेट सर्व्हर घातला आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "New Update Server" +#~ msgstr "सेवासंगणक नाव" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Updated software repositories" +#~ msgstr "रिपॉझिटरीज आयात करत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Manual Interaction Required" +#~ msgstr "हाताना परस्परक्रिया आवश्यक" + +#~ msgid "Needed Information" +#~ msgstr "माहिती आवश्यक आहे" + +#~ msgid "Continue" +#~ msgstr "पुढे चालू करा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A Web browser will start in which to complete\n" +#~ "the configuration on the opened Web site." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "वेब ब्राऊझर सुरु होईल ज्यात उघडलेल्या संकेत स्थळावर\n" +#~ "आकृतीबंध पूर्ण करायचा आहे." + +#~ msgid "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "नियमितपणे ग्राहक केंद्राशी जुळवून घ्या" + +#~ msgid "Registration and Privacy Information" +#~ msgstr "नोंदणी व खाजगी माहिती" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The server requires additional system information. Activating \n" +#~ "submission of the hardware profile automatically." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "सर्व्हरला प्रणालीविषयी आणखी माहिती हवी आहे. \n" +#~ "हार्डवेअरच्या माहितीचे आपोआप सादरीकरण अक्टिव्हेट होत आहे." + +#~ msgid "Update Source Issues" +#~ msgstr "स्रोत मुद्दे अपडेट करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Registering as a regular user does not include the update source\n" +#~ "in the Online Update YaST module. If you continue and later want \n" +#~ "to update with Online Update, the source must be added manually.\n" +#~ "Other tools, such as Software Updater in the panel, can still be \n" +#~ "used. Alternatively, cancel then register through YaST as root \n" +#~ "so the sources are available to all tools." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "नियमित उपभोक्ता म्हणून नोंदणी करतांना त्यात\n" +#~ "ऑनलाईन अपडेट YaST मॉड्युलमधील अपडेट स्रोताचा समावेश नसतो.\n" +#~ "आपण जर पुढे चालू ठेवलेत व नंतर ऑनलाईन अपडेटबरोबर अपडेट करायचे असेल, तर हाताने\n" +#~ "स्रोत घालणे आवश्यक आहे. अन्य साधने जसे पॅनेलमधील सॉफ्टवेअर अपडेटर, तरीही \n" +#~ "वापरता येऊ शकेल. पर्यायाने, YaST द्वारे रुट म्हणून नोंदणी रद्द करा, म्हणजे \n" +#~ "स्रोत सर्व साधनांसाठी उपलब्ध होतील." + +#~ msgid "Error: Data received is invalid." +#~ msgstr "चूकः प्राप्त झालेली माहिती अवैध आहे." + +#~ msgid "Error: Could not retrieve data." +#~ msgstr "चूकः माहिती परत प्राप्त करता आली नाही." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No Web browser available.\n" +#~ "Run the suse_register command manually." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "कोणताही वेब ब्राऊझर उपलब्ध नाही.\n" +#~ "suse_register आदेश हाताने द्या." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No product found to be registered.\n" +#~ "You do not need to register this installation.\n" +#~ "Please add update sources yourself." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "नोंदणीसाठी कोणताही प्रॉडक्ट आढळला नाही.\n" +#~ "आपण हे इन्स्टॉलेशन नोंदणी करण्याची गरज नाही.\n" +#~ "कृपया आपण स्वतःच अपडेट स्रोत घाला." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your registration requires interactive input that is not\n" +#~ "supported in text mode. Run YaST2 in the graphical mode or\n" +#~ "run the suse_register command manually." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपल्या नोंदणीत परस्परक्रियेच्या इनपुटची आवश्यकता आहे\n" +#~ "ज्याला पाठ्य मोडमधे समर्थन नाही. ग्राफिकल मोडमधे YaST2 चालवा किंवा\n" +#~ "हाताने suse_register आदेश द्या." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" +#~ "To do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the registration with\n" +#~ "<b>Configure Later</b>.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "ऑनलाईन अपडेट्स शक्य होण्यासाठी आपल्या प्रणालीची नॉव्हेलकडे नोंदणी करुन तिचा आकृतीबंध बनवा\n" +#~ "आता हे करण्यासाठी <b>आता आकृतीबंध बनवा निवडा</b>. नोंदणीस विलंब करा\n" +#~ "<b>नंतर आकृतीबंध बनवा</b>.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~ "with <b>Optional Information</b> and <b>Hardware Profile</b>. \n" +#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "नोंदणी प्रिक्रया सुलभ करण्यासाठी, आपल्याप्रणालीतील\n" +#~ "माहिती <b>पर्यायी माहिती</b> आणि <b>हार्डवेअरची माहिती</b>याद्वारे समाविष्ट करा.\n" +#~ "<b>तपशील</b> आपणास जास्तीत जास्त माहिती दर्शवतो, जी आपल्या\n" +#~ " नोंदणीत समाविष्ट केली जाऊ शकते. ही माहिती मिळवण्यासाठी, तो आपल्या उत्पादनासाठी कोणती\n" +#~ "माहिती आवश्यक आहे याची चौकशी करण्यासाठी नॉव्हेलच्या सर्व्हरशी संपर्क करतो.या सुरुवातीच्या\n" +#~ "देवाणघेवाणीत केवळ स्थापित उत्पादनाचीच ओळख पाठवली जाते.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable <b>Registration Code</b>\n" +#~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "जर आपण या उत्पादनाची आपली प्रत खरेदी केलीत, तर<b>नोंदणी कोड</b>\n" +#~ "सक्षम करा, म्हणून आपणास आपल्या त्पादन कोडसाठी विचारले गेले आहे.\n" +#~ "हे आपली आपल्या उत्पादनासहित स्थापन समर्थनासाठी नोंदणी करुन घेल\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "नॉव्हेलच्या बाहेरील कोणालाही माहिती देण्यात आलेली नाही.सांख्यिकी कार्यासाठी व\n" +#~ "ड्रायव्हर समर्थन आणि आपला वेब अकाऊंट याबाबतीत आपली\n" +#~ "सोय व्यापक करण्यासाठी ही माहिती <b>तपशील</b>. मधे विस्तृत\n" +#~ "खाजगी पॉलिसी शोधा. लॉग फाइल <tt>~/.suse_register मधील प्रसारित माहिती पहा.लॉग</tt>.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \n" +#~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" +#~ "as hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\n" +#~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>नियमितपणे ग्राहक केंद्राशी जुळवून घेण्याने आपले अपडेट स्रोत अद्याप वैध</b> असल्याचे तपासले जाते व नवीन काही उपलब्ध \n" +#~ "असल्यास समाविष्ट केले जाते.\n" +#~ "शिवाय ते आपल्या समाविष्ट माहितीत काही बदल असल्यास नॉव्हेलकडे पाठवते, जसे हार्डवेअरची \n" +#~ "माहिती जर<b>हार्डवेअरची माहिती</b> is अक्टिव्हेटेड असेल\n" +#~ "या पर्यायामुळे हाताने समाविष्ट केलेले कोणतेही स्रोत काढून टाकले जाणार नाहीत.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<p>\n" +#~| "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" +#~| "To do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the registration with\n" +#~| "<b>Configure Later</b>.\n" +#~| "</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "To do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the registration with\n" +#~ "<b>Configure Later</b>.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "ऑनलाईन अपडेट्स शक्य होण्यासाठी आपल्या प्रणालीची नॉव्हेलकडे नोंदणी करुन तिचा आकृतीबंध बनवा\n" +#~ "आता हे करण्यासाठी <b>आता आकृतीबंध बनवा निवडा</b>. नोंदणीस विलंब करा\n" +#~ "<b>नंतर आकृतीबंध बनवा</b>.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<p>\n" +#~| "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~| "with <b>Optional Information</b> and <b>Hardware Profile</b>. \n" +#~| "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~| " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" +#~| "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~| "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" +#~| "</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~ "with <b>Optional Information</b> and <b>Hardware Profile</b>. \n" +#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "नोंदणी प्रिक्रया सुलभ करण्यासाठी, आपल्याप्रणालीतील\n" +#~ "माहिती <b>पर्यायी माहिती</b> आणि <b>हार्डवेअरची माहिती</b>याद्वारे समाविष्ट करा.\n" +#~ "<b>तपशील</b> आपणास जास्तीत जास्त माहिती दर्शवतो, जी आपल्या\n" +#~ " नोंदणीत समाविष्ट केली जाऊ शकते. ही माहिती मिळवण्यासाठी, तो आपल्या उत्पादनासाठी कोणती\n" +#~ "माहिती आवश्यक आहे याची चौकशी करण्यासाठी नॉव्हेलच्या सर्व्हरशी संपर्क करतो.या सुरुवातीच्या\n" +#~ "देवाणघेवाणीत केवळ स्थापित उत्पादनाचीच ओळख पाठवली जाते.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<p>\n" +#~| "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" +#~| "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~| "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. View\n" +#~| "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~| "</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "नॉव्हेलच्या बाहेरील कोणालाही माहिती देण्यात आलेली नाही.सांख्यिकी कार्यासाठी व\n" +#~ "ड्रायव्हर समर्थन आणि आपला वेब अकाऊंट याबाबतीत आपली\n" +#~ "सोय व्यापक करण्यासाठी ही माहिती <b>तपशील</b>. मधे विस्तृत\n" +#~ "खाजगी पॉलिसी शोधा. लॉग फाइल <tt>~/.suse_register मधील प्रसारित माहिती पहा.लॉग</tt>.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<p>\n" +#~| "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \n" +#~| "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" +#~| "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" +#~| "as hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\n" +#~| "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" +#~| "</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \n" +#~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" +#~ "as hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\n" +#~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>नियमितपणे ग्राहक केंद्राशी जुळवून घेण्याने आपले अपडेट स्रोत अद्याप वैध</b> असल्याचे तपासले जाते व नवीन काही उपलब्ध \n" +#~ "असल्यास समाविष्ट केले जाते.\n" +#~ "शिवाय ते आपल्या समाविष्ट माहितीत काही बदल असल्यास नॉव्हेलकडे पाठवते, जसे हार्डवेअरची \n" +#~ "माहिती जर<b>हार्डवेअरची माहिती</b> is अक्टिव्हेटेड असेल\n" +#~ "या पर्यायामुळे हाताने समाविष्ट केलेले कोणतेही स्रोत काढून टाकले जाणार नाहीत.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "Error" +#~ msgstr "चूक" + +#~ msgid "An error occurred while connecting to the server." +#~ msgstr "सर्व्हरला जोडतांना चूक आढळली." + +#~ msgid "Starting browser..." +#~ msgstr "ब्राऊझर सुरु करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Initialization failed.\n" +#~ "Can not interact with the package system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "सुरवातीला चूक झाली. तुम्ही योग्य सीडी आत\n" +#~ "सरकवली आहे की नाही ते तपासा.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Active" +#~ msgid "active" +#~ msgstr "क्रियाशील" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Repaired" +#~ msgid "expired" +#~ msgstr "दुरूस्त केले" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Version" +#~ msgid "full version" +#~ msgstr "आवृत्ती" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Revision" +#~ msgid "provisional" +#~ msgstr "आवृत्ती" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Registration is successful." +#~ msgstr "दुरूस्ती यशस्वी झाली." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" +#~ msgid "Registration Status at: <b>%1</b>" +#~ msgstr "वापरण्यासाठी नोंदणी माहिती" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "<b>Description: </b>" +#~ msgid "Subscription: <b>%1</b> (%2)" +#~ msgstr "<b>वर्णन: </b>" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Message:" +#~| msgid_plural "Messages:" +#~ msgid "Message: %1" +#~ msgstr "संदेश: " + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" +#~ msgid "Registration status is not available." +#~ msgstr "वापरण्यासाठी नोंदणी माहिती" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Advanced" +#~ msgstr "प्रगत" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Xen Dom0 detected. The following package needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "खालील दिलेले पॅकेजेस\n" +#~ "स्थापीत झालेले नाहीत." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Xen DomU detected." +#~ msgstr "सापडले नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The following package needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "खालील दिलेले पॅकेजेस\n" +#~ "स्थापीत झालेले नाहीत." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "<p>iSCSI initiator कॉनफिग्युगर, द <b>%1</b> पॅकेज स्थापित केले पाहिजे.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." +#~ msgstr "ह्या पॅकेजना कायमचे काढण्याची आवश्यकता" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The package %1 should have been installed and %2 removed." +#~ msgstr "%2मध्ये %1 ध्वनीमुद्रा फाईल स्थापीत केल्या आहेत" + +#~ msgid "Setting up online update source..." +#~ msgstr "ऑनलाईन अपडेट स्रोत स्थापित करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Updating software repositories..." +#~ msgstr "रिपॉझिटरीज आयात करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Registration failed partially." +#~ msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "unknown process" +#~ msgid "unknown status" +#~ msgstr "अनोळखी क्रिया" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "%1 item of registration data" +#~ msgstr "नोंदणी माहितीचे %1आयटेम" + +#~ msgid "Included Information" +#~ msgstr "समाविष्ट माहिती" + +#~ msgid "Hardware profile" +#~ msgstr "हार्डवेअरची माहिती (प्रोफाईल)" + +#~ msgid "Optional information" +#~ msgstr "पर्यायी माहिती" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "SMT Server: %1" +#~ msgstr "सेवासंगणक: %1" + +#~ msgid "&Key" +#~ msgstr "& कळ" + +#~ msgid "&Value" +#~ msgstr "&मूल्य" + +#~ msgid "Key is invalid." +#~ msgstr "कळ अवैध आहे." + +#~ msgid "<p>Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p> suse_register च्या सहाय्याने नोंदणी प्रक्रियेविषयी आणखी<tt> माहिती मिळवा.</tt>.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Other information used for registration is shown in <b>Registration\n" +#~ "Data</b>.<br>To add a new key and value pair, press <b>Add</b> then enter the\n" +#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" +#~ "-a</tt>.<br>Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" +#~ "key-value pair with <b>Delete</b> or modify an existing pair with <b>Edit</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>नोंदणीसाठी वापरलेली इतर<b>माहिती</b>. नोंदणीविषयक<b>माहिती</b> मधे दाखवली आहे. प्रथम मिळवा दाबून व नंतर योग्य मूल्यप्रविष्ट करुन नवीन कळ व मूल्य यांची जोडी त्यात घाला. हे निकष असे आहेत की जे <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. कडे पोचवता येऊ शकतात. <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. च्या सहाय्याने त्याविषयी आणखी माहिती मिळवा <b>पुसून टाका</b> ने जोडी काढून टाका किंवा <b>संपादित करा</b>साध्याच्या जोडीत बदल करा.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "SMT Server" +#~ msgstr "DNS सेवा संगणक" + +#~ msgid "Run Product Registration" +#~ msgstr "उत्पादन नोंदणी चालवा" + +#~ msgid "Include in Registration" +#~ msgstr "नोंदणी मधे समाविष्ट करा" + +#~ msgid "Registration Data to Use" +#~ msgstr "वापरण्यासाठी नोंदणी माहिती" + +#~ msgid "Key" +#~ msgstr "कळ" + +#~ msgid "Value" +#~ msgstr "मूल्य" + +#~ msgid "Ad&d" +#~ msgstr "समाविष्ट करा" + +#~ msgid "&Edit" +#~ msgstr "&संपादित करा" + +#~ msgid "De&lete" +#~ msgstr "पुसुन टाका" + +#~ msgid "SMT Server URL must start with https://" +#~ msgstr "SMT सर्व्हरची URL https:// ने सुरु व्हायला हवी" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Location of SMT Certificate invalid.\n" +#~| "Please see your SMT documentation." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Location of SMT Certificate invalid.\n" +#~ "See your SMT documentation.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SMT प्रमाणपत्राचे स्थान अवैध. \n" +#~ " कृपया आपले SMT दस्तावेज पहा." + +#~ msgid "Contacting server..." +#~ msgstr "सर्व्हरशी संपर्क करत आहे" + +#~ msgid "This may take a while" +#~ msgstr "याला थोडा वेळ लागेल" + +#~ msgid "Please wait..." +#~ msgstr "कृपया थांबा..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Updating software repositories" +#~ msgstr "रिपॉझिटरीज आयात करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module." +#~ msgstr "रिपॉझिटरीज आयात करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The default update repository has been added." +#~ msgstr "मूळ प्रवेशद्वार अवैध आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To add the default update repository,\n" +#~ "you have to register this product.\n" +#~ msgstr "मूळ प्रवेशद्वार अवैध आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Do you want to perform the registration now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "तुम्हाला खरोखरच स्थापनेच्या\n" +#~ "कामातून बाहेर पडायचे आहे का?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "You can register for installation support." +#~ msgstr "स्थापना सेवांसाठीचे स्कॅनिंग नेटवर्क..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Server CA certificate location:" +#~ msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Custom Registration Server" +#~ msgstr "इच्छित स्थापना स्त्रोत" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "URL invalid" +#~ msgstr "युआरएल हा अवैध आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The registration server URL has to start with https://" +#~ msgstr "SMT सर्व्हरची URL https:// ने सुरु व्हायला हवी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Add custom registration data" +#~ msgstr "नोंदणी माहितीचा 1 आयटेम" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Do you want to skip registration?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "तुम्हाला खरोखरच स्थापनेच्या\n" +#~ "कामातून बाहेर पडायचे आहे का?" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "If you select %1 the Registration will most likely fail.\n" +#~| "Otherwise you may copy the certificate file to the system manually\n" +#~| "and then specify its path by choosing %2." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you select %1, registration will most likely fail.\n" +#~ "You can copy the certificate file to the system manually\n" +#~ "and then specify its path by choosing %2.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपण %1 निवडले तर नोंदणी बहुधा अयशस्वी होईल. \n" +#~ "किंवा आपण प्रमाणपत्र प्रणालीवर स्वतः प्रतिलिपित करुन \n" +#~ "मग %2 निवडून त्याचा पाथ निर्दिष्ट करु शकता." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Could not load the SMT certificate file from floppy disk." +#~ msgstr "स्वच्छ केलेली तबकडी मिळू शकत नाही." + +#~ msgid "Could not download the SMT certificate file from specified URL." +#~ msgstr "दिलेल्या URL मधून SMT प्रमाणपत्र डाऊनलोड करता आले नाही." + +#~ msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path." +#~ msgstr "दिलेल्या पाथमध्ये SMT प्रमाणपत्र सापडले नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unknown error occurred while retrieving SMT certificate file." +#~ msgstr "नवीन मेटाडेटा मिळविताना चूक झाली" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Skip" +#~ msgstr "सोडा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Change the URL and retry." +#~ msgstr "तुम्ही सीडी हदलून पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा आहे का?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The current registration server URL is\n" +#~ "%1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "वर्तमान निवड अग्राह्य आहे:\n" +#~ "%1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Could not mount floppy disk" +#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपी माऊंट करू शकलो नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Could not read file on floppy disk" +#~ msgstr "स्वच्छ केलेली तबकडी मिळू शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Could find SMT certificate file in local path" +#~ msgid "Could not find SMT certificate file in local path" +#~ msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्र स्थानिक पाथमध्ये सापडले" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Select SMT certificate file" +#~ msgstr "किकस्टार्ट फाईल निवडा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Do you really want to cancel and thereby skip registration?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "तुम्हाला खरोखरच स्थापनेच्या\n" +#~ "कामातून बाहेर पडायचे आहे का?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Could not copy certificate file" +#~ msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र फाईल निवडा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Do you want to retry?" +#~ msgstr "तुम्हास खरोखर ही नोंद कमी करायची आहे का?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Do you want to trust this certificate?" +#~ msgstr "आपणास खरच हा पाथ वापरायचा आहे?" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n" +#~| "You have to trust this certificate in order to continue with the Registration." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n" +#~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "हे प्रमाणपत्र SMT सर्व्हरला कनेक्ट करायला वापरले जाईल.\n" +#~ " नोंदणी पुढे सुरु करायला आपल्याला या प्रमाणपत्रावर विश्वास ठेवावा लागेल." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>सर्व्हरशी संपर्क</b></p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p><b>Subject:</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>मांडणी</b></p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p><b>Validity:</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>स्थिती</b></p>" + +#~ msgid "Valid from: " +#~ msgstr "पासून वैध:" + +#~ msgid "Trust" +#~ msgstr "फिंगरप्रिंट:" + +#~ msgid "Reject" +#~ msgstr "नकार द्या" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Installation of the SMT certificates failed.\n" +#~| "Please see the logs for further information." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Installation of the SMT certificates failed.\n" +#~ "See the logs for further information.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SMT प्रमाणपत्रांची स्थापना अयशस्वी. \n" +#~ "आणखी माहितीसाठी कृपया लॉग्स पहा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Enabled catalog: %1 (%2)" +#~ msgstr "उपलब्ध आवृत्ती: %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Disabled catalog: %1 (%2)" +#~ msgstr "उपलब्ध आवृत्ती: %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Added Source: %1" +#~ msgstr "स्रोत %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Deleted Source: %1" +#~ msgstr "गट काढून टाका %1?" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Added Service: %1" +#~ msgstr "सुविधा मिळवा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Deleted Service: %1" +#~ msgstr "<li>सेवा सुरू केली: %1</li>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Online Update Configuration Module Help" +#~ msgstr "ऑनलाईन अपडेट आकृतीबंध" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "(default)" +#~ msgstr " (मूळ)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "(none)" +#~ msgstr "कोणी नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Automatic Online Update" +#~ msgstr "आपोआप ऑनलाइन अपडेट सेटअप" + +#~ msgid "Set Default" +#~ msgstr "मूळ स्थापीत करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>%1</b> to use the default update repository.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p> आऊटपुट डिरेक्टरीत अड-ऑन उत्पादन निर्माण करण्यासाठी <b>Finish</b> दाबा. </p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Send hardware information to the smolt project" +#~ msgstr "हार्डवेअरची माहिती संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Interval" +#~ msgstr "दुवा" + +#~ msgid "Skip Interactive Patches" +#~ msgstr "एकमेकांशी संबधीत पॅचेस वगळा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Current Update Repository:" +#~ msgstr "संग्रह सक्षम करा" + +#~ msgid "enabled" +#~ msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#~ msgid "disabled" +#~ msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "daily" +#~ msgstr "नेहमी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "weekly" +#~ msgstr "साप्ताहीक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "monthly" +#~ msgstr "मासिक" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The SMT server URL could not be validated as URL.\n" +#~ "Registration can not be performed. Please modify /etc/suseRegister.conf and run Registration manually.\n" +#~ "The SMT server URL that was configured was\n" +#~ "%1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SMT सर्व्हरची URL ही URL म्हणून सत्यापित करता आली नाही.\n" +#~ "नोंदणी करता येणार नाही. कृपया /etc/suseRegister.conf मध्ये बदल करा व नोंदणी स्वतः चालवा. \n" +#~ "कॉंफिगर केलेली SMT सर्व्हरची URL \n" +#~ "%1 होती" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Registering as a regular user does not include the update repository\n" +#~ "in the Online Update YaST module. If you continue and later want \n" +#~ "to update with Online Update, the repository must be added manually.\n" +#~ "Other tools, such as Software Updater in the panel, can still be \n" +#~ "used. Alternatively, cancel then register through YaST as root \n" +#~ "so the repositories are available to all tools." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "नियमित उपभोक्ता म्हणून नोंदणी करतांना त्यात\n" +#~ "ऑनलाईन अपडेट YaST मॉड्युलमधील अपडेट स्रोताचा समावेश नसतो.\n" +#~ "आपण जर पुढे चालू ठेवलेत व नंतर ऑनलाईन अपडेटबरोबर अपडेट करायचे असेल, तर हाताने\n" +#~ "स्रोत घालणे आवश्यक आहे. अन्य साधने जसे पॅनेलमधील सॉफ्टवेअर अपडेटर, तरीही \n" +#~ "वापरता येऊ शकेल. पर्यायाने, YaST द्वारे रुट म्हणून नोंदणी रद्द करा, म्हणजे \n" +#~ "स्रोत सर्व साधनांसाठी उपलब्ध होतील." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \n" +#~ "repositories are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" +#~ "as hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\n" +#~ "This option does not remove any repositories added manually.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>नियमितपणे ग्राहक केंद्राशी जुळवून घेण्याने आपले अपडेट स्रोत अद्याप वैध</b> असल्याचे तपासले जाते व नवीन काही उपलब्ध \n" +#~ "असल्यास समाविष्ट केले जाते.\n" +#~ "शिवाय ते आपल्या समाविष्ट माहितीत काही बदल असल्यास नॉव्हेलकडे पाठवते, जसे हार्डवेअरची \n" +#~ "माहिती जर<b>हार्डवेअरची माहिती</b> is अक्टिव्हेटेड असेल\n" +#~ "या पर्यायामुळे हाताने समाविष्ट केलेले कोणतेही स्रोत काढून टाकले जाणार नाहीत.\n" +#~ "</p>" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/reipl.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/reipl.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/reipl.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,299 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xreipl module +#: src/clients/reipl.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuration of reipl" +msgstr "मेलची संरचना" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message +#. %1 is replaced with a device name +#. Newline at the end is required +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 +msgid "" +"\n" +"After shutdown, reload the system\n" +"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message +#. %1 is replaced with a FCP name +#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name +#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name +#. Newline at the end is required +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 +msgid "" +"\n" +"After shutdown, reload the system\n" +"with an IPL from FCP '%1'\n" +"with WWPN '%2'\n" +"and LUN '%3'.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 +msgid "" +"\n" +"After shutdown, reload the system \n" +"with an IPL from the device \n" +"that contains /boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for Reipl in proposals +#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:81 +msgid "Reipl" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Reipl in proposals +#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Reipl" +msgstr "पुन्हा स्थापीत करा" + +#. Reipl configure dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:59 src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reipl Configuration" +msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन वगळा" + +#. Reipl configure dialog contents +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +msgid "reipl methods" +msgstr "मांडणी पध्दत" + +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:72 +msgid "&ccw" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:79 +msgid "&fcp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:86 +msgid "&nss" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:98 +#, fuzzy +msgid "ccw parameters" +msgstr "पॅरामीटर" + +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:103 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "उपकरण" + +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Loadparm" +msgstr "अद्ययावत करा" + +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "fcp parameters" +msgstr "पॅरामीटर" + +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:123 +msgid "D&evice" +msgstr "उपकरण" + +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "&Worldwide port number" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Lo&gical unit number" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:141 +msgid "B&oot program selector" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:150 +#, fuzzy +msgid "nss parameters" +msgstr "पॅरामीटर" + +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "&Name" +msgstr "&नांव" + +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +msgid "reipl configuration" +msgstr "पत्र संरचना" + +#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:177 +msgid "help missing in helps.ycp" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing reipl Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध प्रारंभित करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रारंभ निष्फळ करत आहेः</big></b><br>\n" +"आता <b>Abort</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध उपयोगिता सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving reipl Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध जतन करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा ...<br></p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> जतनाचे कार्य निष्फळ करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>Abort</b> दाबून जतनाची प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करा.\n" +"अतिरिक्त डायलॉग आपणास असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही ते सांगतो.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Configure dialog help 1 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p><b><big>s390 reIPL Configuration</big></b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b><big>जोडणी संरचीत</big></b></p>" + +#. Configure dialog help 2 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" +"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" +"choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" +"which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" +"necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure dialog help 3 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>device</b> must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><device ID></i>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" +"an FCP adapter.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure dialog help 4 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:74 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>loadparm</b> must be a maximum of 8 characters and selects a boot\n" +"configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\n" +"to select the default configuration.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure dialog help 5 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>worldwide port number</b> (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n" +"letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure dialog help 6 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure dialog help 7 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>boot program selector</b> must be a non-negative integer choosing\n" +"a boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use 0 to select\n" +"the default configuration.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure dialog help 8 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:94 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>boot record logical block address</b> (LBA) specifies the master\n" +"boot record and is currently always 0.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure dialog help 9 +#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 +msgid "" +"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" +"and the system will automatically restart from your specified device.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:102 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configured reipl methods" +msgstr "संरचित फाईल्स:" + +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 +msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The method ccw is configured." +msgstr "उपकरण संरचीत केलेले नाही" + +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The method ccw is not supported." +msgstr "समांतरणला मदत नाही." + +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The method fcp is configured." +msgstr "उपकरण संरचीत केलेले नाही" + +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The method fcp is not supported." +msgstr "समांतरणला मदत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "This machine does not support reipl!" +#~ msgstr "समांतरणला मदत नाही." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/relocation-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/relocation-server.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/relocation-server.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,468 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module +#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of an isns service" +msgid "Configuration of relocation-server" +msgstr "isns सेवेचे कॉन्फिगरेशन" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"खरंच बंद करू?\n" +"सर्व बदल नाहीसे होतील." + +#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select File" +msgid "Select SSL Key File" +msgstr "फाईल निवडा" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select File" +msgid "Select SSL Cert File" +msgstr "फाईल निवडा" + +#. A popup dialog caption +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add New NFS Path" +msgid "Add New Port" +msgstr "नवा NFS पाथ घाला" + +#. A popup dialog caption +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Hosts" +msgid "Edit Current Port" +msgstr "सध्याचा सादरकर्ता" + +#. A text entry +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309 +msgid "&Port" +msgstr "&स्थान" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty." +msgid "Port number must not be empty." +msgstr "दूरध्वनी क्रमांक रिकामे असता कामा नयेत." + +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Port number %1 is invalid." +msgid "Port number out of range." +msgstr " पोर्ट क्रमांक %1 अवैध आहे." + +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists." +msgid "Port number already exists." +msgstr "पुरविणाऱ्याचे नाव %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/relocation-server/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of relocation-server +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Li Dongyang +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Locale Settings" +msgid "Global Settings" +msgstr "पुसलेले लोकाल सेटींग्ज" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Address:" +msgid "Relocation Address:" +msgstr "दूरस्थ पत्ता:" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Available Hosts:" +msgid "Allowed Hosts:" +msgstr "&सादरकर्ते उपलब्ध:" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Set as Default" +msgid "Use SSL as Default" +msgstr "डीफॉल्ट म्हणून सेट करा" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS Server" +msgid "non-SSL Server" +msgstr "DNS सेवा संगणक" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Port" +msgid "Port:" +msgstr "पोर्ट" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enabled" +msgid "Enable" +msgstr "Enabled" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS Server" +msgid "SSL Server" +msgstr "DNS सेवा संगणक" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Choose Key File" +msgid "SSL Key File:" +msgstr "कळ फाईल निवडा" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select File" +msgid "SSL Cert File:" +msgstr "फाईल निवडा" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Firewall" +msgstr "फायरवॉल" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 +msgid "Tunneled migration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143 +msgid "Make sure tunneled migration works" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Migration" +msgid "Plain migration" +msgstr "&Skip स्थलांतर" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Make sure plain migration works" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "TCP Ports" +msgstr "TCP ठिकाण" + +#. A table header +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "पोर्ट" + +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A&dd..." +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "मिळवा..." + +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "संपादीत करा..." + +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175 +msgid "&Delete" +msgstr "काढून टाका" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Install the default boot loader" +msgid "Include default port range" +msgstr "मूळ बूट लोडर स्थापन करा" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><मोठे>सांबा सर्व्हर कॉनफिग्युरेशेन सुरु करत आहेत</b><br>\n" +"कृपया थांबा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रारंभ निष्फळ करत आहेः</big></b><br>\n" +"आता <b>Abort</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध उपयोगिता सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Saving isns Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आयएसएनएस आकृतीबंध संग्रहीत करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया वाट पाहा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> जतनाचे कार्य निष्फळ करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>Abort</b> दाबून जतनाची प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करा.\n" +"अतिरिक्त डायलॉग आपणास असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही ते सांगतो.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Relocation Address</b><br>\n" +"Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections</p>\n" +"<p><b>Allowed Hosts</b><br>\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.</p>\n" +"<p><b>SSL Key File/SSL Cert File</b><br>\n" +"SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Tunneled migration</big></b><br>\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Plain migration</big></b><br>\n" +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104 +msgid "&Xend" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109 +msgid "&KVM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114 +msgid "&Xen Libxl" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba Server Configuration" +msgid "Relocation Server Configuration" +msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक संरचना" + +#. RelocationServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" +msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration" +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्राची संरचना कार्यान्वयीत करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read current configuration" +msgid "Read the current xend configuration" +msgstr "सध्याचे पृथ:करण वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgid "Read the current xend state" +msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघा" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल प्रणाली वाचा" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..." +msgstr "सध्याची संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgid "Reading the current xend state..." +msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state" +msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघा" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..." +msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघत आहे..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." +msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state." +msgstr "चालू आरबीएम डेटाबेस वाचू शकत नाही." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not read firewall settings." +msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." +msgstr "पायरवॉल मांडणी वाचू शकत नाही." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." +msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state." +msgstr "चालू आरबीएम डेटाबेस वाचू शकत नाही." + +#. RelocationServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Printer Configuration" +msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration" +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the new settings" +msgid "Write the Xend settings" +msgstr "नवीन मांडणी लिहीत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust firewall service" +msgid "Adjust the Xend service" +msgstr "फायरवॉल सेवा अनुकुल करा" + +#. Progress stage 3 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा" + +#. Progress step 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing the Xend settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." +msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहिण्यास अनुकुल करत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 3 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust firewall service" +msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service" +msgstr "फायरवॉल सेवा अनुकुल करा" + +#. Progress step 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." +msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service" +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहिण्यास अनुकुल करत आहे..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write the xend settings." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." +msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी लिहीली जाऊ शकत नाही." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/rpm-groups.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/rpm-groups.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/rpm-groups.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,647 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-04 11:08+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" + +msgid "3D" +msgstr "त्रिमिती" + +msgid "3D Editors" +msgstr "त्रिमितीतील संपादक" + +msgid "Action" +msgstr "कार्य" + +msgid "Amusements" +msgstr "करमणुकी" + +msgid "AOLInstantMessenger" +msgstr "AOLत्वरित संदेशवाहक" + +msgid "Arcade" +msgstr "आर्केड" + +msgid "Archie" +msgstr "आर्ची" + +msgid "Archiving" +msgstr "संग्रही ठेवीत आहे" + +msgid "Astronomy" +msgstr "खगोलशास्त्र" + +msgid "Background" +msgstr "पृष्ठभूमि" + +msgid "Backup" +msgstr "सुरक्षित प्रत" + +msgid "Base" +msgstr "आधार" + +msgid "Benchmark" +msgstr "मानदण्ड" + +msgid "Bitmap Editors" +msgstr "बिटमॅप संपादक" + +msgid "Board" +msgstr "फळा" + +msgid "Boot" +msgstr "बूट" + +msgid "Breakout" +msgstr "पसरण" + +msgid "Browsers" +msgstr "ब्राउझर्स" + +msgid "Building" +msgstr "इमारत" + +msgid "CAD" +msgstr "कॅड" + +msgid "Camera" +msgstr "कैमेरा" + +msgid "C and C++" +msgstr "C आणि C++" + +msgid "Card" +msgstr "कार्ड" + +msgid "CD" +msgstr "सीडी" + +msgid "Chemistry" +msgstr "रसायनशास्त्र" + +msgid "Chess" +msgstr "बुद्धिबळ" + +msgid "Chinese" +msgstr "ु०नीसॴ" + +msgid "Clients" +msgstr "गि-हाईक" + +msgid "Clocks" +msgstr "घड्याळे" + +msgid "Clustering" +msgstr "समूहीकरण" + +msgid "Compression" +msgstr "संकलन" + +msgid "Computing" +msgstr "गणन-क्रिया" + +msgid "Console" +msgstr "कंसोल" + +msgid "Convertors" +msgstr "रूपान्तरणकारक" + +msgid "Cross" +msgstr "क्रॉस" + +msgid "Daemons" +msgstr "प्रक्रिया" + +msgid "Databases" +msgstr "डेटाबेसेस" + +msgid "Debuggers" +msgstr "डिबगर्स" + +msgid "Development" +msgstr "विकास" + +msgid "Diagnostic" +msgstr "निदान" + +msgid "Dictionary" +msgstr "शब्दकोश" + +msgid "Displaymanagers" +msgstr "दृश्यप्रबंधक" + +msgid "DNS" +msgstr "DNS" + +msgid "DocBook" +msgstr "लेख" + +msgid "Doc Generators" +msgstr "लेख निर्माते" + +msgid "Documentation" +msgstr "लेखांकन" + +msgid "Editors" +msgstr "संपादक" + +msgid "Editors and Convertors" +msgstr "संपादक आणि रूपांतरक" + +msgid "Electronics" +msgstr "इलेक्ट्रॉनिक्स" + +msgid "Emacs" +msgstr "ईमॅक्स" + +msgid "Email" +msgstr "ईमेल" + +msgid "Emulators" +msgstr "नकलाकार" + +msgid "Fax" +msgstr "फॅक्स" + +msgid "Fhs" +msgstr "एफ.एच.एस." + +#, fuzzy +msgid "File-Sharing" +msgstr "वाटून घेत आहोत " + +msgid "Filesystems" +msgstr "फाईल तंत्र" + +msgid "File utilities" +msgstr "फाईल सेवा" + +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "आर्थिक" + +msgid "Fonts" +msgstr "फॉन्ट्स" + +msgid "Fortran" +msgstr "फोरट्रान" + +msgid "Frontends" +msgstr "दृश्यकारके" + +msgid "Ftp" +msgstr "एफ.टी.पी." + +msgid "Games" +msgstr "खेळ" + +msgid "GNOME" +msgstr "GNOME" + +msgid "Grabbers" +msgstr "धरणारे" + +msgid "Graph" +msgstr "आलेख" + +msgid "Graphics" +msgstr "रेषाकृती" + +msgid "GUI" +msgstr " जी.यू.आय." + +msgid "GUI Builders" +msgstr "जी.यू.आय. निर्माते" + +msgid "H323" +msgstr "एच323" + +msgid "HA" +msgstr "एच.ए." + +msgid "Hamradio" +msgstr "हॅम रेडियो" + +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "हार्डवेअर" + +msgid "Howto" +msgstr "कसे करावे" + +msgid "HTML" +msgstr "HTML" + +msgid "I18n" +msgstr "आय18एन" + +msgid "Icons" +msgstr "प्रतिमा" + +msgid "ICQ" +msgstr "आय.सी.क्यू." + +msgid "IDE" +msgstr "IDE" + +#, fuzzy +msgid "Instant Messenger" +msgstr "AOLत्वरित संदेशवाहक" + +msgid "IRC" +msgstr "आय.आर.सी." + +msgid "ISDN" +msgstr "ISDN" + +msgid "Japanese" +msgstr "ृ॥॑नीसॴ" + +msgid "Java" +msgstr "जावा" + +msgid "Joystick" +msgstr "जॉयस्टीक" + +msgid "KDE" +msgstr "KDE" + +msgid "Kernel" +msgstr "मूळ भाग" + +msgid "Korean" +msgstr "कॲर०ॖनॴ" + +msgid "Language" +msgstr "भाषा" + +msgid "Languages" +msgstr "भाषा" + +msgid "LDAP" +msgstr "LDAP" + +msgid "Libraries" +msgstr "प्रोग्रॅम्सचा कोश" + +#, fuzzy +msgid "Localization" +msgstr "कल्पनेत डोळ्यापुढे आणणे" + +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "लॉगिंग" + +msgid "Logic" +msgstr "तर्क" + +msgid "Mailinglists" +msgstr "पत्त्यांची यादी" + +msgid "Man" +msgstr "मॅन" + +msgid "Management" +msgstr "प्रबंधन" + +msgid "Math" +msgstr "गणित" + +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mathematics" +msgstr "स्वंयचलित" + +#, fuzzy +msgid "Metapackages" +msgstr "पॅकेजेस" + +msgid "Midi" +msgstr "मिडी" + +msgid "Mixers" +msgstr "मिश्रण करणारे" + +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "मोबाईल" + +msgid "Modem" +msgstr "मोडेम" + +msgid "Monitoring" +msgstr "निगा ठेवणारा" + +msgid "Mono" +msgstr "" + +msgid "Morse" +msgstr "मोर्स" + +msgid "Multimedia" +msgstr "मल्टिमीडिया" + +msgid "Napster" +msgstr "नॅपस्टर" + +msgid "Navigators" +msgstr "दिशादर्शक" + +msgid "Networking" +msgstr "नेटवर्किंग" + +msgid "News" +msgstr "बातम्या" + +msgid "NFS" +msgstr "एन.एफ.एस." + +msgid "NIS" +msgstr "एन.आय.एस." + +msgid "Novell" +msgstr "नॉव्हेल" + +msgid "Office" +msgstr "ऑफिस" + +msgid "Organizers" +msgstr "व्यवस्थापक" + +msgid "Other" +msgstr "इतर" + +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "पॅकेजेस" + +msgid "Packet" +msgstr "पॅकेट" + +msgid "Palm" +msgstr "पाम, तळहात" + +msgid "Parallel" +msgstr "समानांतर" + +msgid "PC" +msgstr "पी.सी." + +#, fuzzy +msgid "PDA" +msgstr "पी.डी.एफ." + +msgid "PDF" +msgstr "पी.डी.एफ." + +msgid "Perl" +msgstr "Perl" + +#, fuzzy +msgid "PHP" +msgstr "पी.पी.पी." + +msgid "Physics" +msgstr "भौतिकशास्त्र" + +msgid "Players" +msgstr "चालविणारे" + +msgid "Pool" +msgstr "समूह" + +msgid "PPP" +msgstr "पी.पी.पी." + +msgid "Presentation" +msgstr "दृश्यावली" + +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "मुद्रण" + +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "कार्यक्षमता" + +msgid "Proxy" +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी" + +msgid "PS" +msgstr "पी.एस." + +msgid "Psion" +msgstr "सायन" + +msgid "Psk31" +msgstr "पी.एस.के.31" + +msgid "Publishing" +msgstr "प्रकाशन करीत आहे" + +msgid "Puzzle" +msgstr "कोडे" + +msgid "Python" +msgstr "पायथॉन" + +msgid "Race" +msgstr "जात" + +msgid "Radio" +msgstr "रेडियो" + +msgid "Radius" +msgstr "त्रिज्या" + +msgid "Raytracers" +msgstr "किरणमार्गी" + +msgid "Real Time" +msgstr "वास्तव" + +msgid "Record" +msgstr "रेकॉर्ड" + +#, fuzzy +msgid "Remote Desktop" +msgstr "&दूरस्थ संचिका" + +msgid "Routing" +msgstr "ने-आण करणे" + +msgid "RPG" +msgstr "आर.पी.जी." + +msgid "Ruby" +msgstr "" + +msgid "Samba" +msgstr "साम्बा" + +msgid "Satellite" +msgstr "उपग्रह" + +msgid "Scanner" +msgstr "स्कॅनर" + +msgid "Scheme" +msgstr "योजना" + +msgid "Scientific" +msgstr "वैज्ञानिक" + +msgid "Screensavers" +msgstr "स्क्रीनसेव्हर्स" + +msgid "Security" +msgstr "सुरक्षा" + +msgid "Servers" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक" + +msgid "SGML" +msgstr "एस.जी.एम.एल." + +msgid "Shells" +msgstr "शेल्स" + +msgid "Shoot" +msgstr "सुधारा" + +msgid "Simulation" +msgstr "वातावरणनिर्मिती" + +msgid "SIP" +msgstr "एस.आय.पी." + +msgid "Sound" +msgstr "ध्वनि" + +msgid "Sound Daemons" +msgstr "ध्वनीप्रक्रिया" + +msgid "Sources" +msgstr "स्त्रोत" + +msgid "Spell" +msgstr "अवधी" + +msgid "Spreadsheets" +msgstr "स्प्रेडशीट्स" + +msgid "SSH" +msgstr "SSH" + +msgid "Strategy" +msgstr "रचनाकौशल्य" + +msgid "Suite" +msgstr "प्रोग्रॅम्सचा समूह" + +#, fuzzy +msgid "SUSE" +msgstr "एस.यू.एस.ई." + +#, fuzzy +msgid "SUSE internal" +msgstr "IDE संवादमंच" + +msgid "System" +msgstr "सिस्टम" + +msgid "Talk" +msgstr "बोला" + +msgid "Tcl" +msgstr "टी.सी.एल." + +#, fuzzy +msgid "Teaching" +msgstr "काचीन" + +msgid "Telephony" +msgstr "टेलीफोनी" + +msgid "Terminals" +msgstr "कॉम्प्युटरच्या मशीनी" + +msgid "TeX" +msgstr "टी.ई.एक्स." + +msgid "Texinfo" +msgstr "टेक्सची माहिती" + +msgid "Text" +msgstr "पाठ" + +msgid "Tools" +msgstr "अवजारे" + +msgid "Toys" +msgstr "खेळणी" + +msgid "Troff" +msgstr "ट्रॉफ" + +msgid "Turn Based" +msgstr "ओळी-आधारित" + +msgid "TV" +msgstr "दूरचित्रवाणी" + +msgid "UPS" +msgstr "यू.पी.एस." + +msgid "Utilities" +msgstr "सेवा" + +msgid "Vector Editors" +msgstr "व्हेक्टर संपादक" + +msgid "Version Control" +msgstr "आवृत्ती नियंत्रण" + +msgid "Vi" +msgstr "व्ही.आय." + +msgid "Video" +msgstr "व्हिडिओ" + +msgid "Viewers" +msgstr "प्रदर्शक" + +msgid "Visualization" +msgstr "कल्पनेत डोळ्यापुढे आणणे" + +msgid "Web" +msgstr "वेब" + +msgid "Wifi" +msgstr "" + +msgid "Word" +msgstr "शब्द" + +#, fuzzy +msgid "Word Processor" +msgstr "संस्करणकर्ता/ संस्करण प्रणाली" + +msgid "X11" +msgstr "एक्स11" + +msgid "XF86_3" +msgstr "एक्स.एफ.86_3" + +msgid "XF86_4" +msgstr " एक्स.एफ.86_4" + +msgid "XFCE" +msgstr "" + +msgid "XML" +msgstr "एक्स.एम.एल." + +msgid "YaST" +msgstr "व्हाय.ए.एस.टी." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/samba-client.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/samba-client.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/samba-client.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,1181 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" + +#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 +msgid "" +"Samba client configuration module.\n" +"See Samba documentation for details." +msgstr "" +"साम्बा क्लायंट कॉन्फिगरेशन मोड्यूल.\n" +"विस्तृत विवरणसाठी साम्बाचे कागद-पत्र बघा." + +#. translators: command line help text for winbind action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 +msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)" +msgstr "विनबाइंड(winbindd) सेवांना सक्षम किंवा अक्षम करा" + +#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 +msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain" +msgstr "हे सिस्टिम कुठल्या डोमेनचे सदस्य आहे का ते तपासा" + +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Join this machine into a domain" +msgid "Join this machine to a domain" +msgstr "या सिस्टिमला डोमेनशी जोडा" + +#. translators: command line help text for configure action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 +msgid "Change the global settings of Samba" +msgstr "साम्बाची वैश्विक सेटिंग्स बदला" + +#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 +msgid "Enable the service" +msgstr "सुविधा कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 +msgid "Disable the service" +msgstr "सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 +msgid "The name of a domain to join" +msgstr "जुळणीसाठी डोमेनचे नांव" + +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST2 will\n" +#| "try to join the domain without specifying user and password." +msgid "" +"The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n" +"try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" +msgstr "" +"डोमेनमध्ये येण्यास वापरलेला प्रयोक्ता. गाळल्यास YaST2 \n" +" प्रयोक्ता व पासवर्ड न सांगता डोमेनमध्ये जाण्याचा प्रयत्न करेल." + +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 +msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain" +msgstr "डोमेनशी जुळतांना उपयोगकर्त्यासाठी वापरलेला परवलीचा शब्द" + +#. command line help text for machine optioa +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The machine account" +msgstr "सांबा अकाऊंट्स वाचा" + +#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 +msgid "The name of a workgroup" +msgstr "वर्कगटाचे नाव" + +#. user must provide the domain name to be tested +#. error message for isdomainmember command line action +#. must provide the domain name to be joined +#. error message for joindomain command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255 +msgid "Enter the name of a domain." +msgstr "डोमेनचे नांव द्या." + +#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224 +msgid "Cannot test domain membership." +msgstr "डोमेनची सदस्यता तपासू शकत नाही." + +#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This machine is a member of %1" +msgid "This machine is a member of %1." +msgstr "हे सिस्टिम %1चे सदस्य आहे" + +#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This machine is not a member of %1" +msgid "This machine is not a member of %1." +msgstr "हे सिस्टिम %1चे सदस्य नाही" + +#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action +#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 +msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." +msgstr "डोमेन %1 यशस्वीरीत्या जुळले." + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61 +msgid "U&ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Primary Group Name" +msgstr "सांबा गटाचे नाव" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Secondary Group Name" +msgstr "द्वितीय समूह" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67 +msgid "&GID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72 +msgid "&Server Name" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Remote &Path" +msgstr "साधन &पथ" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "आरोहण बिंदू" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "O&ptions" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:80 +msgid "&User Name" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता" + +#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>" +msgstr "साम्बा उपयागकर्त्यासाठी आणि समूह आय.डी.साठी आटोका दर्शवा(<tt>विनबाइंड नांव</tt> आणि <tt>विनबाइंड समूहनांव</tt>)." + +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 +msgid "&UID Range" +msgstr "&UID आटोका" + +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238 +msgid "&Minimum" +msgstr "&किमान" + +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240 +msgid "Ma&ximum" +msgstr "क&माल" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246 +msgid "&GID Range" +msgstr "&GID आटोका" + +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249 +msgid "M&inimum" +msgstr "&किमान" + +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251 +msgid "M&aximum" +msgstr "क&माल" + +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "सेवांना अनुमती दिली" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Name" +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "गटाचे नाव" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Kerberos" +msgid "&Kerberos Method" +msgstr "केरबेरोस" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277 +msgid "Windows Internet Name Service" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mount Server Directories" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक आणि संचिका" + +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:293 +msgid "Server Name" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव:" + +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:295 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Remote Path" +msgstr "दूरस्थ" + +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Local Mount Point" +msgstr "स्थानिक माउंट पॉईंट" + +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "User Name" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता" + +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:301 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Expert Settings" +msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज" + +#. error popup: min >= max +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:376 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The minimum value in the range cannot be\n" +"larger than maximum one.\n" +msgstr "" +"आटोक्यातील किमान मूल्य हे कमाल मूल्यापेक्षा\n" +"जास्त असू शकत नाही." + +#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:427 +msgid "Windows Domain Membership" +msgstr "विंडोज डोमेनची सदस्यता" + +#. busy popup text +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:448 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Verifying AD domain membership..." +msgstr " डोमेनच्या सदस्यतेची शहनिशा करीत आहे..." + +#. push button label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "&Leave" +msgstr "" + +#. status label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:467 +msgid "Currently a member of this domain" +msgstr "सध्या या डोमेनची सदस्यता आहे" + +#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:488 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Also &Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication" +msgid "&Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication" +msgstr "SMB माहिती लिनक्स शहनिशेसाठीही &वापरा" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:499 +msgid "&Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "लॉग-इनच्या वेळी होम डिरेक्टरी &निर्माण करा" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:510 +msgid "Join Settings" +msgstr "जुळणी सेटिंग्स" + +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:525 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&परवली शब्द" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:532 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mac&hine Account OU" +msgstr "खेळ खाते" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:541 +msgid "Active Directory Server" +msgstr "वापरात असलेले डिरेक्टरी सर्व्हर" + +#. button label (run YaST client for NTP) +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:550 +#, fuzzy +msgid "N&TP Configuration..." +msgstr "NTP संरचना..." + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:554 +msgid "Disable Name Service Cache" +msgstr "नांवाच्या सेवेचे कॅश अक्षम करा" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:556 +msgid "Start File Alteration Monitor" +msgstr "फाईल बदलण्यावर निगा राखणारा प्रोग्रॅम सुरू करा" + +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:571 +msgid "Membership" +msgstr "सदस्यता" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:579 +msgid "&Domain" +msgstr "&डोमेन" + +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:581 +msgid "&Domain or Workgroup" +msgstr "&डोमेन किंवा कार्यसमूह" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "Off&line Authentication" +msgstr "ऑफ&लाईन शहनिशा" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:604 +msgid "&Single Sign-on for SSH" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:614 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change primary DNS suffix" +msgstr "प्रत्यय बदला" + +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:621 +msgid "&Expert Settings..." +msgstr "तज्ञ मांडणी..." + +#. 1st part of an error message: +#. winbind cannot provide user information taken from +#. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:777 +msgid "" +"Cannot use the workgroup\n" +"'%1' for Linux authentication." +msgstr "" +"'%1' कार्यसमूह लिनक्स शहनिशेसाठी\n" +"वापरू शकत नाही." + +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:786 +msgid "Enter a valid domain." +msgstr "योग्य डोमेनचे नांव द्या." + +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:788 +msgid "" +"Enter a domain or disable\n" +"using SMB for Linux authentication." +msgstr "" +"डोमेनचे नांव द्या किंवा\n" +"लिनक्स शहनिशेसाठी SMBचा वापर अक्षम करा." + +#. we might use it to warn user (#155716) +#. continue/cancel popup +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 +msgid "" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" +"settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"या सिस्टिमला कार्यरत डिरेक्टरीसाठी क्लायंटम्हणून कॉन्फिगर केले असतां खालील रीसेट होईल\n" +"smb.conf मधील सेटिंग्स नियोजित मूल्यांवरः\n" +"%1" + +#. 1st part of an error message: +#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host +#. is not in a domain +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:827 +msgid "" +"The host must be a member of a domain\n" +"for Linux authentication using SMB." +msgstr "" +"SMB वापरणा-या लिनक्स शहनिशेसाठी होस्टला\n" +"एका डोमेनचे सदस्य असणे आवश्यक आहे." + +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:831 +msgid "" +"Join a domain or disable use of SMB\n" +"for Linux authentication." +msgstr "" +"डोमेनशी जुळणी करा किंवा लिनक्स शहनिशेसाठी\n" +"SMBचा वापर अक्षम करा." + +#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:840 +msgid "Samba is now enabled." +msgstr "आता साम्बा सक्षम केलेले आहे." + +#. yes/no popup text +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:852 +msgid "" +"In a Microsoft environment,\n" +"hostname changes with DHCP are problematic.\n" +"Disable hostname changes with DHCP?" +msgstr "" +"मायक्रोसॉफ्ट वातावरणात\n" +" DHCPसह होस्ट नावाचे बदल त्रासदायक असतात. \n" +" DHCPसह होस्ट नावाचे बदल अक्षम करायचे?" + +#. message popup, part 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:887 +msgid "" +"This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" +"running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" +"the machine to enable it for all services.\n" +msgstr "" +"हा बदल केवळ नव्याने निर्माण केलेल्या प्रक्रियांवर परिणाम करतो, आधीपासूनच\n" +"चालू असलेल्या सेवांवर नव्हे. आपल्या सेवा हाताने पुन्हा\n" +"चालू करा व सर्व सेवांसाठी मशीन शक्य व्हावे यासाठी ते रीबूट करा.\n" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>साम्बा क्लायंट कॉन्फिगरेशन सुरू करीत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>केलेली सुरूवात थांबवीत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कॉन्फिगरेशन सेवेला सुरक्षितपणे बंद करण्यासाठी <b>Abort</b> दाबा.</p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Saving Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>साम्बा क्लायंट कॉन्फिगरेशनला जपून ठेवीत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>जपून ठेवणे थांबवीत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"जपण्याच्या प्रक्रियेला थांबविण्यासाठी <b>Abort</b> दाबा.\n" +"तसे करणे सुरक्षित आहे किंवा नाही ते आणखी एका विंडो द्वारे आपल्याला सांगण्यात येईल.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75 +msgid "<p><b><big>Selecting Windows Domain Membership</big></b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b><big>विंडोज डोमेन सदस्यता निवडीत आहे</big></b></p>" + +#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" +#| "Here, specify the name of the membership. <b>Browse</b>\n" +#| "presents the list of all workgroups and domains found in the\n" +#| "network.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" +"Specify the name of the membership.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>लायनक्स क्लाएंट हा कार्यगट, NT डोमेन किंवा सक्रिय डिरेक्टरीडोमेनचा सदस्य असू शकतो.\n" +"येथे सदस्यत्वाचे नांव नमूद करा.<b>ब्राऊझ</b>\n" +"आपणास नेटवर्कमधे आढळलेल्या सर्व कार्यगटांची व डोमेनची सूची\n" +"सादर करते.</p>\n" + +#. Samba role dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Also Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \n" +#| "verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>लिनक्स शहनिशेसाठी SMB माहितीचाही उपयोग करा</b> याने\n" +"जर ए.डी. डोमेनशी संपर्क करावयाचा असेल तर कर्बेरोस किंवा एन.टी. सर्व्हरशी परवलीच्या शब्दांची शहनिशाही होते.</p>\n" + +#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 +msgid "" +"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" +"This option is only available for static network setups.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Samba role dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>When you press <b>Finish</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\n" +#| "if it is a NT domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>When you press <b>OK</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>जेव्हा आपण <b>फिनिश</b> दाबता, तेव्हा प्रणाली सदस्यत्वाची पडताळणी \n" +"करते व जर ते NT डोमेन असेल तर या होस्टल डोमेनमदे सामील होऊ देते.</p>\n" + +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Specify the name of the NT or Active Directory domain.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>अधीकतम डोमेन्सकरता सर्व्हर्स ठरवा.</p>" + +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 +msgid "" +"<p>When you press <b>Next</b>, the system verifies the domain and\n" +"allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>जेव्हा आपण <b>Next</b> दाबता, तेव्हा दाबतां तेव्हा सिस्टिम डोमेनची शहनिशा करते\n" +"आणि या होस्टला डोमेनशी संपर्क करू देते.</p>\n" + +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home directories created on the first login.</p>" +msgstr "<p>चेक <b>क्रिएट होम डिरेक्टरी ऑन लॉगइन </b> प्रथम लॉगइन केल्यावर होम डिरेक्टरीज निर्माण होण्यासाठी.</p>" + +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 +msgid "<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." +msgstr "<p><b>ऑफलाईन ऑथेंटिकेशन</b> उपभोक्त्याला लॉग इन करु देते,जरी डोमेन कंट्रोलरला कनेक्शन नसले तरीही. हा पर्याय काम करण्यासाठी, आपण किमान एकदा आपल्या डोमेन वर लॉग इन केले पाहिजे.नंतर उपभोक्त्याची ओळखपत्रे आपल्या संगणकावर जतन व एन्क्रिप्टेड होतात व जेव्हा डोमेन कंट्रोलरला कनेक्शन प्रस्थापित होत नाही तेव्हा डोमेन लॉगइनसाठी ती पुन्हावापरली जाता. हे मोबाईल वापरणार्‍यांसाठी विशेष� �ः उपयुक्त आहे. " + +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 +msgid "<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 +msgid "<p><b>Join Settings</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>जुळणी सेटिंग्स</b></p>" + +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for joining selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in the cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>उपयोगकर्तानांव</b> आणि <b>परवलीचा शब्द</b> निवडा ज्याचा उपयोग स्वतःप्रस्थापनेच्या वेळी डोमेनशी जोडण्यासाठी केला जाईल. लक्षात ठेवा की परवलीचा शब्द त्या प्रोफाईलसाठी कूट रूपात नव्हे तर साध्या अक्षरांत जपून ठेवला जाईल.</p>" + +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>कार्यरत डिरेक्टरी सर्व्हर</b> दाखवा ज्याचा उपयोग कार्यरत डिरेक्टरी डोमेनशी जुळणी करण्यात केला जाईल. याचा उपयोग कर्बेरोस कॉन्फिगरेशनमध्ये KDC साठी ही केला जातो.</p>" + +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer\n" +"as an NTP client. Access the configuration with <b>NTP Configuration</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +" NTP सर्व्हरशी आपली वेळ जुळवून घेण्याकरिता, आपल्या संगणकाचा NTP क्लाएंट \n" +"म्हणून आकृतीबंध बनवा <b>NTP कॉन्फिगरेशन</b> ने आकृतीबंधाला अक्सेस द्या.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. default value of Machine Account +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +msgid "(default)" +msgstr " (मूळ)" + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Machine Account OU" +msgstr "खेळ खाते" + +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 +msgid "O&btain list" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"User name and password are required\n" +"for listing the machine accounts." +msgstr "" +"डोमेनशी जुळण्यासाठी वापरकर्त्याचे नाव.\n" +"आणि परवलीशब्द लिहा %1." + +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Machine Account" +msgstr "खेळ खाते" + +#. translators: text for busy pop-up +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 +msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..." +msgstr "कार्यसमूहाच्या सदस्यतेची शहनिशा करीत आहे..." + +#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1." +msgstr "" +"डोमेनशी जुळण्यासाठी वापरकर्त्याचे नाव.\n" +"आणि परवलीशब्द लिहा %1." + +#. additional information for cluster environment +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The configuration will be written now.\n" +msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes." +msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन आता लिहिले जाईल.\n" + +#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1." +msgstr "" +"डोमेनशी जुळण्यासाठी वापरकर्त्याचे नाव.\n" +"आणि परवलीशब्द लिहा %1." + +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" +msgstr "" +"अनामिकपणे डोमेन जुळविण्यासाठी, मजकूराच्या\n" +"नोंदी रिकाम्या आहेत" + +#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 +msgid "" +"Cannot automatically determine if this host\n" +"is a member of the domain %1." +msgstr "" +"हा होस्ट %1 या डोमेनचा सदस्य आहे की नाही ते\n" +"स्वयंचालितपणे नाही ठरवू शकत." + +#. popup question, first part +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 +msgid "" +"This host is not a member\n" +"of the domain %1." +msgstr "" +"हा होस्ट %1 या डोमेनचा\n" +"सदस्य नाही." + +#. last part of popup question +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 +msgid "Join the domain %1?" +msgstr "डोमेन %1शी जुळणी करावयाची?" + +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Cannot automatically determine if this host\n" +#| "is a member of the domain %1." +msgid "" +"Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n" +"is a member of the domain %1." +msgstr "" +"हा होस्ट %1 या डोमेनचा सदस्य आहे की नाही ते\n" +"स्वयंचालितपणे नाही ठरवू शकत." + +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "This host is not a member\n" +#| "of the domain %1." +msgid "" +"This cluster is not a member\n" +"of the domain %1." +msgstr "" +"हा होस्ट %1 या डोमेनचा\n" +"सदस्य नाही." + +#. popup question +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 +msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" +msgstr "उपयोगकर्त्याच्या वाटण्या आधीपासून आहेत. यांना ठेवावयाचे की काढून टाकायचे?" + +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 +msgid "&Keep" +msgstr "&ठेवावयाचे" + +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 +msgid "&Delete" +msgstr "काढून टाका" + +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 +msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" +msgstr "इतर विंडोज वाटणी सेवा उपलब्ध आहेत. त्यांना ही थांबवू?" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 +msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 +msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 +msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP" +msgstr "" + +#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 +msgid "Sharing by Users" +msgstr "उपयोगकर्त्यांकडून वाटणी" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "वाटून घेत आहोत " + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 +msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories" +msgstr "उपयोगकर्त्यांना त्यांच्या डिरेक्टरीज विभागावयास &परवानगी द्या" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 +msgid "Allow &Guest Access" +msgstr "&अतिथींना परवानगी द्या" + +#. texty entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 +msgid "&Permitted Group" +msgstr "&परवानगी दिलेले समूह" + +#. infield label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 +msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares" +msgstr "वाटण्यांची कमाल &संख्या" + +#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 +msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b> उपयोगकर्त्यांना त्यांच्या डिरेक्टरीज विभागावयास &परवानगी द्या</b> याने <b>परवानगी दिलेल्या</b> समूहाच्या सदस्यांना त्यांच्या मालकीच्या डिरेक्टरीज विभागणे स्वीकार्य होते. उदाहरणार्थ स्थानीय क्षेत्रातील उपयोगकर्त्यांसाठी <tt>उपयोगकर्ते</tt> किंवा डोमेन क्षेत्रातील उपयोगकर्त्यांसाठी <tt>डोमेन %1 उपयोगकर्ते</tt>. उपयोगकर्त्याला हे ही सुनिश्चित करावे लागेल की फाईल सिस्टिमच्या प रवानगीमध्ये त्याची ही परवानगी आहे.</p>" + +#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 +msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>शेअर्सची कमाल संख्या </b> एकूण शेअर्सची संख्या मर्यादित करते जे निर्माण केले जातील.</p>" + +#. membership dialog help common part +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 +msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>प्रमाणीकरणाशिवाय उपबोक्त्या शेअर्सना अक्सेसची अनुमती देण्यासाठी<b>अलाऊ गेस्ट अक्सेस</b>शक्य करा.</p>" + +#. help text for PAM Mount table +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 +msgid "" +"<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" +"user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify <b>User\n" +"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for PAM Mount table: example +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 +msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for kerberos method option +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 +msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 +msgid "Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "साम्बा क्लायंट कॉन्फिगरेशन" + +#. translators: initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:76 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgid "Saving Kerberos Client Configuration" +msgstr "साम्बा क्लायंटचे कॉन्फिगरेशन सुरक्षित ठेवीत आहे" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write PAM settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgid "Write Kerberos client settings" +msgstr "कर्बेरोस कॉन्फिगरेशन लिहा" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write OpenSSH settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing PAM settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgid "Writing Kerberos client settings..." +msgstr "कर्बेरोस कॉन्फिगरेशन लिहीत आहे..." + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing OpenSSH settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. final progress step label +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "पूर्ण झाले" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 +msgid "Install required packages" +msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेजेस स्थापीत करा" + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 +msgid "Installing required packages..." +msgstr "आवश्यक असणाऱ्या पॅकेजेस स्थापीत करा..." + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 +msgid "PAM Login" +msgstr "PAM प्रवेश" + +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +msgid "Use Kerberos" +msgstr "केरबेरोस वापरा" + +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 +msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" +msgstr "केरबेरोस वापरू नका" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +msgid "Default Realm" +msgstr "डीफॉल्ट रीआल्म" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 +msgid "Default Domain" +msgstr "साधारण क्षेत्र" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 +msgid "KDC Server Address" +msgstr "KDC सेवासंगणक पत्ता" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 +msgid "Clock Skew" +msgstr "क्लॉक स्क्यू" + +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 +msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>" +msgstr "<b>KDC सेवासंगणक</b>: %1<br>" + +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>" +msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>" +msgstr "<p><b>कार्यसमूह किंवा डोमेन</b>: %1</p>" + +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>" +msgstr "<b>डिफॉल्ट रीआल्म</b>: %1<br>" + +#. summary text (yes/no follows) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1" +msgstr "ऑफलाईन शहनिशा सक्षम केली गेली" + +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "होय" + +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +msgid "No" +msgstr "नाही" + +#. summary line +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 +msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 +msgid "" +"Clock skew is invalid.\n" +"Try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"क्लॉक स्क्यू वैध आहे.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.\n" + +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"Lifetime is invalid.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"लाइफटाईम अवैध आहे.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "साम्बा क्लायंटचे कॉन्फिगरेशन सुरू करीत आहे" + +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "वैश्विक साम्बा सेटिंग्स वाचा" + +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघा" + +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "वैश्विक साम्बा सेटिंग्स वाचीत आहे..." + +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "विनबाइंडची सद्यःस्थिती बघत आहे..." + +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "साम्बा क्लायंटचे कॉन्फिगरेशन सुरक्षित ठेवीत आहे" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "सांबा सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "सांबा सुविधा कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "सांबा सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करत आहे" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "सांबा सुविधा कार्यान्वित करत आहे" + +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "कर्बेरोस कॉन्फिगरेशन लिहा" + +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "कर्बेरोस कॉन्फिगरेशन लिहीत आहे..." + +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "सेटिंग्स %1वर नाही लिहू शकत." + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "विनबाइंड सेवा सुरू नाही केली गेली." + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "विनबाइंड प्रक्रिया सुरू नाही केली गेली." + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "विनबाइंड सेवा थांबविली नाही गेली." + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr " विनबाइंड प्रक्रिया थांबविली नाही गेली." + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "PAM सेटिंग्स नाही लिहीता आल्या" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन" + +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "कार्यसमूह किंवा डोमेनः %1" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "हया मशीनच्या होम सूची" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "ऑफलाईन शहनिशा सक्षम केली गेली" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "भागांची कमाल संख्याः %1" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 +msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>कार्यसमूह किंवा डोमेन</b>: %1</p>" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 +msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>SMB द्वारे शहनिशा</b>: %1</p>" + +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 +msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&UNC Path" +#~ msgstr "नवीन ठिगळे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Acquire" +#~ msgstr "गरज आहे" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/samba-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/samba-server.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/samba-server.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,1836 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 +msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" +msgstr "सांबा सर्व्हर कॉनफिग्युरेशन मॉडयूल (अधिक माहिती करता सांबा डॉक्युमेंन्टेशन पहा)" + +#. translators: command line help text for share action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 +msgid "Manipulate a single share" +msgstr "एकमात्र हिस्सा कुशलतेने हाताळा" + +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89 +msgid "Show the list of available shares" +msgstr "उपलब्ध वाट्याची यादी दाखवा" + +#. translators: command line help text for role action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99 +msgid "Set the role of the server" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे काम स्थिर करा" + +#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109 +msgid "Set the back-end for storing user information" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांची माहिती साठविण्यासाठी बॅक-एन्ड स्थिर करा" + +#. translators: command line help text for service activation action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119 +msgid "Enable or disable the Samba services (smb and nmb)" +msgstr "सांबा सुविधा कार्यान्वित किंवा अकार्यान्वित करा (smb and nmb)" + +#. translators: command line help text for configure action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129 +msgid "Change the global settings of the Samba server" +msgstr "सांबा सुविधा जागतिक मांडणी बदला" + +#. translators: command line help text for enable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137 +msgid "Enable the share or a service" +msgstr "सुविधा किंवा वाटा कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. translators: command line help text for disable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:143 +msgid "Disable the share or a service" +msgstr "सुविधा किंवा वाटा अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. translators: command line help text for delete share option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149 +msgid "Remove the share from the configuration file" +msgstr "संरचित फाईलमधून वाटा काढून टाका" + +#. translators: command line help text for share name option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155 +msgid "The name of a share" +msgstr "वाट्याचे नाव" + +#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162 +msgid "Add a new share" +msgstr "नवीन वाटा मिळवा" + +#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168 +msgid "Change options of a share" +msgstr "वाट्याचे विकल्प बदला" + +#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174 +msgid "Show the options of a share" +msgstr "वाट्याचे विकल्प दाखवा" + +#. translators: command line help text for share comment option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180 +msgid "The comment of a share" +msgstr "वाट्याची मते" + +#. translators: command line help text for share path option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187 +msgid "The path (directory) to share" +msgstr "वाटून घ्यायचा मार्ग (संचिका)" + +#. translators: command line help text for share printable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194 +msgid "Flag if the share should act as a printer" +msgstr "वाट्याने मुद्ण म्हणून काम करायचे तर झेंडा" + +#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 +msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" +msgstr "वाट्यातून वाचण्याकरता दिलेल्या स्वल्पविरामाने विभागलेली वापरकर्त्याची यादी" + +#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 +msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" +msgstr "वाट्यातून वाचण्याकरता दिलेल्या स्वल्पविरामाने विभागलेली वापरकर्त्याची यादी" + +#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 +msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN" +msgstr "लॅन ब्राऊज करताना वाटा दाखवायचा तर झेंडा" + +#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 +msgid "Flag if the share should allow guest access" +msgstr "जर वाट्यासा गेस्ट अॅक्सेसची परवानगी असेल तर झेंडा" + +#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 +msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" +msgstr "वाट्याशी संपर्काकरता स्वल्पविरामाने विभागलेली वापरकर्त्याची यादी" + +#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 +msgid "Server should act as a primary domain controller" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाने प्राथमिक डोमेन नियंत्रक म्हणून काम केलेच पाहिजे" + +#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242 +msgid "Server should act as a backup domain controller" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाने बॅकअप डोमेन नियंत्रक म्हणून काम केलेच पाहिजे" + +#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248 +msgid "Server should act as a domain member" +msgstr "डोमेन सभासद म्हणून सेवासंगणकाने काम केले पाहिजे" + +#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 +msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाने वाटे दाखवावेत पण डोमेनला प्रवेशासाठी परवानगी देऊ नये" + +#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 +msgid "Use the 'smbpasswd' file to store user information" +msgstr "'एसएमपरवलीशब्द' फाईल वापरकर्त्यांची माहिती ठेवण्याकरिता वापरा" + +#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 +msgid "Use the 'passdb.tdb' file to store user information" +msgstr "'passdb.tdb' फाईल वापरकर्त्यांची माहिती ठेवण्याकरिता वापरा" + +#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 +msgid "Use the LDAP server to store user information" +msgstr "एलडीएपी सेवासंगणक वापरकर्त्यांची माहिती ठेवण्याकरिता वापरा" + +#. translators: command line help text for password option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278 +msgid "Password for the LDAP server" +msgstr "एलडीएपी सेवासंगणकासाठी परवलीशब्द" + +#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284 +msgid "The name of a workgroup" +msgstr "वर्कगटाचे नाव" + +#. translators: command line help text for description option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291 +msgid "The human-readable description of the Samba server" +msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक मानवाला वाचण्याजोगे वर्णन" + +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgstr "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" + +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" +msgstr "LDAP सर्व्हरची कन्टेंटस सुधारण्याकरता DN व LDAP (उदा. गुप्तशब्द बदलणे)" + +#. translators: error message for share command line action +#. must provide the share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374 +msgid "Specify the share name." +msgstr "वाट्याचे नाव दाखवा." + +#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380 +msgid "The share %1 does not exist." +msgstr "वाटा %1 अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394 +msgid "Provide the path of a directory to share." +msgstr "वाट्याच्या संचिकेचा मार्ग द्या." + +#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name +#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 +msgid "Share %1 already exists." +msgstr "वाटप %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action +#. try to keep alignment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450 +msgid "" +"Status \tType\tName\n" +"==============================" +msgstr "" +"स्थिती \tप्रकार\tनाव\n" +"==============================" + +#. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460 +msgid "%1\tDisk\t%2" +msgstr "%1\tतबकडी\t%2" + +#. translators: share status +#. translators: share status +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "अक्षम केले " + +#. translators: share status +#. translators: share status +#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Enabled" + +#. translators: share is a printer. %1 is the status, %2 comment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:478 +msgid "%1\tPrinter\t%2" +msgstr "%1\tमुद्रणयंत्र\t%2" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" +"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" +"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" +msgstr "" +"कारण हया सांबा सर्व्हरच्या संपर्कात युजर्स सध्या आहेत,\n" +"सर्व्हर कॉनफिग्युरेशन पुन्हा स्थापन झाले आहे.\n" +"पुन्हा सुरुवात होण्याऐवजी सर्व सेटींग्ज वापरण्याचे खात्रीपूर्वक सांगण्यासाठी युजर्स कदाचित संपर्क तुटण्या,\n" +"आधी '/etc/init.d/smb पुन्हा सुरु करणे' आणि '/etc/init.d/nmb पुन्हा सुरु करणे'" + +#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 +msgid "smbpasswd file" +msgstr "एसएमबीपरवली फाईल" + +#. table entry description for LDAP-based SAM +#. Unknown passdb backend +#. // translators: passdb backend radio button +#. `Left (`RadioButton ( `id("mysql"), `opt (`notify),_("MySQL Database") ) ) +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:598 +msgid "LDAP" +msgstr "LDAP" + +#. table entry description for TDB-based SAM +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:169 +msgid "TDB database" +msgstr "TDB डेटाबेस" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261 +msgid "Optional value must not begin with a space character." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 +msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300 +msgid "The entered URL '%1' is invalid" +msgstr "" + +#. message popup +#. message popup +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405 +msgid "Delete the selected entry?" +msgstr "निवडलेल्या नोंदी काढून टाका?" + +#. we are already initialized +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Section name must be specified." +msgid "At least one backend must be specified." +msgstr "भाग नाव दर्शविला पाहिजे." + +#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1) +#. { +#. // error message if user tries to delete the last passdb backend +#. Report::Error (_("At least one back-end must be specified. +#. +#. The back-end cannot be deleted. +#. ")); +#. return false; +#. } +#. message popup +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568 +msgid "Delete the selected back-end?" +msgstr "हा निवडलेला बॅक-एन्ड काढून टाकायचा का?" + +#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583 +msgid "Back-End Type" +msgstr "बॅक-एन्ड प्रकार" + +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:592 +msgid "smbpasswd File" +msgstr "एसएमबीपरवली फाईल" + +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:600 +msgid "TDB Database" +msgstr "TDB डेटाबेस" + +#. translators: textentry label to enter details for the selected passdb backend +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:605 +msgid "&Details" +msgstr "अधिक माहिती" + +#. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend +#. is selected, but no details are entered +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648 +msgid "" +"An identifier must be provided\n" +"in details \n" +"for the MySQL passdb back-end.\n" +"\n" +"Consult the Samba HOWTO collection for\n" +"further information.\n" +msgstr "" +"MySQL पास db बॅक-एन्ड\n" +"करता \n" +"शोधक दिला पाहिजे.\n" +"\n" +"सांबा आऊट कलेक्शन अधिक\n" +"माहितीकरता सल्ला दया.\n" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/samba-server/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of samba-server +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky +#. Lukas Ocilka +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 +msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)" +msgstr "प्राथमिक डोमेन नियंत्रक (PDC)" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)" +msgstr "मागोवा डोमेन नियंत्रक (BDC)" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 +msgid "Not a Domain &Controller" +msgstr "डोमेन नियंत्रक नाही" + +#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget +#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "हो" + +#. Samba LDAP Settings Security Widget +#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. translators: combo box value +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 +msgid "No" +msgstr "नाही" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "Samba Installation" +msgstr "सांबा स्थापीत करा" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Step 1 of 2" +msgstr "2 ची 1 पायरी " + +#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups ) +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), +#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 +msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name" +msgstr "वर्कगट किंवा डोमेनचे नाव" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "Step 2 of 2" +msgstr "2 च्या 2 पायऱ्या" + +#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 +msgid "Current Domain Name:" +msgstr "सध्याच्या डोमेनचे नाव:" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 +msgid "Samba Server Type" +msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक प्रकार" + +#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 +msgid "Not available because a PDC is present." +msgstr "पीडीसी अस्तित्वात असल्याने उपलब्ध नाही." + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 +msgid "Rename Share" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 +msgid "New Share &Name" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enter a new share name." +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाचे नाव घाला." + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Share '%1' already exists.\n" +"Choose another share name.\n" +msgstr "" +"किंमत आधीच '%1' अस्तित्वात आहे.\n" +"कृपया दुसरे एखादे निवडा." + +#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 +msgid "" +"If you delete share %1,\n" +"all its settings will be lost.\n" +"Really delete it?" +msgstr "" +"जर तुम्ही वाटप काढू शकला तर %1,\n" +"त्यांची सर्व मांडणी नाहीशी होतील.\n" +"खरोखर काढून टाकयचे का?" + +#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 +msgid "Trusted &Domain" +msgstr "विश्वासू डोमेन" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&परवली शब्द" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 +msgid "Domain name cannot be empty." +msgstr "डोमेन नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 +msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship." +msgstr "विश्वासू डोमेन सभासदत्व स्थापू शकत नाही." + +#. issue a warning, if not already done so +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 +msgid "" +"The password for trusted domains\n" +"is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n" +"is stored as plain text. This can be considered\n" +"a security threat." +msgstr "" +"विश्वासू डोमेन्सकरता गुप्तशब्द\n" +"स्वस्थापना फाईलमध्ये ठेवला आहे. गुप्तशब्द साध्या\n" +"वाक्य रचनेत आहेत. हे सुरक्षेला\n" +"धोका म्हणता येईल." + +#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 +msgid "&Trusted Domains" +msgstr "विश्वासू डोमेन्स" + +#. confirmation +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 +msgid "" +"Really abandon trust relationship\n" +"to trusted domain %1?" +msgstr "" +"विश्वासू डोमेनला विश्वासू संबध\n" +"खरोखरच अर्धवट टाकायचे का %1?" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 +msgid "Share %1" +msgstr "वाटप %1" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 +msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration" +msgstr "तज्ञ जागतिक मांडणी संरचना" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 +msgid "Identification" +msgstr "ओळख" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 +msgid "Share &Name" +msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 +msgid "Share &Description" +msgstr "वाटपाचे वर्णन" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 +msgid "Share Type" +msgstr "वाटप प्रकार" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 +msgid "&Printer" +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 +msgid "&Directory" +msgstr "संचिका" + +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 +msgid "Share &Path" +msgstr "वाटप मार्ग" + +#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 +msgid "&Read-Only" +msgstr "फक्त वाचा" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 +msgid "&Inherit ACLs" +msgstr "&Inherit ACLs" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 +msgid "Expose Snapshots" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 +msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 +msgid "New Share" +msgstr "नवीन वाटप" + +#. translators: file selection dialog title +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 +msgid "Path for a Share" +msgstr "वाट्याचा मार्ग" + +#. translators: error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 +msgid "Share name cannot be empty." +msgstr "वाटपाचे नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही." + +#. translators: error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 +msgid "Share path cannot be empty." +msgstr "वाटपाचा मार्ग रिकामा असू शकत नाही." + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 +msgid "Available Shares" +msgstr "वाटप उपल्ब्ध" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "गाळणी" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 +msgid "Show &All Shares" +msgstr "सर्व वाटप दाखवा" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 +msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares" +msgstr "यंत्रणा वाटप दाखवू नका" + +#. translators: table header texts +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 +msgid "Read-Only" +msgstr "फक्त वाचा" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 +msgid "Path" +msgstr "मार्ग" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allow &Guest Access" +msgid "Guest Access" +msgstr "&अतिथींना परवानगी द्या" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 +msgid "Comment" +msgstr "मतप्रदर्शन" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 +msgid "&Rename..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 +msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgstr "टॉगलची स्थिती" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 +msgid "WINS Server Support" +msgstr "WINS सेवासंगणक मदत" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 +msgid "Remote WINS Server" +msgstr "दुर्गम WINS सेवासंगणक" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 +msgid "Na&me" +msgstr "नाव" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 +msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 +msgid "Not a DC" +msgstr "डीसी नाही" + +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 +msgid "Primary (PDC)" +msgstr "प्राथमिक (PDC)" + +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 +msgid "Backup (BDC)" +msgstr "मागोवा (BDC)" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 +msgid "Base Settings" +msgstr "मूळ मांडणी" + +#. translators: combobox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 +msgid "Domain &Controller" +msgstr "डोमेन नियंत्रक" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 +msgid "Advanced Settings..." +msgstr "अग्रगत स्थापिते..." + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 +msgid "&Expert Global Settings" +msgstr "तज्ञ जागतिक मांडणी" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 +msgid "&User Authentication Sources" +msgstr "आणि प्रयोक्ता अधिप्रमाणन स्रोत " + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 +msgid "Samba Configuration" +msgstr "सांबा संरचना" + +#. tab label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 +msgid "Start-&Up" +msgstr "सुरू- करा" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 +msgid "&Shares" +msgstr "वाटप" + +#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 +msgid "I&dentity" +msgstr "ओळख" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 +msgid "WINS" +msgstr "WINS" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 +msgid "&LDAP Settings" +msgstr "LDAP मांडणी" + +#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 +msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname" +msgstr "NetBIOS सादरकर्ता" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 +msgid "User Information Sources" +msgstr "वापरणाऱ्याच्या माहितीचे उगम" + +#. try to create it +#. first, ask for password +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 +msgid "" +"For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n" +"administrative account (root).\n" +"It will be created now." +msgstr "" +"योग्यपणे चालवण्याकरता, सांबा सर्व्हरला ऍ़डमिनीस्ट्रीव्ह\n" +"खाते हवे (मूळ).\n" +"आता निर्माण केली जाईल." + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 +msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgstr "सांबा मूळ परवलीशब्द" + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 +msgid "&Verify Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password do not match." +msgstr "" +"पहिला आणि दुसरा आवृत्तीचा\n" +"परवलीशब्द जुळत नाही." + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 +msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." +msgstr "वापरकर्त्याकरिता अकाऊंट तयार करू शकत नाही %1." + +#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 +msgid "" +"Enter the username and the password\n" +"for joining the domain %1." +msgstr "" +"डोमेनशी जुळण्यासाठी वापरकर्त्याचे नाव.\n" +"आणि परवलीशब्द लिहा %1." + +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 +msgid "" +"To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n" +"text entries empty." +msgstr "" +"अनामिकपणे डोमेन जुळविण्यासाठी, मजकूराच्या\n" +"नोंदी रिकाम्या आहेत" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव" + +#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 +msgid "Do &Not Join" +msgstr "मिळू नका" + +#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 +msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." +msgstr "डोमेन %1 यशस्वीरीत्या जुळले." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><मोठे>सांबा सर्व्हर कॉनफिग्युरेशेन सुरु करत आहेत</b><br>\n" +"कृपया थांबा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>सुरवात करणे खंडित केले जात आहे<p><b><big></b><br>\n" +"आकृतीबंध उपयुक्तता सुरक्षितपणे खंडित करण्यसाठी दाबा<b>एबॉर्ट</b>आता</p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>सांबा सेवासंगणक संरचना संग्रहीत करीत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया वाट पहा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><मोठे>सेव्हिंगमधून बाहेर येत आहोत</b><br>\n" +"कळ दाबून सेव्ह पद्धतीतून बाहेर पडा<b>अर्बाट</b>.\n" +"जास्तीच्या डायलॉग तुम्हाला सांगेल कि असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे किंवा नाही.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\n" +#| "All available workgroups or domains found on your network are listed here. Select one of them or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.\n" +#| "</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><मोठे>वर्कग्रुप किंवा डोमेन निवड</b><br>\n" +"या नेटवर्क वरीज सर्व उपलब्ध वर्कग्रुप किंवा तुमचे नाव लिहून <b>पुढील</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" +#| "<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n" +#| "<p>The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" +#| "The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>\n" +#| "<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.</p>\n" +"<p>The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>\n" +"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><मोठे>सांबा सर्व्हरचा प्रकार</b></p>\n" +"<p>विंडोज डोमेनवर विंडोज क्लायंन्टना लॉगइन करण्यासाठी डोमेन नियंत्रक परवानगी देतो.</p>\n" +"<p>खात्री करून घेण्यासाठी बॅकअप नियंत्रक वापरतो.\n" +"प्राथमिक नियंत्रक युजर ची आपली माहिती वापरतो. व त्याचे गुप्तशब्द वापरतो.</p>\n" +"<p>कॉनफिग्युरेशन डायलॉगमध्ये उपलब्ध्‍ा असलेले विकल्प या निवडीमधील सेटींग्जवर अवलंबून आहेत.</p>" + +#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n" +"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" +"depend on the settings in this selection.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><मोठे>संाबा सर्व्हर प्रकार</b></p>\n" +"<p>डोमेन नियंत्रक विडोंज क्लायंटसना विडोंज डोमेनवर लॉगइन करण्याची परवानगी देतो.</p>\n" +"<p>कॉनफिग्युरेशनमधील विकल्प हया निवडीतील \n" +"सेटीग्जवर अवलंबून आहेत.</p>़़़़" + +#. Share list dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 +msgid "<p><b><big>Shares</big></b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b><big>वाटप</big></b></p>" + +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"<p>This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \n" +"are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them.<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>आधीच कॉनफिग्युअर्ड केलेल्या शेअर्सची ही, यादी ते \n" +"सुरु केलेले किंवा नसेले तरी, त्याबद्दल मी काही मूलभूत माहिती देते.<br></p>" + +#. Share list dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 +msgid "" +"<p>A share can be enabled or disabled.\n" +"A disabled share is not accessible, but its\n" +"configuration is still written into the configuration file.\n" +"So the share can be later enabled again.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>शेअर सुरु वा बंद करता येतो.\n" +"बंद केलेल्या शेअर्स संपर्कात येऊ शकत नाही, पण त्याचे\n" +"कॉनफिग्युरेशन मान कॉनफिग्युरेशन फाईलमध्ये दिलेले असते.\n" +"त्यामुळे नंतर तो सुरु करता येतो.\n" +"</p>" + +#. Share list dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95 +msgid "" +"<p>Some of the shares are special. For example, the share\n" +"Homes is a special system share for accessing home directories\n" +"of users. The system shares can be hidden from the table\n" +"by selecting <b>Do Not Show System Shares</b> in the <b>Filter</b>\n" +"menu.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>काही शेअर्स विशेष असतात. उदा. शेअरnहोम्स हा विशेष् यंत्रणा शेअर्स आहे जो युजरच्या होम सुचीशी संपर्क करण्यासाठी\n" +"होतो. चाैकटीपासून यंत्रणा शेअर्स दाखवू नका\n" +"हे निवडून <b>लपवता येतात</b> in the <b>Filter</b>\n" +"menu.</p>\n" + +#. Share list dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new share, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" +"already existing share, and <b>Delete</b> to \n" +"remove the information about a share.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>वापरा <b>मिळवा</b> नवीन शेअर्स, <b>एडीट</b> मिळवण्याकरता\n" +"आधीच उपलब्ध असलेल्या शेअर मध्ये सुधारणा करण्यासाठी <b>बदल</b> to \n" +"शेअरबद्दलची माहिती काढून टाकण्यासाठी वापरा.</p>\n" + +#. Identity dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Identity</big></b><br>\n" +"These options allow setup of the identity of the server and its\n" +"primary role in the network.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><मोठे>शोधा</b><br>\n" +"सर्व्हरशी ओळखची सेट अपला विकल्पाची परवानगी देते व त्याची\n" +"नेटवर्क मधील प्राथ्‍ामिक कार्यला परवानगी देता येईल.</p>\n" + +#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 +msgid "" +"<p>The base settings set up the domain and the\n" +"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" +"uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" +"uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +"If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" +"<b>Not a DC</b> value.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>बेस सेटिंग्स डोमेन आणि सर्व्हर रोल सेटअप करतात\n" +"<b>बॅकअप डोमेन कंट्रोलर<b>आणि<b>प्राथमिक डोमेन कंट्रोलर<\b>विंडोज क्लाएंटला विंडोज डोमेनमध्ये लॉग इन करू देतो.बॅकअप कंट्रोलर \n" +"वैधतेसाठी अनिय डोमेन कंट्रोलरचा उपयोग करतो. प्राथमिककंट्रोलर\n" +"प्रयोक्ते आणि त्यांच्या पासवर्डविषयी स्वतःच्या माहितीचा उपयोग करतो.\n" +"डोमेन कंट्रोलर म्हणून सर्व्हरने भाग घ्यायला नको असेल तर, निवडा\n" +"<b>डीसी नाही<b/> मूल्य.</p>\n" + +#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Base Settings</b> set up the domain and the\n" +"server role. <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allows Windows clients\n" +"to log in to a Windows domain. If the server should not participate\n" +"as a domain controller, choose <b>Not a DC</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>The <b>बेस सेटींग्ज</b> डोमेन सेट करतात व नंतर\n" +"सर्व्हर रोल सेट करतात. <b>प्राथमिक डोमेन नियंत्रक</b> विडोंज क्लांयट परवानगी\n" +"डोमेन नियंत्रक म्हणून सर्व्हरने भाग घ्यायचा नसेल तर\n" +"निवडा.<b>Not a DC</b>.</p>\n" + +#. Samba role dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 +msgid "" +"<p><b>WINS</b> is a network protocol for mapping low-level\n" +"network identification of a host (for example, IP address) to\n" +"a NetBIOS name. The Samba server can be a \n" +"WINS server or can use another server for its\n" +"queries. In the latter case, choose <b>Remote WINS Server</b>\n" +"and enter the IP address of the WINS server.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>विन्स</b> होस्टचे कमी पातळी वरील नेटवर्क मॅप करण्यासाठी\n" +"असलेला नेटवर्क प्रोटोकॉल आहे (उदा. IP पत्ता)\n" +"NetBIOS नावाशी. सांबा सर्व्हर WINS वापरू शकते\n" +"वा त्याच्या प्रश्नानंतर इतर सर्व्हर वापरु शकतो.\n" +"वा त्याच्या प्रश्नांकरता इतर सर्व्हर वापरु शकतो, <b>WINS सर्व्हचा पत्ता</b>\n" +"दुस-या बाबतीत निवडा.</p>\n" + +#. Samba role dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 +msgid "" +"<p>Optionally, set a <b>Server NetBIOS Name</b>. The\n" +"NetBIOS name is the name the server uses in the SMB network.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>वैकल्पिकपणे <b>सर्व्हरने NetBIOS नाव</b>. सेट करा\n" +"NetBIOS नाव हे SMB नेटवर्क मध्ये सर्व्हर वापरण्याचे नाव आहे.</p>" + +#. Samba role dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>ऍ़डवान्स सेटींग्ज</b> यश्‍ास्वी प्रोसेस \n" +"LDAP सेटींग्ज युजर ऑथेटीकेशन स्त्रोत, तज्ञ जागतिेक सेटींग्ज, सोर्सला विस्तृत कॉनफिग्युरेशन\n" +"सेटींग्जची संपर्क साधण्यात मदत होते.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Trusted Domains</big></b><br>\n" +"NT-style trusted domains represent a possibility to assign\n" +"access rights to users from another domain.\n" +"Here, create a list of domains for which \n" +"the Samba server should provide access.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><मोठे>विश्वासू डोमेन्स</b><br>\n" +"NT-पद्धतीचे विश्चासू डोमेन्स दुस-या डोमेनवरील युजर्सना\n" +"संपर्काचे हक्क देण्याची शक्यता दर्शवतात.\n" +"येथे डेलेन्सची यादी तयार करा जिच्या करता \n" +"सांबा सर्व्हरने संपर्क दिला पाहिजे.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<p>To add a new domain into the list, press <b>Add</b>.\n" +"Enter the name of the domain to trust\n" +"and a password in the dialog that opens. The password is used by the Samba\n" +"server to access the trusted domain. After <b>OK</b> is pressed,\n" +"the trust relationship is established. To delete a domain,\n" +"choose it in the list and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>यादीत नवीन डोमेन मिळवण्याकरता, कळ दाबा <b>मिळवा</b>.\n" +"विश्वास ठेवता येईल ते डोमेनचे नाव घाला\n" +"व त्याचा गुप्तशब्द डायलॉगमध्ये घाला. जो उघडू शकतो विश्वास डोमेनशी\n" +"संपर्कासाठी सांबा सर्व्हर गुप्तशब्दाचा वापर करतो <b>ओके</b> नंतर दाबले तर,\n" +"विश्वासू संबंध स्थापित होतात. डोमेन काढून टाकण्यासाठी,\n" +"यादीतील त्या निवडा व <b>काढून टाका</b>.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 +msgid "" +"<p>For more details about how trusted domains work,\n" +"see the Samba HOWTO collection.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>विश्वास डोमेन्स कसे काम करतात त्या बदलची अधिक माहितीसाठी,\n" +"सांबा सर्व्हर HOWTO कलेक्शन पहा.</p>\n" + +#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Edit a Share</big></b><br>\n" +"Here, fine-tune the options of a share.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>वाटा सुधारा</big></b><br>\n" +"येथे वाट्याचे विकल्प व्यवस्थित करा.</p>\n" + +#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" +"an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>वापरा <b>मिळवा</b> नवीन कॉनफिग्युरेशन विकल्प मिळवण्यासाठी, <b>एडीट</b> सध्याचे\n" +"असलेले विकल्प मिळवण्यासाठी व <b>काढून टाकणे</b> विकल्प काढून टाकण्यासाठी वापरा.</p>\n" + +#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>तज्ञ ग्लोबल मांडणी संरचना</big></b><br>\n" +"येथे सेवासंगणकाचे ग्लोबल विकल्प व्यवस्थित करा.</p>\n" + +#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" +"already existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>वापरा <b>मिळवा</b> नवीन कॉनफिग्युरेशन विकल्प मिळवण्यासाठी, <b>एडीट</b> सध्याचे\n" +"असलेले विकल्प मिळवण्यासाठी व <b>काढून टाकणे</b> विकल्प काढून टाकण्यासाठी वापरा.</p>\n" + +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big></b><br>\n" +"Here, set up details about use of LDAP by the Samba\n" +"server.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><मोठे>LDAP संाबा सर्व्हर विकल्प</b><br>\n" +"येथे, सांबा सर्व्हरकडून LDAP सर्व्हर वापरण्याची जास्तीची माहिती सेटअप\n" +"करा.</p>\n" + +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Search Base DN</b> (distinguished name) is\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</b> is used when\n" +"creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" +"a password for write access, set the password using\n" +"<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>शोध बेस डीएन</b> (वेगळे नाव) आहे\n" +"ज्या बेसवर माहिती शोधायला सुरवात करायची तो.<b>व्यवस्थापन डीएन</b>वापरला जातो जेव्हा\n" +"जेव्हा नवे प्रयोक्ता आणि गट निर्माणकरायचे असतात. व्यवस्थापनडीएनला जर\n" +"राइट एक्सेससाठी पासवर्ड आवश्यक असेल, तर<b>वापरून पासवर्ड सेट कराएलडीएपी व्यवस्थापन पासवर्ड</b>.</p>\n" + +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 +msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b>नोट:</b>LDAP ऍ़डमिनीस्ट्रेशन गुप्तशब्द सेट होण्यासाठी सेटींग्ज साठवलेले जातात.</p>\n" + +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>User Authentication Information Backends</big></b><br>\n" +"Choose where the Samba server should look for the authentication\n" +"information. Samba does not support multiple backends at once anymore,\n" +"only one is allowed.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><मोठे>युजर ऑथेन्टीकेशन माहिती बॅक-एन्डस</b><br>\n" +"येथे ऑथेन्टीकेशन माहिती करता संाबा सर्व्हरने पहावे कामे\n" +"निवडा. अगदी वरील नवीन युजर्स जोडण्यासाठी डीफॉल्ट म्हणून\n" +"वापरले जातात. सांबा 3 अनेक विधी बॅक-एन्डच्या प्रकारांन सहाय्य करतोा व अनेकविध\n" +"बॅकएन्ड करता तसाच प्रकार वापरता येता येईल.</p>\n" + +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 +msgid "" +"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" +"by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 +msgid "" +"<p><b>smbpasswd file</b> is the file using the same format as\n" +"the previous versions of Samba. Its layout is similar to the\n" +"passwd file. It is possible to have a multiple files in this \n" +"format.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>smbpasswd फाईल</b> हया फाईल मध्ये आधीच्या सांबा आवृत्यांना\n" +"प्रमाणेच सामान पद्धती असते. पार्सवर्ड फाईल सारखीच त्याची पद्धती\n" +"असते. समान फॉरमॅटमध्ये अनेकविध फाईल्स असणे शक्य \n" +"आहे.</p>\n" + +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 +msgid "" +"<p><b>LDAP</b> is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\n" +"the information.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>LDAP</b> LDAP सेवासंगणक युआरएल आहे\n" +"माहितीकरिता चौकशी.</p>\n" + +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 +msgid "" +"<p><b>TDB database</b> uses an internal Samba database binary format\n" +"to store and look up the information.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>TDB डेटाबेस</b> अंतर्गत सांबा माहिती संग्रह व्दीबीज पद्धती\n" +"माहिती साठवण्यासाठी व माहिती पाहण्यासाठी वापरतो.</p>\n" + +#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore +#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ +#. _("<p><b>MySQL database</b> uses an external MySQL database to +#. to store and look up the information.</p> +#. ") + +#. not in UI anymore +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 6/7 +#. _("<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify +#. an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option. +#. Use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to change the order +#. of the back-ends.</p> +#. "), +#. no such button there +#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 7/7 */ +#. _("<p>The <b>LDAP</b> button gives access to +#. details of an LDAP configuration and also allows +#. checking a connection to an LDAP server for the currently +#. selected LDAP back-end.</p> +#. "), +#. add new share dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Add a New Share</big></b><br>\n" +"Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><मोठे>नवीन शेअर मिळवा</b><br>\n" +"येथे, मिळवण्याच्या शेअरबाबतची प्राथमिक माहिती घाला.</p>\n" + +#. add new share dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Share Name</b> is used for accessing\n" +"the share from clients. <b>Share Description</b> describes the\n" +"purpose of the share.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>शेअरचे नाव</b> क्लायंट शेअरशी\n" +"संपर्कासाठी वापरले जाते. <b>शेअरचे वर्णन</b> शेअरचे\n" +"कारणाचे वर्णन करते.</p>" + +#. add new share dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258 +msgid "" +"<p>There are two types of shares. A <b>Printer</b> share\n" +"is presented as a printer to clients. A <b>Directory</b> share \n" +"is presented as a network disk. <b>Share Path</b> must be\n" +"entered for a directory share.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>दोन प्रकारचे शेअर्स असतात. <b>प्रीन्टर</b> शेअर्स\n" +"क्लांयटकरता प्रीन्टर म्हणून असतो. <b>सूूची</b> शेअर्स \n" +"नेटवर्क डीस्क म्हणून सादर केला जातो‍. <b>शेअर्स मार्ग</b> हा सूची\n" +"शेअरकरता घातला गेला पाहिजे.</p>\n" + +#. add new share dialog help 4/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 +msgid "" +"<p>If <b>Read-Only</b> is checked, users\n" +"of a service may not create or modify files in the service's\n" +"directory.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>इफ <b>वाचा फक्त</b> जर तपासली,\n" +"सुविधेचे युजर्स सुविधा सुचीतील फाईल्स निर्माण वा त्यात सुधार करु\n" +"शकत नाही.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Inherit ACLS</b> can be used to ensure\n" +"that if default ACLs exist on parent directories, they are always\n" +"honored when creating a subdirectory.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>ACLS इनहेरिट करा</b> हे जर डिफॉल्ट\n" +"ACLs पेरेन्ट सूचीवर अस्तिवात असेल वापरता येतो. उपसूची तयार\n" +"करताना त्यांना नेहमी प्राधान्य दिले जाते.</p>\n" + +#. add new share dialog help +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 +msgid "<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 +msgid "<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help for LDAP Settings dialog +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>LDAP Settings</big></b><br>\n" +"Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" +"</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"</p><p>\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" +"</p>\n" +"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" +"</p><p>\n" +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>.<p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 +msgid "<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, <b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 +msgid "<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n" +"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 +msgid "" +"If you change the NetBIOS Hostname, Samba creates a\n" +"service identifier (SID) for your server with the first client\n" +"connection. Because the new SID is not equal to the old one, clients can\n" +"no longer authenticate as domain members.\n" +msgstr "" +"NetBIOS होस्ट नाव मध्ये बदल केला तर सांबा सर्व्हर\n" +"सुविधा शोधक प्रथम क्लायंट जोडणीसहीत तुमच्या सर्व्हरकरता\n" +"निर्माण करतो. कारण नवीन SID पूर्वीच्या SID सारखा नाही, डामेन सभासद\n" +"म्हणून क्लायंट आता ऑथेन्टीकेट करू शकत नाहीत.\n" + +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 +msgid "" +"Consider that /tmp and /var/tmp are publicly accessible\n" +"directories and a scheduled clean job might remove files after a\n" +"configured period. See MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP and TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR in\n" +"/etc/sysconfig/cron.\n" +msgstr "" +"/tmp आणि /var/tmp हया सार्वजनिकरित्या संपर्क\n" +"साधता येणा-या सुची आहेत असे विचारात घ्या व ठराविक स्वच्छ काम कॉनफिग्युअर्ड काळानंतर\n" +"फाईल्स काढेल. पहा MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP आणि TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR in\n" +"/etc/sysconfig/cron.\n" + +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336 +msgid "" +"Exporting /var might lead to security problems. The\n" +"directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"/वार निर्माण करताना सुरक्षेबाबत प्रश्न निर्माण होऊ शकतात.\n" +"तुमच्या यंत्रणेच्या अनेक लपलेल्या गोष्टी सूचीत आहेत.\n" + +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 +msgid "" +"Exporting /etc might lead to security problems. The\n" +"directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"/etc निर्माण करताना सुरक्षेबाबत प्रश्न निर्माण होऊ शकतात.\n" +"तुमच्या यंत्रणेच्या अनेक लपलेल्या गोष्टी सूचीत आहेत.\n" + +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 +msgid "" +"Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\n" +"entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n" +msgstr "" +"/ निर्मीतीमुळे सुरक्षेबाबत प्रश्न निर्माण होऊ शकतील कारण सांबा\n" +"क्लायंटकरता तुमची सर्व यंत्रणा ब्राउजवेळ नेते.\n" + +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" +"expert global settings.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>ऍ़डवान्स सेटींग्ज</b> यश्‍ास्वी प्रोसेस \n" +"LDAP सेटींग्ज युजर ऑथेटीकेशन स्त्रोत, तज्ञ जागतिेक सेटींग्ज, सोर्सला विस्तृत कॉनफिग्युरेशन\n" +"सेटींग्जची संपर्क साधण्यात मदत होते.</p>\n" + +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67 +msgid "TLS" +msgstr "TLS" + +#. translators: combo box value (updata password? Yes/No/Only = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:82 +msgid "Only" +msgstr "फक्त" + +#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166 +msgid "Enter the server URL." +msgstr "सेवासंगमक युआरएल घाला." + +#. translators: inform text +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289 +msgid "Passwords do not match." +msgstr "परवलीचा शब्द जूळत नाही" + +#. translators: inform text +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300 +msgid "Passwords match." +msgstr "परवलीशब्द जुळला." + +#. Propose default values +#. translators: popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369 +msgid "" +"All current LDAP-related values will be rewritten.\n" +"Continue?\n" +msgstr "" +"सर्व सध्याच्या LDAP-संबधीत किंमती लिहिल्या जातील.\n" +"पुढे चालू ठेवायचे का?\n" + +#. translators: popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364 +msgid "Connection successful." +msgstr "संपर्क यशस्वी." + +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432 +msgid "&Search Base DN" +msgstr "मूळ DN शोधा" + +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन" + +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438 +msgid "&Administration DN" +msgstr "DN व्यवस्थापन" + +#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword +#. translators: password enrty label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447 +msgid "Administration &Password" +msgstr "व्यवस्थापन परवलीशब्द" + +#. translators: reenter password entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453 +msgid "Administration Password (A&gain)" +msgstr "व्यवस्थापन परवलीशब्द (पुन्हा)" + +#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464 +msgid "Passdb Back-End" +msgstr "पासडीबी बॅक-एंड" + +#. translators: check box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471 +msgid "Use LDAP Password &Back-End" +msgstr "LDAP परवलीशब्द आणि बॅक-एन्ड वापरा" + +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475 +msgid "LDAP Server &URL" +msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणक युआरएल" + +#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483 +msgid "Idmap Back-End" +msgstr "आयडीमॅप बॅक-एन्ड" + +#. translators: check box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490 +msgid "Use LDAP &Idmap Back-End" +msgstr "LDAP आणि आयडीबमॅप बॅक-एन्ड वापरा" + +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494 +msgid "LDAP Server U&RL" +msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणक युआरएल" + +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517 +msgid "&Test Connection" +msgstr "जोडणीची चाचणी" + +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:520 +msgid "Advanced &Settings..." +msgstr "आगाऊ मांडणी..." + +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:522 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:820 +msgid "Expert LDAP Settings" +msgstr "तज्ञ LDAP मांडणी" + +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:523 +msgid "Default Values" +msgstr "मूळ किंमत" + +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:587 +msgid "Suffixes" +msgstr "उपनामे" + +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:590 +msgid "&User Suffix" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचा सफिक्स" + +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:592 +msgid "&Group Suffix" +msgstr "गट सफिक्स" + +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:594 +msgid "&Machine Suffix" +msgstr "यंत्र सफिक्स" + +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596 +msgid "&Idmap Suffix" +msgstr "आयडीमॅप सफिक्स" + +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641 +msgid "Time-Outs" +msgstr "वेळ संपली" + +#. translators: integer field label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647 +msgid "&Replication Sleep" +msgstr "रेप्लीकेशन स्लीप" + +#. translators: integer field label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654 +msgid "&Time-Out" +msgstr "वेळ संपली" + +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:693 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "सुरक्षा" + +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:699 +msgid "&Use SSL or TLS" +msgstr "SSL किंवा TLS वापरा" + +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:747 +msgid "Other Settings" +msgstr "इतर स्थापिते" + +#. No such option, bug 169194 +#. translators: text entry label +#. `Left(`TextEntry(`id("ldap filter"), _("Search &Filter"))), +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757 +msgid "&Delete DN" +msgstr "DN काढून टाका" + +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767 +msgid "&Synchronize Passwords" +msgstr "परवलीशब्द नियंत्रीत करा" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167 +msgid "Samba Server Configuration" +msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक संरचना" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:169 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..." + +#. translators: in error message, followed by server error +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:261 +msgid "Additional Information:" +msgstr "अधिक माहिती:" + +#. translators: unknown error message +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265 +msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps yast2-ldap is not available." +msgstr "अज्ञात चूक. कदाचित yast2-ldap उपलब्ध नाही." + +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 +msgid "Unknown Class:" +msgstr "अज्ञात वर्ग:" + +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 +msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." +msgstr "फक्त हेतू आणि (dc) संस्था युनिट (ou) वर्ग ह्याची मदत आहे." + +#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 +#, perl-format +msgid "" +"It seems that there is no functional\n" +"LDAP server at %s.\n" +msgstr "" +"असे दिसत आहे कि तेथे %s वर कोणताही कार्यशील\n" +"एलडीएपी सर्व्हर नाही.\n" + +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50 +msgid "File and Printer Sharing" +msgstr "फाईल आणि छपाईंयंत्राचे वाटप" + +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:52 +msgid "Backup Domain Controller" +msgstr "बॅकअप डोमेन नियंत्रक" + +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:54 +msgid "Primary Domain Controller" +msgstr "प्राथमिक डोमेन नियंत्रक" + +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:56 +msgid "Domain Member Server" +msgstr "डोमेन सदस्य सेवासंगणक" + +#. Samba-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 +msgid "Initializing Samba Server Configuration" +msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगमक संरचना सुरू करत आहे" + +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 +msgid "Read global Samba settings" +msgstr "जागतिक सांबा मांडणी वाचा" + +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 +msgid "Read Samba secrets" +msgstr "सांबा गुप्त माहिती वाचा" + +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 +msgid "Read Samba service settings" +msgstr "सांबा सुविधा मांडणी वाचा" + +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 +msgid "Read Samba accounts" +msgstr "सांबा अकाऊंट्स वाचा" + +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 +msgid "Read the back-end settings" +msgstr "बॅक-एन्ड वाचत आहे" + +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 +msgid "Read the firewall settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचा" + +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 +msgid "Read Samba service role settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 +msgid "Reading global Samba settings..." +msgstr "जागतिक सांबा मांडणी वाचत आहे..." + +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 +msgid "Reading Samba secrets..." +msgstr "सांबा गुप्त माहिती वाचत आहे..." + +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 +msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." +msgstr "सांबा सुविधा मांडणी वाचत आहे" + +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 +msgid "Reading Samba accounts..." +msgstr "सांबा अकाऊंट वाचत आहे..." + +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 +msgid "Reading the back-end settings..." +msgstr "बॅक-एन्ड मांडणी वाचत आहे" + +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 +msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 +msgid "Reading Samba service role settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "समाप्त झाले" + +#. Samba-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255 +msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" +msgstr "सांबा सेवा संगणक संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 +msgid "Write global settings" +msgstr "ग्लोबल मांडणी लिहा" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "सांबा सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "सांबा सुविधा कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266 +msgid "Write back-end settings" +msgstr "बॅक-एन्ड मांडणी लिहीत आहे" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 +msgid "Write Samba accounts" +msgstr "सांबा अकाऊंट लिहीत आहे" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 +msgid "Save firewall settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना संग्रहीत करा" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273 +msgid "Writing global settings..." +msgstr "जागतिक मांडणी लिहीत आहे..." + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "सांबा सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करत आहे" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "सांबा सुविधा कार्यान्वित करत आहे" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279 +msgid "Writing back-end settings..." +msgstr "बॅक-एन्ड मांडणी लिहीत आहे..." + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 +msgid "Writing Samba accounts..." +msgstr "सांबा अकाऊंट लिहीत आहे..." + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 +msgid "Saving firewall settings..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309 +msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." +msgstr "/etc/samba/smb.conf ला मांडणी लिहू शकत नाही." + +#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406 +msgid "Global Configuration:" +msgstr "जागतिक संरचना:" + +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408 +#, perl-format +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %s" +msgstr "वर्कगट किंवा डोमेन: %s" + +#. summary item: selected role for the samba server +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412 +#, perl-format +msgid "Role: %s" +msgstr "काम: %s" + +#. summary item: status of the samba service +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415 +msgid "Samba server is disabled" +msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक बंद केला" + +#. summary heading: configured shares +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419 +msgid "Share Configuration:" +msgstr "संरचना वाटप:" + +#. summary item: no configured shares +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425 +msgid "None" +msgstr "कोणी नाही" + +#~ msgid "Firewall Settings" +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉल मांडणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "SUSE Support" +#~ msgid "Snapper Support" +#~ msgstr "SUSE पाठबळ" + +#~ msgid "SSL" +#~ msgstr "SSL" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" +#~ "an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.\n" +#~ "Use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to change the order\n" +#~ "of the back-ends.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>वापरा <b>मिळवा</b> नवीन कॉनफिग्युरेशन विकल्प मिळवण्यासाठी, <b>एडीट</b> मॉडीफाय\n" +#~ "सध्याच्या विकल्पात सुधारणा करण्यासाठी, व <b>काढून टाका</b> विकल्प काढण्यासाठी.\n" +#~ "वापरा <b>वर</b> आणि <b>खाली</b> बॅक-एन्ड क्रमवारी\n" +#~ "बदलण्यासाठी वापरा.</p>\n" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/samba-users.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/samba-users.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/samba-users.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. helptext +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 +msgid "<p>Here, edit the setting of the user's samba account.</p>" +msgstr "<p>येथे, वापरकर्त्यांच्या सांबा अकाऊंटची मांडणी संपादीत करा.</p>" + +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 +msgid "<p>If do not enter custom values for " +msgstr "<p>जर कस्टम किंमती घालायच्या नाही तर" + +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 +msgid "<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon Script</b> " +msgstr "<b>मूळ चालक</b>, <b>मूळ मार्ग</b>, <b>प्रोफाईल मार्ग</b>, आणि <b>प्रवेश लघुलिपी</b> " + +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 +msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used.</p>" +msgstr "तुमच्या स्थानिक सांबा कॉनफिग्युरेशन मध्ये ठरवलेल्या डिफॉल्ट किंमती वापरल्या जातील.</p>" + +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 +msgid "Home Drive" +msgstr "मूळ चालक" + +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173 +msgid "Use Default Values" +msgstr "मूळ किंमत वापरा" + +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117 +msgid "Home Path" +msgstr "होम मार्ग" + +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138 +msgid "Profile Path" +msgstr "प्रोफाईल मार्ग" + +#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162 +msgid "Logon Script" +msgstr "प्रवेश लघुलिपी" + +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185 +msgid "Samba Account Disabled" +msgstr "सांबा अकाऊंट अकार्यान्वित" + +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187 +msgid "No Password Expiration" +msgstr "परवलीशब्दाचे अस्तित्व संपले नाही" + +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112 +msgid "Edit Samba Attributes" +msgstr "सांबा गुणविशेष संपादीत करा" + +#. help text +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +#| "The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> Attribute,\n" +#| "which is the Name of the Group as it should appear for Samba-Clients. All other\n" +#| "settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name</b> empty,\n" +#| "the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will be used.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name</b>\n" +"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" +"be used.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>हा प्लगइनThis सांबासाठी LDAP गट सक्षम करण्यासाठी वापरता येतो. \n" +"येथे आपण फक्त <b>Samba Group Name</b> ऍट्रिब्यूट हे सेटिंग संपादित करु शकता,\n" +"जे सांबा-क्लायंट्ससाठी जसे दिसावे तसे या गटाचे नाव असते. इतर सर्व\n" +"सेटिंग्ज आपोआप केली जातात. <b>Samba Group Name</b>आपण रिकामे ठेवले तर\n" +"या गटाच्या सार्वत्रिक सेटिंग्जमध्ये कॉंफिगर केलेले नावच वापरले जाईल. </p>" + +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 +msgid "Samba Group Name" +msgstr "सांबा गटाचे नाव" + +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85 +msgid "Samba Attributes" +msgstr "सांबा गुणविशेशष" + +#. summary +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95 +msgid "Manage samba account parameters" +msgstr "सांबा अकाऊंटचे पॅरामिटर्स सांभाळा" + +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Could not update objectClass attribute." +msgstr "हेतूवर्ग गुणविशेष सुधारता येत नाहीत." + +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 +msgid "Could not initialize Samba SID. Disabling plug-in." +msgstr "सांबा एसआयडी सुरू झाली नाही. प्लगईन बंद करत आहे." + +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 +msgid "Change the password to create the Samba account" +msgstr "सांबा अकाऊंट निर्माण करण्याकरिता परवलीशब्द बदला" + +#. summary +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 +msgid "Manage Samba attribute of LDAP groups" +msgstr "एलडीएपी ग्रुपचे सांबा गुणविशेष सांभाळा" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/scanner.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/scanner.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/scanner.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,1909 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Text for the command_line_description: +#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text) +#. Whole configuration of scanner but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/scanner.rb:51 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:114 +msgid "Scanner Configuration" +msgstr "समांतरण संरचना" + +#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:116 +msgid "Driver" +msgstr "चालक" + +#. Header for a column of the overview table +#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Scanner" +msgstr "स्कॅनर" + +#. Label of a button to restart autodetection of scanners: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:125 +msgid "&Restart Detection" +msgstr "तपास पुन्हा चालू करा" + +#. Label of a button to test a scanner: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:130 +msgid "&Test" +msgstr "परिक्षा" + +#. Label of a button to run hp-setup. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136 +msgid "Run &hp-setup" +msgstr "" + +#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog. +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" +#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" +#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services): +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:145 +msgid "Scanning via &Network..." +msgstr "महाजालद्वारे समांतण करत आहे..." + +#. edit +#. delete +#. Test if the active backend is the 'net' meta-backend: +#. test +#. select a scanner +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:209 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:334 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:532 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:753 +msgid "Nothing Selected" +msgstr "काहीच निवडले गेले नाही" + +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no model was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:336 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:458 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:755 +msgid "Select an entry." +msgstr "नोंद निवडा" + +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:300 +msgid "Edit Not Possible" +msgstr "संपादन शक्य नाही" + +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button: +#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: +#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 +msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." +msgstr "जुळणाऱ्या संमातराशिवाय चालक काढून टाकणे हे फक्त शक्य आहे." + +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:305 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:513 +msgid "It is only possible to add a scanner." +msgstr "समांतरण मिळवणे हेच फक्त शक्य आहे." + +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:355 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:369 +msgid "Delete Not Possible" +msgstr "काढून टाकणे शक्य नाही" + +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button: +#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: +#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:360 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "It is only possible to edit a detected scanner." +msgstr "काढून टाकलेला समांतरण सुधारणे फक्त शक्य आहे." + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426 +msgid "Deactivate %1?" +msgstr "अकार्यान्वित %1?" + +#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name. +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 +msgid "Failed to deactivate %1." +msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करण्यास अपयश %1." + +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:477 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:508 +msgid "Test Not Possible" +msgstr "चाचणी शक्य नाही" + +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::TestBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:542 +msgid "Failed to test %1." +msgstr "चाचणी घेण्यात अपयश %1." + +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::RunHpsetup +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to run hp-setup." +msgstr "Failed to parse: %s." + +#. Select model dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "Scanner Model and Driver Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field to enter a search string: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:662 +msgid "S&earch String" +msgstr "स्ट्रीग शोध" + +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:675 +msgid "&Search" +msgstr "शोधा" + +#. Label of a PushButton to show all entries of a list: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:680 +msgid "Show Complete &List" +msgstr "" + +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:688 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:724 +msgid "Scanner &Models" +msgstr "" + +#. Header of a SelectionBox with the complete list of models: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:740 +msgid "All Scanner &Models" +msgstr "" + +#. Compare how the ModelItems function builds the matching status_strings by using the same logic: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:773 +msgid "Unsupported Model" +msgstr "पाठबळ नसलेला नमुना" + +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775 +msgid "" +"This model is not supported.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer for a Linux driver." +msgstr "" +"ह्या नमुन्याला पाठबळ नाही.\n" +"उत्पादकाकडे लिनक्स चालकासाठी मागणी करा." + +#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:784 +msgid "Model Not Supported by the Driver %1" +msgstr "नमुन्याला सुत्रसंचालकाचे %1 पाठबळ नाही" + +#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected +#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789 +msgid "" +"Check if another driver supports it,\n" +"select a compatible model,\n" +"or ask the manufacturer for a Linux driver." +msgstr "" +"जर दुसरा ड्रायव्हर त्याला सहाय्य करत असेल तर,\n" +"तपासा कंप्टीटेबल मॉडेल निवडा,\n" +"वा निर्मात्याकडे लिनॅक्स ड्रायव्हरची मागणी करा." + +#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832 +msgid "Unsupported Driver" +msgstr "पाठबळ नसलेला सूत्रचालक" + +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the epkowa driver was selected +#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). +#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The epkowa driver (package iscan) is only available for i386-compatible architectures." +msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "epkowa ड्रायव्हर (पॅकेज आयस्कॅन) हे फक्त i386-कप्लीटेबल आर्कीटेक्सर्ससाठी उपलब्ध आहे." + +#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Possibly Problematic Driver" +msgstr "देषपूर्ण असण्याची शक्यता असलेला सूत्रचालक" + +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64. +#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit architectures.\n" +#| "See our support database for details." +msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture." +msgstr "epkowa ड्रायव्हरमुळे 64-बीट आर्कीटेक्सरमध्ये अडचणी येऊ शकता.आमचा सहाय्यक माहितीसंग्रह अधिक माहितीसाठी पहा." + +#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Outdated Driver" +msgstr "" + +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected. +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870 +msgid "" +"The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\n" +"Try to use the up-to-date driver hpaio." +msgstr "" + +#. Configure backend dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:892 +msgid "Scanner and Driver Setup" +msgstr "स्कॅनर व सूत्रचालकाची मांडणी" + +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::ActivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:940 +msgid "Failed to activate %1." +msgstr "कार्यान्वित करण्यास असफल %1." + +#. Caption of the ConfigureNetworkScanningDialog: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1005 +msgid "Set Up Scanning via Network" +msgstr "महाजालाद्वारे स्कॅन करण्यासाठी मांडणी" + +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008 +msgid "Permitted &Clients for saned" +msgstr "सेनसाठी मान्यताप्राप्त ग्राहक" + +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012 +msgid "&Servers Used for the net Metadriver" +msgstr "जाळ्याच्या उपसूत्रचालकासाठी वापरलेले सेवासंगणक" + +#. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023 +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाची मांडणी" + +#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032 +msgid "Client Settings" +msgstr "ग्राहक संगणकाची मांडणी" + +#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041 +msgid "Predefined Configurations" +msgstr "पूर्वनियोजीत संरचना" + +#. Label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. +#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" +#. because this term is used also in the help text +#. and in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1050 +msgid "&Local Host Configuration" +msgstr "स्थानिक सादरकर्ता संरचना" + +#. Label of a PushButton to disable scanning via network. +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" +#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" +#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1061 +msgid "&Disable Scanning via Network" +msgstr "महाजालाद्वारे स्कॅन करणे अनुपलब्ध करा" + +#. Read dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>स्कॅनर संरचना सुरू करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...\n" +"</p>" + +#. Write dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Saving Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>स्कॅनर संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...\n" +"</p>" + +#. Overview dialog help 1/8: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><मोठे>स्कॅनरचे कॉनफिग्युरेशन</b><br>\n" +"स्कॅनरचे कॉनफिग्युरेशन बदला व सेट करा व आधीच जागृत स्कॅनर्स दाख्‍ावा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. Overview dialog help 2/8: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" +"detected scanners and press <b>Edit</b>.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual configuration.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"नवीन स्कॅनर सेट करण्यासाठी, शोधलेल्या स्कॅनर्स या यादीतून\n" +"स्कॅनर निवडा व ही कळ दाबा<b>एडीट</b>.\n" +"जर तुमचा स्कॅनर शोधला गेला नाही तर <b>मिळवा</b> वापरुन स्वत:चे कॉनफिग्युरेशन करा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. Overview dialog help 3/8: +#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "OfficeJet", it is a model name. +#. Do not change or translate "PSC", it is a model (Printer Scanner Copier) name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"A normal USB scanner should be detected automatically.\n" +"By default, only those USB scanners are shown\n" +"for which the USB vendor and product IDs are known.\n" +"If a USB scanner is not shown or if there are unexpected results,\n" +"try <b>Other</b> and <b>Restart Detection</b>.\n" +"It might happen that particular USB devices which are not scanners\n" +"are shown too. There is no generic way to reliably distinguish a scanner\n" +"from other USB devices because there is no USB device class for scanners.\n" +"Try to proceed with <b>Add</b>.\n" +"For HP all-in-one devices you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt>\n" +"via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b> before you can \n" +"configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" +"If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" +"check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"सामान्य युएसबी स्कॅनर स्वयंचलितपणे शोधून काढावा.\n" +"तो जर शोधता आला नाही किंवा अनपेक्षीत परिणाम मिळाले तर,\n" +"प्रयत्न करा<b>अदर<b>शोध परत सुरू करा</b>.\n" +"तो पुढे जाण्यासाठी <b> एड<b>बरोबर सुद्धा काम करील.\n" +"विशेषतः ऑफिसजेटस् आणि पीसीएसएस सारखे , एचपी ऑल-इन-वन डिव्हाइसेस.\n" +"शोधता येत नाहीत, पण या मार्गाने आकृतीबंधितकरता येतात.\n" +"येथे तुम्हाला तुमचा स्कॅनर आकृतीबंधित करताना काही अडचणी असल्यास,\n" +"तो <tt>/usr/sbin/lsusb</tt> .च्या आऊटपुटमध्ये दिसतो का तपासा.\n" +"तो तिथए सुचिहद्ध नसेल तर, युएसबी सिस्टीम स्कॅनरशी संवाद साधू शकत नाही.\n" +"</p>" + +#. Overview dialog help 4/8: +#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"SCSI scanners are normally detected.\n" +"If difficulties arise proceeding with <b>Add</b>,\n" +"check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" +"If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"SCSI स्कर्नस सामन्यत: शोधले जातात.\n" +"ते करण्यात जर अडचणी आल्या तर <b>मिळवा</b>,\n" +"वापर व तुमचा स्कॅनर हया सूचनेने दाखवला जातो काते पहा<tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" +"जर नसेल तर, SCSI यंत्रणा स्कॅनरशी संपर्क करू शकत नाही.\n" +"SCSI होस्ट ऍ़डपॅचर करता योग्य कर्नेल मॉडयूल लोड केले आहे काय ते तपासून पहा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. Overview dialog help 5/8: +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Parallel port scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" +"except for HP all-in-one devices.\n" +"Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" +"To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" +"which is connected to the parallel port,\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" +"before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"हया साधनाच्या मदतीने नेटवर्क स्कॅनर्स कॉनफिग्युअर करता येत नाही.\n" +"ही उपकरणे स्वत:हूनच कॉनफिग्युअर्ड करायला हवीत.\n" +"नेटवर्क स्कॅनरमध्ये नेटवर्क इंटरफेस असतो\n" +"त्यामुळे नेटवर्कशी सरळ संपर्कात असते.\n" +"त्याविरुद्ध, नेटवर्कव्दारे छाननी म्हणजे दुर्गम स्कॅनरचे\n" +"दुस-या होस्टशी नेटवर्कमध्ये जोडला असतो.\n" +"</p>" + +#. Overview dialog help 6/8: +#. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network) +#. with a "network scanner" (i.e. a program which scans the network for other hosts or services) +#. or with a "remote scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is connected to another host in the network). +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Network scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" +"except for HP all-in-one devices.\n" +"Network scanners must be configured manually.\n" +"A network scanner is a scanner that has a network interface\n" +"so it is directly accessible in the network.\n" +"In contrast, scanning via network means accessing a remote scanner\n" +"connected to another host in the network.\n" +"To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" +"which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"हया साधनाच्या मदतीने नेटवर्क स्कॅनर्स कॉनफिग्युअर करता येत नाही.\n" +"ही उपकरणे स्वत:हूनच कॉनफिग्युअर्ड करायला हवीत.\n" +"नेटवर्क स्कॅनरमध्ये नेटवर्क इंटरफेस असतो\n" +"त्यामुळे नेटवर्कशी सरळ संपर्कात असते.\n" +"त्याविरुद्ध, नेटवर्कव्दारे छाननी म्हणजे दुर्गम स्कॅनरचे\n" +"दुस-या होस्टशी नेटवर्कमध्ये जोडला असतो.\n" +"</p>" + +#. Overview dialog help 7/8: +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#. It is not possible to modify or remove an active scanner directly. +#. It is only possible to modify or remove a driver and this way +#. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"The table lists the configured drivers with their associated scanners.\n" +"Press <b>Add</b> to select model and driver and enable it.\n" +"Press <b>Edit</b> to select and enable a driver.\n" +"Press <b>Delete</b> to disable the driver.\n" +"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" +"set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"चौकट यादीत कॉनफिग्युअर्ड ड्रायव्हर्स त्यांच्या संबधीत स्कॅनबरोबर असतात.\n" +"दाबा <b>एडीट</b> ड्रायव्हमध्ये सुधारणे करने बाबत.\n" +"दाबा <b>डीलीट</b> ड्रायव्ह काढण्यासाठी.\n" +"तुम्ही दाबा <b>इतर</b>, शोध सुरु करणे\n" +"जागृत स्कॅनर्स तपासण्यासाठी वा नेटवर्क व्दारे स्कॅनींग सेटअपकरण्यासाठी वापरा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. Overview dialog help 8/8: +#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is +#. when a driver was set up but then no scanner was recognized by this driver. +#. If the driver is the right one for the scanner, then in very most cases +#. the reason is a low-level (kernel related) device communication problem +#. (i.e. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem). +#. Those problems cannot be fixed from within the YaST scanner setup module +#. but at least the user must be informed. +#. Be careful when you change or translate "No scanner recognized by this driver" +#. because exactly this text is shown here to the user in this case. +#. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs +#. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" +"The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" +"the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" +"(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" +"the same model series may require different drivers),\n" +"there are low-level (kernel related) device communication problems\n" +"(e.g. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem).\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5: +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Scanner Model Selection</big></b><br>\n" +"All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" +"The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" +"<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><मोठे>स्कॅनर मॉडेल निवड</b><br>\n" +"सर्व माहित असलेली स्कॅनर मॉडेल्स दोन्ही सहाय्य असलेली व नसलेली, येथे देण्यात आली.\n" +"मॉडेल निवडण्याची सर्व माहिती वाचा व दाबा <b>पुढील</b>.\n" +"ही माहिती SANE प्रॉजेक्टवर आधारित आहे. जा\n" +"<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" +"</p>" + +#. SelectModel dialog help 2/5: +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete.<br>\n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" +"Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"जर मॉडेलचे ड्रायव्हर्स उपलब्ध नसतील तर निर्माता ते ड्राइव्हर्स देऊ शकतो.\n" +"त्याकरता, तुम्ही निर्मात्याला सांगायला हवे की त्याने सहाय्य न असलेल्या स्कॅनरचे ड्रायव्हर दयायला हवेत.\n" +"</p>" + +#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: +#. Add the following sentence to translations: +#. Such comments are only available in English. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"When additional comments are available, they are shown in square brackets.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"जेव्हा जास्तीच्या सुचना उपलब्ध असतात, ते चौकोनी कंसात दाखवले आहे.\n" +"</p>" + +#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: +#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200": +#. These are intentionally selected actually working examples. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Use the <b>Search String</b> to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" +"To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"उचीत एंट्री पटकन शोधण्यासाठी <b>सर्च स्टिंग </b>चा वापर करा.\n" +"टेबलमध्ये कोठेहि लेखी मजकूर शोधण्यासाठी , तो फिल्डमध्ये एंटर करा.\n" +"अधिक क्लिष्ट शोध केस-इनसेंसिटीव रेद्युलर एक्स्रेशनच्या सुद्धा शक्य आहे जर स्कॅनरचा शोध लागला आणि या सुचीत उत्पादकाचे नाव उपलब्ध आहे,\n" +"सर्च स्ट्रिंग उत्पादकाच्या <tt>^एप्सन .*</tt> अशा नावासह प्रिसेट केले आहे.\n" +"सर्च रिझल्ट अधिक सूक्ष्म करण्यासाठी , विशिष्ट प्रारूपाचे वर्णन सर्च स्ट्रिंगला जोडा.\n" +"उदा.प्रारूपाचा भाग असलेला शब्द जसा<tt>^एप्सन . *परफेक्शन</tt>\n" +"मध्येकिंवा प्रारूपाचा भाग असलेला अंक जोडा जसा<tt>^एप्सन . *१२००</tt>\n" +"मध्ये<p/>" + +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big></b><br>\n" +"The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</b>.\n" +"If you press <b>Back</b>, the driver is deactivated.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><मोठे>स्कॅॅनर ड्रायव्ह सेटअप</b><br>\n" +"हा ड्रायव्हर जागृत केला आहे व संबधीत स्कॅनर्स तपासले जात आहेत.\n" +"हयाला काही सेंेकद लागू शकतील तुम्ही थांबलेच पाहिजे जो पर्यत तुम्ही <b>पुढील</b>.\n" +"ही कळ दाबता <b>मागे</b>, ड्रायव्हर निस्तेज होतो.\n" +"</p>" + +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "<b><big>Additional Packages</big></b><br>\n" +#| "If the package that provides the driver is not yet installed,\n" +#| "an appropriate dialog is shown to install the package.\n" +#| "Such packages may not be available for all architectures\n" +#| "(for example, the iscan package is only available for i386 architectures).\n" +#| "</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Additional Packages</big></b><br>\n" +"If the package that provides the driver is not yet installed,\n" +"an appropriate dialog is shown to install the package.\n" +"Such packages may not be available for all architectures.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><मोठे>जास्तीची पॅकेजेस</b><br>\n" +"ड्रायव्हर देणारे पॅकेज अजूनही स्थापले झाले नसेल, तर पॅकेज\n" +"स्थापन करताना योग्य डायलॉग दाखवला जातो.\n" +"अशा प्रकारची पॅकेजेस सर्व प्रकारच्या आर्कीटेक्चर करता उपलब्ध नसतील\n" +"(उदा, अायस्कॅन पॅकेज हे फक्त i386 architectures करता आहे).\n" +"</p>" + +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Firmware Upload</big></b><br>\n" +"Some models require a firmware upload.\n" +"In this case, an appropriate explanatory text is shown.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><मोठे>फर्मवेअर अपलोड</b><br>\n" +"काही मॉडेल्सना फर्मवेअर अपलोडची आवश्यकता.\n" +"हया बाबतीत, योग्या कारणीमांसा देणारे वाक्य आहे.\n" +"</p>" + +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4: +#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPOJ", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-officeJet", it is a package name. +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices". +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>HP All-in-One Devices</big></b><br>\n" +"HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" +"In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" +"Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" +"but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" +"Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" +"must be used for all HP all-in-one devices.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>एचपी-ऑल-इन-वन डिव्हाइसेस</big><b/><br>\n" +"एचपी ञल-इन-वन डिव्हाइसेसला खास सेटअपची आवश्यकता असते.\n" +"या प्रकरणात उचीत सेवाद दाखविला आहे.\n" +"एचपी ऑल-इन-वनला समर्थन देणारी दोन सॉफ्टवेअर्स आहेतः\n" +"जुने एचपीओजे सॉफ्टवेअर (पॅकेज एचपी-ऑफिसजेच),जे एचपी ऑल-इन-वन डिव्हाइसेसचा वापर करण्यासाठी पीटीआयएलसिस्टीम पुरवते,\n" +"आणि नवीन एचपीएलआयपी (पॅकेज एचपीएलआयपी),\n" +"जे एचपी ऑल-इन-वन डिव्हाइसेसचा वापर करण्यासाठी एचपीएलआयपीसर्व्हिस पुरवते,\n" +"दोन्ही सॉफ्टवेअर पॅकेजेस एकाच वेळी स्थापित करता येतात\n" +"पण सर्व्हिसेस एकाच वेळी चालवता येत नाहीत.\n" +"डिव्हाइसचा वापर करण्यासाठी चालू सर्व्हिसची आवश्यकता असते त्यामुळे,\n" +"सर्व एचपी ऑल-इन-वन डिव्हाइसेसचा वापर करण्यासाठी पीटीआयएल किंवा एचपीएलआयपी वापरावे लागते.\n" +"</p>" + +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Scanning via Network</big></b><br>\n" +"Enter the appropriate information and press <b>Next</b>\n" +"to set up scanning via network.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><मोठे>नेटवर्कव्दारे छाननी</b><br>\n" +"योग्य माहिती घाला व कळ दाबा<b>Next</b>\n" +"नेटवर्कव्दारे छाननी करण्यासाठी.\n" +"</p>" + +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "CIDR", it is a (sub)-network notation name. +#. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example. +#. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" +#| "If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +#| "set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +#| "In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" +#| "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" +#| "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" +#| "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" +#| "If saned is activated, xinetd is also activated and set up for saned.\n" +#| "Clients contact saned via the sane-port (TCP port 6566)\n" +#| "but scanning data is transferred via an additional random port.\n" +#| "The default <b>Firewall Settings</b> during system installation\n" +#| "protect your host from external access.\n" +#| "This is not a problem when using scanners in an internal network\n" +#| "(when the network interface belongs to the internal network zone)\n" +#| "unless you have firewall protection enabled for the internal zone.\n" +#| "Allowing access from an external network does not make sense\n" +#| "because scanning documents requires physical scanner access.\n" +#| "Therefore access from the external zone can only be denied\n" +#| "if it was accidentally allowed by insecure firewall settings.\n" +#| "</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" +"Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" +"or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" +"If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" +"If saned is activated, xinetd is also activated and set up for saned.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>क्लाएंट सेटिंग्स</big>,b/><br>\n" +"जर तुमच्याकडे स्थानिकरित्या जोडलेले स्कॅनर असतील आणि तुम्हाला ते इंटरनेटमार्गेवापरायचे असतील,\n" +"नेटवर्क सेनड स्कॅनिंग डेमॉन सेट करा म्हणजे तुमचा होस्ट सर्व्हर होईल.\n" +"<b> परमिटेड क्लाएंट्समध्ये </b>,तुमच्या सर्व्हरवर सेनड वापरण्यासाठी कोणते क्लाएंट्स होस्ट परमिटेड आहेत ते एंटर करा.\n" +"स्वल्पविरामाने वेगळी केलेली होस्ट क्लाएंटची सूची (होस्टची नावे किंवा आयपी एड्रेसेसे)\n" +"किंवा सबनेटस(१९२.१६८.१.२/२४ सारखी सीआयडीआर नोटेशन्स).\n" +"कोणत्याहि क्लाएंट होस्टला परवानगी नसेल तर सेनड सक्रिय होत नाही.जर सेनड सक्रिय झाले तर क्झिनेट्ड सुध्दा सक्रिय होते आणि सेऩडसाठी सेटअप.\n" +"क्लाएंट सेन-पोर्ट(टीसीपी पोर्ट ६५६६) मार्गे सेनडशी संपर्क करतात \n" +"पण स्कॅनिंग डेटा अतिररिक्त रॅंडम पोर्टमार्फत हस्तांतरित केला जातो.\n" +"स्थापनेच्या वेळी केलेले डिफॉल्ट <b>फायरवॉल सेटिंग्स </b>\n" +"तुमच्या होस्टचे बाह्य वापरापासून संरक्षण करते.\n" +"अंतर्गत नेटवर्कमध्ये स्कॅनरचा वापर करताना ही समस्या नसते\n" +"जेव्हा नेटवर्क इंटरफेस अंतर्गत नेटवर्क झोनचा असतो)\n" +"तुम्ही फायरवॉल संरक्षण अंतर्गत झोनसाठी एनॅहल केल्यशिवाय.\n" +"बाह्य नेटवर्कवरून वापराला परवानगी देणे इष्ट नाही\n" +"कारण स्कॅनिंग डॉक्यूमेंटला स्कॅनरचा प्रत्यक्ष वापर करणे आवश्यक असते.\n" +"त्यामुळे बाह्य झोनमधून वापर तेव्हाच नाकारता येईल\n" +"जर असुरक्षित फायरवॉल सेटिंग्समुळे ते अपघाताने शक्य झाले.\n" +"</p>" + +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "sane-port", it is a port name (see /etc/services). +#. Be careful when you change or translate "external", "internal", and "zone" +#. to keep the relationship to the matching terms in the YaST firewall setup module +#. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used. +#. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned"). +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Regarding Firewall</big></b><br>\n" +"A firewall is used to protect running server processes\n" +"on your host against unwanted access via network.\n" +"For using scanners via network the SANE network daemon (the saned)\n" +"is the server process which must run so that remote clients\n" +"can access scanners which are connected to your local host.\n" +"Client hosts contact the saned via the sane-port (TCP port 6566)\n" +"but scanning data is transferred via an additional random port.\n" +"Therefore only port 6566 is not sufficient for scanning via network.<br>\n" +"Do not open the sane-port 6566 or any other port\n" +"regarding using scanners for the external zone in the firewall.\n" +"This is dangerous because it allows access to the saned from foreign hosts\n" +"so that the firewall does no longer provide any protection for the saned.\n" +"Allowing access from the external network (i.e. for the external zone)\n" +"does not make sense because scanning documents requires\n" +"physical scanner access by trusted users.<br>\n" +"On the other hand the default firewall settings allow\n" +"any access from an internal (i.e. trusted) network.\n" +"To make the saned on your server accessible from an internal network,\n" +"assign the network interface which belongs to the internal network\n" +"to the internal zone of the firewall.\n" +"Use the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental setup\n" +"regarding network security and firewall and scanning via network\n" +"will work without any further firewall setup.<br>\n" +"For details see the openSUSE support database\n" +"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5: +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>\n" +#| "If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +#| "set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" +#| "saned and firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" +#| "In <b>Servers Used</b>, enter which servers should be used.\n" +#| "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" +#| "If no servers are entered, net is not activated.\n" +#| "</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" +"The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" +"In <b>Servers Used</b>, enter which servers should be used.\n" +"Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" +"If no servers are entered, net is not activated.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big> </big></b><br>\n" +"जर तुम्हाला नेटवर्कमधील इतर होस्ट्स (सर्व्ह्र्स)ला जोडलेल्या स्कॅनरचा वापर करायचा असेल,\n" +"स्रर्व्हरवर चालू असलेल्या डेमॉनमार्फत त्यांच्या वापरासाठी मेटाड्रायव्हर सेट अप करा.\n" +"सर्व्हरवरील सेनड आणि फायरवॉलने वापर करू दिला पाहिजे.\n" +"<b>सर्व्हर्स युजड </b>मध्ये कोणते स्रव्हर्स वापरावे ते एंटर करा.\n" +"स्वल्पविरामाने वेगळी केलेली सर्व्हरची सूची (सर्व्हरचे नाव किंवा आयपी एड्रेसेस) एंटर करा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5: +#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" +#. because this term is used also in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel +#. and as label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><big>Local Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"By using the loopback network, saned and the net metadriver\n" +"can be used even on your local host.\n" +"In this case, the server and client are the same machine (localhost).\n" +"Some scanners, such as parallel port scanners, require root privileges.\n" +"When you enter <tt>localhost</tt> for both the server and the client,\n" +"you can access such a scanner even as a normal user on your local host.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><मोठे>स्थानिक होस्ट कॉनफिग्युरेशन</b><br>\n" +"लूपबॅक नेटवर्क वापरून व सेन्ड व नेट मेटॅड्राइव्ह तुमच्या स्थानिक\n" +"होस्ट वरती वापरता येऊ शकते.\n" +"हया बाबतीत, क्लायंट व सर्व्हर म्हणून एकच यंत्र वापरतो(स्थानिक होस्ट).\n" +"काही स्कॅनर्स जसे समांतर पोर्ट स्कॅनर्स सारख्याना मूळ फायदे लागतात.\n" +"जेव्हा तुम्ही <tt>स्थानी होस्ट</tt> घालता दोन्ही सर्व्हर व क्लायंटकरता,\n" +"तुम्ही तुमच्या स्थानिक होस्टवर असास्कॅ तर सामान्य स्कॅनवर म्हणून संपली आणू शकते.\n" +"</p>" + +#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: +#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..." + +#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment +#. to display an error message where +#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355 +msgid "" +"The error message is:\n" +"\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377 +msgid "Failed to determine the version of package %1." +msgstr "पॅकेजची आवृत्ती ठरवण्याचे फसले %1." + +#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require +#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson +#. (formerly Avasys, see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=746038). +#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. +#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 +msgid "" +"The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" +"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" +"(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" +"where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" +"can be downloaded (if you accept the Epson/Avasys license agreements).\n" +"The Image Scan driver contains proprietary binary-only software.\n" +"For some models it is only available for 32-bit (i386) architecture\n" +"which does not work when you have a 64-bit system installation.\n" +"Some scanners are also supported by another (free-software) driver.\n" +"When your scanner model requires a DFSG non-free (proprietary) module,\n" +"you have to download and install two packages from Epson/Avasys:\n" +"The 'iscan' package for the base software and an additional\n" +"model dependant 'iscan-plugin' package with the proprietary module.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Is the package available to be installed? +#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "%1 आवश्यक पॅकेजस्थापना झाली नाही व स्थापनेकरिता उपलब्ध नाही." + +#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "%1 आवश्यक पॅकेजस्थापना झाली नाही व स्थापनेकरिता उपलब्ध नाही." + +#. Only a simple message because: +#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, +#. or this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476 +msgid "Failed to install required package %1." +msgstr "%1 आवश्यक पॅकेज स्थापन होऊ शकले नाही." + +#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497 +msgid "" +"Failed to determine the active scanners.\n" +"If the net metadriver is activated while there is a problem\n" +"with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" +"this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" +"gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519 +msgid "Failed to determine the active scanners." +msgstr "कार्यान्वित समांतरन ठरविण्यात अपयश आले." + +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 +msgid "File %1 does not exist." +msgstr "फाईल %1 अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 +msgid "Failed to read %1." +msgstr "वाचता येत नाही %1." + +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577 +msgid "Failed to determine the active drivers." +msgstr "कार्यान्वित चालक ठरविण्यात अपयश." + +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636 +msgid "Failed to detect scanners automatically." +msgstr "आपोआप समांतरण शोधण्यास अपयश." + +#. Global functions: +#. Read all scanner settings: +#. - Check installed packages +#. - Read or create the scanner database +#. - Determine active scanners +#. - Determine active backends +#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766 +msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration" +msgstr "समांतरण संरचना चालू करत आहे" + +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770 +msgid "Check installed packages" +msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजेस तपासा" + +#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 +msgid "Read or create the scanner database" +msgstr "समांतरण डेटाबेस तयार करा किंवा वाचा " + +#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 +msgid "Determine active scanners" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित समांतरण ठरवा" + +#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776 +msgid "Determine active drivers" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित चालक ठरवा" + +#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Detect scanners" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित समांतरण ठरवा" + +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781 +msgid "Checking installed packages..." +msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजस तपासली जात आहेत..." + +#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 +msgid "Reading or creating the scanner database..." +msgstr "समांतरण डेटाबेस तयार करत आहे किंवा वाचत आहे..." + +#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 +msgid "Determining active scanners..." +msgstr "कार्यान्वित समांतरण ठरवले जात आहे..." + +#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 +msgid "Determining active drivers..." +msgstr "कार्यान्वित चालक ठरवले जात आहे..." + +#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Detecting scanners..." +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र शोधत आहे..." + +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "समाप्त झाले" + +#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database): +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859 +msgid "Creating scanner database..." +msgstr "समांतरण डेटाबेस तयार होत आहे..." + +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893 +msgid "Aborting: Failed to create the scanner database." +msgstr "बाहेर येत आहे: समांतरण डेटाबेस निर्माण होऊ शकला नाही." + +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933 +msgid "Aborting: Failed to read %1." +msgstr "बाहेर येत आहे: वाचण्यात अपयशी %1." + +#. Write scanner settings: +#. - Save the actual environment +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023 +msgid "Writing Scanner Configuration" +msgstr "समांतरण संरचना लिहीत आहे" + +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026 +msgid "Save the actual environment" +msgstr "प्रत्यक्ष वातावरण संग्रहीत करा" + +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028 +msgid "Saving the actual environment..." +msgstr "प्रत्यक्ष वातावरण संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" +"It is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could prevent\n" +" hp-setup from working correctly.\n" +"It is recommended to abort the scanner configuration now,\n" +"stop the ptal service, change the printer configuration to use HPLIP,\n" +"and start the scanner configuration again afterwards.\n" +msgstr "" +"कमीतकमी एकतरी प्रीन्टर कॉनफिग्युरेशन ptal सुविधेचा वापर करणे.\n" +"पुढे जाणे शक्य आहे पण ptal सुविधा थांबेल\n" +"आणि जे सर्व प्रीन्ट क्यूजचे ptal सुविधा वापरतात ते काम करू शकणार नाही.\n" +"स्कॅनर तीही सुध्दा hpoj ड्रायव्हरची मदत झाले, तर पुढे जाणार नाही.\n" +"त्याऐवजी, स्कॅनर सेट करण्यासाठी hpoj वापरा.\n" +"त्याऐवजी पुढे जा व hpoj सुविधा वापरण्यासाठी प्रीन्टर कॉनफिग्युरेशनमध्ये बदल करा.\n" + +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099 +msgid "" +"Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened. \n" +"This happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \n" +"has no DISPLAY environment variable set, or if the YaST process is not \n" +"allowed to access the graphical display. In this case, abort the scanner \n" +"configuration, run hp-setup manually, and start the scanner configuration\n" +"again afterwards.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111 +msgid "" +"It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n" +"Should the hplip package be installed?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117 +msgid "" +"Cannot run hp-setup because\n" +"/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" +"or does not exist.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 +msgid "" +"Launched hp-setup.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column +#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296 +msgid "Not Configured:" +msgstr "संरचित नाही:" + +#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: +#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 +msgid "Unknown device" +msgstr "अज्ञात उपकरण" + +#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: +#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 +msgid "Unknown manufacturer" +msgstr "अज्ञात निर्माता" + +#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: +#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 +msgid "Unknown model" +msgstr "अज्ञात मॉडेल" + +#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name +#. %2 will be replaced by the model name +#. %3 will be replaced by the device name +#. where the scanner is connected to: +#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name +#. %2 will be replaced by the model name +#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 +msgid "%1 %2 at %3" +msgstr "%3 चे %1 %2" + +#. A suffix for the second column of a table +#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column +#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402 +msgid "No scanner recognized by this driver" +msgstr "या चालकाने समांतरण ओळखला नाही" + +#. A fallback list entry so that there is no empty list shown to the user +#. when neither a scanner was autodetected +#. nor an active scanner was found +#. nor an active driver was found: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 +msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists." +msgstr "समांतरण ओळखला नाही व कार्यान्वित समांतरण किंवा चालक अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 +msgid "Firmware upload required." +msgstr "फर्मलोड अद्यावत करण्याची गरज आहे." + +#. Scanner model list entry for models which require +#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys. +#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. +#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461 +msgid "Third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys required." +msgstr "" + +#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name +#. which provides the driver for the particular model: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 of %2" +msgid "Package %1" +msgstr "%2 चे %1 पॅकेज" + +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Driver %1 (package %2) provides good functionality." +msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality." +msgstr "चालक %1 (पॅकेज %2) चांगली कार्यक्षमता देते." + +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Driver %1 (package %2) provides good functionality." +msgid "Driver %1 should provide good functionality." +msgstr "चालक %1 (पॅकेज %2) चांगली कार्यक्षमता देते." + +#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561 +msgid "This scanner is not supported." +msgstr "समांतरणला मदत नाही." + +#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1 (package %2)." +msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1." +msgstr "चालकाला हा समांतरण मदत करत नाही %1 (package %2)." + +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Driver %1 (package %2) provides complete functionality." +msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality." +msgstr "चालक %1 (पॅकेज %2) संपूर्ण कार्यक्षमता देते." + +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Driver %1 (package %2) provides complete functionality." +msgid "Driver %1 should provide complete functionality." +msgstr "चालक %1 (पॅकेज %2) संपूर्ण कार्यक्षमता देते." + +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Driver %1 (package %2) may work, but was not tested." +msgid "Driver %1 may work, but was not tested." +msgstr "चालक %1 (पॅकेज %2) कदाचित काम करेल, पण तो तपासला गेला नाही." + +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Driver %1 (package %2) provides basic functionality." +msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality." +msgstr "चालक %1 (पॅकेज %2) मूळची कार्यक्षमता देते." + +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Driver %1 (package %2) provides basic functionality." +msgid "Driver %1 should provide basic functionality." +msgstr "चालक %1 (पॅकेज %2) मूळची कार्यक्षमता देते." + +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Driver %1 (package %2) provides minimal functionality." +msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality." +msgstr "चालक %1 (पॅकेज %2) कमीतकमी कार्यक्षमता देते." + +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Driver %1 (package %2) provides minimal functionality." +msgid "Driver %1 should provide minimal functionality." +msgstr "चालक %1 (पॅकेज %2) कमीतकमी कार्यक्षमता देते." + +#. which are listed but without a known support status: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Driver %1 (package %2) may work, but the functionality is unknown." +msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown." +msgstr "चालक %1 (पॅकेज %2) कदाचित चालेल, पण त्याची कार्यपध्दती माहित नाही." + +#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload +#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. +#. The "somewhere" is important because normally the firmware file is not simply +#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only +#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" +#| "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" +#| "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" +#| "Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's Web site.\n" +#| "Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" +#| "Find additional useful information on the SANE Web site at\n" +#| "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" +#| "The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" +#| "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" +msgid "" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" +"Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" +"\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" +"Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" +"Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" +"http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" +"\n" +"After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" +"The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" +msgstr "" +"फर्मवेअर फाइलमध्ये असे सॉफ्टवेअर आहे जे स्कॅनर्स मेमरीत अपलोड केले पाहिजे.\n" +"फर्मवेअरशिवाय स्कॅनर काम करू शकत नाही.\n" +"\n" +"कारण फर्मवेअरला उत्पादकाने परवाना दिलेला आहे, आपण तेवितरित करू शकत नाही,\n" +"साधारणपणे फर्मवेअरची फाइल उत्पदकाच्या सीडीवर कोठेतरी संग्रहित केलेली असते.\n" +"अन्यथा उत्पादकाच्या वेबसाइटवरून ती डाऊनलोड करता येते.\n" +"तुमच्या विशिष्ट स्कॅनरसाठी फर्मवेअर फाइल कशी मिळवायची ते उत्पादकाला विचारा.\n" +"एसएएनइ वेबसाइचवरhttp://www.sane-project.org येथे अतिरिक्त उपयुक्त माहिती शोधा/.\n" +"\n" +"फर्मवेअर फाइल मिळाल्यानंतर , ड्रायव्हरचा आकृतीबंध तुम्ही हातानेकेला पाहिजे.\n" +"ड्रायव्हरचे मुख्य पान \t\tत्यावर फर्मवेअर लोड करण्यासाठीआकृतीबंध कसा करायचा याचे वर्णन करते.\n" +"खालील कमांड तुमच्या ड्रायव्हरचे मुख्य पान दाखविते:\n" + +#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" +"It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n" +"and all print queues that use the ptal service would no longer work.\n" +"If you proceed, change the printer configuration to use HPLIP.\n" +msgstr "" +"कमीतकमी एकतरी प्रीन्टर कॉनफिग्युरेशन ptal सुविधेचा वापर करणे.\n" +"पुढे जाणे शक्य आहे पण ptal सुविधा थांबेल\n" +"आणि जे सर्व प्रीन्ट क्यूजचे ptal सुविधा वापरतात ते काम करू शकणार नाही.\n" +"स्कॅनर तीही सुध्दा hpoj ड्रायव्हरची मदत झाले, तर पुढे जाणार नाही.\n" +"त्याऐवजी, स्कॅनर सेट करण्यासाठी hpoj वापरा.\n" +"त्याऐवजी पुढे जा व hpoj सुविधा वापरण्यासाठी प्रीन्टर कॉनफिग्युरेशनमध्ये बदल करा.\n" + +#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 +msgid "" +"The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" +"In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" +"\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" +"Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" +"The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" +"Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" +"before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" +"An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" +"set up the PTAL system manually.\n" +"If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" +"so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" +"\n" +"Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" +msgstr "" +"एचपीओजे ड्रायव्हरला पीटीएएल सिस्टीम सेट करण्याची आणि चालविण्याची गरज असते.\n" +"विशेषतः पीटीएएल सर्विसेस अप आणि चालू असल्या पाहिजेत,\n" +"\n" +"पीटीएएलसर्विस चालू करण्यापूर्वी पीटीएएस सिस्टीम सुरू केली पाहिजे.\n" +"त्याशिवाय, बूटिंगच्या वेळी पीटीएएल सर्विस सुरू करण्यासाठी सक्रिय करावी,\n" +"पीटीएएल सिस्टीम आणि एचपीएलआयपी सर्विस एकमेकाना वगळतात.\n" +"म्हणून पीटीआयएल सिस्टीम सुरू करण्यापूर्वी, सक्रिय करण्यपूर्वी आणि चालू करण्यापूर्वी.\n" +"चालू एचपीएलआयपी सर्विस थांबविण्यात येईल आणि निष्क्रीय करण्यात येईल\n" +"पीटीआयएलचे सिस्टीमचे स्वयंचलित चालू होणेकेवळ युएसबीसाठी सुरक्षितआहे.\n" +"तुमच्याकडे जर नॉन-युएसबी डिव्हाइस असेल किंवा युएसबीसाठी स्वयंचलितसुरू होणे असफल ठरले,\n" +"पीटीआयएल सिस्टीम हाताने चालू करा.\n" +"तुमच्याकडे जर ऑल-इन -वन डिव्हाइस(स्कॅनर-प्रिंटर)असेल , नोंद घ्या कि,\n" +"चालू पीटीआयएल सर्व्हिस युएसबी फाइल संपूर्ण ताब्यात ठेवते(उदा./dev/usb/1o0),\n" +"त्यामुळे प्रिंटरला या पुढे युएसबी डिव्हाइस फाइलमार्गे आज्ञा देता येणार नाही.\n" +"\n" +"युएसबीसाठी पीटीआयएल सिस्टीम आता सुरू , सक्पिय आणि चालू करावी कां?\n" + +#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 +msgid "" +"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n" +"It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n" +"and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" +"If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" +"Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" +msgstr "" +"कमीतकमी एकतरी प्रीन्टर कॉनफिग्युरेशन hplip सुविधेचा वापर करणे.\n" +"पुढे जाणे शक्य आहे पण hplip सुविधा थांबेल\n" +"आणि जे सर्व प्रीन्ट क्यूजचे hplip सुविधा वापरतात ते काम करू शकणार नाही.\n" +"स्कॅनर तीही सुध्दा hpaio ड्रायव्हरची मदत झाले, तर पुढे जाणार नाही.\n" +"त्याऐवजी, स्कॅनर सेट करण्यासाठी hpaio वापरा.\n" +"त्याऐवजी पुढे जा व hpaio सुविधा वापरण्यासाठी प्रीन्टर कॉनफिग्युरेशनमध्ये बदल करा.\n" + +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 +msgid "Setting Up Driver %1" +msgstr "चालक स्थिर होत आहे %1" + +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 +msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed" +msgstr "जर अधिक पॅकेजेस स्थापीत करायची असतील तर तपासा" + +#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 +msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required" +msgstr "जर फर्मवेअर अद्ययावत करणे गरजेचे आहे का ते तपासा" + +#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 +msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers" +msgstr "विवक्षीत चालकाकरिता विशेष गरजा स्थिर करा व परिक्षा घ्या" + +#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 +msgid "Activate the driver" +msgstr "चालक कार्यान्वित करा" + +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 +msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..." +msgstr "जर अधिक पॅकेज स्थापन करायचे जरूर असेल तर तपासून पाहत आहे..." + +#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 +msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..." +msgstr "जर फर्मवेअर अद्ययावत करणे गरजेचे आहे का ते तपासा..." + +#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 +msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." +msgstr "विवक्षीत चालकाकरिता विशेष गरजा तपासत किंवा स्थिर करत आहेत..." + +#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 +msgid "Activating the driver..." +msgstr "चालक कार्यान्वित करत आहे..." + +#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 +msgid "Required Package Not Installed" +msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेज स्थापीत झाले नाही" + +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage where +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name +#. %2 will be replaced by the package name +#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog +#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown +#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 +msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2." +msgstr "%1 चालकाकरिता %2 पॅकेज आवश्यक आहे." + +#. The ptal service is associated with the hpoj backend. +#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. +#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. +#. Activate the backend via bash script: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 +msgid "Aborted" +msgstr "अर्धवट सोडून दिले" + +#. Some scanners require a firmware upload to become ready to operate. +#. When building the sane package ':firmware "required"' entries have been +#. added for the respective scanners to the appropriate descriptions files. +#. See the sane.spec file of the sane package. +#. This makes only sense if a database_index was specified +#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database +#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. +#. Otherwise skip this section. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 +msgid "Firmware Upload Required" +msgstr "फर्मवेअर अद्ययावत आवश्यक होते" + +#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend. +#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo +#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service +#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 +msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work." +msgstr "जर पटल सेवा चालत नसेल तर समांतरण काम करू शकणार नाही." + +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system." +msgstr "" +"पटल यंत्रणा स्थिर करण्यात अपयश आले.\n" +"चूकीसाठी निरोप आहे:\n" +"\n" +"%1" + +#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 +msgid "" +"The following scanners use the same driver.\n" +"Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:" +msgstr "" +"खालील स्कॅनर्स तेच ड्रायर्व्हस वापरतात.\n" +"त्यामुळे ते सर्व स्कॅनर्स निद्रीस्त होतील:" + +#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k. +#. but the user should get a notification +#. why the ptal service must be still active. +#. This works only if the CUPS printing system is used. +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 +msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "hpoj ड्रासव्हर अकार्यक्षम केले आहे पण संबधीत सुविधा ptal अर्काक्ष्‍ाम केलेली नाही कारण CUPS प्रीन्टींग यंत्रणेकरता ती आवश्यक आहे." + +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 +msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service." +msgstr "पीटीएल सुविधा थांबविण्यात अपयश आले." + +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 +msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service." +msgstr "पीटीएल सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करण्यात अपयश आले." + +#. If there is no active scanner for the backend +#. then show a message but exit successfully because +#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 +msgid "No Scanner for %1" +msgstr "%1साठी समांतरण नाही" + +#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 +msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." +msgstr "कार्यान्वित समांतरण न जुळविता चाचणी करणे अशक्य आहे." + +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 +msgid "&Scanner to Test" +msgstr "परिक्षेकरिता समांतरण" + +#. Test the device: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 +msgid "Testing %1" +msgstr "%1 ची परिक्षा होत आहे" + +#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." +msgstr "'समांतरण प्रतिमे -d %1 -T' बरोबर परिक्षण होत आहे..." + +#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier +#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results +#. which are usually only available in English. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n" +"The results are:\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"'समांतरणप्रतिमा -d %1 -T' बरोबर अपयश आले.\n" +"चूकीसाठी निरोप आहे:\n" +"\n" +"%2" + +#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: +#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 +msgid "(no results available)" +msgstr "(परिणाम उपलब्ध नाही)" + +#. If the test failed, do the whole autodetection anew. +#. Even if normally nothing should have changed because of a failed test, +#. it might have happened that for example during the test somehow +#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed +#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. +#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 +msgid "Successfully Tested %1" +msgstr "यशस्वीपणे परिक्षण केले %1" + +#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier +#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results +#. which are usually only available in English. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n" +"The results are:\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"'समांतरणप्रतिमा -d %1 -T'%1 -T' ची यशस्वीरित्या झाली ी.ी.े.\n" +"चूकीसाठी निर:\n" +"\n" +"%2\n" +"2%1" + +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 +msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." +msgstr "महाजालद्वारे चाळणीकरिता संरचना ठरविण्यात अपयश आले." + +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 +msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network." +msgstr "महाजालद्वारे समांतराची मांडणी करण्यात अपयश आले." + +#. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling +#. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'" +#. to find out if there are currently dropping or rejecting packet filter rules. +#. One might use a more specific test via +#. "iptables -n -L | grep -v '^LOG' | egrep -q '^DROP|^REJECT'" +#. to match only for DROP and REJECT targets and exclude LOG targets +#. but it does not cause real problems when there is a false positive result here +#. because all what happens it that then a needless firewall info popup would be shown. +#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message +#. regarding scanning via network and firewall. +#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to write firewall settings regarding scanning via network." +msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network." +msgstr "महाजालद्वारे समांतण संदर्भात मांडणी लिहीण्यात अपयश आले." + +#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 +msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "Test and set USB and SCSI scanner access permissions" +#~ msgstr "USB आणि SCSI समांतरण संपर्काची परवानगी स्थिर करा व तपासा" + +#~ msgid "Testing and setting USB and SCSI scanner access permissions..." +#~ msgstr "USB आणि SCSI समांतरण संपर्क परवानग्या तपासल्या व स्थिर केल्या जात आहेत..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The package iscan should be installed\n" +#~ "but it contains proprietary binary-only i386-only software.\n" +#~ "Therefore it is only available for i386-compatible architectures.\n" +#~ "Some scanners are also supported by another driver.\n" +#~ "If you really want to install iscan, you must do it manually.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "पॅकेज स्थापित केले जाते\n" +#~ "पण त्यात प्रोप्रायटरी बायनरी i386-फक्त सॉफ्टवेअर आहे.\n" +#~ "त्यामुळे ते फक्त i386-संबधीत आर्कीटेक्चर करताच उपलब्ध आहे.\n" +#~ "त्यामुळे AMD 64-bit (x86_64) यंत्रणाकरता अडचणी निर्माण करु शकत नाही.\n" +#~ "काही स्कॅन्स ही इतर ड्रायवहर्सनी सपोर्ट केलेले असतात.\n" +#~ "तुम्हाला जर खरोखरच iscan स्थापन करायचे असेल तर ते तुम्हाला स्वत:च स्थापना करायला लागेल.\n" + +#~ msgid "Failed to deny saned access from external zone in firewall." +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉलमधील बाहेरील विभागातून संपर्क नाकारण्यात अपयश आले." + +#~ msgid "No SUSE Firewall, but another kind of firewall is used" +#~ msgstr "SUSE संरक्षक प्रणाली नाही, पम दुसऱ्या प्रकारची संरक्षक प्रणाली वापरली आहे" + +#~ msgid "Firewall is not or should not be running" +#~ msgstr "संरक्षक प्रणाली चालू नाही किंवा चालू नसावी" + +#~ msgid "Firewall is active" +#~ msgstr "संरक्षकप्रणाली कार्यान्वित आहे" + +#~ msgid "No firewall protection for the internal network zone" +#~ msgstr "अंतर्गत क्षेत्रिय महाजालासाठी संरक्षक प्रणालीचे संरक्षण नाही" + +#~ msgid "saned access denied from the external network zone" +#~ msgstr "बाहेरील क्षेत्रीय महाजालामधून वापरास नकार" + +#~ msgid "No Firewall Protection for the &Internal Network Zone" +#~ msgstr "अंतर्गत क्षेत्रीय महाजालासाठी संरक्षक प्रणालीचे संरक्षण उपलब्ध " + +#~ msgid "Deny saned Access from the &External Network Zone" +#~ msgstr "बाहेरील क्षेत्रीय महाजालामधून वापरास नकार द्या" + +#~ msgid "Firewall protection enabled for the internal network zone" +#~ msgstr "अंतर्गत क्षेत्रीय महाजालासाठी संरक्षक प्रणालीचे संरक्षण उपलब्ध " + +#~ msgid "saned access allowed from the external network zone" +#~ msgstr "बाहेरील क्षेत्रीय महाजालामधून वापर उपलब्ध" + +#~ msgid "Current Firewall Status" +#~ msgstr "संरक्षक प्रणालीची सद्यस्थिती" + +#~ msgid "Firewall Settings" +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉल मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "saned access from the external zone cannot be allowed." +#~ msgstr "बाहेरील क्षेत्रीय महाजालामधून वापरास परवानगी देऊ शकत नाही." + +#~ msgid "Only a local host configuration works with firewall protection for the internal zone." +#~ msgstr "अंतर्गत भागाकरता फायरबॉल सुरक्षेसोबत फक्त स्थायी होस्ट कॉनफिग्युरेशनवर काम करु शकतो." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The hpaio driver needs the hplip service to be up and running to show the device status.\n" +#~ "Additionally, the hplip service should be configured to start when booting.\n" +#~ "The hplip service and the PTAL system exclude each other.\n" +#~ "Therefore a running PTAL system would be stopped and deactivated\n" +#~ "before the the hplip service is activated and started.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Should the hplip service be activated and started now?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "hpaio ड्रायव्हर hplip सुविधा सुरु व चालू असायला हवी.\n" +#~ "त्याच बरोबर, hplip सर्व्हीस सुरुवातीशी कॉनफिग्युरेअर करायला हवी जेव्हा बूटींग होते.\n" +#~ "hplip सुविधा व PTAL यंत्रणा एकमेकांना वगळतात.\n" +#~ "म्हणून चालणारी PTAL यंत्रणा थांबवली जाईल व जेव्हा hplip सुविधा\n" +#~ "जागृत करून चालू होते तेव्हा ती डिऍ़क्टीव्हेट होते.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "hplip सुविधा जागृत करुन आता चालू करायची का?\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "If the hplip service is not running, no device status can be shown in hp-toolbox." +#~ msgstr "जर मदत सेवा चालत नसेल, तर समांतरण काम करणार नाही." + +#~ msgid "The driver hpaio is deactivated but the associated service hplip is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +#~ msgstr "hpaio ड्रासव्हर अकार्यक्षम केले आहे पण संबधीत सुविधा hplip अर्काक्ष्‍ाम केलेली नाही कारण CUPS प्रीन्टींग यंत्रणेकरता ती आवश्यक आहे." + +#~ msgid "Failed to stop the hplip service." +#~ msgstr "एचपीलिपी सुविधा थांबविण्यात अपयश आले." + +#~ msgid "Failed to disable the hplip service." +#~ msgstr "एचपीलिपी सुविधा कार्यान्वित होण्यास अपयश आले." + +#~ msgid "Detect USB and SCSI scanners" +#~ msgstr "USB आणि SCSI समांतरण शोधले जात आहे" + +#~ msgid "Detecting USB and SCSI scanners..." +#~ msgstr "USB आणि SCSI समांतरण शोधले जात आहे..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Parallel port scanners cannot be configured with this tool.\n" +#~ "These devices must be configured manually.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "हया साधणाच्या मदतीने समांतर पोर्ट स्कॅनर्स कॉनफिग्युअर्ड करता येत नाही.\n" +#~ "ही उपकरणे स्व‍त:हून कॉनफिग्युअर्ड करता यायला हवीत.\n" +#~ "</p>" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/security.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/security.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/security.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,1373 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" + +#. translators: command line help text for Security module +#: src/clients/security.rb:59 +msgid "Security configuration module" +msgstr "सुरक्षा आकृतीबंध मॉड्युल" + +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:72 +msgid "View summary of current configuration" +msgstr "चालू आकृतीबंधाचा सारांश पहा" + +#. command line help text for 'level' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:79 +msgid "Set the security level" +msgstr "सुरक्षा पर्यायाचे मूल्य सेट करा" + +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:86 +msgid "Set the value of the specific option" +msgstr "निर्दिष्ट पर्यायाचे मूल्य सेट करा" + +#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Networked Workstation security level" +msgid "Workstation security level" +msgstr "नेटवर्क्ड वर्कस्टेशनची सुरक्षा पातळी (नेटवर्क शिवाय)" + +#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:100 +msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'level server' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:106 +msgid "Network Server security level" +msgstr "नेटवर्क सर्व्हरची सुरक्षा पातळी (नेटवर्क शिवाय)" + +#. command line help text for 'set passwd' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:112 +msgid "Password encryption method" +msgstr "पासवर्ड एनक्रिप्श्न पद्धत" + +#. command line help text for 'set crack' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:120 +msgid "Check new passwords" +msgstr "नवीन पासवर्ड तपासा" + +#. command line help text for 'set permissions' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:128 +msgid "Set file permissions to desired type" +msgstr "इच्छित प्रकारच्या फाईल परमीशन्स सेट करा" + +#. command line help text for 'set remember' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:136 +msgid "Set the number of remembered user passwords" +msgstr "लक्षात असलेल्या प्रयोक्त्यांच्या पासवर्डची संख्या सेट करा" + +#. error message +#: src/clients/security.rb:250 +msgid "The number of passwords to remember must be between 0 an 400." +msgstr "लक्षात ठेवण्याचे पासवर्ड 0 से 400 दरम्यान असले पहिजेत." + +#. Main dialog caption +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:58 +msgid "Local Security Configuration" +msgstr "स्थानिक सुरक्षा आकृतीबंध" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:93 +msgid "&Custom Settings" +msgstr "&कस्टम सेटिंग्ज" + +#. Frame caption +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:107 +msgid "Security Settings" +msgstr "सुरक्षा सेटिंग्ज" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/security/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Security configuration +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Michal Svec +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" +msgstr " &मॅजिक SysRq कीज शक्य करा" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use secure file permissions" +msgstr "आधीपासून आलेल्या परवानग्या वापरा" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Remote access to the display manager" +msgstr "दर्शक व्यवस्थापकाकरता दुरस्थ संपर्क" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72 +msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 +msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" +msgstr "NTP डीमन च्रुट व जेल" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81 +msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" +msgstr "दर्शक व्यवस्थापकाकरता दुरस्थ संपर्क" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Remote access to the X server" +msgstr "दर्शक व्यवस्थापकाकरता दुरस्थ संपर्क" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" +msgstr "दर्शक व्यवस्थापकाकरता दुरस्थ संपर्क" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restart services on update" +msgstr "सेवा अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Stop services on removal" +msgstr "सेवा अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" +msgstr "VPN सुविधा कार्यान्वित" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +msgid "IPv4 forwarding" +msgstr "इनऐबल IP फारवर्डीग" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 +#, fuzzy +msgid "IPv6 forwarding" +msgstr "इनऐबल IP फारवर्डीग" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable the service" +msgid "Enable basic system services" +msgstr "सुविधा कार्यान्वित करा" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disable the service" +msgid "Disable extra services" +msgstr "सुविधा अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. handle the special cases at first +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure" +msgstr "&संरचित करा..." + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Enabled" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "अक्षम केले " + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Security Setting" +msgstr "सुरक्षा सेटिंग्ज" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Security Status" +msgstr "सुरक्षा सेटिंग्ज" + +#. add one line for each security setting +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "मदत" + +#. this is a separator between service names +#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361 +msgid " or " +msgstr "" + +#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" +msgstr "" +"ह्या आवश्यक सुविधा हरवल्या आहेत:\n" +"%1." + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" +msgstr "" +"ह्या आवश्यक सुविधा हरवल्या आहेत:\n" +"%1." + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 +msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "वर्णन" + +#. Overview dialog caption +#. params: input tree, parent, label, id +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Security Overview" +msgstr "विशेष कीज ओव्हरव्ह्यू" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "हे बदलू?" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427 +msgid "&Description" +msgstr " वर्णन " + +#. update the current value +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Analyzing your system..." +msgid "Analyzing system" +msgstr "तुमची यंत्रणा तपासली जात आहे..." + +#. Boot dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +msgid "Boot Settings" +msgstr "बूट सेटिंग्ज" + +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587 +msgid "Boot Permissions" +msgstr "बूट परमीश्न्स" + +#. Misc dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" +msgstr "किरकोळ सेटिंग्ज" + +#. Password dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +msgid "Password Settings" +msgstr "पासवर्ड सेटिंग्ज" + +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753 +msgid "Checks" +msgstr "चेक्स" + +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768 +msgid "Password Age" +msgstr "पासवर्ड एज" + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846 +msgid "" +"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" +"than the maximum." +msgstr "" +"दिवसांची किमान संख्या कमालपेक्षा जास्त असू शकत नाही \n" +" असू शकत नाही." + +#. Popup text, %1 is number +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863 +msgid "" +"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" +"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." +msgstr "" +"पासवर्डची किमान लांबी कमालपेक्षा मोठी असे शकत नाही.\n" +"निवडलेल्या एनक्रिप्शन पद्धतीसाठीची पासवर्डची कमाल लांबी %1 आहे." + +#. Login dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +msgid "Login Settings" +msgstr "लॉगइन सेटिंग्ज" + +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "प्रवेश" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n" +"<br>Please wait...<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><मोठा>सुरक्षा आकृतीबंध सुरू करता आहे</b>\n" +"<br>कृपया बाट पहा...<br></p>" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><मोठा>चा प्रारंभ निष्फळ करत आहे. </b><br>\n" +"आता <b>अबॉर्ट</b>दाबून आकृतीबंध युटिलिटी सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n" +"<br>Please wait...<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>< मोठा>सुरक्षा आकृतीबंध जतन करत आहे</b>\n" +"<br>कृपया वाट पहा...<br></p>" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>थांबवत आहे संग्रहीत करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>थांबवत आहे</b>कळ दाबून संग्रहीत पध्दतीतून बाहेर या.</p>" + +#. Boot dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><मोठा>बूट सिक्युरिटी </b></p>\n" +"<p>या डायलॉगमधे, सुरक्षासंबंधीची विविध बूट सेटिंग्ज बदला.</p>" + +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n" +"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>इंटरप्रिटेशन ऑफ Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n" +"कन्सोलवरील एखाद्याला प्रतिसाद देतांना \n" +" CTRL + ALT + DEL की कम्बिनेशन दाबून प्रणालीने काय करावे याचा आकृतीबंध\n" +"बनवा. साधारणपणे प्रणाली रीबूट होते. कधीकधी \n" +"याकडे दुर्लक्षच केलेले बरे, उदा. जेव्हा प्रणाली वर्कस्टेशन \n" +"व सर्व्हर या दोन्हींचे कार्य करते.</p>" + +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n" +"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>शटडाउन विहव्हिअर ऑफ KDM</b>:\n" +" KDM वरून मशीन कोण बंद करू शकतो ते सेट करा.</p>" + +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Main dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n" +"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" +" settings can be modified as needed.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<P><मोठा><B>कॉन्फिगरिंग लोकल सिक्युरिटी </B></P>\n" +"<p>पूर्वव्याख्यित डिफॉल्ट्स वापरून, स्थानिक सुरक्षा सेटिंग्ज बदला, ज्यात \n" +" बूटिंग, लॉगइन, पासवर्ड, यूजर क्रिएशन व फाईल परमिश्न्सचा समावेश आहे. डिफॉल्ट \n" +" सेटिंग्जमधे गरजेनुसार दुरुस्ती करता येऊ शकते.\n" +"</p>" + +#. Main dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n" +"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>होम वर्कस्टेशन </b>: इंटरनेटसह कोणत्याही प्रकारच्या नेटवर्कला \n" +"जोडलेल्या संगणकासाठी.</p>" + +#. Main dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" +"that connects to different networks.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Main dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n" +"any type of service.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>नेटवर्क सर्व्हर </b>: कोणत्याही प्रकारची सेवा पुरवणार्या \n" +" संगणकासाठी.</p>" + +#. Main dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>" +msgstr "<p>आपल्या प्रतिमा आकृतीबंध ची<b>Version</b> घाला</p>" + +#. Login dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n" +"<p>These login settings\n" +"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><मोठा><b>लॉगइन सिक्युरिटी </b></p>\n" +"<p>ही लॉगइन सेटिंग्ज \n" +"मुख्यत्वे /etc/login.defs फाईलमधे जतन केलेली आहेत.</p>" + +#. Login dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n" +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>डीले आफ्टर इनकरेक्ट लॉगइन अटेम्प्ट:</b>\n" +"पासवर्डचा तर्क रोखण्यासाठी चुकीच्या लॉगइन प्रयत्नानंतर काही वेळ \n" +"थांबणे चांगले. पासवर्ड चुकीचा टाईप केला गेल्यास प्रयोक्त्यांना पुन्हा प्रयत्नासाठी\n" +"जास्त वेळ थांबावे लागणार नाही एवढा वेळ ठेवा. योग्य वेळ तीन सेकंदांची आहे (<tt>3</tt>).</p>" + +#. Login dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n" +"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>रेकॉर्ड सक्सेसफुल लॉगइन अटेम्प्ट्स:</b> यशस्वी लॉगइन प्रयत्नांचे लॉगिंन \n" +"उपयुक्त आहे. प्रणालीच्या अनधिकृत अक्सेसबाबत आपणास सावध करण्यात ते मदत\n" +"करते (उदाहरणार्थ, नेहमीपेक्षा वेगळ्या ठिकाणांहून प्रयोक्त्याचे लॉगिंन).\n" +"</p>" + +#. Login dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" +"to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>अलाऊ रिमोट ग्राफिकल लॉगइन:</b> याच्या चेकिंगमुळे नेटवर्कवर \n" +"या मशीनसाठी ग्राफिकल लॉगइन स्क्रीनला अक्सेस मिळतो\n" +"डिस्प्ले मॅनेजर वापरून आपल्या मशीनसाठी रिमोट अक्सेस हा सुरक्षाविषयक धोका ठरू शकतो. </p>" + +#. Password dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126 +msgid "" +"<p>These password settings\n" +"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>ही पासवर्ड सेटिंग्ज \n" +"मुख्यत्वे /etc/login.defs फाईलमधे जतन केलेली असतात.</p>" + +#. Password dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" +"By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>चेक न्यू पासवर्ड्स </b>: डिक्शनरीत न आढळणारा व नांव नसेल \n" +" किंवा साधा नेहमीचा शब्द नसेल असा पासवर्ड निवडणे चांगले. \n" +"बॉक्स चेक करुन, या नियमांच्या संबंधात पासवर्ड चेकिंग लागू करा.</p>" + +#. Password dialog help +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n" +"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" +"password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" +"This option can only be modified when <b>Check New Passwords</b> is set.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>मिनिमम अक्सेप्टेबल पासवर्ड लेन्थ:</b>\n" +"स्वीकारार्ह पासवर्डमधील वर्णांची किमान संख्या. कमी वर्णांनी\n" +"पासवर्ड देण्याचे प्रयत्न नाकारले जातात. शून्य ही संख्या \n" +"हा चेक गुप्त ठेवते. </p>" + +#. Password dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" +"Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>पासवर्डस टु रिमेंबर </b>:\n" +"जतन करण्यासाठी व प्रयोक्त्याला तो पुन्हा वापरण्यास प्रतिबंध होण्यासाठी प्रयोक्त्याच्या पासवर्डसची संख्या प्रविष्ट करा. \n" +"पासवर्ड जतन केलेले नसल्यास 0 प्रविष्ट करा. </p>" + +#. Password dialog help 5a/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150 +msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>पासवर्ड एनक्रिप्शन मेथड:</b></p>" + +#. Password dialog help 5b/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>des</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" +#| "but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" +#| "compatibility with other systems, use this method.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" +"compatibility with other systems, use this method.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>des</b>, लायनक्स डिफॉल्ट पद्धत, सर्व नेटवर्क वातावरणात चालते,\n" +"परंतु यात आपल्या पासवर्डमधील वर्णांची संख्या आठ पर्यंतच मर्यादित असावी लागते.आपणास इतर \n" +"प्रणालींबरोबर सुसंगती हवी असल्यास, ही पद्धत वापरा. </p>" + +#. Password dialog help 5c/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 +msgid "" +"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" +"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>MD5</b> लांब पासवर्ड चालतात व सर्व सध्याच्या लायनक्स वितरणांचे \n" +"याला समर्थन आहे, परंतु इतर प्रणाली किंवा जुन्या सॉफ्टवेअरचे नाही. </p>" + +#. Password dialog help 5d/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 +msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Password dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n" +"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>पासवर्ड एज:</b> पासवर्ड किती किमान व कमाल \n" +"दिवस वापरायचा ते सेट करा.</p>" + +#. Password dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" +"time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>डेज बिफोर पासवर्ड एक्सपायर्स वॉर्निंग </b>: ही प्रविष्टी प्रयोक्त्यांना त्यांच्या\n" +"पासवर्डची मुदत संपण्यापूर्वी किती दिवस आधी सावध करायचे ते सेट करते. जेवढा वेळ \n" +"जास्त तेवढी कोणीतरी पासवर्ड ओळखण्याची शक्यता कमी. </p>" + +#. Adduser dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n" +"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><मोठा><b>यूजर सिक्युरिचटी</b></P>\n" +"<p>या डायलॉगमधे, प्रयोक्ते निर्माण करण्यासाठी वापरलेली विविध सेटिंग्ज बदला.</p>" + +#. Adduser dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 +msgid "" +"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n" +"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>यूजर ID लिमिटेशन्स:</b>\n" +"शक्य तेवढे किमान व कमाल यूजर ID सेट करा.</p>" + +#. Adduser dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n" +"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>ग्रुप आयडी लिमिटेशन्स</b>:\n" +"शक्य तेवढे किमान व कमाल ग्रुप आयडी सेट करा.</p>" + +#. Misc dialog help 1/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n" +"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><मोठा><b>अदर सिक्युरिटी सेटिंग्ज </b></P>\n" +"<p>या डायलॉगमधे, स्थानिक सुरक्षेसंबंधीची किरकोळ सेटिंग्ज बदला. </p>" + +#. Misc dialog help 2/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 +msgid "" +"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" +"or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" +"or by intruders.</p><p>\n" +"With <b>Easy</b>, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" +"in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" +"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" +"daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" +"The most secure setting is <b>Paranoid</B>. With it, you must\n" +"decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>फाईल परमीश्न्स </b>: विशिष्ट प्रणाली फाईल्सच्या \n" +"अनुमतीसाठीची सेटिंग्ज /etc/permissions.secure\n" +"किंवा /etc/permissions.easy मधील आकडेवारीनुसार सेट केलेली आहेत. कोणती फाईल वापरली आहे ते या निवडीवर अवलंबून असते.\n" +" SuSEconfig सुरू केल्याने ही अनुमती /etc/permissions.*.नुसार सेट होते.\n" +"ही फाईल्स चुकीच्या परमीशन्सने निश्चित करते, मग ते अनवधानाने झालेले\n" +"असो वा आणीवपूर्वक.</p><p>\n" +" <b>Easy</b> ने, अनेक प्रणाली फाईल्स ज्या फक्त सेक्युअरमधील रूटद्ववारे\n" +"वाचता येतात, त्यात दुरुस्ती केली जाते. त्यामुळे इतर प्रयोक्तेही या \n" +" फाईल्स वाचू शकतात. <b>सेक्युअर</b>, वापरल्याने, विशिष्ट प्रणाली फाईल्स जेस /var/log/संदेश, फक्त\n" +"प्रयोक्त्याच्या रूटद्वारेच पहाता येतात. काही प्रोग्रॅम फक्त रूटद्ववारे किंवा \n" +"daemons द्ववारे सुरू करता येतात, सर्वसामान्य प्रयोक्त्याद्वारे नाही.\n" +"सर्वात सुरक्षित सेटिंग आहे <b>पेरानॉईड</B>. त्यांच्या सहाय्याने\n" +"आपण कोणते प्रयोक्ते X अनुप्रयोग व setuid प्रोग्रॅम चालवू शकतात ते ठरवेल पाहिजे.</p>\n" + +#. Misc dialog help 6/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 +msgid "" +"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" +"that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</b>\n" +" (few files) or <b>root</b> (all files).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>यूजर लाँचिंग अपडेटेडb</b>: अपडेटेडb प्रोग्रॅम दिवसातून\n" +"एकदा चालतो. तो आपली संपूर्ण फाईल प्रणाली स्कॅन करतो व डाटावेस (locatedb)\n" +"निर्माण करतो, ज्यात प्रत्येक फाईलचे ठिकाण साठवलेले असते. \n" +"\"locate\"प्रोग्रॅमने डाटाबेस शोधता येऊ शकतो. या ठिकाणी प्रयोक्ता सेट करा जो ही कमांड चालवतो:<b>nobody</b>\n" +" (काही फाईल्स) किंवा <b>रूट</b> (सर्व फाईल्स).</p>" + +#. Misc dialog help 10/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n" +"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" +"searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>करंट डिरेक्टरी इन रूट्स पाथ </b> DOS प्रणालीवर, प्रथम,\n" +"प्रणाली चालू डिरेक्टरीतील अंमलबजावणी करायच्या फाईल्स (प्रोग्रॅम्स) शोधते \n" +"व नंतर चालू पाथ व्हरिएबल. त्याच्या उलट, UNIX-सारखी प्रणाली \n" +"ते फक्त सर्च पाथद्वारे (व्हेरिएबल पाथ)शोधते.</p>" + +#. Misc dialog help 11/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" +"then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" +"for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>करंट डिरेस्टरी इन द पाथ ऑफ रेग्युलर यूजर्स </b><br> DOS प्रणालीवर, प्रथम,\n" +"प्रणाली चालू डिरेक्टरीतील अंमलबजावणी करायच्या फाईल्स (प्रोग्रॅम्स) शोधते \n" +"व नंतर चालू पाथ व्हरिएबल. त्याच्या उलट, UNIX-सारखी प्रणाली \n" +"ते फक्त सर्च पाथद्वारे (व्हेरिएबल पाथ)शोधते.<p>" + +#. Misc dialog help 12/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230 +msgid "" +"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" +"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" +"the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" +"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" +"is rather easy if you set this option.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>काही प्रणाली सर्च पाथमधे बिंदू (\".\") धालून \n" +"वर्क-अराऊंड स्थापित करतात, त्यामळे चालू पाथमधील फाईली शोधल्या जाऊन वापरात येतात. हे खूप धोकादायक आहे, कारण \n" +" अनवधानाने आपण नेहमीच्या सिस्टीम निहाय फाईल्स \n" +" एवजी चालू डिरेक्टरीत प्रोग्रॅम सुरू कराल. त्यामुळे \n" +"<i>Trojan Horses</i> कामाला लावणे, जे या दुर्बलतेचा फायदा,उठवून आपल्या प्रणालीवर आक्रमण करणे सोपे होते, जर \n" +"आपण हा पर्याय सेच केलात. </p>" + +#. Misc dialog help 13/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239 +msgid "" +"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" +"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\"हा\": रूटच्या सर्च पाथच्या टोकला (\".\") बिंदू जोडलेला असतो \n" +"त्यामुळे ते सर्वात शेवटी शोओधले जाते.</p>" + +#. Misc dialog help 14/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243 +msgid "" +"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" +"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\"नो\": यूजर रूटने नेहमी आधी \n" +"जोडलेल्या चालू डिरेक्टरीमधील प्रोग्रॅम सुरू केले पाहिजेत \"./\". उदाहरणार्थ: \"./कन्फीगर\".</p>" + +#. Misc dialog help 14/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" +"debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>एनेबल मॅजिक SysRq कीज</b><br> आपण हा पर्याय \n" +"तपासून पहिल्यास, आपले प्रणालीवर थोडेसे नियंत्रण राहील, जरी ती क्रॅश झाली, (उदाहरणार्थ, केर्नेल डीबगिंग \n" +" दरम्यान). अधिक तपाशीलासाठी /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt पहा</p>" + +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 +msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 +msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 +msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#. an error message (rich text) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 +msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +msgid "" +"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" +"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" +"configured.</P><P>The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote graphical\n" +"logins, then disable this option.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 +msgid "" +"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" +"correct log messages.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 +msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 +msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 +msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 +msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 +msgid "" +"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" +"different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" +"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" +"subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 +msgid "" +"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 +msgid "" +"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" +"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" +"installed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" +"considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" +"to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" +"killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" +"reason to do so.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 +msgid "" +"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" +"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" +"removed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" +"considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" +"to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" +"killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" +"reason to do so.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 +msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 +msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 +msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342 +msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>एनेबल मॅजिक SysRq कीज</b><br> आपण हा पर्याय \n" +"तपासून पहिल्यास, आपले प्रणालीवर थोडेसे नियंत्रण राहील, जरी ती क्रॅश झाली, (उदाहरणार्थ, केर्नेल डीबगिंग \n" +" दरम्यान). अधिक तपाशीलासाठी /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt पहा</p>" + +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 +msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 +msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 +msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 +msgid "Workstation" +msgstr "कार्यस्थान" + +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Raid Device" +msgid "Roaming Device" +msgstr "Raid साधन" + +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 +msgid "Network Server" +msgstr "नेटवर्क सर्व्हर" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Workstation" +msgid "&Workstation" +msgstr "कार्यस्थान" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Raid Device" +msgid "&Roaming Device" +msgstr "Raid साधन" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 +msgid "Network &Server" +msgstr "नेटवर्क सर्व्हर" + +#. Adduser dialog caption +#: src/include/security/users.rb:45 src/include/security/wizards.rb:59 +msgid "User Addition" +msgstr "यूजर अडिशन" + +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/users.rb:55 +msgid "User ID Limitations" +msgstr "यूजर आयडीच्या मर्यादा" + +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/users.rb:67 +msgid "Group ID Limitations" +msgstr "ग्रुप आयडीच्या मर्यादा" + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/users.rb:127 +msgid "The minimum user ID cannot be larger than the maximum." +msgstr " किमान यूजर ID कमालपेक्षा मोठा असू शकणार नाही.." + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/users.rb:134 +msgid "" +"The minimum group ID cannot be larger than the\n" +"maximum." +msgstr "" +"किमान ग्रुप ID कमालपेक्षा मोठा असू शकणार \n" +" नाही.." + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100 +msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" +msgstr " Ctrl + Alt + Del चे &वर्णन " + +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105 +msgid "Ignore" +msgstr "दुर्लक्षित करा" + +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107 +msgid "Reboot" +msgstr "रीबूट करा" + +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109 +msgid "Halt" +msgstr "हॉल्ट करा" + +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116 +msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" +msgstr " रिमोट व &ग्राफिकल लॉगइनला अनुमती द्या " + +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable &Magic SysRq Keys" +msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" +msgstr " &मॅजिक SysRq कीज शक्य करा" + +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disabled" +msgid "Disable" +msgstr "अक्षम केले " + +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable AppArmor Functions" +msgid "Enable All Functions" +msgstr "अॅपआर्मर कार्यान्वित" + +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134 +msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" +msgstr "&चुकीच्या लॉगइन प्रयत्नानंतर विलंब:" + +#. IntField label +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +msgid "Maxim&um" +msgstr "जास्तीत जास्त" + +#. IntField label +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +msgid "M&inimum" +msgstr "कमीत कमी" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" +msgstr " KDM ते विहेवियर &बंद करा:" + +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159 +msgid "Only root" +msgstr "फक्त रूट" + +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161 +msgid "All Users" +msgstr "सर्व प्रयोक्ते" + +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163 +msgid "Nobody" +msgstr "निर्मनुष्य" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Designation" +msgid "System Hybernation" +msgstr "सिस्टीमचे पद" + +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot open the virtual machine console." +msgid "User on the active console" +msgstr "आभासी यंत्र पडदा उघडू शकत नाही." + +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 +msgid "Anyone can hibernate" +msgstr "" + +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication Data" +msgid "Authentication always required" +msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकेशन माहिती" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184 +msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" +msgstr "पासवर्ड एनक्रिप्शन पद्धत" + +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198 +msgid "&Check New Passwords" +msgstr "&नवीन पासवर्ड तपासा " + +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211 +msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" +msgstr "लक्षात ठेवण्याच्या पासवर्डची संख्या" + +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224 +msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" +msgstr "&पासवर्डची किमान स्वीकारार्ह लांबी" + +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232 +msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" +msgstr "&पासवर्डची मुदत संपण्यापूर्वीच्या इसार्याचे दिवस " + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240 +msgid "&File Permissions" +msgstr "&फाईल परमीशन्स " + +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243 +msgid "Easy" +msgstr "सुलभ" + +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245 +msgid "Secure" +msgstr "सुरक्षित" + +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 +msgid "Paranoid" +msgstr "संभ्रमावस्था" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254 +msgid "&User Launching updatedb" +msgstr "&यूजर लाँचिंग अपडेटेडb " + +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +msgid "Ma&ximum" +msgstr "जास्तीत जास्त" + +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267 +msgid "&Minimum" +msgstr "&कमीत कमी " + +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" +msgstr "पूर्वनियोजीत संरचना" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 +msgid "Security Configuration" +msgstr "सुरक्षेचा आकृतीबंध" + +#. Label +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:161 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..." + +#. Security read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Security.rb:654 +msgid "Saving Security Configuration" +msgstr "सुरक्षा आकृतीबंध जतन करत आहे " + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +msgid "Write security settings" +msgstr "सुरक्षा सेटिंग्ज लिहा " + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +msgid "Write inittab settings" +msgstr " inittab सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 +msgid "Write PAM settings" +msgstr "PAM मांडणी लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:669 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save system settings" +msgid "Update system settings" +msgstr "यंत्रणेची मांडणी संग्रहीत करा" + +#. Progress step 1/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:673 +msgid "Writing security settings..." +msgstr "सुरक्षा सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:675 +msgid "Writing inittab settings..." +msgstr " inittab सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे" + +#. Progress step 3/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:677 +msgid "Writing PAM settings..." +msgstr "PAM मांडणी लिहीत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 4/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:679 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving system settings..." +msgid "Updating system settings..." +msgstr "प्रणाली मांडणी साठवत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 5/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:681 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "पूर्ण झाले" + +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Security.rb:791 +msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" +msgstr "सध्याची सुरक्षा पातळीः कस्टम सेटिंग्ज" + +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Security.rb:795 +msgid "Current Security Level: %1" +msgstr "सध्याची सुरक्षा पातळीः %1" + +#~ msgid "Home Workstation security level (without network)" +#~ msgstr "होम वर्कस्टेशनची सुरक्षा पातळी (नेटवर्क शिवाय)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 3\n" +#~ " (multiuser with network)" +#~ msgstr "यंत्रणेच्या सुविधा सुरू करत आहोत. कृपया वाट पहा..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enable basic system services in runlevel 5\n" +#~ " (multiuser with network and graphical login)" +#~ msgstr "यंत्रणेच्या सुविधा सुरू करत आहोत. कृपया वाट पहा..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "चालू प्रक्रियेमध्ये %1 सुविधा सुरू करण्यास अपयश आले %2:\n" +#~ "%3" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "चालू प्रक्रियेमध्ये %1 सुविधा सुरू करण्यास अपयश आले %2:\n" +#~ "%3" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Home Workstation</b>: For a home computer not connected to\n" +#~ "any type of a network.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>होम वर्कस्टेशन </b>: इंटरनेटसह कोणत्याही प्रकारच्या नेटवर्कला \n" +#~ "जोडलेल्या संगणकासाठी.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Home Workstation" +#~ msgstr "होम वर्कस्टेशन" + +#~ msgid "Networked Workstation" +#~ msgstr "नेटवर्क्ड वर्कस्टेशन" + +#~ msgid "&Home Workstation" +#~ msgstr "& होम वर्कस्टेशन" + +#~ msgid "N&etworked Workstation" +#~ msgstr " नेटवर्क्ड वर्कस्टेशन " + +#~ msgid "Automatic" +#~ msgstr "स्वंयचलित" + +#~ msgid "&Current Directory in root's Path" +#~ msgstr "&रुटच्या पाथमधील चालू डिरेक्टरी" + +#~ msgid "Curr&ent Directory in Path of Regular Users" +#~ msgstr "नेहमीच्या प्रयोक्तांच्या पाथमधील चालू डिरेक्टरी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Use current directory in root's path" +#~ msgstr "&रुटच्या पाथमधील चालू डिरेक्टरी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Use current directory in path of regular users" +#~ msgstr "नेहमीच्या प्रयोक्तांच्या पाथमधील चालू डिरेक्टरी" + +#~ msgid "R&ecord Successful Login Attempts" +#~ msgstr "यशस्वी लॉगइन प्रयत्नांची नोंद करा" + +#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +#~ msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवा" + +#~ msgid "Running SuSEconfig" +#~ msgstr "SuSE कॉनफिग वापरताना" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Blowfish</b> is similar to MD5, but uses a different algorithm\n" +#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the hash,\n" +#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>ब्लोफिश</b> MD5 प्रमाणेच आहे, परंतु पासवर्डच्या एनक्रिप्शनसाठी वेगळेच अल्गोरिथम्स\n" +#~ "वापरतो. हॅश मोजण्यासाठी CPU ची खूप वीज लागते, ज्यामुळे \n" +#~ " शब्दकोशाच्या सहाय्याने पासवर्ड,मोडणे कठीण होते. </p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Test for Complicated Passwords</b>: \n" +#~ "Passwords should be constructed using a mixture of characters. This makes the\n" +#~ "guessing of passwords very difficult. Check this box to enable additional\n" +#~ "checks.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>टेस्ट फॉर कॉम्प्लिकेटेड पासवर्डस </b>: \n" +#~ "वर्णांच्या मिश्रणाने पासवर्ड बनवावा. त्यामुळेपासवर्डचा तर्क \n" +#~ "करणे अतिशय कठीण होते. आणखी चेक्स शक्य होण्यासाठी\n" +#~ "हा बॉक्स तपासा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Test for complicated password" +#~ msgstr "गुंतागुंतीच्या पासवर्डची चाचणी" + +#~ msgid "&Test for Complicated Passwords" +#~ msgstr "&गुंतागुंतीच्या पासवर्डची चाचणी " + +#~ msgid "Initializing Security Configuration" +#~ msgstr "सुरक्षा आकृतीबंध आरंभ करत आहे " + +#~ msgid "Read security settings" +#~ msgstr "सुरक्षा सेटिंग्ज वाचा " + +#~ msgid "Read inittab settings" +#~ msgstr " inittab सेटिंग्ज वाचा " + +#~ msgid "Read PAM settings" +#~ msgstr " PAM सेटिंग्ज वाचा" + +#~ msgid "Reading security settings..." +#~ msgstr "सुरक्षा सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Reading inittab settings..." +#~ msgstr " inittab सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Reading PAM settings..." +#~ msgstr " PAM सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Miscellanous Settings" +#~ msgstr "किरकोळ सेटिंग्ज" + +#~ msgid "&Details..." +#~ msgstr "&तपशील..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>\n" +#~ " <p><b>Details</b>: View and modify all configuration settings for the\n" +#~ " current configuration.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>कस्टम सेटिंग्ज </b>: आपला स्वतःचा आकृतीबंध बनवा. </p>\n" +#~ " <p><b>डीटेल्स</b>: सध्याच्या आकृतीबंधासाठी सर्व आकृतीबंध सेटिंग्ज पहा व \n" +#~ " दुरूस्त करा.</P>\n" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/services-manager.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/services-manager.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/services-manager.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,363 @@ +# Marathi translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2014 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2014. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "प्रांरभीची यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचत आहे..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default initrd Path" +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "मूळ इड्रीड मार्ग" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default initrd Path" +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "मूळ इड्रीड मार्ग" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the default system settings" +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "प्रांरभीची यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचा" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "प्रांरभीची यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचत आहे..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Shares" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "वाटप उपल्ब्ध" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29 +msgid "" +"Systemd target and services configuration module.\n" +"Use systemctl for commandline services configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "संरचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना लिहीत आहे" + +#. Additional space for UI features +#. Additional space for UI features +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the default system settings" +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "प्रांरभीची यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचा" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "सेवा" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 src/clients/services.rb:143 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Enabled" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 src/clients/services.rb:144 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "क्रियाशील" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "वर्णन" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "सुरू" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "केडम्प सक्षम/अक्षम करा" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "तपशील दाखवा" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Manager" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "सुरक्षा प्रबंधक" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "सांबा सुविधा मांडणी वाचत आहे" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "अक्षम केले " + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Active" +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "क्रियाशील" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:226 src/clients/services.rb:226 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "&Services" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "सेवा" + +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n" +"The current setup does not provide any functionality now.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" +" list of services.</p>\n" +"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" +"and a particular service requires opening them.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 +msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 +msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:258 +msgid "Package %1 is not available" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:268 +msgid "" +"Installation of required packages has failed; \n" +"enabling and starting the services may also fail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 +msgid "Cannot enable service %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Image" +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "डिफॉल्ट प्रतिमा" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:103 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "अजून संरचित केले नाही." + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. +#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not add interface." +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "इंटरफेस घालता आला नाही." + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not add interface." +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "इंटरफेस घालता आला नाही." + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Graphical Menu File" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "चित्रमय मेन्यू फाईल" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Text Mode" +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "मजकूर अवस्था" + +#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "मोड निवडा." + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firewall Interfaces" +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "फायरवॉल संवादमंच" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Image" +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "डिफॉल्ट प्रतिमा" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Switch Mode" +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "बदल मार्ग" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other System" +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "दुसरी यंत्रणा बूट करा" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required DMA Mode" +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "आवश्यक DMA पध्दत" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/slp-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/slp-server.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/slp-server.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,378 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module +#: src/clients/slp-server.rb:35 +msgid "Configuration of an SLP server" +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for SlpServer in proposals +#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:64 +msgid "SLP Server" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for SlpServer in proposals +#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:68 +msgid "&SLP Server" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49 +msgid "When &Booting" +msgstr "बूटींग करण्याच्या वेळेस" + +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53 +msgid "&Manually" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59 +msgid "When Booting" +msgstr "बुटींग करताना" + +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#. button for view log files +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Show Log" +msgstr "लॉग दाखवा" + +#. button for expert settings (all config options) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89 +msgid "Expert Settings" +msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज" + +#. response + scopes widget +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99 +msgid "Response To" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100 +msgid "Broadcast" +msgstr "प्रसारीत करा" + +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101 +msgid "Multicast" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102 +msgid "DA Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107 +msgid "Becomes DA Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112 +msgid "&IP Addresses of DA Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "&Scopes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132 +msgid "SLP Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. description map for tabs in overview dialog +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251 +msgid "Global SLP Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81 +msgid "SLP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288 +msgid "Server Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303 +msgid "Static Configuration Files" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "Really delete this file?" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690 +msgid "Name of New File" +msgstr "" + +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false); +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866 +msgid "Scope and IP address must be inserted." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872 +msgid "Scope must be inserted." +msgstr "" + +#. SlpServer overview dialog caption +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883 +msgid "SLP Server Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892 +msgid "<h1>SLP Server</h1>" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog for expert settings +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929 +msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Expert Dialog" +msgstr "" + +#. edit reg file dialog +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957 +msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Edit .reg File" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रारंभ निष्फळ करत आहेः</big></b><br>\n" +"आता <b>Abort</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध उपयोगिता सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> जतनाचे कार्य निष्फळ करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>Abort</b> दाबून जतनाची प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करा.\n" +"अतिरिक्त डायलॉग आपणास असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही ते सांगतो.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>SLP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed SLP servers. Additionally\n" +"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Adding an SLP Server</big></b><br>\n" +"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an SLP server.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" +"Choose an SLP server to change or remove.\n" +"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" +"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" +"<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध भाग एक</big></b><br>\n" +"चालू ठेवण्यासाठी <b>नेक्स्ट</b>\n" +"<br></p>" + +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" +"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Something निवडणे</big></b><br>\n" +"ते शक्य नाही. आपल्याला आधी त्याला कोड करावे लागेल. :-)\n" +"</p>" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" +"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" +"<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध भाग दोन</big></b><br>\n" +"चालू ठेवण्यासाठी <b>नेक्स्ट</b>\n" +"दाबा.\n" +"<br></p>\n" + +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 +msgid "<p>To show the slpd log file, use <b>Show Log</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is <b>Broadcast</b>.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is <b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n" +"answers.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 +msgid "<p>With <b>Expert Settings</b>, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 +msgid "Help for regedit" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:83 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..." + +#. check for package openslp-server installed +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 +msgid "<p>To configure the SLP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 +msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" +msgstr "<p>आता ते तुम्ही संस्थापित करू इच्छिता का?</p>" + +#. SlpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199 +msgid "Initializing SLP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "डाटा बेस वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217 +msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgstr "आधीची सेटिंग्ज वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219 +msgid "Detect the devices" +msgstr "डिव्हायसेस ओळखा" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225 +msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgstr "आधीची सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227 +msgid "Detecting the devices..." +msgstr "डिव्हायसेस ओळखत आहे..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. read another database +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253 +msgid "Cannot read database2." +msgstr "" + +#. SlpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276 +msgid "Saving SLP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवा" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवत आहे..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 +msgid "Configuration summary..." +msgstr "सारांश संरचना..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" +#~ "the configuration opens.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>संपादित करत आहे किंवा पुसून टाकत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "आपण <b>Edit</b> दाबल्यास, ज्यात आकृतीबंध बदलायचा आहे\n" +#~ "तो अतिरिक्त डायलॉग उघडतो.</p>\n" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/snapper.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/snapper.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/snapper.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,606 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/snapper.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of snapper +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel +#. +#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of slepos-system-manager" +msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" +msgstr "स्लेपोस-सिस्टीम-मॅनेजरचा आकृतीबंध" + +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "वर्णन" + +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&User Map" +msgid "User data" +msgstr "युजर मॅप" + +#. combo box label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&leanup Script" +msgid "Cleanup algorithm" +msgstr "स्वच्छता स्क्रिप्ट" + +#. popup label, %{num} is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" +msgstr "" + +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "(%1)" +msgid "Pre (%{pre})" +msgstr "(%1)" + +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "USB port (%1)" +msgid "Post (%{post})" +msgstr "USB स्थान (%1)" + +#. popup label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create New Partition" +msgid "Create New Snapshot" +msgstr "नविन भाग बनवा" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading list of users..." +msgid "Single snapshot" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांची यादी वाचत आहे..." + +#. radio button label +#. 0 means there's no post +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Pre" +msgstr "च्याआधी" + +#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274 +msgid "Post, paired with:" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" +msgstr "खरोखर कमी करावे '%1'?" + +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" +msgstr "खरोखर कमी करावे '%1'?" + +#. summary dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372 +msgid "Snapshots" +msgstr "" + +#. generate list of snapshot table items +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Singapore" +msgid "Single" +msgstr "Singapore" + +#. pre canot be 0 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426 +msgid "Pre & Post" +msgstr "" + +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading list of users..." +msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांची यादी वाचत आहे..." + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cl&ear Current Configuration" +msgid "Current Configuration" +msgstr "स्वच्छ व सध्याची संरचना" + +#. table header +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "ID" +msgstr "ओळख चिन्ह" + +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "प्रकार" + +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Start Date" +msgstr "दिनांकाच्या सुरवातीला" + +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495 +msgid "End Date" +msgstr "दिनांकाचा शेवट" + +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Us&er Data" +msgid "User Data" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्याविषयी माहिती" + +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No Change" +msgid "Show Changes" +msgstr "काही बदल नाही" + +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Modify" +msgid "Modify" +msgstr "बदला" + +#. popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549 +msgid "" +"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" +"Showing differences is not possible." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selected IDE device" +msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" +msgstr "निवडलेले IDE उपकरण" + +#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Next %1: %2" +msgid "%1: %2" +msgstr "पुढे %1: %2" + +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgid "Calculating changed files..." +msgstr "बदल फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Accepting failed verifications" +msgid "Calculating file modifications..." +msgstr " अयशस्वी पडताळणी स्वीकारत आहे." + +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703 +msgid "New file was created." +msgstr "" + +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +msgid "File was removed." +msgstr "" + +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712 +msgid "File content was not changed." +msgstr "" + +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File %1 does not exists" +msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." +msgstr "फाईल %1 अस्तित्वात नाही" + +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Contents: %1" +msgid "File content was modified." +msgstr "फाईलमधील माहिती: %1" + +#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734 +msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." +msgstr "" + +#. text label, %1, %2 are user names +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749 +msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." +msgstr "" + +#. text label, %1, %2 are group names +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restored Files:" +msgid "R&estore from First" +msgstr "फाईल्सची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे:" + +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restore Options" +msgid "Restore" +msgstr "विकल्प पुन्हा आणा" + +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selected" +msgid "Res&tore from Second" +msgstr "निवडले" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844 +msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856 +msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903 +msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914 +msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925 +msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" +msgstr "" + +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" +msgstr "" + +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962 +msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" +msgstr "" + +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967 +msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +msgid "&Open" +msgstr "उघडा" + +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selected" +msgid "Restore Selected" +msgstr "निवडले" + +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" +msgid "" +"Do you want to delete the file\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"from current system?" +msgstr "तुम्हास खरोखर ही नोंद कमी करायची आहे का?" + +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161 +msgid "" +"Do you want to copy the file\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"from snapshot '%2' to current system?" +msgstr "" + +#. popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "No file was selected for restoring." +msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले." + +#. popup headline +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restoring Files" +msgid "Restoring files" +msgstr "फाईलची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे" + +#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200 +msgid "" +"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"%2\n" +"</p>\n" +"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</p>\n" +"<p>Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.</p>Are you sure?" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> अड-ऑन निर्माण करत आहे </big></b><br>\n" +" कृपया थांबा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Summary dialog help: +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n" +"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n" +"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n" +"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Show snapshot dialog help +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" +"</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" +"</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots +#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to test %1." +msgid "Failed to get config:\n" +msgstr "चाचणी घेण्यात अपयश %1." + +#. Return the path to given snapshot +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to test %1." +msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" +msgstr "चाचणी घेण्यात अपयश %1." + +#. Create new snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to read %1." +msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" +msgstr "वाचता येत नाही %1." + +#. Modify existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to deactivate %1." +msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" +msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करण्यास अपयश %1." + +#. Delete existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to test %1." +msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" +msgstr "चाचणी घेण्यात अपयश %1." + +#. Snapper read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing System Manager" +msgid "Initializing Snapper" +msgstr "प्रणाली व्यवस्थापक सुरु करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the configuration" +msgid "Read list of configurations" +msgstr "संरचना वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading list of users..." +msgid "Read list of snapshots" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांची यादी वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Reading list of configurations" +msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading list of users..." +msgid "Reading list of snapshots" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांची यादी वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Boot loader configuration failed." +msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" +msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना फसली." + +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 +msgid "" +"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" +"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" +"tool can be used to create configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 +msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" +msgstr "" + +#. label for log window +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restoring Files" +msgid "Restoring Files..." +msgstr "फाईलची पुर्नबांधणी होत आहे" + +#. log entry (%1 is file name) +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delete" +msgid "Deleted %1\n" +msgstr "हटवा" + +#. log entry (%1 is file name) +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Skipped\n" +msgid "%1 skipped\n" +msgstr "वगळलेले\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Variable %1 was not found." +#~ msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." +#~ msgstr "चलराशी %1 सापडली नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Configuration Completed" +#~ msgid "Configuration not found." +#~ msgstr "संरचना पूर्ण झाली" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Network configuration is not valid." +#~ msgid "Configuration is not valid." +#~ msgstr "महाजाल संरचना अवैध आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Failed to initialize the catalog." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" +#~ "%1" +#~ msgstr "नामावली कार्यान्वयन करण्यात अयशस्वी." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Variable %1 was not found." +#~ msgid "Snapshot was not found." +#~ msgstr "चलराशी %1 सापडली नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Variable %1 was not found." +#~ msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given." +#~ msgstr "चलराशी %1 सापडली नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Variable %1 was not found." +#~ msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." +#~ msgstr "चलराशी %1 सापडली नाही." + +#~ msgid "Reading the database..." +#~ msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/sound.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/sound.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/sound.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,1640 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. popup error message +#: src/clients/sound.rb:49 +msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." +msgstr "साउंडकार्ड डेटाबेस मिळाला नाही. कृपया तुमची स्थापना तपासा." + +#. translators: command line help text for Sound module +#: src/clients/sound.rb:59 +msgid "Sound card configuration module." +msgstr "ध्वनीकार्ड संरचना मॉड्यूल." + +#. translators: command line help text for summary action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:69 +msgid "Configuration summary of sound cards" +msgstr "ध्वनीकार्ड संरचनेचा सारांश" + +#. translators: command line help text for add action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:79 +msgid "Add sound card. Without parameters, add first one detected." +msgstr "ध्वनीकार्ड वाढवा. घटकमूल्य नसल्यास पहिले सापडेल ते जमा करा." + +#. help text for unknownd parameters +#: src/clients/sound.rb:84 +msgid "Value of the specific module parameter." +msgstr "विशिष्ट मॉड्यूल घटकाचे मूल्य." + +#. translators: command line help text for remove action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:91 +msgid "Remove sound cards" +msgstr "ध्वनीकार्ड कमी करा" + +#. translators: command line help text for test action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:98 +msgid "Play test sound on given sound card" +msgstr "दिलेल्या ध्वनीकार्डावर चाचणी ध्वनू सुरू करा" + +#. translators: command line help text for test action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:105 +msgid "Show the information of given sound card" +msgstr "दिलेल्या ध्वनीकार्डची माहिती दाकवा" + +#. translators: command line help text for set action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:115 +msgid "Set the new values for given card parameters." +msgstr "दिलेल्या कार्डाच्या घटकांसाठी नवीन मूल्य निश्चित करा" + +#. - for unknown parameter names +#. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' +#: src/clients/sound.rb:121 +msgid "Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list of allowed parameters." +msgstr "ठराविक मॉडयूल्स पॅरामिटरची किंमत, 'शो' कंमाड दाखवून परवानगी असलेल्या पॅरामिटरची यादी पहा." + +#. translators: command line help text for volume action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:131 +msgid "Set the volume of specific channels of the given card." +msgstr "दिलेल्या कार्डाच्या विशिष्ट वाहिनीची ध्वनी पातळी निश्चित करा" + +#. - for unknown parameter names +#. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name +#: src/clients/sound.rb:137 +msgid "Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a list of available channels." +msgstr "(0-100) हया ठराविक चॅनलची किंमत 'चॅनल्स' सूचना उपलब्ध चॅनेलची यादी पहा." + +#. translators: command line help text for modules action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:144 +msgid "List all available sound kernel modules." +msgstr "सर्व उपलब्ध केंद्रीय ध्वनी मॉड्यूलची यादी करा." + +#. translators: command line help text for channels action +#: src/clients/sound.rb:151 +msgid "List available volume channels of given card." +msgstr "दिलेल्या कार्डवरील उपलब्ध ध्वनी वाहिनीची यादी करा." + +#. translators: command line help text for the 'card' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:159 +msgid "Number of sound card" +msgstr "ध्वनीकार्डची संख्या" + +#. translators: command line help text for the 'all' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:166 +msgid "All available sound cards" +msgstr "सर्व उपलब्ध ध्वनीकार्ड" + +#. translators: command line help text for the 'module' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:172 +msgid "Kernel module (driver) for the sound card" +msgstr "ध्वनीकार्डासाठी केंद्रीय मॉड्यूल (सूत्र चालक)" + +#. translators: command line help text for the 'play' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:179 +msgid "Play the test sound when the card is configured" +msgstr "जेव्हा कार्डची संरचना होईल तेव्हा चाचणी ध्वनी करा" + +#. translators: command line help text for the 'volume' option +#: src/clients/sound.rb:185 +msgid "Volume value for the sound card (0-100)" +msgstr "ध्वनीकार्डसाठी ध्वनीपातळी मूल्य (0-100)" + +#. result message, %1 is card name +#: src/clients/sound.rb:347 +msgid "Successfully added card '%1'." +msgstr "कार्ड यशस्वीपणे जमा केले '%1'." + +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sound.rb:374 src/clients/sound.rb:484 src/clients/sound.rb:568 +#: src/clients/sound.rb:611 +msgid "You must specify the card number." +msgstr "तुम्ही कार्डक्रमांक दर्शविला पाहिजे." + +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sound.rb:379 src/clients/sound.rb:402 src/clients/sound.rb:425 +#: src/clients/sound.rb:490 src/clients/sound.rb:574 src/clients/sound.rb:617 +msgid "There is no such sound card." +msgstr "तेथे कोणतेही असे ध्वनीकार्ड नाही." + +#. label: list of card parameters will follow; %1 is card name, %2 driver +#: src/clients/sound.rb:437 +msgid "Parameters of card '%1' (using module %2):\n" +msgstr "कार्डची '%1' मूल्ये (मॉड्यूल वापरताना %2):\n" + +#. label (default value of sound module parameter) +#: src/clients/sound.rb:454 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\tDefault Value: %1" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\tप्रारंभीची मूल्ये: %1" + +#. label (current value of sound module parameter) +#: src/clients/sound.rb:464 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\tCurrent Value: %1" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\tचालू मूल्ये: %1" + +#. Do not show any progress during Read() +#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:39 +msgid "Detecting sound cards..." +msgstr "ध्वनी कार्ड शोधत आहे..." + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:72 +msgid "Sound" +msgstr "ध्वनि" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:74 +msgid "&Sound" +msgstr "ध्वनी" + +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:102 +msgid "Save module configuration" +msgstr "मॉड्यूल संरचना संग्रहीत करा" + +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:104 +msgid "Save sound card information" +msgstr "ध्वनीकार्ड माहिती संग्रहीत करा" + +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:106 +msgid "Save sysconfig values" +msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना मूल्य संग्रहीत करा" + +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:108 +msgid "Start sound card" +msgstr "ध्वनीकार्ड सुरू करा" + +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:110 +msgid "Store volume" +msgstr "धवनीपातळी संग्रहीत करा" + +#. progress bar item +#. progres bar label +#. progres bar label +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:115 src/clients/sound_write.rb:139 +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:145 +msgid "Saving sound card settings..." +msgstr "ध्वनीकार्ड मांडणी संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:117 +msgid "Saving card information..." +msgstr "कार्डाची माहिती संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:119 +msgid "Saving sysconfig values..." +msgstr "प्रणाली संरचना मूल्य संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:121 +msgid "Starting sound card..." +msgstr "ध्वनीकार्ड सुरू करत आहे..." + +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:123 +msgid "Storing volume settings..." +msgstr "धवनीपातळी संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:128 +msgid "Install required packages" +msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेजेस स्थापीत करा" + +#. progress bar item +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:131 +msgid "Installing required packages..." +msgstr "आवश्यक असणाऱ्या पॅकेजेस स्थापीत करा..." + +#. log mixer settings +#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:293 +msgid "" +"These required packages are not available: %1\n" +"Some sound devices may not work or some features may not be supported.\n" +"\n" +"Enable or add an additional software repository containing the packages.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. creates summary table with card labels and thier states +#. (running/not running/dissappeared) +#. @return [Array] table contents +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:61 +msgid "Configured as sound card number %1" +msgstr "ध्वनीकार्ड क्रमांक %1 म्हणून संरचना" + +#. sort the cards by index +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:70 src/include/sound/complex.rb:112 +msgid "Driver %1" +msgstr "सूत्रचालक %1" + +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:120 +msgid "Not configured" +msgstr "संरचित केले नाही" + +#. popup question text +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:259 +msgid "" +"To apply changes, the sound system\n" +"must be restarted.\n" +"Restart sound system now?\n" +msgstr "" +"बदलू लागू करण्यासाठी, आवाज यंत्रणा\n" +"पुन्हा सुरु व्हायला हवी.\n" +"ध्वनीयंत्रणा आता सुरु करायची का?\n" + +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:272 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Restart of the sound system has failed.\n" +"Check options of the driver.\n" +msgstr "साउंड सिस्टीम पुन्हा चालू करणे अयशस्वी ठरले आहे.ड्रायव्हरचे पर्याय तपासा." + +#. error popup message +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:342 +#, fuzzy +msgid "PulseAudio is not installed or cannot be configured." +msgstr "उपकरण संरचीत केलेले नाही" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:352 +#, fuzzy +msgid "PulseAudio Configuration" +msgstr "मॉड्यूल संरचना" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:359 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Enable PulseAudio Support" +msgstr "Layer 2 सपोर्ट सुरु करा" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:400 +msgid "Advanced Options" +msgstr "प्रगत पर्याय" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:407 +msgid "&Start Sequencer (Load MIDI Drivers)" +msgstr "" + +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:492 +msgid "&Volume..." +msgstr "ध्वनिपातळी" + +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:494 +msgid "Play &Test Sound" +msgstr "" + +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:496 +msgid "&Start Sequencer" +msgstr "सिक्वन्सर सुरू करा" + +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:498 +msgid "Set as the &Primary Card" +msgstr "प्रायमरी कार्ड म्हणून सेट करा" + +#. menu item +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:500 +#, fuzzy +msgid "PulseAudio &Configuration..." +msgstr "मॉड्यूल संरचना" + +#. menu item, do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Install soundfonts..." +msgid "&Install SoundFonts..." +msgstr "ध्वनीटंकमुद्रा स्थापीत करा" + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:513 +msgid "Sound Configuration" +msgstr "ध्वनी संरचना" + +#. table header +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 +msgid "Index" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516 +msgid "Card Model" +msgstr "कार्ड नमुना" + +#. table entry (vendor was not defined) +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:92 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "इतर" + +#. table entry (all vendors) +#. item for all sound card models in sound card driver list +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:97 src/include/sound/routines.rb:356 +msgid "All" +msgstr "सर्व" + +#. selection box title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:184 +msgid "Sound Card &Vendor" +msgstr "ध्वनीकार्ड विक्रेता" + +#. selection box title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:186 +msgid "Sound card &driver" +msgstr "ध्वनिकार्ड सूत्रचालक" + +#. selection box title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:196 +msgid "Sound card &model" +msgstr "ध्वनिकार्ड नमुना" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:207 +msgid "Show List of Kernel Modules" +msgstr "केंद्रीय मॉड्यूलची यादी दाखवा" + +#. input field - label +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:213 +msgid "&Search" +msgstr "शोधा" + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:219 +msgid "Manual Sound Card Selection" +msgstr "ध्वनीकार्डची हातानी निवड" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:33 +msgid "Master" +msgstr "मालक" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:37 +msgid "PCM" +msgstr "पीसीएम" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:41 +msgid "Master Mono" +msgstr "मुख्य मोनो" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:45 +msgid "Headphone" +msgstr "हेडफोन" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:49 +msgid "Line" +msgstr "रेषा" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:53 +msgid "CD" +msgstr "सीडी" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:57 +msgid "Mic" +msgstr "ध्वनिक्षेपक" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:61 +msgid "Video" +msgstr "व्हिडिओ" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:65 +msgid "Phone" +msgstr "दूरध्वनी" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:69 +msgid "Aux" +msgstr "पूरक" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:73 +msgid "PC Speaker" +msgstr "पीसी ध्वनीक्षेपक" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:77 +msgid "Bass" +msgstr "बास" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:81 +msgid "Treble" +msgstr "ट्रेबल" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:85 +msgid "Surround" +msgstr "लपेटा" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:89 +msgid "LFE" +msgstr "LFE" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:93 +msgid "Center" +msgstr "मध्यभाग" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:97 +msgid "Wave" +msgstr "लाट" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:101 +msgid "Wave Center" +msgstr "तरंग मध्य" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:105 +msgid "Wave Surround" +msgstr "तरंग लपेट" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:109 +msgid "AC97" +msgstr "AC97" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:113 +msgid "Music" +msgstr "संगीत" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:117 +msgid "Front" +msgstr "" + +#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +msgid "iSpeaker" +msgstr "पीसी ध्वनीक्षेपक" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:219 +msgid "&Master volume" +msgstr "मुख्य ध्वनीपातळी" + +#. push button label +#. Test - button label +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:226 src/include/sound/volume.rb:90 +msgid "&Test" +msgstr "परिक्षा" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:261 +msgid "&Other channels" +msgstr "इतर वाहिन्या" + +#. card name +#. add vendor/device ID +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:279 src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:435 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#. help text - mixer setting +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 +msgid "" +"<P>With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n" +"Press <B>Next</B> to save your volume settings, press <B>Back</B> to restore the original settings.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P>हया डायलॉगद्वारे निवडलेल्या ध्वनी कार्डच्या प्रत्येक चॅनलची संख्या तुम्ही पाहू शकता. \n" +"ही कळ दाबा <B>नंतर</B> व्हॅल्यूअम सेटींग्ज साठवण्यासाठी <B>Back</B> मुळचे सेटींग्ज परत आणण्यासाठी.</P>" + +#. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name +#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Volume Settings for Card %1 - %2" +msgstr "%1 कार्डसाठी ध्वनीपातळी" + +#. To translators: popup message, wrong value +#. To translators: popup message, wrong value +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:53 src/include/sound/options.rb:62 +msgid "The value: %1 must be a number" +msgstr "मूल्य: %1 संख्या असली पाहिजे" + +#. To translators: "space" means blank character +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:77 +msgid "(space)" +msgstr "(रिक्त जागा)" + +#. To translators: popup message, wrong value +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:80 +msgid "String cannot contain: %1" +msgstr "अक्षरसंचात समाविष्ट असू शकत नाही: %1" + +#. popup message: wrong value; %1 is list of right values +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:93 +msgid "" +"The value must be one of\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"मूल्य असले पाहिजे\n" +"%1" + +#. label text +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:254 +msgid "" +"Possible value:\n" +"not known" +msgstr "" +"संभाव्य मूल्य:\n" +"माहित नाही" + +#. when the selected option in table is changed, we need to update +#. combo with values +#. @param [String] values list of values +#. @param [String] default_item default item +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:298 +msgid "Name of the &Option" +msgstr "पर्यायाचे नाव" + +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 +msgid "&Value" +msgstr "मूल्य" + +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312 +msgid "&Option: " +msgstr "पर्याय: " + +#. all non-ASCII characters from value +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:346 +msgid "" +"Value of the option contains invalid\n" +"characters '%1'.\n" +"\n" +"Enter a valid value." +msgstr "" + +#. all non-ASCII characters from name +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:367 +msgid "" +"Name of the option contains invalid\n" +"characters '%1'.\n" +"\n" +"Enter a valid name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:394 +msgid "Change the Option" +msgstr "प्रगत पर्याय" + +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:398 +msgid "Add a New Option" +msgstr "प्रगत पर्याय" + +#. Returns description of card module option +#. @param [Object] arg type of arg can be string or list +#. @return [String] description +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:414 +msgid "No description available" +msgstr "वर्णन उपलब्ध नाही" + +#. Table header -- option description +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:439 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "विवरण" + +#. Table header -- option name +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:441 +msgid "Option" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#. Table header -- value of an option +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:443 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "मूल्य" + +#. restore original option values +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:454 +msgid "R&eset all" +msgstr "पुन्हा निश्चित करा" + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:543 +msgid "Sound Card Advanced Options" +msgstr "ध्वनीकार्ड - आधुनिक पर्याय" + +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:554 +msgid "There are no options for this module" +msgstr "ह्या मॉड्यूलसाठी कोणतेही पर्याय नाहीत" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/sound/options.rb:685 +msgid "Do you really want to reset all values?" +msgstr "तुम्हाला सर्व मूल्ये पुन्हा निश्चित खरंच करायची आहेत?" + +#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) +#: src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:176 +msgid "Sound Cards" +msgstr "ध्वनीकार्ड" + +#. list of all sound modules (table items) +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:53 +msgid "Unknown CD-ROM device" +msgstr "अज्ञात सीडी-रॉम डिव्हाइस" + +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:71 +msgid "Unknown CD-ROM Device" +msgstr "अज्ञात सीडी-रॉम डिव्हाइस" + +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:100 +msgid "CD-ROM &Device" +msgstr "सीडी-रॉम डिव्हाइस" + +#. returns list of all available sound modules (OSS only) +#. @return [Array] as above +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:344 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "%1x %2" + +#. label to error popup, %1 is module name +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:844 +msgid "" +"The kernel module %1 for sound support\n" +"could not be loaded. This can be caused by incorrect\n" +"module parameters, including invalid IO or IRQ parameters." +msgstr "" +"%1 कर्नेल मॉडयूल ध्वनी सहाय्याचे\n" +"लोड होऊ शकले नाही. हे अयोब्य मॉडयूल पॅरामिटर्समुळे\n" +"IO or IRQ पॅरामिटर्समुळे झाले आहे." + +#. popup question: different module has to be choosed +#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:1115 +msgid "" +"It seems that you have a Thinkpad 600E laptop.\n" +"On this laptop, the CS4236 driver should be used\n" +"although the CS46xx chip is detected.\n" +"Attempt to probe the configuration of CS4236 driver?\n" +"\n" +"Warning: The probe procedure can take some time and\n" +"could make your system unstable.\n" +msgstr "" +"असे वाटते की तुमच्याकडे थीकपॅड 600E लॅपटॉप.\n" +"हयावर CS4236 हा ड्रायव्हर वापरला गेला पाहिजे पण\n" +"तेथे CS46xx ही चीप आढळली.\n" +"CS4236 चे कॉनफिग्युरेशन शोधण्याचा प्रयत्न करायचा का?\n" +"\n" +"सूचना: शोध प्रक्रियेला काही काळ लागेल\n" +"व त्याच्यामुळे तुमची यंत्रणा अस्थिर होईल.\n" + +#. help text - setup type selection 1/3 +#. help text - quick configuration 1/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:30 src/include/sound/texts.rb:53 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To configure this sound card and adjust its \n" +"volume, check <b>Normal setup</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"हे साऊंडकार्ड कॉनफिग्युअर करण्यासाठी व त्याचा \n" +"आवाज ऍ़डजस् करण्यासाठी<b>सामान्य सेटअप</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text - setup type selection 2/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:37 +msgid "" +"<p>To set a special option, \n" +"check <b>Advanced setup</b>.\n" +"Most users will not need this.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>विशेष विकल्प सेट करण्यासाठी, \n" +"तपासा <b>प्रगत सेटअप</b>.\n" +"बहुतेक युजर्सना याची गरज नाही.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text - setup type selection 3/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"If you do not want to adjust volume or set options now, \n" +"check <b>Quick automatic setup</b>. You can set the volume and \n" +"change options later.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"तुम्हाला व्हॅल्यूम ऍ़डजस्ट करायचा नसेल किंवा आताच विकल्प सेट करायचे असतील तर, \n" +"तपासा <b>आपोआप जलद सेटअप</b>. तुम्ही आवाज सेट करुन विकल्प \n" +"नंतर बदलू शकता.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text - quick configuration 2/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"If you do not want to adjust the volume now, check <b>Quick \n" +"automatic setup</b>. You can set the volume and change options \n" +"later.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"तुम्हाला व्हॅल्यूम ऍ़डजस्ट करायचा नसेल किंवा आताच विकल्प सेट करायचे असतील तर, \n" +"तपासा <b>आपोआप जलद सेटअप</b>. तुम्ही आवाज सेट करुन विकल्प \n" +"नंतर बदलू शकता.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text - quick configuration 3/3 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<P>\n" +"To configure a card that was not detected, \n" +"check <B>More detailed installation of sound cards</B>.\n" +"</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P>\n" +"जे कार्ड मिळाले नाहित कॉनफिग्युअर करण्यासाठी, \n" +"तपासा <B>ध्वनी कार्डचे आणखी विस्तृत स्थापना</B>.\n" +"</P>\n" + +#. help text - sound card selection 1/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:76 +msgid "" +"<P>\n" +"<b>Manually</b> choose the sound card to \n" +"configure. Search for a particular sound card by \n" +"entering the name in the search box.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P>\n" +"<b>मॅन्युअलि</b> कॉनफिग्युअर करण्यासाठी ध्वनी कार्ड \n" +"निवडा. शोध कप्प्यात नाव घालून ठराविक \n" +"ध्वनीकार्ड करता शोध घ्या.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text - sound card selection 2/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Select <b>All</b> to see the entire list of \n" +"supported sound card models.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"निवडा <b>सर्व</b> सहाय्यत ध्वनी कार्ड मॉडेल्सची सर्व \n" +"यादी पाहण्यासाठी दाबा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text - which sound card to configure 1/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:92 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Select the type of card to configure.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"संरचना करायच्या कार्डचा प्रकार निवडा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text - which sound card to configure 2/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:98 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"If the list contains <b>autodetected</b> cards not yet \n" +"configured, select one and continue. Otherwise,\n" +"use <b>manual selection</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"जर यादीत कॉनफिग्युअर केलेले <b>ऑबेडीब्ेक्टेड</b> \n" +"कार्डस असतील. व एखादे निवडून पुढे जा. किंवा,\n" +"<b>मॅन्युअल निवड</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. To reset the sound configuration these programs must be terminated +#. (popup label message) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:108 src/include/sound/texts.rb:114 +msgid "" +"There are programs running that are currently using \n" +"the audio device.\n" +"To reset the configuration, these \n" +"programs must be terminated. Proceed?\n" +msgstr "" +"श्राव्य उपकरण वापरणारे सध्या चालू असणारे \n" +"काही प्रोग्राम्स आहेत.\n" +"कॉनफिग्युरेशन रिसेट करण्यासाठी \n" +"हे प्रोग्राम्स थांबवले गेले पाहिजेत. त्याबाबत पुढे जायचे का?\n" + +#. help text - options dialog 1/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:122 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Here, modify options for the sound modules. \n" +"If you are not <b>absolutely sure</b> what you are doing, \n" +"leave this dialog untouched. \n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"येथे, ध्वनी मॉडूल्सकरता विकल्पात बदल करा. \n" +"तुम्हाला जर तुम्ही <b>याची खात्री</b> काय करत असेल तर, \n" +"असेल तर ते डायलॉग कप्प्‍ाा तसाच ठेवा. \n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text - options dialog 2/2 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:130 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Choose the option to set then use <b>Set</b> \n" +"to enable the new value. If there are known possible values for \n" +"the selected option, choose it under \n" +"<B>Possible value</B>. Reset all values \n" +"by pressing <b>Reset</b>. Numeric values can be entered as \n" +"decimal or hexadecimal (hexadecimal with a <b>0x</b> prefix).\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P>\n" +"सेट करण्यासाठी पर्याय निवडा व नंतर नवीन मूल्य शक्य\n" +"करण्यासाठी<b>सेट</b> वापरा. निवडलेल्या पर्यायासाठी\n" +"संभाव्य ज्ञात मूल्ये असतील. तर ती <B>पॉसिबल व्हॅल्यू</B> \n" +"अंतर्गत निवडा. <b>रीसेट</b> दाबून सर्व मूल्ये रिसेट करा. अंकीय मूल्ये\n" +"दशांश अपर्णांकात किंवा हेक्झॅडेसिमल (हेक्झॅडेसिमल <b>0x</b> prefix) \n" +"म्हणून प्रविष्ट करता येऊ शकतात. \n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text - mixer setting 1/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:142 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Adjust the volume.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"ध्वनीपातळी बदला.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text - mixer setting 2/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:144 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Test your sound card by pressing <b>Test</b>.\n" +"\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>चाचणी</b>हे बटण दाबून तुम्चाय ध्वनीकार्डाची चाचणी घ्या.\n" +"\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text - mixer setting 3/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:151 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"After configuration is complete, use <b>amixer</b> \n" +"or any program of your choice to adjust the volume.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"कॉनफिग्युरेशन पूर्ण झाल्यावर, वापरा<b>मिश्रन</b> \n" +"किंवा तुमचा आवडीचा प्रोग्राम आवाज ऍ़डजस्ट करण्यासाठी वापरा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text - mixer setting 4/4 +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:158 +msgid "" +"<p><b>WARNING:</b> Start testing your\n" +"sound card with <b>very</b> low volume settings to prevent \n" +"damage.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>सूचना:</b> तुमची ध्वनी कार्डची\n" +"चाचणी घ्यायला <b>व्हेरी</b> कमी आवाजाचे सेटींग्ज बिघाड न होण्यासाठी \n" +"सुरुवात करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. warning/question message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:166 +msgid "" +"Configuring this sound card on some Sony VAIO notebooks \n" +"may fail if X is running. This can be avoided by setting the\n" +"snd_vaio_hack option value to 1 or by \n" +"configuring this card outside X. Proceed?\n" +msgstr "" +"जर X काम करत असेल तर, काही सोनी VAIO मशीनवर \n" +"हे ध्वनी कार्ड कॉनफिग्युरेशन अपयशी होईल. snd_vaio_hack\n" +"विकल्प 1 ला किंमत व X च्या बाहेर \n" +"हे रेकार्ड कॉनफिग्युर करून टाळता येईल पुढे जायचे का?\n" + +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:174 +msgid "Error while saving '/etc/modules.conf'.\n" +msgstr "'/etc/modules.conf' संग्रहीत करताना चूक.\n" + +#. list of error +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:177 +msgid "" +"These errors occurred during saving configuration:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"संरचना संग्रहीत करताना ह्या चूका झाल्या:\n" +"%1" + +#. information message - success +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:180 +msgid "" +"The sound card was successfully configured.\n" +"It is now available for use.\n" +msgstr "" +"ध्वनी कार्ड यशस्वीपणे कॉनफिग्युरेअर झाले.\n" +"ते आता वापरण्याकरता उपलब्ध आहे.\n" + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:183 +msgid "The sound configuration was saved." +msgstr "ध्वनी संरचना संग्रहीत झाली." + +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:186 +msgid "Error while saving file: %1 \n" +msgstr "फाईल संग्रहीत करताना चूक: %1 \n" + +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:189 +msgid "Error while setting volume.\n" +msgstr "ध्वनीपातळी निश्चित करताना चूक.\n" + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:190 +msgid "" +"The sound volume and configuration\n" +"for the sound card \n" +"will be saved now.\n" +msgstr "" +"ध्वनीचा आवाज व आवाज\n" +"कॉनफिग्युअरेशन आता \n" +"साठवून ठेवायला हवे.\n" + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:195 +msgid "The sound configuration will be saved now." +msgstr "ध्वनी संरचना आता संग्रहीत होईल." + +#. this is the second part of message "The sound card 'sbLive' will be configured as the first card" +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:198 +msgid "will be configured as the first sound card (%1)" +msgstr "पहिले ध्वनिकार्ड म्हणून संरचित होईल (%1)" + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:199 +msgid "will be configured as the second sound card (%1)" +msgstr "दुसरे ध्वनिकार्ड म्हणून संरचित होईल (%1)" + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:200 +msgid "will be configured as the third sound card (%1)" +msgstr "तिसरे ध्वनिकार्ड म्हणून संरचित होईल (%1)" + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:201 +msgid "will be configured as the %2th sound card (%1)" +msgstr "%2रे ध्वनिकार्ड म्हणून संरचित होईल (%1)" + +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Install Soundfonts" +msgid "Install SoundFonts" +msgstr "ध्वनीमुद्रा स्थापित करा" + +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:208 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Should YaST2 install the wavetable sound fonts from \n" +#| "your Soundblaster Live! or AWE driver CD?\n" +msgid "" +"Should YaST2 install the wavetable SoundFont-files from \n" +"your Soundblaster Live! or AWE driver CD?\n" +msgstr "" +"तुमच्या साऊंडब्लास्टर सर्व्हर ! वरुन YaST2 ने वेव्टिेबल साऊंड \n" +"फॉन्टस स्थापना केले परिक्षन का! किंवा AWE सीडी?\n" + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:211 +msgid "" +"Insert the driver CD for the Soundblaster Live! or AWE card\n" +"in the CD-ROM drive.\n" +msgstr "" +"साऊंडब्लास्टर लाईव्ह ! वी ड्रायव्हर सीडी घाला. किंवा सीडी रॉम ड्राईव्हमध्ये\n" +"एडब्लर्ड कॉनफिग्युअर करा.\n" + +#. To translators: the message below will look like this: "14 SoundFont-files have been installed in /usr/share/..." +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:217 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 soundfont-files have been installed in %2." +msgid "%1 SoundFont-files have been installed in %2." +msgstr "%2मध्ये %1 ध्वनीमुद्रा फाईल स्थापीत केल्या आहेत" + +#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:220 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No Soundfont-files found." +msgid "No SoundFont-files found." +msgstr "ध्वनीमुद्रा फाईल सापडत नाही." + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:221 +msgid "Would you like to change the CD and retry ?" +msgstr "तुम्ही सीडी हदलून पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा आहे का?" + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:222 +msgid "" +"'%1' and '%2' sound cards were autodetected on your system. \n" +"For proper functionality, skip the '%1' sound card and \n" +"configure only the '%2'.\n" +msgstr "" +"तुमच्या यंत्रणेवर '%1' आणि '%2' ही ध्वनी काडया सापडली. \n" +"योग्य कार्याक्षमतेसाठी, '%1' ध्वनी कार्ड वगळा व \n" +"फक्त '%2' ध्वनीकार्ड कॉनफिग्युअर करा.\n" + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:227 +msgid "" +"<P>\n" +"Hardware detection found a new sound card. To configure it, \n" +"select the appropriate item in list and press \n" +"<B>Configure<B>.\n" +"</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P>\n" +"हार्डवेअर शोधत नवीन ध्वनी कार्ड मिळाले. हे कॉनफिग्युअर \n" +"करण्याकरता, यादीतील योग्य आयटम निवडा व ही कळ दाबा \n" +"<B>कॉनफिग्युअर<B>.\n" +"</P>\n" + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:234 +msgid "" +"<P>\n" +"Press <B>Change</B> to configure cards already installed.\n" +"</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P>\n" +"आधीच स्थापित केलेल्या कार्डची संरचना करण्यासाठी <B>बदला</B> दाबा.\n" +"</P>\n" + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:239 +msgid "" +"<P>\n" +"To save the current configuration, press <B>Finish</B>.\n" +"</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P>\n" +"चालू संरचना संग्रहीत करण्यासाठी <B>समाप्त</B>दाबा.\n" +"</P>\n" + +#. sound system dependent part: +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:251 +msgid "<p><big><b>Sound Cards</b><big></p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:252 +msgid "" +"<P>Select an unconfigured card from the list and press <B>Edit</B> to\n" +"configure it. If the card was not detected, press <B>Add</B> and\n" +"configure the card manually.</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P>यादीतील अन कॉनफिग्युरेअर्ड कार्ड निवडा व <B>एडीट</B> \n" +"कॉनफिग्युबर करा. जर कार्ड मिळाले नाही तर <B>ऍ़ड</B> व\n" +"दाबून स्वत:हून कार्ड कॉनफिग्युअर करा.</P>\n" + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:257 +msgid "" +"<P>\n" +"To change the configuration of a card, select the card.\n" +"Then press <B>Edit</B>.\n" +"</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P>\n" +"कार्डचे कॉनफिग्युरेशन बदलण्यासाठी कार्ड निवडा.\n" +"कळ दाबा <B>एडीट</B>.\n" +"</P>\n" + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Use <b>Other</b> to set the volume of the selected card or configure\n" +"the module loaded for playing MIDI files (<b>Start Sequencer</b>).\n" +"Use <b>Play Test Sound</b> to test the selected card.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"वापर <b>ऍ़डवान्स</b> वापरुन निवडलेल्या कार्डचा आवाज सेट करा वा मीडी\n" +"मीडी फाईल्स चालू करून मॉडयूल लोडीग कॉनफिग्युअर करा. आवश्यकतेनुसार ही मॉडयूल्स लोड करता येतात.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:270 +msgid "" +"<P>PulseAudio daemon can be used to play sounds.\n" +"Use <B>PulseAudio Configuration</B> to enable or disable it.</P>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 +msgid "" +"<p>The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n" +"Use <b>Other</b> to set the selected sound device as the primary device.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p> ० इंडेक्सचा साउंड डिव्हाइस हा सिस्टीम आणि उपयोजितांद्वारे वापरण्यातयेणारा डिफॉल्ट डिव्हाइस आहे.\n" +"निवड केलेला साउंड़ डिव्हाइस प्रायमरी डिव्हाइस म्हणून सेट करण्यासाठी\n" +"<b>Other</b> वापरा.</p>" + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 +msgid "" +"The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n" +"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n" +"start the application." +msgstr "" +"जी उपयोजिता ओएसएस (ओपन साउंड सिस्टीम) वापरते ती एओएसएस व्रॅपरचाउपयोग करून सॉफ्टवेअरॉलमिक्सर वापरू शकते. <tt>aoss<application > </tt>कमांड वापरा,\n" +"उपयोजिता सुरू करा." + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316 +msgid "<p>An error has occurred. </p>" +msgstr "<p>चूक आढळली आहे. </p>" + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:287 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"If the the problem persists, try passing \n" +"<b>options</b> to the ALSA module. If your sound card still\n" +"will not work, try <i>OSS/Free</i> or \n" +"another module.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"जर अडचण कायम राहीली, दाबून \n" +"<b>विकल्प</b> ALSA मॉडयूलकरता. जर तुमचे ध्वनी कार्ड तरीही\n" +"चालले नाही तर <i>OSS/Free</i> or \n" +"इतर मॉडयूल वापरून पहा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:300 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"This is the complete sound card list. Use the <b>Finish</b> button \n" +"to save sound card information.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"ही ध्वनी कार्डची पूर्ण यादी आहे. वापरुन <b>फीनीश</b> बटन \n" +"ध्वनी कार्डची माहिती साठवा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:306 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Use <b>Delete</b> to remove a configured sound card. \n" +"Use <b>Add sound card</b> to add a sound card.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"वापर <b>मिठवा</b> कॉनफिग्युअर्ड केलेली ध्वनी कार्ड. \n" +"वापर <b>ऍ़ड साऊन्ड कार्ड</b> ध्वनी कार्ड जोडण्यासाठी वापरा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:317 +msgid "<p>You can try to pass some <b>options</b> to the module.</p>" +msgstr "<p>तुम्ही मॉड्युलकडे काही <b>पर्याय</b> पाठवायचा प्रयत्न करू शकता.</p>" + +#. this is the first part of message "The sound card 'cardname' +#. will be configured as the first snd card" +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:73 +msgid "The sound card\n" +msgstr "ध्वनीकार्ड\n" + +#. radio button label - type of setup +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:86 +msgid "&Quick automatic setup" +msgstr "झटपट स्वयंचलित मांडणी" + +#. radio button label - type of setup +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:94 +msgid "Normal &setup" +msgstr "साधारण मांडणी" + +#. radio button label - type of setup +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:101 +msgid "Advanced setup with possibility to change &options" +msgstr "प्रगत मांडणी पर्याय बदलण्याच्या शक्यतेसह" + +#. dialog header +#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:123 +msgid "Sound Card Configuration" +msgstr "ध्वनिकार्ड संरचना" + +#. volume slider label +#. volume slider label +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:51 src/include/sound/volume.rb:62 +msgid "&Volume" +msgstr "ध्वनिपातळी" + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:76 +msgid "Settings for sound card" +msgstr "ध्वनीकार्डाची मांडणी" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:82 +msgid "Volume Adjust and Test" +msgstr "" + +#. message label +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:93 +msgid "Press 'Test' to start playing sound sample" +msgstr "ध्वनीमुद्रा सुरू करण्यासाठी 'चाचणी' वर दाबा" + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:134 +msgid "Sound Card Volume" +msgstr "ध्वनीकार्डची ध्वनी पातळी" + +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:203 +msgid "" +"Please try to configure this sound card manually \n" +"using the \"Cirrus Logic CS4232\" or \"Cirrus \n" +"Logic CS4236\" driver and configure \n" +"its parameters using the 'Advanced setup'." +msgstr "" +"\"Cirrus Logic CS4232\" or \"Cirrus \n" +"Logic CS4236\" वापरुन हे ध्वनी \n" +"कार्ड स्वत: कॉनफिग्युअर करण्याचा प्रयत्न करा व ऍ़डवान्स \n" +"सेटअप वापरून त्याचे गुणधर्म कॉनफिग्युअर करा." + +#. error message +#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:214 +msgid "An error occurred during the installation of" +msgstr "च्या स्थापनेवेळी चूक जाली" + +#. popup message: test audio file was not found +#: src/include/sound/volume_routines.rb:118 +msgid "" +"Cannot find file:\n" +"%1\n" +"(test audio file)" +msgstr "" +"फाईल सापडत नाही:\n" +"%1\n" +"(चाचणी ध्वनी फाईल)" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/sound/wizards.rb:56 +msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" +msgstr "तुम्हास खरोखर ही नोंद कमी करायची आहे का?" + +#. part of a summary text (PulseAudio is disabled/enabled) +#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Enabled" + +#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "अक्षम केले " + +#. yes/no popup text, %1 is chip name +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:188 +msgid "" +"It looks like probing the chip\n" +"%1\n" +"failed last time.\n" +"\n" +"Probe the chip now?\n" +msgstr "" +"चिपला प्रश्न केल्यासारखे वाटते\n" +"%1\n" +"आधी अपयशी.\n" +"\n" +"आता चिपला प्रश्न करू नका?\n" + +#. label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:263 +msgid "" +"No card was found.\n" +"Attempt to detect the presence some old chips?\n" +"\n" +"Warning: The probe procedure can take some time and\n" +"could make your system unstable.\n" +msgstr "" +"कोणतेही कार्ड मिळाले नाही.\n" +"काही जुन्या प्सीप्सच्या आसने शोधले जात आहे का?\n" +"\n" +"सुचना: शोध प्रक्रियेला काही वेळ लागेल व त्यामुळे\n" +"तुमची यंत्रणा अस्थिर आहे.\n" + +#. selection box label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:275 +msgid "&Select the Drivers to Probe" +msgstr "प्रश्न करण्यासाठी सूत्रचालक निवडा" + +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:280 +msgid "&Yes, Probe" +msgstr "होय, प्रश्न करा" + +#. popup dialog header +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:304 +msgid "Probing:" +msgstr "प्रश्न करत आहे:" + +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:309 +msgid "Progress:" +msgstr "प्रगती:" + +#. label (%1 is name of the chip) +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:339 +msgid "Card with %1 Chip" +msgstr "%1 चिपसह कार्ड" + +#. summary string, %1 is a list of packages +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:617 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Required packages to install: %1" +msgstr "स्थापित करायची नवीन पॅकेज: %1" + +#. separator for constructing package list +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:619 +msgid ", " +msgstr "" + +#. sound Read dialog caption: +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:632 +msgid "Initializing Sound Configuration" +msgstr "ध्वनी संरचना सुरू करत आहे" + +#. summary text: '(sound card is) Configured as snd-card-1' +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:855 +msgid "Configured as %1." +msgstr "%1 म्हणून संरचना केली आहे." + +#. returns list of configured/proposed sound cards. +#. @return [Array] of maps: [$["name": "ASDASD", "card_no": 0]...] +#: src/modules/Sound.rb:1100 +msgid "Sound card" +msgstr "ध्वनी कार्ड" + +#~ msgid "Store joystick settings" +#~ msgstr "जॉयस्टिकची मांडणी संग्रहीत करा" + +#~ msgid "Storing joystick settings..." +#~ msgstr "जॉयस्टिकची मांडणी संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Joystick Configuration" +#~ msgid "Joystick Configuration - %1" +#~ msgstr "जॉयस्टिक संरचना" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>In this dialog, specify your joystick type. If your\n" +#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select <B>Generic Analog Joystick</B>.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, just plug in the joystick and start using it.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>या संभाषणात, तुमच्या जॉयस्टीकच्या प्रकार ठरवा. यादीत\n" +#~ "जर जॉयस्टीकचा प्रकार नसेल <B>जाॅयस्टीकचा प्रकार नेसल</B>.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>तुम्हाला तुम्हाला येथे USB उपकरण असेल, तर फक्त जॉयस्टीक जोड व ती वापरायला सुरुवात करा.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "&Select your joystick type:" +#~ msgstr "तुमच्या जॉयस्टिकचा प्रकार निवडा:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the joystick type from the list\n" +#~ "before pressing Next.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "यादीतून जॉयस्टिकचा प्रकार निवडा\n" +#~ "पुढील बटम दाबण्यााधी.\n" +#~ "\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +#~ msgid "Number of axes: %1" +#~ msgstr "भागांची कमाल संख्याः %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Number of TV Stations Found: %1" +#~ msgid "Number of buttons: %1" +#~ msgstr "सापडलेल्या टिव्ही केंद्राची संख्या : %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unknown model" +#~ msgid "Unknown joystick model" +#~ msgstr "अज्ञात मॉडेल" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Not found" +#~ msgid "<not found>" +#~ msgstr "मिलाले नाही" + +#~ msgid "Axis %1" +#~ msgstr "अक्ष %1" + +#~ msgid "Button %1" +#~ msgstr "बटण %1" + +#~ msgid "Joystick Test" +#~ msgstr "जॉयस्टिक चाचणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Configured Sound Cards with Joystick Support" +#~ msgid "Sound Cards with Joystick Support" +#~ msgstr "जॉयस्टिक पाठबळ असलेल्या ध्वनिकार्डची संरचना करा" + +#~ msgid "&Configure joystick" +#~ msgstr "जॉयस्टिक संरचना करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Joystick" +#~ msgid "Joysticks" +#~ msgstr "जॉयस्टीक" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Joysticks</b></big></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><big><b>बूट मेनू</b></big><br></p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>Here is an overview of the detected joysticks.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p> या ठिकाणी, अड-ऑन उत्पादन निर्माण करण्यासाठी माहितीचा ओव्हरव्ह्यू पहा.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" +#~| "select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "<p>To configure a new joystick connected to a Gameport press <b>Add</b> button.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>आपल्या संगणकाशी थेट जोडलेले स्थानिक घड्याळ आकृतिबंध\n" +#~ "करण्यासाठी <b>Radio Clock</b> निवडा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Model" +#~ msgstr "नमुना" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "&Device name" +#~ msgid "Device name" +#~ msgstr "&साधन नाव" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "There is no card with number %1." +#~ msgid "There is no soundcard with joystick support (gameport)." +#~ msgstr "क्रमांक असलेले कुठलेही कार्ड नाही %1." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "There is no card with number %1." +#~ msgid "There is no soundcard with unconfigured joystick." +#~ msgstr "क्रमांक असलेले कुठलेही कार्ड नाही %1." + +#~ msgid "Generic Analog Joystick" +#~ msgstr "अप्रसिद्ध अॅनॉलॉग जॉयस्टिक" + +#~ msgid "Summary of the joystick configuration..." +#~ msgstr "जॉयस्टिक संरचनेचा सारांश..." + +#~ msgid "Initializing joystick -- please wait..." +#~ msgstr "जॉयस्टिक चालू करत आहे -- कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For proper joystick initialization,\n" +#~ "a restart of the sound system is necessary.\n" +#~ "Proceed?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "जॉयस्टीकच्या योग्य सुरुवातीकरता,\n" +#~ "ध्वनी यंत्रणा पुन्हा सुरु करण आवश्यक आहे.\n" +#~ "पुढे जायचे का?" + +#~ msgid "No joystick is connected." +#~ msgstr "डॉयस्टिक जोडलेली नाही." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "More than one joystick is connected.\n" +#~ "Select the one to test\n" +#~ "and press some of its buttons several times.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "एकापेक्षा जास्त जॉयस्टीकच्या योग्य संपर्कात आहे.\n" +#~ "परिक्षेकरता एखादी निवडा\n" +#~ "आणि अनेकदा त्याच्या कळी दाबा.\n" + +#~ msgid "No joystick" +#~ msgstr "जॉयस्टिक नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Joystick Configuration" +#~ msgid "Joystick Configuration - %1 (snd-card-%2)" +#~ msgstr "जॉयस्टिक संरचना" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>To remove the configured joystick from the system\n" +#~ "or if you do not have a joystick, select <B>No joystick</B>.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>यंत्रणेतून कॉनफिग्युरेशन केलेली जॉयस्टीक काढून टाकण्यासाठी\n" +#~ "किंवा तुमच्याकडे जॉयस्टीक नसेल तर <B>जॉयस्टीक नाही</B>.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "<P>Press <B>Test</B> to test the functionality of the selected joystick type.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>दाबा <B>परिक्षा</B> ज्यामुळे निवडलेल्या जॉयस्टीकच्या प्रकारची कार्यक्षमता तपासा.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B>Note:</B> Connect your joystick to your computer\n" +#~ "before pressing <B>Test</B> or <B>Next</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B>नोट:</B> कळ दाबण्यासाठी जॉयस्टीकवर तुमच्या\n" +#~ "संगणकाशी निवडा <B>टेस्ट</B> किंवा <B>नंतर</B>.</P>" + +#~ msgid "Select the joystick to test." +#~ msgstr "चाचणी करायची जॉयस्टिक निवडा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>Two or more sound cards in your system support joysticks.</P>\n" +#~ "<P>To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press <B>Configure Joystick</B>.</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>दोन किंवा अधिक ध्वनीकार्ड तुमच्या यंत्रणेतील जॉयस्टीकला सहाय्य करतात.<P>\n" +#~ "<P>जॉयस्टीक कॉनफिग्युअर करण्यासाठी, ध्वनी कार्ड निवडा आणि हि कळ दाबा<B>कॉनफिग्युर जॉयसटीक</B>.</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "The configured cards do not support the joystick." +#~ msgstr "जॉयस्टिकला संरचना केलेल्या कार्डचे पाठबळ नाही." + +#~ msgid "No configured sound card was found." +#~ msgstr "संरचना केलेले ध्वनिकार्ड सापडले नाही." + +#~ msgid "Start sound card configuration?" +#~ msgstr "ध्वनिकार्ड संरचना सुरू करू?" + +#~ msgid "No joystick port to configure was found." +#~ msgstr "संरचना करायचे जॉयस्टिक स्थान सापडले नाही." + +#~ msgid "No." +#~ msgstr "नाही." + +#~ msgid "&More detailed installation of sound cards" +#~ msgstr "ध्वनीकार्डाची अधिक तपशीलासह स्तापना" + +#~ msgid "Read card database" +#~ msgstr "कार्ड डेटाबेस वाचा" + +#~ msgid "Read previously saved configuration" +#~ msgstr "आधी संग्रहीत केलेली संरचना वाचा" + +#~ msgid "Detect sound cards" +#~ msgstr "ध्वनीकार्ड शोधा" + +#~ msgid "Read sysconfig values" +#~ msgstr "प्रणालीसंरचना मूल्य वाचा" + +#~ msgid "Read volume settings" +#~ msgstr "ध्वनीपातळी मांजणी वाचा" + +#~ msgid "Reading card database..." +#~ msgstr "कार्ड डेटाबेस वाचत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Reading previously saved configuration..." +#~ msgstr "आधी संग्रहीत केलेली संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Reading sysconfig values..." +#~ msgstr "प्रणालीसंरचना मूल्ये वाचत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Reading volume settings..." +#~ msgstr "ध्वनीपातळी मांडणी वाचत आहे" + +#~ msgid "Finished" +#~ msgstr "समाप्त झाले" + +#~ msgid "enabled" +#~ msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#~ msgid "disabled" +#~ msgstr "अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#~ msgid "Loading the sound card database..." +#~ msgstr "ध्वनिकार्ड डेटाबेस कार्यरत करत आहे" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/squid.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/squid.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/squid.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,1708 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module +#: src/clients/squid.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuration of Squid cache proxy" +msgstr "साधने गट संरचीत करा" + +#. ***************** SRC ************************ +#. ***************** SRC END ******************** +#. ***************** DST ************************ +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:150 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Invalid values." +msgstr "आवैध वेळ" + +#. ***************** DST END ******************** +#. ***************** MYIP ************************ +#. * Uses same functions as DST +#. /****************** MYIP END ******************* +#. *************** SRCDOMAIN ******************** +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Domain Name must not be empty." +msgstr "डोमेन नाव रिकामे असू शकत नाही" + +#. *************** SRCDOMAIN END **************** +#. *************** DSTDOMAIN ********************* +#. * Uses same functions as SRCDOMAIN. +#. /**************** DSTDOMAIN END **************** +#. *************** REGEXP *********************** +#. Returns universal widget for setting a regular expression. +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:264 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:63 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Regular Expression" +msgstr "नियमित वर्णन" + +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:268 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:106 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:319 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:342 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Case Insensitive" +msgstr "केस सेन्सिटिव्ह" + +#. Universal verification function for regular expression. +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:305 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Regular Expression must not be empty." +msgstr "परवली शब्द हा रिक्त असता कामा नये." + +#. *************** REGEXP END ******************* +#. *************** TIME ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:369 +#, fuzzy +msgid "You must select at least one day." +msgstr "संपादित करायची अभिव्यक्ती निवडा" + +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:372 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Time is not set in correct format." +msgstr "अलाइस पद्धत चुकीचा आहे." + +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:375 +#, fuzzy +msgid "From must be less than To." +msgstr "वापरकर्ता स्थिर झाला पाहिजे." + +#. *************** TIME END ********************* +#. *************** PORT ************************* +#. *************** PORT END ********************* +#. ************* MYPORT ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:432 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:463 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Invalid value." +msgstr "आवैध वेळ" + +#. ************* MYPORT END ********************* +#. ************** PROTO ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:495 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Protocol must not be empty." +msgstr "दूरध्वनी क्रमांक रिकामे असता कामा नयेत." + +#. ************** MAXCONN END ******************* +#. ************** HEADER ************************ +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587 +msgid "Header Name and Regular Expression must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. error report +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630 +#, fuzzy +msgid "MAC Address must not be empty." +msgstr "परवली शब्द हा रिक्त असता कामा नये." + +#. error report +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:634 +msgid "Incorrect format of MAC Address." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/squid/complex.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of squid +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Daniel Fiser +#. +#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:51 +msgid "Squid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:64 +msgid "When &Booting" +msgstr "बूटींग करण्याच्या वेळेस" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:65 +msgid "&Manually" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:68 +msgid "When Booting" +msgstr "बुटींग करताना" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Squid is running" +msgstr "सेवा चालू आहे" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:77 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Squid is not running" +msgstr "सेवा चालू नाही" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Start Squid Now" +msgstr "आता फायरवॉल सुरू करा" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +msgid "S&top Squid Now" +msgstr "&आता सेवा बंद करा" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Squid Now" +msgstr "रचना संग्रहीत करा आणि आता पुन्हा फायरवॉल सुरू करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start Squid Now" +msgstr "आता सेवा सुरू करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Stop Squid Now" +msgstr "आता सेवा बंद करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Save Settings and Restart Squid Now" +msgstr "मांडणी संग्रहीत करा आणि आता पुन्हा फायरवॉल सुरू करा" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Open Ports in Firewall" +msgstr "फायरवॉलमध्ये ठिकाण उघडा" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:261 +msgid "Firewall Settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल मांडणी" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:268 src/include/squid/complex.rb:270 +msgid "Start-Up" +msgstr "सुरू करा" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +msgid "HTTP Ports Setting" +msgstr "समांतर स्थान मांडणी" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/squid/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of squid +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Daniel Fiser +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:279 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +msgid "HTTP Ports" +msgstr "TCP ठिकाण" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:286 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Refresh Patterns Setting" +msgstr "सेवासंगणकाची मांडणी" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:288 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Refresh Patterns" +msgstr "आवश्यक नमुने (पॅटर्न्स)" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:295 src/include/squid/complex.rb:297 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cache Setting" +msgstr "मूळ मांडणी" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cache Directory Setting" +msgstr "संचिका निवडत आहे" + +#. `HBox( +#. `HSpacing(3), +#. `Frame(_("Cache Setting"), +#. `HBox( +#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_mem"), _("C&ache Memory"), 1, 99999, 10), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_mem_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_max_object_size"), _("Ma&x Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_max_object_size_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_low"), _("Swap &Low-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `ComboBox(`id("cache_replacement_policy"), +#. _("&Cache Replacement Policy"), +#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) +#. ))) +#. )), +#. `HSpacing(3), +#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(`Empty())), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_min_object_size"), _("M&in Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_min_object_size_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_high"), _("Swap &High-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `ComboBox(`id("memory_replacement_policy"), +#. _("&Memory Replacement Policy"), +#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) +#. ))) +#. )) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `HSpacing(3) +#. ); +#. cache_swap_low <= cache_swap_high +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:306 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cache Directory" +msgstr "प्रतिमा संचिका:" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Access Control Setting" +msgstr "मांडणीचा संपर्क साधा" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:319 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Access Control" +msgstr "संपर्क बिंदू" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Logging and Timeouts Setting" +msgstr "नोंदी रचना मांडणी " + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Logging and Timeouts" +msgstr "नोंदी स्थिती" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Miscellaneous Setting" +msgstr "किरकोळ सेटिंग्ज" + +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:341 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "किरकोळ सेटिंग्ज" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:53 +msgid "Host" +msgstr "यजमान" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:54 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "पोर्ट" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#. , _("Options") +#. table header, stands for minimum +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Min" +msgstr "मिनीट्स" + +#. table header +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Percent" +msgstr "" + +#. table header, stands for maximum +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Max" +msgstr "मांक्स" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:97 +#, fuzzy +msgid "C&ache Memory" +msgstr "मुख्य स्मृतिकोश" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:107 +msgid "Ma&x Object Size" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:121 +msgid "M&in Object Size" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Swap &Low-Water Mark (percentage)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:148 +msgid "Swap &High-Water Mark (percentage)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:162 +msgid "&Cache Replacement Policy" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:180 +msgid "&Memory Replacement Policy" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Directory Name" +msgstr "संचिकेचे नाव" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:258 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Size (in MB)" +msgstr "MB प्रमाणात डायरेक्टरीचा आकार" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:260 +#, fuzzy +msgid "L&evel 1 Directories" +msgstr "निर्यात केलेली संचिका" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Le&vel 2 Directories" +msgstr "निर्यात केलेली संचिका" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 +#, fuzzy +msgid "ACL Groups" +msgstr "गट" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:330 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:335 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "प्रकार" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "वर्णन" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Allow/Deny" +msgstr "परवानगी द्या, नाकारा" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "लॉगिंग" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Access Log" +msgstr "संपर्क बिंदू" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:327 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Cache Log" +msgstr "नोंद संग्रहीत करा" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:333 +msgid "Cache &Store Log" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Timeouts" +msgstr "वेळ संपली" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Connection &Timeout" +msgstr "जुळणी प्रकार..." + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Client &Lifetime" +msgstr "डीफॉल्ट लाइफटाईतम" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 +msgid "&Language of error messages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Administrator's email" +msgstr "व्यवस्थापक DN" + +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 +msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:294 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Access Log" +msgstr "संपर्क बिंदू" + +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:297 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cache Log" +msgstr "नोंद संग्रहीत करा" + +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cache Store Log" +msgstr "नोंद संग्रहीत करा" + +#. Returns a widget with setting of units +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:38 +msgid "&Units" +msgstr "" + +#. Returns a widget with setting of units +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +msgid "seconds" +msgstr "सेकंद" + +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +msgid "minutes" +msgstr "5 मिनिटे" + +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +msgid "hours" +msgstr "तास" + +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +msgid "days" +msgstr "दिवस" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>xinetd आकृतीबंध सुरु करत आहे </big></b><br>\n" +" कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रारंभ निष्फळ करत आहेः</big></b><br>\n" +"आता <b>Abort</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध उपयोगिता सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>xinetd आकृतीबंध जतन करत आहे </big></b><br>\n" +" कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> जतनाचे कार्य निष्फळ करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>Abort</b> दाबून जतनाची प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करा.\n" +"अतिरिक्त डायलॉग आपणास असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही ते सांगतो.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Summary dialog help +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Configure Squid here.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>CASA आकृतीबंध</big></b><br>\n" +"या ठिकाणी CASA आकृतीबंध बनवा.<br></p>\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Squid Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed squids and\n" +"edit their configurations if necessary.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>isns च्या कॉन्फिगरेशनचे विहंगमावलोकन</big></b><br>\n" +"isns लक्ष्यांचे विहंगमावलोकन प्राप्त करा. त्यासोबतच\n" +"त्यांचे कॉन्फिगरेशन ही संपादित करा.\n" + +#. Http Ports Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63 +msgid "" +"<p>Define all ports where Squid will\n" +"listen for clients' http requests.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Host</b> can contain a hostname or IP address\n" +"or remain empty.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Cache Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 +msgid "<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 +msgid "" +"<p>The refresh patterns are checked in the order listed here.\n" +"The first matching entry is used.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Min</b> determines how long (in minutes) an object should be\n" +"considered fresh if no explicit expiry time is given.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Percent</b> is the percentage of the object's age (time since last\n" +"modification). An object without explicit expiry time will be\n" +"considered fresh.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Max</b> is the upper limit of how long objects without an explicit\n" +"expiry time will be considered fresh.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Cache 2 Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Max Object Size</b> defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\n" +"on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>इनोड आकार:</b>\n" +"हा पर्याय फाइल यंत्रणेचा इनोड आकार निर्दिष्ट करतो.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Min Object Size</b> specifies the minimum size for objects. Smaller \n" +"objects will not be saved to the disk.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>इनोड आकार:</b>\n" +"हा पर्याय फाइल यंत्रणेचा इनोड आकार निर्दिष्ट करतो.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"<p>Replacement begins when the swap (disk) usage is above the\n" +"<b>Swap Low-Water Mark</b> and attempts to maintain utilization near the\n" +"<b>Swap Low-Water Mark</b>. As swap utilization gets close to\n" +"<b>Swap High-Water Mark</b>, object eviction becomes more aggressive.\n" +"If utilization is close to the <b>Swap Low-Water Mark</b>, less replacement\n" +"is done each time.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be replaced\n" +"when disk space is needed.\n" +"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" +"memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" +"Policies could be:\n" +"<table>\n" +" <tr>\n" +" <td>lru</td>\n" +" <td>least recently used</td>\n" +" </tr>\n" +" <tr>\n" +" <td>heap GDSF</td>\n" +" <td>Greedy-Dual Size Frequency</td>\n" +" </tr>\n" +" <tr>\n" +" <td>heap LFUDA</td>\n" +" <td>Least Frequently Used with Dynamic Aging</td>\n" +" <tr>\n" +" <tr>\n" +" <td>heap LRU</td>\n" +" <td>lru policy implemented using a heap</td>\n" +" </tr>\n" +"</table>\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Cache Directory +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 +msgid "<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 +msgid "<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" +"which will be created under the <b>Directory Name</b> directory.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" +"which will be created under each first-level directory.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. ACL Groups +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 +msgid "<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 +msgid "" +"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" +"on the particular type.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 +msgid "" +"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" +"or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Access Control</b> table is checked in the order listed here.\n" +"The first matching entry is used.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 +msgid "<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about your\n" +"cache's behavior is logged.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" +"gets deleted. This option can be left empty.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 +msgid "" +"<p>With <b>Emulate httpd Log</b> specify that Squid writes its\n" +"<b>Access Log</b> in HTTPD common log file format.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Connection Timeout</b> is an option to force Squid to close\n" +"connections after a specified time.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Client Lifetime</b> defines the maximum amount of time that a client\n" +"(browser) is allowed to remain connected to the cache process.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Miscellaneous Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Administrator's email</b> is the address which will be added to any\n" +"error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. table cell +#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Transparent" +msgstr "मेल ट्रान्सपर एजंट" + +#. **************** HTTP PORT ******************* +#. returns true if something added/edited otherwise false +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:48 +msgid "Add New HTTP Port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit Current HTTP Port" +msgstr "सध्याचा सादरकर्ता" + +#. **************** HTTP PORT END *************** +#. **************** CACHE *********************** +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add New Refresh Pattern" +msgstr " नमुन्याचे नांव " + +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit Current refresh Pattern" +msgstr " नमुन्यांसाठी एडिटर " + +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Min (in minutes)" +msgstr "5 मिनिटे" + +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Max (in minutes)" +msgstr "5 मिनिटे" + +#. **************** CACHE END ******************* +#. **************** ACCESS CONTROL ************** +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 +msgid "Add New HTTP Access" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 +msgid "Edit HTTP Access" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Allow" +msgstr "सर्व" + +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Deny" +msgstr "झाले" + +#. `VSpacing(), +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +msgid "ACL" +msgstr "PAL" + +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:244 +msgid "O&pposite" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:251 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add ACL" +msgstr " RAI&D जोडा" + +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +msgid "not" +msgstr "नाहीं" + +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add New ACL Group" +msgstr "नवीन LDAP समूह" + +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit ACL Group" +msgstr "अस्तित्वातील LDAP समूह" + +#. **************** HTTP_PORT ******************* +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Port number must not be empty." +msgstr "दूरध्वनी क्रमांक रिकामे असता कामा नयेत." + +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:74 +msgid "Host must contain valid IP address or hostname." +msgstr "" + +#. **************** HTTP_PORT END *************** +#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS *************** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Regular expression must not be empty." +msgstr "परवली शब्द हा रिक्त असता कामा नये." + +#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END *********** +#. ************* CACHE DIALOG ******************* +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292 +msgid "" +"Cache Memory + Size of Cache Directory\n" +"must be higher than Max Object Size.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cache directory must not be empty." +msgstr "परवली शब्द हा रिक्त असता कामा नये." + +#. ************* CACHE DIALOG END *************** +#. ************* HTTP_ACCESS ******************** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:351 +#, fuzzy +msgid "ACL table must not be empty." +msgstr "दूरध्वनी क्रमांक रिकामे असता कामा नयेत." + +#. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +msgid "ACL Group '%1' already exists with different type.\n" +msgstr "सारणीमद्ये ह्या वाहिनीचे नाव आधीच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433 +#, fuzzy +msgid "ACL Group '%1' must have type '%2'.\n" +msgstr "सारणीमद्ये ह्या वाहिनीचे नाव आधीच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438 +msgid "" +"If you want to change the type of this ACL Group, you must\n" +"delete other ACL Groups with the same name before that.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option. +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453 +msgid "" +"You can not change the name of this ACL Group, because \n" +"it is used in the Access Control table.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517 +msgid "" +"If you want to change name of this ACL Group you must\n" +"delete all of its occurrences in Access Control table." +msgstr "" + +#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 +msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Change name anyway" +msgstr "DHCP द्वारा सादरकर्त्यांचे नाव बदला" + +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:475 +msgid "Do not change name" +msgstr "" + +#. test, if name is filled +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:485 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Name must not be empty." +msgstr "दूरध्वनी क्रमांक रिकामे असता कामा नयेत." + +#. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table.")); +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "You cannot delete this group because\n" +#| "there are users in the group.\n" +#| "Remove these users from the group first.\n" +msgid "" +"You must not delete this ACL Group, because \n" +"it is used in the Access Control table.\n" +msgstr "" +"आपण या समूहाला मिटवू शकत नाही कारण\n" +"काही उपयोगकर्ते या समूहात आहेत.\n" +"आधी त्यांना या समूहातून काढावे लागेल.\n" + +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 +msgid "If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +msgstr "" + +#. + +#. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:535 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Delete anyway" +msgstr "काढून टाका" + +#. Label::YesButton(), +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:536 +msgid "Do not delete" +msgstr "" + +#. ************* ACL END ************************ +#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Access Log must not be empty." +msgstr "परवली शब्द हा रिक्त असता कामा नये." + +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cache Log must not be empty." +msgstr "परवली शब्द हा रिक्त असता कामा नये." + +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 +msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 +msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 +msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field." +msgstr "" + +#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 +msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces." +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Squid Configuration" +msgstr "ध्वनी संरचना" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:87 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." + +#. Read all squid settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration" +msgstr "इनऐटेड कॉनफिग्युरेशन सुरु होत आहे" + +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File." +msgstr "संरचित फाईलमधून वाटा काढून टाका" + +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File." +msgstr "संरचित फाईलमधून वाटा काढून टाका" + +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File." +msgstr "संरचित फाईलमधून वाटा काढून टाका" + +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File." +msgstr "नियंत्रक अद्ययावत करत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read Other Settings." +msgstr "आधीची सेटिंग्ज वाचा" + +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read Service Status." +msgstr "सांबा सुविधा मांडणी वाचा" + +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read Firewall Settings." +msgstr "फायरवॉल प्रणाली वाचा" + +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..." +msgstr "रुटस वाचत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..." +msgstr "रुटस वाचत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..." +msgstr "नियंत्रक अद्ययावत करत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading Other Settings ..." +msgstr "आधीची सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading Service Status ..." +msgstr "सांबा सुविधा मांडणी वाचत आहे" + +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot read configuration file." +msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना फसली." + +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot read service status." +msgstr "चालू सेटिंग्ज वाचू शकत नाही." + +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving Squid Configuration" +msgstr "इनऐटेड कॉनफिग्युरेशन साठवले जात आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start Service" +msgstr "सेवा सुरू करा" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Starting Service..." +msgstr "सेवा सुरू करत आहे..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. write settings +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही." + +#. firewall +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." +msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी लिहीली जाऊ शकत नाही." + +#. Header +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 +msgid "Squid Cache Proxy" +msgstr "" + +#. Start daemon +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start daemon: " +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा" + +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#, fuzzy +msgid "When booting" +msgstr "बुटींग करताना" + +#. Http Ports +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configured ports:" +msgstr "पुरवणारे संरचीत केले:" + +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 +#, fuzzy +msgid " (transparent)" +msgstr "मेल ट्रान्सपर एजंट" + +#. Cache directory +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cache directory: " +msgstr "शब्दकोशाची वर्गवारी:" + +#. ** +#. Unsupported ACLS: +#. * * * * * * * * * * * +#. ident, ident_regex, +#. src_as, dst_as, +#. proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex, +#. snmp_community, +#. max_user_ip, +#. external, +#. urllogin, urlgroup +#. user_cert, ca_cert +#. ext_user +#. map of acl definition. format: +#. $[ +#. "type" : $[ "name" : "Name shown in dialogs", +#. "widget" : `WidgetDescribingThisType, +#. "widget_init" : FunctionWithInitsOfWidget, +#. "verification" : FunctionCalledToVerificateContentsOfWidget, +#. "options" : FunctionThatReturnsListOfOptions +#. ] +#. ] +#. +#. widget_init prototype: void FuncName(integer id_item) +#. verification prototype: boolean FuncName() +#. options prototype: list<string> FuncName() +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:68 +msgid "src" +msgstr "" + +#. `TextEntry(`id("acl_addr1"), _("IP Address 1"), ""), +#. `Label(" - "), +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "IP Address or Range of IP Addresses" +msgstr "आयपी पत्ता किंवा NFS सेवासंगणकाचे नाव" + +#. `Label("/"), +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:78 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:92 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network Mask" +msgstr "नेटवर्क मास्क" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The IP address of the requesting client." +msgstr "सेवासंगणकासाठी असलेले नाव IP पत्त्यासाठी अवैध आहे." + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "dst" +msgstr "पहिला" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:91 +msgid "IP Address" +msgstr "आयपी पत्ता" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:98 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Destination IP Address." +msgstr "फोर्टकडे पुर्ननिर्देशीत करा" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:103 +msgid "myip" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:105 +msgid "Local IP Address" +msgstr "स्थानिक आयपी पत्ता" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112 +msgid "The local IP address on which the client connection exists." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +msgid "srcdomain" +msgstr "क्षेत्र" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:120 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Clients Domain Name" +msgstr "सध्याच्या डोमेनचे नाव:" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:131 +msgid "This type matches the client's domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +msgid "dstdomain" +msgstr "क्षेत्र" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:137 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Destination Domain" +msgstr "फोर्टकडे पुर्ननिर्देशीत करा" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 +msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the connection name." +msgid "Matches the client domain name." +msgstr "संपर्क नाव लिहा." + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:160 +msgid "Provides match for destination domain." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +msgid "time" +msgstr "आयुष्यभर" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:173 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "दिवस" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:175 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "सोमवार" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:176 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "मंगळवार" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:177 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "बुधवार" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:178 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "गुरूवार" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:179 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "शुक्रवार" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:180 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "शनिवार" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:181 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "रविवार" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:192 +msgid "From (H:M)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:195 +msgid "To (H:M)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208 +msgid "Matches using a regular expression on the complete URL." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 +msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 +#, fuzzy +msgid "port" +msgstr "आयात" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:221 +msgid "Port Number or Range of Ports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:226 +msgid "Matches the destination port for the request." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +msgid "myport" +msgstr "आयात" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Port Number" +msgstr "पोर्ट क्रंमाक" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:237 +msgid "Provides match for local TCP port number." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +msgid "proto" +msgstr "बूटप्रोटो" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:243 +msgid "Protocol" +msgstr "शिष्टाचार" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:248 +msgid "Matches the protocol of the request." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:253 +msgid "method" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +msgid "HTTP Method" +msgstr "मांडणी पध्दत" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:271 +msgid "This type matches the HTTP method in the request headers." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 +msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections" +msgstr "वाटण्यांची कमाल &संख्या" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 +msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 +msgid "Matches Referer header." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:314 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:337 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Header Name" +msgstr "पिअरचे नाव" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:315 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:338 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Regular Expression(s)" +msgstr "नियमित वर्णन" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Regular expression matching any of the known request headers." +msgstr "परवली शब्द हा रिक्त असता कामा नये." + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 +msgid "" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" +"be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 +msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363 +msgid "Match the mime type of the reply received by Squid." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:369 +msgid "MAC Address" +msgstr "MAC पत्ता" + +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:374 +msgid "Ethernet (MAC) address matching." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 +msgid "Afrikaans" +msgstr "आफ्रिकन" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 +msgid "Arabic" +msgstr "अरेबिक" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 +msgid "Armenian" +msgstr "Armenian" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56 +msgid "Azerbaijani" +msgstr "अझरबैजानी" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57 +msgid "Bulgarian" +msgstr "बल्गेरियन" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58 +msgid "Catalan" +msgstr "केटलॉन" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59 +msgid "Czech" +msgstr "चेक्" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60 +msgid "Danish" +msgstr "डॅनिश" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61 +msgid "German" +msgstr "जर्मन" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62 +msgid "Greek" +msgstr "ग्रीक" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63 +msgid "English" +msgstr "इंग्लिश" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64 +msgid "Spanish" +msgstr "स्पेनिश " + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65 +msgid "Estonian" +msgstr "इस्टोनियन" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 +msgid "Persian" +msgstr "पर्झियन" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 +msgid "Finnish" +msgstr "फिन्निश" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68 +msgid "French" +msgstr "फ्रेन्च" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69 +msgid "Hebrew" +msgstr "हिब्रू" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70 +msgid "Hungarian" +msgstr "हन्गेरियन" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 +msgid "Indonesian" +msgstr "इन्डोनेशियन" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 +msgid "Italian" +msgstr "इटालियन" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73 +msgid "Japanese" +msgstr "जॅपनीज" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74 +msgid "Korean" +msgstr "कोरियन" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 +msgid "Latvian" +msgstr "लॅट्वियन" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 +msgid "Lithuanian" +msgstr "लिथॉनियन" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 +msgid "Malay" +msgstr "माले" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 +msgid "Dutch" +msgstr "डच्" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 +msgid "Occitan" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 +msgid "Polish" +msgstr "पोलिश" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81 +msgid "Portuguese" +msgstr "पोर्चुगीस" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Portuguese" +msgid "Brazilian Portuguese" +msgstr "पोर्चुगीस" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83 +msgid "Romanian" +msgstr "रोमेनियन" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Russian" +msgstr "रशीयन" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 +msgid "Slovak" +msgstr "स्लोव्हाक" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Slovak" +msgid "Slovenian" +msgstr "स्लोव्हाक" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serbian" +msgid "Serbian Cyrillic" +msgstr "सर्बियन" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serbian" +msgid "Serbian Latin" +msgstr "सर्बियन" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89 +msgid "Swedish" +msgstr "स्वीडिश" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 +msgid "Thai" +msgstr "थाई" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 +msgid "Turkish" +msgstr "टर्किश" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Ukrainian" +msgstr "Ukrainian" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 +msgid "Uzbek" +msgstr "उझ्बेक" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 +msgid "Vietnamese" +msgstr "वियटनामीज" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 +msgid "Simplified Chinese" +msgstr "अनलंकृत चायनिज" + +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 +msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgstr "परंपरागत चायनिज" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Russian-koi8-r" +#~ msgstr "रशीयन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Ukrainian-koi8-u" +#~ msgstr "Ukrainian" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Ukrainian-utf8" +#~ msgstr "Ukrainian" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." +#~ msgstr "पायरवॉल मांडणी वाचू शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Simplify Chinese" +#~ msgstr "अनलंकृत चायनिज" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "ACL Group '" +#~ msgstr "समूह ID" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/sshd.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/sshd.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/sshd.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,514 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. SSHD read dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:155 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:175 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:78 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing SSHD Configuration" +msgstr "DSL संरचना सुरू करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:161 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:181 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read current SSHD configuration" +msgstr "सध्याचे पृथ:करण वाचा" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:163 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:183 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:86 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Read current SSHD state" +msgstr "सद्यस्थिती शोधा" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:166 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:186 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading current SSHD configuration..." +msgstr "सध्याची संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:168 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:188 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading current SSHD state..." +msgstr "SCPM स्थिती वाचली जात नाही..." + +#. Error message +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:186 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:206 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:109 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot read current SSHD state." +msgstr "चालू सेटिंग्ज वाचू शकत नाही." + +#. SSHD read dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:204 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:224 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:127 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving SSHD Configuration" +msgstr "ISDN संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:210 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:230 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:133 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Write the SSHD settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:212 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:232 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:135 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Adjust the SSHD service" +msgstr "फायरवॉल सेवा अनुकुल करा" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:215 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:235 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:138 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing the SSHD settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:217 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:237 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Adjusting the SSHD service..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहिण्यास अनुकुल करत आहे..." + +#. Error message +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:228 +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:248 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:151 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot write SSHD settings." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही." + +#. A popup dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-complex.ycp:116 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add New Port" +msgstr "&नविन शब्दकोश भरा" + +#. A popup dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-complex.ycp:119 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit Current Port" +msgstr "सध्याचा सादरकर्ता" + +#. A text entry +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-complex.ycp:121 +msgid "&Port" +msgstr "&स्थान" + +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-complex.ycp:144 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Port number must not be empty." +msgstr "दूरध्वनी क्रमांक रिकामे असता कामा नयेत." + +#. a dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:28 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:28 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSHD Server Configuration" +msgstr "सांबा सेवासंगणक संरचना" + +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:31 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSHD TCP Ports" +msgstr "TCP ठिकाण" + +#. a push button +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:40 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:40 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "मिळवा..." + +#. a push button +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:42 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:42 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "संपादीत करा..." + +#. a push button +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:44 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:44 +msgid "&Delete" +msgstr "काढून टाका" + +#. a dialog frame caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:49 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Server Features" +msgstr "सेवा संगणक पत्ता" + +#. a check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:52 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:52 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Allow &TCP Forwarding" +msgstr "इनऐबल IP फारवर्डीग" + +#. a check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:54 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Allow &X11 Forwarding" +msgstr "इनऐबल IP फारवर्डीग" + +#. a check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:56 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:56 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Allow &Compression" +msgstr "संकलन" + +#. a dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:106 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:100 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSHD Server Login Settings" +msgstr "CUPS सेवासंगणकाची मांडणी" + +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:110 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:104 +#, fuzzy +msgid "General Login Settings" +msgstr "साधारण जुळणी" + +#. A check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:113 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" +msgid "Print &Message of the Day After Login" +msgstr "NTP डीमनची एन्ट्री छापा." + +#. A check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:115 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:109 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Permi&t Root Login" +msgstr "आपोआप प्रवेश" + +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:120 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Authentication Settings" +msgstr "विश्वसनियता निर्वारण पद्धत" + +#. A text entry +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:123 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:117 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Ma&ximum Authentication Tries" +msgstr "आणि प्रयोक्ता अधिप्रमाणन स्रोत " + +#. A check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:125 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:119 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Pa&sswordAuthentication" +msgstr "विश्वासनियता निर्धारण" + +#. A check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:127 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:121 +#, fuzzy +msgid "RSA Authenti&cation" +msgstr "विश्वासनियता निर्धारण" + +#. A check box +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:129 +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:123 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Public &Key Authentication" +msgstr "प्रॉक्सी ऑथेंटिकेशन" + +#. Sshd read dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:28 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing sshd Configuration" +msgstr "DSL संरचना सुरू करत आहे" + +#. Sshd write dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:53 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving sshd Configuration" +msgstr "ISDN संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. Sshd overview dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:56 +msgid "Sshd Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "नंबर" + +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 +msgid "Sshd" +msgstr "" + +#. Sshd configure1 dialog caption +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-dialogs.ycp:25 +msgid "</command>Sshd Configuration<command>" +msgstr "" + +#. Sshd configure1 dialog contents +#: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-dialogs.ycp:28 +#, fuzzy +msgid "First part of configuration of sshd" +msgstr "IPsec ची संरचना" + +#. Read dialog help +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing sshd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> VPN आकृतीबंध सुरु करत आहे </big></b><br>\n" +" कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving sshd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आयएसएनएस आकृतीबंध संग्रहीत करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया वाट पाहा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Server Configuration dialog help +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:26 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Configure SSHD here.<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>CASA आकृतीबंध</big></b><br>\n" +"या ठिकाणी CASA आकृतीबंध बनवा.<br></p>\n" + +#. Login Settings dialog help +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Login Settings</big></b><br>\n" +"Configure SSHD login settings here.<br></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>CASA आकृतीबंध</big></b><br>\n" +"या ठिकाणी CASA आकृतीबंध बनवा.<br></p>\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xsshd module +#: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/sshd.ycp:32 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuration of sshd" +msgstr "IPsec ची संरचना" + +#~ msgid "Show current settings" +#~ msgstr "सध्याची मांडणी दाखवा" + +#~ msgid "Add a new record" +#~ msgstr "नवीन माहिती भरा" + +#~ msgid "Remove a record" +#~ msgstr "माहिती काढून टाका" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Really exit?\n" +#~ "All changes will be lost." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "खरंच बंद करू?\n" +#~ "सर्व बदल नाहीसे होतील." + +#~ msgid "Port" +#~ msgstr "पोर्ट" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "RSA Authenti&cation (Protocol V. 1 Only)" +#~ msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Supported Ciphers" +#~ msgstr "पाठबळ नसलेला सूत्रचालक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Login Settings</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Here you can configure the SSHD login and authentication settings.\n" +#~ "Some apply to a particular protocol version only.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>आयएसएनएस आकृतीबंध</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "येथे आयएसएनएस सर्व्हर आकृतीबंधित करा..<br></p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>RSA Authentication</b><br>\n" +#~ "Specifies whether pure RSA authentication is allowed.\n" +#~ "This option applies to protocol version 1 only.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>सत्यापन</b><br>\n" +#~ "आपल्या सिस्टिमवर उपयोगकर्त्यांसाठी सत्यापनाची विधी निवडा.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Public Key Authentication</b><br>\n" +#~ "Specifies whether public key authentication is allowed.\n" +#~ "This option applies to protocol version 2 only.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>सत्यापन</b><br>\n" +#~ "आपल्या सिस्टिमवर उपयोगकर्त्यांसाठी सत्यापनाची विधी निवडा.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Protocol and Cipher Settings</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Configure SSHD protocol version and cipher settings.<br></p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big> प्रोवाइडर सेट अप</big></b><br>\n" +#~ " तुमचा प्रोवाइडर कोन्फिगर करा.<br></p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Service is running" +#~ msgid "SSH server is running" +#~ msgstr "सेवा चालू आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Service is not running" +#~ msgid "SSH server is not running" +#~ msgstr "सेवा चालू नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "&Start the Service Now" +#~ msgid "&Start SSH Server Now" +#~ msgstr "&आता सेवा सुरू करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "S&top the Service Now" +#~ msgid "S&top SSH Server Now" +#~ msgstr "&आता सेवा बंद करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Save Settings and Restart Firewall Now" +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Reload SSH Server &Now" +#~ msgstr "मांडणी संग्रहीत करा आणि आता पुन्हा फायरवॉल सुरू करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Start the Service Now" +#~ msgid "Start SSH Server Now" +#~ msgstr "आता सेवा सुरू करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Stop the Service Now" +#~ msgid "Stop SSH Server Now" +#~ msgstr "आता सेवा बंद करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Save Settings and Restart Firewall Now" +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Reload SSH Server Now" +#~ msgstr "मांडणी संग्रहीत करा आणि आता पुन्हा फायरवॉल सुरू करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "When &Booting" +#~ msgid "Now and When &Booting" +#~ msgstr "बूटींग करण्याच्या वेळेस" + +#~ msgid "&Manually" +#~ msgstr "हाताने" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "When Booting" +#~ msgid "Now and When Booting" +#~ msgstr "बुटींग करताना" + +#~ msgid "Manually" +#~ msgstr "हाताने" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Start-Up" +#~ msgid "&Start-Up" +#~ msgstr "सुरू करा" + +#~ msgid "&General" +#~ msgstr "सर्वसाधारण" + +#~ msgid "&Login Settings" +#~ msgstr "प्रवेश मांडणी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Protocol and Ciphers" +#~ msgstr "सेवासंगणक संपर्क मांडणी " + +#~ msgid "Read firewall settings" +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉल प्रणाली वाचा" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Read Samba service settings" +#~ msgid "Read service status" +#~ msgstr "सांबा सुविधा मांडणी वाचा" + +#~ msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." +#~ msgid "Reading service status..." +#~ msgstr "सांबा सुविधा मांडणी वाचत आहे" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." +#~ msgstr "पायरवॉल मांडणी वाचू शकत नाही." + +#~ msgid "Write firewall settings" +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा" + +#~ msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." +#~ msgstr "सर्वसामान्य मांडणी लिहीली जाऊ शकत नाही." + +#~ msgid "Not configured yet." +#~ msgstr "अजून संरचित केले नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "SSHD Server Ports:" +#~ msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणाकासाठी परवलीशब्द:" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/storage.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/storage.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/storage.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,10733 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Never partition disks that may, in any way, be in use\n" +#| "(mounted, swap, etc.) unless you know exactly what you are\n" +#| "doing. Otherwise, the partitioning table will not be forwarded to the\n" +#| "kernel, which would most likely lead to data loss.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" +msgid "" +"Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" +"\n" +"Never partition disks that may, in any way, be in use\n" +"(mounted, swap, etc.) unless you know exactly what you are\n" +"doing. Otherwise, the partitioning table will not be forwarded to the\n" +"kernel, which will most likely lead to data loss.\n" +"\n" +"To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" +msgstr "" +"आपल्याला हार्ड डिस्क विभाजनाची माहिती असेल तरच हा कार्यक्रम वापरा.\n" +"\n" +"विभाजन डिस्क्स कधीही वापरू नये, जर त्या कोणत्याही वापरात असल्या\n" +"(माउंटेड, अदलाबदल इ.) जोपर्यन्त आपण नक्की काय करत आहात ते आपल्याला माहीत \n" +"नसेल. नाहीतर विभाजन तक्ता पुढे पाठविला जाणार नाही याला म्हणजे\n" +"कर्नेलला, ज्यामुळे बहुदा डेटा हरविण्याची शक्यता आहे. \n" +"\n" +"या सूचनेनंतरही चालू ठेवण्यासाठी, क्लिक होय. \n" + +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +msgid "Expert Partitioner" +msgstr "तज्ञ विभाजक" + +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." + +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Volumes are being detected.</p>" +msgstr "<p>पॅकेजेस स्थापीत होईपर्यंत कृपया वाट पाहा.</p>" + +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Image Configuration" +msgid "Storage Configuration" +msgstr "प्रतिमा आकृतीबंध" + +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading disk partitions..." +msgid "List disks and partitions" +msgstr "डिस्क विभाग वाचत आहे..." + +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +msgid "List disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk partitioner" +msgid "List partitions" +msgstr "डिस्क विभाजन" + +#. Title for dialogue +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +msgid "Suggested Partitioning" +msgstr "सूचित विभाजन" + +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expert Partitioner" +msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." +msgstr "तज्ञ विभाजक" + +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." +msgstr "&निर्माण करा विभाजन सेटअप" + +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +msgid "" +"No automatic proposal possible.\n" +"Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." +msgstr "" +"एकही स्वयंचलित प्रस्ताव शक्य नाही.\n" +"निर्दिष्ट करा माउंट पॉईंट्स व्यक्तीचलितपणे 'विभाजक' संवादात." + +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. this is the resize case +#. +#. this is the normal case +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write global settings" +msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" +msgstr "ग्लोबल मांडणी लिहा" + +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" +"displayed is proposed for your hard drive.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आपल्या हार्ड डिस्क्स तपासण्यात आल्या आहेत. प्रदर्शित विभाजन\n" +"सेटअप आपल्या हार्ड ड्राइव्हसाठी प्रस्तावित आहे.</p>" + +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" +"setup (like changing filesystem types), choose\n" +"<b>%1</b> and modify the settings in the expert\n" +"partitioner dialog.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आपल्याला केवळ लहान अनुयोजना करायच्या असतील प्रस्तावित \n" +"सेटअपला (जसे उदा. फाइलयंत्रणा प्रकार बदलणे) निवडा \n" +"<b>%1</b> आणि हे फेरबदल करा तज्ञ\n" +"विभाजक संवादात.</p>\n" + +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" +#| "your own partition setup starting with the partitions as\n" +#| "currently present on the disks. For this, select\n" +#| "<b>%1</b>.\n" +#| "This is also the option to choose for\n" +#| "advanced options like RAID and encryption.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" +"your own partition setup starting with the partitions \n" +"currently present on the disks. Select\n" +"<b>%1</b>.\n" +"This is also the option to choose for\n" +"advanced configurations like RAID and encryption.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"जर ही सूचना आपल्या गरजांच्या योग्य नसली, निर्माण करा\n" +"आपले स्वतःचे विभाजन सेटअप सुरुवात करा विभाजनांनी जसे\n" +"डिस्कसवर सध्या आहेत. यासाठी, निवडा\n" +"<b>%1</b>.\n" +"हा पर्याय हेही निवडण्यासाठी आहे \n" +"प्रगत पर्याय जसे RAID व कोडबद्धीकरण.</p>\n" + +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 +msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." +msgstr "सांगितलेला प्रस्ताव करणे अशक्य." + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 +msgid "" +"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" +"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" +msgstr "" + +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Preparing disks..." +msgstr "डिस्क विभाग वाचत आहे..." + +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +msgid "MB" +msgstr "MB" + +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +msgid "" +"Windows\n" +"Used\n" +"%1 " +msgstr "" +"विंडोज\n" +"रिक्त\n" +"%1 " + +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +msgid "" +"Windows\n" +"Free\n" +"%1 " +msgstr "" +"विंडोज\n" +"रिक्त\n" +"%1 " + +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +msgid "" +"Linux\n" +"%1 " +msgstr "" +"लिनक्स\n" +"%1 " + +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +msgid "Windows Free (%1)" +msgstr "विंडोज र्कित (%1)" + +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +msgid "Linux (%1)" +msgstr "लिनक्स (%1)" + +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आपल्या विंडोज विभाजनासाठी नवीन आकार निवडा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "The actual resizing will be performed only after you confirm all your\n" +#| "settings in the last installation dialog. Until then, your Windows\n" +#| "partition will remain untouched.\n" +#| "</p>" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"The actual resizing will not be performed until after you confirm all your\n" +"settings in the last installation dialog. Until then your Windows\n" +"partition will remain untouched.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"वास्तविक पुनर्आकार तेव्हाच दिले जातील जेव्हा आपण पुष्टी कराल सर्व आपल्या\n" +"गेल्या इन्स्टॉलेशन संवादातील सेटिंग्ज. तोपर्यंन्त आपले विंडोज \n" +"विभाजन अस्पर्श राहील. \n" +"</p>" + +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"To skip resizing your Windows partition, press\n" +"<b>Back</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"आपले विंडोज विभाजन पुनर्आकारित करणे गाळण्यासाठी, दाबा \n" +"<b>मागे</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +msgid "Now" +msgstr "आता" + +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +msgid "After Installation" +msgstr "इन्स्टॉलेशननंतर" + +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"The upper bar graph displays the current situation.\n" +"The lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation (after\n" +"the partition resize).\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"वरील बार आलेख वर्तमान स्थिति प्रदर्शित करतो.\n" +"खालील बार आलेख इन्स्टॉलेशननंतरची स्थिती प्रदर्शित करतो (नंतर\n" +"विभाजन पुनर्आकार).\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "Drag the slider or enter a numeric value in either\n" +#| "input field to adjust the suggested value.\n" +#| "</p>" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"Drag the slider or enter a numeric value in either\n" +"input field to adjust the suggested values.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"स्लाइडर ओढा किंवा सांख्यिक मूल्य प्रविष्ट करा दोन्ही\n" +"इनपुट क्षेत्रात, सूचित मूल्य अनुयोजित करण्यासाठी.\n" +"</p>" + +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"Within the space you reserve for Linux, partitions will automatically be\n" +"created as necessary.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"आपण लिनक्ससाठी आरक्षित केलेल्या जागेत, विभाजने होतील स्वयंचलितपणे\n" +"निर्माण आवश्यकतेनुसार.\n" +"</p>" + +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +msgid "Windows Used" +msgstr "वापरलेल्या विंडोज" + +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +msgid "Free" +msgstr "मुक्त" + +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "लिनक्स" + +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>Enter a value for the size of your <b>Linux</b> installation.\n" +"The partitions will automatically be created within this range\n" +"as required for &product;.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>प्रविष्ट करा संख्या आपल्या <b>लिनक्स</b> इन्स्टॉलेशनचा आकार.\n" +"या रेंजमध्ये विभाजने स्वयंचलितपणे निर्माण होतील \n" +"जसे आवश्यक &प्रॉडक्टसाठी;.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "<b>Windows Used</b> is the size of the used part of your Windows partition.\n" +#| "</p>" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Windows Used</b> is the size of the space your Windows partition uses.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"<b>विंडोज वापरलेली </b> आपल्या विंडोज विभाजनाच्या वापरलेल्या भागाचा आकार आहे.\n" +"</p>" + +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p><b>Free</b> indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" +"installation) on the partition.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p><b>रिक्त</b> सूचित करते वर्तमान रिक्त जागा (लिनक्स \n" +"इन्स्टॉलेशनपूर्वी) विभाजनावरील.\n" +"</p>" + +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" +msgstr "विंडोज विभाजन पुनर्आकारित करत आहे " + +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "An error has occurred.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Insufficient space is available on the Windows partition to allow for\n" +#| "the minimum Linux installation.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "To install Linux, first boot Windows and uninstall some \n" +#| "applications or delete some data.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "You need at least %1 MB of free space on the\n" +#| "Windows device, including Windows workspace and\n" +#| "space for %2.\n" +msgid "" +"An error has occurred.\n" +"\n" +"The space available on the Windows partition is not sufficient for\n" +"the minimum Linux installation.\n" +"\n" +"To install Linux, boot Windows first and uninstall some \n" +"applications or delete data to free space.\n" +"\n" +"You need at least %1 MB of free space on the\n" +"Windows device, including Windows workspace and\n" +"space for %2.\n" +msgstr "" +"एक त्रुटी झाली आहे.\n" +"\n" +"विंडोज विभाजनावर अपुरी जागा उपलब्ध आहे अनुमती देण्यासाठी\n" +"किमान लिनक्स इन्स्टॉलेशन. \n" +"\n" +"लिनक्स इन्स्टॉल करण्यासाठी, आधी विंडोज बूट करा व अनइन्स्टॉल करा काही \n" +"अनुप्रयोग किंवा का ही डेटा काढून टाका.\n" +"\n" +"आपल्याला गरज आहे किमान %1 MB रिक्त जागा \n" +"विंडोज साधनावर, ज्यात आहे विंडोज वर्कस्पेस आणि \n" +"जागा %2 साठी.\n" + +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +msgid "" +"Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" +"for consistency.\n" +"\n" +"Depending on the size of your Windows partition\n" +"and the amount of space used, this may take a while.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"आपल्या विंडोज विभाजनाची फाइल यंत्रणा तपासत आहे \n" +"सातत्यतेसाठी.\n" +"\n" +"आपल्या विंडोज विभाजनाच्या आकारानुसार \n" +"व वापरलेल्या जागेच्या प्रमाणानुसार, याला वेळ लागू शकेल.\n" +"\n" + +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +msgid "" +"An error has occurred.\n" +"\n" +"Your Windows partition has errors in the file system.\n" +"\n" +"Boot Windows and clear those errors by running\n" +"scandisk and defrag.\n" +"\n" +"If the problem occurs again next time, resize your\n" +"Windows partition by other means.\n" +msgstr "" +"एक त्रुटी झाली आहे.\n" +"\n" +"आप विंडोज विभाजनाच्या फाइल यंत्रणेत त्रुटी आहेत.\n" +"\n" +"विंडोज बूट करा व या त्रुटी दूर करा चालवून \n" +"स्कॅनडिस्क व डिफ्रॅग.\n" +"\n" +"पुढील वेळेस पुन्हा समस्या उद्भवली, तर पुनर्आकारित करा \n" +"आपले विंडोज विभाजन इतर उपायांनी.\n" + +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." +msgstr "उपलब्ध जागा इन्स्टॉलेशनसाठी पुरेशी नाही." + +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +msgid "" +"An internal error has occurred.\n" +"\n" +"\t You cannot shrink your Windows partition during\n" +"\t installation. Your hard disk has not been altered.\n" +"\n" +"\t Abort the installation now and shrink your\n" +"\t Windows partition by other means.\n" +"\t " +msgstr "" +"एक अंतर्गत त्रुटी झाली आहे.\n" +"\n" +"\t आपण आपले विंडोज विभाजन आकुंचन करू शकत नाही दरम्यान \n" +"\t इन्स्टॉलेशन. आपली हार्ड डिस्क बदललेली नाही. \n" +"\n" +"\t इन्स्टॉलेशन आता निष्फळ करा व आंकुचन करा आपले \n" +"\t विंडोज विभाजन इतर उपायांनी.\n" +"\t " + +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." +msgstr "आपली यंत्रणा केवळ कस्टम विभाजन पर्यायासोबतच संरूपित करता येते." + +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +msgid "" +"An error has occurred.\n" +"\n" +"The Windows version on your system is \n" +"not compatible with the resizing tool.\n" +"Shrinking your Windows partition is not possible.\n" +"\n" +"Choose a different disk or abort the installation and\n" +"shrink your Windows partition by other means.\n" +msgstr "" +"एक त्रुटी झाली आहे.\n" +"\n" +"आपल्या यंत्रणेवरील विंडोज संस्करण \n" +"पुनर्आकाराच्या उपकरणाशी मिळते नाही.\n" +"आपले विंडोज विभाजन आंकुचन करणे शक्य नाही.\n" +"\n" +"दुसरी डिस्क निवडा किंवा इन्स्टॉलेशन निष्फळ करा व \n" +"आपले विंडोज विभाजन इतर उपायाने आकुंचन करा.\n" + +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +msgid "" +"The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" +"\n" +"It is therefore not possible to shrink your Windows partition.\n" +"\n" +"Choose a different disk or abort the installation and\n" +"shrink your Windows partition by other means.\n" +msgstr "" +"आपल्या यंत्रणेवरील विंडोज संस्करण ठरविता आले नव्हते.\n" +"\n" +"त्यामुळे आपले विंडोज विभाजन आकुंचन करणे शक्य नाही.\n" +"\n" +"दुसरी डिस्क निवडा किंवा इन्स्टॉलेशन निष्फळ करा व \n" +"आपले विंडोज विभाजन इतर उपायाने आकुंचन करा.\n" + +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +msgid "" +"You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" +"In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" +"Windows space that should be freed for %1.\n" +"\n" +"A data backup is strongly recommended\n" +"because data must be reorganized. \n" +"Under rare circumstances, this could fail.\n" +"\n" +"Only continue if you have successfully run\n" +"the Windows system applications scandisk and defrag.\n" +"\n" +"Really shrink your Windows partition?\n" +msgstr "" +"आपण आपले विंडोज विभाजन आकुंचन करायची निवड केली.\n" +"पुढील संवादात विंडोज जागेचे \n" +"प्रमाण निर्देशित करा जे रिक्त करावे %1 साठी.\n" +"\n" +"डेटा बॅकअपची जोरदार शिफारस केली जाते \n" +"कारण डेटाची पुनर्रचना केलीच पाहिजे. \n" +"दुर्मिळ स्थितीत, हे अयशस्वी ठरू शकेल. \n" +"\n" +"तरच चालू ठेवा जर आपण यशस्वीरीत्या चालविली \n" +"विंडोज यंत्रणा अनुप्रयोग स्कॅनडिस्क व डिफ्रॅग.\n" +"\n" +"खरोखरच आपले विंडोज विभाजन आकुंचन करू?\n" + +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +msgid "&Shrink Windows" +msgstr "&आकुंचन करा विंडोज " + +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +msgid "" +"You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" +"\n" +"All data on this partition will be lost in the process.\n" +"\n" +"Really delete your Windows partition?\n" +msgstr "" +"आपण आपले विंडोज विभाजन पूर्णपणे काढून टाकण्याची निवड केली.\n" +"\n" +"या प्रक्रियेत या विभाजनवरील सर्व डेटा हरवेल.\n" +"\n" +"खरोखरच आपले विंडोज विभाजन काढून टाकू?\n" + +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +msgid "&Delete Windows" +msgstr "&काढून टाका विंडोज " + +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Too few partitions are marked for removal\n" +#| "or the disk is too small. \n" +#| "To install Linux, select more partitions to \n" +#| "remove or select a larger disk." +msgid "" +"Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" +"the disk is too small. \n" +"To install Linux, select more partitions to \n" +"remove or select a larger disk." +msgstr "" +"काढण्यासाठी फार कमी विभाजने चिन्हित आहेत \n" +"किंवा डिस्क फार लहान आहे. \n" +"लिनक्स इन्स्टॉल करण्यासाठी, आणखी विभाजने निवडण्यासाठी \n" +"काढा किंवा जास्त मोठी डिस्क निवडा." + +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115 +msgid "Available &Disks" +msgstr "उपलब्ध &डिस्कस" + +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149 +msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" +msgstr "&कस्टम विभाजन करणे (तज्ञांसाठी)" + +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161 +msgid "Hard Disk" +msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क" + +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "एकही डिस्क सापडली नाही. अद्ययावत सीडी, उपलब्ध असल्यास वापरायचा प्रयत्न करा इन्स्टॉलेशनसाठी." + +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" +"are shown here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"सर्व हार्ड डिस्क्स आपल्या यंत्रणेवर स्वयंचलितपणे सापडलेल्या \n" +"येथे दाखविल्या आहेत. ज्या हार्ड डिस्कवर &उत्पादन इन्स्टॉल करायचे आहे ते निवडा;.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"डिस्कचा कोणता भाग &उत्पादनासाठी वापरला आहे ते आपण नंतर निवडू शकता;.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"The <b>Custom Partitioning</b> option for experts allows full\n" +"control over partitioning the hard disks and assigning\n" +"partitions to mount points when installing &product;.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +" <b>कस्टम विभाजन </b> पर्याय तज्ञासाठी अनुमती देते पूर्ण \n" +"नियंत्रण हार्ड डिस्क्स विभाजन व नेमणे \n" +"विभाजने माउंट पॉइंट्स &उत्पादन इन्स्टॉल करताना;.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" +msgstr "आपली हार्ड डिस्क तयार करणे चालू " + +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271 +msgid "Select one of the options to continue." +msgstr "चालू ठेवण्यासाठी एखादा पर्याय निवडा." + +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297 +msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Activate multipath?" +msgstr "स्वयंचलित &मल्टीपाथ शोधा " + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +msgid "" +"The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" +"ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." +msgstr "" + +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 +msgid "Partitioning" +msgstr "विभाजन चालू" + +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220 +msgid "&Partitioning" +msgstr "&विभाजन चालू" + +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +msgid "Saving file system configuration..." +msgstr "जतन करत आहे फाईल यंत्रणा संरूपण..." + +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +msgid "" +"The current selection is invalid:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"वर्तमान निवड अग्राह्य आहे:\n" +"%1" + +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" +msgstr "&%1: %2, अनिर्देशित" + +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +msgid "" +"Disk Areas to Use\n" +"to Install %1\n" +msgstr "" +"वापरण्यासाठी डिस्क एरिया\n" +" %1ला इनस्टॉल करा\n" + +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use &entire hard disk" +msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" +msgstr "वापरा &संपूर्ण हार्ड डिस्क " + +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +msgid "" +"There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" +"The entire disk will be used for %1." +msgstr "" +"अद्याप या डिस्कवर विभाजने नाहीत.\n" +" %1 साठी संपूर्ण डिस्क वापरली जाईल." + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +msgid "" +"This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" +"There is not enough space to install Linux." +msgstr "" +"ही डिस्क विंडोजनी वापरल्यासारखी दिसते\n" +"लिनक्स इनस्टॉल करण्यासाठी पुरेशी जागा नाही." + +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete Windows completely" +msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" +msgstr "&विंडोज पूर्णपणे काढून टाका" + +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Shrink Windows partition" +msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" +msgstr "&विंडोज विभाजन आकुंचित करा " + +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आपल्या हार्डडिस्कवर कुठे इनस्टॉल आणि &प्रॉडक्ट करायचे निवडा;.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "You can either use the <b>entire hard disk</b> or one or more of the\n" +#| "partitions or free regions shown.\n" +#| "</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Use either the <b>entire hard disk</b> or one or more of the\n" +"partitions or free regions shown.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आपण एकतर <b>संपूर्ण हार्डडिस्क वापरा </b> किंवा एक किंवा जास्त चे\n" +"विभाजन किंवा मोकळे क्षेत्र दाखवले आहे. \n" +"</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as <i>free</i>, you\n" +"might loose existing data on your hard disk. This could also affect\n" +"other operating systems.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"सूचना: जर आपण <i>मोकळे</i> असे क्षेत्र निवडले नाहीत, आपण\n" +"आपल्या हार्ड डिस्क वरिल सध्याचा डाटा हरवू शकता. ह्यामूळे इतर \n" +"संचालन यंत्रणांवर परिणाम होऊ शकतो.\n" +"</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><i>The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" +"lost. </i></b> There will be no way to recover this data.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b><i>खूणा केलेली क्षेत्रे काढून टाकण्यात येतील. त्यामूळे सर्व डेटा \n" +"हरवेल. </i></b> हा डेटा पुन्हा मिळवण्याचा कोणताही मार्ग नसेल. \n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +msgid "Installing on:" +msgstr "वर इनस्टॉल करत आहे:" + +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" +"space for &product;. You can either <b>delete Windows completely</b> or\n" +"<b>shrink</b> it to get enough free space.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"निवडलेली हार्डडिस्क कदाचित विंडोजनी वापरलेली आहे. इथे &प्रोडक्टसाठीपुरेशी\n" +"जागा नाही; आपण एकतर <b>विंडोज पूर्णपणे </b> काढून टाकू शकताकिंवा\n" +"<b>आकुंचित</b> पुरेशी जागा मिळवण्यासाठी.\n" +"</p>" + +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be <b>irreversibly\n" +"lost</b> in the installation. When shrinking Windows, we <b>strongly\n" +"recommend a data backup</b>, because the data must be reorganized.\n" +"This may fail under rare circumstances.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"जर आपण विंडोज काढून टाकल्या, तर या विभाजनावरील सर्व डेटा <b>अप्रत्यावर्ती\n" +"हरवेल</b> इन्स्टॉलेशनमध्ये. विंडोज आंकुचित करताना, आम्ही <b>ठामपणे\n" +"डेटाबॅकअप </b> शिफारस करतो, कारण डेटा मान्यताप्राप्त असला पाहीजे.\n" +"दुर्मिल परिस्थितीमध्ये हे अयशस्वी होऊ शकते. \n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 +msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" +msgstr "वेगळे &गृह विभाजन प्रस्तावित करा " + +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" +msgstr " &LVM आधारित प्रस्ताव निर्माण करा " + +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" +msgstr " व्हॉल्यूम समूह " + +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +msgid "Proposal type" +msgstr "प्रस्ताव प्रकार " + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You have not assigned a root partition for\n" +"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" +"partition.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"YaST2 ला इनस्टॉल करण्यासाठी मूळ विभाजनाची आवश्यकता.\n" +"विभाजनाला\"/\" मूळ माउंट पॉइंट निर्देशित करा.\n" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" +"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" +"Use a Linux file system, such as ext3 or ext4, for these mount points.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"आपण खालील माउंट पॉईंटसना एक \n" +"जाड विभाजन माउंट करण्याचा प्रयत्न केलात: / /usr /गृह /opt /var.\n" +" ext2 किंवा reiserfs सारखी लिनक्स प्रणाली या माउंट पॉइंटसाठी वापरा.\n" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" +"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" +"system, such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"आपण खालील माउंट पॉईंटसना एक \n" +"जाड विभाजन माउंट करण्याचा प्रयत्न केलात: / /usr /गृह /opt /var.\n" +" ext2 किंवा reiserfs सारखी लिनक्स प्रणाली या माउंट पॉइंटसाठी वापरा.\n" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" +"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" +"system, such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"आपण खालील माउंट पॉईंटसना एक \n" +"जाड विभाजन माउंट करण्याचा प्रयत्न केलात: / /usr /गृह /opt /var.\n" +" ext2 किंवा reiserfs सारखी लिनक्स प्रणाली या माउंट पॉइंटसाठी वापरा.\n" + +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +msgid "" +"Warning:\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Please, consider creating one.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Warning:\n" +"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" +"Your BIOS does not seem able to boot\n" +"partitions above cylinder %1.\n" +"With the current setup, your %2\n" +"installation might not be directly bootable.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"इशारा:\n" +"आपले बूट विभाजन %1 सिलेंडरच्या वर संपते.\n" +"आपला BIOS %1 सिलेंडरच्या वरचे विभाजन \n" +"बूट करण्यास समर्थ नसावा \n" +"आपले %2 इन्स्टॉलेशन वर्तमान सेटअप\n" +"बरोबर कदाचित थेट बूट करण्याजोगे नाही. \n" +"\n" +"हे बदलू?\n" + +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Warning:\n" +"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" +"We recommend to increase the size of /boot.\n" +"\n" +"Really keep this size of boot partition?\n" +msgstr "" +"इशारा:\n" +"आपले बूट विभाजन 12 मेगाबाईट्सपेक्षाही कमी आहे.\n" +"बूट चा आकार वाढवण्याची शिफारस केली/आहे.\n" +"\n" +"आपणास हे करायचे आहे?\n" + +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 +msgid "" +"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" +"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" +"installed in the MBR of a GPT disk. It must be unformatted and\n" +"approximately 1MB large.\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" +"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" +"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"\n" +"Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" +msgstr "" +"इशारा: इथे कोणतेही विभाजन बूट म्हणून माउंट केलेले/नाही.\n" +"आपल्या हार्डडिस्कवरून बूट करण्यासाठी, एक छोटे /बूट विभाजन \n" +"(जवळपास 4MB) चे आवश्यक. एक निर्माण करण्याचा विचार करा.\n" +"(बूट करण्यासाठी निर्देशित केलेली विभाजने /स्वयंचलितरित्या बदलली जातील \n" +" 0x41 PReP/CHRP प्रकाराला).\n" +"\n" +"आपणास आपले सेटअप बदलायचे आहे का?\n" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" +"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" +"has an end cylinder above %1. Your BIOS does not seem capable\n" +"of booting partitions beyond the %1 cylinder boundary,\n" +"which means your %2 installation will not be\n" +"directly bootable.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"इशारा: आपल्या सेटअप अनुसार, आपण आपले मशीन \n" +"मूळ विभाजनाकडून बूट करण्यास इच्छित आहात (/), जे, दुर्देवाने,\n" +" %1 च्या वरील सिलेंडरवर संपते. आपलाBIOS %1 सिलेंडर मर्यादेच्या \n" +"बाहेरील विभाजने बूट करण्यास समर्थ नाही असे दिसते\n" +"याचा अर्थ, आपले %2 इन्स्टॉलेशन थेट बूट \n" +"होण्याजोगे नाही. \n" +"\n" +"हे बदलू?\n" + +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 +msgid "" +"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" +"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" +"installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" +"your files below \"/boot\" are on a software RAID device.\n" +"The boot loader setup sometimes fails in this configuration.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"इशारा: आपल्या वर्तमान सेटअप बरोबर, आपले %1\n" +"इन्स्टॉलेशन कदाचित थेट बूट करण्याजोगे नाही, कारण \n" +"आपल्या \"/बूट\" खालील फाइल्स सॉफ्टवेयर RAID साधनावर आहे तो.\n" +"बूटलोडर सेटअप काही बेळा या संरचनेत अयशस्वी होतो. \n" +"\n" +"हे बदलू?\n" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" +"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" +"FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" +"\n" +"This will cause severe problems with the normal boot setup.\n" +"\n" +"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +"FAT partition for your files below %1.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"इशारा: आपल्या वर्तमान सेटअप बरोबर, आपल्या %2 इस्टॉलेशनला\n" +"बूटिंग करताना समस्या येऊ शकतात, कारण %1 वर माउंट झालेले \n" +"एकही FAT विभाजन आपल्याकडे नाही.\n" +"\n" +"ह्यामूळे सामान्य बूट सेटअपबरोबर गंभीर समस्या येऊ शकतात.\n" +"\n" +"जर आपणास माहित नसेल की आपण नक्की काय करत आहात, तर \n" +"%1 खालील फाइल्सना FAT विभाजन सामान्य वापरा. \n" +"\n" +"हे बदलू?\n" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" +"encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" +"separate %1 partition on your RAID disk.\n" +"\n" +"This will cause severe problems with the normal boot setup.\n" +"\n" +"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +"partition for your files below %1.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"इशारा: आपल्या वर्तमान सेटअप बरोबर, आपल्या %2 इस्टॉलेशनला\n" +"बूटिंग करताना समस्या येऊ शकतात, कारण %1 वर माउंट झालेले \n" +"एकही FAT विभाजन आपल्याकडे नाही.\n" +"\n" +"ह्यामूळे सामान्य बूट सेटअपबरोबर गंभीर समस्या येऊ शकतात.\n" +"\n" +"जर आपणास माहित नसेल की आपण नक्की काय करत आहात, तर \n" +"%1 खालील फाइल्सना FAT विभाजन सामान्य वापरा. \n" +"\n" +"हे बदलू?\n" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Really use this setup?" +msgstr "हा यंत्रणासमूह खरंच काढून टाकू?" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" +"to create and assign a swap partition.\n" +"Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" +"\n" +"Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"आपण अदलाबदल विभाजन निर्देशित केलेले नाही. यात काही चुकीचे नाही, पण\n" +"अधिकृत ठिकाणी अदलाबदल विभाजन निर्माण व निर्देशित करण्याची शिफारस करत आहे.\n" +"आपल्या प्रणालीवरील अदलाबदल विभाजन मुख्य विंडोजमध्ये सूचीत समाविष्ट आहेत\n" +"प्रकार\"लिनक्स अदलाबदल\". निर्देशित अदलाबदल विभाजनाला माउंट पॉइंट असतो \"अदलाबदल\".\n" +"आपल्या इच्छेनुसार आपण एकापेक्षा जास्त अदलाबदल विभाजन निर्देशित करा.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"हे आपणास बदलायचे आहे?\n" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" +"formatted. YaST cannot guarantee your installation will succeed,\n" +"particularly in any of the following cases:\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"इशारा:\n" +"\n" +"आपण फॉरमॅट न केल्या गेलेल्या आधीच्याच विभाजनावर इनस्टॉल करण्याचे \n" +"निवडले आहे. YaST2 आपले इन्स्टॉलेशन यशस्वी होईल याची खात्री देत नाही, \n" +"विशेषतः खालील पैकी कोणत्याही गोष्टीमध्ये:\n" + +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 +msgid "" +"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" +"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" +"overwritten\n" +"- if this partition does not yet contain a file system\n" +msgstr "" +"- जर हे आधीचेच ReiserFS विभाजन असेल\n" +"- जे हे विभाजन याआधीच लिनक्स वाटप समाविष्ट असेल तर ते\n" +"उपरिलेखन होईल\n" +"- जर हे विभाजन अजूनही फाईल प्रणाली समाविष्ट करत नसेल \n" + +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n" +#| "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" +#| "like /, /boot, /usr, /opt, or /var.\n" +msgid "" +"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" +"like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" +msgstr "" +"जर शंका असेल, तर आपण मागे जाउन फॉरमॅटिंग साठी या विभाजनावर \n" +"खूण करू शकाल, विशेषतः जर हे स्टंडर्ड माउंट पॉइन्ट्स पैकी एकाला निर्देशित करत असेल \n" +"जसेकी /, /बूट, /usr, /opt, किंवा/var.\n" + +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" +"\n" +"Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" +msgstr "" +"जर आपण विभाजन फॉरमॅट करायचे ठरवलेत, तर यावरील सर्व डेटा हरवेल.\n" +"\n" +"आपणास आपले सेटअप बदलायचे आहे का?\n" + +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 +msgid "" +"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" +"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" +msgstr "" +"निवडले साधन RAID(%1)च्या मालकीचे आहे.\n" +"त्याचे संपादन करण्यापूर्वी ते RAID मधून काढा.\n" + +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 +msgid "" +"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" +"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" +msgstr "" +"निवडलेले साधन व्हॉल्यूम समूह (%1) च्या मालकीचे आहे.\n" +"त्याचे संपादन करण्यापूर्वी व्हॉल्यूम समूहातून काढा.\n" + +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 +msgid "" +"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" +"Remove the volume before editing it.\n" +msgstr "" +"निवडलेले साधन (%1) व्हॉल्यूमकडून वापरात आहे.\n" +"त्याचे संपादन करण्यापूर्वी व्हॉल्यूम काढा.\n" + +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 +msgid "" +"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" +"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" +msgstr "" +"हे साधन (%2) RAID (%1) च्या मालकीचे आहे.\n" +"ते काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी RAID मधून काढा.\n" + +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 +msgid "" +"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" +"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" +msgstr "" +"साधन (%2) %1 कडून वापरात आहे.\n" +"ते काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी %1 काढा.\n" + +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 +#, fuzzy +msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." +msgstr "डिवाइस डिलिट केलेले आहे" + +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n" +#| "Since it is a logical partition and another logical \n" +#| "partition with higher number is in use.\n" +msgid "" +"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" +"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" +msgstr "" +"साधन (%1) काढता येत नाही \n" +"हेच तार्किक विभाजन असल्याने आणि इतर तार्किक \n" +"विभाजन उच्चक्रमाकासह वापरात आहे.\n" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +#| "%1\n" +#| "It is *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +#| "Please choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" +msgid "" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"%1\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" +msgstr "" +" विभाजन वाढीव विभाजनात वर्तमानात माउंट असलेली सर्व विभाजने समावेशित आहे:\n" +"%1\n" +"वाठीव विभाजन काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी ही विभाजने अनमाउंट करण्याची *विशेष* शिफारस आहे. \n" +"आपण खरोखरच काय करत आहात हे माहीत नसेल तर कृपया निवडा रद्द करा. \n" + +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" +"assigned to a volume group. Remove all\n" +"partitions from their respective volume groups\n" +"before deleting the extended partition.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"निवडलेल्या वाढीव विभाजनात किमान एक LVM विभाजन समावेशित असावे\n" +"व्हॉल्यूम समूहास निर्देशित. सर्व विभाजने \n" +"त्यांच्या त्यांच्या व्हॉल्यूम समूहातून काढा \n" +"वाढीव विभाजन काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी.\n" + +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" +"that is part of a RAID system. Unassign the\n" +"partitions from their respective RAID systems before\n" +"deleting the extended partition.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"निवडलेल्या विभाजनात RAID प्रणालीचा हिस्सा असलेल्या किमान एका \n" +"विभाजनाचा समावेश आहे. सर्व विभाजने \n" +"त्यांच्यात्यांच्या RAID प्रणालीतून अनिर्दिशष्टित करा \n" +"वाढीव विभाजन काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी.\n" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" +"that is in use. Remove the used volume before\n" +"deleting the extended partition.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"निवडलेल्या वाढीव विभाजनात वापरात असलेल्या किमान एका \n" +"विभाजनाचा समावेश आहे. वाढीव विभाजन काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी \n" +"वापरलेला व्हॉल्यूम काढा.\n" + +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter your password for the encrypted file system." +msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." +msgstr "एनक्रिप्टेड फाईल प्रणालीसाठी आपला संकेतशब्द लिहा." + +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." +msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" +msgstr "आपण जे इथे लिहीले ते विसरू नका" + +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Empty password allowed." +msgstr " रिक्त पर्यायाच्या स्ट्रिंग्जना अनुमती नाही." + +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" +msgstr "एनक्रिप्टेड फाइल प्रणालीसाठीचा संकेतशब्द %1 चालू" + +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Enter your crypt password for\n" +#| "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" +msgid "" +"Enter your encryption password for\n" +"device %1 mounted on %2.\n" +msgstr "" +"%2 वर माउंट असलेल्या %1 साधनासाठी \n" +"आपला क्रिप्ट संकेतशब्द लिहा.\n" + +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter your password for the encrypted file system." +msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" +msgstr "एनक्रिप्टेड फाईल प्रणालीसाठी आपला संकेतशब्द लिहा." + +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:" +msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" +msgstr "आपल्या फाइल प्रणालीसाठी संकेतशब्द &लिहा:" + +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:" +msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" +msgstr "&पडताळणीसाठी पुन्हा एकदा संकेतशब्द लिहा:" + +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "सोडा" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password do not match!\n" +"Try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"संकेतशब्दचे पहिले व दुसरे \n" +"संस्करण जुळत नाही!\n" +"कृपया पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 +msgid "" +"You did not enter a password.\n" +"Try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"आपण संकेतशब्द लिहिला नाही.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.\n" + +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 +msgid "" +"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" +"Try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"संकेतशब्द किमान %1 वर्णाचा असला पाहीजे.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.\n" + +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Floating Point Unit" +msgid "No floating point number." +msgstr "दशांश अपूर्णाक एकक" + +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +msgid "File system options:" +msgstr "फाईल प्रणाली विकल्प:" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +msgid "" +"The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" +"Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" +msgstr "" +"वर्ण '/' यापूढे व्हॉल्यूम लेबलमध्ये परवानगी नाही.\n" +"आपले व्हॉल्यूम लेबल बदला ज्यामूळे त्यात हा वर्ण राहणार नाही.\n" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab by:</b>\n" +"Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" +"by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" +"to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" +"this is not possible.\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>माउंट /इत्यादि/fstab द्वारा:</b>\n" +"साधारणपणे माउंट करण्यासाठीची /इत्यादि/fstab फाईल प्रणाली\n" +"साधनाच्या नावाने ओळखली. ही ओळख बदलता येते म्हणजे माउंट करण्यासाठीची फाईल प्रणाली UUID किंवा व्हॉल्यूम लेबल\n" +" चा शोध घेतल्याने सापडू शकते. सर्व फाईल प्रणाली UUID किंवा व्हॉल्यूम लेबलवर \n" +"माउंट होऊ शकत नाहीत. जर विकल्प अक्षम केला तर हे शक्य नाही.\n" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" +"A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>व्हॉल्यूम लेबल:</b>\n" +"या क्षेत्रात लिहिलेल नाव व्हॉल्यूम लेबल म्हणून वापरण्यात येते. याचा अर्थ समान्यपणे फक्त\n" +"तेव्हाच कळतो जेव्हा व्हॉल्यूम लेबल ने माउंट करण्यासाठी आपण विकल्प कार्यान्वित करता.\n" +"व्हॉल्यूम लेबल मध्ये वर्ण किंवा / जागेचा समावेश असू शकत नाही.\n" + +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" +msgstr "कडून in /इत्यादि/fstab माउंट" + +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +msgid "&Device Name" +msgstr "वस्तू नाव" + +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +msgid "Volume &Label" +msgstr "व्हॉल्यूम &लेबल" + +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&UUID" +msgstr "ओळख चिन्ह" + +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +msgid "Device &ID" +msgstr "साधन &ओळखपत्र" + +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +msgid "Device &Path" +msgstr "साधन &पथ" + +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fs&tab Options" +msgid "Fstab Options:" +msgstr "Fs&tab विकल्प" + +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" +#| "is %1. Your volume label was truncated to this size.\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" +"is %1. Your volume label has been truncated to this size.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"निव़लेल्या फाईल प्रणालीसाठीची कमाल व्हॉल्यूम लेवल लांबी \n" +" %1 आहे. आपले व्हॉल्यूम लेबल या आकाराचे केले आहे. \n" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." +msgstr "लेवलने माउंट करण्यासाठी एक व्हॉल्यूम लेबल पुरवा." + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." +msgstr "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." + +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File System" +msgid "File &System" +msgstr "सिस्टम" + +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 +#, fuzzy +msgid "O&ptions..." +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Encrypt Device" +msgstr "इनक्रिप्शन" + +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 +msgid "File system &ID:" +msgstr "फाईल प्रणाली &ओळखपत्र:" + +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "फॉरमॅट" + +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "Do ¬ format" +msgstr "फॉरमट करू &नका" + +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "&फॉरमॅट" + +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 +msgid "Fs&tab Options" +msgstr "Fs&tab विकल्प" + +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "आरोहण बिंदू" + +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" +#| "If you change parameters (such as the mount point or the file system type),\n" +#| "your Linux installation might be damaged.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Unmount the partition if possible. If you are unsure,\n" +#| "it is recommended to abort. Do not proceed unless you know\n" +#| "exactly what you are doing.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Continue?\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" +"If you change parameters (such as the mount point or the file system type),\n" +"your Linux installation might be damaged.\n" +"\n" +"Unmount the partition if possible. If you are unsure,\n" +"we recommend to abort. Do not proceed unless you know\n" +"exactly what you are doing.\n" +"\n" +"Continue?\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"निवडलेले विभाजन (%1) वर्तमानात %2 वर माउंट आहे.\n" +"जर आपण पॅरामीटर्स बदललेत (जसेकी माउंट पॉईंट किंवा फाईल प्रणाली प्रकार),\n" +"आपल्या लिनक्स इन्स्टॉलेशनची हानी होऊ शकते.\n" +"\n" +"शक्य असल्यास विभाजन अनमाउंट करा. जर आपली खात्री नसेल,\n" +"तर तातडीने संपवण्याची शिफारस आहे. आपण खरोखरीच काय करत आहात \n" +"हे कळेपर्यंत पुढे जाऊ नका. \n" +"\n" +"चालू ठेवू?\n" + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" +"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." +msgstr "" +"\n" +" %1 वरिल फाईल प्रणाली YaST2 कडून आकुंचन पावत नाही.\n" +"फक्त fat, ext2, ext3, व reiser फाईल प्रणालीच्या आकुंचनाला अनुमती देतात." + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" +"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." +msgstr "" +"\n" +" %1 वरिल फाईल प्रणाली YaST2 कडून आकुंचन पावत नाही.\n" +"फक्त fat, ext2, ext3, व reiser फाईल प्रणालीच्या आकुंचनाला अनुमती देतात." + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 +#, fuzzy +msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." +msgstr "जर ह्या %1 चे आकुंचन केला तर आपला डेटा हरवण्याचा धोका आहे." + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 +#, fuzzy +msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." +msgstr "जर ह्या %1 चे आकुंचन केला तर आपला डेटा हरवण्याचा धोका आहे." + +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +msgid "Continue?" +msgstr "चालू ठेवू?" + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" +"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"निवडलेल्या %1 वरची फाईल प्रणाली YaST2 कडून वाढवता येत नाही.\n" +"फक्त fat, ext2, ext3, xfs, व reiser फाईलप्रणाली वाढवण्यास अनुमती देतात." + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" +"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"निवडलेल्या %1 वरची फाईल प्रणाली YaST2 कडून वाढवता येत नाही.\n" +"फक्त fat, ext2, ext3, xfs, व reiser फाईलप्रणाली वाढवण्यास अनुमती देतात." + +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Continue resizing?" +msgstr " %1 चा पुनर्आकारित करणे चालू ठेवू?" + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 +msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 +msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" +"very thoroughly tested. A backup of your data is recommended.\n" +"\n" +"Shrink the file system now?" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"आपण त्याच्यावरिल रेझर फाईल प्रणालीने %1 कमी केले.\n" +"रेझर फाईल प्रणालीचे आकुंचन करणे शक्य आहे. पण हे वैशिष्टय व्यवस्थितपणे\n" +"चाचणी घेतलेले नाही. आपल्या डेटयाच्या बॅकअपची शिफारस आहे.\n" +"\n" +"आत्ता फाईल प्रणाली आकुंचित करू?" + +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" +#| "%1\n" +#| "It is *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +#| "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" +msgid "" +"The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" +"%1\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" +msgstr "" +"निवडलेल्या साधनात सध्या माउंट असलेल्या विभाजनांचा समावेश आहे:\n" +"%1\n" +"विभाजन सारणी काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी ह्या विभाजनांना अनमाउट करावे अशी *विशेष* शिफारस केली आहे.\n" +"आपण नक्की काय करत आहात हे माहीत नसेल तर रद्द करा निवडा.\n" + +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" +"assigned to a volume group. Remove all\n" +"partitions from their respective volume groups\n" +"before deleting the device.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"The selected device contains at least one partition\n" +"that is part of a RAID system. Unassign the\n" +"partitions from their respective RAID systems before\n" +"deleting the device.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"निवडलेल्या साधनात RAID प्रणालीचा हिस्सा असलेल्या किमान एका\n" +"विभाजनाचा समावेश आहे विभाजन सारणी\n" +"काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी त्याच्यात्याच्या RAID प्रणालीमधून\n" +"विभाजने अनिर्देशित करा.\n" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The selected device contains at least one partition\n" +"that is used by another volume. Delete the volume using it\n" +"before deleting the device.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "Create an encrypted file system.\n" +#| "</p>\n" +msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"एनक्रिप्टेड फाईल प्रणाली निर्माण करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 +msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Existing Neighbours" +msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" +msgstr "&आस्तित्वात असलेले शेजारी" + +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Store volume" +msgid "New Subvolume" +msgstr "धवनीपातळी संग्रहीत करा" + +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add new user" +msgid "Add new" +msgstr "नवीन वापरकर्ता मिळवा" + +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "कमी करा" + +#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 +msgid "Enable Snapshots" +msgstr "" + +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Signature Handling" +msgid "Subvolume Handling" +msgstr " स्वाक्षरीय हाताळणी " + +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." +msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." +msgstr " रिक्त पर्यायाच्या स्ट्रिंग्जना अनुमती नाही." + +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +msgid "" +"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" +"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists." +msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." +msgstr "पुरविणाऱ्याचे नाव %1 अगोदरच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 +msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Create an encrypted file system.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"एनक्रिप्टेड फाईल प्रणाली निर्माण करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Access an encrypted file system.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"एनक्रिप्टेड फाईल प्रणाली निर्माण करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" +"mounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\n" +"Linux file system.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"हे लक्षात ठेवा की ही फाईल प्रणाली माउंट केलेली नसतानाच\n" +"सुरक्षित असते. एकदा माउंट केल्यानंतर इतर \n" +" कोणत्याही लिनक्स फाईल प्रणाली इतकीच सुरक्षित असते.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" +"a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" +"data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"हा माउंट पॉईंट /tmp किंवा / var/tmp सारक्या ताप्युरत्या फाईल.प्रणालीना परस्परप्रतिसाद देतो.\n" +"आपण क्रिप्ट संकेतशब्द मोकळा सोडू शकता. जर आपण असे केलेत, तर प्रणाली एक रॅडम संकेतशब्द \n" +"प्रणाली सुरूवात करताना आपल्यासाठी निर्माण करेल. याचा अर्थ, प्रणाली शट डाऊन करताना \n" +"या फाईलवरिल आपला सर्व डेटा हरवेल.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" +"enter it twice.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आपण आपला संकेतशब्द विसरलात तर, आपल्या फाईल प्रणालीवरिल डेट्याचा अक्सेस हरवेल.\n" +"आपला संकेतशब्द काळजीपूर्वक निवडा. वर्ण आणि क्रमांकांच्या संरचनेची शिफारस\n" +"आहे संकेतशब्द बरोबर लिहिला आहे याची खात्री करण्यासाठी,\n" +"तो दोनदा लिहा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" +"(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आपण वरिल केस व खालीलकेस यामध्ये फरक केलाच पाहीजे. संकेत शब्दात किमान\n" +"%1 वर्णाचा समावेश असावा, आणि नियम म्हणून, विशेष वर्णाचा समावेश\n" +"(उदाहरणार्थ, अक्सेंट्स किंवा अम्यूलेट्स असलेली अक्षरे).\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Possible characters are\n" +"<tt>%1</tt>, blanks, uppercase and lowercase\n" +"letters (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>), and digits <tt>0</tt> to <tt>9</tt>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"शक्य वर्ण आहेत\n" +"<tt>#*,.;:._-+!</tt><tt>$%&/|?{[()]}</tt>, मोकळ्या, अप्परकेस वलोवरकेस\n" +"वर्ण (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>), व आकडे <tt>0</tt> ते <tt>9</tt>.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Do not forget this password!\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"हा संकेतशब्द विसरु नका!\n" +"</p>" + +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "You will need to enter your crypt fs password.\n" +#| "</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +" आपल्याला आपला क्रिप्ट fs संकेतशब्द लिहण्याची आवश्यकता आहे.\n" +"</p>" + +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n" +"file system is not accessed during update.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"जर एनक्रिप्टेड फाईल प्रणालीत एकाही प्रणाली फाईलचा समावेश नसेल म्हणूनच\n" +"अपडेटची आवश्यकता नसेल, तर आपण <b>स्किप</b>. निवडू शकता या, घटनेमध्ये\n" +"फाईल प्रणाली अपडेटच्या दरम्यान अक्सेस केलेली नाही.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" +#| "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk you \n" +#| "have your /boot partition on does not contain a GPT disk label.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "It will probably not be possible to boot such a setup.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "If you need to use this disk for installation, you should destroy \n" +#| "the disk label in the expert partitioner." +msgid "" +"Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" +"will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" +"your /boot partition is located does not contain a GPT disk label.\n" +"\n" +"It will probably not be possible to boot such a setup.\n" +"\n" +"If you need to use this disk for installation, you should destroy \n" +"the disk label in the expert partitioner.\n" +msgstr "" +"इशारा: आपल्या सध्याच्या सेटअप सह, आपल्या इन्स्टॉलेशनला \n" +"बुटिंग करताना समस्या येतील कारण आपले बूट विभाजन ज्या डिस्कवर आहे \n" +"तिच्यात GPT डिस्क लेबलचा समावेश नाही.\n" +"\n" +"अशापद्धतीचे सेटअप बूट करणे बहुदा शक्य नाही. \n" +"\n" +"आपणाल ही डिस्क इन्स्टॉलेशनसाठी वापरायची असेल, तर आपण विशेषज्ञ \n" +"विभाजकात जाऊन डिस्क लेबल नष्ट केले पाहीजे. " + +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +msgid "" +"Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" +"boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" +"GPT disk label YaST will create a GPT label on this disk.\n" +"\n" +"You need to mark all partitions on this disk for removal.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 +msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" +msgstr "आपण LVM साठी माउंट पॉईंट \"%1\" वापरू शकत नाही.\n" + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 +msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." +msgstr "आपण RAID साठी माउंट पॉईंट %1 वापरू शकत नाही." + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "You have selected not to mount automatically at start-up a file system\n" +#| "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "This might lead to trouble.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really do this?\n" +msgid "" +"You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" +"that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" +"\n" +"This may cause problems.\n" +"\n" +"Really do this?\n" +msgstr "" +"आपण सुरू करण्याच्या फाईलवर स्वंयचलित माउंट होणार नाही हे निवडलेत प्रणाली\n" +"काही अशा फाईल्स समावेशित असतील ज्या व्यवस्थित कामहोण्यासाठी आवश्यक.\n" +"\n" +"ह्यामूळे त्रास उद्भवू शकतो. \n" +"\n" +"खरोखरच हे करू?\n" + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 +msgid "" +"You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" +"with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" +"/var\". This is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\n" +"nonloopbacked file system.\n" +msgstr "" +"आपण विभाजनाला खालील माउंट पॉइंट्स बरोबर एनक्रिप्टेड फाईल \n" +"प्रणाली निर्दिष्ट केली आहे: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/बूट\",\n" +"/var\". हे शक्य नाही. माउंट पॉईंट बदला किंवा एक नॉनलुपबॅक्ड \n" +"फाईल प्रणाली वापरा.\n" + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "You have set the option to be mountable by users for a file system\n" +#| "that may contain files that need to be executable.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "This usually causes problems.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really do this?\n" +msgid "" +"You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" +"may contain files that need to be executable.\n" +"\n" +"This usually causes problems.\n" +"\n" +"Really do this?\n" +msgstr "" +"आपण फाईल प्रणालीसाठी प्रयोक्त्यांकडून माउंटहोण्याजोगे पर्याय सेट केले आहेत \n" +"यात काही काढण्याजोग्या फाईल्सचा समावेश असू शकतो. \n" +"\n" +"यामूळे सामान्यपणे समस्या येतात.\n" +"\n" +"खरोखरच हे करू?\n" + +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mount point must not be empty." +msgstr "दूरध्वनी क्रमांक रिकामे असता कामा नयेत." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 +msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 +msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." +msgstr "" + +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 +msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." +msgstr "हा माउंट पॉईंट याआधीच वापरात. दुसरा एखादा निवडा." + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 +msgid "" +"FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" +"This is not possible." +msgstr "" +"FAT फाईलप्रणाली वापरली आहे प्रणाली माउंट पॉईंटसाठी (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /गृह).\n" +"हे शक्य नाही." + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "माउंट पॉईंटमध्ये अग्राह्य वर्ण. माउंटपॉईंटमध्ये \"`'!\"%#\" वापरु नका." + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" +#| "/proc, /dev, /lib, /bin, /etc, /sbin, /mnt, /var/adm/mnt, /lost+found\n" +msgid "" +"You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" +"/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" +"/var/adm/mnt\n" +msgstr "" +"आपण खालीलपैकी एकही माउंट पॉईंट्स वापरु शकत नाही:\n" +"/proc, /dev, /lib, /bin, /etc, /sbin, /mnt, /var/adm/mnt, /हरवले+सापडले\n" + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 +msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " +msgstr "आपला माउंट पॉईंट \"/\" नेच सुरू झाला पाहीजे" + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 +msgid "" +"It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" +"to a device without a swap file system." +msgstr "" + +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 +msgid "" +"Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" +"The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" +msgstr "" +" %1 वापरण्यासाठी आपले विभाजन फारच छोटे आहे.\n" +"या प्रणालीसाठीचा किमान आकार %2 आहे.\n" + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 +msgid "" +"It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" +"to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." +msgstr "" + +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 +msgid "" +"\n" +"WARNING:\n" +"\n" +"This file system is not supported in %1;.\n" +"It is completely untested and might not be well-integrated \n" +"in the system. Do not report bugs against this file system \n" +"if it does not work properly or at all.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this file system?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 +msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +msgid "" +"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" +"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mount" +msgid "Unmount" +msgstr "स्वार व्हा" + +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +msgid "" +"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" +"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." +msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." +msgstr "NIS वापरकर्ते काढून टाकणे शक्य नाही." + +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." +msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." +msgstr "NIS वापरकर्ते काढून टाकणे शक्य नाही." + +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." +msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." +msgstr "विभाजन निर्माण करणे शक्य नाही %1 वर." + +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Rescan Devices" +msgstr "रेम डिस्क" + +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Import Mount Points..." +msgstr "वर चढविणारा बिंदू रिकामा" + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Provider Password" +msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." +msgstr "पुरविणारा परवलीशब्द लिहा" + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." +msgstr "iSCSI डिस्क कॉनफिग्युअर करा" + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "&संरचित करा..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure &Multipath..." +msgstr "पूर्ण आपोआप सुधारणाची जोडणी करा..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure &DASD..." +msgstr "&संरचित करा..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure &zFCP..." +msgstr "&संरचित करा..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." +msgstr "&संरचित करा..." + +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configure..." +msgstr "&संरचित करा..." + +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Available Storage on %1" +msgstr "उपलब्ध योजना: %1" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows all storage devices\n" +"available.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +msgid "" +"<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n" +"you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" +"device.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +msgid "" +"<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n" +"navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really rescan disks?" +msgstr "विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचनाने सर्व बदल रद्द होतात. खरोखरच विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचन करु?" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call iSCSI configuration?" +msgstr "विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचनाने सर्व बदल रद्द होतात. खरोखरच विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचन करु?" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचनाने सर्व बदल रद्द होतात. खरोखरच विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचन करु?" + +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call multipath configuration?\n" +msgstr "विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचनाने सर्व बदल रद्द होतात. खरोखरच विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचन करु?" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call DASD configuration?" +msgstr "विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचनाने सर्व बदल रद्द होतात. खरोखरच विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचन करु?" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call zFCP configuration?" +msgstr "विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचनाने सर्व बदल रद्द होतात. खरोखरच विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचन करु?" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call XPRAM configuration?" +msgstr "विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचनाने सर्व बदल रद्द होतात. खरोखरच विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचन करु?" + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" +msgstr "&संपादित करा RAID" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select at least one device." +msgstr "एक तर एक वस्तू निवडा." + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"संरचना करायच्या कार्डचा प्रकार निवडा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unused Devices:" +msgstr "संरचना केलेली उपकरणे:" + +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Selected Devices:" +msgstr "निवडलेले IDE उपकरण" + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" +msgstr " तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम पूनर्आकरित करा " + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No Btrfs device selected." +msgstr "योजना निवडलेली नाही." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" +"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." +msgstr "" +"(%1) बदलण्याचा RAID याआधीच डिस्कवर निर्माण केला आहे.\n" +"तो यापूढे बदलता येणार नाही. %1 बदलण्यासाठी, \n" +"तो काढा व पुन्हा निर्माण करा. \n" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." +msgstr "निवडलेले %1 काढता आले नाही" + +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "संपादन" + +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "हटवा" + +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Btrfs Volumes" +msgstr " तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम पूनर्आकरित करा " + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit..." +msgstr "संपादीत करा..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Delete..." +msgstr "हटवा" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>This view shows all Btrfs volumes.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"एनक्रिप्टेड फाईल प्रणाली निर्माण करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" +"selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>(भौतिक व्हॉल्यूम्स म्हणवणारी)<b>विभाजने </b> आपल्या व्हॉल्यूमला समूह जोडा.</p>" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" +"selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>(भौतिक व्हॉल्यूम्स म्हणवणारी)<b>विभाजने </b> आपल्या व्हॉल्यूमला समूह जोडा.</p>" + +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" +msgstr "उपकरण URI: %1" + +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +msgid "&Overview" +msgstr "ओव्हरव्ह्यू" + +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Used Devices" +msgstr "ब्रिज्ड उपकरणे" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आपल्या %1 विभाजनासाठी नवीन आकार निवडा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "O&perating Mode" +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "ऑपरेटींग मोड" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr " डेल्टा आरपीएम उपयोग सुरु झाला आहे" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Role: %s" +msgid "Role" +msgstr "काम: %s" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n" +"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>" +msgstr "<p>प्रथम विभाजनाचा प्रकार व हे विभाजन फॉरमॅट करायचे आहे किंवा नाही हे निवडा.</p>" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 +msgid "" +"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" +"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" +"volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n" +"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>" +msgstr "<p>नंतर माउंट पॉईंट लिहा, ( /, /बूट, /usr, /var, इत्यादी)</p>" + +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Formatting Options" +msgstr "संरचना पर्याय" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Format partition" +msgstr "विभाजनाचा आकार." + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not format partition" +msgstr "विभाजनाचा आकार." + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do not mount partition" +msgstr "विभाजनाला डिस्क" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mounting Options" +msgstr "आरोहण पर्याय" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mount partition" +msgstr "विभाजन" + +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "स्वार होण्याचा बिंदू" + +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Fs&tab Options..." +msgstr "Fs&tab विकल्प" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." +msgstr "योजना निवडलेली नाही." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" +"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" +"\n" +"Also check the format option.\n" +msgstr "" +"आपण क्रिप्ट फाईल निर्माण निवडले आहे, पण ते फॉरमॅट केले पाहीजे \n" +"असे निर्दिष्ट केलेले नाही. याचा अर्थ लागत नाही. \n" +"\n" +"फॉरमॅट पर्यायही तपासा.\n" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." +msgstr "माउंट पॉईंट पुरवा." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." +msgstr "माउंट पॉईंट पुरवा." + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" +"mounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\n" +"Linux file system.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"हे लक्षात ठेवा की ही फाईल प्रणाली माउंट केलेली नसतानाच\n" +"सुरक्षित असते. एकदा माउंट केल्यानंतर इतर \n" +" कोणत्याही लिनक्स फाईल प्रणाली इतकीच सुरक्षित असते.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" +"password empty, but then the swap device cannot be used for hibernating\n" +"(suspend to disk).\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All changes will be lost!" +msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" +msgstr "सर्व बदल!" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "गुप्तशब्द" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." +msgstr "" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 +msgid "" +"\n" +"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" +"on this partition does not support resizing.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"आपण निवडलेले विभाजन पुनरआकारित करु शकत नाही कारण फाइल यंत्रणा\n" +"या विभाजनावरील, पुनरकारणीला समर्थन देत नाही.\n" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." +msgid "" +"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" +"can be resized while it is mounted." +msgstr "विभाजन निर्माण करणे शक्य नाही %1 वर." + +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" +#| "because the file system seems to be inconsistent.\n" +msgid "" +"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" +"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" +msgstr "" +"विभाजन %1 पुनर्आकारित करता येत नाही\n" +"कारण फाइल यंत्रणा विसंगत दिसते.\n" + +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resize Partition %1" +msgstr "भाग संपादीत करा" + +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" +msgstr " तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम पूनर्आकरित करा " + +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Current size: %1" +msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: %1" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Currently used: %1" +msgstr "सध्याची स्थिती: %1" + +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +msgid "Size" +msgstr "परिमाण" + +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" +msgstr "लिनक्स आकार (%1)" + +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" +msgstr "लिनक्स आकार (%1)" + +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Custom Size" +msgstr "इच्छित आकार" + +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आपल्या %1 विभाजनासाठी नवीन आकार निवडा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." +msgstr "" +"लिहिलेला आकार अग्राह्य आहे.\n" +" 1M ते %1 पर्यंतचा आकार लिहा. उदाहरणार्थ40M किंवा 1G." + +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 +msgid "" +"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" +"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" +"to consider umounting the filesystem, which will increase speed of \n" +"resize task a lot." +msgstr "" + +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Output of %1" +msgstr "आऊटपुट" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Rescanning disks..." +msgstr "डिस्क विभाग वाचत आहे..." + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit DM %1" +msgstr "&संपादित करा RAID" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No DM device selected." +msgstr "योजना निवडलेली नाही." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +msgid "" +"The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" +"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." +msgstr "" + +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" +msgstr "उपकरण (spec)" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" +"included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" +"BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" +"selected Device Mapper device.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" +"selected Device Mapper device.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +msgid "DM Device: %1" +msgstr "उपकरण URI: %1" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add RAID" +msgstr " RAI&D जोडा" + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +msgid "Add Volume Group" +msgstr "ध्वनी गट भरा" + +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device Path" +msgid "Device Graph" +msgstr "साधन पथ" + +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Save Device Graph..." +msgstr "निर्यात..." + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of devices.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"एनक्रिप्टेड फाईल प्रणाली निर्माण करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving graph file failed." +msgstr "आऊटपुट '%1' फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करण्यास अपयश." + +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Mount " +msgid "Mount Graph" +msgstr " माउंट " + +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Save Mount Graph..." +msgstr "निर्यात..." + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of mount points.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"एनक्रिप्टेड फाईल प्रणाली निर्माण करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Choose the partition type for the new partition.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आपल्या विंडोज विभाजनासाठी नवीन आकार निवडा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +msgid "&Primary Partition" +msgstr "&प्राथमिक विभाजन" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +msgid "&Extended Partition" +msgstr "&विस्तारित विभाजन" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +msgid "&Logical Partition" +msgstr "&लॉजिकल विभाजन" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +msgid "New Partition Type" +msgstr "विभाजन प्रकार" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Choose the size for the new partition.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आपल्या %1 विभाजनासाठी नवीन आकार निवडा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +msgid "New Partition Size" +msgstr "विभाजन 1" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Custom Region" +msgstr "कस्टम दुरूस्ती" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start Cylinder" +msgstr "सिलिंडर चालू:" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#, fuzzy +msgid "End Cylinder" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"सिलेंडर बंद करा: " + +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The region entered is invalid." +msgstr "नोंदविलेला LDAP URL अवैध आहे." + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add Partition on %1" +msgstr "विभाजन संपादित करा %1" + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 +msgid "Edit Partition %1" +msgstr "विभाजन संपादित करा %1" + +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No space is left in the extended partition." +msgid "No space to moved partition %1." +msgstr "विस्तारित विभाजनात एकही जागा उरली नाही." + +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adding partition %1 to swap" +msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" +msgstr "स्वॅपमध्ये विभाजन %1 मिळवत आहोत" + +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 +msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" +msgstr "" + +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Move partition %1?" +msgstr "विभाजन" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Forward" +msgid "Forward" +msgstr "पुढे" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Background" +msgid "Backward" +msgstr "पृष्ठभूमि" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" +msgstr "सर्व विभाजन माऊंट करीत आहोत..." + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 +msgid "" +"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" +"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" +msgstr "खरोखर काढून टाकू सर्व विभाजने %1 वरील?" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No hard disk selected." +msgstr "हार्डडिस्क शोधता आल्या नाहीत" + +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 +msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." +msgstr "तबकडीचे विभाजन स्तंभ संग्रहीत करत आहे %1..." + +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111 +msgid "" +"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" +"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "हार्डडिस्क शोधता आल्या नाहीत" + +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199 +msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" +msgstr "" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" +msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" +msgstr "खरोखर काढून टाकू सर्व विभाजने %1 वरील?" + +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." +msgstr "ह्या मॉड्यूलसाठी कोणतेही पर्याय नाहीत" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229 +msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." +msgstr "विभाजन निर्माण करणे शक्य नाही %1 वर." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No partition selected." +msgstr "विभाजन मिळाली नाहीत" + +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334 +msgid "" +"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" +"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345 +#, fuzzy +msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." +msgstr "विस्तारित विभाजन करता येत नाही." + +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" +msgid "" +"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" +"and cannot be moved." +msgstr "/var भाग %1 चे आरोहण करता आले नाही.\n" + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398 +#, fuzzy +msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." +msgstr "विस्तारित विभाजन करता येत नाही." + +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443 +msgid "" +"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" +"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 +#, fuzzy +msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." +msgstr "विस्तारित विभाजन करता येत नाही." + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527 +msgid "" +"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" +"that will have the same partition layout as\n" +"this disk.</p>\n" +"<p>Disks marked with the sign '*' contain one or\n" +"more partitions. After cloning, these\n" +"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573 +msgid "" +"The following partitions will be deleted\n" +"and all data on them will be lost:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete the selected option?" +msgid "Really delete these partitions?" +msgstr "निवडलेले पर्याय खरंच काढून टाकायचे आहेत का?" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596 +msgid "" +"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" +"disk must have at least one partition.\n" +"Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609 +msgid "" +"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" +"disks that could have the same partitioning layout." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repair Partition Table of %1" +msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" +msgstr "%1 चे विभाजन स्तंभ दुरूस्त करा" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A&vailable are:" +msgid "Available target disks:" +msgstr "उपलब्ध आहेत:" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670 +msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" +msgstr "" + +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751 +msgid "" +"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" +"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" +msgstr "" +"dasdfmt चालविल्याने डिस्कवरील सर्व डेटा काढून टाकला जाईल.\n" +"खरोखर चालवू dasdfmt डिस्क %1 वरील?\n" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762 +msgid "" +"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" +"\n" +"Partitions currently present on this disk are again\n" +"displayed.\n" +msgstr "" +"डिस्क आता dasdfmt साठी चिन्हित नाही.\n" +"\n" +"या डिस्कवर सध्या असलेली विभाजने पुन्हा \n" +"प्रदर्शित.\n" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add Partition" +msgstr "विभाजन करा आणि मिळवा" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Move &Up" +msgid "Move" +msgstr "हलवा &वर" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resize" +msgstr "Re&size" + +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "more..." +msgid "Move..." +msgstr "अधिक..." + +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resize..." +msgstr "Re&size" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +msgid "" +"Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" +"devices cannot be moved." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +msgid "" +"Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" +"devices cannot be resized." +msgstr "" + +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 +msgid "Hard Disks" +msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क्स" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add Partition..." +msgstr "विभाजन करा आणि मिळवा" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows all hard disks including\n" +"iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." +msgstr "" + +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" +"selected hard disk.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." +msgstr "ह्या मॉड्यूलकरता वापरकर्ता पडदा अनुपलब्ध आहे." + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#, fuzzy +msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." +msgstr "ह्या मॉड्यूलकरता वापरकर्ता पडदा अनुपलब्ध आहे." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create New Partition Table" +msgstr "नविन भाग बनवा" + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&All in This List" +msgid "Clone this Disk" +msgstr "सर्व या सूचीत" + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" +msgstr "अंमलात आणा dasd&fmt, DASD साधनावरील" + +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add..." +msgstr "मिळवा..." + +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Expert..." +msgstr "निष्णांत..." + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" +"hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" +"partitions are shown here.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" +"selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" +"software RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Partitions" +msgstr "दोन भाग" + +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Hard Disk: %1" +msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क:" + +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Partition: %1" +msgstr "विभाजन 1" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" +"selected partition.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<P><B><BIG>Attention:</BIG></B><BR>YaST2 has scanned your hard disks and found an old Linux system\n" +#| "with mount points. On the right, see a list with the mount points found. </P>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" +"Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" +"the table.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P><B><मोठे>सावधान:</BIG></B><BR>YaST2 ने आपली हार्डडिस्क स्कॅन केली आहे व एक जुनी लिनक्स प्रणाली शोधली आहे \n" +"माउंट पॉईंट्स बरोबरची . उजव्या बाजूला सापडलेल्या माउंट पॉईंट्सची सूची पहा. </P>\n" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +msgid "" +"<p>You can choose whether the existing system\n" +"volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" +"installation. Non-system volumes, e.g. /home, will not be formatted.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." +msgstr "कोणतीही प्रणाली माउंट पॉइट्स सकट सापडली नाही." + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +msgid "Show &Previous" +msgstr "दाखवा &आधीचे" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +msgid "Show &Next" +msgstr "दाखवा &नंतरचे" + +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Import Mount Points from Existing /etc/fstab" +msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" +msgstr "&आयात करा माउंट पॉइंट्स याकडून अस्तित्वातील/etc/fstab" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Collect System Files" +msgid "Format System Volumes" +msgstr "सिस्टीम फाइल्स मिळवा" + +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Import" +msgid "Import" +msgstr " आयात " + +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Wrong password." +msgid "Wrong Password Provided." +msgstr "चुकीचा परवलीचा शब्द" + +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" +msgstr "काढून टाकत आहे विभाजन %1$s" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109 +msgid "" +"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" +"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" +"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" +msgstr "डेस्टिनेशन %1 आधीच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" +msgstr "काढून टाकत आहे विभाजन %1$s" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129 +msgid "" +"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" +"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" +"RAID device will be deleted:\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" +msgstr "काढून टाका विभाजन %1$s (%2$s)" + +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207 +msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" +msgstr "खरोखर काढून टाकू सर्व विभाजने %1 वरील?" + +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259 +msgid "Really delete %1?" +msgstr "खरोखरच %1 काढून टाकू?" + +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"लूप फाइल %1 देखिल काढू?\n" + +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unpartitioned" +msgstr "विभाजन ठराव" + +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unallocated" +msgstr "विभाजन ठराव" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>" +msgstr "<h1>इशारा</h1>" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>" +msgstr "<h1>इशारा</h1>" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 +msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>" +msgstr "साठवण उपकरण" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>" +msgstr "साठवण उपकरण" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 +msgid "Log" +msgstr "नोंद" + +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Contents of %1:" +msgstr "फाईलमधील माहिती: %1" + +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:52 +msgid "Update" +msgstr "अद्ययावत करा" + +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by a filename +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:58 +msgid "This view shows the content of %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p><b>%1:</b><br>एनक्रिप्टेड लूप साधनाच्या सेटअप साठीच्या डेटयाच्या \n" +"समावेश असलेल्या फाईलसाठी हा एकमेव पथ असला पाहीजे.</p>\n" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>If this is checked, the file will be created\n" +"with the size given in the next field. <b>NOTE:</b> If the file already\n" +"exists, all data in it is lost.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p><b>%1:</b><br>जर हे तपासले, तर फाइल \n" +"पुढील क्षेत्रात दिलेल्या आकारासह निर्माण केली जाईल. <b>टीप:</b> जर\n" +"फाइल आधीच अस्तित्वात असली तर त्यातील सर्व डेटा हरवेल.</p>\n" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p><b>Size:</b><br>This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" +"created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p><b>%1:</b><br>हा लूप फाईलचा आकार आहे.\n" +"एनक्रिप्टेड लूप साधन निर्माण करण्यासाठी फाईल प्रणालीचा हा \n" +"आकार असेल.</p>\n" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p><b>NOTE:</b> During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" +"checks of file size and path names because the file system is not\n" +"accessible. It will be created at the end of the installation. Be\n" +"careful when providing the size and path name.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p><b>टीप:</b>इन्स्टॉलेशन दरम्यान फाईल आकार व \n" +"नावांचा नियमितता तपास होणार कारण फाईल प्रणाली अक्सेसेबल\n" +"नाही. तो इन्स्टॉलेशन समाप्तिच्यावेळी निर्माण करण्यात येईल. आपल्या \n" +"आकार व पथाच्या नावांबद्दल काळजी बाळगा. </p>\n" + +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Path Name of Loop File" +msgstr "फाईलचे पथ नाव " + +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +msgid "Browse..." +msgstr "Browse..." + +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create Loop File" +msgstr "लूप फाईल निर्माण करा " + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +msgid "" +"The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" +"Use an absolute path name.\n" +msgstr "" +" \"%1\" हे फाईल नाव अग्राह्य.\n" +"फक्त खरोखरीचे पथ नाव वापरा.\n" + +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." +msgstr "" +"लिहीलेला आकार खूप मोठा आहे.\n" +" 1M ते %1 पर्यंतचा आकार आहे." + +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +msgid "" +"The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" +"and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" +"the create flag." +msgstr "" +"फाईल नाव \"%1\" अस्तित्वात नाही\n" +"व निर्माण करण्यासाठीचा फ्लॅग बंद आहे. एकतर सध्याची फाईल वापरा किंवा फ्लॅग\n" +"निर्माण कार्यान्वित करा." + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add Crypt File" +msgstr "&संपादित करा क्रिप्ट फाइल" + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" +msgstr "&संपादित करा क्रिप्ट फाइल" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No crypt file selected." +msgstr "योजना निवडलेली नाही." + +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +msgid "" +"The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" +"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." +msgstr "" + +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Crypt Files" +msgstr "क्रिप्ट फाइल..." + +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add Crypt File..." +msgstr "क्रिप्ट फाइल..." + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>This view shows all crypt files.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"एनक्रिप्टेड फाईल प्रणाली निर्माण करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Crypt File: %1" +msgstr "क्रिप्ट फाइल..." + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows detailed information of the\n" +"selected crypt file.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." +msgstr "नवीन ओळखीसाठी नाव लिहा." + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." +msgstr "ट्री नेम ३२ केरेक्टर पेक्षा मोठे असू शकत नाही" + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +msgid "" +"The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" +"are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." +msgstr "डेस्टिनेशन %1 आधीच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +msgid "" +"The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" +"with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" +msgstr "" +"व्हॉल्यूम \"%1\" हा /dev सूचीतील इतर\n" +"एन्ट्रीबरोबर मतभेद ठेवतो.\n" + +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" +msgstr "ध्वनिचा गट संरचित करा" + +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" +"If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" +"and deleted:" +msgstr "" +"व्हॉल्यूम समूह \"%1\" मध्ये किमान एका तार्किक व्हॉल्यूमचा समावेश \n" +"आहे. तो काढता येणार नाही तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम काढून नंतर \n" +"व्हॉल्यूम समूह काढा.\n" + +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" +msgstr "व्हॉल्यूम समूह \"%1\" खरोखरच काढू?" + +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" +"in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" +msgstr "" +"लिहिलेला डेटा अग्राह्य आहे.\n" +"2 च्या शक्तीमध्ये भौतिक एक्सटेंट आकार \n" +"8KB ते 512MB मधील लिहा, उदाहरणार्थ\"4M\" किंवा \"512K\"\n" + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." +msgstr "नवीन ओळखीसाठी नाव लिहा." + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." +msgstr "ट्री नेम ३२ केरेक्टर पेक्षा मोठे असू शकत नाही" + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "" +"The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" +"are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" +"in volume group \"%2\"." +msgstr "" +" \"%1\" नावाचा तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम याआधीच अस्तित्वात आहे \n" +" \"%2\" व्हॉल्यूम समूहात. दुसरे नाव निवडा \n" +"हा संवाद रद्द करा.\n" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>इथे आपल्या डेटाचा साठा करण्यासाठी \n" +"तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम्स निर्माण करा.</p>\n" + +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "V&olume Group Name" +msgid "Volume Group Name" +msgstr "व्हॉल्यूम समूह नाव " + +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +msgid "&Physical Extent Size" +msgstr "&भौतिक एक्सटेंट आकार " + +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" +msgstr "भौतिक व्हॉल्यूम" + +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" +msgstr "भौतिक व्हॉल्यूम" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the volume group.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"संरचना करायच्या कार्डचा प्रकार निवडा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +msgid "" +"<p>So called <b>Thin Volumes</b> can created\n" +"with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" +"assigned <b>Thin Pool</b>. So one can create Thin Volume of a size larger\n" +"than the Thin Pool. Of course when there is really data written to a Thin\n" +"Volume, the assigned Thin Pool must be able to meet this space requirement.\n" +"Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." +msgstr "" + +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Stripes" +msgstr "रेषा" + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "नंबर" + +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" +msgstr "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम संपादित करा" + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" +msgstr " व्हॉल्यूम समूह " + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Enter the name of the new logical volume.</p>" +msgstr "नवीन ओळखीसाठी नाव लिहा." + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +msgid "" +"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" +"If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +msgid "" +"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n" +"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +msgid "" +"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n" +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Logical Volume" +msgstr "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम " + +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "प्रकार" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Normal Volume" +msgstr "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम " + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Pool" +msgid "Thin Pool" +msgstr "समूह" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Volume" +msgid "Thin Volume" +msgstr "ध्वनिपातळी" + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Used Pool" +msgstr "द्वारा वापरले" + +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" +msgstr "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम संपादित करा" + +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" +msgstr "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम संपादित करा" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +msgid "" +"There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" +"\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No volume group selected." +msgstr "योजना निवडलेली नाही." + +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" +msgstr "व्हॉल्यूम समूह \"%1\" खरोखरच काढू?" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." +msgstr "डेस्टिनेशन %1 आधीच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No logical volume selected." +msgstr "योजना निवडलेली नाही." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." +msgstr "एकही जागा उपलब्ध नाही या वर्तमान संख्या समूहात %1." + +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "The file %1 was not found.\n" +#| "It cannot be recovered.\n" +msgid "" +"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" +"It cannot be edited." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ही फाईल %1 मिळत नाही.\n" +"ही पुन्हा मिळविता येत नाही.\n" + +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" +"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." +msgstr "" +"(%1) बदलण्याचा RAID याआधीच डिस्कवर निर्माण केला आहे.\n" +"तो यापूढे बदलता येणार नाही. %1 बदलण्यासाठी, \n" +"तो काढा व पुन्हा निर्माण करा. \n" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add Logical Volume" +msgstr "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम " + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +msgid "Volume Group" +msgstr "ध्वनीचा गट" + +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Volume Management" +msgstr "कार्यक्रम व्यवस्थापन" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" +"their logical volumes.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>या साधनाबरोबर तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम्स जमवा किंवा निर्माण करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" +"selected volume group.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" +"selected volume group.</p>" +msgstr "<p>(भौतिक व्हॉल्यूम्स म्हणवणारी)<b>विभाजने </b> आपल्या व्हॉल्यूमला समूह जोडा.</p>" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" +"the selected volume group.</p>" +msgstr "<p>(भौतिक व्हॉल्यूम्स म्हणवणारी)<b>विभाजने </b> आपल्या व्हॉल्यूमला समूह जोडा.</p>" + +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Volume Group: %1" +msgstr " व्हॉल्यूम समूह " + +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Logical Volumes" +msgstr "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम " + +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Physical Volumes" +msgstr "भौतिक व्हॉल्यूम" + +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Logical Volume: %1" +msgstr "योग्य व्हॉल्युमचे नाव" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" +"selected logical volume.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +msgid "RAID" +msgstr "R&AID:" + +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Device Mapper" +msgstr "डिव्हाईसचा प्रकार" + +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420 +msgid "NFS" +msgstr "एन.एफ.एस." + +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 +msgid "Btrfs" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 +msgid "tmpfs" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unused Devices" +msgstr "संरचना केलेली उपकरणे:" + +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "सारांश संस्थापन" + +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "स्थापिते" + +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" +"will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" +"Really exit?" +msgstr "" +"आपण विभाजन बदलले आहे.\n" +"हे बदल हरवतील जर आपण बाहेर पडलात मुख्य संवादातून सोबत %1.\n" +"खरोखरच मुख्य संवाद सोडू?\n" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Here you can see the partitioning summary.</p>" +msgstr "<p>आता, आपल्या हार्डडिस्क वरिल नवीन विभाजनाचे स्थान लिहा. </p>" + +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592 +#, fuzzy +msgid ": Summary" +msgstr "सारांश" + +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667 +#, fuzzy +msgid "System View" +msgstr "यंत्रणेचा तपास" + +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "" + +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network File System (NFS)" +msgstr "&नविन फाईल प्रणाली भरा" + +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" +"Save it anyway?" +msgstr "" +" %1 अनमाउंट करण्यात अयशस्वी.\n" +"तरिही साधन काढून टाकू?\n" + +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." +msgstr "एक तर एक वस्तू निवडा." + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Select the RAID type for the new RAID.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"संरचना करायच्या कार्डचा प्रकार निवडा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +msgid "" +"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n" +"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> ही पातळी आपल्या डिस्कची क्रियाशीलता बाढवते.\n" +"या मोडमध्ये <b>NO</b> रिडंडेन्सी आहे. जर एखादा ड्राईव्हस मोडला, तर डेटा परत मिळवणे शक्य होणार नाही. </p>\n" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +msgid "" +"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>या मोडमध्ये उत्तम रिडंडेन्सी आहे. हे आणखी \n" +"दोन डिस्कबरोबर वापरू शकतो. हा मोड सर्व डिस्क्सवरिल सर्व डेटयाची तंतोतंत प्रतिलिपी \n" +"बाळगतो. जोपर्यंत किमान एक डिस्क काम करते, तोपर्यंत डेटा हरवत नाही. या प्रकारच्या \n" +" RAID साठी वापरली जाणारी विभाजने जवळपास सारख्या आकाराची असावीत.</p>\n" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +msgid "" +"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>हा मोड मोठ्या संख्येतील डिस्क्सचे प्रबंधन\n" +"करतो व थोडी रिडंडेन्सीही पाळतो. हा मोड तीन किंवा जास्त डिस्क्सवर वापरू शकतो. \n" +"जरी एक डिस्क अयशस्वी ठरली, तरी सर्व डेटा तसाच राहतो. जर दोन डिस्क एकत्र अयशस्वी झाल्या, तर सर्व डेटा हरवतो </p>\n" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Raid Name</b> gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" +"name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" +"available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>आपल्या RAID ला विभाजने जोडा.</b> RAID प्रकाराप्रमाणे\n" +"वापरात येण्याजोग्या डिस्क आकारांची बेरिज या विभाजनांच्या (RAID0), आकार\n" +"सर्वता लहान विभाजनाचा (RAID 1), किंवा (N-1)*सर्वात लहान विभाजन(RAID 5).</p>\n" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +msgid "" +"<p>Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" +"to get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>सामान्यपणे रिडंडेन्सी मिळवण्यासाठी कार्य करून घेण्यासाठी\n" +"विभाजने वेगवेगळ्या ड्राइव्हजवर असावीत.</p>\n" + +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +msgid "RAID Type" +msgstr "RAID प्रकार" + +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" +msgstr "RAID &0 (स्ट्रिपिंग)" + +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" +msgstr "RAID &1 (आरशातील प्रतिबिंब)" + +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" +msgstr "RAID &5 (रिडंडेन्ट स्ट्रिपिंग)" + +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#, fuzzy +msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" +msgstr "RAID &5 (रिडंडेन्ट स्ट्रिपिंग)" + +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" +msgstr "RAID &1 (आरशातील प्रतिबिंब)" + +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Available Devices:" +msgstr "उपलब्ध सुविधा" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>चंक आकार:</b><br>हे डेटाचे सर्वात लहान \"आण्विक\" आकारमान\n" +"आहे जे साधनावर लिहिता येते. पुरेसा चंक आकार RAID 5 साठी आहे 128KB. RAID 0 साठी,\n" +"32 KB हा चांगला आरंभ बिंदु आहे. RAID 1 साठी चंक आकाराचाअरेवर फारसा परिणाम होत नाही.</p>\n" + +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Parity Algorithm:" +msgstr "इन्क्रीप्शन अल्गोरिदम" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>तुल्यता अलॉगरिथम:</b><br>तुल्यता अलॉगरिथम याबरोबर वापर RAID5.\n" +"डावी सिमिट्रिक सर्वात जास्त कार्यक्षमता देते फिरत्याप्लॅटर्स सह विशिष्ट डिस्क्सवर.</p>\n" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +msgid "" +"For further details regarding the parity \n" +"algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chunk Size" +msgstr " KB मध्ये चंक प्रकार " + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Parity &Algorithm" +msgstr "इन्क्रीप्शन अल्गोरिदम" + +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +msgid "RAID Options" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the RAID.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"संरचना करायच्या कार्डचा प्रकार निवडा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add RAID %1" +msgstr " RAI&D जोडा" + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resize RAID %1" +msgstr " RAID काढा" + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Edit RAID %1" +msgstr "&संपादित करा RAID" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" +"This normally means the subset of raid devices is too small\n" +"for the raid to be usable.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No RAID selected." +msgstr "योजना निवडलेली नाही." + +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +msgid "" +"The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" +"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" +"resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." +msgstr "" +"(%1) बदलण्याचा RAID याआधीच डिस्कवर निर्माण केला आहे.\n" +"तो यापूढे बदलता येणार नाही. %1 बदलण्यासाठी, \n" +"तो काढा व पुन्हा निर्माण करा. \n" + +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +msgid "" +"The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" +"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." +msgstr "" + +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add RAID..." +msgstr " RAI&D जोडा" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"एनक्रिप्टेड फाईल प्रणाली निर्माण करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" +"selected RAID.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" +"selected RAID.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +msgid "RAID: %1" +msgstr "ओळखचिन्ह: %1" + +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +msgid "Label" +msgstr "लेबल" + +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +msgid "UUID" +msgstr "ओळख चिन्ह" + +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mount by" +msgstr "माउंट द्वारा" + +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Used by" +msgstr "द्वारा वापरले" + +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#, fuzzy +msgid "BIOS ID" +msgstr "BIOS" + +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cylinder information" +msgstr "चालकाची माहिती लिहा" + +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Fibre Channel information" +msgstr "सादरकर्त्यांची माहिती संग्रहीत करा" + +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Encryption" +msgstr "इनक्रिप्शन" + +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +msgid "Device Name" +msgstr "डिव्हाईसचे नांव" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Volume Label" +msgstr "व्हॉल्यूम &लेबल" + +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +msgid "Device ID" +msgstr "डिव्हाईसचा आयडी" + +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +msgid "Device Path" +msgstr "साधन पथ" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"सिलेंडर बंद करा: " + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Default Mount by" +msgstr "साधारण क्षेत्र" + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Default File System" +msgstr "स्थानिक फाईलप्रणाली" + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Show Storage Devices by" +msgstr "साठवण उपकरण" + +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" +msgstr "वापरणाऱ्याच्या माहितीचे उगम" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows general storage\n" +"settings:</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n" +"method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n" +"use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n" +"<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n" +"system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n" +"partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" +"kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n" +"the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n" +"Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>This view shows the installation summary.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"एनक्रिप्टेड फाईल प्रणाली निर्माण करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49 +msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No tmpfs device selected." +msgstr "योजना निवडलेली नाही." + +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete section %1?" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" +msgstr "भाग %1 खरोखर कमी करावा?" + +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +msgid "tmpfs Volumes" +msgstr "भौतिक व्हॉल्यूम" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>This view shows all tmpfs volumes.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"एनक्रिप्टेड फाईल प्रणाली निर्माण करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" +"selected tmpfs volume.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>(भौतिक व्हॉल्यूम्स म्हणवणारी)<b>विभाजने </b> आपल्या व्हॉल्यूमला समूह जोडा.</p>" + +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete section %1?" +msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" +msgstr "भाग %1 खरोखर कमी करावा?" + +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Rescan" +msgstr "Re&size" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +msgid "" +"<p>This view shows devices that have no mount\n" +"point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" +"have no logical volumes.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" +"all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" +msgstr "विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचनाने सर्व बदल रद्द होतात. खरोखरच विभाजन तक्ता पुनर्वाचन करु?" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +msgid "" +"A logical volume with the requested size could \n" +"not be created.\n" +msgstr "" +"विनंती केलेल्या आकाराचा तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम \n" +"निर्माण करण्यात येत नाही.\n" + +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." +msgstr " व्हॉल्यूम रेषांची संख्या कमी करण्याचा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." +msgstr "आपण तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम्स फक्त काढ शकता." + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +msgid "" +"There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" +"Remove the snapshot first." +msgstr "" + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +msgid "" +"There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" +"Remove the thin volume first." +msgstr "" + +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" +msgstr "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम %1 काढू?" + +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Total size: %1" +msgstr "एकूण आकार: " + +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resulting size: %1" +msgstr "सिलिंडर आकार: " + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +msgid "Class" +msgstr "गट" + +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To" +msgid "Top" +msgstr "कडे" + +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Up" +msgid "Up" +msgstr "वर" + +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Down" +msgid "Down" +msgstr "खाली" + +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +msgid "Bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Class" +msgid "Classify" +msgstr "गट" + +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "जोडा" + +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add All" +msgstr " RAI&D जोडा" + +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Remove All" +msgstr "कमी करा" + +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File %1 does not exist." +msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" +msgstr "फाईल %1 अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File %1 does not exist." +msgid "File %1 is too big!" +msgstr "फाईल %1 अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +msgid "" +"Pattern file has invalid format!\n" +"\n" +"The file needs to contain lines with a regular expression and a class name\n" +"per line. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" +msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" +msgstr "यास्ट2 ने पुढील उपकरण शोधले" + +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +msgid "" +"<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +msgid "" +"<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"selected devices into this class.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +msgid "" +"<p>After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" +"devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +msgid "" +"<b>Sorted</b> puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" +"of class B and so on." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +msgid "" +"<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" +"class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +msgid "" +"All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" +"When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" +"order in the RAID to be created.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +msgid "" +"By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"regular expression.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "साधन" + +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Pattern" +msgid "Pattern File" +msgstr "नमुने" + +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Size" +msgid "Tmpfs &Size" +msgstr "&आकार" + +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." +msgid "" +"Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" +"Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." +msgstr "संख्या 0 व 32767 मधलीच असली पाहिजे. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." +msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." +msgstr "संख्या 0 व 32767 मधलीच असली पाहिजे. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 +msgid "Swap &Priority" +msgstr "अदलाबदल &प्राधान्य" + +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 +msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." +msgstr "संख्या 0 व 32767 मधलीच असली पाहिजे. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n" +"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>अदलाबदलला प्राधान्य:</b>\n" +"अदलाबदल प्रधान्यात प्रवेश करा. उच्चतर संख्या म्हणजे उच्चतर प्राधान्य.</p>\n" + +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mount &read-only" +msgid "Mount &Read-Only" +msgstr "माउंट &केवळ-वाचा" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>माउंट केवळ-वाचा:</b>\n" +"फाइल यंत्रणेला लेखनीय अक्सेस शक्य नाही. मूळ खोटे आहे.</p>\n" + +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No &access time" +msgid "No &Access Time" +msgstr "अक्सेस वेळ नाही " + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>No access time:</b>\n" +#| "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n" +"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b> अक्सेस वेळ नाही:</b>\n" +"फाइल वाचली जाताना अक्सेस वेळा अद्ययावत केल्या जात नाहीत. मूळ खोटे आहे.</p>" + +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mountable by &user" +msgid "Mountable by User" +msgstr "माउंटेबल द्वारा &प्रयोक्ता" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n" +"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>माउंटेबल द्वारा प्रयोक्ता:</b>\n" +"ही फाइल सामान्य प्रयोक्ता माउंट करू शकतो. मूळ खोटे आहे. </p>\n" + +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" +msgstr "यंत्रणा &स्टार्ट-अप वर माउंट करु नका." + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n" +"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" +"An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>यंत्रणा स्टार्ट-अपवर माउंटेड नाही:</b>\n" +"यंत्रणा सुरू झाली की फाइल यंत्रणा स्वयंचलितपणे माउंट होत नाही.\n" +"प्रविष्टी या /etc/fstab निर्माण होते व फाइल यंत्रणा माउंटेड होते \n" +"योग्य पर्यायांसह जेव्हा आदेश <tt>माउंट<माउंटपॉईंट></tt>\n" +"(<माउंट पॉईंट> निर्देशिका आहे जिच्यावर फाइल यंत्रणा माउंटेड आहे)\n" +"दिला जातो. मूळ खोटे आहे.</p>\n" + +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enable &Quota Support" +msgstr "Layer 2 सपोर्ट सुरु करा" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n" +"The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" +"Default is false.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 +msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" +msgstr "डेटा&जर्नलिंग मोड" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n" +"Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" +"<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" +"written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n" +"<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>डेटा जर्निलंग मोड:</b>\n" +"या फाइल डेटासाठी जर्नलिंग मोड निर्दिष्ट करतो.\n" +"<tt>जर्नल</tt> -- सर्व डेटा जर्नलला समर्पित आहे मुख्य फाइल\n" +"यंत्रणेत लिहिला जाण्याआधी.\n" +"<tt>आदेश दिला</tt> -- सर्व डेटा थेट फोर्स्ड आउट आहे मुख्य फाईल यंत्रणेला\n" +"त्याचा मेटाडेटा जर्नलला कमिट केला जाण्याआधी. \n" +"<tt>राइटबॅक</tt> -- डेटा आदेश राखले गेले नाहीत.</p>\n" + +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 +msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" +msgstr "&अक्सेस नियंत्रण सूची (ACL)" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n" +"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>अक्सेस नियंत्रण सूची (ACL):</b>\n" +"फाइल यंत्रणेवरील नियंत्रण सूची अक्सेस सक्षम करा. </p>\n" + +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 +msgid "&Extended User Attributes" +msgstr "&विस्तारित प्रयोक्ता अट्रिब्यूट्स " + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n" +"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>विस्तारित प्रयोक्ता अट्रिब्यूट्स:</b>\n" +"फाईल यंत्रणेवर विस्तारित प्रयोक्ता अट्रिब्यूट्सना अनुमती द्या.</p>\n" + +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Arbitrary option &value" +msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" +msgstr "आर्बिट्ररी पर्याय &संख्या" + +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "माउंट पॉईंटमध्ये अग्राह्य वर्ण. माउंटपॉईंटमध्ये \"`'!\"%#\" वापरु नका." + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>आर्बिट्ररी पर्याय संख्या:</b>\n" +"या क्षेत्रात, कोणताही लीगल माउंट पर्याय टाइप करा ज्याला अनुमती आहे या चौथ्या क्षेत्रात /etc/fstab.\n" +"मल्टीपल पर्यायांना कॉमाजनी विलग केले आहे. </p>\n" + +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 +msgid "Char&set for file names" +msgstr "चार&सेट फाइल नावांसाठी " + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n" +"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>चारसेट फाइल नावांसाठी:</b>\n" +"विंडोज विभाजनांमध्ये फाइल नावांच्या प्रदर्शनासाठी वापरलेले चारसेट सेट करा. </p>\n" + +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 +msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" +msgstr "कोड&पेज छोट्या FAT नावांसाठी" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>कोडपेज छोट्या FAT नावांसाठी:</b>\n" +"हे कोडपेज FAT फाइल प्रणालीवर शॉर्टनेम अक्षरात बदलण्यासाठी वापरले जाते.</p>\n" + +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 +msgid "Number of &FATs" +msgstr " &FATsची संख्या" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n" +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b> FATsची संख्या:</b>\n" +"फाइल यंत्रणेतील फाइल वाटप तक्त्यांची संख्या निर्दिष्ट करा मूळ आहे 2.</p>" + +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "FAT &size" +msgid "FAT &Size" +msgstr "FAT &आकार" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>FAT आकार:</b>\n" +"वापरलेल्या फाइल वाटप तक्ता प्रकार निर्दिष्ट करा (12, 16, किंवा 32-बिट). ऑटो निर्दिष्ट असले तर YaST2 स्वयंचलितपणे फाइल यंत्रणा आकारसाठी सर्वात योग्य संख्या निवडेल.</p>\n" + +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Root &dir entries" +msgid "Root &Dir Entries" +msgstr "रूट &डायरेक्टरी प्रविष्टी" + +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The minimum size for \"Root dir entries\" is 112. Please try again." +msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." +msgstr "किमान आकार यासाठी \"रूट डायरेक्टरी प्रविष्टी \" 112 आहे. कृपया पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Root dir entries:</b>\n" +#| "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n" +"Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>रूट डायरेक्टरी प्रविष्टी:</b>\n" +"मूळ निर्देशिकेत उपलब्ध प्रविष्टींची संख्या निवडा.</p>" + +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hash &function" +msgid "Hash &Function" +msgstr "हॅश &फंक्शन" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Hash function:</b>\n" +#| "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>हॅश फंक्शन:</b>\n" +"निर्देशिकांमधील फाइलची नावे सॉर्ट करण्यासाठी वापरलेले हॅश फंक्शन नाव हे निर्दिष्ट करते.</p>" + +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "FS &revision" +msgid "FS &Revision" +msgstr "FS &उजळणी" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>FS revision:</b>\n" +#| "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>FS उजळणी:</b>\n" +"हा पर्याय रिसर्फ्स वापरायची फॉरमॅट उजळणी निर्दिष्ट करतो. '3.5' हा 2.2.x मालिकेच्या कर्नेल्सबरोबर बॅकवर्डर्स तुल्यतेसाठी आहे. '3.6' जास्त अलिकडील आहे, परन्तु केवळ 2.4 बरोबरीच्या किंवा जास्त मोठ्या कर्नेल संस्करणबरोबरचते वापरता येते.</p>\n" + +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Block &size in bytes" +msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" +msgstr "ब्लॉक &आकार बाइट्समध्ये " + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Block size:</b>\n" +#| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>ब्लॉक आकार:</b>\n" +"ब्लॉक्सचा आकार बाइट्समध्ये निर्दिष्ट करा. ग्राह्य ब्लॉक आकार संख्या अशा आहेत 512, 1024, 2048, व 4096 बाइट्स प्रति ब्लॉक. ऑटो निवडले गेल्यास 4096 चा स्टॅन्डर्ड ब्लॉक आकार वापरला जातो. </p>\n" + +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 +msgid "&Inode Size" +msgstr "&इनोड आकार " + +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n" +"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>इनोड आकार:</b>\n" +"हा पर्याय फाइल यंत्रणेचा इनोड आकार निर्दिष्ट करतो.</p>\n" + +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Percentage of inode space" +msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" +msgstr "&टक्केवारी इनोड जागेची " + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Percentage of inode space:</b>\n" +#| "The option \"Percentage of inode space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>टक्केवारी इनोड जागेची:</b>\n" +"पर्याय \"टक्केवारी इनोड जागेची \" फाइल यंत्रणेतील इनोड्सना वाटता येईल अशा जागेची कमाल टक्केवारी निर्दिष्ट करते.</p>\n" + +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Inode &aligned" +msgid "Inode &Aligned" +msgstr "इनोड &संरेखित" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n" +#| "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +#| "is not aligned. The default is that inodes are aligned. Aligned inode access\n" +#| "is normally more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" +"is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>इनोड संरेखित:</b>\n" +"पर्याय \"इनोड संरेखित\" वापरला जातो निर्दिष्ट करण्यासाठी की इनोड वाटप आहे किंवा \n" +"नाही संरेखित. मूळ हे आहे की इनोड्स संरेखित आहेत. संरेखित इनोड अक्सेस \n" +"सामान्यतः जास्त कार्यक्षम असते असंरेखित अक्सेसपेक्षा.</p>\n" + +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Log size in megabytes" +msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" +msgstr "&लॉग आकार मेगाबाइट्समध्ये " + +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The \"Log size\" value is incorrect.\n" +#| "Please enter a value greater than zero." +msgid "" +"The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" +"Enter a value greater than zero.\n" +msgstr "" +"ही\"लॉग आकार\" संख्या चूक आहे.\n" +"कृपया शून्यापेक्षा मोठी संख्या प्रविष्ट करा." + +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Log size</b>\n" +#| "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>लॉग आकार </b>\n" +"लॉग आकार सेट करा (मेगाबाइट्समध्ये). ऑटो असल्यास, मूळ आहे 40% ऑग्रिगेट आकाराच्या.</p>" + +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" +msgstr "इनव्होक बॅड ब्लॉक्स सूची &ब्लॉक्समध्ये" + +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Stride &length in blocks" +msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" +msgstr "स्ट्राइड &लांबी ब्लॉक्समध्ये " + +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The \"Stride length in blocks\" value is not possible.\n" +#| "Please select a value greater than 1." +msgid "" +"The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" +"Select a value greater than 1.\n" +msgstr "" +"ही\"स्ट्राइड लांबी ब्लॉक्समध्ये \" संख्या शक्य नाही.\n" +"कृपया 1 पेक्षा मोठी संख्या निवडा." + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n" +"Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" +"argument is 'stride', which takes the number of blocks in a\n" +"RAID stripe as its argument.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>स्ट्राइड लांबी ब्लॉक्समध्ये:</b>\n" +"फाइल यंत्रणेसाठी RAID-संबंधित पर्याय सेट करा. सध्या, केवळ समर्थित\n" +"आर्ग्युमंट आहे 'स्ट्राइड', जो ब्लॉक्सची संख्या नेतो \n" +"RAID स्ट्राइपमध्ये त्यांचे आर्ग्युमेंट म्हणून.</p>\n" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Block size:</b>\n" +#| "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>ब्लॉक आकार:</b>\n" +"ब्लॉक्सचा आकार बाइट्समध्ये निर्दिष्ट करा. ग्राह्य ब्लॉक आकार संख्या आहेत 1024, 2048, व 4096 बाइट्समध्ये प्रति ब्लॉक ऑटोची निवड केल्यास, ब्लॉकचा आकार फाइल यंत्रणा आकार व फाइल यंत्रणेच्या अपेक्षित वापराद्वारा ठरविला जातो.</p>\n" + +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bytes per &inode" +msgid "Bytes per &Inode" +msgstr "बाइट्स प्रति&इनोड" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Bytes per inode:</b>\n" +#| "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST2 creates an inode for every <bytes-per-inode> bytes of space on the disk. The larger the bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created.\n" +#| "Generally, this value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, since too many inodes will be created in this case. It is not possible to expand the\n" +#| "number of inodes on a file system after its creation, so be sure to enter a reasonable value for this parameter.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n" +"Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" +"<bytes-per-inode> bytes of space on the disk. The larger the\n" +"bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" +"value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" +"too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" +"value for this parameter.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>बाइट्स प्रति इनोड:</b>\n" +"बाइट्सना इनोड अनुपात निर्दिष्ट करा. YaST2 इनोड निर्माण करतो प्रत्येक <बाइट्स प्रति इनोड; डिस्कवर बाइट्सच्या जागांसाठी जितका मोठा बाइट्स-प्रति-इनोड अनुपात, तितके कमी इनोड्स निर्माण होतील.\n" +"सामान्यपणे, ही संख्या फाइल यंत्रणेच्या ब्लॉक आकारापेक्षा कमी असू नये, नाहीतर अति जास्त इनोड्स निर्माण केले जातील. निर्मितीनंतर फाइल यंत्रणेवरील \n" +"इनोड्सची संख्या विस्तारित करणे शक्य नाही, म्हणून खात्री करा या परामूल्यासाठी योग्य संख्या प्रविष्ट करण्याची.</p>\n" + +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Percentage of blocks &reserved for root" +msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" +msgstr "ब्लॉक्सची टक्केवारी &आरक्षित रूटसाठी " + +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The \"Percentage of blocks reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" +#| "Please use a value between 0 and 99." +msgid "" +"The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" +"Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" +msgstr "" +"ही\"ब्लॉक्सची टक्केवारी आरक्षित रूटसाठी \" संख्या चूक आहे.\n" +"कृपया 0 व 99 दरम्यानची संख्या वापरा." + +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b>Percentage of blocks reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. This value defaults to 5%.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>ब्लॉक्सची टक्केवारी आरक्षित रूटसाठी:</b> निर्दिष्ट करा ब्लॉक्सची टक्केवारी सुपर प्रयोक्त्यासाठी आरक्षित. ही संख्या मूळ ते 5%.</p>" + +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Disable Regular Checks" +msgstr "सेवा अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n" +"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 +msgid "&Directory Index Feature" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n" +"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk Journal" +msgid "&No Journal" +msgstr "डिस्कची पुस्तिका" + +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 +msgid "" +"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"know what you are doing.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 +msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable by\n" +#| "the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" +#| "partition table or is not supported by this tool.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "You may use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +#| "format them and assign mount points to them, but you\n" +#| "cannot add, edit, resize, or remove partitions from that\n" +#| "disk here.\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" +"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" +"partition table.\n" +"\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" +"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"आपली डिस्क %1 वरील विभाजन एकतर वाचनीय नाही द्वारा \n" +"विभाजक उपकरण वापरले गेले बदलण्यासाठी \n" +"विभाजन तक्ता किंवा त्याला या उपकरणाचे समर्थन नाही.\n" +"\n" +"आपण डिस्क %1 वरील विभाजने आहेत तशी वापरू शकता किंवा \n" +"फॉरमॅट करून त्यांना माउंट पॉईंट्स देऊ शकता, पण आपण \n" +"विभाजने जोडू, संपादित करू, पुनर्आकार देऊ किंवा काढू शकत नाही येथील \n" +"डिस्कमधून.\n" + +#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable by\n" +#| "the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" +#| "partition table or is not supported by this tool.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "You may use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +#| "format them and assign mount points to them, but you\n" +#| "cannot add, edit, resize, or remove partitions from that\n" +#| "disk here.\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" +"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n" +"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n" +"\n" +"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n" +"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n" +"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"आपली डिस्क %1 वरील विभाजन एकतर वाचनीय नाही द्वारा \n" +"विभाजक उपकरण वापरले गेले बदलण्यासाठी \n" +"विभाजन तक्ता किंवा त्याला या उपकरणाचे समर्थन नाही.\n" +"\n" +"आपण डिस्क %1 वरील विभाजने आहेत तशी वापरू शकता किंवा \n" +"फॉरमॅट करून त्यांना माउंट पॉईंट्स देऊ शकता, पण आपण \n" +"विभाजने जोडू, संपादित करू, पुनर्आकार देऊ किंवा काढू शकत नाही येथील \n" +"डिस्कमधून.\n" + +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "You may initialize the disk partition table to a sane state in the Expert\n" +#| "Partitioner by selecting \"Expert\"->\"Delete Partition Table \n" +#| "and Disk Label\", but this will destroy all data on all partitions of this \n" +#| "disk.\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"You can initialize the disk partition table to a sane state in the Expert\n" +"Partitioner by selecting \"Expert\"->\"Create New Partition Table\", \n" +"but this will destroy all data on all partitions of this disk.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"आपण डिस्क विभाजनाचे सेन स्थितीत प्रारंभिकीकरणासाठी तज्ञ\n" +"विभाजकात हे निवडून \"तज्ञ\"->\"काढून टाका विभाजन तक्ता \n" +"व डिस्क लेबल \", परंतु यामुळे डिस्कवरील सर्व विभाजनांवरील सर्व डेटा नष्ट\n" +"होईल.\n" + +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"Safely ignore this message if you do not intend to use \n" +"this disk during installation.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"या संदेशाकडे सोईस्करपणे दुर्लक्ष करा जर आपल्याला वापरायची नसेल \n" +"ही डिस्क इन्स्टॉलेशन दरम्यान.\n" + +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +msgid "Resize Not Possible:" +msgstr "पुनर्आकार शक्य नाही:" + +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Could not set encryption.\n" +#| "System error code is %1.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The crypt password provided could be incorrect.\n" +msgid "" +"Could not set encryption.\n" +"System error code is %1.\n" +"\n" +"The encryption password provided could be incorrect.\n" +msgstr "" +"कोडबद्धीकरण सेट करता आले नाही.\n" +"यंत्रणा त्रुटी कोड आहे %1.\n" +"\n" +"पुरविलेला क्रिप्ट संकेतशब्द चूक असू शकतो. \n" + +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password do not match.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"संकेतशब्दचे पहिले व दुसरे \n" +"संस्करण जुळत नाही!\n" +"कृपया पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following characters:\n" +"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"संकेतशब्द कदाचित फक्त खालील वर्णांचा समावेश असू शकतो:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, आणि यामधील \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" +msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" +msgstr "इनक्रीप्शन कळ लिहा" + +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Provider Password" +msgid "Provide Password" +msgstr "पुरविणारा परवलीशब्द लिहा" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 +msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" +msgstr " व्हॉल्यूम समूह " + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 +msgid "" +"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" +"passwords are not yet known.\n" +"The passwords need to be known if the volumes are needed either \n" +"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you want to retry?" +msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" +msgstr "आपल्याला परत प्रयत्न करायचा आहे?" + +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 +msgid "" +"Enter encryption password for any of the\n" +"devices in the locked devices list.\n" +"Password will be tried for all devices." +msgstr "" + +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" +msgid "Enter Encryption Password" +msgstr "इनक्रीप्शन कळ लिहा" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." +msgstr "" + +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" +msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" +msgstr "यास्ट2 ने पुढील उपकरण शोधले" + +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" +msgid "Provide password for the following device:" +msgstr "यास्ट2 ने पुढील उपकरण शोधले" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 +msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 +msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DASD Disks" +msgid "IDE Disk" +msgstr "DASD तबकडी" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DASD Disks" +msgid "SCSI Disk" +msgstr "DASD तबकडी" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "चकती" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 +#, fuzzy +msgid "DM RAID" +msgstr "R&AID:" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 +#, fuzzy +msgid "MD RAID" +msgstr "R&AID:" + +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +msgid "Installing required packages failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue resizing the %1?" +msgid "Continue despite the error?" +msgstr " %1 चा पुनर्आकारित करणे चालू ठेवू?" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" +"that is needed to run the installation.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" +"data needed to perform the installation.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" +"that is needed to run the installation.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" +"data needed to perform the installation.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" +"device %2, which contains activated swap that is needed to run \n" +"the installation.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" +"device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" +"disk %2 are used.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set global root filesystem" +msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" +msgstr "ग्लोबल रुट फाईलप्रणाली निश्चित करा." + +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 +msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" +msgstr "" + +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 +msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Failure occurred during following action:\n" +#| "%2\n" +#| "\n" +#| "System error code was: %1\n" +msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" +msgstr "" +"खालील कृतींदरम्यान अपयश आले:\n" +"%2\n" +"\n" +"यंत्रणा त्रुटी कोड होता: %1\n" + +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +msgid "System error code was: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" +msgstr "आपल्या फाइल प्रणालीसाठी संकेतशब्द &लिहा:" + +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "होय" + +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +msgid "No" +msgstr "नाही" + +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +msgid "F" +msgstr "" + +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enc" +msgstr "अंत" + +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +msgid "FS Type" +msgstr "USB प्रकार" + +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +msgid "Start" +msgstr "सुरू करा" + +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +msgid "End" +msgstr "अंत" + +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +msgid "FS ID" +msgstr "BIOS" + +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Disk Label" +msgstr "तबकडी वापर" + +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +msgid "Metadata" +msgstr "" + +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#, fuzzy +msgid "PE Size" +msgstr " आकार" + +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +msgid "RAID Version" +msgstr "BIOS आवृत्ती" + +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Parity Algorithm" +msgstr "इन्क्रीप्शन अल्गोरिदम" + +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +msgid "Vendor" +msgstr "पुरवठादार" + +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "नमुना" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +msgid "" +"<b>BIOS ID</b> shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" +"disk. This field can be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +msgid "" +"<b>Bus</b> shows how the device is connected to\n" +"the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +msgid "" +"<b>Chunk Size</b> shows the chunk size for RAID\n" +"devices." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +msgid "" +"<b>Cylinder Size</b> shows the size of the\n" +"cylinders of the hard disk." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<b>Sector Size</b> shows the size of the\n" +"sectors of the hard disk." +msgstr "विभाजनाचा सिलिंडर सुरू करा." + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<b>Device</b> shows the kernel name of the\n" +"device." +msgstr "<p><b>रूट उपकरण</b>रूट उपकरण म्हणून कर्नेलकडे पाठविण्यासाठी उपकरण सेटकरते.</P>" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +msgid "" +"<b>Disk Label</b> shows the partition table\n" +"type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +msgid "" +"<b>Encrypted</b> shows whether the device is\n" +"encrypted." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<b>End Cylinder</b> shows the end cylinder of\n" +"the partition." +msgstr "विभाजनाचा सिलिंडर बंद करा." + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +msgid "" +"<b>LUN</b> shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" +"Fibre Channel disks." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +msgid "" +"<b>Port ID</b> shows the port id for Fibre\n" +"Channel disks." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +msgid "" +"<b>WWPN</b> shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" +"Fibre Channel disks." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +msgid "" +"<b>File Path</b> shows the path of the file for\n" +"an encrypted loop device." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +msgid "" +"<b>Format</b> shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" +"means the device is selected to be formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +msgid "<b>FS ID</b> shows the file system id." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +msgid "<b>FS Type</b> shows the file system type." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +msgid "" +"<b>Label</b> shows the label of the file\n" +"system." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +msgid "" +"<b>Metadata</b> shows the LVM metadata type for\n" +"volume groups." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +msgid "<b>Model</b> shows the device model." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" +"file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>कडून माउंट</b> माउंट केलेली फाईल प्रणाली दर्शवतो: (K) कडूनकर्नेल नाव,\n" +"(L) लेबल कडून, (U) UUID कडून, (I) ID साधनाकडून व (P) साधनाकडूनपथ.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +msgid "" +"A question mark (?) indicates that\n" +"the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" +"YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +msgid "" +"<b>Mount Point</b> shows where the file system\n" +"is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"माउंट पॉईंट नंतरचा अस्टरिक्स (*) अशी फाईल प्रणाली दाखवतो जी अशी\n" +"वर्तमानात माउंट केलेली नाही (उदाहरणार्थ कारण यात <tt>noauto</tt> विकल्प सेट आहेत <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>).\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +msgid "" +"<b>Number of Cylinders</b> shows how many\n" +"cylinders the hard disk has." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +msgid "" +"<b>Parity Algorithm</b> shows the parity\n" +"algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +msgid "" +"<b>PE Size</b> shows the physical extent size\n" +"for LVM volume groups." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +msgid "<b>RAID Version</b> shows the RAID version." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +msgid "" +"<b>RAID Type</b> shows the RAID type, also\n" +"called RAID level, for RAID devices." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +msgid "<b>Size</b> shows the size of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<b>Start Cylinder</b> shows the start cylinder\n" +"of the partition." +msgstr "विभाजनाचा सिलिंडर सुरू करा." + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +msgid "" +"<b>Stripes</b> shows the stripe number for LVM\n" +"logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +msgid "" +"<b>Type</b> gives a general overview about the\n" +"device type." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +msgid "" +"<b>Device ID</b> shows the persistent device\n" +"IDs. This field can be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +msgid "" +"<b>Device Path</b> shows the persistent device\n" +"path. This field can be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +msgid "" +"<b>Used By</b> shows if a device is used by\n" +"e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +msgid "" +"<b>UUID</b> shows the Universally Unique\n" +"Identifier of the file system." +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +msgid "<b>Vendor</b> shows the device vendor." +msgstr "" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Device: %1" +msgstr "उपकरण URI: %1" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Size: %1" +msgstr "आकार %1" + +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +msgid "DISK %1" +msgstr "डिस्क %1" + +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Type: %1" +msgstr "प्रकार" + +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Format: %1" +msgstr "डम्पचा फॉरमॅट: %1" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +msgid "Encrypted: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#, fuzzy +msgid "File System: %1" +msgstr "सिस्टम" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mount Point: %1" +msgstr "माऊंट करण्याचा बिंदू" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mount by: %1" +msgstr "माउंट द्वारा" + +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Used by %1: %2" +msgstr "द्वारा वापरले" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#, fuzzy +msgid "UUID: %1" +msgstr "ओळखचिन्ह: %1" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Label: %1" +msgstr "लेबल" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Device Path: %1" +msgstr "साधन पथ" + +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Device ID %1: %2" +msgstr "उपकरण URI: %1" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#, fuzzy +msgid "BIOS ID: %1" +msgstr "ओळखचिन्ह: %1" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Disk Label: %1" +msgstr "RAM तबकडी प्रतिमा: %1" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Vendor: %1" +msgstr "विक्रेता" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Model: %1" +msgstr "पध्दत: %1" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Bus: %1" +msgstr "पिअर: %1" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Metadata: %1" +msgstr "मिडिया तपासा" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#, fuzzy +msgid "PE Size: %1" +msgstr "आकार %1" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Stripes: %1" +msgstr "रेषा" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#, fuzzy +msgid "RAID Version: %1" +msgstr "आवृत्ती: %1" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#, fuzzy +msgid "RAID Type: %1" +msgstr "RAID प्रकार" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chunk Size: %1" +msgstr "आकार %1" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" +msgstr "इन्क्रीप्शन अल्गोरीदमस:" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" +msgstr "जुन्या डम्प्सची संख्या: %1" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" +msgstr "सिलिंडर आकार: " + +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" +msgstr "सिलिंडर चालू:" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#, fuzzy +msgid "End Cylinder: %1" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"सिलेंडर बंद करा: " + +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Memory Size: %1 MB" +msgid "Sector Size: %1" +msgstr "स्मृतीकोशाचा आकार: %1 MB" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#, fuzzy +msgid "FS ID: %1" +msgstr "ओळखचिन्ह: %1" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#, fuzzy +msgid "File Path: %1" +msgstr "फाईल मार्ग" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#, fuzzy +msgid "WWPN: %1" +msgstr "" +"पॅच: %1\n" +"\n" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#, fuzzy +msgid "LUN: %1" +msgstr "युआरएल: %1" + +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Port ID: %1" +msgstr "प्रॉडक्ट ID: %1" + +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +msgid "<p>The table contains:</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Device:" +msgstr "साधन" + +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#, fuzzy +msgid "File System:" +msgstr "सिस्टम" + +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Hard Disk:" +msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क:" + +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Fibre Channel:" +msgstr "Fiber वाहिनी" + +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +msgid "LVM:" +msgstr "" + +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#, fuzzy +msgid "RAID:" +msgstr "R&AID:" + +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +msgid "<p>The overview contains:</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +msgid "" +"The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" +"You must quit that application before you can continue." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +msgid "" +"The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" +"You must quit that application before you can continue." +msgstr "" + +#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows." +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "अनियमित fs मुळे पुर्नआकार अशक्य आहे. विंडोज खाली fs तपासाचा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" +msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr " &LVM आधारित प्रस्ताव निर्माण करा " + +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" +msgstr " व्हॉल्यूम समूह " + +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system options:" +msgid "File System for Root Partition" +msgstr "फाईल प्रणाली विकल्प:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" +msgid "File System for Home Partition" +msgstr "वेगळे &गृह विभाजन प्रस्तावित करा " + +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277 +msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write global settings" +msgid "Proposal Settings" +msgstr "ग्लोबल मांडणी लिहा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" +"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"LVM आधारित प्रस्ताव निर्माण करण्यासाठी जुळते बटण निवडा.</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +msgid "" +"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" +"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" +"enable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\n" +"size for the root partition.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 +msgid "" +"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" +"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 +msgid "" +"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" +"the system to disk in most cases.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." +msgstr "एनक्रिप्टेड फाईल प्रणालीसाठी आपला संकेतशब्द लिहा." + +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 +msgid "Password:" +msgstr "Password:" + +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" +msgstr "&पडताळणीसाठी पुन्हा एकदा संकेतशब्द लिहा:" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Default Mount-by:" +msgstr "साधारण क्षेत्र" + +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Default File System:" +msgstr "स्थानिक फाईलप्रणाली" + +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" +msgstr "साठवण उपकरण" + +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Partitioning" +msgid "Partition Alignment:" +msgstr "विभाजन चालू" + +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" +msgstr "वापरणाऱ्याच्या माहितीचे उगम" + +#~ msgid "Changes:" +#~ msgstr "बदल:" + +#~ msgid " Do you really want to execute these changes?" +#~ msgstr " आपणास हे बदल खरोखरच अमलात आणायचे आहेत?" + +#~ msgid "&Apply" +#~ msgstr "कार्यान्वित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" +#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" +#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" +#~ "This does not work.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use this setup?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "इशारा : आपल्या वर्तमान सेटअप बरोबर, आपले %1 इन्स्टॉलेशन\n" +#~ "ला बूटींग करताना समस्या येऊ शकतात, कारण आपल्याकडे \"बूट\"\n" +#~ "विभाजन नाही आणि आपले \"मूळ\" विभाजन LVM तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम आहे.\n" +#~ "हे काम करू शकत नाही.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "जर आपणास माहित नसेल की आपण नक्की काय करत आहोत, एक सामान्य \n" +#~ "विभाजन आपल्या /बूट खालील फाइल्ससाठी वापरा.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "हे बदलू?\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..." +#~ msgstr "भाग संपादीत करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Import Partition Setup..." +#~ msgstr "&निर्माण करा विभाजन सेटअप" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "To import the mount points from an existing Linux\n" +#~ "system choose <b>%1</b>. You can still make modification\n" +#~ "afterwards in the expert partitioner dialog.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "आपल्याला केवळ लहान अनुयोजना करायच्या असतील प्रस्तावित \n" +#~ "सेटअपला (जसे उदा. फाइलयंत्रणा प्रकार बदलणे) निवडा \n" +#~ "<b>%1</b> आणि हे फेरबदल करा तज्ञ\n" +#~ "विभाजक संवादात.</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Set default root filesystem" +#~ msgid "Use &Btrfs as Default File System" +#~ msgstr "डिफॉल्ट रुट फाईलप्रणाली निश्चित करा." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available" +#~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available." +#~ msgstr "निर्देश लाइन इंटरफेससाठी विभाजक मोड्यूल उपलब्ध नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use this setup?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपण खालील माउंट पॉईंटसना एक \n" +#~ "जाड विभाजन माउंट करण्याचा प्रयत्न केलात: / /usr /गृह /opt /var.\n" +#~ " ext2 किंवा reiserfs सारखी लिनक्स प्रणाली या माउंट पॉइंटसाठी वापरा.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "File system &ID:" +#~ msgid "Illegal file system ID." +#~ msgstr "फाईल प्रणाली &ओळखपत्र:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Failed to remove some devices." +#~ msgstr "निवडलेले %1 काढता आले नाही" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The selected device is currently mounted on %1.\n" +#~ "It is *strongly* recommended to unmount it manually\n" +#~ "before deleting it.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If you proceed, YaST2 will try unmounting before deleting it.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "निवडलेले साधन वर्तमान %1 वर माउंट केलेले आहे.\n" +#~ "काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी व्यिक्तचालनाने ते अनमाउंट करा असे *विशेष* \n" +#~ " शिफारस केली आहे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "आपण खरोखरच काय करत आहात हे माहीत जसेल तर रद्द करा दाबा.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "जर आपण पूढे गेलात, तर YaST2 काढून टाकण्यापूर्वीच अनमाउंट करण्याचा प्रतय्न करेल. \n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unmount of %1 failed.\n" +#~ "Remove the device anyway?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " %1 अनमाउंट करण्यात अयशस्वी.\n" +#~ "तरिही साधन काढून टाकू?\n" + +#~ msgid "&Retry umount" +#~ msgstr "& पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा अनमाउंटचा " + +#~ msgid "Don't forget what you enter here!" +#~ msgstr "इथे जे लिहित आहात, ते विसरू नका!" + +#~ msgid "Enter your password for the encrypted file system" +#~ msgstr "एनक्रिप्टेड फाइल प्रणालीसाठी आपला संकेतशब्द लिहा " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The first and the second version\n" +#~ "of the password do not match!\n" +#~ "Please try again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "संकेतशब्दचे पहिले व दुसरे \n" +#~ "संस्करण जुळत नाही!\n" +#~ "कृपया पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#~ msgid "&Device name" +#~ msgstr "&साधन नाव" + +#~ msgid "Volume &label" +#~ msgstr "व्हॉल्यूम &लेबल" + +#~ msgid "Fstab options:" +#~ msgstr "Fstab विकल्प:" + +#~ msgid "File &system" +#~ msgstr "फाईल &प्रणाली" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The file system is currently mounted on %1.\n" +#~ "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Unmount the file system and retry resizing.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ " %1 वर्तमान %2 वर माउंट केलेले आहे.\n" +#~ "माउंट केलेली असताना फाईल प्रणाली पुनर्आकारित करणे शक्य नाही.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "फाईलप्रणाली अनमाउंट करा व पुनर्आकारित करण्याचा पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा..\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" +#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" +#~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "हा माउंट पॉईंट /tmp किंवा / var/tmp सारक्या ताप्युरत्या फाईल.प्रणालीना परस्परप्रतिसाद देतो.\n" +#~ "आपण क्रिप्ट संकेतशब्द मोकळा सोडू शकता. जर आपण असे केलेत, तर प्रणाली एक रॅडम संकेतशब्द \n" +#~ "प्रणाली सुरूवात करताना आपल्यासाठी निर्माण करेल. याचा अर्थ, प्रणाली शट डाऊन करताना \n" +#~ "या फाईलवरिल आपला सर्व डेटा हरवेल.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No BTRFS device selected." +#~ msgstr "योजना निवडलेली नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" +#~ "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "विभाजन %1 पुनर्आकारित करता येत नाही\n" +#~ "कारण फाइल यंत्रणा विसंगत दिसते.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Visible Information On Storage Devices" +#~ msgstr "वापरणाऱ्याच्या माहितीचे उगम" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No TMPFS device selected." +#~ msgstr "योजना निवडलेली नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>This view shows all TMPFS volumes.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "एनक्रिप्टेड फाईल प्रणाली निर्माण करा.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" +#~ "selected TMPFS volume.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>(भौतिक व्हॉल्यूम्स म्हणवणारी)<b>विभाजने </b> आपल्या व्हॉल्यूमला समूह जोडा.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "&Enter Password:" +#~ msgid "&Enter encryption password:" +#~ msgstr "&परवली शब्द टाका:" + +#~ msgid "Mount By" +#~ msgstr "माउंट द्वारा" + +#~ msgid "Used By" +#~ msgstr "द्वारा वापरले" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Default Filesystem:" +#~ msgstr "स्थानिक फाईलप्रणाली" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Partition Based" +#~ msgstr "विभाजन ठराव" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&LVM Based" +#~ msgstr "ओळी-आधारित" + +#~ msgid "<P>To use these mount points, <BR>press <B>Yes</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>हे माउंट पॉईट्स वापरण्यासाठी <BR>दाबा<B>हो</B>.</P>" + +#~ msgid "<P>To ignore these mount points, <BR> press <B>No</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "<P>ह्या माउंट पॉईन्टसकडे दुर्लक्ष करण्यासाठी <BR> दाबा<B>नाही</B>.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n" +#~ "for your new installation?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपल्या नवीन इन्स्टॉलेशनसाठी आपणाला हे \n" +#~ "माउंट पॉईंट्स वापरायला आवडतील का?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A previous system with the following mount points was detected:\n" +#~ "/etc/fstab found on %1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "खालील माउंट पॉईंट्सकट एक आधीची प्रणाली सापडली आहे:\n" +#~ "/इत्यादी/fstab %1 वर सापडले" + +#~ msgid "Device " +#~ msgstr "साधन " + +#~ msgid "Mount " +#~ msgstr "माउंट " + +#~ msgid "Detecting encryption type..." +#~ msgstr "एनक्रिप्शन प्रकार शोधत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Partition 3 \"Entire Disk\" is not changeable" +#~ msgstr "विभाजन 3 \"संपूर्ण डिस्क \" बदलण्याजोगी नाही " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "WARNING:\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "You chose a swap partition but did not direct YaST2 to format it.\n" +#~ "This swap partition will probably not be usable.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Change the setup?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "इशारा:\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "आपण अदलाबदल विभाजन निवडलेत पण YaST2 ला फ़ॉरमॅट चे निर्देश दिले नाहीत.\n" +#~ "हे अदलाबदल विभाजन बहुदा वापरता न येण्याजोगे आहे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "सेटअप बदलु?\n" + +#~ msgid "Graph" +#~ msgstr "आलेख" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Please wait while your hard disk is prepared for installation...\n" +#~ "<br></p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "आपली हार्ड डिस्क इन्स्टॉलेशनसाठी तयार होईपर्यन्त कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा...\n" +#~ "<br></p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Please wait while your hard disk is prepared...\n" +#~ "<br></p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "आपली हार्ड डिस्क तयार होईपर्यन्त कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा...\n" +#~ "<br></p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this action\n" +#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large disks.\n" +#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it looks\n" +#~ "slow near the end (\"95 %\"), please be patient. The formatting tool \n" +#~ "performs various checks. </p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "आपल्या हार्ड डिस्कचा आकार व आपल्या प्रोसेसरच्या गतीनुसार, या कृतीला\n" +#~ "थोडा वेळ लागू शकतो. 4 GB पेक्षा मोठ्या डिस्क्सना पाच मिनिटे असामान्य नाहीत.\n" +#~ "बरेचदा प्रगती मीटर लिनिअर प्रगती दाखवत नाही. जरी ते दिसले\n" +#~ "slow near the end (\"95 %\"), please be patient. The formatting tool \n" +#~ "performs various checks. </p>" + +#~ msgid "Preparing Your Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "आपली हार्ड डिस्क तयार करणे चालू " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" +#~ " 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" +#~ "Try again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "संकेतशब्द कदाचित फक्त खालील वर्णांचा समावेश असू शकतो:\n" +#~ " 0..9, a..z, A..Z, आणि यामधील \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +#~ "पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Creating summary ..." +#~ msgstr "सारांश तयार करत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<h1>Changes in Partitioning</h1>" +#~ msgstr "<h1>इशारा</h1>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<b>Default Mount-by:</b> " +#~ msgstr "साधारण क्षेत्र" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<b>Default Filesystem:</b> " +#~ msgstr "स्थानिक फाईलप्रणाली" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<b>Visible Information on Storage Devices:</b> " +#~ msgstr "वापरणाऱ्याच्या माहितीचे उगम" + +#~ msgid "&Encrypt file system" +#~ msgstr "&एनक्रिप्ट फाईल प्रणाली " + +#~ msgid "2:Format" +#~ msgstr "2:फॉरमॅट" + +#~ msgid "Creating %1$s" +#~ msgstr " निर्माण चालू%1$s " + +#~ msgid "Create %1$s" +#~ msgstr " निर्माण करा%1$s " + +#~ msgid "Removing %1$s" +#~ msgstr " काढत आहे%1$s " + +#~ msgid "Remove %1$s" +#~ msgstr " काढा%1$s " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The partitioning on disk %1$s is not readable by\n" +#~ "the partitioning tool fdasd, which is used to change the\n" +#~ "partition table.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "You can use the partitions on disk %1$s as they are.\n" +#~ "You can format them and assign mount points to them, but you\n" +#~ "cannot add, edit, resize, or remove partitions from that\n" +#~ "disk with this tool." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "विभाजन डिस्क %1$s चे वाचता येत नाही द्वारा\n" +#~ "विभाजन उपकरण fdasd, जे वापरले जाते बदलण्यासाठी \n" +#~ "विभाजक तक्ता.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "आपण वापरू शकता विभाजने %1$s वरची, जशी आहेत तशी. \n" +#~ "आपण ती फॉरमॅट करू शकता व त्यांना माउंट पॉइंट्स देऊ शकता, पण आपण \n" +#~ "विभाजन, जोडू, संपादित करू, पुनर्आकारित करू किंवा काढू शकता नाही त्या \n" +#~ "डिस्कमधून, या उपकरणाने." + +#~ msgid "Executing fdasd for disk %1$s..." +#~ msgstr " अंमलात आणत आहे fdasd या डिस्कसाठी %1$s..." + +#~ msgid "Executing dasdfmt for disk %1$s..." +#~ msgstr " अंमलात आणत आहे dasdfmt या डिस्कसाठी %1$s..." + +#~ msgid "Executing dasdfmt for disks: %1$s..." +#~ msgstr " अंमलात आणात आहे dasdfmt या डिस्कवसाठी: %1$s..." + +#~ msgid "Execute dasdfmt on disk %1$s" +#~ msgstr " अंमलात आणा dasdfmt या डिस्कवर%1$s " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The partition table type on disk %1$s cannot be handled by\n" +#~ "this tool.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "You can use the partitions on disk %1$s as they are.\n" +#~ "You can format them and assign mount points to them, but you\n" +#~ "cannot add, edit, resize, or remove partitions from that\n" +#~ "disk with this tool." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "विभाजन तक्ता प्रकार डिस्क %1$s वरचा हाताळता येऊ शकत नाही द्वारा \n" +#~ "हे उपकरण.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "आपण वापरू शकता विभाजने डिस्क %1$s वरची जशी आहेत तशी.\n" +#~ "आपण ती फॉरमॅट करू शकता व त्यांना माउंट पॉइंट्स देऊ शकता पण आपण \n" +#~ "विभाजन जोडू, संपादित करू, पुनर्आकारित करू किंवा काढू शकत नाही. \n" +#~ "डिस्कमधून या उपकरणाने." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The partitioning on disk %1$s is not readable by\n" +#~ "the partitioning tool parted, which is used to change the\n" +#~ "partition table.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "You can use the partitions on disk %1$s as they are.\n" +#~ "You can format them and assign mount points to them, but you\n" +#~ "cannot add, edit, resize, or remove partitions from that\n" +#~ "disk with this tool." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "विभाजन डिस्क %1$s चे वाचता येत नाही द्वारा\n" +#~ "विभाजक उपकरण विभाजित, जे वापरले जाते बदलण्यासाठी\n" +#~ "विभाजन तक्ता.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "आपण वापरू शकता विभाजने डिस्क %1$s वरची जशी आहेत तशी.\n" +#~ "आपण ती फॉरमॅट करू शकता व त्यांना माउंट पॉइंट्स देऊ शकता पण आपण \n" +#~ "विभाजन जोडू, संपादित करू, पुनर्आकारित करू किंवा काढू शकत नाही. \n" +#~ "डिस्कमधून या उपकरणाने." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your disk %1$s contains %2$lu partitions. The maximum number\n" +#~ "of partitions that the kernel driver of the disk can handle is %3$lu.\n" +#~ "Partitions numbered above %3$lu cannot be accessed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपल्या डिस्क %1$s मध्ये आहेत %2$lu विभाजने. कमाल संख्या\n" +#~ "विभाजनांची डिस्कचा कर्नेल ड्रायव्हर हाताळू शकतो ती आहे %3$lu.\n" +#~ "विभाजने या वरील संख्येची %3$lu अक्सेस करता येत नाहीत." + +#~ msgid "Setting disk label of disk %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr " डिस्क लेबल सेटिंग चालू डिस्क %1$s ते %2$s " + +#~ msgid "Set disk label of disk %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr " सेट करा डिस्क लेबल डिस्क %1$s ते %2$s " + +#~ msgid "Deleting device mapper volume %1$s" +#~ msgstr "काढून टाकत आहे साधन मॅपर संख्या %1$s " + +#~ msgid "Delete device mapper volume %1$s (%2$s)" +#~ msgstr " काढून टाका साधन मॅपर संख्या %1$s (%2$s)" + +#~ msgid "Formatting device mapper volume %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s " +#~ msgstr " फॉरमॅट करीत आहे साधन मॅपर संख्या %1$s (%2$s) सोबत %3$s " + +#~ msgid "Format device mapper volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr " फॉरमॅट करा साधन मॅपर संख्या %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s " + +#~ msgid "Format encrypted device mapper volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr " फॉरमॅट कोडबद्धीकृत साधन मॅपर संख्या %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s " + +#~ msgid "Format device mapper volume %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "फॉरमॅट साधन मॅपर संख्या %1$s (%2$s) सोबत %3$s" + +#~ msgid "Setting type of partition %1$s to %2$X" +#~ msgstr "सेटिंग विभाजन प्रकार %1$s ते %2$X" + +#~ msgid "Set type of partition %1$s to %2$X" +#~ msgstr "सेट करा विभाजन प्रकार %1$s ते %2$X" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Deleting multipath partition %1$s" +#~ msgstr "काढून टाकत आहे विभाजन %1$s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Delete multipath partition %1$s (%2$s)" +#~ msgstr "काढून टाका विभाजन %1$s (%2$s)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Creating multipath partition %1$s" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करत आहे %1$s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Create swap multipath partition %1$s (%2$s)" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा अदलाबदल विभाजन %1$s (%2$s)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Create multipath partition %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा विभाजन %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Create encrypted multipath partition %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा कोडबद्धीकृत विभाजन %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Create extended multipath partition %1$s (%2$s)" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा विस्तारित विभाजन %1$s (%2$s)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Create multipath partition %1$s (%2$s)" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा विभाजन %1$s (%2$s)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Formatting multipath partition %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "फॉरमॅट विभाजन %1$s (%2$s) सोबत %3$s " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Format multipath partition %1$s (%2$s) for swap" +#~ msgstr "फॉरमॅट विभाजन %1$s (%2$s) अदलाबदली साठी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Format multipath partition %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "फॉरमॅट विभाजन %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Format encrypted multipath partition %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "फॉरमॅट कोडबद्धीकृत विभाजन %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Format multipath partition %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "फॉरमॅट विभाजन %1$s (%2$s) सोबत %3$s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Shrinking multipath partition %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "आकुंचन करीत आहे %1$s ते %2$s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Extending multipath partition %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "विस्तार करत आहे विभाजन %1$s ते %2$s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Shrink multipath partition %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "आकुंचन करा विभाजन %1$s ते %2$s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Extend multipath partition %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "विस्तार करा विभाजन %1$s ते %2$s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Setting type of multipath partition %1$s to %2$X" +#~ msgstr "सेटिंग विभाजन प्रकार %1$s ते %2$X" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Set type of multipath partition %1$s to %2$X" +#~ msgstr "सेट करा विभाजन प्रकार %1$s ते %2$X" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Setting disk label of multipath disk %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr " डिस्क लेबल सेटिंग चालू डिस्क %1$s ते %2$s " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Set disk label of multipath disk %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr " सेट करा डिस्क लेबल डिस्क %1$s ते %2$s " + +#~ msgid "Adding entry for mount point %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "एन्ट्री जोडत आहे माउंट पॉइंटसाठी %1$s ते %2$s " + +#~ msgid "Add entry for mount point %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr " एन्ट्री जोडा माउंट पॉइंट %1$s ते %2$s " + +#~ msgid "Updating entry for mount point %1$s in %2$s" +#~ msgstr "एन्ट्री अद्ययावत करीत आहे माउंट पॉइंटसाठी %1$s मध्ये %2$s " + +#~ msgid "Update entry for mount point %1$s in %2$s" +#~ msgstr " एन्ट्री अद्ययावत करीत आहे माउंट पॉइंटसाठी %1$s मध्ये %2$s " + +#~ msgid "Removing entry for mount point %1$s from %2$s" +#~ msgstr " काढत आहे एन्ट्री माउंट पॉइंट साठी %1$s मध्ये %2$s " + +#~ msgid "Remove entry for mount point %1$s from %2$s" +#~ msgstr " काढा एन्ट्री माउंट पॉइंट साठी %1$s मध्ये %2$s " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "BIOS RAID" +#~ msgstr "BIOS" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Multimedia" +#~ msgid "Multipath" +#~ msgstr "मल्टिमीडिया" + +#~ msgid "Partition" +#~ msgstr "दोन भाग" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "DM Device" +#~ msgstr "उपकरण URI: %1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "B" +#~ msgstr "MB" + +#~ msgid "kB" +#~ msgstr "केबी" + +#~ msgid "KiB" +#~ msgstr "केआयबी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "k" +#~ msgstr "केबी" + +#~ msgid "MiB" +#~ msgstr "एमआयबी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "M" +#~ msgstr "MB" + +#~ msgid "GB" +#~ msgstr "GB" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "GB" +#~ msgid "GiB" +#~ msgstr "GB" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "G" +#~ msgstr "GB" + +#~ msgid "TB" +#~ msgstr "TB" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "TB" +#~ msgid "TiB" +#~ msgstr "TB" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "T" +#~ msgstr "TB" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "KiB" +#~ msgid "PiB" +#~ msgstr "केआयबी" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "P" +#~ msgstr "पी.सी." + +#~ msgid "Deleting file-based device %1$s" +#~ msgstr "काढून टाकत आहे फाइल आधारित साधन %1$s" + +#~ msgid "Delete file-based device %1$s (%2$s)" +#~ msgstr "काढून टाका फाइल आधारित साधन %1$s (%2$s)" + +#~ msgid "Creating file-based device %1$s of file %2$s" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करत आहे फाइल आधारित साधन %1$s या फाइलचे %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Create file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा फाइल आधारित साधन %1$s या फाइलचे %2$s (%3$s) जसे %5$s सोबत %4$s म्हणून" + +#~ msgid "Create encrypted file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा कोडबद्धीकृत फाइल-आधारित साधन %1$s या फाइलचे %2$s (%3$s) जसे %5$s सोबत %4$s" + +#~ msgid "Create file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s)" +#~ msgstr " निर्माण करा फाइल आधारित साधन %1$s या फाइलचे %2$s (%3$s)" + +#~ msgid "Formatting file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) with %4$s " +#~ msgstr " फॉरमॅट करत आहे फाइल आधारित साधन %1$s यांचे %2$s (%3$s) सोबत %4$s " + +#~ msgid "Format file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" +#~ msgstr " फॉरमॅट करा फाइल आधारित साधन %1$s यांचे %2$s (%3$s) जसे %5$s सोबत %4$s " + +#~ msgid "Format encrypted file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" +#~ msgstr "फॉरमॅट करा कोडबद्धीकृत फाइल आधारित साधन %1$s यांचे %2$s (%3$s) जसे %5$s सोबत%4$s" + +#~ msgid "Format file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) with %4$s" +#~ msgstr "फॉरमॅट करा फाइल आधारित साधन %1$s यांचे %2$s (%3$s) सोबत %4$s" + +#~ msgid "Deleting logical volume %1$s" +#~ msgstr "काढून टाकत आहे लॉजिकल संख्या %1$s" + +#~ msgid "Delete logical volume %1$s (%2$s)" +#~ msgstr "काढून टाका लॉजिकल संख्या %1$s (%2$s)" + +#~ msgid "Creating logical volume %1$s" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करत आहे लॉजिकल संख्या %1$s" + +#~ msgid "Create swap logical volume %1$s (%2$s)" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा अदलाबदल लॉजिकल संख्या %1$s (%2$s)" + +#~ msgid "Create logical volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा लॉजिकल संख्या %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s" + +#~ msgid "Create encrypted logical volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा कोडबद्धीकृत लॉजिकल संख्या %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s" + +#~ msgid "Create logical volume %1$s (%2$s)" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा लॉजिकल संख्या %1$s (%2$s)" + +#~ msgid "Formatting logical volume %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "फॉरमॅट करत आहे लॉजिकल संख्या %1$s (%2$s) यासोबत %3$s" + +#~ msgid "Format logical volume %1$s (%2$s) for swap" +#~ msgstr "फॉरमॅट करा लॉजिकल संख्या %1$s (%2$s) अदलाबदली साठी" + +#~ msgid "Format logical volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr " फॉरमॅट करा लॉजिकल संख्या %1$s (%2$s) यासाठी %4$s सोबत %3$s" + +#~ msgid "Format encrypted logical volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr " फॉरमॅट करा कोडबद्धीकृत लॉजिकल संख्या %1$s (%2$s) यासाठी %4$s सोबत %3$s" + +#~ msgid "Format logical volume %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" +#~ msgstr " फॉरमॅट करा लॉजिकल संख्या %1$s (%2$s) सोबत %3$s" + +#~ msgid "Shrinking logical volume %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "आकुंचन करत आहे लॉजिकल संख्या %1$s ते %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Extending logical volume %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "विस्तार करत आहे लॉजिकल संख्या %1$s ते %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Shrink logical volume %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "आकुंचन करा लॉजिकल संख्या %1$s ते %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Extend logical volume %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "विस्तार करा लॉजिकल संख्या %1$s ते %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Removing volume group %1$s" +#~ msgstr "काढत आहे संख्या समूह %1$s" + +#~ msgid "Remove volume group %1$s" +#~ msgstr "काढा संख्या समूह %1$s" + +#~ msgid "Creating volume group %1$s from %2$s" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करत आहे संख्या समूह %1$s यातून%2$s" + +#~ msgid "Create volume group %1$s from %2$s" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा संख्या समूह %1$s यातून %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Extending volume group %1$s with %2$s" +#~ msgstr "विस्तार करत आहे संख्या समूह %1$s सोबत %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Extend volume group %1$s with %2$s" +#~ msgstr "विस्तार करा संख्या समूह %1$s सोबत %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Reducing volume group %1$s by %2$s" +#~ msgstr "कमी करत आहे संख्या समूह %1$s इतक्याने %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Reduce volume group %1$s by %2$s" +#~ msgstr "कमी करा संख्या समूह %1$s इतक्याने %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Deleting software RAID %1$s" +#~ msgstr "काढून टाकत आहे सॉफ्टवेअर RAID %1$s" + +#~ msgid "Delete software RAID %1$s (%2$s)" +#~ msgstr "काढून टाका सॉफ्टवेअर RAID %1$s (%2$s)" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Creating software RAID %1$s" +#~ msgid "Creating software RAID %1$s from %2$s" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करत आहे सॉफ्टवेअर RAID %1$s" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Create software RAID %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgid "Create software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा सॉफ्टवेअर RAID %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgid "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा कोडबद्धीकृत RAID %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Create software RAID %1$s (%2$s)" +#~ msgid "Create software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %3$s" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा सॉफ्टवेअर RAID %1$s (%2$s)" + +#~ msgid "Formatting software RAID %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s " +#~ msgstr " फॉरमॅट करत आहे सॉफ्टवेअर RAID %1$s (%2$s) सोबत %3$s " + +#~ msgid "Format software RAID %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr " फॉरमॅट सॉफ्टेवेअर RAID %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s" + +#~ msgid "Format encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr " फॉरमॅट कोडबद्धीकृत सॉफ्टवेअर RAID %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s" + +#~ msgid "Format software RAID %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" +#~ msgstr " फॉरमॅट सॉफ्टवेअर RAID %1$s (%2$s) सोबत %3$s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Removing nfs volume %1$s" +#~ msgstr "काढत आहे संख्या समूह %1$s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Remove nfs volume %1$s" +#~ msgstr "काढा संख्या समूह %1$s" + +#~ msgid "Deleting partition %1$s" +#~ msgstr "काढून टाकत आहे विभाजन %1$s" + +#~ msgid "Delete Windows partition %1$s (%2$s)" +#~ msgstr "काढून टाका विंडोज विभाजन %1$s (%2$s)" + +#~ msgid "Creating partition %1$s" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करत आहे %1$s" + +#~ msgid "Create extended partition %1$s (%2$s)" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा विस्तारित विभाजन %1$s (%2$s)" + +#~ msgid "Create swap partition %1$s (%2$s)" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा अदलाबदल विभाजन %1$s (%2$s)" + +#~ msgid "Create root partition %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा रूट विभाजन %1$s (%2$s) सोबत %3$s" + +#~ msgid "Create boot partition %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा बूट विभाजन %1$s (%2$s) सोबत %3$s" + +#~ msgid "Create partition %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा विभाजन %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s" + +#~ msgid "Create encrypted partition %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा कोडबद्धीकृत विभाजन %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s" + +#~ msgid "Create partition %1$s (%2$s) with id=%3$X" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा विभाजन %1$s (%2$s) सोबत id=%3$X" + +#~ msgid "Create partition %1$s (%2$s)" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा विभाजन %1$s (%2$s)" + +#~ msgid "Formatting partition %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s " +#~ msgstr "फॉरमॅट विभाजन %1$s (%2$s) सोबत %3$s " + +#~ msgid "Format partition %1$s (%2$s) for swap" +#~ msgstr "फॉरमॅट विभाजन %1$s (%2$s) अदलाबदली साठी" + +#~ msgid "Format partition %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "फॉरमॅट विभाजन %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s" + +#~ msgid "Format encrypted partition %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "फॉरमॅट कोडबद्धीकृत विभाजन %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s" + +#~ msgid "Format partition %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "फॉरमॅट विभाजन %1$s (%2$s) सोबत %3$s" + +#~ msgid "Shrinking partition %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "आकुंचन करीत आहे %1$s ते %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Extending partition %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "विस्तार करत आहे विभाजन %1$s ते %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Shrink Windows partition %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "आकुंचन करा विंडोज विभाजन %1$s ते %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Extend Windows partition %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "विस्तार करा विंडोज विभाजन %1$s ते %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Shrink partition %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "आकुंचन करा विभाजन %1$s ते %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Extend partition %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "विस्तार करा विभाजन %1$s ते %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Formatting device %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s " +#~ msgstr "फॉरमॅट करत आहे साधन %1$s (%2$s) सोबत %3$s " + +#~ msgid "Format device %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "फॉरमॅट करा साधन %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s" + +#~ msgid "Format encrypted device %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "फॉरमॅट कोडबद्धीकृत साधन %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s" + +#~ msgid "Format device %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "फॉरमॅट साधन %1$s (%2$s) सोबत %3$s" + +#~ msgid "Mounting %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "माउंट करत आहे %1$s to %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Unmounting %1$s" +#~ msgstr "अनमाउंट करत आहे %1$s" + +#~ msgid "Change mount point of %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "बदला याचा माउंट पॉइंट %1$s ते %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Set mount point of %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "सेट करा याचा माउंट पॉइंट %1$s ते %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Use %1$s as %2$s" +#~ msgstr "वापरा %1$s जसे %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Remove %1$s from %2$s" +#~ msgstr "काढा %1$s यातून %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Setting up encrypted loop device on %1$s" +#~ msgstr "सेट करत आहे कोडबद्धीकृत लूप साधन यावर %1$s" + +#~ msgid "Set up encrypted loop device on %1$s" +#~ msgstr "सेट करा कोडबद्धीकृत लूप साधन यावर %1$s" + +#~ msgid "Setting up encrypted dm device on %1$s" +#~ msgstr "सेट करत आहे कोडबद्धीकृत dm साधन यावर %1$s" + +#~ msgid "Set up encrypted dm device on %1$s" +#~ msgstr "सेट करा कोडबद्धीकृत dm साधन यावर %1$s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Clearing label on %1$s" +#~ msgstr "सेट करत आहे लेबल यावर %1$s ते %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Setting label on %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "सेट करत आहे लेबल यावर %1$s ते %2$s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Clear label on %1$s" +#~ msgstr "सेट करा लेबल यावर %1$s ते %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Set label on %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "सेट करा लेबल यावर %1$s ते %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Shrinking %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "आकुंचन करत आहे %1$s ते %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Extending %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "विस्तार करत आहे %1$s ते %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Shrink %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "आकुंचन करा %1$s ते %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Extend %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "विस्तार करा %1$s ते %2$s" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Smart..." +#~ msgstr "आयात..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Add Volume Group..." +#~ msgstr "ध्वनी गट भरा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Linux\n" +#~ "Size\n" +#~ "%1 " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "लिनक्स\n" +#~ "आकार\n" +#~ "%1 " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Space\n" +#~ "Used\n" +#~ "%1 " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "जागा\n" +#~ "वापरलेले\n" +#~ "%1 " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Swap\n" +#~ "Space\n" +#~ "%1 " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "अदलाबदली\n" +#~ "जागा\n" +#~ "%1 " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Space\n" +#~ "Free\n" +#~ "%1 " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "जागा\n" +#~ "रिक्त\n" +#~ "%1 " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unused\n" +#~ "Disk\n" +#~ "%1 " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "न वापरलेले\n" +#~ "डिस्क\n" +#~ "%1 " + +#~ msgid "Linux Size (%1)" +#~ msgstr "लिनक्स आकार (%1)" + +#~ msgid "Unused Disk (%1)" +#~ msgstr "न वापरलेले डिस्क (%1)" + +#~ msgid "Swap Space (%1) " +#~ msgstr "अदलाबदली करा जागा (%1) " + +#~ msgid "Space Free (%1)" +#~ msgstr "रिक्त जागा (%1)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your NTFS file system has %1 %3 free space available. Due to limitations in\n" +#~ "the NTFS resizer, the file system can only be shrunk by up to %2 %3.\n" +#~ "To be able to shrink the file system more, boot your Windows\n" +#~ "system and run a disk defragmentation program under Windows to move\n" +#~ "the used blocks of the file system towards the start of the partition.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपल्या NTFS फाइल यंत्रणेत %1 %3 रिक्त जागा उपलब्ध. कारण मर्यादा यात\n" +#~ "NTFS पुनरआकारक, फाइल यंत्रणा आकुंचित करता येते केवळ यापर्यन्त %2 %3.\n" +#~ "फाइल यंत्रणा आणखी आकुंचित करण्यासाठी, बूट करा आपल्या विंडोज \n" +#~ "यंत्रणा आणि विंडोजखाली डिस्क डिफ्रॅगमेन्टेशन कार्यक्रम चालवा हलविण्यासाठी \n" +#~ "फाइल यंत्रणेचे वापरलेले ब्लॉक्स, सुरुवातीकडे पार्टिशनच्या.\n" + +#~ msgid "Windows" +#~ msgstr "विंडोज" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Choose the new size for your %1 partition.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "आपल्या %1 विभाजनासाठी नवीन आकार निवडा.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "The actual resizing is performed only after you confirm all your\n" +#~ "settings in the last installation dialog. Until then, your %1\n" +#~ "partition will remain untouched.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "वास्तविक पुनरआकारणी केली जाईल केवळ आपण पुष्टी केली आपल्या सर्व \n" +#~ "सेटिंग्जची, गेल्या इन्स्टॉलेशन डायलॉगमधील. तोपर्यन्त, आपले %1\n" +#~ "विभाजन अस्पर्शित राहील.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "If you decide not to resize your partition, press\n" +#~ "<b>Do Not Resize</b>. This resets the values to the original\n" +#~ "size of the partition.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "आपण आपले विभाजन पुनरआकारित न करायचे ठरविले तर, दाबा \n" +#~ "<b>पुनरआकारित करु नका</b> हे पुन्हा सेट करते मूल्यांना मूळ\n" +#~ "साइझ पार्टिशनकडे.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "The upper bar graph displays the current situation.\n" +#~ "The lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation (after\n" +#~ "the partition resize).\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "वरील बार आलेख प्रदर्शित करतो वर्तमान स्थिती.\n" +#~ "खालील बार आलेख प्रदर्शित करतो इन्स्टॉलमेंटनंतरची स्थिति (नंतर\n" +#~ "विभाजन पुनरकारणी).\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "&Do Not Resize" +#~ msgstr "&करु नका पुनरआकारित" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>Enter a value for the size to which to shrink the %1 partition.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>त्या आकारासाठी मूल्य निर्दिष्ट करा जितके आकुंचित करायचे आहे %1 विभाजन.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "Used" +#~ msgstr "वापरलेले" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>%1<b> is the size of the used part of your %2 partition.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>%1<b> आकार आहे वापरलेल्या भागाच्या आपल्या %2 विभाजनाचा.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>Free</b> indicates the current free space (before shrinking)\n" +#~ "of the partition.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>रिक्त</b> सूचित करते वर्तमान रिक्त जागा (आकुंचनाआधीची) \n" +#~ "विभाजनाच्या.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "New Size" +#~ msgstr "नवीन आकार" + +#~ msgid "No extended partition exists." +#~ msgstr "एकही विस्तारित विभाजन अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#~ msgid "There are already four primary and extended partitions." +#~ msgstr "या आधीच चार प्राथमिक व विस्तारित विभाजने आहेत." + +#~ msgid "Too many logical drives already exist." +#~ msgstr "अति जास्त लॉजिकल ड्राइव्ज आधीच अस्तित्वात." + +#~ msgid "No space remains." +#~ msgstr "एकही जागा उरली नाही." + +#~ msgid "An extended partition already exists." +#~ msgstr "विस्तारित विभाजन याआधीच अस्तित्वात." + +#~ msgid "A primary partition can be created.\n" +#~ msgstr "प्राथमिक विभाजन निर्माण करता येते.\n" + +#~ msgid "A primary partition cannot be created." +#~ msgstr "प्राथमिक विभाजन निर्माण करता येत नाही." + +#~ msgid "A logical partition can be created.\n" +#~ msgstr "लॉजिकल विभाजन निर्माण करता येते.\n" + +#~ msgid "A logical partition cannot be created." +#~ msgstr "लॉजिकल विभाजन निर्माण करता येत नाही." + +#~ msgid "An extended partition can be created.\n" +#~ msgstr "विस्तारित विभाजन निर्माण करता येते.\n" + +#~ msgid "An extended partition cannot be created." +#~ msgstr "विस्तारित विभाजन करता येत नाही." + +#~ msgid "&Load Module" +#~ msgstr "&लोड मोड्यूल " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Here, enter the parameters with which to load\n" +#~ "the dasd module, such as dasd=FD00-FD0F,FD40.\n" +#~ "Press \"%1\" to load the \n" +#~ "module.\n" +#~ "If the table shows the correct DASDs available,\n" +#~ "press \"%2\".\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "येथे, प्रविष्ट करा परामूल्ये ज्यांनी करायचे \n" +#~ " dasd मोड्यूल, जसे dasd=FD00-FD0F,FD40.\n" +#~ "दाबा\"%1\" लोड करण्यासाठी\n" +#~ "मोड्यूल.\n" +#~ "तक्तयात बरोबर DASDs उपलब्ध दाखविले असल्यास,\n" +#~ "दाबा\"%2\".\n" + +#~ msgid "DASD Module Parameter Setting" +#~ msgstr "DASD मोड्यूल परामूल्य सेटिंग्ज " + +#~ msgid "&DASD Parameter" +#~ msgstr "&DASD परामूल्य" + +#~ msgid "DASD Name" +#~ msgstr "DASD नाव" + +#~ msgid "DASD Address" +#~ msgstr "DASD पत्ता" + +#~ msgid "Status" +#~ msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Error loading module dasd with \n" +#~ "parameter: %1" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "त्रुटी लोडिंग मोड्यूल dasd सोबत\n" +#~ "परामूल्य: %1" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There are no DASD devices active.\n" +#~ "It is not possible to install without\n" +#~ "active DASD devices." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "एकही DASD साधन सक्रिय नाही.\n" +#~ "इन्स्टॉल करणे शक्य नाही याशिवाय \n" +#~ "सक्रिय DASD साधने." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Enter the size and stripe number of the new logical volume.</p>" +#~ msgstr "नवीन ओळखीसाठी नाव लिहा." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "With the current partitioning, your %2 installation\n" +#~ "cannot be booted directly, because your /boot partition \n" +#~ "is above cylinder %1.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपले %2 इन्स्टॉलेशन, वर्तमान विभाजनाबरोबर\n" +#~ "थेट बूच होऊ शकत नाही, कारण आपले /बूट विभाजन \n" +#~ " %1 सिलेंडरच्या वर आहे.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is free space on the selected disk.\n" +#~ "Use this for %1?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "निवडलेल्या डिस्क वर मोकळी जागा आहे\n" +#~ " %1 साठी वापरू?\n" + +#~ msgid "Preparing Hard Disk -- Step 2" +#~ msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क तयार करणे चालू – पायरी 2" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The disk label type on your system disk is GPT.\n" +#~ "Linux can handle a GPT partition table fine, but most BIOS\n" +#~ "versions cannot handle this disk label. To remove the GPT\n" +#~ "disk label from a disk, use the menu entry\n" +#~ "\"%1\" of the \"%2\" button.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Change your partitioning?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपल्या प्रणाली डिस्क वरिल डिस्क प्रकार GPT आहे.\n" +#~ " GPT विभाजन सारणी, लिनक्स उत्तम प्रकारे हाताळतो, पण बरीचशी BIOS\n" +#~ "संस्करणे डिस्क लेबल हाताळू शकत नाहीत. डिस्कमधून GPT डिस्क\n" +#~ "लेबल काढून टाकण्यासाठी मेन्यू एन्ट्री वापरा \n" +#~ "\"%1\" of the \"%2\" बटणाचे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "आपले विभाजन करणे बदलू?\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Expert.." +#~ msgstr "एक्सपर्ट.." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning:\n" +#~ "With the current setup, your %1\n" +#~ "installation might not be directly bootable.\n" +#~ "Some PROM versions have problems with a boot\n" +#~ "partition with an end cylinder above 1 GB.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Change this?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "इशारा:\n" +#~ "वर्तमान सेटअपबरोबर आपले %1\n" +#~ "इन्स्टॉलेशन कदाचित बूट करता येण्याजोगे नाही.\n" +#~ "काही PROM संस्करणांना बूट होण्यात समस्या असते \n" +#~ " 1 GB पेक्षा वरील सिलेंडर विभाजन संपते.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "हे बदलू?\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" +#~ "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" +#~ "some PROM versions have problems with a boot partition\n" +#~ "ending above the 1 GB boundary.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Change this?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "इशारा: आपल्या वर्तमान सेटअप बरोबर आपले %1\n" +#~ "इन्स्टॉलेशन कदाचित थेट बूट करण्याजोगे नाही, कारण \n" +#~ "काही PROM संस्करणांना बूट विभाजनाबरोबर समस्या असते \n" +#~ "जे 1 GB च्या मर्यादेच्या वरचे असतात.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "हे बदलू?\n" + +#~ msgid "Change this?" +#~ msgstr "हे बदलू?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Your swap partition is the first partition of %1.\n" +#~ "It is strongly recommended to change this, because\n" +#~ "the disk label will be deleted.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "आपले अदलाबदल विभाजन %1 चे पहिले विभाजन आहे.\n" +#~ "हे बदलण्याची ठामपणे शिफारस करत आहे, कारण \n" +#~ "डिस्क लेबल काढून टाकण्यात येईल.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The device (%2) belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" +#~ "Remove it from the volume group before deleting it.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "(%2) साधन व्हॉल्यूम समूह (%1) च्या मालकीचे आहे.\n" +#~ "ते काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी व्हॉल्यूम समूहामधून काढा.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have changed the parameters of a partition currently\n" +#~ "mounted. In some cases, this can damage your Linux installation.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Proceed only if you know what you are doing. If you are unsure,\n" +#~ "press Cancel.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "वर्तमान माउंट केलेल्या विभाजनाचे पॅरामीटर्स आपण बदलले \n" +#~ "आहेत. काही घटनांमध्ये यामुळे आपल्या लिनक्स इन्स्टॉलेशनची हानी होते.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "आपण काय करत आहात हे माहीत असेल तरच पुढे जा. जर खात्री नसेल,\n" +#~ "रद्द करा दाबा.\n" +#~ "\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>On already-existing partitions, you can change\n" +#~ "everything except the start and size of the partition.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>याआधीच विभाजनावर आहे, आपण सुरुवात\n" +#~ "व विभाजनाचा आकार सोडून सर्व बदलू शकता.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>First, choose the type of the partition and whether this partition should be formatted.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>प्रथम विभाजनाचा प्रकार व हे विभाजन फॉरमॅट करायचे आहे किंवा नाही हे निवडा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Then, enter the mount point ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.)</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>नंतर माउंट पॉईंट लिहा, ( /, /बूट, /usr, /var, इत्यादी)</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>To change the start or end cylinder, delete this partition then create a new one with the new parameters. All data on this partition will be lost.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>सुरुवात किंवा सिलेंडर समाप्ती बदलण्यासाठी, विभाजन काढून टाकानंतर नवीन पॅरामीटर्स सह एक नवीन निर्माण करा. या विभाजनावरिल सर्व डेटा हरवेल.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Now, enter the location of the new partition on your hard disk. </p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>आता, आपल्या हार्डडिस्क वरिल नवीन विभाजनाचे स्थान लिहा. </p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Please enter the starting cylinder number of the partition. </p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>कृपया विभाजनाचा सुरु करण्याचा सिलेंडर क्रमांक लिहा. </p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from the first cylinder (e.g., +66).</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>त्यानंतर, एकतर बंद करण्याचा सिलेंडर क्रमांक किंवा पहिल्या सिलेंडरचा ऑफसेट निर्दिष्टीत करा (उदाहरणार्थ, +66).</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p> Partition your hard disks... </p>" +#~ msgstr "<p> तुमच्या हार्डडिस्कला विभाजीत करा... </p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "This is intended for <b>experts</b>.\n" +#~ "If you are not familiar with the concepts of hard disk <b>partitions</b>\n" +#~ "and how to use them, you might want to go back and select <b>automatic</b>\n" +#~ "partitioning.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "हे <b>विशेषज्ञांसाठी अनुलक्षित आहे</b>.\n" +#~ "जर आपण हार्डडिस्क विभाजनाच्या कल्पनेशी <b>व ते कसे वापरायचेशी</b>\n" +#~ "परिचित नसाल, तर आपण मागे जाऊ शकता व स्वयंचलित <b>विभाजन करणे</b>\n" +#~ "निवडू शकता.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Please note that <b>nothing will be written to your hard disk</b>\n" +#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n" +#~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "कृपया लक्षात घ्या की <b>आपल्या हार्डडिस्कवर काहीही लिहिले जाणार नाही</b>\n" +#~ "जोपर्यंत शेवटच्या इन्स्टॉलेशन संवादातील संपूर्ण इनस्टॉलेशनची आपण निश्चितीदेत नाही.\n" +#~ "त्या बिंदुपर्यंत, आपण सुरक्षितपणे इन्स्टॉलेशन संपवू शकता.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>Nothing will be written to your hard disk</b>\n" +#~ "until you confirm all your changes with the \"Apply\" button.\n" +#~ "Until that point, you can safely abort.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>आपल्या हार्डडिस्कवर काहीही लिहिले जाणार नाही</b>\n" +#~ "जोपर्यंत आपण सर्व बदल \"अप्लाय\" कळीने निश्चित करत नाही.\n" +#~ "त्या बिंदुपर्यंत आपण सुरक्षितपणे संपवू शकता.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "For LVM setup, using a non-LVM boot partition is necessary. \n" +#~ "Other than the boot partition, you should have partitions\n" +#~ "managed by LVM.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "LVM सेटअप करण्यासाठी, अ-LVM मूळ साधन, व अ -LVM अदलबदल\n" +#~ "साधन वापरण्याची सिफारस आहे. मूळ व अदलाबदल साधना खेरिज आपली विभाजने LVM ने प्रबंधित\n" +#~ "असली पाहीजेत.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "उजव्या बाजूची सारणी आपल्या सर्व हार्डडिस्कवरिल वर्तमान विभाजने दाखवते.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Hard disks</b> are designated like this </p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>हार्ड डिस्क</b>ह्याप्रमाणे दर्शविली आहे </p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sda </tt>1st disk<br>\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>2nd disk<br>\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sdc </tt>3rd disk" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda </tt>पहिली SCSI तबकडी\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>दुसरी SCSI तबकडी\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sdc </tt>तिसरी SCSI तबकडी</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>etc.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>इत्यांदी</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "This notation always refers to the entire disk.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "हे नोटेशन (खूण) कायम संपूर्ण डिस्कचा संदर्भ देते.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>Partitions</b> are designated like this:\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>विभाजने </b> याप्रकारे नियुक्त आहेत:\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p><tt>/dev/sda1 </tt>1st primary partition on the 1st disk.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><tt>/dev/hda1 </tt>प्रथम EIDE डिस्कवरिल पहिले प्राथमिक विभाजन.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p><tt>/dev/sda2 </tt>2nd primary partition on the 1st disk.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><tt>/dev/hda2 </tt>प्रथम EIDE डिस्कवरिल दुसरे प्राथमिक विभाजन.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1st logical partition within the extended partition on\n" +#~ "the first disk. <b>Note:</b> this is always #5, even if there are less than four\n" +#~ "primary partitions.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><tt>/dev/hda5 </tt>प्रथम EIDE डिस्कवरिल वाढीव विभाजन मधील पहिले\n" +#~ "तार्किक विभाजन <b>टीप:</b> जरी चार पेक्षा कमी प्राथमिक विभाजने असली तरी \n" +#~ "हे कायम #5 आहे.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p><tt>/dev/sda6 </tt>2nd logical partition</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><tt>/dev/hda6 </tt>दुसरे तार्किक विभाजन </p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "On the i386 platform (i.e., normal PCs), there cannot be more than four\n" +#~ "<b>primary partitions</b> on any hard disk, because the respective table in the\n" +#~ "master boot record cannot contain more than four entries.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ " i386 प्लॅटफॉर्मवर (म्हणजेच सामान्य PCs), चार प्राथमिक विभाजनांपेक्षा जास्त\n" +#~ "<b>विभाजने नसतात </b> हार्डडिस्कवर, कारण त्यांची मुख्य बूट रेकार्ड मधील सारणी\n" +#~ "चार पेक्षा जास्त एन्ट्रीज समावेशित करु शकत नाही.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Older PCs may have a <b>BIOS</b> limitation that restricts bootable\n" +#~ "partitions to cylinders below <b>1024</b>.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "जून्या PCsना <b>BIOS</b> ही मर्यादा असू शकते, ज्यामुळे \n" +#~ "खालील सिलेंडर्सच्या बुटेबल विभाजनांवर निर्बंध येऊ शकतात. <b>1024</b>.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "If you have an older PC and want to boot from a partition, make sure it ends below this\n" +#~ "1024 cylinder boundary. Create a separate partition and mount it as\n" +#~ "<b>/boot</b>, if necessary. A partition consisting of one single cylinder\n" +#~ "(at least 64 MB) is usually sufficient for that.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "जर आपल्याकडे जूना PC असेल व आपणास विभाजनाकडून बूट करायचे असेल तर ते 1024 सिलेंडर मर्यादेखाली संपते\n" +#~ "याची खात्री करून घ्या. वेगळे विभाजन निर्माण करा व \n" +#~ "<b>/बूट</b>, म्हणून. माउंट करा, आवश्यकता असेत तर एक सिलेंडर \n" +#~ "अनुभूत असलेले विभाजन(किमान 12 MB) त्यासाठी पुरेसे असते.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "One of the four primary partitions may be an <b>extended partition</b>.\n" +#~ "This extended partition can contain one or more <b>logical partitions</b>.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "चार प्राथमिक विभाजनांपैकी एक <b>वाढीव विभाजन असू शकते </b>.\n" +#~ "या वाढीव विभाजनात अजून एका <b>तार्किक विभाजनाचासमावेश असतो</b>.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "The extended partition itself cannot hold any data.\n" +#~ "To use its space, create logical partitions.\n" +#~ "These logical partitions may contain any kind of Linux partition (Linux\n" +#~ "file systems or Linux swap partition) or partitions for other\n" +#~ "operating systems.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "वाढीव विभाजन स्वतःच कुठलाही डेटा ठेवू शकतो. \n" +#~ "त्याची जागा वापरायची असेल, तर तार्किक विभाजन निर्माण करा. \n" +#~ "त्या तार्किक विभाजनात कुठल्याही प्रकारच्या लिनक्स विभाजना चा समावेश असतो (लिनक्स\n" +#~ "फाईल प्रणाली किंवा लिनक्स अदलाबदल विभाजन) किंवा इतर कार्यरत \n" +#~ "प्रणालींसाठीची विभाजने.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "In connection with advanced boot managers such as <b>GRUB</b>, you can even\n" +#~ "boot your computer from a logical partition.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "आधुनिक बूट प्रबंधक जसेकी <b>LILO</b>, शी जोडणी करून, आपणआपला संगणक\n" +#~ "तार्किक विभाजनावरूनही बूट करू शकता.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "The extended partition will <b>overlap</b> with the logical\n" +#~ "partitions: for an extended partition from cylinder 200 to 500, logical\n" +#~ "partitions could range from, for example, 200 to 250, 251 to 400, and 401 to 500.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "वाढीव विभाजन <b>तार्किक</b> विभाजनाबरोबर एकावर एक\n" +#~ "ठेवले जाईल: 200 ते 500 सिलेंडरकडून वाढीव विभाजनासाठी, तार्किक\n" +#~ "विभाजन कुठल्याही प्रकारची असतात, उदारहरणार्थ 200 ते 250, 251 ते 400, व 401 ते 500.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "An asterisk (*) after the mount point indicates a file system that is\n" +#~ "currently not mounted (for example, because it has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>).\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "माउंट पॉईंट नंतरचा अस्टरिक्स (*) अशी फाईल प्रणाली दाखवतो जी अशी\n" +#~ "वर्तमानात माउंट केलेली नाही (उदाहरणार्थ कारण यात <tt>noauto</tt> विकल्प सेट आहेत <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>).\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>Mount By</b> indicates how the file system is mounted: (K) by Kernel Name,\n" +#~ "(L) by Label, (U) by UUID, (I) by Device ID, and (P) by Device Path.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>कडून माउंट</b> माउंट केलेली फाईल प्रणाली दर्शवतो: (K) कडूनकर्नेल नाव,\n" +#~ "(L) लेबल कडून, (U) UUID कडून, (I) ID साधनाकडून व (P) साधनाकडूनपथ.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "For a root file system on SCSI disks, add a /boot\n" +#~ "partition on DASD to use for IPL.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "मूळ फाईल प्रणाली SCSI डिस्कवरिल साठी /बूट\n" +#~ " DASD वरिल IPL च्या वापरासाठी विभाजन जोडा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n" +#~ "<b>Nothing will be written to your hard disk</b>\n" +#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n" +#~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "उजव्या बाजूची सारणी आपल्या सर्व हार्डडिस्कवरिल सध्याची विभाजने दाखवते.\n" +#~ "<b>आपल्या हार्डडिस्क वर काहीही लिहिले जाणार नाही </b>\n" +#~ "जोपर्यंत शेवटच्या इन्स्टॉलेशन संवादावरील संपूर्ण इन्स्टॉलेशनची निश्चिती करत नाही.\n" +#~ "त्या बिंदूपर्यंत, आपण सुरक्षितपणे इन्स्टॉलेशन संपवू शकता. </p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>Hard disks</b> are designated like this: </p>\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/dasda </tt>First DASD disk\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/dasdb </tt>Second DASD disk\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/dasdc </tt>Third DASD disk\n" +#~ "<p>- or - </p>\n" +#~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda </tt>First SCSI disk\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>Second SCSI disk\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sdc </tt>Third SCSI disk</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>हार्ड डिस्क्स </b> अशाप्रकारे नियुक्त केलेल्या असतात: </p>\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/dasda </tt>पहिली DASD डिस्क\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/dasdb </tt>दुसरी DASD डिस्क\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/dasdc </tt>तिसरी DASD डिस्क\n" +#~ "<p>- किंवा - </p>\n" +#~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda </tt>पहिली SCSI डिस्क\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>दुसरी SCSI डिस्क\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sdc </tt>तिसरी SCSI डिस्क</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "This notation always refers to the entire disk.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "हे नोटेशन कायमच संपूर्ण डिस्क निर्दिष्ट करतो.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "If a DASD disk is selected for low level formatting\n" +#~ "with the dasdfmt command, an <tt>X</tt> appears\n" +#~ "in the third column of the line corresponding to the\n" +#~ "disk.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "जर DASD डिस्क dasdfmt आज्ञेबरोबर कमी पातळीच्या \n" +#~ "फॉरमॅटींगसाठी निवडली, <tt>X</tt> डिस्कला परस्पर प्रतिसाद\n" +#~ "देणारी तिसरी ओळ, उभ्या ओळीतली \n" +#~ "दिसते.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>Partitions</b> are designated like this:</p>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><tt>/dev/dasda1 </tt>First partition on the first DASD disk.</p>\n" +#~ "<p><tt>/dev/dasda2 </tt>Second partition on the first DASD disk.</p>\n" +#~ "<p><tt>/dev/dasda3 </tt>Third partition on the first DASD disk.</p>\n" +#~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda1</tt>, etc., for SCSI.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>विभाजने</b> अशा प्रकारे नियुक्त केलेली असतात:</p>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><tt>/dev/dasda1 </tt>पहिल्या DASD डिस्कवरिल पहिले विभाजन.</p>\n" +#~ "<p><tt>/dev/dasda2 </tt>पहिल्या DASD डिस्कवरिल दुसरे विभाजन.</p>\n" +#~ "<p><tt>/dev/dasda3 </tt>पहिल्या DASD डिस्कवरिल तिसरे विभाजन.</p>\n" +#~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda1</tt>, इत्यादि., SCSI साठी.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The size entered is invalid.\n" +#~ "Enter a size from 1M to %1. For example, 40M or 1G." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "लिहिलेला आकार अग्राह्य आहे.\n" +#~ " 1M ते %1 पर्यंतचा आकार लिहा. उदाहरणार्थ40M किंवा 1G." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The size entered is invalid.\n" +#~ "Enter a valid size, such as 500k, 40M, or 1G.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "लिहिलेले आकार अग्राह्य आहे.\n" +#~ " 500k, 40M, किंवा 1G सारखा ग्राह्य आकार लिहा.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The size entered is too large.\n" +#~ "Enter a size from 1M to %1." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "लिहीलेला आकार खूप मोठा आहे.\n" +#~ " 1M ते %1 पर्यंतचा आकार आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Used\n" +#~ "Space" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "अदलाबदली\n" +#~ "जागा\n" +#~ "%1 " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Used Space: " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "अदलाबदली\n" +#~ "जागा\n" +#~ "%1 " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Swap\n" +#~ "Space" +#~ msgstr "अदलाबदली करा जागा (%1) " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Swap Space: " +#~ msgstr "अदलाबदली करा जागा (%1) " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Free\n" +#~ "Space" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "अदलाबदली\n" +#~ "जागा\n" +#~ "%1 " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Free Space: " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "अदलाबदली\n" +#~ "जागा\n" +#~ "%1 " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unused\n" +#~ "Disk" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "न वापरलेले\n" +#~ "डिस्क\n" +#~ "%1 " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unused Disk: " +#~ msgstr "न वापरलेले डिस्क (%1)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LV\n" +#~ "Used" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "वापरला\n" +#~ "%1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "LV Used: " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "वापरला\n" +#~ "%1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LV\n" +#~ "Free" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "मोकळा\n" +#~ "%1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "LV Free: " +#~ msgstr "रिक्त जागा (%1)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "VG\n" +#~ "Free" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "मोकळा\n" +#~ "%1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "VG Free: " +#~ msgstr "रिक्त जागा (%1)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "New Logical Volume Size (in %1)" +#~ msgstr "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम संपादित करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "New Partition Size (in %1)" +#~ msgstr "नवीन आकार" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Space on Logical Volume " +#~ msgstr "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम निर्माण करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Space on the Partition" +#~ msgstr "तज्ञ विभाजक" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "LV Size Restrictions" +#~ msgstr "बंधने" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Partition Size Restrictions" +#~ msgstr "विभाजन चालू" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Minimum LV Size" +#~ msgstr "लिनक्स आकार (%1)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Minimum Partition Size: " +#~ msgstr "स्मृतीकोशाचा आकार: %1 MB" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Maximum LV Size" +#~ msgstr "लिनक्स आकार (%1)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Maximum Partition Size: " +#~ msgstr "स्मृतीकोशाचा आकार: %1 MB" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Choose the new size by dragging the slider or by entering a\n" +#~ "numeric value in either input field.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "स्लाइडर ओढा किंवा सांख्यिक मूल्य प्रविष्ट करा दोन्ही\n" +#~ "इनपुट क्षेत्रात, सूचित मूल्य अनुयोजित करण्यासाठी.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a value like \"%1\" or \"%2\"." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "लिहिलेले आकार अग्राह्य आहे.\n" +#~ " 500k, 40M, किंवा 1G सारखा ग्राह्य आकार लिहा.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Manual Size" +#~ msgstr "हाताने" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical \n" +#~ "volume. It cannot be removed. Remove all logical volumes then\n" +#~ "remove the volume group.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "व्हॉल्यूम समूह \"%1\" मध्ये किमान एका तार्किक व्हॉल्यूमचा समावेश \n" +#~ "आहे. तो काढता येणार नाही तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम काढून नंतर \n" +#~ "व्हॉल्यूम समूह काढा.\n" + +#~ msgid "Really remove the volume group \"%1\"?" +#~ msgstr "व्हॉल्यूम समूह \"%1\" खरोखरच काढू?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Here, create the logical \n" +#~ "volumes used to store your data.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>इथे आपल्या डेटाचा साठा करण्यासाठी \n" +#~ "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम्स निर्माण करा.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Logical volumes are\n" +#~ "usable almost everywhere normal <b>disk partitions</b> can be used.\n" +#~ "You can create file systems on logical volumes and use them, for example, as swap \n" +#~ "or as raw partitions for databases.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम्स जवळपास \n" +#~ "सर्वत्र वापरण्याजोगे आहेत, सामान्य <b>डिस्क विभाजने </b> वापरण्यात येतील.\n" +#~ "आपण लॉजिकल संख्येवर फाइल यंत्रणा निर्माण करू शकता व यासाठी वापरू शकता उदाहरण जसेकी अदलाबदल\n" +#~ "किंवा डेटाबेसेसवरिल कच्च्या विभाजनाप्रमाणे.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "If there is still unallocated\n" +#~ "physical storage in a volume group and you use <b>reiserfs</b> as your file system,\n" +#~ "extend a logical volume and the underlying file system while it\n" +#~ "is <b>mounted</b> and in <b>use</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "जर अजूनही व्हॉल्यूम समूहातील \n" +#~ "भौतिकसाठा दाखवण्यात आला नसेल व आपण <b>reiserfs</b> ही आपल्या फाईलप्रणाली प्रमाणे वापरत असाल,\n" +#~ "तर तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम वाढवा व खालील फाईल प्रणाली \n" +#~ " <b>माउंट</b> व <b>वापरत</b>असताना.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "The logical volumes need to be large enough\n" +#~ "to hold all the files to install now, but you do not necessarily need to\n" +#~ "allocate all your physical storage now. The file systems can be increased \n" +#~ "later while your system is in use.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "आता इन्स्टॉल करण्यासाठी तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम सर्व फाईल्स ना \n" +#~ "धरुन ठेवण्यासाठी पुरेसा मोठा असावा, पण आपणास आत्ता आपल्या सर्व भौतिक \n" +#~ "साठयाची जागा ठरवण्याची आवश्यकता नाही. फाईल प्रणाली नंतर वाढवता\n" +#~ "येईल, जेव्हा प्रणाली वापरात असेल. \n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Add partitions</b> (called physical volumes) to your volume group.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>(भौतिक व्हॉल्यूम्स म्हणवणारी)<b>विभाजने </b> आपल्या व्हॉल्यूमला समूह जोडा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "The volume group forms the <b>storage pool</b> from which your logical volumes,\n" +#~ "like virtual partitions, are allocated.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "व्हॉल्यूम समूह <b>साठा पूल बनवतात</b> ज्यावरून आपलेतार्किक व्हॉल्यूम्स,\n" +#~ "जसेकी व्हर्च्युअल विभाजनांची, जागा ठरवलेली असते. </p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Under normal circumstances, there is no need to have more than one volume \n" +#~ "group. If you need more than one volume group for special reasons,\n" +#~ "create them here. Each volume group must have at least one partition \n" +#~ "that belongs to that volume group.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "सामान्य परिस्थितिमध्ये, एकापेक्षा जास्त व्हॉल्यूम समूह असण्याची आवश्यकता\n" +#~ "नाही. आपणास विशेष कारणासाठी एकापेक्षा जास्त व्हॉल्यूम समूहाची\n" +#~ "आवश्यकता असल्यास इथे निर्माणकरा. प्रत्येक व्हॉल्यूम समूहाचे स्वतःच्या\n" +#~ "मालकीचे किमान एक विभाजन असले पाहीजे.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Each physical volume belongs <b>to exactly one</b> volume group. Assign all\n" +#~ "partitions to use with Linux LVM to volume groups.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "प्रत्येक भौतिक व्हॉल्यूम बरोबर <b>एक व्हॉल्यूम </b> समूहाच्या मालकीचा. व्हॉल्यूम समूहासाठी \n" +#~ "लिनक्स LVM बरोबर वापरण्यासाठी सर्व विभाजने निर्दिष्ट करा. </p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Additionally, it is possible to remove volume groups \n" +#~ "when they do not contain any logical volumes.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "याबरोबर, व्हॉल्यूम समूह काढणे शक्य आहे \n" +#~ "जेव्हा त्यांच्यात तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम्सचा समावेश नसतो. </p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>With this tool, manage or create logical volumes.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>या साधनाबरोबर तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम्स जमवा किंवा निर्माण करा.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<ol><li>\n" +#~ "First, create a volume group, if you have not done this already.\n" +#~ "</li>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<ol><li>\n" +#~ "प्रथम, व्हॉल्यूम समूह निर्माण करा, जर हे याआधीच केले नसेल.\n" +#~ "</li>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<li>\n" +#~ "In the next step, add <b>physical volumes</b> (see paragraph below).\n" +#~ "</li>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<li>\n" +#~ "पुढील पायरीत <b>भौतिक व्हॉल्यूम जोडा </b> (खालील परिच्छेद बघा).\n" +#~ "</li>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<li>\n" +#~ "In the last step, create <b>logical volumes</b> (see paragraph below).\n" +#~ "</li></ol><br>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<li>\n" +#~ "शेवटच्या पायरीत <b>तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम्स </b> निर्माण करा(खालील परिच्छेद बघा).\n" +#~ "</li></ol><br>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>Physical Volumes:</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>भौतिक व्हॉल्यूम्स:</b></p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>Logical Volumes:</b></p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम्स:</b></p>" + +#~ msgid " Device " +#~ msgstr " साधन" + +#~ msgid " Size " +#~ msgstr "आकार" + +#~ msgid " Type " +#~ msgstr "प्रकार" + +#~ msgid "&Add Volume" +#~ msgstr "&व्हॉल्यूम जोडा" + +#~ msgid "&Remove Volume" +#~ msgstr "&व्हॉल्यूम काढा" + +#~ msgid "Device " +#~ msgstr "साधन" + +#~ msgid " Mount " +#~ msgstr " माउंट " + +#~ msgid " Vol. Grp." +#~ msgstr " Vol. Grp." + +#~ msgid " Type " +#~ msgstr " प्रकार " + +#~ msgid "&View all mount points, not just the current volume group" +#~ msgstr "&सर्व माउंट पॉईंट्स बघा, फक्त वर्तमान व्हॉल्यूम समूह नाही " + +#~ msgid "A&dd" +#~ msgstr "भरा/मिळवा" + +#~ msgid "&Edit" +#~ msgstr "संपादन" + +#~ msgid "&Remove" +#~ msgstr "ला काढा" + +#~ msgid "LVM Multipath detection" +#~ msgstr "LVM मल्टीपाथ शोधन " + +#~ msgid "Volume &Group:" +#~ msgstr "व्हॉल्यूम &व्हॉल्यूम:" + +#~ msgid "Size:" +#~ msgstr "आकार:" + +#~ msgid "Remove &group" +#~ msgstr "समूह &काढा" + +#~ msgid "A&dd group" +#~ msgstr "समूह जोडा" + +#~ msgid "Available Size:" +#~ msgstr "उपलब्ध आकार:" + +#~ msgid "V&olume Group" +#~ msgstr "व्हॉल्यूम समूह" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>%1:</b><br>This must be the name of a nfs server.\n" +#~ "The server needs to be accessible.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>%1:</b><br>हा लूप फाईलचा आकार आहे.\n" +#~ "एनक्रिप्टेड लूप साधन निर्माण करण्यासाठी फाईल प्रणालीचा हा \n" +#~ "आकार असेल.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>%1:</b><br>This is the absolute path exported on the\n" +#~ "nfs server.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>%1:</b><br>हा \n" +#~ "nfs सर्व्हरवर निर्यात केलेला ऍब्सोल्यूट पाथ असतो.\n" + +#~ msgid "Change NFS Path Setup" +#~ msgstr "NFS पाथचा सेट अप बदला" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Add New NFS Path" +#~ msgstr "NFS माऊंट अधिक करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Name of NFS Server" +#~ msgstr "आयपी पत्ता किंवा NFS सेवासंगणकाचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "Absolute &Path on NFS Server" +#~ msgstr "nfs सर्व्हरवरचा Absolute &Path" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The NFS server name '%1' is invalid." +#~ msgstr "KDC सेवासंगणकाचा पत्ता अवैध आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The NFS path name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" +#~ "It must not be empty and must start with a \"/\".\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "प्रविष्ट केलेला पाथ अवैध आहे.\n" +#~ "तो 70 वर्णाँपेक्षा छोटा असला पाहिजे व \n" +#~ " त्याची सुरूवात तिराया रेषेने(/)झाली पाहिजे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The NFS mount\n" +#~ " \"%1\" \n" +#~ "is not accessible.\n" +#~ msgstr "%1 पुस्तिका (डिरेक्टरी) पहाता येत नाही." + +#~ msgid "Preparing Hard Disk: Step 1" +#~ msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क तयार करत आहे: टप्पा 1" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have created a partition at the beginning of the disk %2.\n" +#~ "This is not compatible with the bootloader.\n" +#~ "Change the start cylinder of your partition to cylinder %1\n" +#~ "or delete this partition" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपण %2 डिस्कच्या सुरुवातीला विभाजन निर्माण केले आहे.\n" +#~ "हा बूटलोडरशी मिळताजुळता नाही\n" +#~ "आपल्या विभाजनाचा सुरू करणारा सिलेंडर %1 सिलेंडरशी बदला\n" +#~ "किंवा हे विभाजन काढून टाका" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have a partition at the beginning of disk %2.\n" +#~ "This is not compatible with the bootloader.\n" +#~ "You should delete this partition and create a\n" +#~ "new partition starting at cylinder %1.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Do you want to change your partitioning?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपल्या %2 डिस्क च्या सुरवातीला विभाजन आहे.\n" +#~ "हा बूटलोडरशी मिळताजुळता नाही.\n" +#~ "आपणे हे विभाजन काढून टाकले पाहीजे व नवीन विभाजन \n" +#~ " %1सिलेंडरला सुरू होणारे निर्माण करा.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "आपणास आपले विभाजन बदलायचे आहे?\n" + +#~ msgid "Delete partition &table and disk label" +#~ msgstr "विभाजन &टेबल आणि डिस्क लेबल काढून टाका " + +#~ msgid "Cylinder size: " +#~ msgstr "सिलिंडर आकार: " + +#~ msgid "S&tart cylinder:" +#~ msgstr "सिलिंडर चालू:" + +#~ msgid "En&d: (9 or +9M or +3.2GB)" +#~ msgstr "समाप्त: (9 किंवा +9M किंवा +3.2GB)" + +#~ msgid "Type of partition: " +#~ msgstr "विभाजनाचा प्रकार: " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Start cylinder:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "सिलेंडर चालू करा:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "End cylinder: " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "सिलेंडर बंद करा: " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Invalid input for the start of the partition.\n" +#~ "Enter the start cylinder, for example, 77.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "विभाजनाच्या आरंभासाठी अग्राह्य इनपुट.\n" +#~ "आरंभ सिलिंडर प्रविष्ट करा, उदाहरणार्थ, 77.\n" + +#~ msgid "The value entered is invalid. Try again." +#~ msgstr "प्रविष्ट संख्या अग्राह्य आहे. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The value for the partition end is invalid.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Enter the end cylinder number (such as 77), an offset (like +122),\n" +#~ "or the size of the partition (for example, +100M or +1.8GB)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "या विभाजन समाप्तीसाठीची अग्राह्य आहे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "प्रविष्ट करा समाप्ती सिलिंडर संख्या (जशी 77), एक ऑफसेट (जशी +122),\n" +#~ "किंवा विभाजनाचा आकार (उदाहरणार्थ, +100M किंवा 1.8GB )\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The value of the end cylinder %1 was not valid.\n" +#~ "The value must be between %2 and %3.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Use the maximum allowed value\n" +#~ "or select No and enter a correct value yourself.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Use the maximum allowed value?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "समाप्ती सिलिंडरची मूल्य %1 ग्राह्य नव्हती.\n" +#~ "मूल्य %2 व %3 च्या मधलीच असली पाहिजे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "कमाल अनुमतित मूल्य वापरा\n" +#~ "किंवा नाही निवडा आणि आपणच बरोबर मूल्य प्रविष्ट करा.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "कमाल अनुमतित मूल्य वापरु?\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The value of the end cylinder %1 was not valid.\n" +#~ "The used disk label %2 does not support partitions above\n" +#~ "the size of %3.\n" +#~ "Therefore, the cylinder value must be below %4.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Use the maximum allowed value\n" +#~ "or select <b>No</b> and enter a correct value yourself.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Use the maximum allowed value?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "समाप्ति सिलिंडर %1 ची संख्या ग्राह्य नव्हती.\n" +#~ "वापरलेले डिस्क लेबल %2 समर्थन देत नाही विभाजकांना \n" +#~ "आकार %3 पेक्षा जास्त.\n" +#~ "म्हणून सिलिंडर संख्या %4 पेक्षा कमीच असली पाहिजे.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " कमाल अनुमतीत संख्या वापरू \n" +#~ " किंवा निवडा नाही व स्वतःच बरोबर संख्या घाला.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "कमाल अनुमतीत संख्या वापरू?\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "You have changed the FSID of an existing partition.\n" +#~ "In some cases, this could have serious consequences, especially\n" +#~ "if you change the FSID of a partition belonging to a different\n" +#~ "operating system. Only proceed if you know exactly\n" +#~ "what you are doing.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "आपण वर्तमान विभाजनाचे FSID बदलले आहे.\n" +#~ "काही प्रकरणी, याचे गंभीर परिणाम होऊ शकतात, विशेषतः \n" +#~ "आपण बदलले FSID विभाजन एका विभिन्न\n" +#~ "संचालन प्रणालीचे. तेव्हाच चालू ठेवा जेव्हा \n" +#~ "आपल्याला नक्की माहीत आहे. की आपण काय करत आहात \n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have changed the start or end cylinders.\n" +#~ "Make sure that all logical partitions\n" +#~ "fit into this new extended partition.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपण आरंभिक किंवा समाप्ती सिलिंडर्स बदलले आहेत.\n" +#~ "याची खात्री करा की सर्व लॉजिकल विभाजने\n" +#~ "या नव्या विस्तारित विभाजनात फिट होते.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "You cannot resize a disk device, LVM volume group, LVM physical volume,\n" +#~ "NFS mount, or MD device.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "आपण पुनरआकारित करु शकत नाही डिस्क साधन, LVM ग्रुप, LVM फिजिकल संख्या,\n" +#~ "किंवा MD साधन.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "You decreased the size available for Linux partitions.\n" +#~ "Linux partition sizes have been adapted accordingly.\n" +#~ "Check the new sizes in the partition list.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "आपण लिनक्स विभाजनांसाठी उपलब्ध आकार कमी केला.\n" +#~ "लिनक्स विभाजन आकार त्यानुसार अनुकूलित केले आहेत.\n" +#~ "विभाजन सूचीतील नवीन आकार तपासा.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "You decreased a partition that is followed by a newly-created partition.\n" +#~ "Should the newly-created partition be automatically increased to use the\n" +#~ "freed disk space?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "आपण विभाजन कमी केले त्यानंतर झाले नवीन निर्मित विभाजन.\n" +#~ "नवीन निर्मित विभाजन स्वयंचलितरीत्या वाढवून वापरण्यासाठी ही\n" +#~ "रिक्त डिस्क जागा?\n" + +#~ msgid "RAID T&ype" +#~ msgstr "RAID प्रकार" + +#~ msgid "Chunk s&ize in KB" +#~ msgstr " KB मध्ये चंक प्रकार " + +#~ msgid "Parity &algorithm (only for RAID 5)" +#~ msgstr "पॅरिटी अल्गोरिथम (फक्त RAID 5 साठी)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your partition is too small to use ReiserFS.\n" +#~ "ReiserFS is a journaling file system that requires\n" +#~ "at least 30 MB space for the journal alone.\n" +#~ "Use ReiserFS on larger partitions.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " ReiserFS वापरण्यासाठी आपले विभाजन फारच छोटे आहे.\n" +#~ "ReiserFS ही जर्नलिंग फाईल प्रणाली आहे ज्यात फक्त जर्नलसाठीच \n" +#~ "किमान 30 MB जागा लागते.\n" +#~ " ReiserFS मोठ्या विभाजनावर वापरा.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your partition is too small to use JFS.\n" +#~ "JFS is a journaling file system that requires\n" +#~ "at least 16 MB space for the journal alone.\n" +#~ "Use JFS on larger partitions.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " JFS वापरण्यासाठी आपने विभाजन फारच छोटे आहे.\n" +#~ "JFS ही जर्नलिंग फाईल प्रणाली आहे ज्यात फक्त जर्नलसाठीच \n" +#~ "किमान 16 MB जागा लागते.\n" +#~ " JFS मोठ्या विभाजनावर वापरा.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove the selected device from the volume group,\n" +#~ "there will not be enough space for all logical volumes in \n" +#~ "this group. To delete the volume group completely, remove \n" +#~ "its logical volumes first.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "जर आपण व्हॉल्यूम समूहातून निवडक साधन काढले\n" +#~ "तर या समूहातील सर्व तार्किक व्हॉल्यूमसाठी पुरेशी जागा नसेल \n" +#~ "व्हॉल्यूम समूह पूर्णपणे काढून टाकण्यासाठी, प्रथम \n" +#~ "त्याचे तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम्स काढा.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The item %1 is already a physical volume.\n" +#~ "To add it to a different volume group,\n" +#~ "remove it from its current volume group\n" +#~ "then add it to the new group.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आयटेम %1 याआधीच भौतिक व्हॉल्यूम आहे.\n" +#~ "तो वेगळ्या व्हॉल्यूम समूहाला जोडण्यासाठी,\n" +#~ "आधी वर्तमान व्हॉल्यूम समूहातून काढा \n" +#~ "नंतर नवीन समूहास जोडा.\n" + +#~ msgid "You have to select one device in the table" +#~ msgstr "आपण सारणीतले एक साधन निवडायले हवे " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The item %1 cannot be removed.\n" +#~ "It does not belong to a volume group.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आयटेम %1 काढता येत नाही.\n" +#~ "तो व्हॉल्यूम समूहाच्या मालकीचा नाही.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You cannot remove the last PV from a volume group.\n" +#~ "Delete the volume group completely instead.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपण व्हॉल्यूम समूहामधून शेवटचा PV काढू शकत नाही.\n" +#~ "त्याऐजी व्हॉल्यूम समूह संपूर्णपणे काढून टाका.\n" + +#~ msgid "&Size: (e.g., %1 %2)" +#~ msgstr "&आकार: (उदा., %1 %2)" + +#~ msgid "max = %1 " +#~ msgstr "कमाल = %1 " + +#~ msgid "Logical volume &name " +#~ msgstr "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम &नाव " + +#~ msgid "(e.g. var, opt)" +#~ msgstr "(e.g. var, opt)" + +#~ msgid "Edit Logical Volume" +#~ msgstr "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम संपादित करा" + +#~ msgid "Logical volume name: " +#~ msgstr "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम नाव: " + +#~ msgid "INTERNAL ERROR" +#~ msgstr "अंतस्थ त्रुटी " + +#~ msgid "ma&x" +#~ msgstr "ma & x" + +#~ msgid "Stri&pes" +#~ msgstr "रेषा" + +#~ msgid "Stripe &Size" +#~ msgstr "रेषा &आकार" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check your volume name. \n" +#~ "Use names like \"opt\" or \"var\" ...\n" +#~ "Do not use ;/`',!\"%#" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपले व्हॉल्यूम नाव तपासा. \n" +#~ " \"opt\" or \"var\" ... या सारखी नावे वापरा\n" +#~ ";/`',!\"%# या सारखी वापरू नका." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" +#~ "in volume group \"%2\". Choose another name\n" +#~ "or cancel this dialog.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " \"%1\" नावाचा तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम याआधीच अस्तित्वात आहे \n" +#~ " \"%2\" व्हॉल्यूम समूहात. दुसरे नाव निवडा \n" +#~ "हा संवाद रद्द करा.\n" + +#~ msgid "You can only edit logical volumes." +#~ msgstr "आपण तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम्स फक्त संपादित करू शकता." + +#~ msgid "Create a Volume Group" +#~ msgstr "व्हॉल्यूम समूह निर्माण करा " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now we have to create a volume group.\n" +#~ "Typically you don't have to change anything,\n" +#~ "but if you are an expert, feel free to change\n" +#~ "our defaults:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आता आपल्याला व्हॉल्यूम समूह निर्माण करायचा आहे.\n" +#~ "सामान्यपणे आपणास काही बदलण्याची आवश्यकता नाही \n" +#~ "पण आपण तज्ञ असला, तर आमचे मूळ बदलण्यास \n" +#~ "मोकळे आहात:" + +#~ msgid "Volume Group &Name:" +#~ msgstr "व्हॉल्यूम समूह &नाव:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The data entered is invalid.\n" +#~ "Insert a physical extent size from\n" +#~ "8KB to 512MB in powers of 2, for example, \"4M\" or \"512K\"\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "लिहिलेला डेटा अग्राह्य आहे.\n" +#~ "2 च्या शक्तीमध्ये भौतिक एक्सटेंट आकार \n" +#~ "8KB ते 512MB मधील लिहा, उदाहरणार्थ\"4M\" किंवा \"512K\"\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The data entered is invalid.\n" +#~ "Insert a group name like \"system\" or \"test\".\n" +#~ "Do not use ;/`, in your group name.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "लिहिलेला डेटा अग्राह्य आहे.\n" +#~ " \"प्रणाली\" किंवा\"चाचणी\" या सारखे समूह नाव घाला.\n" +#~ "आपल्या समूह नावात;/`, वापरु नका.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The volume group \"%1\" already exists.\n" +#~ "Choose a different name\n" +#~ "or cancel this dialog.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "व्हॉल्यूम समूह \"%1\" याआधीच अस्तित्वात.\n" +#~ "वेगळे नाव निवडा \n" +#~ "किंवा हा संवाद रद्द करा.\n" + +#~ msgid "unknown" +#~ msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use RAID, at least two partitions of type 0xFD (or 0x83)\n" +#~ "are required. Change your partition table accordingly.\n" +#~ "In most cases, this can be done in the following way:\n" +#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to 0xFD.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " RAID वापरण्यासाठी, 0xFD (किंवा 0x83)प्रकार किमान दोन विभाजने\n" +#~ "आवश्यक आहेत. आपली विभाजन सारणी त्यानुसार बदला. \n" +#~ "जास्तीत जास्त घटनात, हे खालील पद्धतीने करता येते:\n" +#~ " 'निर्माण करा, क्लिक करा, 'फॉरमॅट करू नये' निवडा व 0xFD ला विभाजन ID सेट करा.\n" + +#~ msgid "Too many loop devices (cryptofs ...)" +#~ msgstr "फार जास्त लूप उपकरणे (cryptofs ...)" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Free Space Remaining: %1 MB" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "उरलेले आहे:\n" +#~ "%1" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "View..." +#~ msgstr "लॉग पहा..." + +#~ msgid "Warning" +#~ msgstr "सावधान" + +#~ msgid "Deleting EVMS volume %1$s" +#~ msgstr " काढून टाकत आहे EVMS संख्या %1$s " + +#~ msgid "Delete EVMS volume %1$s (%2$s)" +#~ msgstr " काढून टाका EVMS संख्या %1$s (%2$s)" + +#~ msgid "Creating EVMS volume %1$s" +#~ msgstr " निर्माण करीत आहे EVMS संख्या %1$s " + +#~ msgid "Create swap EVMS volume %1$s (%2$s)" +#~ msgstr " निर्माण करा अदलाबदल EVMS संख्या %1$s (%2$s)" + +#~ msgid "Create EVMS volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr " निर्माण करा EVMS संख्या %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s " + +#~ msgid "Create encrypted EVMS volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr " निर्माण करा कोडबद्धीकृत EVMS संख्या %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s " + +#~ msgid "Create EVMS volume %1$s (%2$s)" +#~ msgstr " निर्माण करा EVMS संख्या %1$s (%2$s)" + +#~ msgid "Formatting EVMS volume %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s " +#~ msgstr " फॉरमॅट करीत आहे EVMS संख्या %1$s (%2$s) सोबत %3$s " + +#~ msgid "Format EVMS volume %1$s (%2$s) for swap" +#~ msgstr " फॉरमॅट करा EVMS संख्या %1$s (%2$s) अदलाबदलीसाठी" + +#~ msgid "Format EVMS volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr " फॉरमॅट EVMS संख्या %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s " + +#~ msgid "Format encrypted EVMS volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr " फॉरमॅट कोडबद्धीकृत EVMS संख्या %1$s (%2$s) साठी %4$s सोबत %3$s " + +#~ msgid "Format EVMS volume %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "फॉरमॅट EVMS संख्या %1$s (%2$s) सोबत %3$s " + +#~ msgid "Shrinking EVMS volume %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "आंकुचन करा EVMS संख्या %1$s ते %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Extending EVMS volume %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "विस्तार करा EVMS संख्या %1$s ते %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Shrink EVMS volume %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr "आंकुचन करा EVMS संख्या %1$s ते %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Extend EVMS volume %1$s to %2$s" +#~ msgstr " विस्तार करा EVMS संख्या %1$s ते %2$s " + +#~ msgid "Removing container %1$s" +#~ msgstr " काढत आहे कंटेनर %1$s " + +#~ msgid "Remove container %1$s" +#~ msgstr " काढून टाका कंटेनर %1$s " + +#~ msgid "Creating container %1$s from %2$s" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करत आहे कंटनेर %1$s यामधून %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Create container %1$s from %2$s" +#~ msgstr " निर्माण करा कंटनेर %1$s यामधून %2$s " + +#~ msgid "Extending container %1$s with %2$s" +#~ msgstr "विस्तार करत आहे कंटेनर %1$s सोबत %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Extend container %1$s with %2$s" +#~ msgstr "विस्तार करत आहे कंटेनर %1$s सोबत %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Reducing container %1$s with %2$s" +#~ msgstr "कमी करत आहे कंटेनर %1$s सोबत %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Reduce container %1$s by %2$s" +#~ msgstr "कमी करा कंटेनर %1$s द्वारा %2$s" + +#~ msgid "Create &EVMS Based Proposal" +#~ msgstr " &EVMS आधारित प्रस्ताव निर्माण करा " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The selected device is used by EVMS volume (%1).\n" +#~ "Remove the EVMS volume before editing it.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "निवडलेले साधन (%1) EVMS व्हॉल्यूमकडून वापरात आहे. \n" +#~ "त्याचे संपादन करण्यापूर्वी EVMS व्हॉल्यूम काढा.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The device (%2) is used by EVMS object (%1).\n" +#~ "Remove the EVMS object before deleting it.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "साधन (%2) EVMS विषयवस्तू (%1) कडून वापरात आहे.\n" +#~ "ते काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी EVMS विषयवस्तू काढा.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" +#~ "that is used by an EVMS volume. Remove the EVMS volume\n" +#~ "before deleting the extended partition.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "निवडलेल्या वाढीव विभाजनात EVMS व्हॉल्यूमकडून वापरलेल्या किमान एका \n" +#~ "विभाजनाचा समावेश आहे. वाढीव विभाजन काढून टाकण्यापूर्वी\n" +#~ " EVMS व्हॉल्यूम काढा.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>HD TODO</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>एच</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Add NFS Path..." +#~ msgstr "NFS माऊंट अधिक करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "NFS Path: %1" +#~ msgstr "बस मार्ग: %1" + +#~ msgid "Edit Loop Device Setup of %1" +#~ msgstr " %1 चे लूप साधन सेटअप संपादित करा" + +#~ msgid "Create New Loop Device Setup" +#~ msgstr "नवीन लूप साधन सेटअप निर्माण करा " + +#~ msgid "P&ath Name of File" +#~ msgstr "फाईलचे पथ नाव " + +#~ msgid "C&reate Loop File" +#~ msgstr "लूप फाईल निर्माण करा " + +#~ msgid "Si&ze of Loop File" +#~ msgstr "लूप फाईलचा आकार " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is normally not a good idea to use EVMS and non-EVMS\n" +#~ "entities on the same disk. \n" +#~ "While it is possible in principle and may make sense\n" +#~ "for experienced users, it also can easily create \n" +#~ "unexpected problems.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really do this?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "सामान्यपणे एकाच डिस्कवरिल EVMS व non-EVMS एन्टीटीज वापरणे\n" +#~ "ही चांगली कल्पना नाही. \n" +#~ "जरी हे तत्वतः शक्य असेल व अनुभवी प्रयोक्तासाठी यात \n" +#~ "अर्थही असला, तरी यामुळे सहजपणे अनपेक्षित \n" +#~ "समस्या येऊ शकतात.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " खरोखरच हे करू?\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is normally not a good idea to use EVMS and LVM\n" +#~ "on the same system.\n" +#~ "While it is possible in principle and may make sense\n" +#~ "for experienced users, it also can easily create \n" +#~ "unexpected problems.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really do this?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " सामान्यपणे एकाच डिस्कवरिल EVMS व EVMS वापरणे \n" +#~ " ही चांगली कल्पना नाही.\n" +#~ " जरी हे तत्वतः शक्य असेल व अनुभवी प्रयोक्तासाठी यात \n" +#~ " अर्थही असला, तरी यामुळे सहजपणे अनपेक्षित \n" +#~ " समस्या येऊ शकतात.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " खरोखरच हे करू?\n" + +#~ msgid "R&AID:" +#~ msgstr "R&AID:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Item %1 is already a RAID device.\n" +#~ "You cannot add it again.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आयटम %1 हा याआधीच RAID साधन आहे.\n" +#~ "आपण त्यास परत जोडू शकत नाही.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Item %1 cannot be removed.\n" +#~ "It does not belong to a RAID.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आयटम %1 काढता येणार नाही.\n" +#~ "तो RAID च्या मालकीचा नाही.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The maximum number of partitions in a software raid is %1.\n" +#~ "You want to add more partitions to the raid than can be\n" +#~ "handled by the current version of software raid.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "सॉफ्टवेयर raid वरिल विभाजनांची कमाल संख्या %1 आहे.\n" +#~ "सॉफ्टवेयर raidच्या वर्तमान संस्करणाकडून होईल त्यापेक्षा \n" +#~ "अधिक विभाजने आपणास raid ला जोडायची आहेत.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Multipath:</b> <br>This mode allow access to the same physical device\n" +#~ "over multiple controllers for redundancy against a fault in a controller card. This mode can be used with at least two devices<p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>मल्टीपाथ:</b> <br>हा मोड नियंत्रक कार्यमधील त्रुटीच्या विरूद्ध रिडंडेन्सीसाठी\n" +#~ " अनेक नियंत्रकांवर एकाच भौतिक साधनाला अक्सेस करण्याची अनुमती देतो. हा मोड किमान दोन साधनांबरोबर वापरण्यात येईल <p>\n" + +#~ msgid "&Multipath (Redundant access over two controllers)" +#~ msgstr "&मल्टीपाथ (दोन नियंत्रकांवर रिडंडेन्ट अक्सेस)" + +#~ msgid "What type of RAID would you like to create?" +#~ msgstr "आपणास कोणत्या प्रकारचा RAID निर्माण करायचा आहे?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>The list contains the devices that could be automatically\n" +#~ "detected for multipath setup. Disable the devices not to \n" +#~ "have activated by double-clicking the table line and continue when \n" +#~ "finished. If you go back, none of the autodetected multipath raid devices\n" +#~ "are created.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>If you deselect lines, the names of the raid devices \n" +#~ "after the deselected lines will be changed.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>सूचीमध्ये स्वयंचालनाने मल्टीपाथचा शोध घेऊ शकेल अशा\n" +#~ "साधनाचा समावेश आहे. दोनदा दाबल्याने टेबल लाईन कार्यान्वित \n" +#~ "न होण्यासाठी साधने अक्षम करा व संपल्यावर चालू \n" +#~ "ठेवा. जर आपण मागे गेलात, कोणतेही स्वयंशोधीत मल्टीपाथ raid साधन\n" +#~ "निर्माण होणार नाही.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>जर आपण लाईन्स निवडून नाकारल्या, तर raid \n" +#~ "साधनांची नावे बदलली जातील. </p>\n" + +#~ msgid "RAID Wizard: Multipath Autodetection" +#~ msgstr "RAID विझार्ड: मल्टीपाथ स्वयंशोधन " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No automatically configurable\n" +#~ "multipath devices detected" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "कोणतेही स्वयंचलनाने संरचित होणारे \n" +#~ "मल्टीपाथ साधन सापडले नाही " + +#~ msgid "Create" +#~ msgstr "निर्माण करा" + +#~ msgid "Raid Device" +#~ msgstr "Raid साधन" + +#~ msgid "Partition 2" +#~ msgstr "विभाजन 2" + +#~ msgid "Other..." +#~ msgstr "इतर..." + +#~ msgid "RAID Wizard: Step 1." +#~ msgstr "RAID विझार्ड: पायरी 1." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Changes made to your RAID setup so far will be \n" +#~ "lost if you exit the dialog with %1.\n" +#~ "Continue?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "जर आपण %1 बरोबरच्या संवादातून बाहेर पडलात तर \n" +#~ " RAID सेटअपमध्ये करण्यात आलेले बदल हरवतील. \n" +#~ "चालू ठेवू?\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Expert options:</b><br>Here, set\n" +#~ "things like chunk size to get the best performance\n" +#~ "out of your system. These settings are used for all partitions of this RAID.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>तज्ञ पर्याय:</b><br>आपल्या प्रणालीकडून उत्तम\n" +#~ "कार्य करून घेण्यासाठी चंक आकाराच्यासारख्या गोष्टी \n" +#~ "इथे सेट करा. या RAID च्या सर्व विभाजनांसाठी ही सेटिंग्ज वापरण्यात येतात.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The RAID to change (%1) is already created on disk.\n" +#~ "It can no longer be changed. To change %1, \n" +#~ "remove it and create it again.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "(%1) बदलण्याचा RAID याआधीच डिस्कवर निर्माण केला आहे.\n" +#~ "तो यापूढे बदलता येणार नाही. %1 बदलण्यासाठी, \n" +#~ "तो काढा व पुन्हा निर्माण करा. \n" + +#~ msgid "RA&ID:" +#~ msgstr "RA&ID:" + +#~ msgid "O&ptions" +#~ msgstr "पर्याय" + +#~ msgid "Remo&ve RAID" +#~ msgstr " RAID काढा" + +#~ msgid " Device " +#~ msgstr " साधन " + +#~ msgid " Size " +#~ msgstr " आकार " + +#~ msgid " Type " +#~ msgstr " प्रकार " + +#~ msgid " RAID " +#~ msgstr " RAID " + +#~ msgid "Raid settings %1" +#~ msgstr "Raid सेटिंग्ज %1" + +#~ msgid "RAID Wizard Step 3:" +#~ msgstr "RAID विझार्ड स्टेप 3:" + +#~ msgid "RAID Wizard Step 2:" +#~ msgstr "RAID विझार्ड स्टेप 2:" + +#~ msgid "RAID settings" +#~ msgstr "RAID सेटिंग्ज " + +#~ msgid "Current RAID: /dev/md%1" +#~ msgstr "वर्तमान RAID: /dev/md%1" + +#~ msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" +#~ msgstr "आपल्याला खरोखरच विभाजन काढून टाकायचे आहे काय %1?" + +#~ msgid "For RAID 0, add at least two partitions to %1." +#~ msgstr "RAID 0 साठी, किमान दोन विभाजने येथे जोडा %1." + +#~ msgid "For RAID 1, add at least two partitions to %1." +#~ msgstr "For RAID 1, add at least two partitions to %1." + +#~ msgid "For RAID 5, add at least three partitions to %1." +#~ msgstr "RAID 5 साठी, किमान दोन विभाजने येथे जोडा %1." + +#~ msgid "For RAID 6, add at least four partitions to %1." +#~ msgstr "RAID 6 साठी, किमान चार विभाजने येथे जोडा %1." + +#~ msgid "For RAID 10, add at least two partitions to %1." +#~ msgstr "RAID 10 साठी, किमान दोन विभाजने येथे जोडे %1." + +#~ msgid "For Multipath raid, add at least two partitions to %1." +#~ msgstr "बहुपथ raid साठी, किमान दोन विभाजने येथे जोडा %1." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "There are no partitionable disks available." +#~ msgstr "एकही विभाजनयोग्य डिस्क अपलब्ध नाही." + +#~ msgid "You may use dasdfmt in Expert-Button to low level format disks." +#~ msgstr "आपण तज्ञ बटणमधील dasdfmt वापरु शकता खालील पातळी फॉरमॅट डिस्कससाठी." + +#~ msgid "&Create RAID..." +#~ msgstr "&निर्माण करा RAID..." + +#~ msgid "&Edit RAID" +#~ msgstr "&संपादित करा RAID" + +#~ msgid "&RAID..." +#~ msgstr "&RAID..." + +#~ msgid "&Create Crypt File" +#~ msgstr "&निर्माण करा क्रिप्ट फाइल " + +#~ msgid "&Edit Crypt File" +#~ msgstr "&संपादित करा क्रिप्ट फाइल" + +#~ msgid "Cr&ypt File..." +#~ msgstr "क्रिप्ट फाइल..." + +#~ msgid "&Create" +#~ msgstr "तयार करा" + +#~ msgid "&Delete" +#~ msgstr "काढून टाका" + +#~ msgid "&Reread Partition Table" +#~ msgstr "&पुन्हा वाचा विभाजन तक्ता" + +#~ msgid "Delete Partition &Table and Disk Label" +#~ msgstr "काढून टाका विभाजन &तक्ता व डिस्क टेबल" + +#~ msgid "dasd&fmt" +#~ msgstr "dasd&fmt" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Call &iSCSI configuration" +#~ msgstr "iSCSI संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "&LVM..." +#~ msgstr "&LVM..." + +#~ msgid "&NFS..." +#~ msgstr "NFS..." + +#~ msgid "&Show Details" +#~ msgstr "तपशील दाखवा" + +#~ msgid "Disk to Partition" +#~ msgstr "विभाजनाला डिस्क" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "It is not possible to create a partition on %1.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "%2\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "विभाजन निर्माण करणे शक्य नाही %1 वर.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "%2\n" + +#~ msgid " Create a Primary Partition on %1 " +#~ msgstr "प्राथमिक विभाजन निर्माण करा %1 वर " + +#~ msgid " Create an Extended Partition on %1 " +#~ msgstr "विस्तारित विभाजन निर्माण करा %1 वर " + +#~ msgid " Create a Logical Partition on %1 " +#~ msgstr "लॉजिकल विभाजन निर्माण करा %1 वर " + +#~ msgid "Edit an Extended Partition" +#~ msgstr "विस्तारित विभाजन संपादित करा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An already-existing extended partition cannot be changed.\n" +#~ "Delete this partition then create a new one using\n" +#~ "the new parameters.\n" +#~ "All data on this partition will be lost if you delete it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आधीच अस्तित्वातील विस्तारित विभाजन बदलता येत नाही.\n" +#~ "हे विभाजन काढून टाका नंतर निर्माण करा नवीन, यासाठी वापरा \n" +#~ "नवीन परामूल्ये.\n" +#~ "आपण हे काढून टाकल्यास या विभाजनावरील सर्व डेटा हरवेल." + +#~ msgid "Edit Existing Partition %1" +#~ msgstr "संपादित करा अस्तित्वातील विभाजन %1" + +#~ msgid "Edit Existing Device %1" +#~ msgstr "संपादित करा अस्तित्वातील साधन %1" + +#~ msgid "Select the partition to edit in the main dialog." +#~ msgstr "मुख्य संवादात संपादित करण्यासाठी विभाजन निवडा." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No DASD disk selected.\n" +#~ "Select the DASD disk on which dasdfmt should be executed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "एकही DASD डिस्क निवडली नाही.\n" +#~ "dasdfmt अंमलात आणली ती DASD डिस्क निवडा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Rereading disk information..." +#~ msgstr "स्थापीत माहिती वाचत आहे..." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "To create an LVM or EVMS based proposal, choose the corresponding button.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "LVM किंवा EVMS आधारित प्रस्ताव निर्माण करण्यासाठी निवडा जुळते बटण.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "ID %1: %2" +#~ msgstr "ओळखक्रमांक %1, " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Physical Extent Size: %1" +#~ msgstr "&भौतिक एक्सटेंट आकार " + +#~ msgid "LVM Configuration" +#~ msgstr "LVM संरेखन" + +#~ msgid "A&pply" +#~ msgstr "अ&प्लाय" + +#~ msgid "All the settings were written and are ready to use." +#~ msgstr "सर्व सेटिंग्ज लिहिलेली होती व वापरास तयार आहेत." + +#~ msgid "LVM configuration" +#~ msgstr "LVM संरेखन" + +#~ msgid "Command line interface for the lvm_config module is not available" +#~ msgstr " lvm_संरेखन मोड्यूलसाठी निर्देश लाइन इंटरफेस उपलब्ध नाही " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Device %1 is already mounted at %2. \n" +#~ "A mounted file system cannot be added to a volume group." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "साधन %1 याआधीच माउंट केले आहे यावर %2. \n" +#~ "संख्या समूहाला माउंटेड फाइल यंत्रणा जोडता येऊ शकत नाही." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No device selected.\n" +#~ "Select the device to edit.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "एकही साधन निवडले नाही.\n" +#~ "संपादनासाठी साधन निवडा.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "No device selected.\n" +#~ "Select the device to remove.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "एकही साधन निवडले नाही.\n" +#~ "काढण्यासाठी साधन निवडा.\n" + +#~ msgid "free" +#~ msgstr "मोकळी" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ " You have selected the disk %1, but you can \n" +#~ " only edit a partition like %11, %12, ... \n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ " आपण %1 डिस्क निवडली आहे पण आपण फक्त \n" +#~ " %11, %12, ... सारखी विभाजनेच वापरू शकता \n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "CAUTION\n" +#~ "If you delete the partition table and disk label of\n" +#~ "device %1, data on this device will be lost.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really do this?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "खबरदारी\n" +#~ "जर आपण %1 साधनाची विभाजन सारणी व डिस्क लेबल \n" +#~ "काढून टाकले, तर या साधनावरिल डेटा हरवेल.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "खरोखरच हे करू?\n" + +#~ msgid "<p>The upper part of this dialog contains the container-related functionality. Here, create, edit, and modify EVMS containers. </p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>या संवादाच्या वरचा भागात समावेशक संदर्भातील कार्यान्वितता समाविष्ट आहे. इथे EVMS समावेशक निर्माण संपादित व अद्ययावत करा. </p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "The lower part with the list contains all available EVMS devices.\n" +#~ "If at least one EVMS container is available, you can create new \n" +#~ "devices that use the available space of the current container.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "खालच्या भागात सूचीबरोबरच उपलब्ध EVMS साधनांचा समावेश.\n" +#~ "किमान एक EVMS समावेशक उपलब्ध असेल, तर आपण सध्याच्या समावेशकाची \n" +#~ "उपलब्ध जागा वापरणारे नवीन साधन निर्माण करू शकता.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The data entered is invalid.\n" +#~ "Insert a physical extent size from\n" +#~ "8KB to 512GB in powers of 2, for example, 4M or 512K.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "लिहलेला डेटा अग्राह्य आहे. \n" +#~ "I8KB ते 512GB पर्यंतचा 2 च्या शक्तीमधला भौतिक \n" +#~ " एक्सटेंट घाला. उदाहरणार्थ, 4M किंवा 512K.\n" + +#~ msgid "Modify Existing EVMS Container" +#~ msgstr "सध्याचा EVMS कंटेनर अद्ययावत करा" + +#~ msgid "Create EVMS Container" +#~ msgstr " EVMS कंटेनर निर्माण करा" + +#~ msgid "Modify EVMS Container" +#~ msgstr " EVMS कंटेनर अद्ययावत करा" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Change the settings for an EVMS container.\n" +#~ "Container type, PE size, and container name can only be set when creating\n" +#~ "the container.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " EVMS कंटेनरसाठीचे सेटिंग्ज बदला.\n" +#~ "कंटेनर निर्माणकरत असतानाच, कंटेनर प्रकार, PE आकार, व कंटेनर नाव \n" +#~ " सेट होऊ शकते.\n" + +#~ msgid "Container Type" +#~ msgstr "कंटेनर प्रकार " + +#~ msgid "Linux LVM" +#~ msgstr "लिनक्स LVM" + +#~ msgid "Linux LVM2" +#~ msgstr "लिनक्स LVM2" + +#~ msgid "Container &Name" +#~ msgstr "कंटेनर &नाव" + +#~ msgid "Container Size:" +#~ msgstr "कंटेनर आकार:" + +#~ msgid " Container" +#~ msgstr " कंटेनर" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you remove the selected partition from the container,\n" +#~ "there will not be enough space for all volumes in this container.\n" +#~ "To delete the container completely, remove its volumes first." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपण निवडलेल्या विभाजनाला कंटेनरमधून काढले\n" +#~ "तर या समावेशकात सर्व व्हॉल्यूम्ससाठी पुरेशी जागा नसेल.\n" +#~ "कंटनेर पूर्णपणे काढून टाकण्यासाठी प्रथम व्हॉल्यूम काढा." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The data entered is invalid.\n" +#~ "Insert a container names like \"system\" or \"test\".\n" +#~ "Do not use ;/`, in this name.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "एन्टर केलेला डेटा अग्राह्य आहे.\n" +#~ "कंटेनर नाव लिहा, जसेकी \"प्रणाली\" किंवा\"चाचणी\".\n" +#~ "या नावात;/`, वापरू नका.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The container named \"%1\" already exists.\n" +#~ "Choose a different name\n" +#~ "or cancel this dialog.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " \"%1\" नावाचा कंटेनर याआधीच अस्तित्वात आहे.\n" +#~ "वेगळे नाव निवडा \n" +#~ "किंवा हा संवाद रद्द करा.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The container contains no physical volume.\n" +#~ "Every container must consist of at least one physical volume." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "कंटेनर कोणत्याही भौतिक व्हॉल्यूमचा समावेश नाही.\n" +#~ "प्रत्येक कंटेनरात किमान एक भौतिक व्हॉल्यूमचा समावेश असला पाहिजे." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The container \"%1\" contains at least one volume.\n" +#~ "It cannot be removed. Remove all volumes of this container\n" +#~ "before removing the container" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "कंटेनर \"%1\" मध्ये किमान एक व्हॉल्यूमची समावेश आहे.\n" +#~ "ते काढता येणार नाही. समावेशक काढण्यापूर्वी या कंटेनराचे \n" +#~ "सर्व व्हॉल्यूम्स काढा " + +#~ msgid "Really remove container \"%1\"?" +#~ msgstr "खरोखरच कंटेनर \"%1\" काढू?" + +#~ msgid "EVMS &Container" +#~ msgstr "EVMS &कंटेनर" + +#~ msgid "Volume &Name " +#~ msgstr "व्हॉल्यूम &नाव" + +#~ msgid "Volume Name: " +#~ msgstr "व्हॉल्यूम नाव: " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" +#~ "in container \"%2\". Choose another name\n" +#~ "or cancel this dialog.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " \"%1\" या नावाचा व्हॉल्यूम याआधीच अस्तित्वात आहे \n" +#~ " \"%2\" कंटेनरमध्ये. दुसरे नाव निवडा \n" +#~ "किंवा हा संवाद रद्द करा.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A volume with the requested size \n" +#~ "could not be created. \n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "विनंती केलेल्या आकाराचा व्हॉल्यूम \n" +#~ "निर्माण करता येत नाही. \n" + +#~ msgid "There is no available space in the current container %1." +#~ msgstr " %1 वर्तमान कंटेनरात उपलब्ध जागा नाही." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can only delete logical volumes in a container.\n" +#~ "%1 is not a logical volume produced by a container.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपण कंटेनरातील तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम फक्त काढून टाकू शकता.\n" +#~ "%1 हा कंटेनरकडून निर्माण झालेला तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम नाही.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To use LVM, at least one partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83)\n" +#~ "is required. Change your partition table accordingly.\n" +#~ "In most cases, this can be done in the following way:\n" +#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to 0x8e.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " LVM वापरण्यासाठी 0x8e (किंवा 0x83)प्रकारचे किमान एक विभाजन\n" +#~ "आवश्यक आहे. आपली विभाजन सारणी त्यानुसार बदला.\n" +#~ "कमाल घटनांमध्ये, हे खालील मार्गाने करता येते:\n" +#~ " निर्माण' क्लिक करा, 'फॉरमॅट करू नये' निवडा , व 0x8e ला विभाजन ID सेट करा.\n" + +#~ msgid "Available size:" +#~ msgstr "उपलब्ध आकार:" + +#~ msgid "Edit the current volume group:" +#~ msgstr "वर्तमान व्हॉल्यूम समूह संपादित करा:" + +#~ msgid "Physical volume size:" +#~ msgstr "भौतिक व्हॉल्यूम आकार:" + +#~ msgid " F " +#~ msgstr " F " + +#~ msgid "End " +#~ msgstr "समाप्त " + +#~ msgid "E&VMS..." +#~ msgstr "E&VMS..." + +#~ msgid "Delete Partition Table" +#~ msgstr "काढून टाका विभाजन तक्ता" + +#~ msgid "Select a loop device entry." +#~ msgstr "लूप साधन प्रवेश निवडा." + +#~ msgid "Available" +#~ msgstr "उपलब्ध" + +#~ msgid "C&reate Container" +#~ msgstr "C&reate कंटेनर" + +#~ msgid "&Edit Container" +#~ msgstr "संपादित करा कंटेनर" + +#~ msgid "&Remove Container" +#~ msgstr "&काढा कंटेनर" + +#~ msgid " Mount" +#~ msgstr " माउंट" + +#~ msgid "EVMS Configuration" +#~ msgstr "EVMS संरुपण" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have changed the EVMS configuration.\n" +#~ "These changes will be lost if you exit the dialog now.\n" +#~ "Continue?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपण EVMS संरुपण.\n" +#~ "बदलले आहे. \n" +#~ "आपण आता संवादातून बाहेर पडलात तर हे बदल हरवतील. चालू ठेवू?\n" + +#~ msgid "Logical Volume Manager: Logical Volumes" +#~ msgstr "लॉजिकल संख्या व्यवस्थापक: लॉजिकल संख्या" + +#~ msgid "There is no available space in volume group %1." +#~ msgstr "कोणतीही जागा उपलब्ध नाही संख्या समूह %1 मध्ये." + +#~ msgid "Logical Volume Manager: Physical Volume Setup" +#~ msgstr "लॉजिकल संख्या व्यवस्थापक: फिजिकल संख्या सेटअप" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The volume group %1 does not have \n" +#~ "any physical volumes assigned. This is not possible.\n" +#~ "Either remove this volume group or add at least\n" +#~ "one physical volume to it.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "संख्या समूह %1 ला नाही \n" +#~ "एकही फिजिकल संख्या नेमलेली. हे शक्य नाही. \n" +#~ "एकतर हा संख्या समूह काढा किंवा किमान जोडा \n" +#~ "त्यात एक फिजिकल संख्या.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n" +#~ "Set the charset used to display file names on the partition.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>चारसेट फाइल नावांसाठी:</b>\n" +#~ "विभाजनावरील फाइल नावाच्या प्रदर्शनासाठी वापरलेले चारसेट सेट करा</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "Use &Old LVM1 Compatible Metadata Format" +#~ msgstr "जूना LVM1 मिळताजुळता मेटाडेटा फॉरमॅट वापरा " + +#~ msgid "logical volume" +#~ msgstr "तार्किक व्हॉल्यूम " + +#~ msgid "No changes made so far could be performed." +#~ msgstr "सादर करण्याजोगे कोणतेही बदल अद्याप केलेले नाहीत." + +#~ msgid "&Accept Proposal" +#~ msgstr "&स्वीकार करा प्रस्ताव" + +#~ msgid "Ba&se Partition Setup on This Proposal" +#~ msgstr "Ba&se विभाजन सेटअप या प्रस्तावावर" + +#~ msgid "<p>You rejected the proposal. Use one of the options to continue partitioning.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>आपण प्रस्ताव नाकारला. विभाजन चालू ठेवण्यासाठी एक पर्यायवापरा.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "To accept these suggestions and continue, select\n" +#~ "<b>%1</b>.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "या सूचना स्वीकार करण्यासाठी व चालू ठेवण्यासाठी, निवडा\n" +#~ "<b>%1</b>.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><big><b>Disk Controller Configuration</b></big></p>\n" +#~ "<p>Here, configure disk controllers by modifying the corresponding kernel module.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>The table at top contains the controllers to configure. If\n" +#~ "there is more than one controller, select the controller\n" +#~ "by clicking a line in the table. The order in the table determines\n" +#~ "the order in which kernel modules are loaded. Use <b>Move Up</b> and\n" +#~ "<b>Move Down</b> to change the order.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Module to Use</b> selects the kernel module to use for the current controller. Alternative modules are available for some controllers.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>The module status is shown in <b>Module Currently Loaded</b>.\n" +#~ "With <b>Load Module in initrd</b> set whether the module should be\n" +#~ "loaded during boot.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>For <b>Module Parameters</b>, enter any parameters for the module.\n" +#~ "This is often not needed.</p>\n" +#~ "<p><b>Test Loading of Module</b> tests whether the module can be loaded with the specified parameters. This test is recommended if you have made changes.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><मोठे><b>डिस्क नियंत्रक संरेखन</b></p>\n" +#~ "<p>येथे जुळते कर्नेल मोड्यूल बदलून डिस्क नियंत्रक संरेखित करा</p>\n" +#~ "<p>वरील तक्त्यात संरेखित करण्याचे नियंत्रक आहेत. जर \n" +#~ "पेक्षा जास्त नियंत्रक असले, तर निवडा नियंत्रक \n" +#~ "तक्त्यातील एक ओळ क्लिक करून. तक्त्यातील क्रम ठरवितो\n" +#~ "क्रम, ज्यात कर्नेल मोड्यूल्स लोड केले आहेत. वापर <b>हलवा वर</b> आणि\n" +#~ "<b>खाली हलवा</b> क्रम बदलण्यासाठी.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "<p><b>मोड्यूल वापरण्यासाठी</b>वर्तमान नियंत्रक वापरण्यासाठी कर्नेल मोड्यूल निवडतो. पर्यायी मोड्यूल उपलब्ध आहेत काही नियंत्रकांसाठी.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>मोड्यूल दर्जा दाखविला आहे येथे <b>मोड्यूल सध्या लोडेड </b>.\n" +#~ "या <b>लोडसह मोड्यूल initrd</b>मध्ये सेट, मोड्यूल असले पाहिजे का \n" +#~ "लोडेड बूटदरम्यान.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>साठी<b>मोड्यूल्स परामूल्ये</b>, मोड्यूल साठी कोणतीही परामूल्येप्रविष्ट करा.\n" +#~ "याची बहुदा गरज नसते.</p>\n" +#~ "<p><b>मोड्यूलचे चाचणी लोडिंग </b> चाचणी करते की मोड्यूल विशिष्ट परामूल्यांसह लोड करता येते काय. या चाचणीची शिफारस केली जाते जर आपण बदल केले असतील.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "&Module to Use" +#~ msgstr "&मोड्यूल वापरण्यासाठी" + +#~ msgid "&Load Module in initrd" +#~ msgstr "&लोड मोड्यूल initrd मध्ये" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Error loading module.\n" +#~ "Executed command was:\n" +#~ " %1\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "stderr was:\n" +#~ "%2\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "त्रुटी मोड्यूल लोडिंगमध्ये.\n" +#~ "अंमलात आणलेले आदेश होते:\n" +#~ " %1\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "stderr होते:\n" +#~ "%2\n" + +#~ msgid "Module %1 loaded successfully." +#~ msgstr " मोड्यूल %1 यशस्वीरीत्या लोडेड." + +#~ msgid "Disk Controller" +#~ msgstr "डिस्क नियंत्रक" + +#~ msgid "New" +#~ msgstr "नवीन" + +#~ msgid "Move &Down" +#~ msgstr "हलवा &खाली" + +#~ msgid "Module Currently Loaded:" +#~ msgstr "मोड्यूल सध्या लोडेड" + +#~ msgid "Module &Parameters" +#~ msgstr "मोड्यूल &परामूल्ये" + +#~ msgid "&Test Loading of Module" +#~ msgstr "&मोड्यूलचे चाचणी लोडिंग" + +#~ msgid "No configurable controller found." +#~ msgstr "संरेखनायोग्य नियंत्रक सापडला नाही" + +#~ msgid "Disk Controller Configuration" +#~ msgstr "डिस्क नियंत्रक संरेखन" + +#~ msgid "Executing mkinitrd..." +#~ msgstr " अमलात आहे mkinitrd..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Executing mkinitrd failed.\n" +#~ "Try executing /sbin/mkinitrd manually and checking the error messages.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " mkinitrd अंमलात आणणे अयश्स्वी.\n" +#~ "अंमलात आणायचा प्रयत्न करा /sbin/mkinitrd व्यक्तीचलितरीत्या व त्रुटी तपासा संदेश.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have unsaved changes.\n" +#~ "These changes will be lost if you abort now.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Discard changes?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपण बदल जतन केले नाहीत.\n" +#~ "आपण आता निष्फळ केले तर बदल हरवतील.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "बदल वगळू?\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Command line interface for the disk controller module is not available" +#~ msgstr "प्रणालीच्या repair module साठी command line interface उपलब्ध नाही." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<tt>/dev/hda </tt>1st EIDE disk\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/hdb </tt>2nd EIDE disk\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/hdc </tt>3rd EIDE disk" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda </tt>पहिली EIDE तबकडी\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>दुसरी EIDE तबकडी\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sdc </tt>तिसरी EIDE तबकडी</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>- or - </p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>- किंवा - </p>" + +#~ msgid "<p><tt>/dev/sda1</tt>, etc., for SCSI.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><tt>/dev/sda1</tt>, इत्यादी, SCSI साठी.</p>" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/sudo.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/sudo.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/sudo.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,819 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module +#: src/clients/sudo.rb:54 +msgid "Configuration of sudo" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/sudo/complex.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of sudo +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Bubli +#. +#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72 +msgid "" +"A valid netmask is either in dotted quad notation \n" +"(4 integers in the range 128 - 255 separated by dots) \n" +"or single integer in the range 0 - 32" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95 +msgid "Add New Host to the Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:99 +msgid "Hostname or Network" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:136 +msgid "Add New User to the Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:142 +msgid "Local and System Users (Groups)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:176 +msgid "File, directory or command alias '%1' does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:195 +msgid "Add new command with optional parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:202 src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 +msgid "Command" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:204 +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:206 +msgid "Parameters (optional)" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving sudoer's configuration failed. Change the settings?" +msgstr "बूट लोडर संरचना फाईल्स संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 +msgid "New Command Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:44 +msgid "Existing Command Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:48 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:52 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:58 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:59 +msgid "Alias Name (in CAPITALS)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:49 +msgid "Command Names or Directories in the Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 +msgid "Parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. next +#. next +#. next +#. next +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:101 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:102 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:108 +msgid "Alias name must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:110 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:117 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:116 +msgid "Alias with name %1 already exists" +msgstr "" + +#. Sudo::RemoveHostAlias(current_alias_name); +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:118 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:121 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:126 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:125 +msgid "Alias must have at least one member." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:44 +msgid "New Host Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:48 +msgid "Existing Host Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:53 +msgid "Hostnames or Networks in the Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Hostnames/Networks" +msgstr "यजमान नाव" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:47 +msgid "New RunAs Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:54 +msgid "Existing RunAs Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:64 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Alias Members" +msgstr "सभासद वर्ग" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:47 +msgid "New Sudo Rule" +msgstr "" + +#. Setting default values +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Existing Sudo Rule " +msgstr "अस्तित्वात असलेला NIS वापरकर्ता" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:60 +msgid "User, Group or User Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:68 +msgid "Host or Host Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:76 +msgid "RunAs or RunAs Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:80 +msgid "No Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:81 +msgid "Commands to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. next +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty." +msgid "Username must not be empty." +msgstr "दूरध्वनी क्रमांक रिकामे असता कामा नयेत." + +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty." +msgid "Hostname must not be empty." +msgstr "दूरध्वनी क्रमांक रिकामे असता कामा नयेत." + +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A class must contain at least one printer." +msgid "Command list must have at least one entry." +msgstr "वर्गामध्ये कमीत कमी एक मुद्रणयंत्र हवे." + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:47 +msgid "New User Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:54 +msgid "Existing User Alias" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/sudo/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of sudo +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Bubli +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Sudo Configuration" +msgstr "माऊस कॉन्फिग्यूरेशन" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:109 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "वापरकर्ते" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:110 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 +msgid "Hosts" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "RunAs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:112 +msgid "NOPASSWD" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:113 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Commands" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Up" +msgstr "वर" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Down" +msgstr "खाली" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:144 +msgid "Rules for sudo" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Rules for sudo " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Alias Name" +msgstr "अलीयास नाव" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:179 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:181 +msgid "User Aliases" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:216 +msgid "RunAs Aliases" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:249 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:251 +msgid "Host Aliases" +msgstr "खोटा सादरकर्ता" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:286 +msgid "Command Aliases" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "होय" + +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "No" +msgstr "नाही" + +#. current_alias_name = ""; +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 +msgid "" +"Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 +msgid "" +"User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "" +"RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 +msgid "" +"Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing sudo Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध प्रारंभित करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रारंभ निष्फळ करत आहेः</big></b><br>\n" +"आता <b>Abort</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध उपयोगिता सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Please wait...</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving sudo Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...</p>" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> जतनाचे कार्य निष्फळ करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>Abort</b> दाबून जतनाची प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करा.\n" +"अतिरिक्त डायलॉग आपणास असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही ते सांगतो.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. User Specification help 1/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Rules for sudo</big></b><br>\n" +"\tRules for sudo basically determine which commands an user may run \n" +"\ton specified hosts (optionally also as what user). Each rule\n" +"\tis a tuple consisting of user, host and list of commands, with optional \n" +"\tRunAs specification and additional tags. These are summarized \n" +"\tin the following table. \n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. User Specification help 2/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Users</b> column denotes local or system user or user alias. \n" +"\t<b>Hosts</b> column determines, on which hosts, or group \n" +"\tof hosts referred to by host alias an user may run specified commands.\n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. User Specification help 3/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 +msgid "" +"<b>RunAs</b> column is an\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining whether\n" +"\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. User Specification help 4/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"<p>A set of commands that user can run on specified hosts is summarized \n" +"\tin <b>Commands</b> column. \n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. User Specification help 5/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"<p> To add a new rule, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate \n" +"\tentries. User name, hostname and command list must not be empty.\n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. User Specification help 5/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" +"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n" +"\t</p> \n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आधीपासून असलेल्या उपयोगकर्त्यांना संपादित करण्यासाठी किंवा मिटविण्यासाठी त्या उपयोगकर्त्याला\n" +"यादीतून निवडा आणि <b>Edit</b> किंवा <b>Delete</b> वर क्लिक करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Single User Specification help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 +msgid "" +"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" +"\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" +"\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com), single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" +"\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. Single User Specification help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 +msgid "" +"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" +"\twhose access privileges \n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. Single User Specification help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 +msgid "" +"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" +"\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" +"\tdisable this authentication\n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. Single User Specification help 4/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Commands to Run</b> table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" +"\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 +msgid "" +"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with optional\n" +"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" +"\tand click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. User Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>User Aliases</big></b><br>\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" +"\t</p> \n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. User Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 +msgid "" +"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" +"\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. User Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 +msgid "" +"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" +"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. Host Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Host Aliases</big></b><br>\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. Host Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 +msgid "" +"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" +"\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. Host Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 +msgid "" +"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" +"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>RunAs Aliases</big></b><br>\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" +"\t</p> \n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 +msgid "" +"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" +"\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 +msgid "" +"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" +"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. Command Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Command Aliases</big></b><br>\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" +"\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. Command Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 +msgid "" +"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" +"\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. Command Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 +msgid "" +"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n" +"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. Single User Alias Help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>User Alias</big></b><br>\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on <b>Add</b> button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" +"\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. Single User Alias Help 3/3 +#. Single Host Alias Help 4/4 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#. Single Command Alias Help 4/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 +msgid "" +"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Host Alias</big></b><br>\n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" +"\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add hosts to the\n" +"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" +"\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click <b>OK</b>.\n" +"\t<p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 +msgid "" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" +"\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>RunAs Alias</big></b><br>\n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" +"\tin this alias.\n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Command Alias</big></b><br>\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" +"\tunderscore only), which is \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" +"\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. Additionally, you can\n" +"\tspecify command parameters in <b>Parameters</b> text entry\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 +msgid "" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" +"\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n" +"\t</p>\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" + +#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) { +#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true; +#. } +#. else { +#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; +#. } +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 +msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 +msgid "" +"After deleting it, some applications may no longer work.\n" +"Really delete?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414 +msgid "" +"If you change it, some applications may no longer work.\n" +"Really edit? " +msgstr "" + +#. end Commands +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "All changes would be lost.\n" +#| "Really abort configuration?\n" +msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +msgstr "" +"सर्व बदल पुसले जातील.\n" +"खरोखरच कॉनफ्युग्यरेशन मधून बाहेर पडायचे आहे का?\n" + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 +#, fuzzy +msgid "An error occurred while reading users and groups." +msgstr "वापरकर्ते काढताना चूक झाली." + +#. Sudo read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605 +msgid "Saving sudo Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:620 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:624 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/support.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/support.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/support.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,840 @@ +# Marathi translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2014 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2014. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module +#: src/clients/support.rb:56 +msgid "Configuration of support" +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for Support in proposals +#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Support in proposals +#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 +msgid "&Support" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line parameters dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 +msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" +msgstr "" + +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SUSE Support" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" +msgstr "SUSE पाठबळ" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 +msgid "Open" +msgstr "उघडा" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 +msgid "Collect Data" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 +msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 +msgid "Create report tarball" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +msgid "Upload Data" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 +msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 +msgid "Upload" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Could not find any installed browser." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 +msgid "" +"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" +"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" +"%1.\n" +"Start Web browser?\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 +msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" +msgstr "" + +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 +msgid "Save as" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 +msgid "Directory to Save" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 +msgid "Package with log files" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 +msgid "Upload Target" +msgstr "" + +#. } +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 +msgid "Cannot write settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही." + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 +msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" +msgstr "" + +#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 +msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line parameters dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 +msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 +msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 +msgid "Include full SLP service lists" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 +msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 +msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" +msgstr "" + +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 +msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 +msgid "Activates all support functions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 +msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 +msgid "Expert Settings" +msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#. Support overview dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 +msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME table header +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 +msgid "Default Options" +msgstr "" + +#. Support configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 +msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Support configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 +msgid "Contact Information" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 +msgid "Email Address" +msgstr "ई-मेल पत्ता" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 +msgid "Phone Number" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 +msgid "Store ID" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "Terminal ID" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 +msgid "GPG UID" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 +msgid "Upload Information" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 +msgid "11-digit service request number" +msgstr "" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 +msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 +msgid "Collecting Data" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 +msgid "Progress" +msgstr "प्रगती" + +#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 +msgid "Collected Data Review" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix +#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 +msgid "File Name" +msgstr "&फाईलचे नाव" + +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 +msgid "Remove from Data" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>प्रारंभ निष्फळ करत आहेः</big></b><br>\n" +"आता <b>Abort</b> दाबून आकृतीबंध उपयोगिता सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.</p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big> जतनाचे कार्य निष्फळ करत आहे:</big></b><br>\n" +"<b>Abort</b> दाबून जतनाची प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करा.\n" +"अतिरिक्त डायलॉग आपणास असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही ते सांगतो.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Configure support here.<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Adding a support:</big></b><br>\n" +"Choose a support from the list of detected supports.\n" +"If your support was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" +"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" +"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" +"the configuration opens.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>संपादित करत आहे किंवा पुसून टाकत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"आपण <b>Edit</b> दाबल्यास, ज्यात आकृतीबंध बदलायचा आहे\n" +"तो अतिरिक्त डायलॉग उघडतो.</p>\n" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" +"the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b><br>\n" +"To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use <b>Collect Data</b></p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Uploading Collected Data</big></b><br>\n" +"To upload the data already collected to a server, use <b>Upload Data</b>.\n" +"The server may or may not be Global Technical Support.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Supportconfig Options</big></b><br>\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" +"gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." +msgstr "" + +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Expert Settings</big></b><br>\n" +"Select <b>Use Custom</b> and click the <b>Expert Settings</b> button\n" +"to select specific data sets to collect.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" +"Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Expert dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Default Options</b></big><br>\n" +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Contact dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Contact Information</b></big><br>\n" +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Contact dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Upload Information</big></b><br>\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" +"See <i>man supportconfig(1)</i> for further details.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Contact dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Upload Target Examples</big></b><br>\n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n" +"ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n" +"scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Contact dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b>><br>\n" +"Data is being collected.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Data review dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Collected Data Review</big></b><br>\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" +"use <b>Remove from Data</b> and the selected file will be removed.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n" +"If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" +"directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" +"<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Upload URL</big></b><br>\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" +"as default value.\n" +"Change this value only in special cases.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Privacy Policy</big></b><br>\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" +"<i>%1</i>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n" +"If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" +"into the <i>Package with log files</i> field.\n" +"<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" +"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" +"<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>आकृतीबंध भाग दोन</big></b><br>\n" +"चालू ठेवण्यासाठी <b>नेक्स्ट</b>\n" +"दाबा.\n" +"<br></p>\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" +"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Something निवडणे</big></b><br>\n" +"ते शक्य नाही. आपल्याला आधी त्याला कोड करावे लागेल. :-)\n" +"</p>" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2008 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 +msgid "AppArmor information. security-apparmor.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 +msgid "autofs information. fs-autofs.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 +msgid "Information related to booting and the kernel. boot.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 +msgid "Current system service states. chkconfig.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 +msgid "Information related to capturing a system core dump. crash.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 +msgid "Information related to cron and at. cron.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 +msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 +msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 +msgid "Novell eDirectory health check information. novell-edir.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 +msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 +msgid "Heartbeat/high availabilty cluster information. ha.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 +msgid "iSCSI target and initiator information. fs-iscsi.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 +msgid "LDAP related information, including a root DSE search. ldap.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 +msgid "Linux Volume Management-related information. lvm.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81 +msgid "Memory-related information. memory.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 +msgid "System kernel module information. modules.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 +msgid "Native device mapper multipathing information. mpio.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 +msgid "Novell Core Protocol-related information. novell-ncp.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93 +msgid "Novell Cluster Services-related information. novell-ncs.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96 +msgid "Network-related information, including firewall rules. network.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99 +msgid "Network File System-related information. nfs.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102 +msgid "Novell Storage Services-related information. novell-nss.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105 +msgid "Network Time Protocol-related information. ntp.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108 +msgid "OCFS2 file system-related information. ocfs2.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 +msgid "List of all open files using lsof. open-files.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 +msgid "OpenWBEM-related information. openwbem.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 +msgid "Printing and CUPS-related information. print.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 +msgid "Includes key /proc file content. proc.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 +msgid "Update daemon-related information. updates-daemon.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 +msgid "Update client related information. updates.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 +msgid "SLES Real Time kernel-related information. slert.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 +msgid "Service Location Protocol related information. slp.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 +msgid "" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 +msgid "Samba and CIFS-related information. samba.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149 +msgid "Software RAID-related information. fs-softraid.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 +msgid "Secure Shell server information. ssh.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 +msgid "Configuration files found in /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 +msgid "UDEV device manager-related information. udev.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161 +msgid "X graphical system-related information. x.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164 +msgid "XEN virtualization-related information. xen.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 +msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 +msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 +msgid "Contact's email address to include in the basic-environment.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 +msgid "Contact's name to include in the basic-environment.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 +msgid "Contact's phone number to include in the basic-environment.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 +msgid "" +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 +msgid "Support Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." + +#. global string created_directory=""; +#: src/modules/Support.rb:143 +msgid "To continue, enter root password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Support.rb:144 +msgid "root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Support.rb:163 +msgid "Password incorrect" +msgstr "" + +#. Support read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Support.rb:267 +msgid "Initializing Support Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Support read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Support.rb:313 +msgid "Saving Support Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:329 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:331 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवा" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:335 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:337 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवत आहे..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Support.rb:339 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Support.rb:438 +msgid "Configuration summary..." +msgstr "सारांश संरचना..." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/sysconfig.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/sysconfig.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/sysconfig.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,636 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. help text header - sysconfig editor +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 +msgid "Editor for /etc/sysconfig Files" +msgstr "/etc/sysconfig फाईलसाठी संपादक" + +#. help text for command 'list' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48 +msgid "Display configuration summary" +msgstr "संरचना सारांश दाखवा" + +#. help text for command 'set' 1/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 +msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" +msgstr "चलराशीचे मूल्य निश्चित करा. 'चलराशी' व 'मूल्य' पर्याय आवश्यक" + +#. help text for command 'set' 2/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 +msgid "or 'variable=value', for example, variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" +msgstr "किंवा 'चलराशी=मूल्य', उदाहरण, चलराशी=सादरीकरण नियामक मूल्य मूल्य=जीडीएम" + +#. help text for command 'set' 3/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70 +msgid "or simply DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm" +msgstr "किंवा सरळ सादरीकरण नियामक=जीडीएम" + +#. help text for command 'set' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80 +msgid "Set empty value (\"\")" +msgstr "रिक्त मूल्य निश्चित करा (\"\")" + +#. help text for command 'details' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:90 +msgid "Show details about selected variable" +msgstr "निवडलेल्या चलराशीचे तपशील दाखवा" + +#. help text for option 'all' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:102 +msgid "Display all variables" +msgstr "सर्व चलराशी प्रदर्शित करा" + +#. help text for option 'variable' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107 +msgid "Selected variable" +msgstr "निवडलेली चलराशी" + +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108 +msgid "If the variable is available in several files use" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109 +msgid "<variable>$ syntax," +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110 +msgid "for example CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for option 'value' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116 +msgid "New value" +msgstr "नवीन मूल्य" + +#. header (command line mode output) +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 +msgid "All Variables:\n" +msgstr "सर्व व्हॅरिएबल्स\n" + +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 +msgid "Modified Variables:\n" +msgstr "बदल केलेली चलराशी:\n" + +#. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text) +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Setting variable '%1' to '%2': %3" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"चलराशी '%1' ते '%2': %3 निश्चित करत आहे" + +#. result message +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 +msgid "Success" +msgstr "यशस्वी" + +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83 +msgid "Failed" +msgstr "अयशस्वी झाले" + +#. display a new value for modified variables +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:164 +msgid "New Value: " +msgstr "नवीन मूल्य:" + +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:167 +msgid "Value: " +msgstr "मूल्य:" + +#. command line output +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194 +msgid "Variable %1 was not found." +msgstr "चलराशी %1 सापडली नाही." + +#. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Use a full variable name in the form $\n" +"(e.g., %1$%2).\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"चलराशीचे पूर्णनाव पुढील स्वरूपात वापरा <चलराशीचे_नाव>$<फाईल_नाव>\n" +"(उदा., %1$%2).\n" + +#. error popup message +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 +msgid "An error occurred while saving and activating the changes." +msgstr "बदल संग्रहीत करून कार्यान्वयित करताना चूक झाली" + +#. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127 +msgid "or any value" +msgstr "किंवा कुठलेही मूल्य" + +#. Translation: description of possible values, regular expression string is added after the text +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:135 +msgid "Value Matching Regular Expression:" +msgstr "साधारण समीकरणाशी जुळणारे मूल्य" + +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:141 +msgid "Any integer value" +msgstr "कुठलेही पूर्णाक मूल्य" + +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:154 +msgid "Integer value greater or equal to %1" +msgstr "इतके किंवा जास्त पूर्णाक मूल्य %1" + +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:163 +msgid "Integer value less or equal to %1" +msgstr "इतके किंवा कमी पूर्णाक मूल्य %1" + +#. Translation: allowed value description, %1 is minimum value, %2 is maximum integer value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:172 +msgid "Any integer value from %1 to %2" +msgstr "%1 ते %2 मधील कुठलेही पूर्णाक मूल्य" + +#. allowed value description - any value is allowed +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179 +msgid "Any value" +msgstr "कुठलेही मूल्य" + +#. allowed value description - IP adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183 +msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 address" +msgstr "IPv4 किंवा IPv6 पत्ता" + +#. allowed value description - IPv4 adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187 +msgid "IPv4 address" +msgstr "IPv4 पत्ता" + +#. allowed value description - IPv6 adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191 +msgid "IPv6 address" +msgstr "IPv6 पत्ता" + +#. rich text item +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220 +msgid "File: " +msgstr "फाईल: " + +#. rich text item +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:236 +msgid "Possible Values: " +msgstr "संभाव्य मूल्य:" + +#. TODO: replace empty value by special text (e.g. "</I>empty</I>") +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:255 +msgid "Default Value: " +msgstr "प्रथम पसंतीची किंमत:" + +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277 +msgid "Original Value: " +msgstr "मूळ किंमत:" + +#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303 +msgid "Prepare Command: " +msgstr "आज्ञा तयार करा:" + +#. header in the variable description text +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 +msgid "Configuration Script: " +msgstr "संरचना प्रणाली:" + +#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341 +msgid "Service to Reload: " +msgstr "कार्यरत करायची सेवा:" + +#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359 +msgid "Service to Restart: " +msgstr "पुन्हा सुरू करायची सेवा:" + +#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:376 +msgid "Activation Command: " +msgstr "कार्यान्वयन आज्ञा:" + +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:424 +msgid "Description: " +msgstr "वर्णन:" + +#. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592 +msgid "(changed)" +msgstr "(बदललेले)" + +#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string +#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string +#. combo box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850 +msgid "S&etting of: " +msgstr "ची मांडणी:" + +#. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly +#. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640 +msgid "" +"The currently selected value has more than one line.\n" +"Joined lines are displayed in the combo box.\n" +msgstr "" +"आता निवडलेल्या मूल्यात एकपेक्षा अधिक लाइन्स आहेत.\n" +"जोडलेल्या लाइन्स कॉम्बो बॉक्समध्ये प्रदर्शित केल्या आहेत.\n" + +#. header label +#. label widget +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837 +msgid "Current Selection: " +msgstr "सध्याच निवड:" + +#. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713 +msgid "" +"Value '%1'\n" +"does not match type '%2'.\n" +"\n" +"Really set this value?\n" +msgstr "" +"मूल्य '%1'\n" +"प्रकाराशी जुळत नाही '%2'.\n" +"\n" +"हे मूल्य खरंच निश्चित करू?\n" + +#. when a comment is too long to display it in the table +#. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:764 +msgid "..." +msgstr " ..." + +#. Translation: push button label +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889 +msgid "&Search" +msgstr "शोधा" + +#. tree widget label +#. term help_space_content = `Tree(`id(`tree), `opt(`notify, `vstretch), _("&Configuration Options"), Sysconfig::tree_content); +#. Wizard::OpenCustomDialog(help_space_content, button_box); +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:815 +msgid "&Configuration Options" +msgstr "संरचना पर्याय" + +#. helptext for popup - part 1/2 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 +msgid "" +"<p>After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>तुम्ही तुमचे बदल सेव केल्यानंतर, हा एडिटर तदनुरूप सिस्कॉम्फिग फाइलमघील व्हॅरिएबल्स\n" +"बदलतो. त्यानंतर तो एक्टीवेशन कमांड चालू करतो, जी आतमधील आकृतीबंधाच्या फाइल्स बदलते, थांबते आणि डेमन चालू करतेआणि खालच्या स्तरावर आकृतीबंध साधने चालू करते ज्यामुळे सिसकॉन्फिगमधील तुमचाआकृतीबंध प्रभावी होतो.\n" + +#. helptext for popup - part 2/2 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 +msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Important:</b>अजूनहि तुम्ही हाताने प्रत्येक आकृतीबंधफाइल एडिट करू शकता. फाइलचे नाव व्हॅरिएबलच्या वर्णनातप्रदर्शित केले जाते.</p>" + +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 +msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" +msgstr "/etc/sysconfig संपादक" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859 +msgid "&Default" +msgstr "मूलभूत" + +#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST2 to configure your hardware and system settings.</P>" +msgid "<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>सिस्टीम कॉन्फिगराशन एडिटरनेतुम्ही काही सिस्टीम सेटिंग्स बदलू शकता, तुम्ही तुमच्याहार्डवेअर आणि सिस्टीम सेटिंगचा आकृतीबंध करण्यासाठी वायएएसटी२ सुद्धा वापरू शकता.</P>" + +#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 +msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Note:</B>वर्णनांचे भाषांतर केलेले नाही कारण तीआकृतीबंध फाइलवरून थेट वाचायची असतात.</P>" + +#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 +msgid "&Use Current Value" +msgstr "चालू मूल्य वापरा" + +#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879 +msgid "&Add New Variable..." +msgstr "नवीन चलराशी वाढवा..." + +#. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modified Variables" +msgid "Save Modified Variables" +msgstr "बदलेली चलराशी" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 +msgid "Confirm Each Activation Command" +msgstr "प्रत्येक कार्यान्वयन आज्ञेसाठी संजूरी घ्या" + +#. // popup dialog header +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949 +msgid "Search Result" +msgstr "शोध निकाल" + +#. help text in popup dialog +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "शोधाचे निष्कर्ष येथे प्रदर्शित केले आहेत. तुम्हाला पाहिजे असलेलाआयटम जर तुम्हाला दिसत असेल तर \"Go to\" वर क्लिक करा. अन्यथा हा डायलॉग बंदकरण्यासाठी \"Close\" क्लिक करा." + +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 +msgid "&Go to" +msgstr "इकडे जा" + +#. popup message - search result message +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981 +msgid "No entries found" +msgstr "कुठली नोंद सापडली नाही" + +#. popup window header +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "मदत" + +#. search popup window header +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33 +msgid "Search for a Configuration Variable" +msgstr "संरचना चलराशीचा शोध घ्या" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "&Search for:" +msgstr "चा शोध घ्या:" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "&Case Sensitive Search" +msgstr "केस संवेदनशील शोध" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:46 +msgid "Search &Variable Name" +msgstr "चलराशीच्या नावाचा शोध" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:48 +msgid "Search &description" +msgstr "शोध वर्णन" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:50 +msgid "Search &value" +msgstr "शोध मूल्य " + +#. table column header +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:132 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "NEW VALUE" +msgstr "नवीन मूल्य" + +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:134 +msgid "Old Value" +msgstr "जुनी मूल्य" + +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "File" +msgstr "धारिका" + +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:136 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "विवरण" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:179 +msgid "&Variable Name" +msgstr "चलराशीचे नाव" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:181 +msgid "V&alue" +msgstr "मूल्य" + +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "&File Name" +msgstr "&फाईलचे नाव" + +#. warning popup message - variable name is empty +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:210 +msgid "Missing variable name value." +msgstr "हरवलेल्याे चलराशीचे नाव मूल्य." + +#. warning popup message - file name is empty +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:214 +msgid "Missing file name value." +msgstr "हरवलेल्या फाईलचे नाव मूल्य." + +#. warning popup message - file name is required with absolute path +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:218 +msgid "Missing absolute path in file name." +msgstr "फाईल नावातील निव्वळ मार्ग गहाळ." + +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Initializing sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>sysconfig संरचना सुरू करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृया प्रतीक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>sysconfig संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृया प्रतीक्षा करा...<br></p>\n" + +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "शोधत आहे..." + +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "वगळा" + +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "यंत्रणासंरचना संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "नवीन मांडणी लिहीत आहे" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "बदल कार्यान्वित करा" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "बदल फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "समाप्त झाले" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "संरचना सारांश" + +#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param cmd [String] command to execute +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "आज्ञा सुरू करत आहे: %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "आज्ञा %1 अयशस्वी" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "आज्ञा कार्यान्वयित केली जाते" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "आदेश :" + +#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param name [String] service name +#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %s..." +msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा कार्यरत करत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgid "Reload of the service %s failed" +msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा कार्यरत करण्यात अपयश" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgid "Service %s will be reloaded" +msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा कार्यरत केली जाईल" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgid "Restarting service %s..." +msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू करत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgid "Restart of the service %s failed" +msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू करण्यात अपयश" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgid "Service %s will be restarted" +msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू केली जाईल" + +#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) +#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil +#. +#. @param service name +#. @return [Boolean] active? +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." +msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:" +msgstr "सुविधा काढून टाकू शकत नाही. ती स्थापित नाही." + +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "चलराशी %1 संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "चलराशी %1 फाईल %2 मध्ये संग्रहीत करण्यास अपयश." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " it will not touch it.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "<p>सुसेकॉन्फिग प्रत्येक आकृतीबंध फाइलची चेकसम सेव करतो, त्यामुळेतुम्ही त्यापैकी काही हाताने बदलल्यास तो शोधू शकतो. तुम्ही आकृतीबंध फाइलहाताने बदलली असल्यासतो तिला स्पर्श करणार नाही.</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." +#~ msgstr "सर्व संरचना स्क्रिप्ट सुरू केली जाईल." + +#~ msgid "Starting configuration scripts..." +#~ msgstr "संरचना सक्रिप्ट सुरू करत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Configuration script failed." +#~ msgstr "संरचना सक्रिप्ट अयशस्वी." + +#~ msgid "Configuration module %1 will be started." +#~ msgstr "संरचना मॉड्युल %1 सुरू केली जाईल." + +#~ msgid "Starting configuration module %1..." +#~ msgstr "संरचना मॉड्युल %1 सुरू करत आहे." + +#~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed." +#~ msgstr "संरचना मॉड्युल %1 अयशस्वी." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Here, see the values YaST2 will change.\n" +#~ "Choose \"OK\" for YaST2 to save these changes.\n" +#~ "Choose \"Cancel\" to edit the values again.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "येथे पहा, वायएएसटी२ मूल्ये बदलतील.\n" +#~ "हे बदल सेव करण्यासाठी वायएएसटी२ करिता \"OK\"निवडा.\n" +#~ "मूल्ये परत एडिट करण्यासाठी \"Cancel\" निवडा.\n" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/tftp-server.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/tftp-server.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/tftp-server.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. description map for command line +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:35 +msgid "Configure a TFTP server" +msgstr "" + +#. command line: help text for "status" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:39 +msgid "Status of the TFTP server" +msgstr "" + +#. command line: help text for "directory" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:49 +msgid "Directory of the TFTP server" +msgstr "" + +#. command line: help text for "enable" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:61 +msgid "Enable the TFTP service" +msgstr "" + +#. command line: help text for "disable" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:67 +msgid "Disable the TFTP service" +msgstr "" + +#. command line: help text for "show" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:73 +msgid "Show the status of the TFTP service" +msgstr "" + +#. command line: help text for "path" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:80 +msgid "Set the directory for the TFTP server" +msgstr "" + +#. command line: help text for "list" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:86 +msgid "Show the directory for the TFTP server" +msgstr "" + +#. command line: show status of tftp-server +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:120 +msgid "Service Status: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. command line: show directory server by tftp-server +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:140 +msgid "Directory Path: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43 +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78 +msgid "TFTP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:79 +msgid "<p><big><b>Configuring a TFTP Server</b></big></p>" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 +msgid "<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. enlighten newbies, #102946 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:91 +msgid "<p>Note that TFTP and FTP are not the same.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Boot Image Directory</b>:\n" +"Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" +"<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "बंद करा" + +#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:124 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "चालू करा" + +#. Text entry label +#. Directory where served files (usually boot images) reside +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:134 +msgid "&Boot Image Directory" +msgstr "" + +#. push button label +#. select a directory from the filesystem +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:137 +msgid "Bro&wse..." +msgstr "संचार करा..." + +#. push button label +#. display a log file +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:144 +msgid "&View Log" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "" +"The directory must start with a slash (/)\n" +"and must not contain spaces." +msgstr "" + +#. progress label +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..." + +#. progress label +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:81 +msgid "Initializing ..." +msgstr "सुरवात करत आहे..." + +#. error popup +#. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them) +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145 +msgid "" +"This module can only use xinetd to set up TFTP.\n" +"However, another program is serving TFTP: %1.\n" +"Exiting.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it +#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured. +#. If it is running, restart it. +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240 +msgid "Cannot reload service %{name}" +msgstr "" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303 +msgid "TFTP Server Enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "होय" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 +msgid "Boot Image Directory:" +msgstr "" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/timezone_db.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/timezone_db.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/timezone_db.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,2659 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:23 +msgid "Europe" +msgstr "यूरोप" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:25 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "नीदरलैंड्स" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:27 +msgid "Andorra" +msgstr "अंडोरा" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:28 +msgid "Greece" +msgstr "ग्रीस" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Serbia" +msgstr "सर्बियन" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:31 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Germany" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:32 +msgid "Slovakia" +msgstr "स्लोवाकिया" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:33 +msgid "Belgium" +msgstr "Belgium" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:34 +msgid "Romania" +msgstr "रोमानिया" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:35 +msgid "Hungary" +msgstr "हंगरी" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:36 +msgid "Moldova" +msgstr "माल्डोवा" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:37 +msgid "Denmark" +msgstr "डेनमार्क" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:38 +msgid "Ireland" +msgstr "Ireland" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:39 +msgid "Gibraltar" +msgstr "जिब्राल्टर" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:41 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Guernsey" +msgstr "Germany" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:42 +msgid "Finland" +msgstr "Finland" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:44 +msgid "Isle of Man" +msgstr "" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:45 +msgid "Turkey" +msgstr "टर्की" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:46 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Jersey" +msgstr "उलट" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:48 +msgid "Russia (Kaliningrad)" +msgstr "रशिया (कालीनीनग्राड)" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:50 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Ukraine (Kiev)" +msgstr "उक्रेन" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:51 +msgid "Portugal" +msgstr "पुर्तगाल" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:52 +msgid "Slovenia" +msgstr "स्लोवेनिया" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:53 +msgid "United Kingdom" +msgstr "United Kingdom" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:54 +msgid "Luxembourg" +msgstr "Luxembourg" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:56 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Aaland Islands" +msgstr "आलान्ड बेटे" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:57 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Spain" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:58 +msgid "Malta" +msgstr "माल्टा" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:60 +msgid "Belarus" +msgstr "बेरूत" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:61 +msgid "Monaco" +msgstr "Monaco" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:63 +msgid "Russia (Moscow)" +msgstr "रशिया (मॉस्को)" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:64 +msgid "Norway" +msgstr "नार्वे" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:65 +msgid "France" +msgstr "France" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:67 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Montenegro" +msgstr "सर्बीया अने मोन्टेनेग्रो" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:68 +msgid "Czech Republic" +msgstr "चेक गणतंत्र" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:69 +msgid "Latvia" +msgstr "लाटविया" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:70 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Italy" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:72 +msgid "San Marino" +msgstr "सॅन मॅरिनो" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:74 +msgid "Russia (Samara)" +msgstr "रशिया (समारा)" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:75 +msgid "Bosnia & Herzegovina" +msgstr "बोझ्निया व हर्जगोव्हिना" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:77 +msgid "Ukraine (Simferopol)" +msgstr "" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:78 +msgid "Macedonia" +msgstr "मेकेडोनिया" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:79 +msgid "Bulgaria" +msgstr "बल्गारिया" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:80 +msgid "Sweden" +msgstr "Sweden" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:81 +msgid "Estonia" +msgstr "इस्टोनिया" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:82 +msgid "Albania" +msgstr "अलबानिया" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:83 +msgid "Uzhgorod" +msgstr "" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:84 +msgid "Liechtenstein" +msgstr "Liechtenstein" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:85 +msgid "Vatican" +msgstr "व्हटिकॅन" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:86 +msgid "Austria" +msgstr "Austria" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:87 +msgid "Lithuania" +msgstr "लिथुआनिया" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:89 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Russia (Volgograd)" +msgstr "रशिया (कालीनीनग्राड)" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:90 +msgid "Poland" +msgstr "Poland" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:91 +msgid "Croatia" +msgstr "क्रोशिया" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 +msgid "Iceland" +msgstr "आइसलैंड" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 +msgid "Azores" +msgstr "अझोरस" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Canary Islands" +msgstr "कैमन द्वीप" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:98 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "Switzerland" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:100 +msgid "Ukraine (Zaporozhye)" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:103 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:908 +msgid "Miquelon" +msgstr "" + +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:111 +msgid "USA" +msgstr "USA" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:114 +msgid "Alaska (Anchorage)" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:116 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Aleutian (Adak)" +msgstr "अल्युटियन" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Boise" +msgstr "बिशकेक" + +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:120 +msgid "Arizona (Phoenix)" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:122 +msgid "Central (Chicago)" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:124 +msgid "Kentucky (Louisville)" +msgstr "" + +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:126 +msgid "Kentucky (Monticello)" +msgstr "" + +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:128 +#, fuzzy +msgid "East Indiana (Indianapolis)" +msgstr "पूर्व इंडियाना" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Indiana Starke (Knox)" +msgstr "इंडियाना स्टार्क" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:132 +msgid "Indiana (Vincennes)" +msgstr "" + +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:134 +msgid "Indiana (Winamac)" +msgstr "" + +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:136 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Indiana (Marengo)" +msgstr "इंडियाना स्टार्क" + +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:138 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Indiana (Vevay)" +msgstr "इंडियाना स्टार्क" + +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:140 +msgid "Indiana (Tell City)" +msgstr "" + +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:142 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Indiana (Petersburg)" +msgstr "इंन्डीक (इतर)" + +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:144 +msgid "Juneau" +msgstr "" + +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:146 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Michigan (Detroit)" +msgstr "मिशीगन" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:148 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mountain (Denver)" +msgstr "माऊंटन" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:150 +msgid "Pacific (Los Angeles)" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:152 +msgid "Menominee" +msgstr "" + +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:154 +msgid "Eastern (New York)" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:156 +msgid "Nome" +msgstr "" + +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:158 +msgid "North Dakota (Center)" +msgstr "" + +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:160 +msgid "North Dakota (New Salem)" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#. TT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:162 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:405 +msgid "Puerto Rico" +msgstr "Puerto Rico" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:164 +msgid "Shiprock" +msgstr "" + +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:166 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Virgin Islands (St Thomas)" +msgstr "व्हर्जिन" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:168 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Yakutat" +msgstr "याकृत" + +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:171 +msgid "Hawaii (Honolulu)" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:173 +msgid "Samoa (Pago Pago)" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:180 +msgid "Canada" +msgstr "Canada" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:183 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Atlantic (Halifax)" +msgstr "एटलांटिक" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:185 +msgid "Central (Winnipeg)" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:187 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Eastern (Toronto)" +msgstr "मुख्य मोनो" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:189 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mountain (Edmonton)" +msgstr "माऊंट पर्याय" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:191 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Newfoundland (St Johns)" +msgstr "न्यूफाउंडलैंड" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:193 +msgid "Pacific (Vancouver)" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:195 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saskatchewan (Regina)" +msgstr "सास्केट्चवान" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:197 +msgid "Yukon (Whitehorse)" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:199 +msgid "Glace Bay" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:201 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Moncton" +msgstr "Monaco" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:203 +msgid "Goose Bay" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:205 +msgid "Blanc-Sablon" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:207 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Montreal" +msgstr "सेंट्रल" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:209 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Nipigon" +msgstr "सायगॉन" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:211 +msgid "Thunder Bay" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:213 +msgid "Iqaluit" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:215 +msgid "Pangnirtung" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:217 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resolute" +msgstr "दृश्य ठिपक्यांची घनता" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:219 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Atikokan" +msgstr "अल्युटियन" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:221 +msgid "Rankin Inlet" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:223 +msgid "Rainy River" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:225 +msgid "Swift Current" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:227 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cambridge Bay" +msgstr "PCI पूल" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:229 +msgid "Yellowknife" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:231 +msgid "Inuvik" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:233 +msgid "Dawson Creek" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:235 +msgid "Dawson" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:243 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "Argentina" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:246 +msgid "Buenos Aires" +msgstr "ब्युनेस आयर्स" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:248 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Catamarca" +msgstr "समारा" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:250 +msgid "Cordoba" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:252 +msgid "Jujuy" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:254 +msgid "La Rioja" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:256 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mendoza" +msgstr "मेंडे" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:258 +msgid "Rio Gallegos" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:260 +#, fuzzy +msgid "San Juan" +msgstr "सॅन मॅरिनो" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "San Luis" +msgstr "संत ल्युसीआ" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:264 +msgid "Tucuman" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:266 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Ushuaia" +msgstr "लिथुआनिया" + +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:273 +msgid "Brazil" +msgstr "Brazil" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Araguaina" +msgstr "एरिजोना" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:278 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Bahia" +msgstr "बगदाद" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:280 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Belem" +msgstr "Belgium" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:282 +msgid "Boa Vista" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:284 +msgid "Campo Grande" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:286 +msgid "Cuiaba" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:288 +msgid "Eirunepe" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:290 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Fortaleza" +msgstr "फोरट्रान" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:292 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Maceio" +msgstr "Macao" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:294 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Manaus" +msgstr "मनाग्वा" + +#. _("Brazil West"), +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:296 +msgid "Fernando de Noronha" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:298 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Porto Velho" +msgstr "पोर्ट डिटेल्स" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:300 +msgid "Recife" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:302 +msgid "Rio Branco" +msgstr "" + +#. _("Brazil Acre"), +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:304 +msgid "Sao Paulo" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:311 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Mexico" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:315 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cancun" +msgstr "रद्द करा" + +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:317 +msgid "Chihuahua" +msgstr "" + +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:319 +msgid "Hermosillo" +msgstr "" + +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:321 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mazatlan" +msgstr "मागादान" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:323 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Mexico City" +msgstr "Mexico" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:325 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Merida" +msgstr "मिडवे" + +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:327 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Monterrey" +msgstr "मासिक" + +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:329 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tijuana" +msgstr "लिथुआनिया" + +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:336 +msgid "Central and South America" +msgstr "मध्य और दक्षिण अमेरिका" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:339 +msgid "Antigua" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:341 +msgid "Anguilla" +msgstr "अंगुलिया" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:343 +msgid "Aruba" +msgstr "अरूबा" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:345 +msgid "Asuncion" +msgstr "असनसायन" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:347 +msgid "Barbados" +msgstr "बार्बुडोस" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:349 +msgid "Belize" +msgstr "Belize" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:351 +msgid "Bogota" +msgstr "बोगोटा" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:353 +msgid "Caracas" +msgstr "कॅरकास" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:355 +msgid "Cayenne" +msgstr "कायेन्ने" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:357 +msgid "Cayman Islands" +msgstr "कैमन द्वीप" + +#. KY +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:359 +msgid "Costa Rica" +msgstr "Costa Rica" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:361 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Curacao" +msgstr "कॅरकास" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:363 +msgid "Dominica" +msgstr "डोमीनीका" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:365 +msgid "El Salvador" +msgstr "El Salvador" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:367 +msgid "Grand Turk" +msgstr "" + +#. TC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:369 +msgid "Guayaquil" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:371 +msgid "Grenada" +msgstr "ग्रेनाडा" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:373 +msgid "Guadeloupe" +msgstr "ग्युआडेलोप" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:375 +msgid "Guatemala" +msgstr "Guatemala" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:377 +msgid "Guyana" +msgstr "गाझा" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:379 +msgid "Havana" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:381 +msgid "Jamaica" +msgstr "Jamaica" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:383 +msgid "La Paz" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:385 +msgid "Lima" +msgstr "लीमा" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:387 +msgid "Managua" +msgstr "मनाग्वा" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:389 +msgid "Martinique" +msgstr "मार्टीनीक" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:391 +msgid "Montserrat" +msgstr "मॉन्टेसेराट" + +#. MS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:393 +msgid "Uruguay" +msgstr "Uruguay" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:395 +msgid "Nassau" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:397 +msgid "Panama" +msgstr "Panama" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:399 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Paramaribo" +msgstr "पॅरामीटर" + +#. SR +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:401 +msgid "Port-au-Prince" +msgstr "" + +#. HT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:403 +msgid "Port of Spain" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:407 +msgid "Chile Continental" +msgstr "चिली कॉन्टीनेंटल" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:409 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Santo Domingo" +msgstr "सॅन मॅरिनो" + +#. DO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:411 +msgid "Saint Lucia" +msgstr "संत ल्युसीआ" + +#. LC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:413 +msgid "Saint Kitts and Nevis" +msgstr "संत किट्स अने नेवीस" + +#. KN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:415 +msgid "St Thomas" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:417 +msgid "St Vincent" +msgstr "" + +#. VC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:419 +msgid "Tegucigalpa" +msgstr "" + +#. HN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:421 +msgid "Tortola" +msgstr "" + +#. VG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:424 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:884 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Stanley" +msgstr "Italy" + +#. Falklands +#. time zone +#. WS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:427 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:866 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Easter Island" +msgstr "चिले इस्टर आयलंड" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:429 +msgid "Galapagos" +msgstr "गॅलापॅगस" + +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:436 +msgid "Russia" +msgstr "Russia" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:439 +msgid "Kaliningrad" +msgstr "कालीनीन्ग्राड" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:441 +msgid "Moscow" +msgstr "मोस्को" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:443 +msgid "Samara" +msgstr "समारा" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:445 +msgid "Volgograd" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:447 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:489 +msgid "Anadyr" +msgstr "एनाडिर" + +#. time zone +#. MN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:449 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:531 +msgid "Irkutsk" +msgstr "ईर्कुत्सक" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:451 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:543 +msgid "Kamchatka" +msgstr "कामचाट्का" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:453 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:549 +msgid "Krasnoyarsk" +msgstr "क्रैस्नोयार्स्क" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:455 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:559 +msgid "Magadan" +msgstr "मागादान" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:457 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:569 +msgid "Novosibirsk" +msgstr "नोवोसिबिर्स्क" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:459 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:571 +msgid "Omsk" +msgstr "ओम्स्क" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:461 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:589 +msgid "Sakhalin" +msgstr "सॅखलीन" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:463 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:599 +msgid "Vladivostok" +msgstr "व्लाडीवास्टाक" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:465 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:627 +msgid "Yakutsk" +msgstr "याकुत्सक" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:467 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:601 +msgid "Yekaterinburg" +msgstr "येकाटरीनबर्ग" + +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:474 +msgid "Asia" +msgstr "एशिया" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:477 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Aden" +msgstr "Sweden" + +#. YE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:479 +msgid "Almaty" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:481 +msgid "Amman" +msgstr "" + +#. JO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:483 +msgid "Aqtobe" +msgstr "" + +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:485 +msgid "Aqtau" +msgstr "" + +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:487 +msgid "Ashgabat" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:491 +msgid "Baghdad" +msgstr "बगदाद" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:493 +msgid "Bahrain" +msgstr "Bahrain" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:495 +msgid "Baku" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:497 +msgid "Bangkok" +msgstr "बंगकोक" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:499 +msgid "Beirut" +msgstr "बेरूत" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:501 +msgid "Bishkek" +msgstr "बिशकेक" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:503 +msgid "Brunei" +msgstr "ब्रुनेई" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:505 +msgid "Kolkata" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:507 +msgid "Choibalsan" +msgstr "" + +#. MN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:509 +msgid "Chongqing" +msgstr "" + +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:511 +msgid "Colombo" +msgstr "कोलंबो" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:513 +msgid "Damascus" +msgstr "दमस्क" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:515 +msgid "Dhaka" +msgstr "ढाका" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:517 +msgid "Dili" +msgstr "" + +#. TL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:519 +msgid "Dubai" +msgstr "दुबई" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:521 +msgid "Dushanbe" +msgstr "" + +#. TJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:523 +msgid "Gaza" +msgstr "गाझा" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:525 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Harbin" +msgstr "Bahrain" + +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:527 +msgid "Hongkong" +msgstr "हॉगकॉग" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:529 +msgid "Hovd" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:533 +msgid "Jakarta" +msgstr "जकार्ता" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:535 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Jayapura" +msgstr "जकार्ता" + +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:537 +msgid "Israel" +msgstr "इसरायल" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:539 +msgid "Afghanistan" +msgstr "अफगाणिस्तान" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:541 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Karachi" +msgstr "काचीन" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:545 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Kashgar" +msgstr "कश्मिरी" + +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Katmandu" +msgid "Kathmandu" +msgstr "काठमांडू" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:551 +msgid "Kuala Lumpur" +msgstr "कौलालुंपूर" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:553 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Kuching" +msgstr "काचीन" + +#. MY +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:555 +msgid "Kuwait" +msgstr "Kuwait" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:557 +msgid "Macao" +msgstr "Macao" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:561 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Makassar" +msgstr "माकासार" + +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:563 +msgid "Manila" +msgstr "मनीला" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:565 +msgid "Muscat" +msgstr "" + +#. OM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:567 +msgid "Nicosia" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:573 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Oral" +msgstr "इसरायल" + +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:575 +msgid "Phnom Penh" +msgstr "फनोम पेन्ह" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:577 +msgid "Pontianak" +msgstr "" + +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:579 +msgid "Pyongyang" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:581 +msgid "Qatar" +msgstr "Qatar" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:583 +msgid "Qyzylorda" +msgstr "" + +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:585 +msgid "Myanmar" +msgstr "मियान्मार" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 +msgid "Ho Chi Minh City" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 +msgid "Samarkand" +msgstr "समार्केन्ड" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:593 +msgid "Tashkent" +msgstr "ताशकेन्ट" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:595 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tehran" +msgstr "ृरॴॕन" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:597 +msgid "Thimphu" +msgstr "थिंपु" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:603 +msgid "Tokyo" +msgstr "टोकियो" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:605 +msgid "Shanghai" +msgstr "शंघाई" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:607 +msgid "Beijing" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:609 +msgid "Taipei" +msgstr "तायुपे" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:611 +msgid "Seoul" +msgstr "सेउल" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:613 +msgid "Riyadh" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:615 +msgid "Singapore" +msgstr "Singapore" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:617 +msgid "Tbilisi" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:619 +msgid "Japan" +msgstr "Japan" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:621 +msgid "Ulan Bator" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:623 +msgid "Urumqi" +msgstr "" + +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:625 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Vientiane" +msgstr "व्हटिकॅन" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:629 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Yerevan" +msgstr "ृरॴॕन" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:632 +msgid "Mideast Riyadh87" +msgstr "मध्यपूर्व रियाध87" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:634 +msgid "Mideast Riyadh88" +msgstr "मध्यपूर्व रियाध88" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:636 +msgid "Mideast Riyadh89" +msgstr "मध्यपूर्व रियाध89" + +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:644 +msgid "Australia" +msgstr "Australia" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:647 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lindeman" +msgstr "लीमा" + +#. AU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:649 +msgid "Eucla" +msgstr "" + +#. AU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:651 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lord Howe Island" +msgstr "फारो द्वीपओ" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:653 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Northern Territory (Darwin)" +msgstr "उत्तरेकडचा प्रदेश--डार्विन" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:655 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Queensland (Brisbane)" +msgstr "क्वीन्सलॅड--ब्रिस्बेन" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:657 +#, fuzzy +msgid "South Australia (Adelaide)" +msgstr "दक्षिण ऑस्ट्रेलिया--अॅडलेड" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:659 +#, fuzzy +msgid "New South Wales (Sydney)" +msgstr "नवीन दक्षिण वेल्स--सिडनी" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:661 +#, fuzzy +msgid "New South Wales (Broken Hill)" +msgstr "नवीन दक्षिण वेल्स--सिडनी" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:663 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tasmania (Hobart)" +msgstr "टास्मैनिया--होबार्ट" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:665 +msgid "Tasmania (Currie)" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:667 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Victoria (Melbourne)" +msgstr "व्हिक्टोरिया--मेलबर्न" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:669 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Western Australia (Perth)" +msgstr "पश्चिम ऑस्ट्रेलिया--पर्थ" + +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:677 +msgid "Africa" +msgstr "अफ्रीका" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:681 +msgid "Abidjan" +msgstr "" + +#. CI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:683 +msgid "Addis Ababa" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:685 +msgid "Algiers" +msgstr "अल्जियर्स" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:687 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Asmara" +msgstr "अयमरा" + +#. ER +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:689 +msgid "Accra" +msgstr "" + +#. GH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:691 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Bamako" +msgstr "बंगकोक" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:693 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Bangui" +msgstr "मनाग्वा" + +#. CF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:695 +msgid "Banjul" +msgstr "" + +#. GM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:697 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Bissau" +msgstr "गाइना बिसाउ" + +#. GW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:699 +msgid "Blantyre" +msgstr "" + +#. MW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:701 +msgid "Brazzaville" +msgstr "ब्राझाविल" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:703 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Bujumbura" +msgstr "टुंम्बुका" + +#. BI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:705 +msgid "Cairo" +msgstr "कैरो" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:707 +msgid "Casablanca" +msgstr "कास ब्लांका" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:709 +msgid "Ceuta" +msgstr "कुटा" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:711 +msgid "Conakry" +msgstr "" + +#. GN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:713 +msgid "Dakar" +msgstr "डाकार" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:715 +msgid "Dar es Salaam" +msgstr "दार ए सलाम" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:717 +msgid "Djibouti" +msgstr "डिज्बूयटी" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:719 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Douala" +msgstr "टयुआला" + +#. CM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:721 +msgid "El Aaiun" +msgstr "" + +#. EH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:723 +msgid "Freetown" +msgstr "प्रीटाऊन" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:725 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Gaborone" +msgstr "गेबन" + +#. BW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:727 +msgid "Harare" +msgstr "" + +#. ZW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:729 +msgid "Johannesburg" +msgstr "ज्होनीसबर्ग" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:731 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Kampala" +msgstr "पापांन्गा" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:733 +msgid "Khartoum" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:735 +msgid "Kinshasa" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:737 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Kigali" +msgstr "बंगाली" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:739 +msgid "Lagos" +msgstr "" + +#. NG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:741 +msgid "Libreville" +msgstr "लीब्रेविल्ले" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:743 +msgid "Lome" +msgstr "" + +#. TG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:745 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Luanda" +msgstr "बांधा" + +#. AO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:747 +msgid "Lubumbashi" +msgstr "" + +#. CD +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:749 +msgid "Lusaka" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:751 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Malabo" +msgstr "माल्टा" + +#. GQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:753 +msgid "Maputo" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:755 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Maseru" +msgstr "इस्टर्न (पूर्वेकडचा)" + +#. LS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:757 +msgid "Mbabane" +msgstr "" + +#. SZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:759 +msgid "Mogadishu" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:761 +msgid "Monrovia" +msgstr "मन्रोव्हिया" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:763 +msgid "Nairobi" +msgstr "नेईरोबी" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:765 +msgid "Ndjamena" +msgstr "" + +#. TD +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:767 +msgid "Niamey" +msgstr "" + +#. NE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:769 +msgid "Nouakchott" +msgstr "" + +#. MR +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:771 +msgid "Ouagadougou" +msgstr "" + +#. BF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:773 +msgid "Porto-Novo" +msgstr "" + +#. BJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:775 +msgid "Sao Tome" +msgstr "" + +#. ST +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:777 +msgid "Tripoli" +msgstr "त्रिपोली" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:779 +msgid "Tunis" +msgstr "तुनिस" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:781 +msgid "Windhoek" +msgstr "विंडहोक" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:784 +msgid "Antananarivo" +msgstr "" + +#. Madagascar +#. time zone +#. MV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:786 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:932 +msgid "Reunion" +msgstr "रीयुनियन" + +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:793 +msgid "Pacific" +msgstr "पॅसिफिक" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:796 +msgid "New Zealand" +msgstr "New Zealand" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:798 +msgid "Fiji" +msgstr "फीजी" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:800 +msgid "Guadalcanal" +msgstr "ग्वाडालकॅनाल" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:802 +msgid "Guam" +msgstr "ग्युआम" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:804 +msgid "Midway" +msgstr "मिडवे" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:806 +msgid "Nauru" +msgstr "नौरु" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:808 +msgid "Palau" +msgstr "पलाउ" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:810 +msgid "Pitcairn" +msgstr "पीटकॅर्न" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:812 +msgid "Tahiti" +msgstr "ताहिती" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:814 +msgid "Samoa" +msgstr "सामोआ" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:816 +msgid "Port_Moresby" +msgstr "" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:818 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Rarotonga" +msgstr "रारोटोन्गान" + +#. CK +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:820 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chuuk" +msgstr "चुकेंसी" + +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:822 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Pohnpei" +msgstr "फोनपीयान" + +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:824 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Kosrae" +msgstr "कोरॅराईन" + +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:826 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tarawa" +msgstr "आरावक" + +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:828 +msgid "Enderbury" +msgstr "" + +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:830 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Kiritimati" +msgstr "किरीबाटी" + +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:832 +msgid "Majuro" +msgstr "" + +#. MH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:834 +msgid "Kwajalein" +msgstr "" + +#. MH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:836 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saipan" +msgstr "Spain" + +#. MP +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:838 +msgid "Noumea" +msgstr "" + +#. NC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:840 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Norfolk" +msgstr "नार्फाक द्वीप" + +#. NF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:842 +msgid "Niue" +msgstr "नीव" + +#. NU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:844 +msgid "Chatham" +msgstr "" + +#. NZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:846 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Marquesas" +msgstr "मार्टीनीक" + +#. PF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:848 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Gambier" +msgstr "गॅम्बीया" + +#. PF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:850 +msgid "Fakaofo" +msgstr "" + +#. TK +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:852 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Tongatapu" +msgstr "तोंगा" + +#. TO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:854 +msgid "Funafuti" +msgstr "" + +#. TV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:856 +msgid "Johnston" +msgstr "" + +#. UM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:858 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Wake" +msgstr "जागे व्हा" + +#. UM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:860 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Efate" +msgstr "इस्टर्न (पूर्वेकडचा)" + +#. VU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:862 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Wallis" +msgstr "वल्लून" + +#. WF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:864 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Apia" +msgstr "एशिया" + +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:873 +msgid "Atlantic" +msgstr "एटलांटिक" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:876 +msgid "Bermuda" +msgstr "बरमुडा" + +#. Falklands +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:886 +msgid "Cape Verde" +msgstr "केप वर्डे" + +#. CV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:888 +msgid "Faroe Islands" +msgstr "फारो द्वीपओ" + +#. FO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:890 +#, fuzzy +msgid "South Georgia" +msgstr "South Korea" + +#. GS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:892 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Madeira" +msgstr "मेकेडोनिया" + +#. PT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:894 +#, fuzzy +msgid "St Helena" +msgstr "संत हेलेना" + +#. SH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:896 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Jan Mayen" +msgstr "सॅन मॅरिनो" + +#. SJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:899 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:951 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Greenland (Nuuk)" +msgstr "ग्रीनलेन्ड" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:901 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:953 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Greenland (Danmarkshavn)" +msgstr "गॴरीनल॥नॴड०क" + +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:903 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:955 +msgid "Greenland (Scoresbysund)" +msgstr "" + +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:905 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:957 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Greenland (Thule)" +msgstr "ग्रीनलेन्ड" + +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:916 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Indian Ocean" +msgstr "इंडियाना स्टार्क" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:920 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cocos Islands" +msgstr "कुक द्वीप" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:922 +msgid "Christmas Island" +msgstr "क्रिसमस द्वीप" + +#. CX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:924 +msgid "Chagos" +msgstr "" + +#. IO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:926 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Comoro" +msgstr "कोमोरोस" + +#. KM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:928 +msgid "Mauritius" +msgstr "मोरेशियस" + +#. MU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:930 +msgid "Maldives" +msgstr "मालदिव" + +#. RE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:934 +msgid "Mahe" +msgstr "" + +#. SC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:936 +msgid "Kerguelen" +msgstr "" + +#. TF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:938 +msgid "Mayotte" +msgstr "मेयोट" + +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:945 +msgid "Global" +msgstr "ग्लोबल" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:948 +msgid "Arctic Longyearbyen" +msgstr "आर्टिक लॉगइयर बायन" + +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:960 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Antarctica (South Pole)" +msgstr "दक्षिण ध्रुव" + +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:962 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Antarctica (McMurdo)" +msgstr "एंटार्कटिका" + +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:964 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Antarctica (Rothera)" +msgstr "एंटार्कटिका" + +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:966 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Antarctica (Palmer)" +msgstr "एंटार्कटिका" + +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:968 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Antarctica (Mawson)" +msgstr "एंटार्कटिका" + +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:970 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Antarctica (Davis)" +msgstr "एंटार्कटिका" + +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:972 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Antarctica (Casey)" +msgstr "एंटार्कटिका" + +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:974 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Antarctica (Vostok)" +msgstr "एंटार्कटिका" + +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:976 +msgid "Antarctica (DumontDUrville)" +msgstr "" + +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:978 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Antarctica (Syowa)" +msgstr "एंटार्कटिका" + +#. AQ +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:980 +msgid "CET" +msgstr "CET" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:981 +msgid "CST6CDT" +msgstr "CST6CDT" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:982 +msgid "EET" +msgstr "EET" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:983 +msgid "EST" +msgstr "EST" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:984 +msgid "EST5EDT" +msgstr "EST5EDT" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:985 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1036 +msgid "GMT" +msgstr "GMT" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:986 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1037 +msgid "GMT+0" +msgstr "GMT+0" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:987 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1038 +msgid "GMT-0" +msgstr "GMT-0" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:988 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1039 +msgid "GMT0" +msgstr "GMT0" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:989 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1040 +msgid "Greenwich" +msgstr "ग्रीनविच" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:990 +msgid "HST" +msgstr "HST" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:991 +msgid "MET" +msgstr "MET" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:992 +msgid "MST" +msgstr "MST" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:993 +msgid "MST7MDT" +msgstr "MST7MDT" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:994 +msgid "NZ" +msgstr "NZ" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:995 +msgid "NZ-CHAT" +msgstr "NZ-CHAT" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:996 +msgid "Navajo" +msgstr "नवाजो" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:997 +msgid "PST8PDT" +msgstr "PST8PDT" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:998 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1041 +msgid "UCT" +msgstr "UCT" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:999 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1042 +msgid "UTC" +msgstr "UTC" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1000 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1043 +msgid "Universal" +msgstr "विश्वव्यापी" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1001 +msgid "W-SU" +msgstr "W-SU" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1002 +msgid "WET" +msgstr "WET" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1003 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1044 +msgid "Zulu" +msgstr "झुलू" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1008 +msgid "Etc" +msgstr "Etc" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1010 +msgid "GMT+1" +msgstr "GMT+1" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1011 +msgid "GMT+10" +msgstr "GMT+10" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1012 +msgid "GMT+11" +msgstr "GMT+11" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1013 +msgid "GMT+12" +msgstr "GMT+12" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1014 +msgid "GMT+2" +msgstr "GMT+2" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1015 +msgid "GMT+3" +msgstr "GMT+3" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1016 +msgid "GMT+4" +msgstr "GMT+4" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1017 +msgid "GMT+5" +msgstr "GMT+5" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1018 +msgid "GMT+6" +msgstr "GMT+6" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1019 +msgid "GMT+7" +msgstr "GMT+7" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1020 +msgid "GMT+8" +msgstr "GMT+8" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1021 +msgid "GMT+9" +msgstr "GMT+9" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1022 +msgid "GMT-1" +msgstr "GMT-1" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1023 +msgid "GMT-10" +msgstr "GMT-10" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1024 +msgid "GMT-11" +msgstr "GMT-11" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1025 +msgid "GMT-12" +msgstr "GMT-12" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1026 +msgid "GMT-13" +msgstr "GMT-13" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1027 +msgid "GMT-14" +msgstr "GMT-14" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1028 +msgid "GMT-2" +msgstr "GMT-2" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1029 +msgid "GMT-3" +msgstr "GMT-3" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1030 +msgid "GMT-4" +msgstr "GMT-4" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1031 +msgid "GMT-5" +msgstr "GMT-5" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1032 +msgid "GMT-6" +msgstr "GMT-6" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1033 +msgid "GMT-7" +msgstr "GMT-7" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1034 +msgid "GMT-8" +msgstr "GMT-8" + +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 +msgid "GMT-9" +msgstr "GMT-9" + +#~ msgid "Saigon" +#~ msgstr "सायगॉन" + +#~ msgid "Calcutta" +#~ msgstr "कलकत्ता" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Truk" +#~ msgstr "टर्की" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Noronha" +#~ msgstr "गोरोन्टोला" + +#~ msgid "Northern Ireland" +#~ msgstr "उत्तरी आयरलैंड" + +#~ msgid "Yugoslavia" +#~ msgstr "युगोस्लाव्हिया" + +#~ msgid "Alaska" +#~ msgstr "अलास्का" + +#~ msgid "Hawaii" +#~ msgstr "हवाई" + +#~ msgid "East Saskatchewan" +#~ msgstr "पूर्व सस्कॅशवान" + +#~ msgid "Yukon" +#~ msgstr "युकॉन" + +#~ msgid "Brazil Acre" +#~ msgstr "पश्चिम ब्राझील" + +#~ msgid "Brazil East" +#~ msgstr "पूर्व ब्राझील" + +#~ msgid "Brazil West" +#~ msgstr "पश्चिम ब्राझील" + +#~ msgid "Mexico BajaNorte" +#~ msgstr "मेक्सिको बायानॉर्ट" + +#~ msgid "Mexico BajaSur" +#~ msgstr "मेक्सिको बायासूर" + +#~ msgid "Mexico General" +#~ msgstr "मेक्सिको साधारण" + +#~ msgid "China" +#~ msgstr "China" + +#~ msgid "Korea" +#~ msgstr "कोरिया" + +#~ msgid "Tel Aviv" +#~ msgstr "टेल एवीव" + +#~ msgid "Australian Capital Territory--Canberra" +#~ msgstr "ऑस्ट्रेलिया राजधानीचा प्रदेश--कॅनबेरा" + +#~ msgid "Timbuktu" +#~ msgstr "तिबंक्तू" + +#~ msgid "Egypt" +#~ msgstr "Egypt" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/tune.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/tune.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/tune.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,1466 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "हे यास्ट2 मॉड्यूल सूचना ओळ पडद्याकरता सहाय्य करीत नाही." + +#. translators: popup heading +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Probing Hardware..." +msgstr "माऊस शोधत आहे..." + +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 +msgid "Progress" +msgstr "प्रगती" + +#. title label +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 +msgid "&All Entries" +msgstr "सर्व नोंदी" + +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 +msgid "&Save to File..." +msgstr "फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करा..." + +#. dialog header +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 +msgid "Hardware Information" +msgstr "हार्डवेअरची माहिती" + +#. help text +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 +msgid "" +"<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\n" +"details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>हार्डवेअरची माहिती<B>मॉड्युल आपल्या संगणकाचा हार्डवेअरचा तपशील \n" +"प्रदर्शित करते. अधिक माहितीसाठीकोणत्याही नोडवर क्लिक करा.</p>\n" + +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 +msgid "<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and enter the filename.</P>" +msgstr "<P>आपण फाईलवर हार्डवेअरची माहिती जतन करु शकता<B>सेव्ह टु फाईल</B> वर क्लिक करा व फाइलनेम प्रविष्ट करा</p>" + +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Settings" +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "यंत्रणा मांडणी" + +#. this is a heading +#. tree node string +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +msgid "System" +msgstr "सिस्टम" + +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "S&ystem" +msgstr "यंत्रणा" + +#. tree widget label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:87 +msgid "&Details" +msgstr "अधिक माहिती" + +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 +msgid "<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are displayed here.</P>" +msgstr "<P><b>Details</B></P><P>डिटेल्स निवडलेल्या हार्डवेअर घटकांचीमाहिती येथे दाखविली जाते.</P>" + +#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 +msgid "Component '%1'" +msgstr "घटक '%1'" + +#. device model name fallback +#. device model is unknown +#. device name (CPU model name string has key "name" instead of "model") +#. TODO allow setting of module args? +#. vendor is empty, device name is unknown +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:143 src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:228 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:280 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:281 +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:418 +msgid "Unknown device" +msgstr "अज्ञात उपकरण" + +#. device class is unknown +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:154 +msgid "Unknown device class" +msgstr "अज्ञात उपकरण वर्ग" + +#. table header +#. tree node string - means "class of hardware" +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:373 +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:56 +msgid "Class" +msgstr "गट" + +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:663 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "नमुना" + +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Kernel Settings..." +msgstr "गाभ्याची मांडणी" + +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:173 +msgid "&Details..." +msgstr "&तपशील..." + +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:174 +msgid "Save to &File..." +msgstr "फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करा..." + +#. help text - part 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 +msgid "<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components detected in your system.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>तुमच्या सिस्टीममध्ये शोधलेले सर्व हार्डवेअर घटक या कोष्टकात आहेत.<P/>" + +#. help text - part 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 +msgid "<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a more detailed description of the component.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Details</B><BR>घटक निवडा आणि घटकाचे अधिक सविस्तर वर्णन पाहण्यासाठी<B>Details</B>दाबा.<P>" + +#. help text - part 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>You can save\n" +#| " hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file or floppy disk. Select the target type in <B>Save to File</B>.</P>" +msgid "" +"<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>You can save\n" +" hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>तुम्ही फाइल किंवा फ्लॉपी\n" +"डिस्कवर हार्डवेअरची माहिती सेव करू शकता.<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>मध्ये टारगेट टाइप निवडा. " + +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 +msgid "Detected Hardware" +msgstr "हार्डवेअर सापडले" + +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/system_settings_finish.rb:45 +msgid "Saving system settings..." +msgstr "प्रणाली मांडणी साठवत आहे..." + +#. text in dialog header +#. text in dialog header +#. dialog header +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:95 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:262 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:439 +msgid "PCI ID Setup" +msgstr "PCI ID मांडणी निश्चित करा" + +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:103 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:269 +msgid "&Driver" +msgstr "उपकरण" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:110 +msgid "&Vendor" +msgstr "विक्रेता" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:117 +msgid "&Subvendor" +msgstr "उपविक्रेता" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:124 +msgid "&Class" +msgstr "वर्ग" + +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:133 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:276 +msgid "Sys&FS Directory" +msgstr "SysFS संचिका" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:140 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "उपकरण" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:147 +msgid "S&ubdevice" +msgstr "दुय्यम उपकरण" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:154 +msgid "Class &Mask" +msgstr "वर्ग मुखवटा" + +#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty. one is needed +#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:197 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:314 +msgid "Enter the driver or SysFS directory name." +msgstr "सुत्रचालक किंवा SysFS संचिका नाव प्रविष्ट करा." + +#. error message, user didn't fill any PCI ID value +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:204 +msgid "At least one PCI ID value is required." +msgstr "कमीत कमी एक PCI ID मूल्य आवश्यक." + +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:286 +msgid "PCI &Device" +msgstr "PCI उपकरण" + +#. table header, use as short texts as possible +#. tree node string - means "hardware driver" +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:366 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:96 +msgid "Driver" +msgstr "चालक" + +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:367 +msgid "Card Name" +msgstr "कार्ड नाव" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:368 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:336 +msgid "Vendor" +msgstr "पुरवठादार" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:369 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:81 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "साधन" + +#. table header, use as short texts as possible +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:371 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:321 +msgid "Subvendor" +msgstr "उपविक्रेता" + +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:372 +msgid "Subdevice" +msgstr "दुय्यम उपकरण" + +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:374 +msgid "Class Mask" +msgstr "वर्ग मुखवटा" + +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:375 +msgid "SysFS Dir." +msgstr "SysFS संचिका." + +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:383 +msgid "&From List" +msgstr "यादीतून" + +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:384 +msgid "&Manually" +msgstr "हाताने" + +#. help text header +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:409 +msgid "<P><B>PCI ID Setup</B><BR></P>" +msgstr "<P><B>PCI ID मांडणी निश्चित करा</B><BR></P>" + +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 +msgid "<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices.</P>" +msgstr "<P>डिव्हाइस ड्रायव्हरचा ज्ञात सपोर्टेड डिव्हाइसेसचा अंतर्गत डेटाबेस वाढविण्यासाठीत्यामध्ये PCI ID जोडणे शक्य आहे.</P>" + +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 +msgid "<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>" +msgstr "<P>PCI ID क्रमांक हेक्झॅडेसिमल अंक म्हणून एंटर केले जातात आणि दाखविले जातात.<b>SysFs Dir. </b> हे /sys/bus/pci/drivers मधील डिरेक्टरीचे नाव आहे. ती रिकामी असेल तर ड्रायव्हरचे नाव डिरेक्टरी नाव म्हणून वापरले जाते.<P>" + +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 +msgid "<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>" +msgstr "<P>ड्रायव्हर कर्नेलमध्ये एकत्रित केलेला असेल तर ड्रायव्हरचे नाव रिकामे ठेवाआणि त्याऐवजी SysFS डिरेक्टरी नाव वापरा.</P>" + +#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 +msgid "<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 +msgid "<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing.</P>" +msgstr "<P>B<>इशाराः</B> हा तज्ञ आकृतीबंध आहे. काय करायचे हे जरतुम्हाला माहीत असेल तर कंटिन्यू करा.</P>" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "संरचना" + +#. tree node string - means "hardware bus" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:31 +msgid "Bus" +msgstr "बस" + +#. tree node string - means "hardware bus ID" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:36 +msgid "Bus ID" +msgstr "बस आयडी" + +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:41 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:593 +msgid "Cache" +msgstr "जलद संचय स्थान" + +#. tree node string +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:46 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:51 +msgid "Card Type" +msgstr "कार्ड प्रकरा" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:61 +msgid "CD Type" +msgstr "सीडी प्रकार" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:66 +msgid "Device Name" +msgstr "घटकाचे नाव" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:71 +msgid "Device Numbers" +msgstr "उपकरण क्रमांक" + +#. tree node string +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:76 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:221 +msgid "Sysfs ID" +msgstr "Sysfs आयडी" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:86 +msgid "Device Identifier" +msgstr "उपकरण ओळखचिन्ह" + +#. tree node string - means "hardware drivers" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:91 +msgid "Drivers" +msgstr "सूत्रचालक" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:101 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "प्रकार" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:106 +msgid "Major" +msgstr "मुख्य" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:111 +msgid "Minor" +msgstr "लहान" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:116 +msgid "Range" +msgstr "व्याप्ती" + +#. tree node string (System Management BIOS) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:121 +msgid "SMBIOS" +msgstr "SMBIOS" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:126 +msgid "Interface" +msgstr "दुवा" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:131 +msgid "Resources" +msgstr "स्त्रोत" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:136 +msgid "Requires" +msgstr "आवश्यक आहे" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:141 +msgid "Revision" +msgstr "आवृत्ती" + +#. tree node string - location of hardware in the machine +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:146 +msgid "Slot ID" +msgstr "विभाग आयडी" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:151 +msgid "Length" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:156 +msgid "Width" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:161 +msgid "Height" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:166 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "क्रियाशील" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:171 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Device Names" +msgstr "सेवेचे प्रकार" + +#. tree node string (number of colors) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:176 +msgid "Colors" +msgstr "रंग" + +#. tree node string (harddisk parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:181 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Logical Geometry" +msgstr "स्थानिक वेळ" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:186 +msgid "Count" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:191 +msgid "Mode" +msgstr "मोड (रूप)" + +#. tree node string (interrupt request) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:196 +msgid "IRQ" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:201 +msgid "IO Port" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - memory (RAM) information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:206 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:496 +msgid "Memory" +msgstr "मेमरी " + +#. tree node string (direct memory access) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:211 +msgid "DMA" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:216 +msgid "Hwcfg Bus" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:226 +msgid "Parent Unique ID" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:231 +msgid "UDI" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:236 +msgid "Unique ID" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:241 +msgid "Vertical Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:246 +msgid "Max. Horizontal Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:251 +msgid "Max. Vertical Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:256 +msgid "Min. Horizontal Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:261 +msgid "Min. Vertical Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:266 +msgid "DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:271 +msgid "Kernel Driver" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "HW Address" +msgstr "मॅक अॅड्रेस" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:281 +msgid "BIOS ID" +msgstr "" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:286 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Enabled" + +#. tree node string (monitor resolution e.g. 1280x1024) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:291 +msgid "Resolution" +msgstr "दृश्य ठिपक्यांची घनता" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:296 +msgid "Size" +msgstr "परिमाण" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:301 +msgid "Old Unique Key" +msgstr "जुनी एकमेव कळ" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:306 +msgid "Class (spec)" +msgstr "वर्ग (spec)" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:311 +msgid "Device (spec)" +msgstr "उपकरण (spec)" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:316 +msgid "Device Identifier (spec)" +msgstr "उपकरण ओळखचिन्ह (spec)" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:326 +msgid "Subvendor Identifier" +msgstr "उपविक्रेता ओळखचिन्ह" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:331 +msgid "Unique Key" +msgstr "एकमेव कळ" + +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:341 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:653 +msgid "Vendor Identifier" +msgstr "विक्रेता ओळखचिन्ह" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:346 +msgid "BIOS Video" +msgstr "BIOS चित्रफिती" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:351 +msgid "Boot Architecture" +msgstr "आरंभप्रणाली आराखडा" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:356 +msgid "Boot Disk" +msgstr "आरंभप्रणाली डिस्क" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:361 +msgid "Block Devices" +msgstr "खंड उपकरण" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:366 +msgid "DASD Disks" +msgstr "DASD तबकडी" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:371 +msgid "CD-ROM" +msgstr "CD-ROM" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:376 +msgid "CPU" +msgstr "CPU" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:381 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "चकती" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:386 +msgid "Display" +msgstr "प्रदर्शन" + +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:391 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:713 +msgid "Floppy Disk" +msgstr "फ्लॉपी तबकडी" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:396 +msgid "Framebuffer" +msgstr "फ्रेमबफर" + +#. tree node string (powermanagement) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:401 +msgid "Has APM" +msgstr "APM आहे" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:406 +msgid "Has PCMCIA" +msgstr "PCMCIA आहे" + +#. tree node string (multiprocessing) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:411 +msgid "Has SMP" +msgstr "SMP आहे" + +#. tree node string - UML = User Mode Linux +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:416 +msgid "UML System" +msgstr "UML पध्दत" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:421 +msgid "Hardware Data" +msgstr "हार्डवेअरची माहिती" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:426 +msgid "ISDN" +msgstr "आयएसडीएन" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:431 +msgid "Keyboard" +msgstr "कळफलक" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:436 +msgid "Monitor" +msgstr "पडदा" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:441 +msgid "Network Devices" +msgstr "महाजालावरील उपकरण" + +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:446 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:698 +msgid "Network Interface" +msgstr "महाजालावरील संवादमंच" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:451 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "मुद्रक" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:456 +msgid "Modem" +msgstr "मोडेम" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:461 +msgid "Sound" +msgstr "ध्वनि" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:466 +msgid "Storage Media" +msgstr "साठवणीचे माध्यम" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:476 +msgid "TV Card" +msgstr "टिव्ही कार्ड" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:481 +msgid "DVB Card" +msgstr "DVB कार्ड" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:486 +msgid "USB Type" +msgstr "USB प्रकार" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:491 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "आवृत्ती" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:501 +msgid "Network Card" +msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:506 +msgid "BIOS" +msgstr "BIOS" + +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:511 +msgid "Framebuffer Device" +msgstr "फ्रेमबफर उपकरण" + +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:516 +msgid "IDE" +msgstr "IDE" + +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:521 +msgid "PCI" +msgstr "PCI" + +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:526 +msgid "USB" +msgstr "USB" + +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:531 +msgid "ISA PnP" +msgstr "ISA PnP" + +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:536 +msgid "USB Controller" +msgstr "USB नियंत्रक" + +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:541 +msgid "USB Hub" +msgstr "USB हब" + +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:546 +msgid "IEEE1394 Controller" +msgstr "IEEE1394 नियंत्रक" + +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:551 +msgid "SCSI" +msgstr "SCSI" + +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:556 +msgid "Scanner" +msgstr "स्कॅनर" + +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:560 +msgid "Mouse" +msgstr "माऊस" + +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:563 +msgid "Joystick" +msgstr "जॉयस्टीक" + +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:568 +msgid "Braille Display" +msgstr "ब्रेली दर्शवा" + +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:573 +msgid "Chipcard Reader" +msgstr "चिपकार्ड वाचक" + +#. tree node - Digital camera or WebCam +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:578 +msgid "Camera" +msgstr "कैमेरा" + +#. Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:583 +msgid "PPP over Ethernet" +msgstr "PPP ओव्हर इथरनेट" + +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:588 +msgid "Bogus Millions of Instructions Per Second" +msgstr "दर सेकंदाला मिलीयन फसव्या सूचना" + +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:598 +msgid "Coma Bug" +msgstr "कोमा बग" + +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:603 +msgid "f00f Bug" +msgstr "f00f बग" + +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:608 +msgid "CPU ID Level" +msgstr "CPU ID पातळी" + +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:613 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "वारंवारिता" + +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:618 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Floating point division bug" +msgstr "दशांश अपूर्णाक एकक" + +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:623 +msgid "Flags" +msgstr "ध्वज" + +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:628 +msgid "Floating Point Unit" +msgstr "दशांश अपूर्णाक एकक" + +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:633 +msgid "Floating Point Unit Exception" +msgstr "दशांश अपूर्णाक एकक अपवाद" + +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:638 +msgid "Halt Bug" +msgstr "बग थांबवा" + +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:643 +msgid "Processor" +msgstr "संस्करणकर्ता/ संस्करण प्रणाली" + +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:648 +msgid "Stepping" +msgstr "पुढची पायरी" + +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:658 +msgid "Family" +msgstr "कुटुंब" + +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:668 +msgid "WP" +msgstr "WP" + +#. tree node string - wireless network adapters +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:673 +msgid "Wireless LAN" +msgstr "बिनतारी लॅन" + +#. tree node string - tape devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:678 +msgid "Tape" +msgstr "टेप/फित" + +#. tree node string - Bluetooth devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:683 +msgid "Bluetooth" +msgstr "ब्ल्युटूथ" + +#. tree node string - DSL devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:688 +msgid "DSL" +msgstr "DSL" + +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:693 +msgid "Ethernet Network Interface" +msgstr "महाजालावरील संवादमंच" + +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:703 +msgid "Loopback Network Interface" +msgstr "महाजालावरील संवादमंच" + +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:708 +msgid "Partition" +msgstr "दोन भाग" + +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:718 +msgid "Floppy Disk Controller" +msgstr "फ्लॉपी तबकडी नियंत्रक" + +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:723 +msgid "PnP Unclassified Device" +msgstr "वर्गीकरण न केलेल उपकरण" + +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:728 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unclassified Device" +msgstr "वर्गीकरण न केलेल उपकरण" + +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:733 +msgid "Main Memory" +msgstr "मुख्य स्मृतिकोश" + +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:738 +msgid "UHCI Host Controller" +msgstr "PCI हॉटप्लग नियंत्रक" + +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:743 +msgid "EHCI Host Controller" +msgstr "PCI हॉटप्लग नियंत्रक" + +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:748 +msgid "OHCI Host Controller" +msgstr "PCI हॉटप्लग नियंत्रक" + +#. yes/no strings +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "हो" + +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 +msgid "No" +msgstr "नाही" + +#. Linux kernel modules (drivers) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:917 +msgid "Modules" +msgstr "मॉड्यूल्स" + +#. tree node string - %1 is device name, %2 is /dev file +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:929 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "%1x %2" + +#. window title +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1057 +msgid "Save hwinfo Output to File" +msgstr "hwinfo आऊटपुट फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत कराOutput to File" + +#. progress window content +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1063 +msgid "Saving hardware information..." +msgstr "हार्डवेअरची माहिती संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#. error popup message +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1071 +msgid "Saving output to the file '%1' failed." +msgstr "आऊटपुट '%1' फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करण्यास अपयश." + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: +#. system_settings.ycp +#. +#. Summary: +#. Configuration of System Settings. PCI ID, Kernel parameters, +#. Bootloader parameters etc. +#. +#. Authors: +#. Lukas Ocilka +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. explicitly set no help (otherwise CWM logs an error) +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:176 +msgid "Kernel Settings" +msgstr "गाभ्याची मांडणी" + +#. combo box label +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:93 +msgid "Global &I/O Scheduler" +msgstr "I/O वेळापत्रक" + +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:96 +msgid "Not Configured" +msgstr "काही बदल नाही" + +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:98 +msgid "Completely Fair Queuing [cfq]" +msgstr "पूर्ण न्यायाची रांग [cfq]" + +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:100 +msgid "NOOP [noop]" +msgstr "NOOP [नूप]" + +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:102 +msgid "Deadline [deadline]" +msgstr "अंतिमतारीख [अंतिमतारीख]" + +#. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq' +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Global I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>\n" +"Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" +"directory (package kernel-source) for more information.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Gobal I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>\n" +"डिस्क डिव्हाइसेसला आदेश देणारा कमांड पाठविणारा अल्गोरीदमनिवडणे शक्य आहे.\n" +"हा ग्लोबल पर्याय आहे, तो सिस्टीममधील सर्व डिस्क डिव्हाइसेससाठीवापरला जाईल.\n" +"पर्यायाचा आकृतीबंध केलेला नसेल तर डिफॉल्ट (साधारणपणे‘cfg’) शेड्युलरवापरला जाईल.\n" +"अधिक माहितीसाठी ब्लॉक डिरेक्टरीमध्ये /usr/src/linux/Documentation/डॉक्युमेंटेशन पहा.</p>" + +#. .sysconfig.sysctl +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 +msgid "Enable &SysRq Keys" +msgstr "SysRq कळ उपलब्ध करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Enable SysRq Keys</big></b><br>\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" +"Alt-SysRq- will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" +"computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>SysRq Keys</big></b><br>एनॅबल करा\n" +"तुम्ही SysRq Keys एनॅबल केल्यात तर सिस्टीम कोसळली तरी तुमचे तिच्यावर थोडे नियंत्रणराहील (जसे कर्नेल डिबगिंग).\n" +"त्या एनॅबल केल्यात तर की कॉम्बनेशन\n" +"Alt-SysRq-संबंधित कमांड (उदा.:संगणक रिबूट करा, डम्प कर्नेलइंन्फर्मेशन) सुरू करतील. अधिक माहितीसाठी पहा.\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/syssrq.txt</tt> (पॅकेज कर्नेलसोर्स).</P>" + +#. Short sleep between reads or writes +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 +msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे" + +#. FIXME: s390: disable reading PCI IDs +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 +msgid "Read the PCI ID settings" +msgstr "PCI ID ची मांडणी वाचा" + +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 +msgid "Read the system settings" +msgstr "यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचा" + +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:38 +msgid "Reading the PCI ID settings..." +msgstr "PCI ID मांडणी वाचत आहे..." + +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:39 +msgid "Reading the system settings..." +msgstr "यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचत आहे..." + +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:40 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:80 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "समाप्त झाले" + +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Reading the Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>संरचना वाचत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...</p>" + +#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here +#. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module +#. because the Storage module (which is imported by the Bootloader (imported by the SystemSettings module)) +#. has a Read() function call in its constructor. +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:71 +msgid "Saving the Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 +msgid "Save the PCI ID settings" +msgstr "PCI ID मांडणी संग्रहीत करा" + +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 +msgid "Save the system settings" +msgstr "यंत्रणेची मांडणी संग्रहीत करा" + +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:78 +msgid "Saving the PCI ID settings..." +msgstr "PCI ID मांडणी संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:79 +msgid "Saving the system settings..." +msgstr "यंत्रणेची मांडणी संग्रहीत करत आहे..." + +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\n" +"Please wait...</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे</big></b><br>\n" +"कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...</p>" + +#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56 +msgid "Unknown processor" +msgstr "अज्ञात प्रोसेसर" + +#. create processor count string +#. the first %s is integer number (greater than 1) +#. the second %s is processor model name +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:67 +msgid "%sx %s" +msgstr "" + +#. list separator (placed between items) +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:74 +msgid ", " +msgstr "" + +#. system manufacturer is unknown +#. system product name is unknown +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:118 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:120 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#. probe devices, store model, class, uniq. ID for each device +#. probe by bus +#. list(string) paths = [ "cpu", "memory", "ide", "pci", "scsi", "isapnp", "floppy", "usb", "monitor" ]; +#. probe by device class +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:235 +msgid "Hardware Detection" +msgstr "हार्डवेअरचा शोध" + +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:238 +msgid "Detect hardware" +msgstr "हार्डवेअर शोधा" + +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:239 +msgid "Detecting hardware..." +msgstr "हार्डवेअर शोधत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:240 +msgid "Hardware detection is in progress. Please wait." +msgstr "हार्डवेअर शोध चालू आहे. कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा." + +#. set progress bar label +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:260 +msgid "%1..." +msgstr "%1..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:462 +msgid "File '%1' does not exist. Cannot set new PCI ID." +msgstr "फाईल '%1' अस्तित्वात नाही. नवीन PCI ID निश्चित करता येत नाही." + +#. test for installation proposal +#. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100) +#. %2 - PCI ID (hexnumbers) +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:686 +msgid "Driver: %1, New PCI ID: %2" +msgstr "चालक: %1, नवीन PCI ID: %2" + +#~ msgid "&Floppy Disk Device" +#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपी तबकडी उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "&Save to File" +#~ msgstr "फाईलमध्ये संग्रहीत करा" + +#~ msgid "Save to F&loppy..." +#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपीमध्ये संग्रहीत करा" + +#~ msgid "Floppy device '%1' cannot be mounted." +#~ msgstr "'%1' फ्लॉपी उपकरणाचे आरोहण करता येत नाही." + +#~ msgid "Floppy disk" +#~ msgstr "फ्लॉपी तबकडी" + +#~ msgid "Processor: %1" +#~ msgstr "प्रोसेसर: %1" + +#~ msgid "Main Memory: %1" +#~ msgstr "मुख्य स्मृतीकोश: %1" + +#~ msgid "System: %1" +#~ msgstr "प्रणाली: %1" + +#~ msgid "SysRq Key: Enabled" +#~ msgstr "SysRq Key: एनॅबल केली" + +#~ msgid "%1x %2" +#~ msgstr "%1x %2" + +#~ msgid "Serial Console" +#~ msgstr "अनुक्रम पडदा" + +#~ msgid "&Enable the Serial Console" +#~ msgstr "अनुक्रम पडदा कार्यान्वित करा" + +#~ msgid "Serial Line &Baud Rate" +#~ msgstr "अनुक्रम ओळ बॉड दर" + +#~ msgid "Serial &Device" +#~ msgstr "अनुक्रम उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Serial Console</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "help for the Serial console settings</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>अनुक्रम पडदा</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "अनुक्रम पडद्यांची मांडणी विषयी मदत</p>" + +#~ msgid "On" +#~ msgstr "सुरु" + +#~ msgid "Off" +#~ msgstr "बंद" + +#~ msgid "No change" +#~ msgstr "काही बदल नाही" + +#~ msgid "Unknown device type" +#~ msgstr "अनोळखी वस्तूचा प्रकार" + +#~ msgid "Unable to write settings to '%1'." +#~ msgstr "'%1'मध्ये मांडणी लिहीण्यात असमर्थ." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An error occurred while activating the changes.\n" +#~ "Cannot set required mode '%1' for device %2." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "बदल सक्रिय करताना चूक झाली.\n" +#~ "डिव्हाइस %2 साठी आवश्यक असलेला ‘%1’ सेट करू शकत नाही" + +#~ msgid "All IDE Devices:" +#~ msgstr "सर्व IDE उपकरण:" + +#~ msgid "Configured Devices:" +#~ msgstr "संरचना केलेली उपकरणे:" + +#~ msgid "Unknown mode" +#~ msgstr "अज्ञात मोड" + +#~ msgid "No device" +#~ msgstr "उपकरण नाही" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Setting Device '%1' to Mode '%2': %3" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "उपकरणासाठी '%1' मोड निश्चित करत आहे '%2': %3" + +#~ msgid "Succeeded" +#~ msgstr "यशस्वी" + +#~ msgid "Failed" +#~ msgstr "अयशस्वी झाले" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Device: %1\n" +#~ "Model: %2\n" +#~ "Type: %3\n" +#~ "Current DMA Mode: %4 (%8)\n" +#~ "Configured DMA Mode: %5 (%7)\n" +#~ "Supported DMA Modes: %6\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "उपकरण: %1\n" +#~ "मॉडेल: %2\n" +#~ "प्रकार: %3\n" +#~ "सद्यस्थित DMA पध्दत: %4 (%8)\n" +#~ "संरचित DMA पध्दत: %5 (%7)\n" +#~ "पाठिंबा दिलेले DMA प्ध्दती: %6\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Initializing IDE DMA Mode Configuration Module</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Please wait...\n" +#~ "</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>IDE DMA पध्दत संरचना मॉड्यूल सुरू करत आहे</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...\n" +#~ "</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Saving IDE DMA Mode Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Please wait...\n" +#~ "</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>IDE DMA पध्दत संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...\n" +#~ "</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>IDE DMA Setup</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Configure the DMA mode of your IDE devices here.\n" +#~ "</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>IDE DMA Setup<BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "येथे तुमच्या आयडीइ डिव्हाइसेसचा डीएमए मोड आकृतीबंधित करा.\n" +#~ "</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>The table contains information about all attached IDE devices. \n" +#~ "<B>Current DMA Mode</B> shows the actual settings. <B>Required DMA\n" +#~ "Mode</B> shows settings that will be applied after <B>Finish</B> is pressed and\n" +#~ "after each boot.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>या कोष्टकात जोडलेल्या सर्व IDE डिव्हाइसेसची माहिती समाविष्ट आहे.\n" +#~ "<B>Current DMA Mode</B>प्रत्यक्ष सेटिंग्स दाखवितो. <B>Required DMA Mode</B>, <B>finish</B> दाबल्यानंतर आणि\n" +#~ "प्रत्येक बूटनंतर लागू केली जाणारी\n" +#~ "सर्व सेटिंग्स दाखवितो.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Changing the IDE DMA Mode</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Select a device in the table then select the desired DMA mode from <B>DMA Mode</b>.\n" +#~ "</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>आयडीए डीएमए मोड बदलणे</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "कोष्टकातील डिव्हाइस निवडा नंतर<B>DMA Mode</b>मधून इष्ट डीएमए मोड निवडा.\n" +#~ "</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Note:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "Disabling DMA mode slows down access to the device, but some devices may\n" +#~ "not work properly if DMA is activated.\n" +#~ "</P>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B><BIG>Note:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +#~ "डीएमए मोड डिसेबल केल्याने काही डिव्हाइसेस वापरण्याचा वेग कमी होतो, पण डीएमए सक्रियकेला तर काही डिव्हाइसेस योग्य प्रकारे काम करणार नाहीत.\n" +#~ "</P>\n" + +#~ msgid "Configure the DMA mode for IDE devices" +#~ msgstr "IDE उपकरणासाठी DMA पध्दती संरचित करा" + +#~ msgid "Display configuration summary" +#~ msgstr "संरचना सारांश दाखवा" + +#~ msgid "Set DMA mode" +#~ msgstr "DMA पध्तदी निश्चित करा" + +#~ msgid "Show detailed information" +#~ msgstr "तपशीलवार माहिती दाखवा" + +#~ msgid "List only configured devices" +#~ msgstr "फक्त संरचना केलेल्या उपकरणांची यादी करा" + +#~ msgid "List all detected IDE devices" +#~ msgstr "सापडलेल्या IDE उपकरणांची यादी करा" + +#~ msgid "Selected IDE device" +#~ msgstr "निवडलेले IDE उपकरण" + +#~ msgid "Requested DMA mode" +#~ msgstr "विनंतीकृत DMA मोड" + +#~ msgid "Unknown type" +#~ msgstr "अनोळखी प्रकार" + +#~ msgid "No Change" +#~ msgstr "काही बदल नाही" + +#~ msgid "DMA Off" +#~ msgstr "DMA बंद" + +#~ msgid "DMA On (default mode)" +#~ msgstr "DMA चालू (प्रथम पंसती)" + +#~ msgid "&DMA Mode" +#~ msgstr "DMA पध्दती" + +#~ msgid "IDE DMA Setup" +#~ msgstr "IDE DMA मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Current DMA Mode" +#~ msgstr "चालू DMA पध्दत" + +#~ msgid "Required DMA Mode" +#~ msgstr "आवश्यक DMA पध्दत" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Enabling DMA on some devices can cause\n" +#~ "data loss or system lock." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "काही उपकरणांवर DMA उपलब्ध केल्याने माहिती गहाळ\n" +#~ "होऊ शकते किंवा यंत्रणा अडकू शकते. " + +#~ msgid "Initializing ..." +#~ msgstr "सुरवात करत आहे..." + +#~ msgid "Anticipatory [as]" +#~ msgstr "अपेक्षित [असे]" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\n" +#~ " details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Hardware Informetion<B>हार्डवेअर डिस्प्ले मोड्यूल तुमच्या\n" +#~ "संगणकावरील हार्डवेअरची माहिती दाखवितो. अधिक माहितीसाठी कोणत्याहि नोडवर क्लिककरा</p>\n" + +#~ msgid "&System Settings..." +#~ msgstr "यंत्रणा मांडणी" + +#~ msgid "Saving System Settings..." +#~ msgstr "यंत्रणेची मांडणी संग्रहीत करत आहे..." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/update.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/update.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/update.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,944 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" + +#. Proposal for backup during update +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:65 +msgid "Create Backup of Modified Files" +msgstr "बदललेल्या फाईलची सुरक्षित प्रत तयार करा" + +#. Proposal for backup during update +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:72 +msgid "Create Backup of /etc/sysconfig Directory" +msgstr "/etc/sysconfig संचिका सुरक्षित प्रत तयार करा" + +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:76 +msgid "Do Not Create Backups" +msgstr "सुरक्षित प्रत तयार करू नका" + +#. Proposal for backup during update +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:81 +msgid "Remove Backups from Previous Updates" +msgstr "आधीच्या आवृत्तीमधील सुरक्षित प्रत काढून टाका" + +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:107 +msgid "Backup" +msgstr "सुरक्षित प्रत" + +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:109 +msgid "&Backup" +msgstr "सुरक्षित प्रत" + +#. screen title for software selection +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:54 +msgid "Backup System Before Update" +msgstr "अद्ययावत करण्याआधी यंत्रणेची सुरक्षित प्रत करा" + +#. checkbox label if user wants to backup modified files +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:67 +msgid "Create &Backup of Modified Files" +msgstr "बदललेल्या फाईलची सुरक्षित प्रत तयार करा" + +#. checkbox label if user wants to backup /etc/sysconfig +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:75 +msgid "Create a &Complete Backup of /etc/sysconfig" +msgstr "/etc/sysconfig ची संपूर्ण सुरक्षित प्रत" + +#. checkbox label if user wants remove old backup stuff +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:84 +msgid "Remove &Old Backups from the Backup Directory" +msgstr "बॅकअप संचिकेमधून जुन्या प्रति काढून टाका" + +#. help text for backup dialog during update 1/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>To avoid any loss of information during update,\n" +#| "it is possible to create a <b>backup</b> prior to updating.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>To avoid any loss of information during update,\n" +"create a <b>backup</b> prior to updating.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>अद्यतन करताना कोणतीहि माहिती नष्ट होण्याचे टाळण्यासाठी, \n" +"अद्यतन करण्यापूर्वी <b>बॅकअप <b>निर्माण करणे शक्य आहे</p>\n" + +#. help text for backup dialog during update 2/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:98 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Warning:</b> This will not be a complete\n" +"backup. Only modified files will be saved.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>इशाराः</b>हा संपूर्ण बॅकअप असणार नाही. \n" +"केवळ सुधारित फाइल्स सेव केल्या जातील.</o> \n" + +#. help text for backup dialog during update 3/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:106 +msgid "<p>Select the desired options.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>इच्छित पर्याय निवडा.</p>\n" + +#. help text for backup dialog during update 4/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Create a Backup of Modified Files:</b>\n" +#| "Stores those modified files that are replaced during update.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Create a Backup of Modified Files:</b>\n" +"Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>सुधारित फाइल्सचा बॅकअप निर्माण करा</b>\n" +"अद्यतन करताना ज्या फाइल्स बदलल्या जातात त्या सुधारित फाइल्स संग्रहित केल्या जातात.</p>\n" + +#. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Create a Complete Backup of\n" +#| "/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" +#| "sysconfig mechanism, even those that are not replaced.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Create a Complete Backup of\n" +"/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" +"sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>/etc/sysconfig:</b>चा संपूर्ण बॅकअप निर्माण करा \n" +"यामध्ये सिस्कॉन्फिग यंत्रणेचा भाग असलेलेसर्व आकृतीबंध येतात, जे\n" +" अपडेट दरम्यान बदललेले नाहीत ते सुद्धा</p>\n" + +#. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:130 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Remove Old Backups from the Backup\n" +"Directory:</b> If your current system already is the result of an earlier\n" +"update, there may be old configuration file backups. Select this option to\n" +"remove them.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>बॅकअपमधून जुना बॅकअप काढा\n" +"डिरेक्टरीः</b> तुमची विद्यमान सिस्टीम जर आधीच्या अपडेटचा परिणाम असेल\n" +"तेथे बॅकअपमध्ये जुन्या आकृतीबंध फाइल्स असतील. त्या काढण्यासाठी\n" +"हा पर्याय निवडा.</p>\n" + +#. help text for backup dialog during update 7/7 +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:142 +msgid "<p>All backups are placed in %1.</p>" +msgstr "<p>सर्व सुरक्षित प्रती %1 मध्ये ठेवल्या आहेत.</p>" + +#. error popup, user did not enter a valid directory specification +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:222 +msgid "Invalid backup path." +msgstr "सुरक्षित प्रतिचा मार्ग अवैध." + +#. there is not enough space for the backup during update +#. inform the user about this (MB==megabytes) +#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:261 +msgid "Minimum disk space of %1 MB required." +msgstr "चबकडीवर कमीत कमी %1 MB जागा आवश्यक" + +#. screen title for update options +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284 +msgid "Update Options" +msgstr "अद्ययावत पर्याय" + +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:51 +msgid "Select Patterns" +msgstr "नमुना निवडा" + +#. check if state changed +#. Display warning message +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:59 +msgid "" +"You have already chosen software from \"Detailed selection\".\n" +"You will lose that selection if you change the basic selection." +msgstr "" +"\"विस्तारित निवड\" वापरून तुम्ही आधीच्या सॉफ्टवेअर निवडले आहे.\n" +"तुम्ही जर मूळ निवडीत बदल केला तर ते पुसले जाईल." + +#. Build and show dialog +#. Table item (unknown system [neither openSUSE 11.1 nor SLES 14 nor ...]) +#. Table item (unknown architecture) +#. Table item (unknown file system) +#. label - name of sustem to update +#. starts with >`< +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#. label showing to which version we are updating +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Update to %1" +msgstr "अपडेट" + +#. label showing from which version to which version we are updating +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:84 +msgid "Update from %1 to %2" +msgstr "अद्ययात करा %1 to %2" + +#. frame title for update selection +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:96 +msgid "Update Mode" +msgstr "अद्ययावत करण्याची पध्दती" + +#. radio button label for update including new packages +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:108 +msgid "" +"&Update with Installation of New Software and Features\n" +"Based on the Selection:\n" +msgstr "" +"आणि निवडीच्या आधारावर\n" +"नवीन सॉफ्टवेअर आणि वैशिष्ट्ये स्थापित करून अपडेट करा</p>\n" + +#. radio button label for update of already installed packages only +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:122 +msgid "Only U&pdate Installed Packages" +msgstr "फक्त स्थापीत केलेली मॉड्युल अद्ययावत करा" + +#. help text for dialog "update options" 1/4 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:143 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>The update option differs between two modes. In\n" +#| "either case, it is recommended to make a backup of your personal data.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>The update option offers two different modes. In\n" +"either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>दोन पद्धतीत अपडेट पर्याया वेगळे असतील.\n" +"कोणत्यहि पद्धतीत, तुमचा पर्सनल डेटा अपडेट करण्याची शिफारस करतो</p>\n" + +#. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151 +msgid "" +"<p><b>With New Software:</b> This default setting\n" +"updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" +"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" +"software selection.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>नवीन सॉफ्टवेअरसहः</b> हे डिफॉल्ट सेटिंग\n" +"विद्यमान सॉफ्टवेअर अपडेट करते आणि नवीन<tt>%1</tt> प्रकाराची सर्व वैशिष्ट्ये आणिफायदे स्थापित करते.\n" +"आधीच्या प्रिडिफाइनड सॉफ्चवेअर निवडीच्या आधारे\n" +"निवड होते.</p>\n" + +#. help text for dialog "update options" 3/4 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Only Installed Packages:</b> This selection\n" +#| "only updates the packages already installed on your system. <i>Note:</i>\n" +#| "New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" +#| "not available after the update. You might miss advertised features.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Only Installed Packages:</b> This selection\n" +"only updates the packages already installed on your system. <i>Note:</i>\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" +"not available after the update. You might miss new features.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>केवळ स्थापित पॅकेजेसः</b>ही निवड\n" +"केवळ तुमच्या सिस्टीमवर आधीच स्थापित असलेली पॅकेजेस अपडेट करते. <i>नोंद घ्या</I>\n" +"प्रिड्फाइनड सॉफ्टवेअर निवडीत\n" +"अपडेटनंतर नवीन वाएएसटी मोड्यूल्स सारखे नवीन सॉफ्टवेअर उपलब्ध असत नाही.जाहिरातीतील काही वैशिष्ट्ये तुम्हाला मिळणार नाहीत.</p>\n" + +#. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 +msgid "" +"<p>After the update, some software might not\n" +"function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete those\n" +"packages during the update.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>अपडेटनंतर काही सॉफ्टवेअर कदाचित कधीच\n" +"काम करणार नाहीत. अपडेट दरम्यान तीपॅकेजेस काढून टाकण्यासाठी\n" +"<b>डिलीट अनमेंटेंड पॅकेजेस</b>सक्रिय करा.\n" + +#. warning / question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 +msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" +"Do you really want\n" +"to reset your detailed selection?" +msgstr "" +"तुम्हाला तुमची विस्तृत निवड खरोखरच स्थिर\n" +"करायची आहे का?" + +#. error report +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +msgid "Failed to mount target system" +msgstr "लक्षीत यंत्रणेचे आरोहम करण्यात अपयशी" + +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 +msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." +msgstr "" + +#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 +msgid "Packages to Update: %1" +msgstr "अद्ययावत करायची पॅकेज: %1" + +#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:127 +msgid "New Packages to Install: %1" +msgstr "स्थापित करायची नवीन पॅकेज: %1" + +#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:135 +msgid "Packages to Remove: %1" +msgstr "काढून टाकायची पॅकेज: %1" + +#. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB) +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Total Size of Packages to Update: %1" +msgstr "अद्ययावत करायच्या पॅकेजचा आकार: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required.</a>" +msgstr "सर्व कलह सोडवू शकत नाही. मानवी हस्तक्षेप जरूरी." + +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:198 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "पॅकेजेस" + +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:200 +msgid "&Packages" +msgstr "पॅकेजेस" + +#. Proposal for system to update +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:70 +msgid "No root partition found" +msgstr "मूळ भाग सापडला नाही" + +#. Proposal for system to update +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:97 +msgid "%1 on root partition %2" +msgstr "%1 वर मूळ भाग %2" + +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "Selected for Update" +msgstr "अद्ययावत करण्यासाठी निवड" + +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:151 +msgid "&Selected for Update" +msgstr "अद्ययावत करण्यासाठी निवड" + +#. Update::deleteOldPackages = false; +#: src/clients/run_update.rb:57 +msgid "&Update" +msgstr "अद्ययावत करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/update.rb:47 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "ह्या मॉड्यूलकरता वापरकर्ता पडदा अनुपलब्ध आहे." + +#. error message in proposal +#. part of error popup message +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390 +msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." +msgstr "चालू आरबीएम डेटाबेस वाचू शकत नाही." + +#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) +#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) +#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name +#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unknown product" +msgstr "अज्ञात प्रोसेसर" + +#. error message in proposal +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installatin media." +msgid "The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on the installation media (%{update_to})." +msgstr "स्थापित उत्पादन स्थापना माध्यमावरील उत्पादनाशीमिळतेजुळते नाही." + +#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system +#. %2 is the version being installed +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n" +"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" +"or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167 +msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." +msgstr "" + +#. Proposal for backup during update +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194 +msgid "Only update installed packages" +msgstr "" + +#. proposal string +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209 +msgid "Update based on patterns" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n" +"Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" +"installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n" +"deleted.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286 +msgid "&Update Options" +msgstr "अद्ययावत करण्याचे पर्याय" + +#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393 +msgid "None of these files exist:%1" +msgstr "यापैकी कोणतीहि फाइल अस्तित्वात नाहीः%1" + +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 +msgid "" +"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" +"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" +"current installation media, the system may not start or\n" +"some applications may not run properly." +msgstr "" +"स्थापित उत्पादन स्थापना माध्यमावरील\n" +"उत्पादनाशी मिळतेजुळते नाही. तुम्ही चालू स्थापना माध्यमाचा उपयोग करून\n" +"तुम्ही ते अपडेट करण्याचा प्रयत्न केलात, तर सिस्टीम चालू होणार नाही किंवा\n" +"काही उपयोजिता नीट चालणार नाहीत." + +#. Table item (unknown system) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 +msgid "Unknown Linux" +msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#. Table item (unknown system) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 +msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" +msgstr "अज्ञात किंवा नॉन-लिनक्स" + +#. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#. label for selection of root partition (for boot) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 +msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" +msgstr "आरंभ करायाची यंत्रणा किंवा भाग:" + +#. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Select the partition or system to boot.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आरंभ करायची यंत्रणा किंवा भाग निवडा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. label for selection of root partition (for update) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 +msgid "Partition or System to Update:" +msgstr "आरंभ करायाची यंत्रणा किंवा भाग:" + +#. help text for root partition dialog (for update) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Select the partition or system to update.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"अद्ययावत करायची यंत्रणा किंवा भाग निवडा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. headline for dialog "Select for update" +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 +msgid "Select for Update" +msgstr "अद्ययावत करण्यासाठी निवडा" + +#. help text for root partition dialog (general part) +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Show All Partitions</b> expands the list to a\n" +"general overview of your system's partitions.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>सर्व विभाग दाखवा<b>तुमच्या सिस्टीमच्या\n" +"विभागांवर सर्वसाधारण दृष्टीक्षेपासाठी सूची वाढवितो.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. table header +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 +msgid "System" +msgstr "सिस्टम" + +#. table header item +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 +msgid "Partition" +msgstr "दोन भाग" + +#. table header item +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "संरचना" + +#. table header item +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 +msgid "File System" +msgstr "सिस्टम" + +#. table header item +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 +msgid "Label" +msgstr "लेबल" + +#. check box +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 +msgid "&Show All Partitions" +msgstr "सर्व भाग दाखवा" + +#. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 +msgid "&Boot" +msgstr "आरंभ करा" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 +msgid "" +"No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" +"on the selected partition." +msgstr "" +"निवडलेल्या विभागातया उत्पादनाने अद्यतन केलेली स्थापित सिस्टीम सापडली\n" +"नाही." + +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" +#| "is different than the one of this product." +msgid "" +"The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" +"is different from the one of this product.\n" +msgstr "" +"निवडलेल्या विभागात स्थापित केलेल्या सिस्टीमची रचना\n" +"या उत्पादनापेक्षा वेगळी आहे." + +#. pop-up question +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 +msgid "" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" +"Are sure you want to use it anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Yes, Use It" +msgstr "हो, परत लिहा" + +#. Target load failed, #466803 +#. Target load failed, #466803 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 +msgid "" +"Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" +"It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" +"\n" +"Are you sure you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Yes, Continue" +msgstr "पुढे चालू ठेवा" + +#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" +"about how to solve this problem." +msgstr "" +"हा प्रश्न कसा सोडवायचा त्याच्या तपशीलासाठी %1\n" +"येथील SBD लेख बघा." + +#. label - name of sustem to update +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +msgid "Unknown Linux System" +msgstr "अज्ञात लिनक्स सिस्टीम" + +#. label - name of sustem to update +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +msgid "Non-Linux System" +msgstr "नॉन-लिनक्स सिस्टीम" + +#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +msgid "" +"Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" +"\n" +"It is currently in use. If the partition stays mounted,\n" +"the data may be lost. Unmount the partition manually\n" +"or restart your computer.\n" +msgstr "" +"%1 विभाग हलवू शकत नाही.\n" +"\n" +"तो आता वापरात आहे. विभाग जागेवर राहिला तर,\n" +"डेटा जाऊ शकतो. विभाग हाताने हलवा\n" +"किंवा तुमचा संगमक पुन्हा चालू करा\n" + +#. label, %1 is partition +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +msgid "Checking partition %1" +msgstr "भाग तपासत आहे %1" + +#. @param [String] headline (optional; to disable, use "") +#. @param [String] question +#. @param string button (true) +#. @param string button (false) +#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "तपशील दाखवा" + +#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +msgid "Checking file system on %1..." +msgstr "भाग तपासत आहे %1" + +#. popup headline +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +msgid "File System Check Failed" +msgstr "" + +#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) +#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Would you like to continue in mounting the device?" +msgid "" +"The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue mounting the device?\n" +msgstr "" +"उपकरणाची फाइल सिस्टीम %१ चेक काम करत नाही.\n" +"\n" +"उपकरण माउंट करणे तुम्हाला चालू ठेवायचे आहे काय?" + +#. button +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +msgid "&Skip Mounting" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 +msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" +msgstr "चुकीचा परवलीशब्द. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा?" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "चेतावणी" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, +#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size +#. %2 with the recommended size +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 +msgid "" +"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" +"It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" +"or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue updating the current system?\n" +msgstr "" + +#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" +"\n" +"%2\n" +"\n" +"If you are sure that the partition is not necessary for the\n" +"update (not a system partition), click Continue.\n" +"To check or fix the mount options, click Specify Mount Options.\n" +"To abort the update, click Cancel.\n" +msgstr "" +"पार्टीशन %१ माउंट करताआला नाही.\n" +"\n" +"%2\n" +"\n" +"अपडेटसाठी पार्टीशन आवश्यक नाही याबद्द्ल तुमची खात्री असेल\n" +"(तो कोणताहि सिस्टीम पार्टीशन नाही) तर कंटिन्यूवर क्लिक करा.\n" +"माउंट करण्याचे पर्याय तपासण्यासाठी किंवा नक्की करण्यासाठी. स्पेसिफाय माउंट पर्यायावर क्लिक करा.\n" +"अपडेट खंडित करण्यासाठी, कॅन्सलवर क्लिक करा. " + +#. push button +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 +msgid "&Specify Mount Options" +msgstr "आरोहणाचा पर्याय सूचीत करा" + +#. popup heading +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +msgid "Mount Options" +msgstr "आरोहण पर्याय" + +#. text entry label +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "आरोहण बिंदू" + +#. tex entry label +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "उपकरण" + +#. text entry label +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 +msgid "" +"&File System\n" +"(empty for autodetection)" +msgstr "" +"फाईल पध्दती\n" +"(आपोआप शोधासाठी रिक्त)" + +#. error message +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 +msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" +msgstr "/var भाग %1 चे आरोहण करता आले नाही.\n" + +#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 +msgid "" +"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n" +"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n" +"<b>udev IDs:</b> %5,<br>\n" +"<b>udev path:</b> %6" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 +msgid "None" +msgstr "कोणी नाही" + +#. a popup caption +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" +msgstr "ह्या डिस्क संरचनेनुसार /var भागाचे आरोहण करण्यात असमर्थ.\n" + +#. a popup message +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 +msgid "" +"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" +"to continue the upgrade process." +msgstr "" + +#. a combo-box label +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" +msgstr "मूळ विभाजन निवडा" + +#. an informational rich-text widget label +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Device Info" +msgstr "डिव्हाईसचा आयडी" + +#. error message +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 +msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" +msgstr "ह्या डिस्क संरचनेनुसार /var भागाचे आरोहण करण्यात असमर्थ.\n" + +#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 +msgid "" +"Partitions could not be mounted.\n" +"\n" +"Check the log file %1." +msgstr "" +"भागांचे आरोहण करण्यास असमर्थ.\n" +"\n" +"लॉग फाईल तपासा %1." + +#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when +#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions +#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 +msgid "" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" +"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" +"mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 +msgid "No fstab found." +msgstr "fstab सापडत नाही." + +#. message part 1 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 +msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" +msgstr "/etc/fstab मधल्या मूळ भागात अवैध मूळ उपकरण.\n" + +#. message part 2 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 +msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" +msgstr "हे आता %1 म्हणून आरोहण केले आहे व %2 म्हणून नोंदले आहे.\n" + +#. prepare progress-bar +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 +msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." +msgstr "मूळ विभाजक वापरून बघितला जात आहे कृपया काही सेकंद थांबा..." + +#. intermediate popup while mounting partitions +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 +msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." +msgstr "भागांचे आरोहण करत आहे. भाग आरूढ करत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgid "Searching for Available Systems" +msgstr "इडिरेक्टरी ट्रीजला शोधत आहे" + +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Control file %1 was not found." +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "नियंत्रक फाईल %1 सापडली नाही." + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read file %1" +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "%1फाईल वाचू शकत नाही" + +#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS +#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Unknown Product" +msgstr "अज्ञात प्रोसेसर" + +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation." +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "पॅकेज स्थापनेकरिता %1 निवडताना फसले." + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 +msgid "Update Settings" +msgstr "अद्ययावत रचना" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 +msgid "Update" +msgstr "अद्ययावत करा" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 +msgid "Perform Update" +msgstr "अपडेट करा" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 +msgid "Update System Configuration" +msgstr "यंत्रणेची संरचना अद्ययावत करा" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 +msgid "Update Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना अद्ययावत करा" + +#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#~ msgstr "पॅकेज डाउनग्रेडला परवानगी द्या." + +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "स्वच्छता" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Would you like to continue in the mounting the device?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "उपकरणाची फाइल सिस्टीम %१ चेक काम करत नाही.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "उपकरण माउंट करणे तुम्हाला चालू ठेवायचे आहे काय?" + +#~ msgid "Cannot read package data from installation media. Media error?" +#~ msgstr "स्थापना माध्यमातून पॅकेज माहिती वाचता येत नाही. माध्यम चुकीचे आहे का?" + +#~ msgid "&Delete Unmaintained Packages" +#~ msgstr "देखभाल नसलेलेी पॅकेज काढून टाका" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/users.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/users.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/users.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,5193 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" + +#. translators: command line help text for Users module +#: src/clients/groups.rb:100 +msgid "Group configuration module" +msgstr "समूह संरचना मॉड्युल" + +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:113 +msgid "List of available groups" +msgstr "उपलब्द समूहांची यादी" + +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#: src/clients/groups.rb:118 src/clients/users.rb:120 +msgid "User parameters that should be listed" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता घटक ज्यांची यादी करायला पाहिजे" + +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:125 +msgid "Show information of selected group" +msgstr "निवडलेल्या समूहाची माहिती दाखवा" + +#. translators: command line help text for delete action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:135 +msgid "Delete an existing group" +msgstr "अस्तित्वातील समूह काढून टाका" + +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:145 +msgid "Add new group" +msgstr "नवीन गट मिळवा" + +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#: src/clients/groups.rb:150 src/clients/groups.rb:165 +msgid "Additional (LDAP) group parameters" +msgstr "अतिरिक्त (LDAP) समूह घटक" + +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:160 +msgid "Edit an existing group" +msgstr "अस्तित्वातील समूह संपादित करा" + +#. translators: command line help text for list local option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:173 +msgid "List of local groups" +msgstr "स्थानिक समूहांची यादी " + +#. translators: command line help text for list system option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:179 +msgid "List of system groups" +msgstr "यंत्रणा समूहांची यादी" + +#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:185 +msgid "List of LDAP groups" +msgstr "LDAP समूहांची यादी" + +#. translators: command line help text for list nis option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:191 +msgid "List of NIS groups" +msgstr "NIS समूहांची यादी" + +#. translators: command line help text for show uid option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:197 +msgid "GID of the group" +msgstr "समूहाचा GID" + +#. translators: command line help text for groupname option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:204 +msgid "Name of the group" +msgstr "समूहाचे नाव" + +#. translators: command line help text for 'password' option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:211 +msgid "Password of the group" +msgstr "समूहाचा परवलीशब्द" + +#. translators: command line help text for 'user' option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:218 +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "समूहाच्या सदस्यांची यादी, साधारणपणे उपयोगकर्त्यांची नांवे, स्वल्पविरामाने विभागलेली असते.LDAP उपयोगकर्त्यांच्या DNची यादी अपूर्णविरामानेच विभागलेली असली पाहिजे." + +#. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:225 +msgid "New group name" +msgstr "नवीन समूहाचे नाव" + +#. translators: command line help text for new_gid option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:232 +msgid "New GID of the group" +msgstr "समूहाचा नवीन GID" + +#. translators: command line help text for show option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:239 +msgid "Type of the group (local, system, nis, ldap)" +msgstr "समूहाचा प्रकार (स्थानिक, यंत्रणा, nis, ldap)" + +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:246 src/clients/users.rb:274 +msgid "Password for LDAP server" +msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणकासाठी परवलीशब्द" + +#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option +#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295 +msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." +msgstr "" + +#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method" +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137 +msgid "User Authentication Method" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता ओळखण्याची रीत" + +#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n" +"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>सत्यापन</b><br>\n" +"आपल्या सिस्टिमवर उपयोगकर्त्यांसाठी सत्यापनाची विधी निवडा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. helptext 2/3 +#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164 +msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Local</b> निवडल्याने उपयोगकर्त्यांचे सत्यापन फक्त स्थानीय फाइल्स<i>/etc/passwd</i> आणि <i>/etc/shadow</i> वापरून होते.</p>" + +#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 +msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +msgstr "जर का तुमच्याकडे आधीचे स्थापन असेल किंवा इतर सिस्टिम असेल तर त्यावर आधारूनउपयोगकर्ते निर्माण करता येतात. तसे करण्यासाठी <b>Read User Data from a PreviousInstallation</b> निवडा. या विकल्पाद्वारे आधीपासून असलेली किंवा नवी डायरेक्टरी प्रत्येकाउपयोगकर्त्यासाठी निर्देशित ठिकाणी निर्माण होते." + +#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 +msgid "&LDAP" +msgstr "&LDAP" + +#. radiobutton to select nis user auth. +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143 +msgid "N&IS" +msgstr "NIS" + +#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. +#. menubutton label +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 +msgid "&Samba" +msgstr "सांबा" + +#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147 +msgid "&Windows Domain" +msgstr "विंडोज क्षेत्र" + +#. radiobutton to select local user auth. +#. radiobutton label +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85 +msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" +msgstr "स्थानिक (/etc/passwd)" + +#. radiobutton to select local user auth. +#. authentication type +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48 +msgid "eDirectory LDAP" +msgstr "LDAP संचिका" + +#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 +msgid "" +"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" +"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>जर आपण NIS किंवा LDAP सर्व्हर डेटा ठेवण्यासाठी वापरता, किंवा आपल्याला\n" +"NT सर्व्हर वरून उपयोगकर्त्याला सत्यापित करावयाचे असेल तर उचित निवड करून मग\n" +"संरचना सुरू ठेवण्यासाठी <b>Next</b> दाबा.</p>" + +#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 +msgid "" +"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" +"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>जर आपण NIS किंवा LDAP सर्व्हर डेटा ठेवण्यासाठी वापरता, तर\n" +"उचित निवड करा. मग आपल्या क्लायंटची संरचना सुरू ठेवण्यासाठी <b>Next</b> दाबा." + +#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 +msgid "" +"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" +"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" +"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>जर आपण LDAP सर्व्हर डेटा ठेवण्यासाठी वापरता, किंवा आपल्याला\n" +"NT सर्व्हर वरून उपयोगकर्त्याला सत्यापित करावयाचे असेल तर उचित निवड करून मग\n" +"संरचना सुरू ठेवण्यासाठी <b>Next</b> दाबा.</p>" + +#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 +msgid "" +"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" +"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>जर आपण LDAP सर्व्हर डेटा ठेवण्यासाठी वापरता, तर\n" +"उचित निवड करा. मग आपल्या क्लायंटची संरचना सुरू ठेवण्यासाठी <b>Next</b> दाबा." + +#. helptext: additional kerberos support +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> निवडून Kerberos संरचनाउपयोगकर्त्याच्या डेटा सोर्सच्या संरचने नंतर सुरू ठेवा.</p>" + +#. check box label +#. check box label +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102 +msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "आधीच्या स्थापनेतून उपयोगकर्त्याची माहिती मिळवा." + +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107 +msgid "&Choose" +msgstr "निवडा" + +#. frame title for authentication methods +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136 +msgid "Authentication Method" +msgstr "विश्वसनियता निर्वारण पद्धत" + +#. check box label +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303 +msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता ओळखण्याची रीत" + +#. selection box label +#. selection box label +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507 +msgid "&Select Users to Read" +msgstr "निवडलेला वापरकर्ता यंत्रणा वापरकर्ता आहे" + +#. check box label +#. check box label +#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515 +msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgstr "सर्व मोड्यूल्सना निवडा किंवा सोडा" + +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57 +msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" +msgstr "सिस्टिम व्यवस्थापक \"root\" चा परवलीचा शब्द" + +#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 +msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." +msgstr "आपण जे इथे लिहीले ते विसरू नका" + +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Label: get password for user root +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73 +msgid "&Password for root User" +msgstr "मूळ वापरकर्त्यासाठी परवलीशब्द" + +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81 +msgid "Con&firm Password" +msgstr "परवलीशब्दाची खात्री करा" + +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "कळपट्टी लेआऊट (आराखडा)" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119 +msgid "E&xpert Options..." +msgstr "तज्ञ विकल्प..." + +#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 +#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" +"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" +"every system and is called into action whenever\n" +"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" +"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"सामान्य उपयोगकर्ते, जे लिहीतात, चित्र बनवितात किंवा इंटरनेट बघतात, त्यांच्या शिवाय \"root\"\n" +" हा उपयोगकर्ता प्रत्येका सिस्टिमवर असतो आणि जेव्हा व्यवस्थापनाची कामे करावयाची असतील,\n" +"तेव्हा याला पाचारण केले जाते.\n" +"आपण सिस्टिमचे व्यवस्थापन करणार असाल तरच \"root\" प्रमाणे\n" +"लॉग-इन करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text, continued 2/5 +#. help text, continued 2/5 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"reenter it in a second field.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"रूट उपयोगकर्त्याला फार विस्तृत अधिकार असल्यामुळे त्याचा परवलीचा शब्द काळजीपूर्वक निवडा.\n" +"याकरितां अक्षरे आणि अंकांच्या मिश्रणाची शिफारस केली जाते.\n" +"परवलीचा शब्द नीट लिहीला गेला आहे हे\n" +"पडताळायला दुस-या ठिकाणीही लिहा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text, continued 3/5 +#. help text, continued 3/5 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" +"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"परवलीच्या शब्दांचे नियम \"root\"लाही लागू पडतात.\n" +"इंग्रजीच्या मोठ्या आणि लहान अक्षरांचे अंतर पाळा.\n" +"परवलीच्या शब्दांत किमान 5 अक्षरे हवीत\n" +"आणि विशिष्ट अक्षरे यथा स्वराघातयुक्त अक्षरे वापरू नये.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text, continued 5/5 +#. help text, continued 5/5 +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"हा \"मूळ\" संकेतशब्द विसरू नका.\n" +"</p>" + +#. additional help text about password +#. additional help text about password +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145 +msgid "" +"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>जर आपण या परवलीच्या शब्दाचा उपयोग सर्टिफिकेटे तयार करण्यासाठी करणार असाल\n" +"तर याची लांबी किमान %1 अक्षरांएवढी असायला हवी.</p>" + +#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 +msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. report misspellings of the password +#. report misspellings of the password +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two user password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 +msgid "" +"The passwords do not match.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"परवलीशब्द जुळत नाहीत.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. report if user forgot to enter a password +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error popup +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749 +msgid "" +"No password entered.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"परवलीशब्द प्रविष्ट केलेले नाही.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number +#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n" +#| "the password should have at least %1 characters.\n" +#| "Really use this shorter password?" +msgid "" +"If you intend to create certificates,\n" +"the password should have at least %1 characters." +msgstr "" +"जर आपण सर्टिफिकेटे तयार करणार असाल,\n" +"तर परवलीच्या शब्दात किमान %1 अक्षरे हवीत.\n" +"खरेच परवलीसाठी हा आखूड शब्द वापरावयाचा?" + +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Reset Password" +msgid "Really use this password?" +msgstr "परवलीशब्दाची खात्री करा" + +#. Error msg (yes/no) +#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301 +msgid "" +"The root password could not be set.\n" +"You might not be able to log in.\n" +"Try setting it again?\n" +msgstr "" +"रूटचा परवलीचा शब्द सेट नाही झाला. \n" +"आपण लॉग-इन नाही करू शकणार.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करावयाचा काय?\n" + +#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation) +#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144 +msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..." +msgstr "सत्यापनाची संरचनेचे मोड्यूल सुरू होत आहे........." + +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 +msgid "" +"Package %1 is not installed.\n" +"Install it now?\n" +msgstr "" +"पॅकेज %1 स्थापित केलेले नाही.\n" +"आता स्थापीत करू?\n" + +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 +msgid "DES" +msgstr "DES" + +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 +msgid "MD5" +msgstr "MD5" + +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 +msgid "SHA-256" +msgstr "" + +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 +msgid "SHA-512" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Password Encryption Type" +msgstr "परवलीशब्द कुटयुक्त करा" + +#. Radio button label: password encryption type +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +msgid "&DES" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button label: password encryption type +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +msgid "&MD5" +msgstr "MD5" + +#. Radio button label: password encryption type +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +msgid "SHA-&256" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button label: password encryption type +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +msgid "SHA-&512" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>" +msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>स्थानिक मांडणी</b></p>" + +#. Help text for password expert dialog +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>" +msgstr "पासवर्ड एनक्रिप्श्न पद्धत" + +#. Help text for password expert dialog +#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +msgid "User's &Full Name" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचे पूर्ण नाव" + +#. input field for login name +#. input field for login name +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव" + +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" +msgstr "सिस्टिम व्यवस्थापक \"root\" चा परवलीचा शब्द" + +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" +msgstr "यंत्रणेकडील पत्र स्वीकारा" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Automatic Login" +msgstr "आपोआप प्रवेश" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Create New User" +msgstr "नविन भाग बनवा" + +#. yes-no popup headline +#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the +#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +msgid "Empty User Login" +msgstr "रिक्त वापरकर्ता प्रवेश" + +#. yes-no popup contents +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +msgid "" +"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" +"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" +"Leave it empty?" +msgstr "" +"उपयोगकर्त्याचे नांव नाही लिहिणे अशा नेटवर्कमध्ये बरोबर ठरू शकते\n" +"जिथे सत्यापन करणारे सर्व्हर असेल.\n" +"याला रिकामेच ठेवावयाचे?" + +#. help text for main add user dialog +#. alternative help text 1/7 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n" +"assign to this user account.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>उपयोगकर्त्याचे संपूर्ण नांव</b>, <b>उपयोगकर्ता नांव</b>, आणि <b>परवलीचा शब्द</b>या उपयोगकर्त्याच्या खात्यासाठी\n" +"लिहा\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text for main add user dialog +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"परवलीचा शब्द लिहितांना इंग्रजीच्या मोठ्या आणि लहान अक्षरांचे लक्ष ठेवा.\n" +"परवलीच्या शब्दांत विशेष अक्षरेजसे\n" +"स्वराघात असलेली अक्षरे नसावीत.\n" + +#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +" %2 and %3 characters.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"सध्याच्या कूटलेखन पद्धती (%1) प्रमाणे परवलीच्या शब्दाची लांबी%2 आणि %3 अक्षरे\n" +"एवढी असावयास हवी.\n" +"</p>" + +#. additional help text about password +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>जर आपण या परवलीच्या शब्दाचा उपयोग सर्टिफिकेटे तयार करण्यासाठी करणार असाल\n" +"तर याची लांबी किमान %1 अक्षरांएवढी असायला हवी.</p>" + +#. help text for main add user dialog +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"परवलीचा शब्द बरोबर लिहीला गेला आहे हे पडताळण्यासाठी \n" +"त्याला तसेच पुन्हा खालील जागी लिहा. आपला परवलीचा शब्द कृपया विसरू नका.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text for main add user dialog +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>उपयोगकर्ता नांव</b>साठी फक्त अक्षरे (स्वराघातांशिवाय),\n" +"अंक, आणि <tt>._-</tt> वापरा.\n" +"यांत इंग्रजीची मोठी अक्षरे घालू शकता, पण त्याबद्दल नक्की ठरवून घ्या.\n" +"उपयोगकर्ता नांवांसाठी परवलीच्या शब्दांपेक्षा अधिक बंधने आहेत. आपण ही बंधने/etc/login.defs या फाइलमध्ये पुनःपरिभाषित करू शकता. अधिक माहितीसाठी\n" +"त्याचे मुखपृष्ठ बघा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text for main add user dialog +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for main add user dialog +#. these are used only during installation time +#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"इथे निर्माण केलेले उपयोगकर्ता नांव आणि परवलीचा शब्द आपल्या लिनक्स सिस्टिमवर लॉग इन आणिकामासाठी आवश्यक आहेत. <b>स्वतः लॉग इन</b> सुरू असल्यावर लॉग इनची प्रक्रिया नाही होत.या उपयोगकर्ताचे लॉग इन स्वतः होते.</p>\n" + +#. help text for main add user dialog +#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Receive System Mail</b> करून या उपयोगकर्ताला rootची मेल पाठविलीजाऊ शकते. </p>\n" + +#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well +#. as password encryption (see fate 302980) +#. @return true if user accepted expert settings +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573 +msgid "Expert Settings" +msgstr "एक्सपर्ट सेटिंग्ज" + +#. summary label +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625 +msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." +msgstr "" + +#. summary label +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The password encryption method is %s." +msgstr "पासवर्ड एनक्रिप्श्न पद्धत" + +#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635 +#, fuzzy +msgid "User %s will be imported." +msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." +msgstr[0] "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू केली जाईल" +msgstr[1] "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू केली जाईल" + +#. pushbutton label +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650 +msgid "&Change..." +msgstr "&बदला..." + +#. frame label +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "सारांश" + +#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number +#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n" +#| "the password should have at least %1 characters.\n" +#| "Really use this shorter password?" +msgid "" +"If you intend to create certificates,\n" +"the password should have at least %s characters." +msgstr "" +"जर आपण सर्टिफिकेटे तयार करणार असाल,\n" +"तर परवलीच्या शब्दात किमान %1 अक्षरे हवीत.\n" +"खरेच परवलीसाठी हा आखूड शब्द वापरावयाचा?" + +#. translators: command line help text for Users module +#: src/clients/users.rb:102 +msgid "User configuration module" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता संरचना मॉड्यूल" + +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/users.rb:115 +msgid "List of available users" +msgstr "उपलब्ध वापरकर्तायंची यादी" + +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/users.rb:127 +msgid "Show information of selected user" +msgstr "निवडलेल्या वापरकर्त्यांची माहिती दाखवा" + +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/users.rb:137 +msgid "Add new user" +msgstr "नवीन वापरकर्ता मिळवा" + +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#: src/clients/users.rb:142 src/clients/users.rb:157 +msgid "Additional (LDAP) user parameters" +msgstr "अतिरिक्त (LDAP) वापरकर्ता घटक " + +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/users.rb:152 +msgid "Edit an existing user" +msgstr "अस्तित्वातील वापरकर्ता संपादीत करा" + +#. translators: command line help text for delete action +#: src/clients/users.rb:167 +msgid "Delete an existing user (home directory is not removed)" +msgstr "अस्तित्वातील वापरकर्ता काढून टाका (आरंभ संचिका काढलू जात नाही)" + +#. translators: command line help text for list local option +#: src/clients/users.rb:175 +msgid "List of local users" +msgstr "स्थानिक वापरकर्त्यांची यादी" + +#. translators: command line help text for list system option +#: src/clients/users.rb:181 +msgid "List of system users" +msgstr "यंत्रणा वापरकर्त्यांची यादी" + +#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option +#: src/clients/users.rb:187 +msgid "List of LDAP users" +msgstr "LDAP वापरकर्त्यांची यादी" + +#. translators: command line help text for list nis option +#: src/clients/users.rb:193 +msgid "List of NIS users" +msgstr "NIS वापरकर्त्यांची यादी" + +#. translators: command line help text for uid option +#: src/clients/users.rb:199 +msgid "UID of the user" +msgstr "वापरकर्तायंचा UID" + +#. translators: command line help text for add/gid option +#: src/clients/users.rb:206 +msgid "GID of user's default group" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांच्या प्रथमपसंतीच्या समूहाचा GID" + +#. translators: command line help text for username option +#: src/clients/users.rb:213 +msgid "Login name of the user" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांच्या प्रवेशाचे नाव" + +#. translators: command line help text for add option +#: src/clients/users.rb:220 +msgid "Full name of the user" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांच्या पूर्ण नाव" + +#. translators: command line help text for shell option +#: src/clients/users.rb:227 +msgid "Login shell of the user" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांच्या प्रवेशाचे शेल" + +#. translators: command line help text for home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:234 +msgid "Home directory of the user" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांची आरंभ संचिका" + +#. translators: command line help text for add + create_home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:241 +msgid "Do not create home directory for new user" +msgstr "नवीन वापरकर्त्यासाठी आरंभ संचिका निर्माण करू नका" + +#. translators: command line help text for delete_home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:247 +msgid "Also delete user's home directory" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांची आरंभ संचिका देकील काढून टाका" + +#. translators: command line help text for add option +#: src/clients/users.rb:253 +msgid "Password of the user" +msgstr "वापरकर्तायंचा परवलीशब्द" + +#. translators: command line help text for home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:260 +msgid "List of groups of which the user is a member (separated by commas)" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता ज्या समूहाचा सदस्य आहे त्याची नोंद (स्वल्पविरामानी वेगळे केलेले)" + +#. translators: command line help text for show option +#: src/clients/users.rb:267 +msgid "Type of the user (local, system, nis, ldap)" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचा प्रकरार (स्थानिक, यंत्रणा, nis, ldap)" + +#. translators: command line help text for new_username option +#: src/clients/users.rb:281 +msgid "New login name of the user" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांच्या नवीन प्रवेशाचे नाव" + +#. translators: command line help text for new_uid option +#: src/clients/users.rb:288 +msgid "New UID of the user" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्याचा नवीन UID" + +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." +msgstr "NIS संरचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#. helptext 1/3 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"सध्याच्या LDAP माहितीच्या अशा मान्य लक्षणांची यादी इथे बघाजे मागील ठिकाणी सेट केलेले नाही.</p>" + +#. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), +#. %1 is list of values +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"The list of attributes is given by the value of \"objectClass\"\n" +"(which is currently:\n" +"<br>%1).\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"\"objectclass\" मध्ये लक्षणांची यादी दिली आहे\n" +"(जे सध्या आहेः \n" +"<br>%1).\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. helptext 3/3 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:122 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Edit each attribute using <b>Edit</b>. Some attributes \n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Edit</b> वापरून प्रत्येक लक्षण संपादित करा. काही लक्षणे\n" +"<b>LDAP Client Module</b> मधील उपयोगकर्ता टेम्प्लेट प्रमाणेआवश्यक असू शकतात\n" + +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 +msgid "Attribute" +msgstr "गुणधर्म " + +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:237 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "मूल्य" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:255 +msgid "Additional LDAP Settings" +msgstr "अतिरिक्त LDAP मांडणी" + +#. helptext +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 +msgid "<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified user.</p>" +msgstr "<p>या उपयोगकर्त्याला परवलीच्या शब्दाच्या नियमावलीचा ऑब्जेक्ट <b>DN of Password Policy object</b> मध्ये द्या. बदल केलेल्या उपयोगकर्त्याचा परवलीचा शब्दरीसेट करण्यासाठी <b>Reset Password</b> लागू करा.</p>" + +#. check box label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Use &Default Password Policy" +msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणाकासाठी परवलीशब्द:" + +#. text entry label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:115 +msgid "DN of &Password Policy object" +msgstr " परवलीच्या शब्दाच्या नियमावलीच्या ऑब्जेक्टचे DN" + +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:120 +msgid "&Reset Password" +msgstr "परवलीशब्दाची खात्री करा" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:130 +msgid "Password Policy Settings" +msgstr "परवलीशब्दाची मांडणी" + +#. label (date of last password change) +#. label (date of last password change) +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:118 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:803 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#. label (date of last password change) +#. label (date of last password change) +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:121 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:806 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "कधीही नाही" + +#. label +#. label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:153 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:838 +msgid "Last Password Change: %1" +msgstr "शेवटचा परवलीशब्दातील बदल: %1" + +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:162 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:856 +msgid "Days &before Password Expiration to Issue Warning" +msgstr "परवलीशब्द मुदतबाह्य होण्याआधी सूचित करण्याचा कालावधी दिवसात" + +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:171 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Days after Password Expires with Usable &Login" +msgstr "परवलीशब्द मुदतबाह्य झाल्यानंतर प्रवेश वापरात येईल अशी मुदत" + +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:180 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:874 +msgid "Ma&ximum Number of Days for the Same Password" +msgstr "एकाच परवलीशब्दासाठी सर्वाधिक दिवसांची संख्या" + +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:189 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:883 +msgid "&Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password" +msgstr "एकाच परवलीशब्दासाठी कमीत कमी दिवसांची संख्या" + +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:198 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:893 +msgid "Ex&piration Date" +msgstr "समाप्तीची दिनांक" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:213 +msgid "Shadow Account Settings" +msgstr "शॅडो अकाउंटचे सेटिंग" + +#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! +#. The date must stay in this format +#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! +#. The date must stay in this format +#. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD +#. The date must stay in this format +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 +msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD." +msgstr "समाप्तीची दिनांक पूढिल नमुन्याप्रमाणे हवी वर्ष-महिना-दिनांक." + +#. helptext for quota +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems.</p>" +msgstr "<p>येथे, वापरकर्त्यांच्या सांबा अकाऊंटची मांडणी संपादीत करा.</p>" + +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 +msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 +msgid "<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for quota +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems.</p>" +msgstr "<p>येथे, वापरकर्त्यांच्या सांबा अकाऊंटची मांडणी संपादीत करा.</p>" + +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 +msgid "" +"<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 +msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 +msgid "<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&File System" +msgstr "सिस्टम" + +#. frame label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:195 +msgid "Size Limits" +msgstr "" + +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:203 +msgid "&Soft limit" +msgstr "" + +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:211 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Hard limit" +msgstr "हार्ड डिस्क" + +#. frame label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:231 +msgid "I-nodes Limit" +msgstr "" + +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:238 +msgid "S&oft limit" +msgstr "" + +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:246 +msgid "Har&d limit" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The minimum user ID cannot be larger than the maximum." +msgid "Soft limit cannot be higher than the hard limit." +msgstr " किमान यूजर ID कमालपेक्षा मोठा असू शकणार नाही.." + +#. helper for creating widget with time settings +#. @param [String] id string that preceedes the subwidgets id's +#. @param [Fixnum] seconds number of seconds to be shown in the widget +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:496 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:330 +msgid "Days" +msgstr "दिवस" + +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:497 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:331 +msgid "Hours" +msgstr "तास" + +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:498 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "Minutes" +msgstr "मिनिटे" + +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:499 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:333 +msgid "Seconds" +msgstr "सेकंद" + +#. authentication type +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 +msgid "LDAP" +msgstr "LDAP" + +#. authentication type +#. richtext label +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 +msgid "NIS" +msgstr "एन.आय.एस." + +#. authentication type +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)" +msgstr "विंडोज क्षेत्र" + +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" +msgstr "मूळ परवलीशब्द" + +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" +msgstr "मूळ परवलीशब्द" + +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" +msgstr "संरचित केले नाही" + +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3" +msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन" + +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos." +msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकॅशन" + +#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated) +#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import" +msgstr "%1 नोंदी संरचीत करा" + +#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported." +msgstr "%1 नोंदी संरचीत करा" + +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is login name +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" +msgstr "%1 नोंदी संरचीत करा" + +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is full name, %4 login name +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" +msgstr "%1 नोंदी संरचीत करा" + +#. summary line +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" +msgstr "पासवर्ड एनक्रिप्शन पद्धत" + +#. rich text label +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +msgid "User Settings" +msgstr "मूळ मांडणी" + +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&वापरकर्ता" + +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Root Password" +msgstr "मूळ परवलीशब्द" + +#. password entering label +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 +msgid "LDAP Server Password:" +msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणाकासाठी परवलीशब्द:" + +#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:226 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:386 +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:431 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1044 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2491 +msgid "There is no such user." +msgstr "आसा कोणी वापरकर्ता नाही." + +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:233 +msgid "Full Name:" +msgstr "पूर्ण पत्ता:" + +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:237 +msgid "Login Name:" +msgstr "प्रवेशाचे नाव:" + +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:241 +msgid "Home Directory:" +msgstr "आरंभ संचिका:" + +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:245 +msgid "Login Shell:" +msgstr "प्रवेश शेल:" + +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:249 +msgid "UID:" +msgstr "UID:" + +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:253 +msgid "Default Group:" +msgstr "प्रथम पसंतीचा समूह:" + +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:257 +msgid "List of Groups:" +msgstr "समूहाची यादी" + +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:285 +msgid "Enter a user name." +msgstr "समूहाचे नाव प्रविष्ट करा." + +#. question on command line +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:306 +msgid "Password for New User:" +msgstr "नवीन वापरकर्त्यासाठी संकतशब्द:" + +#. question on command line +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:309 +msgid "Confirm the password:" +msgstr "परवलीशब्दाची खात्री करा" + +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:314 +msgid "Passwords do not match. Try again." +msgstr "" +"परवलीशब्द जुळत नाहीत.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:318 +msgid "Passwords do not match. Exiting." +msgstr "" +"परवलीशब्द जुळत नाहीत.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:399 +msgid "" +"You can not delete this user, because the user is present.\n" +"Please log off the user first." +msgstr "" +"आपण या उपयोगकर्त्याला मिटवू शकत नाही कारण हा उपयोगकर्ता उपस्थित आहे.\n" +"त्याला आधी लॉग ऑफ करावे लागेल." + +#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:558 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:625 +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:701 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1832 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1995 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2158 +msgid "There is no such group." +msgstr "असा कोणी समूह नाही." + +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:565 +msgid "Group Name:" +msgstr "समूह नाव:" + +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:569 +msgid "GID:" +msgstr "GID:" + +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:573 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:577 +msgid "List of Members:" +msgstr "सदस्याची यादी:" + +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:637 +msgid "Enter a group name." +msgstr "समूहाचे नाव प्रविष्ट करा." + +#. popup text +#: src/include/users/complex.rb:89 +msgid "Really abort the writing process?" +msgstr "लिहिण्याच्या प्रक्रियेतून करच बाहेर पडायचे?" + +#. The login name contains uppercase 1/3 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:69 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"You have used uppercase letters in the user login entry.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"तुम्ही लॉगईन करताना वरच्या केसमधील अक्षरे प्रविष्ट केली आहेत.</p>" + +#. The login name contains uppercase 2/3 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:73 +msgid "" +"<p>This could cause problems with delivering mail\n" +"to this user, because mail systems generally do not\n" +"support case-sensitive names.<br>\n" +"You could solve this problem by editing the alias table.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>या उपयोगकर्त्याला मेल पोचती करण्यात यामुळे समस्या निर्माण होऊ शकते\n" +"कारण मेलचे तंत्र सर्वसाधारणपणे इंग्रजीच्या मोठ्या-लहान अक्षरांत फरककरीत नाही.<br>/nआपण या समस्येचे समाधान एलियास टेबलला संपादित करून करू शकता.</p>\n" + +#. The login name contains uppercase 3/3 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:80 +msgid "<p>Really use the entered value?</p>" +msgstr "<p>प्रविष्ट केलेल मूल्य खरंच वापरू?</p>" + +#. password entry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:124 +msgid "" +"To access the data required to modify\n" +"the encryption settings for this user,\n" +"enter the user's current password." +msgstr "" +"या उपयोगकर्त्याच्या माहितीच्या कूट-रूपान्तरणचे सेटिंग बदलण्यासाठी\n" +"लागणारी माहिती मिळविण्यासाठी\n" +"उपयोगकर्त्याचा चालू परवलीचा शब्द लिहा." + +#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 +msgid "" +"Crypted directory image and key files\n" +"'%1' and '%2'\n" +"were found. Use them for current user?\n" +"\n" +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label, %1 is path to directory +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The home directory (%1) already exists.\n" +"Use it anyway?" +msgstr "" +"निवडलेली स्थानिक डायरेक्टरी आधी पासून आहे.\n" +"तिलाच वापरून तिच्या मालकाचे नांव बदलणे आहे काय?" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:377 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Change directory owner" +msgstr "आरंभ संचिका बदलून %1 करू का?" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 +msgid "&First Name" +msgstr "पहिले नाव" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:414 +msgid "&Last Name" +msgstr "आडनाव" + +#. label text +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 +#, fuzzy +msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." +msgstr "" +"दूरस्थ वापरकर्त्यासाठी, फक्त अतिरिक्त\n" +"समूह सदस्य बदलता येईल." + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "A&utomatic Login" +msgstr "आपोआप प्रवेश" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "D&isable User Login" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचा प्रवेश अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. push button +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:509 +msgid "User &Management" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता प्रबंध" + +#. group name is not known (combobox item): +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "(Unknown)" +msgstr "(अज्ञात)" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:623 +msgid "De&fault Group" +msgstr "प्रथम पसंतीचा समूह" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:630 +msgid "Login &Shell" +msgstr "प्रवेशाचा शेल" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:641 +msgid "Addi&tional User Information" +msgstr "अतिरिक्त वापरकर्ता माहिती" + +#. button label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:650 +msgid "B&rowse..." +msgstr "संचार करणे" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:656 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "आरंभ संचिका" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:665 +msgid "&Move to New Location" +msgstr "नवीन ठिकाणी नेऊन ठेवा" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:678 +msgid "Home Directory &Permission Mode" +msgstr "आरंभ संचिका:" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:684 +msgid "E&mpty Home" +msgstr "रिक्त घर" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:698 +msgid "&Use Encrypted Home Directory" +msgstr "आरंभ संचिका" + +#. for max value, see bug 244631 :-) +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:707 +msgid "&Directory Size in MB" +msgstr "MB प्रमाणात डायरेक्टरीचा आकार" + +#. label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:721 +msgid "" +"For remote users, only additional \n" +"group memberships can be changed." +msgstr "" +"दूरस्थ वापरकर्त्यासाठी, फक्त अतिरिक्त\n" +"समूह सदस्य बदलता येईल." + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:738 +msgid "User &ID (uid)" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता ओळखचिन्ह (uid)" + +#. selection box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:759 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Additional Gr&oups" +msgstr "अतिरिक्त माहिती" + +#. selection box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:766 +msgid "&LDAP Groups" +msgstr "LDAP समूह" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:848 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Force Password Change" +msgstr "शेवटचा परवलीशब्दातील बदल: %1" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217 +msgid "Plug-In Description" +msgstr "पूरक प्रणालीचे वर्णन" + +#. pushbutton label +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226 +msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In" +msgstr "पूरक प्रणालीचे वर्णन वाढवा किंवा काढा" + +#. pushbutton label +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229 +msgid "&Launch" +msgstr "प्रक्षेपक" + +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:959 +msgid "New Local User" +msgstr "नवीन स्थानिक वापरकर्ता" + +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:961 +msgid "New System User" +msgstr "नवीन यंत्रणा वापरकर्ता" + +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:963 +msgid "New LDAP User" +msgstr "नवीन LDAP वापरकर्ता" + +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:967 +msgid "Existing Local User" +msgstr "अस्तित्वात असलेला स्थानिक वापरकर्ता" + +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:969 +msgid "Existing System User" +msgstr "अस्तित्वात असलेला यंत्रणेचा वापरकर्ता" + +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:971 +msgid "Existing LDAP User" +msgstr "अस्तित्वात असलेला LDAP वापरकर्ता" + +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:973 +msgid "Existing NIS User" +msgstr "अस्तित्वात असलेला NIS वापरकर्ता" + +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:979 +msgid "Us&er Data" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्याविषयी माहिती" + +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:981 +msgid "&Details" +msgstr "अधिक माहिती" + +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:988 +msgid "Pass&word Settings" +msgstr "परवलीशब्दाची मांडणी" + +#. tab label +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273 +msgid "Plu&g-Ins" +msgstr "पूरक प्रणाली" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 +msgid "Change home directory to %1?" +msgstr "आरंभ संचिका बदलून %1 करू का?" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n" +"because the user is currently logged in.\n" +"Log the user out first." +msgstr "" +"आपण या उपयोगकर्त्याला मिटवू शकत नाही कारण हा उपयोगकर्ता \n" +"सध्या लॉग-इन आहे.\n" +"त्याला आधी लॉग ऑफ करावे लागेल." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577 +msgid "Enter the size for the home directory." +msgstr "वापरकर्त्याच्या चाळणीचे मूल्य प्रविष्ट करा." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Directory cannot be encrypted." +msgstr "" + +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485 +msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed." +msgstr "ही पूरक प्रणाली काढता येत नाही." + +#. popup text +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005 +msgid "Now you have added a new user." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071 +msgid "New Local Group" +msgstr "नवीन स्थानिक समूह" + +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073 +msgid "New System Group" +msgstr "नवीन यंत्रणा समूह" + +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075 +msgid "New LDAP Group" +msgstr "नवीन LDAP समूह" + +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079 +msgid "Existing Local Group" +msgstr "अस्तित्वातील स्थानिक समूह" + +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081 +msgid "Existing System Group" +msgstr "अस्तित्वातील यंत्रणा समूह" + +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083 +msgid "Existing LDAP Group" +msgstr "अस्तित्वातील LDAP समूह" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145 +msgid "Group &Name" +msgstr "गटाचे नाव" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154 +msgid "Group &ID (gid)" +msgstr "समूह ID (gid)" + +#. selection box label +#. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes +#. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog) +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593 +msgid "Group &Members" +msgstr "समूह सभासद" + +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271 +msgid "Group &Data" +msgstr "समूह माहिती" + +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"परवलीचा शब्द लिहितांना इंग्रजीच्या मोठ्या आणि लहान अक्षरांचे लक्ष ठेवा.\n" +"परवलीच्या शब्दांत विशेष अक्षरेजसे\n" +"स्वराघात असलेली अक्षरे नसावीत.\n" + +#. Help text 0/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Here, set default values to use when creating new local or system users.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"इथे, नवीन स्थानीय किंवा सिस्टिम दर्जाच्या उपयोगकर्तासम्बन्धी डिफॉल्ट मूल्येसेट करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Help text 1/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:109 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Default Group</b><br>\n" +"The group name of a new user's primary group.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>प्राथमिक समूह</b><br>\n" +"नवीन वापरकर्त्यांच्या प्राथमिक समूहाचे समूह नाव.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Help text 1.5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:116 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Secondary Groups</b><br>\n" +"Names of additional groups to which to assign new users.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>द्वितीयक समूह</b><br>\n" +"नवीन उपयोगकर्तांना सम्बन्धित करण्यासाठी आणखी समूहांची नांवे</p>\n" + +#. Help text 2/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>डिफॉल्ट लॉग-इन शेल</b><br>\n" +"नवीन उपयोगकर्त्याच्या लॉग-इन शेलचे नांव. यादीतून एक निवडा किंवाशेलसाठी आपला स्वतःचा पाथ द्या.\n" + +#. Help text 3/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Default Home</b><br>\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" +"to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" +"</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>डिफॉल्ट स्थानक</b><br>\n" +"नवीन उपयोगकर्त्याच्या स्थानिक डायरेक्टरीचा पहिला पाथ.उपयोगकर्त्याचे नांव \n" +"डिफॉल्ट स्थानक डायरेक्टरीचे नांव बनविण्याकरितां याच्या शेवटी जोडलेगेले आहे.\n" +"</P>\n" + +#. Help text 4/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b> डायरेक्टरीचा सांगाडा</b><br>\n" +"या डायरेक्टरीतील सामुग्री नवीन उपयोगकर्ता बनविल्यावर त्या उपयोगकर्ताच्यास्थानिक डायरेक्टरीत कॉपी करण्यात येतात</p>\n" + +#. Help text 4.5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Umask for Home Directory</b><br>\n" +"Umask to use for creating new home directories.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>स्थानिक डायरेक्टरीसाठी यू मास्क</b><br>\n" +"ज्या यू मास्कचा उपयोग नवीन स्थानिक डायरेक्टरी बनविण्यासाठी केला जातो. </p>" + +#. Help text 5/6: +#. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" +"YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>मुदत समाप्तीचा दिनांक</b><br>\n" +"ज्या तारखेला उपयोगकर्त्याचे खाते असमर्थ करण्यात येते. तारीख याच प्रमाणे लिहीलीगेली पाहिजे\n" +"YYYY-MM-DD. जर खाते नेहेमी चालू राहाणार असेल तर तारीख नका लिहू. </P>\n" + +#. Help text 6/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Days after Password Expiration Login Is Usable</B><BR>\n" +"Users can log in after expiration of passwords. Set how many days \n" +"after expiration login is allowed. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" +"</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>परवलीच्या शब्दाची मुदत संपल्यानंतरचे दिवस जेव्हा पर्यंत लॉग-इन करू शकता.</B><BR>\n" +"परवलीच्या शब्दाची मुदत संपल्यावर उपयोगकर्ते लॉग-इन करू शकतात. किती दिवस पर्यंत.\n" +"लॉग-इन करू द्यायचे ते ठरवा. असीमित मुदतीसाठी -1 लिहा.\n" +"</P>\n" + +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:162 +msgid "" +"<P><B><BIG>Initializing User Management</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"Please wait...\n" +"<BR></P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P><B><BIG>उपयोगकर्त्यांचे प्रबंधन सुरू होत आहे</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा........\n" +"<BR></P>\n" + +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:168 +msgid "" +"<P><B><BIG>Aborting the Initialization</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"You can safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B>\n" +"now.\n" +"</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B><BIG>प्रबंधनाची सुरूवात थांबविण्यात येत आहे</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"आपण संरचनेच्या कामातून सुरक्षितपणे <B>Abort</B> दाबून\n" +"आत्ता बाहेर पडू शकता.\n" +"</P>" + +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:180 +msgid "" +"<P><B><BIG>Saving User Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"Please wait...\n" +"<BR></P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P><B><BIG>उपयोगकर्त्याची संरचना साठविली जात आहे</BIG></B><BR>\n" +" कृपया प्रतीक्षा करा........\n" +"<BR></P>\n" + +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:186 +msgid "" +"<P><B><BIG>Aborting the Save Process:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"Abort the save process by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P><B><BIG>सुरक्षिततेची प्रक्रिया थांबविण्यात येत आहे:</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"<B>Abort</B> दाबून सुरक्षिततेच्या प्रक्रियेला थांबवा. \n" +"असे करणे जेव्हा सोयीचे असेल तेव्हा आणखी एका सूचनेद्वारे आपल्याला कळविण्यात येईल.\n" +"</P>\n" + +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:203 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Enter the <b>First Name</b>, <b>Last Name</b>, \n" +"<b>Username</b>, and\n" +"<b>Password</b> to assign to this user.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>प्रथम नांव</b>, <b>आडनांव</b>, <b>उपयोगकर्ता नांव</b>\n" +"आणि <b>परवलीचा शब्द</b>\n" +"या उपयोगकर्तासाठी लिहा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 2/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Create the <b>Username</b> from components of the full name by\n" +"clicking <b>Suggestion</b>. It may be modified, but use only\n" +"letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>उपयोगकर्ता नांव</b> संपूर्ण नांवाच्या आधारावरील <b>सूचनां</b>प्रमाणे\n" +"क्लिक करून निर्माण करा. त्याला बदलू शकता, परंतू फक्त अक्षरे (स्वराघातांशिवाय),\n" +"अंक, आणि <tt>._-</tt> वापरा.\n" +"यांत इंग्रजीची मोठी अक्षरे घालू शकता, पण त्याबद्दल नक्की ठरवून घ्या.\n" +"उपयोगकर्ता नांवांसाठी परवलीच्या शब्दांपेक्षा अधिक बंधने आहेत. आपण ही बंधने/etc/login.defs या फाइलमध्ये पुनःपरिभाषित करू शकता. अधिक माहितीसाठी\n" +"त्याचे मुखपृष्ठ बघा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. alternative help text 2/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:241 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"For the <b>Username</b>, use only\n" +"letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>उपयोगकर्ता नांव</b>साठी फक्त अक्षरे (स्वराघातांशिवाय),\n" +"अंक, आणि <tt>._-</tt> वापरा.\n" +"यांत इंग्रजीची मोठी अक्षरे घालू शकता, पण त्याबद्दल नक्की ठरवून घ्या.\n" +"उपयोगकर्ता नांवांसाठी परवलीच्या शब्दांपेक्षा अधिक बंधने आहेत. आपण ही बंधने/etc/login.defs या फाइलमध्ये पुनःपरिभाषित करू शकता. अधिक माहितीसाठी\n" +"त्याचे मुखपृष्ठ बघा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 6/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 +msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>" +msgstr "<p>तुमच्या यंत्रणेमध्ये अधिक वापरकर्ते किंवा समूह वाढविण्यासाठी <b>वापरकर्ता नियमन</b> दाबा.</p>" + +#. alternative help text 4/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To see more details, such as the home directory or the user ID, click\n" +"<b>Details</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आणखी तपशील पहाण्यासाठी, जसे होम डिरेक्टरी किंवा उपभोक्त्याचा आयडी\n" +"<b>डिटेल्स</b> वर क्लिक करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. alternative help text 5/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"या उपभोक्त्याची विविध पारसवर्ड सेटिंग्ज संपादितकरण्यासाठी<b>पासवर्ड सेटिंग्ज</b> वर क्लिक करा.\n" + +#. help text 7/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 +msgid "" +"<p>To forbid this user to\n" +"log in, check <b>Disable User Login</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>ह्या वापरकर्त्यांला प्रवेश करण्यापासून रोखण्यासाठी\n" +"वापरकर्ता <b>वापरकर्ता प्रवेश अकार्यान्वित करा</b> तपासा.</p>" + +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:316 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Enter the group data here. \n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"समूहाची माहिती येथे प्रविष्ट करा. \n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:318 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Group Name:</b>\n" +"Avoid long names for groups. Normal lengths are between \n" +"two and eight characters. \n" +"You can redefine the list of characters allowed for group names in\n" +"the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>समूह-नांवः</b>\n" +"समूहासाठी लांबलचक नांव ठेऊ नका. साधारणपणे नांवे दोन आणि आठ \n" +"अक्षरांच्या मधील लांबीचे असू द्या.\n" +"समूह-नांवांच्या अक्षरांच्या यादीत बदल करण्यासाठी आपण /etc/login.defs \n" +"या फाइलमध्ये बदल करू शकता. अधिक माहितीसाठी त्याचे मुखपृष्ठ बघा.\n" + +#. help text 3/6, %1 is number +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:329 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Group ID (gid):</b>\n" +"In addition to its name, a group must be assigned a numerical ID for its\n" +"internal representation. These values are between 0 and\n" +"%1. Some of the IDs are already assigned during installation. You will be\n" +"warned if you try to use an already set one.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b> समूह-नांवः</b>\n" +"नांवाबरोबरच समूहासाठी एक संख्यात्मक नांव सुद्धा\n" +"आन्तरिक कामांसाठी द्यावे लागते. ही संख्या 0 आणि\n" +"%1च्या मध्ये असायला हवी. यातील काही संख्या इन्स्टॉलेशनच्या दरम्यान वापरण्यात आलेल्याअसतात.\n" +"जर आपण यांतील कोठली संख्या वापरलीत, तर आपल्याला ताकीद देण्यात येईल.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:342 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Password:</b>\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" +"switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" +"password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" +"here. This entry is not required.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>परवलीचा शब्दः</b>\n" +"या समूहाचे सदस्य नसलेल्या उपयोगकर्त्यांना या समूहात येण्यासाठी\n" +"(<tt>newgrp</tt>चे मुखपृष्ठ बघा) आपली ओळख दाखविण्यासाठी या\n" +"समूहाला परवलीचा शब्द ठरवा. सुरक्षेसाठी हा शब्द इथे\n" +"दाखविण्यात येणार नाही. इथे काही लिहीणे आवश्यकही नाही.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:353 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Confirm Password:</b>\n" +"Enter the password a second time to avoid typing errors.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"परवलीचा शब्द पुन्हा लिहाटायपिंगच्या चुका टाळण्यासाठी परवलीचा शब्द पुन्हा लिहा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:361 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Group Members:</b>\n" +"Here, select which users should be members of this group.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>समूहाचे सदस्यः</b>\n" +"इथे या समूहाच्या सदस्यांची नांवे निवडा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. additional helptext for EditFroup dialog +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:373 +msgid "" +"The second list shows users for which this group is the default\n" +" group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." +msgstr "" +"दुस-या यादीत हा समूह डिफॉल्ट असलेल्या उपयोगकर्त्यांची नांवे दर्शवलेली आहेत.\n" +"उपयोगकर्त्यांची माहिती संपादित करून त्यांचा डिफॉल्ट समूह बदलता येईल." + +#. help text 1/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:392 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Additional user data includes:\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"अतिरिक्त वापरकर्ता घटक:\n" +"</p>" + +#. help text 2/8, %1 is number +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:395 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>User ID (uid):</b>\n" +"Each user is known to the system by a unique number,\n" +"the user ID. For normal users, you should use\n" +"a UID larger than %1 because the smaller UIDs are used\n" +"by the system for special purposes and pseudo logins.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>उपयोगकर्ता-नांवः</b>\n" +"सिस्टिम प्रत्येक उपयोगकर्त्याला विशिष्ट संख्येने - उपयोगकर्ता-नांवाने ओळखते.\n" +"सामान्य उपयोगकर्त्यांसाठी उपयोगकर्ता-नांव %1 पेक्षा अधिक ठेवा,\n" +"कारण यापेक्षा लहान\n" +"उपयोगकर्ता-नांवे सिस्टिमद्वारे विशेष कामांसाठी आणि छद्म लॉग इन साठी वापरण्यात येतात.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 3/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:408 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"If you change the UID of an existing user, the rights of the files\n" +"this user owns must be changed. This is done automatically\n" +"for the files in the user's home directory, but not for files \n" +"located elsewhere.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"जर आपण कुठल्या उपयोगकर्त्याचे नांव बदललेत, तर फाइल्सचे अधिकार ही\n" +"बदलावे लागतील. हे उपयोगकर्त्याच्या स्थानिक डायरेक्टरीत स्वतःच होईल.\n" +"पण इतर ठिकाणी असलेल्या फाइल्सचे तसे नाही होणार. \n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 4/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:417 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Home Directory:</b>\n" +"The home directory of the user. Normally this is\n" +"/home/username. \n" +"To select an existing directory, click <b>Browse</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>होम डिरेक्टरीः</b>\n" +" उपभोक्त्याची होम डिरेक्टरी, साधारणपणे हे\n" +"/होमचे/उपभोक्त्याचे-नांव असते. सध्याची डिरेक्टरी निवडण्यासाठी\n" +"<b>ब्राऊझ</b> वर क्लिक करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text for user's home directory mode +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's home directory different from the default.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>स्थानिक डायरेक्टरीचे अनुमति मोड</b> या उपयोगकर्त्यासाठी वैकल्पिकरीत्यास्थानिक डायरेक्टरीपेक्षा वेगळे सेट करू शकता.</p>" + +#. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 +msgid "" +"<p>To create only an empty home directory,\n" +"check <b>Empty Home</b>. Otherwise, the new home directory\n" +"is created from the default skeleton (%1).</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>फक्त रिकामी स्थानिक डायरेक्टरी बनविण्यासाठी \n" +"<b>Empty Home</b>ला क्लिक करा. अन्यथा, (%1) डिफॉल्ट सांगाड्यापासून\n" +"नवी डायरेक्टरी तयार केली जाईल. </p>\n" + +#. help text for Move to new location checkbox +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 +msgid "<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.</p>" +msgstr "<p>जर उपयोगकर्त्याच्या स्थानिक डायरेक्टरीची जागा बदलावयाची असेल तर सध्याच्या डायरेक्टरीतीलसामुग्री <b>Move to New Location</b>(डिफॉल्ट) वापरून हलवा.अन्यथा नवीन स्थानिक डायरेक्टरी निर्माण होईल.</p>" + +#. help text for directory encryption +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>To encrypt the user's home directory, enable <b>Use Encrypted Home\n" +"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" +"among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared.</p>" +msgstr "उपभोक्त्याची होम डिरेक्टरी एन्क्रिप्ट करण्यासाठी, <b>यूज एन्क्रिप्टेड होमडिरेक्टरी</b> शक्य करा व डिरेक्टरीचा आकार सेट करा. उपभोक्त्याची होम डिरेक्टरी एन्क्रिप्ट करण्याने इतर उपभोक्त्यांकडून भक्कम सुरक्षा मिळत नाही. हे मशीन अनेक जण वापरत असल्यास, उपभोक्त्याला प्रणालीच्या सुरक्षेची तडजोड करुन घ्यावी लागेल,दुसरी उपभोक्त्या की मिळवावी लागेल व एन्क्रिप्टेड डाटाचा अक्सेस मिळवावा लागेल.भक्कम सुरक्षा पाहिजे असल्यास, प्रणाली भौतिक दृष्ट्या विभागू घेता कामा नये. " + +#. help text for directory encryption +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 +msgid "<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. alternate helptext 5/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"The home directory of an LDAP user can be changed only on the\n" +"file server.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +" LDAP उपयोगकर्त्याची स्थानिक डायरेक्टरी फक्त फाइल सर्व्हर वरच बदलली \n" +"जाऊ शकते. </p>" + +#. alternate helptext 5/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:497 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Additional Information:</b>\n" +"Some additional user data could be set here. This field may contain up to\n" +"three parts, separated by commas. The standard usage is to write\n" +"<i>office</i>,<i>work phone</i>,<i>home phone</i>. This information is \n" +"shown when you use the <i>finger</i> command on this user.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>अधिक माहितीः</b>\n" +"उपयोगकर्त्याची अधिक माहिती इथे दिली जाऊ शकते. इथे स्वल्पविरामाने विभागलेले तीन भाग\n" +"असू शकतात\n" +"प्रमाणक उपयोग आहे – ऑफिस, कार्याचा फोन, घरचा फोन. आपण या उपयोगकर्त्यासाठी\n" +"<i>finger</i> आदेश वापरल्यावर ही माहिती दाखविली जाते.\n" + +#. help text 6/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:512 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Login Shell:</b>\n" +"The login shell (command interpreter) for the user.\n" +"Select a shell from the list of all shells installed\n" +"on your system.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b> लॉग इन शेलः</b>\n" +"उपयोगकर्त्यासाठी लॉग इन शेल (आदेश अनुवादक).\n" +"आपल्या सिस्टिमवर सर्व स्थापित\n" +" शेल पैकी एक निवडा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. help text 7/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:522 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Default Group:</b>\n" +"The primary group to which the user belongs. Select one group\n" +"from the list of all groups existing on your system.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>डिफॉल्ट समूहः</b>\n" +"उपयोगकर्त्याचा प्राथमिक समूह. आपल्या सिस्टिमवर\n" +"सर्व स्थापित समूहां पैकी एक निवडा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. help text 8/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:531 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Additional Groups:</b>\n" +"Select additional groups in which the user should be a member.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>समूहः</b>उपयोगकर्त्याला सदस्य करण्यासाठी इतर समूह निवडा. \n" +"</p>\n" + +#. helptxt for plugin dialog 1/2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:544 +msgid "" +"<p>Here, see the list of plug-ins, the\n" +"extensions of user and group configuration.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>इथे आपण प्लग-इनची यादी, \n" +"उपयोगकर्ता आणि समूहाच्या संरचनेचा विस्तार बघू शकता.</p>\n" + +#. helptext for plugin dialog 2/3 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:548 +msgid "" +"The check mark in the left part of the table indicates that the plug-in\n" +"is currently in use." +msgstr "" +"तालिकेत डावीकडे असलेल्या चिह्नाद्वारे आपल्याला कळते की\n" +"कुठले प्लग-इन सध्या वापरण्यात येत आहे." + +#. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 +msgid "<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting <b>Launch</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<b>Launch</b> निवडून एका विशिष्ट प्लग-इनची विस्तृत संरचनासुरू करा.</p>" + +#. help texts 1/1 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Save the current user and group settings to the system.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"चालू वापरकर्ता व समूहाची माडणी यंत्रणेत संग्रहीत करा.\n" +"</p>" + +#. Help text 1/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:573 +msgid "" +"<p>Activate <b>Force Password Change</b> to force the user to change the\n" +"password at the next login. If <b>Last Password Change</b> is set to\n" +"<i>Never</i>, the user will be forced to change the password.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Help text 2/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:579 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Days before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</B><BR>\n" +"Users can be warned before their passwords expire. Set \n" +"how long before expiration the warning should be issued. Set -1 to disable\n" +"the warning. \n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>परवलीच्या शब्दाची मुदत संपण्याआधीच्या दिवसांची संख्या</b><BR>\n" +"उपयोगकर्त्यांना परवलीच्या शब्दाची मुदत संपण्याची ताकीद देता येते. किती दिवस आधी\n" +"ताकीद द्यावी हे ठरवा. इथे -1 लिहील्यास\n" +"ताकीद दिसत नाही.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Help text 3/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:588 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Days after Password Expires with Usable Login</B><BR>\n" +"Users can log in after their passwords have expired. Set how many days to\n" +"allow login. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" +"</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>परवलीच्या शब्दाची मुदत संपल्यावर लॉग-इन करू शकण्याची मुदत. </B><BR>\n" +"परवलीच्या शब्दाची मुदत संपल्यावरही उपयोगकर्ते लॉग-इन करू शकतात. किती दिवस द्यायचेते ठरवा.-1 लिहिल्याने असीमित दिवस होतात.</P>\n" + +#. Help text 4/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days a user \n" +"can use the same password before it expires.</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>एकाच परवलीच्या शब्दाची कमाल मुदत</B><BR> उपयोगकर्ता किती दिवस\n" +"एकाच परवलीच्या शब्दाचा उपयोग करू शकेल हे ठरवा.</P>\n" + +#. Help text 5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum age of \n" +"a password before a user is allowed to change it.</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>एकाच परवलीच्या शब्दाची किमान मुदत</B><BR> उपयोगकर्ता किमान किती दिवसांनंतर\n" +"परवलीचा शब्द बदलू शकेल ते ठरवा\n" + +#. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:603 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Expiration Date</B><BR>Set the date when this account expires. \n" +"The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n" +"Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>मुदत संपण्याची तारीख</B><BR>या खात्याची शेवटली तारीख ठरवा.\n" +"तारीख याच प्रमाणे लिहा YYYY-MM-DD.\n" +" जर खाते बंद होणारच नसेल तर काहीच लिहू नका.\n" + +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:613 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Configuration Overview</b><br>\n" +"Here, see a summary of modules that could affect sources\n" +"of user accounts or authentication type.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>संरचनेचे विहंगमावलोकन</b><br>\n" +"उपयोगकर्त्याच्या खात्यावर किंवा सत्यापनाच्या प्रकारावर\n" +"प्रभाव टाकणारे मोड्यूल्सचे सार इथे बघू शकता.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:621 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Changing the Values</b><br>\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with <b>Configure</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>मूल्ये बदलणे</b><br>\n" +"आपण उचित मोड्यूल्स चालवून या सेटिंग्स बदलू शकता.\n" +"<b>Configure</b> द्वारे मोड्यूल निवडा.\n" + +#. help text for Password Policy Dialog +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 +msgid "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>" +msgstr "<p>आकृतीबंध बनवण्याकरिता <b> अट्रिब्यूट्सचे</b>, <b>पासवर्डपॉलिसी </b>,समुह निवडण्यासाठी <b> पासवर्ड चेंज पॉलिसीज </b> पासवर्ड एजिंग पॉलिसीज वलॉकआऊट पॉलिसीज LDAP टॅब्ज निवडा.</p>" + +#. help text for pwdInHistory attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used.</p>" +msgstr "<p> याआधी वापरलेले किती पासवर्ड जतन करावेत ते सेट करण्यासाठी</b>हिस्टरीमधे जतन केलेले जास्तीत जास्त पासवर्डनमूद करा. जतन केलेले पासवर्ड वापरले जाणार नाहीत.</p>" + +#. help text for pwdMustChange attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 +msgid "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator.</p>" +msgstr "<p>प्रशासकाद्वारे पासवर्ड रीसेट झाल्यावर किंवा बदलल्यानंतर </b> प्रयोक्त्यांना सक्तीनेत्यांचे पासवर्ड बदलण्यास लावण्यासाठी, यूजर मस्ट चेंजपासवर्ड आफ्टर रीसेट तपासा.</p>" + +#. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their passwords.</p>" +msgstr "<p>प्रयोक्तयांना <b> त्यांचे पासवर्ड बदलू </b> देण्यासाठीयूजर कॅन चेंज पासवर्ड तपासा.</p>" + +#. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 +msgid "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>जर नवीन पासवर्डसोबत सध्याचा पासवर्ड देणे आवश्यक असेल, तर ओल्ड पासवर्ड रिक्वायर्ड फॉर पासवर्ड <b> चेंज तपासा </b>.</p>" + +#. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.<p>" +msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>" +msgstr "<p> पासवर्ड दुरुस्त करतांना किंवा घालतांना पासवर्डचा दर्जा तपासावा की नाहीहे निवडा. जर पासवर्ड अजिबात तपासण्यात नको असतील तर <b> नो चेकिंग </b> निवडा. अक्सेप्टअनचेकेबल पासवर्डस च्या सहाय्याने, जरी तपासणी करता येऊ शकत नसली तरीपासवर्ड </b>, स्वीकारले जातात. उदाहरणार्थ, प्रयोक्त्याने जर सांकेतिकपासवर्ड पुरवलेला असेल. ओन्ली अक्सेप्ट चेक्ड पासवर्ड च्या सहाय्याने,जर दर्जाची <b>चाचणी अ यशस्वी झाली किंवा पासवर्ड </b> तपासतायेऊ शकत नसेल तर पासवर्ड नाकारले जातात.<p>" + +#. help text for pwdMinLength attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>" +msgstr "मिनीमम पासवर्ड लेन्थ मधील पासवर्डमधे वापरणे आवश्यक आहे असे <b> किमाने संख्येतील वर्ण सेट करा </b>.</p>" + +#. help text for pwdMinAge attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 +msgid "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>मिनीमम पासवर्ड एज हे सेट करते की</b>पासवर्डच्या दुरुस्तीदरम्यान किती वेळ जायला हवा.</p>" + +#. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 +msgid "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password expires.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>मॅक्झिमम पासवर्ड एज हे सेट करते की</b>दुरुस्तीनंतर किती वेळानेपासवर्डची मुदत संपते.</p>" + +#. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 +msgid "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>" +msgstr "<p>टाईम बिफोर पासवर्ड एक्स्पायरेशन टू इश्यू वॉर्निंग <b> मधे </b> प्रमाणीकरण करणार्‍याप्रयोक्त्याला मुदत समाप्तीचे इशारा संदेश देण्यापूर्वी किती वेळ पासवर्डची मुदत संपण्यास आहे, ते सेट करा.</p>" + +#. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 +msgid "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>अलाऊड यूजेस ऑफ अन एक्स्पायर्ड पासवर्ड मधे प्रमाणीकरण करण्यासाठी किती वेळा मुदत संपलेला पासवर्ड वापरता येऊ शकतो ते सेट करा </b>.</p>" + +#. help text for pwdLockout attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>" +msgstr "<p>सलगपणे <b>अयशस्वी बाईंड प्रयत्नांच्या एका ठराविक संख्येनंतर पासवर्डचा वापर निषिद्ध करण्यासाठी एनेबल पासवर्ड लॉकिंग तपासा.</p>" + +#. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 +msgid "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the Password</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>सलगपणे अयशस्वी बाईंड प्रयत्नांची संख्या सेट करा की ज्यानंतर पासवर्डबाईंड फेल्युअर्स टु लॉक द पासवर्ड मधे प्रमाणीकरणासाठी <b>पासवर्ड वापरतायेणार नाही</b>.</p>" + +#. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 +msgid "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>पासवर्ड लॉक डयुरेशन मधे किती काळ पासवर्ड वापरता येऊ शकणार नाहीते सेट करा</b>.</p>" + +#. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 +msgid "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>बाईंड फेल्युअर कॅशे डयुरेशन</b> किती वेळ आधी अयशस्वी काऊंटर वरुन पासवर्ड फेल्युअर्स उत्तम स्थितीत आहेत, जरी कोणतेही यशस्वी प्रमाणीकरण झालेले नसेल.</p>" + +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "&Password Change Policies" +msgstr "गुप्तशब्ध बदलण्याचा प्रोटोकॉल " + +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:173 +msgid "Pa&ssword Aging Policies" +msgstr "गुप्तशब्ध बदलण्याचा प्रोटोकॉल " + +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:175 +msgid "&Lockout Policies" +msgstr "लॉकआऊट पॉलिसीज " + +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:211 +msgid "Ma&ximum Number of Passwords Stored in History" +msgstr "हिस्टरीमधे जतन केलेले जास्तीत जास्त पासवर्ड" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "U&ser Must Change Password after Reset" +msgstr "प्रयोक्त्याने रीसेटनंतर पासवर्ड बदलणे आवश्यक आहे" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:230 +msgid "&User Can Change Password" +msgstr "प्रयोक्ता पासवर्ड बदलू शकतो" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:239 +msgid "&Old Password Required for Password Change" +msgstr "पासवर्ड बदलासाठी आवश्यक जुना पासवर्ड" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:248 +msgid "Password Quality Checking" +msgstr "पासवर्डचा दर्जा तपासत आहे" + +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:258 +msgid "&No Checking" +msgstr "तपासणी नाही" + +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:266 +msgid "Acc&ept Uncheckable Passwords" +msgstr "न तपासता येणारे पासवर्ड स्वीकारा" + +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:274 +msgid "&Only Accept Checked Passwords" +msgstr "फक्त तपासलेले पासवर्ड स्वीकारा" + +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:284 +msgid "&Minimum Password Length" +msgstr "पासवर्डची किमान लांबी" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:373 +msgid "Minimum Password Age" +msgstr "पासवर्डचे किमान वय" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:376 +msgid "Maximum Password Age" +msgstr "पासवर्डचे कमाल वय" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:381 +msgid "Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning" +msgstr "इशारा देण्यासाठी पासवर्डची मुदत संपण्यापूर्वीचा वेळ" + +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:387 +msgid "Allowed Uses of an Expired Password" +msgstr "मुदत संपलेल्या पासवर्डच्या वापरास अनुमती" + +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "Enable Password Locking" +msgstr "पासवर्ड लॉकिंक शक्य करा" + +#. intField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Bind Failures to Lock the Password" +msgstr "पासवर्ड लॉक करण्यासाठी बाईंड फेल्युअर्स" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:434 +msgid "Password Lock Duration" +msgstr "पासवर्ड लॉकचा अवधी" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration" +msgstr "बाईंड फेल्युअर्स कॅशेचा अवधी" + +#. dialog label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:471 +msgid "Password Policy Configuration" +msgstr "मॉड्यूल संरचना" + +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:535 +msgid "" +"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" +"Enter a value." +msgstr "" +"\"%1\" ऍ़ट्रीब्युट मॅन्डेटरी आहे.\n" +"किंमती भरा." + +#. read the list of pwdpolicy objects under base_config_dn +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:666 +msgid "<p><b>Home Directories</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>मूळ संचिका</b></p>" + +#. help text +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:668 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>If home directories of users should be stored on this machine,\n" +#| "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" +#| "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" +#| "user home directories.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>If home directories of LDAP users should be stored on this machine,\n" +"check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" +"action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" +"user home directories.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> जर प्रयोक्त्यांच्या होम डिरेक्टरीज या मशीनवर जतन \n" +" करायच्या असतील, तर योग्य तो पर्याय तपासा. हे मूल्ये बदलल्याने कोणतीही \n" +" थेट कृती होणार नाही.YaST प्रयोक्ते मॉडयूल्ससाठी ही फक्त माहिती \n" +" आहे, जी प्रयोक्त्याच्या होम डिरेक्टरीज हाताळू शकतात.</p>\n" + +#. help text caption +#. help text +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 +msgid "" +"<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" +"have changed your configuration.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>LDAP सर्व्हरवर जतन केलेल्या सेटिंग्जचा आकृतीबंध बनवण्यासाठी \n" +"<b> कॉन्फिगर</b> दाबा. आपण अद्याप कनेक्ट झाले नसाल किंवा \n" +" आपला आकृतीबंध बदलला असेल तर पासवर्ड विचारला जाईल.</p>\n" + +#. password policy help text caption +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:681 +msgid "<p><b>Password Policy</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>सर्व्हरशी संपर्क</b></p>" + +#. password policy help +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Configure selected Password Policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add new Password Policy.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +" if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>एडिट</b>ने निवडलेल्या पासवर्ड पॉलिसीचा/b> आकृतीबंध बनवा.नवीन पासवर्ड घालण्यासाठी <b>अड</b> वापरा.</p>" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 +msgid "&Home Directories on This Machine" +msgstr "हया मशीनच्या होम सूची" + +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:702 +msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..." +msgstr "युजर प्रंबधक सेटींग्ज कॉनफिग्युअर करा..." + +#. table header +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:711 +msgid "Password Policy" +msgstr "परवलीशब्द नकाशा" + +#. dialog title +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:727 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ad&ministration Settings" +msgid "LDAP Administration Settings" +msgstr "व्यवस्थापक मांडणी" + +#. InputField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:754 +msgid "Name of Password Policy Object" +msgstr "पासवर्ड पॉलिसी ऑब्जेक्टचे नावं" + +#. text label,suffix will follow in next label +#. text label,suffix will follow in next label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:760 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:796 +msgid "Suffix:" +msgstr "प्रत्यय:" + +#. pushbutton label +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:763 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:799 +msgid "Change Suffix" +msgstr "प्रत्यय बदला" + +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:812 +msgid "" +"The Policy '%1' already exists.\n" +"Please select another one." +msgstr "" +"किंमत आधीच '%1' अस्तित्वात आहे.\n" +"कृपया दुसरे एखादे निवडा." + +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:61 +msgid "&System Users" +msgstr "यंत्रणा वापरकर्ते" + +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:63 +msgid "&Local Users" +msgstr "स्थानिक वापरकर्ता" + +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:65 +msgid "&NIS Users" +msgstr "NIS वापरकर्ता" + +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:67 +msgid "L&DAP Users" +msgstr "LDAP वापरकर्ता" + +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:69 +msgid "Sam&ba Users" +msgstr "Samba वापरकर्ता" + +#. the type of user set +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:71 src/include/users/widgets.rb:103 +msgid "&Custom" +msgstr "इच्छित" + +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:77 +#, fuzzy +msgid "System Users" +msgstr "यंत्रणा वापरकर्ते" + +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Local Users" +msgstr "स्थानिक वापरकर्ता" + +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NIS Users" +msgstr "NIS वापरकर्ता" + +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +msgid "LDAP Users" +msgstr "LDAP वापरकर्ता" + +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Samba Users" +msgstr "Samba वापरकर्ता" + +#. the type of user set +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:87 src/include/users/widgets.rb:118 +msgid "Custom" +msgstr "कस्टम" + +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:93 +msgid "&System Groups" +msgstr "यंत्रणा समूह" + +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:95 +msgid "&Local Groups" +msgstr "स्थानिक समूह" + +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:97 +msgid "&NIS Groups" +msgstr "NIS समूह" + +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:99 +msgid "L&DAP Groups" +msgstr "LDAP समूह" + +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:101 +msgid "Sam&ba Groups" +msgstr "सांबा समूह" + +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +msgid "System Groups" +msgstr "यंत्रणा समूह" + +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Local Groups" +msgstr "स्थानिक समूह" + +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NIS Groups" +msgstr "NIS समूह" + +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "LDAP Groups" +msgstr "LDAP समूह" + +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Samba Groups" +msgstr "सांबा समूह" + +#. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 +msgid "SSSD" +msgstr "" + +#. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:140 +msgid "Samba" +msgstr "साम्बा" + +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:147 +msgid "&NIS" +msgstr "&NIS" + +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:153 +msgid "&SSSD" +msgstr "" + +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 +msgid "&Users" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता" + +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:178 +msgid "&Groups" +msgstr "समूह" + +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:188 +msgid "De&faults for New Users" +msgstr "नवीन वापरकर्त्यासाठी प्रथमपसंती" + +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Authentication Settings" +msgstr "ऑथेन्टीकेशन पद्धती" + +#. widgets for "users" and "groups" tabs --------------------------------- +#. MenuButton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:257 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2225 +msgid "&Set Filter" +msgstr "चाळणी निश्चित करा" + +#. Menu Buton label +#. Menu Buton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:291 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2008 +#, fuzzy +msgid "E&xpert Options" +msgstr "तज्ञ विकल्प..." + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:326 +msgid "D&efault Group" +msgstr "मूळ समूह" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:333 +msgid "Default &Login Shell" +msgstr "प्रारंभीचा प्रवेश शेल" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:344 +msgid "Se&condary Groups" +msgstr "द्वितीय समूह" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:355 +msgid "Path Prefix for &Home Directory" +msgstr "आरंभ संचिकेसाठी मार्ग उपसर्ग" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:368 +msgid "&Browse..." +msgstr "संचार करत आहे..." + +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:379 +msgid "&Skeleton for Home Directory" +msgstr "आरंभ संचिकेचा आराखडा" + +#. push button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:390 +msgid "Bro&wse..." +msgstr "संचार करा..." + +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:401 +msgid "Default E&xpiration Date" +msgstr "प्रारंभीची समाप्तीची दिनांक" + +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:413 +msgid "&Umask for Home Directory" +msgstr "आरंभ संचिकेचा आराखडा" + +#. intfield +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:420 +msgid "Days &after Password Expiration Login Is Usable" +msgstr "परवलीशब्दाची मुदत संपल्यानंतर इतके दिवस प्रवश वापरता येईल" + +#. menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:445 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2407 +msgid "&Configure..." +msgstr "&संरचित करा..." + +#. Help text for password expert dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:459 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>This is for experts only.</b>\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>हे फक्त तज्ञासाठी आहे.</b>\n" +"</p>" + +#. Help text for password expert dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:468 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" +"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" +"restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"स्थानीय आणि सिस्टिम उपयोगकर्त्यांसाठी परवलीच्या शब्दाची एन् क्रिप्शनची विधी निवडा.\n" +"<b>DES</b> ही लिनक्सची डिफॉल्ट विधी असून ती सर्व नेटवर्कमध्ये चालते,\n" +"पण यात परवलीचा शब्द आठ किंवा त्यापेक्षा कमी अक्षरांचाच असला पाहिजे.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. Help text for password expert dialog 3/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:480 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords, so provides more security, but some\n" +"network protocols do not support this and you may have problems with NIS.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>MD5</b>मध्ये मोठे परवलीचे शब्द असू शकतात जेणेकरून सुरक्षा वाढते, पण\n" +"काही नेटवर्क नियमावलींमध्ये हे चालत नाहीआणि NIS मध्ये आपल्याला अडचण येऊ शकते.\n" +"</p>" + +#. Label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 +msgid "Password Encryption" +msgstr "परवलीशब्द कुटयुक्त करा" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:507 +msgid "Encryption Type" +msgstr "कुट प्रकार" + +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"You have changed the default encryption for user passwords.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"तुम्ही वापरकर्त्यांच्या परवलीशब्दाच्या प्रारंभीचे कूट बदललेले आहे.</p>" + +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network enviroments,\n" +#| "you could be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" +#| "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" +#| "</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" +"you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" +"encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>असे दिसते की आपण NIS सर्व्हर वर आहांत. जर आपली एन् क्रिप्शनची विधी DES पेक्षा\n" +"निराळी असेल तर आपण काही इतर नेटवर्कमध्ये NIS क्लायंट वर\n" +"लॉग-इन करू शकणार नाही.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:593 +msgid "<p>Really use the selected method?</p>" +msgstr "<p>खरंच निवडलेली रीत वापरू?</p>" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:719 +msgid "AND" +msgstr "आणि" + +#. combo box item +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:721 +msgid "OR" +msgstr "OR" + +#. helptext 1/4 - caption +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:728 +msgid "<p><b>LDAP Search Filter Changes</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>LDAP शोध चाळणी बदल</b></p>" + +#. helptext 2/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 +msgid "<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters.</p>" +msgstr "<p>इथे आपण उपयोगकर्ते आणि समूहांसाठी शोधण्याचे फिल्टरडिफॉल्ट फिल्टरपेक्षा वाढवून वापरू शकता.</p>" + +#. helptext 3/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>With <b>Default</b>, load the default filter from the user and group\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" +"If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Default</b> वापरून उपयोगकर्ते आणि समूहांसाठी LDAP सर्व्हर वरील मोड्यूल वापरून\n" +"डिफॉल्ट फिल्टर('susesearchfilter' लक्षणे असलेले) लोड करा.\n" +"जर आपण संपर्कात नसाल तर परवलीचा शब्द द्यावा लागेल.</p>\n" + +#. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Example:</b>\n" +"<br>With the user filter\n" +"<br>\n" +"<tt>(&(objectClass=posixAccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n" +"<br>\n" +"only obtain users with a username beginning with 'u'.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>उदाहरणः</b>\n" +"<br>उपयोगकर्ता फिल्टर\n" +"<br>\n" +"<tt>(&(objectclass=posixaccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n" +"<br>\n" +"ने 'u' अक्षरापासून सुरू होणारी उपयोगकर्ता-नांवे मिळतील.</p>\n" + +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763 +msgid "Search Filter for &Users" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यासाठी शोध चाळणी" + +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:772 +msgid "Search Filter for &Groups" +msgstr "समूहासाठी शोध चाळणी" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:783 +msgid "New Condition for Current Filter" +msgstr "चालू चाळणीसाठी नवीन अट" + +#. combobox label +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:795 src/include/users/widgets.rb:949 +msgid "&Attribute" +msgstr "गुणधर्म" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:803 +msgid "&Value" +msgstr "किंमत" + +#. pushbuttton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:806 +msgid "A&dd to Filter" +msgstr "चाळणी वाढवा" + +#. Pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:817 +msgid "De&fault" +msgstr "प्रतम पसंती" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:852 +msgid "Enter the value for the attribute." +msgstr "गुणधर्मासाठी मूल्य प्रविष्ट करा" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:876 +msgid "Enter the value of the user filter." +msgstr "वापरकर्त्याच्या चाळणीचे मूल्य प्रविष्ट करा." + +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:887 +msgid "" +"The new user filter does not contain the default user filter.\n" +"Really use it?\n" +msgstr "" +"नवीन उपयोगकर्ता फिल्टरमध्ये डिफॉल्ट उपयोगकर्ता फिल्टर नाही. \n" +"यालाच वापरावयाचे?\n" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:902 +msgid "Enter the value of the group filter." +msgstr "समूह फिल्टरचे नांव लिहा." + +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:913 +msgid "" +"The new group filter does not contain the default group filter.\n" +"Really use it?\n" +msgstr "नवीन समूह फिल्टरमध्ये डिफॉल्ट समूह फिल्टर नाही.यालाच वापरावयाचे?\n" + +#. helptext 0/3 - caption +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:967 +msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>स्थानिक मांडणी</b></p>" + +#. helptext 1/3 - general info +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"खालील स्वरूपे फक्त तेव्हाच उपलब्ध होतील जेव्हा आपण लॉग-इन मॅनेजरसाठी KDM किंवा GDM वापरीतअसाल.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. helptext 2/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\n" +"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>स्वतः लॉग-इन</b><br>\n" +"<b>Auto Login</b> सेट करूल आपण लॉग-इनची प्रक्रिया वगळू शकता.यादीतून निवडलेला उपयोगकर्ता स्वतः लॉग-इन झालेला आहे.</p>\n" + +#. helptext 3/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>\n" +"If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>परवलीच्या शब्दाशिवाय लॉग-इन</b><br>\n" +"हा विकल्प निवडल्यावर सर्व उपयोगकर्ता परवलीच्या शब्दाशिवाय लॉग-इन करू शकतात.\n" +"नाही निवडल्यावर स्वतः लॉग-इन सेट केलेले असले तरी परवलीचा शब्द द्यावा लागतो.</p>\n" + +#. dialog label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 +msgid "Display Manager Login Settings" +msgstr "सादरीकरण प्रबंधक प्रवेश मांडणी" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1014 +msgid "&Auto Login" +msgstr "आपोआप प्रवेश" + +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1025 +msgid "&User to Log In" +msgstr "प्रवेश करणारा वापरकर्ता" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1035 +msgid "Password&less Logins" +msgstr "परवलीशब्द विरहीत प्रवेश" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 +msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server." +msgstr "वापरकर्ता काढून टाकता येत नाही %1. NIS सेवा संगणकावरील त्याचे काम संपलेले असले पाहिजे." + +#. Continue/Cancel popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 +msgid "" +"The user seems to be currently logged in.\n" +"Continue anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1157 +msgid "Selected User Is System User" +msgstr "निवडलेला वापरकर्ता यंत्रणा वापरकर्ता आहे" + +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1159 +msgid "Really delete this system user?" +msgstr "ह्या यंत्रणा समूह खरंच काढून टाकू?" + +#. question popup. %1 is username +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1171 +msgid "Delete the user %1?" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता काढू %1?" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1178 +msgid "" +"Delete &Home Directory\n" +"%1\n" +msgstr "" +"आरंभ संचिका काढून टाका\n" +"%1\n" + +#. yes-no popup. %1 is username +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1201 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Really delete the user %1?\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"खरोखर वापरकर्ता काढून टाकू%1?\n" + +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1230 +msgid "System Group" +msgstr "यंत्रणा समूह" + +#. / yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1232 +msgid "Really delete this system group?" +msgstr "हा यंत्रणासमूह खरंच काढून टाकू?" + +#. yes-no popup, %1 si group name +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1240 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Really delete the group %1?\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"समूह खरंच काढून टाकू %1?\n" + +#. warning popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1250 +msgid "" +"You cannot delete this group because\n" +"there are users in the group.\n" +"Remove these users from the group first.\n" +msgstr "" +"आपण या समूहाला मिटवू शकत नाही कारण\n" +"काही उपयोगकर्ते या समूहात आहेत.\n" +"आधी त्यांना या समूहातून काढावे लागेल.\n" + +#. Frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1280 +msgid "User List View" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता यादी दृश्य" + +#. Frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1288 +msgid "Group List View" +msgstr "समूह यादी दृश्य" + +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1360 +msgid "Local" +msgstr "स्थानिक" + +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 +msgid "System" +msgstr "सिस्टम" + +#. label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1379 +msgid "User Type" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचा प्रकार" + +#. label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1381 +msgid "Group Type" +msgstr "समूह प्रकार" + +#. menubutton item +#. menubutton item +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1448 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1460 +msgid "Customi&ze Filter..." +msgstr "चाळणी मनाजोगती करा" + +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1473 +msgid "&Login Settings" +msgstr "प्रवेश मांडणी" + +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1480 +msgid "Password &Encryption" +msgstr "परवलीशब्द कुटयुक्त" + +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1486 +msgid "&Write Changes Now" +msgstr "बदल आता लिहा" + +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1500 +msgid "LDAP &Search Filter" +msgstr "LDAP शोध चाळणी" + +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1505 +msgid "L&DAP User and Group Configuration" +msgstr "L&DAP वापरकर्ता आणि समूह संरचना" + +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" +"system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" +"a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"लिनक्स ही एकाधिक उपयोगकर्त्यांनी वापरावयाची सिस्टिम आहे. अनेक उपयोगकर्ते यात एकाच वेळी\n" +"लॉग-इन करू शकतात. गोंधळा व्हायला नको म्हणून प्रत्येकाची विविक्षित ओळख हवी. तसेच प्रत्येक\n" +"उपयोगकर्ता किमान एका समूहाशी संबंधित असायला हवा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n" +"Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"उपयोगकर्ते आणि समूह विविध संचांत असतात. यादीत सध्या दाखविलेल्यासंचाला<b>Set Filter</b> ने बदला.\n" +"<b>Customize Filter</b> वापरून आपण दृश्य बदलू शकता.\n" + +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Click <b>Expert Options</b> to edit various expert settings, such as\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" +"users, or login settings. With <b>Write Changes Now</b>, save\n" +"all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Expert Options</b> वर क्लिक करून खालील विशेष सेटिंग संपादित करता येतील\n" +"परवलीच्या शब्दाची एन् क्रिप्शनची विधी, उपयोगकर्त्याच्या सत्यापनाची पद्धत, नवीन उपयोगकर्त्यां\n" +"साठी डिफॉल्ट सेटिंग. <b>Write Changes Now</b> वापरून आपण आतापर्यंत केलेले बदल या\n" +"मोड्यूलच्या बाहेर न जाता सुरक्षित करू शकता.</p>\n" + +#. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To save the modified user and group settings to your system, press\n" +"<b>%1</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"उपयोगकर्ता आणि समूहांच्या बदललेल्या सेटिंगला आपल्या सिस्टिमवर सुरक्षित करण्यासाठी<b>%1</b> वापरा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1571 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing users and add or modify\n" +"users. \n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"या डायलॉगचा उपयोग आधीपासून असलेल्या उपयोगकर्त्यांबद्दल माहिती गोळा करावयास, आणिउपयोगकर्त्यांना \n" +"संपादित करावयास किंवा नवीन उपयोगकर्त्यांना जोडण्यास करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1580 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To shift to the group dialog, select <b>Groups</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"समूह संवादचौकटीकडे जाण्यासाठी निवडा <b>समूह</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1587 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"To create a new user, click <b>Add</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"नवीन वापरकर्ता निर्माण करण्यासाठी <b>मिळवा</b>वर टिचकी मारा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1595 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To edit or delete an existing user, select one user from the list and\n" +"click <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"आधीपासून असलेल्या उपयोगकर्त्यांना संपादित करण्यासाठी किंवा मिटविण्यासाठी त्या उपयोगकर्त्याला\n" +"यादीतून निवडा आणि <b>Edit</b> किंवा <b>Delete</b> वर क्लिक करा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1616 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +" या डायलॉगचा उपयोग आधीपासून असलेल्या समूहाबद्दल माहिती गोळा करावयास, आणि\n" +"समूहांना संपादित करावयास किंवा नवीन समूहांना जोडण्यास करा.\n" + +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1624 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To shift to the user dialog, select <b>Users</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"वापरकर्ता संवाद चौकटीकडे जाण्यासाठी <b>Users</b> निवडा .\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1631 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"To create a new group, click <b>Add</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"नवीन समूह निर्माण करण्यासाठी <b>मिळवा</b> वर टिचकी मारा.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1639 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To edit or delete an existing group, select one group from the list and\n" +"click <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +" आधीपासून असलेल्या समूहाला संपादित करण्यासाठी किंवा मिटविण्यासाठी त्या समूहाला\n" +"यादीतून निवडा आणि <b>Edit</b> किंवा <b>Delete</b> वर क्लिक करा\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. popup error label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1679 +msgid "" +"The entered home directory skeleton is not a directory.\n" +"Try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"प्रविष्ट केलेला आरंभ संचिका आराखडा ही संचिका नाही.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.\n" + +#. error message +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1697 +msgid "" +"The entered path prefix for home is not a directory.\n" +"Try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"आरंभासाठी प्रविष्ट केलेले मार्ग उपसर्ग ह्या संचिकेसाठी नाही.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.\n" + +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1706 +msgid "" +"The selected directory does not exist.\n" +"Create it now?\n" +msgstr "" +"निवडलेली संचिका अस्तित्वात नाही.\n" +"आता निर्माण करू का?\n" + +#. error message +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1754 +msgid "" +"These groups do not exist in your system:\n" +"%1\n" +"Try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"तुमच्या यंत्रणेमध्ये हे समूह अस्तित्वात नाहीत:\n" +"%1\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.\n" + +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1779 +msgid "" +"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user\n" +"may be unable to log in. Continue?\n" +msgstr "" +"जर आपण आस्तित्वात नसलेल्या शेलला निवडलेत, तर\n" +"उपयोगकर्ता लॉग इन नाही करू शकणार. सुरू ठेवायचे?\n" + +#. directory location popup label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1933 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Path to Directory" +msgstr "सूचीचा मार्ग किंवा आयएसो प्रतिमा" + +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1965 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "प्रवेश" + +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1967 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1969 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "UID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1971 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "गट" + +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1985 +msgid "Group Name" +msgstr "गटाचे नाव" + +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1987 +msgid "Group ID" +msgstr "समूह ID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1989 +msgid "Group Members" +msgstr "समूह सदस्य" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2069 +msgid "" +"NIS groups can only be\n" +"modified and deleted on the server.\n" +msgstr "" +"NIS समूहात बदल\n" +"आणि तो काढून टाकणे फक्त सेवा संगणकावर शक्य आहे.\n" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2088 +msgid "Select an entry from the table." +msgstr "टेबलमधून नोंद निवडा." + +#. popup message (user wants to save but there is no modification) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2109 +msgid "There are no changes to save." +msgstr "संग्रहीत करण्यासाठी कोणतेही बदल नाहीत." + +#. yes/no popup (data were changed) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2151 +msgid "Reread all data from LDAP server?" +msgstr "LDAP सेवा संगणकावरील माहिती पुन्हा वाचायची?" + +#. label, e.g. 'Filter: Local Users', 'Filter: Custom' +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2219 +msgid "Filter: %1" +msgstr "चाळणी: %1" + +#. wait popup +#. wait popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2253 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2284 +msgid "Reading sets of users and groups. Please wait..." +msgstr "वापरकर्ते व समूहांचा संच वाचत आहे. कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा..." + +#. helper function to get information about authentication from +#. appropriate module +#. @param [String] client +#. @return +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2331 +msgid "<b>yast2-auth-client module not installed</b>" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup, %1 is package name +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2435 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation." +msgstr "%1 आवश्यक पॅकेजस्थापना झाली नाही व स्थापनेकरिता उपलब्ध नाही." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 +msgid "User and Group Administration" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता आणि समूह प्रशासन" + +#. init dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284 +msgid "User and Group Configuration" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता आणि समूह संरचना" + +#. label (during init dialog) +#. label (during init dialog) +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "सुरूवात करणे..." + +#. User name for user: "root" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 +msgid "root" +msgstr "मूळ" + +#. User name for user: "bin" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:48 +msgid "bin" +msgstr "बीन" + +#. User name for user: "daemon" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:52 +msgid "Daemon" +msgstr "पार्श्वभूमीत चालणाऱ्या कार्यक्रम" + +#. User name for user: "lp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:56 +msgid "Printing Daemon" +msgstr "छपाई डिमन" + +#. User name for user: "mail" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:60 +msgid "Mailer Daemon" +msgstr "टपाल डिमन" + +#. User name for user: "news" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:64 +msgid "News System" +msgstr "बातमी यंत्रणा" + +#. User name for user: "uucp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:68 +msgid "Unix-to-Unix Copy System" +msgstr "युनीक्स-ते-युनिक्स प्रत यंत्रणा" + +#. User name for user: "games" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:72 +msgid "Games Account" +msgstr "खेळ खाते" + +#. User name for user: "man" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:76 +msgid "Manual Page Viewer" +msgstr "मानवी पान दर्शक" + +#. User name for user: "at" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:80 +msgid "Batch Jobs Daemon" +msgstr "समूह कार्य डिमन" + +#. User name for user: "wwwrun" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:84 +msgid "WWW Daemon Apache" +msgstr "WWW जिमन अॅपॅक" + +#. User name for user: "ftp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:88 +msgid "FTP Account" +msgstr "FTP खाते" + +#. User name for user: "named" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:92 +msgid "Name Server Daemon" +msgstr "नाव सेवा संगणक डिमन" + +#. User name for user: "gdm" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:96 +msgid "GNOME Display Manager Daemon" +msgstr "जिनोम सादरीकरण प्रबंधक डिमन" + +#. User name for user: "postfix" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:100 +msgid "Postfix Daemon" +msgstr "पोस्टफिक्स डिमन" + +#. User name for user: "sshd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:104 +msgid "SSH Daemon" +msgstr "SSH डिमन" + +#. User name for user: "ntp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:108 +msgid "NTP Daemon" +msgstr "NTP डिमन" + +#. User name for user: "ldap" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:112 +msgid "User for OpenLDAP" +msgstr "मुक्तLDAP साठी वापरकर्ता" + +#. User name for user: "nobody" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:116 +msgid "Nobody" +msgstr "निर्मनुष्य" + +#. User name for user: "amanda" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:120 +msgid "Amanda Admin" +msgstr "अमांडा व्यवस््थापक" + +#. User name for user: "vscan" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:124 +msgid "Vscan Account" +msgstr "व्हीस्कॅन खाते" + +#. User name for user: "bigsister" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:128 +msgid "Big Sister" +msgstr "मोठी बहीण" + +#. User name for user: "wnn" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:132 +msgid "Wnn System Account" +msgstr "Wnn यंत्रणा खाते" + +#. User name for user: "cyrus" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:136 +msgid "User for cyrus-imapd" +msgstr "cyrus-imapd साठी वापरकर्ता" + +#. User name for user: "dpbox" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:140 +msgid "DpBox Account" +msgstr "DpBox खाते" + +#. User name for user: "gnats" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +msgid "GNATS GNU Backtracking System" +msgstr "जीनॅट्स ग्नु मागोवा यंत्रणा" + +#. User name for user: "gnump3d" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:148 +msgid "GNUMP3 Daemon" +msgstr "GNUMP3 डिमन" + +#. User name for user: "hacluster" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:152 +msgid "Heartbeat Processes" +msgstr "हृद्यक्रिया" + +#. User name for user: "irc" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:156 +msgid "IRC Daemon" +msgstr "IRC डिमन" + +#. User name for user: "mailman" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:160 +msgid "GNU Mailing List Manager" +msgstr "GNU पत्रयादी प्रबंधक" + +#. User name for user: "mdom" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:164 +msgid "Mailing List Agent" +msgstr "पत्रयादी हस्तक" + +#. User name for user: "mysql" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:168 +msgid "MySQL Database Admin" +msgstr "MySQL डेटाबेस व्यवस्थापन" + +#. User name for user: "oracle" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:172 +msgid "Oracle User" +msgstr "ओरॅकल वापरकर्ता" + +#. User name for user: "postgres" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:176 +msgid "PostgreSQL Server" +msgstr "PostgreSQL सेवा संगणक" + +#. User name for user: "pop" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:180 +msgid "POP Admin" +msgstr "POP व्यवस्थापन" + +#. User name for user: "sapdb" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:184 +msgid "SAPDB Account" +msgstr "SAPDB खाते" + +#. User name for user: "snort" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:188 +msgid "Snort Network Monitor" +msgstr "स्नॉर्ट महाजाल मिरीक्षक" + +#. User name for user: "squid" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:192 +msgid "WWW Proxy Squid" +msgstr "WWW प्रतीनीधी स्वीड" + +#. User name for user: "stunnel" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:196 +msgid "Daemon User for stunnel (Universal SSL Tunnel)" +msgstr "स्टनेलसाठी डिमन वापरकर्ता (वैश्विक SSL बोगदा)" + +#. User name for user: "zope" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:200 +msgid "Zope" +msgstr "झोप" + +#. User name for user: "radiusd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:204 +msgid "Radius Daemon" +msgstr "त्रिज्या डिमन" + +#. User name for user: "otrs" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:208 +msgid "OTRS System User" +msgstr "OTRS यंत्रणा वापरकर्ता" + +#. User name for user: "privoxy" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:212 +msgid "Daemon User for privoxy" +msgstr "privoxy साठी डिमन वापरक्ता" + +#. User name for user: "vdr" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:216 +msgid "Video Disk Recorder" +msgstr "दृकश्राव्य तबकडी मुद्रक" + +#. User name for user: "icecream" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:220 +msgid "Icecream Daemon" +msgstr "आीसक्रिम डिमन" + +#. User name for user: "bitlbee" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:224 +msgid "Bitlbee Daemon User" +msgstr "बीटलबी डिमन वापरकर्ता" + +#. User name for user: "dhcpd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:228 +msgid "DHCP Server Daemon" +msgstr "DHCP सेवासंगणक डिमन" + +#. User name for user: "distcc" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:232 +msgid "Distcc Daemon" +msgstr "Distcc डिमन" + +#. User name for user: "dovecot" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:236 +msgid "Dovecot IMAP Daemon" +msgstr "Dovecot IMAP डिमन" + +#. User name for user: "fax" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:240 +msgid "Facsimile Agent" +msgstr "फॅसीमल हस्तक" + +#. User name for user: "partimag" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:244 +msgid "Partimage Daemon User" +msgstr "पार्टईमेज डिमन वापरकर्ता" + +#. User name for user: "avahi" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +msgid "User for Avahi" +msgstr "मुक्तLDAP साठी वापरकर्ता" + +#. User name for user: "beagleindex" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:252 +msgid "User for Beagle indexing" +msgstr "" + +#. User name for user: "casaauth" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +msgid "casa_atvd System User" +msgstr "अस्तित्वात असलेला यंत्रणेचा वापरकर्ता" + +#. User name for user: "dvbdaemon" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:260 +#, fuzzy +msgid "User for DVB daemon" +msgstr "मुक्तLDAP साठी वापरकर्ता" + +#. User name for user: "festival" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:264 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Festival daemon" +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा" + +#. User name for user: "haldaemon" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:268 +#, fuzzy +msgid "User for haldaemon" +msgstr "मुक्तLDAP साठी वापरकर्ता" + +#. User name for user: "icecast" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:272 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Icecast streaming server" +msgstr "सेवा परत सुरू करत आहे" + +#. User name for user: "lighttpd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:276 +#, fuzzy +msgid "User for lighttpd" +msgstr "cyrus-imapd साठी वापरकर्ता" + +#. User name for user: "nagios" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:280 +msgid "User for Nagios" +msgstr "" + +#. User name for user: "pdns" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:284 +#, fuzzy +msgid "User for PowerDNS" +msgstr "मुक्तLDAP साठी वापरकर्ता" + +#. User name for user: "polkituser" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:288 +msgid "PolicyKit" +msgstr "" + +#. User name for user: "pound" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +msgid "User for Pound" +msgstr "cyrus-imapd साठी वापरकर्ता" + +#. User name for user: "pulse" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:296 +msgid "PulseAudio daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. User name for user: "quagga" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Quagga routing daemon" +msgstr "छपाई डिमन" + +#. User name for user: "sabayon-admin" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Sabayon user" +msgstr "Samba वापरकर्ता" + +#. User name for user: "tomcat" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:308 +msgid "Tomcat - Apache Servlet/JSP Engine" +msgstr "" + +#. User name for user: "tomcat" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:312 +msgid "Apache Tomcat" +msgstr "" + +#. User name for user: "pegasus" +#. User name for user: "cimsrvr" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:317 +msgid "tog-pegasus OpenPegasus WBEM/CIM services" +msgstr "" + +#. User name for user: "ulogd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:321 +msgid "ulog daemon" +msgstr "" + +#. User name for user: "uuidd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:325 +#, fuzzy +msgid "User for uuidd" +msgstr "cyrus-imapd साठी वापरकर्ता" + +#. User name for user: "suse-ncc" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:329 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Novell Customer Center User" +msgstr "नॉव्हेल ग्राहक केंद्र आकृतीबंध" + +#. label +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:343 +msgid "" +"You have installed a NIS master server.\n" +"It is configured to use a different database\n" +"of users and groups than the local system \n" +"database in the /etc directory.\n" +"Select which one to configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"आपण एक NIS मास्टर सर्व्हर स्थापित केले आहे.\n" +"याची रचना उपयोगकर्ते आणि समूहांसाठी\n" +"/etc डायरेक्टरीमधल्या स्थानीय डेटाबेसपेक्षा\n" +"वेगळे डेटाबेस वापरण्यासाठी आहे.\n" +"कोणते डेटाबेस पाहिजे ते निवडा.\n" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:359 +msgid "&Local (/etc directory)" +msgstr "स्थानिक (/etc संचिका)" + +#. radio button, %1 is path (eg. /etc) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:367 +msgid "&NIS (%1 directory)" +msgstr "&NIS (%1 संचिका)" + +#. label above radiobutton box +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:425 +msgid "User Templates" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता प्रारूप" + +#. label above radiobutton box +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:427 +msgid "Group Templates" +msgstr "समूह प्रारूप" + +#. label +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 +msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read." +msgstr "प्रथम पसंतीचे अनेक प्रारूप निश्चित केले आहेत. वाचायचे प्रारूप निवडा." + +#. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again." +msgstr "YaST2 वापरकर्ता मॉड्युल परत कार्यान्वित करण्याआधी त्या सुधारा" + +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:496 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:505 +msgid "" +"There are multiple users with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" +"%3" +msgstr "" +"%1 फाईलमध्ये एकाच नावाचे (\"%2\") अनेक वापरकर्ते आहेत.\n" +"%3" + +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is groupname, %3 next sentence (2/2) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:514 +msgid "" +"There are multiple groups with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" +"%3" +msgstr "" +"%1 फाईलमध्ये एकाच नावाचे (\"%2\") अनेक समूह आहेत.\n" +"%3" + +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:523 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:534 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There is a strange line in the file %1:\n" +"%2\n" +"Perhaps the number of colons is wrong or some line entry is missing.\n" +"Correct the file manually before running the YaST users module again." +msgstr "" +"%1 नावांच्या फाइलमध्ये एक विचित्र ओळ आहे:\n" +"%2\n" +"बहुतेक अपूर्णविरामांची संख्या चूक आहे किंवा कुठली तरी ओळकमी आहे.\n" +"YaST2 उपयोगकर्ता मोड्यूल पुन्हा वापरण्या पूर्वी फाइलला हातानेदुरुस्त करा." + +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There is a strange line in the file %1.\n" +"Perhaps the number of colons is wrong or some line entry is missing.\n" +"Correct the file manually before running the YaST users module again." +msgstr "" +"%1 नावांच्या फाइलमध्ये एक विचित्र ओळ आहे:\n" +"बहुतेक अपूर्णविरामांची संख्या चूक आहे किंवा कुठली तरी ओळकमी आहे.\n" +"YaST2 उपयोगकर्ता मोड्यूल पुन्हा वापरण्या पूर्वी फाइलला हातानेदुरुस्त करा." + +#. default error message +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555 +msgid "Cannot read user or group data." +msgstr "वापरकर्ता किंवा समूहाची माहिती वाचता येत नाही." + +#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), +#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), +#: src/modules/Users.pm:740 +msgid "" +"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" +"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" +"users, but this directory is not currently mounted.\n" +"If you add new users using the default values,\n" +"their home directories will be created in the current %2.\n" +"This can result in these directories not being accessible\n" +"after you mount correctly. Continue user configuration?" +msgstr "" +" %1 मध्ये 2% डायरेक्टरी करितां माउंट पॉइंट आहे\n" +"जी नेहेमी नवीन उपयोगकर्ता साठी डिफॉल्ट स्थानिक डायरेक्टरी राहील\n" +"पण सध्या ही डायरेक्टरी माउंट केलेली नाही.\n" +"जर आपण डिफॉल्ट मूल्ये वापरून नवीन उपयोगकर्ता निर्माण केलेत,\n" +"तर त्यांची स्थानिक डायरेक्टरी ही 2% राहील.\n" +"यामुळे आपण अचूक माउंट केल्यावर या डायरेक्टरी\n" +"आवाक्यातून बाहेर असू शकतील. उपयोगकर्ताची रचना सुरू ठेवावी का नाही?" + +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:988 +msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." +msgstr "इनपुट अटी अनेक वापरकर्ते पूर्ण करत आहेत." + +#. progress caption +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566 +msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" +msgstr "वापरक्र्ता व समूह संरचना सुरू करत आहे" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 +msgid "Read the default login settings" +msgstr "प्रांरभीची प्रवेशाची मांडणी वाचा" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 +msgid "Read the default system settings" +msgstr "प्रांरभीची यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचा" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 +msgid "Read the configuration type" +msgstr "संरचनेचा प्रकार वाचा" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 +msgid "Read the user custom settings" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्याच्या पसंतीची मांडणी वाचा" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 +msgid "Read users and groups" +msgstr "वापरकर्ते व समूह वाचा" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583 +msgid "Build the cache structures" +msgstr "कॅश रचना बांधा" + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587 +msgid "Reading the default login settings..." +msgstr "प्रारंभीची प्रवेश मांडणी वाचत आहे..." + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589 +msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgstr "प्रांरभीची यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचत आहे..." + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591 +msgid "Reading the configuration type..." +msgstr "संरचनेचा प्रकार वाचत आहे..." + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593 +msgid "Reading custom settings..." +msgstr "इच्छित मांडणी वाचत आहे..." + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595 +msgid "Reading users and groups..." +msgstr "वापरकर्ते व समूह वाचत आहे..." + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597 +msgid "Building the cache structures..." +msgstr "कॅश रचना बांधत आहे..." + +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "समाप्त झाले" + +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155 +msgid "User does not exist." +msgstr "वापरकर्ता अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407 +msgid "Group does not exist." +msgstr "समूह अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#. progress caption +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276 +msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता व समूह संरचना लिहीत आहे" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285 +msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" +msgstr "LDAP वापरकर्ते व समूह लिहा" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287 +msgid "Write groups" +msgstr "समूह लिहा" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289 +msgid "Check for deleted users" +msgstr "काढून टाकलेले वापरकर्ते तपासा" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291 +msgid "Write users" +msgstr "वापरकर्ते लिहा" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293 +msgid "Write passwords" +msgstr "परवलीशब्द लिहा" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295 +msgid "Write the custom settings" +msgstr "इच्छित मांडणी लिहा" + +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297 +msgid "Write the default login settings" +msgstr "प्रथम पसंतीची प्रवेश मांडणी लिहा" + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300 +msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." +msgstr "LDAP वापरकर्ते व समूह लिहीत आहे..." + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302 +msgid "Writing groups..." +msgstr "समूह लिहीत आहे..." + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304 +msgid "Checking deleted users..." +msgstr "काढून टाकलेले वापरकर्ते तपासत आहे..." + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306 +msgid "Writing users..." +msgstr "वापरकर्ते लिहीत आहे..." + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308 +msgid "Writing passwords..." +msgstr "परवलीशब्द लिहीत आहे..." + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310 +msgid "Writing the custom settings..." +msgstr "इच्छित मांडणी लिहीत आहे..." + +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312 +msgid "Writing the default login settings..." +msgstr "प्रारंभीची प्रवेश मांडणी लिहीत आहे..." + +#. error popup (%s is a file name) +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397 +#, perl-format +msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." +msgstr "फाईल %s अचूक वाचली गेली नाही, म्हणून ती लिहली जाणार नाही." + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744 +msgid "An error occurred while removing users." +msgstr "वापरकर्ते काढताना चूक झाली." + +#. error popup (%s is a file name) +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 +#, perl-format +msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." +msgstr "फाईल %s अचूक वाचली गेली नाही, म्हणून ती लिहली जाणार नाही." + +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." +msgstr "मूळच्या पत्राच्या पाठवणीसंबधी मांडणी करताना चूक झाली." + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 +msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." +msgstr "ह्या प्रकारत्या वापरकर्त्यासाठी UID उपलब्ध नाही." + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892 +#, perl-format +msgid "" +"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" +"Select a valid integer between %i and %i." +msgstr "" +"निवडलेल्या उपयोगकर्त्याचे नांव वापरावयाची मनाई आहे. \n" +"%i आणि %i च्या मधील पूर्णांकाचा वापर करा." + +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923 +msgid "" +"The user ID entered is already in use.\n" +"Really use it?" +msgstr "" +"प्रविष्ट केलेले वापरकर्ते ओळखचिन्ह आधीच वापरात आहे.\n" +"खरंच तो वापरू?" + +#. popup question, %i are numbers +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936 +#, perl-format +msgid "" +"The selected user ID is not from a range\n" +"defined for LDAP users (%i-%i).\n" +"Really use it?" +msgstr "" +" निवडलेल्या उपयोगकर्त्याचे नांव LDAP उपयोगकर्त्यांच्या \n" +"श्रृंखलेपैकी नाही (%i-%i).\n" +"आपण हे नांव खरंच वापरणार आहांत?" + +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951 +#, perl-format +msgid "" +"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" +"because the ID is greater than %i.\n" +"Really change the user type to 'local'?" +msgstr "" +" निवडलेल्या उपयोगकर्त्याचे नांव स्थानीय यादीत आहे \n" +"कारण हे नांव %i पेक्षा अधिक आहे. \n" +"आपण खरंच बदलून नांवाला स्थानीय करणार आहांत?" + +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965 +#, perl-format +msgid "" +"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" +"because the ID is smaller than %i.\n" +"Really change the user type to 'system'?" +msgstr "" +"निवडलेल्या उपयोगकर्त्याचे नांव सिस्टिम यादीत आहे \n" +" कारण हे नांव %i पेक्षा कमी आहे. \n" +"आपण खरंच बदलून सिस्टिम यादीत नांव टाकणार आहांत? " + +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999 +msgid "" +"\n" +"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"There is a conflict between the entered\n" +"username and an existing username. %1\n" +"Try another one." +msgstr "" +"दिलेले नांव आधीपासून असलेल्या\n" +"नांवाशी जुळते\n" +"दुसरे नांव लिहून बघा." + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033 +msgid "" +"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" +"contain a colon (:). Try again." +msgstr "" +"\"Additional User Information\" मध्ये \n" +" अपूर्णविराम(:) चालत नाही. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040 +msgid "" +"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" +"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" +"Remove the surplus." +msgstr "" +"\"Additional User Information\" मध्ये\n" +"तीन पेक्षा अधिक स्वल्पविराम लावणे चूक आहे.\n" +"जास्तीचे स्वल्पविराम काढून टाका." + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103 +msgid "" +"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" +"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"स्थानिक डायरेक्टरीमध्ये फक्त खालील अक्षरेच असू शकतातः\n" +"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, आणि _-/\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126 +#, perl-format +msgid "" +"The directory %s is not writable.\n" +"Choose another path for the home directory." +msgstr "" +"%s डायरेक्टरी लिहिण्याजोगी नाही.\n" +"स्थानिक डायरेक्टरीसाठी इतर पाथ निवडा" + +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137 +msgid "" +"The home directory is used by another user.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"आरंभ संचिका दुसरा वापरकर्ता वापरत आहे.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 +msgid "" +"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" +"but it is not a directory.\n" +"Really use this path?" +msgstr "" +"स्थानिक डायरेक्टरीसाठी निवडलेला पाथ आधी पासून आहे\n" +"पण ही डायरेक्टरी नाही.\n" +"हाच पाथ वापरणार आहांत?" + +#. yes/no popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190 +msgid "" +"The home directory selected already exists.\n" +"Use it and change its owner?" +msgstr "" +"निवडलेली स्थानिक डायरेक्टरी आधी पासून आहे.\n" +"तिलाच वापरून तिच्या मालकाचे नांव बदलणे आहे काय?" + +#. chown is not needed (#25200) +#. yes/no popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197 +#, fuzzy, perl-format +msgid "" +"The selected home directory (%s)\n" +"already exists and is owned by the currently edited user.\n" +"Use this directory?\n" +msgstr "" +"निवडलेली स्थानिक डायरेक्टरी आधी पासून आहे.\n" +"आणि चालू संपादित उपयोगकर्ताच त्याचा मालक आहे.\n" +"तिलाच वापरावयाचे?" + +#. yes/no popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206 +#, perl-format +msgid "" +"The home directory selected (%s)\n" +"already exists as a former home directory of\n" +"a user previously marked for deletion.\n" +"Use this directory?" +msgstr "" +"निवडलेली स्थानिक डायरेक्टरी (%s)\n" +"ही आधीपासून मिटविण्यासाठी निवडलेल्या उपयोगकर्त्याची\n" +"पूर्वीची स्थानिक डायरेक्टरी आहे.\n" +" तिलाच वापरावयाचे?" + +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234 +msgid "" +"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" +"Use this shell?" +msgstr "" +"जर आपण आस्तित्वात नसलेल्या शेलला निवडलेत, तर उपयोगकर्ता लॉग इन नाही करू शकणार.\n" +"याच शेलला निवडावयाचे?" + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254 +msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." +msgstr "ह्या समूह प्रकारासाठी GID उपलब्ध नाही." + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287 +#, perl-format +msgid "" +"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" +"Select a valid integer between %i and %i." +msgstr "" +"निवडलेले समूह-नांव देणे शक्य नाही.\n" +"%i आणि %iच्या मधील पूर्णांक निवडा." + +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317 +msgid "" +"The group ID entered is already in use.\n" +"Really use it?" +msgstr "" +"प्रविष्ट केलेला समूह ओळखचिन्ह आधीच वापरात आहे.\n" +"तो खरंच वापरू का?" + +#. popup question, %i are numbers +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329 +#, perl-format +msgid "" +"The selected group ID is not from a range\n" +"defined for LDAP groups (%i-%i).\n" +"Really use it?" +msgstr "" +"निवडलेले समूह-नांव त्या श्रृंखलेतील नाही\n" +"जी LDAP समूहासाठी आहे(%i-%i).\n" +"यालाच वापरायचे?" + +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344 +#, perl-format +msgid "" +"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" +"because the ID is greater than %i.\n" +"Really change the group type to 'local'?" +msgstr "" +"निवडलेले समूह-नांव स्थानीय यादीत आहे\n" +"कारण ते %i पेक्षा अधिक आहे.\n" +"आपण खरंच बदलून नांवाला स्थानीय करणार आहांत?" + +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358 +#, fuzzy, perl-format +msgid "" +"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" +"because the ID is smaller than %i.\n" +"Really change the group type to 'system'?" +msgstr "" +"निवडलेला ग्रुप आयडी सिस्टिम आयडी आहे\n" +"कारण आयडी %१ पेक्षा लहान आहे\n" +"खरंच ग्रुप टाइप बदलून सिस्टिममध्ये टाकणार आहांत?" + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377 +msgid "" +"No group name entered.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"समूहाचे नाव प्रविष्ट केलेले नाही.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394 +#, perl-format +msgid "" +"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"समूहाचे नाव %i आणि %i चिन्हे इतक्या लांबीचे असावे.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407 +msgid "" +"The group name may contain only\n" +"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" +"and must begin with a letter.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +" समूहाच्या नावांत फक्त\n" +"अक्षरे, अंक, \"-\", \".\", आणि \"_\"\n" +"असू शकते आणि ते अक्षरापासूनच सुरू झाले पाहिजे.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415 +msgid "" +"There is a conflict between the entered\n" +"group name and an existing group name.\n" +"Try another one." +msgstr "" +"दिलेले नांव आधीपासून असलेल्या\n" +"समूहाच्या नांवाशी जुळते\n" +"दुसरे नांव लिहून बघा." + +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 +#, fuzzy, perl-format +#| msgid "User does not exist." +msgid "User %s does not exist." +msgstr "वापरकर्ता अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#. error message: group cannot be deleted +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 +msgid "" +"You cannot delete this group because\n" +"there are users that use this group\n" +"as their default group." +msgstr "" +"आपण या समूहाला मिटवू शकत नाही कारण\n" +"या समूहाला काही उपयोगकर्ते आपल्या डिफॉल्ट\n" +"समूहाप्रमाणे वापरतात." + +#. error message: group cannot be deleted +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 +msgid "" +"You cannot delete this group because\n" +"there are users in the group.\n" +"Remove these users from the group first." +msgstr "" +"आपण या समूहाला मिटवू शकत नाही कारण\n" +"काही उपयोगकर्ते या समूहात आहेत.\n" +"आधी त्यांना या समूहातून काढावे लागेल." + +#. summary label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603 +msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>वापरकर्ता</h3>" + +#. summary label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613 +msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>समूह</h3>" + +#. summary label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" +msgstr "लॉगइन सेटिंग्ज" + +#. summary item, %1 is user name +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626 +msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:226 +msgid "No password for LDAP was entered." +msgstr "LDAP वापरकर्त्याचे उरलेले गुणधर्म संपादित करा." + +#. popup question, %s is string argument +#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:351 src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:377 +#, perl-format +msgid "" +"No entry with DN '%s'\n" +"exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?" +msgstr "" +"LDAP सेवासंगणकावर DN ची नोंद नाही '%s'\n" +"आता निर्माण करू नका?" + +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Kerberos Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना स्वस्थापीत करा" + +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133 +msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136 +msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260 +msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." +msgstr "" + +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:147 +msgid "LDAP Attributes" +msgstr "LDAP गुणधर्म" + +#. plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:158 src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:162 +msgid "Edit Remaining LDAP Attributes" +msgstr "LDAP वापरकरत्यांचे उरलेले गुणधर्म संपादित करा" + +#. error popup (user forgot to fill in some attributes) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:280 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:287 +#, perl-format +msgid "" +"The attribute '%s' is required for this object according\n" +"to its LDAP configuration, but it is currently empty." +msgstr "" +"या ऑब्जेक्टसाठी '%s' हे लक्षण त्याच्या LDAP संरचने प्रमाणे\n" +"आवश्यक आहे, पण ते सध्या रिकामे आहे." + +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:378 +msgid "An error occurred." +msgstr "चूक झाली." + +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:147 +msgid "LDAP Password Policy" +msgstr "LDAP सेवासंगणाकासाठी परवलीशब्द:" + +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:156 +msgid "Edit Password Policy" +msgstr "परवलीच्या शब्दांची नियमावली संपादित करा" + +#. error popup, %s is object DN +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:239 +#, perl-format +msgid "Invalid DN syntax of \"%s\"." +msgstr "\"%s\"चा वापर चूक केलेला आहे" + +#. error popup, first %s is object DN, second is additional error message +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:251 +#, perl-format +msgid "" +"Error while searching for \"%s\":\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"\"%s\"ला शोधतांना झालेली त्रुटी:\n" +"%s" + +#. error popup, %s is object DN +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:258 +#, perl-format +msgid "" +"The object \"%s\"\n" +"is not a Password Policy object" +msgstr "" +"ऑब्जेक्ट \"%s\" हा\n" +"हा परवलीच्या नियमावलीचा ऑब्जेक्ट नाही" + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:308 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:349 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is not possible to add this plug-in when\n" +"the plugin for Shadow Account attributes is in use.\n" +msgstr "" +"शॅडो अकाउंट लक्षणांचे प्लग-इन वापरांत असताना\n" +"यहे प्लग-इन लावणे शक्य नाही" + +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:183 +msgid "Shadow Account Configuration" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता आणि समूह संरचना" + +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:192 +msgid "Edit Shadow Account attributes" +msgstr " शॅडो अकाउंटची लक्षणे संपादित करावयाची?" + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:350 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:396 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"It is not possible to add this plug-in when\n" +"the plug-in for Password Policy is in use.\n" +msgstr "" +"परवलीच्या नियमावलीचे प्लग-इन वापरांत असताना\n" +"हे प्लग-इन लावणे शक्य नाही" + +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:237 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Quota Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना स्वस्थापीत करा" + +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:248 +msgid "Manage Group Quota" +msgstr "" + +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:251 +msgid "Manage User Quota" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:325 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:365 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Quota is not enabled on your system.\n" +"Enable quota in the partition settings module." +msgstr "" +"%1 पॅकेज तुमच्या प्रणालीमध्ये स्थापीत नाही.\n" +"तुम्हाला ते स्थापन करायचे आहे का?\n" + +#. error popup, %1 is command, %2 command error output +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:424 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:435 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Error while calling\n" +"\"%1\":\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"\"%s\"ला शोधतांना झालेली त्रुटी:\n" +"%s" + +#. the ']' is or-ed... +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following characters:\n" +"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"आपल्या परवलीच्या शब्दांत फक्त खालील प्रमाणे अक्षरे असू शकतातः\n" +"0-9, a-z, A-Z, आणि \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\" यांतील काहीही\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. help text (default part shown in more places) +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" +"layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" +"localized keyboard layout.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"परवलीच्या शब्दासाठी फक्त इंग्रजी कीबोर्ड वरील अक्षरेवापरा\n" +"जर का सिस्टिम एरर आले तर स्थानीय कीबोर्डला न अनुसरतांलॉग इन \n" +"करावे लागू शकते. \n" +"</p>" + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620 +msgid "" +"The user's full name cannot contain\n" +"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"वापरकर्त्याच्या नावात \":\" किंवा \",\" चिन्हे\n" +"समाविष्ट असू शकत नाहीत.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "You have used the group name as a part of the password.\n" +#| "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" +msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password." +msgstr "" +"आपण परवलीच्या शब्दासाठी समूहाचे नांव दिले आहे. \n" +"हे सुरक्षेच्या दृष्टी ने बरे नाही. परवलीच्या शब्दासाठी हेच वापरणार आहांत?" + +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "You have used the username as a part of the password.\n" +#| "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" +msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password." +msgstr "" +"आपण परवलीच्या शब्दात उपयोगकर्त्याचे नांव दिले आहे.\n" +"हे सुरक्षेच्या दृष्टीने बरे नाही. परवलीच्या शब्दासाठी हेच वापरणार आहांत?" + +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "You have used uppercase letters in the user login entry.</p>" +msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"तुम्ही लॉगईन करताना वरच्या केसमधील अक्षरे प्रविष्ट केली आहेत.</p>" + +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "You have used uppercase letters in the user login entry.</p>" +msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password." +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"तुम्ही लॉगईन करताना वरच्या केसमधील अक्षरे प्रविष्ट केली आहेत.</p>" + +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "You have changed the default encryption for user passwords.</p>" +msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password." +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"तुम्ही वापरकर्त्यांच्या परवलीशब्दाच्या प्रारंभीचे कूट बदललेले आहे.</p>" + +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682 +msgid "You have used only digits for the password." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704 +#, fuzzy, perl-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n" +#| "Truncate it to %s characters?" +msgid "" +"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n" +"It will be truncated to %s characters." +msgstr "" +"सध्याच्या कूटलेखन पद्धतीप्रमाणे आपला परवलीचा शब्द जास्त मोठा आहे.\n" +"यातील %s अक्षरे कमी करावयाची काय?" + +#. error message +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791 +#, fuzzy, perl-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The password is too simple:\n" +#| "%s\n" +#| "Really use this password?" +msgid "" +"The password is too simple:\n" +"%s." +msgstr "" +"परवलीशब्द खूपच सोपा आहे:\n" +"%s\n" +"हा परवलीशब्द खरचं वापरू?" + +#. popup error, %i is number +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805 +#, fuzzy, perl-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" +#| "Try again.\n" +msgid "The password should have at least %i characters." +msgstr "" +"संकेतशब्द किमान %1 वर्णाचा असला पाहीजे.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा.\n" + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826 +msgid "" +"No username entered.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव प्रविष्ट कले नाही.\n" +"पुन्हा प्र्यत्न करा." + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836 +#, perl-format +msgid "" +"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"वापरकरत्याचे नाव %i ते %i चिन्ह इतक्या लांबीचे असावे.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865 +msgid "" +"The username may contain only\n" +"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" +"and must begin with a letter or \"_\".\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"उपयोगकर्त्याच्या नावांत फक्त\n" +"अक्षरे, अंक, आणि \"-\", \".\", \"_\"\n" +"असू शकते आणि ते अक्षरापासून किंवा \"_\". पासूनच\n" +"सुरू झाले पाहिजे. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886 +msgid "" +"There is a conflict between the entered\n" +"username and an existing username.\n" +"Try another one." +msgstr "" +"दिलेले नांव आधीपासून असलेल्या\n" +"नांवाशी जुळते\n" +"दुसरे नांव लिहून बघा." + +#. busy popup message, %1 is package name +#. busy popup message +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..." +msgstr "%1 सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे" + +#. busy popup message, %1 is package name +#. busy popup message +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Releasing %1 extension..." +msgstr "%1 सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे" + +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:533 +msgid "" +"There is a conflict between the entered\n" +"user name and an existing user name.\n" +"Try another one." +msgstr "" +"दिलेले नांव आधीपासून असलेल्या\n" +"उपयोगकर्त्याच्या नांवाशी जुळते\n" +"दुसरे नांव लिहून बघा." + +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:545 +msgid "" +"The home directory is used from another user.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"आरंभ संचिका दुसऱ्या वापरकर्त्याद्वारे वापरात आहे.\n" +"कृपया पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:741 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:858 +msgid "No plug-in was defined" +msgstr "पूरक प्रणाली निश्चित केली नव्हती" + +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:795 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:912 +msgid "It is not possible to edit a NIS user." +msgstr "NIS वापरकर्ते संपादीत करणे शक्य नाही." + +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1025 +msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." +msgstr "NIS वापरकर्ते काढून टाकणे शक्य नाही." + +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1684 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1817 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1980 +msgid "It is not possible to modify a NIS group." +msgstr "NIS समूहात बदल करणे शक्य नाही." + +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1761 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1924 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2403 +msgid "No user was specified." +msgstr "कुठला वापरकर्ता सूचीत केलेला नाही." + +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1858 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2476 +msgid "User was not correctly specified." +msgstr "वापरकर्ता योग्य प्रकारे सूचित केला नव्हता." + +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2133 +msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS group." +msgstr "NIS समूह काढणे शक्य नाही." + +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2451 +msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions." +msgstr "इनपुटच्या अटी पूर्ण करणारे अनेक वापरकर्ते आहेत." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "No Password Expiration" +#~ msgid "No Password Entered" +#~ msgstr "परवलीशब्दाचे अस्तित्व संपले नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&eDirectory LDAP" +#~ msgstr "LDAP संचिका" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>जर आपण NIS किंवा LDAP सर्व्हर डेटा ठेवण्यासाठी वापरता, किंवा आपल्याला\n" +#~ "NT सर्व्हर वरून उपयोगकर्त्याला सत्यापित करावयाचे असेल तर उचित निवड करून मग\n" +#~ "संरचना सुरू ठेवण्यासाठी <b>Next</b> दाबा.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The authentication method is %1." +#~ msgstr "वापरकर्ता ओळखण्याची रीत" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The configuration will be available later during the installation." +#~ msgstr "कॉनफिग्युरेशन आता लिहिले जाईल.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Users %1 will be imported." +#~ msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा सुरू केली जाईल" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Kerberos" +#~ msgstr "केरबेरोस" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You cannot delete this user, because the user is\n" +#~ "currently logged in.\n" +#~ "Log the user out first." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपण या उपयोगकर्त्याला मिटवू शकत नाही कारण हा उपयोगकर्ता \n" +#~ "सध्या लॉग-इन आहे.\n" +#~ "त्याला आधी लॉग ऑफ करावे लागेल." + +#~ msgid "N&IS+" +#~ msgstr "NIS+" + +#~ msgid "&Kerberos" +#~ msgstr "केरबेरोस" + +#~ msgid "Blowfish" +#~ msgstr "Blowfish" + +#~ msgid "&DES (Linux default)" +#~ msgstr "DES (लिनक्स प्रथम पसंतीLinux default)" + +#~ msgid "&Blowfish" +#~ msgstr "ब्लोफिश" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>Blowfish</b> is similar to MD5, but uses a different algorithm\n" +#~ "to encrypt passwords.\n" +#~ "</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>Blowfish</b> हे MD5 सारखे आहे पण यात वेगळ्या पद्धतीने परवलीच्या शब्दाचे\n" +#~ "एन् क्रिप्शन केले जाते.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "As a general rule of thumb, use DES if you are unsure.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "नित्याचा अंगठ्याचा नियम म्हणून जर तुम्हाला खात्री नसेल तर DES वापरा.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The password should have at least %i characters.\n" +#~ "Really use this shorter password?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "परवलीच्या शब्दांत किमान %i अक्षरे असावीत.\n" +#~ "परवलीसाठी हा आखूड शब्द वापरणार आहांत?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have used only lowercase letters for the password.\n" +#~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपण परवलीच्या शब्दांत फक्त इंग्रजीची लहान अक्षरेच वापरली आहेत.\n" +#~ "हे सुरक्षेच्या दृष्टीने बरे नाही. परवलीच्या शब्दासाठी हेच वापरणार आहांत?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have used only uppercase letters for the password.\n" +#~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपण परवलीच्या शब्दांत फक्त इंग्रजीची मोठी अक्षरेच वापरली आहेत.\n" +#~ "हे सुरक्षेच्या दृष्टीने बरे नाही. परवलीच्या शब्दासाठी हेच वापरणार आहांत?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have used a palindrom for the password.\n" +#~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपण परवलीसाठी दिलेल्या शब्द दोन्ही कडून वाचल्यास सारखाच आहे.\n" +#~ "हे सुरक्षेच्या दृष्टीने बरे नाही. परवलीच्या शब्दासाठी हेच वापरणार आहांत?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have used only digits for the password.\n" +#~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपण परवलीच्या शब्दांत फक्त अंक दिले आहेत.\n" +#~ " हे सुरक्षेच्या दृष्टीने बरे नाही. परवलीच्या शब्दासाठी हेच वापरणार आहांत?" + +#~ msgid "Next" +#~ msgstr "पुढचा" + +#~ msgid "Finish" +#~ msgstr "समापन" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Downloading %1 extension..." +#~ msgstr "फाईल्सचे डाऊनलोडींग चालू आहे....." + +#~ msgid "Gr&oups" +#~ msgstr "समूह" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For remote users, only additional group\n" +#~ "\tmemberships can be changed.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "दूरस्थ वापरकर्त्यासाठी, फक्त अतिरिक्त\n" +#~ "समूह सदस्य बदलता येईल.\n" + +#~ msgid "&Suggestion" +#~ msgstr "सूचना" + +#~ msgid "New User Defaults" +#~ msgstr "नवीन वापरकर्त्याची प्रथमपसंती" + +#~ msgid "Authentication and User Data Sources" +#~ msgstr "विश्वासार्हता व वापरकर्ता माहिती स्त्रोत" + +#~ msgid "&Authentication and User Sources" +#~ msgstr "विश्वासार्हता व वापरकर्ता स्त्रोत" + +#~ msgid "&LDAP Options..." +#~ msgstr "LDAP पर्याय..." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/vm.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/vm.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/vm.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,287 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" + +#. Main +#. Definition of command line mode options +#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Install Hypervisor and Tools" +msgstr "हायपरवायझर आणि टूल्स स्थापित झाली आहेत." + +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69 +msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." +msgstr "आभासी यंत्राची संरचना करत आहे..." + +#. check for kernel-bigsmp +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158 +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " +msgstr "" + +#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177 +msgid "" +"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" +"Start installation in the host system.\n" +msgstr "व्हर्चुअल मशिनची स्थापना यूएमएल मशिनच्या आतून सुरू करता येणार नाही. होस्ट सिस्टीममधून स्थापना सुरू करा.\n" + +#. progress stage 1/2 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282 +msgid "Verify Installed Packages" +msgstr "सर्व स्थापीत पॅकेजेस तपासा" + +#. progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" +msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड संरचना" + +#. Headline for management domain installation +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211 +msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" +msgstr "VM सेवासंगणकाची संरचना करत आहे (क्षेत्र 0)" + +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214 +msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" +msgstr "<p><big><b>व्हीएम सर्व्हर आकृतीबंध</b></big></p><p>व्हीएम सर्व्हर आकृतीबंधाचे (डोमेन 0) दोन भाग आहेत.<p>" + +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>आवश्यक असलेली पॅकेजेस सिस्टीममध्ये आधी स्थापित केली जातात. त्यानंतर,\n" +"जर GRUB आधीच वापरला नसेल तर बूट लोडर त्याच्याकडे बदलला जातो आणि क्झेन सेक्शन\n" +"तेथे नसेल तर तो बूट लोडर मेनूमध्ये वाढविला जातो.</p>" + +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and Linux kernel.</p>" +msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" +msgstr "<p>GRUB आवश्यक आहे कारण क्झेन आणि लिनक्स बूट करण्यासाठीआवश्यकअसलेल्या मल्टीबूट स्टॅंडर्डला समर्थन करतो.</p>" + +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" +msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" +msgstr "<p>जेव्हा आकृतीबंध यशस्वीपणे पूर्ण केला जातो, बूट लोडर मेनूमधूनव्हीएम सर्व्हर बूट करणे शक्य होते.</p>" + +#. error popup +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231 +msgid "The installation will be aborted." +msgstr "स्थापना खंडीत केली जाईल." + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." +msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" +msgstr "हायपरवायझर आणि टूल्स स्थापित झाली आहेत." + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "आभासी यंत्राची संरचना करत आहे..." + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251 +msgid "KVM Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Broken server" +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "मोडलेले सर्व्हर" + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259 +msgid "libvirt LXC containers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289 +msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "हायपरवायझर आणि टूल्स स्थापित झाली आहेत." + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307 +msgid "Xen Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Broken server" +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "मोडलेले सर्व्हर" + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Xen Section" +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "कर्नेल भाग" + +#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The installation will be aborted." +msgid "Package installation failed\n" +msgstr "स्थापना खंडीत केली जाईल." + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The installation will be aborted." +msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" +msgstr "स्थापना खंडीत केली जाईल." + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403 +msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413 +msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 +msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439 +msgid "Checking packages..." +msgstr "पॅकेज तपासत आहे..." + +#. progressbar title - install the required packages +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442 +msgid "Installing packages..." +msgstr "पॅकेजेस स्थापन होत आहेत..." + +#. error popup +#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454 +msgid "Cannot install required packages." +msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेज स्थापित करू शकत नाही." + +#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration files..." +msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." +msgstr "संरचना फाईल अद्ययावत करत आहे..." + +#. Default Bridge stage +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." +msgstr "साधारण मांडणी संरचित करत आहे..." + +#. Popup yes/no dialog +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Bridge" +msgid "Network Bridge." +msgstr "नेटवर्क ब्रिज" + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506 +msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV +#. Progress::NextStage(); +#. Configure firewall to allow xenbr+ +#. success = success && ConfigureFirewall(); +#. if ( success == false ) { +#. // error popup +#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); +#. return false; +#. } +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567 +msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu to start it.\n" +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "" +"मशिन व्हीएम सर्व्हर सुरू करण्यासाठी तयार आहे.\n" +"\n" +"मशिन रिबूट करा आणि क्झेन सेक्शन सुरू करण्यासाठी तोबूट लोडरमधून निवडा.\n" + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu to start it.\n" +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." +msgstr "" +"मशिन व्हीएम सर्व्हर सुरू करण्यासाठी तयार आहे.\n" +"\n" +"मशिन रिबूट करा आणि क्झेन सेक्शन सुरू करण्यासाठी तोबूट लोडरमधून निवडा.\n" + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." +msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." +msgstr "हायपरवायझर आणि टूल्स स्थापित झाली आहेत." + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." +msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." +msgstr "हायपरवायझर आणि टूल्स स्थापित झाली आहेत." + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." +msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." +msgstr "हायपरवायझर आणि टूल्स स्थापित झाली आहेत." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Xen Network Bridge." +#~ msgstr "नेटवर्क ब्रिज" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Bridge Configuration" +#~ msgstr "प्रतिमा आकृतीबंध" + +#~ msgid "Firewall Configuration" +#~ msgstr "फायरवॉल संरचना" + +#~ msgid "Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge" +#~ msgstr " Xen ब्रिजला परवानगी देण्यासाठी फायरवॉलला कॉन्फिगर नाही करता आले." Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/vpn.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/vpn.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/vpn.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,637 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya@gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi \n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Manage VPN client secrets. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 +msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Gateway" +msgid "Gateway IP" +msgstr "प्रवेशद्वार" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Shared Key" +msgid "Pre-shared key" +msgstr "वाटलेली कळ" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Set" +msgid "Set" +msgstr "निश्चित करा" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Show &Next" +msgid "Show key" +msgstr "दाखवा &नंतरचे" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate Import" +msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways" +msgstr "सर्टीपिकेट आयात" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +msgid "Certificate" +msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "कळ" + +#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 +msgid "" +"Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 +msgid "" +"Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. Load PSKs +#. Reload gateway PSK text input. +#. Load XAuth +#. Load EAP +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 +msgid "(hidden)" +msgstr "" + +#. Remove the selected EAP user. +#. Remove the selected XAuth user. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select a product to delete." +msgid "Please select a user to delete." +msgstr "उत्पादवस्तू काढून टाकण्यासाठी निवडा." + +#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 +msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path." +msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." +msgstr "दिलेल्या पाथमध्ये SMT प्रमाणपत्र सापडले नाही." + +#. Event handlers +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select SMT certificate file" +msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file" +msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्राची फाईल निवडा" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select SMT certificate file" +msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file" +msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्राची फाईल निवडा" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 +msgid "Gateway pre-shared key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read certificates" +msgid "Gateway certificate" +msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र वाचा" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select SMT certificate file" +msgid "Path to certificate file" +msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्राची फाईल निवडा" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Pick.." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select SMT certificate file" +msgid "Path to certificate key file" +msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्राची फाईल निवडा" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 +msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +msgid "Username" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्याचे नाव" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "गुप्तशब्द" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "जोडा" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "हटवा" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Root Password" +msgid "Show Password" +msgstr "मूळ परवलीशब्द" + +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 +msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" +msgstr "" + +#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Gateway" +msgid "Gateway - PSK" +msgstr "प्रवेशद्वार" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate" +msgid "Gateway - Certificate" +msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 +msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba or Windows Printer" +msgid "Gateway - Windows clients" +msgstr "सांबा किंवा विंडोज मुद्रणयंत्र" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Client &Key" +msgid "Client - PSK" +msgstr "ग्राहक कळ" + +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Client Certificate" +msgid "Client - Certificate" +msgstr "ग्राहक प्रमाणपत्र" + +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +msgid "" +"ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" +"Continue using the module will remove your customisation." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name '%1' is already in use" +msgid "The connection name is already used." +msgstr "आकृतीबंधाचे ‘%1’ नाव आधीच वापरात आहे" + +#. Find an unused gateway scenario +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 +msgid "" +"You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" +"All of gateway scenarios are already used." +msgstr "" + +#. Warn against duplicated configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 +msgid "" +"The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" +"You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." +msgstr "" + +#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used." +msgid "The user name is already used." +msgstr "हे ठराविक रांगेचे नाव %1 आधीच वापरले आहे." + +#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 +msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." +msgstr "" + +#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60 +msgid "VPN Gateway and Client" +msgstr "" + +#. Left side: global config & connection management +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "वैश्विक कॉन्फिगरेशन" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" +msgid "Enable VPN daemon" +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम कार्यान्वित करा." + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All Patches" +msgid "All VPNs" +msgstr "सर्व पॅचेस" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "New VPN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete DN" +msgid "Delete VPN" +msgstr "DN काढून टाका" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connection Settings" +msgid "View Connection Status" +msgstr "जुळणी स्थापिते" + +#. Event handlers +#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 +msgid "" +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." +msgstr "" + +#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "- Close connection" +msgid "Delete connection" +msgstr "- जोडणी बंद करा" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to delete: " +msgid "Are you sure to delete connection " +msgstr "तुम्हाला नक्की काढून टाकायचे आहे का:" + +#. Check for incomplete configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: " +msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n" +msgstr "खालील कामांसाठी कॉन्फिगरेशन अपयशी झालेः" + +#. Consider enabling the daemon +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 +msgid "" +"There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n" +"Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?" +msgstr "" + +#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "Partition table successfully repaired.\n" +msgid "Settings have been successfully applied." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"विभाजन स्तंभ यशस्वीपणे दुरूस्त झाले.\n" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 +msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Would you like to change the CD and retry ?" +msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?" +msgstr "तुम्ही सीडी हदलून पुन्हा प्रयत्न करायचा आहे का?" + +#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 +msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "वर्णन" + +#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376 +msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." +msgstr "" + +#. Make widgets for connection configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386 +msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387 +msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389 +msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connection Type" +msgid "Connection name: " +msgstr "जुळणी प्रकार..." + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "प्रकार" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Name Servers" +msgid "Gateway (Server)" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक नाव" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Clients" +msgid "Client" +msgstr "गि-हाईक" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The scheme name" +msgid "The scenario is" +msgstr "योजनेचे नाव" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408 +msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You must select a certificate." +msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" +msgstr "तुम्ही प्रमाणपत्र निवडलेच पाहिजे." + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Edit Crypt File" +msgid "Edit Credentials" +msgstr "&संपादित करा क्रिप्ट फाइल" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 +msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 +msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication" +msgid "The gateway requires authentication" +msgstr "वापरकर्ता ओळखण्याची रीत" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 +msgid "By a pre-shared key" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read certificates" +msgid "By a certificate" +msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र वाचा" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 +msgid "VPN gateway IP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" +msgstr "" + +#. They are however allowed in password +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Please enter both username and password." +msgstr "परवलीशब्द घाला." + +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n" +"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore" +msgstr "" + +#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile." +msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection" +msgstr "नवीन ओळखीसाठी नाव लिहा." + +#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the connection name." +msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name." +msgstr "संपर्क नाव लिहा." + +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "" +"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n" +"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n" +"Name has to begin with a letter." +msgstr "" + +#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select SMT certificate file" +msgid "Path to certificate file:" +msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्राची फाईल निवडा" + +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select SMT certificate file" +msgid "Path to certificate key file:" +msgstr "SMT प्रमाणपत्राची फाईल निवडा" + +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path." +msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself." +msgstr "दिलेल्या पाथमध्ये SMT प्रमाणपत्र सापडले नाही." + +#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path." +msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file." +msgstr "दिलेल्या पाथमध्ये SMT प्रमाणपत्र सापडले नाही." + +#. Return password string. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please enter keywords:" +msgid "Please enter a password." +msgstr "कृपया कळशब्द भरा:" + +#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" +msgid "Restart VPN Daemon" +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा." + +#. Restart IPSec daemon service. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rename and restart" +msgid "Confirm daemon restart" +msgstr "नाव बदला आणि पुन्हा सुरू करा" + +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 +msgid "" +"Existing connections will be interrupted.\n" +"Do you still wish to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to restore MBR." +msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon" +msgstr "MBR पुन्हा साठवून ठेवण्यात अयशस्वी." + +#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?" +msgstr "" + +#. Install packages +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to install required packages." +msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." +msgstr "आवश्यक पॅकेजेस स्थापन करण्यास अपयश." + +#. Enable/disable daemon +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart NTP daemon" +msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." +msgstr "NTP पार्श्वभूमित चालणारा कार्यक्रम परत सुरू करा" + +#. Configure IP forwarding +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210 +msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure/deconfigure firewall +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225 +msgid "" +"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" +"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to restore MBR." +msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." +msgstr "MBR पुन्हा साठवून ठेवण्यात अयशस्वी." + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 +msgid "" +"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"The script is located at %s" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Expert Global Settings" +msgid "VPN Global Settings" +msgstr "तज्ञ जागतिक मांडणी" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable VPN Services" +msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" +msgstr "VPN सुविधा कार्यान्वित" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281 +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create Client Connection" +msgid "Gateway and Connections" +msgstr "ग्राहक संपर्क तयार करा" + +#. Gateway summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288 +msgid "A gateway serving clients in " +msgstr "" + +#. Client summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read current connection setup" +msgid "A client connecting to " +msgstr "सद्य संपर्क मांडणी वाचा" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/wol.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/wol.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/wol.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: clients/wol.ycp +#. Package: Boot Server +#. Author: Anas Nashif +#. Summary: WOL +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/wol.rb:49 +msgid "" +"Package could not be installed.\n" +"Install the missing packages and try again." +msgstr "" +"पॅकेज स्थापित करता आले नाही.\n" +"गहाळ पॅकेजेस स्थापित करा आणि करत प्रयत्न करा." + +#. Table header +#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 +msgid "MAC Address" +msgstr "MAC पत्ता" + +#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "यजमान नाव" + +#: src/clients/wol.rb:66 +msgid "Wake Up" +msgstr "जागे व्हा" + +#: src/clients/wol.rb:76 +msgid "Wake-On-Lan" +msgstr "लॅन वर जागे व्हा" + +#: src/clients/wol.rb:77 +msgid "" +"<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n" +"<p>With WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by sending a 'magic packet' \n" +"over the network.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<h2>लॅन वर जागे व्हा</h2>\n" +"डब्ल्यूओएलने तुम्ही केवळनेटवर्कवर एक ‘मॅजिक\n" +"पॅकेट’ पाठवून तुमच्या पीसी ला ‘जागे करू’ शकता.</p>" + +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); +#: src/clients/wol.rb:127 +msgid "Really delete this item?" +msgstr "खरंच ही मजकूर खोडून टाका?" + +#: src/clients/wol.rb:146 +msgid "Waking remote host" +msgstr "दूरस्थ सादरकर्त्याला जागे करत आहे" + +#: src/clients/wol.rb:171 +msgid "Host Name:" +msgstr "सादरकर्ता नाव:" + +#: src/clients/wol.rb:173 +msgid "" +"MAC Address of\n" +"the Client: " +msgstr "" +"ग्राहकाचा MAC \n" +"पत्ता: " + +#. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf +#: src/modules/WOL.rb:101 +msgid "" +"No previously configured clients found.\n" +"However, a DHCP configuration was found on this system. Import the host\n" +"configuration data (MAC addresses and host names) from \n" +"'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" +msgstr "" +"आधीचा आकृतीबंधित केलेला क्लाएंट मिळाला नाही.\n" +"तथापि, या सिस्टीमवर डीसीपीएच आकृतीबंध मिळाला.\n" +"’/etc/dhcpd.conf’?वरून होस्ट\n" +"आकृतीबंध डेटा (मॅक एड्रेसेस आणि होस्ट्स नेम्स) आणा.\n" Added: branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/yast2-apparmor.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/yast2-apparmor.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP1/yast/mr/po/yast2-apparmor.mr.po 2015-10-01 14:25:26 UTC (rev 93092) @@ -0,0 +1,3535 @@ +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma\n" +"Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" + +#. Globalz +#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select File To Generate A Profile for" +msgid "Select File to Generate a Profile for" +msgstr "अभिव्यक्ती तयार करायची फाईल निवडा" + +#. Check for cancel in the file choose dialog +#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:77 +msgid "Profile for " +msgstr "साठी अभिव्यक्ती" + +#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:78 +msgid " already exists." +msgstr " आधीच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:80 +msgid "Would you like to open this profile in editing mode?" +msgstr "ही अभिव्यक्ती संपादन पर्यायात उघडू इच्छिता का?" + +#. Globalz +#. TODO ELSE POPUP NO ENTRY SELECTED ERROR +#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:64 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1481 +msgid "Delete profile confirmation" +msgstr "अभिव्यक्तीची मंजूरी काढून टाका" + +#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:67 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1484 +msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the profile " +msgstr "आपल्या खात्री आहे का की ही प्रोफाईल काढून टाकायची आहे" + +#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:70 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1487 +msgid "" +" ?\n" +"After this operation the AppArmor module will reload the profile set." +msgstr "" +" ?\n" +"यानंतर AppArmor मोड्यूल पाश्र्वचित्र पुन्हा लोड करील." + +#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent +#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." +msgstr "" +"कृपया\n" +"\t\tसूचीतील प्रोफाईल्समधून एक निवड करा व ती प्रोफाईल काढून टाकण्यासाठी Next दाबा.<p>" + +#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93 +msgid "Delete Profile - Choose profile to delete" +msgstr "अभिव्यक्ती काढून टाका - संपादित करायची अभिव्यक्ती काढा" + +#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent +#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Select a listed profile and press Edit to edit it." +msgstr "यादीतून पाश्र्वचित्र निवडा आणि त्याला सपादित करण्यासाठी Next दाबा.<p>" + +#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:89 +msgid "Edit Profile - Choose profile to edit" +msgstr "अभिव्यक्ती संपादित करा - संपादित करायची अभिव्यक्ती निवडा" + +#. no command line support #269891 +#: src/clients/apparmor-settings.rb:52 +msgid "Enable AppArmor Functions" +msgstr "अॅपआर्मर कार्यान्वित" + +#. AppArmor dialog caption +#. Network dialog caption +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:51 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:440 +msgid "AppArmor Configuration" +msgstr "अॅपआर्मर संरचना" + +#. AppArmor dialog help +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n" +#| " the corresponding devices and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Choose one of the available AppArmor modules to configure\n" +" the corresponding action and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p> संमधित डिवाइस कोन्फिगर करायला ह्यापैकी एक उपलब्ध नेटवर्क मोड्युल निवडा\n" +"व<b>लोंच</b>.दाबा</p>" + +#. Selection box label +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Available Network Modules:" +msgid "&Available AppArmor Modules:" +msgstr "उपलब्ध महाजाल मॉड्यूल:" + +#. Selection box items +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:72 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "स्थापिते" + +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Changed Existing Archives:" +msgid "Manage Existing Profiles" +msgstr "सध्याचे अर्काव्हयुज बदलत आहे:" + +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Profiles" +msgid "Manually Add Profile" +msgstr "उपलब्ध संक्षिप्त चरित्रे" + +#. Label::FinishButton() +#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:90 +msgid "&Launch" +msgstr "प्रक्षेपक" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings." +msgstr "या क्रियेमुळे खालील दोश निर्माण झाला आहे. कृपया आपले स्थापन आणिAppArmorच्या पाश्र्वचित्राचे सेटिंग पुन्हा बघा." + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "अक्षम केले " + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:92 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:104 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:116 +msgid "1 minute" +msgstr "1 मिनिट" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:93 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:105 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:117 +msgid "5 minutes" +msgstr "5 मिनिटे" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:94 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:106 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:118 +msgid "10 minutes" +msgstr "10 मिनिटे" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:95 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:107 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:119 +msgid "15 minutes" +msgstr "15 मिनिटे" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:96 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:108 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:120 +msgid "30 minutes" +msgstr "30 मिनिटे" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:97 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:109 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:121 +msgid "1 hour" +msgstr "1 तास" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:98 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:110 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:122 +msgid "1 day" +msgstr "1 दिवस" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:99 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:111 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:123 +msgid "1 week" +msgstr "1 आठवडा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:131 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:233 +msgid "Security Event Notification" +msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना अधिसूचना" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:138 +msgid "Terse Notification" +msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना अधिसूचना" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:142 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:171 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:200 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "वारंवारिता" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:145 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:174 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:203 +msgid "Email Address" +msgstr "ई-मेल पत्ता" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:150 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:179 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:208 +msgid "Severity" +msgstr "गांभीर्य" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:159 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:188 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:217 +msgid "Include Unknown Severity Events" +msgstr "अज्ञात गांभीर्य घटना समाविष्ट करा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:167 +msgid "Summary Notification" +msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना अधिसूचना" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:196 +msgid "Verbose Notification" +msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना अधिसूचना" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:270 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:310 +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:350 +msgid "An email address is required for each selected notification method." +msgstr "निवडलेल्या प्रत्येका सूचना-प्रक्रियेसाठी ईमेलचा पत्ता आवष्यक आहे." + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:394 +msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: " +msgstr "खालील कामांसाठी कॉन्फिगरेशन अपयशी झालेः" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:401 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:434 +msgid "Notification is enabled" +msgstr "अॅपआर्मर कार्यान्वित" + +#. Notification Status +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:403 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:431 +msgid "Notification is disabled" +msgstr "अदिसूचना अकार्यान्वित" + +#. AppArmor Status +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:422 +msgid "AppArmor is disabled" +msgstr "अॅपआर्मर अकार्यान्वित" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:426 +msgid "AppArmor is enabled" +msgstr "अॅपआर्मर कार्यान्वित" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" +"module is loaded and functioning.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>AppArmor ची स्थिति</b><br>यावरून कळते की AppArmorचीनियमावली प्रचलनात आणणारे मोड्यूल लोड केलेले असून काम करीत आहे किंवानाही.</p> <p><b>सुरक्षा घटने संबंधी सूचना</b><br>या प्रोग्राम द्वारे, चुकीच्याउपयोगकर्त्याने प्रवेष केल्याबरोबर आपल्याला मेल पाठविली जाणे आपण सेट करूषकता.</p>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want \n" +"to be notified by email when access violations have occurred.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Profile Modes</b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n" +"uses individual profiles.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462 +msgid "&Enable AppArmor" +msgstr "अपआर्मर कार्यान्वित" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:469 +msgid "Configure AppArmor" +msgstr "CASA चा &आकृतीबंध बनवा" + +#. event notification disabled due to changes in AppArmor +#. `Frame ( _("Security Event Notification"), +#. `HBox( +#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(1), +#. `HVCenter( `Label( `id(`notifyLabel), evEnStr )), +#. `PushButton( `id(`ntconf), _("C&onfigure")), +#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(1) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(20), +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:485 +msgid "Configure Profile Modes" +msgstr "पुरवणारे संरचीत केले:" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Set profile modes" +msgstr "ह्या फाईलचा मोड" + +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:494 +msgid "Co&nfigure" +msgstr "संरचना करा" + +#. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() +#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 +msgid "&Done" +msgstr "झाले" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:49 +msgid "Errors found in AppArmor profiles" +msgstr "एपआर्मर प्रोफाईल्स मध्ये त्रुटी सापडल्या" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used.</p> " +msgstr "<p>या प्रोफाईलना सुधारल्यावरच एपआर्मर सुरू करता येईल किंवा प्रोफाईल प्रबंधन उपकरणे वापरता येतील.</p> " + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Find a description of the AppArmor profile syntax by running " +msgstr "<p>आपण द्वारे एपआर्मर प्रोफाईलच्या वाक्यरचनेचा तपशील बघू शकता. " + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: " +msgstr "<p>एपआर्मरबद्दल विस्तृत माहिती व्यवस्थापन पुस्तिकेमध्ये उपलब्ध आहे. ही पुस्तिका या डिरेक्टरीमध्ये मिळू शकेल." + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:35 +msgid "&Allow" +msgstr "सर्व" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:36 +msgid "&Deny" +msgstr "झाले" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:37 +msgid "Abo&rt" +msgstr "व्यत्यय" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Audi&t" +msgstr "तपासा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Audi&t off" +msgstr "तपासा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Audit &All" +msgstr "तपासा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:42 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Opts" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Owner Permissions on" +msgstr "&फाईल परमीशन्स " + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Owner Permissions off" +msgstr "&फाईल परमीशन्स " + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:45 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:63 +msgid "&Inherit" +msgstr "वारसा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:46 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:64 +msgid "&Profile" +msgstr "माहिती" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Profile Clean Exec" +msgstr "अभिव्यक्तीचे नाव" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Child" +msgstr "Chile" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Child Clean Exec" +msgstr "अभिव्यक्तीचे नाव" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:50 +msgid "&Name" +msgstr "&नांव" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Named Clean Exec" +msgstr "अभिव्यक्तीचे नाव" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:52 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:65 +msgid "&Unconfined" +msgstr "अनिर्बंध" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Unconfined Clean Exec" +msgstr "अनिर्बंध" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Profile ix" +msgstr "माहिती" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Profile ix Clean Exec" +msgstr "अभिव्यक्तीचे नाव" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:56 +msgid "&Child ix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Child ix Cx Clean Exec" +msgstr "अभिव्यक्तीचे नाव" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:58 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Name ix" +msgstr "&नांव" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +msgid "i&x fallback on" +msgstr "कॉलबॅक फंक्शन" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +msgid "i&x fallback off" +msgstr "कॉलबॅक बंद" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Continue Profiling" +msgstr "माहिती" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:66 +msgid "&Edit" +msgstr "संपादन" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:67 +msgid "&Glob" +msgstr "षोधण्यासाठी नांवाचा प्रकार" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:68 +msgid "Glob w/E&xt" +msgstr "षोधण्यासाठी नांवाचा प्रकार एक्सटेंषन सकट" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:69 +msgid "&Add Requested Hat" +msgstr "अनुरोध केलेल्या हॅटला सामील करा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:70 +msgid "&Use Default Hat" +msgstr "डिफॉल्ट हॅट वापरा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:71 +msgid "&Scan system log for AppArmor events" +msgstr " AppArmor च्या घडामोडींसाठी सिस्टिमचे आलेख षोधा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&View Profile" +msgstr "माहिती" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Use Profile" +msgstr "माहिती" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Create New Profile" +msgstr "संदर्भ कार्यक्रम निर्माण करा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:75 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Update Profile" +msgstr "हार्डवेअरची माहिती" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Ignore Update" +msgstr "केस दर्लक्षित करा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:77 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Save Changes" +msgstr "बदल संग्रहीत करा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Upload Changes" +msgstr "बदल संग्रहीत करा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&View Changes" +msgstr "बदल संग्रहीत करा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Enable Repository" +msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Disable Repository" +msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:82 +msgid "&Never Ask Again" +msgstr "परत विचारु नका" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:83 +msgid "Ask Me &Later" +msgstr "मला &Later विचारा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Email address format invalid.\n" +#| "Email address must be less than 129 characters \n" +#| " and of the format \"name@domain\". \n" +#| " Please enter another address." +msgid "" +"Email address format invalid.\n" +"Email address must be less than 129 characters \n" +" and of the format \"name@domain\". \n" +"Enter a valid address.\n" +msgstr "" +"ईमेल पत्त्याचा फॉरमॅट अवैध.\n" +"ईमेल पत्ता 129 वर्णांपेक्षा कमी असला पाहिजे\n" +" व \"name@domain\" या फॉरमॅटचा असला पाहिजे. \n" +" कृपया दुसरा पत्ता प्रविष्ट करा." + +#. UI_RepositorySignInDialog +#. Dialog to allow users to signin or register with an external AppArmor +#. profile repository +#. +#. @param [Hash] agent_data - data from the backend +#. [ repo_url - string ] +#. @return answers - map that contains: +#. [ newuser => 1|0 - registering a new user? ] +#. [ user => username ] +#. [ pass => password ] +#. [ email => email address - if newuser = 1 ] +#. [ save_config => true/false - save this information on ] +#. [ the system ] +#. +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +msgid "AppArmor Profile Repository Setup" +msgstr "अॅपआर्मर अभिव्यक्ती संवादपट" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:153 +msgid "Sign in to the repository" +msgstr "संग्रहात साईन इन करा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:157 +msgid "Username" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्याचे नाव" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:164 +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:200 +#, fuzzy +msgid "S&ave configuration" +msgstr "संरचना संचित करा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:167 +msgid "&Sign in" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:178 +msgid "&Register new user..." +msgstr "नवीन प्रयोक्ता &Register करा..." + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:186 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register New User" +msgstr "संदर्भ रजिस्टर्ड आहेत" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enter Username" +msgstr "समूहाचे नाव प्रविष्ट करा." + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:191 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enter Email Address" +msgstr "ई-मेल पत्ता" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enter Password" +msgstr "&परवली शब्द टाका:" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:193 +msgid "Verify Password" +msgstr "परवली शब्द तपासून पहा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Register" +msgstr "मोठी बहीण" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:213 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Sign in as existing user..." +msgstr "अस्तित्वातील वापरकर्ता संपादीत करा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:249 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Username is required" +msgstr "ला गरज आहे..." + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:251 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Password is required" +msgstr "ला गरज आहे..." + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Username required for registration." +msgstr " प्रत्यक्ष सांकेतिकी करणासाठी कीज आवश्यक असतात." + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Email address required for registration." +msgstr "निवडलेल्या प्रत्येका सूचना-प्रक्रियेसाठी ईमेलचा पत्ता आवष्यक आहे." + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:294 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Password is required for registration." +msgstr "पासवर्ड बदलासाठी आवश्यक जुना पासवर्ड" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Passwords do not match. Please re-enter." +msgstr "परवलीचा शब्द जूळत नाही" + +#. UI_RepositoryViewProfile +#. Dialog to allow users to view a profile from the repository +#. and display it in a small scrollable dialog +#. +#. @param [Hash] agent_data - map data from the backend +#. [ user => string ] +#. [ profile => string contiaining profile contents ] +#. [ profile_type => string INACTIVE_LOCAL|REPOSITORY ] +#. +#. @return [void] +#. +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:373 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Local inactive profile" +msgstr "उपलब्ध संक्षिप्त चरित्रे" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:375 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Profile created by user " +msgstr "साठी अभिव्यक्ती" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:377 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Local profile" +msgstr "&स्थानिक फाईल" + +#. UI_ChangeLog_Dialog +#. Takes a list of profiles and collects one or multiple changelog entries +#. and returns them +#. +#. @param [Hash] agent_data - data from the backend +#. [ profiles - list of profile names ] +#. +#. @return results - map +#. [ STATUS - string - ok/cancel ] +#. [ SINGLE_CHANGELOG - string - set with changelog if user ] +#. [ selects a single changelog ] +#. +#. [ profile 1 name - string - changelog 1 ] +#. [ profile 2 name - string - changelog 2 ] +#. ... +#. [ profile n name - string - changelog n ] +#. +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:449 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enter a changelog for the changes for " +msgstr "नवीन ओळखीसाठी नाव लिहा." + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:450 +#, fuzzy +msgid " the selected profiles" +msgstr "निवडलेले कार्यक्रम काढून टाकायचे आहेत का?" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:451 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Individual changelogs per profile" +msgstr "अभिव्यक्तितील बदल संग्रहीत करा" + +#. UI_MultiProfileSelectionDialog +#. Two pane dialog with a multi-selection box on the left +#. and a long text on the right. Allows a list of profiles +#. or profile changes to be viewed and selected for further +#. processing - for example uploading to the repository +#. +#. @param [Hash] agent_data - map - data from backend +#. [ title - string - explanation of the forms use ] +#. [ get_changelog - string true/false - prompt user to ] +#. [ supply changelogs ] +#. [ never_ask_again - string true/false - add widget to let ] +#. [ user select to never prompt again to ] +#. [ upload unselected profiles to the ] +#. [ repository ] +#. [ default_select - string true/false - default value for ] +#. [ profile selection ] +#. [ profiles - map ] +#. +#. @return results - map +#. [ STATUS - string - ok/cancel ] +#. [ PROFILES - list[string] - list of selected profiles ] +#. [ NEVER_ASK_AGAIN - string - true/false - mark unselected ] +#. [ profiles as local only and don't prompt ] +#. [ to upload ] +#. [ CHANGELOG - map[string,string] - changelog data from ] +#. [ UI_ChangeLog_Dialog() ] +#. +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:600 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Do not ask again for unselected profiles" +msgstr "निवडलेल्या स्पूलरकरिता अवैध" + +#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:671 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Profiles" +msgstr "माहिती" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. YCP map containing definitons for Capabiltiies +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<ul><li>In a system with the [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] option defined, \n" +"this overrides the restriction of changing file ownership \n" +"and group ownership.</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>[_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] विकल्प परिभाषित केलेल्या सिस्टिममध्ये यामुळे फाईलची मालकी आणि समूहाच्या मालकीवरील प्रतिबंधांवर मात केली जाते.</li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" +msgstr "<li><ul>जर [_POSIX_ACL] परिभाषित केलेले असेल तर सर्व डी.ए.सी. प्रवेश, ए.सी.एल. कार्यकारी प्रवेशांसकट, रद्द केले जातात. यात CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE च्या अंतर्गत येणारे डी.ए.सी. प्रवेश सामील नाहीत.</li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" +"Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>जर [_POSIX_ACL] परिभाषित केलेले असेल तर सर्व डिरेक्टरी आणि फाईलवरील वाचन आणि शोधण्यासंबंधी ए.सी.एल. प्रतिबंधांसकट डी.ए.सी. प्रतिबंध रद्द केले जातात. यातCAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE च्या अंतर्गत येणारे डी.ए.सी. प्रवेश सामील नाहीत. </li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions about allowed operations on files, where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is applicable. It doesn't override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" +"owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" +"applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>CAP_FSETID लागू असेल तिथे सोडून, फाईलच्या मालकाचे नांव उपयोगकर्त्याच्या नांवासम असेल तेव्हाच, फाईलवर केल्याजाणा-या क्रियेविषयीचे सर्व प्रतिबंध रद्द केले जातात. याने एम.ए.सी. आणि डी.ए.सी. रद्द होत नाहीत." + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions that the effective user ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>फाईलच्या मालकाचे नांव उपयोगकर्त्याच्या नांवासम असेल तेव्हा S_ISUID आणि S_ISGID बिट्स त्या फाईलवर सेट करतांना खालील प्रतिबंध रद्द केले जातात; प्रभावी समूह आयडी(किंवा एखादा पूरक समूह आयडी) त्या फाईलवर S_ISGID बिट सेट करतांना फाईलच्या मालकाच्या नांवासम असावयास हवा; आणि S_ISUID आणि S_ISGID बिट्स chown(2) वरून यशस्वीपणे परत येताना स्वच्छ केले जातील. (अंमलात आणलेले नाही). </li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" +"receiving the signal.</li></ul>" +msgstr "<li><ul>या प्रतिबंधाला रद्द करते की इषारा करणा-या प्रक्रियेचा वास्तविक किंवा प्रभावी उपयोगकर्ता आयडी हा तो इषारा प्राप्त करणा-या प्रक्रियेच्या वास्तविक किंवा प्रभावी उपयोगकर्ता आयडी सम असावयास हवा.</li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n" +"<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>setgid(2)चा वापर करू देते </li> <li> setgroups(2)ला परवानगी देते </li> <li>सॉकेटचे अधिकारपत्र पाठविण्यासाठी वर खोट्या gidsना परवानगी देते. </li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Allows setuid(2) manipulation (including fsuid) </li> \n" +"<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>setuid(2) चा वापर करू देते (fsuid सकट) </li> <li> सॉकेटचे अधिकारपत्र पाठविण्यासाठी वर खोट्या pidsना परवानगी देते. </li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid, \n" +"remove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>आपल्या परवानगीधारक सेट मधून कुठल्याही कार्यक्षमतेला कुठल्याही pidमध्ये स्थानांतरित करू देते, परवानगीधारक सेट मध्ये कुठल्याही कार्यक्षमतेला कुठल्याही pidमधून काढू देते.</li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<ul><li>Allow modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>S_IMMUTABLE आणि S_APPEND फाईलच्या लक्षणांमध्ये बदल करू द्या " + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Allows binding to TCP/UDP sockets below 1024 </li> \n" +"<li> Allows binding to ATM VCIs below 32</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>1024पेक्षा कमी असलेल्या TCP/UDP सॉकेट्सचे बाइंडिंग करू देते. </li> <li> 32पेक्षा कमी ATM VCIचे बाइंडिंग करू देते.</li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<ul><li> Allow broadcasting, listen to multicast </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li> Allows broadcasting, listen to multicast </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>ध्वनिक्षेपण करू देते, क्षेपण ऐकू देते </li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" +"<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" +"<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" +"<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>" +msgstr "<ul><li>अंतर्फलकाचे कॉन्फिगरेशन करू द्या</li> <li>IP फायरवॉलचे प्रबंधन, IP लपविण्यासाठी वेषपालट, आणि लेखांकन करू द्या </li> <li> सॉकेट्सवर डीबग विकल्प सेट करू द्या </li> <li> रूटिंग तालिकांमध्ये बदल करू द्या </li> <li> सॉकेट्सवर प्रक्रिया/प्रक्रियांचे समूह यांची स्वच्छंद मालकी स्थापित करू द्या </li> <li>पारदर्शक प्रॉक्सीसाठी कुठल्याही पत्त्याशी जुळणी करू द्या </li> <li>TOS (सेवेचे प्रकार)ची सेटिंग करू द्या </li> <li>आक� ��्मिक मोड सेट करू द्या </li> <li> ड्रायव्हरचे आकडे खोडू द्या </li> <li>अनेक-क्षेपण करू द्या </li> <li> उपकरण-विविक्षित नोंदवहीवर लिहा/वाचावयाचे अधिकार द्या </li> <li> ATM नियंत्रण सॉकेट्सना कार्यक्षम करावयाची परवानगी द्या</li> <li>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:128 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<li> Allows multicasting</li> \n" +"<li> Allows read/write of device-specific registers</li> \n" +"<li> Allows activation of ATM control sockets </li>\n" +"</ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> प्रणालीतील घड्याळाच्या मॅनिप्युलेशनला अनुमती द्या. mips वर </li> <li> irix_stime ला अनुमती द्या.</li> <li>रिअल टाईम घड्याळ सेटकरण्यास अनुमती द्या. </li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:137 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Allows use of RAW sockets</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of PACKET sockets </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> RAW सॉकेट्स वापरावयाची परवानगी द्या</li> <li> PACKET सॉकेट्स सॉकेट्स वापरावयाची परवानगी द्या</li> <li>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" +"mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>वाटून घेतलेल्या मेमरीच्या विभागांवर मज्जाव करावयास परवानगी द्या</li> <li> mlock आणि mlockall वापरावयाची परवानगी द्या (ज्यांचा IPCशी काही ही संबंध नाही. </li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149 +msgid "<ul><li> Override IPC ownership checks </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>IPCच्या मालकीच्या तपासण्या रद्द करा</li></ul> " + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" +"<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>कर्नेलचे मोड्यूल काढा आणि घाला – कर्नेलला असीमितपणे बदला</li> <li> cap_bsetमध्ये परिवर्तन करा</li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Allows ioperm/iopl access</li> \n" +"<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>ioperm/iopl पर्यंत जाऊ द्या</li> <li>कुठल्याही उपकरणाला यू.एस.बी. संदेश /proc/bus/usb द्वारे पाठवू द्या </li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<ul><li> Allow use of chroot() </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of chroot() </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>chroot() वापरण्याची परवानगी द्या</li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<ul><li> Allow ptrace() of any process </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li> Allows ptrace() of any process </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>कुठल्याही प्रक्रियेचे ptrace() करू द्या</li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<ul><li> Allow configuration of process accounting </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li> Allows configuration of process accounting </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>प्रक्रियेच्या लेखांकनाचे कॉन्फिगरेशन करू द्या</li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:179 +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Allows configuration of the secure attention key</li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of the random device</li> \n" +"<li> Allows examination and configuration of disk quotas</li> \n" +"<li> Allows configuring the kernel's syslog (printk behaviour)</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:185 +msgid "" +"<li> Allows setting the domain name</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting the hostname</li> \n" +"<li> Allows calling bdflush()</li> \n" +"<li> Allows mount() and umount(), setting up new smb connection</li> \n" +"<li> Allows some autofs root ioctls</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:192 +msgid "" +"<li> Allows nfsservctl</li> \n" +"<li> Allows VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> \n" +"<li> Allows to read/write pci config on alpha</li> \n" +"<li> Allows irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li> \n" +"<li> Allows flushing all cache on m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 +msgid "" +"<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" +"<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" +"<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:206 +msgid "" +"<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" +"<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 +msgid "" +"<li> Allows tuning the ide driver</li> \n" +"<li> Allows access to the nvram device</li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of apm_bios, serial and bttv (TV) device</li> \n" +"<li> Allows manufacturer commands in iaan CAPI support driver</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 +msgid "" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" +"<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" +"<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:224 +msgid "" +"<li> Allows enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI controllers\n" +" and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<ul><li> Allow use of reboot() </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of reboot() </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> रीबूटच्या वापरास अनुमती द्या.() </li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" +"the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> अन्य प्रोसेसेसवर (वेगळे UID) प्राधान्ये निर्माण व स्थापित करण्यास अनुमती द्या. स्वतःच्या प्रोसेसेसवर</li> <li> FIFO व राऊंड-रॉबिन (रिअलटाईम) शेड्युलिंग च्या वापरास व इतर प्रोसेसने वापरलेले शेड्युलिंग अल्गोरिथम स्थापन करण्यास अनुमती द्या. इतर प्रोसेसेसवर</li> <li> cpu अफिनिटी स्थापित करण्यास अनुमती द्या. </li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245 +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" +"<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" +"<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" +"<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" +"<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" +"<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> रीसोर्स मर्यादा ओव्हरराईड करा. रीसोर्स मर्यादा सेट करा.</li> <li> कोटा मर्यादा ओव्हरराईड करा.</li> <li> ext2 फाईलसिस्टम वरील राखीव जागा ओव्हरराईड करा. </li> <li> ext3 फाईलसिस्टीमवरील डाटा जर्नलिंग मोडमधे सुधारणा करा (uses journaling resources)</li> <li> टीप: रीसोर्स ओव्हरराईडच्या वेळी ext2 हे fsuidचा आदर करते, त्यामुळे आपण fsuid वापरुनही ओव्हरराईड करु शकता.</li> <li> IPC मेसेज क्यूजवरील आकाराच्या मर्यादा ओव्हरराईड करा.</li> <li> रिअल टाई� �� चेक्सवरुन 64hz पेक्षा जास्त इंटरप्टसना अनुमती द्या. कन्सोल</li> <li> ओव्हरराईड करा. जास्तीत जास्त </li> <li> कीमॅप्स ओव्हरराईड करा. </li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Allows manipulation of system clock</li> \n" +"<li> Allows irix_stime on mips</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting the real-time clock </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> प्रणालीतील घड्याळाच्या मॅनिप्युलेशनला अनुमती द्या. mips वर </li> <li> irix_stime ला अनुमती द्या.</li> <li>रिअल टाईम घड्याळ सेटकरण्यास अनुमती द्या. </li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Allows configuration of tty devices</li> \n" +"<li> Allows vhangup() of tty </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> tty डिव्हायसेसच्या आकृतीबंधांना अनमती द्या.</li> <li> मॉडिफिकेशन डायलॉग अक्सेस करण्यासाठी vhangup () अनुमती द्या. </li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:275 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<ul><li> Allow the privileged aspects of mknod() </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li> Allows the privileged aspects of mknod() </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> mknod()च्या विशेषाधिकाराच्या पैलूंना अनुमती द्या.</li></ul>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<ul><li> Allow taking of leases on files </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li> Allows taking of leases on files </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>फाईल्सवर लीज घेण्यास अनुमती द्या. </li></ul>" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:34 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Profile Mode Configuration</b><br>This tool allows \n" +"you to set AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:37 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Complain mode</b> is a profile training state that logs application \n" +"activity. All the violations of the AppArmor profile rules are logged \n" +"(into <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> file), but still permitted, so \n" +"that application's behavior is not restricted.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:43 +msgid "" +"<p>With the profile in <b>enforce mode</b>, application is protected by \n" +"AppArmor. The profile rules are enforced and their violation is logged,\n" +"but not permitted (e.g. an application cannot access files, unless it is\n" +"permitted to do so by the profile).</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Button for showing active or all profiles +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Couldn't recognize profile name: " +msgid "Could not recognize profile name: " +msgstr "प्रोफाईलचे नांव ओळखता आले नाही: " + +#. Reverse modes for toggling +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Couldn't recognize mode: " +msgid "Could not recognize mode: " +msgstr "मोड ओळखता आला नाही: " + +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 +msgid "Show All Profiles" +msgstr "सर्व अधिक माहिती दाखवा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 +msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" +msgstr "IDE उपकरणासाठी DMA पध्दती संरचित करा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 +msgid "Show Active Profiles" +msgstr "उपलब्ध संक्षिप्त चरित्रे" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 +msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" +msgstr "IDE उपकरणासाठी DMA पध्दती संरचित करा" + +#. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), +#. TODO switch to variable in a module +#. TODO plain reread does not work here +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 +msgid "Profile Name" +msgstr "अभिव्यक्तीचे नाव" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 +msgid "Mode" +msgstr "मोड (रूप)" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 +msgid "Toggle Mode" +msgstr "मजकूर अवस्था" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 +msgid "Set All to Enforce" +msgstr "एन्फोर्सला सर्व सेट करा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 +msgid "Set All to Complain" +msgstr "कम्प्लेनला सर्व सेट करा" + +#. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 +msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" +msgstr "मोडेम संरचना" + +#. We'll need this often - cache it +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 +msgid "Configure Profile Mode" +msgstr "पुरवणारे संरचीत केले:" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please select an action to perform from the buttons below." +msgid "Select an action to perform." +msgstr "पुढील बटणांमधून करण्याची कृती निवडा." + +#. START Help Section +#. ********************************************************** +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:32 +msgid "" +"<p>The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email \n" +"alerts for security events. In the following steps, specify how often \n" +"alerts are sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security \n" +"event must be to send an alert.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Notification Types</b><br> <b>Terse Notification:</b> \n" +"Terse notification summarizes the total number of system events without \n" +"providing details. <br>For example:<br> <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has \n" +"had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004</tt></p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Summary Notification:</b> The Summary notification displays \n" +"the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of \n" +"individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" +"<br>For example:<br> <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" +"'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Verbose Notification:</b> The Verbose notification displays \n" +"unmodified, logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time \n" +"an event occurs and writes a new line in the Verbose log. These \n" +"security events include the date and time the event occurred, when \n" +"the application profile permits access as well as rejects access, \n" +"and the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:61 +msgid "" +"<p>Verbose Notification also reports several messages that \n" +"the logprof tool uses to interpret profiles. <br>For example:<br>\n" +"<tt> Oct 9 15:40:31 AppArmor: PERMITTING r access to\n" +"/etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile \n" +"/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt></p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<li> For each notification type that you would like \n" +"enabled, select the frequency of notification that you would \n" +"like. For example, if you select <b>1 day</b> from the \n" +"pull-down list, you will be sent daily notifications of \n" +"security events, if they occur.</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<li> Enter the email address of those who should receive \n" +"the Terse, Summary, or Verbose notifications.If there is no local \n" +"SMTP server configured to distribute e-mails from this host to the \n" +"domain you entered, enter for example <i><user>@localhost</i> \n" +"and enable <i><user></i> to receive system mail, if it is not \n" +"a root user. </li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"<li>Select the lowest <b>severity level</b> for which a notification \n" +"should be sent. Security events will be logged and the notifications \n" +"will be sent at the time indicated by the interval when events are \n" +"equal or greater than the selected severity level. If the interval \n" +"is 1 day, the notification will be sent daily, if security events \n" +"occur." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:91 +msgid "" +"<b>Severity Levels:</b> These are numbered 1 through 10, \n" +"10 being the most severe security incident. The <b>severity.db</b> \n" +"file defines the severity level of potential security events. \n" +"The severity levels are determined by the importance of \n" +"different security events, such as certain resources accessed \n" +"or services denied.</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 +msgid "" +"<li>Select <b>Include unknown security events</b> if \n" +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" +msgstr "" + +#. ---------------------------- +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:103 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<b>AppArmor Profiling Wizard</b><br>" +msgstr "अॅपआर्मर अभिव्यक्ती संवादपट" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 +msgid "" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" +"You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" +"by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:111 +msgid "" +"AppArmor suggests that you allow or deny access to specific resources \n" +"or define execute permission for entries. Questions \n" +"that display were logged during the normal application \n" +"execution test previously performed. <br>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:117 +msgid "" +"The following help text describes the detail of the security profile \n" +"syntax used by AppArmor. <br><br>At any stage, you may \n" +"customize the profile entry by changing the suggested response. \n" +"This overview will assist you in your options. Refer to the \n" +"Novell AppArmor Administration Guide for step-by-step \n" +"instructions. <br><br>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<b>Access Modes</b><br>" +msgstr "<p><b>सर्व्हरशी संपर्क</b></p>" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 +msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 +msgid "<li>r - read</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:130 +msgid "<li>w - write</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:131 +msgid "<li>m - mmap PROT_EXEC</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:132 +msgid "<li>px - discrete profile execute</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:133 +msgid "<li>ux - unconfined execute</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:134 +msgid "<li>ix - inherit execute</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:135 +msgid "<li>l - link</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:136 +msgid "<b>Details for Access Modes</b>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:137 +msgid "<b>Read mode</b><br>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:138 +msgid "" +"Allows the program to have read access to the\n" +"resource. Read access is required for shell scripts\n" +"and other interpreted content, and determines if an\n" +"executing process can core dump or be attached to with\n" +"ptrace(2). (ptrace(2) is used by utilities such as\n" +"strace(1), ltrace(1), and gdb(1).)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:146 +msgid "<b>Write mode</b><br>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Allows the program to have write access to the\n" +"resource. Files must have this permission if they are\n" +"to be unlinked (removed.)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:152 +msgid "<b>Mmap PROT_EXEC mode</b><br>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:153 +msgid "" +"Allows the program to call mmap with PROT_EXEC on the\n" +"resource." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:154 +msgid "<b>Unconfined execute mode</b><br>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:155 +msgid "" +"Allows the program to execute the resource without any\n" +"AppArmor profile being applied to the executed\n" +"resource. Requires listing execute mode as well.\n" +"Incompatible with Inherit and Discrete Profile execute\n" +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:162 +msgid "" +"This mode is useful when a confined program needs to\n" +"be able to perform a privileged operation, such as\n" +"rebooting the machine. By placing the privileged section \n" +"in another executable and granting unconfined \n" +"execution rights, it is possible to bypass the mandatory \n" +"constraints imposed on all confined processes.\n" +"For more information on what is constrained, see the\n" +"apparmor(7) man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:172 +msgid "<b>Discrete Profile execute mode</b><br>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:173 +msgid "" +"This mode requires that a discrete security profile is\n" +"defined for a resource executed at a AppArmor domain\n" +"transition. If there is no profile defined then the\n" +"access will be denied. Incompatible with Inherit and\n" +"Unconstrained execute entries." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:180 +msgid "<b>Link mode</b><br>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:181 +msgid "" +"Allows the program to be able to create and remove a\n" +"link with this name (including symlinks). When a link\n" +"is created, the file that is being linked to MUST have\n" +"the same access permissions as the link being created\n" +"(with the exception that the destination does not have\n" +"to have link access.) Link access is required for\n" +"unlinking a file." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:190 +msgid "<b>Globbing</b>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:191 +msgid "" +"File resources may be specified with a globbing syntax\n" +"similar to that used by popular shells, such as csh(1),\n" +"bash(1), zsh(1)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 +msgid "<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 +msgid "<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 +msgid "<li><b>?</b> can substitute for any single character except '/'</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 +msgid "<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 +msgid "<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 +msgid "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 +msgid "<b>Clean Exec - for sanitized execution</b>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n" +"execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n" +"environment that is inherited by the child program of specific \n" +"variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize the\n" +"environment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\n" +"The variables are:" +msgstr "<b>*क्लीन Exec</b><br>हा पर्याय डिस्क्रीट प्रोफाईलसाठी वापरला जातो.अनकस्ट्रेंड एक्झीक्यूट अनुमती वातावरण स्ट्रिप करुन अतिरिक्त सुरक्षा देते, जे विशिष्ट व्हेरिएबल्सच्या बालक प्रोग्रॅममधे समाविष्ट आहे. हे व्हेरिएबल्स असे आहेत:" + +#. Globalz +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<b>Capability Selection</b>.\n" +"<br>Select desired capabilities for this profile. \n" +"Select a Capability name to see information about the capability." +msgstr "" +"<b>क्षमतेची निवड</b>.\n" +" <br>या प्रोफाईलसाठी इच्छित क्षमता निवडा. \n" +" क्षमते विषयीची माहिती पहाण्यासाठी क्षमतेचे नांव निवडा." + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:62 +msgid "Capabilities enabled for the profile" +msgstr "कार्यक्रमाकरिता नवीन नाव %1 घाला." + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:80 +msgid "Capabilities" +msgstr "कॉम्पेटिबिलिटी मोड" + +#. We'll need this often - cache it +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:179 +msgid "All" +msgstr "सर्व" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:199 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network Family" +msgstr "महाजाल कार्ड" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Socket Type" +msgstr "सॉकेटचा प्रकार" + +#. Popup the Edit Profile Entry dialog +#. return a map containing PERM and FILE +#. for the updated permissions and filename +#. for the profile entry +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Profile Entry For " +msgid "Profile Entry for " +msgstr "साठी अभिव्यक्ती" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:297 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter or modify Filename" +msgid "Enter or Modify Filename" +msgstr "फाईल नाव प्रविष्ट करा किंवा बदला" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:298 +msgid "&Browse" +msgstr "संचारसाधन" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:306 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1032 +msgid "Permissions" +msgstr "मान्यता" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:310 +msgid "Read" +msgstr "वाचा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:315 +msgid "Write" +msgstr "लिहा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:320 +msgid "Link" +msgstr "लिंक" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:325 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Append" +msgstr "App Aud" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lock" +msgstr "कॅप्सलॉक !" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:335 +msgid "MMap PROT_EXEC" +msgstr "MMap PROT_EXEC" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:340 +msgid "Execute" +msgstr "कार्यान्वित करणे" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:345 +msgid "Inherit" +msgstr "वारसा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "Profile" +msgstr "माहिती" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "Profile Clean Exec" +msgstr "अभिव्यक्तीचे नाव" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:360 +msgid "Unconstrained" +msgstr "अनिर्बंध" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:365 +msgid "Unconstrained Clean Exec" +msgstr "अनिर्बंध" + +#. Popup a dialog to let a user browse for a file +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:542 +msgid "Select Directory" +msgstr "डिरेक्टरी निवडा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:545 +msgid "Select File" +msgstr "फाईल निवडा" + +#. Update table values +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:602 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Entry will not added. Entry name or permissions not defined." +msgid "Entry will not be added. Entry name or permissions not defined." +msgstr "नोंद वाढवण्यात येणआर नाही. नोंदीचे नाव व परवानगीचा तपशील निश्चित नाही." + +#. Prompts the user for a hatname +#. Side-Effect: sets Settings["CURRENT_HAT"] +#. returns true (hat entered) +#. false (user aborted) +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Enter the name of the Hat that you would like \n" +"to add to the profile\n" +msgstr "" +"आपणास या प्रोफाईलमदे घालणअयाच्या हॅटचे \n" +" नांव प्रविष्ट करा " + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "&Hat name to add" +msgstr "वाढवायचे टोपीचे नाव" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "&Create Hat" +msgstr "तयार करा" + +#. Check for no application entry in the dialog +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:881 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You have not given a name for the hat you want to add.\n" +"Please \n" +"enter a hat name to create a new hat, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgstr "" +"आपनास जी हॅट घालायची आहे तिचे नांव आपण दिलेले नाही.\n" +"कृपया नवीन हॅट निर्माण करण्यासाठी \n" +"\t\t\tहॅटचे नांव प्रविष्ट करा, किंवा हे विझार्ड रद्द करण्यासाठी Abort द्बाबा." + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgstr "प्रोफाइलमधे आधीपासूनच दिलेले हॅटचे नांव आहे. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करण्यासाठी कृपया वेगळे नांव प्रविष्ट करा, किंवा हे विझार्ड रद्द करण्यासाठी Abort दाबा." + +#. FIXME: format these texts better +#. help text +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>" +msgstr "या फॉर्ममधे आपण वेगवेगल्या प्रोफाइल्सचा मजकूर पाहू व दुरुस्त करुन शकाल. सध्याच्या प्रविष्टीसाठी परमीशन्सवर डबल क्लिक करा.<p>" + +#. help text +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>Permission Definitions:</b><br><code> r - read <br> \n" +"w -write<br>l - link<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - file locking<br>\n" +"a - file append<br>x - execute<br> i - inherit<br> p - discrete profile<br>\n" +"P - discrete profile <br> (*clean exec)<br> u - unconstrained<br> \n" +"U -unconstrained<br> (*clean exec)</code></p>" +msgstr "<b>अनुमतीची व्याख्य़ा:</b><br><code> r - read <br> w - write<br>l - link<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>x - execute<br> i - inherit<br> p - discrete profile<br> P - discrete profile <br> (*clean exec)<br> u - unconstrained<br> U -unconstrained<br> (*clean exec)</code><p>" + +#. help text +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list.</p>" +msgstr "<b>प्रविष्टी घालणे:</b><br>ड्रॉप डाऊन सूचीतून घालण्याच्या रीसोर्सचा प्रकार निवडा.<p>" + +#. help text - part x1 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p><ul><li><b>File</b><br>Add a file entry to this profile.</li>" +msgstr "<ul><li><b>फाईल</b><br>या प्रोफाईलमधे फाईल प्रविष्टी घाला</li>" + +#. help text - part x2 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<li><b>Directory</b><br>Add a directory entry to this profile</li>" +msgid "<li><b>Directory</b><br>Add a directory entry to this profile.</li>" +msgstr "<li><b>डिरेक्टरी</b><br>या प्रोफाईलमधे डिरेक्टरी प्रविष्टी घाला</li>" + +#. help text - part x3 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<li><b>Capability</b><br>Add a capability entry to this profile</li>" +msgid "<li><b>Capability</b><br>Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>" +msgstr "<li><b>क्षमता</b><br>या प्रोफाईलमधे डिरेक्टरी क्षमता प्रविष्टी घाला</li>" + +#. help text - part x4 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<li><b>Include</b><br>Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" +msgstr "<li><b>समाविष्ट करा</b><br>या प्रोफाईलमधे समाविष्ट प्रविष्टी घाला.या पर्यायात लोड करण्याच्या वेळी या प्रोफाईलमधील दुसर्‍या फाईलच्या प्रोफाईल प्रविष्टीमजकुराचा समावेश असतो.</li>" + +#. help text - part x5 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<li><b>Network Entry</b><br>Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" +"You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" +msgstr "<li><b>नेटवर्क प्रविष्टी</b><br>या प्रोफाईलमध्ये नेटवर्क नियम प्रविष्टी घाला. या पर्यायामुळे आपण प्रोफाईलसाठी नेटवर्क प्रवेश हक्क निर्दिष्ट करु शकाल. आपण एक नेटवर्क पत्त्यांची फॅमिली व सॉकेटचा प्रकार निर्दिष्ट करु शकता. </li>" + +#. help text - part x6 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<li><b>Hat</b><br>Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" +"during execution only in the context of being asked for by a <b>changehat\n" +"aware</b> application. \n" +"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +msgstr "<li><b>Hat</b><br>या प्रोफाईलसाठी उप-प्रोफाईल घाला. हाताने नवीन प्रोफाईल निर्माण करतांना हा पर्याय वापरला जातो, जो <b>चेंजहॅट अवेअर </b> द्वारा विचारणा केल्यास कॉन्टेक्स्टमधे फकत अंमलबजावणीच्या वेळी निवडता येतो. चेंजहॅटविषयी अधिक माहितीसाठी, कृपया आपल्या प्रणालीवरील <b>मॅन चेंजहॅट </b>पहा, किंवा नॉव्हेल अपआर्मर प्रयोक्ता मार्गदर्शिका पहा.</li>" + +#. help text - part x7 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 +#, fuzzy +msgid "</ul></p><p><b>Edit Entry:</b><br>Edit the selected entry.</p>" +msgstr "</ul><p><b>प्रविष्टी संपादित करा:</b><br>निवडलेली प्रविष्टी संपादित करा.<p>" + +#. help text +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>डिलीट</b><br> दाबून IPsec आकृतिबंधातील निवडलेला आयटेम काढून टाकला जातो.</p>" + +#. help text - part y1 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" +"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" +"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" +msgstr "<b>*क्लीन Exec</b><br>हा पर्याय डिस्क्रीट प्रोफाईलसाठी वापरला जातो.अनकस्ट्रेंड एक्झीक्यूट अनुमती वातावरण स्ट्रिप करुन अतिरिक्त सुरक्षा देते, जे विशिष्ट व्हेरिएबल्सच्या बालक प्रोग्रॅममधे समाविष्ट आहे. हे व्हेरिएबल्स असे आहेत:" + +#. help text - part y2 +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:998 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "फाईल" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:999 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network &Rule" +msgstr "महाजाल मोड" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1000 +msgid "&Directory" +msgstr "संचिका" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1001 +msgid "&Capability" +msgstr "कमी क्षमता" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1002 +msgid "&Include File" +msgstr "&Include फाईल" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1012 +msgid "AppArmor profile " +msgstr "अपआर्मर अभिव्यक्ती संवादपट" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1020 +msgid "&Hat" +msgstr "शेवटचा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1021 +msgid "AppArmor profile for " +msgstr "अपआर्मर अभिव्यक्ती संवादपट" + +#. Define the widget contents +#. for the Wizard +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1032 +msgid "File Name" +msgstr "&फाईलचे नाव" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1039 +msgid "Add Entry" +msgstr "fstab नोंद मिळवा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1040 +msgid "&Edit Entry" +msgstr "रिकामी नोंद" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1041 +msgid "&Delete Entry" +msgstr "काढून टाका" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1075 +msgid "AppArmor Hat Dialog" +msgstr "अपआर्मर अकार्यान्वित" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1105 +msgid "AppArmor Profile Dialog" +msgstr "अपआर्मर अभिव्यक्ती संवादपट" + +#. Widget activated in the table +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Please select add or delete to manage Include entries." +msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries." +msgstr "निवडलेल्या एंट्रींना संपादित नाही करू षकत. यांचे व्यवस्थापन करण्यासाठीadd किंवा delete निवडा." + +#. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294 +msgid "Hats can not have embedded hats." +msgstr "हॅट्स मध्ये रूतलेल्या हॅट्स ठेवता येत नाही." + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select File To Include" +msgid "Select File to Include" +msgstr "समाविष्ट करायच्या फाईल निवडा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n" +msgstr "#include फाईल अयोग्य आहे. Include फाईल्स यापैकी एका डिरेक्टरीमध्येच असायला हव्यातः \n" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save changes to the Profile" +msgid "Save changes to the profile" +msgstr "अभिव्यक्तितील बदल संग्रहीत करा" + +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1380 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Would you like to save the changes to this profile? \n" +#| "(Note: after saving the changes the AppArmor profiles will be reloaded.)" +msgid "" +"Save the changes to this profile? \n" +"(Note: after saving, AppArmor profiles will be reloaded.)\n" +msgstr "" +"आपण या प्रोफईलमधील बदल सुरक्षित करू इच्छिता? \n" +"(सूचनाः बदल सुरक्षित केल्यावर एपआर्मर प्रोफाईल पुन्हा लोड केली जाईल.)" + +#. We'll need this often - cache it +#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You must select a profile to edit" +msgid "You must select a profile to edit." +msgstr "संपादित करायची अभिव्यक्ती निवडा" + +#: perl-lib/Notify.pm:51 +#, perl-format +msgid "Failed copying %s." +msgstr "Failed copying %s." + +#~ msgid "Synchronization error between frontend and backend." +#~ msgstr "फ्रंटएंड आणि बॅकएंडच्या दरम्यान एकसंधतेचा दोश." + +#~ msgid "AppArmor Profile Wizard" +#~ msgstr "अॅपआर्मर अभिव्यक्ती संवादपट" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Application to Profile" +#~ msgstr "कार्यक्रम आज्ञा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Generate Profile" +#~ msgstr "हार्डवेअरची माहिती" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Update Profile" +#~ msgstr "हार्डवेअरची माहिती" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously generated\n" +#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the <b>View</b> button.<br><br> You can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory.</p>" +#~ msgstr "अभिलेखांतील अहवाल दर्षविणार्‍या फॉर्मद्वारे आपण आधी निर्माण केलेले अहवाल बघूषकता, जे /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived या डायरेक्टरीत असतात. फॉर्मच्यावरच्या भागांतील विकल्पांद्वारे आपण यादीतील अहवालांची संख्या या प्रमाणे कमी करू षकताः सुरक्षा घटनांचे अहवाल, तपासणीचे अहवाल किंवा कार्यकारी सुरक्षा सारांष. विस्तृत अहवाल बघण्यासाठी <b>View</b> वर क्लिक करा. <br><br> आपण सर्वसिस्टिमचे अहवाल बघू षकता,� �र ते अहवाल /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived याडायरेक्टरीत ठेवलेले असतील." + +#~ msgid "repConfHelp" +#~ msgstr "repConfमदत" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<ul> <li><b>Policy Exceptions:</b> When an application requests a resource \n" +#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</li> \n" +#~ "<li><b>Policy Engine State Changes:</b> Enforces policy for applications and \n" +#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a policy \n" +#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</li></ul> \n" +#~ "Select the report from the archive, then <b>View</b> to see the report details.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<b> सुरक्षा घटनांचा अहवाल (SIR)%</b> या अहवालात व्यवस्थापकाच्या रुचीच्या सुरक्षाघटना दर्षविल्या जातात. यात स्थानीय रूपाने सीमित प्रोग्रॅम्सचे नियमोल्लंघनाचावेळो-वेळी अहवाल मिळतो. यात नियमांतील सूट आणि नियमांतील बदलाव यांचा ही समावेष असतो. या दोन्ही सुरक्षा घटना खालील प्रमाणे परिभाशित केल्या आहेतः<ul> <li><b>नियमांतील सूटः</b> जेव्हा एक प्रोग्रॅम अषा साधनाची मागणी करतो जे त्याच्य� �पाश्र्वचित्रात बसत नाही, तेव्हा सुरक्षा घटना निर्माण होते. <li><b>नियमांतील बदलावः</b> प्रोग्रॅम्स साठी नियम लागू केले जातात आणि स्थितीत परिवर्तन होत नाही - यातनियम सुरू होणे किंवा थांबणे, नियम पुनःस्थापित होणे आणि वैश्वक सुरक्षा लक्षणे सुरू होणे किंवा थांबणे सामील आहेत. </ul> अहवालाला अभिलेखांतून निवडा आणि <b>View</b> करा जेणे करून आपण विस्तृत अहवाल बघू षकाल." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p><b>Applications Audit Report (AUD):</b> An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether they are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain).</p>" +#~ msgstr "<b>कार्य तपासणीचा अहवाल (AUD)%</b> तपासणीचा प्रोग्रॅम, ज्याने चालूअसलेल्या प्रोग्रॅम सर्व्हरांची नांवे आणि AppArmorने सीमितप्रोग्रॅम्सची नांवे कळतात.प्रोग्रॅम सर्व्हर असे प्रोग्रॅम असतात जे येणारे नेटवर्क-सांधे स्वीकारतात. या अहवालातपरिचारक कॉम्प्युटरचा IP पत्ता, कार्य तपासणीचा अहवाल निर्माण झाल्याची तारीख,असीमित प्रोग्रॅम किंवा प्रोग्रॅम सर्व्हरचे नांव आणि पाथ, असीमित प्रोग ्रॅमचे अनुषंसितपाश्र्वचित्र किंवा त्यासाठी प्लेसहोल्डर, सीमित किंवा असीमित प्रोग्रॅमची स्थिति आणिपाश्र्वचित्राच्या सीमिततेची प्रकृती (आग्रही / तक्रार).<br><br>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Executive Security Summary (ESS):</b> A combined report, \n" +#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. This \n" +#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines if each \n" +#~ "machine's data is copied to the reports archive directory, which is \n" +#~ "<b>/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived</b>. This report provides the host \n" +#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total number \n" +#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, and the \n" +#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a range \n" +#~ "of SIR reports.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<b>कार्यकारी सुरक्षा सारांषः</b>एक मिश्रित अहवाल, ज्यात एक किंवा अधिक मषीनींचेएक किंवा अधिक उच्चस्तरीय आराखडा असतो. या अहवालामुळे सर्व मषीनींच्या सुरक्षेचेदृष्य बघायला मिळते, जर प्रत्येका मषीनीची माहिती अहवालांच्या अभिलेखाच्या डायरेक्टरीत ठेवली गेली असेल. ही डायरेक्टरी आहे <b>/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived</b>. या अहवालात परिचारक कॉम्प्युटरचा IP पत्ता, घटनेच्या सुरू होण्याचीआणि संपण्याची � �ारीख, एकूण नकारांची संख्या, एकूण घटनांची संख्या, त्यांच्या गंभीरपणाच्या स्तराची सरासरी आणि गंभीरतेचा सर्वोच्चांक एवढी माहिती असते. या अहवालाच्या एका ओळीत SIR अहवालाच्या अनेक ओळी समावलेल्या असतात." + +#~ msgid "Archived Security Incident Report - Page " +#~ msgstr "संग्रहित सुरक्षा घटना अहवालाचे - पान" + +#~ msgid " of " +#~ msgstr " चा " + +#~ msgid "F&irst" +#~ msgstr "प्रथम" + +#~ msgid "&Previous" +#~ msgstr "पूर्वीचा" + +#~ msgid "&Sort" +#~ msgstr "वर्गीकरण" + +#~ msgid "&Forward" +#~ msgstr "पुढे" + +#~ msgid "&Last" +#~ msgstr "शेवटचा" + +#~ msgid "Filter By Date Range" +#~ msgstr "तारखेप्रमाणे चाळणी करा" + +#~ msgid " Select Date Range " +#~ msgstr " तारखेचा विस्तार निवडा" + +#~ msgid "Enter Starting Date/Time" +#~ msgstr "सुरवातीची तारीख/वेळ प्रविष्ट करा" + +#~ msgid "Hours" +#~ msgstr "तास" + +#~ msgid "Minutes" +#~ msgstr "मिनटें" + +#~ msgid "Day" +#~ msgstr "दिवस" + +#~ msgid "Month" +#~ msgstr "महिना" + +#~ msgid "Year" +#~ msgstr "वर्ष" + +#~ msgid "Enter Ending Date" +#~ msgstr "शेवटची तारीख प्रविष्ट करा" + +#~ msgid "Program name" +#~ msgstr "कार्यक्रमाचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "Profile name" +#~ msgstr "अभिव्यक्तीचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "PID number" +#~ msgstr "PID क्रमांक" + +#~ msgid "U" +#~ msgstr "U" + +#~ msgid "Detail" +#~ msgstr "विस्तृत" + +#~ msgid "Access Type: R" +#~ msgstr "वापराचा प्रकार: आर" + +#~ msgid "Mode: All" +#~ msgstr "पध्दती: सर्व" + +#~ msgid "Export Type" +#~ msgstr "निर्यात प्रकार" + +#~ msgid "None" +#~ msgstr "कोणी नाही" + +#~ msgid "csv" +#~ msgstr "csv" + +#~ msgid "html" +#~ msgstr "html" + +#~ msgid "Both" +#~ msgstr "दोन्ही " + +#~ msgid "Location to store log." +#~ msgstr "लॉग साठवण्याचे स्थान." + +#~ msgid "Report Configuration Dialog" +#~ msgstr "अहवाल संरचना संवादपट" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Illegal start date entered. Please retry." +#~ msgid "Illegal start date entered. Retry." +#~ msgstr "अवैध प्रारंभाची तारीख घातली. कृपया पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Illegal end date entered. Please retry." +#~ msgid "Illegal end date entered. Retry." +#~ msgstr "अवैध अंतिम तारीख घातली. कृपया पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#~ msgid "Access Type: " +#~ msgstr "वापराचा प्रकार:" + +#~ msgid "Mode: " +#~ msgstr "पध्दत:" + +#~ msgid "Security Incident Report" +#~ msgstr "सुरक्षा घटना अहवाल" + +#~ msgid "Applications Audit Report" +#~ msgstr "उपयोजन प्रणालीचा तपासणी अहवाल" + +#~ msgid "Executive Security Summary" +#~ msgstr "कार्यकारी सुरक्षा अहवाल" + +#~ msgid "Mon" +#~ msgstr "सोम" + +#~ msgid "Tue" +#~ msgstr "मंगळ" + +#~ msgid "Wed" +#~ msgstr "बुध" + +#~ msgid "Thu" +#~ msgstr "गुरू" + +#~ msgid "Fri" +#~ msgstr "शुक्र" + +#~ msgid "Sat" +#~ msgstr "शनि" + +#~ msgid "Sun" +#~ msgstr "सन" + +#~ msgid "Unrecognized form request." +#~ msgstr "अप्रमाणित अर्ज विनंती." + +#~ msgid "On Demand Event Report - Page " +#~ msgstr "मागणी प्रमाणे घटना अहवाल - पान" + +#~ msgid "F&irst Page" +#~ msgstr "पहिले पान" + +#~ msgid "&Last Page" +#~ msgstr "शेवटचे पान" + +#~ msgid "&Go to Page" +#~ msgstr "पानाकडे जा" + +#~ msgid "Time" +#~ msgstr "वेळ संपली" + +#~ msgid "Filter By Program Name" +#~ msgstr "प्रणालीच्या नावाप्रमाणे चाळणी करा" + +#~ msgid "Export Report" +#~ msgstr "अहवाल निर्यात करा" + +#~ msgid "Export File Location" +#~ msgstr "फाईलचे ठिकाण निर्यात करा" + +#~ msgid "Select Export Format" +#~ msgstr "निर्यातीचे स्वरूप निवडा" + +#~ msgid "CSV" +#~ msgstr "CSV" + +#~ msgid "HTML" +#~ msgstr "HTML" + +#~ msgid "Abort or Back" +#~ msgstr "परत जा किंवा थांबा" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<b>AppArmor Security Events</b><p>\n" +#~| " This table displays the events found that match your search criteria." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<b>AppArmor Security Events</b><p>\n" +#~ "This table displays the events that match your search criteria.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<b>AppArmor च्या सुरक्षेच्या घडामोडी</b><p>\n" +#~ " या तालिकेत आपल्या निकशाषी जुळणार्‍या घडामोडीदर्षविल्या आहेत." + +#~ msgid "AppArmor Event Report Data" +#~ msgstr "अॅपआर्मर घटना अहवाल माहिती" + +#~ msgid "Date" +#~ msgstr "दिनांक" + +#~ msgid "PID" +#~ msgstr "PID" + +#~ msgid "AppArmor Message" +#~ msgstr "अॅपआर्मर निरोप" + +#~ msgid "AppArmor Security Event Report" +#~ msgstr "अॅपआर्मर सुरक्षा घटना अहवाल" + +#~ msgid "AppArmor Reporting" +#~ msgstr "अॅपआर्मर अहवाल" + +#~ msgid "Schedule Reports" +#~ msgstr "अहवालाचे वेळापत्रक करा" + +#~ msgid "View Archived Reports" +#~ msgstr "संग्रहीत अहवाल बघा" + +#~ msgid "Run Reports" +#~ msgstr "अहवाल कार्यान्वित करा" + +#~ msgid "Choose a Report Type" +#~ msgstr "प्रमाणपत्र निवडा" + +#~ msgid "SIR" +#~ msgstr "SIR" + +#~ msgid "App Aud" +#~ msgstr "App Aud" + +#~ msgid "ESS" +#~ msgstr "ESS" + +#~ msgid "Location of Archived Reports" +#~ msgstr "संग्रहीत अहवालाचे ठिकाण" + +#~ msgid "Report" +#~ msgstr "अहवाल" + +#~ msgid "&View" +#~ msgstr "पहा" + +#~ msgid "View &All" +#~ msgstr "सर्व बघा" + +#~ msgid "Events DB Not Initialized." +#~ msgstr "घटना DB सुरू केलेला नाही." + +#~ msgid "The events database has not been populated. No records exist." +#~ msgstr "घटनांचा डेटाबेस रिकामा आहे. नोंदी अस्तित्वात नाहीत." + +#~ msgid "Query Returned Empty List." +#~ msgstr "चौकशीमध्ये रिकामी सूची मिळाली." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The events database has no records that match the search query." +#~ msgstr "घटनांचा डेटाबेस रिकामा आहे. नोंदी अस्तित्वात नाहीत." + +#~ msgid "Archived Event Report - Page " +#~ msgstr "संग्रहीत घटना अहवाल - पान" + +#~ msgid "Host" +#~ msgstr "यजमान" + +#~ msgid "Program" +#~ msgstr "कार्यक्रम" + +#~ msgid "State" +#~ msgstr "राज्य" + +#~ msgid "Type" +#~ msgstr "प्रकार" + +#~ msgid "Query Results" +#~ msgstr "विचारणा निकाल" + +#~ msgid "No event information exists." +#~ msgstr "घटनेची माहिती अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#~ msgid "Start Date" +#~ msgstr "दिनांकाच्या सुरवातीला" + +#~ msgid "End Date" +#~ msgstr "दिनांकाचा शेवट" + +#~ msgid "Num Rejects" +#~ msgstr "नकाराची संख्या" + +#~ msgid "Num Events" +#~ msgstr "घटनांची संक्या" + +#~ msgid "Ave. Sev" +#~ msgstr "Ave. Sev" + +#~ msgid "High Sev" +#~ msgstr "उंच Sev" + +#~ msgid "View Archived SIR Report" +#~ msgstr "संग्रहीत केलेला SIR अहवाल बघा" + +#~ msgid "View Archived AUD Report" +#~ msgstr "संग्रहीत केलेला AUD अहवाल बघा" + +#~ msgid "View Archived ESS Report" +#~ msgstr "संग्रहीत केलेला ESS अहवाल बघा" + +#~ msgid "Executive Security Summary Report" +#~ msgstr "कार्यकारी सुरक्षा सारांश अहवाल" + +#~ msgid "No recognized report type selected. Try again." +#~ msgstr "अहवालाचा मान्यप्राप्त प्रकार निवडेलेला नाही. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#~ msgid "AppArmor Report" +#~ msgstr "अॅपअर्मर अहवाल" + +#~ msgid "AppArmor On-Demand Report" +#~ msgstr "अॅपआर्मर मागणीप्रमाणे अहवाल" + +#~ msgid "AppArmor - Run Reports" +#~ msgstr "अॅपआर्मर - अहवाल कार्यान्वित करा" + +#~ msgid "Add Scheduled SIR" +#~ msgstr " वेळापत्रक" + +#~ msgid "Report Name" +#~ msgstr "अहवालाचे नाव" + +#~ msgid "Day of Month" +#~ msgstr "महिन्यातील दिवस" + +#~ msgid "Day of Week" +#~ msgstr "आठवड्यातील दिवस" + +#~ msgid "Hour" +#~ msgstr "तास" + +#~ msgid "Minute" +#~ msgstr "मिनिट" + +#~ msgid "Email Target 1" +#~ msgstr "इमेल लक्ष्य 1" + +#~ msgid "Email Target 2" +#~ msgstr "इमेल लक्ष्य 2" + +#~ msgid "Email Target 3" +#~ msgstr "इमेल लक्ष्य 3" + +#~ msgid "The specified directory does not exist." +#~ msgstr "निर्देशित संचिका अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#~ msgid "Only one contiguous space allowed in report names." +#~ msgstr "अहवालाच्या नावात फक्त एकच सलग जागेला परवानगी आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "These characters are not allowed in report names:\n" +#~ "\t\t\t\t\t\"`~!@#$%^&*()[{]};:'\",<>?/|\"" +#~ msgstr "अहवालाच्या नांवात ही चिन्हे वापरू षकत नाहीः \"`~!@#$%^&*()[{]};:'\",<>?/|\"" + +#~ msgid "Only 128 characters are allowed in report names." +#~ msgstr " अहवालाच्या नांवात फक्त १२८ अक्षरेच असू षकतात." + +#~ msgid "Each report name should be unique." +#~ msgstr "प्रत्येक अहवालाचे नाव एकमेव पाहिजे." + +#~ msgid "N&ext" +#~ msgstr "पुढचा" + +#~ msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +#~ msgstr "करिता अहवालाची अनुसूची संपादित करा" + +#~ msgid "R" +#~ msgstr "R" + +#~ msgid "Error: " +#~ msgstr "चूक:" + +#~ msgid "Delete Confirmation" +#~ msgstr "काढून टाकण्यासाठी मंजूरी" + +#~ msgid "Are you sure you want to delete: " +#~ msgstr "तुम्हाला नक्की काढून टाकायचे आहे का:" + +#~ msgid "?" +#~ msgstr " ?" + +#~ msgid "Mins" +#~ msgstr "मिनीट्स" + +#~ msgid "View Archive" +#~ msgstr "संग्रह बघा" + +#~ msgid "Run Now" +#~ msgstr "आता कार्यान्वयिन करा" + +#~ msgid "Cannot delete a stock report." +#~ msgstr "शिल्लक अहवाल काढून टाकता येणार नाही." + +#~ msgid "No name provided for retrieving SIR report page count." +#~ msgstr "SIR अहवालाच्या पानांची संख्या मिळविण्यासाठी नाव पुरविण्यात आलेले नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mode Request" +#~ msgstr "अनुरोध केलेल्या हॅटला सामील करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Mode Deny" +#~ msgstr "पध्दत:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Event Type" +#~ msgstr "निर्यात प्रकार" + +#~ msgid "Operation" +#~ msgstr "कृती" + +#~ msgid "Attribute" +#~ msgstr "गुणधर्म" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Additional Name" +#~ msgstr "जास्तीची फाईल" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Net Family" +#~ msgstr "कुटुंब" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Net Protocol" +#~ msgstr "ISDN प्रोटोकॉल" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Net Socket Type" +#~ msgstr "सॉकेटचा प्रकार" + +#~ msgid "Enter a Page to Move to." +#~ msgstr "ज्या पानावर जायचे ते प्रविष्ट करा." + +#~ msgid "Num. Rejects" +#~ msgstr "नकाराची संख्या" + +#~ msgid "Num. Events" +#~ msgstr "घटनांची संक्या" + +#~ msgid "Access Type" +#~ msgstr "संपर्काचा प्रकार" + +#~ msgid "MMap" +#~ msgstr "एममॅप" + +#~ msgid "Permit" +#~ msgstr "परवानगी द्या" + +#~ msgid "Reject" +#~ msgstr "नकार द्या" + +#~ msgid "Audit" +#~ msgstr "तपासा" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "SubDomain does not appear to be started. Please enable SubDomain and try again." +#~ msgid "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try again." +#~ msgstr "सबडोमेन सुरु झालेला दिसत नाही. कृपया सबडोमेन शक्य करा व पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा. " + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Updating AppArmor profiles in %s." +#~ msgid "Can't find apparmor profiles in %s." +#~ msgstr "%sमधील AppArmor प्रोफाइल्स अपडेट करत आहे." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Application to Profile" +#~ msgstr "कार्यक्रम आज्ञा" + +#~ msgid "&Create" +#~ msgstr "तयार करा" + +#~ msgid "&Abort" +#~ msgstr "&बंद करा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Select Program to Profile" +#~ msgstr "प्रश्न करण्यासाठी सूत्रचालक निवडा" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The specified file is not executable.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Enter an application name to\n" +#~ "continue generating a profile or press\n" +#~ "Abort to cancel this wizard.\n" +#~ msgstr "प्रोफाइलमधे आधीपासूनच दिलेले हॅटचे नांव आहे. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करण्यासाठी कृपया वेगळे नांव प्रविष्ट करा, किंवा हे विझार्ड रद्द करण्यासाठी Abort दाबा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The specified pathname is a directory.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Enter an application name to\n" +#~ "continue generating a profile or press\n" +#~ "Abort to cancel this wizard.\n" +#~ msgstr "प्रोफाइलमधे आधीपासूनच दिलेले हॅटचे नांव आहे. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करण्यासाठी कृपया वेगळे नांव प्रविष्ट करा, किंवा हे विझार्ड रद्द करण्यासाठी Abort दाबा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The specified file does not exist.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Enter an application name to\n" +#~ "continue generating a profile or press\n" +#~ "Abort to cancel this wizard.\n" +#~ msgstr "प्रोफाइलमधे आधीपासूनच दिलेले हॅटचे नांव आहे. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करण्यासाठी कृपया वेगळे नांव प्रविष्ट करा, किंवा हे विझार्ड रद्द करण्यासाठी Abort दाबा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have not entered or selected an\n" +#~ "application to profile.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Enter an application name to\n" +#~ "continue generating a profile or press\n" +#~ "Abort to cancel this wizard.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "आपनास जी हॅट घालायची आहे तिचे नांव आपण दिलेले नाही.\n" +#~ "कृपया नवीन हॅट निर्माण करण्यासाठी \n" +#~ "\t\t\tहॅटचे नांव प्रविष्ट करा, किंवा हे विझार्ड रद्द करण्यासाठी Abort द्बाबा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Profiling" +#~ msgstr "माहिती" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Please start the application to be profiled in \n" +#~| "another window and exercise its functionality now.\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "Once completed, select the \"Scan\" button below in \n" +#~| "order to scan the system logs for AppArmor events. \n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "For each AppArmor event, you will be given the \n" +#~| "opportunity to choose whether the access should be \n" +#~| "allowed or denied." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Start the application to be profiled in\n" +#~ "another window and exercise its functionality now.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Once completed, select the 'Scan' option below in\n" +#~ "order to scan the system logs for AppArmor events.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "For each AppArmor event, you will be given the\n" +#~ "opportunity to choose whether access should be\n" +#~ "allowed or denied.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "कृपया दुसरया विंडोमधे प्रोफाइल करण्याचा अनुप्रयोग \n" +#~ "सुरु करा व आता त्याचे कार्य सुरु करा.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "एकदा का पूर्ण झाले की AppArmor घटनांसाठी प्रणाली लॉग्स \n" +#~ " स्कॅन करण्याकरता खालीलपैकी \"Scan\" बटण निवडा. \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "प्रत्येक AppArmor घटनेसाठी, आपणास अक्सेस करुन द्यावा की नाकारावा हे \n" +#~ "हे निवडण्याची संधी \n" +#~ " देण्यात येईल." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Are you sure you want to exit?" +#~ msgstr "तुम्हाला नक्की काढून टाकायचे आहे का:" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Reloaded SubDomain profiles in enforce mode." +#~ msgid "Reloaded AppArmor profiles in enforce mode." +#~ msgstr "एन्फोर्स मोडमधील पुन्हा लोड केलेले सबडोमेन प्रोफाइल्स." + +#~ msgid "Finished generating profile for %s." +#~ msgstr "%s साठी प्रोफाइल निर्मिती समाप्त." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Unable to open" +#~ msgstr "%1 लिहीण्यास असमर्थ." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Couldn't save query." +#~ msgstr "संचिका तयार करू शकत नाही" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Couldn't retrieve query." +#~ msgstr "संचिका तयार करू शकत नाही" + +#~ msgid "# Security Incident Report - Generated by AppArmor\n" +#~ msgstr "संग्रहित सुरक्षा घटना अहवालाचे - पान\n" + +#~ msgid "# Period: %s - %s\n" +#~ msgstr "#अवधीः %s पासून %s पर्यन्त\n" + +#~ msgid "# The following filters were used for report generation:\n" +#~ msgstr "अहवाल तयार करतांना खालील फिल्टर्स वापरण्यात आले होतेः\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# Filter: %s, Value: %s\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "#फिल्टरः %s, मानः %s \n" +#~ "\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "# No filters were used for report generation:\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "अहवाल तयार करतांना फिल्टर्सचा वापर नाही केला गेलाः\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" + +#~ msgid "<h3>Security Incident Report - Generated by AppArmor</h3>\n" +#~ msgstr "संग्रहित सुरक्षा घटना अहवालाचे - पान\n" + +#~ msgid "<h4>Period: %s - %s</h4>\n" +#~ msgstr "<h4>अवधीः %s पासून %s पर्यन्त</h4>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Couldn't open %s." +#~ msgstr "Ipsec थांबवू शकले नाही:" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Couldn't open %s. Unable to add report: %s" +#~ msgstr " दोशः %s उघडू नाही षकले. AUD अहवाल तयार नाही झाला." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Couldn't open %s. No changes performed." +#~ msgstr " दोशः %s उघडू नाही षकले. का सु सा csv अहवाल तयार नाही झाला" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p>Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>एपआर्मरबद्दल अधिक विस्तृत माहितीसाठी याचा संदर्भ घ्या. </p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions about allowed operations on files,\n" +#~ "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is \n" +#~ "applicable. It doesn't override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "<ul><li>CAP_FSETID लागू असेल तिथे सोडून, फाईलच्या मालकाचे नांव उपयोगकर्त्याच्या नांवासम असेल तेव्हाच, फाईलवर केल्याजाणा-या क्रियेविषयीचे सर्व प्रतिबंध रद्द केले जातात. याने एम.ए.सी. आणि डी.ए.सी. रद्द होत नाहीत." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions that the effective user \n" +#~ "ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that \n" +#~ "file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) shall match \n" +#~ "the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the S_ISUID and \n" +#~ "S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "<ul><li>फाईलच्या मालकाचे नांव उपयोगकर्त्याच्या नांवासम असेल तेव्हा S_ISUID आणि S_ISGID बिट्स त्या फाईलवर सेट करतांना खालील प्रतिबंध रद्द केले जातात; प्रभावी समूह आयडी(किंवा एखादा पूरक समूह आयडी) त्या फाईलवर S_ISGID बिट सेट करतांना फाईलच्या मालकाच्या नांवासम असावयास हवा; आणि S_ISUID आणि S_ISGID बिट्स chown(2) वरून यशस्वीपणे परत येताना स्वच्छ केले जातील. (अंमलात आणलेले नाही). </li></ul>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The profile already contains the provided hat name. \n" +#~ "Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +#~ msgstr "प्रोफाइलमधे आधीपासूनच दिलेले हॅटचे नांव आहे. पुन्हा प्रयत्न करण्यासाठी कृपया वेगळे नांव प्रविष्ट करा, किंवा हे विझार्ड रद्द करण्यासाठी Abort दाबा." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Generate Reports Help</b> <p>If there were, in fact, \n" +#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to be), \n" +#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.</p><p>Thank you for your time, \n" +#~ "and have a nice day.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<b>अहवालाबद्दल मदत मिळविणs</b> <p>जर आपल्यासाठी मदत उपलब्ध असती(आणि ती उपलब्ध नाही), तर ती आपल्याला अवष्य इथे मिळाली असती.<p>आपण वेळ काढलात त्याबद्दल धन्यवाद. आता पुन्हा भेटूया." + +#~ msgid "Weds" +#~ msgstr "बुध" + +#~ msgid "Can't find subdomain profiles in %s." +#~ msgstr "%s मधे सबडोमेन प्रोफाईल्स शोधू शकत नाही." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "AppArmor Configuration" +#~ msgid "App Armor Configuration" +#~ msgstr "अॅपआर्मर संरचना" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Report" +#~ msgid "Repors" +#~ msgstr "अहवाल" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Edit Profile" +#~ msgstr "हार्डवेअरची माहिती" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Delete Not Possible" +#~ msgid "Delete Profile" +#~ msgstr "काढून टाकणे शक्य नाही" + +#~ msgid "C&onfigure" +#~ msgstr "संरचना करा" + +#~ msgid "Abo(r)t" +#~ msgstr "&बंद करा" + +#~ msgid "<p><b>Profile Mode Configuration</b><br>This tool allows you to set AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode.</p><p>Complain mode is a profile training state that logs application activity, but does not restrict the application's behavior.</p><p>Profiles in enforce mode are protected by AppArmor.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>प्रोफाईल मोड आकृतीबंध</b><br>हे साधन आपणास अपआर्मर प्रोफाईल्स एकतर कमप्लेन किंवा एन्फोर्स मोडला सेट करु देते. </p><p> कम्प्लेन मोड ही प्रोफाईल ट्रेनिंगची स्थिती आहे जी सक्रियपणे अनुप्रयोग लॉग करते, परंतु अनुप्रयोगाच्या वर्तनावर बंधने घालत नाही.एन्फोर्स </p><p> मोडमधील प्रोफाईल्सना अपआर्मरचे संरक्षण असतो.</p>" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ " <b>AppArmor Profiling Wizard</b><br>\n" +#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during the normal application execution test previously performed. <br>\n" +#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security profile syntax used by AppArmor. <br><br>At any stage, you may customize the profile entry by changing the suggested response. This overview will assist you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide for step-by-step instructions. <br><br>\n" +#~ " <b>Access Modes</b><br>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " File permission access modes consists of combinations of\n" +#~ " the following six modes:\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<ul> <li>r - read</li>\n" +#~ " <li>w - write</li>\n" +#~ " <li>m - mmap PROT_EXEC</li>\n" +#~ " <li>px - discrete profile execute</li>\n" +#~ " <li>ux - unconfined execute</li>\n" +#~ " <li>ix - inherit execute</li>\n" +#~ " <li>l - link</li>\n" +#~ "</ul>\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ " <br> <b>Details for Access Modes</b>\n" +#~ "<br><br>\n" +#~ " <b>Read mode</b><br>\n" +#~ " Allows the program to have read access to the\n" +#~ " resource. Read access is required for shell scripts\n" +#~ " and other interpreted content, and determines if an\n" +#~ " executing process can core dump or be attached to with\n" +#~ " ptrace(2). (ptrace(2) is used by utilities such as\n" +#~ " strace(1), ltrace(1), and gdb(1).)\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <b>Write mode</b><br>\n" +#~ " Allows the program to have write access to the\n" +#~ " resource. Files must have this permission if they are\n" +#~ " to be unlinked (removed.)\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <b>Mmap PROT_EXEC mode</b><br>\n" +#~ " Allows the program to call mmap with PROT_EXEC on the\n" +#~ " resource. \n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " <b>Unconfined execute mode</b><br>\n" +#~ " \n" +#~ " Allows the program to execute the resource without any\n" +#~ " AppArmor profile being applied to the executed\n" +#~ " resource. Requires listing execute mode as well.\n" +#~ " Incompatible with Inherit and Discrete Profile execute\n" +#~ " entries.\n" +#~ " <br><br>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " This mode is useful when a confined program needs to\n" +#~ " be able to perform a privileged operation, such as\n" +#~ " rebooting the machine. By placing the privileged section \n" +#~ " in another executable and granting unconfined \n" +#~ " execution rights, it is possible to bypass the mandatory \n" +#~ " constraints imposed on all confined processes.\n" +#~ " For more information on what is constrained, see the\n" +#~ " subdomain(7) man page.\n" +#~ "<br><br> <b>Discrete Profile execute mode</b><br>\n" +#~ " This mode requires that a discrete security profile is\n" +#~ " defined for a resource executed at a AppArmor domain\n" +#~ " transition. If there is no profile defined then the\n" +#~ " access will be denied. Incompatible with Inherit and\n" +#~ " Unconstrained execute entries.\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br> \n" +#~ " <b>Link mode</b><br>\n" +#~ " Allows the program to be able to create and remove a\n" +#~ " link with this name (including symlinks). When a link\n" +#~ " is created, the file that is being linked to MUST have\n" +#~ " the same access permissions as the link being created\n" +#~ " (with the exception that the destination does not have\n" +#~ " to have link access.) Link access is required for\n" +#~ " unlinking a file.\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <b>Globbing</b>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " File resources may be specified with a globbing syntax\n" +#~ " similar to that used by popular shells, such as csh(1),\n" +#~ " bash(1), zsh(1).\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " <ul>\n" +#~ "\t<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, excepting\n" +#~ " '/'<li>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " \t<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " <li><b>?</b> can substitute for any single character excepting '/'</li>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " <li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " <li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " <li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match\n" +#~ " cd</li>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " </ul>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <b>Clean Exec - for sanitized execution</b>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n" +#~ " execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n" +#~ " environment that is inherited by the child program of specific \n" +#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize the\n" +#~ " enviroment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\n" +#~ " The variables are:\n" +#~ " <ul> \n" +#~ " <li>GCONV_PATH</li>\n" +#~ " <li>GETCONF_DIR</li>\n" +#~ " <li>HOSTALIASES</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_AUDIT</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_DEBUG</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_DEBUG_OUTPUT</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_DYNAMIC_WEAK</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_LIBRARY_PATH</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_ORIGIN_PATH</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_PRELOAD</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_PROFILE</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_SHOW_AUXV</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_USE_LOAD_BIAS</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LOCALDOMAIN</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LOCPATH</li>\n" +#~ " <li>MALLOC_TRACE</li>\n" +#~ " <li>NLSPATH</li>\n" +#~ " <li>RESOLV_HOST_CONF</li>\n" +#~ " <li>RES_OPTION</li>\n" +#~ " <li>TMPDIR</li>\n" +#~ " <li>TZDIR</li> </ul>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<b>AppArmor र्श्वपार्श्वचित्रीकरणाचा विझार्ड </b><br>\n" +#~ " \tया विझार्डमध्येs AppArmor शाप्रवेशाच्या नियंत्रक मोड्यूल मध्ये निर्मित एंट्री दर्षविल्या जातात. आपण AppArmor च्या सहाय्याने उच्च प्रतीचे सुरक्षा पार्श्वचित्र निर्माण करू शकता. AppArmor शिफारस करते की आपण निर्दिश्ट संसाधनांसाठी शप्रवेशपात्रता ठरवावी किंवा एंट्रीजसाठी कार्यकारी पात्रता ठरवावी. इथे विचारलेले प्रश्न पूर्वीप्रोग्रॅम चालवितांना झालेल्या परीक्षणाच्यावेळी एकत्र करण् यात आलेले आहेत.खाली AppArmorने वापरलेल्या सुरक्षा पार्श्वचित्राच्या विन्यासाचे वर्णन आहे.<br><br>आपण केव्हाही शिफारसींना नाकारून दिलेल्या\n" +#~ " पार्श्वचित्रात बदल करू शकता. हे विहंगमावलोकन आपल्याला विकल्पांबाबत मदत करील. क्रमवार निर्देशांसाठी व्यवस्थापनपुस्तिका बघा.\n" +#~ "<br><br>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t<b>प्रवेशाचे प्रकार</b><br>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\tफाइलींवर कार्याच्या अधिकाराचे\n" +#~ "\tखालील सहा प्रकार आहेतः\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<ul> <li>r - वाचा</li>\n" +#~ " <li>w - लिहा</li>\n" +#~ " <li>px - असंतत पार्श्वचित्र कार्य</li>\n" +#~ " <li>ux - असीमित कार्य</li>\n" +#~ " <li>ix - उत्तराधिकारित कार्य</li>\n" +#~ " <li>l - लिंक</li>\n" +#~ "</ul>\n" +#~ "<p><br>\n" +#~ "\t<b>प्रवेशाच्या प्रकारांचे वर्णन</b>\n" +#~ "<br><br>\n" +#~ "\t<b>वाचा</b><br>\n" +#~ "प्रोग्रॅमला संसाधनावर केवळ वाचण्याचा अधिकार दिला जातो. शेशेल स्क्रिप्ट आणि इतरअनुवादकांसाठी हा अधिकार आवष्यक असतो आणि हे बघितले जाते की चालू प्रोग्रॅम कोरडम्प करू शकते किंवा नाही आणि ptrace(2) मध्ये जुळू शकते किंवा नाही. ¼ptrace(2)लाइतर उपयोगी प्रोग्रॅम जसे strace(1), ltrace(1), आणि gdb(1) वापरतात).\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ "\t<b>लिहा</b><br>\n" +#~ "प्रोग्रॅमला संसाधनावर लिहिण्याचा अधिकार दिला जातो \n" +#~ "फाइल्सकडे ही परवानगी त्यांना\n" +#~ "काढून घेण्यासाठी असलीच पाहिजे.\n" +#~ "<br>\n" +#~ "<br>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t<b> असीमित कार्य </b><br>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "प्रोग्रॅमला AppArmor चे र्श्वपार्श्वचित्र लागू न करता\n" +#~ "संसाधनाचा उपयोग करू देतो.\n" +#~ "यासाठी यादीचे कार्य प्रकारही आवष्यक आहे\n" +#~ "उत्तराधिकार आणि असंतत र्श्वपार्श्वचित्रांच्या सोबत\n" +#~ "याची संगत जुळत नाही.\n" +#~ "<br><br>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\tहा प्रकार तेव्हा उपयोगी असतो जेव्हा एका सीमित प्रोग्रॅमला\n" +#~ "\tविशेश कार्य करावयाचे असेल, \n" +#~ "\tयथा मशीन रीबूट करणे.\n" +#~ "\tविशेश कार्यापुरता खंड दुसर्‍या फाइलमध्ये ठेवून\n" +#~ "\tतिला असीमित कार्याचा अधिकार दिल्याने सर्व सीमित प्रक्रियांच्या\n" +#~ "\tअनिवार्य अडचणींसाठी आडमार्ग काढता येतो.\n" +#~ "\tसीमितते बद्दल अधिक माहिती साठी\n" +#~ "\tसबडोमेन(७) चे मुखपृष्ठ बघा.\n" +#~ "<br><br> <b> असंतत पार्श्वचित्र कार्य प्रकार</b><br>\n" +#~ "\tया प्रकारात AppArmor डोमेनच्या स्थित्यंतराच्या वेळी\n" +#~ "\tकामास येणार्‍या संसाधनासाठी एक असंतत सुरक्षा पार्श्वर्श्वचित्र\n" +#~ "\tपरिभाषित केलेले असले पाहिजे. कुठलेही पार्श्वर्श्वचित्र परिभाषित\n" +#~ "\tनसेल तर प्रवेश मिळणार नाही. हा प्रकार उत्तराधिकार\n" +#~ "\tआणि असीमित कार्य प्रकारांशी जुळत नाही.\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <b>लिंक प्रकार</b><br>\n" +#~ "\tप्रोग्रॅमला या नांवाची लिंक निर्माण करू देतो\n" +#~ "\tआणि मिटवू ही देतो (सिमलिंक सकट).\n" +#~ "\tकुठली ही लिंक निर्माण करतांना ज्या दुसर्‍या फाइलची लिंक असेल\n" +#~ "\tत्या फाइलला सुद्धा सारखीच प्रवेश परवानगी\n" +#~ "\tअसलीच पाहिजे (लिंक प्रवेश सोडून).\n" +#~ "\tकुठल्या ही फाइलची लिंक मिटविण्याकरिता\n" +#~ "\tलिंक प्रवेश परवानगी असलीच पाहिजे.\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <b>ग्लॉबिंग</b>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ "फाइल संसाधने प्रचलित शेलच्या ग्लॉबिंग नियमांनुसार\n" +#~ "असू शकतात, यथा csh(1), bash(1), zsh(1).\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " <ul>\n" +#~ " <li><b>*</b> '/' शिवाय कितीही अक्षरांची जागा\n" +#~ "\tघेऊ शकतो.\n" +#~ " <li>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " <li><b>**</b> '/' सकट कितीही अक्षरांची जागा\n" +#~ "\tघेऊ शकतात.\n" +#~ " <li>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " <li><b>?</b> '/' शिवाय कुठल्याही एका अक्षराची जागा\n" +#~ "\tघेऊ शकते.\n" +#~ " <li>\n" +#~ " <li><b>[abc]</b> a, b किंवा c पैकी कुठल्याही एका अक्षराची जागा\n" +#~ "\tघेऊ शकते.<li>\n" +#~ " <li><b>[a-c]</b> a, b किंवा c पैकी कुठल्याही एका अक्षराची जागा\n" +#~ "\tघेऊ शकते.<li>\n" +#~ " \t<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> वाढून एक नियम बनविते ज्याने ab आणि एका\tनियमाने cd ची जागा घेतली जाते. <li>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " </ul>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <b>Clean Exec - for sanitized execution</b>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n" +#~ " execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n" +#~ " enviroment that is inherited by the child program of specific \n" +#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize the\n" +#~ " enviroment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\n" +#~ " The variables are:\n" +#~ " <ul> \n" +#~ " <li>GCONV_PATH</li>\n" +#~ " <li>GETCONF_DIR</li>\n" +#~ " <li>HOSTALIASES</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_AUDIT</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_DEBUG</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_DEBUG_OUTPUT</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_DYNAMIC_WEAK</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_LIBRARY_PATH</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_ORIGIN_PATH</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_PRELOAD</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_PROFILE</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_SHOW_AUXV</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_USE_LOAD_BIAS</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LOCALDOMAIN</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LOCPATH</li>\n" +#~ " <li>MALLOC_TRACE</li>\n" +#~ " <li>NLSPATH</li>\n" +#~ " <li>RESOLV_HOST_CONF</li>\n" +#~ " <li>RES_OPTION</li>\n" +#~ " <li>TMPDIR</li>\n" +#~ " <li>TZDIR</li> </ul>\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ " <b>AppArmor Profiling Wizard</b><br>\n" +#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during the normal application execution test previously performed. <br>\n" +#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security profile syntax used by AppArmor. <br><br>At any stage, you may customize the profile entry by overriding the suggestion. This overview will assist you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide for step-by-step instructions.<br><br>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " <b>Access Modes</b><br>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " File permission access modes consists of combinations of\n" +#~ " the following six modes:\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<ul> <li>r - read</li>\n" +#~ " <li>w - write</li>\n" +#~ " <li>m - mmap PROT_EXEC</li>\n" +#~ " <li>px - discrete profile execute</li>\n" +#~ " <li>ux - unconfined execute</li>\n" +#~ " <li>ix - inherit execute</li>\n" +#~ " <li>l - link</li>\n" +#~ "</ul>\n" +#~ "<p><br>\n" +#~ " <b>Details for Access Modes</b>\n" +#~ "<br><br>\n" +#~ " <b>Read mode</b><br>\n" +#~ " Allows the program to have read access to the\n" +#~ " resource. Read access is required for shell scripts\n" +#~ " and other interpreted content, and determines if an\n" +#~ " executing process can core dump or be attached to with\n" +#~ " ptrace(2). (ptrace(2) is used by utilities such as\n" +#~ " strace(1), ltrace(1), and gdb(1).)\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <b>Write mode</b><br>\n" +#~ " Allows the program to have write access to the\n" +#~ " resource. Files must have this permission if they are\n" +#~ " to be unlinked (removed.)\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <b>Mmap PROT_EXEC mode</b><br>\n" +#~ " Allows the program to call mmap with PROT_EXEC on the\n" +#~ " resource. \n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " <b>Unconfined execute mode</b><br>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " Allows the program to execute the resource without any\n" +#~ " AppArmor profile being applied to the executed\n" +#~ " resource. Requires listing execute mode as well.\n" +#~ " Incompatible with Inherit and Discrete Profile execute\n" +#~ " entries.\n" +#~ " <br><br>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " This mode is useful when a confined program needs to\n" +#~ " be able to perform a privileged operation, such as\n" +#~ " rebooting the machine. By placing the privileged section\n" +#~ " in another executable and granting unconfined execution rights,\n" +#~ "\t it is possible to bypass the mandatory\n" +#~ " constraints imposed on all confined processes.\n" +#~ " For more information on what is constrained, see the\n" +#~ " subdomain(7) man page.\n" +#~ "<br><br> <b>Discrete Profile execute mode</b><br>\n" +#~ " This mode requires that a discrete security profile is\n" +#~ " defined for a resource executed at a AppArmor domain\n" +#~ " transition. If there is no profile defined then the\n" +#~ " access will be denied. Incompatible with Inherit and\n" +#~ " Unconstrained execute entries.\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <b>Link mode</b><br>\n" +#~ " Allows the program to be able to create and remove a\n" +#~ " link with this name (including symlinks). When a link\n" +#~ " is created, the file that is being linked to MUST have\n" +#~ " the same access permissions as the link being created\n" +#~ " (with the exception that the destination does not have\n" +#~ " to have link access.) Link access is required for\n" +#~ " unlinking a file.\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <b>Globbing</b>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " File resources may be specified with a globbing syntax\n" +#~ " similar to that used by popular shells, such as csh(1),\n" +#~ " bash(1), zsh(1).\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " <ul>\n" +#~ " <li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, excepting\n" +#~ " '/'<li>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " <li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " <li><b>?</b> can substitute for any single character excepting '/'</li>\n" +#~ " <li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n" +#~ " <li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n" +#~ " <li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " </ul>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <b>Clean Exec - for sanitized execution</b>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n" +#~ " execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n" +#~ " enviroment that is inherited by the child program of specific \n" +#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize the\n" +#~ " environment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\n" +#~ " The variables are:\n" +#~ " <ul> \n" +#~ " <li>GCONV_PATH</li>\n" +#~ " <li>GETCONF_DIR</li>\n" +#~ " <li>HOSTALIASES</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_AUDIT</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_DEBUG</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_DEBUG_OUTPUT</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_DYNAMIC_WEAK</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_LIBRARY_PATH</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_ORIGIN_PATH</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_PRELOAD</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_PROFILE</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_SHOW_AUXV</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_USE_LOAD_BIAS</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LOCALDOMAIN</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LOCPATH</li>\n" +#~ " <li>MALLOC_TRACE</li>\n" +#~ " <li>NLSPATH</li>\n" +#~ " <li>RESOLV_HOST_CONF</li>\n" +#~ " <li>RES_OPTION</li>\n" +#~ " <li>TMPDIR</li>\n" +#~ " <li>TZDIR</li> </ul>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<b>AppArmor पार्श्वचित्रीकरणाचा विझार्ड </b><br>\n" +#~ "\tया विझार्डमध्ये AppArmor प्रवेशाच्या नियंत्रक मोड्यूल मध्ये निर्मित एंट्री दर्षविल्या जातात. आपण AppArmor च्या सहाय्याने उच्च प्रतीचे सुरक्षा पार्श्वचित्र निर्माण करू शकता. AppArmor शिफारस करते की आपण निर्दिश्ट संसाधनांसाठी प्रवेशपात्रता ठरवावी किंवा एंट्रीजसाठी कार्यकारी पात्रता ठरवावी. इथे विचारलेले प्रश्न पूर्वीप्रोग्रॅम चालवितांना झालेल्या परीक्षणाच्यावेळी एकत्र करण्यात आ� ��ेले आहेत. \tखाली AppArmorने वापरलेल्या सुरक्षा पार्श्वचित्राच्या विन्यासाचे वर्णन आहे.<br><br>आपण केव्हाही शिफारसींना नाकारून दिलेल्या पार्श्वचित्रात बदल करू शकता. हे विहंगमावलोकन आपल्याला विकल्पांबाबत मदत करील. क्रमवार निर्देशांसाठी व्यवस्थापनपुस्तिका बघा.\n" +#~ "<br><br>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t<b>प्रवेशाचे प्रकार</b><br>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\tफाइलींवर कार्याच्या अधिकाराचे\n" +#~ "\tखालील सहा प्रकार आहेतः\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<ul> <li>r - वाचा</li>\n" +#~ " <li>w - लिहा</li>\n" +#~ " <li>px - असंतत पार्श्वचित्र कार्य</li>\n" +#~ " <li>ux - असीमित कार्य</li>\n" +#~ " <li>ix - उत्तराधिकारित कार्य</li>\n" +#~ " <li>l - लिंक</li>\n" +#~ "</ul>\n" +#~ "<p><br>\n" +#~ "\t<b>प्रवेशाच्या प्रकारांचे वर्णन</b>\n" +#~ "<br><br>\n" +#~ "\t<b>वाचा</b><br>\n" +#~ "प्रोग्रॅमला संसाधनावर केवळ वाचण्याचा अधिकार दिला जातो. शेल स्क्रिप्ट आणि इतर अनुवादकांसाठी हा अधिकार आवश्यक असतो आणि हे बघितले जाते की चालू प्रोग्रॅम कोर डम्प करू शकते किंवा नाही आणि ptrace(2)मध्ये जुळू शकते किंवा नाही. ¼ptrace(2)ला इतर उपयोगी प्रोग्रॅम जसे strace(1), ltrace(1), आणि gdb(1) वापरतात).\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ "\t<b>लिहा</b><br>\n" +#~ "प्रोग्रॅमला संसाधनावर लिहिण्याचा अधिकार दिला जातो \n" +#~ "फाइल्सकडे ही परवानगी त्यांना\n" +#~ "काढून घेण्यासाठी असलीच पाहिजे.\n" +#~ "<br>\n" +#~ "<br>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t<b> असीमित कार्य </b><br>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "प्रोग्रॅमला AppArmorचे पार्श्वचित्र लागू न करता\n" +#~ "संसाधनाचा उपयोग करू देतो.\n" +#~ "यासाठी यादीचे कार्य प्रकारही आवश्यक आहे\n" +#~ "उत्तराधिकार आणि असंतत पार्श्वचित्रांच्या सोबत\n" +#~ "याची संगत जुळत नाही.\n" +#~ "<br><br>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\tहा प्रकार तेव्हा उपयोगी असतो जेव्हा एका सीमित प्रोग्रॅमला\n" +#~ "\tविशेश कार्य करावयाचे असेल, \n" +#~ "\tयथा मशीन रीबूट करणे.\n" +#~ "\tविशेश कार्यापुरता खंड दुसर्‍या फाइलमध्ये ठेवून\n" +#~ "\tतिला असीमित कार्याचा अधिकार दिल्याने सर्व सीमित प्रक्रियांच्या\n" +#~ "\tअनिवार्य अडचणींसाठी आडमार्ग काढता येतो.\n" +#~ "\tसीमितते बद्दल अधिक माहिती साठी\n" +#~ "\tसबडोमेन(७) चे मुखपृश्ठ बघा.\n" +#~ "<br><br> <b> असंतत पार्श्वचित्र कार्य प्रकार</b><br>\n" +#~ "\tया प्रकारात AppArmor डोमेनच्या स्थित्यंतराच्या वेळी\n" +#~ "\tकामास येणार्‍या संसाधनासाठी एक असंतत सुरक्षा पार्श्वचित्र\n" +#~ "\tपरिभाषित केलेले असले पाहिजे. कुठलेही पार्श्वचित्र परिभाषित\n" +#~ "\tनसेल तर प्रवेश मिळणार नाही. हा प्रकार उत्तराधिकार\n" +#~ "\tआणि असीमित कार्य प्रकारांशी जुळत नाही.\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <b>लिंक प्रकार</b><br>\n" +#~ "\tप्रोग्रॅमला या नांवाची लिंक निर्माण करू देतो\n" +#~ "\tआणि मिटवू ही देतो (सिमलिंक सकट).\n" +#~ "\tकुठली ही लिंक निर्माण करतांना ज्या दुसर्‍या फाइलची लिंक असेल\n" +#~ "\tत्या फाइलला सुद्धा सारखीच प्रवेश परवानगी\n" +#~ "\tअसलीच पाहिजे (लिंक प्रवेश सोडून).\n" +#~ "\tकुठल्या ही फाइलची लिंक मिटविण्याकरिता\n" +#~ "\tलिंक प्रवेश परवानगी असलीच पाहिजे.\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <b>ग्लॉबिंग</b>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ "फाइल संसाधने प्रचलित शेलच्या ग्लॉबिंग नियमांनुसार\n" +#~ "असू शकतात, यथा csh(1), bash(1), zsh(1).\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " <ul>\n" +#~ " <li><b>*</b> '/' शिवाय कितीही अक्षरांची जागा\n" +#~ "\tघेऊ शकतो.\n" +#~ " <li>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " <li><b>**</b> '/' सकट कितीही अक्षरांची जागा\n" +#~ "\tघेऊ शकतात.\n" +#~ " <li>\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " <li><b>?</b> '/' शिवाय कुठल्याही एका अक्षराची जागा\n" +#~ "\tघेऊ शकते.\n" +#~ " <li>\n" +#~ " <li><b>[abc]</b> a, b किंवा c पैकी कुठल्याही एका अक्षराची जागा\n" +#~ "\tघेऊ शकते.<li>\n" +#~ " <li><b>[a-c]</b> a, b किंवा c पैकी कुठल्याही एका अक्षराची जागा\n" +#~ "\tघेऊ शकते.<li>\n" +#~ " \t<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> वाढून एक नियम बनविते ज्याने ab आणि एका\tनियमाने cd ची जागा घेतली जाते. <li>\n" +#~ " \n" +#~ " </ul>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <b>Clean Exec - for sanitized execution</b>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " <br>\n" +#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n" +#~ " execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n" +#~ " enviroment that is inherited by the child program of specific \n" +#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize the\n" +#~ " enviroment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\n" +#~ " The variables are:\n" +#~ " <ul> \n" +#~ " <li>GCONV_PATH</li>\n" +#~ " <li>GETCONF_DIR</li>\n" +#~ " <li>HOSTALIASES</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_AUDIT</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_DEBUG</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_DEBUG_OUTPUT</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_DYNAMIC_WEAK</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_LIBRARY_PATH</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_ORIGIN_PATH</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_PRELOAD</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_PROFILE</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_SHOW_AUXV</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LD_USE_LOAD_BIAS</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LOCALDOMAIN</li>\n" +#~ " <li>LOCPATH</li>\n" +#~ " <li>MALLOC_TRACE</li>\n" +#~ " <li>NLSPATH</li>\n" +#~ " <li>RESOLV_HOST_CONF</li>\n" +#~ " <li>RES_OPTION</li>\n" +#~ " <li>TMPDIR</li>\n" +#~ " <li>TZDIR</li> </ul>\n" +#~ "\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<ul><li> Allow configuration of the secure attention key</li> <li> Allow administration of the random device</li> <li> Allow examination and configuration of disk quotas</li> <li> Allow configuring the kernel's syslog (printk behaviour)</li> <li> Allow setting the domain name</li> <li> Allow setting the hostname</li> <li> Allow calling bdflush()</li> <li> Allow mount() and umount(), setting up new smb connection</li> <li> Allow some autofs root ioctls</li> <li> Allow nfsservctl</li> <li> Allow VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> <li> Allow to read/write pci config on alpha</li> <li> Allow irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li> <li> Allow flushing all cache on m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li> <li> Allow removing semaphores</li> <li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> <li> Allow locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> <li> Allow turning swap on/off</li> <li> Allow forged pids on socket credentials passing</li> <li> Allow setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> <li> Allow setting geometry in floppy driver</li> <li> Allow turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> <li> Allow administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li> <li> Allow tuning the ide driver</li> <li> Allow access to the nvram device</li> <li> Allow administration of apm_bios, serial and bttv (TV) device</li> <li> Allow manufacturer commands in isdn CAPI support driver</li> <li> Allow reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> <li> Allow DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> <li> Allow setting up serial ports</li> <li> Allow sending raw qic-117 commands</li> <li> Allow enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI controllers and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> <li> Allow setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "<ul><li> सुरक्षित अटेन्शन की च्या आक-तीबंधास अनुमती द्या.</li> <li> यादृच्छिक उपकरणाच्या प्रशासनाच अनुमती द्या.</li> <li> डिस्क कोटाजची तपासणी व आकृतीबंध यांना अनुमती द्या.</li> <li> केर्नेलच्या सिस्लॉग (printk behaviour)</li> <li> आकृतीबंधाला अनुमती द्या. डोमेननेम्सच्या सेटिंग्जना अनुमती द्या.</li> <li> होस्टनेम्सच्या सेटिंग्जना अनुमती द्या</li> <li> कॉलिंग bdflushला अनुमती द्या.()</li> <li> माऊंट ()व अनमाऊंट (),सेटिंग अप नवीन smb कने� ��्शनला अनुमती द्या. </li> <li> काही ऑटोफ्स रुट ioctlsला अनुमती द्या.</li> <li>nfsservctlला अनुमती द्या.</li> <li>VM86_REQUEST_IRQला अनुमती द्या.</li> <li> अल्फावर pci आकृतीबंध लिहिण्यास / वाचण्यास अनुमती द्या.</li> <li> mips वर irix_prctl (setstacksize)ला अनुमती द्या.</li> <li> m68k के वर सर्व (कॅश_फ्लशिंगला) अनुमती द्या. </li> <li> semaphores काढून टाकण्यास अनुमती द्या</li> <li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> <li> शेअर्ड मेमरी सेंगमेंटच्या लॉकिंग / अनलॉकिंगला अनुमती द्या.</li> <li> � ��्वॅप चालू /बंद करण्यास अनुमती द्या.</li> <li> स्वॅप चालु / बंद करण्यास अनुमती द्या. ब्लॉक डिव्हायसेसवर रोडअहेड व फ्लशिंग </li> <li> बफर्स फोर्ज्ड pids ला अनुमती द्या. ब्लॉक डिव्हायसेसवर रोडअहेड व फ्लशिंग बफर्स </li> <li> सेट करण्यास अनुमती द्या. फ्लॉपी ड्रायव्हरमधे भूमिती सेट करण्यास अनुमती द्या.</li> <li> xd ड्रायव्हरमधे DMA चालू/बंद करण्यास अनुमती द्या.</li> <li> md डिव्हायसेसच्या (बहुधा वरचीच परंतु काही जास्त� ��ची ioctls)</li> <li> प्रशासनास अनुमती द्या. ide ड्रायव्हरच्या</li> <li> ट्यूनिंगला अनुमती द्या. nvram डिव्हाईसच्या अक्सेसला</li> <li> अनुमती द्या. apm_bios, सीरीयल व bttv (TV) डिव्हाईसच्या प्रसासनाच अनुमती द्या.</li> <li> isdn CAPI सपोर्ट ड्रायव्हरमधील उत्पादकाच्या कमांडना अनुमती द्या.</li> <li>pci आकृतीबंध स्पेसचे बिगर-प्रमाणित भाग वाचण्यास अनुमती द्या. </li> <li> DDI डीबग ioctl sbpcd ड्रायव्हरवरील ला अनुमती द्या.</li> <li> सीरीयल पोर्ट्स स्थापन करण् यास अनुमती द्या. </li> <li> रॉ qic-117 कमांड </li> <li> पाठवण्यास अनुमती द्या. SCSI कंट्रोलर्सवरील टॅग्ड क्यूईंग शक्यअशक्य करण्यास व आर्बिट्ररी कमांड पाठवण्यास अनुमती द्या. </li> <li> लूपबॅक फाईलप्रणालीवर एन्क्रिप्शन की स्थापन करण्यास अनुमती द्या. </li></ul>" + +#~ msgid "The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email alerts for security events. In the following steps, specify how often alerts are sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security event must be to send an alert. <br><br><b>Notification Types</b><br> <b>Terse Notification:</b> Terse notification summarizes the total number of system events without providing details. <br>For example:<br> dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004<br><br> <b>Summary Notification:</b> The Summary notification displays the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. <br>For example:<br> SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability 'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.<br><br> <b>Verbose Notification:</b> The Verbose notification displays unmodified , logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time an event occurs and writes a new line in the Verbose log. These security events include the date and time the event occurred, when the application profile permits access as well as rejects access, and the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected. Verbose Notification also reports several messages that the logprof tool uses to interpret profiles. <br>For example:<br> Oct 9 15:40:31 SubDomain: PERMITTING r access to /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)